Skip to main content

6-K

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft (DB)

6-K 2026-03-12 For: 2026-03-12
View Original
Added on April 08, 2026

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

Form 6-K

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the month of March 2026

Commission File Number 1-15242

DEUTSCHE BANK CORPORATION

(Translation of Registrant’s Name Into English)

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft

Taunusanlage 12

60325 Frankfurt am Main

Germany

(Address of Principal Executive Office)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of

Form 20-F or Form 40-F:  Form 20-F ☒  Form 40-F ☐

2

Explanatory note

On March 12, 2026, Deutsche Bank AG (“Deutsche Bank”) published its Annual Report 2025 and Pillar 3 Report 2025,

which are attached as exhibits hereto. This Report on Form 6-K and the exhibits hereto are not intended to be incorporated

by reference into registration statements filed by Deutsche Bank AG under the Securities Act of 1933.

Deutsche Bank also filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) its 2025 Annual Report on Form 20-F, which

includes as an integral part thereof a version of Annual Report 2025 (the “SEC” version thereof).

The Annual Report 2025 attached as an exhibit hereto (the “non-SEC” version thereof) differs from the version of the SEC

version of the Annual Report 2025, in that:

(i)The financial information presented in the SEC version of the Annual Report 2025 and the Consolidated

Financial Statements included therein has been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting

Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The financial

information presented in the non-SEC Annual Report 2025 and Consolidated Financial Statements included

therein, by contrast, has been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and endorsed by the

European Union (EU), including the application of fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest

rate risk (fair value macro hedges) in accordance with the EU carve-out version of IAS 39. For further

information, see Note 1, “Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates – Basis of accounting

– EU carve-out” to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the non-SEC Annual Report 2025.

(ii)The consolidated financial statements included in the SEC version of the Annual Report 2025 (the “SEC

financial statements”) differ from those contained in the non-SEC Annual Report 2025 (the “non-SEC financial

statements”) in that (A) Notes 42, 43 and 44 of the non-SEC financial statements, which address non-U.S.

requirements, have been deleted, and (B) Note 42, which addresses U.S. requirements, has been added to

the SEC financial statements.

(iii)The non-SEC Annual Report 2025 contains some sections that have been omitted from the SEC Annual

Report 2025, as they contain information which is not required in an Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with

the SEC.

Exhibits

Exhibit 99.1: Annual Report 2025.

Exhibit 99.2: Pillar 3 Report 2025.

Forward-looking statements contain risks

This report contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are statements that are not historical facts;

they include statements about our beliefs and expectations. Any statement in this report that states our intentions, beliefs,

expectations or predictions (and the assumptions underlying them) is a forward-looking statement. These statements are

based on plans, estimates and projections as they are currently available to the management of Deutsche Bank. Forward-

looking statements therefore speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update publicly

any of them in light of new information or future events.

By their very nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. A number of important factors could

therefore cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. Such factors

include the conditions in the financial markets in Germany, in Europe, in the United States and elsewhere from which we

derive a substantial portion of our trading revenues, potential defaults of borrowers or trading counterparties, the

implementation of our strategic initiatives, the reliability of our risk management policies, procedures and methods, and other

risks referenced in our filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Such factors are described in detail in our

2025 Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC, under the heading “Risk Factors.” Copies of this document are readily

available upon request or can be downloaded from www.deutsche-bank.com/ir.

3

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

This document and other documents Deutsche Bank has published or may publish contain non-GAAP financial measures.

Non-GAAP financial measures are measures of its historical or future performance, financial position or cash flows that

contain adjustments that exclude or include amounts that are included or excluded, as the case may be, from the most

directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS in its financial statements. Examples of its

non-GAAP financial measures, and the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures, are as follows:

Non-GAAP Financial Measure Most Directly Comparable IFRS Financial<br><br>Measure
Net interest in the key banking book segments Net interest income
Revenues on a currency-adjusted basis Net revenues
Adjusted costs, Nonoperating costs, Specific litigation<br><br>items Noninterest expenses
Net assets (adjusted) Total assets
Tangible shareholders’ equity, Average tangible<br><br>shareholders’ equity, Tangible book value, Average<br><br>tangible book value Total shareholders’ equity (book value)
Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity<br><br>(based on Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank<br><br>shareholders after AT1 coupon) Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity
Tangible book value per basic share outstanding, Book<br><br>value per basic share outstanding Book value per share outstanding

For descriptions of these non-GAAP financial measures and the adjustments made to the most directly comparable financial

measures under IFRS, please refer to the sections “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial

Measures” of the non-SEC Annual Report 2025 and the SEC Annual Report 2025.

When used with respect to future periods, non-GAAP financial measures used by Deutsche Bank are also forward-looking

statements. Deutsche Bank cannot predict or quantify the levels of the most directly comparable financial measures under

IFRS that would correspond to these measures for future periods. This is because neither the magnitude of such IFRS

financial measures, nor the magnitude of the adjustments to be used to calculate the related non-GAAP financial measures

from such IFRS financial measures, can be predicted. Such adjustments, if any, will relate to specific, currently unknown,

events and in most cases can be positive or negative, so that it is not possible to predict whether, for a future period, the

non-GAAP financial measure will be greater than or less than the related IFRS financial measure.

4

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed

on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft

Date:March 12, 2026

By: _/s/ Andrea Schriber____________
Name: Andrea Schriber
Title: Managing Director
By: _/s/ Joseph C. Kopec____________
--- ---
Name: Joseph C. Kopec
Title: Managing Director and Senior Counsel

db20260312991

Confidential

Exhibit 99.1

annualreportimage.jpg

Deutsche Bank

Financial Summary

2025 2024
Group targets
Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders' equity1 10.3% 4.7%
Compound annual growth rate of revenues from 20212 6.0% 5.8%
Cost/income ratio3 64.4% 76.3%
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio6 14.2% 13.8%
Statement of Income
Total net revenues, in € bn 32.1 30.1
Provision for credit losses, in € bn 1.7 1.8
Noninterest expenses, in € bn 20.7 23.0
Nonoperating costs, in € bn 0.4 2.6
Adjusted costs, in € bn4 20.3 20.4
Pre-provision profit, in € bn5 11.4 7.1
Profit (loss) before tax, in € bn 9.7 5.3
Profit (loss), in € bn 7.1 3.5
Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders, in € bn 6.1 2.7
Balance Sheet6
Total assets, in € bn 1,435 1,387
Net assets (adjusted), in € bn4 1,139 1,083
Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses), in € bn 479 485
Average loans (gross of allowance for loan losses), in € bn 477 479
Deposits, in € bn 692 666
Allowance for loan losses, in € bn 6.1 5.7
Shareholders’ equity, in € bn 67 66
Sustainable finance volume (per year), in € bn7 98 93
Resources6
Risk-weighted assets, in € bn 347 357
of which: operational risk RWA, in € bn 63 58
Leverage exposure, in € bn 1,327 1,316
Tangible shareholders' equity (tangible book value), in € bn4 60 59
High-quality liquid assets (HQLA), in € bn 260 226
Employees (full-time equivalent) 89,879 89,753
Branches 1,179 1,307
Ratios
Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity1 9.3% 4.2%
Provision for credit losses (bps of average loans) 35.8 38.2
Operating leverage8 16.7% (1.7%)
Net interest margin 1.5% 1.3%
Loan-to-deposit ratio 69.2% 72.7%
Leverage ratio 4.6% 4.6%
Liquidity coverage ratio 144% 131%
Net stable funding ratio 119% 121%
Share-related information
Basic earnings per share € 3.16 € 1.40
Diluted earnings per share € 3.09 € 1.37
Book value per basic share outstanding4 € 34.51 € 33.41
Tangible book value per basic share outstanding4 € 30.98 € 29.90
Dividend per share (with respect to previous financial year) € 0.68 € 0.45

1Based on profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after AT1 coupon; for further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited):

Non-GAAP financial measures” of this report

2Twelve months period until the end of the respective reporting period compared to full year 2021

3 Noninterest expenses as a percentage of net interest income before provision for credit losses, plus noninterest income

4 For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP financial measures” of this report

5Defined as net revenues less noninterest expenses

6At period end

7Sustainable financing and ESG investment activities are defined in the “Sustainable Finance Framework” and “Deutsche Bank ESG Investments Framework” which are

available at investor-relations.db.com; in cases where validation against the frameworks cannot be completed before the end of the reporting quarter, volumes are

disclosed upon completion of the validation in subsequent quarters

8Operating leverage is calculated as the difference between year on year change in percentages of reported net revenues and year on year change in percentages of

reported noninterest expense

Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this document may not sum precisely to the totals provided and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute

figures.

Content
Deutsche Bank Group 3  — Compensation Report
I Letter from the Chief Executive Officer 615 Compensation of the Management Board
IV Management Board 644 Compensation of Supervisory Board members
V Letter from the Chairman of the Supervisory Board 647 Comparative presentation of compensation and<br><br>earnings trends
VII Report of the Supervisory Board 650 Independent auditor’s report
XVIII Supervisory Board 652 Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
XIX Committees of the Supervisory Board
XXI Strategy
1  — Combined Management Report 4  — Corporate Governance Statement<br><br>according to sections §289f and<br><br>§315d of the German Commercial<br><br>Code
2 Operating and financial review 668 Compliance with the German Corporate Governance<br><br>Code
38 Outlook 670 Management Board
44 Risks and Opportunities 678 Supervisory Board
62 Risk Report 695 Related Party Transactions
202 Sustainability Statement 696 Principal accountant fees and services
405 Employees
407 Internal Control over Financial Reporting
409 Information pursuant to Section 315a (1) of the<br><br>German Commercial Code and Explanatory Report 5  — Article 8 Tables
414 Corporate Governance Statement pursuant to<br><br>Sections 289f and 315d of the German<br><br>Commercial Code 698 Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the<br><br>Taxonomy Regulation
415 Standalone Parent Company information (HGB)
2  — Consolidated Financial Statements 6  — Supplementary Information<br><br>(Unaudited)
425 Consolidated Statement of Income 713 Non-GAAP financial measures
426 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive<br><br>Income 721 Declaration of Backing
427 Consolidated Balance Sheet 722 Group Five-Year Record
428 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 723 Imprint/Publications
429 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
431 Notes to the consolidated financial statements
471 Notes to the consolidated income statement
478 Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
532 Additional Notes
601 Confirmations
Deutsche Bank<br><br>Group
--- I Letter from the Chief Executive Officer
--- ---
IVI Management Board
V Letter from the Chairman of the Supervisory Board
VII Report of the Supervisory Board
XVIII Supervisory Board
XXIX Committees of the Supervisory Board
XXI Strategy

I

Deutsche Bank Letter from the Chief Executive Officer
Annual Report 2025

Letter from the Chief Executive Officer

Dear Shareholders,

We said 2025 would be a decisive milestone for Deutsche Bank, and so it proved. In an environment shaped by

geopolitical tensions, economic uncertainties and challenging market conditions, we achieved all the ambitious financial

goals we had set ourselves. We also delivered the most profitable year in Deutsche Bank’s history.

This underscores the strength and resilience of our Global Hausbank. We support our clients at all stages of their lives

with deep, long-term partnerships, financial strength and sound advice. Clients rely on us to help them navigate safely

through times of change and uncertainty, and this is more important than ever in the world we face today.

Our results in 2025 demonstrate just how much our clients value this. We ended the year with a pre-tax profit of

€ 9.7 billion the best result in the history of our bank and an increase of 84% compared to 2024, which was impacted by

specific litigation items. Even excluding these effects, pre-tax profit would still be 40% higher than in 2024. Net profit

was € 7.1 billion.

We delivered this record result by keeping our promises to you. On every dimension, we met our targets and objectives:

–Revenues grew 7% year on year to € 32.1 billion, the sixth consecutive annual increase and in line with our stated goal

of around € 32 billion. Revenues have grown by 6% per year since 2021, the mid-point of our target range of 5.5% to

6.5%.

–Disciplined cost management was once again a vital success factor. Noninterest expenses were down 10% year on

year. This, together with our revenue growth, enabled us to improve our cost/income ratio to 64%, from 76% in 2024,

and in line with our target of below 65%. We proved that we can combine growth and cost discipline, and our

increased operational efficiency enabled us to self-fund essential investments in our technology architecture, control

systems and client platform.

–As a result, our post-tax return on tangible shareholders’ equity, or RoTE, increased to 10.3%. With this, we met our

headline target for 2025: RoTE of above 10%.

–We achieved all of this while maintaining a strong balance sheet and a very robust capital base. At 14.2%, our

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio at the end of 2025 was even slightly above our target range of 13.5% to 14.0%.

Strong financial performance has enabled us to continuously increase our dividends in recent years. We paid out € 0.68

per share or € 1.3 billion in total, in 2025, in respect of the financial year 2024. We are determined to continue on this

course, by proposing a dividend of € 1.00 per share to the Annual General Meeting in May 2026, representing a

distribution of € 1.9 billion, for the year 2025. In addition, we have secured the customary authorizations for € 1 billion in

further share buybacks. In total, this will take delivered and proposed capital distributions for the financial years 2021 to

2025 up to € 8.5 billion – ahead of our original commitment to you of € 8 billion. If business develops in line with our

expectations in 2026, we will aim to seek authorization for further share buybacks later this year.

These results, and our growing capital distributions to shareholders, underpin how far we have transformed Deutsche

Bank in recent years. Our aim is to create sustainable value: for our clients, for our employees and for you, our

shareholders. We have made consistent progress on this. Our share price, which has essentially doubled in the past year,

reflects this success.

Four strong, complementary businesses

Our success in 2025 rests on four strong pillars. All four businesses significantly improved their profitability and, for the

first time, all four achieved a double-digit RoTE. This shows the strength of our diversified Global Hausbank across four

complementary businesses, and the years of outstanding work that has been done in each business division.

The Corporate Bank delivered a strong performance in 2025. Pre-tax profit increased by 24% to € 2.6 billion, thanks to

cost reductions and lower loan loss provisions over the year. Revenues were essentially stable year on year if adjusted for

currency movements. The business grew deposit volumes by € 17 billion, to € 329 billion, during the year; this reflects

our strong relationships with our corporate clients and the quality of our product offering.

In the Investment Bank, profit before tax was up 20% to € 4.0 billion. Revenues grew by 9% to € 11.5 billion, thanks to the

excellent performance of the Fixed income & Currency (FIC) business. Here, we gained further market share and firmly

established our position among the world's leading houses. Revenues in Investment Banking & Capital Markets (IBCM)

dipped by 6%, mainly due to certain mark-to-market losses on Leveraged Debt Capital Market positions early in the year.

II

Deutsche Bank Letter from the Chief Executive Officer
Annual Report 2025

The Private Bank posted a record pre-tax profit of € 2.3 billion, nearly double the 2024 level. Higher revenues, especially

in Wealth Management, and significantly lower non-interest expenses demonstrate that the transformation of the

business is yielding tangible results. The Private Bank grew assets under management by € 51 billion, to € 685 billion, at

the end of the year, and more than half of this € 27 billion was net new client money.

In Asset Management, pre-tax profit grew by more than half and, at € 983 million, approached the € 1 billion mark

for the first time, as revenues grew by 16% to € 3.1 billion. The business also increased its assets under management

by € 73 billion to just under € 1.1 trillion. Here, too, the majority of the growth € 51 billion consisted of net money

inflows from clients. This success is reflected in the stock market performance of DWS’ shares. Its market

capitalization rose to more than € 10 billion, for which its subsequent inclusion in the MDAX was a well-deserved

reward.

Managing risks, enabling transformation

The success of our businesses has only been possible because we work closely with our clients to develop solutions to

the challenges facing them today. Increasingly, these challenges include the transition to a low-emission and resource-

efficient economy. The task is becoming ever more urgent as climate change accelerates, which is why sustainability and

managing climate and nature-related risks remain high priorities for us.

Steady delivery on our sustainability strategy continues to pay off for our business. Sustainable financing and ESG

investment volumes were € 98 billion in 2025, our best result since 2021. Business activities in this space saw strong

growth for the third year in a row. We expect our clients’ need for sustainable financing to increase in the coming years as

they proceed with their own transitions. We have therefore set ourselves a new, more ambitious target: a near-doubling

of our cumulative sustainable and transition finance volumes to € 900 billion by 2030. The publication of our “Transition

Finance Framework” has given us a solid platform for this goal.

And our commitment goes much further. Over the past year, we continued to reduce our CO2 emissions and decarbonize

our loan portfolio. We are developing new products across the bank – for example, certificates that promote the

protection of rainforests and biodiversity. We are on the right track, as numerous upgrades from leading ESG rating

agencies attest. For the first time, Deutsche Bank has placed on the ‘A-List’ with the environmental disclosure platform

CDP, placing us among the top four percent of companies rated by CDP globally.

In addition to climate risk, we are also working to safeguard our bank, our clients and our communities against other non-

financial risks including the growing threat of financial crime. Continuously improving our defensive systems and controls

is vital, given the increasing sophistication of cybercriminals and other threats. In 2025, we made significant progress in

this area. We invested more than € 1 billion, bringing cumulative investments in our controls to above € 7 billion from

2019 to 2025. We also completed a number of long-standing remediation actions, thereby addressing regulatory

expectations.

Concluding the remaining tasks quickly and thoroughly is a top priority for the Management Board and Deutsche Bank’s

senior leaders. In particular, we aim to harness the potential of technology and automation to streamline our control

processes and support our people. Regular learning opportunities and mandating critical training enables our people to

continuously refresh their understanding of their role in preventing financial crime.

Putting our people at the center of change

Continuous learning and the focused, responsible use of technology have never been more important than today.

Technology will be a decisive factor that enables our people to focus on where they can create most value. This concerns

internal banking processes, but above all, ensuring that we meet the needs of our clients. We continue to invest in AI

training to ensure our people can make best use of the tools available and manage the risks.

Rapid changes in the workplace must be reflected in our people strategy. It is about continuously enhancing our

competencies, including leadership capabilities, which are being increasingly tested. It is also about attracting,

developing and retaining the best talent - and particularly, in an era of demographic change, it is about prudent

succession planning.

Our people have been the driving force behind our successful transformation. They are our most valuable asset. With 160

nationalities represented across 55 countries, our Global Hausbank benefits from a range of different backgrounds,

perspectives and skills. We remain committed to an inclusive workplace where our employees, from all backgrounds and

experience, are treated fairly, encouraged to speak up and given equal opportunities to grow professionally and succeed.

And we are convinced that open, creative exchange yields the best results. This is also why we will intensify how we

collaborate across regions and divisions.

III

Deutsche Bank Letter from the Chief Executive Officer
Annual Report 2025

The way ahead: becoming the European champion

Our aim now is to realize the enormous potential of our bank by working together more closely than ever. We have

everything we need to do so. Having transformed Deutsche Bank in recent years, we stand on firm foundations. Our

strategy is clear; our business model has proven its strength and unique value for clients. Our team is absolutely

committed. We have never been better equipped to face the future. To put it simply: now is the time for Deutsche Bank

to switch from defense to offense.

In the next phase, our priority is to capitalize on these strengths by scaling our Global Hausbank. We aim to achieve this

through three powerful levers: focused growth, strict capital discipline and a scalable, efficient operating model. We are

convinced that acting decisively on all three will take our financial performance to the next level. We aim to raise post-

tax RoTE to above 13%, while reducing our cost/income ratio to below 60%, by 2028. Growth with cost-efficiency will

again be key: our objective is for revenues to grow by more than 5%, reaching € 37 billion in 2028, while limiting annual

cost growth to 2% compound over this period as further operating efficiencies enable us to self-fund continued

investments and business growth. In 2026, we plan to take the first step towards these goals. We are planning to

generate revenues of around € 33 billion and non-interest expenses of slightly above € 21 billion.

We’re also committed to increasing our delivery to shareholders. From 2026, we plan to raise our payout ratio from 50%

to 60%, with further scope for distributions of excess capital where our CET1 capital ratio sustainably exceeds 14%.

We are clear not only on what we aim to achieve, but also on how we aim to achieve it. With our four businesses

performing strongly, we will focus more closely than ever on collaboration across businesses to deliver the full range of

Deutsche Bank’s offering to clients. We will continue to simplify our organization, removing complexity to deliver faster

and more cost-effectively; and we will harness innovation, particularly in tapping the transformative potential of AI.

Challenges and uncertainties will likely persist in our environment and it is precisely at times like these that our Global

Hausbank is uniquely valuable to clients. Our clients can count on our dedication to their lasting success and financial

security at home and abroad. This purpose guides us in everything we do as we set out to achieve our vision: becoming

the European champion.

For 2026, our priority is clear. We will stay focused on driving the bank forward through our unwavering commitment and

deep dedication for our clients, for our employees and for you, our shareholders.

Thank you for your continued trust.

csa.jpg

With deep dedication.

Christian Sewing

IV

Deutsche Bank Management Board
Annual Report 2025
Management Board
Christian Sewing, *1970 Management Board in the reporting year:
since January 1, 2015 Christian Sewing
Chief Executive Officer Chief Executive Officer
James von Moltke
James von Moltke *1969 President
since July 1, 2017 Fabrizio Campelli
President Marcus Chromik
Chief Financial Officer and (since May 20, 2025)
responsible for the Asset Management Bernd Leukert
Alexander von zur Mühlen
Raja Akram *1972 Laura Padovani
since January 1, 2026 Claudio de Sanctis
Chief Financial Officer Designate Rebecca Short
Stefan Simon
Fabrizio Campelli, *1973 (until April 30, 2025)
since November 1, 2019 Olivier Vigneron
Head of Corporate Bank and Investment Bank (until May 19, 2025)
Marcus Chromik *1972
since May 20, 2025
Chief Risk Officer
Bernd Leukert, *1967
since January 1, 2020
Chief Technology, Data and Innovation Officer
Alexander von zur Mühlen, *1975
since August 1, 2020
Chief Executive Officer Asia-Pacific, Europe,
Middle East & Africa (EMEA) and Germany
Laura Padovani, *1966
since July 1, 2024
Chief Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime Office
Claudio de Sanctis, *1972
since July 1, 2023
Head of Private Bank
Rebecca Short, *1974
since May 1, 2021
Chief Operating Officer

V

Deutsche Bank Letter from the Chairman of the Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025

Letter from the Chairman of the Supervisory Board

Dear Shareholders,

2025 marked a significant milestone for Deutsche Bank. We further increased our profitability and strengthened the

bank’s capital position in a volatile economic and geopolitical environment. Revenues exceeded € 32 billion and our

profit before tax, of € 9.7 billion, represents a record for our bank. We also met our target of a return on equity of more

than 10%. This success allows us again to increase our distributions to shareholders for 2025 compared with 2024.

This strong result and our consistent delivery on our priorities gives us a strong foundation for entering the next phase of

our strategy – a phase in which we will continue to expand our role as the Global Hausbank for our clients and intensify

our focus on growth and value creation.

As Chairman of the Supervisory Board, it is essential to me that Deutsche Bank consistently places the needs and

expectations of its clients at the center of its work. In recent years, the bank has made considerable progress by driving

cultural change, defining our purpose and embedding it firmly across the organisation. The Supervisory Board has closely

supported and guided this journey. Providing comprehensive support to our clients is also essential to fulfilling our

broader economic role and anchoring our bank firmly at the heart of society. Our clients are sending a clear message:

Europe needs, more than ever, a global bank rooted in the region – a bank capable of supporting companies worldwide

with a broad range of products and services. We are determined to embrace this role with our integrated business model

as the Global Hausbank and will continue to develop it consistently.

As in previous years, the Supervisory Board closely monitored the work of the Management Board. The range of topics we

focused on once again reflected the wide range of demands placed on a globally active bank. The increasing complexity

of the macroeconomic and geopolitical environment – and the management of the associated risks – also shaped our

work. Supporting the Management Board in navigating these challenges while fulfilling our control function remained a

central priority. At the same time, we had to factor in the growing regulatory requirements of the numerous supervisory

authorities with which a global bank interacts. This rising complexity is evident in the fact that the number of meetings of

the Supervisory Board and its committees rose to 61 in 2025, around ten percent more than in the previous year. We also

further intensified the preparation and follow-ups of these meetings.

During our discussions on geopolitical developments, rising volatility and evolving regulatory requirements, our priority

was to ensure the bank’s resilience and stability. At the same time, we focused on identifying opportunities and

supporting key strategic decisions – particularly regarding the continued development of the bank’s strategy, ahead of

the Management Board’s presentation of the next strategic phase at the Investor Deep Dive in November. We also

devoted significant attention to how we can best leverage new technologies, especially artificial intelligence, for the

benefit of our bank, while taking appropriate measures to manage the associated risks. A further focal point was the

bank’s sustainability strategy, an area in which Deutsche Bank has established itself as a leading provider. In doing so, we

are meeting the needs of our clients while also fulfilling our wider responsibilities to society. As the Supervisory Board,

we fully support this strategic course.

Another important topic was the further development of our control and risk management structures. The bank has

made significant progress in recent years. Nevertheless, the Supervisory Board continues to focus on strengthening

internal controls and reviewing our approach to risk management in the light of new regulatory and technological

requirements, in order to ensure a robust foundation for long-term growth. Questions of corporate culture and

responsibility towards our stakeholders also remained a key focus over the past year.

In addition to these topics, the Supervisory Board also decided on several changes to the Management Board in 2025.

Marcus Chromik, appointed in December 2024, assumed his role as Chief Risk Officer in May 2025. Chief Financial Officer

James von Moltke announced that, after nine years on the Management Board, he would not seek another term once his

contract expires in June 2026. We appointed Raja Akram as his successor. He has been a member of the Management

Board since January 2026 and will assume responsibility for the Finance function following the publication of this annual

report. In addition, the Supervisory Board extended the contracts of Christian Sewing until 2029 and of Fabrizio Campelli

until 2028. In May 2025, Fabrizio Campelli also assumed responsibility for the Americas region from Stefan Simon, who

left the bank at the end of April for personal reasons. At the end of the year, we extended the contract of Claudio de

Sanctis, Head of the Private Bank, by three years until 2029. In all staffing decisions, we place particular emphasis on

ensuring a balanced composition of the Management Board that combines diverse experiences, perspectives,

backgrounds and gender diversity.

VI

Deutsche Bank Letter from the Chairman of the Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025

I would like to express my sincere thanks to all my colleagues on the Supervisory Board for their dedicated and

professional collaboration, especially my deputies, Frank Schulze and Norbert Winkeljohann. There were also several

changes within the Supervisory Board last year. With the end of their terms of office, Dagmar Valcárcel and Theodor

Weimer stepped down from the Supervisory Board. The Annual General Meeting elected Kirsty Roth and Klaus

Moosmayer as new members; Frank Witter and Sigmar Gabriel were also re-elected.

At this year’s Annual General Meeting, I will stand for re-election after being nominated by the Supervisory Board for a

second term of office. I remain committed to positioning Deutsche Bank fully around its clients, creating even more value

for our shareholders, strengthening our position as an employer of choice and fulfilling our responsibilities to society. We

will inform you about further upcoming elections for shareholder representatives this year when we publish the agenda

for the Annual General Meeting. This year, we will hold the AGM in person to accommodate the request of shareholders

for more personal interaction. Further details will follow when the AGM is officially convened. For the years ahead, we

plan to alternate between virtual and physical Annual General Meetings, thus leveraging the advantages of both formats.

We will invite you to come to Frankfurt in person at least every four years, unless exceptional circumstances prevent it.

Looking ahead, our priority is to guide Deutsche Bank reliably through an environment shaped by geopolitical tensions,

shifting trade patterns and structural change. The next phase of our strategy provides us with a clear framework to seize

opportunities in a changing market environment while prudently managing risks. The Supervisory Board will continue to

accompany the Management Board and the bank’s employees on this path to ensure the bank’s long-term success, value

creation for you as our shareholders, and the strong anchoring of Deutsche Bank in society.

On behalf of the entire Supervisory Board, I would like to thank you, dear shareholders, sincerely for your trust and

continued support. I would also like to express my sincere thanks to all employees of Deutsche Bank for their hard work

and contributions. Together, we approach the coming years with confidence and look forward to continuing our close

dialogue as we support the further development of Deutsche Bank.

Yours sincerely,

awa.jpg

Alex Wynaendts

Chairman of the Supervisory Board

VII

Deutsche Bank Report of the Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025

Report of the Supervisory Board

In the 2025 financial year, the Supervisory Board performed all the tasks assigned to it by law and regulatory

requirements as well as those pursuant to the Articles of Association and Terms of Reference.

The Management Board informed us regularly, without delay and comprehensively of all matters with relevance for our

bank, and in particular regarding business policies and strategy, in addition to fundamental issues relating to the

company’s management and culture, corporate planning and control, compliance and compensation systems,

technology strategy and cybersecurity as well as sustainability and human capital-related topics and the target

operating model. It reported to us on the financial development, earnings and risk situation, the bank’s liquidity, capital

and risk management, the technical and organizational resources as well as business transactions and events that were

of significant importance to the bank. We were involved in decisions of fundamental importance to the bank, providing

guidance to the Management Board. As in previous years, the Management Board provided us, in accordance with our

requests, with enhanced reporting on several topic areas, for example: The strategic development and positioning of the

bank, the optimization of the target operating model, cyber-risks and cyber-security, the combating of financial crime

and the ongoing development of the related controls, the bank’s capitalization, the progress in remediating regulatory

enforcement actions and the related critical findings, important interactions with various regulators and the litigation

cases with the highest risks. The Management Board also reported to us on the sustainability strategy and the external

reporting as well as progress on the transition plans of clients in sectors with high CO2 emissions. Operational risks and

opportunities were also covered.

The Supervisory Board Chairman and the committee chairpersons engaged in regular discussions with the Management

Board between the meetings. They also consulted each other on the meeting agendas for the respective committees

they chair and discussed topics of overarching importance for the Supervisory Board. At times, they consulted internal

functions and external stakeholders to further inform our members’ preparatory materials and discussions and, in turn, to

promote effective oversight and decision-making. Furthermore, upcoming decisions were regularly deliberated on and

prepared in discussions between the Management Board and the Chairman of the Supervisory Board and, as appropriate,

the chairs of the Supervisory Board committees. The Supervisory Board and the Management Board worked together

responsibly and in a spirit of mutual trust to ensure the company’s successful further development.

There were 61 meetings in total of the Supervisory Board and its committees. Several meetings were conducted jointly

by the Compensation Control Committee and Risk Committee and also by the Chairman’s Committee and Nomination

Committee. Meetings were held with physical attendance, as video conferences or as hybrid meetings (with both on-site

and virtual participation). When meetings were convened as video conferences, a room was also available for all

members to attend on the bank’s premises. Between the meetings, resolutions were adopted, when necessary, through

circulation voting procedure.

Meetings of the Supervisory Board

We held a total of nine meetings, including six regularly scheduled meetings. One meeting was with physical attendance,

two meetings were held as video conferences, and six meetings were conducted as hybrid meetings. The Supervisory

Board Chairman was responsible for convening these meetings, setting out the agenda for discussion and ensuring

materials were prepared and shared with the members of the Supervisory Board as early as possible.

Over the past year, we focused in particular on geopolitical and economic developments and their effects on the bank.

We discussed developments in the banking sector both in Europe as well as in the USA and Asia. We focused in several

meetings on the effective implementation and further development of the bank’s strategy, along with the optimization of

the target operating model. Together with the Management Board, we deliberated on these reports and on the regular

progress reports on the individual business divisions, infrastructure areas and regions. Also, we regularly discussed

regulatory issues and proceedings that affect our bank around the world, significant litigation cases and the progress

made in the remediation of findings.

VIII

Deutsche Bank Report of the Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025

At our first meeting on January 29 (Part 1) and on February 6 (Part 2), we addressed the actual financial results presented

along with the planned key figures and analysts’ estimates. Deviations were discussed in detail. In addition, we

deliberated on the Management Board’s preliminary proposal for the dividend, while also taking into account the

regulatory requirements for capital funding, and we addressed the finance planning for 2025-2027. Representatives of

the Joint Supervisory Team of the European Central Bank participated in the meeting, and we discussed the outcomes of

the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) 2024. The Management Board provided an update on the

development of the bank’s business, current developments at DWS and the status of the remediation of regulatory

orders. While taking into account recommendations of the Compensation Control Committee and following

consultations with the bank’s Compensation Officer and independent external compensation consultants, we

determined the level of the variable compensation for the Management Board members for the 2024 financial year. In

this context, we also discussed the respective Management Board members’ achievement levels for 2024 and the plan

rules for the year 2025, and we set the objectives for the Management Board along with the relevant measurement

criteria for the 2025 performance period. We resolved on the disclosure by name of our financial experts on the

Supervisory Board.

At our meeting on March 12 and 13 in Berlin, after the Management Board’s reporting and a discussion with the auditor,

and based on the Audit Committee’s recommendation, we approved the Consolidated Financial Statements and Annual

Financial Statements for 2024 and agreed to the Management Board’s proposal for the appropriation of distributable

profit. We addressed the financial accounting system, the system of internal controls and the risk management system

and discussed the assessments of the Management Board and auditor with regard to their appropriateness and

effectiveness. Based on the Audit Committee’s recommendation, we determined that there are no objections to be

raised regarding the Group’s separate Non-Financial Report in accordance with Section 315c of the German Commercial

Code (HGB) in conjunction with Sections 289c to 289e HGB as well as the European Union’s (EU) Taxonomy Regulation

and the delegated acts adopted in this context, also based on the final results of our own inspections. We also discussed

and approved the Report of the Supervisory Board. The Management Board presented to us the “Own Workforce”

section of the Sustainability Statement in accordance with European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) as well

as the report on tech risk and information security risks (Information Security Posture Report). Furthermore, the

Management Board reported to us on the current market environment and the geopolitical environment, the bank’s

capital funding and the remediation status of regulatory enforcement actions and the related critical findings. At the

proposal of the Compensation Control Committee, we approved, among other things, the objectives for Dr. Marcus

Chromik as the designated Chief Risk Officer (CRO), who took on this office as of May 20, 2025. We addressed the bank’s

diversity aspirations, topics related to succession planning and the assessment in accordance with Section 25d (11) of

the German Banking Act (KWG), which was performed with the assistance of external advisors. Furthermore, we

addressed the topics for the Annual General Meeting and approved the proposals for the agenda. Based on the

recommendation of the Audit Committee, we resolved to approve the proposal to the Annual General Meeting for the

election of the auditor of the Annual Financial Statements and Consolidated Financial Statements for the 2025 financial

year. Furthermore, the shareholder representatives of the Supervisory Board adopted the resolution on the Chair of the

next Annual General Meeting. We noted the report of the Management Board on changes in the regional advisory

councils in Germany in accordance with Section 8 of the Articles of Association.

In our extraordinary meeting on March 27, we addressed Management Board matters. We resolved to appoint Mr. Raja

Akram as Chief Financial Officer following a transitional phase, to renew Mr. Christian Sewing’s Management Board

Service Contract and to extend Mr. Fabrizio Campelli’s appointment. Please see the “Personnel issues” Section for further

details. In addition to Mr. Fabrizio Campelli’s existing tasks, we expanded his responsibility on the Management Board

with effect from May 1 to include the bank’s Americas region, previously led by Professor Dr Stefan Simon, who left the

bank.

In our meeting on May 21, we addressed the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. The Management Board also reported

to us on geopolitical and macroeconomic changes as well as political developments during the preceding months

impacting the bank’s business environment, along with the risks and opportunities in the operating environments as well

as the bank’s resilience. The Management Board also updated us on, among other things, the current status of the

litigation cases with the highest risks and regulatory proceedings as well as the current status of developments and

challenges in the remediation of regulatory enforcement actions and the related critical findings. Furthermore, we

addressed the Tech Risk Report and Information Security Posture Report of the Management Board.

In our meeting on May 22, we resolved to dissolve the Regulatory Oversight Committee and to reassign its tasks and

approved the related amendments to some of the Terms of Reference of the committees of the Supervisory Board.

Furthermore, we reviewed the composition of our committees, and discussed adjustments, which we subsequently

approved, to the composition of the Audit Committee, the Risk Committee, the Technology, Data and Innovation

Committee, the Strategy and Sustainability Committee and the Compensation Control Committee, while also taking into

consideration our Profile of Requirements. Please see the sections “Procedures of the Supervisory Board and its

committees” and “Members of the Supervisory Board and its committees” in the Corporate Governance Statement for

further details. We also resolved to issue the audit mandate to EY GmbH & Co. KG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft.

IX

Deutsche Bank Report of the Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025

In our meeting on July 30 and 31, we addressed the results of the external review of our system of Management Board

compensation. This review concluded that the system is appropriate and that the compensation parameters are aligned

to and support the business strategy and risk strategy. Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Control

Committee, we additionally engaged our auditor to audit the contents of the Compensation Report. Furthermore, we

discussed internal governance topics related to the Management Board and Supervisory Board. We addressed the annual

review and adjustments as required in our internal policies and procedures, which we subsequently approved. The

Management Board informed us of the results of the employee survey 2025, along with the changes compared to the

prior year and their underlying causes. We also received a report on the bank’s personnel strategy. The Management

Board reported to us on the reactions of the market and our stakeholders to the publication of the Interim Report. The

Management Board gave an overview of the execution of the strategy and financial targets as well as the current market

environment. Together with the Management Board, we addressed the annual assessment letter of one of the bank’s key

regulators. The Management Board also reported to us on tech risk and the information security posture. Furthermore,

the shareholder representatives on the Supervisory Board adopted the resolutions necessary to exercise the shareholder

rights in subsidiaries of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft in accordance with Section 32 of the Co-Determination Act

(MitbestG). We supported the Management Board in the strategy work in preparation for the investor day event in

November 2025.

To address upcoming topics in a timely manner, in an extraordinary meeting on September 11, we discussed

Management Board succession planning considerations.

In our meeting on November 5 and 6, we focused on strategy. The Management Board presented not only the Group

strategy, but also the business strategies and related risk strategies of the individual business divisions and infrastructure

areas, including in the various regions, and of DWS, which we subsequently deliberated on with the Management Board.

Another focal point of our meeting was on the investor day event, which we advised on and discussed with the

Management Board. We also addressed succession planning topics, and based on the Nomination Committee’s

recommendation, we resolved to nominate Mr. Alexander Wynaendts for re-election to the Supervisory Board for another

four-year term of office by the Annual General Meeting on May 28, 2026. Mr. Alexander Wynaendts was not able to

participate in this meeting for personal reasons. Furthermore, the shareholder representatives on the Supervisory Board

adopted the resolutions necessary to exercise the shareholder rights in subsidiaries of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft

in accordance with Section 32 of the Co-Determination Act (MitbestG). We issued our approval in principle to the

issuance of capital instruments.

Attending our extraordinary meeting on December 10 were representatives of the Joint Supervisory Team of the

European Central Bank, where we discussed the outcomes from the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP)

  1. We also addressed topics of succession planning. The Management Board reported on the reactions to the

investor day event and on tech risk and the information security posture. The Management Board provided further

information on the strategy and capital plan for 2026 to 2028. We resolved on the disclosure by name of our

compensation experts on the Supervisory Board.

Committees of the Supervisory Board

The members of the individual committees and the changes during the financial year are specified in the Corporate

Governance Statement in the Annual Report. The Chairpersons of the respective Committee were responsible for

convening these meetings, setting out and aligning the agenda for discussion and ensuring materials were prepared and

shared with the members of the Supervisory Board as early as possible.

The Chairman’s Committee met 14 times during the reporting period, including five times together with the Nomination

Committee. Four meetings were conducted on-site, nine per video conference, and one as a hybrid meeting. Five

ordinary and nine extraordinary meetings took place. The Chairman’s Committee addressed Management Board and

Supervisory Board matters in depth, in addition to topics and legal questions relating to corporate governance as well as

ongoing topics between the meetings of the Supervisory Board. It also prepared the Supervisory Board’s meetings in

plenum. Among other things, this involved handling the preparations for the dissolution of the Regulatory Oversight

Committee on May 22, 2025, and a related reassignment of its tasks to other Supervisory Board committees.

The Chairman’s Committee addressed the preparations for personnel-related changes on the Management Board in

consultation with the Nomination Committee, including the adjustment of the areas of functional responsibility, the

review and amendments to the extent required of the Management Board service contracts, the terms of reference the

Supervisory Board is responsible for as well as Supervisory Board-internal documents, in addition to preparations for the

Annual General Meeting.

X

Deutsche Bank Report of the Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025

The Committee reviewed the outside directorships of the Management Board members, the assumption of costs and

supporting services/benefits for current and former members of the Management Board, costs for the advisors of the

Supervisory Board and the voluntary self-commitment by all shareholder representatives on the Supervisory Board to

invest a portion of their Supervisory Board compensation in shares of the bank. The Chairman’s Committee also

addressed, as delegated by the Supervisory Board, the bank’s issuance of Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments.

In 2025, the Risk Committee held eight meetings – four were with physical attendance, three were hybrid meetings, and

one was a video conference. Two meetings were conducted jointly with the Compensation Control Committee. As in

previous years, the Risk Committee addressed periodically recurring topics such as the annual Group risk appetite

statement, the bank’s resolution and recovery plans, as well as the internal process to ensure capital adequacy and an

appropriate liquidity position. The Committee also focused on operational risk, which was addressed again over the

course of 2025 in general and more specifically through several in-depth analyses. The topics covered included the

relevant risk taxonomy, the development of a method to handle stress scenarios and metrics for the comprehensive

assessment of non-financial risks, including those for the assessment of financial crime and compliance risks. The

Committee continued the assessment of the business-specific risks in the Private Bank, Corporate Bank and Investment

Bank. Furthermore, it addressed the repercussions of ongoing political and economic developments, including Germany’s

political and economic situation, conflicts in international trade and the Middle East, as well as the continued impacts on

the bank from developments in the commercial real estate sector. In addition, the Committee monitored the bank’s key

transformation initiatives in connection with the Risk function. The Committee focused on other regulatory priorities,

including the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) and topics in connection with third-party vendor risks.

Most recently, the Risk Committee reviewed the risk management policies and procedures and the bank’s concentration

risks. Furthermore, the Committee addressed the impacts of the compensation framework on the bank’s capital, risk,

liquidity and profitability situation. Since the dissolution of the Regulatory Oversight Committee in May 2025, the Risk

Committee has addressed litigation cases with the highest risks from the bank’s perspective. The Management Board

also reported on its focus on the management of cyber risks.

The Audit Committee met five times in 2025. Three meetings were conducted with attendance on-site, one as a hybrid

meeting and one as a video conference. The Committee supported the Supervisory Board in the monitoring of the

financial reporting process and intensively addressed the Annual Financial Statements and Consolidated Financial

Statements, the interim and earnings reports well as the separate Non-Financial Report. The areas of focus included

developments in the banking sector around the globe, the recognition of credit loss provisions and legal matters as well

as the new requirements pursuant to the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) for Environmental, Social

and Governance (ESG) reporting. The Committee specified “end-of-life” IT applications as an area of focus for the audit,

in addition to the implementation of requirements pursuant to the EU Regulation on operational resilience in the

financial sector (Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA)). Furthermore, the Committee regularly addressed the

monitoring of the effectiveness of the control functions (in particular, Compliance, Anti-Money Laundering function,

Group Audit). The monitoring of the Management Board’s measures for the remediation of findings in the Know-Your-

Customer (KYC) processes was another focal point of the Committee’s work, in addition to the Findings Management

program for the accelerated reduction of critical findings. Furthermore, the Audit Committee ensured it was kept

informed regarding developments in connection with the Wirecard insolvency with any potential implications for the

independence of the auditor of our annual and consolidated financial statements.

The Nomination Committee met a total of nine times during the reporting period, including two extraordinary meetings

together with the Chairman’s Committee. Five ordinary and four extraordinary meetings took place. Four meetings were

conducted on-site, and four as video conferences, and one was a hybrid meeting. The Nomination Committee extensively

addressed aspects of the succession planning for the Management Board and Supervisory Board in consideration of the

statutory and regulatory requirements, the position descriptions, diversity principles and the profile of requirements of

the Supervisory Board. In consultation with the Chairman’s Committee, the Nomination Committee prepared proposals

for the Supervisory Board’s decisions on the alignment of the Management Board to the next phase of its strategy,

including amendments to the Business Allocation Plan. This involved the appointment of Mr. Raja Akram to the

Management Board with effect from January 1, 2026, and the assignment of responsibilities as Chief Financial Officer as

of March 15, 2026, the renewal of Mr. Christian Sewing’s Management Board service contract until April 30, 2029, the

extensions of Mr. Fabrizio Campelli’s Management Board appointment until October 31, 2028, and Mr. Claudio de

Sanctis’s until June 30, 2029, as well as the termination of the Management Board appointment of Professor Dr. Stefan

Simon, who left the bank at the end of April 30, 2025. Furthermore, the resolution was prepared on the extension of Mr.

Bernd Leukert’s Management Board appointment until June 30, 2026. The Nomination Committee addressed in-depth

the profile of requirements for suitable candidates for the forthcoming elections to the Supervisory Board in each case in

2025 and 2026. In this context, it submitted proposals for the election of Dr. Klaus Moosmayer and Ms. Kirsty Roth as well

as the re-election of Mr. Sigmar Gabriel and Mr. Frank Witter to the Supervisory Board by the Annual General Meeting on

May 22, 2025. The Committee also addressed the election proposals to the Annual General Meeting in 2026 and

prepared the nomination of Mr. Alexander Wynaendts for another four-year term of office as Supervisory Board

Chairman. In his function as Chairman of the Nomination Committee, Mr. Alexander Wynaendts refrained from

participating in the discussion of his nomination and voted to abstain on the resolution. As a result of the new elections

to the Supervisory Board and the dissolution of the Regulatory Oversight Committee on May 22, 2025, adjustments to

XI

Deutsche Bank Report of the Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025

the composition of the committees were prepared in consultation with the Chairman’s Committee. In addition, the

Committee addressed the induction programs for the new members of the Management Board and Supervisory Board,

the training for the Management Board and Supervisory Board, ongoing suitability (“fit and proper”) topics as well as the

regular review of our internal policies and procedures. Other topics included the advancement of diversity in the bank

and at the Management Board level as well as the annual assessment of the Supervisory Board and Management Board in

accordance with Section 25d (11) of the German Banking Act (KWG). The assessment for the 2024 financial year was

addressed with the assistance of an external, independent advisor and the results were discussed by the Nomination

Committee and the Supervisory Board plenum in March 2025.

The Compensation Control Committee met five times in 2025, including two joint meetings with the Chairman’s

Committee. Two meetings were conducted on-site, two as hybrid meetings and one as a video conference. At its

meetings, the Committee addressed in particular the monitoring of the design of the compensation systems of the

Management Board and employees and, together with the Risk Committee, assessed the effects of the compensation

systems and variable compensation for the 2024 financial year on the risk, capital and liquidity situation. The

Compensation Officer presented his Compensation Control Report, which was subsequently discussed by the

Committee. The Compensation Control Committee submitted proposals to the Supervisory Board on the Management

Board members’ target compensation amounts and their appropriateness, on the objectives for 2025, and for

determining the variable compensation of the Management Board for the year 2024. In light of the personnel-related

changes on the Management Board, the Committee also addressed compensation decisions and the corresponding

adjustment of the individual objectives. Furthermore, it dealt with regulatory developments and the remediation of

regulatory findings on compensation topics and addressed, also with the support of external advisors, the examination of

the existence of the preconditions for the suspension, forfeiture or claw-back of elements of variable compensation of

(former) members of the Management Board. To the extent required, it adopted resolutions and developed

recommendations on resolution proposals for the Supervisory Board plenum. Another focal point was addressing the

report on the compensation of the Management Board and Supervisory Board, which was to be submitted for approval

by the Annual General Meeting and was subsequently to be published along with the auditor’s opinion. Following the

Annual General Meeting 2025, the Compensation Control Committee, with the support of internal functions, developed

recommendations for the improvement of the transparency of the Compensation Report, which were implemented for

the 2025 financial year. The Compensation Control Committee discussed and adopted a resolution proposal

recommending that the Supervisory Board mandate the financial statements auditor to additionally audit the contents of

the Compensation Report for 2025. Furthermore, the Committee monitored the identification of Material Risk Takers and

the determination of the total amount of variable compensation for the 2024 financial year as well as the decisions on

the compensation for the heads of the control functions. The Compensation Control Committee also reviewed the use

and effectiveness of measures available in the compensation system for dealing with breaches of legal regulations as

well as internal and external rules, policies and procedures (consequence management). With the support of internal

functions and external advisors, the Compensation Control Committee addressed the Supervisory Board’s

compensation.

The Regulatory Oversight Committee met once in 2025. The meeting was conducted as a hybrid meeting. In this

meeting, the Committee adopted the Final Report on its activities and the focal points of its monitoring and advising in

the period from July 2022 to March 2025, which it subsequently handed over to the Supervisory Board for further use.

The Management Board reported on contacts with regulators with a significant relevance for the bank’s business activity,

on the status of the remediation of regulatory enforcement actions and the related critical findings, the significant

internal investigations and their progress, as well as the litigation cases with the highest risks from the bank’s

perspective. Following the dissolution of the Regulatory Oversight Committee with effect from May 22, 2025, its

responsibilities were redistributed to other Supervisory Board committees, in particular the Audit Committee, the Risk

Committee and the Compensation Control Committee, or retained at the Supervisory Board level. Please see the

“Procedures of the Supervisory Board and its committees” Section in the Corporate Governance Statement for further

details.

XII

Deutsche Bank Report of the Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025

The Strategy and Sustainability Committee conducted six meetings, including two extraordinary meetings. Three

meetings were held on-site, one was a hybrid meeting and two were conducted as video conferences. At its meetings,

the Committee intensively addressed the bank’s strategic transformation and regularly obtained reports from the

Management Board. Particular focal points in this context were the strategic progress made in the year 2025, the path to

achieving the financial targets for the year 2026 and the planning for the following years. In this context, the Committee

addressed the sustainability strategy, the progress in the key transformation initiatives as well as the ongoing

development of the bank’s Target Operating Model. Another focal point of the Strategy and Sustainability Committee’s

work was the sustainability strategy. This involved, among other things, addressing the progress in the implementation of

the sustainability strategy, the planning for the sustainable finance and investment volumes as well as the ongoing

development of the sustainability strategy based on the strategies for the Group and the business divisions. The

Committee also deliberated on the strategies for the bank’s home market, Germany, and for the global market

environment. Other topics of reporting and discussion were the strategy of DWS, the digitalization strategy, the client-

centricity program and investments in the bank’s business divisions.

The Technology, Data and Innovation Committee met four times. Three meetings were conducted on-site, and one

meeting was held as a video conference. The topics the Committee focused on in 2025 included, in particular, IT and

cybersecurity as well as the Group-wide technology strategy and its implementation in the business divisions and

infrastructure areas. In this context, the Committee received reports on the progress in modernizing and simplifying the

bank’s IT infrastructure and application landscape, and it discussed the importance of technology for the business

divisions and infrastructure areas. Regarding IT and cybersecurity topics, the Committee received reports on the current

security situation of the bank as well as an external market view on information security. In this context, the Technology,

Data and Innovation Committee discussed current macro-trends as well as the principles and objectives of information

security and cloud risk management. Furthermore, the Committee addressed in detail the significant IT risk factors for

the bank and discussed the measures for and progress in reducing such risks. In addition, the Committee discussed

regulatory matters relating to technology and infrastructure and received reports on the migration to the cloud, the

bank’s data management and implementation of key bank-wide technology programs. Furthermore, the Technology,

Data and Innovation Committee discussed the costs of the bank’s technology area, including the material cost drivers

and actions to optimize the cost base. Moreover, the Committee also addressed innovations relating to artificial

intelligence and machine learning, along with their governance, responsible implementation and usage in the bank.

Meetings of the Mediation Committee, established pursuant to the provisions of Germany’s Co-Determination Act

(MitbestG), were not necessary.

XIII

Deutsche Bank Report of the Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025

Participation in meetings

During the reporting period, the Supervisory Board members participated in the meetings of the Supervisory Board and

of the committees in which they were members, as shown in the following. Participation was either in person or via video

conference. There were no cases of participation by telephone.

No. of meetings / Participation in % Supervisory Board Chairman's<br><br>Committee Risk Committee Audit Committee Nomination Committee
Wynaendts, Alex (Chairman) 8 / 9 89% 13 / 14 93% 8 / 8 100% 9 / 9 100%
Bleidt, Susanne 9 / 9 100% 5 / 5 100%
Clark, Mayree 9 / 9 100% 8 / 8 100% 9 / 9 100%
Duscheck, Jan 9 / 9 100% 7 / 8 88%
Eifert, Manja 9 / 9 100% 5 / 5 100%
Fieber, Claudia 9 / 9 100% 3 / 3 100% 5 / 5 100%
Gabriel, Sigmar 9 / 9 100% 2 / 2 100%
Haggenmiller, Florian 9 / 9 100%
Heider, Timo 9 / 9 100% 13 / 13 100% 9 / 9 100%
Moosmayer, Klaus 5 / 5 100% 4 / 4 100% 2 / 2 100%
Roth, Kirsty 5 / 5 100%
Schulze, Frank 9 / 9 100% 14 / 14 100% 9 / 9 100%
Siebert, Gerlinde M. 9 / 9 100% 5 / 5 100% 4 / 4 100%
Slyngstad, Yngve 9 / 9 100%
Szukalski, Stephan 9 / 9 100% 8 / 8 100% 1 / 1 100%
Thain, John 7 / 9 78%
Tögel, Jürgen 9 / 9 100%
Trogni, Michele 7 / 9 78% 8 / 8 100%
Valcárcel, Dagmar 4 / 5 80% 3 / 3 100%
Weimer, Theodor 4 / 5 80% 3 / 3 100%
Winkeljohann, Norbert 9 / 9 100% 14 / 14 100% 8 / 8 100% 5 / 5 100% 9 / 9 100%
Witter, Frank 8 / 9 89% 5 / 5 100%
Total 95% 98% 99% 100% 100% No. of meetings / Participation in % Compensation<br><br>Control Committee Regulatory Oversight<br><br>Committee Strategy and<br><br>Sustainability<br><br>Committee Technology, Data<br><br>and Innovation<br><br>Committee Total
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Wynaendts, Alex (Chairman) 5 / 5 100% 1 / 1 100% 6 / 6 100% 3 / 4 75% 53 / 56 95%
Bleidt, Susanne 4 / 4 100% 18 / 18 100%
Clark, Mayree 5 / 6 83% 31 / 32 97%
Duscheck, Jan 4 / 5 80% 1 / 1 100% 21 / 23 91%
Eifert, Manja 4 / 4 100% 18 / 18 100%
Fieber, Claudia 5 / 5 100% 22 / 22 100%
Gabriel, Sigmar 11 / 11 100%
Haggenmiller, Florian 6 / 6 100% 3 / 4 75% 18 / 19 95%
Heider, Timo 3 / 3 100% 1 / 1 100% 35 / 35 100%
Moosmayer, Klaus 2 / 2 100% 13 / 13 100%
Roth, Kirsty 2 / 2 100% 7 / 7 100%
Schulze, Frank 6 / 6 100% 38 / 38 100%
Siebert, Gerlinde M. 1 / 1 100% 19 / 19 100%
Slyngstad, Yngve 2 / 2 100% 11 / 11 100%
Szukalski, Stephan 1 / 1 100% 19 / 19 100%
Thain, John 6 / 6 100% 13 / 15 87%
Tögel, Jürgen 5 / 5 100% 6 / 6 100% 20 / 20 100%
Trogni, Michele 4 / 4 100% 19 / 21 90%
Valcárcel, Dagmar 3 / 3 100% 1 / 1 100% 11 / 12 92%
Weimer, Theodor 7 / 8 88%
Winkeljohann, Norbert 5 / 5 100% 50 / 50 100%
Witter, Frank 13 / 14 93%
Total 97% 100% 98% 93% 97%

XIV

Deutsche Bank Report of the Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025

Corporate Governance

The composition of the Supervisory Board and its committees is in accordance with the legal requirements as well as

regulatory governance standards. The European Central Bank reviewed and confirmed the professional qualifications

and the personal reliability of our members within the framework of its suitability assessment. The suitability assessment

covers the expertise, reliability and time available of each individual member. In addition, there was an assessment of the

entire Supervisory Board’s knowledge, skills and experience that are necessary for the performance of its tasks (collective

suitability). The European Central Bank’s Joint Supervisory Team and the Nomination Committee continually monitor the

suitability of the Supervisory Board members.

The Chairman of the Supervisory Board and the chairpersons of all the committees coordinated their work continually

and consulted each other regularly and – as required – on an ad hoc basis between the meetings in order to ensure the

exchange of information necessary to capture and assess all relevant matters and risks in the performance of their tasks.

This preparation included, at times, engagement with internal functions and external stakeholders. The continual nature

of dialogue between all our members and cooperation in the committees was marked by an open and trustful

atmosphere both during – and outside of – meetings. Also, for the purposes of increased efficiency of the Supervisory

Board’s work, some committees held joint meetings.

The committee chairpersons provided detailed reporting at the meetings of the Supervisory Board on the work of the

individual committees. Regularly before the meetings of the Supervisory Board, the representatives of the employees

and the representatives of the shareholders conducted separate preliminary discussions. At the beginning or end of the

meetings of the Supervisory Board and its committees, discussions were regularly held in “Executive Sessions” without

the participation of the Management Board.

In accordance with our governance policies, which clearly define processes around how to engage and exchange

information, the Chairman of the Supervisory Board and some of the chairpersons of the committees engaged regularly

with key stakeholders. In particular for the Supervisory Board Chairman, stakeholder engagement is an important

responsibility as it enhances transparency with internal and external parties concerning the Supervisory Board’s

perspectives on important topics. For example, the Chairman of the Supervisory Board and some of the chairpersons of

the committees engaged in discussions with representatives of various regulators and informed them about the work of

the Supervisory Board and its committees and about the cooperation with the Management Board.

The Chairman and Deputy Chairman of the Supervisory Board, together with the Investor Relations department, also

held discussions with investors, proxy advisors and shareholder associations. These dialogues focused on governance,

compensation and strategy-related matters from the Supervisory Board’s perspective, in particular the skills,

composition and succession planning for both the Supervisory Board and the Management Board. Considerations

regarding the further development of Supervisory Board compensation and the underlying compensation system’s

alignment with shareholders’ interests as well as options to enhance transparency in the Compensation Report for the

Management Board were also discussed. Additional topics included the bank’s technological transformation, the further

development of the corporate culture and the Supervisory Board’s assessment of progress in remediation and control

processes as well as in the implementation of the Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) strategy. The Chairman

and Deputy Chairman of the Supervisory Board shared the detailed feedback with the members of the Supervisory

Board.

At several meetings of the Nomination Committee and of the Supervisory Board in plenum, we addressed the

assessment prescribed by law of the Management Board and the Supervisory Board for the 2024 financial year, which

also comprises the self-assessment according to the German Corporate Governance Code. The assessment took place

with the assistance of an external, independent advisor. The final discussion of the results took place at a meeting of the

Supervisory Board plenum on March 13, 2025, and the results were set out in a final report. Over the further course of the

year, the Nomination Committee addressed not only the follow-up topics from the assessment for the 2024 financial

year, but also the format of the assessment for the 2025 financial year. In December 2025, the Nomination Committee

began the assessment for the 2025 financial year, which is being carried out internally.

For further information, including on the financial experts on the Audit Committee and the compensation experts, please

refer to the “Supervisory Board” Section in the Corporate Governance Statement.

XV

Deutsche Bank Report of the Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025

All representatives of shareholders on the Supervisory Board are independent. For further information regarding the

independence of the Supervisory Board members in accordance with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards

(ESRS), please refer to the Section “Composition and expertise” in the Corporate Governance Statement.

The Declaration of Conformity pursuant to Section 161 of the Stock Corporation Act (AktG), which we had last issued

with the Management Board in October 2024, was reissued in October 2025. The text of the Declaration of Conformity,

along with a comprehensive presentation of the bank’s corporate governance, can be found in the Annual Report and on

the bank’s website at https://investor-relations.db.com/corporate-governance/documents/. Our Declarations of

Conformity and Corporate Governance Statements from at least the past five years are also available there, in addition to

the currently applicable versions of the Terms of Reference for the Supervisory Board and its committees as well as for

the Management Board.

Training and further education measures

We held several training sessions in 2025, as in prior years, conducted by external and internal subject matter experts.

The training focused on topics including macroeconomic developments and their impacts on the bank, operating risk

management, the innovative potential of artificial intelligence as well as other regulatory topics of relevance for the

Supervisory Board. Furthermore, we received an update on regulatory aspects in the USA and on the bank’s risk appetite

as well as in-depth insights into regional markets.

For the new members who joined the Supervisory Board, Ms. Kirsty Roth and Dr. Klaus Moosmayer, extensive induction

courses individually tailored to these members were developed and carried out to facilitate their induction into office.

Such training courses regularly include in-person meetings with members of the Management Board as well as with the

heads of internal business divisions and infrastructure functions below the Management Board level. In these sessions,

they present their respective areas and functions and provide an overview of current developments and challenges. In

addition, there are individual training sessions that convey in-depth knowledge, among other things, of the bank’s

business activities, including Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) topics, as well as corresponding controls

relating to risk management, the prevention of financial crime, and regulatory and audit-related matters.

Conflicts of interest and their handling

We continually strive to identify and prevent potential conflicts of interest on the part of our members as early as

possible and arrange for their mitigation. Also, the performance of external mandates by our Supervisory Board members

at other companies and management bodies is regularly reviewed for potential conflicts of interest.

In the year under review, one conflict of interest was reported:

Ms. Gerlinde Siebert abstained from the deliberations and voting on the Business Allocation Plan for the Management

Board in the meeting in July, as the amendment also directly affected her area of responsibility, i.e., “Corporate Governance”.

XVI

Deutsche Bank Report of the Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025

Annual Financial Statements, Consolidated Financial Statements, and the combined

Management Report and Compensation Report

EY audited the Annual Financial Statements, including the accounting and the Combined Management Report for the

Annual Financial Statements and Consolidated Financial Statements for the 2025 financial year and issued in each case

an unqualified audit opinion on March 9, 2026. The Auditor’s Reports were signed jointly by the Auditors Mr. Schreiber

and Mr. Rothermel.

Furthermore, EY performed a limited assurance review of the Sustainability Statement of this Annual Report and issued a

separate unqualified opinion. EY issued a separate unqualified opinion for the Compensation Report.

The Audit Committee examined the documents for the Annual Financial Statements and Consolidated Financial

Statements 2025 as well as the Sustainability Statement 2025 at its meeting on March 10, 2026. Representatives of EY

provided the final report on the audit results. The Chairman of the Audit Committee reported to us on this at the meeting

of the Supervisory Board. Based on the recommendation of the Audit Committee, and after inspecting the Annual

Financial Statements and Consolidated Financial Statements documents as well as the documents for the Sustainability

Statement and following an extensive discussion on the Supervisory Board as well as with the representatives of the

auditor, we noted the results of the audits with approval. We determined that, also based on the final results of our

inspections, there are no objections to be raised.

Today, we approved the Annual Financial Statements and Consolidated Financial Statements prepared by the

Management Board. The Annual Financial Statements are thus established. We agree to the proposal for the

appropriation of distributable profit.

Personnel issues

With the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting on May 22, 2025, the terms of office of Mr. Sigmar Gabriel,

Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel, Dr. Theodor Weimer and Mr. Frank Witter ended as scheduled. In accordance with our proposal,

the Annual General Meeting re-elected Mr. Sigmar Gabriel and Mr. Frank Witter and elected for the first time Ms. Kirsty

Roth and Dr. Klaus Moosmayer and as shareholder representatives to the Supervisory Board, in each case for a term of

office of around four years.

We resolved to extend the Management Board appointments of Mr. Christian Sewing by four years, i.e., with effect from

May 1, 2025, until April 30, 2029; of Mr. Fabrizio Campelli by three years, i.e., with effect from November 1, 2025, until

October 31, 2028; of Mr. Claudio de Sanctis by three years, i.e., with effect from July 1, 2026, until June 30, 2029; and of

Mr. Bernd Leukert by six months, i.e., with effect from January 1, 2026, until June 30, 2026.

With regard to the position of Chief Technology, Data and Innovation Officer, given Mr. Bernd Leukert’s upcoming

resignation from the Management Board on June 30, 2026, the search process for a permanent appointment as a

member of the Management Board is ongoing. We are committed to a robust succession planning process to ensure

continuity of leadership and effective oversight of Deutsche Bank’s technology and data agenda during this transitional

phase.

Already in the last reporting period, on December 12, 2024, we had appointed Dr. Marcus Chromik as member of the

Management Board with effect from May 1, 2025, for a three-year period until April 30, 2028. He succeeded our previous

Chief Risk Officer, Mr. Olivier Vigneron, who did not extend his service contract ending on May 19, 2025.

Furthermore, on March 27, 2025, we appointed Mr. Raja Akram as member of the Management Board with effect from

January 1, 2026, for a three-year period until December 31, 2028. With effect from March 15, 2026, he is to take on the

role of the present Chief Financial Officer, Mr. James von Moltke, who will not be extending his service contract ending

on June 30, 2026.

Professor Dr. Stefan Simon resigned from his Management Board mandate with effect from April 30, 2025 and left the

bank.

All resolutions were based on recommendations of the Nomination Committee and of the Chairman’s Committee.

XVII

Deutsche Bank Report of the Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025

We sincerely thank the members of the Management Board and the Supervisory Board as well as the members who left

last year for their dedicated work and their constructive assistance to the company during the past years.

Furthermore, we would also like to express our deep appreciation and thanks to the bank’s employees for their great

personal dedication.

Frankfurt am Main, March 11, 2026

The Supervisory Board

awa.jpg

Alexander Wynaendts

Chairman

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025
Supervisory Board
Alexander Wynaendts Timo Heider* Dr. Theodor Weimer
– Chairman Emmerthal until May 22, 2025
The Hague Germany Wiesbaden
Netherlands Germany
Dr. Klaus Moosmayer
Frank Schulze* since May 22, 2025 Frank Witter
– Deputy Chairman Müllheim Braunschweig
Hanau Germany Germany
Germany
Kirsty Roth
Professor Dr. Norbert since May 22, 2025
Winkeljohann Wollerau
– Deputy Chairman Switzerland
Osnabrück
Germany Gerlinde M. Siebert*
Frankfurt am Main
Susanne Bleidt* Germany
Bell
Germany Yngve Slyngstad
Oslo
Mayree Clark Norway
New Canaan
USA Stephan Szukalski*
Ober-Mörlen
Jan Duscheck* Germany
Berlin
Germany John Alexander Thain
Rye
Manja Eifert* USA
Berlin
Germany Jürgen Tögel*
Horgau
Claudia Fieber* Germany
Berlin
Germany Michele Trogni
Riverside
Sigmar Gabriel USA
Goslar
Germany Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel
until May 22, 2025
Florian Haggenmiller* Madrid
Kempten (Allgäu) Spain
Germany
* Employee representatives
Deutsche Bank Committees
--- --- ---
Annual Report 2025
Committees of the Supervisory Board
Chairman’s Committee Risk Committee Strategy and Sustainability
Alexander Wynaendts Mayree Clark Committee
– Chairman – Chairperson John Alexander Thain
Timo Heider* Jan Duscheck* – Chairman
Frank Schulze* Claudia Fieber* Mayree Clark
Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann (since October 24, 2025) Claudia Fieber*
Timo Heider* (until October 24, 2025)
Nomination Committee (since May 22, 2025) Florian Haggenmiller*
Alexander Wynaendts Dr. Klaus Moosmayer Frank Schulze*
– Chairman (since May 22, 2025) Gerlinde M. Siebert*
Mayree Clark Gerlinde M. Siebert* (since October 24, 2025)
Timo Heider* (until October 24, 2025) Yngve Slyngstad
Frank Schulze* Stephan Szukalski* (since May 22, 2025)
Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann Michele Trogni Jürgen Tögel*
Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann Michele Trogni
Audit Committee Alexander Wynaendts (until May 22, 2025)
Frank Witter Alexander Wynaendts
– Chairman Compensation Control
Susanne Bleidt* Committee Technology, Data and
Manja Eifert* Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann Innovation Committee
Claudia Fieber* – Chairman Michele Trogni
Sigmar Gabriel Jan Duscheck* – Chairperson
(since May 22, 2025) Timo Heider* Susanne Bleidt*
Dr. Klaus Moosmayer (until May 22, 2025) Manja Eifert*
(since May 22, 2025) Dr. Klaus Moosmayer Florian Haggenmiller*
Gerlinde M. Siebert (since May 22, 2025) Kirsty Roth
(until October 24, 2025) Frank Schulze* (since May 22, 2025)
Stephan Szukalski* (since May 22, 2025) Yngve Slyngstad
(since October 24, 2025) Jürgen Tögel* (until May 22, 2025)
Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel Alexander Wynaendts
(until May 22, 2025) (until May 22, 2025)
Dr. Theodor Weimer Alexander Wynaendts Mediation Committee
(until May 22, 2025) Alexander Wynaendts
Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann – Chairman
Timo Heider*
Regulatory Oversight Frank Schulze*
Committee (until May 22, 2025) Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann
Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel
– Chairperson
Jan Duscheck*
Sigmar Gabriel
Timo Heider*
Stephan Szukalski*
Alexander Wynaendts
* Employee representatives

XX

strategygroup.jpg

XXI

Deutsche Bank Strategy
Annual Report 2025

Strategy

Global Hausbank

Deutsche Bank’s strategic and financial roadmap for 2025 aimed to position the bank as the Global Hausbank,

underpinned by strong European foundations and a broad international network. The strategy focused on achieving the

2025 financial targets and capital objectives and was built on three core pillars: risk management, sustainability and

technology, priorities that have become even more important amid persistent geopolitical and macroeconomic

uncertainty. By the end of 2025, the bank had met or surpassed its key financial targets and capital objectives, thereby

laying a firm foundation to scale the Global Hausbank.

At the Investor Deep Dive in November 2025, Deutsche Bank announced the next phase of its strategy and financial

targets and capital objectives for 2028. Having restored the bank’s profitability and strengthened its foundations, the

bank’s focus will be on accelerating value creation by scaling the Global Hausbank. Deutsche Bank’s goal is to tap

significant further growth potential, building on its position as the trusted partner for clients in a changing environment.

The bank’s long‑term vision is to become the European Champion in banking, marked by leadership in key business

segments on a European level, market-leading returns, a deep and scaled global presence and an AI-powered and

innovation-focused organization.

Deutsche Bank’s key performance indicators for 2025

Financial targets:

–Post-tax return on average tangible equity of above 10% for the Group

–Compound annual growth rate of revenues between 2021 and 2025 of 5.5% to 6.5%

–Cost/income ratio of below 65%

Capital objectives:

–Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio within an operating range of 13.5% to 14.0%, with a 200 basis points

distance to the Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA) as a floor

–50% Total payout ratio from 2025

Progress in all areas builds strong foundations for the next phase of growth

Deutsche Bank achieved its goals on all pillars of the accelerated execution of the Global Hausbank strategy in 2025.

In terms of revenue growth, net revenues increased to € 32.1 billion in 2025, up 7% from € 30.1 billion in 2024, in line

with the bank’s revenue ambition of around € 32 billion for the year. From 2021 to year end 2025, revenues grew at a

compound annual rate of 6.0%, the mid-point of the bank’s target range of 5.5% to 6.5%.

On operational efficiency, Deutsche Bank completed its € 2.5 billion operational efficiency program as planned by the

end of 2025. Measures included the optimization of the bank’s platform in Germany and workforce reductions, notably in

non-client-facing roles.

Deutsche Bank’s capital efficiency program delivered risk-weighted assets (RWA) equivalent benefits of a cumulative

€ 31 billion by the end of 2025, above the high end of its year end 2025 target range of € 25 billion to € 30 billion. These

efficiencies contributed to the bank’s year end 2025 CET1 capital ratio of 14.2%, slightly above the bank’s targeted

operating range of 13.5% to 14.0%, and up from 13.8% at year end 2024.

During 2025, the bank made capital distributions in respect of 2024 of € 2.3 billion, up by around 50% from 2024. These

included the dividend of € 0.68 per share, or € 1.3 billion in aggregate, and share buybacks of € 1.0 billion. For 2026,

Deutsche Bank plans to propose a dividend in respect of the 2025 financial year of € 1.00 per share, or approximately

€ 1.9 billion in aggregate, up 50% from € 0.68 per share for 2024, at the bank’s Annual General Meeting in May 2026. The

bank has also secured customary authorizations for up to € 1.0 billion in further share repurchases in respect of 2025.

Together, these measures would increase cumulative capital distributions to shareholders by a further € 2.9 billion and

would represent distributions in respect of 2025 consistent with the bank’s commitment to a 50% payout ratio for 2025.

Cumulative capital distributions in respect of the financial years 2021–2025, to be paid in 2022–2026, thereby amount

to € 8.5 billion, exceeding the bank’s original capital distribution goal of € 8 billion.

XXI

Deutsche Bank Strategy
Annual Report 2025

Sustainability

Sustainability is a fundamental aspect of Deutsche Bank’s strategy. In 2025, the bank continued to focus on the four

pillars of its sustainability strategy: Sustainable Finance, Policies & Commitments, People & Own Operations, and

Thought Leadership & Stakeholder Engagement.

Deutsche Bank set ambitious targets to maximize its contribution to achieving the Paris Climate Agreement’s targets and

the United Nations (UN) Sustainable Development Goals. The key targets and goals relate to the following sustainability

matters:

–Deutsche Bank set new cumulative € 900 billion sustainable and transition finance target for the period from 2020 to

the end of 2030, reinforcing its role as a trusted partner for the bank’s clients in the global transformation. The bank

aimed to achieve a total of € 500 billion cumulative sustainable finance and ESG investments volumes from January

2020 to end of 2025 (excluding Asset Management (DWS)). By end of 2025, Deutsche Bank reached € 471 billion

(excluding Asset Management (DWS)) and increased the incremental volume from € 93 billion in 2024 to € 98 billion in

  1. Although the original target was not achieved by the end of 2025, Deutsche Bank remains committed to

providing sustainable financing and ESG investment solutions to its clients and expects to surpass € 500 billion in the

first half of 2026. Progress towards the original target was impacted by several factors over the period, including

higher interest rates, regulatory developments as well as changes in the policy environment

–Deutsche Bank introduced a nature ambition to facilitate 300 transactions by the end of 2027, supporting biodiversity

as well as ecosystem conservation and restoration in alignment with the United Nations Sustainable Development

Goals

–Deutsche Bank is committed to achieving net zero emissions by 2050. In the previous years, Deutsche Bank has set

net zero targets for eight carbon-intensive sectors in its corporate loan book, with interim goals by end of 2030 and

final targets by end of 2050

–Deutsche Bank planned to source 100% of its electricity from renewable sources by 2025 and has achieved this target

–In 2021, the bank committed to an aspirational goal to have women represent at least 35% of its Managing Director,

Director and Vice President population globally (excluding Asset Management) by year end 2025, known as the ’35 by

25’ program. By year end 2025, women represented 34.1% of the bank’s Managing Director, Director and Vice

President population globally, with the female representation on senior corporate titles increasing from 2021 to 2025

by 4.2 percentage points

–The bank aims to increase gender diversity at the two levels below the Management Board (MB-1 and MB-2) with a

goal of 30% of positions to be held by women by year end 2025, thereby promoting equal opportunity within the

Management Board succession pipeline. The bank effectively met the goal for MB-1 and reached 28.2% at MB-2. In

line with German legal requirements, the bank will retain goals beyond 2025 for the two layers below the

Management Board with a goal of 32.5% women at both MB-1 and MB-2 by year end 2026, having regard to local law

In 2025, Deutsche Bank made further progress in implementing its sustainability agenda, which has been recognized by

leading ESG rating agencies. Deutsche Bank received improved ESG ratings by CDP, Standard & Poor Corporate

Sustainability Assessment and Sustainalytics and confirmed the bank’s good results at MSCI.

In 2025, Deutsche Bank published its initial Transition Finance Framework, defining clear rules for financing net zero

transitions in hard-to-abate sectors. Furthermore, the bank updated its Transition Plan with the latest data and main

achievements and updated the Sustainable Instruments Framework to align with relevant adjustments to the Sustainable

Finance Framework, effective from January 1, 2026.

For additional information on Deutsche Bank’s sustainability strategy as well as DWS, which sets its own sustainability

strategy, please refer to the chapters “Governance” and “Sustainability Strategy” in the Sustainability Statement of this

report.

XXII

Deutsche Bank Strategy
Annual Report 2025

Scaling the Global Hausbank

The bank believes that the progress made in transforming Deutsche Bank laid a strong foundation for delivering

sustainable growth through 2028. At the Investor Deep Dive in November 2025, Deutsche Bank presented its strategic

and financial roadmap for the period to 2028, outlining plans to further scale the bank’s position as a Global Hausbank

and setting out its financial targets and capital objectives for 2028.

Deutsche Bank’s key performance indicators for 2028

Financial targets:

–Post-tax return on average tangible equity of greater than 13% for the Group

–Cost/income ratio of below 60%

Capital objectives:

–CET1 capital ratio within an operating range of 13.5% to 14.0%, with a 200 basis points distance to the Maximum

Distributable Amount (MDA) as a floor

–60% Total payout ratio from 2026 and distribution of excess capital when CET1 capital ratio is sustainably above 14%

Accelerating value creation through three strategic levers

The next phase of Deutsche Bank’s strategy is centered around three levers: focused growth, disciplined capital

management and a scalable operating model. These levers are anchored in a firm commitment to shareholder‑value‑add

(SVA) as the central steering principle, aiming at sharpening decision‑making, aligning resource allocation with value

creation and strengthening a culture of accountability. Anchored in its ambition to scale the Global Hausbank, Deutsche

Bank aims to deepen client engagement and strengthen collaboration across segments to deliver its full capabilities.

Focused growth: Focused growth is a core driver of Deutsche Bank’s strategic ambition through 2028. The bank expects

focused growth areas to contribute meaningfully to long term revenue expansion, targeted to deliver approximately

€ 5 billion in incremental revenues, increasing Group revenues from € 32 billion to approximately € 37 billion by 2028.

This trajectory reflects a balanced uplift across fee generating and interest sensitive activities, including roughly

€ 2.6 billion in additional net commission and fee income and € 2.3 billion in net interest income, underpinned by the

structural hedge rollover, the strength of the German deposit franchise and targeted loan growth across the bank.

Growth is expected to be reinforced by more coordinated client coverage, with the Corporate Bank and Investment Bank

jointly supporting corporate and institutional clients, the Private Bank and Asset Management enhancing investment and

retirement solutions, and the segments contributing to a greater share of client business.

Disciplined capital management: Deutsche Bank manages capital as a strategic lever, ensuring it is deployed where

returns are strongest and aligned with the bank’s SVA guiding principles. The bank’s capital strategy is grounded in

disciplined balance sheet management, focused on reallocating resources toward capital accretive activities. By the end

of 2028, Deutsche Bank aims to deliver a more than 100 basis point uplift in revenues over RWA (excluding operational

risk RWA), supported by strengthened pricing discipline, enhanced balance sheet velocity and expanded risk transfer and

securitization channels. The bank aims to maintain a CET1 capital ratio of 13.5% to 14.0%, with a 200 basis points

distance to the MDA as a floor. The bank targets a 60% total payout ratio from 2026, and to distribute excess capital

when its CET1 capital ratio is sustainably above 14%.

Scalable operating model: Deutsche Bank intends to strengthen the scalability and resilience of its operating model to

support long-term growth and improved productivity across the Group. The bank’s objective is to deliver around 6%

operating leverage in 2028, enabled by a balanced combination of forward-looking investments and disciplined cost

management. Targeted € 1.5 billion of incremental investments, including technology, artificial intelligence and

business-led initiatives, are designed to unlock early efficiency gains while modernizing core platforms of the bank. These

investments are expected to be more than offset by at least € 2 billion in operating efficiencies, driven by front to back

process optimization, enhanced IT architecture and transformation across infrastructure functions. This approach

supports a sustained improvement in the cost/income ratio with a target below 60% by 2028, while maintaining cost

discipline, with expenses excluding business-led investments expected to rise only modestly.

Post-tax return on average tangible equity is a Non-GAAP financial measure. Please refer to “Supplementary financial

information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP financial measures” of this report for the definitions of such measures and

reconciliations to the IFRS numbers on which they are based. With effect from the first quarter of 2026, Deutsche Bank

will discontinue the separate reporting of adjusted costs and nonoperating costs.

strategybusiness.jpg

XXIV

Deutsche Bank Strategy
Annual Report 2025

Deutsche Bank Business segments

Corporate Bank

Corporate Bank’s capabilities in Cash Management, Trade Finance and Lending, and Trust and Securities Services will

enable the bank to serve the core needs of its clients. Corporate Bank helps clients optimize their working capital and

liquidity, secure global supply chains and distribution channels, and manage their risks, in close collaboration with

Foreign Exchange within the Investment Bank. Furthermore, Corporate Bank acts as a specialized provider of services to

financial institutions, offering Correspondent Banking and Trust and Securities Services. Corporate Bank combined its

Trust and Agency Services and Securities Services businesses into a new unified Trust and Securities Services

organization in mid 2025. Finally, Deutsche Bank provides Business Banking services to small corporate and entrepreneur

clients in Germany through a standardized product suite.

In 2025, Corporate Bank continued to make progress on its strategic objectives, notably by growing net commission and

fee income across all regions, while interest hedging and strong deposit growth partly offset deposit margin

normalization. Corporate Bank was awarded “No. 1 Best Trade Finance Bank” by the FINANCE Banken-Survey and

“World’s Best Corporate Trust Bank” by the IJ Global Awards. Deutsche Bank believes that these awards recognize

Corporate Bank’s deep client relationships and client-centric solutions offering.

Corporate Bank’s strategy by 2028 is anchored around focused growth, strict capital discipline and a scalable operating

model, supporting Deutsche Bank’s Scaling the Global Hausbank strategy. In line with the direction set out at the 2025

Investor Deep Dive, Deutsche Bank expects meaningful expansion across its core client groups: corporates, institutions

as well as small and medium‑sized enterprises. The bank also aims to broaden its platforms and deliver tailored solutions

that address clients’ strategic requirements. Building on its strong leadership in Germany, Corporate Bank aims to

deepen its position as the trusted partner to the German and European economies, supported by fiscal expansion and

strengthened collaboration across Deutsche Bank’s business segments.

Corporate Treasury Services aims to further scale its platform across core products, enabling increased density and a

greater range of client offerings, while reallocating capital from sub-hurdle businesses. Institutional Client Services aims

to grow its client base in collaboration with the Investment Bank, increase penetration with an extended product

offering, and win back U.S. dollar market share in correspondent banking. Business Banking aims to grow its client base,

especially gaining from digital sales and by leveraging artificial intelligence and data-driven automated campaigning

initiatives that enable more targeted outreach and higher conversion rates.

As a transition partner, Deutsche Bank supports clients across sector value chains in achieving strategic goals,

strengthening competitiveness and resilience, and managing financial operations, while integrating sustainable finance

capabilities into treasury and financing activities. The bank continues to adapt its sector-aligned sustainable finance

capabilities to meet evolving client needs and to enable transition across business models, facilitating progress toward

net-zero objectives by combining deep industry knowledge with tailored financial solutions.

To support this ambition, Corporate Bank is building a scalable operating model that increases efficiency, enhances

client delivery and positions the business for sustainable growth. The segment is investing in technology‑enabled

solutions, strengthened payment capabilities and faster execution enabled by artificial intelligence and automation.

These initiatives are complemented by process redesign and platform integration to improve reliability, standardization

and speed across the global franchise.

Corporate Bank aims to further leverage its extensive international network across more than 140 countries, combining

global reach with deep local expertise. This approach supports seamless delivery across Corporate and Institutional Cash

Management, Trade Finance & Lending, Trust & Securities Services and Business Banking. Through scalable technology

deployment and increased operational integration, Corporate Bank aims to enhance productivity, improve resilience and

reinforce its competitive differentiation in an evolving market environment.

Aligned with its strategic priorities, Corporate Bank remains committed to strict capital discipline and prudent risk

management, while maintaining high lending standards and preserve the quality of its loan portfolio. It plans to continue

reallocating risk‑weighted assets toward portfolios with stronger shareholder-value accretion and to increase

balance‑sheet velocity through expanded distribution‑led structuring and broader loan syndication. Through focused

growth and a scalable platform across Corporate Treasury Services, Institutional Client Services and Business Banking,

Corporate Bank strengthens its contribution to scaling the Global Hausbank and aims to deliver sustainable growth and

disciplined returns for clients and shareholders.

XXV

Deutsche Bank Strategy
Annual Report 2025

Investment Bank

The Investment Bank is made up of two principal businesses: Fixed Income & Currencies (FIC) and Investment Banking &

Capital Markets (IBCM). Across these businesses, corporate and institutional clients are offered a comprehensive range of

services encompassing financing, market making, risk-management solutions, advisory and debt and equity issuance. The

segment regionally encompasses Europe, Americas and APAC/MEA.

In 2025, the Investment Bank delivered a strong performance, with a revenue increase of 9% compared to 2024, a

materially increased return on equity and improved cost/income ratio. This performance reflects the execution of

strategic priorities, enhancing the service offering for clients and building on the franchise development over recent

years. During the year, Deutsche Bank was also named “World’s Best FX Bank” in the 2025 Euromoney FX Awards,

reaffirming the bank’s position as one of the leading banks in this market and demonstrating an enhanced offering to

clients.

The Investment Bank intends to concentrate on areas of competitive strength to drive focused revenue growth across

the segment. The segment is pursuing this through three complementary priorities.

One area of focus is to position IBCM to become a leading European franchise and build on German leadership and a

focused global offering, with the aim of strengthening IBCM’s position in core sectors and expanding Advisory and Equity

Capital Markets capabilities, while maintaining the strength of the Debt franchise. This includes deepening corporate

client relationships closely aligned with the Corporate Bank and lending, acquiring new clients to broaden industry

coverage, and investing in sector and product expertise. A key priority is developing Equity distribution capability to

support Equity Capital Markets growth.

In parallel, the segment expects to further invest in the FIC platform to reinforce its strong global position. In the

Americas, growth is expected to come from targeted investments in selected business lines, while capital allocation to

Financing should help offset spread compression, supported by initiatives to deepen client relationships.

Complementing these efforts, the strategy intends to further leverage the Global Hausbank by driving cross-business

collaboration with the Corporate Bank to complete coverage across advisory and risk management, the Private Bank, and

Asset Management, thereby unlocking opportunities in asset origination, distribution, and joint product development.

The segment aims to harness technology and artificial intelligence to transform client service and offerings in a

controlled environment. This is expected to be supported by technology investment over the next three years, delivering

solutions that enhance client experience through advanced data analytics and execution. The implementation of

artificial intelligence enabled automation and end-to-end process redesign should create efficiencies, enabling more

time for client engagement and maintaining a competitive cost/income ratio, while strengthening control frameworks to

ensure safe and sustainable scalability.

Capital is planned to be deployed selectively to support priority growth areas and to develop capital-light franchises

such as Advisory and Equity Capital Markets. The segment plans to align this disciplined utilization of capital with high-

return opportunities while leveraging the segment’s capabilities and investor network to distribute risk effectively.

Finally, the Investment Bank intends to optimize the relationship lending book and enhance client level value creation

through advanced analytics.

By combining focused growth in core franchises, a scalable technology driven operating model, and disciplined capital

deployment, the Investment Bank reinforces its role in scaling the Global Hausbank and is positioned to deliver

sustainable profitability. This strategy supports Deutsche Bank’s ambition to create long-term value for clients and

shareholders through 2028 and beyond.

XXVI

Deutsche Bank Strategy
Annual Report 2025

Private Bank

The Private Bank serves over 20 million clients across 60 markets worldwide. The Private Bank is organized into two client

sectors: Personal Banking and Wealth Management (formerly Wealth Management & Private Banking). In Germany,

Personal Banking leads the market with around 18 million clients and operates through two main, complementary retail

brands: Deutsche Bank as the Hausbank for financial advice and Postbank as a digital-first provider for everyday banking.

In addition, norisbank offers a fully digital banking proposition, while BHW specializes in home-finance solutions. In Italy,

Spain and India, Personal Banking supports retail and emerging affluent clients, acting as a feeder into Wealth

Management. In Germany and across international markets, Wealth Management delivers the Global Hausbank

proposition to high-net-worth and ultra-high-net-worth individuals and their family offices, while also serving affluent

clients in Europe.

In 2025, Personal Banking made significant progress in its transformation journey toward a digital-first, omni-channel

business model by right-sizing the physical sales network, investing in modern branch formats, upgrading remote

advisory, and accelerating the roll-out of digital and mobile services. A major milestone was the migration of Deutsche

Bank’s and norisbank's online, mobile, and telephone banking services to the cloud, enabling faster deployment of new

digital features. These upgrades strengthened client engagement across digital channels while also supporting

successful deposit campaigns.

In Wealth Management, revenues grew across both home and international markets, with robust asset gathering in

investment solutions, particularly in discretionary portfolio mandates. The franchise also expanded its alternative-

investment offering, supported by the launch of a new private markets fund in collaboration with DWS and Partners

Group, a Swiss-based alternative asset manager. Commercial momentum with entrepreneurs and family-office clients

remained strong, reinforced by deeper One-Bank collaboration with the Corporate Bank, the Investment Bank and DWS.

The evolution of the Wealth Management proposition was also recognized in the industry, earning 15 Euromoney ‘Best

Private Bank’ awards in 2025, including ‘Best Bank for Entrepreneurs’ for the third consecutive year, alongside regional

and market-specific accolades.

Private Bank has outlined its ambitions for 2028 to enhance shareholder value through focused growth, strict capital

discipline and a more scalable operating model.

Focused growth remains central to both client sectors. In Personal Banking, the deposit offering and new account

models are positioned as an entry point for prospective clients, while discretionary investments and pension solutions

aim to evolve customer relationships into long-term engagements. Omni-channel interaction and advisory, enriched by

artificial-intelligence-driven insights, are expected to further elevate client experience. In Wealth Management, the

priority is to grow client assets by expanding in core markets and deepening relationships with ultra-high-net-worth

individuals, family offices and family entrepreneurs. This ambition is supported by strategic hiring, strengthened lending

capabilities and an expanded suite of investment solutions.

To reinforce strict capital discipline, Personal Banking plans to free up capital through securitizations of retail loans and

the optimization of portfolios that do not meet targets for shareholder-value accretion. The released capital is expected

to be redeployed to self‑fund growth in Wealth Management and to accelerate investments in strategic initiatives.

Private Bank aims to streamline and scale its operating model by simplifying products, processes and IT. The plan

includes consolidating legacy infrastructure into modern, cloud‑based core banking platforms and deploying agentic

artificial intelligence to automate front‑to‑back workflows. In Personal Banking, the business is further optimizing its

sales network by reshaping the branch footprint in line with customer preferences and advancing efficiency initiatives to

support a more scalable, digitally enabled service model. Wealth Management expects to capture artificial-intelligence-

driven process and platform efficiencies across booking centers, while maintaining cost discipline and delivering a

globally consistent client experience.

Through focused growth, strict capital discipline, and a scalable operating model, the Private Bank is laying the

foundation for its long-term evolution to strengthen its overall contribution to the Global Hausbank.

XXVII

Deutsche Bank Strategy
Annual Report 2025

Asset Management

Deutsche Bank’s Asset Management segment comprises the consolidated results of its 79.5%-owned, listed affiliate

DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA (DWS). The segment advanced Deutsche Bank’s strategy by executing on its four

strategic pillars Growth, Value, Build and Reduce in 2025. At the same time, the segment prepared to apply the three

levers of focused growth, strict capital discipline and a scalable operating model by 2028.

In Growth, the Passive franchise, represented by the Xtrackers brand, expanded in Europe and the U.S. with sustainable,

thematic and actively managed ETFs, and Alternatives gained momentum in infrastructure and private markets. The

European Long-Term Investment Fund (ELTIF) launched by DWS, Deutsche Bank and Partners Group broadened access

for investors across private equity, private credit, real estate and infrastructure, reinforcing the franchise’s strength in this

area.

In Value, Asset Management delivered mature active strategies across equity and fixed income and continued to scale

multi-asset solutions, focusing on resilient offerings for institutional clients and the growing importance of pensions,

investment advisory and outsourced Chief Investment Officer (CIO) services.

In Build, the business advanced digitalization by developing embedded investment solutions and digital assets,

establishing an Application Programming Interface (API)-driven ecosystem with distribution partners, and progressing

AllUnity’s launch of a regulated euro-denominated stablecoin.

In Reduce, capital and resources were reallocated from lower-return or sub-scale products to priority areas, supported

by fund transfers, mergers and closures, enabling self-funded growth.

By 2028, Asset Management aims to support scaling the Global Hausbank by concentrating on focused growth on five

priorities, strict capital discipline and a more scalable operating model.

As Gateway to Europe, Asset Management intends to accelerate infrastructure investments and expand private credit

with the Corporate Bank and the Investment Bank, and aims to widen distribution through selective regional expansion

and the joint development of innovative products and digital investment solutions with the Private Bank.

Top 5 in Top 5 aims to build on the market leadership in Germany, enhance the strategic partnership in China with

Harvest Fund Management and start collaborations with local players to establish scalable positions in the five largest

global economies. Xtrackers benefits from its strong European footprint and thematic product demand in Asia/Pacific

and the U.S., while the solutions franchise expands in the institutional channel, including third party insurance mandates.

Future of Finance is expected to advance embedded investment via an API ecosystem, develop digital-asset services

including stablecoins and on-chain products, and apply artificial intelligence to portfolio construction, risk insights and

operations.

Under Bullish Germany and Global Hausbank, Asset Management expects to capture home-market opportunities in

Germany and leverage Deutsche Bank’s value chain across origination, structuring and distribution.

Asset Management maintains strict capital discipline by reallocating resources toward high‑return opportunities,

streamlining its product shelf and operating model, and advancing efficiency through talent optimization, automation,

AI, and near‑shoring, thereby driving scalable growth for the Global Hausbank and supporting improved earnings and

cost efficiency.

The scalable operating model is designed to convert growth into earnings with discipline. Asset Management continues

its strategy to optimize the platform, near-shore and internalize key functions, build enabling teams and make targeted

hires in Alternatives, while broadening the Xtrackers platform and investing in data and digital capabilities. The approach

is to limit additional costs despite growth so operating leverage improves the cost and income profile through 2028.

1
Combined<br><br>Management Report
2 Operating and financial review
3 Executive summary
7 Deutsche Bank Group
12 Results of operations
33 Financial Position
36 Liquidity and capital resources
38 Outlook
44 Risks and Opportunities
62 Risk Report
64 Introduction
65 Risk and capital overview
70 Risk and capital framework
80 Risk type management
129 Risk and capital performance
202 Sustainability Statement
204 General information
242 Environmental information
316 Social information
361 Governance information
385 Additional information
405 Employees
407 Internal Control over Financial Reporting
409 Information pursuant to Section 315a (1)<br><br>of the German Commercial Code and<br><br>Explanatory Report
414 Corporate Governance Statement<br><br>pursuant to Sections 289f and 315d of<br><br>the German Commercial Code
415 Standalone Parent Company information<br><br>(HGB)

2

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Executive summary

Operating and financial review

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the

related notes. This operating and financial review includes qualitative and quantitative disclosures on segment results of

operations and entity-wide disclosures on net revenue components of Deutsche Bank as required by International

Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) 8, “Operating Segments”. For additional business segment disclosure under IFRS 8,

please refer to Note 04 “Business segments and related information” of the consolidated financial statements. Forward-

looking statements are disclosed in the section “Outlook” in this report. The wording conventions and the numerical

ranges underlying them which are used to describe trends in the section “Operating and financial review” differ from

those applied in the section “Outlook”, for which the bank applies new ranges prospectively.

3

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Executive summary

Executive summary

The statements in the following section are based on latest available forecasts and assumptions at the time of

preparation. Actual developments may differ from these expectations.

Global economy

Economic growth<br><br>(in %)¹ 20252 20243 Main driver
Global Economy 3.4 3.4 In 2025, the global economy maintained a stable growth trajectory; progress in trade<br><br>negotiations between the U.S. and its key trading partners, along with selective tariff<br><br>reductions, contributed to a marked decline in trade policy uncertainty; at the same<br><br>time, easing inflationary pressures supported household consumption and provided<br><br>central banks with scope to implement further interest rate cuts
Of which:<br><br>Developed<br><br>countries 1.8 1.7 Developed countries benefited from the negotiated trade compromises, which helped<br><br>reduce overall policy uncertainty; although GDP growth rates varied across countries,<br><br>inflation moderated in most markets. In this environment, several central banks<br><br>continued to lower their key policy rates from previously restrictive levels
Emerging<br><br>Markets 4.5 4.5 Emerging Markets demonstrated stronger‑than‑expected resilience to adverse growth<br><br>and trade shocks arising from U.S. tariff measures; the combination of subdued inflation<br><br>and a moderation in U.S. dollar strength provided several central banks with additional<br><br>scope to ease monetary policy; furthermore, improved external fiscal impulses and<br><br>lower energy prices offered further support to overall economic activity
Eurozone Economy 1.5 0.8 Despite persistent external trade headwinds, the Eurozone economy continued to post<br><br>robust growth, supported by resilient domestic demand; nonetheless, GDP growth<br><br>rates varied across regions; inflation trended downwards towards the ECB's 2% target,<br><br>thus, the ECB was able to maintain its deposit rate unchanged at a neutral level in the<br><br>second half of the year
Of which: German<br><br>economy 0.2 (0.5) The German economy continued to face competitive disadvantages in foreign trade;<br><br>while the expansionary fiscal stance provided some initial positive impetus, domestic<br><br>demand remained subdued; moderating inflation supported private consumption;<br><br>however, overall sentiment continued to be weak; the cooling of the robust labor<br><br>market has slowed
U.S. Economy 2.2 2.8 In the U.S., federal government shutdown dampened economic activity in the second<br><br>half of the year; nevertheless, investment, particularly in AI‑related technologies,<br><br>provided meaningful support to growth; reductions in food import tariffs contributed to<br><br>easing inflationary pressures; in light of emerging labour market risks, the Federal<br><br>Reserve proceeded with further reductions of its key policy rate despite inflation<br><br>remaining above target
Japanese Economy 1.2 (0.2) The impact of U.S. tariff measures on the Japanese economy remained limited, and<br><br>business sentiment continued to be robust; an increase in real employee compensation<br><br>supported the recovery in private consumption; inflation, however, remained elevated,<br><br>driven primarily by rising food prices; against this backdrop, the Bank of Japan<br><br>proceeded to tighten its monetary policy stance
Asian Economy4 5.5 5.2 GDP growth in Asian economies was supported primarily by strong economic<br><br>momentum in India, complemented by additional contributions from China; inflation<br><br>declined noticeably across several economies, which bolstered private consumption<br><br>and provided scope for certain central banks to implement further reductions in policy<br><br>interest rates
Of which:<br><br>Chinese Economy 5.0 5.0 China met its official growth target, although momentum slowed over the year, largely<br><br>due to policy measures aimed at curbing overcapacity and excessive competition; the<br><br>government's efforts to stimulate purchases of durable consumer goods also lost<br><br>effectiveness over time

1Annual Real GDP Growth (% YoY). Sources: National Authorities unless stated otherwise

2Sources: Deutsche Bank Research

3Some economic data for 2024 were revised by public statistics authorities. As a result, this data may differ from that previously published

4Includes China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Sri Lanka, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand and Vietnam; excludes Japan

4

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Executive summary

Banking Industry

Dec 31, 2025
Growth year on year<br><br>(in %) Corporate<br><br>Lending Retail<br><br>Lending Corporate<br><br>Deposits Retail<br><br>Deposits Main driver
Eurozone 2.0 2.6 3.2 3.0 Buoyed by lower interest rates and stronger economic<br><br>growth, both retail and corporate lending have picked<br><br>up significantly over the course of the year, the former<br><br>even more than the latter; However, growth rates did<br><br>not yet exceed inflation to a meaningful extent; By<br><br>contrast, deposits from households as well as firms<br><br>largely maintained their momentum throughout 2025<br><br>and kept expanding at a robust pace
Of which:<br><br>Germany 0.7 1.9 2.4 2.8 Private-sector credit dynamics have improved during<br><br>2025, with households more than with companies due<br><br>to interest rate tailwinds in the mortgage business;<br><br>Sluggish lending to firms may be the result of various<br><br>factors impacting investment sentiment – from trade<br><br>policy uncertainty to worries about Germany lacking<br><br>international competitiveness, and transition<br><br>challenges; Demand for credit rose in recent quarters,<br><br>according to the bank lending survey; Growth remains<br><br>higher in deposits from corporate and retail customers<br><br>than in loans, despite a slowdown after the surge in<br><br>2024
U.S.1 3.3 2.8 4.21 4.21 Lending to the corporate as well as household sectors<br><br>gained further traction as the year progressed;<br><br>Nevertheless, the expansion is now only in line with<br><br>inflation, i.e., the private sector is not deleveraging any<br><br>more; Total deposit momentum accelerated<br><br>substantially, bolstered by interest rates staying on an<br><br>elevated level
China 9.0 0.5 3.7 9.7 Corporate lending maintained its robust pace in 2025,<br><br>which nevertheless is the lowest since before the<br><br>pandemic; By contrast, retail lending has come to a<br><br>standstill and is the weakest on record (covering nearly<br><br>two decades); On the deposit side, business with<br><br>households continues to flourish, while it has picked up<br><br>moderately with corporates, following a mild<br><br>contraction in the prior year

1Total U.S. deposits as segment breakdown is not available

The global Investment Banking & Capital Markets fee pool increased by 12% to € 92 billion in 2025, making it the

second‑highest investment banking fee pool in the bank’s internal record, after 2021. This marked the second

consecutive year of double‑digit growth following the market downturn in 2022 and 2023, with the 2025 fee pool

standing 43% above 2023 levels. The Mergers & Acquisitions (M&A) fee pool was the primary driver of growth, reaching

€ 37 billion, marginally below the 2021 peak, and contributing € 5.3 billion of the € 9.7 billion total increase. Within M&A,

activity in “mega” deals exceeding € 10 billion rose sharply, with announced volumes more than doubling. Equity capital

markets, leveraged debt capital markets and debt capital markets also recorded higher fee pools, rising by 16%, 7% and

8% respectively, and together contributing the remaining € 4.4 billion increase. Regionally, the global fee pool shifted

away from Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA), which grew by 3%, towards the U.S. and Asia-Pacific (APAC), which

recorded growth of 14% and 16%, respectively. The United Kingdom & Ireland region continued to lag global trends, with

its fee pool declining by 2%. Global Sponsor activity increased by 6%, although corporate activity rose by a higher

amount at 14%. However, a 46% increase in announced Sponsor M&A volumes suggests a more constructive environment

for private equity heading into 2026. In Fixed Income, revenue pools remained at elevated levels in 2025, and Deutsche

Bank’s assessment is that they increased further compared to the previous year. Foreign exchange activity is expected to

have risen across the ten most‑traded currencies globally, supported by heightened volatility in the first half of the year

and broader growth in derivative activity. Rates revenues increased materially, reflecting strong client demand and a

more supportive market environment, and Emerging Markets revenues also improved year on year. In Credit Trading,

performance has been broadly in line with the prior year, with markets recovering strongly in the second half of 2025

following the reaction to U.S. tariff policy in the second quarter of 2025. In Financing, client demand remained robust,

supporting the expectation of a revenue pool above the prior‑year level.

5

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Executive summary

Deutsche Bank performance

Deutsche Bank’s net profit was € 7.1 billion in 2025, up from € 3.5 billion in 2024. This year-on-year development

reflected strong operational performance in 2025 and the non-recurrence of specific litigation items which negatively

impacted 2024. Provision for credit losses was € 1.7 billion in 2025, down 7% from € 1.8 billion in 2024, or 36 basis points

of average loans.

During 2025, the bank made capital distributions in respect of 2024 of € 2.3 billion, up by around 50% from 2024. These

included the dividend of € 0.68 per share, or € 1.3 billion in aggregate, and share buybacks of € 1.0 billion. For 2026,

Deutsche Bank plans to propose a dividend in respect of the 2025 financial year of € 1.00 per share, or approximately

€ 1.9 billion in aggregate, up 50% from € 0.68 per share for 2024, at the bank’s Annual General Meeting in May 2026. The

bank has also secured customary authorizations for up to € 1.0 billion in further share repurchases in respect of 2025.

Together, these measures would increase cumulative capital distributions to shareholders by a further € 2.9 billion and

would represent distributions in respect of 2025 consistent with the bank’s commitment to a 50% payout ratio for 2025.

Cumulative capital distributions in respect of the financial years 2021–2025, to be paid in 2022–2026, thereby amount

to € 8.5 billion, exceeding the bank’s original capital distribution goal of € 8 billion.

Profit before tax was € 9.7 billion for the full year 2025, up 84% from € 5.3 billion in 2024. Revenues grew by 7% year on

year to € 32.1 billion. Noninterest expenses were € 20.7 billion, down 10%, and included € 0.4 billion in nonoperating

costs compared to € 2.6 billion in 2024. Adjusted costs, which exclude nonoperating costs, were down 1% to € 20.3 billion.

The cost/income ratio was 64% compared to 76% in 2024. Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity was 9.3%,

compared to 4.2% in the prior year. Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity was 10.3% in 2025,

compared to 4.7% in 2024. The year-on-year development in both ratios reflected the strong operational performance

achieved in 2025 as well as lower restructuring and severance charges and the non-recurrence of specific litigation items

compared to 2024.

Group Key Performance Indicators

Financial targets Financial targets and<br><br>capital objectives<br><br>2025 Status end of<br><br>2025 Status end of<br><br>2024
Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity¹ Above 10.0% 10.3% 4.7%
Compound annual growth rate of revenues from 20212 5.5% to 6.5% 6.0% 5.8%
Cost/income ratio3 Below 65%4 64.4% 76.3%
Capital objectives
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio5 13.5 to 14.0%6 14.2% 13.8%
Payout ratio7 50%8 47%9 86%

1Based on profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after AT1 coupon; for further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited):

Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report

2Twelve months period until the end of the respective reporting period compared to full year 2021

3Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

4Target ratio until December 31, 2025

5Further details on the calculation of this ratio are provided in the Risk Report in this report

6Target ratio while maintaining a buffer of 200 basis points above the bank’s expected maximum distributable amount (MDA) threshold

7Distributions in form of common share dividends and share buybacks in relation to Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders. Beginning with the fourth

quarter of 2025, the payout ratio will be presented under the respective financial year to which distributions relate to. This represents a change in presentation only and

does not affect the underlying calculation

8In respect of financial year 2025

9Expected distributions in 2026 in respect of financial year 2025, including the proposed dividend per share of € 1.00 and a share buyback of € 1.0 billion, for which the

bank secured the customary authorizations, in relation to Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders of financial year 2025

Net revenues were € 32.1 billion in 2025, up 7% year on year. Net commission and fee income grew 5% to € 10.9 billion,

while net interest income in key segments of the banking book remained resilient at € 13.7 billion, up 2%, reflecting

higher deposit volumes. Compound annual revenue growth since 2021 was 6.0% through the end of 2025, at the mid-

point of the bank’s target range of 5.5% to 6.5% for the period from 2021 to 2025.

Provision for credit losses was € 1.7 billion in 2025, or 36 basis points of average loans, a decrease of 7% from

€ 1.8 billion, or 38 basis points of average loans, in 2024, despite elevated macroeconomic and geopolitical uncertainty

and ongoing headwinds in Commercial Real Estate.

Noninterest expenses were € 20.7 billion in 2025, down 10% year on year. This development was primarily driven by a

decrease in nonoperating costs to € 0.4 billion, down 86%, from € 2.6 billion in 2024, which largely reflected the non-

recurrence of specific litigation items as well as lower restructuring and severance charges compared to 2024. Adjusted

costs were € 20.3 billion, down 1% compared to the prior year. Higher variable compensation expenses, reflecting the

bank’s performance, were offset by cost reductions in IT, professional services and other expenses.

6

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Executive summary

Income tax expense was € 2.6 billion in 2025, compared to € 1.8 billion in the prior year. The effective tax rate of 27% in

2025 was positively impacted by the German Tax Reform and the geographical mix of income, compared to 34% in 2024,

which was mainly affected by litigation charges that were non-tax deductible.

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 14.2% at the end of 2025, slightly above the bank’s operating target range of

13.5% to 14.0%, and up from 13.8% at the end of 2024. Organic capital generation from increased profitability offset the

combined impacts of higher capital distributions and coupon payments, regulatory impacts and business growth during

the year.

Adjusted costs, nonoperating cost, net interest income in the key banking book segments, and post-tax return on

average tangible shareholders’ equity are Non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to “Supplementary Information

(Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this Annual Report for the definitions of such measures and

reconciliations to the IFRS measures on which they are based. With effect from the first quarter of 2026, Deutsche Bank

will discontinue the separate reporting of adjusted costs and nonoperating costs.

7

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Deutsche Bank Group

Deutsche Bank Group

Deutsche Bank’s Organization

Headquartered in Frankfurt am Main, Germany, Deutsche Bank is the largest bank in Germany and one of the largest

financial institutions in the world, as measured by total assets of € 1,435 billion as of December 31, 2025. As of that date,

the bank had 89,879 full-time equivalent internal employees and operated in 55 countries with 1,179 branches, of which

64% were located in Germany.

Deutsche Bank Value Chain

Deutsche Bank’s business model considers impacts, risks and opportunities in relation to Environmental, Social and

Governance matters along the bank’s value chain, which comprises its upstream value chain, its own operations and its

downstream value chain. The following chart illustrates Deutsche Bank’s value chain and describes its components.

dbvaluechain.jpg

Intangible resources

The most important intangible resources for Deutsche Bank's business model from an economic point of view are its

customer relationships and its workforce. Other important intangible resources are the bank's brand name and its data

and software. When required by IFRS, intangible resources are recognized in the balance sheet and described in the

consolidated financial statements.

Impacts, risks and opportunities for the bank’s material topics in relation to sustainability are described in the

“Sustainability Statement”.

Deutsche Bank’s organizational model

As of December 31, 2025, the bank was organized into the following business segments:

–Corporate Bank

–Investment Bank

–Private Bank

–Asset Management

–Corporate & Other

8

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Deutsche Bank Group

Deutsche Bank has a country and regional organizational layer to facilitate a consistent implementation of global

strategies.

The bank has operations or dealings with existing and potential customers in most countries in the world. These

operations and dealings include working through:

–Subsidiaries and branches

–Representative offices

–One or more representatives assigned to serve customers

Capital expenditures or divestitures related to the business segments are included in the respective corporate division

overview below.

Management structure

The Management Board has structured the Group as a matrix organization, comprising business segments and

infrastructure functions operating in legal entities and branches across geographic locations.

The Management Board is responsible for the management of the company in accordance with the law, the Articles of

Association and the Terms of Reference for the Management Board with the objective of creating sustainable value in

the interests of the company. It considers the interests of shareholders, employees and other company-related

stakeholders. The Management Board manages Deutsche Bank Group in accordance with uniform guidelines; it exercises

general control over all entities and branches.

The Management Board decides on all matters prescribed by law and the Articles of Association and ensures compliance

with the legal requirements and internal guidelines (compliance) and also takes the necessary measures to ensure that

adequate internal guidelines are developed and implemented. The Management Board's responsibilities include the

bank’s strategic management and direction, the allocation of resources, financial accounting and reporting, control and

risk management, as well as corporate control and a properly functioning business organization. The members of the

Management Board are collectively responsible for managing the bank’s business.

The allocation of functional responsibilities to the individual members of the Management Board is described in its

Business Allocation Plan, which sets the framework for the delegation of responsibilities to senior management below

the Management Board. The Management Board endorses individual accountability of senior position holders as opposed

to joint decision-taking in committees. At the same time, the Management Board recognizes the importance of having

comprehensive and robust information across all businesses in order to take well informed decisions. Governance fora

are established across the bank with the purpose of providing the necessary information to support the accountable

individuals in their decision-making process.

Corporate Bank

Corporate division overview

Corporate Bank is primarily focused on serving corporate clients, including the German “Mittelstand”, larger and smaller

sized commercial and business banking clients in Germany as well as multinational companies. The division also provides

financial institutions with certain transaction banking services. Corporate Bank reports revenues based on three client

categories: Corporate Treasury Services, Institutional Client Services and Business Banking.

There have been no significant capital expenditures or divestitures since January 1, 2023.

Products and services

Corporate Bank is a global provider of cash management, lending, trade finance, trust and securities services, and risk

management solutions. Cash management services include integrated payments and FX solutions. Trade finance and

lending offering spans from documentary and guarantee business to structured trade finance and lending. Trust and

securities services cover depository receipts, corporate trust, document custody and securities services. Focusing on the

finance departments of corporate and commercial clients and financial institutions in Germany and across the globe, its

holistic expertise and global network allow the bank to offer integrated solutions.

In addition to Corporate Bank’s product suite, coverage teams provide clients with access to the expertise of Investment

Bank.

9

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Deutsche Bank Group

Distribution channels and marketing

The corporate coverage function of Corporate Bank focuses on international mid and large corporate clients and is

organized into three units: Global Coverage, MidCorps Coverage and Risk Management Solutions. Coverage includes

multi-product generalists covering headquarter level and subsidiaries via global, regional and local coverage teams for

multinational companies. MidCorps Coverage includes multi-product generalists with a special focus on medium sized

enterprises. Risk Management Solutions includes Foreign Exchange, Emerging Markets and Rates product specialists.

This unit is managed regionally in Asia Pacific, Middle East & Africa, Americas and Europe to ensure close connectivity to

clients.

Corporate clients are served out of all three of the Corporate Bank’s client categories. Corporate Treasury Services

covers mid and large corporate clients across two brands, Deutsche Bank and Postbank, and offers the whole range of

solutions across cash, trade financing, lending and risk management for the corporate treasurer. Institutional Client

Services comprises of Cash Management for institutional clients and Trust and Securities Services. Business Banking

covers small corporates and entrepreneur clients and offers a largely standardized product suite and selected

contextual-banking partner offerings (e.g., accounting solutions).

Investment Bank

Corporate division overview

Investment Bank combines Deutsche Bank’s Fixed Income & Currencies and Investment Banking & Capital Markets

(renamed in the fourth quarter of 2025 from “Origination & Advisory”) businesses, as well as Deutsche Bank Research and

Other. The Investment Bank focuses on its traditional strengths in these markets, bringing together wholesale banking

expertise across risk management, sales and trading, investment banking and infrastructure. This enables the Investment

Bank to align resourcing and capital across its client and product perimeter to effectively support the bank’s strategic

goals.

In April 2023, Deutsche Bank announced that it reached an agreement on an all-cash offer for the acquisition of Numis

Corporation Plc (“Numis”). On October 13, 2023, Deutsche Bank completed the transaction and acquired a 100% interest

in Numis for a cash purchase price of GBP 397 million. After the initial purchase price allocation, goodwill of € 233 million

related to the transaction was identified. Deutsche Bank assigned the identified goodwill to the Investment Bank cash

generating unit (CGU). Given the value of the Investment Bank CGU, the goodwill was considered impaired and written

off in the fourth quarter of 2023.

There have been no significant divestitures since January 1, 2023.

Products and services

Fixed Income & Currencies is split into two sub-categories: “Fixed Income & Currencies: Financing”, which provides

comprehensive, customized financing solutions across industries and asset classes; and “Fixed Income & Currencies:

Markets” (renamed in the fourth quarter of 2025 from “Fixed Income & Currencies: Ex-Financing”), which combines

institutional sales, trading and structuring expertise across Foreign Exchange, Rates, Emerging Markets and Credit

Trading. The Fixed Income & Currencies business operates globally and provides both corporate and institutional clients

liquidity, market making services and a range of specialized risk management solutions across a broad range of Fixed

Income & Currencies products. The application of technology and continued innovation of the transaction lifecycle

processes is enabling Deutsche Bank to increase automation/electronification in order to respond to client and

regulatory requirements.

Investment Banking & Capital Markets is responsible for the bank’s Mergers and Acquisitions business and Capital

Markets businesses across Debt and Equity. The IBCM franchise comprises regional and industry-focused product and

coverage teams, leveraging senior relationships to deliver a range of advisory and financial products and services to the

bank’s clients in partnership with the Fixed Income & Currencies franchise and other divisions of the bank.

Distribution channels and marketing

Coverage of the Investment Bank’s clients is provided principally by three groups working in conjunction with each other:

The Institutional Client Group, which houses the debt sales team, Investment Banking Coverage within Investment

Banking & Capital Markets and Risk Management Solutions in Corporate Bank, which covers capital markets and treasury

solutions. The close cooperation between these groups helps to create enhanced synergies leading to increased cross

selling of products/solutions to clients.

10

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Deutsche Bank Group

Private Bank

Corporate division overview

Private Bank serves personal and private clients, wealthy individuals, entrepreneurs and families. The international

businesses also focus on commercial clients in selected markets. Private Bank is organized along the client sectors

Wealth Management (renamed in the fourth quarter of 2025 from Wealth Management & Private Banking) and Personal

Banking.

This client-centric approach reflects the aim to serve clients in a more targeted and effective way across the Private

Bank. Wealth Management combines the coverage of private banking, high-net-worth and ultra-high-net-worth clients,

as well as business clients in selected international markets. The client sector Personal Banking serves retail and affluent

customers as well as commercial banking clients in Italy and Spain (i.e., all small business clients and small sized

corporate clients that are not covered as part of the Wealth Management client sector).

There have been no significant capital expenditures or divestitures since January 1, 2023.

Products and services

Private Bank’s offers a range of payment and account services, credit and deposit products as well as investment advice.

These offerings include products which provide its clients access to Sustainable Finance lending and ESG investment

solutions based on specified classification and due diligence methodologies including ESG strategies, ratings and

exclusion criteria.

Personal Banking Germany pursues a differentiated, customer-focused approach with two strong and complementary

main brands: Deutsche Bank and Postbank. The Deutsche Bank brand provides private customers with banking and

financial products and services, including individualized advisory solutions. The Postbank brand focuses on offering retail

customers standard products and daily retail banking services supported by direct banking capabilities. In cooperation

with Deutsche Post DHL AG, the retail bank in Germany also offers postal and parcel services in selected Postbank

branches. In the international markets of Italy, Spain and India, the bank provides retail customers with daily banking

services as well as investment advisory solutions.

Wealth Management globally offers private banking, high-net-worth and ultra-high-net-worth clients bespoke and

sophisticated services in planning, managing and investing wealth, financing personal and business interests and

servicing institutional and corporate needs.

Distribution channels and marketing

Private Bank pursues an omni-channel approach, enabling customers to choose flexibly among different ways to access

services and products.

The distribution channels include branch networks, supported by advisory and customer call centers, self-service

terminals and digital offerings, such as online and mobile banking. Private Bank also collaborates with self-employed

financial advisors and other sales and cooperation partners, including Business-to-Business-to-Consumer partners in

Germany. For Wealth Management clients, the Private Bank deploys a client coverage team model with relationship and

investment managers supported by client service executives, who assist with wealth management services and open-

architecture products. In Germany, Deutsche Oppenheim Family Office AG provides family office services, discretionary

funds and advisory solutions.

Expanding digital capabilities remains a strong focus across the businesses, as client behavior continues to shift towards

digital channels. The Private Bank will continue optimizing its omni-channel mix to provide customers with the most

convenient access to products and services.

11

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Deutsche Bank Group

Asset Management

Corporate division overview

With € 1,085 billion of assets under management as of December 31, 2025, the Asset Management division, which

operates under the brand DWS, aspires to be a leading asset manager. DWS serves a diverse client base of retail and

institutional investors worldwide, with a strong presence in the bank’s home market in Germany. These clients include

large government institutions, corporations and foundations as well as individual investors. As a regulated asset manager,

DWS acts as a fiduciary for its clients. Responsible investing has been an important part of DWS’s heritage for decades,

and DWS is committed to acting and investing in its clients’ best interest.

Deutsche Bank Group retains 79.5% ownership interest in DWS, and asset management remains a core business for the

Group. The shares of DWS are listed on the Frankfurt stock exchange.

There have been no significant capital expenditures or divestitures since January 1, 2023.

Products and services

DWS offers individuals and institutions access to investment capabilities across all major asset classes in Active, Passive

including Xtrackers range and Alternatives. In addition, DWS’s solution strategies are targeted to client needs that

cannot be addressed by traditional asset classes alone.

Distribution channels and marketing

DWS product offerings are managed by a global investment platform and distributed across EMEA, the Americas and

Asia Pacific through a single global distribution network. DWS also leverages third-party distribution channels, including

other divisions of Deutsche Bank Group.

Infrastructure

The Infrastructure functions perform control and service activities for the businesses, including tasks relating to Group-

wide, cross-divisional resource-planning, steering and control, as well as tasks relating to risk, liquidity and capital

management.

The Infrastructure functions are organized into the following areas of responsibility linked to a dedicated member of the

Management Board:

–Chief Executive Office

–Chief Financial Office

–Chief Risk Office

–Chief Operating Office

–Compliance & Anti-Financial Crime

–Chief Technology, Data and Innovation

Infrastructure also includes Communications & Corporate Social Responsibility, Chief Sustainability Office, Group Audit,

Group Governance, Legal, Global Procurement, Global Real Estate, Human Resources and Investor Relations.

Significant capital expenditures and divestitures

Information on each business segment’s significant capital expenditures and divestitures for the last three financial years

has been included in the above descriptions of the corporate divisions.

Since January 1, 2023, there have been no public takeover offers by third parties with respect to Deutsche Bank’s shares.

12

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Results of operations

Consolidated results of operations

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements.

Condensed consolidated statement of income

in m. 2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
(unless stated otherwise) 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Net interest income 13,065 13,602 2,626 20 (536) (4)
Provision for credit losses 1,830 1,505 (123) (7) 325 22
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 11,235 12,097 2,749 24 (861) (7)
Net commission and fee income 10,372 9,206 519 5 1,166 13
Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 5,987 4,947 (826) (14) 1,040 21
Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 48 1 2 49 N/M
Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost (11) (96) 20 N/M 85 (89)
Net income (loss) from equity method investments 12 (38) (18) N/M 49 N/M
Other income (loss) 619 1,259 (319) (52) (640) (51)
Total noninterest income 17,027 15,277 (623) (4) 1,750 11
Memo: Total net revenues 30,092 28,879 2,003 7 1,214 4
Compensation and benefits 11,731 11,131 82 1 601 5
General and administrative expenses 11,243 10,112 (2,383) (21) 1,131 11
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets 233 N/M (233) N/M
Restructuring activities (3) 220 (12) N/M (223) N/M
Total noninterest expenses 22,971 21,695 (2,313) (10) 1,276 6
Profit (loss) before tax 5,291 5,678 4,439 84 (387) (7)
Income tax expense (benefit) 1,786 787 805 45 1,000 127
Profit (loss) 3,505 4,892 3,634 104 (1,387) (28)
Profit (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests 139 119 69 50 19 16
Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components 3,366 4,772 3,565 106 (1,406) (29)
Profit (loss) attributable to additional equity components 668 560 141 21 108 19
Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders 2,698 4,212 3,424 127 (1,514) (36)

All values are in Euros.

N/M – Not meaningful

13

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Net interest income

in  m. 2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
(unless stated otherwise) 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Total interest and similar income 49,358 44,074 (4,900) (10) 5,284 12
Total interest expenses 36,292 30,472 (7,526) (21) 5,820 19
Net interest income 13,065 13,602 2,626 20 (536) (4)
Average interest-earning assets1 996,118 970,924 39,848 4 25,194 3
Average interest-bearing liabilities1 797,143 735,576 51,693 6 61,567 8
Gross interest yield2 4.95% 4.52% (0.66)ppt (13) 0.43ppt 10
Gross interest rate paid3 4.54% 4.12% (1.16)ppt (26) 0.42ppt 10
Net interest spread4 0.40% 0.40% 0.50ppt 125 0.00ppt
Net interest margin5 1.31% 1.40% 0.20ppt 15 (0.09)ppt (6)

All values are in Euros.

ppt – Percentage points

1Average balances for the year calculated based on month-end balances

2Gross interest yield as the average interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets

3Gross interest rate paid as the average interest rate paid on average interest-bearing liabilities

4Net interest spread as the difference between the average interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets and the average interest rate paid on average interest-

bearing liabilities

5Net interest margin as net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets

2025

Net interest income was € 15.7 billion in 2025, an increase of € 2.6 billion, or 20% compared to 2024. Lower interest

income on assets, mainly driven by the lower interest rate environment, was more than offset by lower interest expenses

on deposits, further supported by positive hedge effects. Net interest income included no interest expenses under the

Targeted Long-Term Refinancing Operation III (TLTRO III) program in 2025, whereas 2024 included interest expenses of

€ 144 million under this program. Overall, the bank’s net interest margin was at 1.5% in 2025, up 20 basis points

compared to the prior year.

2024

Net interest income was € 13.1 billion in 2024, a decrease of € 536 million compared to 2023, primarily driven by a

further normalization of the interest rate environment and the discontinuation of the minimum reserve remuneration. Net

interest income included interest expenses of € 144 million under the Targeted Long-Term Refinancing Operation III

(TLTRO III) program in 2024, whereas 2023 included interest expenses of € 741 million under this program. Overall, the

bank's net interest margin was at 1.3% in 2024, down 9 basis points compared to the prior year.

14

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

in  m. 2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
(unless stated otherwise) 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Trading income 5,894 4,878 (559) (9) 1,016 21
Net gains (losses) on non-tradingfinancial assets mandatory at fair valuethrough profit or loss (65) 217 225 N/M (282) N/M
Net gains (losses) on financialassets/liabilities designated at fair valuethrough profit or loss 158 (148) (492) N/M 306 N/M
Total net gains (losses) on financialassets/liabilities at fair value throughprofit or loss 5,987 4,947 (826) (14) 1,040 21

All values are in Euros.

N/M – Not meaningful

2025

Net gains on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss amounted to € 5.2 billion in 2025, compared to

€ 6.0 billion in 2024, reflecting a decrease of € 826 million, or 14%. The decrease was primarily driven by negative

impacts from interest rate hedges in Corporate & Other as well as changes in the market valuation of derivatives in the

Investment Bank. In addition, changes in valuation adjustments mainly on guaranteed funds in Asset Management, which

had a corresponding offset in other income, contributed to the decrease. These effects were partly offset by increased

mark-to-market impacts from hedge activities in the Corporate Bank and Private Bank.

2024

Net gains on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss amounted to € 6.0 billion in 2024, compared to

€ 4.9 billion in 2023, reflecting an increase of € 1.0 billion, or 21%. The increase was primarily driven by positive impacts

from interest rate hedges in Corporate & Other. Asset Management benefited from positive valuation adjustments

primarily on guaranteed funds, which had a corresponding offset in other income. These gains were partly offset by

changes in the market valuation of derivatives in the Investment Bank.

15

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through

profit or loss

The bank’s trading and risk management activities include interest rate instruments and related derivatives. Under IFRS,

interest and similar income earned from trading instruments and financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

(i.e., coupon and dividend income) and the costs of funding net trading positions are part of net interest income. The

bank’s trading activities can periodically shift income between net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial

assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss depending on a variety of factors, including risk management

strategies.

In order to provide a more business focused discussion, the following table presents net interest income and net gains

(losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss by business segments.

in  m. 2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
(unless stated otherwise) 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Net interest income 13,065 13,602 2,626 20 (536) (4)
Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 5,987 4,947 (826) (14) 1,040 21
Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 19,052 18,549 1,800 9 504 3
Breakdown by business segments:1
Corporate Bank 4,946 5,193 (277) (6) (247) (5)
Investment Bank 8,368 7,976 939 11 393 5
Private Bank 5,998 6,377 472 8 (379) (6)
Asset Management 269 (11) (89) (33) 280 N/M
Corporate & Other (529) (986) 755 N/M 457 (46)
Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 19,052 18,549 1,800 9 504 3

All values are in Euros.

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior years’ comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1This breakdown reflects net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss; for a discussion of the business

segments’ total revenues by product please refer to Note 04 “Business Segments and related information” of this report

2025

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss amounted

to € 20.9 billion in 2025, compared to € 19.1 billion in 2024. The increase of € 1.8 billion, or 9%, compared to the prior

year was mainly driven by higher net interest income. The Investment Bank recorded an increase of € 939 million,

primarily driven by volume growth combined with stronger lending income in FIC, specifically in Foreign Exchange and

Emerging Markets. In the Private Bank, net interest income and net gains (losses) increased by € 472 million, mainly due

to higher deposit volumes and increased mark-to-market impacts from hedge activities, which had a partial offsetting

effect in other income. Net interest income and net gains (losses) in Asset Management decreased by € 89 million,

reflecting valuation adjustments primarily on guaranteed funds being offset in other income. In the Corporate Bank, net

interest income and net gains (losses) decreased by € 277 million, as interest rate hedging, growth in business volumes

and favorable changes in the market valuation of derivatives were more than offset by margin normalization and foreign

exchange movements. The overall increase was supported by Corporate & Other, which recorded a net interest income

and net gains (losses) of € 225 million, an improvement of approximately € 755 million, primarily benefiting from positive

impacts from interest rate hedges.

2024

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss amounted

to € 19.1 billion in 2024, compared to € 18.5 billion in 2023. The increase of € 0.5 billion, or 3%, compared to the prior

year was mainly driven by higher net gains on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. The

Investment Bank recorded an increase of € 393 million, primarily driven by higher net interest income partly offset by

lower net gains on financial assets/liabilities mainly from a lower mark-to-market from derivatives in FIC Markets. Net

interest income and net gains (losses) in Asset Management increased by € 280 million, reflecting a more favorable

valuation adjustment primarily on guaranteed funds with offset in other income. In the Private Bank, net interest income

and net gains (losses) decreased by € 379 million, mainly due to higher funding costs and hedging activities partially

offset by growth in deposits and lending. In the Corporate Bank, net interest income and net gains (losses) decreased by

€ 247 million, primarily due to lower interest income and higher funding costs. The overall increase was supported by

Corporate & Other, which recorded an improvement of approximately € 457 million, primarily benefiting from positive

impacts from interest rate hedges.

16

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Provision for credit losses

2025

Provision for credit losses was € 1.7 billion in 2025, down from € 1.8 billion in 2024, and 36 basis points (bps) of average

loans, in line with the guidance the bank provided after the third quarter. The decrease was primarily driven by lower

Stage 3 bookings, notwithstanding persistently elevated provisions for the commercial real estate sector. This was

partially offset by higher Stage 1 and Stage 2 provisions resulting from model-related effects. Overall, portfolio quality

remained stable.

2024

Provision for credit losses was € 1.8 billion in 2024, up from € 1.5 billion in 2023, and 38 basis points (bps) of average

loans, in line with the guidance the bank provided after the third quarter. The increase was driven by cyclical events in

the commercial real estate sector, certain larger corporate credit events and temporary effects following the Postbank

integration. The wider portfolios performed broadly in line with expectations despite the challenging macroeconomic

and interest rate environment.

The sections “Segment results of operations” and “Risk Report” provide further details on provision for credit losses.

Remaining noninterest income

in  m. 2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
(unless stated otherwise) 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Net commission and fee income 10,372 9,206 519 5 1,166 13
Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair valuethrough other comprehensive income 48 1 2 49 N/M
Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortizedcost (11) (96) 20 N/M 85 (89)
Net income (loss) from equity method investments 12 (38) (18) N/M 49 N/M
Other income (loss) 619 1,259 (319) (52) (640) (51)
Total remaining noninterest income 11,040 10,330 204 2 710 7
1 includes:
Net commission and fees from fiduciary activities:
Commissions for administration 317 280 1 37 13
Commissions for assets under management 4,022 3,700 430 11 322 9
Commissions for other securities 433 441 61 14 (8) (2)
Total 4,772 4,421 492 10 351 8
Net commissions, broker’s fees, mark-ups on securities underwriting and other securities activities:
Underwriting and advisory fees 1,669 1,105 102 6 564 51
Brokerage fees 455 366 (1) 89 24
Total 2,124 1,471 102 5 653 44
Net fees for other customer services 3,476 3,314 (74) (2) 162 5
Total net commission and fee income 10,372 9,206 519 5 1,166 13

All values are in Euros.

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

Net commission and fee income

2025

Net commission and fee income was € 10.9 billion in 2025, an increase of € 519 million or 5% compared to 2024. The

increase was mainly driven by higher performance fees and management fees from higher average assets under

management, supported by positive market developments and net inflows in Asset Management as well as a strong

contribution from Trade Finance & Lending, Institutional Cash Management and Trust and Agency Services businesses in

the Corporate Bank. In addition, higher fee revenues in private credit lending and financing on balance sheet investment

in the Investment Bank as well as higher investment revenues, mainly from discretionary portfolio mandates and partly

offset by higher cards and payments costs in Private Bank, contributed to the increase.

2024

Net commission and fee income was € 10.4 billion in 2024, an increase of € 1.2 billion or 13% compared to 2023. The

increase was driven by higher underwriting and advisory fees in Investment Banking & Capital Markets in the Investment

Bank and a particularly strong contribution from the Trade Finance business in the Corporate Bank. In addition, higher

management fees in Asset Management from higher assets under management contributed to the increase.

17

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

2025

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income were € 49 million in 2025 and

€ 48 million in 2024, driven by a sale of bonds and securities from the strategic liquidity reserve.

2024

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income were € 48 million in 2024 and

€ (0) million in 2023, mainly driven by a sale of bonds and securities from the strategic liquidity reserve.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost

2025

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost were € 9 million in 2025 compared to € (11) million in 2024, driven

by derecognition of loans held at amortized cost.

2024

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost were € (11) million in 2024 compared to € (96) million in 2023,

driven by sales primarily related to the hold-to-collect portfolio.

Net income (loss) from equity method investments

2025

Net income (loss) from equity method investments was € (6) million in 2025 compared to € 12 million in 2024, a decrease

of € 18 million, mainly driven by losses related to the deconsolidation of an investment, partially offset by net profit on

the investments due to upward valuations.

2024

Net income (loss) from equity method investments was € 12 million in 2024 compared to € (38) million in 2023, an

increase of € 49 million, mainly related to an upward valuation of the underlying loan assets in Harvest Fund

Management Company Limited.

Other income (loss)

2025

Other income (loss) was € 300 million in 2025 compared to € 619 million in 2024. The decrease was primarily related to

the market movements in the hedge portfolio compared to gains in 2024 with an offset due to valuation adjustments

mainly on guaranteed funds in Asset Management.

2024

Other income (loss) was € 619 million in 2024 compared to € 1.3 billion in 2023. The decrease was primarily related to

the market movements in the hedge portfolio compared to gains in 2023.

18

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Noninterest expenses

in  m. 2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
(unless stated otherwise) 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Compensation and benefits 11,731 11,131 82 1 601 5
General and administrative expenses¹ 11,243 10,112 (2,383) (21) 1,131 11
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets 233 N/M (233) N/M
Restructuring activities (3) 220 (12) N/M (223) N/M
Total noninterest expenses 22,971 21,695 (2,313) (10) 1,276 6
N/M – Not meaningful
1 includes:
Information Technology 3,610 3,755 (106) (3) (145) (4)
Occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses 1,624 1,478 (161) (10) 147 10
Regulatory, tax & insurance2 1,028 1,399 (165) (16) (371) (27)
Professional services 763 899 (92) (12) (136) (15)
Banking Services and outsourced operations 964 964 (73) (8) 1
Market Data and Research services 400 374 11 3 26 7
Travel expenses 153 143 10 7
Marketing expenses 149 203 46 31 (54) (26)
Other expenses3 2,552 899 (1,842) (72) 1,654 184
Total general and administrative expenses 11,243 10,112 (2,383) (21) 1,131 11

All values are in Euros.

2Includes bank levy of € 148 million in 2025, € 172 million in 2024 and € 528 million in 2023

3Includes litigation related expenses of € 179 million in 2025 and € 2,035 million in 2024 and € 311 million in 2023; see Note 27 “Provisions”, for more details on litigation

Compensation and benefits

2025

Compensation and benefits increased by € 82 million or 1% to € 11.8 billion in 2025 compared to € 11.7 billion in 2024.

The increase was driven mainly by higher performance-related compensation, partially offset by lower severance costs.

2024

Compensation and benefits increased by € 601 million or 5% to € 11.7 billion in 2024 compared to € 11.1 billion in 2023.

The increase was driven mainly by higher performance-related compensation, wage growth and increases in internal

workforce related to the bank’s targeted investments as part of the bank’s Global Hausbank strategy as well as higher

severance costs.

General and administrative expenses

2025

General and administrative expenses decreased by € 2.4 billion, or 21%, to € 8.9 billion in 2025 compared to € 11.2 billion

in 2024. The decrease was mainly driven by the non-recurrence of litigation charges related to the Postbank takeover

litigation matter and the Polish FX Mortgage matters as well as the reversal of the RusChemAlliance indemnification

asset which impacted the prior year. The decrease was further supported by lower bank levies, reduced depreciation on

right‑of‑use assets within lease expenses, and lower information technology costs, mainly reflecting reduced vendor and

IT platform expenses.

2024

General and administrative expenses increased by € 1.1 billion, or 11%, to € 11.2 billion in 2024 compared to

€ 10.1 billion in 2023. The increase was driven by an increase in other expenses, mainly due to increased litigation

charges related to the Postbank takeover litigation matter and the Polish FX Mortgage matters as well as the reversal of

the RusChemAlliance indemnification asset. This was partly offset by a decrease in bank levies of € 355 million in 2024,

lower fees for professional services and lower expenses in information technology, mainly relating to lower vendor costs

and lower IT platform costs.

19

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

2025

No impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets was recognized in either 2025 or 2024.

2024

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets was € 0 million in 2024 compared to € 233 million in 2023 relating to

the impaired goodwill of Numis in the Investment Bank.

Restructuring

2025

Restructuring activities were a release of € 15 million in 2025 compared to a release of € 3 million in 2024. The

development in both periods was primarily driven by Private Bank executing its strategic initiatives.

2024

Restructuring activities were a release of € 3 million in 2024 compared to charges of € 220 million in 2023. The

development in both periods was primarily driven by Private Bank in the context of the execution of strategic initiatives.

Income tax expense

2025

Income tax expense was € 2.6 billion in 2025, compared to € 1.8 billion in the prior year. The effective tax rate in 2025 of

27% primarily benefited from the positive impact of the German Tax Reform and the geographical mix of income.

2024

Income tax expense was € 1.8 billion in 2024, compared to € 787 million in the prior year. The effective tax rate in 2024 of

34% was mainly affected by litigation charges that are non-tax deductible.

Net profit (loss)

2025

Net profit in 2025 was € 7.1 billion, compared to € 3.5 billion in the prior year. The increase in net profit reflected a strong

operational performance in 2025 and the non-recurrence of specific litigation items which negatively impacted 2024.

2024

Net profit in 2024 was € 3.5 billion, compared to € 4.9 billion in the prior year. The decrease in net profit was primarily

driven by the aforementioned increase in litigation expenses and higher income tax expenses compared to 2023.

20

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Segment results of operations

The following section is a discussion of the results of the business segments. Please refer to Note 04 “Business Segments

and related information” to the consolidated financial statements for information regarding:

–Changes in the format of the bank’s segment disclosure

–The framework of the bank’s management reporting systems

Deutsche Bank’s segment reporting follows the organizational structure as reflected in the Group’s internal management

reporting systems, which are the basis for assessing the financial performance of the business segments and for

allocating resources to them. The segmentation is based on the structure of the Group as of December 31, 2025. Prior

year’s comparatives were aligned to the presentation in the current year.

2025
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total<br><br>Consolidated
Net revenues1 7,400 11,541 9,665 3,077 413 32,096
Provision for credit losses 194 827 578 (2) 108 1,707
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 1,632 2,894 2,795 952 3,541 11,813
General and administrative expenses 2,971 3,782 3,958 871 (2,721) 8,860
Impairment of goodwill and other<br><br>intangible assets
Restructuring activities (15) (15)
Total noninterest expenses 4,603 6,675 6,738 1,823 819 20,658
Noncontrolling interests 16 272 (289)
Profit (loss) before tax 2,603 4,022 2,348 983 (226) 9,731
Assets (in € bn)2 323 736 316 11 49 1,435
Loans (gross of allowance for loan<br><br>losses, in € bn) 120 115 247 (3) 479
Additions to non-current assets 14 6 65 20 1,938 2,042
Deposits (in € bn) 329 28 329 5 692
Average allocated shareholders' equity<br><br>(in € bn) 12 24 15 53 10 66
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn) 72 136 92 16 31 347
of which: operational risk RWA (in € bn)4 11 18 15 5 14 63
Leverage exposure (in € bn) 358 602 326 10 32 1,327
Employees (full-time equivalent) 27,320 20,592 35,443 5,425 1,099 89,879
Post-tax return on average shareholders’<br><br>equity5,6 14.1% 10.8% 10.1% 12.9% N/M 9.3%
Post-tax return on average tangible<br><br>shareholders’ equity5,6 15.3% 11.2% 10.5% 29.1% N/M 10.3%
Cost/income ratio7 62.2% 57.8% 69.7% 59.3% N/M 64.4%
1 includes
Net interest income 4,567 4,681 6,169 24 249 15,691
Net income (loss) from equity method<br><br>investments 4 (69) 4 52 3 (6)
2 includes
Equity method investments 101 264 102 453 5 924

N/M – Not meaningful

3 Starting from the fourth quarter 2025, the equity allocation framework for Asset Management has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 -

Business segments and related information” of this report

4 Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments

and related information” of this report

5 Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and

related information” of this report

6 Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflect the reported effective tax rate for the Group, which

was 27% for the year ended December 31, 2025; for post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the segments, the

Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28% for the

year ended December 31, 2025; for further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report

7Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

21

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations
2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total<br><br>Consolidated
Net revenues1 7,506 10,557 9,386 2,649 (6) 30,092
Provision for credit losses 347 549 851 (1) 83 1,830
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 1,611 2,690 2,938 919 3,574 11,731
General and administrative expenses 3,448 3,970 4,395 904 (1,474) 11,243
Impairment of goodwill and other<br><br>intangible assets
Restructuring activities (1) (3) (3)
Total noninterest expenses 5,058 6,660 7,331 1,823 2,100 22,971
Noncontrolling interests 5 194 (199)
Profit (loss) before tax 2,101 3,344 1,204 632 (1,989) 5,291
Assets (in € bn)2 280 756 324 11 17 1,387
Loans (gross of allowance for loan<br><br>losses, in € bn) 117 110 257 485
Additions to non-current assets 12 3 160 30 1,886 2,091
Deposits (in € bn) 313 22 320 11 666
Average allocated shareholders' equity<br><br>(in € bn) 12 24 14 5 10 65
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn) 78 130 97 18 34 357
of which: operational risk RWA (in € bn)3 11 15 14 5 13 58
Leverage exposure (in € bn) 339 593 336 10 38 1,316
Employees (full-time equivalent) 26,280 20,065 37,059 5,166 1,183 89,753
Post-tax return on average shareholders’<br><br>equity4,5 11.9% 9.1% 5.1% 8.0% N/M 4.2%
Post-tax return on average tangible<br><br>shareholders’ equity4,5 12.7% 9.4% 5.1% 18.0% N/M 4.7%
Cost/income ratio6 67.4% 63.1% 78.1% 68.8% N/M 76.3%
1 includes
Net interest income 4,987 3,372 5,786 25 (1,104) 13,065
Net income (loss) from equity<br><br>method investments (1) (46) 21 36 2 12
2 includes
Equity method investments 90 379 102 451 6 1,028

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

3Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. Prior periods have been updated accordingly. For more information, please

refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and related information” of this report

4Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. Prior periods have been updated accordingly. For more information, please

refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and related information” of this report

5The post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rate for the Group,

which was 34% for the year ended December 31, 2024; for the post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the

segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were

28% for the year ended December 31, 2024; for further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this

report

6 Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

22

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations
2023
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total<br><br>Consolidated
Net revenues1 7,718 9,160 9,571 2,383 47 28,879
Provision for credit losses 266 431 783 (1) 26 1,505
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 1,539 2,534 2,808 891 3,358 11,131
General and administrative expenses 3,088 4,082 4,718 934 (2,710) 10,112
Impairment of goodwill and other<br><br>intangible assets 233 233
Restructuring activities (4) (3) 228 (1) 220
Total noninterest expenses 4,623 6,846 7,755 1,825 647 21,695
Noncontrolling interests 3 163 (166)
Profit (loss) before tax 2,828 1,880 1,032 396 (459) 5,678
Assets (in € bn)2 264 658 331 10 49 1,312
Loans (gross of allowance for loan<br><br>losses, in € bn) 117 101 261 479
Additions to non-current assets 13 89 90 73 1,853 2,118
Deposits (in € bn) 289 18 308 7 622
Average allocated shareholders' equity<br><br>(in € bn) 11 23 14 5 10 63
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn) 69 140 86 15 40 350
of which: operational risk RWA (in € bn)3 6 22 8 3 19 57
Leverage exposure (in € bn) 307 546 339 10 39 1,240
Employees (full-time equivalent) 25,356 19,899 38,465 4,961 1,449 90,130
Post-tax return on average shareholders’<br><br>equity4,5 17.1% 4.9% 4.5% 5.2% N/M 6.7%
Post-tax return on average tangible<br><br>shareholders’ equity4,5 18.5% 5.1% 4.8% 12.2% N/M 7.4%
Cost/income ratio6 59.9% 74.7% 81.0% 76.6% N/M 75.1%
1 includes
Net interest income 5,241 2,887 6,156 (124) (557) 13,602
Net income (loss) from equity<br><br>method investments (6) (70) (5) 42 2 (38)
2 includes
Equity method investments 91 413 84 420 5 1,013

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

3Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. Prior periods have been updated accordingly. For more information, please

refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and related information” of this report

4Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. Prior periods have been updated accordingly. For more information, please

refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and related information” of this report

5The post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rate for the Group,

which was 14% for the year ended December 31, 2023; for the post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the

segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were

28% for the year ended December 31, 2023; for further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this

report

6Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

23

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Corporate Bank

2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) 2025 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Net revenues
Corporate Treasury Services1 4,220 4,197 4,381 23 1 (184) (4)
Institutional Client Services 1,917 1,956 1,895 (39) (2) 62 3
Business Banking1 1,263 1,352 1,442 (90) (7) (90) (6)
Total net revenues 7,400 7,506 7,718 (106) (1) (212) (3)
Of which:
Net interest income2 4,567 4,987 5,241 (419) (8) (254) (5)
Net commission and fee income2 2,704 2,577 2,460 127 5 118 5
Remaining income2 129 (58) 18 186 N/M (75) N/M
Provision for credit losses 194 347 266 (153) (44) 81 30
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 1,632 1,611 1,539 21 1 72 5
General and administrative expenses 2,971 3,448 3,088 (477) (14) 359 12
Impairment of goodwill and other<br><br>intangible assets N/M N/M
Restructuring activities (1) (4) 1 N/M 4 N/M
Total noninterest expenses 4,603 5,058 4,623 (455) (9) 435 9
Noncontrolling interests N/M N/M
Profit (loss) before tax 2,603 2,101 2,828 502 24 (728) (26)
Employees (front office, full-time<br><br>equivalent)3 8,420 7,959 7,670 461 6 289 4
Employees (business-aligned<br><br>operations, full-time equivalent)3 8,181 8,171 8,017 10 154 2
Employees (allocated central<br><br>infrastructure, full-time<br><br>equivalent)3 10,719 10,150 9,669 569 6 481 5
Total employees (full-time<br><br>equivalent)3 27,320 26,280 25,356 1,040 4 924 4
Total assets (in € bn)3,4 323 280 264 44 16 16 6
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn)3 72 78 69 (6) (8) 9 13
of which: operational risk RWA (in<br><br>€ bn)3,5 11 11 6 1 5 94
Leverage exposure (in € bn)3 358 339 307 18 5 33 11
Deposits (in € bn)3 329 313 289 17 5 23 8
Loans (gross of allowance for loan<br><br>losses, in € bn)3 120 117 117 3 2
Cost/income ratio6 62.2% 67.4% 59.9% (5.2)ppt N/M 7.5ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average<br><br>shareholders' equity7,8 14.1% 11.9% 17.1% 2.2ppt N/M (5.2)ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average tangible<br><br>shareholders’ equity7,8 15.3% 12.7% 18.5% 2.6ppt N/M (5.8)ppt N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1Starting from the first quarter of 2025, certain smaller non-complex clients previously recorded under Corporate Treasury Services are reported under Business Banking.

The reclassification follows a review and realignment of client coverage to provide clients with the most effective coverage within the Corporate Bank. Prior year’s

comparatives are presented in the current reporting structure

2 Starting from the first quarter of 2025, the representation of revenue sharing between Corporate Bank and Investment Bank has changed. For more information, please

refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and related information” of this report

3  As of year-end

4Segment assets are presented on a consolidated basis, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

5Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments

and related information” of this report

6Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

7Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and

related information” of this report

8For the post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude

the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28% for the years 2025, 2024 and 2023; for further information,

please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report

24

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

2025

Profit before tax was € 2.6 billion in 2025, up by 24% from 2024, primarily driven by lower noninterest expenses and

lower provision for credit losses, partly offset by lower revenues. Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity was

14.1%, up from 11.9% in the prior year, and post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity was 15.3%, up from

12.7% in the prior year. The cost/income ratio was 62%, down from 67% in 2024.

Net revenues were € 7.4 billion, 1% lower year on year as impacts from interest hedging, growth in business volumes and

net commission and fee income was more than offset by margin normalization and foreign exchange movements.

Corporate Treasury Services revenues were € 4.2 billion, up 1% year on year, as positive effects from interest hedging,

higher deposit volumes and growth in net commission and fee income were offset by lower deposit margins. Institutional

Client Services revenues declined by 2% year on year to € 1.9 billion, mainly driven by lower deposit volume in

Institutional Cash Management. Business Banking revenues were € 1.3 billion, down 7% year on year, driven by the

normalization of deposit margins, partly offset by growth in net commission and fee income.

Provision for credit losses was € 194 million in 2025, or 17 basis points of average loans, down from € 347 million in the

last year, driven by lower Stage 3 provisions and a smaller decline in Stage 1 and 2 mainly reflecting model releases.

Noninterest expenses were € 4.6 billion, down 9% driven by lower nonoperating expenses, while adjusted costs remained

flat year on year at € 4.6 billion.

2024

Profit before tax was € 2.1 billion in 2024, down by 26% from 2023, primarily driven by higher noninterest expenses. Post-

tax return on average shareholders’ equity was 11.9%, down from 17.1% in the prior year, and post-tax return on average

tangible shareholders’ equity was 12.7%, down from 18.5% in the prior year. The cost/income ratio was 67%, up from 60%

in 2023.

Net revenues were € 7.5 billion, 3% lower year on year as the normalization of deposit margins was mostly offset by

higher deposit volumes and growth in net commission and fee income. Corporate Treasury Services revenues were

€ 4.2 billion, down 4% year on year, driven by lower deposit margins mostly offset by higher deposit volumes and growth

in net commission and fee income. Institutional Client Services revenues rose 3% year on year to € 2.0 billion, driven by

growth in Securities Services and Trust and Agency Services. Business Banking revenues were € 1.4 billion, down 6% year

on year, driven by the normalization of deposit margins.

Provision for credit losses was € 347 million in 2024, or 30 basis points of average loans, up from € 266 million, in the last

year, mainly driven by certain larger corporate credit events.

Noninterest expenses were € 5.1 billion, up 9% year on year, driven by a litigation item, while adjusted costs rose 2% year

on year to € 4.6 billion driven by higher internal service cost allocations and front office investments.

25

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Investment Bank

2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) 2025 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Net revenues
Fixed Income & Currencies (FIC) 9,610 8,518 7,897 1,092 13 621 8
Fixed Income & Currencies: Financing 3,561 3,183 2,909 377 12 275 9
Fixed Income & Currencies: Markets1 6,050 5,335 4,989 715 13 346 7
Investment Banking & Capital Markets2 1,861 1,990 1,238 (129) (6) 752 61
Debt Origination 1,100 1,274 837 (174) (14) 437 52
Equity Origination 225 186 102 39 21 83 82
Advisory 536 531 299 5 1 232 77
Research and Other3 70 49 24 20 41 25 102
Total net revenues4 11,541 10,557 9,160 984 9 1,398 15
Provision for credit losses 827 549 431 278 51 119 28
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 2,894 2,690 2,534 204 8 156 6
General and administrative expenses 3,782 3,970 4,082 (188) (5) (112) (3)
Impairment of goodwill and other<br><br>intangible assets 233 N/M (233) N/M
Restructuring activities (3) 38 3 N/M
Total noninterest expenses 6,675 6,660 6,846 15 (186) (3)
Noncontrolling interests 16 5 3 12 N/M 2 52
Profit (loss) before tax 4,022 3,344 1,880 679 20 1,463 78
Employees (front office, full-time<br><br>equivalent)5 5,037 4,888 4,856 149 3 32 1
Employees (business-aligned<br><br>operations, full-time equivalent)5 3,151 3,168 3,146 (17) (1) 22 1
Employees (allocated central<br><br>infrastructure, full-time equivalent)5 12,404 12,009 11,898 395 3 111 1
Total employees (full-time equivalent)5 20,592 20,065 19,899 527 3 166 1
Total assets (in € bn)5,6 736 756 658 (20) (3) 98 15
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn)5 136 130 140 7 5 (10) (7)
of which: operational risk RWA (in<br><br>€ bn)5,7 18 15 22 3 21 (7) (32)
Leverage exposure (in € bn)5 602 593 546 10 2 46 8
Deposits (in € bn)5 28 22 18 6 26 4 23
Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses,<br><br>in € bn)5 115 110 101 5 5 9 9
Cost/income ratio8 57.8% 63.1% 74.7% (5.2)ppt N/M (11.7)ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average shareholders’<br><br>equity9,10 10.8% 9.1% 4.9% 1.7ppt N/M 4.2ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average tangible<br><br>shareholders’ equity9,10 11.2% 9.4% 5.1% 1.8ppt N/M 4.3ppt N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1Starting from the fourth quarter of 2025, the additional sub-category “Fixed Income & Currencies: Ex Financing“ within Fixed Income & Currencies (FIC) was renamed to

“Fixed Income & Currencies: Markets“

2 Starting from the fourth quarter of 2025, Deutsche Bank renamed “Origination & Advisory” within the Investment Bank to “Investment Banking & Capital Markets”

3Historically, certain bank funding charges that were allocated to the Investment Bank but not directly attributable to specific balance sheet positions were reported

within “Research and Other”. Beginning the third quarter of 2025 these charges have been allocated to underlying businesses based on an agreed allocation key in order

to support ongoing refinement of business level reporting. Prior year’s comparatives are aligned to presentation in the current year

4Starting from the first quarter of 2025, the representation of revenue sharing between Corporate Bank and Investment Bank has changed. For more information, please

refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and related information” of this report

5As of year-end

6Segment assets are presented on a consolidated basis, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

7 Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments

and related information” of this report

8Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

9 Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and

related information” of this report

10For the post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude

the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28% for the years 2025, 2024 and 2023; for further information,

please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report

26

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

2025

Profit before tax was € 4.0 billion in 2025, up by 20% year on year, with revenue growth of € 1.1 billion driven by Fixed

Income & Currencies (FIC), with Investment Banking & Capital Markets (IBCM) slightly lower. Post-tax return on average

shareholders’ equity was 10.8%, up from 9.1% in 2024, and post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity was

11.2%, up from 9.4%. The cost/income ratio was 58%, down from 63% in 2024.

Net revenues were € 11.5 billion, 9% higher year on year reflecting strength in FIC. FIC Markets revenues were € 6.0 billion,

an increase of 13% year on year, benefiting from strength across products, but primarily Rates and Foreign Exchange

driven by heightened client activity and strong risk management in volatile markets. FIC Financing revenues grew 12% to

€ 3.6 billion, reflecting targeted balance sheet investment. IBCM revenues were down 6% year on year to € 1.9 billion

driven by Debt Origination, which included the impact of a loss on a specific loan in Leveraged Debt Capital Markets in

the first quarter of 2025, with Equity Origination and Advisory improving year on year.

Provision for credit losses was € 827 million in the year, or 74 basis points of average loans, and significantly increased

from € 549 million in the prior year, reflecting increased Stage 1 and 2 provisions and a smaller increase in Stage 3, all

impacting the commercial real estate (CRE) portfolio.

Noninterest expenses and adjusted costs were essentially flat at € 6.7 billion and € 6.6 billion compared to 2024, with the

cost of strategic growth initiatives and inflation offset by lower nonoperating costs and infrastructure allocations.

2024

Profit before tax was € 3.3 billion in 2024, up by 78% year on year, with growth across both Fixed Income & Currencies

(FIC) and Investment Banking & Capital Markets revenues, combined with the non-repeat of a goodwill impairment in

2023, partially offset by higher provision for credit losses in 2024. Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity was

9.1%, up from 4.9% in 2023, and post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity was 9.4%, up from 5.1%. The

cost/income ratio was 63%, down from 75% in 2023.

Net revenues were € 10.6 billion, 15% higher year on year reflecting market share gains in a growing Investment Banking

& Capital Markets fee pool, as well as strength in FIC. FIC Markets revenues were € 5.3 billion, an increase of 7% year on

year benefiting from strength in Credit Trading and increased client engagement more broadly. FIC Financing revenues

grew 9% to € 3.2 billion, driven by both increased net interest income and higher commission and fees. Investment

Banking & Capital Markets revenues rose 61% year on year to € 2.0 billion primary due to increasing market share by

around 50 basis points, combined with industry fee pool growth during the year (source: Dealogic).

Provision for credit losses was € 549 million in the year, or 52 basis points of average loans, and significantly higher year

on year, reflecting increased Stage 3 provisions, primarily in CRE.

Noninterest expenses were € 6.7 billion in 2024 down 3% year on year, mainly reflecting the non-repeat of a goodwill

impairment in 2023. Adjusted costs were essentially flat at € 6.4 billion, with the full year impact of strategic investments

in the second half of 2023 and adverse FX impact largely offset by a reduction in bank levies.

27

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Private Bank

2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) 2025 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Net revenues:
Personal Banking1 5,284 5,253 5,442 31 1 (190) (3)
Wealth Management1,2 4,381 4,133 4,128 248 6 5
Total net revenues 9,665 9,386 9,571 279 3 (185) (2)
of which:
Net interest income 6,169 5,786 6,156 383 7 (370) (6)
Net commission and fee income 2,999 2,956 2,852 43 1 104 4
Remaining income 497 643 563 (146) (23) 80 14
Provision for credit losses 578 851 783 (273) (32) 68 9
Noninterest expenses:
Compensation and benefits 2,795 2,938 2,808 (143) (5) 130 5
General and administrative expenses 3,958 4,395 4,718 (438) (10) (323) (7)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible<br><br>assets N/M N/M
Restructuring activities (15) (3) 228 (12) N/M (231) N/M
Total noninterest expenses 6,738 7,331 7,755 (593) (8) (424) (5)
Noncontrolling interests 45 (45)
Profit (loss) before tax 2,348 1,204 1,032 1,144 95 172 17
Employees (front office, full-time equivalent)3 15,840 17,053 18,483 (1,213) (7) (1,430) (8)
Employees (business-aligned operations, full-<br><br>time equivalent)3 7,497 7,842 7,780 (345) (4) 62 1
Employees (allocated central infrastructure, full-<br><br>time equivalent)3 12,106 12,164 12,202 (58) N/M (38)
Total employees (full-time equivalent)3 35,443 37,059 38,465 (1,616) (4) (1,406) (4)
Total assets (in € bn)3,4 316 324 331 (8) (2) (7) (2)
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn)3 92 97 86 (5) (5) 11 13
of which: operational risk RWA (in € bn)3,5 15 14 8 2 7 89
Leverage exposure (in € bn)3 326 336 339 (10) (3) (2) (1)
Deposits (in € bn)2 329 320 308 9 3 13 4
Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in<br><br>€ bn)3 247 257 261 (11) (4) (4) (1)
Assets under Management (in € bn)3,6 685 634 579 51 8 55 9
Net flows (in € bn) 27 29 23 (2) (7) 6 26
Cost/income ratio7 69.7% 78.1% 81.0% (8.4)ppt N/M (2.9)ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average shareholders' equity8,9 10.1% 5.1% 4.5% 5.1ppt N/M 0.5ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’<br><br>equity8,9 10.5% 5.1% 4.8% 5.4ppt N/M 0.3ppt N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1 Starting from the first quarter of 2025, a portion of certain European Personal Banking clients have been transferred to the Wealth Management segment. This change

reflects adjustments in the Private Bank client's classification to better align financial reporting with the underlying business structure. Prior year’s comparatives are

presented in the current reporting structure

2Starting from the fourth quarter of 2025, the Private Bank renamed “Wealth Management & Private Banking” to “Wealth Management”

3As of year-end

4Segment assets are presented on a consolidated basis, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

5Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments

and related information” of this report

6Assets under Management include assets held on behalf of customers for investment purposes and/or client assets that are advised or managed by Deutsche Bank. They

are managed on a discretionary or advisory basis or are deposited with the bank. Deposits are considered Assets under Management if they serve investment purposes. In

Personal Banking, this includes Term deposits and Savings deposits. In Wealth Management (excl. Business Banking), it is assumed that all customer deposits are held

with the bank primarily for investment purposes and accordingly are classified as Assets under Management. In instances in which the Private Bank distributes investment

products qualifying as Assets under Management which are managed by DWS, these assets are reported as Assets under Management for Private Bank and for Asset

Management (DWS) because they are two distinct, independent qualifying services

7Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

8Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and

related information” of this report

9For the post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude

the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28% for the years 2025, 2024 and 2023; for further information,

please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report

28

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

2025

Private Bank reported a profit before tax of € 2.3 billion in 2025, up € 1.1 billion or 95%, year on year mainly reflecting

lower noninterest expenses as well as significantly lower credit loss provisions. Post-tax return on average shareholders’

equity was 10.1% compared to 5.1% in 2024, while post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity increased to

10.5%. The cost/income ratio of 70% improved compared to 78% in the prior year.

Net revenues were € 9.7 billion in 2025, up 3% year on year, driven by higher deposit and investment product revenues,

which were partially offset by lower revenues from other banking services. Lending revenues remained essentially flat.

In Personal Banking, net revenues were essentially flat year on year at € 5.3 billion in 2025, reflecting higher deposit and

investment product revenues. These developments were offset by slightly lower revenues from lending in line with the

strategic decision to focus on value-accretive products as well as lower revenues from other banking services in 2025.

In Wealth Management, net revenues grew by 6% year on year to € 4.4 billion in 2025, reflecting higher investment

product, as well as deposit revenues. Prior year deposit revenues included certain hedging costs.

Provision for credit losses was € 578 million, or 23 basis points of average loans, compared to 33 basis points of average

loans in the prior year. This development mainly reflects benefits from model updates this year, while the prior year was

impacted by continued elevated transitory effects from Postbank integration.

Noninterest expenses were € 6.7 billion in 2025, 8% lower year on year. Adjusted costs decreased by 5% to € 6.6 billion,

and nonoperating costs were significantly lower. Positive impacts from transformation initiatives including workforce

reductions and the closure of 126 branches in 2025, as well as significantly lower deposit protection costs, were partly

offset by inflationary impacts.

Assets under Management were € 685 billion at year end 2025, € 51 billion higher year on year, including € 27 billion of

net inflows and € 30 billion positive market movements, partially offset by € 16 billion of negative foreign exchange

movements.

2024

Private Bank reported a profit before tax of € 1.2 billion in 2024, up € 172 million or 17% year on year reflecting slightly

lower noninterest expenses. Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity increased to 5.1% compared to 4.5% in 2023

while post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity improved to 5.1% from 4.8%. The cost/income ratio of

78%, improved from 81% in the prior year.

Net revenues were € 9.4 billion in 2024, down 2% year on year. Net interest income declined by 6% in an environment of

normalizing interest rates; this was partly offset by growth in investment products, reflecting the Private Bank’s strategy

of growing noninterest income.

In Personal Banking, net revenues were down 3% year on year to € 5.3 billion in 2024, reflecting continued higher funding

costs, including the impact from minimum reserves and higher Group neutral central treasury allocation to the segment.

These impacts were partly offset by growth in deposit revenues during 2024.

In Wealth Management, net revenues remained essentially flat at € 4.1 billion in 2024. Higher investment product

revenues, as well as slightly higher lending revenues, were offset by lower deposit revenues including certain hedging

costs to the business.

Provision for credit losses was € 851 million compared to € 783 million, or 33 basis points of average loans, compared to

30 basis points of average loans in the prior year. The increase mainly reflected the continued elevated transitory effects

from Postbank integration. Overall, the quality of the segment’s portfolios remains very solid.

Noninterest expenses were € 7.3 billion in 2024, down 5% year on year including significantly lower restructuring cost

and the non-recurrence of provisions for individual litigation cases. The improvement in adjusted costs by 4% to € 7.0 billion

in 2024 reflected normalized investment spend and positive impacts from transformation initiatives including workforce

reductions and the closure of 125 branches in 2024, as well as lower regulatory costs, partially offset by inflation impacts.

Assets under Management were € 634 billion at year end 2024, up € 55 billion in the year. The increase was mainly

supported by net inflows of € 29 billion, as well as € 20 billion positive market movements, and € 9 billion of positive

foreign exchange movements.

29

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Asset Management

2025 increase<br><br>(decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase<br><br>(decrease)<br><br>from 2023
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) 2025 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Net revenues
Management fees 2,597 2,479 2,314 119 5 164 7
Performance and transaction fees 318 148 128 170 115 20 16
Other 162 23 (59) 139 N/M 82 N/M
Total net revenues 3,077 2,649 2,383 427 16 267 11
Provision for credit losses (2) (1) (1) (1) 172 (23)
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 952 919 891 33 4 28 3
General and administrative expenses 871 904 934 (34) (4) (29) (3)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible<br><br>assets N/M N/M
Restructuring activities N/M N/M
Total noninterest expenses 1,823 1,823 1,825 (1)
Noncontrolling interests 272 194 163 78 40 32 20
Profit (loss) before tax 983 632 396 350 55 236 60
Employees (front office, full-time equivalent)1 2,103 2,065 2,044 38 2 21 1
Employees (business-aligned operations, full-<br><br>time equivalent)1 2,732 2,510 2,343 222 9 167 7
Employees (allocated central infrastructure,<br><br>full-time equivalent)1 590 591 574 (1) 17 3
Total employees (full-time equivalent)1 5,425 5,166 4,961 259 5 205 4
Total assets (in € bn)1,2 11 11 10 2 2
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn)1 16 18 15 (3) (16) 3 22
of which: operational risk RWA (in € bn)1,3 5 5 3 1 13 1 35
Leverage exposure (in € bn)1 10 10 10 1 4
Assets under Management (in € bn)1,4 1,085 1,012 896 73 7 115 13
Net flows (in € bn) 51 26 28 25 98 (3) (9)
Cost/income ratio5 59.3% 68.8% 76.6% (9.6)ppt N/M (7.8)ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average shareholders' equity6,7 12.9% 8.0% 5.2% 4.9ppt N/M 2.9ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’<br><br>equity6,7 29.1%8 18.0% 12.2% 11.0ppt N/M 5.8ppt N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1As of year-end

2Segment assets are presented on a consolidated basis, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

3Starting from the first quarter of 2024 the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments

and related information” of this report

4Assets under Management (AuM) means assets (i) the segment manages on a discretionary or non-discretionary advisory basis; including where it is the management

company and portfolio management is outsourced to a third party; and (ii) a third party holds or manages and on which the segment provides, on the basis of contract,

advice of an ongoing nature including regular or periodic assessment, monitoring and/or review. AuM represent both collective investments (including mutual funds and

exchange-traded funds) and separate client mandates. AuM are measured at current market value based on the local regulatory rules for asset managers at each

reporting date, which might differ from the fair value rules applicable under IFRS. Measurable levels are available daily for most retail products but may only update

monthly, quarterly or even yearly for some products. While AuM do not include the segment’s investments accounted for under equity method, they do include seed

capital and any committed capital on which the segment earns management fees. In instances in which Private Bank distributes investment products qualifying as Assets

under Management which are managed by DWS, these assets are reported as Assets under Management for Private Bank and for Asset Management (DWS) because they

are two distinct, independent qualifying services

5Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

6Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and

related information” of this report

7For the post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude

the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28% for the years 2025, 2024 and 2023; for further information,

please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report

8 Starting from the fourth quarter 2025 the equity allocation framework for Asset Management has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 -

Business segments and related information” of this report

30

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

2025

Profit before tax was € 983 million, up 55% from 2024, mainly driven by higher revenues and stable noninterest expenses.

Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity was 12.9%, up from 8.0% in the prior year. Post-tax return on average

tangible shareholders’ equity was 29.1%, up from 18.0% in the prior year. The cost/income ratio was 59%, down from 69%

in 2024.

Net revenues in 2025 were € 3.1 billion, up 16% compared to 2024. Management fees were € 2.6 billion, up 5% year on

year, driven by increasing average assets under management predominately in Passive products. Performance and

transaction fees increased significantly by 115% to € 318 million, driven primarily by higher performance fees from

Alternative investments, in particular infrastructure strategies. Other revenues increased by € 139 million to € 162 million

driven by favorable valuations of guaranteed products and higher investment income.

Noninterest expenses were € 1.8 billion in 2025, essentially flat year on year as higher compensation and benefits costs

were more than offset by lower general and administration expenses driven by lower transformation charges. Adjusted

costs increased by 1% to € 1.8 billion, mainly due to higher severance and litigation costs attributable to the prior year.

Assets under Management increased by € 73 billion, or 7%, to € 1,085 billion during 2025, driven by positive market

impact and net inflows, partly offset by negative foreign exchange effects.

Net flows were positive € 51 billion, primarily driven by net inflows in Passive, Cash, Systematic & Quantitative

Investments (SQI) and Alternatives products, partly offset by net outflows in Equity, Advisory Services and Multi Asset

products.

The following table provides the development of assets under management during 2025, broken down by product type

as well as the respective management fee margins:

in € bn. Active<br><br>Equity Active<br><br>Fixed<br><br>Income Active<br><br>Multi<br><br>Asset Active<br><br>SQI Passive Alternative<br><br>s Active<br><br>Cash Advisory<br><br>Services Assets<br><br>under<br><br>Managemen<br><br>t
Balance as of December 31, 2024 111 213 54 77 335 110 93 18 1,012
Inflows 13 36 6 15 137 14 770 4 995
Outflows (16) (36) (8) (11) (104) (12) (750) (7) (944)
Net Flows (3) (2) 4 33 2 20 (3) 51
FX impact (2) (13) (1) (1) (24) (7) (8) (55)
Performance 11 6 2 2 52 3 1 77
Other 3 (2) 1
Balance as of December 31, 2025 117 209 54 80 395 108 106 16 1,085
Management fee margin (in bps) 69 11 40 33 16 46 6 4 25

From 2025, “Advisory Services” is presented as a separate asset class. Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

31

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

2024

Profit before tax was € 632 million, up 60%, from 2023, mainly driven by higher revenues and stable noninterest

expenses. Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity was 8.0%, up from 5.2% in the prior year. Post-tax return on

average tangible shareholders’ equity was 18.0%, up from 12.2% in the prior year. The cost/income ratio was 69%, down

from 77% in 2023.

Net revenues in 2024 were € 2.6 billion, up 11% compared to 2023. Management fees were € 2.5 billion, up 7% year on

year, driven by Active and Passive products from higher average assets under management. Performance and transaction

fees increased by 16% to € 148 million, predominately driven by a significant Multi Asset performance fee. Other

revenues increased by € 82 million to € 23 million driven by lower treasury funding charges, partly offset by unfavorable

outcome of fair value of guarantees.

Noninterest expenses were € 1.8 billion in 2024, essentially flat year on year. Adjusted costs increased by 1%, mainly due

to higher compensation and benefits, variable compensation and increasing number of employees, as well as higher

banking servicing costs driven by a rise in assets under management, partly offset by lower IT costs and professional

services fees from adopting an amended approach to the platform transformation. Non-operating costs were

significantly lower due to lower litigation costs and severance payments compared to 2023.

Net flows were positive € 26 billion, primarily in Passive, Systematic & Quantitative Investments (SQI) and Cash products.

This was partly offset by net outflows in Multi Assets, Equity, Alternatives and Fixed Income. ESG products attracted net

inflows of € 6 billion in 2024 primarily into Xtrackers.

Assets under Management increased by € 115 billion, or 13%, to € 1,012 billion during 2024, driven by positive market

developments, net inflows and foreign exchange rate movements.

The following table provides the development of assets under management during 2024, broken down by product type

as well as the respective management fee margins:

in € bn. Active<br><br>Equity Active<br><br>Fixed<br><br>Income Active<br><br>Multi<br><br>Asset Active<br><br>SQI Passive Alternative<br><br>s Active<br><br>Cash Advisory<br><br>Services Assets<br><br>under<br><br>Managemen<br><br>t
Balance as of December 31, 2023 103 202 56 66 246 109 85 28 896
Inflows 13 42 5 14 124 10 717 4 928
Outflows (18) (43) (7) (12) (82) (13) (715) (13) (903)
Net Flows (5) (1) (2) 2 42 (3) 2 (9) 26
FX impact 1 6 11 3 4 26
Performance 13 6 3 5 35 1 1 64
Other (4) 3 1 (—)
Balance as of December 31, 2024 111 213 54 77 335 110 93 18 1,012
Management fee margin (in bps) 71 11 39 33 16 46 6 3 26

From 2025, “Advisory Services” is presented as a separate asset class. Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

32

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Results of operations

Corporate & Other

2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) 2025 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Net revenues 413 (6) 47 419 N/M (54) N/M
Provision for credit losses 108 83 26 26 31 57 N/M
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 3,541 3,574 3,358 (33) (1) 216 6
General and administrative expenses (2,721) (1,474) (2,710) (1,247) 85 1,236 (46)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets N/M N/M
Restructuring activities (1) N/M 1 N/M
Total noninterest expenses 819 2,100 647 (1,280) (61) 1,453 N/M
Noncontrolling interests (289) (199) (166) (89) 45 (33) 20
Profit (loss) before tax (226) (1,989) (459) 1,763 (89) (1,530) N/M
Total Employees (full-time equivalent)1 36,918 36,097 35,792 821 2 305 1
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn)1 31 34 40 (3) (7) (6) (15)
Leverage exposure (in € bn)1 32 38 39 (6) (16) (1) (3)

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1As of year-end

2025

For the full year, Corporate & Other reported a loss before tax of € 226 million, primarily driven by shareholders’ expenses

and other centrally retained items including funding and liquidity impacts, partially offset by revenues from valuation

and timing differences. This compared to a loss before tax of € 2.0 billion in the prior year.

Net revenues for the full year were positive € 413 million, compared to negative € 6 million in the prior year. Revenues

related to valuation and timing differences were positive € 874 million in 2025, compared to positive € 600 million in

2024 with the year on year movement driven primarily by interest rates and moves in foreign exchange markets. Net

revenues relating to funding and liquidity were negative € 139 million in 2025, compared to negative € 102 million in

2024.

Noninterest expenses were € 819 million for the full year. This compares to € 2.1 billion in the prior year, which was

primarily impacted by legacy litigation provisions including the Postbank takeover litigation and Polish FX mortgages.

Expenses associated with shareholder activities were € 638 million for the full year 2025, compared to € 648 million in

the prior year.

Noncontrolling interests are reversed in Corporate & Other after deduction from the segmental profit before tax. These

were positive € 289 million for the full year, compared to € 199 million in the prior year, driven by higher earnings from

DWS.

2024

For the full year, Corporate & Other reported a loss before tax of € 2.0 billion in 2024, primarily driven by legacy litigation

matters including the Postbank takeover litigation and Polish FX mortgages. This compared to a loss before tax of

€ 459 million in the prior year.

Net revenues for the full year were negative € 6 million, compared to positive € 47 million in the prior year. Revenues

related to valuation and timing differences were positive € 600 million in 2024, compared to positive € 792 million in

2023, primarily driven by market moves. Net revenues relating to funding and liquidity were negative € 102 million in

2024 versus negative € 242 million in 2023.

Noninterest expenses were negative € 2.1 billion in 2024, driven by the aforementioned legacy litigation matters,

compared to negative € 647 million in the prior year. Expenses associated with shareholder activities were € 648 million

for the full year, compared to € 582 million in 2023.

Noncontrolling interests are reversed in Corporate & Other after deduction from the segmental profit before tax. These

were positive € 199 million in 2024, compared to € 166 million in 2023, mainly related to DWS.

33

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Financial Position

Financial Position

Assets

in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Absolute<br><br>Change Change<br><br>in %
Cash, central bank and interbank balances 171,621 153,654 17,967 12
Central bank funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and<br><br>securities borrowed 37,515 40,846 (3,332) (8)
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 519,635 545,849 (26,215) (5)
Of which: Trading assets 153,811 139,772 14,039 10
Of which: Positive market values from derivative financial instruments 241,328 291,754 (50,425) (17)
Of which: Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through<br><br>profit and loss 124,495 114,324 10,171 9
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 43,644 42,090 1,553 4
Loans at amortized cost 472,620 478,921 (6,300) (1)
Remaining assets 190,033 125,817 64,216 51
Of which: Brokerage and securities related receivables 105,424 60,690 44,734 74
Total assets 1,435,067 1,387,177 47,889 3

Liabilities and Equity

in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Absolute<br><br>Change Change<br><br>in %
Deposits 691,828 666,261 25,567 4
Central bank funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase<br><br>agreements and securities loaned 4,179 3,742 437 12
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 384,179 412,395 (28,216) (7)
Of which: Trading liabilities 42,879 43,498 (619) (1)
Of which: Negative market values from derivative financial instruments 225,775 276,395 (50,619) (18)
Of which: Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss 115,055 92,047 23,007 25
Other short-term borrowings 18,204 9,895 8,309 84
Long-term debt 114,754 114,899 (145)
Remaining liabilities 141,720 100,553 41,167 41
Of which: Brokerage and securities related payables 107,256 63,755 43,501 68
Total liabilities 1,354,863 1,307,745 47,118 4
Total equity 80,203 79,432 771 1
Total liabilities and equity 1,435,067 1,387,177 47,889 3

Movements in Assets and Liabilities

As of December 31, 2025, the total balance sheet of € 1.4 trillion was slightly higher compared to year-end 2024.

Cash, central bank and interbank balances increased by € 18.0 billion, primarily reflecting a € 25.6 billion rise in deposits,

driven by growth in Corporate Cash Management business in the Corporate Bank and higher inflows in the Private Bank

as a result of client acquisition campaigns.

Trading assets increased by € 14.0 billion, primarily driven by an increase in bond positions in the bank’s debt securities

portfolio due to client flows and desk positioning, as well as an increase in precious metal inventory during the year.

Positive and negative market values of derivative financial instruments declined by € 50.4 billion and € 50.6 billion,

respectively, mainly driven by foreign exchange products due to market volatility, weakening of the U.S. dollar against

the euro and new trades booked at materially lower mark-to-market values.

Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss increased by € 10.2 billion, driven by an

increase in securities purchased under resale agreements measured under non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair

value through profit and loss, primarily due to increased trading activities.

Loans at amortized cost decreased by € 6.3 billion, mainly driven by a significant impact from foreign exchange

movements and strategic reductions in the Private Bank mortgage portfolio, partly offset by growth in Fixed Income &

Currencies business in the Investment Bank.

34

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Financial Position

Remaining assets increased by € 64.2 billion, primarily driven by increases in brokerage and securities related receivables

of € 44.7 billion. This was mainly attributable to higher receivables from pending settlements of regular way trades owing

to increased customer demand based on market conditions. This trend is also reflected in an increase in brokerage and

securities related payables by € 43.5 billion, driving the € 41.2 billion increase in remaining liabilities. The increase in

remaining assets also included growth in debt securities classified as hold to collect of € 18.6 billion, in line with the

bank’s asset purchase program initiative to expand the portfolio of European government bonds.

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss increased by € 23.0 billion, mainly attributable to an

increase in securities sold under repurchase agreements as a result of increased secured funding of trading inventory and

client activities; as well as an increase in long-term debt driven by new issuances in FIC business in the Investment Bank.

Other short-term borrowings increased by € 8.3 billion, primarily due to newly issued commercial paper during the year.

The overall movement of the balance sheet included a decrease of € 69.3 billion due to foreign exchange rate

movements, mainly driven by weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the euro. The effects from foreign exchange rate

movements are embedded in the movement of the balance sheet line items discussed in this section.

Liquidity

Total High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) as defined by the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61 and amended

by Regulation (EU) 2018/1620 increased to € 260 billion as of December 31, 2025, compared to € 226 billion as of

December 31, 2024. The increase in HQLA is primarily on account of increased deposits. The Liquidity Coverage Ratio

was 144% at the end fourth quarter of 2025, a surplus to regulatory requirements of € 80 billion as compared to 131% as

at the end of fourth quarter of 2024, a surplus to regulatory requirements of € 53 billion.

Equity

Total equity as of December 31, 2025, was € 80.2 billion compared to € 79.4 billion as of December 31, 2024, an increase

of € 771 million. This change was driven by a number of factors including the profit attributable to Deutsche Bank

shareholders and additional equity components reported for the period of € 6.9 billion, the issuance of Additional Tier 1

equity instruments (AT1) treated as equity in accordance with IFRS of € 2.5 billion, treasury shares distributed under

share-based compensation plans of € 472 million as well as tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans of

€ 161 million.

Negative effects resulted from unrealized net losses on accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, of

€ 2.9 billion, mostly driven by foreign currency translation, net of tax, of negative € 3.2 billion, mainly reflecting the

weakening of the U.S. dollar against the euro, partly offset by a positive impact from unrealized net gains on financial

assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax, of € 418 million. Further contributing factors

included the redemption of AT1 instruments of € 2.4 billion, purchases of treasury shares of € 1.6 billion, cash dividends

paid to Deutsche Bank shareholders of € 1.3 billion, coupons paid on additional equity components of € 761 million as

well as remeasurement losses related to defined benefit plans, net of tax, of € 119 million.

On January 3, 2025, Deutsche Bank AG cancelled 46.4 million of its common shares, concluding its 2024 share buyback

program. The cancellation reduced the nominal value of the shares by € 119 million. The cancelled shares had been held

in common shares in treasury, at their acquisition cost of € 675 million. The difference between the common shares at

cost and their nominal value reduced additional paid-in capital by € 556 million. The shares had already been deducted

from the reported total equity on December 31, 2024. Therefore, the cancellation did not reduce total equity in 2025.

On December 19, 2025, Deutsche Bank AG cancelled 37.7 million of its common shares, concluding its two 2025 share

buyback programs. The cancellation reduced the nominal value of the shares by € 96 million. The cancelled shares had

been held in common shares in treasury, at their acquisition cost of € 1.0 billion. The difference between the common

shares at cost and their nominal value reduced additional paid-in capital by € 903 million.

The first 2025 share buyback program resolved by the Management Board of Deutsche Bank of up to € 750 million

started on April 1, 2025, and was completed on September 12, 2025. In this period, Deutsche Bank repurchased

29.3 million common shares. The repurchase of these shares has reduced total equity by € 750 million.

The second 2025 share buyback program resolved by the Management Board of Deutsche Bank of up to € 250 million

started on September 17, 2025, and was completed on October 20, 2025. In this period, Deutsche Bank repurchased

8.4 million common shares. The repurchase of these shares has reduced total equity by € 250 million.

35

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Financial Position

Own Funds

Deutsche Bank’s CRR/CRD Common Equity Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2025, decreased by € 0.2 billion to

€ 49.3 billion, compared to € 49.5 billion as of December 31, 2024. The Risk-weighted assets (RWA) decreased by

€ 10.3 billion to € 347.1 billion as of December 31, 2025, compared to € 357.4 billion as of December 31, 2024. The CET

1 capital ratio as of December 31, 2025, increased to 14.2% compared to 13.8% as of December 31, 2024 (for additional

information please refer to the “Risk and capital performance” section).

The Bank’s Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2025, amounted to € 60.8 billion, consisting of a CET 1 capital of

€ 49.3 billion and Additional Tier 1 capital of € 11.5 billion. The Tier 1 capital remained broadly stable compared to the

end of 2024. The Tier 1 capital ratio as of December 31, 2025, increased to 17.5% compared to 17.0% as of December 31,

2024.

Total capital as of December 31, 2025, amounted to € 67.8 billion compared to € 68.5 billion at the end of 2024. The

Total capital decreased by € 0.7 billion since 2024, mainly driven by a decrease in Tier 2 capital. The Total capital ratio as

of December 31, 2025, increased to 19.5% compared to 19.2% as of December 31, 2024.

36

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity and capital resources

Liquidity and capital resources

For a detailed discussion of the bank’s liquidity risk management, please see the Risk Report in this annual report.

Credit Ratings

Deutsche Bank is rated by Moody’s Deutschland GmbH (“Moody’s”), S&P Global Ratings UK Limited (“S&P”), Fitch

Ratings, a branch of Fitch Ratings Ireland Limited (“Fitch”), and DBRS Ratings GmbH (“Morningstar DBRS”, together with

Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, the “rating agencies”).

Moody’s, Fitch and Morningstar DBRS are established in the European Union and have been registered in accordance

with Regulation (EC) No 1060/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of September 16, 2009, as amended,

on credit rating agencies (“CRA Regulation”). With respect to S&P, the credit ratings are endorsed by S&P’s office in

Ireland (S&P Global Ratings Europe Limited) in accordance with Article 4(3) of the CRA Regulation.

Credit Ratings Development

The rating agencies recognized the continued progress the bank has made over the course of 2025, specifically on

franchise growth, cost management and profitability, achieving its 10% return on tangible equity target. This was

reflected in the positive outlook revision by S&P and the upgrade by Morningstar DBRS. Fitch also upgraded Deutsche

Bank’s short-term Issuer Default Rating.

On June 2, 2025, Fitch upgraded Deutsche Bank’s short-term Issuer Default Rating to F1 from F2 and affirmed the

remaining ratings as well as the stable outlook. Fitch highlighted the global operations and diversified business model,

expecting Deutsche Bank’s continued strategy execution to further improve profitability. They also view Deutsche Bank

as adequately capitalized, considering the high regulatory capital and leverage requirements.

On June 25, 2025, Morningstar DBRS upgraded Deutsche Bank’s ratings by one notch. The bank’s long-term deposit and

long-term senior debt ratings as well as the Issuer Rating have been upgraded to A (high) from A. In addition, the bank’s

senior non-preferred debt ratings were raised to A from A (low) as well as its Critical Obligations Rating to AA from AA

(low). The short-term Critical Obligations Rating was upgraded to R-1 (high) from R-1 (middle) while all remaining short-

term ratings have been upgraded to R-1 (middle) from R-1 (low). The outlook on all ratings was changed to stable from

positive. Morningstar DBRS has highlighted the progress the bank has made in implementing its strategic transformation

and meeting its medium-term profitability targets, now benefiting from a business mix allowing more predictable

revenue streams.

On December 4, 2025, S&P revised its outlook on Deutsche Bank’s long-term Issuer Credit Rating to positive from stable.

S&P’s outlook revision reflected Deutsche Bank’s good position to strengthen its franchise, earnings, and resilience to

stress. The new 2028 targets are seen by S&P as ambitious, but achievable if market and economic conditions remain

supportive. They expect balanced franchise and revenue growth, and that the bank maintains cost and underwriting

discipline, and demonstrates positive operating leverage.

Potential Impacts of Ratings Downgrades

Deutsche Bank calculates both the contractual and hypothetical potential impact of a one-notch and two-notch

downgrade by the rating agencies (Moody’s, S&P and Fitch) on its liquidity position and includes this impact in its daily

liquidity stress test and Liquidity Coverage Ratio calculations. The LCR and liquidity stress test results by scenario are

disclosed separately.

In terms of contractual obligations, the hypothetical impact on derivative liquidity stress outflows of a one-notch

downgrade across the three rating agencies Moody’s, S&P and Fitch amounts to approximately € 0.2 billion, mainly

driven by increased contractual derivatives funding and/or margin requirements. The hypothetical impact of a two-notch

downgrade amounts to approximately € 0.2 billion, mainly driven by increased contractual derivatives funding and/or

margin requirements.

The above analysis assumes a simultaneous downgrade by the three rating agencies Moody’s, S&P and Fitch that would

consequently reduce Deutsche Bank’s funding capacity in the stated amounts. This specific contractual analysis feeds

into the bank’s idiosyncratic liquidity stress test scenario.

The actual impact of a downgrade to Deutsche Bank is unpredictable and may differ from potential funding and liquidity

impacts described above.

37

Deutsche Bank Operating and financial review
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity and capital resources

Selected rating categories

Counterparty<br><br>Risk Senior<br><br>preferred/<br><br>Deposits¹ Senior<br><br>non-preferred² Short-term<br><br>rating
Moody’s Investors Service, New York A1 (cr) A1 Baa1 P-1
Standard & Poor’s, New York A BBB A-1
Fitch Ratings, New York A (dcr) A A- F1
Morningstar DBRS, Toronto AA A (high) A R-1 (middle)

1Defined as senior unsecured bank rating at Moody‘s, senior unsecured debt at Standard & Poor’s, senior preferred debt rating at Fitch and senior debt rating at

Morningstar DBRS. All agencies provide separate ratings for deposits and ‘senior preferred’ debt, but at the same rating level

2Defined as junior senior debt rating at Moody's, as senior subordinated debt at Standard & Poor’s and as senior non-preferred debt at Fitch and Morningstar DBRS

Each rating reflects the view of the rating agency only at the time the rating was issued, and each rating should be

separately evaluated, and the rating agencies should be consulted for any explanations of the significance of their

ratings. The rating agencies can change their ratings at any time if they believe that circumstances so warrant. The long-

term credit ratings should not be viewed as recommendations to buy, hold or sell Deutsche Bank’s securities.

Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

Cash payment requirements outstanding as of December 31, 2025.

Contractual obligations Payment due<br><br>by period
in € m. Total Less than 1 year 1–3 years 3–5 years More than 5 years
Long-term debt obligations¹ 129,864 26,576 40,011 29,800 33,477
Trust preferred securities1,2 299 299
Long-term financial liabilities designated at fair<br><br>value through profit or loss3 27,356 3,310 5,149 7,656 11,240
Future cash outflows not reflected in the<br><br>measurement of Lease liabilities4 4,750 8 148 239 4,355
Lease liabilities1 5,145 699 907 907 2,632
Purchase obligations 3,737 617 1,420 992 708
Long-term deposits¹ 26,629 11,817 3,036 11,777
Other long-term liabilities 223 96 27 42 57
Total 198,003 31,605 59,478 42,672 64,247

1Includes interest payments.

2Contractual payment date or first call date.

3Long-term debt and long-term deposits designated at fair value through profit or loss.

4For further detail please refer to Note 22 “Leases”.

Purchase obligations for goods and services include future payments for, among other things, information technology

services and facility management. Some figures above for purchase obligations represent minimum contractual

payments and actual future payments may be higher. Long-term deposits exclude contracts with a remaining maturity of

less than one year. Under certain conditions future payments for some long-term financial liabilities designated at fair

value through profit or loss may occur earlier. See the following notes to the consolidated financial statements for

further information: Note 05 “Net Interest Income and Net Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value

through Profit or Loss”, Note 22 “Leases”, Note 26 “Deposits” and Note 30 “Long-Term Debt and Trust Preferred

Securities”.

38

Deutsche Bank Outlook
Annual Report 2025

Outlook

The following section provides an overview of Deutsche Bank’s outlook for the Group and business segments for the

financial year 2026. The outlook for the global economy and banking industry in the following section reflects Deutsche

Bank Research’s general expectations regarding future economic and industry developments. Economic assumptions the

Group used in the bank’s models are laid out separately in the respective sections.

For a description of the wording conventions and the revised numerical ranges underpinning the wording conventions

which are used to describe trends in this outlook, please refer to “Supplementary financial information (Unaudited):

“Wording conventions for trend descriptions” on page 713 of this report.

Global economy

The Global Economy Outlook

Economic growth (in %)¹ 20262 2025 Main driver
Global Economy Global growth is expected to moderate as Emerging Market's momentum likely slows;<br><br>however, declining trade uncertainty, AI-related investments, and an expansion of fiscal<br><br>stimulus in Europe should support GDP growth in developed markets
GDP 3.3 3.4
Inflation 3.3 3.4
Of which:
Developed countries Developed economies are likely to benefit from the earlier easing of global trade tensions;<br><br>moreover, receding inflation could pave the way for further interest rate cuts by several<br><br>central banks; while some countries are fiscally consolidating, German fiscal policy will be<br><br>expansive
GDP 1.9 1.8
Inflation 2.2 2.6
Emerging markets Growth momentum will likely fade given Asia's expected slowdown, while Europe<br><br>anticipates a slight pickup in GDP growth; inflation should ease in Europe and Latin<br><br>America, but rise in Asia; lower inflation and a weaker USD should provide central banks<br><br>with scope to cut interest rates
GDP 4.2 4.5
Inflation 4.0 3.9
Eurozone Economy German government spending on defense and infrastructure is expected to boost the<br><br>Eurozone economy; however, a moderate start to the year is expected to curb the annual<br><br>average growth momentum; headline inflation is likely to undershoot the ECB’s target of<br><br>2%. The ECB is expected to hold its key interest rates unchanged in 2026
GDP 1.1 1.5
Inflation 1.7 2.1
Of which: German<br><br>economy Driven by expansionary fiscal policy, the German economy is expected to recover<br><br>noticeably; government spending should also generate a "crowding-in" effect on private<br><br>investment; however, exporters likely still face headwinds from higher trade barriers and<br><br>competition; cooling of the labor markets will likely end as economic momentum picks up;<br><br>private consumption is expected to gain momentum
GDP 1.5 0.2
Inflation 2.0 2.2
U.S. Economy Growth momentum should accelerate, driven by supportive financial conditions, tax relief,<br><br>and reduced trade policy uncertainty; moreover, AI-related investments are expected to<br><br>provide further impetus; the labor market is likely to stabilize; despite elevated inflation, the<br><br>Fed is expected to gradually cut interest rates, to a neutral level given labor market risks
GDP 2.9 2.2
Inflation 2.7 2.7
Japanese Economy The Japanese economy is expected to maintain moderate growth in 2026; while the impact<br><br>of U.S. tariff policy on Japan is anticipated to be limited, rising wages and decelerating<br><br>inflation are likely to support household consumption; fiscal policy could become more<br><br>expansionary; the Bank of Japan is likely to have a further interest rate hike
GDP 0.9 1.2
Inflation 1.9 3.2
Asian Economy³ Even with an anticipated deceleration in China and India, growth momentum is expected to<br><br>stay robust in the region; easing trade tensions should offer continued support to economic<br><br>activity; lower inflation and a softer USD are expected to provide central banks with some<br><br>scope for easing their monetary policy
GDP 4.9 5.5
Inflation 2.2 0.9
Of which: Chinese<br><br>Economy GDP growth is likely to slow somewhat as "anti-involution policies" dampen overcapacity<br><br>and investment in machinery and equipment; nevertheless, fiscal and monetary policies are<br><br>expected to remain supportive; the slow recovery of the real estate market remains a<br><br>headwind for private consumption; inflation is expected to pick up
GDP 4.5 5.0
Inflation 1.5 0.1

1Annual Real GDP Growth (% YoY). Sources: National Authorities unless stated otherwise

2Sources: Deutsche Bank Research

3Includes China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Sri Lanka, South Korea, Thailand and Vietnam; excludes Japan

There are a number of risks to the bank’s global economic outlook. From a trade policy perspective, tensions could

reignite, especially along strategically important supply chains, particularly between China and the U.S. Geopolitical risks

remain elevated in various regions, for example in Ukraine, Asia and the Middle East, including the recent U.S. led military

intervention in Iran, or Latin America. Financial market valuations surrounding the progress of AI and associated

infrastructures could potentially be sources of market volatility. Furthermore, high government debt ratios could,

alongside questionable policy measures for consolidation, lead to fluctuations in bond yields.

39

Deutsche Bank Outlook
Annual Report 2025

Banking industry

The global banking industry should continue to operate in a relatively favorable environment during 2026. While

economic growth may remain similar to 2025, it is likely to shift somewhat between regions. Interest rates are expected

to decline in the U.S., but are expected to stay unchanged in the euro area, thus maintaining overall supportive

conditions for banks’ net interest income. Fee and commission income in investment banking and asset management

could benefit from a benign capital markets environment with contained volatility as economic policy uncertainty is

expected to decline from elevated levels in 2025. Asset quality may stay largely resilient, resulting in bottom-line

profitability remaining strong. This should allow banks to hold on to significant capital returns to shareholders. On the

back of robust earnings and higher stock market valuations, bank Merger & Acquisition activity in selected markets will

probably continue, especially among smaller and mid-tier institutions. Meanwhile, ongoing geopolitical fragmentation,

incl. among advanced economies, poses downside risks for international trade, growth and financial markets,

simultaneously raising demand for banks’ hedging and advisory services. Increasing adoption of and investments in

artificial intelligence require monitoring of possibly evolving implications, including for financial stability.

European banks are likely to see a moderate acceleration in demand for credit, both from corporates as economic growth

improves as well as from households as lower interest rates support the mortgage business. Surging defense spending by

governments may translate into tailwinds for European banks. The effect may be particularly pronounced in Germany

due to broader domestic fiscal expansion. Securing a level playing field in regulation compared to U.S. peers will become

increasingly important for EU banks, as prudential requirements in Europe are expected to rise over the coming years.

Progress on the EU’s Savings and Investments Union might support capital market integration and performance. A

sustainable end to Russia’s war against Ukraine would offer upside potential for the economy and financial markets, and

therefore also the banking industry.

U.S. banks should benefit from higher credit demand, lower cost of risk and lower unrealised losses on bond holdings if

economic growth edges higher and interest rates fall as expected. Large U.S. banks may also benefit from a slight

reduction in capital requirements which could strengthen their competitive position in corporate & investment banking

globally. At the same time, domestic competition from non-bank financial institutions could intensify.

Banks in China remain under pressure from slowing economic growth and deflationary pressures which should lessen

somewhat in 2026 though. Interest rates are likely to stay low, keeping a lid on banks’ net interest margin. Banks in Japan

will probably face a mixed environment: slowing economic expansion may hold back revenue growth, whereas rising

interest rates may buttress it. Significant U.S. exposure could make an additional positive contribution in case of growth

there picking up and regulatory loosening.

In Europe, many regulatory debates will continue on into 2026 from 2025. These cover the digital euro, more detailed

requirements on the Omnibus Simplification Package proposals, deepening European capital markets, open finance

(FIDA) and the review of the payment services framework. In 2026, the European Commission will deliver a report on the

competitiveness of European banks. This will form the basis for further legislative changes to the European framework

for prudential standards.

In the U.S., most of the attention is expected around the U.S. regulators' finalization of several regulatory changes,

including the Final Basel III package framework.

40

Deutsche Bank Outlook
Annual Report 2025 Deutsche Bank Group

Deutsche Bank Group

Deutsche Bank’s strategic and financial roadmap aimed to position the bank as the Global Hausbank, underpinned by

strong European foundations and a broad international network. The strategy focused on achieving the 2025 financial

targets and capital objectives and was built on three core pillars: risk management, sustainability and technology,

priorities that have become even more important amid persistent geopolitical and macroeconomic uncertainty. By the

end 2025, the bank had met or surpassed its key financial targets and capital objectives, thereby laying firm foundation

to scale the Global Hausbank.

At the Investor Deep Dive in November 2025, Deutsche Bank announced the next phase of its strategy and financial

targets and capital objectives for 2028. Having restored the bank’s profitability and strengthened its foundations, the

bank aims to accelerate value creation through focused growth, strict capital discipline and a scalable operating model,

and targets a post-tax RoTE of greater than 13% and a cost/income ratio of below 60% in 2028. Deutsche Bank aims for a

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio between 13.5% and 14.0%, while maintaining a minimum buffer of 200 basis points

above the bank’s maximum distributable amount threshold. The bank also plans to increase its payout ratio from 50% to

60% from 2026, with discretion to deploy and distribute excess capital when the CET1 capital ratio is sustainably above

14%.

Deutsche Bank’s key performance indicators are shown in the table below.

Key performance indicators

Financial targets Dec 31, 2025 Financial targets<br><br>and capital<br><br>objectives<br><br>2025 Financial targets<br><br>and capital<br><br>objectives<br><br>2028
Post-tax return on average tangible equity1 10.3% Above 10.0% Greater than<br><br>13.0%
Compound annual growth rate of revenues between 2021 and 20252 6.0% 5.5% to 6.5% N/A
Cost/income ratio3 64% Below 65% Below 60%
Capital objectives
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio4 14.2% 13.5% to<br><br>14.0%5 13.5% to<br><br>14.0%5
Payout ratio6 47%7 50%8 60%9

1Based on profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after AT1 coupon; for further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited):

Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report

2 Twelve months period until the end of the respective reporting period compared to full year 2021

3Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

4Further details on the calculation of this ratio are provided in the Risk Report in this report

5Target ratio while maintaining a buffer of 200 basis points above the bank’s expected maximum distributable amount (MDA) threshold

6Ordinary distributions in form of common share dividends and share buybacks in relation to Profit attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders; presented in the financial

year to which distributions relate to

7Expected distributions in 2026 in respect of financial year 2025, including the proposed dividend per share of € 1.00 and share buyback of € 1.0 billion, for which the bank

secured the customary authorizations in relation to Profit attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders of financial year 2025

8Ordinary distributions in respect of financial year 2025

9Ordinary distributions in respect of financial year 2026 and thereafter

In 2026, Deutsche Bank expects its revenues to be slightly higher compared to the prior year. In 2026, revenues at Group

level are expected to be around € 33 billion, driven by the resilience and growth potential of the bank’s businesses and

continued business momentum. Growth is expected to result from both net interest income and noninterest income,

reflecting the bank's diversified business mix. Corporate Bank revenues are expected to be slightly higher, with

accelerating sequential growth as the year progresses. Investment Bank revenues are expected to be slightly higher in

2026, with significantly higher IBCM revenues in line with the overall growth strategy of the business and essentially flat

FIC revenues. The bank also expects continued growth in the Private Bank, with full year revenues higher. Likewise, Asset

Management should also see slightly higher revenues.

Deutsche Bank is managing the Group’s cost base towards its cost/income ratio target of below 60% by 2028 and

remains highly disciplined on costs while progressing its ongoing initiatives. Noninterest expenses in 2026 are expected

to be slightly above € 21 billion, slightly higher compared to 2025. This is driven by approximately € 900 million of the

bank’s planned € 1.5 billion in incremental investments through 2028. These investments are targeting to accelerate

automation and digitalization to future-proof the bank, to scale the Wealth Management franchise through targeted

hiring, broaden the Corporate Bank’s client footprint and expand IBCM’s capabilities across key sectors and geographies.

The investments are expected to be partially offset by benefits from structural efficiency measures supporting at least

€ 2 billion in operating efficiencies by 2028, driven by front to back process optimization, enhanced IT architecture and

transformation across infrastructure functions. For 2026, the bank expects cost/income to remain below 65%.

41

Deutsche Bank Outlook
Annual Report 2025 Deutsche Bank Group

Provision for credit losses is expected to be slightly lower in 2026 compared to the prior year, supported by continued

resilience in overall asset quality. The bank anticipates a partial normalization of credit loss provisions in 2026 as the

headwinds seen throughout 2025 are expected to ease. Although economic and geopolitical uncertainties persist, asset

quality is expected to remain solid, with provisions trending moderately lower as Commercial Real Estate provisions

ameliorate and other portfolios normalize. Deutsche Bank remains committed to stringent underwriting standards and a

tight risk management framework. Further details on the calculation of expected credit losses are provided in the section

“Combined Management Report: Risk Report”.

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio by year end 2026 is expected to be slightly lower compared to 2025. On a net basis, risk

weighted assets are expected to be higher from capital efficient business growth. Deutsche Bank aims for a Common

Equity Tier 1 capital ratio between 13.5% and 14.0%, while maintaining a minimum buffer of 200 basis points above the

bank’s maximum distributable amount threshold.

For financial year 2026 and subsequent years, the bank targets a payout ratio of 60% of net income attributable to

Deutsche Bank shareholders, delivered through a combination of cash dividends and share buybacks. Starting with

financial year 2026, Deutsche Bank aims for modest but continuous growth in dividend per share, relative to the 50% per

annum growth over the past four years. Furthermore, the bank sees scope to deploy and distribute excess capital when

the CET1 capital ratio is sustainably above 14%. These distributions to shareholders are subject to corporate decisions,

shareholder authorization and German corporate law requirements, and in the case of share buybacks supervisory

approval.

In respect of financial year 2025, the Management Board intends to propose to the Annual General Meeting a dividend of

€ 1.00 per share, representing an increase in dividend per share of around 50% for the fourth consecutive year. In

addition, the bank has secured the customary authorizations for a share repurchase of € 1 billion in respect of financial

year 2025. This share repurchase, together with the anticipated dividend, would result in distributions in respect of

financial year 2025 of € 2.9 billion, in line with the bank's 50% target payout ratio for 2025, completing distributions in

relation to financial year 2025.

By the nature of the bank’s business, Deutsche Bank is involved in litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings and

investigations in Germany and in a number of jurisdictions outside Germany, including in the United States and in the

United Kingdom. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties. While Deutsche Bank has resolved a number of

important litigation matters and made progress on others, the bank could be exposed to significant costs if new

regulatory enforcement matters or litigation arise, or those pending against the bank develop adversely. For 2026, and

with a caveat that forecasting litigation charges is subject to many uncertainties, Deutsche Bank presently expects net

litigation charges to be significantly higher than the levels experienced in 2025. For more details, please refer to

“Provisions” of this report.

For a discussion of the risks and opportunities for the outlook of Deutsche Bank please refer to the section “Risks and

opportunities” of this report.

Post-tax return on average tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. Please refer to “Supplementary financial

information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP financial measures” of this report for the definitions of such measures and

reconciliations to the IFRS numbers on which they are based. All forward-looking projections below are based on January

31, 2026, foreign exchange rates. With effect from the first quarter of 2026, Deutsche Bank will discontinue the separate

reporting of adjusted costs and nonoperating costs.

42

Deutsche Bank Outlook
Annual Report 2025 Deutsche Bank Business segments

Deutsche Bank Business segments

Corporate Bank

Corporate Bank expects further progress on its initiatives and growth in business volumes to support the performance in

  1. Net revenues are expected to be slightly higher compared to prior year, driven by higher net commission and fee

income from targeted growth initiatives and modest growth in net interest income.

Corporate Treasury Services revenues are anticipated to be slightly higher in 2026 compared to 2025, supported by

growth in net commission and fee income across Cash Management and Trade Finance products. Institutional Client

Services revenues are anticipated to be essentially flat, as growth in Corporate Trust will be partly offset by the

remaining impacts of net interest income normalization in Institutional Cash Management. In Business Banking, revenues

are expected to be slightly higher, driven by higher deposit volumes and higher net commission and fee income.

Provision for credit losses is expected to be significantly higher in 2026 compared to the prior year, driven by a

normalized level of Stage 3 provisions after low levels in the prior year.

Noninterest expenses are expected to be slightly higher, driven by investments in the growth initiatives.

Risk weighted assets in the Corporate Bank are anticipated to be slightly higher in 2026, as loan growth will be partially

offset by optimization measures in sub-hurdle businesses.

Investment Bank

Investment Bank revenues are expected to be slightly higher in 2026 compared to the prior year. The business segment

expects the benefits of both prior period and planned investments made as part of the communicated strategy in

Investment Banking & Capital Markets to drive revenue improvement, while FIC is expected to maintain the momentum

of a very strong 2025 performance in both Markets and Financing.

FIC revenues are expected to be essentially flat compared to a very strong 2025. Rates expect to build on the

momentum of the prior year, while selectively growing via targeted investments in line with client demand and market

opportunities. The Foreign Exchange business will look to continue technological development in spot and further

expand its precious metals offering following a strong 2025. Global Emerging Markets intends to continue to further

enhance its onshore capabilities across regions, building on client workflow solutions globally, while selectively

expanding its product offering. Credit Trading intends to further develop its flow businesses, specifically in the U.S. The

Financing business intends to look to build on very strong 2025 and maintain its position as one of the leading franchises

globally, while additional targeted balance sheet investment should help to mitigate any potential spread compression.

Investment Banking & Capital Markets revenues are expected to be significantly higher in 2026 compared to the prior

year, supported by prior period and planned investments and strengthened by the new leadership appointed in 2025.

Advisory plans to build on the momentum of a strong last two years and benefit from targeted investment into specific

sectors and countries where the business was previously underweight. Equity Origination will continue to provide a

competitive offering across products, while investment into its Equities distribution capabilities will drive revenue

improvement and enhance primary deal economics. Within Debt Origination, Leveraged Debt Capital Markets should

benefit from the non-repeat of specific loan losses in the first half of 2025, while Investment Grade Debt will also look to

maintain its strong performance in prior year, and benefit from the aforementioned targeted investments.

Provision for credit losses are expected to be significantly lower in 2026 compared to 2025. The reduction is driven by

expected lower levels of Stage 3 impairments including the CRE sector, in addition to lower Stage 1 and 2 charges where

the impacts of model changes and recalibrations are expected to reduce.

In 2026, noninterest expenses are expected to be slightly higher compared to the previous year. Strategic growth

initiatives, technology investments and expected increased litigation expenses are partially offset by lower bank levy

charges and more broad-based cost efficiencies.

For 2026, risk weighted assets in the Investment Bank are expected to be significantly higher compared to 2025, driven

primarily by increased credit risk RWA to support revenue growth.

43

Deutsche Bank Outlook
Annual Report 2025 Deutsche Bank Business segments

Private Bank

In 2026, Private Bank net revenues are expected to be higher compared to 2025. Deposit and investment product

revenues are expected to be significantly higher, supported by continued net inflows into assets under management.

Lending revenues are expected to be slightly lower.

In Personal Banking, net revenues are expected to be higher compared to the prior year, driven by growth in deposit and

investment product revenues. Lending revenues in Personal Banking are expected to be slightly lower in line with the

bank’s strategy.

In Wealth Management, net revenues are expected to be higher compared to 2025 driven by increased investment

product revenues supported by continued business growth and dedicated hiring initiatives. Deposit revenues are

expected to be slightly higher, while lending revenues are expected to be slightly lower.

Private Bank assumes continued inflows in assets under management in 2026 with corresponding volumes in assets

under management expected to be higher compared to year end 2025. However, the overall development of volumes

will be highly dependent on market parameters, including equity indices and foreign exchange rates.

In 2026, provision for credit losses are expected to be significantly higher than in the previous year, which included

benefits from model updates resulting in low levels in the prior year.

Noninterest expenses are expected to be slightly higher compared to 2025 driven by investments into business growth

as well as transformation initiatives and efficiency programs.

Risk weighted assets are expected to be essentially flat compared to 2025, reflecting essentially flat credit risk RWA.

Asset Management

Asset Management principally consists of the consolidated financial results of DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA, of which

Deutsche Bank AG owns a controlling interest.

Asset Management expects total net revenues to be slightly higher for the full year 2026 compared to 2025.

Management fees are expected to be higher, reflecting increasing average assets under management. Performance and

transaction fees are expected to be significantly lower.

Noninterest expenses are expected to be essentially flat in 2026 compared to 2025, as the segment expects to maintain

strict cost discipline.

Assets under management are expected to be higher at the end of 2026 compared to the end of 2025, driven by net

inflows and constructive markets.

Risk weighted assets are expected to be significantly higher compared to 2025 driven by funds with minimum value

commitments and organic and inorganic business growth mainly from co-investments and strategic projects.

Corporate & Other

Corporate & Other is expected to generate a pre-tax loss of approximately € 0.2 billion per quarter in 2026 driven by

shareholder expenses, certain funding and liquidity impacts, the reversal of noncontrolling interests reported in the

business segments, primarily from DWS, as well as valuation and timing differences.

44

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

Risks and Opportunities

The following section focuses on future trends or events that may result in downside risk or upside potential from what

Deutsche Bank has anticipated in its “Outlook”. During 2025, the global operating environment remained volatile driven

by persistent geopolitical uncertainty and shifting monetary policy expectations. Geopolitical risks are focused on the

policy announcements and other actions of the U.S. administration, the global response to these actions, and the

implications for the U.S. and global economies. In Europe, while growth is expected to pick up, the economic and

political outlook remain uncertain including the impact of trade tariffs, fiscal stimulus and competition with China and

broader policy response to Global economic pressures.

While Deutsche Bank continuously plans and adapts to changing situations, the bank runs the risk that a significant

deterioration in the global macroeconomic environment, an adverse change in market confidence in the banking sector

and/or client behavior, as well as higher competition, inflation or unforeseen costs could impact Deutsche Bank’s ability

to achieve its strategic goals. As such, the bank may incur unexpected losses including impairments and provisions,

experience lower than planned profitability or an erosion of the bank’s capital or liquidity base and broader financial

condition, leading to a material adverse effect on Deutsche Bank’s results of operations and share price.

Opportunities may arise if macroeconomic conditions improve beyond currently forecasted levels, leading to higher

revenues and improving the bank’s ability to exceed its 2028 financial targets and capital objectives. Potentially higher

inflation, interest rates and market volatility could lead to increased revenues from trading flows and higher net interest

income and lending margins; and Deutsche Bank could benefit from helping clients navigate such financial markets.

Reduction in complexity of the regulatory landscape across jurisdictions may also create revenue generating

opportunities. Continued focus on the bank’s digital transformation agenda and use of AI could enhance resilience and

position the bank to capture upside potential should the operating environment improve more rapidly than currently

foreseen. Lastly, focusing on accelerating value creation through Deutsche Bank’s three strategic levers may create

further opportunities if implemented to a greater extent or under more favorable conditions than currently anticipated.

Risks

Macroeconomic and market conditions

The macroeconomic and market environment in 2025 was defined by persistent uncertainty, policy divergence, and

heightened volatility factors that collectively shaped the risk landscape for the bank and its stakeholders. This included a

significant escalation in global trade tensions, particularly in the first half of the year following the U.S. administration

announcement of sweeping “reciprocal” tariffs and with even more punitive measures targeted at China, along with

ongoing uncertainty around Russia’s war in Ukraine and global divergence on central banks monetary policies which have

led to significant currency movements. In Europe, uncertainty around political stability and fiscal positions for certain

larger economies led to sovereign credit rating downgrades and pressure on bond yields which could have a negative

impact on the economy and ultimately impact the creditworthiness of European clients. Although the U.S. economy

expects growth in 2026, inflation is expected to remain elevated in the near term and slower labor force growth could

devalue or create volatility in the U.S. dollar exchange rate, which could negatively impact the bank’s revenues and

results of operations.

Germany stagnated and there was weak growth across Europe during 2025 as market activity and sentiment was

impacted by the escalating trade conflict with the U.S. and increased competition with China, especially in the

automotive sector. In 2026, external headwinds are expected to remain, inflationary pressures from fiscal easing and a

tightening labor market may lead to inflation risks and pressure on the ECB to raise interest rates. These risks could have

a negative impact on the European economy and adversely affect Deutsche Bank’s loan growth and ability to achieve its

strategic goals.

Large-cap technology stocks have fuelled concerns about a potential AI-driven bubble. Gold reached record highs as

investors sought safe havens amid persistent uncertainty, while long-term bond yields fluctuated in response to shifting

fiscal and political dynamics. Volatility or sharp declines or market corrections in asset prices and bond yields could

adversely impact the banks profitability and result in financial losses.

Commercial real estate (CRE) remains a key risk for potential increases in provisions for credit losses, with refinancing

challenges and price stabilization still uncertain, particularly in the U.S. While market indicators point to stabilizing CRE

prices, significant impairment risk remains depending on property types and regions (e.g., U.S. office space on the West

Coast) and could result in Deutsche Bank experiencing loan loss provisions higher than expected.

45

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

Private credit and activities from non-bank financial institutions (NBFI), continued to face pressure from higher interest

rates, refinancing risks, and subdued investor sentiment. Failures of a select number of sub-prime lenders in the U.S.

increased investor focus on risks associated with private credit and raised wider concerns around underwriting standards

and fraud risk. Although Deutsche Bank is not exposed to significant risks related to NBFIs, the bank could face potential

indirect credit risks through interconnected portfolios and counterparties.

Overall, either in isolation or in combination with other risk factors such as the potential escalation of geopolitical risks

(see below), the aforementioned risks could lead to a deterioration in Deutsche Bank’s portfolio quality and higher than

expected credit losses as well as increased capital and liquidity demands as clients draw down on funding lines. Higher

volatility in financial markets could lead to increased margin calls, higher market risk RWA and elevated valuation

reserves. Negative impacts on investor appetite may also impact the bank’s ability to distribute and de-risk capital market

commitments, which could potentially result in losses as well as making pricing and hedging more challenging and

costly. Higher volatility in capital markets amidst the challenging macro environment could also lead to increased

inherent risks in several operational risks including transaction processing, internal and external fraud. It also increases

the risk of idiosyncratic counterparty events both directly and indirectly, for example shortfalls under securities financing

transactions.

If multiple downside risks such as renewed trade tensions, fiscal instability, or disorderly market corrections were to

materialize simultaneously, these risks could have a material adverse impact on Deutsche Bank’s financial results and

ability to meet its 2028 financial targets and capital objectives.

Geopolitical Events

Geopolitical developments continue to present a complex and evolving risk landscape that may affect Deutsche Bank’s

operating environment, market performance, and the achievement of its 2028 financial targets.

In the Middle East, the U.S. led military intervention in Iran and retaliation by Iran against targets in the Middle East, may

lead to a protracted period of uncertainty in the region. A key risk is the potential for prolonged higher oil and gas prices

if supplies through the Strait of Hormuz are restricted for an extended period. Deutsche Bank has limited direct

exposures to the Middle East, however broader geopolitical destabilization could negatively impact the bank’s clients

and have an adverse effect on Deutsche Bank's financial results (including increases in allowance for credit losses) and

operations.

Recent events in Venezuela, resulting in the U.S. apprehension of President Nicolás Maduro, marks a significant

geopolitical escalation which could elevate regional uncertainty, sanctions, market volatility, and cross‑border political

risk. Additionally, emerging territorial claims, such as those by the U.S. administration regarding Greenland, have

introduced uncertainty into the transatlantic partnership, with potential implications for European security cooperation

frameworks. If there is further targeted action on other regions, there could be market-wide implications, including

sovereign stress and/or market dislocation. These risks could have material adverse effects on Deutsche Bank's results of

operations.

Relations between U.S. and China remain a central risk factor for the bank. Notwithstanding recent bilateral agreements

between the U.S. and China aimed at reducing trade barriers and retaliatory measures, rising U.S. and China tensions,

ongoing cross-border investment restrictions and dispute over potential tariffs, sanctions, export controls, trade of rare

earth minerals and critical technologies, Hong Kong and human rights, raise the specter of further economic polarization

and the emergence of distinct U.S. and China-led trading blocs. The risk of retaliatory measures and broader

fragmentation of global trade may increase , with potential adverse impacts on the bank’s cross-border activities and

client base.

The European Union took action to protect domestic industries, proposing sharp cuts to steel import quotas and raising

out-of-quota tariffs to 50%. These measures heightened the risk of retaliatory trade actions and further exacerbated

global trade tensions, which could have an adverse impact on the bank's loan portfolio. Sanctions regimes became more

complex and far-reaching, with sanctions intensifying in the later part of 2025. For example, the EU adopted its 19th

sanctions package against Russia, introducing a phased ban on Russian liquid natural gas imports, tighter controls on

banks and crypto exchanges, and expanded secondary sanctions targeting third-country entities, which increases the

bank’s operational and compliance risk.

Russia’s war in Ukraine continued, with Russian attacks intensifying and Western support for Ukraine showing signs of

fatigue and fragmentation. Hopes for a ceasefire remained elusive, and the risk of prolonged instability undermined

global investor confidence and increased market volatility. In Russia, fast-tracked legislation enabled the sale of foreign

state-owned assets, raising concerns about potential expropriation of foreign companies and increasing the risk of

adverse regulatory or government actions, which could adversely affect Deutsche Bank’s operations in Russia and result

in financial losses.

46

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

Hybrid and cyber warfare and operational risks emerged as significant themes. Undersea cables became targets for

attack by state and non-state actors, threatening real-time services such as trading, payments, and service delivery. The

bank’s vendors faced potential connectivity issues during regional outages, raising reputational, regulatory, and financial

risks.

Overall, the geopolitical landscape in 2025 was characterized by persistent uncertainty, evolving risks, and the potential

for rapid escalation. The interplay of trade policy, sanctions, regional conflicts, and operational threats created a

challenging environment for the bank’s operations, available resources and potentially impact its business model.

Deutsche Bank expects this uncertainty to persist in 2026, which could negatively impact the bank’s results of operations

and reduce the bank’s ability to achieve its 2028 financial targets.

Strategy

In November 2025, Deutsche Bank announced the next phase of its strategy, Scaling the Global Hausbank. The bank

announced its financial targets and objectives for the period until 2028 and management’s focus in the next phase on

accelerating value creation by scaling the Global Hausbank. While Deutsche Bank continuously plans and adapts to

changing situations, the bank runs the risk that a significant deterioration in the global macroeconomic environment, an

adverse change in market confidence in the banking sector and/or client behavior, as well as higher competition, inflation

or unforeseen costs could result in the bank not achieving its financial targets and objectives by the end of 2028. In

addition, Deutsche Bank may incur unexpected losses including impairments and provisions, experience lower than

planned profitability or an erosion of the bank’s capital or liquidity base or broader financial condition, leading to a

material adverse effect on Deutsche Bank’s results of operations and share price. This also includes the risk that

Deutsche Bank will not be able to make desired cash distributions and share buybacks, which are subject to regulatory

approval, shareholder authorization and meeting German corporate law requirements. In these situations, the Group

would need to take actions to ensure it meets its minimum capital or liquidity objectives. These actions or measures may

result in adverse effects on Deutsche Bank’s business, results of operations, strategic plans or meeting its financial

targets and capital objectives.

Deutsche Bank operates in highly competitive markets in all business segments. The ability to deploy capital and fund

investments is an important success factor. The bank continuously monitors and responds to competitive developments

to protect its market position and realize growth opportunities. Competitors in that context include large international

banks, smaller domestic banks, new international banks entering the German market, as well as emerging and non-

banking competitors (e.g., digital first and fintechs). If significant competitors were to merge or be acquired, this could

have impact on Deutsche Bank’s business model and opportunities to grow non-organically in the future.

Deutsche Bank has the objective to maintain a strong capital position with CET1 ratio operating range of 13.5% to 14.0%,

with no less than 200 basis points distance to the Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA) threshold. The Group’s capital

ratio development reflects among other things: the performance of the bank’s operating businesses; the delivery of

associated benefits from change initiatives including for example front-to-back optimization and AI adoption programs;

cost related to potential litigation and regulatory enforcement actions; growth in the balance sheet usage of business

segments; changes in the bank’s tax and pensions accounts; impacts on other comprehensive income; and changes in

regulation and regulatory technical standards (including assumptions made in CRR 3 rules in relation to the output-

floor).

The Group enters into contracts and letters of intent in the ordinary course of business. When these are preliminary in

nature or conditional, the bank is exposed to the risk that they do not result in execution of the final agreement or

consummation of the proposed arrangement, putting associated benefits with such agreements at risk.

The financial results of the bank could be adversely impacted if anticipated benefits from mergers and acquisitions, joint

ventures, strategic partnerships, planned cost savings and other investments do not materialize. At the same time, any

integration process would require significant time and resources, and the bank may not be able to manage the process

successfully.

All of the above could have a material impact on the bank’s CET 1 ratio as well as its financial targets. It is therefore

possible that the bank could fail to meet certain capital objectives e.g., the CET 1 ratio within an operating range of

13.5% to 14.0% with 200 basis points distance to the Maximum Distributable Amount as a floor; and a 60% total payout

ratio from 2026 and distribution of excess capital when CET 1 ratio is sustainably above 14%.

In addition, the following risks could adversely impact the bank’s strategic goals and ability to achieve its financial targets

and capital objectives for 2028.

47

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

The base case scenario for Deutsche Bank’s financial and capital plan includes revenue growth estimates which are

dependent on a number of factors, including macroeconomic developments, market fee pools and market share of the

overall fee pool. If there is stagnation or downturn in any of these areas this could significantly impact the bank’s ability

to generate revenue growth. This base case scenario also includes assumptions regarding the bank’s ability to manage

costs in future periods

In addition, the bank’s base case scenario is based on current market implied forward interest rate curves, inflation levels

and expected foreign exchange rates. If any of these develop or fluctuate differently from what the bank expects, this

could have an adverse impact on Deutsche Bank’s revenues and costs

Reputational risk or negative market perceptions of Deutsche Bank could impact client levels, deposits or asset outflows.

Liquidity and funding

Deutsche Bank has a continuous demand for liquidity to fund its business activities and the bank’s liquidity may be

impaired if the bank is unable to access secured and/or unsecured debt markets, access funds from subsidiaries, allocate

liquidity optimally across businesses, sell assets, or experiences unforeseen outflows of cash or deposits. These situations

may arise due to disruptions in the financial markets, including limited liquidity, defaults by counterparties, non-

performance or other adverse developments that affect financial institutions. Such adverse developments may include

the reluctance of counterparties or the market to finance Deutsche Bank’s operations due to perceptions about potential

outflows (including deposit outflows) resulting from litigation, regulatory or similar matters. These items may be actual or

perceived weaknesses in the bank’s businesses, business model or strategy, as well as in Deutsche Bank’s resilience to

counter negative economic and market conditions. If such situations occur, internal estimates of the bank’s available

liquidity over the duration of a stressed scenario could be negatively impacted.

In addition, these perceptions could affect in multiple ways like negative market perceptions which can raise Deutsche

Bank’s cost of accessing capital markets, thus, negatively affecting the bank’s funding curve and increase funding

spreads. Such situations may hinder the bank’s ability to refinance assets, support business activities, or maintain capital

levels. As a result, the bank may be forced to sell assets at unfavorable prices or reduce business activities, including

lending.

Liquidity risk could also arise from lower value and marketability of Deutsche Bank’s High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA),

impacting the amount of proceeds available for covering cash outflows during a stress event. Additional haircuts may be

incurred on top of already impaired asset values. Moreover, securities might lose their eligibility as collateral necessary

for accessing central bank facilities, as well as their value in the repo/wholesale funding market.

Additional liquidity risks, due to negative developments in the wider financial sector, may also occur from withdrawal of

deposits not insured by deposit guarantee schemes or result in deposits moving into other investment products. In times

of economic uncertainty or market stress, digital banking allows depositors to swiftly move funds digitally to other

market participants, leading to a faster and larger scale of deposit outflows. This risk may be exacerbated by the rollout

of the European Instant Payments Regulation which could lead to accelerated outflows outside of normal business hours

in addition to increased needs for intraday liquidity. In addition, higher interest rates could foster price competition

among banks for retail deposits increasing Deutsche Bank’s funding costs, as well as putting further pressure on the

volume of Deutsche Bank’s retail deposits, which are one of the main funding sources for the bank.

Uncertain macroeconomic developments could negatively affect Deutsche Bank’s ability to transact foreign exchange

(FX) trades due to volatility in the FX markets or if counterparties are concerned about the bank’s ability to fulfil agreed

transaction terms and therefore seek to limit their exposure. In addition, if Central Bank emergency FX swap facilities

were removed, this may lead to the widening of spreads in the FX markets, increased foreign currency funding costs and

a reduction in USD liquidity in the market. Additionally, increased FX mismatches on the bank’s balance sheet may lead

to increased collateral outflows if the euro (Deutsche Bank’s reporting currency) materially depreciates against other

major currencies and may lead to difficulties to support liquidity needs in different currencies.

As part of emerging risks, digital payments and blockchain are assessed as areas which could impact the depth and

volatility of market liquidity and funding and may temporarily impact cost of funding and thereby adversely affect

profitability.

48

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

Regulatory supervisory reforms, assessments and proceedings

The regulatory reforms enacted and proposed in response to weaknesses identified during the last financial crisis

together with increased regulatory scrutiny and discretion will impose material costs on the bank, create significant

uncertainty and may adversely affect the Group’s business plans as well as its ability to execute the bank’s strategic plans

in the medium-term. Those changes that require the bank to maintain increased capital may significantly affect the

bank’s business model, financial condition, and results of operation as well as the competitive environment more

generally. This could occur more generally with regards to the UK. With the UK being outside the European Union, it can

be more agile on the future direction of its supervisory and regulatory framework. Given Deutsche Bank’ set-up in the UK

as a branch, the bank will not be able to benefit in general from improvements made to the UK framework.

Supervisors can also impose capital surcharges or regulatory adjustments, for example, as a result of the regular

Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) performed by the ECB on an annual basis. Such adjustments may, for

example, reflect additional risks posed by deficiencies in the Group’s control environment, concerning the treatment of

specific portfolios, products or transactions. Following the 2025 SREP, Deutsche Bank has been informed by the ECB of

its decision regarding prudential capital requirements to be maintained from January 1, 2026, onwards, that Deutsche

Bank’s Pillar 2 Requirement amounts to 2.85%, a decrease of five basis points compared to the bank’s Pillar 2

Requirement applicable for 2025. ECB’s SREP decision also includes a Pillar 2 Requirement for the leverage ratio of 10

basis points, unchanged versus prior year SREP and effective from January 1, 2026, onwards. Further, the decision

includes conclusions the ECB draws from regulatory stress tests conducted by the EBA or the ECB. On August 1 , 2025,

the EBA and the ECB published the results of the 2025 EU-wide Stress Test. The ECB evaluates each bank’s performance

from a qualitative angle to inform the decision on the level of Pillar 2 Requirement and a quantitative outcome which is

one aspect when assessing the level of Pillar 2 Guidance. The ECB has already used these powers in its SREP decisions in

the past and it may continue to do so to address findings from onsite inspections. In extreme cases, the ECB can even

suspend certain activities or permission to operate within their jurisdictions and impose monetary fines or capital

surcharges for failures to comply with rules applicable to the guidelines.

Regulators across the world can also impose capital surcharges to address macroeconomic risks, through the use of

macroprudential tools. These include CET1 buffer increases that could apply group-wide or only for local activities at

national level or for specific types of exposures (e.g., mortgages). The use of these tools is governed by the applicable

macroprudential framework in the EU or any other relevant jurisdiction and are typically decided by national

macroprudential authorities, such as BaFin, often on the basis of Central Bank analysis for macroeconomic risks. In

addition, regulatory supervisors could amend interpretations on previously issued guidance and require financial

institutions to apply the new interpretations on a retrospective basis, which could negatively impact the bank.

Several future changes to macroprudential tools are expected to impact Deutsche Bank’s business. The European

Commission had previously announced a review of the EU macroprudential regime for 2022-2023. These reviews did not

take place within the envisaged timeline. The European Commission will continue looking at these issues in 2026 as part

of the consultation on the European Banking Competitiveness and there is always a possibility for a legislative proposal.

Such reforms could result in an increase of the bank’s level of capital requirements, including capital buffers, additional

capital requirements for securitizations, an increase in risk-weighted assets or other regulatory requirements related to

the banks’ dealings with various types of counterparties, including Non-Bank Financial Intermediaries (NBFI).

In July 2024, the EU prudential rules (Capital Requirements Regulation and Directive – CRR III and CRD VI) was published

in the EU Official Journal. The reform implements the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) Final Basel III

reforms. These reforms change how EU banks will calculate their risk weighted assets. The biggest part of the reforms

apply since January 2025, with the exception of the rules on Market Risk (implementing the Fundamental Review of the

Trading Book – FRTB), which has been delayed by the European Commission, via a Delegated Act, to January 2027. In

November 2025, the European Commission launched a consultation on how to apply FRTB after January 2027, in view of

concerns around its calibration and non-implementation by other key jurisdictions. The output floor, which limits the

internal-model RWA to ultimately 72.5% of the Standardized Approach RWA, will apply fully in January 2030. Final Basel

III will increase the bank’s RWA and associated capital requirements. The reform is also being implemented, with

different timelines, in all major jurisdictions. At the start of 2024, the EBA consulted on amendments to its RTS

(Regulatory Technical Standard) on prudent valuation. This standard sets out the requirements that institutions

operating in the EU should apply for the valuation of their fair-valued assets and liabilities for prudential purposes. The

EBA is working through the comments received, depending on their final view, this may lead to an increase in the bank’s

CET1 requirements.

49

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

In April 2023, the European Commission issued a legislative proposal for reform of the EU crisis management and deposit

insurance framework, with amendments to all relevant Directives and Regulations, including the Bank Recovery and

Resolution Directive, the Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme Directive. The

purpose of the legislative proposal is, among other things, to further harmonize and regulate the crisis management and

resolution of small- and medium-sized EU banks, which are currently subject to some degree of national discretion. In its

legislative proposal the Commission includes several changes that could impact Deutsche Bank and its clients, including

a change in the insolvency hierarchy of claims of all depositors, including those uninsured by deposit guarantee schemes.

Also, the proposals provide for an expanded possibility by authorities to use the funds of national deposit guarantee

scheme to contribute to the resolution of a bank, and thus giving also access to the Single Resolution Fund. This

European Commission legislative proposal followed the regular EU co-legislative process, with the involvement of the EU

27 Member States and the European Parliament. The co-legislators reached an agreement, and the formal finalization of

the revised directives and regulation and publication in the EU Official Journal will likely happen in 2026.

The Retail Investment Strategy, a European Commission proposal from May 24, 2023, containing a series of measures

and amendments to the current legislative framework to strengthen investor participation and consumer trust remains in

the legislative process with the Parliament and Council having finalized their respective positions. A political agreement

between the European Parliament and Council has been reached at the end of 2025, with minor details to be worked out

during 2026.

The revised Markets in Financial Instruments Directive and Regulation (MiFID II/R) entered into force in March 2024.

Further technical work by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) and the European Commission on

transparency requirements and the consolidated tape have started in 2024 and will continue through 2026.

In June 2023, the European Commission published two legislative packages, one linked to the introduction of a digital

euro, the other on financial data access and payments. The European Parliament and EU Member States are now to

discuss both packages where both texts are still under discussion.

In 2025, the regulatory environment for ESG and sustainable finance in the EU was focused on simplification and cutting

the reporting burden. The ESG Omnibus initiative was adopted which will lead to less companies having to apply the

Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD).

Simultaneously, the Taxonomy Disclosure Delegated Act was revised which leads to reduced reporting requirements,

while the European Sustainability Reporting Standards are still under revision in view of further simplification. The review

of the Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation was initiated with a proposal by the European Commission. Adoption is

expected during 2026. The application of the Deforestation Regulation has been further postponed to December 30,

2026 and to mid-2027 for small firms.

In the UK transition plan requirements for corporates were further advanced. The FCA's Sustainability Disclosure regime,

including its anti‑greenwashing rule and investment labels, were further implemented. Domestic sustainability reporting

standards are in the process of being aligned with the global International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) baseline

with voluntary use from 2026. Plans to establish a UK Green Taxonomy were discontinued.

Supervisory expectations for banks on climate and environmental risk management continue to increase in the EU, UK

and APAC, with the ECB also emphasizing nature-related risks.

Supervisors can also impose other capital surcharges, such as the increase of macro-prudential capital buffers including

the Countercyclical Capital Buffer and the Systemic Risk Buffer.

In summary, both the regulatory and legislative environment will continue to be dynamic and may impact Deutsche

Bank’s revenue and costs (e.g., the cost to ensure ongoing and future compliance). Additionally, the prospect of

regulatory conditions easing in certain non-European regions could present a competitive disadvantage to the bank.

50

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

Internal Control Environment

Deutsche Bank’s businesses require effective controls to process and monitor a wide range of complex, high-volume

transactions across diverse markets, which is dependent on the strength of the bank's policies, control testing protocols,

IT systems and employee capabilities. If these systems do not identify, monitor, aggregate, measure, mitigate and report

all risks critical for comprehensive risk management and regulatory reporting, then Deutsche Bank's results of operations

and regulatory position could be negatively impacted.

Although improvements have been made, certain elements of the bank's control environment and supporting

infrastructure remain below target state, with legacy technology, data fragmentation and manual processes persisting in

some areas. These conditions can impede the timeliness and quality of internal and regulatory reporting and hinder

consistent risk aggregation across businesses and legal entities. The bank is executing multi-year initiatives to simplify

architecture, strengthen data governance and automate controls, but structural complexity, dependency on end-user

tools and uneven system integration continue to pose operational risks. Materialization of these risks could result in

disruptions to core processes, delay in implementation of strategic change programs, and reduced operational resilience

to challenges in the external operating environment, resulting in a negative impact to Deutsche Bank from a client,

regulatory, and reputational risk perspective.

Retaining specialist expertise across control disciplines, including information technology and security, financial crime

and data governance, remains challenging, and increased reliance on third-party and cloud service providers introduces

additional oversight and resilience considerations. Any inability to retain key personnel or effectively manage third-party

risks may impair the bank's ability to maintain sound controls or close regulatory findings.

The bank's principal regulators, including BaFin, ECB, UK Prudential Regulation Authority and Federal Reserve Board,

along with Deutsche Bank's Management Board and Group Audit function continue to review internal controls and

infrastructure closely. These assessments have identified enhancements needed in areas such as financial crime,

information security, IT resiliency, transaction processing and data management. While remediation is underway, the

breadth of these programs and their interdependencies mean execution risk remains elevated until improvements are

completed, validated and operate effectively over time.

To address these risks, the bank is investing in technology modernization and resiliency, including cloud adoption,

advanced analytics to enhance risk and control testing, however it cannot be assured that these measures will be

successfully integrated or successfully remediate risks. While these capabilities may support improved oversight, they

introduce new risks such as data quality, AI governance and cyber resilience that require strong controls and assurance.

Technology, Data and Innovation

Digitalization and the speed of innovation in areas such as AI may offer market entry opportunities for new competitors

such as cross-industry entrants, global tech companies and financial technology companies. In addition, banking

competitors may develop their business models to enter the bank’s core markets with largely digital offerings. Therefore,

the bank expects its businesses to have an increased need for investments in digital products, AI and process resources.

If the above investments are not made, or if Deutsche Bank is not otherwise able to compete with these new entrants,

there is a risk Deutsche Bank could lose market share, which could have a material adverse effect on its financial results.

Through its strategic partnership with Google Cloud, Deutsche Bank is migrating parts of its application landscape to the

public cloud with the goal of improving IT flexibility and resilience. The adoption of public cloud services remains an area

of significant regulatory interest, and the bank must ensure and adopt applicable standards of data privacy and security

to protect client and bank information. Failure to do so can compromise client trust, lead to financial losses and result in

regulatory penalties, litigation and compensation obligations.

51

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

AI has the potential to be a transformative technology for the bank, while at the same time posing new challenges such

as hallucination or bias and thereby requiring validation of accuracy and explainability, as well as data privacy and

sovereignty. The emergence of agentic AI solutions has the potential to enable autonomous decision making within

processes, increasing the probability of undetected mistakes. Deutsche Bank has incorporated AI risk into its control

framework, supported by an AI Oversight Forum that ensures bank‑wide monitoring, risk assessment, and alignment with

strategic goals. The bank has also defined AI & Data Ethics Principles to guide responsible innovation. In addition, it

conducts rigorous evaluations of AI outputs through cross‑checks with other systems, comparisons to trusted

benchmarks, and final human involvement in system design, model tuning, and decision‑making. However, despite the

bank’s risk and control framework, as these technologies evolve additional risks to the bank may arise. For example,

autonomous AI agents could distort or override defined objectives and optimize in ways that undermine regulatory,

ethical, or operational safeguards, such as prioritizing speed or performance metrics over compliance obligations,

fairness standards, or critical quality controls. If the bank does not address these emerging risks, it may face compliance

issues, operational inefficiencies and potential losses, along with reputational risks that could weaken the market’s

confidence in Deutsche Bank’s ability to apply responsible use of AI.

Deutsche Bank continually assesses and monitors security threats to safeguard its operations and the confidentiality,

integrity, and availability of information assets, including data belonging to clients, business partners, and employees.

This comprises identification of and response to incidents along the bank’s supply chain, including third- and fourth-

party vendors. This also includes the Deutsche Bank infrastructure as well as external dependencies, such as electricity

provision, market and exchange infrastructure and others. Failure in performing any of these safeguards could result in

disruption to the bank’s operations, reputational damage, as well as financial losses.

Deutsche Bank actively tracks threats which have the potential to exploit security vulnerabilities, including activities by

nation-state actors and evolving risks, such as those introduced by technological advancements in artificial intelligence

and quantum computing. The bank also continues to closely observe common attack scenarios, including ransomware

and denial of service. Mitigation strategies and controls are continually adapted to address the global security threat

landscape. Although, Deutsche Bank maintains insurance for such cyber events, there can be no assurance that such

coverage will be adequate to cover all losses or liabilities arising from a cyber event. For further details and more

information, please refer to the Information Security chapter within the Risk Report.

Data management risk can arise if there are weaknesses in processes for how data is collected, stored, processed,

governed and used. This can negatively impact financial, reputational, or regulatory outcomes for the bank or its

stakeholders. The bank’s ability to make informed decisions, personalize services, drive innovation and deploy AI at scale

depends on having trusted, accessible, and well-governed data across the organization. The bank has established an

organization-wide data management function and is now focused on implementing a robust data management

framework. The framework supports maintaining regulatory compliance and ensures data continues to be accurate,

complete, timely and aligned to group-wide policy. Residual data management risks include potential gaps in data

quality, system integration, and regulatory non-compliance that may persist during the transition to full framework

maturity. Regulators are actively involved in monitoring the bank’s progress during this transition.

Deutsche Bank operates in a highly regulated environment that is continuously evolving, requiring its technology

landscape to adapt and remain aligned with these regulatory changes. Recent changes in the regulations such as the

Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) may require additional efforts and reprioritization of certain tasks. Failure in

doing so creates the risk of non-compliance with new regulations, which could lead to fines, litigation and other

enforcement actions, as well as reputational damage.

Major technology transformations in the bank’s business and infrastructure areas are executed via dedicated initiatives.

These initiatives aim to reduce IT and business costs, improve controls, and drive revenue growth by offering new client

features or targeting client growth. However, there are risks in executing these programs, such as, talent and financial

constraints, dependencies on other programs and key deliverables, extended implementation timelines or adverse

change related impacts activity on the control environment and functionality issues within upgraded applications or their

underlying technologies. Failure to adequately and timely implement such major technology transformations could have

a material adverse effect on Deutsche Bank’s business and results of operations.

52

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

Legal and regulatory enforcement proceedings and tax examinations

Deutsche Bank is subject to a number of legal and regulatory enforcement proceedings and tax examinations. The

outcome of these proceedings is difficult to predict and may substantially and adversely affect the bank’s planned

results of operations, financial condition and reputation. If these matters are resolved on terms that are more adverse to

the bank than expected, in terms of their costs or necessary changes to Deutsche Bank’s businesses or operations, or if

related negative perceptions concerning the bank’s business and prospects and related business impacts increase,

Deutsche Bank may not be able to achieve its strategic objectives or may be required to change these objectives.

More generally, the bank operates in a highly and regulated and litigious environment, potentially exposing the bank to

liability and other costs, the amounts of which may be substantial and difficult to estimate, as well as to legal and

regulatory sanctions and reputational harm. The bank continues to maintain a regular dialogue with its supervisory

authorities who expect the bank to deliver control improvements at a faster pace and in a higher quality manner.

Deutsche Bank understands this criticism and is committed to meeting these expectations.

The latest geopolitical developments in the U.S. and elsewhere may increase (i) the complexity and costs to comply with

changing laws and rules, (ii) potential conflicts of laws as multiple regulatory regimes may come into sharper difference

in various jurisdictions, and (iii) legal risks as novel applications of pre-existing laws are made, such as, the application of

traditional antitrust law in the context of multi-party ESG initiatives. Should any of the legal proceedings be resolved

against the bank, or any investigations result in a finding that the bank failed to comply with applicable law, the bank

could be exposed to material damages, fines, limitations on business, remedial undertakings, criminal prosecution, or

other material adverse effects on Deutsche Bank’s financial condition, as well as risk to its reputation and potential loss

of business because of extensive media attention. Guilty pleas by or convictions of the bank or its affiliates in criminal

proceedings, or regulatory or enforcement orders, settlements, or agreements to which the bank or its affiliates become

subject, may have consequences that have adverse effects on certain of its businesses.

Risk management policies, procedures and methods

Deutsche Bank has devoted significant resources to develop its risk management policies, procedures and methods,

including with respect to market, credit, liquidity, operational as well as reputational and model risk. However, the bank

may not be fully effective in mitigating these risk exposures in all economic or market environments or against all types

of risk, including risks that the bank fails to identify or anticipate. Where Deutsche Bank uses models to calculate risk-

weighted assets for regulatory purposes, potential deficiencies may also lead regulators to impose a recalibration of

input parameters or a complete review of the model.

Some of the bank’s quantitative tools and metrics for managing risk are based upon its use of observed historical market

behavior. The bank applies statistical and other tools to these observations to arrive at quantifications of its risk

exposures. In a financial crisis, the financial markets may experience extreme levels of volatility (rapid changes in price

direction) and the breakdown of historically observed correlations (the extent to which prices move in tandem) across

asset classes, compounded by extremely limited liquidity. In such a volatile market environment, the bank’s risk

management tools and metrics may fail to predict important risk exposures. In addition, Deutsche Bank’s quantitative

modeling does not take all risks into account and makes numerous assumptions regarding the overall environment, which

may not be borne out by events. As a result, risk exposures have arisen and could continue to arise from factors the bank

did not anticipate or correctly evaluate in its models. This has limited and could continue to limit the bank’s ability to

manage its risks especially in light of geopolitical developments, many of the outcomes of which are currently

unforeseeable. The bank’s losses thus have been and may in the future be significantly greater than the historical

measures indicate, which could materially and adversely affect its results of operations, financial condition or capital

position.

In addition, the bank’s more qualitative approach to managing those risks not taken into account by the quantitative

methods could also prove insufficient, exposing the bank to material unanticipated losses. Also, if existing or potential

customers or counterparties believe its risk management is inadequate, they could take their business elsewhere or seek

to limit their transactions with Deutsche Bank. This could harm the bank’s reputation as well as its revenues and profits.

53

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

Operational Risk

Deutsche Bank faces operational risk arising from errors, inadvertent or intentional, made in the execution, confirmation

or settlement of transactions or from transactions not being properly recorded, evaluated or accounted for. An example

of this risk concerns derivative contracts, which are not always confirmed with the counterparties on a timely basis. For

so long as the transaction remains unconfirmed, the bank is subject to heightened credit and operational risk and in the

event of a default may find it more difficult to enforce the contract.

In addition, Deutsche Bank’s businesses are highly dependent on its ability to process manually or through its systems a

large number of transactions on a daily basis, across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. Some of the

transactions have become increasingly complex. Moreover, management relies heavily on its financial, accounting and

other data processing systems that include manual processing components. If any of these processes or systems do not

operate properly, or are disabled, or subject to intentional or inadvertent human error, the bank could suffer financial

loss, a disruption of its businesses, liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational damage.

The bank is also dependent on its employees to conduct its business in accordance with applicable laws, regulations and

generally accepted business standards. If the bank’s employees do not conduct its business in this manner, the bank may

be exposed to material losses. Furthermore, if an employee’s misconduct reflects fraudulent intent, the bank could also

be exposed to reputational damage. The bank categorizes these risks as conduct risk, a term used to describe the risks

associated with behavior by employees and agents, including third parties, that could harm clients, customers or the

integrity of the markets, such as selling products that are not suitable for a particular customer, fraud, unauthorized

trading and failure to comply with applicable regulations, laws and internal policies. U.S. regulators in particular have

been increasingly focused on conduct risk, and such heightened regulatory scrutiny and expectations could lead to

investigations and other inquiries, as well as remediation requirements, more regulatory or other enforcement

proceedings, civil litigation and higher compliance and other risks and costs.

The bank is required to monitor, evaluate, and observe laws and other requirements relating to financial and trade

sanctions and embargoes set by the EU, the Deutsche Bundesbank, Germany’s Federal Office for Economic Affairs and

Export Control, and other authorities, such as the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC)

and the UK Treasury Department’s Office of Financial Sanctions Implementation (OFSI). Sanctions are subject to rapid

change, and it is also possible that new direct or indirect secondary sanctions or similar restrictive measures could be

imposed by the United States or other jurisdictions without warning, as a result of geopolitical developments. Should the

bank fail to comply timely and in all respects with these sanctions, the bank could be exposed to legal penalties or other

adverse action and its reputation could suffer.

The bank in particular faces the risk of loss events due to the instability, malfunction or outage of its IT system and IT

infrastructure, as well as breaches in IT system and infrastructure (including cyber-attacks). Such losses could materially

affect the bank’s ability to perform business processes and may, for example, arise from the erroneous or delayed

execution of processes as a result of system outages, degraded services in systems and IT applications or the

inaccessibility of its IT systems. A delay in processing a transaction, for example, could result in an operational loss if

market conditions worsen during the period after the error. IT-related errors may also result in the mishandling of

confidential information, damage to the bank’s computer systems, financial losses, additional costs for repairing systems,

reputational damage, customer dissatisfaction or potential regulatory or litigation exposure (including under data

protection laws such as the GDPR). Additionally, there is a heightened emphasis and growing expectations of data

management and the risks posed by poor data management standards and data quality, and the potential impact to key

control, decision-making and reporting processes.

Global industries continue to conduct business from home and away from primary office locations, which has changed

business practices compared to historic trends. The demand on the bank’s technology infrastructure and the risk of

cyber-attacks could lead to technology failures, security breaches, unauthorized access, loss or destruction of data or

unavailability of services, as well as increase the likelihood of conduct breaches.

Business continuity risk is the risk of incurring losses resulting from the interruption of normal business activities. The

bank operates in many geographic locations and is frequently subject to the occurrence of events outside of its control.

Despite the contingency plans the bank has in place, its ability to conduct business in any of these locations may be

adversely impacted by a disruption to the infrastructure that supports the bank’s business, whether as a result of, for

example, events that affect the bank’s third-party vendors or the community or public infrastructure in which the bank

operates. Any number of events could cause such a disruption including deliberate acts such as acts of war or other

military action, sabotage, terrorist activities, bomb threats, strikes, riots and assaults on the bank’s staff; natural

calamities such as hurricanes, snowstorms, floods, disease pandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) and

earthquakes; or other unforeseen incidents such as accidents, fires, explosions, utility outages and political unrest. Any

such disruption could have a material adverse effect on the bank’s business and financial position.

54

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

As a global bank, Deutsche Bank is often the subject of news reports. Deutsche Bank conducts its media dialogue

through official teams. However, members of the media sometimes approach Deutsche Bank staff outside of these

channels and Deutsche Bank-internal information, including confidential matters, have been subject to external news

media coverage, which may result in publication of confidential information. Leaks to the media can have severe

consequences for Deutsche Bank, particularly when they involve inaccurate statements, rumors, speculation or

unsanctioned opinions. This can result in financial consequences such as the loss of confidence or business with clients

and may impact the bank’s share price or capital instruments by undermining investor confidence. The bank’s ability to

protect itself against these risks is limited.

Compliance & Anti Financial Crime

In September 2018, BaFin ordered Deutsche Bank to implement internal safeguards and comply with general due

diligence obligations to prevent money laundering and terrorist financing. In February 2019, BaFin extended the order

with regards to the review of its group-wide risk management processes in correspondent banking and adjust them as

necessary. In April 2021, BaFin further expanded its order, requiring additional internal safeguards and sustainable

compliance with due diligence obligations, including those for correspondent relationships. The April 2021 order was

subsequently extended to include enhancements to the bank’s transaction monitoring systems. In 2023, the BaFin issued

an additional order instructing Deutsche Bank to implement specific improvements to data processing systems for

transaction monitoring and warned of potential financial penalties in case of non-fulfillment. To monitor the

implementation of the ordered measures, BaFin appointed a Special Representative in 2018, whose mandate was

prolonged following each order extension to ensure continued monitoring and progress assessment. This mandate

concluded on October 30, 2024. The bank continues to fully cooperate with the BaFin and remains committed to

allocating the necessary resources to implement the remaining measures within the deadlines.

In July 2023, Deutsche Bank, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, DB USA Corporation, Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas and DWS USA Corporation entered into a consent order and written agreement with the Federal Reserve Board

concerning adherence to prior orders and settlements related to sanctions and embargoes and AML compliance, and

remedial agreements and obligations related to risk management issues. The 2023 consent order alleges insufficient and

delayed implementation of the post-settlement sanctions and embargoes and AML control enhancement undertakings

required by prior consent orders the bank entered into with the Federal Reserve Board in 2015 and 2017. The 2023

consent order further provides that the material failure to remediate the unsafe and unsound practices or violations

described therein may require additional and escalated formal actions by the Federal Reserve Board against Deutsche

Bank, including additional penalties or additional affirmative corrective actions. In the event the bank is unable to timely

complete the sanctions and embargoes and AML control enhancement undertakings required by the Federal Reserve

Board, the damages could be substantial and the impact on the bank’s results of operations, financial condition and

reputation would be material.

If Deutsche Bank is unable to improve its infrastructure and control environment to the satisfaction on the Federal

Reserve Board, the bank’s results of operations, financial condition and reputation could be materially and adversely

affected. Regulators can impose fines or require the bank to reduce its exposure to or terminate certain kinds of products

or businesses or relationships with counterparties or regions. The bank may also face additional legal proceedings,

investigations or regulatory actions in the future, including in other jurisdictions with material impact on the bank´s

business and profitability. These could, depending on the extent of any resulting requirements, significantly challenge

the bank’s reputation and its ability to operate profitably under its current business model.

Deutsche Bank is involved in proceedings with regulatory and law enforcement authorities concerning its anti-financial

crime controls over the past several years, both generally and in connection with specific clients, counterparties or

incidents, including in the United States and Germany. Among the areas within the scope of these inquiries are client

onboarding and KYC processes, transaction monitoring systems and procedures, processes concerning the decision to

file or not to file a suspicious activity report, escalation procedures, and other related processes and procedures. In the

event that violations of law or regulation are found to have occurred, legal and regulatory sanctions in respect thereof

may materially and adversely affect the bank’s results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

The Frankfurt prosecutor is currently conducting investigations in the context of anti-financial-crime control related

allegations, particularly regarding late filing of suspicious activity reports. Deutsche Bank’s offices were searched by the

Frankfurt prosecutor in connection with these investigations.

55

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

Operational Resiliency

As the bank continues to modernize its technology landscape and increases reliance on cloud‑based and data‑intensive

platforms, operational resilience remains a priority for senior management. Growing dependence on a small number of

global cloud and data center providers, many concentrated in the United States, heightens concentration and systemic

risk, as seen in recent market wide outages. Given the scale, specialization and integration of such providers, the bank

may not be able to readily substitute alternative providers, execute upon the bank’s remediation rights or migrate critical

workloads without significant costs, disruption or delay. Geopolitical, regulatory or policy developments could further

affect service continuity or data access.

While these platforms provide significant scalability and efficiency benefits, disruptions from provider outages,

data‑center incidents, infrastructure constraints or geopolitical events could affect the bank’s ability to deliver critical

services. Rising demand for computing power, including analytics and AI workloads, is also increasing pressure on

underlying power and network infrastructure.

The accelerating pace of technological advances is heightening cyber risk, with threat actors leveraging increasingly

sophisticated and frequent attacks. Geopolitical tensions continue to fuel persistent cyber activity, a trend expected to

intensify as AI amplifies both capability and scale. Hybrid warfare which combines cyber operations, disinformation, and

targeted disruption of critical digital infrastructure by state and non‑state actors, further elevates operational and

systemic risks. These converging tactics blur the boundaries between physical and digital conflict, increasing the

likelihood of multi‑vector disruptions that could impair the bank’s technology environment and threaten service

continuity.

Third Party Vendor Management

Financial institutions rely on third-party and intragroup service providers for a range of services, some of which support

their critical operations. These dependencies have grown in recent years as part of the increasing trend in digitalization of

the financial services sector which can bring multiple benefits including flexibility, innovation and improved operational

resilience. However, if not properly managed, disruption to service providers could pose risks to critical services provided

by financial institutions, and in some cases, financial stability.

The regulatory framework for managing third party risk continues to evolve and becomes increasingly complex as

regulators seek to address various objectives. There are two main areas of focus: (i) how financial institutions identify and

manage their third-party risks and (ii) how systemic risks caused by concentration of services provided by critical third

parties and subcontractors are addressed.

Deutsche Bank has a well-established approach to Third Party Risk Management; from a clear policy and procedure

through to a centralized risk process for businesses to use when engaging with third parties. To respond to the increasing

regulatory demand, Deutsche Bank is continuously enhancing the bank’s control environment. In 2025, the bank,

introduced an assurance framework to gain additional visibility across third-party control environments, continued to

adapt to adhere to regulations like Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) and is integrating the use of AI into the risk

assessment process to improve both efficiency and risk insight.

When using third-party service providers, the bank remains fully responsible and accountable for complying with all the

regulatory obligations, including the ability to oversee the outsourcing of critical or important functions. The bank may

face risks of material losses or reputational damage if third parties fail to provide services as agreed with the bank and/or

in line with regulatory requirements.

Similar to cybersecurity threats to Deutsche Bank, a successful cyberattack on a third party vendor could have a

significant negative impact on the bank that may result in the disclosure or misuse of client as well as proprietary

information, damage or inability to access information technology systems, financial losses, additional costs, personal

data breach notification obligations, reputational damage, client dissatisfaction and potential regulatory penalties or

litigation exposure.

56

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

Digital Assets

The continued evolution of digital assets and their potential applicability in payment and treasury processes as well as

for other types of financial services presents operational, liquidity and financial risks. For example, the Bank is exposed to

risks arising from shifts in the global payments landscape, including the increasing use of regulated forms of tokenized

money such as stablecoins issued by both banking and non-banking entities, as well as the introduction of central bank

digital currencies (CBDCs) for retail and wholesale use cases. The growth and acceptance of these instruments could

furthermore displace elements of the Bank’s traditional product offering, such as trading, payments, custody and

clearing, and payments with consequential impacts on Deutsche Bank’s business model and deposit base, and

potentially increasing Deutsche Bank’s operational and liquidity risk landscape. In addition, new competitors may

introduce tokenized asset products and services that the bank does not provide, which may result in the loss of revenue

or clients.

Pension Obligations

Deutsche Bank sponsors a number of post-employment benefit plans on behalf of its employees, including defined

benefit plans. For further details on Deutsche Bank’s employee benefit plans see Note 33 – “Employee Benefits” in the

consolidated financial statements.

The bank develops and maintains guidelines for governance and risk management, including funding, asset allocation

and actuarial assumption setting. In this regard, risk management means the management and control of risks for the

bank related to market developments (e.g., interest rate, credit spread, price inflation), asset investment, regulatory or

legislative requirements, as well as monitoring demographic changes (e.g., longevity). To the extent that pension plans

are funded, the assets held mitigate some of the liability risks, but introduce investment risk. In its key pension countries,

the bank’s largest post-employment benefit plan risk exposures relate to potential changes in credit spreads, interest

rates, price inflation, longevity risk and liquidity risk, although these have been partially mitigated through the

investment strategy adopted. Overall, the bank seeks to minimize the impact of pensions on its financial position from

market movements, subject to balancing the trade-offs involved in financing post-employment benefits, regulatory

capital and constraints from local funding or accounting requirements.

The bank’s investment objective in funding the plans and its obligations in respect of them is to protect the bank from

adverse impacts of its defined benefit pension plans on key financial metrics. The bank seeks to allocate plan assets

closely to the market risk factor exposures of the pension liability to interest rates, credit spreads and inflation and,

thereby, plan assets broadly reflect the underlying risk profile and currency of the pension obligations.

To the extent that the factors that drive the bank’s pension liabilities move in a manner adverse to the bank, or that its

assumptions regarding key variables prove incorrect, or that funding of the pension liabilities does not sufficiently hedge

those liabilities, the bank could be required to make additional contributions or be exposed to actuarial or accounting

losses in respect of its pension plans.

In Germany, the Group is a member of the BVV Versicherungsverein des Bankgewerbes a.G. (BVV), a multi-employer

defined benefit plan, together with other financial institutions. In line with industry practice, the Group accounts for it as

a defined contribution plan since insufficient information is available to identify assets and liabilities relating to the

Group’s current and former employees, primarily because the BVV does not fully allocate plan assets to beneficiaries nor

to member companies. The Group may be exposed to significant financial risk should the residual risks or if the

assumptions that form the basis of the benefit obligation prove to be unrealistic related to this multi-employer defined

benefit plan materialize.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and associates and represents the excess of the aggregate of the cost of

an acquisition and any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired

at the date of the acquisition. Goodwill on the acquisition of subsidiaries is capitalized and reviewed for impairment

annually or more frequently if there are indications that impairment may have occurred. Intangible assets are recognized

separately from goodwill when they are separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights and their fair value can

be measured reliably. These assets are tested for impairment and useful life reaffirmed at least annually. The

determination of the recoverable amount in the impairment assessment of non-financial assets requires estimates based

on quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, present value or other valuation techniques, or a combination

thereof, necessitating management to make subjective judgments and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions

could result in significant differences to the amounts reported if underlying circumstances were to change. Impairments

of goodwill and other intangible assets have had and may have in the future a material adverse effect on the bank’s

profitability and results of operations.

57

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

Deferred Tax Assets

The bank recognizes deferred tax assets for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the

financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, unused tax losses

and unused tax credits. To the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow

all or a portion of the deferred tax assets to be utilized, the bank must reduce the carrying amounts. Each quarter, the

bank re-evaluates its estimate related to deferred tax assets, which can change from period to period and requires

significant management judgment. Furthermore, deferred tax assets are measured based on tax rates that are expected

to apply in the period that the asset is realized, based on the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or

substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Reductions in the amount of deferred tax assets from a change in

estimate or a change in tax rate have had and may in the future have material adverse effects on its profitability, equity

and financial condition.

Environmental, social and governance

The impacts of rising global temperatures, nature degradation and the associated policy, technology and behavioral

changes required to limit global warming to no greater than 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels have led to emerging

sources of financial and non-financial risks. These include the physical risk impacts from extreme weather events, and

transition risks as carbon-intensive sectors are faced with higher costs, potentially reduced demand and restricted access

to financing. More rapid than currently expected emergence of transition and/or physical climate and nature risks may

lead to increased credit and market losses as well as operational disruptions due to impacts on vendors and the bank’s

own operations.

Instances of extreme weather events have increased in frequency and severity. Future extreme weather events could

lead to higher credit loss provisions, property loss, rising insurance costs and operational resilience risks. Extreme

weather events can also impact Deutsche Bank’s revenue generating capabilities and costs and result in impairments of

non-financial assets.

Financial institutions are facing increased scrutiny on climate and ESG-related issues from governments, regulators,

shareholders and other bodies (including non-governmental organizations). Banks must navigate an increasingly complex

and heterogeneous policy environment with U.S. led challenges to their collaborative efforts to reduce greenhouse gas

emissions leading to accusations of unlawful practice and anti-trust violations with potential for restrictions on access to

certain clients and potential litigation. The Net Zero Banking Alliance has seen the departure of U.S. and Canadian peer

banks and subsequently European peers in response to these concerns. In contrast, many organizations and individuals

expect banks to support the transition to a lower carbon economy, to limit nature-related risks such as biodiversity and

habitat loss, and to protect human rights. The emergence of significantly diverging (and sometimes conflicting) ESG

regulatory and/or disclosure standards across jurisdictions could lead to higher costs of compliance and risks of failing to

meet requirements. Of note is the interconnectedness between transition, other environmental, and social risks where

supporting the transition could lead to increased demand for transition minerals which are obtained via mining.

The IEA’s 2025 World Energy Outlook (WEO) indicates that the NZE2050 pathway now involves a prolonged overshoot of

the 1.5 °C target, with warming peaking near 1.65 °C around 2050 and only returning to 1.5 °C by 2100 through carbon

removal. This reflects a global economy which is transitioning at a slower pace which reduces transition risk in the short

term but increases the risk of a disorderly transition over the longer term. Furthermore, it creates tension between the

updated IEA NZE decarbonization pathways which are less ambitious and the existing voluntary decarbonization

commitments calibrated against earlier WEO reports. Deutsche Bank considers its net zero targets as one of the key

climate risk management tools and the bank intends to periodically review the targets in line with the latest science and

economic progress, and if necessary, may revise its targets against the backdrop of legal or regulatory changes. In the

case that revised interim targets are less ambitious, this will increase the risk that third parties raising allegations of

greenwashing, including through civil litigation, regulatory investigations or enforcement actions.

In the United States, state legislators and regulators are issuing potentially conflicting laws and certification

requirements regarding ESG matters, reflecting a polarized political context within the U.S. This may result in the risk of

loss of business or licenses if the bank cannot certify, while also requiring the bank to analyze and balance positions.

Certain jurisdictions have begun to develop anti-ESG measures including requiring financial institutions that wish to do

business with them to certify their non-adherence to aspects of the transition agenda. Failing to comply with these

requirements may result in the termination of existing business and the inability to conduct new business with those

jurisdictions, while complying may lead to reputational risks and potential lawsuits. The scope and enforceability of such

requirements, and their application to the bank, remain uncertain.

58

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Risks

Deutsche Bank is rated by a number of ESG rating providers, with the ratings increasingly utilized as criteria to determine

eligibility for sustainable investments and to assess management of ESG risks and opportunities. Should the bank’s

ratings materially deteriorate, this could lead to negative reputational impacts.

Data, methodologies and industry standards for measuring and assessing climate and other environmental risks are still

evolving or, in certain cases, are not yet available. This, combined with a lack of comprehensive and consistent climate

and other environmental risk disclosures by its clients, means that the bank, in line with the wider industry, is heavily

reliant on proxy estimates and/or proprietary approaches for risk assessment and modelling and for the bank’s climate

and environmental risk management disclosures. The high degree of uncertainty that this creates increases the risk that

third parties may assert that the bank’s sustainability-related disclosures constitute greenwashing. In addition to the

reputational risks associated with such allegations, competent supervisory authorities and law enforcement agencies

may commence investigations based on such allegations.

Deutsche Bank is committed to managing its business activities and operations in a sustainable manner, including

aligning portfolios with net zero emissions by 2050. The bank continues to develop and implement its approach to

environmental risk assessments and management in order to promote the integration of environmental-related factors

across its business activities. This includes the ability to identify, monitor and manage risks and to conduct regular

scenario analysis and stress testing. Rapidly changing regulatory as well as stakeholder demands, combined with

significant focus by stakeholders, may adversely affect Deutsche Bank's businesses if it fails to adopt such demands or

appropriately implement its plans.

Deutsche Bank recently updated its target for sustainable financing and investment volumes to € 900 billion in

sustainable and transition finance for the period from 2020 to the end of 2030, after nearly achieving its 2025 target of

€ 500 billion. Deutsche Bank may face significant headwinds in achieving these targets, including market competition,

evolving regulatory requirements, and the scarcity of green and social assets for compliant funding. If ambitions or

targets are missed, this could impact, among other things, revenues and the reputation of the bank, whereas scarcity of

green and social assets may reduce Deutsche Bank’s ability to issue compliant funding that qualifies. An economy

transitioning at a slower pace may result in significant deviations from the bank’s net zero-aligned emissions pathways

toward its targets. This would come to reduce transition risk in the short to medium term but increase it significantly over

the longer term. The bank continues to consider its net zero targets as one of the key climate risk management tools.

59

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Opportunities

Opportunities

Macroeconomic and market conditions

Should economic conditions, such as GDP growth, levels of unemployment, the interest rate environment and competitive

conditions in the financial services industry improve beyond currently forecasted levels, this could result in higher

revenues. These impacts may only be partially offset by additional costs, therefore improving the Group’s ability to meet

its financial targets. At the same time, potentially higher inflation, interest rates and market volatility could present a

number of opportunities, such as increased revenues from higher trading flows amid private, corporate and institutional

customers repositioning their portfolios, higher net interest income as well as higher margins on lending across the

Group’s balance sheet.

In particular, opportunities could arise to support clients if the macroeconomic environment in Deutsche Bank’s home

market of Germany improves on the back of successful implementation of fiscal stimulus and debt brake reforms, by the

German government which is expected to materialize post 2026.

A substantial proportion of the assets and liabilities on the Group’s balance sheet are of financial instruments carried at fair

value, with changes in fair value recognized in the income statement. If market conditions improve or interest rates

decline, this could result in an increase in the fair value of certain financial instruments. As a result of such changes, the

Group may realize gains in the future.

Geopolitics

While rising geopolitical risk creates uncertainty which undermines the global growth outlook and leads to increased

fragmentation of the business environment, Deutsche Bank could benefit from supporting clients to de-risk their supply

chains and rebalance their global footprint if the fragmentation of the international trade order accelerates. Should

geopolitical risk unexpectedly subside, the outlook for global growth could improve beyond the bank’s assumptions with

positive implications for revenues and risk metrics.

Strategy

Deutsche Bank’s strategy, Scaling the Global Hausbank, outlines the bank’s approach to accelerating value creation in a

way that is consistent with the client franchise and risk appetite of the bank. As such, the next phase of the bank’s strategy

may create further opportunities if implemented to a greater extent or with more favorable conditions than anticipated.

This includes potential benefits from better than planned macroeconomic, market and geopolitical conditions or

advantageous changes in the competitive environment.

If the pace and scale of Germany’s fiscal stimulus and structural reforms exceed the bank’s expected growth rate,

Deutsche Bank may benefit from such investments and accelerate its loan growth higher than currently expected. This

acceleration in fiscal spending could also grow productivity in the wider economy and create additional revenue growth

opportunities across all four businesses. In addition, the Savings and Investment Union aims to channel household savings

into productive investments, strengthen capital markets and boost economic competitiveness across Europe. This could

create the opportunity for the business segments to earn higher than expected fee income and potentially ease capital

flows and capital rotation.

Technology and AI is another area that could provide Deutsche Bank opportunities for a lower cost base. The bank has

modelled its expected cost savings from the implementation of AI and technology solutions, but there is scope to exceed

planned benefits and reduce the bank’s cost base and enhance operational efficiencies even further.

Overall, Deutsche Bank has the opportunity to focus on growth and competitiveness while staying resilient in order to gain

market share and create a tailwind to exceed the bank’s financial target of post tax return on average tangible equity of

greater than 13%.

60

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Opportunities

Digital Assets

Distributed ledger technology (‘DLT’), as a new foundational technology, enables more efficient and automated processes

across the entire spectrum of the bank’s infrastructure and financial services creating opportunities for banks to develop

innovative products, expand service offerings, and capture emerging market segments. Based on these technological

capabilities, and as regulation evolves, banks are increasingly integrating new tokenized asset classes, such as issuance of

tokenized securities (e.g., bonds) and digital asset custody into their product offerings. Additionally, the tokenized money

landscape has evolved significantly in recent years, with central banks, financial institutions, and private-sector players

exploring new forms of programmable and tokenized money. This transformation is driven by three parallel developments:

(i) the emergence of tokenized deposits issued by commercial banks, (ii) the rise of regulated stablecoins as settlement

instruments, (iii) ongoing efforts on CBDCs. These developments present strategically important opportunities offering the

potential to enhance settlement speed, reduce risk, and support 24/7 operations.

Regulatory change

There is growing recognition across all major jurisdictions which Deutsche Bank operates in, that the wider regulatory

framework is complex and the level of complexity should be reconsidered. The U.S. has reviewed its stress testing

framework and approach to globally systemically important banks (G-SIBs), along with reassessing the implementation of

the Basel III framework. As a result, this has led to lower capital requirement for banks in the U.S. compared to European

peers. Equally in the UK, the Bank of England is looking into the wider macro-prudential framework and analyzing how this

impacts the lending capacity of banks. Europe is addressing complexity as well by reducing the quantity of outstanding

regulatory technical standards, a revision to the macro-prudential framework and revisions to the implementation of the

fundamental review of the trading book framework. The report of the European Commission on EU bank’s competitiveness

will further address issues linked to capital, liquidity waiver, implementing transitional arrangements and potential to bring

forward suggestions to finalize the Banking Union. All these actions should create a Single Market for European banks and

should provide a level of capital relief. This could provide Deutsche Bank with the opportunity to increase cross-border

business activity with less hurdles and create the opportunity to generate increased revenues.

In addition, regulatory change can encourage banks to provide better products or services that can offer opportunities for

differentiation in the marketplace. For example, as reporting standards continue to develop and improve for sustainable

finance, the market may evolve to embrace sustainable finance initiatives more broadly. As clients and the market adopt

sustainable finance related initiatives, the Group may have the opportunity to further differentiate the bank by enhancing

the services provided to its clients.

Technology, Data and Innovation

Digital innovation continues to offer Deutsche Bank various opportunities for revenue generation and to realize

efficiencies. Especially AI is a core pillar of Deutsche Bank's "Scaling the Global Hausbank" strategy, viewed as a

transformational opportunity for the entire bank. The strategy treats AI not as an experiment, but as a fundamental driver

for achieving cost efficiencies, generating new revenue, enhancing client experience, and future-proofing the operating

model. As stated during the Investor Deep Dive in November 2025, the bank is already deploying AI at scale and has made

a conscious decision to invest further, with the belief that the true financial benefits could significantly exceed current

plans.

In 2025, the bank launched its first client-facing AI chatbot, Paula, for Postbank customer in Germany. It has further scaled

shared AI services for automated document and e-mail processing across several business and infrastructure divisions. The

first AI agents are live automating parts of the bank´s core processes, and a tailored AI developer platform has been

created to allow fast and safe development of new AI solutions. To develop internal capabilities and foster a culture of

innovation, the bank has rolled out productivity enhancing generative AI tools to about half its employees and all software

developers have been provided with coding assistants to accelerate application development.

In addition, the bank is looking to further simplify and modernize its technology landscape. This includes the

decommissioning of legacy applications and the introduction of modern platforms serving the bank’s businesses, such as a

new platform for Trade Finance and Lending in the Corporate Bank. In this context, Deutsche Bank continues to actively

pursue its cloud strategy leveraging its strategic partnership with Google Cloud. In 2025, a new cloud-based online and

mobile banking platform, which was initially launched for Postbank clients in 2023, was successfully rolled out across all of

the bank’s retail brands in Germany. To address specific business demand as well as regulatory concerns including data

residency, the bank’s cloud strategy was updated to a hybrid cloud approach now covering both public cloud and on-

premise solutions in a separate private cloud environment. This approach provides enhanced flexibility and innovation

capabilities, allowing the bank to adapt quickly to evolving business and customer needs, while also realizing

improvements in stability, efficiency and security.

61

Deutsche Bank Risks and Opportunities
Annual Report 2025 Opportunities

Deutsche Bank actively evaluates developments within the digital assets space, where the underlying technology may

support cheaper, faster, and more efficient financial transactions. The bank focuses its efforts on areas including

safekeeping of digital assets, tokenization of assets such as corporate bonds, and tokenization of money, where the bank

actively contributes to discussions on CBDC solutions globally, in addition to other forms of tokenized money such as

stablecoins and tokenized deposits. This also includes engagement in industry initiatives such as Project Agora, led by the

Bank for International Settlements, the ECB’s wholesale CBDC efforts and Swift’s blockchain-based shared ledger.

While the expansion of digital assets offers significant opportunities, the bank adopts a cautious and selective approach,

within regulatory and risk appetite frameworks.

Environmental, social and governance

The Net Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA) has transitioned from a membership-based alliance to a target-setting framework

which many have been prompt to present as a broader retreat from climate leadership within the banking sector.

Deutsche Bank’s continued commitment to Net Zero by 2050 increases the credibility of the bank’s global sustainability

strategy, this in turn may generate increased opportunities to support clients on their transition to net zero through the

provision of sustainable finance and transition expertise which can lead to both revenue opportunities and improved

stakeholder perceptions.

Individuals and institutions, including clients and non-clients of the bank, increasingly view ESG-related opportunities as

significant for long-term returns and the bank believes this could become a key differentiator. In this regard, inclusion of

ESG factors in the investment processes or decision-making process for awarding business mandates across businesses is

growing. As such, Deutsche Bank plans to develop and provide financial products or investment possibilities that can help

both the bank and its clients to achieve common ESG goals and advance Deutsche Bank’s holistic ESG strategy. More

broadly, the bank believes that advancing ESG activities can lead to both additional revenues opportunities as well as an

improved brand and stakeholder perception.

Risk Report
64 Introduction
65 Risk and capital overview
65 Key risk metrics
66 Risk profile
68 Key risk themes
70 Risk and capital framework
70 Risk management principles
71 Risk governance
74 Risk identification and assessment
74 Risk appetite and capacity
75 Risk measurement and reporting systems
76 Strategic and capital plan
77 Stress testing
79 Recovery and resolution planning
80 Risk type management
80 Capital Risk Management
82 Enterprise Risk Management
84 Credit Risk Management
105 Market Risk Management
112 Liquidity Risk Management
117 Model Risk Management
118 Operational Risk Management
123 Reputational Risk Management
124 Information security
129 Risk and capital performance
129 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL
148 Credit Risk Exposure
184 Trading Market Risk Exposures
187 Non-trading Market Risk Exposures
189 Liquidity Risk Exposure
201 Operational Risk exposure

riskintro.jpg

64

Deutsche Bank Introduction
Annual Report 2025 Disclosure following Amendments to the Capital Requirements Regulation

Introduction

Disclosures in line with IFRS 7

The following Risk Report provides qualitative and quantitative disclosures about credit, market and other risks in line

with the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standard 7 (IFRS 7) Financial Instruments: Disclosures. It also

considers the underlying classification and measurement and impairment requirements in IFRS 9 with further details to

be found in the “Credit Risk Management and Asset quality” section, the “Asset quality” section, the “Credit risk

mitigation” section and in Note 01 “Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates” to the consolidated

financial statements. Information that forms part of and is incorporated by reference into the financial statements of this

report is marked by a light gray shading throughout this Risk Report.

Since June 30, 2020, the Group has applied the transitional arrangements in relation to IFRS 9 as provided in the current

CRR/CRD for all CET1 measures.

Disclosures according to Pillar 3 of the Basel III Capital

Framework

Deutsche Bank’s disclosures according to Pillar 3 of the Basel III Capital Framework, which are implemented in the

European Union by the Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions (Capital

Requirements Regulation or CRR), including reforms introduced by Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 (CRR3), being applicable

since January 1, 2025; and supported by the respective EBA Implementing Technical Standards and EBA guideline

applicable to Pillar 3 disclosures, are published in the Group’s Pillar 3 Report, which can be found on Deutsche Bank’s

website.

Disclosure following Amendments to the Capital Requirements

Regulation

Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 (CRR3), generally applicable from January 1, 2025 implements a comprehensive package of

reforms based on the Final Basel III set of global reforms, changing how banks calculate their RWA. It includes, among

other things, an output floor establishing minimum RWA that until January 1, 2030 will gradually increase to 72.5% of the

RWA calculated under the standardized approaches, changes to standardized and internal ratings-based approaches for

determining credit risk, changes to the credit valuation adjustment, a revision of the approach for operational risks and

reforms to the market risk framework as set out in the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book (FRTB, applicable from

January 1, 2027). The implementation of the changes to CRR affects among others Deutsche Bank’s risk-weighted assets

and regulatory capital.

65

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital overview
Annual Report 2025 Key risk metrics

Risk and capital overview

Key risk metrics

The following section provides qualitative and quantitative disclosures about credit, market, liquidity and other risk

metrics and their developments within the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 considering reforms introduced by

Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 (CRR3), being applicable since January 1, 2025. Disclosures according to Pillar 3 of the Basel

III Capital Framework, which are implemented in the European Union by the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) and

supported by EBA Implementing Technical Standards or the EBA Guideline, are published in the Group’s separate Pillar 3

Report.

The following selected key risk metrics form part of the bank’s holistic risk management across individual risk types. The

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio, Economic Capital Adequacy (ECA) ratio, Leverage ratio, Total Loss Absorbing

Capacity (TLAC), Minimum Requirement for Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL), Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR),

Stressed Net Liquidity Position (sNLP) and Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) serve as high-level metrics and are fully

integrated across strategic planning, risk appetite framework, stress testing as well as recovery and resolution planning

practices, which are reviewed and approved by the Management Board at least annually.

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio1
31.12.2025 14.2% € 347.1bn
31.12.2024 13.8% € 357.4bn
Economic capital adequacy ratio
31.12.2025 194% € 26.1bn
31.12.2024 199% € 24.2bn
Leverage ratio1
31.12.2025 4.6% € 1,327bn
31.12.2024 4.6% € 1,316bn
Total loss absorbing capacity
31.12.2025 (Risk Weighted Asset based) 33.1% 37.7%
31.12.2025 (Leverage Exposure based) 8.7% 37.5%
31.12.2024 (Risk Weighted Asset based) 33.2%
31.12.2024 (Leverage Exposure based) 9.0%
Liquidity coverage ratio
31.12.2025 144% 119.0%
31.12.2024 131% 121.0%
Stressed net liquidity position
31.12.2025 94.1bn
31.12.2024 56.3bn

All values are in Euros.

1Starting with the third quarter of 2024 until the discontinuation in the fourth quarter of 2025, Deutsche Bank had adopted the temporary treatment of unrealized gains

and losses measured at fair value through OCI in accordance with Article 468 CRR; for the shown comparative values as of December 31, 2024, without application of

this rule the CET1 ratio would have been 13.5% with respective CET1 capital of € 48.4 billion and RWA of € 358.6 billion and in addition, the leverage ratio would have

been 4.6% with respective Tier 1 capital of € 59.8 billion and leverage exposure of € 1,315 billion

Deutsche Bank regularly assesses the potential impacts of risks on its balance sheet and profitability through portfolio

reviews and stress tests. Stress tests are also used to test the resilience of Deutsche Bank’s strategic plans. The results of

these tests indicate that the currently available capital and liquidity reserves, in combination with available mitigation

measures, are sufficient to withstand periods of potential stress.

The Group concludes that the risks, as described above or in the following sections, to which Deutsche Bank is exposed

to, including potential impacts on its business strategy, provide a true and fair picture of its risk profile.

For further details, please refer to sections “Risk profile”, “Risk appetite and capacity”, “Risk and capital plan”, “Stress

testing”, “Recovery and resolution planning”, “Risk and capital management”, “Capital, leverage ratio, TLAC and MREL”,

“Liquidity coverage ratio”, and “Stress testing and scenario analysis”.

66

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital overview
Annual Report 2025 Risk profile

Risk profile

Deutsche Bank’s mix of business activities results in diverse risk-taking. The Group measures key risks inherent to the

respective business models (credit, market, operational and strategic risk) through the economic capital metric, which

captures the business segment’s risk profile and considers cross-risk effects at Group level.

Corporate Bank’s risk profile mainly arises from the products and services offered in Corporate Treasury Services

(including Trade Finance, Lending and Corporate Cash Management), Strategic Corporate Lending and Business Banking.

Economic capital demand in these segments arises largely from credit risk.

Investment Bank’s risk profile is dominated by its financing and trading activities, which give rise to all major risk types.

Credit risk in the Investment Bank is broadly distributed across business units but most prominent in Fixed Income &

Currencies and Leveraged Debt Capital Markets. Market risk arises mainly from trading and market making activities.

Private Bank’s risk profile comprises credit risks from business with German and international retail clients, business

clients and wealth management clients as well as non-trading market risks mainly from modeling of client deposits.

Asset Management, as a fiduciary asset manager, invests money on behalf of clients. As such, the main risk drivers are of

operational nature. The economic capital demand for market risk is mainly driven by non-trading market risks, which arise

from guaranteed products and co-investments in the funds.

Corporate & Other’s risk profile embeds a range of different risk drivers including those pertaining to Treasury, certain

corporate items, and legacy portfolios. The economic capital demand mainly comprises non-trading market risk from

interest rate risk in Treasury, structural foreign exchange risk and equity compensation risk, credit risk from Treasury’s

investments, strategic risk from tax-related risks and software asset risks and operational risk from legacy portfolios.

The table below shows Deutsche Bank’s overall risk position as measured by the economic capital demand calculated for

the dates specified. Deutsche Bank’s overall economic risk position also considers diversification benefits across risk

types.

67

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital overview
Annual Report 2025 Risk profile

Risk profile of Deutsche Bank’s business segments as measured by economic capital

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. (unless<br><br>stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total Total<br><br>(in %)
Credit risk 3,720 4,650 2,255 45 2,725 13,395 51
Market risk 507 2,004 789 316 6,354 9,970 38
Operational risk 821 1,390 1,187 393 1,168 4,960 19
Strategic risk 1,980 1,980 8
Diversification benefit¹ (780) (1,339) (863) (238) (1,013) (4,234) (16)
Total EC 4,269 6,706 3,368 516 11,213 26,071 100
Total EC in % 16 26 13 2 43 100 N/M

1Diversification benefit across credit, market, operational and strategic risk

Dec 31, 2024
in € m. (unless<br><br>stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total Total<br><br>(in %)
Credit risk 3,455 4,512 2,164 46 2,329 12,507 52
Market risk 1,040 2,086 1,561 304 3,676 8,667 36
Operational risk 863 1,182 1,155 376 1,069 4,645 19
Strategic risk 1,936 1,936 8
Diversification benefit¹ (715) (1,007) (803) (190) (814) (3,530) (15)
Total EC 4,643 6,772 4,077 536 8,196 24,225 100
Total EC in % 19 28 17 2 34 100 N/M

1 Diversification benefit across credit, market, operational and strategic risk

As of December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank’s economic capital demand amounted to € 26.1 billion, which was € 1.8 billion

or 8% higher than € 24.2 billion economic capital demand as of December 31, 2024. Market risk increased by € 1.3 billion

mainly due to migration of economic capital model used for structural foreign exchange risk, including the application of

extended liquidity horizons, as well as transition of market risk economic capital from Monte Carlo simulation to historical

simulation. Credit risk increased by € 0.9 billion due to higher transfer risk driven by increase in exposures from

Investment Bank, Corporate Bank and Corporate & Other as well as higher counterparty risk driven by increase in

Treasury and sovereign exposures. Operational risk increased by € 0.3 billion primarily driven by model changes in the

forward-looking qualitative adjustment component as well as the simplification of the advanced measurement approach

model. These increases were partly offset by an increase in diversification benefit of € 0.7 billion due to the change in risk

type profile and market risk model changes.

68

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital overview
Annual Report 2025 Key risk themes

Key risk themes

The latest developments and key uncertainties during 2025 are part of the bank’s ongoing credit risk management

activities and governance framework. These activities include, but are not limited to, regular emerging risk reviews

(amongst others macro-economic development and geopolitical conflict) as well as portfolio deep dives, day to day risk

management on the level of individual borrowers, and regular model validations. Portfolios which have been identified

for enhanced monitoring and downside risk assessment for the Group in 2025 included Commercial Real Estate (CRE),

clients vulnerable to U.S. Tariffs and sectors considered vulnerable to Climate transition and physical risks.

In addition, the bank is monitoring developing market trends, which currently relate to technology and Financial,

Insurance and Non-Bank Financial Institutions (NBFI) activities, particularly around Private Credit, and where the focus is

increasing.

CRE markets continue to face headwinds due to the impacts of higher interest rates, reduced market liquidity combined

with tightened lending conditions, and structural changes in the office sector. Market stress has been more pronounced

in the U.S, where property price indices show a more substantial decline in CRE asset values from recent peaks compared

to Europe and APAC. Especially, within the office segment, particularly the U.S. West Coast, the market weakness is most

evident in the U.S., reflected in subdued leasing activity and higher vacancy rates compared to Europe.

Although the U.S. administration’s tariff policy is still unpredictable, the macro-economic environment has improved

since the volatile market conditions post the U.S. administrations’ April 2, 2025 announcement of sweeping tariffs, A

longer period has also elapsed since the U.S. administration tariff announcements started, reducing the uncertainty

regarding potentially vulnerable clients. The bank expects any risk factors impacting ECL’s to be captured through

standard risk management procedures e.g., rating downgrades and watchlist inclusions and therefore no tariff related

overlays have been booked as of December 31, 2025. Although tariffs remain under close review, it would not be

considered a standalone key risk theme but rather integrated into the broader portfolio dynamics.

Climate transition and physical risks present growing risks to the bank’s sectoral and regional portfolios. Managing

climate transition and physical risks is a key component of Deutsche Bank’s risk management and wider sustainability

strategy, where 2025 materiality assessments and climate stress test results conclude that potential credit risk impacts

are well-contained in the short term.

Further details are provided in the section “Focus areas in 2025”.

External developing themes

Developing risk themes in high focus externally, include (i) the rapid expansion, lack of transparency and potential

interconnected risks associated with Private Credit and wider NBFI exposure and (ii) increasing concerns around

Technology sector valuations and the sustainability of the current AI-led capital expenditure and its impact on business

models and potential credit risk implications to clients.

Non-Bank Financial Institutions and Private Credit

Loans to Private Credit, generally categorized as NBFI Lending, are subject to heightened scrutiny due to recent default

events in the market. The bank’s Private Credit portfolio accounts for € 25.9 billion (2024: € 24.5 billion) of the loans at

amortized cost. Approximately 73% of this exposure is to multi-asset Lender facilities (ABS) collateralized by highly

diversified mid-market corporate loans in the U.S. and the EU, across industry sectors, with conservative advance rates of

~65% and almost entirely investment grade rated. The remainder is diversified across single and multi asset lenders Net

Asset Value (NAV) Financing, Single Asset Financing, non-bank CRE lending, business development companies (BDC) and

subscription finance.

The bank applies conservative underwriting standards to its Private Credit exposures, including assessment of sponsor and

investor quality and other structural features. Advance rates are linked to the overall risk profile of the underlying exposure.

Portfolios are managed under dedicated risk appetite frameworks with regular stress testing and active monitoring of credit

performance, collateral values and underlying diversification.

The above mentioned exposures are mainly a component of Deutsche Bank’s loans at amortized cost reported under the

Financial and Insurance Activities Industry Sector NACE which accounts for € 129.8 billion, while € 2.5 billion is spread

across other NACE categories. The Financial and Insurance Activities NACE constitutes a diverse range of exposures

including corporate, banking, wealth management, insurance and clearing obligors.

69

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital overview
Annual Report 2025 Key risk themes

Technology

Loan exposure to the Technology sector accounts for € 15.8 billion (2024: € 11.7 billion), at amortized cost, of which

€ 7.3 billion (2024: € 5.7 billion) is related to Data Centre Financing and a further € 3.2 billion (2024: € 2.7 billion) to

companies focused on software across a diverse range of clients, while the remainder relates mainly to manufacturers

including semi-conductors and hardware. The portfolio is concentrated on large, diversified industry leaders, primarily in the

U.S. Corporate exposures are 60% investment grade rated with limited appetite for smaller, lower rated clients. Almost 100%

of the loans are performing with only 5% in stage 2. Data Centre exposures are predominantly project finance related and

focused on facilities that benefit from long-term leases from investment grade rated global hyperscalers.

Specific risk appetite is set for the overall Technology portfolio as well as for the Data Centre portfolio. Portfolio risk

appetite, and origination standards are regularly reviewed. There is also technology related underwriting exposure, which

is originated to distribute, broadly diversified across issuers and subject to additional restrictions and monitoring as well

as portfolio-based hedging

The bank's Technology exposure is reported under multiple NACE codes reflecting the nature of the underlying risk mainly

shown under Financial and Insurance companies (€ 6.2 billion), Information and Communications (€ 4.5 billion),

Manufacturing (€ 3.0 bn) and Real Estate Activities (€ 0.9 billion).

70

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital framework
Annual Report 2025 Risk management principles

Risk and capital framework

Risk management principles

Deutsche Bank’s business model inherently involves taking risks. Risks can be of financial or operational nature and

include on and off-balance sheet risks. Deutsche Bank’s objective is to create sustainable value in the interests of the

company taking into consideration shareholders, employees and other company-related stakeholders. The risk

management framework contributes to this by aligning planned and actual risk taking with risk appetite as expressed by

the Management Board, while being in line with available capital and liquidity.

Deutsche Bank’s risk management framework consists of various components, which include the established internal

control mechanisms. Principles and standards are set for each component:

–Risk governance structures provide oversight of the Bank’s risk profile against risk appetite

–Organizational structures follow the Three Lines of Defense (“3LoD”) model with a clear definition of roles and

responsibilities for all risk types

–The 1st Line of Defense (“1st LoD”) refers to those roles in the Bank whose activities generate risks, whether

financial or operational, and who own and are accountable for these risks. The 1st LoD manages these risks within

the defined risk appetite, establishes an appropriate risk governance, and adheres to the risk type frameworks

defined by the 2nd Line of Defense (“2nd LoD”)

–The 2nd LoD refers to the roles in the Bank who define the risk management framework for a specific risk type. The

2nd LoD independently assesses and challenges the implementation of the risk type framework and adherence to

the risk appetite, and acts as an advisor to the 1st LoD on how to identify, assess and manage risks.

–The 3rd Line of Defense (“3rd LoD”) is Group Audit. This function provides an independent and objective assurance

on the adequacy of the design, operating effectiveness and efficiency of the risk management system and systems

of internal control

–The Management Board-approved risk appetite must be cascaded and adhered to across all dimensions of the Group,

with appropriate consequences in the event of a breach

–Risks must be identified and assessed

–Risks must be actively managed including appropriate risk mitigation and effective internal control systems

–Risks must be measured and reported using accurate, complete and timely data using approved models

–Regular stress tests must be performed against adverse scenarios and appropriate crisis response planning must be

established

The Group promotes a strong risk culture in which every employee must fully understand and take a holistic view of the

risks which could result from their actions, understand the consequences and manage them appropriately against the

risk appetite of the bank. The bank expects employees to exhibit behaviors that support a strong risk culture in line with

the bank’s Code of Conduct. To promote this, Deutsche Bank’s policies require that risks taken (including against risk

appetite) must be considered during the bank’s performance assessment and compensation processes. This expectation

continues to be reinforced through communications campaigns and mandatory training courses for all DB employees. In

addition, Management Board members and senior management frequently communicate the importance of a strong risk

culture to support a consistent tone from the top.

Deutsche Bank’s risk management and internal control system is described in more detail in Deutsche Bank’s Pillar 3

Report. The risk management and internal control system also covers sustainability-related objectives.

The Management Board is of the opinion that a risk management framework and internal control system has been

established which is, in its entirety, appropriate and effective for the bank’s business model and risk profile.

71

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital framework
Annual Report 2025 Risk governance

Risk governance

Deutsche Bank’s operations throughout the world are regulated and supervised by relevant authorities in each of the

jurisdictions in which the bank conducts business. Such regulation focuses on licensing, capital adequacy, liquidity, risk

concentration, conduct of business as well as organizational and reporting requirements. The European Central Bank

(ECB) in connection with the competent authorities of EU countries which joined the Single Supervisory Mechanism via

the Joint Supervisory Team act in cooperation as Deutsche Bank’s primary supervisors to monitor the bank’s compliance

with the German Banking Act and other applicable laws and regulations.

Several layers of management provide cohesive risk governance:

Deutsche Bank’s Supervisory Board is informed regularly on the risk situation, risk management and risk controlling,

including reputational risk related items as well as material litigation cases; it has formed various committees to handle

specific topics (for a detailed description of these committees, please see the “Report of the Supervisory Board”, as well

as chapter “Supervisory Board” in the “Corporate Governance Statement according to Sec. 289f and 315d of the German

Commercial Code”)

–At the meetings of the Risk Committee, the Management Board reports on current and forward-looking risk

exposures, portfolios, on risk appetite and strategy and on matters deemed relevant for the assessment and oversight

of the risk situation of Deutsche Bank AG, including material legal and reputational risks; it also reports on loans

requiring a Supervisory Board resolution pursuant to law or the Articles of Association; the Risk Committee oversees

that the Management Board has in place processes to promote the adherence of Deutsche Bank AG to the applicable

risk policies and regulations, also covering legal and reputational risks; the Risk Committee advises on issues related to

the overall risk appetite, aggregate risk position and the risk strategy and keeps the Supervisory Board informed of its

activities

–The Audit Committee, among other matters, supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring the effectiveness of the

risk management system, particularly of the internal control system including the compliance management system as

well as sustainability-related issues and the internal audit system, as well as the Management Board’s remediation of

deficiencies identified

The Management Board is responsible for managing Deutsche Bank Group in accordance with the law, the Articles of

Association and its Terms of Reference with the objective of creating sustainable value in the interest of the company,

thus taking into consideration the interests of the shareholders, employees and other company related stakeholders; the

Management Board is responsible for ensuring a proper business organization, encompassing appropriate and effective

risk management, as well as compliance with legal requirements and internal guidelines; the Management Board

established the Group Risk Committee as the central forum for review and decision on material risk and capital-related

topics; the Group Risk Committee is described in more detail below.

72

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital framework
Annual Report 2025 Risk governance

Risk management governance structure of the Deutsche Bank Group

supervisioryboardcommittee.jpg

The following functional committees are central to the management of risk at Deutsche Bank:

–The Group Risk Committee has various duties and dedicated authority, including approval of new or changed material

risk and capital models and review of the inventory of risks, high-level risk portfolios, risk exposure developments,

internal and regulatory Group-wide stress testing results, and approval of resource limits, endorsed by the Group

Asset & Liability Committee, for Total Capital Demand, Leverage exposure and Economic Capital Demand; in addition,

the Group Risk Committee reviews and recommends items for Management Board approval, such as key risk

management principles, the Group risk appetite statement, the Group recovery plan and the contingency funding

plan, over-arching risk appetite parameters, and recovery and escalation indicators; the Group Risk Committee also

supports the Management Board during Group-wide risk and capital planning processes

–The Group Reputational Risk Committee has the responsibility to review, decide and manage all transactions, client

relationships or other primary reputational risk matters escalated in line with the underlying reputational risk policies

and framework, including from the Regional Reputational Risk Committees

–The Financial Resource Management Council is an ad-hoc governance body, chaired by the Chief Financial Officer

and the Chief Risk Officer, with delegated authority from the Management Board, to oversee financial crisis

management at the bank; the Financial Resource Management Council provides a single forum to oversee execution

of both the contingency funding plan and the Group recovery plan; the council recommends upon mitigating actions

to be taken in a time of anticipated or actual capital or liquidity stress; specifically, the Financial Resource

Management Council is tasked with analyzing the bank’s capital and liquidity position, in anticipation of a stress

scenario recommending proposals for capital and liquidity related matters and overseeing the execution of decisions

–The Group Asset & Liability Committee has been established by the Management Board with the mandate to optimize

the sourcing and deployment of the bank’s balance sheet and financial resources within the overarching risk appetite

set by the Management Board

Deutsche Bank’s Chief Risk Officer, who is a member of the Management Board, has Group-wide, supra-divisional

responsibility for establishing a risk management framework with appropriate identification, measurement, monitoring,

mitigation and reporting of liquidity, credit, market, enterprise, model and operational risks; however, frameworks for

certain risks are established by other functions as per the business allocation plan.

73

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital framework
Annual Report 2025 Risk governance

The Chief Risk Officer has direct management responsibility for the Chief Risk Office function. Risk management and

control duties in the Chief Risk Office function are generally assigned to specialized risk management units focusing on

the management of

–Specific risk types

–Risks within a specific business

–Risks in a specific region.

These specialized risk management units generally handle the following core tasks:

–Foster consistency with the risk appetite set by the Management Board and applied to business segments and their

business units

–Determine and implement risk and capital management policies, procedures and methodologies that are appropriate

to the businesses within each business segment

–Establish and approve risk limits

–Conduct periodic portfolio reviews to keep the portfolio of risks within acceptable parameters

–Develop and implement risk and capital management infrastructures and systems that are appropriate for each

business segment

While operating independently from each other and the business segments, the Finance and Risk functions have the joint

responsibility to quantify and verify the risk that the bank assumes.

74

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital framework
Annual Report 2025 Risk identification and assessment

Risk identification and assessment

Risks to Deutsche Bank’s businesses and infrastructure functions, including under stressed conditions, are regularly

identified. This assessment incorporates input from both first and second line of defense, with the identified risks

assessed for materiality based on their severity and likelihood of materialization. The assessment of risks is

complemented by a view on emerging risks applying a forward-looking perspective. This risk identification and

assessment process results in the risk inventory which captures the material risks for the Group, and where relevant,

across businesses, entities and branches.

Regular updates to the Group risk inventory are reported to the Group Risk Committee and the Management Board. The

inventory informs key risk management processes, including the development of stress scenarios tailored to Deutsche

Bank’s risk profile and informing risk appetite setting and monitoring. Risks in the inventory are also mapped to risks in

the Group risk type taxonomy, where a corresponding materiality assessment is also provided.

Risk appetite and capacity

Risk appetite expresses the aggregate level and types of risk that Deutsche Bank is willing to assume to achieve strategic

objectives, as defined by a set of quantitative metrics and qualitative statements. Risk capacity is defined as the

maximum level of risk that can be assumed given Deutsche Bank’s capital and liquidity base, risk management and

control capabilities, and regulatory constraints.

Risk appetite is an integral element in business planning processes via risk strategy and plan, to promote the appropriate

alignment of risk, capital and performance targets, while at the same time considering risk capacity, risk-return and

appetite constraints from both financial and non-financial risks. Compliance of the plan with risk appetite and capacity is

also tested under stressed market conditions. Top-down risk appetite serves as the limit for risk-taking for the bottom-up

planning from the business functions.

The Management Board reviews and approves risk appetite and capacity on an annual basis, or more frequently in the

event of unexpected changes to the risk environment, with the aim of ensuring that they are consistent with the Group’s

strategy, business and regulatory environment and stakeholders’ requirements.

In order to determine risk appetite and capacity, different group level limits and triggers on a forward-looking basis are

set and the escalation requirements for further action are defined. Deutsche Bank assigns risk metrics that are sensitive

to the material risks to which Deutsche Bank is exposed and which function as indicators of financial health. In addition

to that, the risk and recovery management framework is linked with the risk appetite framework.

Reports relating to risk profile as compared to Deutsche Bank’s risk appetite and strategy and the monitoring thereof are

presented regularly up to the Management Board. In the event that desired risk appetite is breached, a predefined

escalation governance matrix is applied so these breaches are highlighted to the appropriate governance bodies.

75

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital framework
Annual Report 2025 Risk measurement and reporting systems

Risk measurement and reporting systems

Overview

Deutsche Bank’s risk measurement systems support regulatory reporting and external disclosures, as well as internal

management reporting across all risk types. The risk infrastructure incorporates the relevant legal entities and business

segments and provides the basis for reporting on risk positions, capital adequacy and limit, threshold, or target utilization

to the relevant functions on a regular and ad-hoc basis. Established units within the CFO and CRO function assume

responsibility for measurement, analysis and reporting of risk while promoting sufficient quality and integrity of risk-

related data and consider, where relevant, the principles for effective risk data aggregation and risk reporting as per the

Basel Committee on Banking Supervision's regulation number 239 (“BCBS 239”). The Group’s risk management systems

are reviewed by Group Audit following a risk-based audit approach.

Deutsche Bank’s reporting is an integral part of Deutsche Bank’s risk management framework and as such aligns with the

organizational setup by delivering consistent information on Group level and for material legal entities as well as

breakdowns by risk types, business segments and material business units.

The following principles guide Deutsche Bank’s “risk measurement and reporting” practices:

–Deutsche Bank monitors risks taken against risk appetite on various levels across the Group, e.g., Group, business

segments, material business units, material legal entities, risk types, material asset classes, portfolio and counterparty

levels

–Risk reporting is required to be accurate, clear, useful and complete and must convey reconciled and validated risk

data to communicate information in a concise manner to ensure, across material financial and operational risks, the

bank’s risk profile is clearly understood

–Senior risk committees, such as the Group Risk Committee, as well as the Management Board who are responsible for

risk and capital management receive regular reporting (as well as ad-hoc reporting as required)

–Dedicated teams within Deutsche Bank proactively manage material financial and non-financial risks and must ensure

that required management information is in place to enable proactive identification and management of risks and

avoid undue concentrations within a specific risk type and across risks (Cross-Risk view)

In applying the previously mentioned principles, Deutsche Bank maintains a common basis for all risk reports and aims to

minimize segregated reporting efforts to allow Deutsche Bank to provide consistent information, which only differs by

granularity and audience focus.

Key risk metrics

The Bank identifies a large number of metrics within its risk measurement systems which support regulatory reporting

and external disclosures, as well as internal management reporting across risks and for material risk types. Deutsche Bank

designates a subset of those as “Key Risk Metrics” that represent the most critical ones for which the Bank places an

appetite, limit, threshold or target at Group level and/or are reported routinely to senior management for discussion or

decision making. The identified Key Risk Metrics include Capital Adequacy and Liquidity metrics; further details can be

found in the section “Key risk metrics” at the beginning of the Risk Report.

76

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital framework
Annual Report 2025 Risk measurement and reporting systems

Key risk reports

While a large number of reports are used across the Bank, Deutsche Bank designates a subset of these as “Key Risk

Reports” that are critical to support Deutsche Bank’s Risk Management Framework through the provision of risk

information to senior management and therefore enable the relevant governing bodies to monitor, steer and control the

Bank’s risk taking activities effectively. To ensure that Key Risk Reports meet recipients’ requirements, report producing

functions regularly check whether the Key Risk Reports are clear and useful.

The main reports on risk and capital management that are used to provide Deutsche Bank’s central governance bodies

with information relating to the Group risk profile are the following:

–The monthly Risk and Capital Profile report is a Cross-Risk report, provides a comprehensive view of Deutsche Bank’s

risk profile and is used to inform the Group Risk Committee as well as the Management Board and subsequently the

Risk Committee of the Supervisory Board; the Risk and Capital Profile includes risk type specific and Business-Aligned

overviews and Enterprise-wide risk topics; it also includes updates on Key Group Risk Appetite Metrics and other Key

Portfolio risk type Control Metrics as well as updates on Key Risk Developments, highlighting areas of particular

interest with updates on corresponding risk management strategies

–The Weekly Risk Report is a weekly briefing covering high-level topical issues across key risk areas and is submitted

every Friday to the Members of the Group Risk Committee and the Management Board and subsequently to the

Members of the Risk Committee of the Supervisory Board; the Weekly Risk Report is characterized by the ad-hoc

nature of its commentary as well as coverage of themes and focuses on more volatile risk metrics

–Deutsche Bank runs several Group-wide macroeconomic stress tests. A monthly Risk Appetite scenario serves the

purpose to set and regularly monitor the bank’s stress loss appetite; in addition, there are topical scenarios which are

escalated to the Group Risk Committee if deemed necessary; the stressed key performance indicators are

benchmarked against the Group Risk Appetite thresholds

While the above reports are used at a Group level to monitor and review the risk profile of Deutsche Bank holistically,

there are other, supplementing standard and ad-hoc management reports, including for risk types or Focus Portfolios,

which are used to monitor and control the risk profile.

Strategic and capital plan

Deutsche Bank conducts annually an integrated strategic planning process which lays out the development of the future

strategic direction for the Group and the individual business areas. The strategic plan aims to create, among other things,

a holistic perspective on capital, funding, and risk under risk-return considerations. This process translates long-term

strategic targets into measurable short- to medium-term financial targets and objectives and enables intra-year

performance monitoring and management. Thereby the Group aims to identify growth options by considering the risks

involved and the allocation of available capital resources to drive sustainable performance. Risk-specific portfolio

strategies complement this framework and allow for an in-depth implementation of the risk strategy on portfolio level,

addressing risk specifics including risk concentrations.

The strategic planning process consists of two phases: a top-down target setting and a bottom-up substantiation.

In a first phase – the top-down target setting – Deutsche Bank’s key targets for profit and loss (including revenues and

costs), RoTE, CIR, capital supply, capital demand as well as leverage, funding and liquidity are defined and discussed for

the group and the key business areas. The global macro-economic outlook and the expected regulatory framework is the

basis for the target setting. Targets and objectives for the Group and the individual business areas are reviewed,

challenged and approved by the Management Board.

In a second phase, the top-down targets are substantiated bottom-up by detailed business unit plans, which consist of a

month-by-month operating plan for year one; years two and three are planned per quarter and years four and five are

annual plans. The bottom-up plans are reviewed and challenged by Finance and Risk and are discussed individually with

the respective business heads. Thereby, the specifics of the business are considered, and concrete targets agreed in line

with the bank’s strategic direction. The bottom-up phase includes the preparation of plans for key legal entities to review

local risk and capitalization levels. Stress tests complement the strategic plan to consider the resilience of the plan

against adverse market conditions.

77

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital framework
Annual Report 2025 Stress testing

The resulting Strategic and Capital Plan is presented to the Management Board for discussion and approval. The final

plan is subsequently presented to the Supervisory Board.

The Strategic and Capital Plan is designed to support the Group’s strategy to accelerate value creation by scaling the

Global Hausbank and the bank’s long-term ambition to become the European Champion in banking. The Strategic and

Capital Plan overall aims to ensure:

–Balanced risk adjusted performance across business areas and units

–High risk management standards with focus on risk concentrations

–Compliance with regulatory requirements

–Strong capital and liquidity position

–Stable funding and liquidity strategy allowing for business planning within the liquidity risk appetite and regulatory

requirements

The Strategic and Capital Planning process allows to:

–set earnings and key risk and capital adequacy targets considering the bank’s strategic focus and business plans

–assess the capital adequacy with regard to internal and external requirements (i.e., economic capital and regulatory

capital)

–apply appropriate stress test analyses to assess the impact on capital demand, capital supply and liquidity

All externally communicated financial targets are monitored on an ongoing basis in appropriate management

committees. Any projected shortfall versus targets is discussed together with potential mitigating strategies with the aim

to ensure that the Group remains on track to achieve the targets. Amendments to the Strategic and Capital Plan must be

approved by the Management Board. Achieving the externally communicated solvency targets ensures that the Group

also complies with the solvency ratio related Group Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) requirements as

articulated by the home supervisor.

Stress testing

Deutsche Bank has implemented a stress test framework to satisfy internal as well as external stress test requirements

covering worldwide macroeconomic stress assessments as well as more targeted stress tests such as climate and cyber

related stress approaches. The internal stress tests are based on in-house developed methods and inform a variety of risk

management use cases (risk type specific as well as cross-risk). Internal stress tests form an integral part of Deutsche

Bank’s risk management framework complementing traditional risk measures. The cross-risk stress test framework, the

Group Wide Stress Test Framework (GWST), serves a variety of bank management processes, in particular the strategic

planning process, the ICAAP, the risk appetite framework and tangible equity allocation to business units. Capital plan

stress testing is performed to assess the viability of the bank’s capital plan in adverse circumstances and to demonstrate

a clear link between risk appetite, business strategy, capital plan and stress testing. The regulatory stress tests, e.g., the

EBA stress test and the US-based CCAR (Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review) stress tests, are strictly following

the processes and methodologies as prescribed by the regulatory authorities.

Deutsche Bank’s internal stress tests are performed on a regular basis in order to assess the impact of severe economic

downturns as well as adverse bank-specific events on the bank’s risk profile and financial position. The bank’s stress

testing framework comprises regular sensitivity-based and scenario-based approaches addressing different severities

and regional hotspots. All material risk types are included in the stress testing activities. These activities are

complemented by portfolio- and country-specific downside analysis as well as further regulatory requirements, such as

annual reverse stress tests and additional stress tests requested by regulators on group or legal entity level. The applied

methodologies undergo regular scrutiny from Deutsche Bank’s internal validation team (Model Risk Management) to

ensure they correctly capture the impact of a given stress scenario. In addition, the group-wide stress framework is

subject to regular reviews by Deutsche Bank’s group audit function.

78

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital framework
Annual Report 2025 Stress testing

The initial phase of Deutsche Bank’s cross-risk stress test consists of defining a macroeconomic downturn scenario by

Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management (ETRM) Risk Research in cooperation with business specialists through a

formal governance forum, the Stress Working Group. ETRM Risk Strategy maintains a risk radar featuring key risk trends

and emerging risk themes including political and economic developments relevant for the design of potentially harmful

macroeconomic scenarios. Based on quantitative models and expert judgments, economic parameters such as foreign

exchange rates, interest rates, GDP growth or unemployment rates are set accordingly and define the narrative under

which the bank’s solvency position is assessed. The scenario parameters are translated into specific risk drivers by subject

matter experts in the risk units. Based on the bank’s internal model framework for stress testing, the following major

metrics are calculated under stress: risk-weighted assets, impacts on profit and loss and economic capital by risk type.

These results are aggregated at the Group level, and key metrics such as the CET 1 ratio, Total Capital ratio, Economic

Capital Adequacy ratio, MREL ratio and Leverage Ratio under stress are derived. Stress impacts on the Liquidity Coverage

Ratio (LCR) and other Liquidity indicators are also considered. Stress results are also communicated internally at a more

granular business unit level and considered in Deutsche Bank’s risk appetite as well as capital allocation processes. The

time horizon of internal stress tests ranges from one to five years, depending on the use case and scenario assumptions.

The Stress Working Group reviews the final stress results. After comparing these results against the bank’s defined risk

appetite, a specific mitigation strategy may be developed and applied to remediate the stress impacts in case of risk

appetite threshold breaches. The stress results also feed into the recovery planning which is crucial for the recoverability

of the bank in times of crisis. The outcome is presented to senior management up to the Management Board to raise

awareness on the highest level as it provides key insights into specific business vulnerabilities and contributes to the

overall risk profile assessment of the bank.

The Group-wide stress tests performed in 2025 indicated that the bank’s capitalization together with available mitigation

measures as defined in the Group Recovery Plan is adequate to reach the internally set stress exit levels.

The cross-risk reverse stress test leverages the GWST framework and is typically performed annually in order to

challenge Deutsche Bank’s business model by determining scenarios which would cause the bank to become unviable.

Such a reverse stress test is based on a hypothetical macroeconomic scenario enriched by idiosyncratic events based on

the top risks monitored by each risk type. Comparing the non-viability scenario to the current economic environment, the

probability of occurrence of such a hypothetical stress scenario is considered to be extremely low. Given this, it is the

bank’s view that its business continuity is not at risk.

In 2025, the bank has performed multi-year stress tests as part of the annual strategic planning process for 2025 using

two severe adverse scenarios, namely a “Severe EU-led global recession” scenario and a “Severe trade war” scenario. In

addition, further scenarios have been implemented (e.g., “US crisis of confidence”) aligned to the increased geopolitical

uncertainties.

In addition to the GWST that includes all material risk types and major revenue streams, Deutsche Bank has individual

stress test programs in place for all relevant risk metrics in line with regulatory requirements. The relevant stress test

programs are described in the sections about the individual risk management methods.

In 2025, Deutsche Bank was subject to the biannual EBA Stress Test testing the resilience of European banks. The

outcome of the stress test influences the Pillar 2 Guidance for CET1 and leverage ratio and informs the Pillar 2

requirement. Compared to previous comparable stress tests, Deutsche Bank’s disclosed CET1 ratio depletion was lower

under the adverse scenario in line with improved profitability.

Deutsche Bank’s core U.S. subsidiary, DB USA Corporation, also took part in a major regulatory stress test in 2025 i.e., the

US-based CCAR stress test, as implemented pursuant to the U.S. Dodd-Frank Act. In the CCAR stress test, the Federal

Reserve (FRB) disclosed the stress capital depletion for DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation; the outcome of

which showed that each entity remains very well-capitalized even after withstanding a hypothetical severe stress

environment.

Deutsche Bank performs an annual climate stress test to assess its resilience to climate-related risks. The 2025 stress

test incorporated a range of transition and physical risk scenarios over short, medium and long-term time horizons. The

scope of the exercise included portfolios deemed material for climate risk across different risk types. The results of the

stress test are integrated into relevant processes, including risk appetite, business planning and ICAAP.

79

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital framework
Annual Report 2025 Recovery and resolution planning

Recovery and resolution planning

In the EU, the Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation (SRM Regulation) and the Bank Recovery and Resolution

Directive (BRRD) aim at reducing the likelihood of another financial crisis, enhance the resilience of institutions under

stress, and eventually support the long-term stability of the financial systems without exposing taxpayers’ money to

losses.

In line with the provisions of the BRRD (which was mainly implemented in Germany by the German Recovery and

Resolution Act (Sanierungs- und Abwicklungsgesetz, SAG)) and the SRM Regulation, Deutsche Bank maintains a recovery

and resolution planning framework designed to identify and manage the impact of adverse events in a timely and

coordinated manner.

The bank maintains a group recovery plan specifying measures to restore the financial position following a significant

deterioration of its financial situation. The group recovery plan is updated at least annually and approved by the

Management Board.

The group resolution plan, on the other hand, is prepared by the resolution authorities, rather than by the bank itself.

Deutsche Bank works closely with the Single Resolution Board (SRB) and the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienst-

leistungsaufsicht (BaFin) who establish the group resolution plan for Deutsche Bank, which is currently based on a single

point of entry open bank bail-in as the preferred resolution strategy. Under the single point of entry bail-in strategy, the

parent entity Deutsche Bank AG would be recapitalized through a write-down and/or conversion to equity of capital

instruments (Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1, Tier 2) and other eligible liabilities in order to stabilize the group.

Within one month after the application of the bail-in tool to recapitalize an institution, the BRRD (as implemented in the

SAG) requires such institution to prepare a business reorganization plan, addressing the causes of failure and aiming to

restore the institution's long-term viability. To further support and improve operational continuity of the bank for

resolution planning purposes, Deutsche Bank has completed additional preparations, such as adding termination stay

clauses into client financial agreements governed by non-EU law and including continuity provisions into key service

agreements. Financial contracts and service agreements governed by EU law are already covered by statutory laws

which prevent termination solely due to any resolution measure. Deutsche Bank regularly tests its capabilities and

processes to execute the preferred strategy in dry runs. In addition to the preferred resolution strategy, the bank is

further analyzing in close cooperation with the SRB and BaFin a variant resolution strategy, exploring the applicability of

the sale of business tool, the asset management vehicle, or the bridge bank in combination with the bail-in tool.

In the United States, Deutsche Bank AG is required under Title I of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer

Protection Act of 2010 (the Dodd-Frank Act), as amended, to prepare and submit to the Federal Reserve Board and the

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) either a full or targeted resolution plan (the U.S. Resolution Plan) on a

timeline prescribed by such agencies. The U.S. Resolution Plan must demonstrate that Deutsche Bank AG has the ability

to execute and implement a strategy for the orderly resolution of its designated U.S. material entities and operations. For

foreign-based companies subject to these resolution planning requirements such as Deutsche Bank AG, the U.S.

Resolution Plan relates only to subsidiaries, branches, agencies and businesses that are domiciled in or whose activities

are carried out in whole or in material part in the United States. Deutsche Bank’s U.S. Resolution Plan describes the single

point of entry strategy for Deutsche Bank’s U.S. material entities and operations and prescribes that DB USA Corporation,

one of the bank’s intermediate holding companies, would provide the necessary liquidity and capital support to its U.S.

material entity subsidiaries and ensure their partial sale or solvent wind-down outside of applicable resolution

proceedings. Deutsche Bank submitted its most recent full U.S. Resolution Plan by the October 1, 2025 due date.

Deutsche Bank's next resolution plan submission is a targeted U.S. Resolution Plan that is due by July 1, 2028.

80

Deutsche Bank Risk type management
Annual Report 2025 Capital Risk Management

Risk type management

Capital Risk Management

Internal capital adequacy assessment process

Deutsche Bank’s internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) consists of several components which ensure

that Deutsche Bank maintains sufficient capital to cover the risks to which the bank is exposed on an ongoing basis:

–Risk identification and assessment: The risk identification process forms the basis of the ICAAP and results in an

inventory of risks for the Group; all risks identified are assessed for their materiality; further details can be found in

section “Risk identification and assessment”

–Capital demand/risk measurement: Risk measurement models are applied to quantify the regulatory and economic

capital demand which is required to cover all material risks except for those which cannot be adequately limited by

capital e.g., liquidity risk; further details can be found in sections “Risk profile” and “Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and

MREL”

–Capital supply: Capital supply quantification refers to the definition of available capital resources to absorb

unexpected losses; further details can be found in sections “Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL” and “Economic

Capital Adequacy”

–Risk appetite: Deutsche Bank has established a set of qualitative statements, quantitative metrics and thresholds

which express the level of risk that Deutsche Bank is willing to assume to achieve strategic objectives; threshold

breaches are subject to a dedicated governance framework triggering management actions aimed to safeguard

capital adequacy; further details can be found in sections “Risk appetite and capacity” and “Capital risk limits”

–Capital planning: The risk appetite limits for capital adequacy metrics constitute boundaries which have to be met in

the capital plan to safeguard capital adequacy on a forward-looking basis; further details can be found in section

“Strategic and capital plan”

–Stress testing: Capital plan figures are also considered under various stress test scenarios to prove resilience and

overall viability of the bank; regulatory and economic capital adequacy metrics are also subject to regular stress tests

throughout the year to constantly evaluate Deutsche Bank’s capital position in hypothetical stress scenarios and to

detect vulnerabilities under stress; further details can be found in section “Stress testing”

–Capital adequacy assessment: Although capital adequacy is constantly monitored throughout the year, the ICAAP

concludes with a dedicated annual capital adequacy statement (CAS); the assessment consists of a Management

Board statement about Deutsche Bank’s capital adequacy, which is linked to specific conclusions and management

actions to be taken to safeguard capital adequacy on a forward-looking basis

As part of its ICAAP, Deutsche Bank distinguishes between a normative perspective and an economic internal

perspective. The normative internal perspective refers to a multi-year assessment of the ability to fulfil all capital-related

legal requirements and supervisory demands. The economic internal perspective refers to an internal process using

internal economic capital demand models and an internal economic capital supply definition. Both perspectives focus on

maintaining the continuity of Deutsche Bank on an ongoing basis under a baseline and an adverse scenario.

81

Deutsche Bank Risk type management
Annual Report 2025 Capital Risk Management

Capital risk framework

Capital risk is defined as the risk that Deutsche Bank has an insufficient level or composition of capital supply to support

its current and planned business activities and associated risks during normal and stressed conditions.

The Group’s capital risk framework consists of several elements which aim to ensure that Deutsche Bank maintains on an

ongoing basis an adequate capitalization to cover the risks to which it is exposed. The framework is strongly integrated

with the bank-wide strategic planning process and closely linked to Deutsche Bank’s internal capital adequacy

assessment process. Treasury together with the divisions is the key risk manager of the associated risks and represents

the 1st LoD. Enterprise & Treasury Risk Management acts as the 2nd LoD for capital risk.

Enterprise & Treasury Risk Management sets the ICAAP framework, assesses the capital risk profile and provides

independent challenge to Treasury. This includes setting of risk appetite limits for key capital ratios. Limits also provide

boundaries to the capital plan and are fully integrated into the regular assessment of capital risk under stress scenarios.

Deutsche Bank’s Treasury function manages solvency, capital adequacy, leverage, and bail-in capacity ratios at Group

level and locally in each region, as applicable. Treasury develops Deutsche Bank’s capital plan, which is approved by the

Management Board. Treasury, directly or through the Group Asset and Liability Committee, manages, among other

things, issuance and repurchase of shares and capital instruments, hedging of capital ratios against foreign exchange

swings, the design of shareholders’ equity allocation, and regional capital planning.

Treasury manages the issuance and repurchase of capital instruments, namely Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1

and Tier 2 capital instruments as well as TLAC/MREL eligible debt instruments. Treasury constantly monitors the market

for liability management trades.

Treasury manages the sensitivity of Deutsche Bank’s CET 1 ratio and capital towards swings in foreign currency exchange

rates against the euro. For this purpose, Treasury develops and executes suitable hedging strategies within the

constraints of a Management Board approved Risk Appetite. Capital invested into Deutsche Bank’s foreign subsidiaries

and branches is either not hedged, partially hedged or fully hedged. Thereby, Treasury aims to balance effects from

foreign exchange rate movements on capital, capital deduction items and risk weighted assets in foreign currency. In

addition, Treasury also accounts for associated hedge cost and implications on market risk weighted assets.

Capital risk limits

Capital risk appetite is operationalized through limits for all relevant capital adequacy metrics. Breaches of limits are

governed by a dedicated escalation up to and including actions under Deutsche Bank’s Recovery Plan.

Limits are defined for the key capital ratios and reviewed at least annually by the Management Board as part of Deutsche

Bank's annual strategic and capital plan, including for CET 1 ratio, Tier 1 ratio, total capital ratio, MREL and ECA ratio. As

a part of Deutsche Bank’s quarterly process, the Group Risk Committee approves divisional limits for total capital

demand, leverage exposure and economic capital demand.

Overall regulatory capital requirements are principally driven by either Deutsche Bank’s CET 1 ratio or leverage ratio

requirements, whichever is the more binding constraint. For the internal capital allocation, the combined contribution of

each segment to the Group’s CET 1 ratio, the Group’s leverage ratio and the Group’s Capital Loss under Stress are

weighted to reflect their relative importance and level of constraint to the Group. Contributions to the CET 1 ratio and

the leverage ratio are measured through RWA and Leverage Ratio Exposure (LRE). The Group’s Capital Loss under Stress

is a measure of the Group’s overall economic risk exposure under a defined stress scenario. Goodwill, other intangible

assets, and business-related regulatory capital deduction items included in total capital demand are directly allocated to

the respective segments, supporting the calculation of the allocated tangible shareholders equity and the respective

rate of return.

Most of Deutsche Bank’s subsidiaries and several of Deutsche Bank’s branches are subject to legal and regulatory capital

requirements. In developing, implementing, and testing Deutsche Bank’s capital and liquidity position, the bank fully

takes such legal and regulatory requirements into account. Any material capital requests of Deutsche Bank’s branches

and subsidiaries across the globe are presented to and approved by the Group Investment Committee prior to execution.

82

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Enterprise risk management

Enterprise Risk Management

ETRM provides a holistic view of the Bank’s risk profile across risk types, businesses and geographies. Key responsibilities

include:

–Defining the overarching risk management policy, including setting of risk management standards

–Setting and monitoring the Bank’s overarching risk appetite and cascading to business & entity dimensions

–Delivering insight through emerging risks and trends analysis, forward-looking stress tests, portfolio concentration,

deep-dive analyses and ad-hoc event reporting

–Developing and managing the climate risk management framework

–Providing risk reporting and analytics to key stakeholders, including senior management and regulators

–Acting as risk controlling function for credit risk including frameworks, risk appetite, reporting and portfolio analytics,

as well as model monitoring

Strategic risk

Strategic risk is the risk of a shortfall in planned earnings (excluding other material risks) due to incorrect business plans,

ineffective plan execution, or inability to effectively respond to material plan deviations. Strategic risk arises from the

exposure of the bank to the macroeconomic environment, changes in the competitive landscape, and regulatory and

technological developments. Additionally, it could occur due to errors in strategic positioning, the bank’s failure to

execute its planned strategy and/or a failure to effectively address underperformance versus plan targets.

The strategic plan is developed annually and presented to the Management Board for discussion and approval. The final

plan is presented to the Supervisory Board. The plan is challenged in an iterative process with respect to its assumptions,

credibility and integrity. During the year, execution of business strategies is regularly monitored to assess the

performance against targets. A more comprehensive description of this process is detailed in the section ‘Strategic and

Capital Plan’.

Strategic risk is measured through a dedicated risk model that quantifies potential losses caused by unexpected pre-tax

earnings shortfalls that cannot be offset by cost reductions under extreme but plausible market conditions over a 12-

month period. Strategic risk appetite is also established for the Group via dedicated metrics.

ETRM is the independent risk control function for Strategic Risk. A framework that includes setting risk appetite and

monitoring adherence is in place and aligns to the control standards the ETRM function set.

Portfolio concentration risk

Risk concentrations refer to clusters of the same or similar risk drivers within specific risk types (intra-risk concentrations

in credit, market, operational and strategic risks) as well as across different risk types (inter-risk concentrations). They

occur within and across counterparties, businesses, regions/countries, industries and products. The management and

monitoring of risk concentrations is achieved through a quantitative and qualitative approach, as follows:

–Intra-risk concentrations are assessed, monitored and mitigated by the individual risk functions (enterprise, credit,

market, operational and liquidity risk management). This is supported by risk appetite including limit setting on

different levels and/or management according to each risk type

–Inter-risk concentrations are managed through quantitative top-down stress-testing and qualitative bottom-up

reviews, identifying and assessing risk themes independent of any risk type and providing a holistic view across the

bank. The diversification effects between credit, market, operational and strategic risk are measured through an

economic capital model that quantifies the diversification benefit caused by non-perfect correlations between these

risk types. The calculation of the risk type diversification benefit is intended to ensure that the standalone economic

capital figures for the individual risk types are aggregated in an economically meaningful way

The most senior governance body for the oversight of risk concentrations is the Group Risk Committee (GRC).

83

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Enterprise risk management

Environmental, social and governance risk

The impacts of rising global average temperatures, the transition to a net zero economy and the enhanced focus on

climate change from society, regulators and the banking sector have led to the emergence of new and increasing sources

of financial and non-financial risks. These include the physical risks arising from extreme weather events growing in

frequency and severity, as well as transition risks as carbon intensive sectors are expected to face higher taxation,

reduced demand and restricted access to financing. These risks can impact Deutsche Bank across a broad range of

financial and non-financial risk types. Financial institutions are facing increased scrutiny on climate and broader ESG-

related issues from governments, regulators, shareholders and other bodies, leading to reputational risks if the Group is

not seen to support the transition to a lower carbon economy, to protect biodiversity and human rights, among other

themes.

Deutsche Bank’s risk strategy recognizes ESG as a theme that represents a broad range of areas of concern related to

environmental, social, or governance factors that cuts across multiple scenarios and risks. It must be ensured that all

non-financial ESG-related risks are identified and adequately assessed to include potential impacts driven by ESG

factors; the bank must ensure that controls are effective and any potential deficiencies are promptly escalated and

addressed. Deutsche Bank is regularly reviewing and enhancing its ESG-related risk management frameworks in

alignment with regulatory guidance and to ensure that ESG risks are actively managed and greenwashing risk is

mitigated. Limitations in terms of data, methodologies and industry standards for measuring and assessing climate and

other environmental risks continue to lead to a high degree of uncertainty in the bank’s climate-related disclosures. Anti-

ESG measures that were already established in some jurisdictions and have been reinforced and taken further may result

in the loss of existing business and the inability to conduct new business within those jurisdictions, while complying may

lead to reputational risks.

The management of risks stemming from environmental factors relies first and foremost with Deutsche Bank’s net zero-

aligned decarbonization targets for eight sectors: Oil and Gas (upstream), Power Generation, Automotive (light duty

vehicles), Steel, Coal mining, Cement, Shipping and Commercial Aviation. The pathways to achieve these targets are

incorporated into the bank’s risk management framework. Environmental risks are assessed through an annual climate

and environmental materiality assessment and internal stress test, across businesses, portfolios and risk types (Credit,

Market, Liquidity, Reputational and Operational). They are monitored through dedicated reports discussed in senior risk

committees and managed through risk appetite thresholds, policies requirements and exclusions (Environmental and

Social policy framework), and portfolio Early Warning Indicators (EWIs). Climate and environmental risks are incorporated

into the credit approval process for corporate clients via enhanced due diligence requirements. For corporate clients in

carbon-intensive sectors, as well as those in sectors vulnerable to climate-physical and nature (or “other environmental”)

risks, new loan requests above selected tenor and rating-based thresholds to corporate clients in carbon-intensive

sectors require a dedicated risk assessment from the Front Office and review by Credit Risk Management. Overall, these

risks are embedded within the bank’s business model and financial planning through the carbon budgets attributed to

the bank’s businesses derived from its decarbonization targets and through the inclusion of environmental risks within

the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP).

The Group Sustainability Committee acts as the main governance and decision-making body for sustainability-related

matters across Deutsche Bank. This includes the assessment of material impacts as well as risks and opportunities for the

Bank. The committee also sets the net zero targets for the bank.

The Management Board has delegated sustainability-related decisions to this committee, which is chaired by the Chief

Executive Officer and the Chief Sustainability Officer (Vice Chair). It receives monthly updates on financed emissions and

net zero alignment.

The Group Risk Committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer and established by the Management Board has the mandate

to oversee several risk and capital-related matters. This includes the responsibility for developing the bank’s Climate Risk

Framework. The Committee approves the Bank’s climate and environmental risk appetite, including appetite for

deviation from net zero decarbonization pathways. A number of committees are responsible for the development and

management of specific elements of climate and environmental risk.

The Net Zero Forum receives, in addition to the quarterly reports, monthly flash reports on key metrics (i.e., measuring

alignment with decarbonization targets and the consumption of divisional carbon budgets).

84

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk framework

Credit risk arises from all transactions where actual, contingent or potential claims against any counterparty, borrower,

obligor or issuer (which Deutsche Bank refers to collectively as “counterparties”) exist, including those claims that

Deutsche Bank plans to distribute. It captures the risk of loss because of a deterioration of a counterparty’s

creditworthiness or the failure of a counterparty to meet the terms of any contract with Deutsche Bank or otherwise

perform as agreed.

Based on the Risk Type Taxonomy, credit risk is grouped into four material categories, namely default/migration risk,

transaction/settlement risk (exposure risk), mitigation risk and concentration risk. This is complemented by a regular risk

identification and materiality assessment.

–Default/migration risk as the main element of credit risk, is the risk that a counterparty defaults on its payment

obligations or experiences material credit quality deterioration increasing the likelihood of a default

–Transaction/settlement risk is the risk that arises from any existing, contingent or potential future positive exposure

–Mitigation risk is the risk of higher losses due to risk mitigation measures not performing as anticipated

–Credit concentration risk is the risk of an adverse development in a specific single counterparty, country, industry or

product leading to a disproportionate deterioration in the risk profile of Deutsche Bank’s credit exposures to that

counterparty, country, industry or product

Deutsche Bank manages its credit risk using the following principles:

–Credit Risk is only accepted:

–for adopted clients

–after completed appropriate due diligence led by the respective origination teams as 1st LoD

–New products and changes to existing products having been assessed within Deutsche Bank Group’s Product

Lifecycle Policy

–If a rating has been assigned in line with agreed and approved processes

–If all credit relevant exposures are correctly reflected in the relevant risk systems

–If plans for an orderly termination of the risk positions have been considered

–Credit Risk is assumed within the applicable Risk Appetite

–Profit and Loss responsibility for credit exposures is kept by and remains with the originating Group Division

–Risk taken needs to be adequately compensated

–Risk must be continuously monitored and managed across 1LoD and CRM/“Marktfolge” as well as 2LoD

–Credit standards are applied consistently across all Units in order to maintain a favorable risk profile in line with the

Risk Appetite

–Collateral or other risk mitigating, hedging or rating transfer instruments, which can be an alternative source of

repayment do not substitute for underwriting standards and a thorough assessment of the debt service ability of a

counterparty has to be performed during the credit process

–Deutsche Bank strives to adequately secure, guarantee or hedge outright cash risk and longer tenor-exposures; this

approach does usually not include lower risk short-term transactions and facilities supporting specific trade finance or

other lower risk products where the margin allows for adequate loss coverage

–Deutsche Bank measures and consolidates globally all exposure and facilities to the same Obligor

–Deutsche Bank has established within Credit Risk Management – where appropriate – specialized teams for deriving

internal client ratings, analyzing and approving transactions or covering workout clients; for transaction approval

purposes, structured credit risk management teams are aligned to the respective products or specific risks to

ascertain adequate product expertise

–Where required, Deutsche Bank has established processes to manage credit exposures at a legal entity or regional

level

To meet the requirements of Article 190 CRR, Deutsche Bank has allocated the various control requirements for the

credit processes to units/role holders best suited to perform such controls

Climate and environmental risks are integrated across the different stages of the credit lifecycle including transaction

approval/client onboarding, risk classification and credit ratings, portfolio analysis and monitoring and collateral

valuation.

85

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Measuring credit risk

Credit risk is measured by credit rating, regulatory and internal capital demand and other key components like credit

limits as mentioned below.

The credit rating is an essential part of the bank’s underwriting and credit process and provides – amongst others – a

cornerstone for credit limit determination on an individual counterparty level, credit decision and transaction pricing as

well as the determination of regulatory capital demand for credit risk. Each counterparty must be rated, and each rating

has to be reviewed at least annually supported by ongoing monitoring of counterparties. A credit rating is a prerequisite

for any credit limit established/approved. For each credit rating, the appropriate rating approach has to be applied and

the derived credit rating has to be established in the relevant systems. Specific rating approaches have been established

to best reflect the respective characteristics of exposure classes, including specific product types, central governments

and central banks, institutions, corporates and retail.

Counterparties in the bank’s non-retail portfolios are rated by Deutsche Bank’s independent Credit Risk Management

function partly using automated or semi-automated rating systems. Given the largely homogeneous nature of the retail

portfolio, counterparty creditworthiness and ratings are derived by utilizing an automated decision engine. Country risk-

related ratings are provided by Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management (ETRM) Risk Research.

Deutsche Bank’s rating analysis is based on a combination of qualitative and quantitative factors. When rating a

counterparty, Deutsche Bank applies in-house assessment methodologies, as well as its 21-grade rating scale.

Changes to existing credit models and introduction of new models are approved by the Regulatory Credit Risk Model

Committee (RCRMC) chaired by the Head of Credit Risk Management before the models are used for credit decisions

and capital calculation for the first time or before they are significantly changed. Separately, for all model changes and

for new models an approval by Model Risk Management is required. Proposals with high impact are recommended for

approval to the Group Risk Committee. Furthermore, regulatory approval may also be required. The model validation is

performed independently of model development by Model Risk Management. The results of the regular validation

processes as stipulated by internal policies are brought to the attention of the RCRMC, even if the validation results do

not lead to a change.

Deutsche Bank measures risk-weighted assets to determine the regulatory capital demand for credit risk using

“advanced”, “foundation” and “standard” approaches of which “advanced” and “foundation” approaches are approved by

the bank’s regulator.

The advanced Internal Ratings Based Approach (IRBA) is the most sophisticated approach available under the regulatory

framework for credit risk and allows Deutsche Bank to make use of its internal credit rating models. These models

represent long-used key components of the internal risk measurement and management process supporting the credit

approval process, the economic capital and expected loss calculation and the internal monitoring and reporting of credit

risk. The relevant parameters include the probability of default (PD), the loss given default (LGD) and the maturity (M)

driving the regulatory risk-weight and the credit conversion factor (CCF) as part of the regulatory exposure at default

(EAD) estimation. For the majority of derivative counterparty exposures as well as securities financing transactions (SFT),

Deutsche Bank makes use of the internal model method (IMM) in accordance with CRR to calculate EAD. For most of the

bank’s internal rating systems, more than seven years of historical information is available to assess these parameters.

Deutsche Bank’s internal rating methodologies aim at point-in-time rather than a through-the-cycle rating, but in line

with regulatory solvency requirements, they are calibrated based on long-term averages of observed default rates.

The foundation IRBA is an approach available under the regulatory framework for credit risk allowing institutions to make

use of their internal rating methodologies while using pre-defined regulatory values for all other risk parameters.

Parameters subject to internal estimates include the PD while the LGD and the CCF are defined in the regulatory

framework. Foundation IRBA is applied mandatorily for some exposure classes since introduction of CRR3 and some

exposures stemming from ex-Postbank.

Deutsche Bank applies the standardized approach to a subset of its credit risk exposures. The standardized approach

measures credit risk either pursuant to fixed risk weights, which are predefined by the regulator, or through the

application of external ratings. Deutsche Bank assigns certain credit exposures permanently to the standardized

approach. Exposures to central governments or central banks make up the majority of the exposures carried in the

standardized approach and receive predominantly a risk weight of zero percent. Sovereign exposures that were treated

under IRBA previously have been moved to standardized approach under art. 494d CRR in 2025. For internal purposes,

however, these exposures are subject to an internal credit assessment and fully integrated in the risk management and

economic capital processes.

86

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

In addition to the above-described regulatory capital demand, Deutsche Bank determines the internal capital demand

for credit risk via an economic capital model.

Deutsche Bank calculates economic capital for the default risk, country risk and settlement risk as elements of credit risk.

In line with the bank’s economic capital framework, economic capital for credit risk is set at a level to absorb with a

probability of 99.9% very severe aggregate unexpected losses within one year. Deutsche Bank’s economic capital for

credit risk is derived from the loss distribution of a portfolio via Monte Carlo Simulation of correlated rating migrations.

The loss distribution is modeled in two steps. First, individual credit exposures are specified based on parameters for the

probability of default, exposure at default and loss given default. In a second step, the probability of joint defaults is

modeled through the introduction of economic factors, which correspond to geographic regions and industries. The

simulation of portfolio losses is then performed by an internally developed model, which takes rating migration and

maturity effects into account as well as LGD volatility. Effects due to wrong-way derivatives risk (i.e., the credit exposure

of a derivative in the default case is higher than in non-default scenarios) are modeled by applying the bank’s own alpha

factor when deriving the exposure at default for derivatives and securities financing transactions under the CRR.

Deutsche Bank allocates expected losses and economic capital derived from loss distributions down to transaction level

to enable management on transaction, customer and business level.

Besides the credit rating, as a key component for managing the bank’s credit portfolio, including individual transaction

approval and the setting of risk appetite, Deutsche Bank establishes credit limits for all credit exposures. Credit limits set

forth maximum credit exposures Deutsche Bank is willing to assume over specified periods. In determining the credit

limit for a counterparty, Deutsche Bank considers the counterparty’s credit quality above others by reference to its

internal credit rating. Credit limits and credit exposures are both measured on a gross and net basis where net is derived

by deducting appropriate hedges and certain collateral from respective gross figures. For derivatives, Deutsche Bank

looks at current market values and the potential future exposure over the relevant time horizon, which is based upon the

bank’s legal agreements with the counterparty.

IFRS 9 Impairment

In the following chapter, the Group provides an overview of the IFRS 9 impairment framework, model updates and

methodology implemented in 2025 as well as key model assumptions and its changes. Further explanations are provided

regarding the development of management overlays applied to the credit loss allowance, how reviews of relevant

assumptions and inputs to the ECL calculation are performed and how potential model imprecisions are assessed. To

provide additional transparency on the impact of reasonable changes to the key assumptions, model sensitivities are

presented in a separate section below which concludes with the key drivers for the IFRS 9 model results.

Description of IFRS 9 model and methodology

The impairment requirements of IFRS 9 apply to all credit exposures that are measured at amortized cost or fair value

through other comprehensive income and to off balance sheet lending commitments, such as loan commitments and

financial guarantees. For purposes of the bank’s impairment approach, the Group refers to these instruments as financial

assets.

The Group determines its allowance for credit losses in accordance with IFRS 9 as follows:

–Stage 1 reflects financial assets where it is assumed that credit risk has not increased significantly after initial

recognition

–Stage 2 contains all financial assets, that are not defaulted, but have experienced a significant increase in credit risk

since initial recognition

–Stage 3 consists of financial assets which are deemed to be in default in accordance with Deutsche Bank’s policies,

which are based on the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) Article 178. The Group defines these financial assets

as impaired, non-performing and defaulted

–Significant increase in credit risk is determined using quantitative and qualitative information based on the Group’s

historical experience, credit risk assessment and forward-looking information

–Purchased or Originated Credit-Impaired (POCI) financial assets are assets where at the time of initial recognition,

there is objective evidence of impairment and the Group purchased at a discount

The IFRS 9 impairment approach is an integral part of the Group’s credit risk management procedures. The estimation of

ECL is either performed via the automated, parameter based ECL calculation using the Group’s ECL model or determined

by credit officers. In both cases, the calculation takes place for each financial asset individually. Similarly, the

determination of the need to transfer between stages is made on an individual asset basis. The Group’s ECL model is

used to calculate the allowance for credit losses for all financial assets in Stage 1 and Stage 2, as well as for Stage 3 in

the homogeneous portfolio (i.e., retail and small business loans with similar credit risk characteristics). For financial assets

in the bank’s non-homogeneous portfolio in Stage 3 and for POCI assets, the allowance for credit losses is determined

individually by credit officers.

87

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

The Group uses three main components to measure ECL. These are Probability of Default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD)

and Exposure at Default (EAD). The Group leverages existing parameters used for determination of capital demand under

the Basel Internal Ratings Based Approach (IRBA) and internal risk management practices as much as possible to

calculate ECL. These parameters are adjusted where necessary to comply with IFRS 9 requirements (e.g., use of point in

time ratings and removal of downturn add-ons in the regulatory parameters). Incorporating forecasts of future economic

variables into the measurement of ECL influences the allowance for credit losses. In order to calculate lifetime ECL, the

Group’s calculation derives the corresponding lifetime PDs from migration matrices that reflect economic forecasts.

The Group regularly reviews and validates the ECL model and its components which can result in model updates,

including recalibrations and model changes, of which some may constitute a change in estimate. Any future model

updates may have an impact on ECL and therefore represent a model uncertainty which cannot be reliably quantified.

Stage determination and significant increase in credit risk

At initial recognition, financial assets are reflected in Stage 1, unless the financial assets are POCI. If there is a significant

increase in credit risk, the financial asset is transferred to Stage 2. A significant increase in credit risk is determined by

using rating-related and process-related indicators. The transfer of financial assets to Stage 3 is based on the status of

the borrower being in default. If a borrower is in default, all financial assets of the borrower are transferred to Stage 3.

Rating-related Stage 2 indicators: In the third quarter of 2025 Deutsche Bank introduced a change to the rating-related

Stage 2 indicator approach, in which the Group compares a borrower’s lifetime PD at the reporting date with lifetime PD

expectations at the date of initial recognition to determine if there has been a significant change in the borrower’s PDs

and consequently to any of the borrower’s transaction in the scope of IFRS 9 impairment. Previously the model

determined the lifetime PD distribution based on historically observed migration behavior and a sampling of different

economic scenarios. A quantile of this distribution, which was defined for each counterparty class, was chosen as the

lifetime PD threshold. If the remaining lifetime PD of a transaction according to current expectations exceeded this

threshold, the financial asset was deemed to have incurred a significant increase in credit risk and was transferred to

Stage 2. The new approach compares the annualized lifetime PD at reporting date with the annualized conditional

lifetime PD expectation at origination. A relative and an absolute threshold are used for the comparison, which

represents a key assumption in the model. Different relative thresholds are applied to low-risk assets defined by an

annualized conditional PD at origination of 0.5% or below compared to the remaining high-risk assets. The relative

threshold for high-risk assets is 63% PD increase and for low-risk assets is 131% PD increase, floored by an absolute

threshold of 5.05% PD increase. If one of the newly introduced thresholds is breached, the financial asset is deemed to

have incurred a significant increase in credit risk and is transferred to Stage 2. This change in estimate led to an increase

of the credit loss allowance in the amount of € 15 million at the time of implementation and impacted Stages 1 and 2 in

all portfolios. In addition, the Group applied a threefold annualized lifetime PD increase as additional Stage 2 trigger as a

backstop until the implementation of the new rating related approach. This new approach always identifies assets

subject to the backstop as Stage 2 already.

Process-related Stage 2 indicators are derived via the use of existing risk management indicators, which in the bank’s

view represent situations where the credit risk of financial assets has significantly increased. These include borrowers

being added to the Group’s watchlist, being transferred to workout status, payments being 30 days or more past due or

being in forbearance. As long as the condition for one or more of the process-related or rating-related indicators is

fulfilled and the borrower of the financial asset has not met the definition of default, the asset will remain in Stage 2. If

the Stage 2 indicators are no longer fulfilled and the financial asset has not defaulted, the financial asset transfers back

to Stage 1. In case of performing forborne financial assets, the probation period is two years before the financial asset is

reclassified to Stage 1, which is aligned with regulatory guidance.

If the borrower defaults, all transactions of the borrower are allocated to Stage 3. If, at a later date, the borrower is no

longer in default, the curing criteria according to regulatory guidance is applied (including probation periods), which are

at least three months or one year in case of distressed restructurings. Once the regulatory cure period or criteria has been

met, the borrower will cease to be classified as defaulted and will be transferred back to Stage 2 or Stage 1.

The ECL calculation for Stage 3 distinguishes between transactions in the homogeneous and non-homogeneous

portfolios, as well as POCI financial assets. For transactions that are in Stage 3 and in a homogeneous portfolio, the

Group uses a parameter-based automated approach to determine the credit loss allowance per transaction. For these

transactions, the LGD parameters are to a large extent modelled to be time-dependent, i.e., consider the declining

recovery expectation as time elapses after default. The allowance for credit losses for financial assets in the bank’s non-

homogeneous portfolios in Stage 3, as well as for POCI assets are determined by credit officers and have to be approved

along an established authority grid up to and including the Management Board. This allows credit officers to consider

currently available information and recovery expectations specific to the borrowers and the financial assets at the

reporting date.

88

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Estimation techniques for key input factors

The first key input factor in the Group ECL calculation is the one-year PD for borrowers which is derived from the bank’s

internal rating systems. The Group assigns a PD to each borrower credit exposure based on a 21-grade master rating

scale for all of the Group’s exposure.

The borrower ratings assigned are derived based on internally developed rating models which specify consistent and

distinct customer-relevant criteria and assign a rating grade based on a specific set of criteria as given for a certain

customer. The set of criteria is generated from information sets relevant for the respective customer segments including

general customer behavior, financial and external data (e.g., credit bureau). The methods in use range from statistical

scoring models to expert-based models taking into account the relevant available quantitative and qualitative

information. Expert-based models are usually applied for borrowers in the exposure classes “Central governments and

central banks”, “Institutions” and “Corporates” with the exception of those “Corporates” for which a sufficient data basis

is available for statistical scoring models. For the latter, as well as for the retail segment, statistical scoring or hybrid

models combining both approaches are commonly used. Quantitative rating methodologies are developed based on

applicable statistical modelling techniques, such as logistic regression.

One-year PDs are extended to multi-year PD curves using through-the-cycle matrices and macroeconomic forecasts.

Based on economic scenarios centered around the macroeconomic baseline forecast, through-the-cycle matrices are

first transformed into point-in-time rating migration matrices, typically for a two-year period. The calculation of the

point-in-time matrices provides the link between macroeconomic variables and the default and rating behavior of

borrowers, which is derived from time series through regression techniques involving macroeconomic variables (MEVs)

and historical rating and default data. In a final step, multi-year PD curves are derived from point-in-time rating migration

matrices for periods where reasonable and supportable forecasts are available and extrapolated based on through-the-

cycle rating migration matrices beyond those periods.

The second key input factor into the ECL calculation is the LGD parameter, which is defined as the likely loss intensity in

case of a borrower’s default. It provides an estimation of the exposure that cannot be recovered in a default event and

therefore captures the severity of a loss. Conceptually, LGD estimates are independent of a borrower’s probability of

default. The LGD models applied in Stages 1 and 2, which are based on regulatory LGD models, but adjusted for IFRS 9

requirements (i.e., removal of downturn-add-on and removal of indirect costs of workout), ensure that the main drivers

for losses (i.e., different levels and quality of collateralization and customer or product types or seniority of facility) are

reflected as risk drivers in LGD estimates. In June 2025, the Group introduced a model update with regard to the Loss

Given Default (LGD) parameter used in the IFRS 9 accounting framework, primarily to align with the corresponding

models implemented in the solvency framework following regulatory guidelines. This change in estimate led to a net

reduction of the credit loss allowance in the amount of € 133 million at the time of implementation and impacted all

stages. The most pronounced reduction of the credit loss allowance was observed in the Private Bank. In the Corporate

Bank and Investment Bank the net impact was primarily in stages 1 and 2 and less pronounced. However, for certain

underlying portfolios such as CRE, a more pronounced increase in credit loss allowance was observed, which was offset

by a reduction of credit loss allowance in other underlying portfolios in these businesses.

In the third quarter of 2025 the Group continued to validate the model performance of relevant feeder and receiver

models. Three probability of default (PD) models and one LGD model were recalibrated on that basis which led to a net

increase in the credit loss allowance in the amount of € 110 million, impacting all stages, mainly in the Investment Bank

and Private Bank.

Forward-looking information (FLI) is also incorporated into LGD projections in terms of FLI LGD scaling factors based on

forecasts for key MEVs. LGD adjustments are quantified relative to long-term historical averages, which represent a

neutral reference point throughout an economic cycle.

The LGD setting for defaulted homogeneous portfolios is partially dependent on time after default and are either

calibrated based on the Group’s multi-decade loss and recovery experience using statistical methods or for less

significant portfolios certain LGD model input parameters (e.g., cure rates) are determined by expert judgement.

89

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

The third key input factor is the exposure at default over the lifetime of a financial asset which is modelled taking into

account expected repayment profiles (e.g., linear amortization, annuities, bullet loan structures). Prepayment options are

modelled for some portfolios. The bank applies specific credit conversion factors (CCFs) in order to calculate an EAD

value. Conceptually, the EAD is defined as the expected amount of the credit exposure to a borrower at the time of its

default. In instances where a transaction involves an unused limit, a percentage share of this unused limit is added to the

outstanding amount in order to appropriately reflect the expected outstanding amount in case of a borrower’s default.

This reflects the assumption that for commitments, the utilization at the time of default might be higher than the current

outstanding balance. In case a transaction involves an additional contingent component (i.e., guarantees) a further

percentage share is applied as part of the CCF model in order to estimate the amount of guarantees drawn in case of

default. The calibrations of such parameters are based on internal historical data and are either based on empirical

analysis or supported by expert judgement and consider borrower and product type specifics. Where supervisory CCF

values need to be applied for regulatory purposes, internal estimates are used for IFRS 9.

Expected lifetime

IFRS 9 requires the determination of lifetime ECL for which the expected lifetime of a financial asset is a key input factor.

Lifetime ECL represent default events over the expected life of a financial asset. The Group measures ECL considering

the risk of default over the maximum contractual period (including any borrower’s extension options) over which the

Group is exposed to credit risk.

Retail overdrafts, credit card facilities and certain corporate revolving facilities typically include both a loan and an

undrawn commitment component. The expected lifetime of such on-demand facilities exceeds their contractual life as

they are typically cancelled only when the Group becomes aware of an increase in credit risk. The expected lifetime is

estimated by taking into consideration historical information and the Group’s credit risk management actions such as

credit limit reductions and facility cancellation. Where such facilities are subject to an individual review by credit risk

management, the lifetime for calculating ECL is 12 months. For facilities not subject to individual review by credit risk

management, the bank applies a lifetime for calculating ECL of 24 months.

Interest rate used in the IFRS 9 model

In the context of the ECL calculation, the Group applies in line with IFRS 9 an approximation of the effective interest rate

(EIR), which is usually the contractual interest rate. The contractual interest rate is deemed to be an appropriate

approximation, as the interest rate is consistently used in the ECL model, interest recognition and for discounting of the

ECL and does not materially differ from the EIR.

Consideration of collateralization in IFRS 9 Expected Credit Loss calculation

The ECL model projects the level of collateralization for each point in time in the life of a financial asset. At the reporting

date, the model uses a collateral distribution process that allocates the value of each eligible collateral to relevant

financial assets. In the ECL calculation, the Group subsequently calculates the collateralization resulting from physical

collateral that enters the LGD model as a risk driver based on the allocated collateral value and the exposure value of the

financial asset.

For personal collateral (e.g., guarantees), the ECL model assumes that the relative level of collateralization remains

stable over time. In the case of an amortizing loan, the outstanding exposure and collateral values decrease together

over time. For physical collateral (e.g., real estate property), the ECL shall assume that the absolute collateral value

remains constant. In case of an amortizing loan, the collateralized part of the exposure increases over time and the loan-

to-value decreases accordingly.

Certain financial guarantee contracts are integral to the financial assets guaranteed. In such cases, the financial

guarantee is considered as collateral for the financial asset and the benefit of the guarantee is used to mitigate the ECL

of the guaranteed financial asset.

90

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Forward looking information

Under IFRS 9, the allowance for credit losses is based on reasonable and supportable forward-looking information

available without undue cost or effort, which takes into consideration past events, current conditions and forecasts of

future economic conditions.

To incorporate forward looking information into the Group’s allowance for credit losses, the bank uses two key elements:

–As its base scenario, the Group uses external survey-based macroeconomic forecasts (e.g., consensus views on GDP

and unemployment rates); in addition, the scenario expansion model, which has been initially developed for stress

testing, is used for forecasting macroeconomic variables that are not covered by external consensus data; all

forecasts are assumed to reflect the most likely development of the respective variables; the Group regularly updates

its forecasts for macro-economic factors during the quarter and reviews aspects of potential model imprecision (e.g.,

MEV parameters outside the historic range used for model calibration, if not already included in the model) as part of

an MEV monitoring framework to assess if an overlay is required

–Statistical techniques are then applied to transform the base scenario projections into a probability distribution of the

macroeconomic variables; these scenarios specify deviations from the baseline forecasts; the scenario distribution is

then used for deriving multi-year PD curves for different rating and counterparty classes, which are applied in the ECL

calculation and in the identification of significant deterioration in credit quality of financial assets as described above

in the rating-related Stage 2 indicators

The Group's Risk and Finance Credit Loss Provision Forum monitors the impact of forward-looking information, including

the latest macroeconomic variables, on a quarterly basis and determines if any additional overlays are required. Although

interest rates and inflation are not separately included in the MEVs, the economic impact of these risks is reflected in

GDP growth rates, unemployment, equities and credit spreads as higher rates and inflation filter through these forecasts.

As of December 31, 2025, the consensus data applied in the ECL model was deemed to have reflected the latest

macroeconomic developments and after considering all relevant uncertainties in the MEVs no additional overlays were

required.

As described earlier, the Group’s approach to reflect forward-looking information into the calculation of ECL is to

incorporate forecasts for the next two to three years into PD and LGD projections. For periods beyond those covered in

terms of reasonable and supportable economic forecasts, reversion to historically observed behavior of defaults, rating

migrations and recoveries is used for ECL measurement.

The tables below contain relevant forward-looking information by macroeconomic variable included in the Group’s IFRS

9 model as of December 31, 2025, and as of December 31, 2024.

91

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Forward-looking information applied

December 31, 20251 2
Year 1<br><br>(4 quarter avg) Year 2<br><br>(4 quarter avg)
GDP - USA 1.87% 1.97%
GDP - Eurozone 1.16% 1.44%
GDP - Germany 0.65% 1.54%
GDP - Italy 0.60% 0.91%
GDP - Developing Asia 4.45% 4.78%
GDP - Emerging Markets 3.85% 4.19%
Unemployment - USA 4.42% 4.29%
Unemployment - Eurozone 6.30% 6.18%
Unemployment - Germany 3.75% 3.66%
Unemployment - Italy 6.14% 6.22%
Unemployment - Spain 10.37% 10.05%
Unemployment - Japan 2.49% 2.45%
Real Estate Prices - CRE Index USA 300.74 301.87
Real Estate Prices - CRE Index Eurozone 110.44 111.75
Real Estate Prices - House Price Index USA 331.21 340.69
Real Estate Prices - House Price Index Germany 157.28 158.82
Real Estate Prices - House Price Index Spain 2,213.53 2,264.16
Equity - S&P500 6,942 7,366
Equity - Eurostoxx50 5,793 6,086
Equity - DAX40 24,453 25,886
Equity - MSCI EAFE 1,288 1,351
Equity - MSCI Asia 2,068 2,160
Equity - Nikkei 50,891 53,099
Credit - High Yield Index 308.27 348.99
Credit - CDX High Yield 333.97 370.05
Credit - CDX IG 54.64 62.78
Credit - CDX Emerging Markets 149.82 179.86
Credit - ITX Europe 125 56.42 62.27
Commodity - WTI 61.07 59.01
Commodity - Gold 3,976.94 4,189.01

1 MEV as of December 8, 2025 based on Bloomberg Consensus, which barely changed until December 31, 2025

2 Year 1 equals fourth quarter of 2025 to third quarter of 2026, Year 2 equals fourth quarter of 2026 to third quarter of 2027

92

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management
December 31, 20241 2
--- --- ---
Year 1<br><br>(4 quarter avg) Year 2<br><br>(4 quarter avg)
GDP - USA 2.23% 2.04%
GDP - Eurozone 1.04% 1.19%
GDP - Germany 0.38% 1.14%
GDP - Italy 0.74% 1.02%
GDP - Developing Asia 4.53% 4.26%
GDP - Emerging Markets 4.11% 3.81%
Unemployment - USA 4.29% 4.20%
Unemployment - Eurozone 6.46% 6.42%
Unemployment - Germany 3.46% 3.40%
Unemployment - Italy 6.50% 6.76%
Unemployment - Spain 11.12% 10.93%
Unemployment - Japan 2.48% 2.40%
Real Estate Prices - CRE Index USA 312.27 316.81
Real Estate Prices - CRE Index Eurozone 107.75 108.39
Real Estate Prices - House Price Index USA 325.05 333.47
Real Estate Prices - House Price Index Germany 152.78 158.19
Real Estate Prices - House Price Index Italy 103.82 104.92
Real Estate Prices - House Price Index Spain 1,959.68 2,000.70
Equity - S&P500 6,109 6,436
Equity - Eurostoxx50 4,965 5,162
Equity - DAX40 20,131 20,968
Equity - MSCI EAFE 1,069 1,112
Equity - MSCI Asia 1,602 1,630
Equity - Nikkei 38,972 39,582
Credit - High Yield Index 312.32 358.66
Credit - CDX High Yield 332.33 374.29
Credit - CDX IG 56.50 64.29
Credit - CDX Emerging Markets 177.90 202.59
Credit - ITX Europe 125 62.15 68.66
Commodity - WTI 70.46 65.85
Commodity - Gold 2,588.02 2,612.91

1 MEV as of December 5, 2024, based on Bloomberg Consensus, which barely changed until December 31, 2024

2 Year 1 equals fourth quarter of 2024 to third quarter of 2025, Year 2 equals fourth quarter of 2025 to third quarter of 2026

93

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Model sensitivity

The Group has identified three key model assumptions included in the IFRS 9 model. These include forward looking

macroeconomic variables, the quantitative criteria for determining if a borrower has incurred a significant increase in

credit risk and is transferred to Stage 2, and the LGD setting on homogeneous portfolios in Stage 3. Below the bank

provides sensitivity analysis on the potential impact if these key assumptions applied in the ECL model were to deviate

from the bank’s base case expectations.

Macroeconomic variables

The sensitivity of the ECL model with respect to potential changes in projections for key MEVs is shown in the tables

below, which provides ECL impacts for Stages 1 and 2 from downward and upward shifts applied separately to each

group of MEV as of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024. The magnitude of the shifts is selected in the range of

one standard deviation, which is a statistical measure of the dispersion of the values of a random variable. Each of these

groups consists of MEVs from the same category:

–GDP growth rates: includes USA, Eurozone, Germany, Italy, Developing Asia, Emerging Markets

–Unemployment rates: includes USA, Eurozone, Germany, Italy, Japan, Spain

–Equities: S&P500, Eurostoxx50, DAX 40, Nikkei, MSCI Asia, MSCI EAFE

–Credit spreads: ITX Europe 125, High Yield Index, CDX IG, CDX High Yield, CDX Emerging Markets

–Real Estate: CRE Index Eurozone, House Price Index USA, House Price Index Germany, House Price Index Italy, House

Price Index Spain

–Commodities: WTI oil price, Gold price

Although interest rates and inflation are not included in the above set of MEVs, adverse effects associated with changes

in these risk drivers typically manifest themselves in other economic forecasts incorporated in the ECL model, such as

lower GDP growth, higher unemployment or wider credit spreads.

In addition, the sensitivity analysis only includes the impact of the aggregated MEV group (i.e., potential correlations

between different MEV groups or the impact of management overlays is not taken into consideration). ECL quantification

for Stage 3 does not follow a model-based process for various portfolios and is therefore excluded from the following

tables.

Compared to December 31, 2024, calculation of sensitivities are reflective of ECL model updates that went live in 2025,

including updates to the LGD parameter used in the IFRS9 accounting framework and the Significant Increase in Credit

Risk (SICR) model for staging assessment. The effects of both FLI impacting PDs and FLI impacting LGDs were already

reflected in the 2024 sensitivities. As of December 31, 2025, sensitivities additionally capture the extension of the FLI

LGD model to ex‑Postbank portfolios, resulting in higher sensitivities to real estate prices. Furthermore, the overall

increase in sensitivities observed for GDP, unemployment and real estate prices is also driven by a higher ECL baseline

level compared to last year.

94

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

IFRS 9 – Sensitivities of forward-looking information applied on Stage 1 and Stage 2 – Group Level

December 31, 2025
Upward sensitivity Downward sensitivity
Upward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m. Downward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m.
GDP growth rates 1pp (76.3) (1pp) 87.2
Unemployment rates (0.5pp) (49.4) 0.5pp 51.6
Real estate prices1 5% (35.3) (5%) 40.1
Equities 10% (17.1) (10%) 23.7
Credit spreads (40%) (19.5) 40% 21.6
Commodities2 10% (6.9) (10%) 7.4 December 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- ---
Upward sensitivity Downward sensitivity
Upward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m. Downward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m.
GDP growth rates 1pp (66.4) (1pp) 71.8
Unemployment rates (0.5pp) (44.9) 0.5pp 49.0
Real estate prices1 5% (13.9) (5%) 16.0
Equities 10% (14.1) (10%) 17.8
Credit spreads (40%) (20.7) 40% 24.2
Commodities2 10% (7.7) (10%) 8.7

1 For a more severe stress test relating to the CRE portfolio that also takes into consideration existing and potential exposure in Stage 3 reference is made to the section on

Commercial Real Estate above

2Here the sign of the shift applies to oil prices changes. Gold price changes have the opposite sign. 1pp (percentage point), e.g., GDP shifts from 3% to 4% // 1%

(percentage change), e.g., Real estate price shifts from 100 to 101

At divisional level, the sensitivity analysis below was performed for the year ended December 31, 2025, and 2024,

respectively, and revealed GDP growth rates, credit spreads and commodities prices to be the dominant factors for the

Investment Bank, whereas the model sensitivity for the Corporate Bank and Private Bank is mainly associated with

changes in GDP growth rates and unemployment rates. The model sensitivity table for the Private Bank shows GDP

growth rates and unemployment rates only, as the key MEVs relevant to the underlying portfolios.

IFRS 9 – Sensitivities of forward-looking information applied on Stage 1 and Stage 2 - Corporate Bank

December 31, 2025
Upward sensitivity Downward sensitivity
Upward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m. Downward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m.
GDP growth rates 1pp (16.0) (1)pp 19.2
Unemployment rates (0.5)pp (11.0) 0.5pp 12.2
Real estate prices1 5% (4.3) (5)% 5.4
Credit spreads (40)% (4.1) 40% 4.5
Commodities2 10% (2.2) (10)% 2.4 December 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- ---
Upward sensitivity Downward sensitivity
Upward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m. Downward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m.
GDP growth rates 1pp (18.2) (1pp) 20.3
Unemployment rates (0.5pp) (12.6) 0.5pp 14.2
Real estate prices1 5% (2.1) (5%) 2.2
Credit spreads (40%) (4.5) 40% 5.0
Commodities2 10% (2.8) (10%) 3.1

1 For a more severe stress test relating to the CRE portfolio that also takes into consideration existing and potential exposure in Stage 3 reference is made to the section on

Commercial Real Estate below

2 Here the sign of the shift applies to oil prices changes. Gold price changes have the opposite sign.

95

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

IFRS 9 – Sensitivities of forward-looking information applied on Stage 1 and Stage 2 - Investment Bank

December 31, 2025
Upward sensitivity Downward sensitivity
Upward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m. Downward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m.
GDP growth rates 1pp (36.1) (1pp) 41.5
Unemployment rates (0.5pp) (10.7) 0.5pp 11.6
Real estate prices1 5% (19.4) (5%) 21.5
Equities 10% (5.6) (10%) 9.3
Credit spreads (40%) (14.0) 40% 15.7
Commodities2 10% (4.4) (10%) 4.7
December 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- ---
Upward sensitivity Downward sensitivity
Upward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m. Downward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m.
GDP growth rates 1pp (26.4) (1pp) 28.9
Unemployment rates (0.5pp) (11.0) 0.5pp 12.1
Real estate prices1 5% (8.5) (5%) 10.2
Equities 10% (4.7) (10%) 5.9
Credit spreads (40%) (13.5) 40% 16.2
Commodities2 10% (4.6) (10%) 5.3

1 For a more severe stress test relating to the CRE portfolio that also takes into consideration existing and potential exposure in Stage 3 reference is made to the section on

Commercial Real Estate above.

2 Here the sign of the shift applies to oil prices changes. Gold price changes have the opposite sign.

IFRS 9 – Sensitivities of forward-looking information applied on Stage 1 and Stage 2 - Private Bank

December 31, 2025
Upward sensitivity Downward sensitivity
Upward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m. Downward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m.
GDP growth rates 1pp (22.6) (1pp) 24.6
Unemployment rates (0.5pp) (26.9) 0.5pp 26.8 December 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- ---
Upward sensitivity Downward sensitivity
Upward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m. Downward shift ECL impact<br><br>in € m.
GDP growth rates 1pp (18.3) (1pp) 19.3
Unemployment rates (0.5pp) (19.5) 0.5pp 20.6

Impact of lifetime expected credit losses for Stage 1 borrowers

As described above, the Group uses a mixture of quantitative and qualitative criteria to determine significant increase in

credit risk which require, for affected borrowers, a move to lifetime ECL (Stage 2). If for all Stage 1 borrowers Deutsche

Bank were to record lifetime expected credit losses, the Group’s allowance for credit losses amounting to € 6.6 billion as

of December 31, 2025 and € 6.2 billion as of December 31, 2024 which would represent an increase of approximately

28% for year end 2025 and 34% for year end 2024, respectively.

Stage 3 LGD setting

The Group’s allowance for credit losses in Stage 3 for the homogeneous portfolios amounts to € 2.4 billion as of

December 31, 2025 and € 2.3 billion as of December 31, 2024. The key driver in determining the ECL provision is the loss

given default estimate, which differs by individual portfolios. Loss given default is influenced by recovery rates, proceeds

from the sale of collateral, and cure rates. Some of the drivers for different portfolios include elements of expert

judgment in particular on expected cure rates. If the LGD for all homogeneous portfolios were to increase by 1%, then

Stage 3 ECL would increase as of December 31, 2025 by approximately € 28 million (thereof € 20 million in Germany,

€ 5 million in Italy and € 2 million in Spain), and by approximately € 26 million as of December 31, 2024 (thereof

€ 17 million in Germany, € 5 million in Italy and € 2 million in Spain).

96

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Management overlays applied to the IFRS 9 model output

The Group regularly reviews the IFRS 9 methodology and processes, key inputs into the ECL calculation and discusses

upcoming model changes, potential model imprecisions or other estimation uncertainties, for example in the

macroeconomic environment to determine if any material overlays are required. Moreover, regular reviews for evolving or

emerging risks are performed, especially in the current geopolitical environment. Measures applied include client surveys

and interviews, along with analysis of portfolios across businesses, regions and sectors. In addition, the Group regularly

reviews and validates key model inputs and assumptions (including those in feeder models) and ensures where expert

judgement is applied, it is in line with the Group’s risk management framework. As of December 31, 2025, the Group had

two existing overlays, one existing overlay reflected a model refinement related to refinancing risk which had not yet

been implemented and a newly created overlay to reflect observations from the bank's portfolio reviews and credit risk

assessments. Apart from these known model weaknesses and overlays, the group did not identify any additional model

weaknesses which would require an overlay.

As of year end 2025, the Group’s IFRS9 management overlays amounted to €156 million, compared to € 124 million for

year end 2024 (which resulted in an increase of Allowance for Credit Losses in both periods). Management overlays as of

year end 2025 encompassed two main items, as mentioned above: Expected impacts from a model refinement related to

refinancing risk and observations from the bank’s portfolio reviews and credit risk assessments. The overlay relating to

refinancing risk existed already in 2024 and has been adjusted during 2025. Additionally, at the end of 2024, the Group

recorded an overlay with regard to a PD parameter recalibration, which was released in 2025. The change to

management overlays during the year 2025 was primarily driven by dedicated tariff overlays taken in view of the impacts

from U.S. tariff announcements during the first quarter which were released during the year.

Overall Assessment of ECL’s

To ensure that Deutsche Bank’s ECL model accounted for the uncertainties in the macroeconomic environment

throughout 2025, the Group continued to review emerging risks, assessed potential baseline and downside impacts and

required actions to manage the bank’s credit strategy and risk appetite. The outcome of these reviews concluded that

the bank adequately provisioned for its expected credit losses as of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024.

Results from the above reviews and development of key portfolio indicators are regularly discussed at the Credit Risk

Appetite and Management Forum and Group Risk Committee and as appropriate at the Management Board and the

Audit Committee. Where necessary, actions and measures are taken to mitigate the risks. Client ratings are regularly

reviewed to reflect the latest macroeconomic developments and where potentially significant risks are identified clients

are moved to the watchlist (Stage 2), forbearance measures may be negotiated, and credit limits and collateralization are

reviewed. Overall, the Group believes that based on its day-to-day risk management activities and regular reviews of

emerging risks it has adequately provided for its ECL.

IFRS 9 model results

Provision for credit losses was € 1.7 billion in 2025, down from € 1.8 billion in 2024 and 36 basis points (bps) of average

loans, in line with the guidance the bank provided after the third quarter. The decrease was primarily driven by lower

Stage 3 provisions, notwithstanding persistently elevated provisions for the commercial real estate sector. This was

partially offset by higher Stage 1 and Stage 2 provisions resulting from model-related effects.

With regard to climate risks, estimates of higher transition and physical risk exposures and their impact on the ECL did not

result in any adjustment of credit loss provisions for the years ended December 31, 2025 as well as December 31, 2024.

For details of the provision for credit losses related to the segments, please refer to section “Segment results of

operations”.

For details on the Group’s accounting policy related to IFRS 9 Impairment, please refer to Note 01 “Material accounting

policies and critical accounting estimates” of the consolidated financial statements.

97

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Managing and mitigation of credit risk

Managing credit risk on counterparty level

Credit-relevant counterparties are principally allocated to credit officers within credit teams which are organized by type

of counterparty (such as financial institutions, corporates or private individuals), economic area (e.g., emerging markets)

or product and supported by dedicated rating analyst teams where deemed necessary, except for retail clients, which are

managed by the sales unit. The individual credit officers have the relevant expertise and experience to manage the credit

risks associated with these counterparties and their associated credit related transactions. For retail clients, credit

decision making and credit monitoring is highly automated due to standardized products and processes. Credit Risk

Management has oversight of the respective processes and tools used in these highly automated retail credit processes.

It is the responsibility of each credit authority holder or credit officer to undertake ongoing credit monitoring for their

allocated counterparties. Deutsche Bank also has procedures in place intended to identify credit exposures for which

there may be an increased risk of deteriorated risk/loss at an early stage.

In instances where Deutsche Bank has identified counterparties with emerging concern about their credit quality

deteriorating or likely to deteriorate to the point where they present a heightened risk of default/loss, the respective

counterparty is generally placed on the “Watchlist”. Deutsche Bank aims to identify those counterparties at an early

stage to ensure that credit exposures with increased risks are effectively managed, the Bank’s risk management tools are

appropriately applied aiming to minimize potential losses. The objective of this early warning system is to address

potential problems while adequate options for action are still available. This early risk detection is a tenet of Deutsche

Bank’s credit culture and is designed to raise management awareness of these positions.

Credit limits for individual counterparties are established by the Credit Risk Management function (except for retail

clients) applying credit authorities assigned to individual Credit Officers. This also applies to settlement risk that must fall

within limits pre-approved by Credit Risk Management and in a manner that reflects expected settlement patterns for

the subject counterparty. Credit approvals are documented by electronic signature under 4-eye principle by the

respective credit authority holders and are retained for future reference.

Credit authority is generally assigned as a personal credit authority according to the individual’s professional

qualification and experience. All assigned credit authorities are reviewed on a periodic basis to help ensure that they are

commensurate with the individual performance of the authority holder.

Where credit authority is insufficient to establish required credit limits, the transaction is referred to a credit authority

holder with the respective credit authority or if exceeding the highest personal authority to an appropriate credit

committee. Where personal and committee authorities are insufficient to establish appropriate limits, the case is referred

to the Management Board for approval.

Mitigation of credit risk on counterparty level

In addition to determining counterparty credit quality by assigning internal ratings and the alignment of the exposure

with the Bank’s counterparty concentration risk guidelines, Deutsche Bank also uses various credit risk mitigation and

protection techniques to optimize credit exposure and reduce potential credit losses. These techniques are applied in

the following forms:

–Comprehensive and enforceable credit documentation with adequate terms and conditions

–Collateral in its various forms to reduce losses by increasing the recovery of obligations; key principles for collateral

management include legal effectiveness and enforceability, prudent and realistic collateral valuations, risk and

regulatory capital reduction, as well as cost efficiency

–Risk transfers, which shift the risk of default of an obligor to a third-party, including significant risk transfer

instruments are executed by the bank’s Strategic Corporate Lending (SCL) business unit

–Netting and collateral arrangements which reduce the credit exposure from derivatives and securities financing

transactions (e.g., repo transactions)

–Hedging of derivatives counterparty risk including CVA, using primarily CDS contracts via the bank’s Counterparty

Portfolio Management desk

98

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Collateral

Deutsche Bank regularly agrees on collateral to be received from customers that are subject to credit risk or to be

provided by third parties agreed by legally effective and enforceable contracts as documented by a written and

reasoned legal opinion. Collateral is credit protection in the form of (funded) assigned or pledged assets or (unfunded)

third-party obligations that serves to mitigate the inherent risk of credit loss in an exposure, by either improving

recoveries in the event of a default or substituting the counterparty default risk. Deutsche Bank generally takes all types

of eligible collateral for its respective businesses but may limit accepted collateral types for specific businesses or

regions as customary in the respective market or driven by purpose of efficiency. While collateral can be an alternative

source of repayment, it does not replace the necessity of high-quality underwriting standards and a thorough

assessment of the debt service ability of the counterparty in line with Article 194 (9) CRR.

Deutsche Bank distinguishes the following two types of credit protection approaches:

–Funded Credit Protection like financial and other collateral, which enables Deutsche Bank to recover all or part of the

outstanding exposure by liquidating the collateral/asset provided, in cases where the counterparty is unable or

unwilling to fulfill its primary obligations. Cash collateral, securities (equity, bonds), collateral pledges or assignments

of other claims or inventory, movable assets (i.e., plant, machinery, ships and aircraft) and real estate typically fall into

this category; all financial collateral is regularly, mostly daily, revalued and measured against the respective credit

exposure; the value of other collateral, including real estate, is monitored based upon established processes that

includes regular reviews or revaluations by internal and/or external experts

–Unfunded Credit Protection like Guarantees, which complement the counterparty’s ability to fulfill its obligation

under the legal contract and as such is provided by uncorrelated third parties. Letters of credit, credit insurance,

export credit insurance, guarantees, credit derivatives and (unfunded) risk participations typically fall into this

category. Guarantees and strong letters of comfort provided by correlated group members of customers (generally

the parent company) may also be accepted and considered in approved rating approaches; guarantee collateral with a

non-investment grade rating of the guarantor is limited

Deutsche Bank’s processes seek to ensure that the collateral accepted for risk mitigation purposes is of high quality. This

includes processes to generally ensure legally effective and enforceable documentation for realizable and measurable

collateral or assets which are evaluated within the on-boarding process by dedicated internal appraisers or teams with

the respective qualification, skills and experience or adequate external valuers mandated in regulated processes. The

applied valuations follow generally accepted valuation methods or models and include the identification of material

climate physical and transition risks. Ongoing correctness of values is monitored by collateral type-specific,

appropriately frequent, and event-driven reviews considering relevant risk parameters. Revaluations are applied in cases

of identified probable material deterioration and future monitoring may be adjusted respectively. The assessment of the

suitability of collateral for a specific transaction is part of the credit decision and must be undertaken in a conservative

way. Deutsche Bank strives to avoid “wrong-way” risk characteristics where the counterparty’s risk is positively correlated

with the risk of deterioration in the collateral value. If collateral with material correlation risk is accepted anyhow, a

potential impact on its value is considered conservatively in the valuation. For unfunded credit protection like

guarantees, the process for the analysis of the guarantor’s creditworthiness is aligned to the credit assessment process

for credit-relevant counterparties.

For funded collateral, the value depends on the type and quality of the respective collateral as well as its suitability for

third-party use, its lifespan and other value-influencing factors. Haircuts reflecting risks of liquidation in a default

scenario are implicitly considered in the LGD estimation. Collateral can either move in value over time (dynamic value) or

not (static value). Deutsche Bank uses value deductions to reflect i.a.:

–price fluctuations,

–insufficient third-party usability,

–limitations on liquidation/realization,

–currency mismatch between the secured exposure and the collateral,

–maturity mismatch,

–environmental risks,

–asset specific aspects (age-related discounts, encumbrances and restrictions),

–correlation between the performance of the borrower and the value of the collateral, e.g., in the case of the pledge of

a borrower’s own shares or securities (in this case generally full correlation leads to a 100% value deduction).

These value deductions are either applied within the scope of the assessment and hence directly considered in the

market value or deducted afterwards.

99

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Risk transfers

Risk transfers to third parties form a key part of the bank’s overall risk management process and are executed in various

forms, including outright sales, hedging, and securitizations (significant risk transfers). Risk transfers are conducted by

the respective business units and/or by Strategic Corporate Lending (SCL), in accordance with specifically approved

mandates.

Strategic Corporate Lending manages the credit risk of loans and lending-related commitments of the institutional and

corporate credit portfolio, the leveraged lending portfolio and the medium-sized German companies’ portfolio across the

bank’s Corporate Bank and Investment Bank segments. SCL closely monitors significant risk transfers (SRT) to avoid loan

maturities exceeding the credit protection with replenishment periods allowing to roll hedges and mitigate rollover risk

that might be caused by volatility in the SRT issuance market. In addition, the majority of Deutsche Bank’s SRTs are

structured as fully funded credit linked notes, removing counterparty credit risk.

Acting as a central pricing reference, Strategic Corporate Lending provides the businesses with an observed or derived

capital market rate for loan applications; however, the decision of whether or not the business can enter into the credit

risk remains exclusively with Credit Risk Management.

Strategic Corporate Lending focuses on, managing risk return and single-name credit risk concentrations within the

credit portfolio and by utilizing techniques including loan sales, securitization (significant risk transfer), sub-participations

and credit default swaps.

Netting and collateral arrangements for derivatives and securities financing transactions

Netting (i.e., credit line netting for purposes of the internal capital adequacy assessment process under the Capital

Requirements Directive (Directive 2013/36/EU) and regulatory netting under CRR) is applicable to both exchange traded

derivatives and OTC derivatives (whether cleared or uncleared). Netting is also applied to securities financing

transactions (e.g., repurchase, securities lending and margin lending transactions) as far as documentation, structure and

nature of the risk mitigation allow netting with the underlying credit risk in accordance with applicable law and the

bank’s Financial Contracts Netting and Collateral KOD – Legal ( “Netting Policy”). While cross-product netting between

derivatives and securities financing transactions may be used in certain cases, the bank does not make use of cross-

product netting for regulatory purposes.

All exchange traded derivatives are cleared through Central Counterparties (CCPs), which interpose themselves between

the trading entities by becoming the counterparty to each of the entities. Where legally required or where available and

to the extent agreed with the bank’s counterparties, Deutsche Bank also uses CCP clearing for its OTC derivative

transactions.

The Dodd-Frank Act and related Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) rules require CCP clearing in the

United States for certain standardized OTC derivative transactions, including certain interest rate swaps and index credit

default swaps, subject to limited exceptions when facing certain counterparties. The European Regulation (EU) No

648/2012 on OTC Derivatives, CCPs and Trade Repositories (EMIR) and the Commission Delegated Regulations (EU)

2015/2205, (EU) 2015/592 and (EU) 2016/1178 based thereupon introduced mandatory CCP clearing in the EU for

certain standardized OTC derivatives transactions. Mandatory CCP clearing in the EU began for certain interest rate

derivatives on June 21, 2016 and for certain iTraxx-based credit derivatives and additional interest rate derivatives on

February 9, 2017. Article 4 (2) of EMIR authorizes competent authorities to exempt intragroup transactions from

mandatory CCP clearing, provided certain requirements, such as full consolidation of the intragroup transactions and the

application of an appropriate centralized risk evaluation, measurement and control procedure are met. The bank

successfully applied for the clearing exemption for a number of its regulatory-consolidated subsidiaries with intragroup

derivatives, including e.g., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. As of December 31, 2025,

the bank is allowed to make use of intragroup exemptions from the EMIR clearing obligation for a number of bilateral

intragroup relationships. The extent of the exemptions differs as not all entities enter into relevant transaction types

subject to the clearing obligation. Of the intragroup relationships, some are relationships where both entities are

established in the European Union (EU) for which a full exemption has been granted, and most are relationships where

one is established in a third country (“Third Country Relationship”). Third Country Relationships required repeat

applications for each new asset class being subject to the clearing obligation; the process took place in the course of

  1. Due to “Brexit”, the status of some group entities has changed from an EU entity to a third country entity, but there

has been no impact for the bank in respect of clearing exemptions. Due to amendments of EMIR entering into force

December 24, 2024, there were some changes to the intragroup exemption requirements, but, as a matter of principle,

Deutsche Bank is able to continue to use pre-existing clearing exemptions.

100

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

The rules and regulations of CCPs typically provide for the bilateral set off of all amounts payable on the same day and in

the same currency (“payment netting”) thereby reducing the bank’s settlement risk. Depending on the business model

applied by the CCP, this payment netting applies either to all of the bank’s derivatives cleared by the CCP or at least to

those that form part of the same class of derivatives. Many CCPs’ rules and regulations also provide for the termination,

close-out and netting of all cleared transactions upon the CCP’s default (“close-out netting”), which reduces the bank’s

credit risk. In its risk measurement and risk assessment processes Deutsche Bank applies close-out netting only to the

extent Deutsche Bank believes that the relevant CCP’s close-out netting provisions are legally valid and enforceable and

have been approved in accordance with the bank’s Netting Policy.

In order to reduce the credit risk resulting from OTC derivative transactions, where CCP clearing is not available,

Deutsche Bank regularly seeks the execution of standard master agreements (such as master agreements for derivatives

published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) or the German Master Agreement for

Financial Derivative Transactions with the bank’s counterparties. A master agreement allows for the close-out netting of

rights and obligations arising under derivative transactions that have been entered into under such a master agreement

upon the counterparty’s default, resulting in a single net claim owed by or to the counterparty. Payment netting may be

agreed from time to time with the bank’s counterparties for multiple transactions having the same payment dates (e.g.,

foreign exchange transactions) pursuant to the terms of master agreements which can, reduce the bank’s settlement risk.

In its risk measurement and risk assessment processes Deutsche Bank applies close-out netting only to the extent

Deutsche Bank has concluded that the master agreement is legally valid and enforceable in all relevant jurisdictions and

the recognition of close-out netting has been approved in accordance with the bank’s Netting Policy.

Deutsche Bank also enters into credit support annexes (CSAs) to master agreements in order to further reduce the bank’s

derivatives-related credit risk. These annexes generally provide risk mitigation through periodic, usually daily, margining

of the covered exposure. The CSAs also provide for the right to terminate the related derivative transactions upon the

counterparty’s failure to honor a margin call. As with netting, when Deutsche Bank believes the annex is enforceable,

Deutsche Bank reflects this in its exposure measurement.

Certain CSAs to master agreements provide for rating-dependent triggers, where additional collateral must be pledged if

a party’s rating is downgraded. Deutsche Bank also enters into master agreements that provide for an additional

termination event upon a party’s rating downgrade. These downgrade provisions in CSAs and master agreements usually

apply to both parties but in some agreements may apply to Deutsche Bank only. Deutsche Bank analyzes and monitors

its potential contingent payment obligations resulting from a rating downgrade in its stress testing and liquidity coverage

ratio approach for liquidity risk on an ongoing basis. For an assessment of the quantitative impact of a downgrading of

the bank’s credit rating please refer to table “Stress Testing Results” in the section “Liquidity Risk”.

The Dodd-Frank Act and CFTC rules thereunder, including CFTC rule § 23.504, as well as EMIR and Commission

Delegated Regulation based thereon, namely Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, introduced the

mandatory use of master agreements and related CSAs, which must be executed prior to or contemporaneously with

entering into an uncleared OTC derivative transaction. Certain documentation is also required by the U.S. margin rules

adopted by U.S. prudential regulators. Under the U.S. prudential regulators’ margin rules, Deutsche Bank is required to

post and collect initial margin for its uncleared derivatives exposures with other derivatives dealers, as well as with the

bank’s counterparties that (i) are “financial end users,” as that term is defined in the U.S. margin rules, and (ii) have an

average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange

forwards and foreign exchange swaps exceeding U.S.$ 8 billion in June, July and August of the previous calendar year.

The U.S. margin rules additionally requires Deutsche Bank to post and collect variation margin for its derivatives with

other derivatives dealers and certain financial end user counterparties. These margin requirements are subject to a

U.S.$ 50 million threshold for initial margin, but no threshold for variation margin, with a combined U.S.$ 500,000

minimum transfer amount. The U.S. margin requirements have been in effect for large banks since September 2016, with

additional variation margin requirements having come into effect March 1, 2017 and additional initial margin

requirements having been phased in from September 2017 through September 2022.

101

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Under Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, which implements the EMIR margin requirements, the CSA

must provide for daily valuation and daily variation margining based on a zero threshold and a minimum transfer amount

of not more than € 500,000. For large derivative exposures exceeding € 8 billion, initial margin has to be posted as well.

The variation margin requirements under EMIR apply as of March 1, 2017; the initial margin requirements originally were

subject to a staged phase-in until September 1, 2021. However, legislative changes published on February 17, 2021

extended deadlines into 2022. Under Article 31 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, an EU party may

decide to not exchange margin with counterparties in certain non-netting jurisdictions provided certain requirements are

met. Pursuant to Article 11 (5) to (10) of EMIR, competent authorities are authorized to exempt intragroup transactions

from the margining obligation, provided certain requirements are met. While some of those requirements are the same as

for the EMIR clearing exemptions (see above), there are additional requirements such as the absence of any current or

foreseen practical or legal impediment to the prompt transfer of funds or repayment of liabilities between intragroup

counterparties. The bank is making use of this exemption. The bank has successfully applied for the collateral exemption

for some of its regulatory-consolidated subsidiaries with intragroup derivatives, including, e.g., Deutsche Securities Inc.

and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. As of December 31, 2025, the bank is allowed to use intragroup exemptions from

the EMIR collateral obligation for a number of bilateral intragroup relationships which are published under db.com/legal-

resources/european-market-infrastructure-regulation/intra-group-exemptions-margining. For some bilateral intragroup

relationships, the EMIR margining exemption may be used based on Article 11 (5) of EMIR, i.e., without the need for any

application or publication, because both entities are established in the same EU Member State. For third country

subsidiaries, the intragroup exemption was originally limited until the earlier of June 30, 2025 and four months after the

publication of an equivalence decision by the EU Commission under Article 13(2) EMIR, unless, in the case of an

equivalence decision being applicable, a follow-up exemption application is made and granted. With the EMIR

amendments having entered into force on 24 December 2024 (Regulation (EU) 2024/2987), a so-called “equivalence

decision” is no longer a requirement for a margin exemption. As a matter of principle, Deutsche Bank is able to continue

to use pre-existing margin exemptions.

Concentrations within credit risk mitigation

Concentrations within credit risk mitigations taken may occur if a number of guarantors and credit derivative providers

with similar economic characteristics are engaged in comparable activities with changes in economic or industry

conditions affecting their ability to meet contractual obligations. Concentration risk may also occur in collateral

portfolios (e.g., multiple claims and receivables against third parties) which are considered conservatively within the

valuation process and/or on-site inspections where applicable. Deutsche Bank uses a range of tools and metrics to

monitor its credit risk mitigating activities and potential concentrations.

For more qualitative and quantitative details in relation to the application of credit risk mitigation and potential

concentration effects please refer to the section “Maximum exposure to credit risk”.

Managing credit risk on portfolio level

Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management (ETRM) sets the framework for the management of concentration risks at a

portfolio level. This includes strategically setting, monitoring, reviewing, reporting, and controlling credit risk appetites

across various dimensions such as Deutsche Bank Group, Corporate Division, Business Unit , legal entity, branch, country,

and industry level that need to be considered in the context of credit approvals. ETRM is also responsible for calibrating

and monitoring the single name counterparty concentration grid that provides guidance to credit officers on limit sizing

at counterparty level. In addition, ETRM provides a comprehensive and holistic view of the bank’s risk profile across risk

types.

On a portfolio level, significant concentrations of credit risk could result from having material exposures to a number of

counterparties with similar economic characteristics, or who are engaged in comparable activities, where these

similarities may cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be affected in the same manner by changes in

economic or industry conditions.

Deutsche Bank’s portfolio management framework supports a comprehensive assessment of concentrations within its

credit risk portfolio in order to keep concentrations within acceptable levels.

Emerging Risks and portfolio developments are discussed at the monthly Credit Risk and Portfolio Management Forum

which includes representation from senior credit risk managers including the Head of Credit Risk Management, as well as

senior managers from ETRM.

102

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Industry risk management

To manage industry risk, Deutsche Bank has grouped its corporate and financial institutions counterparties into various

industry sub-portfolios. Portfolios are regularly reviewed at least on an annual basis. Reviews highlight industry

developments and risks to the bank’s credit portfolio, review cross-risk concentration risks, analyze the risk/reward

profile of the portfolio and incorporate the results of an economic downside stress test. Finally, this analysis is used to

define the credit strategies and risk appetite for respective industries. The setting of industry risk appetite takes into

consideration the group-wide credit risk appetite.

In the bank’s industry risk management framework, thresholds are established by ETRM for aggregate credit limits to

counterparties within each industry sub-portfolio. For risk management purposes, the aggregation of limits across

industry sectors follows an internal risk view that does not have to be congruent with NACE (Nomenclature statistique

des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne) code-based view applied elsewhere in this report.

Beyond credit risk, the bank’s industry risk framework comprises of thresholds for Traded Credit Positions while key

industry relevant non-financial risks are considered.

Country risk management

Avoiding undue concentrations from a regional and country perspective is also an integral part of the bank’s credit risk

management framework. In order to achieve this, country risk thresholds are set for countries in Non-Japan Asia, Central

Eastern Europe, Middle East & Africa and Latin America as well as selected Developed Markets countries (based on

internal country risk ratings). These thresholds are set for aggregate exposures to all counterparties assigned to specific

‘country of risk’. The counterparty’s ‘country of risk’ reflects its main (macro) economic risk, balance sheet earnings,

jurisdiction, or other financial dependencies. Country of risk is typically aligned with the counterparty’s 'country of

domicile’. As such, for the bank’s country risk management purposes, the aggregation of exposures across countries may

differ from the geographical exposure view applied elsewhere in this report.

Country portfolios are regularly reviewed with the frequency of review dependent on portfolio size and risk profile as well

as risk developments. Larger/riskier portfolios are reviewed at least on an annual basis. These reviews assess amongst

other factors, key macroeconomic and political risk developments and outlook; portfolio composition, quality

developments and risk concentrations under normal and stress conditions. Based on this and taking into account the

Group’s Risk Appetite and strategy, country risk appetite and strategies are set by ETRM.

In addition to country thresholds, thresholds are set to monitor country-on-country wrong-way risk exposure. Beyond

credit risk, the bank’s country risk framework comprises thresholds for trading positions that measure the aggregate

market value of traded credit risk positions. For Emerging Markets, market risk thresholds are also set to measure the

profit and loss impact under specific country stress scenarios on trading positions across the bank’s portfolio.

Furthermore, thresholds are set for capital and intra-group funding exposure of Deutsche Bank entities in above

countries given the transfer risk inherent in these cross-border positions. Key non-financial risks are considered and

factored into financial threshold setting considerations where relevant. To assess country risk, Deutsche Bank utilizes

different measures including country risk ratings that are set and monitored by the research team within ETRM. These

ratings include:

–Sovereign default ratings which measure the probability of the sovereign defaulting on its foreign or local currency

obligations

–Transfer risk ratings which measure the probability of a “transfer risk event”, i.e., the risk that an otherwise solvent

debtor is unable to meet its obligations due to inability to obtain foreign currency or to transfer assets as a result of

direct sovereign intervention

All sovereign and transfer risk ratings are reviewed, at least on an annual basis.

103

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Climate and environmental risk management

The bank established a dedicated framework for the management of climate and environmental risks. The framework

sets out key requirements around governance, risk identification and materiality assessment, risk appetite, risk

monitoring, controls and stress testing.

Concentrations of climate and environmental risks are monitored, via dedicated reports, by key committees of the Bank

(e.g., the Group Risk Committee), and are managed through:

–Risk Appetite thresholds around the bank’s decarbonization targets, established for eight priority sectors (Upstream

Oil and Gas, Power Generation, Automotive - Light Duty, Steel, Coal Mining, Cement and Aviation) and the overall

financed emissions of the Corporate Loan Book

–Early Warning Indicators, established across different portfolios (Corporates, Sovereigns and Financial Institutions) for

climate-transition, climate-physical and nature-related risks

New transactions with a significant impact on the bank’s financed emissions and/or net zero targets are reviewed by the

Group Net Zero Forum consisting of senior representatives from the Business, Risk, and the Chief Sustainability Office.

The review of the forum’s members includes an assessment of client sustainability disclosures, transition strategies,

decarbonization targets and governance. New transactions must fit within Deutsche Bank’s internal sectoral risk appetite

aligned to net zero targets. In 2024 and continuing in 2025, the Group-level sectoral risk appetite metrics were cascaded

to the divisions, to enhance their responsibility and support their business strategies. In this context, dedicated Divisional

Net Zero Fora in the Corporate Bank and the Investment Bank have been established.

Product/Asset class specific risk management

Complementary to the bank’s counterparty, industry and country risk approach, Deutsche Bank has a framework to

manage certain asset class risk concentrations and sets limits or thresholds where required for risk management

purposes. For purposes of DB’s internal portfolio risk management, asset classes are groups of financial exposures that

exhibit similar performance and behaviors in both normal operating conditions and under severe stress. The exposures in

an asset class will typically have a common characteristic or sensitivity to the same economic and/or market factors and

business, legal and regulatory developments. When such characteristic or sensitivity is triggered, transactions in the

asset class may react and perform in a similar manner. These are portfolios which the bank’s Risk division considers as

having the potential for sizable tail risks and require additional monitoring. Group-wide credit risk appetite is considered

in the setting of asset class risk limits or thresholds.

Private Bank and certain Corporate Bank businesses are managed via product-specific strategies setting the bank’s risk

appetite for portfolios with similar credit risk characteristics, such as the retail portfolios of mortgages and consumer

finance products as well as products for business clients. Risk analyses are performed on portfolio level including further

breakdown into business units as well as countries/regions. In Wealth Management, target levels are set for global

concentrations along products as well as based on type and liquidity of collateral.

104

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Management

Underwriting of capital markets transactions

Specific focus is placed on transactions with underwriting risks where Deutsche Bank underwrites commitments with the

intention to sell down or distribute part of the risk to third parties. These commitments include the undertaking to

provide bank loans for syndication into the debt capital market and bridge loans for the issuance of notes. The inherent

risks of being unsuccessful in the distribution of the facilities or the placement of the notes, comprise of a delayed

distribution, funding of the underlying loans as well as a pricing risk as some underwriting commitments are additionally

exposed to market risk in the form of widening credit spreads. Where applicable, Deutsche Bank dynamically hedges this

credit spread risk to be within the approved market risk limit framework.

A major asset class, in which Deutsche Bank is active in underwriting, is leverage lending, which Deutsche Bank mainly

executes through its Leveraged Debt Capital Markets business unit. The business model is a fee-based‚ originate to

distribute approach focused on the distribution of largely unfunded underwriting commitments into the capital market.

The afore-mentioned risks regarding distribution and credit spread movement apply to this business unit, however, are

managed under a range of specific notional as well as market risk limits. The latter require the business to also hedge its

underwriting pipeline against market dislocations. The fee-based model of the bank’s Leveraged Debt Capital Markets

business unit includes a restrictive approach to single-name risk concentrations retained on Deutsche Bank’s balance

sheet, which results in a diversified overall portfolio without any material concentrations. The resulting longer-term on-

balance sheet portfolio is also subject to a comprehensive credit limit and hedging framework.

Deutsche Bank also provides material underwriting activity through its Debt Capital Markets desk which is focused on

supporting Investment Grade and cross-over rated corporate borrowers, usually in connection with M&A transaction

financing. These exposures are typically 12-24 month bridge loans, which are expected to be repaid by syndicated loans

and/or capital markets issuance by the borrower. Deutsche Bank does not bear market placement or pricing risk on these

exposures but faces funding risk and credit risk for the duration of the commitment, which are managed through notional

underwriting limits for the Group and an industry concentration framework.

105

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Market Risk Management

Market Risk Management

Market risk framework

The vast majority of Deutsche Bank’s businesses are subject to market risk, defined as the potential for change in the

market value of the Group’s trading and invested positions. Risk can arise from changes in interest rates, credit spreads,

foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and other relevant parameters, such as market volatility and

market implied default probabilities. The market risk can affect accounting, economic and regulatory views of the

exposure.

Market Risk Management is part of Deutsche Bank’s independent Risk function and sits within the Market and Valuations

Risk Management group. One of the primary objectives of Market Risk Management is to ensure that the business units’

risk exposure is within the approved risk appetite commensurate with its defined strategy. To achieve this objective,

Market Risk Management works closely together with risk takers (“the business units”) and other control and support

groups.

The Group distinguishes between three substantially different types of market risk:

–Trading market risk arises primarily through the market-making and client facilitation activities of the Investment Bank

segment. This involves taking positions in debt, equity, foreign exchange, other securities and commodities as well as

in equivalent derivatives

–Traded default risk arising from defaults and rating migrations relating to trading instruments

–Non-trading market risk arises from market movements, primarily outside the activities of the trading units, in the

banking book and from off-balance sheet items; this includes interest rate risk, credit spread risk, investment risk and

foreign exchange risk as well as market risk arising from pension schemes, guaranteed funds and equity

compensation; non-trading market risk also includes risk from the modeling of client deposits as well as savings and

loan products

Market Risk Management governance is designed and established to promote oversight of all market risks, effective

decision-making and timely escalation to senior management.

Market Risk Management defines and implements a framework to systematically identify, assess, monitor and report the

Group’s market risk. Market risk managers identify market risks through active portfolio analysis and engagement with the

business units.

Market risk measurement

The Group aims to accurately measure all types of market risks by a comprehensive set of risk metrics embedding

accounting, economic and regulatory considerations.

The market risks are measured by several internally developed key risk metrics and regulatory defined market risk

approaches.

Trading market risk

The Group’s primary mechanism to manage trading market risk is the application of the bank’s risk appetite framework, of

which the limit framework is a key component. The Management Board, supported by Market Risk Management, sets

group-wide value-at-risk, economic capital and portfolio stress testing limits for market risk in the trading book. Market

Risk Management allocates this overall appetite to the business segments and their individual business units based on

established and agreed business plans. Deutsche Bank also has business aligned heads within Market Risk Management

who establish business unit limits, by allocating the limit down to individual portfolios, geographical regions and types of

market risks.

Value-at-risk, economic capital and portfolio stress testing limits are used for managing all types of market risk at an

overall portfolio level. As an additional and important complementary tool for managing certain portfolios or risk types,

Market Risk Management performs risk analysis and business specific stress testing. Limits are also set on sensitivity and

concentration/liquidity, exposure, business-level stress testing and event risk scenarios, taking into consideration

business plans and the risk versus return assessment.

Business units are responsible for adhering to the limits against which exposures are monitored and reported. The market

risk limits set by Market Risk Management are monitored on a daily, weekly and monthly basis, dependent on the risk

management tool being used.

106

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Market Risk Management

Internally developed market risk models

Value-at-Risk (VaR)

VaR is a quantitative measure of the potential loss (in value) of Fair Value positions due to market movements that should

not be exceeded in a defined period of time and with a defined confidence level.

The Group’s value-at-risk for the trading businesses is based on historical simulation model (internal model approach)

predominantly utilizing full revaluation, although some portfolios remain on a sensitivity-based approach. The approach

is used for both Risk Management and capital requirements.

Risk management VaR is calibrated to a 99% confidence level and a one-day holding period. This means we estimate

there is a 1 in 100 chance that a mark-to-market loss from the bank´s trading positions will be at least as large as the

reported VaR. For regulatory capital purposes, the VaR model is calibrated to a 99% confidence interval and a ten-day

holding period.

The calculation employs a historical simulation technique that uses one-year of historical market data as input and

observed correlations between the risk factors during this one-year period.

The VaR model is designed to take into account a comprehensive set of risk factors across all asset classes. Key risk

factors are swap/government curves, index and issuer-specific credit curves, single equity and index prices, foreign

exchange rates, commodity prices as well as their implied volatilities. To help ensure completeness in the risk coverage,

second order risk factors, e.g., money market basis, implied dividends, option-adjusted spreads and precious metals lease

rates are also considered in the VaR calculation. The list of risk factors included in the VaR model is reviewed regularly

and enhanced as part of ongoing model performance reviews.

The model incorporates both linear and, especially for derivatives, nonlinear impacts predominantly through a full

revaluation approach but it also utilizes a sensitivity-based approach for certain portfolios. The full revaluation approach

uses the historical changes to risk factors as input to pricing functions. Whilst this approach is computationally

expensive, it does yield a more accurate view of market risk for nonlinear positions, especially under stressed scenarios.

The sensitivity-based approach uses sensitivities to underlying risk factors in combination with historical changes to

those risk factors.

For each business unit a separate VaR is calculated for each risk type, e.g., interest rate risk, credit spread risk, equity risk,

foreign exchange risk and commodity risk. “Diversification effect” reflects the fact that the total VaR on a given day will

be lower than the sum of the VaR relating to the individual risk types. Simply adding the VaR figures of the individual risk

types to arrive at an aggregate VaR would imply the assumption that the losses in all risk types occur simultaneously.

VaR enables the Group to apply a consistent measure across the fair value exposures. It allows a comparison of risk in

different businesses, and also provides a means of aggregating and netting positions within a portfolio to reflect

correlations and offsets between different asset classes. Furthermore, it facilitates comparisons of the market risk both

over time and against the daily trading results.

When using VaR results a number of considerations should be taken into account. These include:

–The use of historical market data may not be a good indicator of potential future events, particularly those that are

extreme in nature; this “backward-looking” limitation can cause VaR to understate future potential losses (as in

financial credit crisis 2008/09), but can also cause it to be overstated immediately following a period of significant

stress (as in COVID-19 pandemic)

–The one day holding period does not fully capture the market risk arising during periods of illiquidity, when positions

cannot be closed out or hedged within one day

–VaR does not indicate the potential loss beyond the 99th quantile

–Intra-day risk is not reflected in the end of day VaR calculation

–There may be risks in the trading or banking book that are not fully captured in the VaR model (either partially

captured or missing entirely)

The process of systematically capturing and evaluating risks currently not captured in the bank’s VaR model has been

further developed and improved. An assessment is made to determine the level of materiality of these risks and material

risks are prioritized for inclusion in the bank’s internal model. Risks not in VaR are monitored and assessed on a regular

basis through the Risk Not In VaR (RNIV) framework. This framework is consistent with the Historical Simulation approach

which in turn yields a more accurate estimate of the contribution of these missing items and their potential capitalization.

Deutsche Bank is committed to the ongoing development of the internal risk models, and substantial resources are

allocated to review, validate and improve them.

107

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Market Risk Management

Stressed Value-at-Risk

Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVaR) calculates a stressed value-at-risk measure based on a one year period of significant

market stress. The Group calculates a stressed value-at-risk measure using a 99% confidence level. Stressed VaR is

calculated with a holding period of ten days. The SVaR calculation utilizes the same systems, trade information and

processes as those used for the calculation of value-at-risk. The only difference is that historical market data and

observed correlations from a period of significant financial stress (i.e., characterized by high volatilities) are used as an

input for the historical simulation.

The stress period selection process for the stressed value-at-risk calculation is based on the comparison of VaR

calculated using historical time windows compared to the current SVaR. If a historical window produces a VaR which is

higher than the current SVaR, it is further investigated and the SVaR window can subsequently be updated accordingly.

This process runs on a quarterly basis.

During 2025, the stress period selection process for the Group was conducted as outlined above. As a result, the SVaR

window used at various periods in 2025 included the European sovereign crisis of 2011/12 and COVID-19 crisis of

2019/20.

Incremental Risk Charge

Incremental Risk Charge captures default and credit rating migration risks for credit-sensitive positions in the trading

book. The Group uses a Monte Carlo Simulation for calculating incremental risk charge as the 99.9% quantile of the

portfolio loss distribution over a one-year capital horizon under a constant position approach and for allocating

contributory incremental risk charge to individual positions.

The model captures the default and migration risk in an accurate and consistent quantitative approach for all portfolios.

Important parameters for the incremental risk charge calculation are exposures, recovery rates, maturities, ratings with

corresponding default and migration probabilities and parameters specifying issuer correlations.

Market risk standardized approach

The Market Risk Standardized Approach (MRSA) is used to determine the regulatory capital charge for the specific

market risk of trading book securitizations, for certain types of investment funds and for longevity risk as set out in CRR/

CRD regulations.

Trading market risk economic capital

Deutsche Bank’s market risk economic capital migrated to historical simulation approach from Monte Carlo in the second

quarter of 2025. This aligns the scenario generation concept in economic capital calculation with the one used for

regulatory capital. The model comprises two core components, the “common risk” component covering risk drivers

across all businesses and the “business-specific risk” component, which enriches the Common Risk via a suite of Business

Specific Stress Tests. Both components are calibrated to historically observed severe market shocks. Common risk is

calculated using a scaled version of the SVaR framework while Business Specific Stress Tests are designed to capture

more product/business-related bespoke risks (e.g., complex basis risks) as well as higher order risks not captured in the

common risk component.

Traded default risk economic capital

The Traded Default Risk Economic Capital captures the relevant credit exposures across Deutsche Bank’s trading and

fair value banking books. Trading book exposures are monitored by Market Risk Management via single name

concentration and portfolio thresholds which are set based upon rating, size and liquidity. Single name concentration risk

thresholds are set for two key metrics: Default Exposure, i.e., the P&L impact of an instantaneous default at the current

recovery rate, and bond equivalent Market Value, i.e., default exposure at 0% recovery. In order to capture diversification

and concentration effects, a joint calculation for traded default risk economic capital and credit risk economic capital is

performed. Important parameters for the calculation of traded default risk are exposures, recovery rates and default

probabilities as well as maturities. The probability of joint rating downgrades and defaults is determined by the default

and rating correlations of the portfolio model. These correlations are specified through systematic factors that represent

countries, geographical regions and industries.

108

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Market Risk Management

Trading market risk reporting

Market Risk Management reporting creates transparency on the risk profile and facilitates the understanding of core

market risk drivers to all levels of the organization. The Management Board and Senior Governance Committees receive

regular reporting, as well as ad hoc reporting as required, on market risk, regulatory capital and stress testing. Senior Risk

Committees receive risk information at a number of frequencies, including weekly or monthly.

Additionally, Market Risk Management produces daily and weekly Market Risk specific reports and daily limit utilization

reports for each business owner.

Regulatory prudent valuation of assets carried at fair value

Pursuant to Article 34 CRR, institutions shall apply the prudent valuation requirements of Article 105 CRR to all assets

measured at fair value and shall deduct from CET 1 capital the amount of any additional value adjustments necessary.

Deutsche Bank determined the amount of the additional value adjustments based on the methodology defined in the

Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/101.

As of December 31, 2025, the amount of the additional value adjustments was € 1.7 billion. The December 31, 2024,

amount was € 1.7 billion. No material changes noted year-on-year.

As of December 31, 2025, the reduction of the expected loss from subtracting the additional value adjustments was

€ 80 million, which partly mitigated the negative impact of the additional value adjustments on the bank’s CET 1 capital.

109

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Market Risk Management

Non-trading market risk

Non-trading market risk arises primarily from activities outside of the trading units, in the banking book, including pension

schemes and guarantees, and embedding considerations of different accounting treatments of transactions. Significant

market risk factors to which the Group is exposed and are overseen by risk management groups in that area are interest

rate risk (including risk from embedded optionality and changes in behavioral patterns for certain product types), credit

spread risk, foreign exchange risk (including structural foreign exchange risk) and equity risk (including equity

compensation related risk and investments in public and private equity as well as real estate, infrastructure and fund

assets).

As for trading market risks the Group’s risk appetite and limit framework is also applied to manage the exposure to non-

trading market risk. At Group level those are captured by limits set by the Management Board for market risk economic

capital capturing exposures to all market risks across asset classes, and for earnings and economic value based metrics

for interest rate risk in the banking book. Those limits are cascaded down by Market Risk Management to the divisional or

portfolio level. The limit framework for non-trading market risk exposure is further complemented by a set of business

specific stress tests, value-at-risk & sensitivity limits monitored on a daily or monthly basis dependent on the risk measure

being used.

Interest rate risk in the banking book

Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) is the current or prospective risk, to both the Group's capital and earnings,

arising from movements in interest rates, which affect the Group's banking book exposures. This includes gap risk, which

arises from the term structure of banking book instruments, basis risk, which describes the impact of relative changes in

interest rates for financial instruments that are priced using different interest rate curves, as well as option risk, which

arises from option derivative positions or from optional elements embedded in financial instruments.

The Group manages its IRRBB exposures using economic value as well as earnings based measures. The Group Treasury

function is mandated to manage the interest rate risk centrally, with Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management acting as

2nd Line of Defense (LoD). The Group Asset & Liability Committee (ALCo) oversees and steers the Group’s structural

interest risk position and the management of the net interest income. The ALCo monitors the sensitivity of financial

resources and associated metrics to key market parameters such as interest rate curves and oversees adherence to

divisional/business financial resource limits.

Economic value based measures analyze the change in economic value of banking book assets, liabilities and off-balance

sheet exposures resulting from interest rate movements, independent of the accounting treatment. Thereby the Group

measures the change in economic value of equity (∆EVE) as the maximum decrease of the banking book economic value

under the six standard scenarios defined by the EBA in addition to internal stress scenarios for risk steering purposes. For

the reporting of internal stress scenarios and risk appetite, the Group applies several modelling assumptions as used in

this disclosure. When aggregating the change in economic value of equity ∆EVE across different currencies, the Group

adds up negative and positive changes without applying weight factors for positive changes. Furthermore, the Group is

using behavioral model assumptions for the interest rate duration of own equity capital as well as non-maturity deposits

from financial institutions.

Earnings-based measures analyze the expected change in net interest income (NII) resulting from interest rate

movements over a defined time horizon, compared to a defined benchmark scenario. Thereby the Group measures the

change in net interest income (∆NII) as the maximum reduction under the six standard scenarios defined by the EBA in

addition to internal stress scenarios for risk steering purposes, compared to a market implied curve scenario, over a

period of 12 months.

The Group employs mitigation techniques to hedge the interest rate risk arising from non-trading positions within given

limits. The interest rate risk arising from non-trading asset and liability positions is managed by the Treasury Markets &

Investments team, part of Group Treasury. Thereby the Group uses derivatives and applies different hedge accounting

techniques such as fair value hedge accounting or cash flow hedge accounting. For fair value hedges, the Group uses

interest rate swaps and options contracts to manage the fair value movements of fixed rate financial instruments due to

changes in benchmark interest rate. For hedges in the context of the cash flow hedge accounting, the Group uses

interest rate swaps to manage the exposure to cash flow variability of the variable rate instruments as a result of changes

in benchmark interest rates.

The Group assesses and measures hedge effectiveness of a hedging relationship based on the change in the fair value or

cash flows of the derivative hedging instrument relative to the change in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item

attributable to the hedged risk.

110

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Market Risk Management

The Model Risk Management function performs independent validation of models used for IRRBB measurement, as for all

market risk models, in line with Deutsche Bank’s group-wide risk governance framework.

The calculation of VaR and sensitivities of interest rate risk is performed daily, whereas the measurement and reporting of

economic value interest rate and earnings risk is performed on a monthly basis. The Group generally uses the same

metrics in its internal management systems as it applies for the disclosure in this report.

Deutsche Bank’s key modelling assumptions are applied to the positions in the Private Bank and Corporate Bank

segments. Those positions are subject to risk of changes in clients’ behavior with regard to their deposits as well as loan

products. The Group regularly tests (at least annually) the assumptions and updates them where appropriate following a

defined governance process.

The Group manages the interest rate risk exposure of its non-maturity deposits through a replicating portfolio approach

to determine the average repricing maturity of the portfolio. For the purpose of constructing the replicating portfolio,

the portfolio of non-maturity deposits is clustered by dimensions such as business unit, currency, product and

geographical location. The main dimensions influencing the repricing maturity are elasticity of deposit rates to market

interest rates, volatility of deposit balances and observable client behavior. For the reporting period the average

repricing maturity assigned across all such replicating portfolios is 2.44 years and Deutsche Bank uses 15 years as the

longest repricing maturity.

In the loan and some of the term deposit products Deutsche Bank considers early prepayment/withdrawal behavior of its

customers. The parameters are based on historical observations, statistical analyses and expert assessments.

Furthermore, the Group generally calculates IRRBB related metrics in contractual currencies and aggregates the

resulting metrics for reporting purposes. When calculating economic value based metrics the commercial margin is

excluded for material parts of the balance sheet.

Credit spread risk in the banking book

Deutsche Bank is exposed to credit spread risk in the Banking Book (CSRBB) mainly from bonds held by Treasury for

liquidity reserve and asset liability interest rate risk management activities. The credit spread risk in the banking book is

managed by Treasury and the businesses, with Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management acting as an independent

oversight function ensuring that the exposure is within the approved risk appetite. The perimeter for the measurement

and monitoring of CSRBB exposure extends beyond fair value assets and liabilities and also includes positions accounted

for at amortized cost whose pricing is linked to an observable market benchmark. The calculation of credit spread

sensitivities and value-at-risk for material credit spread exposure is in general performed on a daily basis. The

measurement and reporting of economic capital and specific CSRBB stress tests are performed on a monthly basis.

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk arises from non-trading asset and liability positions that are denominated in currencies other than

the functional currency of the respective entity. The majority of this foreign exchange risk is transferred through internal

hedges to trading books within the Investment Bank and is therefore reflected and managed via the value-at-risk figures

in the trading books. The remaining foreign exchange risks that have not been transferred are mitigated through match

funding the investment in the same currency, so that only residual risk remains in the portfolios. Small exceptions to

above approach follow the general Market Risk Management monitoring and reporting process, as outlined for the

trading portfolio.

The bulk of non-trading open foreign exchange risk arises from the foreign exchange translation of local capital into the

reporting currency of the Group and related capital hedge positions. Thereby structural open long positions are taken for

a selected number of relevant currencies to immunize the sensitivity of the capital ratio of the Group against changes in

the exchange rates.

111

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Market Risk Management

Equity and investment risk

Non-trading equity risk is arising predominantly from non-consolidated investment holdings in the banking book and

from equity compensation plans.

Deutsche Bank’s non-consolidated equity investment holdings in the banking book are categorized into strategic and

alternative investment assets. Strategic investments typically relate to acquisitions made to support the bank’s business

franchise and are undertaken with a medium to long-term investment horizon. Alternative assets are comprised of

principal investments and other non-strategic investment assets. Principal investments are direct investments in private

equity, real estate, venture capital, hedge or mutual funds whereas assets recovered in the workout of distressed

positions or other legacy investment assets in private equity and real estate are of a non-strategic nature.

The equity investment holdings are included in regular group-wide stress tests and the monthly market risk economic

capital calculations.

Pension risk

The Group is exposed to market risks from defined benefit pension schemes for past and current employees. Market risks

in pension plans materialize due to a potential decline in the market value of plan assets or an increase in the present

value of the pension liability of each of the pension plans. Market Risk Management is responsible for a regular

measurement, monitoring, reporting and control of market risks of the asset and liability side of the defined benefit

pension plans. Thereby, market risks in pension plans include but are not restricted to interest rate risk, inflation risk,

credit spread risk, equity risk, and longevity risk. For further details on the Group’s defined benefit pension obligations

and their management, please refer to Note 33 “Employee Benefits” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial

Statements” section.

Other risks in the banking book

Market risks in the Asset Management business primarily result from principal guaranteed funds or accounts, but also

from co-investments in the bank’s funds.

Non-trading market risk economic capital

Non-trading market risk economic capital is calculated either by applying the standard trading market risk economic

capital methodology or through the use of non-trading market risk models that are specific to each risk class and which

consider, among other factors, historically observed market moves, the liquidity of each asset class, and changes in

client’s behavior in relation to products with behavioral optionality.

Market risk stress testing

Stress testing is a key risk management technique, which evaluates the potential effects of extreme market events and

movements in individual risk factors. It is one of the core quantitative tools used to assess the market risk of Deutsche

Bank’s positions and complements VaR and Economic Capital. Market Risk Management performs several types of stress

testing to capture the variety of risks (Portfolio Stress Testing, individual specific stress tests at business unit level and

Event Risk Scenarios) and also contributes to Group-wide stress testing. These stress tests cover a wide range of

severities designed to test the earnings stability and capital adequacy of the bank.

112

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Management

Liquidity Risk Management

Liquidity risk arises from Deutsche Bank Groups potential inability to meet payment obligations when they come due or

without incurring excessive costs. The Group’s risk taxonomy differentiates between two aspects of liquidity risk: Short-

term liquidity risk and structural funding risk, both embedded in an overarching liquidity and funding risk management

framework. The framework’s objective is to ensure that robust governance and controls are established within the Group

to fulfill its payment obligations (including intraday) at all times, including periods of stress, and to manage its liquidity

and funding risks within the Management Board’s approved risk appetite, when executing the strategic plan. The

framework considers all relevant and significant drivers of liquidity risk, whether on-balance sheet or off-balance sheet.

Liquidity and funding risk framework

Liquidity and funding key risk metrics are embedded in the bank’s risk appetite framework and reviewed as well as

approved by the Management Board at least on an annual basis. The risk appetite is applied at the Group level and to

internally defined Key Liquidity Entities, e.g., Deutsche Bank AG, to monitor and control liquidity risk as well as the

Group’s long-term funding and issuance plan.

The Group Asset and Liability Committee is the Group’s decision making governing body mandated by the Management

Board to optimize the sourcing and deployment of the Group’s balance sheet and financial resources in line with the

Management Board’s risk appetite and strategy. From the second line of defense perspective, the Group Risk Committee

is mandated by the Management Board with decision-making authority regarding material risk-related topics. Detailed

roles and responsibilities of the Group Asset and Liability committee as well as the Group Risk Committee are defined in

the “Risk Governance” section of this report.

The Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Framework defines the organization of the liquidity managing functions in

alignment with the three lines of defense structure, which is described in the “Risk Management principles” section of

this report, including the respective responsibilities of those functions comprising of the three lines of defense. In the

context of the Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Framework, these functions include the following:

–First Line of Defense: Corporate divisions and Treasury

–Second Line of Defense: CRO - Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management (ETRM)

–Third Line of Defense: Group Audit

The Group’s liquidity risk management principles are documented in a policy document and the framework is described

in the framework document. Both the policy and framework documents adhere to and articulate how the eight key risk

management practices are applied to liquidity risk, with such key practices including 1) risk governance, 2) risk

organization (3 lines of defense), 3) risk culture, 4) risk appetite and -strategy, 5) risk identification and -assessment,

6) risk mitigation and controls, 7) risk measurement and reporting as well as 8) stress planning and execution. The

individual roles and responsibilities relevant to each of these practices are laid out and documented in the Global

Responsibility Matrix for liquidity risk, which provides further clarity and transparency on the roles and responsibilities

across all involved stakeholders. All additional procedures and supporting documents (both global and local) issued by

the liquidity risk management functions further define the requirements specific to liquidity risk practices.

In accordance with the European Central Bank’s Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (and revised Internal

Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process requirement issued in November 2018), the Group has implemented an Internal

Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process which is carried out, assessed, documented, and reviewed at least annually and

approved by the Management Board.

113

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Management

Risk appetite and control setting

The Group’s liquidity risk appetite, which is defined through qualitative principles and supporting quantitative metrics, is

laid out in the Risk Appetite Statement and is subject to the standards defined in the Risk Appetite Policy. This Group

Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) covers regulatory (Pillar 1) as well as internal (Pillar 2) metrics, and is further underpinned

by the liquidity risk controls framework consisting of Risk Appetite limits, as well as a suite of additional limits, thresholds

and early warning indicators.

Treasury manages liquidity and funding, in accordance with the risk appetite across all relevant metrics and implements

tools, including business level risk limits, further cascading aspects of risk appetite to divisional level, ensuring ease of

compliance at Group level. As such, Treasury works closely with Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management under its

delegated authority and the business divisions to identify, analyze and monitor underlying liquidity risk characteristics

within business portfolios. These parties are engaged in regular dialogue regarding changes in the Group’s liquidity

position arising from business activities and market events.

Furthermore, the Group ensures at the level of each Liquidity Relevant Entity that all local liquidity metrics are managed

in compliance with the defined risk appetite. Local liquidity surpluses are pooled in Deutsche Bank AG hubs and local

liquidity shortfalls can be met through support from these hubs. Transfers of liquidity capacity between entities are

subject to the Intercompany Funding approval framework involving the Group’s liquidity steering function as well as the

local liquidity managers considering the compliance with Pillar 1 metrics, including Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and

Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR), as well as Pillar 2 metrics, including the stressed Net Liquidity Position (sNLP) and

Funding Matrix. Any available surplus that resides in entities with restrictions on transferring liquidity to other Group

entities, for example due to regulatory lending requirements, is treated as trapped and as such not considered in the

calculation of the consolidated Group liquidity surplus.

The Management Board is informed about the Group’s performance against the key liquidity metrics, including the risk

appetite and internal and market indicators, via a weekly liquidity dashboard.

Funding Risk Management and Funding Diversification

In line with regulatory guidelines, Deutsche Bank has developed a set of internal indicators to measure its inherent

funding risks. These are considered for risk management and steering purposes in addition to the Pillar 1 requirements.

The Group relies on a diverse range of funding sources including deposits, unsecured wholesale funding, Capital Markets

Issuances and secured funding. These funding sources protect the Group’s liquidity position in two ways. First, since

stress events may impact funding markets differently, maintaining a well-diversified funding portfolio will lower the

average impact of these events. Second, when experiencing a liquidity stress, having access to a wide range of funding

sources significantly improves the Group’s ability to tap different funding markets. The diversification across products is

complemented by Risk indicators which have been set to monitor tenor concentration and counterparty concentration.

The stability of Deutsche Bank Group’s funding position can be negatively impacted by various forms of industry risks

which often manifests medium to long term structural trends with a potentially significant long-term impact on the

economy and banks’ balance sheets. Deutsche Bank performs ad-hoc analyses on such emerging risks to assess the

impact of such trends on its funding position to ensure that mitigating measures are taken on a timely basis when

deemed necessary. In addition, Treasury evaluates current market access information in its significant funding markets

on a monthly basis with results compiled and presented to the Group Asset and Liability Committee.

Deutsche Bank’s tool for monitoring and managing the Group’s long-term funding profile for more than ten years is the

Funding Matrix. To produce the Funding Matrix, all assets and liabilities are mapped into time buckets corresponding to

their baseline contractual or modelled maturities. This allows the Group to identify expected excesses and shortfalls in

term liabilities over assets in each time bucket, facilitating the management of potential liquidity exposures over time.

The liquidity profile is based on contractual cash flow information. If the contractual maturity profile of a product does

not adequately reflect the liquidity profile or in case of non-maturing products, the maturity is replaced by baseline

modelling assumptions.

114

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Management

Capital Markets Issuance

The main objective of debt issuance is to raise long term funding in the most cost optimal manner. Debt issuance,

encompassing senior unsecured bonds, covered bonds, and capital securities, is a key source of term funding for the

Group and is managed directly by Treasury. At least once a year, following endorsement by the Asset and Liability

Committee, Treasury submits an annual long-term funding plan to the Group Risk Committee for recommendation and

then to the Management Board for approval. This plan is driven by global and local funding and liquidity requirements

based on expected business development. The Group’s capital markets issuance portfolio is dynamically managed

through annual issuance plans to avoid excessive maturity concentrations.

Deutsche Bank holds a license to issue mortgage Pfandbriefe and maintains a program to issue structured covered

bonds. In 2025, the Pfandbrief platform was enriched to support callable Pfandbriefe which further broadens the

bandwidth offered to investors. The Spanish covered bond program (Cedulas) is currently winding down, although there

are plans to restart the program in 2026. Since 2020, the Group has maintained its Green Bond framework which offers

green note issuances to both, institutional and retail investors. Furthermore, multiple green structured notes, green

deposits and repurchase agreements (repos) have been executed. In 2024, the sustainability framework was enriched to

also support social assets. Deutsche Bank also expanded its platform to issue Panda bonds in China. Since 2023, bonds

with a total notional value of CNY 8 billion were issued into the Chinese market.

Liquidity risk monitoring and management

The Finance teams Liquidity and Treasury Reporting & Analysis (LTRA) and Liquidity Data Measurement and Reporting

(LDMR) together own the overall accountability for the accurate and timely production of both external regulatory

liquidity reporting (Pillar 1) as well as internal management reporting (Pillar 2) for the liquidity risk of the Group. In

addition, LTRA is responsible for the development of management information systems and the related analysis to

support the liquidity risk framework and its governance for Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management.

Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR)

The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) is a regulatory metric designed to ensure that the Group maintains adequate liquidity

resources in the form of High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) to offset short-term liquidity stress described in Net Cash

Outflows (NCO) over a 30-day horizon on a consolidated currency basis.

By maintaining a ratio in excess of the minimum regulatory requirements, the LCR seeks to ensure that the Group holds

adequate liquidity resources to mitigate a short-term liquidity stress.

Stressed Net Liquidity Position (sNLP)

Stressed Net Liquidity Position (sNLP) is an internal metric used to measure liquidity risk and evaluate Deutsche Bank’s

short-term liquidity position through stress testing and scenario analysis across various time horizons. Key differences

between the internal liquidity stress test metric (sNLP) and the LCR include the risk appetite time horizon (3 months

versus 30 days, respectively), the classification and haircut differences between debt securities within the sNLP and the

HQLA contributing to the LCR, outflow rates for various categories of funding, as well as inflow assumption for various

assets (e.g., loan repayments). The Group’s internal liquidity stress test also includes outflows related to intraday liquidity

assumptions, which are not systematically reflected in the LCR.

115

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Management

Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR)

The Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) is a regulatory metric which assesses Deutsche Bank’s structural funding profile by

comparing Available Stable Funding (ASF), including Capital and stable liabilities, to Required Stable Funding (RSF) for

on-balance sheet assets, thereby mitigating medium to long-term funding risks.

Liquidity stress testing and scenario analysis

Global internal liquidity stress testing and scenario analysis is used for measuring liquidity risk and evaluating the Group’s

short-term liquidity position within the liquidity framework. This complements the daily operational cash management

process. The long-term liquidity strategy based on baseline contractual or modelled maturities is represented by a long-

term metric known as the Funding Matrix (additional information can be found in the section “Funding risk management

and funding diversification” in this report).

The global liquidity stress testing exposure is managed by Treasury in compliance with the respective risk appetite.

Treasury is responsible for the design of the overall stress test methodology, the choice of liquidity risk drivers and the

determination of appropriate assumptions (parameters) to translate input data into stress testing output. Enterprise and

Treasury Risk Management is responsible for the definition of the stress scenarios. Laid out by the Model Risk

Management Policy and Procedure, Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management and Model Risk Management perform the

independent validation of liquidity risk models. The Finance teams Liquidity and Treasury Reporting & Analysis (LTRA)

and Liquidity Data Measurement and Reporting (LDMR) are responsible for implementing these methodologies and

performing the stress test calculation in conjunction with Treasury, Liquidity Risk Management, Group Strategic Analytics

and Information Technology.

Stress testing and scenario analysis are used to describe and evaluate the impact of sudden and severe stress events on

the Group’s liquidity position. Deutsche Bank has selected four scenarios to calculate the Group’s stressed Net Liquidity

Position. These scenarios are designed to capture potential outcomes which may be experienced by the Group. The most

severe scenario assesses the potential consequences of a combined market-wide and severe idiosyncratic stress event,

including multi-notch downgrades of the Bank’s credit ratings. Under each of the scenarios, the impact of a liquidity

stress event over different time horizons and across multiple liquidity risk drivers, covering all business lines and product

areas and with that all portfolios and balance sheet, is considered. The output from this scenario analysis also feeds the

Group Wide Stress Test run by Enterprise Risk Management, which analyzes liquidity risk in conjunction with the other

defined risk types and evaluates their impact and interplay to both Capital and Liquidity positions.

In addition, potential funding requirements from contingent liquidity risks which can arise under stress, including

drawdowns on lending facilities, increased collateral requirements under derivative agreements, and outflows from

deposits with a contractual rating linked trigger are included in the analysis. Subsequently, countermeasures, which are

the actions the Group would take to counterbalance the outflows incurred during a stress event, are also taken into

consideration. These countermeasures include the usage of the Group’s liquidity reserves and generating liquidity from

other unencumbered, marketable assets without causing any material impact on the Group’s business model.

Stress testing is conducted at a group level and for defined entities relevant for liquidity risk management. The stress

analysis covers a range of time periods out to 1 year depending on the scenario. The most acute stress uses a time period

of three months which is considered to be the critical time period during a liquidity crisis requiring that liquidity is

actively assessed and steered on a Group level. In addition to the consolidated currency stress test, further stress tests

are performed for material currencies, namely euro and U.S. dollar. At the global level as well as for the U.S. entities,

liquidity stress tests also cover a twelve-months period for which a risk appetite limit has been set. Ad hoc analysis may

be conducted to reflect the impact of potential downside events that could affect the Group, such as climate/ESG-

related events. Relevant stress assumptions are applied to reflect liquidity flows from risk drivers and on-balance sheet

and off-balance sheet products. The suite of stress testing scenarios and assumptions are reviewed on a regular basis

and are updated when enhancements are made to stress testing methodologies.

116

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Management

Liquidity Risk Mitigation

High Quality Liquid Assets

High-quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) is a Pillar 1 calculation which feeds into LCR and is a key limit per the risk appetite.

HQLA comprise available cash and cash equivalents and unencumbered high quality liquid securities (including

government and government guaranteed bonds), representing the most readily available and most important

countermeasure in a stress event.

The vast majority of the Group’s HQLA are held centrally across major currencies at the central bank accounts of the

parent entity and foreign branches in the key locations in which the Bank is active, and in a dedicated Treasury-owned

Strategic Liquidity Reserves portfolio, set up exclusively to serve as a mitigant during periods of stress.

Asset Encumbrance

Encumbered assets primarily comprise those on- and off-balance sheet assets that are pledged as collateral against

secured funding, collateral swaps, and other collateralized obligations. Generally, loans are encumbered to support long-

term capital markets secured issuance such as covered bonds or other self-securitization structures, while financing debt

and equity inventory on a secured basis is a regular activity for the Investment Bank business. Additionally, in line with

the European Banking Authority technical standards on regulatory asset encumbrance reporting, assets pledged with

settlement systems (including default funds and initial margins) as well as other assets pledged which cannot be freely

withdrawn such as mandatory minimum reserves at central banks are considered encumbered assets. Derivative margin

receivable assets as encumbered under these European Banking Authority guidelines are also included.

Funds Transfer Pricing (FTP)

FTP is a cost allocation and business steering tool to manage costs and benefits (remuneration) associated with funding

and contingent liquidity risk, aligned to the firm’s risk appetite. FTP applies to all business segments and entities with

balance sheet items requiring active management and funding from the Group and promotes pricing of (i) assets in

accordance with their underlying liquidity risk, (ii) liabilities in accordance with their liquidity value and (iii) contingent

liquidity exposures in accordance with the cost of providing for appropriate High Quality Liquid Assets.

Within this framework, funding and liquidity risk costs and benefits are allocated to the Group’s business units based on

rates which reflect the economic costs of liquidity for the Bank. Treasury might set further financial incentives in line with

the Group’s liquidity risk guidelines.

Additional details are included in Note 04 “Business segments and related information“ of the consolidated financial

statements.

Contingency Funding Planning

The Group Contingency Funding Plan outlines how Deutsche Bank would respond to an actual or anticipated liquidity

stress event. It specifies the provisions, procedures and action plans for responding to potential disruptions to the Bank’s

ability to fund itself. It covers actions that can be taken to raise cash and/or recover the Bank’s liquidity metrics in breach.

The Contingency Funding Plan outlines governance arrangements for its activation and presents the framework of

liquidity indicators enabling the bank to identify deteriorating market circumstances in a timely manner and that

determine quickly what actions need to be taken, including communication and coordination during a liquidity stress

event. Deutsche Bank has established the Financial Resource Management Council, which is responsible for oversight of

capital and liquidity across contingency, recovery, and resolution scenarios in a defined crisis situation.

117

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Model Risk Management

Model Risk Management

Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect models or their misused outputs.

Model risk can lead to financial loss, poor business or strategic decision making, or damage to its reputation. Deutsche

Bank recognizes the use of models can affect other risk-types, and that model risk is a distinct risk that can increase or

decrease aggregate risk across other risk-types.

Deutsche Bank uses models for a broad range of decision-making activities, such as: underwriting credits; valuing

exposures, instruments, and positions; measuring risk; managing and safeguarding client assets and determining capital

and reserve adequacy. The term ‘model’ is a quantitative or qualitative method, system, or approach that applies expert

judgement, statistical, economic, financial, or mathematical theories, techniques, and assumptions to process input data

into quantitative estimates. Models are simplified representations of real-world relationships and are based on

assumptions and judgment. Accordingly, the bank is exposed to model risk, which must be identified, measured, and

controlled appropriately.

Model risk management oversight is provided by all levels of management, including the Management Board.

Management of model risk is underpinned by a framework designed and monitored by a 2nd Line of Defense control

function independent from developer, owner, and user of models.

Model Risk Management Framework and Governance

Model risk is overseen by the Chief Risk Officer through the setting of a quantitative and qualitative risk appetite

statement, and managed via:

–The Model Risk Policy and Procedure, and supporting documents aligned to risk appetite, regulatory requirements,

and industry best practice, with clear roles and responsibilities for stakeholders

–Inventorization of all models, supporting ongoing model risk framework components, including risk assessments and

attestations

–Key controls for models from development through to decommissioning, including validation, approval, deployment

and monitoring

–Models are assessed for their materiality, complexity, uncertainty and reliance and in aggregate assigned a risk Tier,

which is used to identify those which present the higher risk to Deutsche Bank

–A risk based approach to managing the models by Tier is applied

–Independent validations, and subsequent independent approvals, verify that models have been appropriately

designed and implemented for their intended scope and purpose, and that respective controls are in place to assure

that they continue to perform as expected during their use

–The controls identify models’ limitations and weaknesses, resulting in findings and compensating controls, these may

be conditions for use, such as adjustments or overlays

–Model risk governance, including senior forums for monitoring and escalation of model risk related topics, as well as

monthly updates to the Management Board on the model risk appetite metrics, and periodic model risk updates to the

Supervisory Board

118

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Operational Risk Management

Operational Risk Management

Operational Risk Management Overview

Deutsche Bank applies the European Banking Authority’s Single Rulebook definition of operational risk: “Operational risk

means the risk of losses stemming from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external

events. Operational risk includes legal risks but excludes business and reputational risk and is embedded in all banking

products and activities.”

Deutsche Bank’s operational risk appetite defines the amount of operational risk it is willing to accept as a consequence

of conducting its business. The bank takes on operational risks consciously, both strategically and in day-to-day business.

While the bank has no appetite for certain types of operational risk events (such as violations of laws or regulations or

misconduct), other types of operational risk must be accepted for the bank is to achieve its business objectives. Where

residual risk is assessed to be outside risk appetite, risk-reducing actions must be undertaken, including risk remediation,

risk transfer through insurance, or ceasing business activity.

The Operational Risk Management Framework comprises a set of interrelated tools and processes used to identify,

assess, mitigate and monitor the bank’s operational risks. Its components are designed to work together to provide a

comprehensive, risk-based approach to managing the bank’s most material operational risks. The Framework includes the

Group’s approach to setting and adhering to operational risk appetite, the operational risk type and control taxonomies,

the policies and procedures governing operational risk management processes and tools, and the bank’s operational risk

capital calculation.

Organizational and governance structure

Operational risk is managed according to the principle that day‑to‑day responsibility lies with the divisions and

infrastructure functions where these risks originate. Operational Risk Management (“ORM”) provides independent

oversight of the Group’s operational risk profile, identifies and reports risk concentrations, and ensures consistent

application of the Operational Risk Management Framework across the bank. ORM forms part of the Group’s risk function

within the Chief Risk Office, led by the Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer appoints the Head of ORM, who is

responsible for designing, overseeing, and maintaining an effective, efficient, and regulatory‑compliant Operational Risk

Management Framework, including the methodology for operational risk capital calculation. The Head of ORM monitors

and challenges the Framework’s Group‑wide implementation and tracks the overall operational risk levels against the

bank’s defined operational risk appetite.

Operational risk governance is aligned with the bank’s Three Lines of Defence (“3LoD”) model. The Operational Risk

Management Framework defines governance standards and outlines the core responsibilities of the 1st and 2nd LoD to

ensure effective risk management and appropriate independent challenge. The Operational Risk Committee governs and

coordinates the management of operational risk across the Group. Its mandate includes decision‑making and policy

responsibilities, as well as reviewing, advising on, and addressing operational risk matters that may influence the risk

profile of business divisions or infrastructure functions. A number of sub‑fora, with participants from both the First Line of

Defence (1st LoD) and Second Line of Defence (2nd LoD), support the Committee in fulfilling its responsibilities. In

addition to the Group‑level Committee, business divisions maintain 1st LoD operational risk fora to oversee and manage

operational risks at various organisational levels.

Risk owners within the 1st LoD have full accountability for the operational risks arising from their activities and are

responsible for managing these risks within the established risk appetite. As leaders of business divisions or infrastructure

functions, risk owners must determine the appropriate organisational structure to identify their operational risk profile,

actively manage operational risks, make decisions on mitigating or accepting risks to remain within appetite, and

establish and maintain effective 1st LoD controls.

Risk Type Heads serve as 2nd LoD control functions for all sub‑risk types within the overarching operational risk category.

They define the framework and Group‑level risk appetite for the risk type they oversee, establish minimum risk

management requirements and control objectives, and independently monitor and challenge the 1st LoD’s

implementation of these requirements. They provide independent oversight of the risk type and monitor adherence to

the defined risk appetite. As subject matter experts, they define the risk taxonomy, support implementation of the

Framework in the 1st LoD, and maintain independence by being located solely within infrastructure functions.

As the 2nd LoD risk control function for operational risk, ORM establishes and maintains the overarching Operational Risk

Management Framework.

119

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Operational Risk Management

–ORM defines the bank’s approach to operational risk appetite, monitors adherence, evaluates consequences of

breaches, and oversees remediation plans to return the operational risk profile to within appetite where needed. ORM

also regularly reports the Group’s operational risk profile, including any risks that fall outside the defined appetite.

–ORM provides independent assessments to support proactive operational risk management, engages with risk owners

in the 1st LoD, and facilitates consistent implementation of risk management requirements across the bank.

–ORM is responsible for designing, implementing, and maintaining the methodology to determine the appropriate

capital for operational risk, for recommendation to the Management Board. This includes calculating and allocating

operational risk capital demand and expected loss.

Operational Risk Management Framework

The Operational Risk Management Framework (ORMF) enables the bank to determine its operational risk profile relative

to its defined risk appetite, identify systemic themes and concentrations, and establish mitigation measures and

priorities.

In 2025, the bank further enhanced the Framework by introducing cross‑risk types within the Operational Risk Type

Taxonomy to better reflect the bank’s operational risk profile. Additional improvements included operationalizing control

assessment, testing and certification within the new strategic tool for the operational risk controls inventory and

transitioning the Risk & Control Self‑Assessment to a more data‑driven approach.

Key sub-components include:

–Loss Data Collection: Internal operational risk events with a P&L impact of € 10,000 or more are recorded and

validated, and external events are assessed for their relevance to the group and business divisions. Material events

trigger a formal lessons‑learned and read‑across process conducted by the 1st Line of Defense in close collaboration

with business partners, risk control functions, and other infrastructure areas. Lessons‑learned reviews assess root

causes of significant events and document remediation actions to reduce recurrence. Read‑across analyses evaluate

whether similar weaknesses may exist elsewhere in the bank, even if they have not yet resulted in losses, thereby

facilitating preventative action. In 2025, the internal event database was enhanced particularly the mapping of

controls to events and automated read‑across triggers, and the external events review process was refined to assess

susceptibility of similar risks within the bank.

–Risk Appetite: Operational risk appetite defines the level of operational risk the bank is willing to accept to pursue its

strategy. The operational risk appetite framework provides a consistent approach to setting appetite levels across the

bank and monitoring exposures against these levels. The bank regularly monitors its operational risk profile against

defined appetite to alert the organization on impending problems in a timely fashion. In 2025, the bank implemented

previously introduced concepts of residual risk zones and operating conditions, including monitoring processes, and

further refined the granularity of risk appetite setting.

–Risk & Control Self‑Assessment: The Risk & Control Self‑Assessment (RCSA) comprises bottom‑up evaluations of risks

generated within business divisions and infrastructure functions, the effectiveness of associated controls, and

required remediation actions to ensure risks remain within appetite. Conducted at the global business level, the RCSA

covers all jurisdictions and is designed to assist Senior Management to determine whether operational risks are

managed and controlled adequately via a dynamic assessment approach covering all applicable Risk Types from the

Group’s Operational Risk Type Taxonomy (ORTT). The Risk & Control Self-Assessment puts a greater emphasis on

assessing and mitigating risks that are outside of appetite and risks that drive unethical and inappropriate market

conduct within the bank. In 2025, RCSA granularity was increased to provide more precise risk insights and ensure a

more accurate risk profile for comparison against defined appetite.

–Emerging risk: Emerging risk themes are derived from internal and external indicators. Operational risk outputs are

combined with external event data to identify emerging trends and concentrations. This analysis complements

insights from divisional emerging risk themes, dynamic RCSA results, findings, scenario analysis, internal and external

events, and industry developments, enabling Risk Owners to draw informed conclusions.

–Scenario Analysis: The operational risk profile is further substantiated through exploratory scenario analysis, which

supplements day‑to‑day risk management. Scenario analysis supports the identification of potential exposures,

highlights gaps in the current risk profile, and informs forward‑looking risk mitigation. Scenario development

incorporates themes from internal losses, emerging risk assessments, top risks, concentrations, findings, and external

peer loss events. Insights from actual and potential events are used to identify thematic vulnerabilities and drive

actions such as deep‑dive reviews or enhancements to risk profiles. In 2025, the capture and governance of scenario

analysis was migrated to the Event Management Application to improve data quality and oversight.

120

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Operational Risk Management

–Transformation Risk Assessment: A Transformation Risk Assessment (TRA) process is in place to appropriately identify

and manage risks arising from material change initiatives to assess the impact of transformation on the bank’s risk

profile. The TRA applies to all key deliverables including regulatory initiatives, technology migrations, risk mitigation

projects, strategy changes, organizational restructuring, real estate moves within the bank, as well as joint ventures

and strategic investments.

–Findings and Issue Management: The findings and issue management process supports the mitigation of risks arising

from known control weaknesses and deficiencies. It enables management to make risk-based decisions over the need

for further remediation or risk acceptance. Outputs from the findings management process must be able to

demonstrate to internal and external stakeholders that the bank is actively identifying its control weaknesses and

taking steps to manage associated risks within acceptable levels of risk appetite. In 2025, the process was

strengthened through more robust requirements for identifying correct findings owners, enhancing management

reporting, and the timely remediation of Action Plans.

Framework Adherence: As owner of the Operational Risk Management Framework, ORM performs regular independent

monitoring and testing to assess adherence by both the 1st and 2nd LoD:

–Annually, assess 1LoD and 2LoD Risk Type Head (RTH) implementation and adherence to the requirements of the

ORMF

–Adverse outcomes of adherence result in consequences being applied

–Adherence results also aim to proactively identify both design and implementation improvements (Framework,

Tooling, etc.)

In 2025, annual Framework Adherence results were incorporated in the ORM Composite KPI and made mandatory for all

divisions, creating a direct variable compensation impact via the Balanced Scorecard (BSC). Quarterly U.S. RCSA

Adherence reviews were also introduced.

121

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Operational Risk Management

Operational Risk Type Oversight

The Framework applies to operational sub‑risk types at a more granular level and enables the bank to aggregate, oversee,

and monitor its overall operational risk profile. These operational sub‑risk types are managed by various infrastructure

functions and include the following:

–ORM includes the Risk Type Head role for several operational risk types. Its mandate includes second line oversight of

controls related to transaction processing activities and infrastructure risks, to prevent technology or process

disruptions, maintain the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of data and records, ensure robust information

security, and confirm that business divisions and infrastructure functions have effective plans in place to recover

critical processes and functions in the event of disruption, including technical or building outages, cyber‑attacks,

natural disasters, or physical security and safety risk. ORM Risk Type Heads also manages risks arising from the bank’s

internal and external vendor engagements through the implementation of a comprehensive third‑party risk management

framework.

–The Compliance department performs an independent 2nd line control function that protects the bank’s license to

operate by promoting and enforcing compliance with the law and driving a culture of compliance and ethical conduct

in the bank. The Compliance department assists, reviews and challenges the business divisions and works with other

infrastructure functions and regulators to establish and maintain a risk-based approach to the management of the

bank’s compliance risks in accordance with the bank’s risk appetite and to help the bank detect, mitigate and prevent

breaches of laws, rules and regulations as well as internal policies. The Compliance department performs the

following principal activities: engaging with and managing regulatory matters in collaboration with the Regulatory and

Exam Management Group; identifying and assessing new and amended laws, rules, and regulations; acting as advisor

to the management board and performing independent review and challenge; performing second line controls; as

well as identifying, assessing, mitigating, monitoring, and reporting on compliance risk. The results of these

assessments and controls are regularly reported to both the Management Board and the Supervisory Board.

–Financial crime risks are managed by the Anti-Financial Crime (AFC), an independent Infrastructure second line

function. AFC maintains a dedicated program which is based on regulatory and supervisory requirements with defined

roles and responsibilities for the identification and management of financial crime risks resulting from money

laundering, terrorism financing, compliance with sanctions and embargoes, the facilitation of tax evasion as well as

other criminal activities including fraud, bribery and corruption and other crimes. AFC updates its strategy for financial

crime prevention via regular development of internal policies processes and controls, institution-specific risk

assessment and staff training.

–Group Governance defines, implements, and monitors the governance framework for Deutsche Bank globally in

support of the bank’s overall strategy, ensuring that governance structures are lean, transparent, and sustainable. The

unit develops and safeguards efficient corporate governance structures suitable to support effective individual and

joint decision-making that avoids and manages (structural and organizational) conflicts. It also establishes, maintains

and controls an appropriate and transparent policy taxonomy, landscape and tooling. The independency of Group

Governance is ensured through direct reporting line into the Management Board and not into any business division,

and through a ring-fenced incentive system and compensation system where performance evaluation is tied

principally to risk management and not to business revenues.

–Legal is a fully independent infrastructure function, mandated to provide legal advice both to the Management Board

as well as to the business divisions and infrastructure functions and to manage the Bank’s litigation and contentious

regulatory matters. Legal has a monopoly for giving legal advice, retaining and controlling outside counsel. Legal’s

independence is supported by its reporting line to the Management Board and a compensation framework that

focuses on risk management.

–Deutsche Bank’s New Product Approval and Systematic Product Review processes form a control framework

designed to manage the risks associated with new products and services and their lifecycle management. These

processes are overseen by the New Business Office and Product & Structured Transaction Lifecycle teams within the

Operational Risk Management function. Existing products and services are reviewed on one‑ to three‑year cycles to

assess whether they remain fit for purpose and aligned with the characteristics and objectives of their respective

target markets. Each product or service must be sponsored by a business Managing Director, who retains ultimate

accountability for it. Breaches of the New Product Approval requirements fall within the scope of the bank’s Red Flag

consequence management process .

122

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Operational Risk Management

Measuring Operational Risks

Deutsche Bank measures risk-weighted assets to determine the regulatory capital demand for operational risk using the

“Standardized Measurement Approach” laid out in the European Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR3) introduced in

2025.

In addition to regulatory capital demand, Deutsche Bank continues to determine its internal economic capital demand

for operational risk using the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) methodology. The AMA capital calculation is

based on a loss distribution approach. Gross losses from historical internal and external loss data (Operational Risk data

eXchange Association consortium data) are used to estimate the risk profile (i.e., a loss frequency and a loss severity

distribution). The loss distribution approach model includes conservatism by recognizing losses on events that arise over

multiple years as single events in the historical loss profile.

Within the AMA model, the frequency and severity distributions are combined in a Monte Carlo simulation to generate

potential losses over a one-year time horizon. Correlation and diversification benefits are applied to the net losses to

arrive at a net loss distribution at Group level, covering expected and unexpected losses. The resulting economic capital

demand is then allocated to each of the business divisions considering qualitative adjustments after deducting expected

loss.

The economic capital requirements for operational risk is derived from the 99.9% percentile and calculated for a time

horizon of one year.

The economic capital demand calculation is performed on a quarterly basis.

ORM establishes and maintains the approach for capital demand quantification and ensures that appropriate

development, validation and change governance processes are in place, whereby the validation is performed by an

independent validation function and in line with the Group’s model risk management process.

Drivers for operational risk economic capital development

By design of the AMA capital calculation, Deutsche Bank’s operational risk economic capital demand is predominantly

driven by historical internal loss events.

In view of the relevance of legal risks within the bank’s operational risk profile, specific attention is dedicated to the

management and measurement of open civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters where the bank relies both

on information from internal as well as external data sources to consider developments in legal matters that affect the

bank specifically but also the banking industry as a whole. Reflecting the multi-year nature of legal proceedings the

measurement of these risks furthermore takes into account changing levels of certainty by capturing the risks at various

stages throughout the lifecycle of a legal matter.

Conceptually, the bank measures operational risk including legal risk by determining the annual operational risk loss that

will not be exceeded with a given probability. This loss amount is driven by a component that due to the IFRS criteria is

reflected in the bank’s financial statements and a component beyond the amount reflected as provisions within the

bank’s financial statements.

The legal losses which the bank expects with a likelihood of more than 50% are already reflected in the IFRS group

financial statements. These losses include net changes in provisions for existing and new cases in a specific period where

the loss is deemed probable and is reliably measurable in accordance with IAS 37.

Uncertain legal losses which are not reflected in the bank’s financial statements as provisions because they do not meet

the recognition criteria under IAS 37 are considered within the “economic capital demand”.

To quantify the litigation losses in the AMA model, the bank takes into account historical losses, provisions, contingent

liabilities and legal forecasts. Legal forecasts generally comprise ranges of potential losses covering risks of outflows

greater than the provision and adjustments which are deemed remote or relate to yet unknown matters. Such forecasts

may result from ongoing and new legal matters which are reviewed at least quarterly by the attorneys handling the legal

matters.

The legal forecasts are included in the loss data input into the AMA model. The projection range of the legal forecasts is

not restricted to the one year capital time horizon but goes beyond and conservatively assumes early settlement of the

underlying losses in the reporting period - thus considering the multi-year nature of legal matters.

123

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Reputational Risk Management

Reputational Risk Management

Within the group’s risk management process, reputational risk is defined as the risk of possible damage to Deutsche

Bank’s brand and reputation, and the associated risk to earnings, capital or liquidity arising from any association, action or

inaction which could be perceived by stakeholders to be inappropriate, unethical or inconsistent with Deutsche Bank’s

Code of Conduct.

Deutsche Bank has limited appetite for transactions or relationships with material reputational risk or in areas which

inherently pose a higher reputational risk such as the defense, gaming, or adult entertainment sectors, or where there are

certain environmental concerns.  Decisions about specific transactions or relationships are made based on a risk based,

individualized and objective assessment. Reputational risk cannot be precluded as it can be driven by unforeseeable

changes in perception of its practices by its various stakeholders (e.g. public, clients, shareholders and regulators).

The Reputational Risk Framework (the Framework) is in place to manage the process through which active decisions are

taken on matters which may pose a reputational risk, before the event, and in doing so to prevent damage to Deutsche

Bank’s reputation wherever possible. The Framework provides consistent standards for the identification, assessment

and management of reputational risk issues.

Reputational Risk could arise from multiple sources including, but not limited to, Deutsche Bank’s employees, business

strategies and activities, clients, and counterparties.  Such events could contribute to among other consequences,

financial losses, litigation, regulatory enforcement actions, or monetary fines, as well as other reputational harm.

The modelling and quantitative measurement of reputational risk internal capital is implicitly covered in the bank’s

economic capital framework primarily within strategic risk.

Governance and Organizational Structure

Deutsche Bank manages reputational risk through a framework.  Under this framework, Deutsche Bank has established a

risk appetite statement and policies and controls embedded throughout our business and risk management processes,

with variances available when necessary to comply with applicable country laws, regulations and expectations.  .  Matters

specific to DWS are reviewed by the DWS Reputational Risk Committee and, if necessary, escalated to the DWS

Executive Board. Decisions are subject to the DWS and Deutsche Bank internal Corporate Governance policies.

Whilst every employee has a responsibility to protect the bank’s reputation, the primary responsibility for the

identification, assessment, management, monitoring and, if necessary, referring or reporting of reputational risk matters

lies with Deutsche Bank’s business divisions as the primary risk owners. Each business division has an established process

through which matters, which are deemed to be a moderate or greater reputational risk are assessed, the Unit

Reputational Risk Assessment Process.

The Unit Reputational Risk Assessment Process is required to refer any material reputational risk matters to the

respective Regional Reputational Risk Committee. The Framework also sets out a number of matters which are

considered inherently higher risk from a reputational risk perspective and are therefore mandatory referrals to the

Regional Reputational Risk Committees. The Regional Reputational Risk Committees are 2nd LoD Committees and meet

on an ad hoc basis as required. The Group Reputational Risk Committee (GRRC) reviews cases with a group-wide impact

and in exceptional circumstances, those that could not be resolved at a regional level.

124

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Information security

Information security

Deutsche Bank operates in an environment with increasing levels of digitization and a constantly evolving threat

landscape related to information security. Amid these ongoing developments, threats and challenges, Deutsche Bank

has the responsibility to preserve the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of clients’ data, business partners’ data,

and the bank’s own information assets, including the bank’s employees’ information. Doing so consistently and

effectively is essential for retaining the trust of the various stakeholders and preserving their interests.

Due to the dynamic and complex nature of the environment, the bank continuously monitors the security threat

landscape; vigilantly observes technological developments, the geopolitical landscape, and economic impacts driving

security risks; and assesses their relevance for potential impacts on the bank and the wider financial ecosystem.

Deutsche Bank adjusts its security capabilities accordingly to safeguard its ability to provide products and services to

clients and protect the continuous operations of the bank’s businesses.

This section provides a comprehensive overview of Deutsche Bank’s approach to information security, detailing its

continuous efforts to robustly protect data and services, including its security governance structure, security strategy,

and security risk management.

Governance

Responsibility for security matters at Deutsche Bank sits within the Chief Security Office. The Group Chief Security

Officer (CSO) has delegated authority from the Management Board, including approval of the security policies and the

security strategy for the Deutsche Bank Group. The Group CSO reports directly to the Chief Technology, Data, and

Innovation Officer, a member of the Management Board. The Management Board is accountable for overseeing the

implementation of the information security framework, with oversight from the Supervisory Board. There are multiple

mechanisms in place for the Group CSO to escalate security issues directly to the Management Board if required.

Deutsche Bank’s Group CSO has served in various information security roles for more than 20 years. These include

positions as global Chief Information Security Officer (CISO)/CSO for three different large European financial institutions

and a partner position at a global strategy and consulting firm, leading security work for financial service clients.

The Group Chief Security Officer is supported by information security experts at various seniority levels across the bank

to ensure that security requirements are met from regional, divisional, and technical perspectives. All information

security activities are overseen by two dedicated governance forums established and chaired by the Group CSO: the

Group IT Security Council (interfacing with the bank’s IT units) and the Group Information Security Council (interfacing

with the bank’s business and infrastructure divisions). The independent operational risk management function for

information security is represented in both forums. Both forums provide advice on the security strategy and oversee the

progress and performance of key information security deliverables, the remediation status of information security-

related audit findings, information security incidents, and the information security posture of Deutsche Bank Group

against defined targets. In the event of critical issues, members are assigned with specific actions by the Group CSO

according to their responsibility. In addition to the Group CSO-led governance forums, the Technology & Information

Security Risk Committee (TISRC) oversees technology and information security risks, ensuring alignment with the bank's

strategic objectives. The committee is chaired by the Chief Technology, Data and Innovation Officer, and vice chaired by

the Group CSO and the Head of Group Technology Infrastructure, with a mandatory attendance requirement for the

Chief Information Officers and veto power for the risk function represented by both the Global Head of Operational Risk

Management and the Global Head of IT Risk and Information Security Risk.

Security indicators and reporting provided to the bank’s relevant governance forums support appropriate security risk

awareness and decision-making. The comprehensive metrics framework maintained by the Chief Security Office is

underpinned by an extensive data set, allowing for various dedicated views. The Management Board and the Supervisory

Board receive a quarterly information security risk posture report, as well as ad-hoc information if required. Furthermore,

the Group CSO provides regular updates on material topics relating to security to the Supervisory Board’s committee

responsible for Technology, Data and Innovation.

125

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Information security

Strategy

The Chief Security Office develops the bank’s group-wide security strategy and oversees its global implementation and

operationalization via the organizational setup, governance, and implemented security policies. The security strategy,

which is reviewed on a regular basis, incorporates developments in the threat landscape, technology, the regulatory

environment, the bank’s corporate and IT strategy, and other internal and external parameters. The approach provides

comprehensive and layered security controls. The Chief Security Office works closely with the bank´s divisions to enable

alignment with the security-by-design approach throughout bank-wide programs and initiatives. Security investments

are prioritized and adjusted from a threat-driven perspective, leveraging the regular review and assessment of the

maturity of the bank’s security implementation.

A key element of the bank’s security strategy is to foster responsibility and active awareness among Deutsche Bank staff.

By embedding these principles into daily practices, Deutsche Bank aims to bring about long-term behavioral changes

that help mitigate risks and enhance overall security posture. The bank’s security culture and awareness campaign,

Mission Security, continuously updated to reflect emerging threats and best practices and communicated to all

employees worldwide, reinforces these efforts. Another way the bank strengthens security culture is by periodically

conducting simulations and testing exercises, including phishing simulation and mandatory training.

Impact, risk, and opportunity management

Impacts, risks, and opportunities

Clients expect secure access to their bank’s services anytime, anywhere, and through a variety of channels. As part of

doing business with the bank, clients entrust Deutsche Bank with sensitive data. Deutsche Bank has the responsibility to

preserve the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of clients and business partner data, as well as its own information

assets, including employee information. Doing so consistently and effectively is essential for retaining the trust of these

stakeholders and preserving their interests. Consequently, the bank continues to invest in security risk mitigation. Based

on a comprehensive policy framework for security and stringent risk management processes, Deutsche Bank adjusts its

security capabilities to safeguard its ability to provide products and services to clients and to protect the continued

operations of the bank’s businesses. Stable and resilient services support stakeholder trust, protecting brand value while

enabling business growth and the realization of revenue opportunities.

Technological advancements are steadily increasing the demands for data privacy and security, while the growing

frequency and sophistication of cyberattacks have significantly elevated the risk profile of organizations worldwide,

including Deutsche Bank and other organizations along its supply chain. Third-party software and technology providers

remain prime targets for threat actors, who exploit supply chain vulnerabilities to compromise or disrupt large numbers

of downstream customers and assets, amplifying the impact of their attacks.

In 2025, geopolitical unrest remained a key driver of cyber threat activity. Financially motivated and highly sophisticated

cyberattacks have become persistent across industries and are expected to intensify. The rapid adoption and

advancement of artificial intelligence (AI) continues to reshape the threat landscape, accelerating hybrid warfare tactics,

misinformation campaigns, and social engineering attacks leveraging deepfakes. Common attack vectors such as

ransomware, denial-of-service attacks, and exploits of unnoticed vulnerabilities (so called zero-day exploits) are

increasing in scale and complexity. Quantum computing, while still emerging, remains a strategic focus area for long-

term risk management.

Failure to embed and ensure oversight of security requirements within the bank’s framework to best address associated

risks and subsequent appropriate implementation can lead to breaches of confidentiality and integrity of information,

and unavailability of information and/or services. Additionally, Deutsche Bank may face operational risks arising from

failures in the control environment, including errors in the performance of processes or security controls, as well as data

loss, which may disrupt business and lead to material losses.

Security breaches can occur due to unauthorized access to networks or resources, unauthorized access or loss/

destruction of confidential information, unintended exposure of vulnerabilities in the bank's infrastructure, or the

introduction of computer viruses or malware, technology failures, or other forms of cybersecurity attacks or incidents,

including breaches of the security of third-party computer systems.

In case of a successful attack, there might be an impact on Deutsche Bank’s stakeholders and the wider financial

ecosystem due to compromised data, unintentional spread of malware, unavailability of services, and the inaccessibility

of systems and/or data. This encompasses internal and third-party information technology systems.

126

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Information security

A successful cyberattack could have a significant negative direct or indirect impact on the bank that may result in the

disclosure or misuse of client information and the bank’s proprietary information, damage to or inability to access

information technology systems, statutory or regulatory non-compliance and financial losses. Potential consequences

range from reputational damage and client dissatisfaction, contractual non-compliance (e.g., if services are not provided

as agreed), remediation costs (such as for investigation and reestablishing services), increased cybersecurity costs (such

as for additional personnel, technology, or third-party vendors), potential penalties and fines, to personal data breach

notification obligations, and litigation exposure.

Deutsche Bank maintains insurance as an additional risk mitigant for cyber risk. The bank´s insurance coverage is

designed to include the mitigation of the financial impact of security incidents; however, it may not fully cover all

potential losses, including reputational damage or indirect costs associated with a cyber event. Notwithstanding the

bank’s security measures, there can be no assurance that its policies, controls, or cyber insurance coverage will be

sufficient to prevent or fully mitigate the impact of future cyber incidents, and it could have a material adverse effect on

its financial condition.

Policies and risk management

The bank’s policies and controls support risk reduction and mitigation for potential negative impacts. Information

security risk is managed as an operational risk under the bank’s Operational Risk Management Framework. The Chief

Security Office is responsible for and executes security matters against the Operational Risk Management Framework

and leverages the results of its various instruments, such as risk appetite, while Operational Risk Management provides

oversight, review, and challenge. Measures for the further reduction of material residual risks may include policy changes

or policy amendments at divisional or group level, as well as prioritized investment and accelerated implementation of

risk-mitigating activities.

Security risks are assessed on a continual basis through analysis of internal and external cyber events, including events at

peer institutions, monitoring of the threat environment, and discussion in various forums.

The annual risk and control assessment process evaluates diverse risk scenarios, encompassing service disruption, system

misuse, data distortion, asset/data destruction, data disclosure, financial theft, and non-adherence to regulatory policies

and laws. This comprehensive analysis incorporates potentially affected stakeholders, including clients and suppliers,

and assesses the external threat landscape by leveraging industry-standard frameworks, such as MITRE ATT&CK

(standardized framework to assess cyberattacks). When evaluating control suites and residual risk positions, the process

considers contextual data and controls, such as major events, threat assessments, findings, scenario analysis, control

metrics, lessons learned, events at peer institutions, read-across, regulatory expectations, and remediation activities.

Additional risk reviews are conducted for emerging developments, with results evaluated against the bank's control

capabilities.

As an integral part of this assessment, internal security subject matter experts provide risk evaluations, supported by

areas like Legal, Compliance, or Group Data Privacy, as needed. These evaluations are subsequently reviewed and

challenged by risk subject matter experts to determine the final risk position. Concurrently, senior information security

experts from all divisions and functions assess the group’s exposure within their respective domains. These divisional and

functional assessments are also subjected to review and challenge by risk subject matter experts, establishing the final

risk positions across the organization.

Deutsche Bank maintains an ISO 27001-compliant information security management system (ISMS) to protect

information assets. The system facilitates the comprehensive identification, assessment, and mitigation of risks through

the holistic integration of security controls across the entire workforce, operational processes, and technological

infrastructure. It defines the foundational objectives and principles of the bank's security architecture and strategy,

consistent with its overarching governance framework for policies and operational risk management directives.

The ISMS is comprehensively supported by a structured suite of policies, procedures, and controls that clearly define

responsibilities for all employees, designated security roles, and third parties. It also sets forth objectives and processes

for security functions, including access management, threat intelligence, and incident response.

Continuous monitoring and iterative improvement are integral to the ISMS, ensuring adaptability to evolving threats and

vulnerabilities. The framework undergoes an annual strategic review, with all updates approved by the Group CSO. Its

established processes are centrally governed and applied throughout the bank. Unit-specific guidelines further detail

operational implementation, demonstrating a strong commitment to established security standards.

127

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Information security

The bank’s ISMS has been certified by an accredited certification body according to ISO 27001 for all information

security domains defined within that standard since 2012. To maintain its ISO 27001 certification, the bank performs a

full recertification process every three years, with the latest taking place in 2024, and included the upgrade of its ISMS to

the 2022 version of ISO 27001. Furthermore, the bank performs an annual surveillance audit designed to ensure

compliance between certification intervals with the most recent surveillance audit conducted in 2025.

Actions and resources

To address the evolving threat landscape, Deutsche Bank employs a variety of prevention methods and controls. These

include, for example, network security, identity and access management, endpoint and data security (including data

classification and leakage prevention), threat intelligence, cyber hygiene, and encryption solutions. These preventive

controls are backed by a threat-driven detection setup and a robust incident response process.

Deutsche Bank has established a holistic information security program with appropriate staffing, tooling, and processes.

The bank continually reviews and enhances its information security controls through multiple layers of technology,

including databases, infrastructure, devices, and applications. This is complemented by organizational controls and

security training and awareness. The purpose of this layered approach is to strengthen end-to-end protection by utilizing

multiple opportunities to prevent, detect, respond to, and recover from cyber threats.

Deutsche Bank leverages various mechanisms to self-identify areas for improvements and control enhancements. These

encompass comprehensive security testing including red teaming and threat-led penetration testing, security problem

management, and lessons learned. Deutsche Bank´s Group Audit provides independent, risk-based assurance by

periodically assessing the design and operating effectiveness of key information security controls within the ISMS. The

bank’s overall information security program is evaluated on a regular basis by third-party organizations which include

external auditors, regulators and security testing organizations.

The bank actively shares security best practices and threat information with national and international security

organizations, government authorities, and peer organizations. These relationships help ensure that the bank’s security

technology and procedures reflect current financial industry best practices and keep pace with the evolving threat

environment.

As digitalization advances, the need to enhance societal literacy on information security topics grows. Deutsche Bank

addresses this need by educating and informing through informational materials, publicly provided via its dedicated

client-facing security website covering security-related topics and highlighting information security threats (including

those related to emerging technologies like AI, deepfakes and phishing via quick response (QR) codes), best practices for

secure behavior, and links to relevant resources. To strengthen trust, additionally, an overview of the bank's protective

measures is provided. Client interaction also encompasses presentation of security topics at client events and responses

to client inquiries on security topics by its client relationship managers.

Deutsche Bank requires yearly mandatory information security baseline training for all employees and eligible contractor

staff. This training encompasses the content of the information security policy, the process to report security incidents or

any other security-related concerns, as well as important and current security threats. To ensure relevance and to

comply with internal standards, the training is updated at least on a yearly basis. For Deutsche Bank employees, failure to

complete this training and late completion can result in disciplinary consequences. In 2025, a learning completion rate of

99,66% was achieved for the e-learning-based mandatory information security training, compared to 99,65% in 2024.

Deutsche Bank’s security incident management provides ongoing coverage for security events that may affect the bank,

its clients and business partners, or employees. The bank’s Cyber Threat Operations Centers located in Asia Pacific,

Europe and USA support global and group-wide detection of threats and response to incidents 24/7. The related

management and reporting processes performed with involvement of subject matter experts, such as divisional CISOs,

Compliance, Legal, Group Communications and Group Data Privacy, are designed to enable a quick and effective

response to cyberattacks and information security threats. The objective is to minimize the risk of impacts on Deutsche

Bank and to use insights gained from incident handling to continuously improve the bank’s processes.

Information security risks of third parties are managed by Deutsche Bank through a combination of capabilities,

implementing a comprehensive approach to mitigate these risks. Key components include the bank’s global third-party

risk management program, which is designed to identify, monitor, and mitigate risks associated with third-party

engagements. In combination, the bank requires adherence to an information security policy with specific security

controls for third parties, which include incident notification requirements.

Third parties are also re-assessed periodically based on their criticality (annually or bi-annually) to seek continued

assurance that control requirements are being met. Additionally, third parties are also engaged in response to specific

threats and incidents to assess any impact on the bank. For more details on the bank’s third-party management, please

refer to the “Supply chain management” chapter in the Sustainability Statement.

128

Deutsche Bank Risk type Management
Annual Report 2025 Information security

As in prior years, Deutsche Bank in 2025 experienced attacks on computer systems, including attacks aimed at obtaining

unauthorized access to confidential company or client information, damaging or interfering with company data,

resources, or business activities, or otherwise exploiting vulnerabilities in its infrastructure, including attacks that

occurred along the bank’s supply chain. The bank, however, did not experience any material effect on its business

strategy, results of operation, or financial condition due to an information security incident, including attempted

cyberattacks.

Consequently, the bank continued to invest in security risk mitigation. In 2025, Deutsche Bank kept advancing its

security capabilities through a multitude of programs encompassing the breadth of the cyber security domain. A few

specific examples are programs such as enhanced threat detection and prevention, advanced identity management

capabilities, and embedding security as part of infrastructure platform modernization and simplification. The bank also

continues to monitor and evaluate emerging technologies to anticipate and prepare for future risk.

129

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Risk and capital performance

Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Own Funds

The calculation of Deutsche Bank’s own funds incorporates the capital requirements following the “Regulation (EU)

No 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions” (CRR) and the “Directive 2013/36/EU on access to the

activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions” (CRD), which have been further

amended with subsequent Regulations and Directives. The CRD has been implemented into German law. The

information in this section as well as in the section “Development of risk-weighted assets” is based on the regulatory

principles of consolidation.

This section refers to the capital adequacy of the group of entities consolidated for banking regulatory purposes

pursuant to the CRR and the German Banking Act (“Kreditwesengesetz” or “KWG”), which does not include insurance

companies and companies outside the finance sector.

The total own funds pursuant to the effective regulations as of year-end 2025 comprises Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1

capital is subdivided into Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital.

CET 1 capital consists primarily of common share capital (net of own holdings) including related share premium

accounts, retained earnings (including losses for the financial year, if any) and accumulated other comprehensive income,

subject to prudential filters and regulatory adjustments as well as minority interests qualifying for inclusion in

consolidated CET 1 capital. Prudential filters for CET 1 capital, according to Articles 32 to 35 CRR, include securitization

gains on sale, cash flow hedges and changes in the value of own liabilities, and additional value adjustments. CET 1

capital regulatory adjustments for instance includes intangible assets (exceeding their prudential value), temporary

treatment of unrealized gains and losses measured at fair value through OCI in accordance with Article 468 CRR which

was discontinued in the fourth quarter of 2025, deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability, negative amounts

resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts, net defined benefit pension fund assets, reciprocal cross

holdings in the capital of financial sector entities and, significant and non-significant investments in the capital (CET 1,

AT1, Tier 2) of financial sector entities above certain thresholds. All items which are not deducted (i.e., amounts below

the threshold) are subject to risk-weighting.

Additional Tier 1 capital consists of AT1 capital instruments and related share premium accounts as well as

noncontrolling interests qualifying for inclusion in consolidated AT1 capital. To qualify as AT1 capital under CRR/CRD,

instruments must have principal loss absorption through a conversion to common shares or a write-down mechanism

allocating losses at a trigger point and must also meet further requirements such as perpetual with no incentive to

redeem and institution must have full dividend/coupon discretion at all times.

Tier 2 capital comprises eligible capital instruments, the related share premium accounts and subordinated long-term

debt, certain loan loss provisions and noncontrolling interests that qualify for inclusion in consolidated Tier 2 capital. To

qualify as Tier 2 capital, capital instruments or subordinated debt must have an original maturity of at least five years.

Moreover, eligible capital instruments may inter alia not contain an incentive to redeem, a right of investors to accelerate

repayment, or a credit sensitive dividend feature.

130

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Capital instruments

The Management Board was authorized by the 2024 Annual General Meeting to buy, on or before April 30, 2029, shares

of up to 10% of the share capital at the time this resolution was taken or, if lower, of the share capital at the respective

time the authorization was exercised. As at the 2024 Annual General Meeting, this corresponded to a volume of up to

199.5 million shares. Thereof, a volume of up to 5% of the total share capital or 99.7 million shares can be purchased by

using derivatives, including derivatives with a volume of up to 2% of the total share capital with a maturity exceeding

18 months. During the period from the 2024 Annual General Meeting until the 2025 Annual General Meeting, 34.6 million

shares were purchased for equity compensation purposes in the same period or upcoming periods. Thereof, 21.3 million

shares were purchased by exercising call options. In addition, 22.7 million new call options were purchased for equity

compensation purposes in upcoming periods. Furthermore, 27.9 million shares were purchased for cancellation with the

purpose of distributing capital to shareholders in the same period. Thereof, 20.9 million shares were acquired as part of

the share buyback program of € 675 million in 2024 and were cancelled at the beginning of the year 2025; and

7.0 million shares were acquired as part of the share buyback program of € 750 million in 2025. The number of shares

held in Treasury amounted to 12.9 million as of the 2025 Annual General Meeting. Thereof, 7.0 million shares relate to

shares bought back for cancellation as part of the € 750 million share buyback program in 2025. The remaining volume of

5.9 million shares relates to shares to be used for equity compensation purposes in upcoming periods.

The Annual General Meeting on May 22, 2025 granted the Management Board the approval to buy, on or before April 30,

2030, shares of up to 10% of the share capital at the time of this resolution was taken or, if lower, of the share capital at

the respective time the authorization was exercised. As at the 2025 Annual General Meeting, this corresponded to

194.8 million shares. Thereof, a volume of up to 5% of the total share capital or 97.4 million shares can be purchased by

using derivatives, including derivatives with a volume of up to 2% of the total share capital with a maturity exceeding

18 months. These authorizations replaced the authorizations of the previous year. During the period from the 2025

Annual General Meeting until December 31, 2025, 4.6 million shares were purchased for equity compensation purposes

in upcoming periods and 30.6 million shares were purchased for cancellation with the purpose of distributing capital to

shareholders. Thereof, 22.3 million shares were purchased as part of the € 750 million share buyback program and

8.4 million shares were acquired as part of the € 250 million share buyback program. In December 2025, a total number

of 37.7 million shares were cancelled. The number of shares held in Treasury amounted to 7.7 million shares as of

December 31, 2025. The shares will be used for equity compensation purposes in upcoming periods.

Since the 2017 Annual General Meeting, renewed at the 2021 Annual General Meeting and valid until the 2025 Annual

General Meeting, authorized capital available to the Management Board was € 2,560 million (1,000 million shares). At the

2025 Annual General Meeting this authorized capital was replaced by a new authorized capital of € 2,493 million

(973.8 million shares). As of December 31, 2025 this authorization has not been utilized and authorized capital remains at

€ 2,493 million.

Since the 2022 Annual General Meeting and until the 2025 Annual General Meeting, the Management Board was

authorized to issue participatory notes and other hybrid debt securities that fulfill the regulatory requirements to qualify

as Additional Tier 1 capital with an equivalent value of € 9 billion. In this period Deutsche Bank issued € 5.75 billion new

AT1 notes, thereof € 1.5 billion in March 2025. Since the 2025 Annual General Meeting the Management Board is

authorized to issue participatory notes and other hybrid debt securities that fulfill the regulatory requirements to qualify

as Additional Tier 1 capital with an equivalent value of € 12 billion on or before April 30, 2030. Under this authorization as

of December 31, 2025 Deutsche Bank issued € 1.0 billion new AT1 notes.

Based on the current CRR, the amount recognized as regulatory AT1 capital amounted to € 11.5 billion. The

corresponding nominal amount of outstanding AT1 instruments was € 11.7 billion as of December 31, 2025. In 2025, AT1

instruments with a nominal value of € 2.4 billion were called. The bank issued new AT1 notes with a nominal amount of

€ 2.5 billion in 2025.

As of December 31, 2025, the amount recognized as regulatory Tier 2 amounted capital to € 7.1 billion. The

corresponding nominal amount of outstanding Tier 2 instruments was € 8.3 billion as of December 31, 2025. In 2025,

Tier 2 instruments with a nominal value of € 2.8 billion matured and € 0.1 billion became ineligible. There were no new

issuances of Tier 2 instruments in 2025.

131

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Prudential requirements and additional buffers

The Pillar 1 CET 1 minimum capital requirement applicable to the Group is 4.50% of RWA. The Pillar 1 total capital

requirement of 8.00% demands further resources that may be met with up to 1.50% Additional Tier 1 capital and up to

2.00% Tier 2 capital.

Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in supervisory measures such as restrictions of profit

distributions or limitations on certain businesses such as lending. Deutsche Bank complied with the minimum regulatory

capital adequacy requirements in 2025.

In addition to these minimum capital requirements, the following combined capital buffer requirements were fully

effective beginning 2025 onwards. These buffer requirements must be met in addition to the Pillar 1 minimum capital

requirements but can be drawn down in times of economic stress.

The capital conservation buffer is implemented in Section 10c German Banking Act, based on Article 129 CRD and

equals a requirement of 2.50% CET 1 capital of RWA.

The countercyclical capital buffer is deployed in a jurisdiction when excess credit growth is associated with an increase in

system-wide risk. It may vary between 0% and 2.50% CET 1 capital of RWA. In exceptional cases, it could also be higher

than 2.50%. The institution-specific countercyclical buffer that applies to Deutsche Bank is the weighted average of the

countercyclical capital buffers that apply in the jurisdictions where relevant credit exposures are located. As per

December 31, 2025, the institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer was at 0.50%.

In addition to the aforementioned buffers, national authorities, such as the BaFin, may require a systemic risk buffer to

prevent and mitigate long-term non-cyclical systemic or macro-prudential risks that are not covered by the CRR. They

can require an additional buffer of up to 5.00% CET 1 capital of RWA. As of the year end 2025, the systemic risk buffer

applied to Deutsche Bank is 0.14%.

Deutsche Bank continues to be designated as a global systemically important institution (G-SII) by the BaFin resulting in

a G-SII buffer requirement of 1.50% CET 1 capital of RWA in 2025. BaFin has announced that the G-SII buffer

requirement for Deutsche Bank will be reduced to 1.00% for the year 2026.

Additionally, Deutsche Bank has been classified by BaFin as an “other systemically important institution” (O-SII) with an

additional capital buffer requirement of 2.00% in 2025 which has to be met on a consolidated level and remains

unchanged for 2026. The higher of the buffers for systemically important institutions (G-SII buffer or O-SII buffer) must

be applied.

Pursuant to the Pillar 2 SREP, the ECB may impose capital requirements on individual banks which are more stringent

than statutory requirements (so-called Pillar 2 requirement).

In December 2024, the ECB informed Deutsche Bank of its decision effective January 1, 2025, that the bank’s Pillar 2

requirement changed compared to 2024. This resulted in ECB’s Pillar 2 requirement amounting to 2.90% of RWA. As of

December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank needs to maintain on a consolidated basis a CET 1 ratio of at least 11.26%, a Tier 1

ratio of at least 13.31% and a Total Capital ratio of at least 16.03%. The CET 1 requirement comprises the Pillar 1

minimum capital requirement of 4.50%, the Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) of 1.63%, the capital conservation buffer

of 2.50%, the countercyclical buffer of 0.50% and the systemic risk buffer of 0.14% (both subject to changes throughout

the year) as well as the higher of the bank´s G-SII/O-SII buffer of 2.00%. Correspondingly, the Tier 1 capital requirement

includes additionally a Tier 1 minimum capital requirement of 1.50% plus a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.54%, and the Total

Capital requirement includes further a Tier 2 minimum capital requirement of 2.00% and a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.72%.

In addition, ECB communicated to Deutsche Bank an individual expectation to maintain a further Pillar 2 CET 1 capital

add-on commonly referred to as the Pillar 2 guidance. This capital add-on is separate from and in addition to the Pillar 2

requirement. The ECB expects banks to meet the Pillar 2 guidance although it is not legally binding, and failure to meet

the Pillar 2 guidance does not lead to automatic restrictions of capital distributions.

On October 28, 2025, Deutsche Bank was informed by the ECB of its decision regarding prudential minimum capital

requirements for 2026 that applies from January 1, 2026, onwards, following the results of the 2025 SREP. The decision

set ECB’s Pillar 2 requirement to 2.85% of RWA, effective as of January 1, 2026, of which at least 1.60% must be covered

by CET 1 capital and 2.14% by Tier 1 capital.

132

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

The following table gives an overview of the different Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 minimum capital buffer requirements (but

excluding the Pillar 2 guidance) as applicable to Deutsche Bank for the years 2025 and 2026.

Overview prudential requirements and additional buffers

2025 2026
Pillar 1
Minimum CET 1 requirement 4.50% 4.50%
Combined buffer requirement 5.13% 5.15%
Capital Conservation Buffer 2.50% 2.50%
Countercyclical Buffer¹ 0.50% 0.52%
Systemic Risk Buffer² 0.14% 0.14%
Maximum of: 2.00% 2.00%
G-SII Buffer 1.50% 1.00%
O-SII Buffer 2.00% 2.00%
Pillar 2
Pillar 2 SREP Add-on of Total capital (excluding the "Pillar 2" guidance) 2.90% 2.85%
of which covered by CET 1 capital 1.63% 1.60%
of which covered by Tier 1 capital 2.18% 2.14%
of which covered by Tier 2 capital 0.72% 0.71%
Total CET 1 requirement from Pillar 1 and 2³ 11.26% 11.25%
Total Tier 1 requirement from Pillar 1 and 2 13.31% 13.29%
Total capital requirement from Pillar 1 and 2 16.03% 16.00%
Pillar 1 Leverage Ratio minimum requirement 3.00% 3.00%
Pillar 2 Leverage Ratio requirement 0.10% 0.10%
G-SII Leverage Ratio Buffer 0.75% 0.50%
Total Leverage Ratio requirement 3.85% 3.60%

1Deutsche Bank’s countercyclical buffer requirement is subject to country-specific buffer rates decreed by EBA and the Basel Committee of Banking Supervision (BCBS)

as well as Deutsche Bank’s relevant credit exposures as per respective reporting date; the countercyclical buffer rate for 2026 has been calculated to be 0.52% based on

known countercyclical buffer changes in 2026; the countercyclical buffer is subject to Deutsche Bank portfolio changes and further changes of countercyclical buffer

rates throughout the year

2The Systemic risk buffer rate for 2026 has been calculated to be 0.14% based on known systemic risk buffer changes in 2026; the systemic risk buffer is subject to

Deutsche Bank portfolio changes and further changes in systemic risk buffer rates throughout the year

3The total Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 CET 1 requirement (excluding the “Pillar 2” guidance) is calculated as the sum of the SREP requirement, the systemic risk buffer requirement,

the capital conservation buffer requirement and countercyclical buffer requirement as well as the higher of the G-SII/O-SII requirement

The Group’s Pillar 1 Tier 1 applicable capital requirement is 3.00% of leverage exposure. An additional leverage ratio

buffer requirement, equivalent to 50% of the applicable G-SII buffer rate, also applies. For Deutsche Bank, this additional

requirement equals 0.75% for 2025 and 0.50% for 2026. Furthermore, the ECB has set a Pillar 2 requirement for the

leverage ratio of 0.10%. This adds up to a total leverage ratio requirement of 3.85% for 2025. In addition, ECB

communicated to Deutsche Bank an individual expectation to maintain a further Pillar 2 Tier 1 capital add-on in relation

to leverage ratio, commonly referred to as the Pillar 2 guidance. This capital add-on is separate from and in addition to

the Pillar 2 requirement. The ECB expects banks to meet the Pillar 2 guidance although it is not legally binding, and

failure to meet the Pillar 2 guidance does not lead to automatic restrictions of capital distributions.

Development of Own Funds

Deutsche Bank’s CET 1 capital as of December 31, 2025, amounted to € 49.3 billion, a decrease of € 0.2 billion compared

to € 49.5 billion at the end of 2024. AT1 capital was € 11.5 billion as of December 31, 2025, an increase of € 0.1 billion

compared to € 11.4 billion at the end of 2024. Tier 1 capital was € 60.8 billion as of December 31, 2025, broadly stable

compared to the end of 2024. Tier 2 capital amounted to € 7.1 billion as of December 31, 2025, a decrease of

€ 0.6 billion compared to € 7.7 billion at the end of 2024. Total capital amounted to € 67.8 billion as of December 31,

2025, a decrease of € 0.7 billion compared to € 68.5 billion at the end of 2024.

As of December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank's CET1 ratio was 14.2%, an increase of 40 basis points compared to December 31,

  1. This development was primarily driven by lower RWA as outlined in “Development of risk-weighted assets” section,

partly offset by a decrease in CET1 capital as outlined below. The initial effect of the implementation of CRR3 amounted

to 1 basis point, comprising a CET1 capital reduction of € 0.4 billion and an overall decrease of € 3.4 billion in RWA.

133

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

CET 1 capital decreased by € 0.2 billion during 2025. This development included a net profit of € 6.9 billion for the year

2025 reduced by regulatory deductions for future shareholder distribution and AT1 coupon payments of € 3.6 billion

which is in line with the ECB Decision (EU) (2015/656) on the recognition of interim or year-end profits in CET 1 capital in

accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4). In addition, the decrease in CET 1

capital was driven by accumulated other comprehensive income which includes currency translation adjustments of

€ 3.2 billion, discontinuation of the temporary treatment of unrealized gains and losses measured at fair value through

OCI in accordance with Article 468 CRR by € 1.0 billion, higher deduction for non-performing exposures of € 0.4 billion,

effects from the completion of the second share buyback program of € 0.3 billion and collective investment

undertakings not included in RWA of € 0.2 billion. These reductions were partially offset by lower deductions from

deferred tax assets of € 0.9 billion, expected loss shortfall of € 0.5 billion as well as goodwill and other intangibles of

€ 0.2 billion.

The AT1 capital increase of € 0.1 billion was mainly due to the issuance of two new AT1 capital instruments during the

year amounting to € 2.5 billion, reduced by the exercised call options on two instruments with a total principal amount of

€ 2.4 billion (U.S.$2.75 billion equivalent).

The Tier 2 capital decrease of € 0.6 billion was mainly due to foreign exchange effects of € 0.6 billion and € 0.3 billion

due to amortization. This was partly offset by an increase of € 0.3 billion in carrying amount change arising from accrued

interest and fair value hedge.

134

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Own Funds Template (including RWA and capital ratios)

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: instruments and reserves
Capital instruments, related share premium accounts and other reserves 42,983 44,130
Retained earnings 21,149 19,978
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (4,159) (1,229)
Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend1 3,347 801
Other 917 1,020
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments 64,237 64,700
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: regulatory adjustments
Additional value adjustments (negative amount) (1,667) (1,680)
Other prudential filters (other than additional value adjustments) 296 95
Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount) (5,045) (5,277)
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net<br><br>of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (negative amount) (2,533) (3,463)
Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts (2,579) (3,037)
Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount) (1,135) (1,173)
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own CET 1 instruments (negative amount)
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities<br><br>where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above the 10%/15% thresholds<br><br>and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in<br><br>Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (amount above the 10%/15% thresholds) (negative amount)
Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealized gains and losses pursuant to Art. 468 CRR 1,012
Other regulatory adjustments2 (2,309) (1,721)
Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital (14,971) (15,244)
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital 49,266 49,457
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 11,648 11,508
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Art. 484 (4) CRR and the related share<br><br>premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments 11,648 11,508
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments<br><br>(negative amount) (130) (130)
Residual amounts deducted from AT1 capital with regard to deduction from CET 1 capital during the<br><br>transitional period pursuant to Art. 472 CRR
Other regulatory adjustments
Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital (130) (130)
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital 11,518 11,378
Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET 1 + AT1) 60,784 60,835
Tier 2 (T2) capital 7,050 7,676
Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) 67,834 68,511
Total risk-weighted assets 347,133 357,427
Capital ratios
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets) 14.2 13.8
Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets) 17.5 17.0
Total capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets) 19.5 19.2

1Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4); current year profits

of € 6.9 billion reduced by deductions for future shareholder distribution of € 3.1 billion and AT1 coupons of € 0.5 billion

2Includes capital deductions of € 1.4 billion (December 2024: € 1.4 billion) based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution

Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme, € 0.7 billion (December 2024: € 0.3 billion) based on ECB's supervisory recommendation for a prudential provisioning of non-

performing exposures

135

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity to Own Funds

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Total shareholders’ equity per accounting balance sheet 66,933 66,276
Deconsolidation/Consolidation of entities (24) (24)
Of which:
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings (16) (24)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (9)
Total shareholders' equity per regulatory balance sheet 66,909 66,252
Minority Interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET 1) 917 1,020
AT1 coupon and shareholder distribution deduction1 (3,585) (2,565)
Capital instruments not eligible under CET 1 as per CRR 28(1) (4) (7)
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments 64,237 64,700
Prudential filters (1,371) (1,585)
Of which:
Additional value adjustments (1,667) (1,680)
Any increase in equity that results from securitized assets
Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges and gains or losses on liabilities designated<br><br>at fair value resulting from changes in own credit standing 296 95
Regulatory adjustments (13,600) (13,659)
Of which:
Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount) (5,045) (5,277)
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (2,533) (3,463)
Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts (2,579) (3,037)
Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount) (1,135) (1,173)
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities<br><br>where the institution has a significant investment in those entities
Securitization positions not included in risk-weighted assets
Collective Investment Undertakings (CIU) not included in risk-weighted assets (214)
Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealized gains and losses pursuant to Art. 468 CRR 1,012
Others2 (2,094) (1,721)
Common Equity Tier 1 capital 49,266 49,457

1 Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4); current year

deductions include deductions for future shareholder distribution of € 3.1 billion and AT1 coupons of € 0.5 billion

2 Includes capital deductions of € 1.4 billion (December 31, 2024: € 1.4 billion) based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single

Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme, € 0.7 billion (December 31, 2024: € 0.3 billion) based on ECB’s supervisory recommendation for a prudential

provisioning of non-performing exposures

136

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Development of Own Funds

in € m. twelve months<br><br>ended Dec 31,<br><br>2025 twelve months<br><br>ended Dec 31,<br><br>2024
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital - opening amount 49,457 48,066
Common shares, net effect (215) (115)
Additional paid-in capital (1,460) (430)
Retained earnings 7,301 3,341
Common shares in treasury, net effect/(+) sales (–) purchase 528 (232)
Movements in accumulated other comprehensive income (2,929) 530
AT1 coupon and shareholder distribution deduction¹ (3,585) (2,565)
Additional value adjustments 13 47
Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount) 232 (263)
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (excluding those arising from temporary differences) 930 744
Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts 458 (651)
Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount) 37 (253)
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities<br><br>where the institution has a significant investment in those entities
Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10% and 15% threshold,<br><br>net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met)
Other, including regulatory adjustments (1,501) 1,238
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital - closing amount 49,266 49,457
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) Capital – opening amount 11,378 8,328
New Additional Tier 1 eligible capital issues 2,500 2,950
Matured and called instruments (2,360)
Other, including regulatory adjustments 100
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) Capital – closing amount 11,518 11,378
Tier 1 capital 60,784 60,835
Tier 2 (T2) capital – closing amount 7,050 7,676
Total regulatory capital 67,834 68,511

1Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4); current year

deductions include deductions for future shareholder distribution of € 3.1 billion and AT1 coupons of € 0.5 billion

137

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Minimum loss coverage for Non Performing Exposure (NPE)

In April 2019, the EU published requirements Regulation (EU) 2019/630 amending the CRR (Regulation (EU) No

575/2013) for a prudential backstop reserve for non-performing exposure (NPE). This regulation results in a Pillar 1

deduction from CET 1 capital when a minimum loss coverage requirement is not met. It is applied to exposures

originated and defaulted after April 25, 2019.

In addition, in March 2018, the ECB published its “Addendum to the ECB Guidance to banks on non-performing loans:

supervisory expectations for prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures” and in August 2019, its “Communication

on supervisory coverage expectations for NPEs”.

The ECB guidance issued is applicable to all newly defaulted loans after April 1, 2018 (ECB - new NPE’s after April 1,

2018) and, similar to the EU rules, it requires banks to take measures in case a minimum impairment coverage

requirement is not met. Within the annual SREP discussions ECB may impose Pillar 2 measures on banks in case ECB is

not confident with measure taken by the individual bank.

For the year end 2020, the bank introduced a framework to determine the prudential provisioning of non-performing

exposure as a Pillar 2 measure as requested in the before mentioned ECB’s guidance and SREP recommendation.

For the minimum loss coverage expectation for NPE´s arising from clients defaulted before April 1, 2018 (ECB – NPE

Stock) a phase-in path to 100% coverage expectation was envisaged with an annual increase of 10%. In a first step, banks

were allocated to three comparable groups on the basis of the bank’s net NPL ratios as of end-2017 and in a second step

an assessment of capacity regarding the potential impact was carried out for each individual bank with a horizon of

end-2026. Deutsche Bank has been assigned to Group 1 which requires a full applicability of 100% minimum loss

coverage by year end 2024 for secured loans respectively by year end 2023 for unsecured loans.

The shortfall between the minimum loss coverage requirements for non-performing exposure and the risk reserves

recorded in line with the IFRS 9 for defaulted (Stage 3) assets amounted to € 657 million as of December 31, 2025 and

was deducted from CET 1. This additional CET 1 charge can be considered as additional regulatory loss reserve and leads

to a € 2.6 billion RWA relief.

Non-performing exposure loss coverage

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. (unless<br><br>stated otherwise) Exposure value1 Total minimum<br><br>coverage<br><br>requirement Available<br><br>coverage Applicable<br><br>amount of<br><br>insufficient<br><br>coverage
Corporate Bank 2,954 838 1,520 163
Investment Bank 10,931 2,709 4,700 362
Private Bank 7,276 1,735 4,090 61
Asset Management
Corporate & Other 791 106 254 70
Total 21,952 5,388 10,563 657

1Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR

Dec 31, 2024
in € m. (unless<br><br>stated otherwise) Exposure value1 Total minimum<br><br>coverage<br><br>requirement Available<br><br>coverage Applicable<br><br>amount of<br><br>insufficient<br><br>coverage
Corporate Bank 4,107 696 1,818 48
Investment Bank 9,602 3,355 4,986 171
Private Bank 8,139 1,224 3,674 53
Asset Management
Corporate & Other 969 58 177 29
Total 22,817 5,334 10,654 302

1Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR

138

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Development of risk-weighted assets

The table below provides an overview of RWA broken down by risk type and segment. It includes the aggregated effects

of the segmental reallocation of infrastructure related positions, if applicable, as well as reallocations between the

segments. As of December 31, 2025, the output floor for RWA according to CRR3 had no impact on Deutsche Bank´s

RWA based on the currently applicable regulation.

Risk-weighted assets by risk type and segment

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. Corporate Bank Investment Bank Private Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total
Credit Risk 60,942 97,311 77,192 10,192 14,537 260,174
Settlement Risk 91 44 135
Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) 2,328 58 3 201 2,591
Market Risk 201 18,809 20 7 2,012 21,050
Operational Risk 10,844 17,873 14,726 5,318 14,422 63,183
Total 71,988 136,412 91,996 15,520 31,216 347,133
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Corporate Bank Investment Bank Private Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total
Credit Risk 67,115 95,869 82,655 13,683 17,633 276,955
Settlement Risk 4 11 15
Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) 29 2,907 161 334 3,431
Market Risk 248 16,270 27 31 2,390 18,965
Operational Risk 10,784 14,775 14,438 4,700 13,363 58,061
Total 78,176 129,825 97,281 18,414 33,732 357,427

RWA of Deutsche Bank were € 347.1 billion as of December 31, 2025, compared to € 357.4 billion at the end of 2024.

The decrease of € 10.3 billion, thereof € 3.4 billion from the introduction of CRR3, was driven by credit risk RWA and

credit valuation adjustment RWA, partially offset by operational risk RWA and market risk RWA.

Credit risk RWA decreased by € 16.8 billion, including an impact of € 5.0 billion from the introduction of CRR3, as

detailed further below, as well as foreign exchange movements and capital efficiency measures. This was partially offset

by credit risk RWA increases from Deutsche Bank´s business growth in 2025.

Credit valuation adjustment RWA decreased by € 0.8 billion, primarily driven by reduced exposures, as well as hedging

activities offsetting the initial impact from the introduction of the new Basic Approach under CRR3.

Deutsche Bank´s operational risk RWA increased by € 5.1 billion, driven by the move from the advanced measurement

approach to the new standardized measurement approach for operational risks under CRR3.

Market risk RWA increased by € 2.1 billion, primarily driven by Stressed-Value-at-Risk (SVaR) due to changes in sovereign

bond exposure under Fixed Income and Currencies Trading business.

The tables below provide an analysis of the key drivers for risk-weighted asset movements observed for credit risk, credit

valuation adjustments as well as market risk in the reporting period. They also show the corresponding movements in

minimum capital requirements, which are 8% of RWA.

139

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Development of risk-weighted assets for Credit Risk including Counterparty Credit Risk

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. Credit risk RWA Capital<br><br>requirements Credit risk RWA Capital<br><br>requirements
Credit risk RWA balance, beginning of year 276,955 22,156 265,789 21,263
Book size 3,645 292 4,944 396
Book quality (1,371) (110) (7,793) (623)
Model updates 4,110 329 3,668 293
Methodology and policy (10,901) (872) 3,443 275
Acquisition and disposals
Foreign exchange movements (13,506) (1,080) 5,410 433
Other 1,242 99 1,494 119
Credit risk RWA balance, end of year 260,174 20,814 276,955 22,156

Of which: Development of risk-weighted assets for Counterparty Credit Risk

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. Counterparty<br><br>credit risk RWA Capital<br><br>requirements Counterparty<br><br>credit risk RWA Capital<br><br>requirements
Counterparty credit risk RWA balance, beginning of year 19,470 1,558 19,868 1,589
Book size 1,588 127 (1,194) (96)
Book quality (42) (3) (47) (4)
Model updates (895) (72) 186 15
Methodology and policy (169) (14)
Acquisition and disposals
Foreign exchange movements (1,361) (109) 657 53
Other
Counterparty credit risk RWA balance, end of year 18,590 1,487 19,470 1,558

Organic changes in the Group´s portfolio size and composition are considered in the category “book size”. The category

“book quality” mainly represents the effects from portfolio rating migrations, loss given default, model parameter

recalibrations as well as collateral and netting coverage activities. “Model updates” include model refinements and

advanced model roll out. RWA movements resulting from externally, regulatory-driven changes, e.g., applying new

regulations, are considered in the “methodology and policy” section. “Acquisition and disposals” shows significant

exposure movements which can be clearly assigned to new businesses or disposal-related activities. Changes that

cannot be attributed to the above categories are reflected in the category “other”.

RWA for credit risk decreased by € 16.8 billion, or 6.1%, since December 31, 2024, which was mainly driven by the

categories “foreign exchange movements”, “methodology and policy” as well as “book quality” and was partly offset by

categories “model updates”, “book size” and “other”.

The decrease in category “methodology and policy” reflects impacts from the introduction of CRR3. In this regard, the

two major drivers were the adoption of the rule to deduct exposures for collective investment undertakings that are

assigned to a risk weight of 1,250% and reduced risk weights for exchange traded equity exposures. Additionally, this

category includes impacts from the remediation of regulatory obligations as well as a refinement on the application of

the scaling factor on collaterals, which were partly offset by impacts from the introduction of new margin of

conservatisms on key model inputs.

The decrease in category “book quality” is mainly driven by RWA reductions from capital efficiency measures, partly

offset by counterparty rating deteriorations.

The aforementioned decreases were partly offset by increases in category “model updates”, primarily due to refinements

of Deutsche Bank´s IRBA model including the recalibration of margin of conservatisms applied on key model inputs.

The increase in category “book size” is reflecting Deutsche Bank´s business growth in 2025, especially within the

Investment Bank and the Corporate Bank, as well as market movements along with higher equity shares in guaranteed

funds, partly offset by capital efficiency measures in the form of synthetic securitizations.

Additionally, the increase in category “other” reflects higher RWA for deferred tax assets, including the effects from the

discontinuation of the temporary treatment of unrealized gains and losses measured at fair value through OCI in

accordance with Article 468 CRR, and investments in financial sector entities.

140

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

RWA for counterparty credit risk decreased by € 0.9 billion, or 4.5%, since December 31, 2024, mainly driven by the

decrease in categories “foreign exchange”, “model updates” and “methodology and policy”, partly offset by category

“book size”. The decrease in category “model updates” mainly reflects refinements of internal models. Additionally, the

reduction in category “methodology and policy” is mainly driven by impacts from the introduction of CRR3. The

aforementioned decreases were partly offset by an increase in category “book size”, reflecting a higher trading inventory.

Based on the CRR/CRD regulatory framework, Deutsche Bank is required to calculate RWA using the CVA which takes

into account the credit quality of the bank´s counterparties. RWA for CVA covers the risk of mark-to-market losses on the

expected counterparty risk in connection with OTC derivative exposures and fair-valued securities financing transactions.

Under CRR3, Deutsche Bank applies the Basic Approach for CVA (BA‑CVA) to determine the regulatory capital charges.

Development of risk-weighted assets for Credit Valuation Adjustment

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. CVA RWA Capital<br><br>requirements CVA RWA Capital<br><br>requirements
CVA RWA balance, beginning of year 3,431 274 5,276 422
Movement in risk levels (1,709) (137) (1,205) (96)
Market data changes and recalibrations (640) (51)
Model updates
Methodology and policy 868 69
Acquisitions and disposals
Foreign exchange movements
CVA RWA balance, end of year 2,591 207 3,431 274

The development of CVA RWA is broken down into a number of categories: “Movement in risk levels”, which includes

changes to the portfolio size and composition; “Market data changes and calibrations”, which includes changes in market

data levels and volatilities as well as recalibrations; “Model updates”, which refers to changes to the IMM credit exposure

model that are used for CVA RWA; “Methodology and policy”, which relates to changes to the regulation. Any significant

business acquisitions or disposals would be presented in the category “Acquisitions and disposals”.

As of December 31, 2025, the RWA for CVA amounted to € 2.6 billion, representing a decrease of € 0.8 billion, or (24)%

compared to December 31, 2024. This includes € 1.7 billion decrease in movement in risk levels (primarily driven by

reduced exposure as well as hedging activities) and € 0.9 billion increase in methodology and policy update (the

introduction of the new basic approach under CRR3).

Development of risk-weighted assets for Market Risk

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. VaR SVaR IRC Other Total RWA Total capital<br><br>requirements
Market risk RWA balance, beginning of year 2,705 6,204 6,268 3,787 18,965 1,517
Movement in risk levels (1,610) 797 (449) 312 (950) (76)
Market data changes and recalibrations 1,572 1,933 58 3,563 285
Model updates/changes 49 (27) (168) (147) (12)
Methodology and policy (120) (120) (10)
Acquisitions and disposals
Foreign exchange movements (261) (261) (21)
Other
Market risk RWA balance, end of year 2,716 8,907 5,651 3,776 21,050 1,684
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. VaR SVaR IRC Other Total RWA Total capital<br><br>requirements
Market risk RWA balance, beginning of year 3,750 7,090 7,129 3,542 21,510 1,721
Movement in risk levels (307) (513) (860) (194) (1,874) (150)
Market data changes and recalibrations (767) (336) 330 (773) (62)
Model updates/changes 29 (37) (8) (1)
Methodology and policy
Acquisitions and disposals
Foreign exchange movements 109 109 9
Other
Market risk RWA balance, end of year 2,705 6,204 6,268 3,787 18,965 1,517

141

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

The analysis for market risk covers movements in the bank’s internal models for value-at-risk (VaR), stressed value-at-risk,

incremental risk charge (IRC) as well as results from the market risk standardized approach (MRSA), which is captured in

the category “Other”. MRSA is used to determine the regulatory capital charge for the specific market risk of trading

book securitizations, for certain types of investment funds and for longevity risk as set out in CRR/CRD regulations.

Market risk RWA movements due to changes in market data levels, volatilities, correlations, liquidity and ratings are

included under the “Market data changes and recalibrations” category. Changes to market risk RWA internal models,

such as methodology enhancements or risk scope extensions, are included in the category “Model updates”. In the

“Methodology and policy” category regulatory driven changes to market risk RWA models and calculations are reported.

Significant new businesses and disposals would be assigned to the line item “Acquisition and disposals”. The impacts of

“Foreign exchange movements” are only calculated for the CRM and Standardized approach methods.

As of December 31, 2025 the RWA for market risk was € 21.0 billion, an increase of € 2.1 billion, or 11% since December

31, 2024. The increase was driven by higher stressed value-at-risk RWA due to changes in sovereign bond exposure

under Fixed Income and Currencies Trading business.

Development of risk-weighted assets for operational risk

The overall increase of RWA for operational risk by € 5.1 billion during 2025 was driven by the transition to the

standardized measurement approach as laid out in the CRR3 as well as the bank’s revenue development as its primary

driver. As this approach does not distinguish operational risk loss event type categories, the related granular reporting of

operational risk exposures is discontinued.

142

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Economic Capital Adequacy

Deutsche Bank’s internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) aims at maintaining the continuity of the bank on

an ongoing basis. Internal capital adequacy is assessed from an economic perspective as the ratio of economic capital

supply divided by economic capital demand as shown in the table below.

Economic capital supply and demand

in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Components of economic capital supply
Shareholders' equity1 66,933 66,276
Noncontrolling interests2 922 957
AT1 coupon and shareholder distribution deduction1 (3,585) (2,565)
Gain on sale of securitizations, cash flow hedges 49 (36)
Fair value gains on own debt and debt valuation adjustments, subject to own credit risk 247 131
Additional valuation adjustments (1,667) (1,680)
Intangible assets (3,513) (3,847)
IFRS deferred tax assets excl. temporary differences (3,006) (4,073)
Expected loss shortfall (2,579) (3,037)
Defined benefit pension fund assets (1,137) (1,174)
Other adjustments1 (2,192) (2,833)
Economic capital supply 50,474 48,119
Components of economic capital demand
Credit risk 13,395 12,507
Market risk 9,970 8,667
Operational risk 4,960 4,645
Strategic risk 1,980 1,936
Diversification benefit (4,234) (3,530)
Total economic capital demand 26,071 24,225
Economic capital adequacy ratio 194% 199%

1Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

2Includes noncontrolling interest up to the economic capital requirement for each subsidiary

The economic capital adequacy ratio was 194% as of December 31, 2025, compared with 199% as of December 31,

  1. The overall decline was due to an increase in economic capital demand for market risk, credit risk and operational

risk which is explained in the section “Risk Profile”. This was partly offset by an increase in economic capital supply.

The increase in economic capital supply by € 2.4 billion compared to year-end 2024 was mainly driven by a positive net

income of € 6.9 billion, lower capital deductions from deferred tax assets of € 1.1 billion, from valuation differences

between carrying and fair values for debt securities held to collect of € 0.7 billion, from expected loss shortfall of

€ 0.5 billion and from intangible assets of € 0.3 billion as well as unrealized gains and losses of € 0.3 billion. These

increases were partly offset by € 3.6 billion from deductions for future shareholder distributions relating to the Group’s

50% payout ratio policy in respect of financial year 2025 and accrued AT1 coupon payments, € 3.2 billion from foreign

currency translation adjustments, € 0.3 billion of executed share buyback program, € 0.1 billion from equity

compensation and € 0.1 billion from actuarial gains and losses.

143

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Leverage Ratio

Leverage Ratio according to CRR/CRD framework

The non-risk-based leverage ratio is intended to act as a supplementary measure to the risk-based capital requirements.

Its objectives are to constrain the build-up of leverage in the banking sector, helping avoid destabilizing deleveraging

processes which can damage the broader financial system and the economy, and to reinforce the risk-based

requirements with a simple, non-risk based “backstop” measure.

Deutsche Bank calculates its leverage ratio exposure in accordance with Articles 429 to 429g of the CRR.

The Group’s total leverage ratio exposure includes derivatives, securities financing transactions (SFTs), off-balance sheet

exposure and other on-balance sheet exposure (excluding derivatives and SFTs).

The leverage exposure for derivatives is calculated by using a modified version of the standardized approach for

counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR), comprising the current replacement cost plus a regulatory defined add-on for the

potential future exposure. The effective notional amount of written credit derivatives, i.e., the notional reduced by any

negative fair value changes that have been incorporated in Tier 1 capital is included in the leverage ratio exposure

measure; the resulting exposure measure is further reduced by the effective notional amount of purchased credit

derivative protection on the same reference name provided certain conditions are met.

The SFT component includes the gross receivables for SFTs, which are netted with SFT payables if specific conditions are

met. In addition to the gross exposure a regulatory add-on for the counterparty credit risk is included.

The off-balance sheet exposure component follows the standardized approach for credit risk with credit risk conversion

factors (CCF) based on five different buckets (100% for bucket 1, 50% for bucket 2, 40% for bucket 3, 20% for bucket 4

and 10% for bucket 5).

The on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) component reflects the accounting values of the assets

(excluding derivatives, SFTs and regular-way purchases and sales awaiting settlement). The exposure value of regular-

way purchases and sales awaiting settlement is determined as offset between those cash receivables and cash payables

where the related regular-way sales and purchases are both settled on a delivery-versus payment basis.

Assets can be excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure if they have been deducted in the determination of

Tier 1 capital. The corresponding regulatory adjustments are reflected in the asset amounts deducted in determining

Tier 1 capital component.

The following tables show the leverage ratio exposure and the leverage ratio. For further details on Tier 1 capital please

also refer to the section “Development of Own Funds”.

Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures

in € bn. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Total assets as per published financial statements 1,435 1,387
Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope of<br><br>regulatory consolidation (2) 2
Adjustments for derivative financial instruments (113) (156)
Adjustment for securities financing transactions (SFTs) 8 4
Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (i.e., conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance<br><br>sheet exposures) 128 158
Other adjustments (128) (79)
Leverage ratio total exposure measure 1,327 1,316

144

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Leverage ratio common disclosure

in € bn.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Tier 1 capital 61 61
Derivative exposures 130 137
Securities financing transaction exposures 159 152
Off-balance sheet exposures 128 158
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) 924 883
Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital (13) (13)
Leverage ratio total exposure measure 1,327 1,316
Leverage ratio (in %) 4.6 4.6

Factors impacting the leverage ratio

As of December 31, 2025, Tier 1 capital was € 60.8 billion, essentially flat compared to the prior year. For main drivers of

the Tier 1 capital development please refer to section “Development of Own Funds”.

During the year 2025 the leverage exposure increased by € 11.5 billion to € 1,327.4 billion, largely driven by on-balance

sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs), which increased by € 41.5 billion, and the leverage exposure for

securities financing transactions (SFTs), which increased by € 7.1 billion, both largely in line with the development on the

balance sheet. For additional information on the development of the balance sheet please refer to the section

“Movements in assets and liabilities” in this report. These increases were partly offset by off-balance sheet leverage

exposures, which declined by € 30.4 billion, of which € 15.7 billion related to a changed treatment of chargeback risk in a

specific payments business and € 11.3 billion impact from changed credit conversion factors under CRR3. Furthermore,

the leverage exposure related to derivatives decreased by € 6.9 billion, driven by replacement costs under the

standardized approach for Counterparty Credit Risk (SA-CCR) and effective notional amounts of written credit

derivatives, partly offset by potential future exposure add-ons under SA-CCR.

The development of the leverage exposure in 2025 included a negative foreign exchange impact of € 70.6 billion, mainly

due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the euro. The effects from foreign exchange rate movements are

embedded in the movement of the leverage exposure items discussed in this section.

As of December 31, 2025, the leverage ratio was 4.6%, essentially flat compared to December 31, 2024. This takes into

account a Tier 1 capital of € 60.8 billion over an applicable exposure measure of € 1,327.4 billion as of December 31,

2025 (€ 60.8 billion and € 1,315.9 billion as of December 31, 2024, respectively).

The initial effect of the implementation of CRR3 amounted to 6 basis points, comprising a Tier 1 capital reduction of

€ 0.4 billion and a decrease of € 27.0 billion in leverage exposure.

145

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Minimum Requirement of Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities and Total Loss

Absorbing Capacity

MREL Requirements

The minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) was introduced by the European Union’s

regulation establishing uniform rules and a uniform procedure for the resolution of credit institutions (Single Resolution

Mechanism Regulation or SRMR) and the European Union’s Directive establishing a framework for the recovery and

resolution of credit institutions (Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive or BRRD) as implemented into German law by

the German Recovery and Resolution Act.

The currently required level of MREL is determined by the competent resolution authorities for each supervised bank

individually, depending on the respective preferred resolution strategy. In the case of Deutsche Bank AG, MREL is

determined by the Single Resolution Board. While there is no statutory minimum level of MREL, the SRMR, BRRD and a

delegated regulation set out criteria which the resolution authority must consider when determining the relevant

required level of MREL. Guidance is provided through an MREL policy published annually by the SRB. Any binding MREL

ratio determined by the SRB is communicated to Deutsche Bank via the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority

(BaFin).

As a result of its regular annual review the SRB has updated Deutsche Bank AG’s binding MREL ratio requirements in the

second quarter of 2025 applicable immediately. The MREL ratio requirement on a consolidated basis is now 25.98% of

RWA and 7.03% of LRE, of which 19.81% of RWA and 7.03% of Leverage Ratio Exposure must be met with own funds and

subordinated instruments.

The combined buffer requirements of 5.13% as of December 31, 2025 must be met in addition to the RWA based MREL

and subordinated MREL requirements.

TLAC Requirements

Since June 27, 2019, Deutsche Bank, as a global systemically important bank, has also become subject to global

minimum standards for its Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (TLAC). The TLAC requirement was implemented via

amendments to the Capital Requirements Regulation and the Capital Requirements Directive provided in June 2019 with

the publication of Regulation (EU) 2019/876 and Directive (EU) 2019/878.

This TLAC requirement is based on both risk-based and non-risk-based denominators and set at the higher-of 18% of

RWA plus the combined buffer requirements and 6.75% of LRE since January 1, 2022.

MREL ratio development

As of December 31, 2025, available MREL were € 131.0 billion, corresponding to a ratio of 37.74% of RWA and 9.87% of

LRE. This means that Deutsche Bank has a MREL surplus of € 23.0 billion above Deutsche Bank’s MREL requirement of

€ 108.0 billion (i.e., 31.11% of RWA including combined buffer requirement). Compared to December 31, 2024 the

surplus remained almost unchanged as a higher MREL requirement and lower MREL capacity were offset by lower RWA.

€ 114.9 billion of Deutsche Bank’s available MREL were own funds and subordinated liabilities, corresponding to a MREL

subordination ratio of 33.11% of RWA and 8.66% of LRE, a buffer of € 21.6 billion over Deutsche Bank’s subordination

requirement of € 93.3 billion (i.e., 7.03% of LRE). Compared to December 31, 2024 , the surplus has decreased due to a

higher subordinated MREL requirement, higher LRE and lower own funds and subordinated liabilities.

TLAC ratio development

As of December 31, 2025, TLAC was € 114.9 billion and the corresponding TLAC ratios were 33.11% of RWA and 8.66%

of LRE. This means that Deutsche Bank has a TLAC surplus of € 25.3 billion over its TLAC requirement of € 89.6 billion

(6.75% of LRE). Compared to December 31, 2024 the surplus has decreased due to higher LRE and lower TLAC.

146

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

MREL and TLAC disclosure

in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Regulatory capital elements of TLAC/MREL
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET 1) 49,266 49,457
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL 11,518 11,378
Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL
Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments before TLAC/MREL adjustments 7,050 7,676
Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments adjustments for TLAC/MREL 30 628
Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL 7,080 8,304
Total regulatory capital elements of TLAC/MREL 67,864 69,139
Other elements of TLAC/MREL
Senior non-preferred plain vanilla 47,071 49,352
Holdings of eligible liabilities instruments of other G-SIIs (TLAC only)
Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) 114,936 118,491
Add back of holdings of eligible liabilities instruments of other G-SIIs (TLAC only)
Available Own Funds and subordinated Eligible Liabilities (subordinated MREL) 114,936 118,491
Senior preferred plain vanilla 7,706 8,939
Senior preferred structured 8,381 6,441
Available Minimum Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL) 131,023 133,871
Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) 347,133 357,427
Leverage Ratio Exposure (LRE) 1,327,441 1,315,906
TLAC ratio
TLAC ratio (as percentage of RWA) 33.11 33.15
TLAC requirement (as percentage of RWA) 23.13 23.21
TLAC ratio (as percentage of Leverage Exposure) 8.66 9.00
TLAC requirement (as percentage of Leverage Exposure) 6.75 6.75
TLAC surplus over RWA requirement 34,641 35,538
TLAC surplus over LRE requirement 25,334 29,667
MREL subordination
MREL subordination ratio (as percentage of RWA) 33.11 33.15
MREL subordination requirement (as percentage of RWA) 24.94 24.60
MREL subordination ratio (as percentage of LRE) 8.66 9.00
MREL subordination requirement (as percentage of LRE) 7.03 6.95
MREL subordination surplus over RWA requirement 28,358 30,570
MREL subordination surplus over LRE requirement 21,617 27,036
MREL ratio
MREL ratio (as percentage of RWA) 37.74 37.45
MREL requirement (as percentage of RWA) 31.11 30.98
MREL ratio (as percentage of LRE) 9.87 10.17
MREL requirement (as percentage of LRE) 7.03 6.95
MREL surplus over RWA requirement 23,026 23,146
MREL surplus over LRE requirement 37,704 42,415

147

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Capital, Leverage Ratio, TLAC and MREL

Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities

To meet the MREL and TLAC requirement, Deutsche Bank needs to ensure that enough eligible liabilities instruments are

maintained. Instruments eligible for MREL and TLAC are regulatory capital instruments (own funds) and liabilities that

meet certain criteria, which are referred to as eligible liabilities.

Own funds used for MREL and TLAC include the full amount of Tier 2 capital instruments with a remaining maturity of

greater than 1 year and less than 5 years which are reflected in regulatory capital on a pro-rata basis only.

Eligible liabilities are liabilities issued out of the resolution entity Deutsche Bank AG that meet eligibility criteria which

are supposed to ensure that they are structurally suited as loss-absorbing capital. As a result, eligible liabilities exclude

deposits which are covered by an insurance deposit protection scheme or which are preferred under German insolvency

law (e.g., deposits from private individuals as well as small and medium-sized enterprises). Among other things, secured

liabilities and derivatives liabilities are generally excluded as well. Debt instruments with embedded derivative features

can be included under certain conditions (e.g., a known and fixed or increasing principal). In addition, eligible liabilities

must have a remaining time to maturity of at least one year and must either be issued under the law of a Member State of

the European Union or must include a bail-in clause in their contractual terms to make write-down or conversion

effective.

In addition, eligible liabilities need to be subordinated to be counted against the TLAC and MREL subordination

requirements. Effective January 1, 2017, the German Banking Act provided for a new class of statutorily subordinated

debt securities that rank as senior non-preferred below the bank’s other senior liabilities (but in priority to the bank’s

contractually subordinated liabilities, such as those qualifying as Tier 2 instruments). Following a harmonization effort by

the European Union implemented in Germany effective July 21, 2018, banks are permitted to now decide if a specific

issuance of eligible senior debt will be in the non-preferred or in the preferred category. Any such senior non-preferred

debt instruments issued by Deutsche Bank AG under such rules rank on parity with its outstanding debt instruments that

were classified as senior non-preferred under the prior rules. All these senior non-preferred issuances meet the TLAC and

MREL subordination criteria.

148

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Credit Risk Exposure

Deutsche Bank defines its credit exposure by taking into account all transactions where losses might occur due to the

fact that counterparties may not fulfill their contractual payment obligations as defined under ‘Credit Risk Framework’.

Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk

The maximum exposure to credit risk table shows the direct exposure before consideration of associated collateral held

and other credit enhancements (netting and hedges) that do not qualify for offset in the financial statements for the

periods specified. The netting credit enhancement component includes the effects of legally enforceable netting

agreements as well as the offset of negative mark-to-markets from derivatives against pledged cash collateral. The

collateral credit enhancement component mainly includes real estate, collateral in the form of cash as well as securities-

related collateral. In relation to collateral, the Group applies internally determined haircuts and additionally cap all

collateral values at the level of the respective collateralized exposure

Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk

Dec 31, 2025
Credit Enhancements
in € m. Maximum<br><br>exposure<br><br>to credit risk1 Subject to<br><br>impairment Netting Collateral Guarantees<br><br>and Credit<br><br>derivatives2 Total credit<br><br>enhancements
Financial assets at amortized cost³
Cash and central bank balances 164,664 164,664
Interbank balances (w/o central banks) 6,963 6,963
Central bank funds sold and securities<br><br>purchased under resale agreements 37,509 37,509 37,376 37,376
Securities borrowed 6 6 6 6
Loans 478,676 478,676 256,542 49,168 305,711
Other assets subject to credit risk4,5 109,327 103,258 26,084 1,133 258 27,475
Total financial assets at amortized cost³ 797,145 791,076 26,084 295,057 49,426 370,568
Financial assets at fair value through<br><br>profit or loss6
Trading assets 142,273 1,525 895 2,419
Positive market values from derivative<br><br>financial instruments 241,328 180,485 45,678 10 226,173
Non-trading financial assets mandatory<br><br>at fair value through profit or loss 123,517 1,774 111,207 495 113,476
Of which:
Securities purchased under resale<br><br>agreement 95,802 1,774 94,028 95,802
Securities borrowed 16,513 16,271 16,271
Loans 3,370 840 495 1,335
Financial assets designated at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss
Total financial assets at fair value through<br><br>profit or loss 507,119 182,259 158,410 1,399 342,068
Financial assets at fair value through OCI 43,644 43,644 1,342 1,232 2,574
Of which:
Securities purchased under resale<br><br>agreement 1,128 1,128 90 90
Securities borrowed
Loans 4,432 4,432 20 1,232 1,252
Total financial assets at fair value through<br><br>OCI 43,644 43,644 1,342 1,232 2,574
Financial guarantees and other credit<br><br>related contingent liabilities⁷ 79,092 79,092 4,619 9,928 14,547
Revocable and irrevocable lending<br><br>commitments and other credit related<br><br>commitments⁷ 274,305 272,072 24,219 7,348 31,567
Total off-balance sheet 353,397 351,164 28,838 17,276 46,114
Maximum exposure to credit risk 1,701,304 1,185,884 208,344 483,647 69,333 761,323

1 Does not include credit derivative notional sold (€ 620.2 billion ) and credit derivative notional bought protection

2 Bought Credit protection is reflected with the notional of the underlying

3 All amounts at gross value before deductions of allowance for credit losses

4 All amounts at amortized cost (gross) except for qualifying hedge derivatives, which are reflected at Fair value through P&L

5 Includes Asset Held for Sale regardless of accounting classification

149

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

6 Excludes equities, other equity interests and commodities

7 Figures are reflected at notional amounts

Dec 31, 2024
Credit Enhancements
in € m. Maximum<br><br>exposure<br><br>to credit risk1 Subject to<br><br>impairment Netting Collateral Guarantees<br><br>and Credit<br><br>derivatives2 Total credit<br><br>enhancements
Financial assets at amortized cost³
Cash and central bank balances 147,511 147,511
Interbank balances (w/o central banks) 6,169 6,169
Central bank funds sold and securities<br><br>purchased under resale agreements 40,802 40,802 40,580 40,580
Securities borrowed 44 44 32 32
Loans 484,603 484,603 264,252 44,211 308,463
Other assets subject to credit risk4,5 82,015 76,685 24,794 1,668 270 26,732
Total financial assets at amortized cost³ 761,144 755,814 24,794 306,532 44,481 375,807
Financial assets at fair value through<br><br>profit or loss⁶
Trading assets 134,118 0 1,207 612 1,819
Positive market values from derivative<br><br>financial instruments 291,754 229,560 45,613 115 275,288
Non-trading financial assets mandatory<br><br>at fair value through profit or loss 113,433 1,638 103,339 292 105,269
Of which:
Securities purchased under resale<br><br>agreement 88,736 1,638 87,091 88,729
Securities borrowed 15,913 15,671 15,671
Loans 1,954 485 272 757
Financial assets designated at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss
Total financial assets at fair value through<br><br>profit or loss 539,304 231,198 150,159 1,019 382,376
Financial assets at fair value through OCI 42,090 42,090 4,077 1,168 5,245
Of which:
Securities purchased under resale<br><br>agreement 2,786 2,786 2,455 0 2,455
Securities borrowed 0 0 0 0 0
Loans 5,068 5,068 454 1,168 1,621
Total financial assets at fair value through<br><br>OCI 42,090 42,090 4,077 1,168 5,244
Financial guarantees and other credit<br><br>related contingent liabilities⁷ 73,468 73,467 4,410 9,227 13,637
Revocable and irrevocable lending<br><br>commitments and other credit related<br><br>commitments⁷ 269,699 268,373 21,737 8,227 29,964
Total off-balance sheet 343,167 341,840 26,147 17,455 43,602
Maximum exposure to credit risk 1,685,705 1,139,745 255,993 486,915 64,122 807,029

1 Does not include credit derivative notional sold (€ 597.9 billion ) and credit derivative notional bought protection

2 Bought Credit protection is reflected with the notional of the underlying

3 All amounts at gross value before deductions of allowance for credit losses

4 All amounts at amortized cost (gross) except for qualifying hedge derivatives, which are reflected at Fair value through P&L

5 Includes Asset Held for Sale regardless of accounting classification

6 Excludes equities, other equity interests and commodities

7 Figures are reflected at notional amounts

The overall increase in maximum exposure to credit risk for December 31, 2025 was € 15.6 billion mainly driven by

increases of € 27.3 billion in other assets subject to credit risk, € 17.2 billion in cash and central bank balances, € 10.2 billion

in off-balance sheet exposure, € 8.2 billion in trading assets, and € 7.1 billion in securities purchased under resale

agreement at fair value through profit or loss. These increases were partly offset by a decrease in positive market values

from derivative financial instruments by € 50.4 billion.

Trading assets as of December 31, 2025, included traded bonds of € 126.6 billion (€ 120.0 billion as of December 31,

2024) of which over 82% were investment-grade (over 82% as of December 31, 2024).

150

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Credit Enhancements are split into three categories: netting, collateral and guarantees/credit derivatives. Haircuts,

parameter setting for regular margin calls as well as expert judgments for collateral valuation are employed to prevent

market developments from leading to a build-up of uncollateralized exposures. All categories are monitored and

reviewed regularly. Overall credit enhancements received are diversified and of adequate quality being largely cash,

highly rated government bonds and third-party guarantees mostly from well rated banks and insurance companies.

These financial institutions are domiciled mainly in European countries and the United States. Furthermore, the bank has

collateral pools of highly liquid assets and mortgages (principally consisting of residential properties mainly in Germany)

for the homogeneous retail portfolio.

Main Credit Exposure Categories

The tables in this section show details about several of Deutsche Bank’s main credit exposure categories, namely Loans,

Revocable and Irrevocable Lending Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, Over-The-Counter (“OTC”) Derivatives, Debt

Securities and Repo and repo-style transactions:

–“Loans” are gross loans as reported on the bank´s balance sheet at amortized cost, loans at fair value through profit

and loss and loans at fair value through other comprehensive income before deduction of allowance for credit losses;

this includes “Traded loans” that are bought and held for the purpose of selling them in the near term, or the material

risks of which have all been hedged or sold; from a regulatory perspective the latter category principally covers

trading book positions

–“Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments” consist of the undrawn portion of revocable and irrevocable

lending-related commitments

–“Contingent liabilities” consist of financial and performance guarantees, standby letters of credit and other similar

arrangements (mainly indemnity agreements)

–“OTC derivatives” are the bank’s credit exposures from over-the-counter derivative transactions that the Group has

entered into, after netting and cash collateral received; on the bank’s balance sheet, these are included in financial

assets at fair value through profit or loss or, for derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting, in other assets, in either

case only applying cash collateral received and netting eligible under IFRS

–“Debt securities” include debentures, bonds, deposits, notes or commercial paper, which are issued for a fixed term

and redeemable by the issuer, as reported on the bank´s balance sheet within accounting categories at amortized cost

and at fair value through other comprehensive income before deduction of allowance for credit losses, it also includes

category at fair value through profit and loss; this includes “Traded bonds”, which are bonds, deposits, notes or

commercial paper that are bought and held for the purpose of selling them in the near term; from a regulatory

perspective the latter category principally covers trading book positions

–“Repo and repo-style transactions” consist of reverse repurchase transactions, as well as securities or commodities

borrowing transactions, only applying collateral received and netting eligible under IFRS.

Although considered in the monitoring of maximum credit exposures, the following are not included in the details of the

Group’s main credit exposure: brokerage and securities related receivables, cash and central bank balances, interbank

balances (without central banks), assets held for sale, accrued interest receivables, traditional securitization positions.

Unless stated otherwise, the tables below reflect credit exposure before the consideration of collateral and risk

mitigation or structural enhancements, except for OTC derivatives wherein they are post credit enhancements.

Main Credit Exposure Categories by Business Divisions

Dec 31, 2025
Loans Off-balance sheet OTC derivatives
in € m. at amortized<br><br>cost1 trading -<br><br>at fair value<br><br>through P&L Designated/<br><br>mandatory at<br><br>fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI2 Revocable and<br><br>irrevocable<br><br>lending<br><br>commitments3 Contingent<br><br>liabilities at fair value<br><br>through P&L4
Corporate Bank 119,570 21 685 4,116 169,251 73,258 29
Investment Bank 115,325 12,803 2,685 316 67,846 2,824 22,141
Private Bank 246,594 6 36,961 2,945 497
Asset Management 3 124 10
Corporate & Other (2,816)8 13 123 56 1,669
Total 478,676 12,842 3,370 4,432 274,305 79,092 24,336

151

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure
Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Debt Securities Repo and repo-style transactions7 Total
in € m. at amortized<br><br>cost5 at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI6 at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI
Corporate Bank 50 11 10,078 377,069
Investment Bank 5,170 130,177 3,173 27,436 112,314 502,208
Private Bank 373 287,376
Asset Management 5,050 62 5,249
Corporate & Other 34,679 336 34,849 1,128 70,039
Total 40,272 135,575 38,084 37,514 112,315 1,128 1,241,941

1 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 15.3 billion as of December 31, 2025

2 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 16.9 million as of December 31, 2025

3 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.7 billion as of December 31, 2025

4 Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting

5 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 25.3 million as of December 31, 2025

6 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 130.2 million as of December 31, 2025

7 Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

8 Negative balance in Corporate and Other business for loans at amortized cost is due to portfolio hedge accounting program principally related to Private Bank’s

mortgages business.

Dec 31, 2024
Loans Off-balance sheet OTC derivatives
in € m. at amortized<br><br>cost1 trading -<br><br>at fair value<br><br>through P&L Designated/<br><br>mandatory at<br><br>fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI2 Revocable and<br><br>irrevocable<br><br>lending<br><br>commitments3 Contingent<br><br>liabilities at fair value<br><br>through P&L4
Corporate Bank 116,674 212 508 4,110 170,667 67,067 47
Investment Bank 110,077 11,068 1,443 958 61,692 3,268 24,030
Private Bank 257,476 6 37,110 2,815 391
Asset Management 1 130 9
Corporate & Other 375 93 3 100 309 2,431
Total 484,603 11,380 1,954 5,068 269,699 73,468 26,899
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Debt Securities Repo and repo-style transactions7 Total
in € m. at amortized<br><br>cost1 at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI6 at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI
Corporate Bank 266 14 9,033 368,598
Investment Bank 5,369 122,813 1,268 31,813 104,248 478,047
Private Bank 409 1 1 298,209
Asset Management 4,526 82 4,748
Corporate & Other 15,595 390 32,885 401 2,786 55,368
Total 21,638 127,744 34,236 40,846 104,649 2,786 1,204,970

1 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 15.6 billion as of December 31, 2024

2 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 60.7 million as of December 31, 2024

3 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.2 billion as of December 31, 2024

4 Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting

5 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 41.6 million as of December 31, 2024

6 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 25.6 million as of December 31, 2024

7 Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

Deutsche Bank’s total main credit exposure increased by € 37.0 billion year-on-year with € 24.2 billion in Investment

Bank mainly driven by debt securities and higher repo and repo style holding due to increased firm trading activities and

client flows, as well as growth in loans and € 8.5 billion in the Corporate Bank mainly driven by growth in off balance

sheet exposure due to new and refinanced deals. Exposure increases have been observed across all the products

included in main credit exposures by business divisions, except for Private Bank, where a decrease of € 10.8 billion was

observed.

Main Credit Exposure Categories by Industry Sectors

The below tables give an overview of the bank’s credit exposure by industry based on the NACE code of the

counterparty. NACE (Nomenclature des Activités Économiques dans la Communauté Européenne) is a standard

European industry classification system and does not have to be congruent with an internal risk based view applied

elsewhere in this report.

152

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Loans Off-balance sheet OTC<br><br>derivatives
in € m. at amortized<br><br>cost¹ trading -<br><br>at fair value<br><br>through P&L Designated/<br><br>mandatory at<br><br>fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI² Revocable and<br><br>irrevocable<br><br>lending<br><br>commitments³ Contingent<br><br>liabilities at fair value<br><br>through P&L⁴
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 346 2 262 13
Mining and quarrying 1,964 1,629 41 4,533 1,410 853
Manufacturing 26,496 747 195 814 53,985 13,742 789
Electricity, gas, steam and air<br><br>conditioning supply 4,787 256 5 82 8,956 4,009 207
Water supply, sewerage, waste<br><br>management and remediation<br><br>activities 675 39 4 1,042 405 141
Construction 4,628 451 179 55 4,764 3,732 74
Wholesale and retail trade,<br><br>repair of motor vehicles and<br><br>motorcycles 21,094 375 178 699 17,358 6,106 239
Transport and storage 4,580 36 2 98 5,784 1,524 184
Accommodation and food<br><br>service activities 3,560 81 33 1,393 150 4
Information and communication 8,920 1,172 22 396 13,486 2,863 351
Financial and insurance<br><br>activities⁸ 129,848 5,441 1,354 1,845 97,880 38,349 19,636
Real estate activities⁹ 45,505 1,445 147 56 7,566 321 185
Professional, scientific and<br><br>technical activities 9,873 269 118 238 12,733 4,125 42
Administrative and support<br><br>service activities 6,820 128 161 62 5,163 907 226
Public administration and<br><br>defense, compulsory social<br><br>security 7,758 384 10 8,755 148 358
Education 249 76 153 14 33
Human health services and<br><br>social work activities 3,808 91 8 1,784 93 17
Arts, entertainment and<br><br>recreation 851 17 13 1,255 96 18
Other service activities 8,731 191 923 62 3,043 833 713
Activities of households as<br><br>employers, undifferentiated<br><br>goods- and services-producing<br><br>activities of households for own<br><br>use 188,183 24,412 249 265
Activities of extraterritorial<br><br>organizations and bodies 4 12 1 4 1
Total 478,676 12,842 3,370 4,432 274,305 79,092 24,336

153

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure
Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Debt Securities Repo and repo-style transactions⁷ Total
in € m. at amortized<br><br>cost⁵ at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI⁶ at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 16 640
Mining and quarrying 595 11,025
Manufacturing 1,362 57 52 37 98,274
Electricity, gas, steam and air<br><br>conditioning supply 49 766 94 19,210
Water supply, sewerage, waste<br><br>management and remediation<br><br>activities 71 11 2,386
Construction 360 377 260 14,881
Wholesale and retail trade, repair of<br><br>motor vehicles and motorcycles 118 446 6 46,620
Transport and storage 243 408 25 12,883
Accommodation and food service<br><br>activities 88 2 5,311
Information and communication 7 1,930 3 29,151
Financial and insurance activities⁸ 6,916 35,177 3,810 37,362 111,332 1,128 490,078
Real estate activities⁹ 81 1,314 215 101 2 56,939
Professional, scientific and<br><br>technical activities 556 119 7 28,079
Administrative and support service<br><br>activities 422 8 23 13,920
Public administration and defense,<br><br>compulsory social security 24,233 82,712 32,171 631 157,158
Education 207 82 814
Human health services and social<br><br>work activities 108 206 86 6,201
Arts, entertainment and recreation 46 10 2,305
Other service activities 140 4,106 16 279 19,037
Activities of households as<br><br>employers, undifferentiated goods-<br><br>and services-producing activities of<br><br>households for own use 213,109
Activities of extraterritorial<br><br>organizations and bodies 8,017 4,770 1,112 13,920
Total 40,272 135,575 38,084 37,514 112,315 1,128 1,241,940

1 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 15.3 billion as of December 31, 2025

2 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 16.9 million as of December 31, 2025

3 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.7 billion as of December 31, 2025

4 Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting

5 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 25.3 million as of December 31, 2025

6 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 130.2 million as of December 31, 2025

7 Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

8 Includes exposure to Corporates including Holding Companies of € 108 billion, Asset-Backed Securities of € 47 billion, Banks of € 91 billion, Insurance of € 21 billion,

Financial Intermediaries of € 13 billion and Public Sector of € 16 billion , all based on internal client classification

9 Non-recourse Commercial Real Estate portfolio based on Deutsche Bank’s definition is € 31 billion

154

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Loans Off-balance sheet OTC<br><br>derivatives
in € m. at amortized<br><br>cost¹ trading -<br><br>at fair value<br><br>through P&L Designated/<br><br>mandatory at<br><br>fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI² Revocable and<br><br>irrevocable<br><br>lending<br><br>commitments³ Contingent<br><br>liabilities at fair value<br><br>through P&L⁴
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 336 239 24 1
Mining and quarrying 1,885 2,392 66 5,934 1,275 145
Manufacturing 26,634 525 5 1,195 56,933 14,331 1,205
Electricity, gas, steam and air<br><br>conditioning supply 4,346 632 38 8,870 4,489 150
Water supply, sewerage, waste<br><br>management and remediation<br><br>activities 595 3 1,013 264 50
Construction 4,330 244 30 3,039 3,244 13
Wholesale and retail trade, repair of<br><br>motor vehicles and motorcycles 21,405 165 103 809 18,290 6,339 180
Transport and storage 4,766 416 63 103 5,373 1,201 164
Accommodation and food service<br><br>activities 2,665 64 19 1,314 150 2
Information and communication 8,930 757 16 237 16,501 3,014 384
Financial and insurance activities⁸ 126,640 3,944 1,177 1,589 95,492 34,889 22,093
Real estate activities⁹ 49,859 1,005 136 535 7,868 399 326
Professional, scientific and<br><br>technical activities 6,276 133 214 5,754 2,129 161
Administrative and support service<br><br>activities 8,921 319 95 161 5,025 493 138
Public administration and defense,<br><br>compulsory social security 5,740 458 14 24 7,438 120 286
Education 295 17 99 55 55
Human health services and social<br><br>work activities 4,130 29 12 1,850 91 46
Arts, entertainment and recreation 820 4 15 1,166 83 17
Other service activities 6,214 260 280 81 7,013 628 1,305
Activities of households as<br><br>employers, undifferentiated goods-<br><br>and services-producing activities of<br><br>households for own use 199,811 20,488 246 174
Activities of extraterritorial<br><br>organizations and bodies 5 17 1 3 4
Total 484,603 11,380 1,954 5,068 269,699 73,468 26,899

155

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Debt Securities Repo and repo-style transactions⁷ Total
in € m. at amortized<br><br>cost⁵ at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI⁶ at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 2 602
Mining and quarrying 41 553 2 12,293
Manufacturing 23 1,389 50 43 42 102,375
Electricity, gas, steam and air<br><br>conditioning supply 71 915 28 19,541
Water supply, sewerage, waste<br><br>management and remediation<br><br>activities 143 1 2,070
Construction 264 344 285 11,793
Wholesale and retail trade, repair of<br><br>motor vehicles and motorcycles 612 3 47,904
Transport and storage 159 461 3 12,710
Accommodation and food service<br><br>activities 5 90 1 4,311
Information and communication 31 1,048 30,918
Financial and insurance activities⁸ 5,379 29,863 5,671 40,437 104,150 2,786 474,108
Real estate activities⁹ 198 1,277 181 324 7 62,114
Professional, scientific and<br><br>technical activities 48 256 105 15,075
Administrative and support service<br><br>activities 19 471 4 16 15,661
Public administration and defense,<br><br>compulsory social security 14,160 83,873 27,354 110 139,577
Education 262 14 797
Human health services and social<br><br>work activities 103 289 1 6,550
Arts, entertainment and recreation 19 2,124
Other service activities 433 3,514 13 42 207 19,991
Activities of households as<br><br>employers, undifferentiated goods-<br><br>and services-producing activities of<br><br>households for own use 220,720
Activities of extraterritorial<br><br>organizations and bodies 704 2,362 522 117 3,735
Total 21,638 127,744 34,236 40,846 104,649 2,786 1,204,970

1 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 15.6 billion as of December 31, 2024

2 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 60.7 million as of December 31, 2024

3 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.2 billion as of December 31, 2024

4 Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting

5 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 41.6 million as of December 31, 2024

6 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 25.6 million as of December 31, 2024

7 Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

8 Includes exposure to Corporates including Holding Companies of € 108 billion, Asset-Backed Securities of € 49 billion, Banks of € 66 billion, Insurance of € 9 billion,

Financial Intermediaries of € 15 billion and Public Sector of € 17 billion, all based on internal client classification

9 Non-recourse Commercial Real Estate portfolio based on Deutsche Bank’s definition is € 36 billion

All credit exposures are subject to the same credit underwriting requirements stipulated in the bank’s “Principles for

Managing Credit Risk”, including various controls according to single name, country, industry and product/asset class-

specific concentration.

Material transactions, such as loans underwritten with the intention to sell down or distribute part of the risk to third

parties, are subject to review and approval by senior credit risk management professionals and (depending upon size) an

underwriting committee and/or the Management Board. High emphasis is placed on structuring and pricing such

transactions so that de-risking can be achieved in a timely manner and – where Deutsche Bank takes market price risk –

to mitigate such market risk.

The Group’s credit exposure to the ten largest counterparties accounted for 11% of the bank’s aggregated total credit

exposure in these categories as of December 31, 2025, compared with 11% as of December 31, 2024. The top ten

counterparty exposures were well-rated counterparties or otherwise related to structured trades which show high levels

of risk mitigation.

The Group’s amortized cost loan exposure within above categories is mostly with borrowers of good credit quality.

Moreover, with the focus on the Corporate Bank and Investment Bank, loan exposure is subject to further risk mitigation

through the bank’s e.g., Strategic Corporate Lending unit.

156

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Deutsche Bank’s household loan exposure is principally associated with Private Bank portfolios.

The bank’s amortized cost loan exposure of € 45.5 billion to Real Estate activities as reported above is based on NACE

code classification and comprises of recourse and non-recourse financing, across various parts of the group and client

segment. This includes € 18.8 billion of loans which is based on Deutsche Bank’s definition of non-recourse CRE loans.

For more information on non-recourse CRE loans, see section “Focus areas”.

The Group’s commercial real estate loans, primarily originated in the U.S. and Europe, are generally secured by first

mortgages on the underlying real estate property. Deutsche Bank originates fixed and floating rate loans and selectively

acquires (generally at substantial discount) sub-/non-performing loans sold by financial institutions. The underwriting

process is stringent and the exposure is managed under separate portfolio limits. Credit underwriting policy guidelines

provide that LTV ratios of generally less than 80% are adhered to loan origination. Additionally, given the significance of

the underlying collateral, independent external appraisals are commissioned for all secured loans by a valuation team

(part of the independent Credit Risk Management function) which is also responsible for reviewing and challenging the

reported real estate values regularly. Deutsche Bank originates loans for distribution in the banking market or via

securitization. In this context Deutsche Bank frequently retains a portion of the syndicated loans while securitized

positions may be entirely sold (except where regulation requires retention of economic risk). Mezzanine or other junior

tranches of debt are retained only in exceptional cases. The bank also participates in conservatively underwritten

unsecured lines of credit to well-capitalized real estate investment trusts and other real estate operating companies.

Commercial real estate property valuations and rental incomes can be significantly impacted by macro-economic

conditions and idiosyncratic events affecting the underlying properties. Accordingly, the portfolio is categorized as

higher risk and hence subject to the aforementioned tight restrictions on concentration.

Deutsche Bank’s exposure to Financial and Insurance Activities is € 490.1 billion as of December 31, 2025 which also

includes exposures to Asset Backed Securities, Banks, Insurance, Financial intermediaries, Public Sector as well as to

Corporates including Holding Companies. Exposures are managed using bespoke risk management frameworks, trade-

by-trade approvals and relevant risk appetite metrics. Total loans across all applicable measurement categories

amounted to € 138.5 billion, total repo and repo style transactions across all applicable measurement categories

amounted to € 149.8 billion and off-balance sheet activities amounted to € 136.2 billion as of December 31, 2025 and

were principally associated with Investment Bank and Corporate Bank portfolios, which were majorly held in North

America and Europe.

157

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Main credit exposure categories by geographical region

Dec 31, 2025
Loans Off-balance sheet OTC derivatives
in € m. at amortized<br><br>cost¹ trading - at fair<br><br>value through<br><br>P&L Designated/<br><br>mandatory at<br><br>fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI² Revocable and<br><br>irrevocable<br><br>lending<br><br>commitments³ Contingent<br><br>liabilities at fair value<br><br>through P&L⁴
Europe 323,025 4,376 2,100 1,861 148,112 42,864 14,026
Of which:
Germany 208,034 460 935 538 73,322 16,477 3,631
United Kingdom 13,579 954 331 146 11,164 4,861 4,274
France 4,476 253 99 30 8,402 2,398 688
Luxembourg 18,397 839 316 163 9,740 466 2,033
Italy 23,710 124 34 172 4,263 5,299 148
Netherlands 8,969 262 25 394 8,150 2,458 1,093
Spain 15,592 56 47 109 3,827 4,788 151
Ireland 6,447 448 308 31 5,704 335 525
Switzerland 5,858 38 103 8,896 3,018 104
Poland 3,082 11 1,987 227 29
Belgium 1,914 81 61 1,584 519 148
Russian Federation⁸ 12
Ukraine⁸ 206 1339 363 8
Other Europe⁸ 12,749 727 5 102 10,710 2,009 1,202
North America 105,390 4,474 910 1,507 105,259 18,588 4,730
Of which:
U.S. 91,357 4,252 547 1,357 97,229 16,755 3,158
Cayman Islands 6,155 128 322 77 2,762 1,025 1,032
Canada 2,478 94 53 3,378 195 138
Other North America 5,400 41 21 1,889 613 402
Asia/Pacific 39,770 1,669 344 963 17,504 16,093 4,511
Of which:
Japan 1,719 102 27 544 524 688 469
Australia 3,543 264 2 46 3,177 1,691 408
India 9,473 98 8 1,525 3,584 142
China 3,495 3 1 21 757 1,699 231
Singapore 4,142 88 3 98 2,086 1,260 287
Hong Kong 2,338 17 59 34 3,158 723 309
Other Asia/Pacific 15,059 1,097 251 211 6,278 6,449 2,665
Other geographical<br><br>areas 10,491 2,322 16 101 3,430 1,548 1,068
Total 478,676 12,842 3,370 4,432 274,305 79,092 24,336

158

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure
Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Debt Securities Repo and repo-style transactions⁷ Total
in € m. at amortized<br><br>cost⁵ at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI⁶ at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI
Europe 28,289 65,420 18,907 21,965 30,276 701,221
Of which:
Germany 426 7,002 4,075 1,470 286 316,657
United Kingdom 1,811 13,446 2,729 11,736 14,924 79,955
France 7,857 10,793 4,063 3,592 4,069 46,720
Luxembourg 149 3,076 15 4,013 39,207
Italy 6,030 8,845 961 3,380 805 53,771
Netherlands 50 2,220 41 169 32 23,863
Spain 1,490 3,763 588 1,123 27 31,561
Ireland 922 1,930 21 7 987 17,666
Switzerland 1,319 4 247 19,586
Poland 555 3,511 191 9,594
Belgium 5,572 5,208 2,022 17,109
Russian Federation⁸ 1 13
Ukraine⁸ 172 17 899
Other Europe⁸ 3,983 7,090 861 487 4,696 44,621
North America 6,103 35,201 12,318 11,001 68,842 374,324
Of which:
U.S. 5,730 32,907 12,132 7,554 49,668 322,645
Cayman Islands 373 185 3,200 15,011 30,269
Canada 1,977 187 86 4,161 12,747
Other North America 132 161 1 8,662
Asia/Pacific 4,792 27,901 6,380 3,653 12,717 136,297
Of which:
Japan 5 2,666 2,028 157 7,179 16,108
Australia 3,145 2,507 294 1,315 16,393
India 569 6,750 55 16 22,220
China 118 2,289 249 90 240 9,192
Singapore 9 1,041 528 979 10,519
Hong Kong 13 410 567 662 8,289
Other Asia/Pacific 933 12,238 2,660 3,407 2,327 53,576
Other geographical<br><br>areas 1,089 7,053 478 896 480 1,128 30,099
Total 40,272 135,575 38,084 37,514 112,315 1,128 1,241,941

1 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 15.3 billion as of December 31, 2025

2 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 16.9 million as of December 31, 2025

3 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.7 billion as of December 31, 2025

4 Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting

5 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 25.3 million as of December 31, 2025

6 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 130.2 million as of December 31, 2025

7 Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

8 Thematic addition on back of the ongoing border conflict between the Russian Federation and Ukraine

9 Ukraine trading loan exposure driven by financing, materially guaranteed by supranational development bank. Net exposure considering broader risk mitigation structure

is de minimis

159

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Loans Off-balance sheet OTC derivatives
in € m. at amortized<br><br>cost¹ trading - at fair<br><br>value through<br><br>P&L Designated/<br><br>mandatory at<br><br>fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI² Revocable and<br><br>irrevocable<br><br>lending<br><br>commitments³ Contingent<br><br>liabilities at fair value<br><br>through P&L⁴
Europe 326,256 3,420 702 1,843 146,860 42,033 15,611
Of which:
Germany 215,983 304 353 512 72,341 15,761 4,393
United Kingdom 11,044 365 23 163 12,589 4,418 3,594
France 4,319 69 39 33 6,967 2,111 746
Luxembourg 17,119 944 14 131 8,737 546 1,780
Italy 23,190 229 24 69 4,424 5,302 266
Netherlands 9,593 265 4 332 9,452 2,964 1,460
Spain 15,580 109 40 123 3,833 4,633 169
Ireland 6,483 271 195 61 5,057 295 568
Switzerland 6,050 19 196 8,562 2,548 434
Poland 2,890 15 2,358 181 5
Belgium 1,991 33 80 1,685 1,582 181
Russian Federation⁸ 102 12 1 21
Ukraine⁸ 98 1729 5
Other Europe⁸ 11,813 639 10 116 10,855 1,665 2,016
North America 108,465 3,262 931 2,324 110,332 14,856 5,890
Of which:
U.S. 95,186 2,986 507 2,095 102,989 13,462 4,923
Cayman Islands 5,969 151 319 87 2,770 660 515
Canada 1,491 121 33 118 2,584 223 202
Other North America 5,819 4 72 24 1,989 511 250
Asia/Pacific 40,066 1,433 309 611 9,941 15,232 5,155
Of which:
Japan 1,744 151 42 77 532 645 598
Australia 3,404 238 9 2,918 1,371 512
India 9,001 24 25 1,405 3,789 104
China 4,245 4 95 24 443 1,852 754
Singapore 5,146 95 17 129 1,136 2,128 291
Hong Kong 3,062 90 87 723 366 229
Other Asia/Pacific 13,466 831 130 285 2,783 5,082 2,666
Other geographical<br><br>areas 9,816 3,265 11 289 2,567 1,348 244
Total 484,603 11,380 1,954 5,068 269,699 73,468 26,899

160

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Debt Securities Repo and repo-style transactions⁷ Total
in € m. at amortized<br><br>cost⁵ at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI⁶ at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI
Europe 10,408 57,024 15,388 27,957 34,516 283 682,300
Of which:
Germany 321 7,899 1,887 2,033 855 322,643
United Kingdom 487 12,141 1,983 12,407 14,163 73,376
France 1,511 7,855 3,888 4,077 8,058 39,672
Luxembourg 2,699 472 127 3,615 36,184
Italy 4,914 8,038 985 4,144 1,425 53,011
Netherlands 87 2,014 33 71 26,276
Spain 1,489 4,096 359 1,388 33 31,853
Ireland 1,326 1,695 8 29 1,065 17,053
Switzerland 1,657 1 2,658 280 22,404
Poland 262 3,554 84 9,349
Belgium 4,197 1,572 5 11,325
Russian Federation⁸ 3 138
Ukraine⁸ 165 13 454
Other Europe⁸ 273 4,304 634 1,094 4,861 283 38,562
North America 7,227 34,972 12,695 8,205 52,388 361,546
Of which:
U.S. 6,854 33,637 12,499 4,991 39,389 319,517
Cayman Islands 373 370 3,032 9,388 23,634
Canada 872 195 3,575 9,415
Other North America 93 182 36 8,979
Asia/Pacific 3,844 28,246 5,995 3,839 17,524 1,006 133,202
Of which:
Japan 6 2,985 964 178 8,815 16,736
Australia 2,526 2,374 311 212 2,720 16,596
India 658 6,630 75 681 22,391
China 4,400 274 952 13,042
Singapore 61 946 738 711 11,397
Hong Kong 9 559 553 329 6,007
Other Asia/Pacific 584 10,353 3,081 3,449 3,997 326 47,032
Other geographical<br><br>areas 160 7,501 158 845 222 1,497 27,923
Total 21,638 127,744 34,236 40,846 104,649 2,786 1,204,970

1 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 15.6 billion as of December 31, 2024

2 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 60.7 million as of December 31, 2024

3 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.2 billion as of December 31, 2024

4 Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting

5 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 41.6 million as of December 31, 2024

6 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 25.6 million as of December 31, 2024

7 Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

8 Thematic addition on back of the ongoing border conflict between the Russian Federation and Ukraine

9 Ukraine trading loan exposure driven by financing, materially guaranteed by supranational development bank. Net exposure considering broader risk mitigation structure

is de minimis

The tables above provide an overview of Deutsche Bank’s credit exposure by geographical region, allocated based on the

counterparty’s country of domicile. The domicile view might differ from any internal risk based view applied elsewhere in

this report.

The Group’s largest concentration of credit risk within loans from a regional perspective is in its home market Germany,

with a significant share in households, which includes the majority of the mortgage lending and home loan business.

Within OTC derivatives, tradable assets as well as repo and repo-style transactions, the largest concentrations from a

regional perspective were in Europe and North America.

Credit Exposure Classification

Deutsche Bank also classifies its credit exposure along business divisions, which is in line with the divisionally aligned

chief risk officer mandates. The section below discloses the credit exposure of the Corporate Bank and the Investment

Bank together. The subsequent section provides the credit exposure for the Private Bank.

161

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure

The tables below show the main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank Credit Exposure by product types and internal

rating bands. Please refer to section "Measuring Credit Risk" for more details about the bank’s internal ratings.

Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to the bank’s internal creditworthiness

categories of the counterparties – gross

Dec 31, 2025
in  m.(unless stated otherwise) Loans Off-balance sheet OTC<br><br>derivatives
Rating band at amortized<br><br>cost trading - at<br><br>fair value<br><br>through P&L Designated/<br><br>mandatory at<br><br>fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI Revocable<br><br>and irrevo-<br><br>cable lending<br><br>commitments Contingent<br><br>liabilities at fair value<br><br>through P&L2
iAAA–iAA 17,345 519 135 239 21,928 3,933 8,234
iA 45,423 120 248 677 67,516 36,422 6,687
iBBB 77,819 3,438 1,146 2,844 92,128 23,430 5,513
iBB 66,044 4,840 1,587 646 41,868 8,843 1,230
iB 18,089 1,228 93 9 10,885 2,577 172
iCCC and below 10,174 2,678 160 17 2,773 876 335
Total 234,895 12,823 3,370 4,432 237,097 76,082 22,170

All values are in Euros.

Dec 31, 2025
in  m.(unless stated otherwise) Debt Securities Repo and repo-style transactions
Rating band at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI Total
iAAA–iAA 351 71,459 1,255 16,023 36,320 177,740
iA 3,102 20,258 902 7,033 6,821 195,208
iBBB 747 13,616 138 7,240 52,272 280,333
iBB 957 23,358 533 6,416 16,523 172,844
iB 37 594 211 793 452 35,143
iCCC and below 25 904 133 9 18,083
Total 5,220 130,188 3,173 37,514 112,388 879,351

All values are in Euros.

1Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon

2Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable

Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to the bank’s internal creditworthiness

categories of the counterparties – net

Dec 31, 2025¹
in  m.(unless stated otherwise) Loans Off-balance sheet OTC<br><br>derivatives
Rating band at amortized<br><br>cost trading -<br><br>at fair value<br><br>through P&L Designated/<br><br>mandatory at<br><br>fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI Revocable<br><br>and irrevo-<br><br>cable lending<br><br>commitments Contingent<br><br>liabilities at fair value<br><br>through P&L
iAAA–iAA 9,762 157 135 94 21,028 3,575 4,745
iA 33,326 120 248 625 65,146 32,869 3,105
iBBB 36,728 2,548 697 1,974 84,025 18,315 3,588
iBB 29,606 4,132 1,206 463 37,687 6,398 1,157
iB 4,874 1,095 37 4 10,084 1,386 161
iCCC and below 4,645 2,158 56 9 2,625 350 233
Total 118,942 10,211 2,379 3,169 220,594 62,893 12,989

All values are in Euros.

162

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure
Dec 31, 2025¹
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in  m.(unless stated otherwise) Debt Securities Repo and repo-style transactions
Rating band at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI Total
iAAA–iAA 351 71,391 1,255 351 112,844
iA 3,102 20,258 902 202 25 159,928
iBBB 266 13,351 111 51 161,652
iBB 484 22,828 133 342 104,437
iB 37 508 203 18,389
iCCC and below 25 730 119 10,950
Total 4,265 129,066 2,723 202 768 568,199

All values are in Euros.

1Net of eligible collateral, guarantees and hedges based on IFRS requirements

2Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon

The tables below show the main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure for 2024 by product types and

internal rating bands.

Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to the bank’s internal creditworthiness

categories of the counterparties – gross

Dec 31, 2024
in  m.(unless stated otherwise) Loans Off-balance sheet OTC<br><br>derivatives
Rating band at amortized<br><br>cost trading - at<br><br>fair value<br><br>through P&L Designated/<br><br>mandatory at<br><br>fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI Revocable<br><br>and irrevo-<br><br>cable lending<br><br>commitments Contingent<br><br>liabilities at fair value<br><br>through P&L2
iAAA–iAA 18,371 177 84 209 28,227 6,007 10,133
iA 47,908 60 542 1,167 69,746 32,937 7,441
iBBB 66,741 3,207 131 2,537 88,790 22,201 4,101
iBB 64,486 4,983 561 1,080 34,521 6,015 2,202
iB 21,094 713 399 10 8,865 2,244 104
iCCC and below 8,153 2,141 235 65 2,210 931 97
Total 226,751 11,280 1,951 5,068 232,359 70,335 24,077

All values are in Euros.

Dec 31, 2024
in  m.(unless stated otherwise) Debt Securities Repo and repo-style transactions
Rating band at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI Total
iAAA–iAA 694 64,329 192 17,775 39,458 185,657
iA 2,469 14,985 46 7,374 8,817 193,490
iBBB 1,021 19,851 149 7,506 13,055 229,290
iBB 1,319 22,194 431 7,390 41,123 186,303
iB 90 643 402 686 1,795 37,044
iCCC and below 42 825 47 115 14,862
Total 5,635 122,827 1,268 40,846 104,248 846,646

All values are in Euros.

1Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon

2Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable

Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to the bank’s internal creditworthiness

categories of the counterparties – net

Dec 31, 2024¹
in  m.(unless stated otherwise) Loans Off-balance sheet OTC<br><br>derivatives
Rating band at amortized<br><br>cost trading -<br><br>at fair value<br><br>through P&L Designated/<br><br>mandatory at<br><br>fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI Revocable<br><br>and irrevo-<br><br>cable lending<br><br>commitments Contingent<br><br>liabilities at fair value<br><br>through P&L
iAAA–iAA 10,671 99 84 64 26,953 5,128 4,893
iA 36,198 60 392 953 67,092 29,677 4,140
iBBB 30,736 2,869 56 1,836 82,049 17,106 2,948
iBB 27,152 4,122 480 520 30,381 4,366 1,889
iB 6,049 503 189 10 8,258 1,290 103
iCCC and below 4,285 1,570 57 55 2,127 348 96
Total 115,091 9,223 1,258 3,438 216,860 57,915 14,069

All values are in Euros.

163

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure
Dec 31, 2024¹
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in  m.(unless stated otherwise) Debt Securities Repo and repo-style transactions
Ratingband at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI at amortized<br><br>cost at fair value<br><br>through P&L at fair value<br><br>through OCI Total
iAAA–iAA 694 64,254 192 7 261 113,301
iA 2,469 14,985 46 106 13 156,131
iBBB 562 19,756 136 6 35 158,096
iBB 860 21,684 334 1,087 92,874
iB 20 537 362 17,321
iCCC and below 42 711 47 9,338
Total 4,647 121,927 1,117 119 1,396 547,060

All values are in Euros.

1Net of eligible collateral, guarantees and hedges based on IFRS requirements

2Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon

The above tables show an overall increase in the Corporate Bank and Investment Bank gross exposure in 2025 of

€ 32.7 billion or 4%. Repo and repo-style transactions increased by € 4.8 billion, mainly driven by increased firm trading

activities and client flows. From a regional perspective, the increase was primarily attributable to counterparties

domiciled in the United Kingdom and U.S. Off-balance sheet positions increased by € 10.5 billion, mainly driven by new

commitments issued during the period. Loans increased by € 10.5 billion, primarily in the Investment Bank. Debt

Securities increased by € 8.9 billion, mainly due to client flows and desk positioning and decrease in OTC Derivatives of

€ 1.9 billion was primarily due to decrease in foreign exchange derivatives products.

The Group uses risk mitigation techniques as described above to optimize Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit

exposures and reduce potential credit losses. The tables for “net” exposure disclose the development of the bank’s

Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposures net of collateral, guarantees and hedges.

Risk Mitigation for Credit Exposure

Strategic Corporate Lending (“SCL”) unit helps to mitigate the risk of the bank’s corporate credit exposures. The notional

amount of SCL’s risk reduction activities increased from € 43.2 billion as of December 31, 2024, to € 54.4 billion as of

December 31, 2025. As of year-end 2025, SCL mitigated the credit risk of € 49.9 billion of loans and lending-related

commitments, through significant risk transfer. This position totalled € 38.4 billion as of December 31, 2024.

SCL also managed credit derivatives with an underlying notional amount of € 4.5 billion as of December 31, 2025. The

position totalled € 4.7 billion as of December 31, 2024. The credit derivatives used for the bank’s portfolio management

activities are accounted for at fair value.

The bank makes use of hedging also in other businesses to reduce single name concentration risks and utilizes private risk

insurance and export credit agency cover to manage noncollateralized exposures.

164

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Private Bank credit exposure

Private Bank credit exposure, credit exposure in stage 3 and net credit costs

Total exposurein  m. of which loan bookin  m. Credit exposure stage 3in  m. Net credit costs<br><br>as a % of total exposure¹
Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Consumer Finance 39,413 25,414 1,994 0.93% 1.26%
Mortgages 155,424 153,275 2,026 0.02% 0.09%
Business Finance 15,192 11,585 1,112 0.61% 0.63%
Wealth Management 76,916 56,283 2,197 0.11% 0.13%
Other 430 36 0.55% (0.01%)
Total 287,375 246,594 7,328 0.23% 0.29%

All values are in Euros.

1Net credit costs for the twelve months period ended at the respective balance sheet date divided by the total exposure at that balance sheet date

Consumer Finance is divided into personal installment loans, credit lines and credit cards. Consumer Finance business is

uncollateralized, loan risk depends on client quality. Various lending requirements are stipulated, including (but not

limited to) client rating, maximum loan amounts and maximum tenors, and are adapted to individual circumstances of

the borrower (i.e., for consumer loans maximum loan amount and maximum tenor taking into account amongst others

customer net income). Given the largely homogeneous nature of this portfolio, counterparty credit-worthiness and

ratings are derived by utilizing an automated decision engine.

Mortgage business is financing of real estates with focus on residential properties (primarily owner-occupied) sold by

various business channels in Europe, primarily in Germany but also in Spain and Italy. The level of credit risk of the

mortgage loan portfolio is determined by assessing the quality of the client and the underlying collateral. The loan

amounts are generally larger than Consumer Finance loans and they are extended for longer time horizons. Based on the

bank’s underwriting criteria and processes and the diversified portfolio (customers/properties) with respective

collateralization, the mortgage portfolio is categorized as lower risk, while consumer finance is categorized as high risk.

Business Finance represents credit products for small businesses, SME up to large corporates. Products range from

current accounts and credit lines to investment loans or revolving facilities, factoring, leasing and derivatives. Clients are

located primarily in Italy and Spain, but credit can also be extended to subsidiaries abroad, mostly in Europe.

Wealth Management offers globally customized wealth management solutions and private banking services including

discretionary portfolio management and traditional and alternative investment solutions, complemented by structured

risk management, wealth planning, lending and family office services for wealth, high-net-worth (HNW) and ultra-high-

net-worth (UHNW) individuals and family offices. Wealth Management’s total exposure is divided into Lombard Lending

(against readily marketable liquid collateral/securities) and Structured Lending (against less liquid collateral). While the

level of credit risk for the Lombard portfolio is determined by assessing the quality of the underlying collateral, the level

of credit risk for the structured portfolio is determined by assessing both the quality of the client and the collateral.

Products range from secured Lombard and mortgage loans to current accounts (Europe only), credit lines and other

loans; to a lesser extent derivatives and contingencies.

Private Bank mortgage loan-to-value1

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
≤ 50% 66% 65%
> 50 ≤ 70% 16% 16%
> 70 ≤ 90% 10% 10%
> 90 ≤ 100% 3% 3%
> 100 ≤ 110% 2% 2%
> 110 ≤ 130% 1% 2%
> 130% 1% 1%

1When assigning the exposure to the corresponding LTV buckets, the exposure amounts are distributed according to their relative share of the underlying assessed real

estate value

The LTV expresses the amount of exposure as a percentage of the underlying real estate value.

The Group’s LTV ratios are calculated using the total exposure divided by the current determined value of the respective

properties. These values are monitored and updated if necessary, on a regular basis. The exposure of transactions that

are additionally backed by liquid collateral is reduced by the respective collateral values, whereas any prior charges

increase the corresponding total exposure. The LTV calculation includes exposure which is secured by real estate

collateral. Any mortgage lending exposure that is collateralized exclusively by any other type of collateral is not included

in the LTV calculation.

165

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

The creditor’s creditworthiness, the LTV and the quality of collateral is an integral part of the Group’s risk management

when originating loans and when monitoring and steering the Group’s credit risks. In general, the Group is willing to

accept higher LTV’s, the better the creditor’s creditworthiness is. Nevertheless, restrictions of LTV apply e.g., for

countries with negative economic outlook or expected declines of real estate values.

As of December 31, 2025, 66% of the Group’s exposure related to the mortgage lending portfolio had an LTV ratio below

or equal to 50% compared to 65% as of December 31, 2024.

Focus areas in 2025

As mentioned in the Key risk themes section, Deutsche Bank has identified commercial real estate and climate risk as

focus areas of the Group in 2025 in relation to Credit Risk. Tariffs, as mentioned in the Key Risk Themes section would not

be considered a standalone focus area going forward but rather integrated into the broader portfolio dynamics.

Commercial Real Estate

Commercial Real Estate (CRE) markets continue to face headwinds due to the impacts of higher interest rates, reduced

market liquidity attached to tightened lending conditions, and structural changes in the office sector. The market stress

has been more pronounced in the U.S. where property price indices show a more substantial decline of CRE asset values

from recent peaks, compared to Europe and APAC. Especially within the office segment, the market weakness is most

evident in the U.S., reflected in subdued leasing activity and higher vacancy rates compared to Europe. Recent market

data indicate stabilization in some markets.

In the current environment, the main risk for the portfolio is related to refinancing and extension of maturing loans which

is negatively affected by the impact of higher interest rates on collateral values and debt service. CRE loans often have a

significant portion of principal payable at maturity. Under current market conditions, borrowers may have difficulty

obtaining a new loan to repay the maturing debt or to meet conditions that allow extension of loans. This risk is further

amplified for loans in the office segment due to increased uncertainty about letting prospects for office properties.

Deutsche Bank is closely monitoring the CRE portfolio for development of such risks.

The Group continues to proactively work with borrowers to address upcoming maturities to establish terms for loan

amendments and extensions, which in many cases, are classified as forbearance triggering Stage 2 classification under

IFRS 9 but are not always deemed modifications under IFRS (please see modification of financial assets and financial

liabilities section). However, in certain cases, no agreement can be reached on loan extensions or loan amendments and

the borrower’s inability to restructure or refinance leads to a default. This has resulted in higher Stage 3 ECL’s in 2024

and 2025. Overall, uncertainty remains with respect to future defaults and the timing of a full recovery in the CRE

markets.

The CRE portfolio consists of lending arrangements originated across various parts of the bank and client segments. The

CRE portfolio under the Group’s CRE definition includes exposures reported under the Main Credit Exposure Categories

by Industry Sectors for Real Estate Activities NACE and exposures reported under other NACE classifications including

Financial and Insurance Activities.

Within the CRE portfolio, the Group differentiates between recourse and non-recourse financing. Recourse CRE

financings typically have a lower inherent risk profile based on recourse to creditworthy entities or individuals, in addition

to mortgage collateral. Recourse CRE exposures range from secured recourse lending for business or commercial

properties to property companies, Wealth Management clients, as well as other private and corporate clients.

Non-recourse financings rely on sources of repayment that are typically limited to the cash flows generated by the

financed property and the ability to refinance such loans may be constrained by the underlying property value and

income stream generated by such property at the time of refinancing.

The entire CRE loan portfolio is subject to periodic stress testing under Deutsche Bank’s Group Wide Stress Test

Framework. In addition, Deutsche Bank uses bespoke portfolio stress testing for certain sub-segments of the CRE loan

portfolio to obtain a more comprehensive view of potential downside risks. For the year ending December 31, 2025, the

Group performed a bespoke portfolio stress test on a subset of the non-recourse financing portfolio deemed higher risk

based on its heightened sensitivity to current CRE market stress factors, including higher interest rates, declining

collateral values and elevated refinancing risk due to loan structures with a high proportion of their outstanding principal

balance payable at maturity.

166

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

As of December 31, 2025, the non-recourse portfolio subject to bespoke portfolio stress testing, also referred to as the

higher risk CRE portfolio or the stress-tested CRE portfolio, amounted to € 24.3 billion of the € 30.6 billion non-recourse

CRE portfolio, excluding sub-portfolios with less impacted risk drivers, which benefit from strong underlying demand

fundamentals. The reduction in the non-recourse CRE portfolio and stress-tested CRE portfolio since December 31,

2024 was € 5.9 billion and € 5.0 billion, respectively, mainly driven by loan repayments , loan sales and FX impact partially

offset by new loan originations. Allowance for credit losses as per December 31, 2025 amounted to € 1.1 billion for the

non-recourse and € 903 million for the stress-tested CRE portfolios (December 31, 2024 € 795 million and € 653 million

respectively).

The following table shows the stress-tested CRE portfolio by IFRS 9 stages, region, property type and average weighted

loan to value (LTV) as well as provision for credit losses recorded for the year ended December 31, 2025, and December 31,

2024, respectively.

Stress-tested CRE portfolio

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. Gross Carrying<br><br>Amount1 Gross Carrying<br><br>Amount1
Exposure by stages
Stage 1 14,402 18,756
Stage 2 6,277 7,713
Stage 3 3,609 2,836
Total 24,288 29,305
thereof:
Forborne exposure 5,133 5,389
thereof:
North America 51% 54%
Western Europe (including Germany) 44%2 39%
Asia/Pacific 5% 7%
thereof: offices 35% 42%
North America 18% 24%
Western Europe (including Germany) 16%3 17%
Asia/Pacific 1% 2%
thereof: residential 15% 12%
thereof: hospitality 15% 10%
thereof: retail 11% 10%
Weighted average LTV, in %
Investment Bank 65% 66%
Corporate Bank 58% 56%
Other Business 70% 71%
2025 2024
Allowance for Credit Losses4 903 653
Provision for Credit Losses4 712 492
thereof: North America 613 400

1 Loans at amortized cost

2 Germany accounts for approximately 9% of the total stress-tested CRE portfolio

3 Office loans in Germany account for 14% of total office loans in the stress-tested CRE portfolio

4 Allowance for Credit Losses and Provision for Credit Losses do not include country risk provisions

The average LTV in the U.S. office loan segment increased from 81% as of December 31, 2024 to 88% as of December 31,

2025,in part due to repayments of some larger exposures. LTV calculations are based on latest externally appraised

values which are additionally subject to regular interim internal adjustments. While the Group is updating CRE collateral

values where applicable, such values and their underlying assumptions are subject to a higher degree of fluctuation and

uncertainty in the current environment of heightened market volatility and reduced market liquidity.

167

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Stage classification and provisioning levels are primarily based on the Group’s assessment of a borrower’s ability to

generate recurring cash flows, its ability to obtain refinancing at the loan’s maturity, and an assessment of the financed

property’s collateral value. Deutsche Bank actively monitors these factors for potential signs of deterioration to ensure

timely adjustment of the borrower’s loan classifications. When a loan is deemed to be impaired, the Group calculates

required credit loss provisions using multiple potential scenarios for loan resolution, weighted by their expected

probabilities and taking into account information available at that point. Such assessments are inherently subjective with

respect to scenario weightings and subject to various assumptions, including future cash flows generated by a property

and potential property liquidation proceeds. These assumptions are subject to uncertainties which are exacerbated in the

current volatile market environment such that deviating developments to initial assumptions could have a material

future impact on calculated provisions. Additional uncertainty exists within the office sector due to the uncertain long-

term impact of remote working arrangements on demand for office space. The Group remains highly selective around

new business, focusing on more attractive property types such as multi-family in particular sub-markets.

While central banks have started to cut short-term interest rates, the Group expects current CRE market conditions to

continue, in the near-term particularly in the office sector which could result in further deterioration of asset quality and

elevated credit loss provisions.

Since the onset of the CRE market deterioration, the Group aims to assess the downside risk of additional credit losses in

its higher risk non-recourse portfolio through a temporary bespoke stress testing focused on examining property values

movements as basis of to identify potential losses on a portfolio basis. Stressed values are derived by applying an

observed peak-to-trough market index decline (a commercial property value market index) to the appraised values

reduced by an additional haircut, differentiated by property type and region. Implying a liquidation scenario, the stress

analysis assumes a loss to occur on a loan when the stressed property value is less than the outstanding loan balance, i.e.,

the stress LTV beyond 100%.

Based on the stress test assumptions, utilizing the stress-tested CRE portfolio and most current risk data as of December

31, 2025, as a starting point, macro-economic stress could result in a severe stress scenario of approximately € 1.2 billion

of credit losses, over multiple years based on the respective maturity profile. The allowance recorded against the stress

tested portfolio was  € 0.9 billion  as of December 31, 2025.

The bespoke stress test has numerous limitations, including but not restricted to lack of differentiation based on

individual asset performance, specific location or asset desirability, all of which could have a material impact on potential

stress losses. Furthermore, calculated stress losses are sensitive to potential further deterioration of peak-to-trough

index values and assumptions about incremental haircuts and incremental stress loss can therefore change in future.

Changes in underlying assumptions could lead to a wider range of stress results and hence the Group's bespoke stress

approach should be viewed as one of multiple possible scenarios. While the stress test aims to assess potential losses in

an adverse scenario, Deutsche Bank believes that based on currently available information, the ECL estimate related to

the Group’s CRE portfolio is within a reasonable range and thus represents the bank’s best estimate, considering the

advanced stage of the current down cycle which is pointing towards stabilization as real estate values have adjusted to

the shocks from higher interest rates and remote working trends.

Climate Risk

Background and definitions

Climate transition and physical risks present growing risks to the bank’s sectoral and regional portfolios.

Transition risks, defined as the risks arising from the policy, technology and behavioral changes needed to decarbonize

the global economy, are expected to lead to a progressive shift away from fossil fuel-based technologies in favor of

renewable energy sources. This will generate increased risks for companies with carbon intensive business models who

are unable to execute on credible transition plans. Deutsche Bank is exposed to transition risks via its lending to, and

other business activities with, carbon intensive clients and physical assets.

Physical risks, defined as the potential for physical damage and associated financial and non-financial losses due to rising

temperatures, are increasing in frequency and intensity. Deutsche Bank is exposed to physical risks via its lending to, and

other business activities with, clients and physical assets in regions which are vulnerable to acute events (e.g., wildfires,

hurricanes) and chronic events (e.g., rising sea levels).

Risk identification, assessment and management.

Managing climate transition and physical risks is a key component of the bank’s risk management and wider sustainability

strategy. Climate risks are embedded into the bank’s risk frameworks and appetite, prioritizing clients and portfolios with

the highest vulnerability based on a broad range of bespoke climate risk identification and classification approaches,

including risk concentrations. All economic sectors are included in the analysis and the carbon-intensive sectors are

subject to particular focus.

168

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

A comprehensive climate materiality assessment is performed on an annual basis which assesses potential impacts

across a range of scenarios and timeframes. A detailed description is provided in the “Impact, risk and opportunity

management” section within the “Climate and other environmental risks” chapter of the Sustainability Statement. The

assessment utilizes a range of quantitative estimation approaches including emissions and emission intensity estimates,

physical risk loss estimates across a range of different temperature scenarios and client transition and physical risk

scorecards. The materiality assessment is based on internal ratings migration for corporate lending exposures and the

impact on collateral value for real estate exposures. The quantitative assessment is supplemented by qualitative views

from internal subject matter experts. The bank also conducts annual stress testing of climate and physical risks across a

range of scenarios and timeframes.

The results of these assessments are utilized to quantify potential downside risks and to identify clients in higher risk

portfolios which are subject to enhanced due diligence as part of the bank’s credit approval process. Risk assessments

are integrated into the internal credit rating process and are considered as potential triggers for inclusion in the

Watchlist. Dedicated requirements for insurance arrangements are in place for real estate lending. To manage climate

transition risks, net zero targets have been established for key carbon intensive sectors with dedicated governance in

place to review transactions with a significant impact on target metrics. A detailed presentation and discussion of the

bank’s net zero targets is provided in the Bank’s updated Transition Plan published in August 2025.

Forward-looking impact analysis

Based on the 2025 materiality assessment and climate stress test results the Group concludes that potential credit risk

impacts are well-contained in both the short (1-2yr) and medium term (3-5yr) under current policy assumptions, and also

in a scenario where all stated pledges by governments are enforced. The former scenario is considered most likely to

occur in the short-to-medium term, that latter scenario is considered less likely to materialize in the current geopolitical

environment.

The 2025 materiality assessment concludes that long-term risks are potentially material across all scenarios but with a

high degree of uncertainty over the results reflecting the very long time frame, up to 25 years, and based on several

conservative assumptions including a static balance sheet.

Risks to the portfolio would be significantly higher in a disorderly net zero scenario where following a prolonged period of

inaction governments introduced punitive climate taxes and other policies with a very short implementation period.

Deutsche Bank considers this scenario to be extremely unlikely to materialize in the short to medium term and thus the

risk is reflected in Deutsche Bank´s Economic Capital calculation rather than ECL.

Both the materiality assessment and bespoke climate stress test have several limitations including but not limited to high

levels of uncertainty on policy developments over the medium-to-long term, difficulty with precisely forecasting the

location and severity of physical risk events and assumptions around the adaptive capabilities of the bank´s clients.

Utilization of multiple scenarios is designed to mitigate these uncertainties.

Based on these estimates Deutsche Bank believes that ECL estimates for higher transition and physical risk exposures are

within reasonable ranges and require no additional corrective measure.

A sensitivity analysis has been undertaken as part of the climate stress test that is based on reasonable ranges of

potential variation for carbon prices and energy prices. The stressed ECL impacts at a one-year horizon were found to be

from a single digit number for a current policies scenario to a low 2-digit figure for a Delayed Transition scenario. These

estimations are aligned with the outputs of the materiality assessment.

Conclusion

To ensure that Deutsche Bank’s expected credit losses (ECL) model was taking into account the uncertainties in the

macroeconomic environment throughout 2025, the Group reviewed emerging risks to assess its potential downside and

to manage the bank’s credit strategy and risk appetite on an ongoing basis. Overall, Deutsche Bank believes the actions

taken as a result of these reviews were designated to ensure the bank was adequately provisioned for its expected credit

losses as of December 31, 2025.

169

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Asset Quality

This section describes the quality of debt instruments subject to impairment, which under IFRS 9 consist of debt

instruments measured at amortized cost, financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income

(FVOCI) as well as off balance sheet lending commitments such as loan commitments and financial guarantees (hereafter

collectively referred to as “Financial Assets”).

Overview of financial assets subject to impairment

The following tables provide an overview of the exposure amount and allowance for credit losses by financial asset class

broken down into stages as per IFRS 9 requirements.

Overview of financial assets subject to impairment

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total
Amortized cost¹
Gross carrying amount 722,204 53,383 14,874 615 791,076 676,154 63,836 15,214 609 755,814
Allowance for credit<br><br>losses² 421 888 4,600 247 6,156 438 736 4,412 213 5,799
of which Loans
Gross carrying amount 411,254 52,092 14,720 610 478,676 412,480 56,540 14,974 609 484,603
Allowance for credit<br><br>losses² 409 881 4,513 247 6,049 411 718 4,326 213 5,668
Fair value through OCI
Fair value 43,030 466 147 43,644 36,828 5,176 86 42,090
Allowance for credit<br><br>losses 12 22 14 48 12 16 10 38
Off-balance sheet
Notional amount 321,740 26,678 2,724 21 351,164 313,625 25,983 2,225 7 341,840
Allowance for credit<br><br>losses³ 98 96 196 2 393 106 82 173 361

1 Financial assets at amortized cost consist of: loans at amortized cost, cash and central bank balances, interbank balances (w/o central banks), central bank funds sold and

securities purchased under resale agreements, securities borrowed and certain subcategories of other assets

2 Allowance for credit losses do not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 7 million as of December 31, 2025 and € 14 million as of December 31, 2024

3 Allowance for credit losses do not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 12 million as of December 31, 2025 and € 2 million as of December 31, 2024

Financial assets at amortized cost

The following tables provide an overview of development of financial assets at amortized cost and related allowance for

credit losses in each of the relevant reporting periods broken down into stages as per IFRS 9 requirements.

Development of exposures in the current reporting period

Dec 31, 2025
Gross carrying amount
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI Total
Balance, beginning of year 676,154 63,836 15,214 609 755,814
Movements in financial assets including new business and<br><br>credit extensions 93,571 1,095 1,549 170 96,385
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness 4,569 (6,011) 1,442
Changes due to modifications that did not result in<br><br>derecognition 3 (34) (31)
Changes in models N/M N/M N/M N/M N/M
Financial assets that have been derecognized during the<br><br>period (25,550) (3,197) (2,697) (167) (31,611)
Recovery of written off amounts 164 164
Foreign exchange and other changes (26,540) (2,344) (764) 3 (29,645)
Balance, end of reporting period 722,204 53,383 14,874 615 791,076

N/M – Not meaningful

170

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment increased primarily in Stage 1 in 2025:

Stage 1 exposures increased by € 46 billion or 7%, primarily due to an increase in cash and central bank balances and

securities purchased as a part of Bank’s asset purchase program initiative to expand portfolio of European government

bonds.

Stage 2 exposures went down by € 10 billion or 16% mainly due to stage upgrade from Stage 2 to stage 1 for a single

large client in Asia Pacific and a decrease in Private Bank.

Stage 3 exposures decreased by € 0.3 billion or 2% in 2025, primarily due to decrease in Private Bank. This decrease has

been partially offset by an increase in CRE Portfolio within Investment Bank.

Development of exposures in the previous reporting period

Dec 31, 2024
Gross carrying amount
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI Total
Balance, beginning of year 686,421 55,704 12,799 806 755,731
Movements in financial assets including new business and<br><br>credit extensions 74,160 934 2,151 (33) 77,212
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness (11,473) 9,079 2,394
Changes due to modifications that did not result in<br><br>derecognition 9 (55) (46)
Changes in models N/M N/M N/M N/M N/M
Financial assets that have been derecognized during the<br><br>period (86,710) (2,906) (2,598) (180) (92,394)
Recovery of written off amounts 157 157
Foreign exchange and other changes 13,756 1,016 367 16 15,154
Balance, end of reporting period 676,154 63,836 15,214 609 755,814

N/M – Not meaningful

Financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment remained almost unchanged in 2024:

Stage 1 exposures decreased by € 11 billion or 2%, primarily due to a reduction in cash and central bank balances partly

offset by an increase in securities purchased under resale agreements.

Stage 2 exposures went up by € 8 billion or 15% mainly due to a large single client in Corporate & Other and an increase

in Private Bank mainly driven by residual temporary impacts following the Postbank integration.

Stage 3 exposures increased by € 2 billion or 16% in 2024, mainly driven by new defaults in Private Bank and Corporate &

Other. The latter were related to the CRE portfolio.

Development of allowance for credit losses in the current reporting period

Dec 31, 2025
Allowance for Credit Losses²
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI⁴ Total
Balance, beginning of year 438 736 4,412 213 5,799
Movements in financial assets including new business and<br><br>credit extensions (90) 178 1,663 9 1,760
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness 119 (85) (35) N/M
Changes due to modifications that did not result in<br><br>derecognition N/M N/M N/M N/M N/M
Changes in models35 (63) 91 (155) (127)
Financial assets that have been derecognized during the<br><br>period³ (1,002) (1,002)
Recovery of written off amounts 164 164
Foreign exchange and other changes 18 (33) (447) 25 (437)
Balance, end of reporting period 421 888 4,600 247 6,156
Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk¹ (34) 185 1,473 9 1,633

N/M – Not meaningful

1 Movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models add up to Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk

2 Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 7 million as of December 31, 2025

3 This position represents charge offs of allowance for credit losses

4 The total amount of undiscounted expected credit losses at initial recognition on financial assets that are purchased or originated credit-impaired initially recognized

during the reporting period was € 74 million in 2025 and € 0 million in 2024

5 Changes in models primarily reflect LGD model update and changes to the SICR model

171

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Allowance for credit losses for financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment went up by € 358 million or 6% in

2025, largely driven by Stage 3:

Stage 1 allowances decreased by € 16 million or 4% mainly driven by Private Bank due to exposure reduction which has

been partially offset by increases in Corporate Bank and Investment Bank.

Stage 2 allowances increased by € 152 million or 21% largely due to Private Bank and Investment Bank.

Stage 3 allowances went up by € 222 million or 5% in 2025, driven by additional charges in the CRE portfolio within

Investment Bank and an increase in Personal Banking within Private Bank.

The Group’s Stage 3 coverage ratio (defined as allowance for credit losses in Stage 3 (excluding POCI) as a percentage of

financial assets at amortized cost in Stage 3 (excluding POCI)) amounted to 31% in the current fiscal year, compared to

29% in the prior year.

Development of allowance for credit losses in the previous reporting period

Dec 31, 2024
Allowance for Credit Losses²
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI⁴ Total
Balance, beginning of year 447 680 3,960 198 5,285
Movements in financial assets including new business and<br><br>credit extensions (150) 194 1,814 3 1,861
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness 128 (128) N/M
Changes due to modifications that did not result in<br><br>derecognition N/M N/M N/M N/M N/M
Changes in models (2) (7) (9)
Financial assets that have been derecognized during the<br><br>period³ (1,229) (1,229)
Recovery of written off amounts 157 157
Foreign exchange and other changes 15 (3) (290) 11 (267)
Balance, end of reporting period 438 736 4,412 213 5,799
Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk¹ (24) 59 1,814 3 1,852

N/M – Not meaningful

1Movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models add up to Provision for Credit Losses excluding

country risk

2Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 14 million as of December 31, 2024

3This position represents charge offs of allowance for credit losses

4The total amount of undiscounted expected credit losses at initial recognition on financial assets that are purchased or originated credit-impaired initially recognized

during the reporting period was € 0 million in 2024 and € 0 million  in 2023

Allowance for credit losses for financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment went up by € 513 million or 10%

in 2024, driven by stage 3:

Stage 1 allowances decreased by € 9 million or 2% mainly driven by Private Bank due to exposure reduction and almost

offset by increases in Corporate Bank and Investment Bank.

Stage 2 allowances increased by € 56 million or 8% largely due to Private Bank and Corporate Bank.

Stage 3 allowances went up by € 466 million or 11% in 2024, driven by additional charges in the CRE portfolio and in

Corporate Bank as well as new defaults in Private Bank. The latter were offset to a large extent by non-performing loans

sales.

The Group’s stage 3 coverage ratio (defined as allowance for credit losses in stage 3 (excluding POCI) as a percentage of

financial assets at amortized cost in stage 3 (excluding POCI)) amounted to 29% in the current fiscal year, compared to

31% in the prior year.

172

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Financial assets at amortized cost by business division

Dec 31, 2025
Gross Carrying Amount¹ Allowance for Credit Losses
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total
Corporate Bank 121,313 13,065 2,700 16 137,094 61 109 1,027 (2) 1,196
Investment Bank 185,796 10,843 4,418 561 201,618 168 252 794 238 1,453
Private Bank 215,857 28,216 7,161 39 251,272 187 507 2,678 10 3,382
Asset Management 1,374 3 1,377
Corporate & Other 197,864 1,256 596 199,715 5 20 101 126
Total 722,204 53,383 14,874 615 791,076 421 888 4,600 247 6,156

1 Gross Carrying Amount numbers per business division are reported after a reallocation of cash balances from business divisions to Corporate & Other

Dec 31, 2024
Gross Carrying Amount¹ Allowance for Credit Losses
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total
Corporate Bank 115,541 12,770 3,015 131,326 86 121 1,006 1,212
Investment Bank 179,230 12,380 3,462 609 195,682 138 112 714 213 1,176
Private Bank 224,098 30,564 7,864 262,526 205 489 2,583 3,277
Asset Management 1,213 11 1,224
Corporate & Other 156,072 8,111 873 165,057 9 14 110 133
Total 676,154 63,836 15,214 609 755,814 438 736 4,412 213 5,799

1 Gross Carrying Amount numbers per business division are reported after a reallocation of cash balances from business divisions to Corporate & Other

173

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Financial assets at amortized cost by industry sector

The below table provides an overview of the Group’s asset quality by industry and is based on the NACE code of the

counterparty. NACE (Nomenclature des Activités Économiques dans la Communauté Européenne) is a standard

European industry classification system.

Dec 31, 2025
Gross Carrying Amount Allowance for Credit Losses
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 323 55 11 1 390 1 5 7
Mining and quarrying 1,661 274 29 1,964 2 4 13 19
Manufacturing 21,660 3,849 1,252 21 26,782 24 42 540 5 610
Electricity, gas, steam and air<br><br>conditioning supply 4,103 598 155 4,856 4 4 73 81
Water supply, sewerage, waste<br><br>management and remediation<br><br>activities 537 129 9 675 1 1 5 6
Construction 4,064 683 208 52 5,008 5 11 70 30 116
Wholesale and retail trade, repair of<br><br>motor vehicles and motorcycles 18,514 2,375 981 21 21,891 17 30 457 504
Transport and storage 4,621 392 274 22 5,309 4 5 78 86
Accommodation and food service<br><br>activities 2,489 1,008 61 1 3,559 4 10 27 41
Information and communication 8,102 712 494 9,308 10 10 99 120
Financial and insurance activities 373,938 8,435 1,879 142 384,394 93 110 523 59 785
Real estate activities 32,736 8,998 3,868 143 45,745 45 176 542 80 843
Professional, scientific and technical<br><br>activities 8,970 1,043 255 4 10,272 8 19 109 1 137
Administrative and support service<br><br>activities 6,157 998 136 7 7,298 6 10 44 3 62
Public administration and defense,<br><br>compulsory social security 38,099 837 505 39,442 3 2 23 28
Education 169 74 8 251 1 2 3
Human health services and social work<br><br>activities 3,195 588 133 1 3,917 4 10 23 37
Arts, entertainment and recreation 714 104 36 854 1 3 6 10
Other service activities 19,290 1,358 374 160 21,182 12 8 155 57 233
Activities of households as employers,<br><br>undifferentiated goods- and services-<br><br>producing activities of households for<br><br>own use 164,816 20,868 4,207 39 189,931 178 432 1,804 12 2,426
Activities of extraterritorial<br><br>organizations and bodies 8,045 4 8,048
Total 722,204 53,383 14,874 615 791,076 421 888 4,600 247 6,156

174

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Gross Carrying Amount Allowance for Credit Losses
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 360 55 12 427 1 5 6
Mining and quarrying 1,687 234 4 1,926 3 5 3 11
Manufacturing 21,327 4,382 1,303 32 27,044 23 39 534 2 597
Electricity, gas, steam and air<br><br>conditioning supply 3,898 407 210 4,515 6 8 77 92
Water supply, sewerage, waste<br><br>management and remediation<br><br>activities 527 63 5 595 1 1 3 4
Construction 3,643 713 207 45 4,608 5 8 81 13 106
Wholesale and retail trade, repair of<br><br>motor vehicles and motorcycles 18,487 2,453 709 23 21,672 16 26 334 3 378
Transport and storage 4,145 829 259 24 5,257 4 4 45 53
Accommodation and food service<br><br>activities 2,224 386 63 2,673 3 5 25 32
Information and communication 8,220 977 212 9,409 11 14 55 79
Financial and insurance activities 344,869 15,962 2,213 133 363,176 130 110 580 50 870
Real estate activities 35,812 10,860 3,604 173 50,448 18 48 512 88 666
Professional, scientific and technical<br><br>activities 5,279 861 223 1 6,364 4 10 89 1 104
Administrative and support service<br><br>activities 7,864 1,265 117 24 9,269 8 6 39 8 61
Public administration and defense,<br><br>compulsory social security 23,217 1,018 641 24,876 10 3 31 44
Education 251 38 7 295 2 3
Human health services and social work<br><br>activities 3,695 453 115 4,264 4 10 15 29
Arts, entertainment and recreation 716 95 11 822 1 4 6
Other service activities 16,190 810 419 113 17,532 13 6 144 30 193
Activities of households as employers,<br><br>undifferentiated goods- and services-<br><br>producing activities of households for<br><br>own use 173,031 21,971 4,879 42 199,924 180 431 1,835 18 2,464
Activities of extraterritorial<br><br>organizations and bodies 711 5 716
Total 676,154 63,836 15,214 609 755,814 438 736 4,412 213 5,799

175

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Financial assets at amortized cost by region

Dec 31, 2025
Gross Carrying Amount Allowance for Credit Losses
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total
Germany 266,754 23,872 4,908 16 295,550 160 426 2,324 (7) 2,903
Western Europe<br><br>(excluding Germany) 177,613 13,040 3,152 351 194,157 122 247 1,103 192 1,664
Eastern Europe 11,864 934 97 12,895 2 6 43 51
North America 177,465 10,859 5,303 71 193,697 89 180 792 15 1,077
Central and South<br><br>America 5,351 597 73 6,020 3 4 2 9
Asia/Pacific 68,050 2,767 708 73 71,599 34 17 199 1 252
Africa 4,911 1,066 483 6,460 4 3 26 34
Other 10,196 247 152 104 10,699 7 4 111 45 167
Total 722,204 53,383 14,874 615 791,076 421 888 4,600 247 6,156 Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Gross Carrying Amount Allowance for Credit Losses
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total
Germany 251,984 24,236 4,579 280,799 205 447 2,181 (2) 2,831
Western Europe<br><br>(excluding Germany) 158,729 13,601 3,525 321 176,177 117 186 1,114 154 1,572
Eastern Europe 8,996 804 205 10,004 4 12 38 54
North America 178,548 15,549 4,888 62 199,047 51 70 619 11 752
Central and South<br><br>America 5,445 459 73 5,978 4 2 19 25
Asia/Pacific 61,195 8,423 979 114 70,711 41 15 281 (3) 333
Africa 4,159 530 604 5,293 10 3 33 46
Other 7,098 234 361 113 7,806 6 2 127 52 186
Total 676,154 63,836 15,214 609 755,814 438 736 4,412 213 5,799

Financial assets at amortized cost by rating class

Dec 31, 2025
Gross Carrying Amount Allowance for Credit Losses
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total
iAAA–iAA 267,161 653 267,813 2 1 3
iA 118,048 828 10 118,886 10 3 12
iBBB 179,141 4,125 183,266 60 10 70
iBB 138,078 18,896 1 156,975 246 208 454
iB 19,776 21,945 41,721 100 378 478
iCCC and below 6,937 14,874 604 22,415 3 289 4,600 247 5,138
Total 722,204 53,383 14,874 615 791,076 421 888 4,600 247 6,156 Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Gross Carrying Amount Allowance for Credit Losses
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total
iAAA–iAA 226,138 7,186 233,324 2 2
iA 110,279 2,061 10 112,351 10 1 11
iBBB 179,697 7,150 186,847 54 12 66
iBB 135,762 20,146 155,908 246 111 358
iB 23,090 21,692 44,782 115 351 467
iCCC and below 1,188 5,601 15,214 599 22,603 11 260 4,412 213 4,896
Total 676,154 63,836 15,214 609 755,814 438 736 4,412 213 5,799

The Group’s existing commitments to lend additional funds to debtors with stage 3 financial assets at amortized cost

amounted to € 903 million as of December 31, 2025 and € 710 million as of December 31, 2024.

176

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Collateral held against financial assets at amortized cost in stage 3

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. Gross Carrying<br><br>Amount Collateral Guarantees Gross Carrying<br><br>Amount Collateral Guarantees
Financial Assets at Amortized Cost (Stage 3)1 14,874 6,294 1,066 15,214 6,242 1,368

1 Stage 3 excluding POCI assets

In 2025, collateral and guarantees held against financial assets at amortized cost in Stage 3 decreased by € 0.3 billion, or

3% mainly driven by Private Bank.

Due to full collateralization the Group did not recognize an allowance for credit losses against financial assets at

amortized cost in Stage 3 for € 1.8 billion in 2025 and € 1.6 billion in 2024.

Modified assets at amortized cost

A financial asset is considered modified when its contractual cash flows are renegotiated or otherwise modified.

Renegotiation or modification may or may not lead to derecognition of the old and recognition of the new financial

instrument. This section covers modified financial assets that have not been derecognized.

Under IFRS 9, when the terms of a financial asset are renegotiated or modified and the modification does not result in

derecognition, a gain or loss is recognized in the income statement as the difference between the original contractual

cash flows and the modified cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate (EIR). For modified financial

assets the determination of whether the asset’s credit risk has increased significantly reflects the comparison of:

–The remaining lifetime probability of default (PD) at the reporting date based on the modified terms; with

–The remaining lifetime PD estimated based on data at initial recognition and based on the original contractual terms.

The following table provides the overview of modified financial assets at amortized cost broken down into IFRS 9 stages.

Modified Assets at Amortized Cost

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3<br><br>POCI Total
Amortized cost carrying<br><br>amount prior to modification 56 243 268 567 726 132 858
Net modification gain/losses<br><br>recognized 3 (34) (31) 9 (55) (46)

In 2025, the bank has observed a decrease of € 291 million in modified assets at amortized cost due to client related

modifications, driven by Investment Bank and Private Bank.

In 2025, the Group has not observed any amounts of modified assets that have been upgraded to Stage 1. The bank has

not observed any subsequent re-deterioration of those assets into Stages 2 and 3.

In 2024, the Group has not observed any amounts of modified assets that have been upgraded to Stage 1. The bank has

not observed any subsequent re-deterioration of those assets into Stages 2 and 3.

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

The fair value of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) subject to impairment under

IFRS 9 was € 44 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to € 42 billion at December 31, 2024. Allowance for credit

losses against these assets remained at very low levels (€ 48 million as of December 31, 2025 and € 38 million as of

December 31, 2024). Due to immateriality no further breakdown is provided for financial assets at FVOCI.

177

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Off-balance sheet lending commitments and guarantee business

The following tables provide an overview of the nominal amount and credit loss allowance for the Group’s off-balance

sheet financial asset class broken down into stages as per IFRS 9 requirements.

Development of nominal amount in the current reporting period

Dec 31, 2025
Nominal Amount
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI Total
Balance, beginning of year 313,625 25,983 2,225 7 341,840
Movements including new business 28,461 322 374 14 29,171
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness (1,997) 1,719 278 N/M
Changes in models N/M N/M N/M N/M
Foreign exchange and other changes (18,349) (1,346) (152) (19,847)
Balance, end of reporting period 321,740 26,678 2,724 21 351,164
of which: Financial guarantees 66,797 11,855 441 79,092

N/M – Not meaningful

Development of nominal amount in the previous reporting period

Dec 31, 2024
Nominal Amount
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI Total
Balance, beginning of year 292,747 23,778 2,282 8 318,814
Movements including new business 14,542 (662) (25) 13,855
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness (2,108) 2,215 (107) N/M
Changes in models N/M N/M N/M N/M N/M
Foreign exchange and other changes 8,444 652 76 9,171
Balance, end of reporting period 313,625 25,983 2,225 7 341,840
of which: Financial guarantees 61,279 11,752 436 73,467

N/M – Not meaningful

Development of allowance for credit losses in the current reporting period

Dec 31, 2025
Allowance for Credit Losses2
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI Total
Balance, beginning of year 106 82 173 361
Movements including new business (12) 25 38 2 53
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness 4 (2) (2) N/M
Changes in models
Foreign exchange and other changes (8) (13) (21)
Balance, end of reporting period 98 96 196 2 393
of which: Financial guarantees 55 47 81 184
Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1 (8) 23 36 2 53

N/M – Not meaningful

1 The above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in

creditworthiness and changes in models

2 Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 12 million as of December 31, 2025

Development of allowance for credit losses in the previous reporting period

Dec 31, 2024
Allowance for Credit Losses2
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI Total
Balance, beginning of year 117 88 187 393
Movements including new business (22) 3 (19) (38)
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness 10 (9) N/M
Changes in models
Foreign exchange and other changes 1 (1) 5 6
Balance, end of reporting period 106 82 173 361
of which: Financial guarantees 67 49 99 214
Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1 (13) (6) (20) (38)

N/M – Not meaningful

1 The above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in

creditworthiness and changes in models

2 Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 2 million as of December 31, 2024

178

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Legal claims

Assets subject to enforcement activity consist of assets, which have been fully or partially written off and the Group still

continues to pursue recovery of the asset. Such enforcement activity comprises for example cases where the bank

continues to devote resources (e.g., Legal Department/CRM workout unit) towards recovery, either via legal channels or

third party recovery agents. Enforcement activity also applies to cases where the Bank maintains outstanding and

unsettled legal claims. This is irrespective of whether amounts are expected to be recovered and the recovery timeframe.

It may be common practice in certain jurisdictions for recovery cases to span several years.

Amounts outstanding on financial assets that were written off during the reporting period and are still subject to

enforcement activity amounted to € 277 million and € 222 million in 2025 and 2024 respectively, mainly in Investment

Bank.

Renegotiated and forborne assets at amortized costs

For economic or legal reasons the bank might enter into a forbearance agreement with a borrower who faces or will face

financial difficulties in order to ease the contractual obligation for a limited period of time. A case-by-case approach is

applied for corporate clients considering each transaction and client-specific facts and circumstances. For consumer

loans the bank offers forbearances for a limited period of time, in which the total or partial outstanding or future

installments are deferred to a later point of time. However, the amount not paid including accrued interest during this

period must be re-compensated at a later point of time. Repayment options include distribution over residual tenor, a

one-off payment or a tenor extension. Forbearances are restricted and depending on the economic situation of the

client, the Group’s risk management strategies and the local legislation. In case a forbearance agreement is entered into,

an impairment measurement is conducted as described below, an impairment charge is taken if necessary and the loan is

subsequently recorded as impaired.

In the Group’s management and reporting of forborne assets at amortized costs, the bank follows the EBA definition for

forbearances and non-performing loans (Implementing Technical Standards (ITS) on Supervisory reporting on

forbearance and non-performing exposures under article 99(4) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013). Once the conditions

mentioned in the ITS are met, the Group reports the loan as being forborne; removes the asset from the bank’s

forbearance reporting, once the discontinuance criteria in the ITS are met (i.e., the contract is considered as performing, a

minimum two year probation period has passed, regular payments of more than an insignificant aggregate amount of

principal or interest have been made during at least half of the probation period, and none of the exposures to the debtor

is more than 30 days past-due at the end of the probation period).

Forborne financial assets at amortized cost

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Performing Non-performing Total Performing Non-performing Total
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
German 1,975 14 1,235 3,224 174 2,248 4 1,056 3,481
Non-<br><br>German 72 5,418 6 5,415 10,911 93 7,049 16 4,687 11,845
Total 72 7,392 20 6,650 14,135 267 9,297 20 5,742 15,326

Development of forborne financial assets at amortized cost

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Balance beginning of period 15,326 12,464
Classified as forborne during the year 6,767 8,572
Transferred to non-forborne during the year (including repayments) (6,836) (6,020)
Charge-offs (122) (211)
Exchange rate and other movements (1,001) 521
Balance end of period 14,135 15,326

Forborne assets at amortized cost decreased by € 1.2 billion, or 8% in 2025, largely driven by decrease in real estate

exposures within Investment Bank and Wealth Management and Personal Banking within Private Bank.

Forborne assets at amortized cost increased by € 2.9 billion, or 23% in 2024. largely driven by real estate exposures

across various divisions.

179

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Collateral Obtained

The Group obtains collateral on the balance sheet only in certain cases by either taking possession of collateral held as

security or by calling upon other credit enhancements. Collateral obtained is made available for sale in an orderly fashion

or through public auctions, with the proceeds used to repay or reduce outstanding indebtedness. Generally, the bank

does not occupy obtained properties for its business use.

Collateral Obtained during the reporting period

in € m. 2025 2024
Commercial real estate 47 251
Residential real estate1 1 3
Other
Total collateral obtained during the reporting period 49 254

1 Carrying amount of foreclosed residential real estate properties amounted to €19 million as of December 31, 2025 and €17 million as of December 31, 2024

Total collateral obtained of € 49 million during 2025 as well as € 254 million during 2024 primarily relate to a small

number of foreclosed commercial real estate properties in the US.

The collateral obtained, as shown in the table above, excludes collateral recorded as a result of consolidating

securitization trusts under IFRS 10. In 2025, the Group obtained € 47 million of collateral related to these trusts.

Derivatives – Credit Valuation Adjustment

The bank establishes counterparty Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) for OTC derivative transactions to cover expected

credit losses. The adjustment amount is determined by assessing the potential credit exposure to a given counterparty

and taking into account any collateral held, the effect of any relevant netting arrangements, expected loss given default

and the credit risk, based on available market information, including CDS spreads.

Treatment of default situations under derivatives

Unlike standard loan assets, the bank generally has more options to manage the credit risk in its derivatives transactions

when movement in the current replacement costs or the behavior of its counterparty indicate that there is the risk that

upcoming payment obligations under the transactions might not be honored. In these situations, the bank is frequently

able under the relevant derivatives agreements to obtain additional collateral or to terminate and close-out the

derivative transactions at short notice.

The master agreements and associated collateralization agreements for OTC derivative transactions executed with its

clients typically result in the majority of its credit exposure being secured by collateral. It also provides for a broad set of

standard or bespoke termination rights, which allows the bank to respond swiftly to a counterparty’s default or to other

circumstances which indicate a high probability of failure.

The banks contractual termination rights are supported by internal policies and procedures with defined roles and

responsibilities which ensure that potential counterparty defaults are identified and addressed in a timely fashion. These

procedures include necessary settlement and trading restrictions. When its decision to terminate derivative transactions

results in a residual net obligation owed by the counterparty, the bank restructures the obligation into a non-derivative

claim and manage it through its regular work-out process. As a consequence, for accounting purposes the bank typically

does not show any nonperforming derivatives.

Wrong-way risk occurs when exposure to a counterparty is adversely correlated with the credit quality of that

counterparty. In compliance with Article 291(2) and (4) CRR the bank has a monthly process to monitor several layers of

wrong-way risk (specific wrong-way risk, general explicit wrong-way risk at country/industry/region levels and general

implicit wrong-way risk, whereby relevant exposures arising from transactions subject to wrong-way risk are

automatically selected and presented for comment to the responsible credit officer). A wrong-way risk report is then sent

to Credit Risk senior management on a monthly basis. In addition, the bank utilized its established process for calibrating

its own alpha factor (as defined in Article 284 (9) CRR) to estimate the overall wrong-way risk in its derivatives and

securities financing transactions portfolio. The Private Bank Germany’s derivative counterparty risk is immaterial to the

Group and collateral held is typically in the form of cash.

180

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Credit Exposure from Derivatives

All exchange traded derivatives are cleared through central counterparties (“CCPs”), the rules and regulations of which

provide for daily margining of all current and future credit risk positions emerging out of such transactions. To the extent

possible, the bank also uses CCP services for OTC derivative transactions (“OTC clearing”); thereby the bank benefits

from the credit risk mitigation achieved through the CCP’s settlement system.

The Dodd-Frank Act provides for an extensive framework for the regulation of OTC derivatives, including mandatory

clearing, platform trading and transaction reporting of certain OTC derivatives, as well as rules regarding registration,

capital, margin, business conduct standards, recordkeeping and other requirements for swap dealers, security-based

swap dealers, major swap participants and major security-based swap participants. The Dodd-Frank Act and related

CFTC rules require OTC clearing in the United States for certain standardized OTC derivative transactions, including

certain interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps. Margin requirements for non-cleared derivative transactions in

the U.S. started in September 2016. The European Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 on OTC Derivatives, Central

Counterparties and Trade Repositories (“EMIR”) introduced a number of risk mitigation techniques for non-centrally

cleared OTC derivatives in 2013 and the reporting of OTC and exchange traded derivatives in 2014. Mandatory clearing

of certain standardized OTC derivatives transactions in the EU began in June 2016, and margin requirements for un-

cleared OTC derivative transactions in the EU started in February 2017. Deutsche Bank implemented the exchange of

both initial and variation margin in the EU from February 2017 for the first category of counterparties subject to the EMIR

margin for uncleared derivatives requirements.

The CFTC has adopted rules implementing the most significant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. More recently, in

September 2020, the CFTC issued a final rule on the cross-border application of U.S. swap rules, which builds on, and in

some cases supersedes the CFTC’s cross-border guidance from 2013 and related no-action relief letters. In October

2020, also pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFTC finalized regulations to impose position limits on certain

commodities and economically equivalent swaps, futures and options.

The SEC has also finalized rules regarding registration, trade reporting, capital, margin, risk mitigation techniques,

business conduct standards, trade acknowledgement and verification, recordkeeping and financial reporting, and cross-

border requirements for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants. Compliance with these

requirements was generally required as of November 2021.

Finally, U.S. prudential regulators (the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Farm

Credit Administration and the Federal Housing Finance Agency) have adopted final rules establishing margin

requirements for non-cleared swaps and security-based swaps that are applicable to swap dealers and security-based

swap dealers that are subject to U.S. prudential regulations (such as Deutsche Bank) in lieu of the CFTC’s and the SEC’s

margin rules. Deutsche Bank implemented the exchange of both initial and variation margin for uncleared derivatives in

the U.S. from September 2016, for the first category of counterparties subject to the U.S. prudential regulators’ margin

requirements. Additional initial margin requirements for smaller counterparties have been phased in from September

2017 through September 2022, with the relevant compliance dates depending in each case on the transactional volume

of the parties and their affiliates.

The following table shows a breakdown of notional amounts and gross market values for assets and liabilities of

exchange traded and OTC derivative transactions on the basis of clearing channel.

181

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Notional amounts of derivatives on basis of clearing channel and type of derivative

Dec 31, 2025
Notional amount maturity distribution
in € m. Within 1 year > 1 and<br><br>≤ 5 years After 5 years Total Positive<br><br>market<br><br>value Negative<br><br>market<br><br>value Net<br><br>market<br><br>value
Interest rate related:
OTC 17,041,938 13,931,032 9,541,283 40,514,253 118,098 105,415 12,683
Bilateral (Amt) 3,753,247 2,319,020 1,543,911 7,616,178 94,373 82,403 11,971
CCP (Amt) 13,288,691 11,612,012 7,997,372 32,898,075 23,724 23,012 712
Exchange-traded 2,911,731 493,685 87 3,405,503 99 125 (26)
Total Interest rate related 19,953,668 14,424,718 9,541,370 43,919,755 118,196 105,540 12,656
Currency related:
OTC 7,061,584 1,257,976 526,624 8,846,185 96,211 90,949 5,262
Bilateral (Amt) 6,850,895 1,238,176 525,924 8,614,995 95,056 89,730 5,326
CCP (Amt) 210,690 19,800 700 231,190 1,156 1,219 (63)
Exchange-traded 83,825 301 84,126 280 310 (30)
Total Currency related 7,145,409 1,258,277 526,624 8,930,311 96,491 91,259 5,232
Equity/index related:
OTC 26,058 19,183 10,493 55,735 1,794 2,620 (826)
Bilateral (Amt) 26,058 19,183 10,493 55,735 1,794 2,620 (826)
CCP (Amt)
Exchange-traded 182,299 32,150 2,352 216,800 2,220 2,353 (134)
Total Equity/index related 208,357 51,333 12,845 272,534 4,013 4,973 (960)
Credit derivatives related
OTC 214,471 1,007,267 67,448 1,289,186 16,705 16,926 (220)
Bilateral (Amt) 86,663 105,904 27,916 220,483 3,456 3,754 (298)
CCP (Amt) 127,808 901,363 39,532 1,068,704 13,250 13,172 78
Exchange-traded
Total Credit derivatives related 214,471 1,007,267 67,448 1,289,186 16,705 16,926 (220)
Commodity related:
OTC 55,943 809 5,027 61,779 128 362 (234)
Bilateral (Amt) 55,943 809 5,027 61,779 128 362 (234)
CCP (Amt)
Exchange-traded 28,252 2,417 30,669 151 144 8
Total Commodity related 84,195 3,226 5,027 92,449 279 505 (226)
Other:
OTC 166,974 11,055 76 178,105 6,548 6,598 (49)
Bilateral (Amt) 166,892 11,055 76 178,023 6,525 6,539 (14)
CCP (Amt) 82 82 23 58 (35)
Exchange-traded 39,452 1 39,452 215 198 17
Total Other 206,425 11,056 76 217,557 6,763 6,796 (32)
Total OTC business 24,566,968 16,227,322 10,150,951 50,945,242 239,485 222,869 16,616
Total bilateral business 10,939,698 3,694,147 2,113,347 16,747,192 201,332 185,407 15,924
Total CCP business 13,627,270 12,533,176 8,037,604 34,198,050 38,153 37,462 691
Total exchange-traded business 3,245,558 528,554 2,438 3,776,550 2,965 3,130 (165)
Total 27,812,526 16,755,876 10,153,389 54,721,792 242,449 225,998 16,451
Positive market values after netting and<br><br>cash collateral received 25,299

182

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Notional amount maturity distribution
in € m. Within 1 year > 1 and<br><br>≤ 5 years After 5 years Total Positive<br><br>market<br><br>value Negative<br><br>market<br><br>value Net<br><br>market<br><br>value
Interest rate related:
OTC 15,951,107 14,364,208 9,997,538 40,312,853 122,114 111,053 11,061
Bilateral (Amt) 2,396,075 2,537,847 1,557,885 6,491,807 98,528 88,114 10,414
CCP (Amt) 13,555,032 11,826,361 8,439,653 33,821,046 23,586 22,939 647
Exchange-traded 3,292,886 498,496 590 3,791,972 239 268 (29)
Total Interest rate related 19,243,992 14,862,704 9,998,128 44,104,825 122,353 111,321 11,032
Currency related:
OTC 7,718,689 1,225,352 508,959 9,453,000 147,876 144,688 3,188
Bilateral (Amt) 7,496,403 1,209,689 508,809 9,214,900 144,648 141,847 2,800
CCP (Amt) 222,287 15,664 150 238,100 3,228 2,841 388
Exchange-traded 78,320 78,320 384 477 (93)
Total Currency related 7,797,010 1,225,352 508,959 9,531,321 148,260 145,165 3,095
Equity/index related:
OTC 22,675 9,048 15,544 47,268 1,332 2,741 (1,409)
Bilateral (Amt) 22,675 9,048 15,544 47,268 1,332 2,741 (1,409)
CCP (Amt)
Exchange-traded 174,707 28,489 2,348 205,544 1,818 1,827 (9)
Total Equity/index related 197,382 37,537 17,892 252,812 3,150 4,568 (1,418)
Credit derivatives related
OTC 278,974 896,712 73,668 1,249,354 15,609 14,322 1,288
Bilateral (Amt) 87,962 96,506 28,063 212,531 3,366 2,186 1,180
CCP (Amt) 191,012 800,206 45,605 1,036,823 12,243 12,136 107
Exchange-traded
Total Credit derivatives related 278,974 896,712 73,668 1,249,354 15,609 14,322 1,288
Commodity related:
OTC 11,316 34,566 1,448 47,330 226 160 66
Bilateral (Amt) 11,316 34,566 1,448 47,330 226 160 66
CCP (Amt)
Exchange-traded 34,816 2,645 37,461 168 169 (1)
Total Commodity related 46,132 37,211 1,448 84,791 394 329 65
Other:
OTC 155,359 7,012 151 162,521 2,339 2,355 (16)
Bilateral (Amt) 155,313 7,012 151 162,476 2,336 2,313 23
CCP (Amt) 45 45 3 42 (39)
Exchange-traded 18,687 18,687 31 24 7
Total Other 174,045 7,012 151 181,208 2,370 2,379 (9)
Total OTC business 24,138,119 16,536,899 10,597,308 51,272,326 289,497 275,319 14,177
Total bilateral business 10,169,744 3,894,668 2,111,900 16,176,312 250,436 237,362 13,075
Total CCP business 13,968,376 12,642,231 8,485,408 35,096,014 39,060 37,958 1,103
Total exchange-traded business 3,599,416 529,630 2,938 4,131,984 2,640 2,766 (126)
Total 27,737,535 17,066,528 10,600,247 55,404,310 292,137 278,085 14,052
Positive market values after netting<br><br>and cash collateral received 27,392

183

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Credit Risk Exposure

Equity Exposure

The table below presents the carrying values of equity investments split by trading and non-trading for the respective

reporting dates. Deutsche Bank manages its respective positions within market risk and other appropriate risk

frameworks.

Composition of Equity Exposure

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Trading Equities 1,852 2,753
Non-trading Equities¹ 2,044 2,052
Total Equity Exposure 3,896 4,806

1Includes equity investment funds amounting to € 49 million as of December 31, 2025 and € 70 million as of December 31, 2024

As of December 31, 2025, the group’s trading equities exposure in Investment Bank was € 1.6 billion compared to

€ 2.4 billion on December 31, 2024.

184

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Trading Market Risk Exposures

Trading Market Risk Exposures

Value-at-Risk Metrics of Trading Units of Deutsche Bank Group

The tables and graph below present the Historic Simulation value-at-risk metrics calculated with a 99% confidence level

and a one-day holding period for the Group’s trading units.

Value-at-Risk of Trading Units by Risk Type¹

Total Diversification<br><br>effect Interest rate<br><br>risk Credit spread<br><br>risk Equity price<br><br>risk Foreign exchange<br><br>risk² Commodity price<br><br>risk
in € m. 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024
Average 28.3 31.4 (33.5) (41.2) 16.0 26.9 24.5 22.9 10.2 10.2 9.7 11.6 1.4 1.0
Maximum 45.5 60.6 (10.5) (27.2) 34.0 55.1 31.9 35.5 17.0 15.6 21.3 19.0 2.8 1.8
Minimum 20.0 19.0 (50.1) (56.2) 8.3 13.4 18.9 17.6 4.7 6.2 5.2 6.3 0.8 0.3
Period-end 24.8 24.9 (26.1) (48.3) 10.5 31.3 26.6 19.5 6.3 10.8 5.5 10.1 2.0 1.5

1Figures for 2025 as of December 31, 2025. Figures for 2024 as of December 31, 2024

2Includes value-at-risk from gold and other precious metal positions

Development of historic simulation value-at-risk by risk types in 2025

chart-aab9309a956d4b0bba5.gif

The average one-day trading value-at-risk over 2025 was € 28 million, which decreased by € 3.1 million compared to the

average for 2024.

For regulatory reporting purposes, the incremental risk charge for the respective reporting dates represents the higher of

the spot value at the reporting dates, and their preceding 12-week average calculation.

185

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Trading Market Risk Exposures

Average, Maximum and Minimum Incremental Risk Charge of Trading Units (with a 99.9% confidence level and one-year capital

horizon)1,2

Total Credit Trading Global Rates Emerging Markets Other
in € m. 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024
Average 549.3 604.9 128.8 191.8 212.6 210.1 288.1 205.9 (80.2) (2.9)
Maximum 842.5 755.5 201.2 247.3 374.5 375.7 630.5 350.1 (25.2) 49.5
Minimum 414.9 501.5 44.9 95.3 128.6 125.4 196.6 142.9 (174.2) (54.2)
Period-end 452.1 501.5 166.1 176.5 160.0 125.4 218.9 229.5 (92.9) (29.9)

1Amounts show the bands within which the values fluctuated during the 12-weeks preceding December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively

2All liquidity horizons are set to 12 months

The incremental risk charge as at the end of 2025 was € 452 million, which has reduced by € 49 million, or 10%,

compared to year-end 2024. The change was driven by risk reduction under Global Rates and Emerging Markets

business.

Results of Regulatory Backtesting of Trading Market Risk

In 2025, the Group observed two outliers where the Group’s loss on a buy-and-hold basis exceeded the value-at-risk of

the Trading books. The outliers in early April 2025 were driven by increased market volatility stemming from trade tariffs

announcements from the U.S. administration. There were no actual profit and loss negative outliers in the current 1 year

period.

The following graph shows the trading units daily buy-and-hold and Actual income in comparison to the value-at-risk as

of the close of the previous business day for the trading days of the reporting period. The value-at-risk is presented in

negative amounts to visually compare the estimated potential loss of the trading positions with the buy and hold income

given buy-and-hold is the relevant portion of daily profit and loss for comparison against the previous day's value at risk

which excludes new trades, reserves, and any carry profit and loss ordinarily part of actual income. Figures are shown

in millions of euro. The chart shows that the trading units achieved a positive buy and hold income for 55% of the trading

days in 2025 as well as displays the group outliers experienced in 2025.

EU MR4 – Comparison of VAR estimates with gains/losses

chart-e9de2bb180bd41ceb24.gif

186

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Trading Market Risk Exposures

Daily Income of Deutsche Bank Group Trading Units

The following histogram shows the distribution of daily income of Group trading units. Daily income is defined as total

income which consists of new trades, fees & commissions, buy & hold income, reserves, carry and other income. It

displays the number of trading days on which the Group reached each level of trading income shown on the horizontal

axis in millions of euro.

Distribution of daily income of Group’s trading units in 2025

chart-8034205cbee0433aa7b.gif

The trading units achieved a positive income for 95% of the trading days in 2025 compared with 95% in the full year

2024.

187

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Non-trading Market Risk Exposures

Non-trading Market Risk Exposures

Economic Capital Usage for Non-trading Market Risk

The following table shows the Non-trading Market Risk economic capital usage by risk type:

Economic Capital Usage by risk type.

Economic capital usage
in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Interest rate risk 1,308 2,770
Credit spread risk 772 184
Equity and Investment risk 1,272 1,172
Foreign exchange risk 4,461 1,665
Pension risk 331 944
Guaranteed funds risk 103 100
Total non-trading market risk portfolios 8,247 6,835

The economic capital figures take into account diversification benefits between the different risk types.

Economic capital usage for Non-trading Market Risk totaled € 8.2 billion as of December 31, 2025, which is € 1.4 billion

above the economic capital usage at year-end 2024. The increase is mainly driven by the model changes described in

section “Market Risk Management”. In particular, Economic Capital usage for FX risk increased due to the adoption of a

more conservative liquidity horizon scaling in the revised modeling approach. This was partly offset by lower Economic

Capital usage for interest rate risk, following the move from a Monte Carlo to historical simulation based methodology in

the core market risk Economic Capital model.

–Interest rate risk: economic capital usage for interest rate risk in the banking book, including gap risk, basis risk and

option risk, such as the risk of a change in client behavior embedded in modelled non-maturity deposits or

prepayment risk; in total the economic capital usage for December 31, 2025 was € 1.3 billion, compared to

€ 2.8 billion for December 31, 2024

–Credit spread risk: economic capital usage for portfolios in the banking book subject to credit spread risk; economic

capital usage was € 772 million as of December 31, 2025, versus € 184 million as of December 31, 2024

–Equity and Investment risk: economic capital usage for equity risk from a structural short position in the bank’s own

share price arising from the Group’s equity compensation plans, and from the non-consolidated investment holdings,

such as strategic investments and alternative assets the economic capital usage was € 1.3 billion as of December 31,

2025, compared to € 1.2 billion as of December 31, 2024

–Foreign exchange risk: foreign exchange risk predominantly arises from the Group’s structural position taken to

protect the sensitivity of the bank’s capital ratio against changes in the exchange rates. The economic capital usage

was € 4.5 billion as of December 31, 2025, versus € 1.7 billion as of December 31, 2024

–Pension risk: this risk arises from the Group’s defined benefit obligations, including interest rate risk and inflation risk,

credit spread risk, equity risk and longevity risk. The economic capital usage was € 0.3 billion as of December 31, 2025,

compared to € 0.9 billion as of December 31, 2024

–Guaranteed funds risk: risk arising from guaranteed fund products offered by the asset management division providing

a partial or full guarantee on the clients’ investment. The risk materializes if the value of the underlying investment

fund on guarantee date is lower than the guaranteed amount. The economic capital usage was € 103 million as of

December 31, 2025, versus € 100 million as of December 31, 2024.

188

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Non-trading Market Risk Exposures

Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

The following table shows the impact on the Group’s economic value of equity and net interest income in the banking

book from interest rate changes under the six standard scenarios defined by the EBA:

Economic value and net interest income interest rate risk in the banking book by EBA scenario

Delta EVE Delta NII1
in € bn. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Parallel up (6.7) (5.8) 0.0 0.2
Parallel down 1.4 1.3 (0.6) (0.7)
Steepener (0.7) (0.8) 0.0 (0.1)
Flattener (0.8) (0.7) (0.1) 0.0
Short rates up (2.5) (2.1) (0.1) 0.0
Short rates down 0.8 0.6 (0.4) (0.6)
Maximum (6.7) (5.8) (0.6) (0.7)
in € bn. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Tier 1 Capital 60.8 60.8

1Delta Net Interest Income (NII) reflects the difference between projected NII in the respective scenario with shifted rates vs. market implied rates. Sensitivities are based

on a static balance sheet at constant exchange rates, excluding trading positions and DWS. Figures do not include Mark-to-Market (MtM)/Other Comprehensive Income

(OCI) effects on centrally managed positions not eligible for hedge accounting

The maximum economic value of equity (EVE) loss was € (6.7) billion as of December 31, 2025, compared to € (5.8) billion

as of December 31, 2024. As per December 31, 2025 the maximum EVE loss represents 11.0% of Tier 1 Capital.

The maximum economic value of equity (EVE) loss due to a +200 basis points parallel shift of the yield curve across all

currencies as defined by the BaFin was € (6.6) billion as of December 31, 2025, representing 9.8% of Total Capital.

The increase in the maximum economic value of equity (EVE) loss for the “Parallel up” interest rate scenario was a result

of change in the risk management positions held within Group Treasury’s portfolio managing earnings risks arising from

Deutsche Bank’s equity as well as Private Bank and Corporate Bank portfolios. Applied hedge strategies are aligned with

Deutsche Bank’s objective to stabilize net interest income (NII) and with the IRRBB governance framework.

The maximum one-year loss in net interest income for the “Parallel down” interest rate scenario was € (0.6) billion as of

December 31, 2025, compared to € (0.7) billion as of December 31, 2024.

The maximum net interest income loss in the “Parallel down” scenario was almost unchanged compared to 2024, in line

with the strategy to stabilize net interest income (NII).

The following table shows the variation of the economic value for Deutsche Bank’s banking book positions resulting from

downward and upward interest rate shocks by currency:

Economic value interest rate risk in the banking book by currency

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € bn. Parallel up Parallel down Parallel up Parallel down
EUR (5.8) 1.2 (5.1) 1.2
USD (0.8) 0.4 (0.7) 0.4
Other (0.1) (0.2) 0.0 (0.3)
Total (6.7) 1.4 (5.8) 1.3

189

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Exposure

Liquidity Risk Exposure

Funding Markets and Capital Markets Issuance

Multiple macro topics emerged during 2025 and weighed on markets, including U.S. tariff announcement in April,

political instability in France, continued inflationary pressures and geopolitical tensions in the Middle East. Despite

creating a dent, those events were not material enough to outweigh risk-on mood. Against this backdrop, the Bank

navigated well through the markets and successfully concluded its issuance activity at € 18.7 billion, including € 3 billion

pre-funding for 2026 requirements in line with the bank´s 2025 target range of 15 – 20 billion euros.

In contrast to market fears, credit markets showed a constructive performance despite the multiple disruptions with

broader indices trading tighter vs. year end 2024. Deutsche Bank continued its strong idiosyncratic performance in 2025.

On average, in 2025, the bank’s senior debt traded 8 bps,wider, and its capital securities traded 14 bps wider, than peers

(Societe Generale, Barclays, BNP, UBS), versus 10 bps wider and 17 bps narrower, respectively, in 2024.

The total issuance volume of € 18.7 billion is split as follows: € 2.5 billion in capital issuances, € 11.0 billion of senior non-

preferred funding, € 4.8 billion in senior preferred and € 0.4 billion in covered bonds. From a currency perspective, the

total issuance volume is divided as follows: euros (€ 9.8 billion), U.S. dollars (€ 7.1 billion), Japanese Yen (€ 0.5 billion),

Pound Sterling (€ 0.6 billion) and other currencies aggregated (€ 0.7 billion). The Group’s investor base for 2025

issuances was as follows: asset managers and pension funds (63.3%), banks (10.6%), retail customers (3.2%), insurance

companies (5.2%), other institutional investors (11.3%), Governments and agencies (4.4%) and Other (1.7%). The

geographical distribution was split between Germany (15.0%), rest of Europe (44.0%), U.S. (29.0%), Asia/Pacific (8.0%) and

Other (4.0%). The average spread of issuance over 3-months-Euribor/RFR (Risk Free Rate) was 95bp for the full year. The

average tenor was 4.8 years. The Group issued the following volumes over each quarter: first quarter: € 6.0 billion, second

quarter: € 4.7 billion , third quarter: € 4.4 billion and fourth quarter: € 3.6 billion.

Deutsche Bank’s issuance plan for 2026 is € 10-15 billion. Focus will be on senior non-preferred bonds. Senior preferred

issuances will be primarily in non-benchmark format. The Group also plans to raise a portion of this funding in U.S. dollar

and may enter into cross currency swaps to manage any residual requirements. The Bank has total capital markets

maturities, excluding legally exercisable calls, of approximately € 14.0 billion. Furthermore, the Bank issued structured

notes with a volume of around € 7.7 billion euros net in 2025 and plans to issue ~€ 7.3 billion in 2026. This activity is

conducted by the FIC division and not part of the Treasury issuance plan.

Funding Diversification

In 2025, total external funding increased by € 55.3 billion from € 1,020.9 billion at December 31, 2024, to € 1,076.2 billion

at December 31, 2025. Funding has increased by € 16.8 billion in the Corporate Bank and by € 8.9 billion in the Private

Bank. Within both segments, growth was most pronounced in sight deposits. The unsecured Wholesale Funding portfolio

increased by € 4.6 billion, supported by newly issued Commercial Paper. Secured funding and shorts have increased by

€ 16.1 billion, driven by growth in repurchase operations. The Capital Markets and Equity position slightly increased by

€ 0.7 billion. While Equity increased by € 0.6 billion, Capital Markets increased by € 0.1 billion. Underlying growth in

structured notes issued by FIC was offset by a reduction in Treasury issued debt. Additional growth in the Other

Customers bucket of € 8.1 billion was mainly driven by an increase in long-term debt due to growth from ETF structures.

190

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Exposure

Composition of External Funding Sources

chart-b413bbe52f48490993c.gif

* Other Customers includes fiduciary deposits, X-markets notes and margin/Prime Brokerage cash balances (shown on a net basis)

Reference: Reconciliation to total balance sheet of € 1,435.1 billion (€ 1,387.2 billion): Derivatives & settlement balances € 277.7 billion (€ 288.8 billion), add-back for

netting effect for margin/Prime Brokerage cash balances (shown on a net basis) € 46.6 billion (€ 42.2 billion), other non-funding liabilities € 34.5 billion (€ 35.3 billion for

December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively

Maturity of unsecured wholesale funding, ABCP and capital markets issuance1

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. Not more<br><br>than<br><br>1 month Over<br><br>1 month<br><br>but not<br><br>more than<br><br>3 months Over<br><br>3 months<br><br>but not<br><br>more than<br><br>6 months Over<br><br>6 months<br><br>but not<br><br>more than<br><br>1 year Sub-total<br><br>less than<br><br>1 year Over<br><br>1 year<br><br>but not<br><br>more than<br><br>2 years Over<br><br>2 years Total
Deposits from banks 1,027 476 77 450 2,029 102 2,132
Deposits from other<br><br>wholesale customers 12,662 2,954 2,406 4,695 22,717 1,041 73 23,831
CDs and CP 4,929 2,524 2,491 5,290 15,234 1,793 1,408 18,436
ABCP
Senior non-preferred<br><br>plain vanilla 1,239 1,967 1,335 7,730 12,270 11,734 31,268 55,272
Senior preferred<br><br>plain vanilla 1,758 1,113 866 611 4,348 2,287 8,353 14,988
Senior structured 151 675 899 1,143 2,867 2,592 25,663 31,122
Covered bonds/ABS 505 126 1,334 1,317 3,282 1,927 8,389 13,598
Subordinated liabilities 1,262 1,989 1,279 4,530 4,897 10,886 20,313
Other 53 53 53
Total 22,323 11,096 11,397 22,515 67,331 26,372 86,040 179,743
Of which:
Secured 21,818 10,971 10,063 21,197 64,049 24,445 77,651 166,145
Unsecured 21,812 10,964 10,057 21,170 64,002 23,224 77,530 164,756

1Includes additional Tier 1 notes reported as additional equity components in the financial statements. Liabilities with call features are shown at earliest legally exercisable

call date. No assumption is made as to whether such calls would be exercised

Capital market issuances volume reported post own debt elimination

The total volume of unsecured wholesale liabilities, asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) and capital markets issuance

maturing within one year amount to € 67 billion as of December 31, 2025, and should be viewed in the context of total

High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) of € 260 billion.

191

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Exposure
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Not more<br><br>than<br><br>1 month Over<br><br>1 month<br><br>but not<br><br>more than<br><br>3 months Over<br><br>3 months<br><br>but not<br><br>more than<br><br>6 months Over<br><br>6 months<br><br>but not<br><br>more than<br><br>1 year Sub-total<br><br>less than<br><br>1 year Over<br><br>1 year<br><br>but not<br><br>more than<br><br>2 years Over<br><br>2 years Total
Deposits from banks 829 697 1,294 1,277 4,098 56 4,153
Deposits from other<br><br>wholesale customers 3,106 7,919 4,698 5,396 21,119 2,231 1,013 24,363
CDs and CP 1,107 3,623 2,647 3,688 11,064 10 117 11,190
ABCP
Senior non-preferred<br><br>plain vanilla 239 1,467 1,788 5,190 8,685 12,054 33,279 54,018
Senior preferred<br><br>plain vanilla 171 360 1,681 1,712 3,923 4,442 7,930 16,294
Senior structured 239 793 1,029 1,381 3,442 2,187 20,094 25,723
Covered bonds/ABS 765 343 225 757 2,091 3,301 10,163 15,554
Subordinated liabilities 1,264 3,945 1,190 6,399 4,239 12,991 23,630
Other 49 49 7 57
Total 6,505 16,468 17,307 20,591 60,870 28,519 85,593 174,982
Of which:
Secured 765 343 225 757 2,091 3,301 10,163 15,554
Unsecured 5,740 16,124 17,081 19,834 58,779 25,218 75,430 159,428

The following table shows the currency breakdown of short-term unsecured wholesale funding, of ABCP funding and of

capital markets issuance.

Unsecured wholesale funding, ABCP and capital markets issuance (currency breakdown)

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. in EUR in USD in GBP in other<br><br>CCYs Total in EUR in USD in GBP in other<br><br>CCYs Total
Deposits from<br><br>banks 320 1,341 48 1,709 629 2,583 40 902 4,153
Deposits from<br><br>other whole-<br><br>sale customers 8,291 12,923 147 21,361 7,722 13,836 264 2,542 24,363
CDs and CP 8,031 10,145 18,176 3,695 7,230 266 11,190
ABCP
Senior non-<br><br>preferred<br><br>plain vanilla 26,352 23,502 1,904 3,513 55,272 23,485 24,503 2,167 3,862 54,018
Senior preferred<br><br>plain vanilla 7,712 5,071 17 2,188 14,988 8,919 5,390 15 1,970 16,294
Senior structured 13,574 14,784 44 2,720 31,122 10,704 12,250 50 2,719 25,723
Covered bonds/<br><br>ABS 12,953 645 13,598 14,822 732 15,554
Subordinated<br><br>liabilities 13,958 5,439 917 20,313 12,553 9,938 952 187 23,630
Other 6 6 8 49 57
Total 91,197 73,850 3,077 8,422 176,545 82,536 76,461 3,489 12,495 174,982
Of which:
Secured 78,244 73,205 3,077 8,422 162,947 14,822 732 15,554
Unsecured 76,806 73,124 3,073 11,753 164,756 67,714 75,729 3,489 12,495 159,428

192

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Exposure

High quality liquid assets

Composition of Group’s HQLA by parent company (including branches) and subsidiaries

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € bn. Market Value Value according<br><br>to Article 9 CRR Market Value Value according<br><br>to Article 9 CRR
Available-Cash and Central Bank Reserves 144 144 124 124
Parent (incl. foreign branches) 116 116 97 97
Subsidiaries 28 28 26 26
High Quality liquid securities (includes government, government<br><br>guaranteed and agency securities 120 116 106 102
Parent (incl. foreign branches) 117 113 98 94
Subsidiaries 3 3 8 8
Total HQLA 264 260 230 226
Parent (incl. foreign branches) 233 229 195 191
Subsidiaries 31 31 34 34

As of December 31, 2025, the Group’s HQLA increased to € 260 billion compared to December 31, 2024 at € 226 billion.

This is primarily due to increased deposits and issuance of long-term debt largely offset by TLTRO repayment and

increased business held assets.

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

The Liquidity Coverage Ratio was 144% at the end of 2025, a surplus to regulatory requirements of € 80 billion as

compared to 131% as at the end of 2024, a surplus to regulatory requirements of € 53 billion. The increase in surplus was

predominantly driven by increased Private Bank and Corporate Bank deposits through H2 2025.

The Group’s twelve month weighted average LCR was 137%. This has been calculated in accordance with the

Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61 and the EBA Guidelines on LCR disclosure to complement the

disclosure of liquidity risk management under Article 435 CRR.

LCR components

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € bn. (unless stated otherwise) Total adjusted<br><br>weighted value<br><br>(average) Total adjusted<br><br>weighted value<br><br>(average)
Number of data points used in the calculation of averages 12 12
High Quality Liquid Assets 238 224
Total net cash outflows 174 167
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) in % 137% 134%

Funding Risk Management

Structural Funding

All funding matrices (the aggregate currency, the euro, the U.S. dollar and the British pound funding matrix) were in line

with the targets as of year ends 2025 and 2024.

193

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Exposure

Stress Testing and Scenario Analysis

At the end of 2025, the Group’s stressed Net Liquidity Position stood at € 94 billion compared to € 56 billion as at the

end of 2024 with the change in scenario of minimum surplus liquidity reflecting the introduction of a 12-month risk

appetite horizon under the Systemic Market Risk scenario.

Global All Currency Daily Stress Testing Results

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € bn. Funding Gap1 Gap Closure2 Net Liquidity<br><br>Position Funding Gap1 Gap Closure2 Net Liquidity<br><br>Position
Systemic market risk 187 306 119 208 265 56
1 notch downgrade (DB specific) 39 215 176 34 174 140
Severe downgrade (DB specific) 107 235 128 142 241 99
Combined³ 231 325 94 216 275 59

1Funding gap caused by impaired rollover of liabilities and other projected outflows

2Based on liquidity generation through Liquidity Reserves and other business mitigants

3Combined impact of systemic market risk and severe downgrade

Global Euro Daily Stress Testing Results

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € bn. Funding Gap1 Gap Closure2 Net Liquidity<br><br>Position Funding Gap1 Gap Closure2 Net Liquidity<br><br>Position
Combined³ 81 143 62 91 104 13

1Funding gap caused by impaired rollover of liabilities and other projected outflows

2Based on liquidity generation through Liquidity Reserves and other business mitigants

3Combined impact of systemic market risk and severe downgrade

Global U.S. dollar Daily Stress Testing Results

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € bn. Funding<br><br>Gap1 Gap<br><br>Closure Net Liquidity<br><br>Position Funding<br><br>Gap1 Gap<br><br>Closure2 Net Liquidity<br><br>Position
Combined³ 80 94 14 80 102 22

1Funding gap caused by impaired rollover of liabilities and other projected outflows

2Based on liquidity generation through Liquidity Reserves and other business mitigants

3Combined impact of systemic market risk and severe downgrade

Global British pound Daily Stress Testing Results

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € bn. Funding Gap1 Gap Closure2 Net Liquidity<br><br>Position Funding Gap1 Gap Closure2 Net Liquidity<br><br>Position
Combined³ 4 8 3 5 10 5

1Funding gap caused by impaired rollover of liabilities and other projected outflows

2Based on liquidity generation through Liquidity Reserves and other business mitigants

3Combined impact of systemic market risk and severe downgrade

The following table presents the amount needed to meet collateral requirements from contractual obligations in the

event of a one- or two-notch downgrade by rating agencies for all currencies.

Contractual Obligations

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. One-notch<br><br>downgrade Two-notch<br><br>downgrade One-notch<br><br>downgrade Two-notch<br><br>downgrade
Contractual derivatives funding or margin requirements 161 212 182 309
Other contractual funding or margin requirements

Net stable funding ratio

The Net Stable Funding Ratio was 119% as at year end 2025, a surplus to regulatory requirements of € 104 billion as

compared to 121% as at the end of 2024, a surplus to regulatory requirements of € 110 billion.

194

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Exposure
Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
--- --- ---
in € bn. (unless stated otherwise) Total adjusted<br><br>weighted value Total adjusted<br><br>weighted value<br><br>(average)
Available stable funding (ASF) 649 625
Required stable funding (RSF) 545 515
Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) in % 119% 121%

Asset Encumbrance

This section refers to asset encumbrance in the Group of institutions consolidated for banking regulatory purposes

pursuant to the German Banking Act. Therefore, this excludes insurance companies or companies outside the finance

sector. Assets pledged by insurance subsidiaries are included in Note 20 “Assets Pledged and Received as Collateral” of

the consolidated financial statements, and restricted assets held to satisfy obligations to insurance companies’ policy

holders are included within Note 37 “Information on Subsidiaries” of the consolidated financial statements.

Encumbered assets primarily comprise those on- and off-balance sheet assets that are pledged as collateral against

secured funding, collateral swaps, and other collateralized obligations. Additionally, in line with EBA technical standards

on regulatory asset encumbrance reporting, assets placed with settlement systems, including default funds and initial

margins, as well as other assets pledged which cannot be freely withdrawn such as mandatory minimum reserves at

central banks, are considered encumbered. The balances presented also include derivative margin receivable assets as

encumbered under relevant EBA guidelines.

Readily available assets are those on- and off-balance sheet assets that are not otherwise encumbered, and which are in

freely transferrable form. Unencumbered financial assets at fair value, other than securities borrowed or purchased under

resale agreements and positive market value from derivatives, and available for sale investments are all assumed to be

readily available.

The readily available value represents the on- and off-balance sheet carrying amount or fair value rather than any form of

stressed liquidity value (see the “High Quality Liquid Assets” for an analysis of unencumbered liquid assets available

under a liquidity stress scenario). Other unencumbered on- and off-balance sheet assets are those assets that have not

been pledged as collateral against secured funding or other collateralized obligations or are otherwise not considered to

be readily available. Included in this category are securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements and positive

market value from derivatives. Similarly, for loans and other advances to customers, these would only be viewed as

readily available to the extent they are already in a pre-packaged transferrable format and have not already been used to

generate funding. This represents the most conservative view given that an element of such loans currently shown in

other assets could be packaged into a format that would be suitable for use to generate funding.

Encumbered and unencumbered assets

Dec 31, 2025
Carrying value
Unencumbered assets
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Assets Encumbered<br><br>assets Readily<br><br>available Other
Debt securities 209 106 103
Equity instruments 4 4
Other assets:
Cash and due from banks & Interest earning deposits with Banks 172 13 158
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements¹ 38 38
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss²
Trading assets 13 13
Positive market value from derivative financial instruments 241 241
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements¹ 113 113
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 4 4
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income² 6 4 1
Loans 550 43 76 430
Other assets 85 43 41
Total 1,433 206 363 864

1Securities borrowed and securities purchased under resale agreements are all shown as other unencumbered. The use of the underlying collateral is separately captured

in the off-balance sheet table below

2Excludes Debt securities and Equity instruments (separately disclosed above)

195

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Exposure
Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- ---
Fair value of collateral received
Unencumbered assets
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Assets Encumbered<br><br>assets Readily<br><br>available Other
Collateral received: 557,837 431,792 125,943 101
Debt securities 556,142 430,204 125,938
Equity instruments 690 685 5
Other collateral received 1,005 903 101 Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- ---
Carrying value
Unencumbered assets
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Assets Encumbered<br><br>assets Readily<br><br>available Other
Debt securities 179 80 99
Equity instruments 4 4
Other assets:
Cash and due from banks & Interest earning deposits with Banks 154 14 139
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements¹ 41 41
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss²
Trading assets 12 12
Positive market value from derivative financial instruments 292 292
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements¹ 105 105
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 3 3
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income² 8 5 3
Loans 517 48 41 427
Other assets 75 40 35
Total 1,389 183 303 903

1Securities borrowed and securities purchased under resale agreements are all shown as other unencumbered. The use of the underlying collateral is separately captured

in the off-balance sheet table below

2Excludes Debt securities and Equity instruments (separately disclosed above)

Dec 31, 2024
Fair value of collateral received
Unencumbered assets
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Assets Encumbered<br><br>assets Readily<br><br>available Other
Collateral received: 479 366 110 3
Debt securities 473 363 110
Equity instruments 1 1
Other collateral received 6 2 3

Maturity Analysis of Assets and Financial Liabilities

Treasury manages the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities. Modeling of assets and liabilities is necessary in cases

where the contractual maturity does not adequately reflect the liquidity risk position. The most significant example in

this context would be immediately repayable deposits from retail and transaction banking customers which have

consistently displayed high stability throughout even the most severe financial crises.

The modeling profiles are part of the overall liquidity risk management framework (see section “Liquidity Stress Testing

and Scenario Analysis” for short-term liquidity positions ≤ 1 year and section “Structural Funding” for long-term liquidity

positions > 1 year) which is defined and approved by the Management Board.

The following tables present a maturity analysis of total assets based on carrying value and upon earliest legally

exercisable maturity as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

196

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Exposure

Analysis of the earliest contractual maturity of assets

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. On<br><br>demand<br><br>(incl.<br><br>Overnight<br><br>and<br><br>one day<br><br>notice) Up to<br><br>one<br><br>month Over<br><br>1 month<br><br>to no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>3 months Over<br><br>3 months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>6 months Over<br><br>6 months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>9 months Over<br><br>9 months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>1 year Over<br><br>1 year<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>2 years Over<br><br>2 years<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>5 years Over<br><br>5 years Total
Cash and central bank<br><br>balances¹ 151,073 10,354 2,828 371 19 14 164,659
Interbank balances<br><br>(w/o central banks)¹ 5,310 1,442 80 39 2 83 6 6,962
Central bank funds sold
Securities purchased under<br><br>resale agreements 570 4,568 8,073 8,530 4,407 1,751 4,848 4,761 37,509
With banks 304 1,904 2,378 1,080 1,958 1,048 2,019 2,166 12,857
With customers 266 2,664 5,696 7,450 2,448 703 2,829 2,595 24,652
Securities borrowed 6 6
With banks
With customers 6 6
Financial assets at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 411,247 83,355 8,236 4,981 882 3,191 1,615 1,933 4,194 519,635
Trading assets 151,725 1,928 38 120 153,811
Fixed-income securities<br><br>and loans 139,484 139,484
Equities and other<br><br>variable-<br><br>income securities 1,852 1,928 38 120 3,939
Other trading assets 10,388 10,388
Positive market values<br><br>from derivative financial<br><br>instruments 241,328 241,328
Non-trading financial<br><br>assets mandatory at fair<br><br>value through profit or loss 18,194 83,355 8,236 4,981 882 1,263 1,577 1,933 4,073 124,495
Securities purchased<br><br>under resale agreements 5,954 78,582 6,251 3,703 223 114 710 184 81 95,802
Securities borrowed 12,154 2,759 1,117 472 11 16,513
Fixed-income securities<br><br>and loans 21 616 829 806 638 540 821 1,741 2,955 8,967
Other non-trading<br><br>financial assets<br><br>mandatory at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 65 1,397 40 21 609 35 9 1,037 3,213
Financial assets designated<br><br>at fair value through profit<br><br>or loss
Positive market values from<br><br>derivative financial<br><br>instruments qualifying for<br><br>hedge accounting 183 379 208 66 27 34 137 86 1,121
Financial assets at fair value<br><br>through other<br><br>comprehensive income 1 3,611 1,635 3,512 1,607 911 3,283 7,058 22,027 43,644
Securities purchased under<br><br>resale agreements 1,128 1,128
Securities borrowed
Debt securities 2,092 970 2,693 1,498 726 2,617 5,486 22,003 38,084
Loans 1 391 665 820 109 186 665 1,572 24 4,432
Other
Loans 14,467 25,032 24,158 21,805 15,058 14,049 46,488 109,611 201,952 472,620
To banks 350 1,007 318 699 604 98 198 213 2,475 5,962
To customers 14,116 24,025 23,840 21,107 14,454 13,951 46,290 109,398 199,477 466,658
Retail 2,779 1,095 2,460 1,905 1,315 1,645 7,908 22,176 161,653 202,937
Corporates and other<br><br>customers 11,338 22,930 21,380 19,201 13,140 12,306 38,382 87,222 37,823 263,722
Other financial assets 104,124 8,997 2,543 2,520 1,061 2,010 2,778 6,169 28,086 158,288

197

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Exposure
Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. On<br><br>demand<br><br>(incl.<br><br>Overnight<br><br>and<br><br>one day<br><br>notice) Up to<br><br>one<br><br>month Over<br><br>1 month<br><br>to no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>3 months Over<br><br>3 months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>6 months Over<br><br>6 months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>9 months Over<br><br>9 months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>1 year Over<br><br>1 year<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>2 years Over<br><br>2 years<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>5 years Over<br><br>5 years Total
Total financial assets 686,791 137,547 47,933 41,968 23,102 22,037 59,045 129,669 256,350 1,404,442
Other assets 7,949 302 10 4,567 3 4,454 94 1,098 12,145 30,624
Total assets 694,741 137,849 47,944 46,535 23,105 26,491 59,139 130,767 268,495 1,435,066

1The positions “Cash and central bank balances” and “Interbank balances (w/o central banks)” include € 547 million cash held with Russian Banks, predominantly with the

Central Bank of Russia

Dec 31, 2024
in € m. On<br><br>demand<br><br>(incl.<br><br>Overnight<br><br>and<br><br>one day<br><br>notice) Up to<br><br>one<br><br>month Over<br><br>1 month<br><br>to no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>3 months Over<br><br>3 months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>6 months Over<br><br>6 months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>9 months Over<br><br>9 months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>1 year Over<br><br>1 year<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>2 years Over<br><br>2 years<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>5 years Over<br><br>5 years Total
Cash and central bank<br><br>balances¹ 133,755 10,423 3,118 131 20 46 147,494
Interbank balances<br><br>(w/o central banks)¹ 4,590 1,238 156 85 49 37 6 6,160
Central bank funds sold
Securities purchased under<br><br>resale agreements 640 3,564 8,696 14,690 3,143 1,329 5,591 3,151 40,803
With banks 597 468 3,838 6,228 1,995 4,322 2,710 20,158
With customers 43 3,096 4,859 8,462 1,147 1,329 1,269 440 20,645
Securities borrowed 32 11 44
With banks
With customers 32 11 44
Financial assets at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 448,881 71,938 9,475 3,531 1,783 3,041 2,121 1,603 3,476 545,849
Trading assets 137,706 2,026 40 139,772
Fixed-income securities<br><br>and loans 131,418 131,418
Equities and other<br><br>variable-income<br><br>securities 2,753 2,026 40 4,819
Other trading assets 3,535 3,535
Positive market values<br><br>from derivative financial<br><br>instruments 291,753 291,754
Non-trading financial<br><br>assets mandatory at fair<br><br>value through profit or loss 19,422 71,938 9,475 3,531 1,783 1,015 2,121 1,603 3,436 114,324
Securities purchased<br><br>under resale agreements 8,109 68,159 6,241 3,022 1,564 248 995 398 88,736
Securities borrowed 11,200 2,070 2,620 22 15,913
Fixed-income securities<br><br>and loans 30 445 601 480 214 107 999 1,003 2,549 6,429
Other non-trading<br><br>financial assets<br><br>mandatory at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 82 1,264 12 29 5 660 104 202 887 3,246
Financial assets designated<br><br>at fair value through profit<br><br>or loss
Positive market values from<br><br>derivative financial<br><br>instruments qualifying for<br><br>hedge accounting 27 83 29 22 12 91 64 55 383
Financial assets at fair value<br><br>through other<br><br>comprehensive income 3,735 2,896 1,703 1,601 605 4,266 7,189 20,096 42,090
Securities purchased under<br><br>resale agreements 1,355 1,275 153 3 2,786
Securities borrowed

198

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Exposure
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. On<br><br>demand<br><br>(incl.<br><br>Overnight<br><br>and<br><br>one day<br><br>notice) Up to<br><br>one<br><br>month Over<br><br>1 month<br><br>to no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>3 months Over<br><br>3 months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>6 months Over<br><br>6 months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>9 months Over<br><br>9 months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>1 year Over<br><br>1 year<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>2 years Over<br><br>2 years<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than<br><br>5 years Over<br><br>5 years Total
Debt securities 2,004 1,039 1,345 904 541 3,440 5,098 19,865 34,236
Loans 376 582 358 696 65 673 2,091 227 5,068
Other
Loans 14,095 34,800 23,242 23,857 16,390 13,804 41,424 109,587 201,722 478,921
To banks 226 2,085 1,135 987 346 725 126 840 1,907 8,376
To customers 13,869 32,715 22,107 22,870 16,045 13,079 41,297 108,748 199,815 470,545
Retail 2,381 3,837 2,317 1,965 1,185 1,159 5,716 23,646 154,729 196,935
Corporates and other<br><br>customers 11,488 28,878 19,791 20,905 14,859 11,920 35,582 85,101 45,086 273,610
Other financial assets 59,501 8,436 1,191 1,508 512 1,701 1,928 4,848 13,121 92,745
Total financial assets 661,461 134,193 48,857 45,534 23,519 20,576 55,432 126,442 238,476 1,354,488
Other assets 9,083 247 5 4,574 13 4,923 267 1,248 12,328 32,689
Total assets 670,544 134,440 48,862 50,107 23,532 25,499 55,699 127,690 250,804 1,387,177

1The positions “Cash and central bank balances” and “Interbank balances (w/o central banks)” include € 379 million cash held with Russian Banks, predominantly with the

Central Bank of Russia

The following tables present a maturity analysis of total liabilities based on carrying value and upon earliest legally

exercisable maturity as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

199

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Exposure

Analysis of the earliest contractual maturity of liabilities

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. On<br><br>demand<br><br>(incl.<br><br>Over-<br><br>night and<br><br>one day<br><br>notice) Up to one<br><br>month Over 1<br><br>month to<br><br>no more<br><br>than 3<br><br>months Over 3<br><br>months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than 6<br><br>months Over 6<br><br>months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than 9<br><br>months Over 9<br><br>months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than 1<br><br>year Over 1<br><br>year but<br><br>no more<br><br>than 2<br><br>years Over 2<br><br>years but<br><br>no more<br><br>than 5<br><br>years Over 5<br><br>years Total
Deposits 403,104 61,783 85,774 69,081 27,432 19,050 8,961 5,209 11,434 691,827
Due to banks 54,121 3,827 4,481 9,409 5,484 192 1,659 3,058 9,877 92,108
Due to customers 348,983 57,955 81,293 59,672 21,948 18,858 7,302 2,151 1,557 599,720
Retail 146,576 15,856 39,945 36,795 10,203 7,119 1,735 404 15 258,649
Corporates and other<br><br>customers 202,407 42,099 41,347 22,877 11,745 11,739 5,567 1,747 1,542 341,071
Trading liabilities 268,655 268,655
Trading securities 41,142 41,142
Other trading liabilities 1,738 1,738
Negative market values<br><br>from derivative financial<br><br>instruments 225,775 225,775
Financial liabilities designed<br><br>at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss 15,572 44,198 19,079 8,775 590 659 3,876 11,008 11,298 115,055
Securities sold under<br><br>repurchase agreements 14,625 43,923 18,413 7,083 56 2 2,051 26 86,177
Long-term debt 945 28 157 1,207 405 568 1,769 10,979 11,240 27,299
Other financial liabilities<br><br>designated at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 2 248 510 485 129 89 56 3 58 1,579
Investment contract<br><br>liabilities 469 469
Negative market values from<br><br>derivative financial<br><br>instruments qualifying for<br><br>hedge accounting 27 45 16 6 3 12 57 57 223
Central bank funds<br><br>purchased 1,967 1,967
Securities sold under<br><br>repurchase agreements 389 363 241 542 5 247 314 109 2,210
Due to banks 262 239 204 502 5 146 191 59 1,608
Due to customers 127 124 37 39 101 124 51 603
Securities loaned 2 2
Due to banks
Due to customers 2 2
Other short term borrowings 6,296 2,769 1,086 6,204 1,382 467 18,204
Long-term debt 3,366 4,202 5,767 4,158 4,682 19,839 41,639 31,101 114,754
Debt securities - senior 3,252 2,312 4,641 2,823 3,531 15,086 35,976 12,580 80,201
Debt securities -<br><br>subordinated 1,260 766 (2) 2,363 424 3,401 8,212
Other long-term debt -<br><br>senior 115 630 345 1,335 1,125 2,369 5,218 15,120 26,256
Other long-term debt -<br><br>subordinated 15 27 20 23 85
Trust Preferred Securities 283 283
Other financial liabilities 116,766 946 2,701 513 147 195 779 1,398 2,228 125,672
Total financial liabilities 812,751 113,451 113,128 91,181 33,715 25,529 33,714 59,626 56,227 1,339,321
Other liabilities 15,542 15,542
Total equity 80,203 80,203
Total liabilities and equity 828,293 113,451 113,128 91,181 33,715 25,529 33,714 59,626 136,430 1,435,067
Off-balance sheet<br><br>commitments given 41,421 10,785 14,491 27,523 20,110 31,751 43,971 124,498 38,847 353,397
Banks 1,210 1,299 1,372 2,573 2,540 2,919 2,991 5,492 5,199 25,595
Retail 14,577 2,748 1,226 262 186 5,404 361 150 2,991 27,904
Corporates and other<br><br>customers 25,634 6,738 11,893 24,687 17,384 23,428 40,619 118,856 30,658 299,897

200

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Liquidity Risk Exposure Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. On<br><br>demand<br><br>(incl.<br><br>Over-<br><br>night and<br><br>one day<br><br>notice) Up to one<br><br>month Over 1<br><br>month to<br><br>no more<br><br>than 3<br><br>months Over 3<br><br>months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than 6<br><br>months Over 6<br><br>months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than 9<br><br>months Over 9<br><br>months<br><br>but no<br><br>more<br><br>than 1<br><br>year Over 1<br><br>year but<br><br>no more<br><br>than 2<br><br>years Over 2<br><br>years but<br><br>no more<br><br>than 5<br><br>years Over 5<br><br>years Total
Deposits 373,816 64,076 93,692 69,346 21,845 18,207 9,612 5,538 10,130 666,261
Due to banks 53,385 1,721 10,520 11,102 6,515 1,033 1,927 2,984 8,731 97,920
Due to customers 320,430 62,355 83,171 58,244 15,330 17,174 7,685 2,553 1,399 568,341
Retail 135,531 16,455 44,218 34,930 8,890 6,577 1,389 491 22 248,504
Corporates and other<br><br>customers 184,900 45,899 38,953 23,314 6,440 10,596 6,296 2,062 1,377 319,838
Trading liabilities 319,893 319,893
Trading securities 41,864 41,864
Other trading liabilities 1,635 1,635
Negative market values<br><br>from derivative financial<br><br>instruments 276,395 276,395
Financial liabilities designed<br><br>at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss 32,343 24,338 11,059 4,417 539 304 3,310 10,009 5,713 92,032
Securities sold under<br><br>repurchase agreements 30,294 23,772 10,739 3,254 302 760 69,121
Long-term debt 2,023 335 228 1,043 136 235 2,543 9,947 5,713 22,203
Other financial liabilities<br><br>designated at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 26 232 91 120 101 69 6 62 708
Investment contract<br><br>liabilities 454 454
Negative market values from<br><br>derivative financial<br><br>instruments qualifying for<br><br>hedge accounting 357 621 342 197 77 16 16 65 1,690
Central bank funds<br><br>purchased 1,227 1,227
Securities sold under<br><br>repurchase agreements 268 23 1,017 175 715 289 25 2,513
Due to banks 88 2 917 152 605 158 9 1,929
Due to customers 180 21 101 23 111 131 16 583
Securities loaned 2 2
Due to banks
Due to customers 2 2
Other short term borrowings 1,345 3,380 2,372 1,845 227 726 9,895
Long-term debt 1,474 4,280 5,971 5,079 3,825 18,543 42,140 33,587 114,899
Debt securities - senior 1,315 2,873 4,081 4,764 3,158 14,957 36,395 15,067 82,611
Debt securities -<br><br>subordinated 1,248 1,635 2,000 2,436 4,307 11,626
Other long-term debt -<br><br>senior 159 158 254 315 667 1,545 3,289 14,190 20,578
Other long-term debt -<br><br>subordinated 42 20 22 85
Trust Preferred Securities 287 287
Other financial liabilities 72,776 526 665 881 137 256 1,988 1,360 2,508 81,098
Total financial liabilities 801,670 94,174 113,705 83,264 28,024 23,849 34,185 59,352 52,028 1,290,251
Other liabilities 17,494 17,494
Total equity 79,432 79,432
Total liabilities and equity 819,164 94,174 113,705 83,264 28,024 23,849 34,185 59,352 131,460 1,387,177
Off-balance sheet<br><br>commitments given 42,360 11,136 16,635 22,017 18,465 29,279 45,443 122,123 35,709 343,167
Banks 1,038 1,584 2,164 2,827 2,766 2,080 3,213 4,697 6,169 26,540
Retail 13,776 455 642 134 79 1,502 279 891 2,977 20,734
Corporates and other<br><br>customers 27,546 9,097 13,829 19,057 15,620 25,697 41,950 116,535 26,563 295,893

201

Deutsche Bank Risk and capital performance
Annual Report 2025 Operational risk exposure

Operational Risk exposure

EC for operational risk was € 5.0 billion at the end of 2025, an increase of € 0.3 billion compared to 2024, mainly driven

by model updates of the forward looking qualitative adjustment component as well as model refinements of the loss

distribution approach .

Sustainability<br><br>Statement
204 General information
204 Basis for preparation of the<br><br>Sustainability Statement
207 Governance
217 Double materiality assessment
222 Sustainability strategy
228 Stakeholder engagement and<br><br>thought leadership
232 ESG due diligence
242 Environmental information
242 Sustainable finance
261 Disclosures pursuant to Article<br><br>8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852<br><br>(Taxonomy Regulation)
265 Climate change
316 Social information
316 Own workforce
348 Client centricity
361 Governance information
361 Culture, integrity and conduct
367 Anti-financial crime
373 Competitive behavior
376 Supply chain management
380 Data protection
384 Information security
385 Additional information
385 Independent auditor’s limited<br><br>assurance report on the group<br><br>sustainability statement
388 List of ESRS Disclosure<br><br>Requirements complied with
399 Table of all the datapoints<br><br>deriving from other EU<br><br>legislation

203

ssutainabilitybluepageen.jpg

204

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Basis for preparation of the Sustainability Statement

General information

Basis for preparation of the Sustainability Statement

General basis for preparation of the Sustainability Statement

ESRS 2 BP-1

Reporting standards and assurance

The Sustainability Statement of Deutsche Bank Group for the year ended December 31, 2025, which is combined with

the parent company’s Sustainability Statement, was prepared according to Section 315c (1) in conjunction with Sections

289c to 289e of the German Commercial Code (HGB). As the European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive

(CSRD) was not transposed into German law as of December 31, 2025, the bank applied the European Sustainability

Reporting Standards (ESRS) as reporting framework as allowed by Section 315c (3) HGB in conjunction with Section

289d HGB and, on that basis, discloses governance, strategy, impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and

targets for material sustainability matters.

The material sustainability topics in the Sustainability Statement are structured into the sections “Environmental

information”, “Social information” and “Governance information”. The following overarching chapters are included in the

section “General information” as they cover environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters holistically and are

subject to various ESRS requirements: “Governance”, “Double materiality assessment”, “Sustainability strategy”,

“Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership” and “ESG due diligence”.

In addition, the Sustainability Statement complies with the disclosure obligations under Article 8 (1) and (3) of the

Taxonomy Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2020/852) and the respective specifications in Articles 4 and 10 (5) of the

associated Disclosures Delegated Act (Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178), amended by the Delegated Act (EU)

2026/73 (‘Omnibus simplifications’) adopted by the European Commission in July 2025 and published in the Official

Journal in January 2026.

The 2025 Sustainability Statement is subject to a limited assurance engagement as disclosed in “Additional information -

Independent auditor’s limited assurance report on the group sustainability statement”.

Consolidation

The Sustainability Statement was prepared on a consolidated basis and the scope of consolidation is the same as for the

Group’s consolidated financial statements. The bank did not identify any subsidiaries not included in the Group’s

financial statements that require inclusion in the Sustainability Statement. Unless otherwise stated, information

disclosed regarding the Deutsche Bank Group also applies to Deutsche Bank AG. Specificities for certain consolidated

subsidiaries, for example DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA, are separately highlighted where necessary. Deutsche Bank AG

is the parent company of Deutsche Bank Group and its most material entity.

Management of Deutsche Bank AG is responsible for setting the sustainability strategy as well as related governance for

both Deutsche Bank AG and the Deutsche Bank Group. For further details, please refer to the “Sustainability strategy”

and “Governance” sections in this Sustainability Statement. Deutsche Bank AG is based in Germany and, through foreign

branches, operates globally. For further details on the regional distribution of Deutsche Bank AG’s own workforce, please

refer to chapter “Standalone parent company information (HGB)” in the Combined Management Report.

Value chain

The material sustainability-related topics and their impacts, risks and opportunities in relation to the bank’s direct

suppliers (upstream value chain), own operations and direct clients (downstream value chain) as described in “Deutsche

Bank Group” within the “Combined Management Report” were determined by the outcome of the double materiality

assessment as required by ESRS 1 – General requirements. A detailed description of the double materiality assessment

process can be found in the chapter “Double materiality assessment”.

205

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Basis for preparation of the Sustainability Statement

Comparative information

The bank discloses comparative information for figures reported in the previous reporting period unless there is a specific

transitional provision allowing the bank to refrain from disclosing comparative information. When comparative

information was aligned to presentation in the current year, this is mentioned in the respective chapter. The bank has

chosen immediate adoption of the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2026/73 and decided not to present prior-period figures

due to structural changes in the templates as explained in the section “Disclosures pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation

(EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation)”.

Omission of information

Where the bank made use of the option to omit classified or sensitive information or matters in the course of negotiation

according to ESRS 2 – General disclosures, BP-1 5(d) and (e), this is disclosed in the relevant chapter of the Sustainability

Statement.

Disclosure requirements complied with

The Sustainability Statement complies with the ESRS disclosure requirements detailed in the chapter “Additional

information - List of ESRS Disclosure Requirements complied with” and includes disclosures stemming from other EU

legislation, detailed in chapter “Additional information - Table of all the datapoints deriving from other EU legislation”.

Metrics and targets for material topics for which there is no topic-specific ESRS are subject to ESRS 2 “General

Disclosures” and are reported according to the sustainability reporting standards of the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)

as allowed by ESRS 1 – General requirements. This applies for “Data protection” (GRI 404-2 and GRI G4 FS4) and

“Information security” (GRI 404-2).

Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances

ESRS 2 BP-2

Time horizons

Any deviation from the time horizons as defined by ESRS 1 – General requirements, Section 6.4 (short-term (one year),

medium-term (up to five years) or long-term (more than five years)) is described in the specific chapter in which the

deviating time horizons were applied, including the reasons for this deviation.

Source of estimation and outcome uncertainty

In those instances, in which information in the Sustainability Statement used assumptions and estimates that led to a

certain level of measurement uncertainty, for example, when measuring financed emissions in client portfolios, these are

described in detail in the relevant topic-specific chapters of this Sustainability Statement.

Changes in preparation or presentation of sustainability information

In 2025, several changes were made to the presentation of the Sustainability Statement. The topic "Sustainable finance"

was moved to "Environmental information" and "Supply chain management" was reassigned to "Governance information"

to ensure that the “General information” section contains only overarching content. Following the 2025 Double

Materiality Assessment, the topics "Tax" and "Public policy and regulation" were removed from "Governance information"

as they were no longer assessed as material. In addition, "Own operations and supply chain” was added to the "Climate

change" section within "Environmental information” as the underlying topics were identified as material. Further details

and rationale for these changes are provided in the chapter “Double materiality assessment”.

Any changes in the presentation of quantitative sustainability metrics or targets for prior reporting periods resulting from

changes in estimates, redefinitions or corrections of material errors are indicated as a footnote to the relevant disclosure

and the reasons for the changes are described in the relevant chapter. In 2025, no material errors were identified

affecting prior reporting periods.

206

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Basis for preparation of the Sustainability Statement

Incorporation by reference

The bank made use of the option to incorporate the following ESRS disclosure requirements by reference according to

ESRS 2, BP-2 §16. The following disclosures are therefore not included in the Sustainability Statement but in other

sections of the “Combined Management Report” within the Annual Report with respective references to the

Sustainability Statement:

–Deutsche Bank’s business model and value chain are described in the section “Deutsche Bank Group”

–The roles of the Supervisory Board and the Management Board are described in the section “Corporate Governance

Statement”

–The governance, strategy, impacts, risks and opportunities, metrics and targets related to the material topic

“Information security” are disclosed in the section “Information security” in the Risk Report

Use of phase-in provisions in accordance with Appendix C of ESRS 1

The Group made use of the following phase-in options:

–ESRS 2 SBM-3 Par. 48 (e) Material impacts, risks and opportunities – Anticipated financial effects

–ESRS E1-9 Anticipated financial effects from climate-related risk: partial application of phase-in option, including

qualitative description in the first three years of application

In addition, the bank applied the provisions of the extended phase-in option in relation to ESRS 2 SBM-3 Par. 48 (e) and

ESRS E1-9 in accordance with the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/1416, adopted by the European Commission in July

2025 and published in the Official Journal in November 2025.

The disclosures on the financial effects of sustainability matters for the year ended December 31, 2025, are included in

the Consolidated Financial Statements if required by IFRS. Regarding climate risks, estimates of higher transition and

physical risk exposures and their impact on the Expected Credit Loss (ECL) did not result in any adjustment of credit loss

provisions for the years ended December 31, 2025, as well as December 31, 2024. This is described in the focus area

"Climate Risk" of the Risk Report.

Events after the reporting period

ESRS 1.7

After the reporting date, no material events occurred that had a significant impact on the bank’s Sustainability

Statement.

207

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Governance

Governance

Corporate Governance

ESRS 1 related to ESRS 2 GOV-1, ESRS 2 GOV-2

For information on the role of the Supervisory Board and the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG, the information

provided to them and the sustainability matters they address, please refer to the “Corporate Governance Statement” in

this Annual Report.

Sustainability Governance

ESRS 2 GOV-1, ESRS 2 GOV-2

Deutsche Bank AG - Central Setup (Supervisory Board, Management Board, Chief

Sustainability Office, Other Central Divisions)

Sustainability has been a central part of Deutsche Bank’s strategy since July 2019. This is reflected in its governance,

ranging from the Supervisory Board, the Management Board and its Group Sustainability Committee to senior business

leadership, key infrastructure and control functions as well as specialist teams.

208

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Governance

governancestructureen.jpg

Supervisory Board’s sustainability responsibilities

The tasks of the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank AG – to supervise and to advise the Management Board of

Deutsche Bank AG – also include matters related to sustainability.

Various standing committees of Deutsche Bank’s Supervisory Board play an important role with regard to sustainability

within Deutsche Bank. Central to this is the Supervisory Board’s Strategy and Sustainability Committee. Other relevant

committees are the Compensation Control Committee, the Audit Committee and the Risk Committee.

Further information on the role of the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank AG, the information provided to it and the

sustainability matters it addresses can be found in the section “Corporate Governance Statement” in this Annual Report.

209

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Governance

Further information regarding the Supervisory Board’s role in integrating sustainability-related performance in incentive

schemes can be found in the subsection "Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes".

Management Board’s sustainability responsibilities

The Management Board’s approach to sustainability is reflected in its committee structure. The following sub-sections

distinguish between committees dedicated to sustainability and those that address sustainability as part of their broader

responsibilities.

Management Board committee with sustainability as a core function: Group Sustainability Committee (GSC)

Group Sustainability Committee (GSC)
Scope Group (excl. DWS)
Mandate Serves as main governance body for sustainability-related matters across Deutsche Bank Group, approving the<br><br>group-wide sustainability strategy, and overseeing its strategy implementation. The Committee aims to ensure a<br><br>holistic Group-wide dialogue and alignment on sustainability initiatives to make the bank a champion in the financial<br><br>services sector with regard to sustainable finance, for the lasting benefit of both clients and society.
Chair/Vice-chair Chief Executive Officer/Chief Sustainability Officer
Membership –Management Board members<br><br>–Heads of business divisions (members of the GMC1)<br><br>–Senior representatives of relevant infrastructure functions<br><br>–Chief Investment Officer of DWS participates as a non-voting member. This is needed to ensure alignment of<br><br>respective strategies and ensure possible collaboration between Deutsche Bank and DWS. This is especially<br><br>important as asset managers and banks have in some areas different approaches to ESG
Key Activities in FY2025 –Six meetings, thereof four circulation procedures<br><br>–Approved the bank’s Sustainability Strategy 2030 including its new cumulative € 900 billion sustainable and<br><br>transition finance target from 2020 to the end of 2030 and its nature ambition to facilitate 300 transactions by<br><br>the end of 2027. In addition to that, the GSC approved the publication of the bank’s initial Transition Finance<br><br>Framework and acknowledged the updated Transition Plan
1 The GMC (Group Management Committee) is a Management Board level Committee that was established as an information, exchange,<br><br>discussion and ultimately also advisory platform, in particular regarding business, growth and profitability

210

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Governance

Management Board committees addressing sustainability

Several other Management Board committees incorporate sustainability considerations into their respective mandates,

ensuring these factors are reflected across the bank’s broader governance framework. Those are listed in the table

below.

Sustainability-related role of relevant Management Board Committees
Group Risk Committee<br><br>(GRC) –Central body for review and decision on material risk and capital-related topics including climate-related matters.<br><br>It receives regular updates on the bank’s net zero targets and climate transition risk profile
Group Reputational Risk<br><br>Committee (GRRC) Escalation body at group level for transaction-based, client-related, or other primary reputational risk matters -<br><br>including sustainability-related matters
Culture, Integrity and<br><br>Conduct Committee Provides a sustained focus on all aspects of culture by overseeing the implementation and ongoing management of<br><br>the culture, integrity and conduct framework - including sustainability-related matters
Group Investment<br><br>Committee Decides on strategic and other investments and monitors progress and performance of approved investments -<br><br>including sustainability-related matters

Further information on the role of the Management Board, the information provided to it and the sustainability matters it

addresses can be found in the "Corporate Governance Statement" in this Annual Report.

Chief Sustainability Office

Deutsche Bank AG maintains a Chief Sustainability Office, whose Head reports to the Chief Executive Officer of

Deutsche Bank AG. It centrally drives sustainability and ensures consistency across Deutsche Bank.

From a broadened team to respond to strategic and regulatory requirements in 2022, the Chief Sustainability Office

evolved to deliver ongoing change initiatives in 2023 to 2025. In the third quarter of 2025, the department underwent

changes to its organizational setup, aimed at enhancing its role as an enabler of the Global Hausbank’s sustainability

strategy and to become a transition partner for its clients and further key stakeholders.

Consequently, the functional governance structure as of the end of 2025 is as follows:

csogovernanceen.jpg

211

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Governance

Chief Sustainability Office via its committees and discussion groups

The Chief Sustainability Office runs and coordinates various committees in relation to the implementation of the

Sustainability Strategy Key Deliverable and discussion groups (Forums/Council) devoted to the implementation of the

sustainability strategy as well as serving as recommendation or information channels.

Chief Sustainability Office’s committees

Sustainability Strategy Steering Committee Sustainability Data & Technology Operating<br><br>Committee CSRD1 Implementation<br><br>Steering Committee
Scope Group (excl. DWS) Group (excl. DWS) Discontinued after the<br><br>CSRD1 program was<br><br>successfully completed,<br><br>with Deutsche Bank's 2024<br><br>Sustainability Statement<br><br>published as part of the<br><br>2024 Annual Report, in<br><br>March 2025
Mandate Oversight of the implementation of Deutsche<br><br>Bank’s Sustainability Strategy Key Deliverable<br><br>as a ‘Change the Bank’ priority initiative Main decision and steering body for the<br><br>implementation activities within the<br><br>Sustainability Data & Technology workstream<br><br>of the Sustainability Strategy Key Deliverable
Chair/Vice-<br><br>chair Chief Sustainability Officer/Chief Financial<br><br>Officer Investment Bank, Corporate Bank &<br><br>ESG Sustainability, Data & Technology Program<br><br>Manager
Membership Heads of the divisional ESG teams and ESG<br><br>experts Sustainability Senior Leads across:<br><br>–Corporate Bank<br><br>–Investment Bank<br><br>–Private Bank<br><br>–Chief Financial Office<br><br>–Technology Data Innovation (TDI)
Escalation To Group Sustainability Committee or to<br><br>Group Operating Committee To the Sustainability Strategy Steering<br><br>Committee
Key Activities<br><br>in FY2025 –Met five times<br><br>–All relevant key deliverable milestones<br><br>achieved<br><br>–Approval of topics such as Nature<br><br>transaction ambition and overarching<br><br>Sustainability training concept<br><br>–Updates on transition dialogue with high-<br><br>emitting clients discussed –Met six times<br><br>–Enhanced sustainability classifications and<br><br>process automation, capturing Sustainable<br><br>Finance aligned deals, counterparties and<br><br>products and enabling comprehensive risk<br><br>assessments and greenwashing mitigation<br><br>–Integrated multiple Sustainability data<br><br>sources for Net Zero and Transition<br><br>planning, improving regulatory reporting<br><br>including EU Taxonomy and Pillar 3
1 Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive

212

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Governance

Chief Sustainability Office discussion groups

Group Net Zero Forum (Corporate Bank<br><br>and Investment Bank)1 Sustainable Finance Governance Forum Sustainability Council
Scope –Corporate Bank<br><br>–Investment Bank Group (excl. DWS) Group
Mandate Discusses transactions in sectors<br><br>covered by Deutsche Bank’s Net Zero<br><br>targets which could have a significant<br><br>impact on the bank’s financed emissions<br><br>and/or decarbonization targets, taking<br><br>into consideration the assessment of<br><br>clients’ transition strategies in their<br><br>recommendations –Presents and discusses open<br><br>questions arising around definition<br><br>and product classification under the<br><br>Sustainable Finance Framework<br><br>–Prepares recommendations on open<br><br>items Fosters knowledge exchange between<br><br>Deutsche Bank’s sustainability<br><br>champions to support bank-wide<br><br>change and to identify new topics
Chair/Vice-<br><br>chair Chief Sustainability Officer/Head of<br><br>Climate & Environmental Risk<br><br>Management Head of Sustainable Finance<br><br>Classification/dedicated member of the<br><br>Sustainable Finance Classification<br><br>team2 Chief Sustainability Officer
Membership –Divisional ESG Heads across<br><br>Corporate Bank, Investment Bank,<br><br>Chief Risk Office and Chief<br><br>Sustainability Office<br><br>–Coverage Heads across Corporate<br><br>Bank and Investment Bank –Divisional (ESG) Heads across<br><br>Corporate Bank, Investment Bank,<br><br>Private Bank, Chief Risk Office, Chief<br><br>Financial Office, Corporate Affairs &<br><br>Strategy and Chief Sustainability<br><br>Office<br><br>–ESG experts across relevant business<br><br>and infrastructure functions Employees with an interest in<br><br>sustainability
Escalation Via the Group Sustainability Committee,<br><br>via the Management Board member<br><br>responsible for Corporate Bank and<br><br>Investment Bank, or via individual<br><br>members’ reporting lines Via individual members’ reporting lines N/A (information sharing group)
Key Activities<br><br>in FY2025 –Convened 32 times<br><br>–Discussed 72 transactions –Convened five times<br><br>–Reviewed and refined sustainable<br><br>finance classifications,<br><br>methodologies, and product<br><br>structures<br><br>–Addressed regulatory developments<br><br>and strengthened ESG and social<br><br>product criteria<br><br>–Key outcomes include updates to<br><br>methodologies, clearer decision-<br><br>making structures, and alignment of<br><br>product criteria with evolving<br><br>regulatory and market expectations<br><br>to support robust, transparent, and<br><br>consistent sustainable finance<br><br>implementation –Convened four times<br><br>–Regional updates, updates on<br><br>sustainability strategy, ESG Ratings,<br><br>Sustainable Finance, Sustainability<br><br>Statement
1 Divisional Net Zero Fora are established in Corporate Bank and Investment Bank to reflect divisional specificities and allow for a decentralized management on this level<br><br>2 All meetings were held under the governance in place before the organizational changes in Chief Sustainability Office, where the Chair was the Head of Group<br><br>Sustainability and the Vice-Chair was the Head of Environmental & Social Due Diligence and Sustainable Finance

Sustainability in business divisions and other infrastructure functions

Supplementing the Chief Sustainability Office, the bank’s business divisions and infrastructure functions have

established, within the three Lines of Defense model, ESG expert teams. These teams drive the implementation of the

sustainability strategy at the divisional level to ensure that sustainability-related matters are appropriately addressed

and to enable a swift response to emerging business opportunities and risks. They also contribute to embedding the net

zero governance framework that guides the bank’s approach to sustainable finance, transition finance and ESG

investments within their respective divisions. The below chart provides an overview of those key teams.

213

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Governance
1st line of defense3 Corporate Bank and Investment Bank<br><br>divisions1 Private Bank Technology, Data and Innovation
--- --- --- ---
Respective Sustainability Senior Leads<br><br>Dedicated Heads within each business,<br><br>ensuring adoption into business<br><br>strategy, client solutions and thought<br><br>leadership Sustainability Senior Leads<br><br>Dedicated Heads within each business,<br><br>ensuring integration into business<br><br>strategy, client solutions and thought<br><br>leadership Sustainability Technology<br><br>Sustainability data provision. Delivering<br><br>the IT infrastructure for sustainability<br><br>processes
Global Real Estate Global Procurement Human Resources
Environmental Sustainability<br><br>Responsible for the reduction of<br><br>Deutsche Bank’s own emissions (Scope 1<br><br>and 2) and performing respective<br><br>reporting for Scope 3 emissions (Cat.<br><br>1-14) Sustainable Procurement<br><br>Integration of ESG principles into<br><br>purchasing decisions, working<br><br>collaboratively with supply partners to<br><br>build resilient, responsible value chains People, Experience & Sustainable<br><br>Culture<br><br>Covers Behavioral Change, Culture,<br><br>Diversity and Inclusion, Future of Work,<br><br>Human Resources ESG as well as Well-<br><br>Being
2nd line of defense3 Compliance Chief Risk Office Finance Chief Accounting Office2
Recognizes ESG risks as cross risk drivers<br><br>integrated across Compliance risk types.<br><br>Compliance works with key stakeholders<br><br>across the Three Lines of Defense as part<br><br>of ongoing initiatives to enhance the<br><br>ability to identify and manage ESG risks Integrates ESG into risk frameworks<br><br>(including developing models and<br><br>methodologies) to identify, assess and<br><br>quantify the materiality of ESG risks, and<br><br>reports to Senior Management the key<br><br>risk appetite metrics and risk<br><br>concentrations Sustainability Reporting<br><br>Sets a robust governance and process<br><br>ensuring timely, accurate and compliant<br><br>delivery of the Group’s Sustainability<br><br>Statement
3rd line of defense Group Audit
–Acts as an independent and objective assurance to the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG on the adequacy of the design,<br><br>operating effectiveness and efficiency of - inter alia - the bank‘s risk management processes, including environmental and social<br><br>risks<br><br>–Reviews fraud, antitrust and misconduct risks as part of each audit and reviews the respective policies and standards on a risk-<br><br>based approach<br><br>–Acts as an independent, proactive and forward-looking challenger and adviser to the bank’s senior management
1 Corporate Bank, Investment Bank Investment Banking & Capital Markets, Investment Bank Fixed Income & Currencies, Investment Bank Research<br><br>2 Finance Chief Accounting Office (FCAO) is part of Chief Financial Office (CFO), which is primarily categorized as a first line of defense, except for functions which are<br><br>assigned a risk type, such as FCAO<br><br>3 The chart intends to inform on current lines of defense allocation for the key business divisions and infrastructure functions that have established ESG expert teams, it is<br><br>not an exhaustive or permanent view of the lines of defense delineation across the organization

Deutsche Bank AG - Regional setup

The bank has sustainability coordinators in key locations in Europe (for instance, Italy, Spain, Netherlands, Belgium,

Portugal, and Poland), Asia-Pacific (APAC) (for instance, China and the rest of the APAC region where Deutsche Bank

does business), Africa/Middle East (for instance, United Arab Emirates) and South America (for instance, Brazil), as well as

an ESG Head for APAC-MEA, to align sustainability initiatives and requirements globally.

Regional ESG Heads and Sustainability Coordinators align with the Strategy & Regional Governance team of the Chief

Sustainability Office on sustainability initiatives and matters. Sustainability-related topics are either discussed in

dedicated forums or at senior governance meetings.

DWS sustainability governance

Sustainability governance at DWS starts with the DWS Executive Board, which has overall responsibility for managing the

business activities of DWS. This includes managing sustainability-related risks and opportunities.

To enable a focus on sustainability topics, the DWS Executive Board has delegated its responsibility for implementing the

sustainability strategy to the DWS Group Sustainability Committee which reports to the DWS Executive Board regularly

and as required.

The committee is mandated with implementing the sustainability strategy as approved by the DWS Executive Board on

fiduciary and corporate levels across business and infrastructure areas and legal entities.

214

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Governance

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

ESRS E1 related to ESRS 2 GOV-3

Key characteristics of incentive schemes

The Management Board compensation system is aligned with the business strategy as well as the sustainable and long-

term development of Deutsche Bank and provides suitable incentives for consistent achievement of the set targets.

Through the composition of total compensation comprising fixed and variable compensation components, through the

assessment of performance over short- and long-term periods and through the consideration of relevant, challenging

performance parameters, the implementation of the Group strategy and the alignment with the sustainable and long-

term performance of the Group are rewarded in a clear manner. The structure of the targets and objectives therefore

comprises a balanced mix of both financial and non-financial parameters and indicators.

Structure of the Management Board compensation

The Supervisory Board sets the target compensation for each Management Board member. In accordance with the

recommendation of the German Corporate Governance Code, the Supervisory Board also determines the ratio of fixed

compensation to variable compensation as well as the ratio of short to long-term variable compensation.

The compensation system for the Management Board as outlined in the Management Board Compensation Report in the

Annual Report consists of fixed and variable compensation components. The fixed compensation consists of base salary,

fringe benefits and contributions to the company pension schemes or pension allowances. The variable compensation is

divided into 40% Short-Term Incentives (STI) and 60% Long-Term Incentives (LTI). In the STI, three to five objectives for

measuring individual and divisional performance over a period of one year are set at the beginning of the period and

disclosed retrospectively. For LTI, four objectives, which are identical for all Management Board members, are set and

disclosed ex ante. The STI is determined after one year, while the LTI is determined after an assessment period of three

years.

Sustainability-related performance targets and metrics

Deutsche Bank strives to make a contribution to an environmentally friendly, socially inclusive and well-governed

corporate landscape and to support its clients in their green transformation. Not only the advisory services and products

but also the working environment and culture at Deutsche Bank should build on this commitment. Deutsche Bank’s

policies and procedures are aligned with the laws and regulations in all markets in which it operates, including anti-

discrimination laws such as the 2. German Gender Quota Law (Zweites Führungspositionengesetz - FüPoG II).

For the LTI plans 2024-2026 and 2025-2027 disclosed in the Management Compensation Report as part of the annual

report the Supervisory Board focuses on environmental, social and governance (ESG) objectives, which form 20% of the

total variable compensation:

–Environmental target: The objective of driving climate risk management is linked to the disclosed carbon reduction

targets for defined carbon intensive sectors that were published when setting CO2 reduction target pathways for key

industries. This metric measures performance against the published pathways (Transition Plan) plus an allowed

deviation (risk appetite). This target contributes a weighting of 8% to the total variable compensation. For the 2024–

2026 LTI plan, the threshold (0% LTI target achievement) is compliance with a trajectory that is equal to or below 50%

of the permitted deviation. A 100% LTI target achievement requires compliance with a trajectory of 70% of the

permitted deviation, while a 150% LTI target achievement corresponds to 85% of the permitted deviation. These

target values apply identically to the 2025–2027 LTI plan

–Social target: The objective of increasing gender diversity in accordance with the Second German Gender Quota Law

(Zweites Führungspositionengesetz – FüPoG II) focuses on female representation on the two levels below the

Management Board (MB-1 and MB-2) positions, combats discrimination within the Management Board succession

pipeline and promotes equal opportunity. This target is weighted at 4% of the total variable compensation. For the

2024–2026 LTI plan, the threshold (0% LTI target achievement) is set at a proportion of women equal to or below 30%.

A 100% LTI target achievement is defined at a proportion of 32.5% women, while a 150% LTI target achievement is

reached at a proportion of 35% women. These target values apply identically to the 2025–2027 LTI plan

215

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Governance

–Governance target: The corporate governance objective for the LTI Plan 2024 – 2026 consists of the Control Risk

Management Grade (CRMG) and progress made in the anti-money-laundering/know-your-client (AML/KYC)

remediation activities. The CRMG measures the control environment based on the performance of the individual

divisions, including critical and overdue findings, but also cultural issues such as self-identified risk acceptance.

Overall, the objective underlines the importance for Deutsche Bank to combat economic crime and prevent money

laundering activities, as well as staying compliant with regulatory requirements and to foster a healthy corporate

culture. With regard to the governance objective, the assessment criteria were amended for the LTI Plan 2025-2027 in

order to reflect not only an internal evaluation, but also external stakeholders’ assessment of Deutsche Bank's

regulatory development and improvements, making it a holistic measurement criterion. This target is taken into

account with a weighting of 8% of the total variable compensation. For the 2024–2026 LTI plan, a threshold of 0% LTI

target achievement is defined at a CRMG progress level of 0%. A 100% LTI target achievement requires progress of

100%, while a 150% LTI target achievement is set at 150% progress. With regard to the governance target, the

assessment criteria for the 2025–2027 Long‑Term Incentive Plan were adjusted to reflect not only an internal

assessment but also the views of external stakeholders on regulatory developments and improvements at Deutsche

Bank. This creates a holistic assessment criterion. For the 2025–2027 LTI plan, the threshold (0% LTI target

achievement) is likewise defined at 0% progress, with a 100% LTI target achievement at 100% progress and a 150% LTI

target achievement at 150% progress

Level of approval

The Supervisory Board is responsible for the decisions on the design of the compensation system as well as for setting up

the individual compensation amounts and procedures for awarding the compensation. The Compensation Control

Committee supports the Supervisory Board in its tasks and prepares proposals for resolutions by the Supervisory Board.

Internal Controls over Sustainability Reporting

ESRS 2 GOV-5

General

Deutsche Bank is committed to maintaining a robust framework for risk management and internal controls over

sustainability reporting to ensure the integrity and reliability of disclosures in the Sustainability Statement and to prevent

material misstatements. The Management Board is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal

controls over sustainability reporting under the oversight of the Chief Financial Officer. The Audit Committee supports

the Supervisory Board in monitoring the effectiveness of the processes for preparing the Sustainability Statement and

the related internal controls.

Risk management and internal control processes

The primary risks in sustainability reporting are that either the Sustainability Statement may not present a true and fair

view due to inadvertent or intentional errors or the publication of the Sustainability Statement is not performed on a

timely basis. This may reduce stakeholder confidence or cause reputational damage and may have legal or regulatory

consequences. A lack of fair presentation arises when one or more disclosures contain misstatements or omissions that

could influence economic decisions that users of the Sustainability Statement make. A key component of assessing the

risk of material misstatement is the use of a risk ranking that considers impact and probability.

To mitigate the above-mentioned risks, Deutsche Bank has established internal controls over sustainability reporting

including multi-layered validation and review procedures throughout the reporting process to ensure the reliability of the

disclosures in the Sustainability Statement. In establishing internal controls over sustainability reporting, the bank has

prioritized completeness and accuracy as objectives to ensure the integrity and reliability of its Sustainability Statement.

The system of internal controls over sustainability reporting covers all stages of the reporting process, from data

handling and data collection to disclosure. This process involves cross-functional collaboration with clear roles and

responsibilities to ensure consistent implementation across the bank’s operations. The components of this framework

include preventive, detective and corrective controls. Preventive controls are embedded at the initial stages of data

collection within the respective functions that provide input to the Sustainability Statement. Detective controls include

independent reviews by the control functions. Corrective controls address issues discovered through audits, ensuring

prompt correction and continuous improvement.

No control system, including internal controls over sustainability reporting, no matter how well conceived and operated,

can provide absolute assurance that its objectives are met. As such, disclosure controls and procedures or systems for

internal controls over sustainability reporting may not avoid all errors.

216

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Governance

Measuring effectiveness of the system of internal control over sustainability reporting

The effectiveness of the system of internal controls over sustainability reporting and the associated framework is

reviewed on an annual basis and enhanced where needed to ensure that the risk remains within a tolerable level in line

with the bank's risk appetite. The key controls evaluated are:

–Four-eyes controls with a clear segregation of duties between producer and reviewer, as well as reviews by senior

management

–Completeness of control documentation as well as adequate performance of controls along the end-to-end

preparation of the Sustainability Statement including documentation of data sources, reconciliations and analytical

controls or inventory controls

The control evidence is derived from procedures that are integrated into the daily duties of staff or from relevant policies

and procedures. Information obtained from other sources also serves as a crucial component of the evaluation, as it has

the potential to either bring additional control concerns to the attention of management or substantiate findings. Such

information sources may include:

–Reports on audits carried out by or on behalf of regulatory authorities

–External auditor reports

–Reports commissioned to evaluate the effectiveness of outsourced processes to third parties

The findings, if any, from Deutsche Bank’s internal controls over sustainability reporting process are addressed to the

respective functions in a timely manner to ensure adequate remediation and thereby enhance the reporting process.

Furthermore, the Management Board and the Supervisory Board and further oversight bodies, including Audit

Committee, are informed about any potential findings.

The Chief Financial Officer was informed of the assessment results regarding the effectiveness of the internal control

system for sustainability reporting as of December 31, 2025. No issues were identified that would compromise the

completeness and accuracy of the disclosures presented in the Sustainability Statement.

217

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Double materiality assessment

Double materiality assessment

Description of the process to identify and assess material impacts, risks and

opportunities

ESRS 2 IRO-1, ESRS 2 IRO-2, ESRS 2 SBM-3

In accordance with the reporting requirements of the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), Deutsche

Bank conducted an annual double materiality assessment (DMA, the assessment). In line with these requirements, the

assessment considered both impact and financial materiality perspectives. The assessment was prepared on a

consolidated basis, aligned with the scope of the Group consolidated financial statements. No subsidiaries outside the

scope of the consolidated financial statements were identified as requiring separate inclusion in the DMA.

The assessment considered Deutsche Bank’s value chain, encompassing its own operations as well as its upstream and

downstream value chain. For the upstream and downstream value chain the assessment was limited to direct suppliers

and clients. A description of the bank’s value chain can be found in the chapter “Deutsche Bank Group” of the “Combined

Management Report” of this report.

The results of the DMA determines the information disclosed in this Sustainability Statement by mapping the disclosure

requirements defined in the ESRS to the respective material topic. For Deutsche Bank’s Group-wide DMA, DWS was

considered the main contributor to the bank’s Asset Management business division. In addition, DWS conducted its own

DMA to meet its specific obligations. The results of both assessments were reconciled to ensure consistency.

Double materiality assessment process

Responsibility for implementing Deutsche Bank’s DMA lies with the bank’s Chief Sustainability Office. Further

information on the bank’s sustainability governance is set out in the “Governance” section of this Sustainability

Statement, which also addresses the governance structures supporting the integration of sustainability-related risks into

the bank’s overarching risk management processes. More details on the bank’s structures for integrating

sustainability‑related opportunities, with a particular focus on climate change, are provided in the “Sustainability

strategy” chapter of this report.

In accordance with the requirements outlined in ESRS 1, Deutsche Bank’s materiality assessment follows a structured

process comprising the following steps:

218

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Double materiality assessment

dmaa.jpg

Identification of the topic list

Deutsche Bank compiled a comprehensive overview of potentially material sustainability related topics (“long list”) based

on all ESRS topics, results from the 2024 DMA, and external sources including sector agnostic and sector specific

frameworks and standards, sustainability-related regulation and voluntary principles, ESG ratings questionnaires,

publications of non-governmental organizations, and a peer benchmark. A shortlist was derived by inclusion of all ESRS

and previously material topics, and by evaluating additional topics for relevance. The bank consolidated corresponding

topics resulting in a condensed shortlist of 15 potentially material topics with 46 sub-topics, and 71 sub-sub-topics.

Identification of impacts, risks and opportunities (IRO)

Deutsche Bank assessed the value chain relevance of each topic at its most granular level following a layered approach.

Where topics were not considered to trigger material impacts, risks or opportunities (IRO) at a certain value chain level

from the outset, for example limited relevance of the topic to the bank’s business model or the inapplicability of a topic

to a particular value chain level, a rationale was documented. For all remaining topics, IRO statements were developed,

based on desk research, expert judgement from the bank’s Chief Sustainability Office, and input from Subject Matter

Experts (SMEs).

219

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Double materiality assessment

IRO evaluation

Deutsche Bank engaged stakeholders from its business divisions and infrastructure functions in the DMA process,

assigning clear roles and responsibilities for evaluating the impact and financial materiality of each topic based on

predefined IRO statements. In 2025, the bank introduced the role of topic coordinators, and a dedicated risk contact, to

ensure alignment of evaluations across topics and value chain levels.

To support this evaluation, Deutsche Bank applied a methodology based on the characteristics of severity and likelihood,

in alignment with ESRS 1. The severity of both positive and negative impacts was assessed using the factors scale and

scope. For negative impacts, irremediability of impacts was also taken into account. The severity of risks and

opportunities was evaluated using internal assessment grids: for risks, the bank used qualitative metrics on a six-step

scale for both severity and likelihood, leveraging its Operational Risk Rating Grid. In line with ESRS requirements, the

assessment of risks was performed from an inherent perspective, i.e., prior to the application of controls or mitigation

measures. The bank did not prioritize sustainability‑related risks over other risk types but applied the same risk

assessment methodology across its DMA to ensure consistency. For the evaluation of opportunities, the bank developed

an opportunity grid using a structure closely aligned with the bank’s risk grid. This represented a methodology

enhancement introduced in 2025. Furthermore, the bank implemented a human rights flag designed to ensure that

severity takes precedence over its likelihood in cases of potentially severe negative human rights impacts. Where

international human rights conventions in conjunction with the bank’s business model indicated a pressing human rights

issue, this flag was applied.

Also in 2025, the bank introduced a structured approach to consolidate multiple inputs from its business divisions for a

topic into a single, group-level materiality score. For negative and positive impacts, the maximum input for each sub-

topic was used to derive the group-level score. In consolidating risks and opportunities, the economic contribution of the

individual business divisions to the bank’s overall results was weighted and taken into account. Deutsche Bank applied its

DMA methodology to both ESRS and entity-specific topics.

Validation of results

To determine preliminary results, the bank translated qualitative assessments into quantitative scores. A materiality

threshold was set at a score exceeding 3 on a five‑point scale, with a threshold corridor ranging from 1.5 to 3.0. Following

a comprehensive review of all scores, the lower band of the corridor was adjusted to 1.7. This adjustment was

implemented to enable a clearer classification of certain topics as non‑material, in line with the communicated SME

perspective. Topics with scores falling within the adjusted threshold corridor were subject to further review and, based

on that assessment, classified as either material or non‑material. The bank intends to gradually narrow the width of the

threshold corridor as the materiality assessment process continues to mature.

The preliminary results were discussed in structured validation interviews with seven senior validation managers from the

bank’s business divisions and infrastructure functions. The interviews concentrated on topics positioned in the materiality

threshold corridor. Ultimately, the final set of material topics was determined by the Chief Sustainability Office taking

into account the majority opinion derived from the validation interviews as well as any veto from subject matter experts.

Controls and sign-off

Deutsche Bank established internal controls and a comprehensive sign-off process to ensure the robustness of its DMA

process and the adequacy of its result. For example, it defined clear roles and responsibilities for each process step,

applied the four-eyes principle and conducted content-related and plausibility checks by the Chief Sustainability Office.

Senior Confirmation Officers formally signed off the evaluation results for topics under their remit. Subsequently, the

bank’s Group Sustainability Committee, which acts as the bank’s main governance and decision-making body for

sustainability-related matters, approved the final set of material topics. The materiality results were then approved by

the Management Board and presented to the Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board.

Stakeholder views

Internal SMEs maintain contact with specific stakeholders as part of their daily responsibilities. They are best equipped

and experienced to reflect input and feedback gained through this ongoing dialogue. As a result, they serve as

stakeholder proxies in evaluating environmental and societal impacts, as well as risks and opportunities for Deutsche

Bank. Examples of stakeholder engagement in 2025 can be found in the chapter “Stakeholder engagement and thought

leadership” of this Sustainability Statement.

In 2025, engagement with members of the bank’s Nature Advisory Panel, focusing on impacts related to aspects covered

by ESRS E2 to ESRS E5, complemented this approach. Additionally, engagement with non-governmental organizations

throughout the year was used to deepen the understanding of impacts related to human-rights. The views and interests

of users of the Sustainability Statement as well as affected stakeholders are also indirectly reflected in the interviews

with Senior Validation Managers. For example, investors’ views were considered in the validation interview with Investor

Relations.

220

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Double materiality assessment

Material sustainability topics 2025

The materiality heatmap below presents the results of Deutsche Bank’s DMA 2025. All topics shown are considered

material from an impact and/or financial materiality perspective. However, the drivers of materiality can differ. This is

reflected in the color coding, which is derived from the IRO scores across positive and negative impacts, risk and

opportunities, and the various levels of the value chain. Dark blue fields indicate that the materiality threshold is met.

Impact<br><br>materiality Financial<br><br>materiality
Topic Sub-topic + _ Risk Opp.
E Climate change Climate change adaptation<br><br>(ESRS E1) D D
Climate change mitigation<br><br>(ESRS E1) D D D O, D
Energy<br><br>(ESRS E1) D D D
S Own workforce Working conditions<br><br>(ESRS S1) O O
Equal treatment and opportunities for all<br><br>(ESRS S1) O O O O
Client centricity Product responsibility<br><br>(Deutsche Bank-specific) D D
Client satisfaction<br><br>(Deutsche Bank-specific) D D
Client complaint management<br><br>(Deutsche Bank-specific) D D
G Anti-financial crime Corruption and bribery<br><br>(ESRS G1) O, D U, O,<br><br>D
Money laundering, financing terrorism, sanctions &<br><br>embargoes, fraud (Deutsche Bank-specific) O, D O, D
Prevention of facilitation of tax evasion<br><br>(Deutsche Bank-specific) D D
Competitive behavior Competitive behavior<br><br>(Deutsche Bank-specific) O
Business conduct Corporate culture (ESRS G1) O O
Protection of whistleblowers (ESRS G1) O O O
Data protection Data protection<br><br>(Deutsche Bank-specific) U, O U, O
Information security Information security<br><br>(Deutsche Bank-specific) U, O
U: Upstream value chain<br><br>O: Own operations<br><br>D: Downstream value chain<br><br>+: Positive impact<br><br>-: Negative impact<br><br>Opp.: Opportunity High materiality score (>3) Low materiality score (<1.7)
--- ---

221

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Double materiality assessment

The DMA results remained largely stable in 2025, with some changes driven by updated IRO statements and

methodological refinements:

–Tax compliance (Deutsche Bank specific): Deutsche Bank re-evaluated the topic of tax compliance in 2025. The topic

was confirmed as highly relevant but not material as defined by the CSRD. The prevention of tax evasion facilitation

was evaluated under the Anti-Financial Crime topic and deemed material due to its potential negative impacts and

risks within the bank’s downstream value chain

–Political engagement and lobbying activities (ESRS G1): Deutsche Bank actively participates in political dialogue and

policy-making processes through its involvement in trade associations and entries in the EU and German lobbying

registers. However, following a reassessment in 2025, the bank concluded that political engagement and lobbying do

not constitute a material topic for the bank under ESRS G1. This conclusion reflects limited influence on ESG-related

legislative developments and on increasingly divergent interests within trade associations. Deutsche Bank remains

strongly committed to supporting the sustainable transition and contributes its expertise to discussions on key topics

such as transition finance and the EU’s Savings and Investment Union

In addition to the changes above, the following adjustments were made:

–ESRS E1/Climate change/Energy: In 2024, the sub-topic of energy was assessed as part of climate change mitigation.

To ensure closer alignment with the ESRS topic structure, a separate assessment of the sub-topic “Energy” was

conducted in 2025. In this process, the dimensions “positive impact”, “risk”, and “opportunity” were classified material

and accordingly included in the materiality heatmap

–ESRS S4/Consumers and end-user: In the banking context, Deutsche Bank interprets the term “Consumers and End

Users” under ESRS S4 as equivalent to its Private Bank clients. To reflect its holistic approach to client centricity

across all client groups, the bank has retained the bank-specific topic of “Client centricity”. In 2025, the bank further

refined the assessment of the topic by introducing the sub-topics “Product responsibility”, “Client satisfaction” and

“Client complaint management”. Since client centricity captures ESRS S4–related aspects, the sub-topic

“Information-related impacts for consumers and end users” is no longer considered a standalone material sub-topic.

Regardless of this adjustment, Deutsche Bank remains committed to consumer protection and complies with

applicable legal and regulatory requirements

The topics addressed under ESRS E2 to ESRS E5, as well as the human rights-related topics “Workers in the value

chain” (ESRS S2) and “Affected communities” (ESRS S3), were once again assessed in 2025 and determined to be not

material under the ESRS requirements. Being determined as non-material means that a topic including its sub-topics

and, where applicable, sub-sub-topics did not reach the materiality threshold in any of the four dimensions at any value

chain level, nor was it considered material based on the validation process. Consequently, these topics are not covered in

this Sustainability Statement.

Irrespective of the DMA results, Deutsche Bank continues to advance its Group-wide management approach to nature

and biodiversity. The bank likewise remains committed to upholding human rights. Information on its human rights

approach is provided in the Deutsche Bank Human Rights Statement and annual Deutsche Bank Statement on Human

Trafficking and Modern Slavery. Human rights-related aspects concerning Deutsche Bank’s own employees have been

confirmed as material and are presented in detail in the chapter “Own Workforce” of this Sustainability Statement.

Detailed information for the topic “Corporate culture” can be found in the chapter on “Culture, integrity and conduct” of

this Sustainability Statement. How the bank is managing and monitoring impacts, risks and opportunities of material

sustainability topics is described in the respective chapters of this Sustainability Statement. To better illustrate the

connection between the DMA and the disclosures included in this Sustainability Statement, the material IROs have been

summarized in the corresponding chapter.

222

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability strategy

Sustainability strategy

ESRS 2 SBM-1, ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 MDR-T

Deutsche Bank has embedded sustainability into its governance and operations as well as in its products and services,

focusing on four pillars: Sustainable Finance, Policies & Commitments, People & Own Operations and Thought

Leadership & Stakeholder Engagement. With progress along these four pillars, Deutsche Bank aims to accomplish a

significant contribution to achieving the Paris Climate Agreement’s targets and the United Nations (UN) Sustainable

Development Goals. While the bank aims to support all 17 UN Sustainable Development Goals, nine of them are closely

linked to its sustainability strategy pillars. Furthermore, the bank evaluates to what extent its financing and issuance

activities contribute to 15 of the UN Sustainable Development Goals in line with Deutsche Bank’s Sustainable Finance

Framework. More information can be found in the “Sustainable finance” chapter within the Sustainability Statement.

sustainabilitystrategyen.jpg

Sustainable Finance

As the Global Hausbank, Deutsche Bank aspires to contribute to an environmentally sound, socially inclusive, and well-

governed world. With its financial expertise and product offerings, the bank wants to enable the path to a more

sustainable and climate-friendly way of conducting business. Addressing climate change and environmental destruction

necessitates substantial investments as well as a prudent risk management approach and presents a significant business

opportunity. The bank’s clients have high demands for advice on financial products and services to progress on their

individual transformation.

The bank aimed to achieve a total of € 500 billion in cumulative sustainable financing and ESG investments volumes from

January 2020 to end of 2025 (excluding Asset Management (DWS)). By end of 2025, Deutsche Bank reached € 471 billion

(excluding Asset Management (DWS)) and increased the incremental volume from € 93 billion in 2024 to € 98 billion in

  1. Although the original target was not achieved by the end of 2025, Deutsche Bank remains committed to providing

sustainable financing and ESG investment solutions to its clients and expects to surpass € 500 billion in the first half of

  1. Progress towards the original target was impacted by several factors over the period, including higher interest

rates, regulatory developments as well as changes in the policy environment.

To further accelerate the transition of the economy, Deutsche Bank has updated its target to mobilize € 900 billion in

sustainable financing, ESG investments, and transition financing by the end of 2030. This figure includes € 471 billion

already achieved in sustainable financing and ESG investments from January 2020 through the end of 2025. The

increased target reflects the bank’s dedication to supporting client transition and resilience through delivering financial

solutions that create lasting value for people, planet, and prosperity.

223

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability strategy

The new target includes sustainable financing (financing of pure-play ecological or social sustainable activities or

companies) and transition financing (financing of activities required on a credible path towards net zero as well as

sustainability-linked solutions). With the increased target, Deutsche Bank will continue to transparently report after 2025

about its progress – now also with a new Transition Finance Framework in place.

In addition to climate-focused initiatives, Deutsche Bank underpins its commitment to biodiversity and ecosystem

restoration. The bank aims to facilitate 300 transactions by the end of 2027 which contribute to these purposes, aligned

with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDG 6: Clean Water and Sanitation, SDG 14: Life Below Water,

and SDG 15: Life on Land).

For additional information on DWS’ sustainability strategy, please refer to the “DWS strategy on sustainability” section in

this chapter and the “Sustainable finance” chapter in this Sustainability Statement.

Policies & Commitments

Deutsche Bank has established various policies which are guiding the bank’s processes with regard to sustainability

aspects. In the course of 2025, Deutsche Bank published its updated Framework on Environmental and Social Due

Diligence, which contains a summary of the bank’s existing sustainability-related frameworks.

In November 2025, Deutsche Bank published its new Transition Finance Framework, which has been effective as of

January 1, 2026. The framework complements the existing Sustainable Finance Framework. Further information can be

found in the “Sustainable finance” chapter of this Sustainability Statement. Furthermore, the bank also updated and

published its Transition Plan with latest data and main achievements since the disclosure of the initial plan in October

2023 as well as next steps.

The bank continued to encourage many of its high-emitting clients in the most carbon-intensive sectors to commit to net

zero. Despite continued alternating dynamics with regard to net zero commitments internationally, the bank considers

more than half of its high-emitting clients in the most carbon-intensive sectors to have a net zero commitment in place.

The bank applies an approach considering net zero commitments either aligned or non-aligned with the industry sector

relevant decarbonization metric as well as decarbonization alignment with Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs)

as appropriate. Deutsche Bank will continue to report annually on the progress regarding the ambition as part of its

Sustainability Statement.

In January 2026, the bank has updated its Sustainable Instruments Framework to align with relevant adjustments in the

course of the update of the Sustainable Finance Framework. This update also expands the Sustainable Instruments

Framework to include three additional environmental eligibility categories (hydrogen, steel, and transmission and

distribution of electricity) and one additional social eligibility category (access to basic infrastructure). Furthermore, the

updated Sustainable Instruments Framework establishes the methodology for Deutsche Bank to issue “European Green

Bonds” (EuGB) in accordance with the EuGB Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2023/2631). The update of the Sustainable

Finance Framework reflects market insights gathered since the initial publication, for further information please refer to

the “Sustainable Finance” chapter in this Sustainability Statement.

Additionally, Deutsche Bank published updated versions of three key documents related to Human rights: The overall

Human Rights Statement as well as The Supply Chain Due Diligence Act (SCDDA) Policy Statement and The Modern

Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement.

224

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability strategy

People & Own Operations

The bank strives to make constant progress to improve the sustainability of its own operations, which has also been

recognized by external ESG rating agencies. Deutsche Bank achieved improvements in relevant ESG ratings with S&P

Corporate Sustainability Assessment (CSA) score increasing from 67 to 72. Furthermore, Sustainalytics' ESG Risk Rating

score improved from 24.8 to 9.0 (0.0 being best) and Deutsche Bank’s score in CDP (formerly known as Carbon

Disclosure Project) improved to A/Leadership level. This marks the first time that Deutsche Bank is on CDP’s A list.

Human resources related commitments

Deutsche Bank’s success in achieving these improvements also heavily relies on the bank’s engaged and capable

workforce. Their ideas, skills, commitment, and well-being are the cornerstones of the bank’s people strategies. Deutsche

Bank’s divisional people strategies are built on four pillars: enhancing leadership and driving the bank’s aspirational

culture; ensure right workforce required to progress on strategic priorities - the right number of employees, with the right

skills, and at the right time; attracting, retaining, and developing, priority skills; and de-risking an aging workforce

through succession planning and technology.

The bank aimed to increase gender diversity at the two levels below the Management Board (MB-1 and MB-2) with a goal

of 30% of positions to be held by women by year-end 2025, thereby promoting equal opportunity within the

Management Board succession pipeline. The bank effectively met the goal for MB-1 and reached 28.2% at MB-2. In line

with German legal requirements, the bank will retain goals beyond 2025 for the two layers below the Management Board

with a goal of 32.5% women at both MB-1 and MB-2 by year-end 2026, having regard to local law.

In 2021, the bank committed to an aspirational goal to have women represent at least 35% of its Managing Director,

Director, and Vice President population globally (excluding Asset Management) by year-end 2025, known as the ’35 by

25’ program. By year-end 2025, women represented 34.1% of its Managing Director, Director, and Vice President

population globally, with the female representation on senior corporate titles increasing from 2021 to 2025 by 4.2

percentage points. The ’35 by 25’ program supported the transformation of behaviors and processes in the bank, for

example by broadening talent searches, proactively building candidate pipelines, and educating managers on

conducting fair, merit-based, and inclusive hiring processes, and enhanced the emphasis on retaining and developing

internal talent, highlighting the value and potential within existing teams.

Since 2019, the bank has run Culture Pulse surveys to assess the frequency and quality of manager and employee

interactions that make a positive difference to employees’ motivation and perceived productivity. In 2025, the survey

was aligned with the bank’s ‘This is Deutsche Bank’ framework to ensure measurable progress in organizational culture,

and it serves as a key indicator for employees’ perceptions of working conditions. In 2025, it resulted in a Culture Pulse

Index on Group level of 72.05% against the 2025 target of 61.97%.

To ensure momentum and build on the achievements to date, Deutsche Bank will evolve its approach in 2026 and

beyond. At Group and divisional level, a Well-being and Inclusion Index will measure continued progress.

Further information can be found in the “Own workforce” chapter of this Sustainability Statement.

Own operations and supply chain related commitments

Progress in improving the bank’s environmental performance across its own operations and supply chain has been steady

and continuous. Since establishing its net zero pathway, the Group has set separate 46% reduction targets for Scope 1,

Scope 2 (market-based), and Scope 3, Categories 1-14 by 2030 against a 2019 base year. In the reporting year, the bank

achieved a 66% reduction in Scope 1 greenhouse gas emissions, an 82% reduction in Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions,

and a 47% reduction in Scope 3 greenhouse emissions (Categories 1-14), measured against their respective 2019

baselines. Financed emissions (Scope 3, Category 15) are addressed separately as outlined in the “Climate change”

chapter.

225

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability strategy

Within its own operations, the Group has met several key targets in 2025, including:

–100% renewable electricity coverage globally

–Delivering a 30% reduction in energy consumption globally (based on a 2019 baseline)

–Reducing car fleet gasoline consumption in Germany by 30% (based on a 2019 baseline)

Across the supply chain, progress toward the 46% reduction target is supported by ongoing engagement with the banks’

suppliers through the CDP Supply Chain Program, and targeted direct outreach. As a result, the bank is increasingly

working collaboratively with suppliers to decarbonize its supply chain, with 56% of total addressable vendor spend

submitting their greenhouse gas emissions to the CDP platform in 2025. This remained below the initially targeted 80%

coverage of total addressable vendor spend, due to conditions external to the Group that limited supplier response rates.

Further information can be found in the “Climate Change” chapter of this Sustainability Statement.

Thought Leadership & Stakeholder Engagement

Deutsche Bank continues to actively contribute to global sustainability dialogues and initiatives through a series of

impactful events and partnerships.

At the 30th annual United Nations climate change meeting (COP30) in Belém (Brazil), Honduras and Suriname signed a

Letter of Intent with Deutsche Bank, Bayer, Siemens, Symrise, and the Coalition for Rainforest Nations to launch a new

approach to rainforest conservation. The initiative aims to create sovereign Rainforest Carbon Credits under Article 6.2 of

the Paris Agreement, enabling countries to monetize verified climate results and attract private capital for protecting

standing rainforests. These credits will take the form of Internationally Transferred Mitigation Outcomes – a mechanism

under the surveillance of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) that allows emission

reductions to be traded between countries and between countries and corporates.

Deutsche Bank also hosted its third Annual Climate, Security and Technology Day at its London office. The conference

explored critical topics including energy transition and security, physical risk, transition and tariffs, artificial intelligence

and cybersecurity, payments, and digital assets.

On World Water Day, Deutsche Bank reaffirmed its commitment to supporting sustainable water solutions through

partnerships with Non-Governmental Organizations such as Watershed Organisation Trust and the Centre for Collective

Development.

Deutsche Bank’s sustainability team was represented at the 2025 Hamburg Sustainability Conference, participating in

several panels at this forum for advancing global sustainability agendas amid escalating geopolitical fragmentation and

economic uncertainty.

Furthermore, Deutsche Bank sponsored Carbon Disclosure Project’s (CDP) annual DACH disclosure workshop in

Frankfurt am Main, where CDP convened prominent European companies to share insights on CDP disclosure and

discuss sustainability reporting trends such as nature, biodiversity, and earth-positive action.

Further information can be found in the “Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership” chapter of this Sustainability

Statement.

Deutsche Bank’s 2025 Sustainability achievements

In 2025, the bank continued to make progress in implementing its sustainability strategy, demonstrating a strong

commitment to responsible business practices across all pillars. The following dashboard provides a comprehensive

overview of the key achievements reached this year and serves as a guidepost for the next phase of its sustainability

journey.

226

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability strategy

thoughtleadershipstakehold.jpg

227

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability strategy

DWS strategy on sustainability

Deutsche Bank´s Asset Manager, DWS, as a fiduciary, is committed to acting in the best interests of its clients. DWS

recognizes that each client has a unique set of investment objectives and offers a broad range of investment solutions

with the goal of creating long-term value through balancing investment risks and opportunities. This also includes

financially material sustainability risks and opportunities.

As a fiduciary with a focus on long-term investing, DWS recognizes the importance of a transformation to a more

sustainable economy over time. This shift is expected to reshape businesses and society, creating both risks and

opportunities for investments. Amongst others, DWS offers investment expertise and solutions that integrate sustainability

considerations.

In its actions DWS follows these principles:

–DWS provides its clients with investment expertise and solutions with conventional or sustainability-related objectives

–For clients seeking to pursue sustainability objectives, its product offering also includes products that promote,

amongst others, environmental or social characteristics, or a combination thereof

–DWS clients’ investment choices determine the extent to which environmental, social, and governance aspects are

considered

As DWS navigates changing regional political and regulatory frameworks, it seeks to continuously review and adapt its

product offering and stewardship activities, as needed, to ensure compliance with evolving requirements.

Among sustainability matters, environmental – specifically, climate-related risks – continue posing significant risks to the

prosperity and well-being of the global economy. This is why DWS monitors this topic through DWS’s scope 3 portfolio

emissions – inflation adjusted weighted average carbon intensity (WACI). This year’s WACI decreased to (36.5)% from

(36.0)% last year compared to the base year 2019, with details about the drivers and the AuM in scope for these numbers

to be found in the sub chapter “Client portfolios in Asset Management“.

In line with European regulations relating to sustainable funds and corresponding client interest, DWS ensures

transparency in its assets under management, reporting in detail in the “Sustainable Finance - Asset Management“

chapter.

In keeping with the shifting regulatory landscape and while DWS continues to conduct corporate engagements, DWS

updated its approach to focus on engagement in Europe and Asia, which decreased the number of engagements

conducted in 2025 to 414 from 632 in 2024.

228

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership

Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership

ESRS 2 SBM-2

Fair and open dialogue with all stakeholder groups is of central importance to Deutsche Bank. The aim is to understand

their expectations and concerns regarding the bank’s corporate strategy, business activities and social responsibilities.

This understanding helps identify potential positive and negative impacts as well as risks and opportunities. Deutsche

Bank’s core stakeholder groups and individuals that can materially affect or be affected by the bank, include clients,

employees, investors, regulators and society at large, such as media and non-governmental organizations. The bank has

clearly defined responsibilities for stakeholder engagement.

The double materiality assessment, as described in the corresponding chapter of this Sustainability Statement, supports

the bank in identifying the topics that its stakeholders consider most relevant to the bank. In addition, all business

divisions and infrastructure functions are required to engage with their respective stakeholders. For topics deemed

material to stakeholders the bank has developed targeted approaches to systematically capture and evaluate feedback.

For example, the client complaint channel and the employee whistleblowing channel facilitate the structured collection

and analysis of stakeholder input. Insights gained through dialogue and complaint channels are considered valuable

inputs for the continuous enhancement of the bank’s corporate strategy, with the aim of addressing stakeholder needs

and expectations more effectively.

For information on the role of the Supervisory Board and the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG, the information

provided to them about affected stakeholders with regard to the bank’s sustainability-related impacts, please refer to

the “Corporate Governance Statement” in this Annual Report.

Clients

ESRS S4, ESRS 2 SBM-2

The bank sees it as its purpose to support its clients and provide the guidance and expertise they need to have lasting

success and financial security. Further details on the bank’s client groups are provided in the sub-chapters “Corporate

Bank”, “Investment Bank”, “Private Bank” and “Asset Management” within the chapter “Operating and financial review -

Deutsche Bank Group - Organizational model” of the Combined Management Report. Regular dialogue helps the bank to

understand its clients’ expectations, interests and needs and translate them into action.

Deutsche Bank engages with its clients in many ways, including for example, personal or virtual meetings, calls, regular

surveys and the analysis of feedback it receives e.g., via its branches or hotlines. Its representatives are involved in

discussions at various conferences and events. For details on how Deutsche Bank interacts with its clients and

incorporates client feedback, see “Client centricity” chapter within this Sustainability Statement.

Climate change and the transition of the global economy toward sustainability remained an important topic for clients in

the Corporate Bank and Investment Bank, keeping the interest in sustainable finance products and services at a high

level. Private clients requested best-in-class transparency and sustainability-related advisory. In 2025, Deutsche Bank

continued to support its clients with its financial expertise and product offerings on their path to sustainability. For

details on products, see “Sustainable finance” chapter within the Sustainability Statement.

Employees

ESRS S1, ESRS 2 SBM-2

The ideas and skills as well as the commitment and well-being of Deutsche Bank’s employees are essential to a

productive workforce. Strong relationships, open communication and learning from feedback are key in fostering a

trusting environment in which employees take accountability and collaborate.

The annual People Survey, exit and pulse surveys as well as a continuous dialogue with its employees help the bank

understand its employees’ motivation and their perceived productivity. Several communication channels including team

meetings, employee networks, emails, newsletters, townhalls and the ability to comment on intranet pages encourage

the bank’s employees to share their thoughts and give feedback.

How Deutsche Bank manages employee-related aspects is detailed in the “Own Workforce” chapter within the

Sustainability Statement.

229

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership

Investors

ESRS 2 SBM-2

Investors generally want Deutsche Bank to pursue its strategy in a way that supports sustainable returns while managing

environmental, social, and governance risks. This includes exploring strategic opportunities and being mindful of

ESG‑related risks, such as the transition to a climate‑neutral economy as well as social and governance aspects.

Deutsche Bank engages with its shareholders in discussions surrounding sustainability-related topics including Deutsche

Bank’s progress and goals in writing and through meetings or phone calls.

Deutsche Bank ensures transparency by regularly publishing all quarterly and annual reports and other materials

detailing the institution’s financial and non-financial performance through its corporate and investor relations website. A

dedicated sustainability section provides a comprehensive overview of Deutsche Bank’s commitment to sustainability

principles.

In 2025, investors expressed interest in several pivotal sustainability topics:

–Achievements made in executing the bank’s sustainability strategy

–Progress toward Deutsche Bank’s sustainable finance target and the publication of its new 2030 target, alongside

climate and environmental risk management, the release of the Transition Finance Framework and updated Transition

Plan, as well as comprehensive governance reporting practices

–Progress on decarbonization pathways

–The institution’s approach toward client transition dialogue within high-emitting sectors prone to inherent negative

environmental and social impacts

–Diversity, equity, and inclusion across all organizational levels and regions and potential refinements to the bank’s

sustainability and diversity strategies in light of evolving geopolitical developments

–Revenue opportunities stemming from the bank’s offering in sustainable finance

–Enhancement within the bank’s internal control system, compliance measures, remediation efforts and governance

frameworks

–The bank’s approach to ensuring human rights along the supply chain

This ongoing dialogue enables Deutsche Bank to align its sustainability strategy with investor expectations. It also

reinforces the bank’s commitment to transparency and continuous improvement in sustainability practices.

Policymakers

ESRS 2 SBM-2

Constructive dialogue with relevant policymakers and political stakeholders has become even more important amidst

greater regulatory activity worldwide, especially in the current geopolitical environment. It helps the bank make

decisions to achieve its strategic priorities and supports the effective functioning of economies globally.

Deutsche Bank engages with policymakers via in-person and virtual meetings, participation in government-led forums, or

responding to consultations through trade associations or individually.

Key regulatory topics in 2025 included:

–The implementation of the final Basel III rules across the globe and the review of the EU macroprudential framework

–Targeted amendment to the Central Securities Depository Regulation (CSDR) to shorten the settlement cycle

–Review of the EU securitization framework

–Legislative proposals on pension reforms in the EU, in Germany and in the U.K.

–Package regarding the further development of capital market integration and supervision within the EU

–The European Market Infrastructure Regulation (EMIR) 3.0

–The EU’s Omnibus Simplification Package and the Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation

–The European Commission’s Digital Omnibus Package

–The Digital Euro

–The Retail Investment Strategy

–Use of the bank levy of the German Restructuring Fund for a Mittelstand Fund and mobilizing private capital

–U.K. financial services regulatory reforms in the context of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2023 (FSMA 2023),

including Financial Services Growth and Competitiveness Strategy (FSGCS) and the Leeds Reforms

–Revisions to the SEC approach to financial markets in the U.S.

–European Commission proposal for a Defence Readiness Omnibus

230

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership

Deutsche Bank convened and participated in seminars and public panels, held conversations with policymakers on each

of the issues mentioned above. The bank’s Government & Public Affairs function also monitored emerging policymaking

and regulatory developments that may impact the bank and developed and coordinates its position on them.

Media

ESRS 2 SBM-2

Deutsche Bank seeks to maintain constructive relationships with journalists and media representatives all over the world.

Timely, effective and open communications with the media are essential for building and maintaining Deutsche Bank’s

reputation and brand. The bank’s dialogue with media representatives focuses on key topics driven by the economy,

investors, regulators and society at large. Sustainability is another key topic.

In 2025, the bank’s experts engaged with the media on ESG topics in many ways, including:

–Updates on the bank’s progress in implementing its sustainability strategy, with an emphasis on climate risk

management, environmental policies and sustainability reporting, e.g., Deutsche Bank announced a new cumulative

target for sustainable and transition financing for the period from 2020 to the end of 2030 and published its initial

Transition Finance Framework. For details on the target, see “Sustainable finance” chapter within the Sustainability

Statement

–Comments and statements in response to a number of reports and studies from non-governmental organizations, with

a focus on information about financing and investment volumes, as well as its sustainability policies and frameworks

–Further information on the bank’s approach to climate protection, especially in relation to its loan exposure in highly

carbon-intensive sectors. In addition, Deutsche Bank announced at the COP30 that Honduras and Suriname partner

with Deutsche Bank AG, Bayer AG, Siemens AG and Symrise AG as well as the Coalition for Rainforest Nations to

mobilize financial support for rainforest protection through the issuance of high-integrity Rainforest Carbon Credits

–Topics related to the development of controls and compliance measures, e.g., through a joint communication with the

state of Hesse and two other German banks on the launch of the Europe-wide flagship project for combating money

laundering, “EuroDaT/safeAML”

In 2025, Deutsche Bank responded to numerous media queries and its communications experts accompanied journalists

for interviews or background talks with a number of the bank’s senior managers. Furthermore, Deutsche Bank convened

and participated in various conferences and public panels and offered a range of media events and platforms for further

dialogue with its stakeholders. The bank also covered the mentioned key topics on its social media channels.

Non-governmental organizations

ESRS 2 SBM-2

Deutsche Bank engages with stakeholders from broader society to understand their views on local and global

environmental and social trends and challenges. For example, the bank continually engages with non-governmental

organizations and participates in numerous sustainability-related initiatives.

In 2025, the following were important topics of non-governmental organizations engagement, which already were in

focus in the previous year:

–Climate change, especially in relation to topics such as decarbonization and the general financing of the fossil fuels

sector and with regard to the energy transition as well as specific companies and projects

–Deforestation, with a sector focus on agriculture and a regional focus on Latin America, especially Brazil and the

Amazon rainforest and associated impacts on human rights esp. indigenous communities

–Mining activities, including deep-sea mining and the associated impacts on human rights, local communities,

biodiversity, the climate and the environment

In 2025, Deutsche Bank responded to written requests, surveys, or questionnaires and repeatedly met non-governmental

organizations in person to discuss the themes of their engagement.

231

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership

If Deutsche Bank becomes aware of allegations on environmental or social impacts, e.g., through engagement with non-

governmental organizations, the bank’s Chief Sustainability Office reviews to what extent the allegations are justified and

whether the bank was potentially involved. To verify the allegations, the bank case-by-case consults publicly available

information as well as relevant stakeholders. As needed, this might include direct engagement with clients as well as with

civil society representatives that are familiar with the situation. Where appropriate, the bank obtains the advice of

independent experts. Based on all available information and its assessment of the risks that have been identified, the

bank decides on the further course of action, which may include remediation measures or the termination of a business

relationship. In addition, the Chief Sustainability Office may also consider non-governmental organizations’ input, reports

and campaigns when reviewing the scope of sectors and topics covered as well as the requirements of its environmental

and social due diligence.

Memberships and commitments

ESRS 2 SBM-2

As part of its long-standing commitment to sustainability, Deutsche Bank has formally endorsed universal sustainability

frameworks and initiatives. The bank also supports several organizations that promote sustainability and collaborates in

industry initiatives at the global, EU and national level. The selection and review of the bank’s key memberships and

commitments are governed by an established process that provides for the assessment and formal approval by the

bank’s relevant governance bodies

The bank contributes its expertise to help shape the transition toward a sustainable and climate-neutral economy.

Deutsche Bank is, for example, a member of the UN Environment Programme Finance Initiative (1992), and participant in

the UN Global Compact (2000), the Principles for Responsible Investment (through DWS, 2008), the Principles for

Responsible Banking (2019) and founding member of the Net Zero Banking Alliance (2021). In 2025, the Net Zero

Banking Alliance announced its transition from a member-based alliance to a framework-based approach to better

support and strengthen its role in addressing climate change.

232

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 ESG due diligence

ESG due diligence

ESRS 2 GOV-4

Being a global bank supporting various sectors of the economy, Deutsche Bank can be potentially linked or exposed to

material negative environmental, social and governance impacts and risks. Through continuous due diligence processes,

Deutsche Bank identifies, prevents, mitigates, and manages these actual and potential material negative impacts on the

environment and society as determined by the double materiality assessment in relation to the bank’s direct clients

(downstream) and direct suppliers (upstream) value chain. This includes actual and potential material reputational

damage associated with client or supplier relationships.

Downstream due diligence processes are holistically managed through Deutsche Bank’s Summary Framework on

Environmental and Social Due Diligence and described in this chapter. The Summary Framework on Environmental and

Social Due Diligence is further complemented by governance due diligence processes described in the chapter

“Governance” in the Sustainability Statement. Due diligence processes regarding upstream activities are described in the

“Supply chain management” chapter as part of the “Governance information”. With regard to Deutsche Bank’s own

operations, due diligence elements are stated in the chapters “Own workforce” and “Client centricity” respectively.

The following table provides a mapping in which chapters of the Sustainability Statement, Deutsche Bank describes the

core elements of due diligence.

Statement on due diligence

Core Elements of due diligence Annual Report – Sustainability Statement
a) Embedding due diligence in governance, strategy and business<br><br>model General information<br><br>– Governance<br><br>– Double materiality assessment<br><br>– Sustainability strategy
b) Engaging with affected stakeholders in all key steps of the due<br><br>diligence General information<br><br>– Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership<br><br>Governance information<br><br>– Supply chain management
c) Identifying and assessing adverse impacts General information<br><br>– Double materiality assessment<br><br>– ESG due diligence
d) Taking actions to address those adverse impacts General information<br><br>– Sustainability strategy<br><br>– ESG due diligence<br><br>Environmental information<br><br>– Climate change<br><br>Social information<br><br>– Own workforce<br><br>– Client centricity<br><br>Governance information<br><br>– Culture, integrity and conduct<br><br>– Anti-financial crime<br><br>– Competitive behavior<br><br>– Supply chain management<br><br>– Data protection<br><br>– Information security
e) Tracking the effectiveness of these efforts and communicating General information<br><br>– Sustainability strategy<br><br>– ESG due diligence<br><br>Environmental information<br><br>– Climate change<br><br>Social information<br><br>– Own workforce<br><br>– Client centricity<br><br>Governance information<br><br>– Culture, integrity and conduct<br><br>– Anti-financial crime<br><br>– Competitive behavior<br><br>– Supply chain management<br><br>– Data protection<br><br>– Information security

233

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 ESG due diligence

Environmental and social due diligence

ESRS 2 MDR-P

The bank has committed to understand the environmental and social challenges and risks associated with a transaction

or client and has developed robust governance, frameworks, and systematic risk-based evaluation processes to manage

them. This helps the bank to prevent reputational risks and to engage with clients around environmental and social best

practices.

The due diligence focuses on the following environmental and social criteria and also includes those that are not material

from Double Materiality Assessment perspective; environmental criteria cover climate change mitigation and adaptation,

(whose associated Impact Risk Opportunities management is described in more detail in the “Climate change” chapter

within this Sustainability Statement), biodiversity and nature, water resources, waste management and pollution

prevention, air quality, noise and vibration, and related emergency response. The social criteria include human rights

which include child labor, forced labor, modern slavery; occupational health and safety, health, safety and security of

communities, protection of vulnerable groups such as indigenous people; land and resource rights, and cultural heritage.

Governance

ESRS 2 GOV-2

The Chief Sustainability Office leads the development and implementation of sustainability strategy policies, which

includes the Environmental and Social Due Diligence Framework. This framework includes requirements on Deutsche

Bank’s implementation approach of the environment and social due diligence process, including an overview of how the

bank approaches cross-sectoral and sector-specific environmental and social risks. The Chief Sustainability Office

Environmental and Social Due Diligence function is responsible for performing transaction and/or client level

assessments in line with the framework requirements. It supports the implementation of sector-specific standards and

ensures that due diligence processes are completed according to the requirements of the framework. The governance

and oversight for these Environmental and Social Due Diligence requirements is provided by the Reputational Risk

Framework, i.e where environmental and social issues present potential moderate to material reputational implications,

cases are escalated in line with the requirements stipulated in the Reputational Risk Framework. The Head of Operational

Risk Management is responsible for ensuring the oversight, governance and coordination of the management of

reputational risk which also includes environmental and social risks.

Strategy

ESRS 2 SBM-3

Environmental and social due diligence requirements are part of Deutsche Bank’s Sustainability Strategy. The bank

applies a risk-based approach and focuses its attention on sectors that it has defined as having an inherently elevated

potential for negative environmental and social impacts and associated reputational risks. The environmental and social

due diligence requirements apply globally to lending and trade finance activities of Corporate Bank (excluding specific

Small and Medium Enterprises lending, Institutional and Corporate Cash Management, Trust and Securities Services) and

lending and capital market activities of Investment Bank (excluding trading activities) as well as to Private Bank’s

(excluding retail/consumer lending and wealth management lending) commercial lending activities. The Reputational

Risk Framework applies globally and across all business units and products. Due to the nuanced and often controversial

nature of the risk type, Reputational Risk matters need to be assessed case-by-case to ensure individualized, risk-based

and objective decision-making. Examples could relate to client or transaction/product related concerns where there is

adverse media or criticism from other stakeholders regarding the transaction or product. It is important to note that all

requirements only remain valid as long as they are not in contradiction with regulatory or legal expectations.

Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets

Policies

ESRS E1, ESRS 2 MDR-P

Deutsche Bank’s environmental and social due diligence requirements are embedded in the Sustainability Strategy

Implementation Policy and Reputational Risk Framework, complementary supporting documents and sectoral guidelines

to identify and mitigate material environmental and social risks. The Chief Sustainability Office leads the development of

the Sustainability Strategy Implementation Policy, which is owned by the Chief Sustainability Officer. The responsibility

of the implementation of the policy sits with various parties including Chief Sustainability Office Environmental and

Social Due Diligence function and business teams. The Reputational Risk Framework is owned by the Head of

Operational Risk Management and managed by the Reputational Risk Team.

234

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 ESG due diligence

Environmental and Social Due Diligence Framework

Deutsche Bank’s Environmental and Social Due Diligence Framework defines roles and responsibilities for risk

identification, assessment, decision-making and post-transaction monitoring and specifies the requirements for

environmental and social due diligence. The framework provides guidance to employees on referring transactions and

clients to the Chief Sustainability Office Environmental and Social Due Diligence function.

Deutsche Bank’s approach to environmental and social due diligence as laid out in the Framework and the sectoral

guidelines is guided by the following international standards and principles:

–UN Global Compact

–OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and associated Responsible Business Conduct Standards for the

financial sector

–UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights

–International Finance Corporation Performance Standards

–Equator Principles

Main positions and minimum standards with enhanced due diligence requirements

For sectors and activities that the bank identifies as having an inherently elevated potential for negative environmental

and social impacts and associated reputational risks, enhanced environmental and social due diligence requirements are

established. The bank reviews the scope of sectors as well as the related due diligence requirements annually or as

events occur. It also observes prevailing sector-related environmental and social standards and industry best practices to

improve the understanding of environmental and social issues and, if necessary, adjust its approach. The bank has

developed certain positions and minimum standards for due diligence for the respective sectors which are explained in

the following table. Deutsche Bank applies enhanced environmental and social due diligence for transactions involving

the cross-sectoral issues and/or the sectors listed in the table. In addition to the cross-sector and sector-specific

principles described in the table, Deutsche Bank’s enhanced environmental and social due diligence process includes,

but is not limited to, reviewing compliance with existing environmental and social laws and regulations as well as

existence of robust governance structures and sufficient capacity for managing environmental and social issues.

If clients express complaints on environmental and social matters, the processes described in the sub-chapter “Client

complaint management” of the chapter “Client centricity” within this Sustainability Statement would be applied and the

environmental and social due diligence process would be considered as appropriate to handle these.

235

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 ESG due diligence

Main positions and minimum standards of environmental and social due diligence1

Area Environmental and/or social principles applied as long as they are not in contradiction with regulatory or legal expectations
Cross-sectoral
Human rights No engagement in business activities where the bank has substantiated evidence of material adverse human rights impacts<br><br>without appropriate mitigation, e.g., child and forced labor
Deforestation No financing of any projects or activities that are directly linked to deforestation of primary tropical forests
World Heritage<br><br>Sites No financing of activities within or in close proximity to World Heritage Sites, unless the respective government and<br><br>UNESCO agree that such activity will not adversely affect the site’s outstanding universal value
Sectoral
Agricultural<br><br>commodities and<br><br>forestry No financing of projects or activities located in or involving the clearing of primary tropical forests, involving illegal logging<br><br>or uncontrolled and/or illegal use of fire<br><br>No financing of projects or activities leading to conversion of High Conservation Value (HCV) into new plantations and<br><br>peatlands<br><br>Mandatory requirement of Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil (RSPO) membership and RSPO certification, or a timebound<br><br>implementation plan for RSPO-certification for palm oil clients<br><br>Expectations regarding membership and industry-relevant certifications as well as ES management schemes for growers<br><br>and primary processers, including public commitment to the No Deforestation, No Peat and No Exploitation standard
Fisheries and<br><br>marine<br><br>aquaculture No financial services to clients where there is evidence of recurring material breaches of imposed fish catch limits and non-<br><br>compliance with existing laws and regulations<br><br>No financing / financial services should be provided to companies involved in unlicensed activities or activities that do not<br><br>now follow national regulation as a minimum, such as operating in marine aquacultures outside of country Allocated Zones<br><br>for Aquaculture (AZA) or legally protected areas that do not allow multiple uses; undertaking unlicensed operations or the<br><br>farming of invasive non-native species against national regulations; and the utilization of banned chemicals, anti-microbials,<br><br>or pesticides that result in non-compliance with national or applicable international regulatory standards<br><br>Expectations regarding certification for fisheries; minimum requirement of a time-bound implementation plan for<br><br>Aquaculture Stewardship Council certification
Maritime<br><br>transport and<br><br>infrastructure No financing of marine dredging that will have an impact on sensitive marine environments /critical habitats (e.g., living coral<br><br>reefs, mangroves, sea grass beds) and Ramsar sites, unless activities are undertaken for environmental/social protection or<br><br>enhancement (e.g., flood protection)<br><br>No financing of coastal and marine destination development in: designated protected areas that are categorized as<br><br>International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Type I, Ramsar sites, UNESCO Biosphere reserves, and critical site-<br><br>specific biodiversity<br><br>Contractual clauses, certification, and/or Port State Control requirements to ensure compliance with the applicable ES<br><br>conventions as defined by the United Nations and its specialized agencies, the International Maritime Organization (IMO),<br><br>and the International Labour Organization (ILO)
Metals and<br><br>mining No direct financing of deep-sea mining projects<br><br>Enhanced ES due diligence requirements; potential exclusions based on outcome
Oil and gas No direct financing of new projects involving exploration, production, transport or processing of oil sands<br><br>No direct financing of new oil and gas projects in the Arctic region (as demarcated by the 10°C July isotherm boundary)<br><br>No direct financing of oil and gas hydraulic fracturing projects in countries with ‘extremely high’ water stress<br><br>Enhanced ES due diligence requirements; potential exclusions based on outcome
Thermal coal<br><br>power and mining No financing of new and material expansion of existing thermal coal-fired power plants and thermal coal mining projects or<br><br>the associated infrastructure.<br><br>Exclusions for financing Mountain Top Removal mining<br><br>Scope of the policy effective as of May 2023 includes companies with (i) a thermal coal revenue dependency of 30% or<br><br>above, (ii) an absolute thermal coal production of 10 megatons p.a. or above, or (iii) a thermal coal power capacity of 10<br><br>gigawatts or above<br><br>For corporations within the scope of the policy: No financing if no credible diversification plans, including the phasing-out of<br><br>thermal coal by 2030 in OECD-countries and 2040 in non-OECD countries
Hydropower Enhanced ES due diligence requirements; potential exclusions based on outcome
Nuclear power Enhanced ES due diligence requirements; potential exclusions based on outcome and exclusion for certain jurisdictions
Digital Assets and<br><br>Crypto-currency Enhanced ES due diligence requirements; potential exclusions based on outcome and exclusion for certain jurisdictions
Tobacco Enhanced due diligence requirements with a focus on electronic cigarettes and cannabis
Defense/<br><br>controversial<br><br>weapons Enhanced due diligence requirements with exclusions including controversial weapons, conflict countries, private military<br><br>security companies, as well as civilian-use automatic and semi-automatic firearms and human-out-of-the-loop weapon<br><br>systems
Adult<br><br>entertainment Enhanced due diligence requirements; exclusion of any business relationships with Counterparties belonging to or being<br><br>directly associated with prostitution and/or pornography
Gaming Enhanced due diligence required; exclusion of online gambling business-to-consumer operators with exposure to markets<br><br>where gambling is prohibited

1The detailed Environmental and Social Due Diligence requirements are embedded in the Sustainability Strategy Implementation Policy and complementary supporting

documents and sectoral guidelines, except for E-cigarettes and Cannabis, Defense, Adult entertainment and Gaming which are covered by the relevant Reputational Risk

documents

236

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 ESG due diligence

Sectoral guidelines

The bank operationalizes its main positions for sectors requiring enhanced due diligence with sectoral guidelines for:

–Metals and mining

–Oil and gas

–Thermal coal, including thermal coal mining and thermal coal fired power generation

–Nuclear power

–Hydropower

–Agricultural commodities and forestry

–Fisheries and marine aquaculture

–Maritime transport and infrastructure

–Digital assets and crypto currency

–Equator principles relevant transactions, e.g., infrastructure projects

–Other activities either with a high carbon intensity, impacting sensitive and protected locations, causing deforestation

and/or those that have the potential for human rights infringements

Guideline updates

Deutsche Bank’s thermal coal guideline was last updated in 2023 and together with bank’s net zero commitments across

various sectors, it reiterated and expanded on the continued tightening of the bank’s thermal coal expectations.

The commitments made in the 2023 guideline update remain in effect. For companies within scope, the bank requires

credible transition plans as a condition of financing: existing clients were asked to provide such plans by 2025, while new

clients must do so before entering any lending relationship.

Throughout 2024 and 2025, the bank carried out detailed reviews of the clients covered by this guideline. The interim

milestone set for 2025 was a central checkpoint: by this date, existing clients were expected to present transition plans

that showed credible plans toward phasing out coal by 2030 (OECD) or 2040 (non-OECD) respectively.

At the same time, national climate policies and energy transition commitments continued to evolve at different speeds

across regions than the bank initially expected in 2023. Taking these dynamics and developments into consideration, the

bank may consider for a very limited number of clients a time bound, conditional engagement, provided there is

demonstrable, ongoing progress toward transitioning away from coal.

Going forward, Deutsche Bank’s engagement with clients who remain within the scope of the guideline will be measured

and focused. Any ongoing support will be concentrated on financing that directly supports specifically, Sustainable and

Transition Finance activities. This ensures that Deutsche Bank encourages credible decarbonization efforts while

maintaining safeguards against supporting coal‑related expansion. The bank will continue to monitor clients’ progress

closely, adapting its approach where necessary as global and country‑level climate commitments continue to evolve.

Before the 2023 update of its thermal coal guideline, the bank announced in 2020 that it would phase out coal mining

activities by 2025. No further update is provided, as the bank already stated in 2023 that the exposure in scope under the

applicable guideline from 2020 had already reached a non‑material level in 2023.

In 2025, Deutsche Bank introduced a sector guideline for activities linked to digital assets and cryptocurrency. The

guideline focuses on energy usage and climate impacts, operational governance, and transparent disclosures expected

from clients active in crypto-asset services or projects with material crypto use (for example data centers). It aligns with

the evolving market framework and encourages industry commitments to credible carbon accounting and public

reporting.

Complementary internal provisions are established for the tobacco industry with a focus on electric cigarettes and

cannabis, as well as the defense, gaming and adult entertainment industries, which are considered to carry elevated

levels of inherent social and governance risk. These are currently not part of the environmental and social due diligence

process but are under the scope of the Reputational Risk Framework.

In 2025, discussions in defense continued to focus on supply chain reliability and access to finance including

engagement with the European Commission and German politicians. Non-governmental organizations increased activity

driven by continued regional destabilization focused on financial institutions’ relationships with the defense sector as

well as the defense sector’s exposure to current conflicts. For gaming, the focus in 2025 was on responsible gaming and

dealing with the challenge around daily fantasy sports and prediction markets. These discussions ensure that Deutsche

Bank’s policies and guidance remain fit for purpose and appropriate.

237

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 ESG due diligence

Training and capacity building

ESRS 2 MDR-A

To ensure effective implementation of the bank’s framework, policies, and guidelines, training is provided to reinforce

employee awareness and focus. This training equips staff to identify environmental and social risks and opportunities,

and to appropriately escalate transactions to the Environmental and Social Due Diligence function or the Reputational

Risk Team. In 2025, 1,030 employees of the relevant business teams were trained (2024: 102). The spike in the number of

employees trained reflects the expansion of staff in scope of the training to close identified implementation gaps and

reflect updated internal implementation processes.

In 2025, the bank also continued to provide awareness sessions and training to control functions and front-office teams

to reinforce their awareness of reputational risks around defense and gaming, including roll out of a reputational risk

training for the Investment Bank and Corporate Bank client facing and operational teams.

The Environmental and Social Due Diligence function is a dedicated team of specialists and has its presence across

Frankfurt, London, Singapore, Mumbai, and Washington.

Environmental and social due diligence review activities

ESRS 2 MDR-A

The bank’s environmental and social due diligence process includes the following:

–The environmental and social transactional and client reviews

–The Equator Principles process for in-scope project-related loans (Equator Principles implementation)

–Escalations under the Reputational Risk Framework (Reputational Risk Reviews)

For these processes, Deutsche Bank reports the metrics relevant for managing the topic and has not established single

time bound targets. Transactional review data of the bank are included in this statement to demonstrate the

performance and effectiveness of the bank’s policies.

Environmental and social transactional reviews

ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-M

As part of its responsibility, the Chief Sustainability Office Environmental and Social Due Diligence function conducts

transactional and client reviews pursuant to the bank’s environmental and social due diligence requirements and

Sustainable Finance standards. For environmental and social due diligence, the number of reviews initiated in 2025

declined by approximately 34% compared to 2024. The drop was mainly seen in the Industrials and Infrastructure and

Agricultural commodities and Forestry sector related transactions. The decline in the number of transactions reviewed

primarily reflects enhancements made to Deutsche Bank’s due‑diligence approach. In particular, for trade‑related

reviews, the bank refined its process to incorporate environmental and social due‑diligence criteria more efficiently, for

example; for clients exhibiting recurring and homogeneous trade patterns, with low variability in underlying

environmental and social risk factors, a more standardized assessment is performed in line with bank’s environmental and

social due diligence requirements, resulting in lowering the number of times such similar transactions are reviewed.

The bank is currently re-assessing the methodology of overall review ratio calculation. As this is not finalized by year end

2025, the bank refrains from reporting on the overall review ratio for 2025 and the comparative to the year.

238

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 ESG due diligence

Transactions and clients reviewed under the Environmental and Social due diligence requirements outlined in the Sustainability

Strategy Implementation Policy and sectoral guidelines1

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Number of transactions and clients by sector
Metals and mining 169 180
Oil and gas 92 90
Industrials and infrastructure2 71 266
Agricultural commodities and Forestry 144 244
Utilities 90 104
Chemicals 11 10
Other activities3 37 31
Total reviews initiated 614 925
Number of transactions and clients on which final decisions have been made 511 817
Thereof approved 494 794
Thereof declined 10 15
Thereof referred to the respective committees 7 8
Thereof approved 7 8
Thereof declined

1Note that this table also includes the figures of the table “Transactions assessed under the Equator Principles”, see the section “Equator principles implementation”

2Includes companies e.g., in engineering and equipment manufacturing, that are connected to sensitive sectors

3Includes sectors with high carbon intensity or potential human rights infringements e.g., consumer goods, transportation, infrastructure, technology, commodity trading

and healthcare with exposure to sensitive sectors in the supply chain

Equator principles implementation

ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-M

Deutsche Bank continues to remain an active member of the Equator Principles, which the bank is a signatory to, since

July 2020. The Equator Principles are an internationally recognized benchmark for determining, assessing and managing

environmental and social risks in project-related finance.

As a signatory to the Equator Principles, the bank applies the risk identification, assessment, management and reporting

requirements of the principles to in-scope project-related finance transactions. In line with Deutsche Bank’s

environmental and social due diligence requirements, the bank’s business units are initially responsible for identifying

environmental and social risks, determining if a transaction falls into the Equator Principles scope and gathering due

diligence documentation. To support business units, internal Equator Principles implementation guidance and trainings

were developed, which specify the requirements for project categorization (A, B or C), due diligence and guidance on

referral to Chief Sustainability Office Environmental and Social Due Diligence function. The function is responsible for

assisting business units in assessing environmental and social issues and associated risks. For eligible projects, the

function either conducts an in-house review of project documentation during due diligence and monitoring phases, or

requests an independent external consultant to do so for higher-risk projects, as required by the Equator Principles. The

due diligence process and post-transactional monitoring involves discussions of critical issues with clients and tracking

of remediation actions. If the project related environmental or social risks are deemed to pose a moderate or material

reputational risk, the transaction will follow the escalation process explained under the Reputational Risk Framework

section.

Deutsche Bank is part of various Equator Principles working groups on issues such as biodiversity, maritime assets, scope

of application and governance with a view to contribute to the Equator Principles development and future progress.

As a signatory of the Equator Principles, Deutsche Bank is required to report on project-related transactions that were

assessed under the Equator Principles and achieved financial close during 2025. This information is included in the tables

below for the years 2025 and 2024.

239

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 ESG due diligence

Transactions assessed under the Equator Principles1

Dec 31, 2025
Project Finance<br><br>Advisory<br><br>Services Project Finance Project-Related Corporate Loans
Category not<br><br>applicable Category A Category B Category C Category A Category B Category C
Sector
Mining N/A
Infrastructure N/A 2 4 2 3 1
Oil and Gas N/A 2 1 1
Power N/A 3 9 1 1
Others N/A 3
Region
America N/A 2 6 3 1 2
Europe, Middle East<br><br>and Africa N/A 5 5 4 2
Asia Pacific N/A 3
Country Designation
Designated Country N/A 5 13 3 2
Non-Designated<br><br>Country N/A 2 1 5 2
Independent Review
Yes N/A 7 9 5 3
No N/A 5 3 1
Total N/A 7 14 3 5 4

N/A - not applicable

1Note that the figures of this table may also be included in the table “Transactions and clients reviewed under the environmental and social due diligence requirements

outlined in the Sustainability Strategy Implementation Policy and sectoral guidelines”, see the sub-chapter “Environmental and Social due diligence Framework”. The

Equator Principles apply only to a limited number of transactions depending on the financial product, volume of transaction and in some cases if further criteria of

eligibility are met. Eligible transactions are reported if they have reached financial close. Project categorization follows the International Finance Corporation’s (IFC)

environmental and social categorization process. Category A – projects with potential significant adverse environmental and social risks and/or impacts that are diverse,

irreversible, or unprecedented. Category B – projects with potential limited adverse environmental and social risks and/or impacts that are few in number, generally site-

specific, largely reversible and readily addressed through mitigation measures. Category C – projects with minimal or no adverse environmental and social risks and/or

impacts

Dec 31, 2024
Project Finance<br><br>Advisory<br><br>Services Project Finance Project-Related Corporate Loans
Category not<br><br>applicable Category A Category B Category C Category A Category B Category C
Sector
Mining N/A 1
Infrastructure N/A 1 5 1 1 4
Oil and Gas N/A 1 2
Power N/A 1 3 2 3
Others N/A 2 2
Region
America N/A 1 2 4 1
Europe, Middle East<br><br>and Africa N/A 1 1 4 1 3 6
Asia Pacific N/A 1 3 1
Country Designation
Designated Country N/A 3 6 9 2 1
Non-Designated<br><br>Country N/A 1 1 6
Independent Review
Yes N/A 3 5 2 1
No N/A 1 7 3 7
Total N/A 3 6 9 1 3 7

N/A - not applicable

As a signatory of the Equator Principles, Deutsche Bank is also required to disclose project name reporting as per the

disclosure conditions specified in Annex B of the Equator Principles IV. This information is included in the table below.

240

Deutsche Bank General information
Annual Report 2025 ESG due diligence

Details on transactions in scope of the Equator Principles that received client consent for disclosure

No Project Name (as per the loan agreement/publicly recognized) Sector Host Country<br><br>Name/Project<br><br>Location Calendar Year of<br><br>Financial Close
Project finance
1 Baltica 2 Power Poland 2025
2 Supernode BESS (Stages 1 and 2) Power Australia 2025
3 Antalya Airport Expansion Project Infrastructure Turkey 2025
4 Project Elephant Infrastructure Thailand 2025
5 Antalya-Alanya Motorway Project Infrastructure Turkey 2025
6 Blind Creek Solar Farm and Battery Energy Storage System Power Australia 2025
7 Project HyNet Infrastructure U.K. 2025

Reputational risk reviews

ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-A

Where environmental and social issues present potential reputational implications, cases are escalated under the

Reputational Risk Framework to dedicated committees and/or fora for decision-making. The purpose of the bank’s

Reputational Risk Framework is to prevent damage to the bank’s reputation by stipulating the process according to

which Deutsche Bank makes decisions – in advance – on matters that may pose a reputational risk. The framework

provides consistent standards for the identification, assessment and management of reputational risks. The Reputational

Risk Framework stipulates that certain matters, including those with a potential negative environmental and social

impact and those matters linked to the defense or gaming industry, must be reviewed by Subject Matter Experts.

All employees are responsible for identifying potential reputational risks and reporting them by means of the Unit

Reputational Risk Assessment Process (Unit RRAP). Through the Unit RRAP, relevant stakeholders are consulted for

input, such as country management, key control functions and other second-line subject matter experts. The Unit RRAP

is chaired by a business division’s relevant senior manager and applies to all matters deemed to pose moderate or greater

reputational risk.

If a matter is considered to pose a material reputational risk and/or meets one of the bank’s mandatory referral criteria, it

is referred to the relevant Regional Reputational Risk Committee for further review. In exceptional circumstances,

matters are referred to the Group Reputational Risk Committee. This may be the case if a matter is declined by the

Regional Reputational Risk Committee and appealed by the business division, or if the Regional Reputational Risk

Committee cannot reach a two-thirds majority decision.

Matters assessed through the Reputational Risk Framework

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Number of matters reviewed (on which final decisions have been made)
To Unit Reputational Risk Assessment Processes only 92 72
Thereof with environmental and social issues 2 4
Thereof with gaming-related issues 1 2
Thereof with defense-related issues 6 4
To Regional Reputational Risk Committees 24 25
Thereof with ES issues 4 2
Thereof with gaming-related issues 1 3
Thereof with defense-related issues 1
To Group Reputational Risk Committee or above 1 4
Thereof with ES issues 1
Thereof with gaming-related issues
Thereof with defense-related issues 1
Total 117 101
Thereof with environmental and social issues 6 7
Thereof with gaming-related issues 2 5
Thereof with defense-related issues 6 6

241

environmentalbluepageen.jpg

242

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable Finance

Environmental information

Sustainable finance

The topic “Sustainable finance” is addressed in the section “Environmental information” because it predominantly

addresses opportunities in conjunction with climate change. Nevertheless, the subject also covers opportunities related

to other environmental matters as well as social aspects. This subject is a significant part of the bank’s entire organization

and therefore the chapter includes all material disclosures pertaining to the cross-cutting standard ESRS 2.

Governance

ESRS 2 GOV-2

Deutsche Bank’s governance structure for sustainable finance is anchored within its broader sustainability governance,

ensuring clear oversight and accountability at all levels of the organization. Deutsche Bank maintains a Chief

Sustainability Office, whose head reports into the Chief Executive Officer of Deutsche Bank. It centrally drives

sustainability and ensures consistency across Deutsche Bank. The Group Sustainability Committee oversees the

integration of sustainable finance into business strategy, risk management, and product development, with escalation

and supervision mechanisms involving both the Management Board and Supervisory Board. Within the bank’s business

segments and infrastructure functions, dedicated sustainable finance expert teams have been established to drive the

implementation of the sustainability strategy at divisional level, embedding sustainable finance topics in day-to-day

operations and enabling swift responses to emerging opportunities and risks. For further details on the bank’s overall

sustainability governance, please refer to the dedicated “Sustainability Governance” chapter of this report.

Strategy

ESRS 2 SBM-3, ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 MDR-T

Sustainable finance is one of the four pillars of Deutsche Bank’s sustainability strategy, reflecting the bank’s ambition to

be a global market leader in this field. By responding to evolving client and investor preferences for sustainable products

and services, Deutsche Bank aims to drive additional business and create long-term value. The bank’s approach

encompasses understanding client needs, developing climate-related products, establishing supportive organizational

structures, and defining early success indicators. Through these efforts, Deutsche Bank forges strategic partnerships

with clients worldwide, supporting their decarbonization journeys and leveraging both its strategic and financial

expertise. By catalyzing investments and mobilizing financing for climate adaptation and low-carbon business models,

the bank seeks to deliver positive environmental and social impact.

Central to this pillar of the sustainability strategy is Deutsche Bank’s commitment to ambitious sustainable finance

targets. The bank aimed to achieve a total of € 500 billion in cumulative sustainable financing and ESG investments

volumes from January 2020 to end of 2025 (excluding Asset Management (DWS)). By end of 2025, Deutsche Bank

reached € 471 billion (excluding Asset Management (DWS)) and increased the incremental volume from € 93 billion in

2024 to € 98 billion in 2025. Although the original target was not achieved by the end of 2025, Deutsche Bank remains

committed to providing sustainable financing and ESG investment solutions to its clients and expects to surpass € 500

billion in the first half of 2026. Progress towards the original target was impacted by several factors over the period,

including higher interest rates, regulatory developments as well as changes in the policy environment.

To further accelerate the transition of the economy and in line with the strategy of scaling the Global Hausbank,

Deutsche Bank has updated its target to mobilize € 900 billion in sustainable financing, ESG investments, and transition

financing by the end of 2030. This figure includes € 471 billion already achieved in sustainable financing and ESG

investments from January 2020 through the end of 2025. The increased target reflects the bank’s dedication to

supporting client transition and resilience through delivering financial solutions that create lasting value for people,

planet, and prosperity.

The new target includes sustainable financing (financing of pure-play ecological or social sustainable activities or

companies) and transition financing (financing of activities required on a credible path towards net zero as well as

sustainability-linked solutions). With the increased target, Deutsche Bank will continue to transparently report after 2025

about its progress – now also with a new Transition Finance Framework in place.

243

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

Impact, risk and opportunity management

Impacts, risk and opportunities across the bank are identified and assessed through the double materiality assessment, described in detail in the “Double materiality assessment” chapter

within this Sustainability Statement. The positive impact and opportunity related to climate change in conjunction with downstream client-related activities and the related time

horizons, policies, actions and metrics & targets are summarized in the table below.

Topic: Climate Change
Sub-topic Value chain Time horizon IRO type IRO description Policies Actions Metrics & targets
Climate<br><br>change<br><br>adaptation Downstream Medium-term (CB, IB,<br><br>AM) Positive<br><br>impact Offer products and services to Tier 1 clients to support their<br><br>efforts to adapt to physical and/or transitional effects of<br><br>climate change Sustainable finance<br><br>framework<br><br>ESG investments<br><br>framework Client engagement<br><br>Sustainable finance<br><br>classification process<br><br>Training and awareness Sustainable finance and<br><br>ESG investment<br><br>volumes and progress<br><br>made (excl. DWS)<br><br>Transactions assessed<br><br>under the Sustainable<br><br>Finance Framework<br><br>AM: SFDR and ESMA<br><br>Assets under<br><br>Management<br><br>AM: Proxy voting and<br><br>Engagements
Long-term (CB, IB) Engage with Tier 1 clients exposed to severe physical and/or<br><br>transitional climate risks
Climate<br><br>change<br><br>mitigation Short-term (CB, IB FIC)<br><br>Medium-term (AM, CB,<br><br>PB) Offer products and services to Tier 1 clients<br><br>–to support their efforts to decarbonize business models<br><br>and reduce their carbon footprint<br><br>–to support clients in decarbonizing their investment<br><br>portfolios<br><br>Actively engage with Tier 1 clients to support their efforts to<br><br>reduce their carbon footprint
Energy Medium-term (CB, PB) Offer products and services to Tier 1 clients to reduce their<br><br>energy consumption and/or enhance energy efficiency and<br><br>use of renewable energies
Climate<br><br>change<br><br>adaptation Medium-term (CB)<br><br>Medium-term (CB, IB FIC,<br><br>PB), Long-term (AM) Opportunity Increase brand reputation and competitive advantage via<br><br>thought leadership re/climate change adaptation<br><br>Increase revenues by responding to clients’ demand for<br><br>financial products and services to support their efforts to<br><br>adapt to physical and/or transitional climate change effects
Climate<br><br>change<br><br>mitigation Short-term (CB, IB FIC)<br><br>Medium-term (PB)<br><br>Long-term (AM) Increase revenues by responding to clients’ demand for<br><br>financial products and services to limit carbon emissions
Energy Short-term (CB, IB FIC)<br><br>Medium-term (PB) Increase revenues by responding to clients’ demand for<br><br>financial products and services to promote their switch to<br><br>renewable energy and enhance their energy efficiency

244

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

Policies

ESRS 2 MDR-P

Deutsche Bank’s Sustainable Finance Framework defines the methodology and procedures for classifying transactions,

specific financial products and services offered by Deutsche Bank as sustainable. The framework specifies the

classification logic, the eligibility parameter criteria, the applicable environmental and social due diligence requirements,

the verification and monitoring process and is complemented by other policies, providing additional information on

specific topics. It applies to Deutsche Bank Group globally unless stated otherwise in the framework. It is essential for

target-setting, decision-making, enforcement and credibility with stakeholders.

The ESG Investments Framework, which sets out criteria and evaluation processes to report investments as ESG in the

context of Deutsche Bank’s sustainable finance and ESG investments target, complements the bank’s Sustainable

Finance Framework. The purpose is to ensure a consistent method for classifying financial instruments and managed

portfolios that count toward the bank’s sustainable finance and ESG investments target. It covers financial instruments

held on behalf of Private Bank’s clients and the bank’s Discretionary Portfolio Management business. In addition, the

framework covers Deutsche Bank’s pension plan management. Asset Management (DWS) is not in scope of Deutsche

Bank’s ESG Investments Framework as DWS sets its own sustainability strategy and follows DWS specific policies in

relation to environmental and social matters. For further details on DWS strategy and specific policies, please refer to the

dedicated “Asset Management” section of this chapter. In instances in which Private Bank distributes investment

products that qualify according to the ESG Investments Framework and are managed by DWS these may be reported as

Assets under Management for Private Bank as well as for Asset Management (DWS) because they are two distinct,

independent qualifying services.

The bank introduced its initial Transition Finance Framework in November 2025, with effective date of January 1, 2026.

The Transition Finance Framework complements the existing Sustainable Finance Framework and defines three

parameters of transition finance:

–Activity level (Parameter 1): Financing activities that are not pure-play sustainable (for example compared to

renewable energy production) but that enable greenhouse gas emission reductions and are required for transitioning

to a net zero economy

–Entity level (Parameter 2): General corporate purpose transactions with counterparties pursuing credible transition

strategies

–Sustainability-linked solutions (Parameter 3): Instruments incentivizing clients to meet ambitious sustainability

performance targets – not limited to climate-related or GHG-emissions-related key performance indicators

The Transition Finance Framework is fully embedded in Deutsche Bank’s governance processes and has received a

positive second party opinion by ISS-Corporate, confirming alignment with evolving market standards.

The bank pursues a structured and collaborative approach to developing and further enhancing its sustainability‑related

frameworks. Relevant adjustments are generally aligned through several iterative rounds with key stakeholders within

the bank to ensure that different perspectives, technical requirements and regulatory developments are appropriately

considered. For material changes, the final approval is granted by the Group Sustainability Committee.

Following approval, the frameworks are made publicly and internally available through publication on official bank

websites and dedicated microsites, including the Chief Sustainability Office’s microsite, which is accessible to all

employees. The publication and implementation of the frameworks are usually further supported through multiple

internal channels to ensure that affected stakeholders are informed and able to access the relevant documentation.

Actions and resources

ESRS 2 MDR-A

In line with its Sustainable Finance Framework, ESG Investments Framework, and the Transition Finance Framework,

Deutsche Bank develops products that support adaptation to climate change. Further details on the products and

actions by Deutsche Bank are provided in the respective chapters of the individual businesses.

Sustainable finance validation process

The sustainable finance validation process is illustrated in the scheme below. Only after the Chief Sustainability Office

has classified a deal as compliant with the Sustainable Finance Framework, the transaction can be counted toward the

bank’s € 500 billion sustainable finance and ESG investments target and reported as such by Finance.

245

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

Sustainable finance classification process1

sfeng.jpg

1 Deviations from Schematic Sustainable Finance classification process possible

2 A 6-eye review for specified business is not required if selected third parties confirm the alignment with sustainability standards

3 Group Reputational Risk Committee holds final decision-making authority on Environmental and Social Due Diligence concerns

4 Chief Sustainability Officer holds final decision-making authority for sustainable finance classification

5 CFO CB, IB and ESG holds final decision-making authority on Sustainable Finance volume contribution

The validation against the framework is conducted on a deal-by-deal and program basis. The validation statistics are

presented in the following table.

246

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

Transactions assessed under the Sustainable Finance Framework

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Number of transactions on which final decisions have been made 1,301 1,219
Thereof approved 1,122 1,076
Parameter 1 - Use of proceeds 910 765
Parameter 2 - Company profile 104 121
Parameter 3 - Sustainability-linked products 108 190
Thereof declined 179 140
Thereof referred to the respective committees 3
Thereof approved1 3
Thereof declined

1The approvals in 2024 apply to three different companies and are not based on individual transactions. Companies have been approved by the Group’s Sustainability

Committee

Training and awareness

The Chief Sustainability Office provides for a variety of resources to help develop capabilities and transfer knowledge on

ESG. This includes the global Sustainability Hub serving as central sustainability-related knowledge repository.

Embedded in the bank’s intranet, it includes knowledge about the bank’s sustainability strategy, quarterly progress

updates, relevant governance bodies, dedicated frameworks and processes as well as a glossary on key sustainability

terms. Moreover, it provides links to decentralized information hubs (of the bank’s divisions and functions as well as of

the Chief Sustainability Office’s dedicated Sustainable Finance and Environmental and Social Due Diligence team and

further training possibilities, such as past Sustainable Finance training recordings and learning pathways, which are

accessible via the bank’s learning management system. This helps embedding a common understanding of the bank’s

sustainability ambition and processes via self-paced learning.

To further strengthen ESG risk knowledge, two global mandatory trainings covering ESG risks are rolled out to all staff on

a regular basis: the Greenwashing Awareness Training on an 18-month schedule and the Risk Awareness Training on a

24-month schedule. Both trainings are subject to the red-flag process, where line managers receive a compensation-

relevant red flag in case their direct reports do not complete the training within a 30-day timeframe. These trainings are

additionally part of the new joiner training compendium ensuring all staff members have a basic understanding of ESG

risks.

With a view to ensuring appropriate knowledge on the level of the management body, the Chief Sustainability Officer has

a yearly fixed slot on the training agenda of the bank’s Management Board.

On a regional level, the Chief Sustainability Office conducted three specific ESG trainings in 2025, following regulatory

requests. On a divisional and functional level, additional trainings covering ESG risks exist, which build on centrally

provided content but include more detailed and tailor-made information for specific target audiences.

In addition, the businesses set up the following division specific sustainability training programs in 2025:

–Corporate Bank provided sector‑specific deep dives across relevant industries and continued to enhance

sustainability‑related capabilities within its client‑facing front‑office teams; training formats covered Deutsche Bank’s

sustainability strategy, key regulatory developments, and the bank’s sustainability governance and policies,

complemented by thematic sessions reflecting evolving market and client needs; these activities enabled

client‑facing teams to engage with clients on sustainability matters and support them along their transition journeys

–Investment Bank’s Fixed Income and Currencies offered training to staff throughout the year on key sustainability

topics, including environmental and social due diligence, transition finance including net‑zero, and the bank’s

sustainable finance framework

–Investment Bank’s Investment Banking and Capital Markets offered training to staff throughout the year on diverse

sustainability topics such as sustainable finance in capital markets and investment banking products and services, as

well as transition finance including net zero and transition pathways, climate risk and climate-associated regulatory

developments, and environmental and social risk and due diligence processes

–In addition, Fixed Income and Currencies and Investment Banking and Capital Markets jointly delivered

knowledge‑sharing session for UKI‑based employees covering the bank’s sustainability strategy, achievements, and

priorities in line with the bank’s wider commitments

247

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

–Private Bank provided its employees with a broad range of training on sustainability topics, including specialist

modules for investment and financing advisory services as well as formats such as greenwashing‑awareness training;

the offering was complemented by targeted campaigns and networking opportunities, for example via the ESG

Ambassador network in Wealth Management Germany, the newly launched Global ESG Investments Update Call, and

additional initiatives focused on energy‑efficient renovation of residential properties

–For Asset Management, DWS offered a sustainability education framework including recorded presentations and

written training materials on key ESG topics that are relevant to both the asset management industry and DWS; in

addition, DWS provided a platform for Certified Environmental Social Governance Analyst certification; as of

December 31, 2025, DWS had 399 active employees who are Certified Environmental, Social and Governance

Analysts

Metrics and targets

ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 MDR-T, ESRS E1-4

Deutsche Bank has integrated sustainable finance and ESG investment targets into its strategic planning since 2020. The

bank’s approach is characterized by granularity, near-term focus, transparency and measurability, with targets broken

down by business division over a multi-year planning horizon. The sustainable finance target was defined using a

structured approach that involved collaboration with stakeholders across the bank’s business divisions, the Chief

Sustainability Office and Finance. This process factored in the latest market observations and peer practices as key

factors influencing the expected trajectory of sustainable finance activities and ensured that the targets reflect both the

bank’s strategic priorities and the evolving external developments.

Progress against these targets is reported and shared with relevant stakeholders on a quarterly and annual basis,

ensuring accountability. The bank’s reporting is three-dimensional, extending to business and sub-business levels, by

area of impact and client dimension. The reporting is tied to recognized external reference points, notably the United

Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals. This in-depth approach to financial planning, steering and reporting as well as

Deutsche Bank’s track record of reporting sustainable finance volumes since 2020 underscore the bank’s commitment to

sustainable finance.

The contribution to the sustainable finance volume financed or facilitated by Deutsche Bank is calculated and reported

based on established industry practices for measuring performance within the categories of financing, bond issuance,

market making and investments, as well as Deutsche Bank pension plan assets. The reporting methodology takes the

origination role view, which does not necessarily correlate to Deutsche Bank’s balance sheet disclosure. For financing

and issuance, the reporting is based on the flow of new business in the reporting period and cumulated since the base

year 2020. For market making, the reporting is based on the annual average volume of the eligible bond inventory. For

assets under management, the reporting is based on the stock fair value of assets under management and pension plan

assets at period end.

The contributions of Corporate Bank, Investment Bank, including Fixed Income and Currencies and Investment Banking

and Capital Markets, Private Bank and Corporate & Other are summarized in the following tables. Further details on the

progress of individual businesses are provided in their respective sub-chapters of this chapter. Selected highlights aim to

illustrate Deutsche Bank’s global impact in the area of sustainable finance across its different divisions and products.

Sustainable finance and ESG investments – cumulative volumes per business

Dec 31, 2025
in € bn1 Financing Issuance Market making Assets under<br><br>Management2 Pension plan<br><br>assets2 Total
Corporate Bank 91 91
Investment Bank 98 192 1 291
Fixed Income and Currencies 85 59 1 146
Investment Banking and Capital Markets 13 132 145
Private Bank 17 62 80
Corporate & Other 9 9
Total 206 192 1 62 9 471

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Stock value at period end

248

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € bn1 Financing Issuance Market making Assets under<br><br>Management2 Pension plan<br><br>assets2 Total
Corporate Bank 70 70
Investment Bank 71 153 1 224
Fixed Income and Currencies 61 47 1 109
Investment Banking and Capital Markets 10 106 116
Private Bank 15 53 68
Corporate & Other 10 10
Total 156 153 1 53 10 373

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Stock value at period end

In 2025, Deutsche Bank achieved an incremental sustainable finance and ESG investments volumes as defined in

Deutsche Bank’s Sustainable Finance Framework and Deutsche Bank’s ESG Investments Framework of € 98 billion,

compared to incremental € 93 billion in 2024, ending the year 2025 with cumulative volumes of € 471 billion (excluding

Asset Management (DWS)). In addition, Asset Management (DWS) reported assets under management that fall in scope

of the ESMA (European Securities and Markets Authority) guidelines of € 85 billion in 2025.

The incremental 2025 volumes of € 98 billion were driven primarily by incremental Financing volumes of € 50 billion and

issuance volumes of € 39 billion. The € 9 billion incremental volume growth in Private Bank’s Assets under Management

mainly reflects an increase in Discretionary Portfolio Mandates.

A breakdown of the incremental 2025 sustainable finance and ESG investments volumes by client type is displayed in the

chart below.

Incremental 2025 sustainable financing and ESG investment volumes by client type1

susfinesgvolumesen.jpg

As Deutsche Bank considers verifiable external reference points to be essential in its journey from ambition to

environmental impact and links its progress to recognized external frameworks, like the United Nations’ Sustainable

Development Goals, the bank assesses how its financing, issuance and market making activities contribute to 15 of the

Sustainable Development Goals. Financing, issuance and market making activities comprised € 90 billion of the total €

98 billion incremental 2025 volumes. The bank maps them to the Sustainable Development Goals, whereby, in some

cases, one transaction can be assigned to more than one goal as some categories overlap with each other and are not

clearly segregated.

The percentage figures referenced in the below chart display the contributions of Deutsche Bank’s incremental

financing, issuance and market making activities of € 90 billion in 2025 to 15 of the United Nations’ Sustainable

Development Goals.

249

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

sdgennew.jpg

250

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

Corporate Bank

ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-T, ESRS 2 SBM-1

Overview

Corporate Bank plays a central role in clients’ daily financial operations through its global network and in-depth local

expertise. As a transition partner, it supports clients across sector value chains in achieving their strategic goals,

strengthening their competitiveness and resilience, and managing their financial operations while integrating sustainable

finance capabilities into treasury and financing activities. Corporate Bank continues to adapt its sector-aligned

sustainable finance capabilities to meet evolving client needs and enable transition across business models, facilitating

progress toward net zero objectives by combining deep industry knowledge with tailored financial solutions.

Corporate Bank serves the entire corporate client universe, covering multinational, MidCorp and Business Banking

clients. Through a global network of Sustainable Finance Champions across coverage and product areas, Corporate Bank

offers a comprehensive suite of sustainable finance solutions. The Sustainable Finance Client Solutions team contributes

industry-specific expertise, supports global client engagement, provides thought leadership on key sustainable finance

themes, leads stakeholder engagement, develops materials and training, and drives the implementation of Corporate

Bank’s sustainable finance strategy. The Global Head of Sustainable Finance Corporate Bank leads this strategy for the

franchise, drives its implementation across products and coverage, and is a member of the Corporate Bank Executive

Council.

Corporate Bank supports the expansion of renewables and infrastructure build-out through its asset and project finance

capabilities and the development of financing capabilities in the Asset-as-a-Service field to advance energy efficiency

transformation. Corporate Bank also provides a broad range of sustainable finance solutions for the German ‘Mittelstand’

and family-owned businesses through its Corporate Sustainability Suite, which is continuously enhanced to meet

evolving client needs.

Corporate Bank’s Strategic Corporate Lending business focuses on providing financing to predominantly multinational

corporate clients; the portfolio includes sustainability-linked revolving credit facilities with clients linking their

sustainability strategy to their financing; Strategic Corporate Lending contributed a total of € 8 billion towards Corporate

Bank’s sustainable finance volumes in 2025 (2024: € 7 billion).

Corporate Bank’s Trade Finance and Lending business is offering a variety of on- and off-balance sheet sustainable

finance products, ranging from sustainability-linked credit and documentary trade facilities, supply chain financing

solutions and guarantees to green loans, long-term infrastructure financing and project finance; across its various sub-

products, Trade Finance and Lending contributed a total of € 12 billion towards Corporate Bank’s sustainable finance

volumes in 2025 (2024: € 10 billion).

Corporate Bank’s Community Development Finance Group in the U.S. supports the creation and preservation of

affordable housing for low- and moderate-income communities, small businesses with limited access to capital, and

investments in funds seeking to generate positive social impact; the business unit contributed a total of € 56 million

towards Corporate Bank’s sustainable finance volumes in 2025 (2024: € 9 million).

Contribution toward Group-wide target

Sustainable finance and ESG investments – Corporate Bank (cumulative volumes)

in € bn1 Dec 31, 2025 Contribution in<br><br>2025 Dec 31, 2024
Financing 91 20 70
Issuance
Market making
Assets under Management2
Pension plan assets2
Total 91 20 70

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Stock value at period end

251

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

Corporate Bank’s cumulated sustainable finance volumes totaled € 91 billion at year-end 2025. Incremental volumes in

2025 amounted to € 20 billion, all of which were loans and facilities, compared to € 17 billion in the prior year. Of these

€ 20 billion, € 10 billion were sustainability-linked corporate loans and facilities. Despite continuous macroeconomic and

geopolitical uncertainty, Corporate Bank increased its incremental sustainable finance volumes year‑on‑year. This

growth reflects Deutsche Bank’s commitment to supporting its clients in transitioning to more sustainable business

models and achieving their strategic goals.

Highlights

Corporate Bank facilitated a broad range of sustainable finance transactions in 2025 that underscore its position as a

strategic transition partner for its clients. Selected highlights include:

screenshot2026-01x29131152.jpg

Deutsche Bank acted as Lender, Mandated Lead Arranger and Hedge Provider for the non-recourse senior secured

Project Financing of the Central West Orana Renewable Energy Zone network infrastructure in Australia led by the

ACEREZ partnership (ACCIONA, COBRA, Endeavour Energy). The landmark project is the first Renewable Energy Zone

approved in Australia, and will add new high-capacity transmission lines, energy hubs and supporting infrastructure to

facilitate power transfer by renewable energy sources in the Renewable Energy Zone to electricity consumers, initially

unlocking up to 4.5 GW of new network capacity, and is expected to supply electricity to more than two million homes

annually.

screenshot2026-01x29131627.jpg

Deutsche Bank served as the lender for Fidra Energy’s landmark € 685 million project financing of the largest Battery

Energy Storage System portfolio in the United Kingdom. Upon completion, the 3,100 MWh system will have the capacity

to export over two million MWh annually, enough to power approximately 785,000 homes each year.

screenshot2026-02x03112650.jpg

Deutsche Bank acted as Lender for two Project Financing packages of over € 3 billion each for the construction of two

720 MW offshore wind farms (Bałtyk 2 and Bałtyk 3), by Polenergia and Equinor as project joint venture, located of the

Polish coast. These wind farms are set to contribute to Poland's industrial future by producing renewable electricity for

two million average Polish households, creating employment opportunities, and enhancing both energy security and the

energy transition.

screenshot2026-01x29131829.jpg

Deutsche Bank acted as Bookrunner & Mandated Lead Arranger, Facility Agent, Security Agent, Intercreditor Agent, Co

ECA Coordinator and Sustainability Coordinator for the € 1.7 billion transformational green steel financing of SHS Stahl

Holding Saar GmbH. The financing supports Project “Power4Steel”, enabling SHS’s shift to hydrogen and renewable

energy-based production, targeting 3.5mt of low carbon steel and around 4.8mt CO₂ abatement annually – reducing

Germany’s national CO₂ emissions by approximately 1%.

252

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

Investment Bank

Fixed Income and Currencies

ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-T, ESRS 2 SBM-1

Overview

Fixed Income and Currencies leverages its expertise in product innovation to structure, originate and distribute assets

that meet clients’ rapidly evolving sustainability needs. The four main objectives for Fixed Income and Currencies are to

support clients by connecting investors and issuers, to increase its sustainable lending volumes, to support clients’

energy transition plans and to innovate and expand its product range.

In 2025, the organizational structure for ESG within Fixed Income and Currencies underwent a recalibration to better

align with Deutsche Bank's integrated client strategy and commitment to sustainability. In pursuit of a unified and

holistic client approach, Sustainable Finance and ESG advisory across the entire Investment Bank was consolidated

under a single global leadership. A Global Head of Sustainable Finance for the Investment Bank was appointed in June

2025, who will continue to collaborate closely with the Chief Sustainability Office to drive sustainability initiatives for

both clients and the bank, ensuring that sustainability advisory and execution remain central to client dialogue. This

structural change reflects Deutsche Bank's continued dedication to its sustainability agenda and its commitment to

delivering integrated solutions across its Investment Bank operations.

Incremental 2025 sustainable finance volumes in the Global Financing and Credit Trading business totaled € 21 billion

(2024: € 15 billion). The growth has continued from 2024 onwards, showing an increase in financing energy efficient data

centers and sustainability-linked deals in renewable energy use of proceeds transactions.

The Rates business provides risk management solutions for sustainable bonds and loans issuers. It also issues and invests

in affordable housing and senior care home loans and bonds in the United States. In 2025, Rates contributed € 12 billion

toward Deutsche Bank’s sustainable finance and ESG investments volumes (2024: € 13 billion). Key driver for volumes

was from risk management solutions for data center and renewable energy loans. Rates also facilitated 65 structured

green bonds and notes in 2025.

The Global Emerging Markets business has a strong footprint in developing novel sustainability solutions by structuring

and executing innovative and award-winning sustainability-linked financing and risk management solutions for its global

client base. Overall, Global Emerging Markets franchise contributed € 4 billion in 2025 toward the bank’s sustainable

finance and ESG investments volumes (2024: € 3 billion).

The Global Foreign Exchange business has been a pioneer in sustainability-linked derivatives, structuring innovative

solutions to answer the needs and requirements of the clients. Deutsche Bank aims to continue to innovate in this

space by helping its clients align their sustainability strategy with their hedging strategies. Overall, Global Foreign

Exchange franchise contributed € 1 billion in 2025 toward the bank’s sustainable finance and ESG investments volumes

(2024: € 0 billion).

Contribution toward Group-wide target

Sustainable finance and ESG investments – Fixed Income and Currencies (cumulative volumes)

in € bn1 Dec 31, 2025 Contribution in<br><br>2025 Dec 31, 2024
Financing 85 24 61
Issuance 59 12 47
Market making 1 1 1
Assets under Management2
Pension plan assets2
Total 146 37 109

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Stock value at period end

253

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

At year-end 2025, Fixed Income and Currencies had € 146 billion in cumulative sustainable finance volumes. In 2025,

Fixed Income and Currencies contributed incremental € 37 billion in sustainable finance volumes compared to

€ 31 billion in 2024. In 2025, the mix of Sustainable Finance volume contributions shifted compared to 2024. Digital

infrastructure assets and renewable energy financing saw a relative increase, while financial services contributions

(including Sustainability-linked Loans, Fund Financing, and SME on-lending) decreased. In 2025, Fixed Income and

Currencies had € 4 billion of sustainable securitization contributing to the Group’s sustainable finance target. Of these

€ 2 billion, 50% were externally verified by receiving an International Capital Market Association classification, a second

party opinion or both. Fixed Income and Currencies contributed € 4 billion in 2025 towards sustainability-linked

corporate loans.

Highlights

nwen100452.jpg

NeXtWind: Deutsche Bank acted as Global Coordinator to NeXtWind in € 1.4 billion debt financing. NeXtWind, a leading

German renewable energy company, plans to repower and optimize a portfolio of existing onshore wind parks, helping

the company finance the buildout of more than 150 new wind turbines in more than half of their existing wind farms.

edcen.jpg

EcoDataCenter: Deutsche Bank served as the Sole Lead Arranger and underwriter for the € 600 million senior secured

financing provided to EcoDataCenter, a Swedish digital infrastructure provider. The funds will support continued growth

by facilitating the expansion of the Falun and Borlänge data centers. EcoDataCenter earned a Platinum EcoVadis rating

in August 2024, which places them among the top 1% of companies globally.

meen.jpg

Mota-Engil: Deutsche Bank acted as Mandated Lead Arranger for Mota-Engil Engenharia e Construção África, S.A. on a

€ 171 million sustainability-linked loan, backed by a partial credit guarantee, the first ever provided by the African

Development Bank to an Engineering, Procurement, and Construction company in Africa. This financing will support

Mota-Engil in delivering a variety of projects across multiple African countries, including transport infrastructure,

environmental services, water and sanitation systems, and energy-efficient civil works. The implemented KPIs are aligned

with the company’s Sustainability-Linked Financing Framework.

Investment Banking and Capital Markets

ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-T, ESRS 2 SBM-1

Overview

Investment Banking and Capital Markets (IBCM), formerly Origination and Advisory, provides holistic support to clients on

sustainable finance and the impact of broader ESG issues on their strategic and financial priorities. IBCM aspires to be a

trusted partner for clients’ sustainability journeys, helping them navigate evolving regulation, market developments, and

investor preferences. Additionally, the business supports clients’ transitions towards a resilient and sustainable future.

In reference to the organizational changes described in the preceding FIC section, a Global Head of Sustainable Finance

for the Investment Bank was appointed in June 2025. This change highlights Deutsche Bank’s continued commitment to

sustainability and integrated execution across the Investment Bank.

As part of Investment Banking and Capital Markets’ ESG thought leadership, IBCM collaborated with the International

Capital Markets Association on its guidance and principles translation initiative to promote global consistency in

sustainable finance standards. IBCM hosted its third Climate and Security Conference during London Climate Week, and

its fourth Financial Institutions Group investor-issuer virtual event in Europe, fostering dialogue on sustainability,

transition and nature themes, as well as broader market trends.

254

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

In 2025, Investment Banking and Capital Markets supported clients in originating sustainable financing across both

investment grade and leveraged debt markets, contributing to € 30 billion in global financing and investment volumes

(2024: € 27 billion). Deutsche Bank partnered with global corporates, financial institutions, and public sector clients on a

broad range of sustainable finance transactions, including inaugural sustainable finance bond and loan instruments. In

addition, IBCM executed multiple transactions aligned with the European Green Bond Standard label, facilitating over

€ 1 billion in issuance volumes in this format.

In relation to a year-on-year league table basis for investment grade debt, Deutsche Bank ranked # 3 globally in the

green-bond label with 3.6% market share. Across all ESG-labelled products, Deutsche Bank ranked # 3 at 5.0% globally,

3 in EMEA with 5.6% market share, and # 1 in DACH with 8.8% market share, across core currencies for the year 2025.

Contribution toward Group-wide target

Sustainable finance and ESG investments – Investment Banking and Capital Markets (cumulative volumes)

in € bn1 Dec 31, 2025 Contribution in<br><br>2025 Dec 31, 2024
Financing 13 3 10
Issuance 132 26 106
Market making
Assets under Management2
Pension plan assets2
Total 145 30 116

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Stock value at period end

At year-end 2025, Investment Banking and Capital Markets’ sustainable finance and investment volume stood

cumulatively at € 145 billion, of which € 30 billion incremental volume was reported in 2025. IBCM’s sustainable

financing volume was driven by slightly stronger performance in debt capital markets, resulting in higher financing

volumes compared to 2024.

Highlights

eiben.jpg

European Investment Bank: Deutsche Bank acted as Joint Lead Manager on European Investment Bank’s € 3 billion

Climate Awareness Bond aligned with the European Green Bond Standard label. The transaction represented the largest

ever bond issued under the European Green Bond Standard in 2025.

cafen.jpg

Corporación Andina De Fomento: Deutsche Bank Acted as Joint Lead Manager on Corporación Andina De Fomento’s

(CAF) € 1.5 billion seven-year sustainable bond. This was CAF’s first benchmark issuance under its newly updated

Sustainable Finance Framework with proceeds to be allocated to eligible green and social projects.

sobhaen.jpg

Sobha Realty: Deutsche Bank acted as Joint Lead Manager and ESG Structuring Coordinator for Sobha Realty’s

U.S. dollar denominated € 644 million equivalent five-year inaugural green sukuk, with proceeds to be allocated to

financing or refinancing eligible green projects under Sobha Realty’s Green Financing Framework.

255

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

Private Bank

ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-T, ESRS 2 SBM-1

Private Bank aims to provide its clients with responsible banking and wants to be their trusted partner along the two core

client sectors, Personal Banking and Wealth Management. It provides differentiated sustainability advice and a broad

range of financial services for private and personal banking clients, wealthy individuals, entrepreneurs and family-offices

as well as commercial clients in selected countries.

Overview

Financing

The Private Bank offers dedicated sustainability lending and financing options for its clients. Lending volumes are

reported as sustainable only if they meet either the environmental or social criteria.

In Germany and Spain, the Private Bank has continued to expand products and services facilitating homeowners to

improve energy efficiency.

The Private Bank in Germany offers its customers a broad mix of products and services for private residential real estate

financing. For this purpose, a platform under the BHW brand serves as one possible point of contact, “Modernization

made easy”. Customers are offered a variety of experts in the field of energy efficiency, craftsmen for windows and

heaters and consultants for appropriate financing. In addition to the green mortgage product for new construction and

modernization financing according to higher energy efficiency, which is available in brands Deutsche Bank and BHW, the

BHW climate loan is more suitable for investment in singular energy efficiency measures such as heating systems,

windows or installment of photovoltaics.

The cooperation with the European Investment Bank (EIB) in 2025 further strengthens Deutsche Bank and BHW

commitment to sustainable home financing, specifically through the continued success of the Green Mortgages

Financing program. In this program, clients continue to receive a 20 basis points discount compared to the standard

financing rate. The conditions for the construction of new private residential properties or for modernization, which are

based on the requirements of the EU taxonomy, continue to apply.

Globally, the Private Bank offers its Wealth Management clients extensive financing assistance with respect to their

requirements for credit in the sustainable finance area. This relates to a range of asset classes, including, among other

things, commercial real estate, prime real estate, aircraft and project finance. In the Wealth Management segment, loans

are typically classified as sustainability linked when the underlying asset which secures the relevant exposure is either

energy efficient or serves a social purpose. Loans may also be structured as “KPI Linked” whereby clients are encouraged

to comply with certain ESG targets in exchange for a reduction on the margin payable if those are achieved.

The Private Bank also supports companies in achieving their sustainability goals in selected international markets, for

example through: (i) funding the construction of critical renewable energy infrastructure, (ii) financing the development

of new energy efficient public transportation services or (iii) making loans available to entities who would not typically be

eligible for financing but have a clear need for liquidity in developing industries. This financing applies in Italy and Spain,

as well as through loans for qualifying micro, small and medium-enterprises in India.

Investments

In line with the Group’s ESG Investments Framework, the Private Bank offers a range of investment solutions with a focus

on sustainability for its clients. This includes discretionary portfolio management mandates, Advisory Funds, Alternatives,

and Capital Market instruments.

In 2025, the Private Bank’s approach to classifying investment products as ESG was enhanced to include the Climate

Transition Benchmark exclusions as stipulated by the European Securities and Markets Authority guidelines on funds’

using ESG or sustainability-related terms in their name.

The Private Bank’s discretionary portfolio management mandates use MSCI data to exclude certain sectors from the

investment universe in accordance with the Group ESG Investments Framework. In addition, underlying securities within

the portfolios must have a minimum MSCI ESG rating. In line with regional regulatory requirements, these mandates must

also align to defined sustainability characteristics. Discretionary portfolio mandates with ESG criteria are offered by the

Private Bank across the main regions and in 2025, the bank continued to focus sales efforts on this core offering.

256

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

Funds on the Private Bank’s advisory list are assessed by Global Funds Research to determine if they meet minimum ESG

classification requirements. ESG funds must have a qualifying ESG strategy, meet a minimum MSCI ESG rating as

stipulated in the Group ESG Investments Framework and align to defined sustainability regulations within the applicable

region. Additional ESG due diligence is carried out by the Global Fund Research team for funds to be actively promoted

as ESG within advisory processes. In 2025, the Global Funds Research team continued their efforts to assess ESG funds

through active search for offerings from a variety of asset classes. The number of ESG funds meeting the defined criteria

on Private Bank’s recommended lists was at 47 mutual funds and 108 exchange-traded funds (2024: 55 mutual funds,

109 exchange-traded funds).

The classification of ESG alternative funds follows the defined minimum classification requirements described in the

above paragraph, with the Global Funds Research team conducting ESG due diligence before any solutions are actively

promoted as ESG within advisory processes.

The ESG approach for capital markets instruments aligns with the International Capital Market Association’s (ICMA’s)

Green and Social Bond Principles. Consequently, Deutsche Bank or third-party Green-, Social- and Sustainability-Linked

bonds are considered ESG instruments if they meet all four core components of ICMA principles, which are use of

proceeds, disclosure of the process for project evaluation and selection, the management of the proceeds and annual

reporting on allocations.

Contribution toward Group-wide target

Sustainable finance and ESG investments – Private Bank (cumulative volumes)

in € bn1 Dec 31, 2025 Contribution in<br><br>2025 Dec 31, 2024
Financing 17 2 15
Issuance
Market making
Assets under Management2 62 9 53
Pension plan assets2
Total 80 12 68

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Stock value at period end

Private Bank’s sustainable finance and ESG investments totaled € 80 billion at December 2025, contributing € 12 billion

in the year compared to € 9 billion achieved in 2024. The € 9 billion incremental volume growth in Assets under

Management mainly reflects an increase in Discretionary Portfolio Mandates, while the € 2 billion incremental volume in

sustainable finance is predominantly driven by new sustainable lending deals and continuous inflows from ongoing

Lending programs.

Highlights

In 2025, the Private Bank in Germany launched strategic energy advice for wealth management clients with real estate

assets through its preferred partner, the energy efficiency advisor Fuchs & Eule. The service includes energy due

diligence and strategic funding advice to help clients achieve economically sound policy decisions with optimal cost-

benefit ratio and maximum funding rate. Through individual portfolio analysis, clients gain an overview of their real estate

portfolio, enabling the early identification of risks and potentials. This allows them, to focus on critical assets and to

visibly, comparably and in a prioritized way, manage measures based on economic and energetic key performance

indicators.

As a focus area of Deutsche Bank’s strategy to avoid CO2 emissions in the residential building sector, the Private Bank in

Germany offers customers and interested parties with real estate assets via the openHaus client event platform an

intensive knowledge transfer and discussion platform on the topic of "Energy-efficient renovation of real estate".

Micro, small and medium-enterprise loans in India enable Private Bank to offer products to small firms that would

otherwise not receive financing, with some loans backed by government schemes. Up to the end of 2025, 2,897 (2024:

2,771) term loans and revolving credit facilities with a total volume of € 344 million (2024: € 361 million) have been

provided to micro, small and medium-enterprise clients.

Acknowledging the long-term importance of the strategic asset allocation on the risk and return profile of a client

portfolio, Deutsche Bank’s Strategic Asset Allocation fund offering continued to be the focus in 2025 as the core offering

with positive net flows.

257

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

Asset Management

ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-T, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 SBM-1

Overview

With € 1 trillion of assets under management as of December 31, 2025, the Asset Management division, which operates

under the brand DWS, serves a diverse client base of retail and institutional investors worldwide, with a strong presence

in the bank’s home market in Germany. Responsible investing has been an important part of its heritage for more than

twenty years, and DWS is committed to acting and investing in its client´s best interests.

ESMA and SFDR Assets under Management

From 2025 onwards, DWS discloses assets under management that fall in scope of the ESMA (European Securities and

Markets Authority) Guidelines on funds names using ESF or sustainability-related terms (ESMA Guidelines) and thus

adhere to their requirements (“ESMA AuM”). ESMA AuM refers to funds that use ESG or sustainability-related terms in

their names, fall in scope of the ESMA Guidelines, and for which DWS serves as either the Management Company or

Alternative Investment Fund Manager (AIFM). All respective products from Active, Passive, and Alternatives are included.

Since the ESMA Guidelines came into effect only in May 2025 for existing products, DWS applied an assumption-based

approach for the 2024 ESMA AuM figure by mapping the products in its 2025 product suite that fall in scope of the

ESMA AuM definition to their corresponding AuM figures as of 31 December 2024.

In addition to that, DWS provides assets reporting under Articles 6, 8, and 9 of the current Sustainable Finance

Disclosure Regulation regime (SFDR AuM). According to the SFDR, Article 6 SFDR refers to financial products with no

sustainability focus, Article 8 SFDR covers financial products that promote environmental or social characteristics, and

Article 9 SFDR applies to financial products with a sustainable investment objective.

Most of DWS´s European domiciled actively managed retail funds continue to apply one of two DWS ESG filters: DWS

ESG Investment Standard or DWS Basic Exclusions:

–The DWS Basic Exclusions filter represents DWS´s basic approach to incorporating certain exclusions in the

investment policy of the relevant fund; funds applying this filter report under Article 8 SFDR

–The “DWS ESG Investment Standard” filter enhances the exclusions in comparison to the DWS Basic Exclusions filter;

and covers funds that have ESG or sustainability-related terms in their names. Thus, this filter has been enhanced to

incorporate the requirements of the ESMA Guidelines earlier in 2025. Those funds disclose under Article 8 or 9 SFDR

SFDR Assets under Management (AuM) and ESMA AuM

in € bn Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Article 6 441 406
Article 8 363 323
Article 9 1 1
SFDR AuM - Total 805 730
thereof: ESMA AuM1 85 82

1Assumption-based: ESMA AuM for 2024 is calculated by mapping the products in DWS´s product suite that fall in scope of the ESMA AuM definition to their

corresponding AuM figures as of 31 December 2024. To maintain comparability and transparency, in accordance with the requirements of ESRS 2 paragraph 13, DWS

discloses both SFDR and ESMA AuM metrics for the current and previous reporting period. Since the ESMA Guidelines came into effect only in May 2025 for existing

products, DWS applied an assumption-based approach for the 2024 ESMA AuM figure

In light of the uncertainty surrounding the proposed SFDR 2.0 revisions and further regulatory developments, DWS did

not set quantitative targets for those metrics. DWS will continue to monitor the market and regulatory environment in

the context of its approach to reporting products managed in relation to environmental, social or governance

characteristics.

Liquid assets

DWS´s fiduciary responsibility is to act in the best interests of its investors and clients, which includes integrating

sustainability risks and identifying sustainability-related opportunities as core pillars of its investment processes, as well

as exercising stewardship activities on behalf of its investors and clients.

In the Active business, sustainability risks and opportunities are considered at various steps of the investment processes,

such as in fundamental issuer analysis and portfolio management. The integration is further guided by an individual

portfolio’s investment policy and product-specific sustainability characteristics. Overall, sustainability risk integration is

governed by internal procedures, taking into account jurisdictional differences and varying regulatory requirements.

258

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

For European-domiciled passively managed Xtrackers ETFs, minimum standards are set on how to undertake a

comprehensive assessment of investment risks and opportunities by incorporating sustainability-related characteristics

into underlying index (Reference Index) due diligence and selection processes, where applicable. Any change in

sustainability-related characteristics is generally prompted by a consultation from the relevant index provider and driven

by an evolution in regulatory guidance or in investors´ expectations in terms of sustainability-related characteristics.

In 2025, DWS Investment GmbH published the DWS Stewardship Statement as part of its ongoing stewardship activities.

It encompasses both the exercise of voting rights by DWS Investment GmbH and its engagement with corporate issuers

of liquid equity and/or debt securities. The Stewardship Statement sets out how DWS Investment GmbH exercises

stewardship through engagement with investee companies and the effective use of voting rights, the governance and

oversight of those activities, and how DWS Investment GmbH reports on them. Details of the engagement process are

outlined in the DWS Engagement Policy, while the approach to corporate governance and proxy voting are described in

the Corporate Governance and Proxy Voting Policy 2025.

Updated in 2025, the DWS Engagement Policy sets out the scope of engagement with investee companies across asset

classes, the governance including responsibilities, criteria for selecting investee companies, target setting and thematic

priorities, monitoring and escalation measures, and the management of conflicts of interest. It is issued by DWS

Investment GmbH considering delegated engagement activities to this entity from other EMEA entities part of DWS

Group.

Not in scope of this policy are portfolios whose portfolio management has been sub-delegated from DWS Investment

Management Americas, Inc., DBX Advisors LLC, RREEF Americas L.L.C. to DWS Investment S.A., DWS Investment GmbH,

DWS International GmbH or DWS CH AG.

The DWS Corporate Governance and Proxy Voting Policy for 2025 provides an overview of the key factors DWS

Investment GmbH considers when evaluating proposals at shareholder meetings and is available on DWS´s website. It

sets out DWS Investment GmbH’s current voting guidelines and reflects the principles and core values that underpin the

approach to corporate governance – covering areas such as board composition, executive remuneration, auditors’

transparency and independence, and shareholder rights. These principles have been refined over time, including updates

in 2025, and form the foundation of this policy. In addition, the policy outlines the voting approach to sustainability, with

a particular focus on climate-related risks.

The policy applies to voting activities in respect of equity holdings that DWS Investment GmbH may carry out as a fund

management company by law or where DWS Investment GmbH has been appointed by other EMEA entities of DWS

Group to perform these activities on their behalf.

For DWS’s U.S. legal entities, there is a separate proxy voting policy, the Proxy Voting Policy and Guidelines DWS

Americas. The policy is designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interest of its clients and in good

faith after appropriate review. It considers under certain circumstances ISS Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

“Sustainability” Policy on social and sustainability issues.

In 2025, for funds and mandates domiciled in DWS´s legal entities in Europe and Asia, DWS submitted votes at a total of

5,809 shareholder meetings at 4,247 investee companies across 65 markets. This is a decrease of 5% of meetings voted

and 1% of companies voted compared to 2024. For the mutual funds domiciled in the US, DWS voted at a total of 9,217

meetings at 6,483 investee companies in 2025.

Proxy voting and engagements

Proxy voting numbers Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
For mandates and funds domiciled with DWS legal entities in Europe1 and Asia2 (submitted votes) 5,809 6,085
Companies voted 4,247 4,310
For mandates and funds domiciled with DWS legal entities in the U.S. (submitted votes) 9,217 9,249
Companies voted 6,483 6,567
Number of engagements
Annual General Meeting attendance and questions sent to company boards for virtual and physical<br><br>shareholder meetings for funds and mandates domiciled in Europe1 55 67
Corporate engagements for funds and mandates domiciled in Europe1,3 414 632

1In line with the scope of the DWS Corporate Governance and Proxy Voting Policy

2DWS Investment GmbH acts as a proxy advisor for the single DWS legal entities in Asia, for which DWS Investment GmbH provides voting recommendations and the

voting rights and voting execution lies with the respective Hong Kong and Japan entity

3 The reporting total of 414 engagements in 2025 included 73 engagements with U.S. investee companies held within EU-domiciled funds

259

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

The DWS ESG Engine is a proprietary software tool and collects data from various sources including leading commercial

ESG data provides. For the asset classes where data is available, the data is standardized and aggregated into ESG

assessment scores and grades which are used by different functions within DWS. The ESG Engine and Solutions team is

responsible for validation of the results produced by the DWS ESG Engine which it does in regular update cycles.

Throughout 2025, multiple external commercial ESG data providers were used. The data is made available to research

analysts and portfolio managers for liquid assets through the Aladdin platform and provides support to research,

investment decision making and for managing portfolios in accordance with product-specific investment guidelines.

Illiquid assets

Real Estate

DWS Real Estate recognizes the importance of identifying, assessing and managing sustainability-related risks and

opportunities as an integral part of conducting business. DWS Real Estate focuses on the following ESG aspects, which

are material for real estate equity and/or debt investments: transitional (e.g., building’s energy efficiency), physical (e.g.,

flooding risk), social norms (e.g., wellbeing sustainability rating) and governance (e.g., third-party risk rating of a debt

sponsor). These sustainability aspects can present both risks and opportunities for the financial performance of real

estate assets and investments may have positive and negative environmental and social effects. Therefore, DWS Real

Estate takes a fiduciary-led approach to sustainability aspects and performance in private real estate investment

management, defining a range of operation between ESG and financial risk boundaries. The ESG risk boundary relates to

risks where appropriate actions to assess and manage ESG aspects, if not undertaken in good time, could result in

negative impacts on sustainability and long-term expected financial performance of the asset or portfolio. The financial

risk boundary relates to negative effects of inappropriate sustainability actions (e.g., actions that are ill-timed, or too

extensive) on compliance with the investment objectives.

DWS Real Estate has identified eight sustainability topics, which are most relevant for real estate investment

management and grouped them into the following four sustainability themes:

–Resilience, encompassing efficiency in construction and operation and asset adaptation to external conditions

including where related to climate change

–Wellbeing, encompassing physical and mental occupant comfort and air quality

–Nature, encompassing circularity in buildings and protection of ecosystems from pollution

–Community, encompassing housing affordability and stakeholder engagement

DWS Real Estate seeks to assess and verify sustainability performance on asset and portfolio level, as well as DWS’s asset

management processes utilizing well-established third-party ratings, certifications and benchmarks such as Energy Star,

BREEAM, LEED, CRREM, GRESB and PRI, as feasible and applicable. Sustainable building certifications offer a holistic

assessment and rating of real estate assets’ performance, sustainability topics relevant for real estate and captured in

sustainability themes. The investment process comprises three phases: research and strategy, portfolio planning and

execution. ESG aspects and sustainability performance are important elements of consideration in each phase, which

includes both risks and opportunities analyses. Sustainability due diligence is completed prior to acquisition. The findings

are presented to the investment committee and include found issues, necessary actions and underwriting.

Following acquisition, asset and portfolio managers monitor sustainability performance aiming to mitigate risks and to

identify potential value-creation opportunities as part of ongoing business planning. For equity investments, the annual

asset sustainability action plan is based on achieved performance and consequent asset and portfolio risk profile review,

portfolio investment plan including asset holding period and portfolio sustainability strategy objectives. The portfolio

sustainability strategy is defined as integrating ESG aspects into the construction and management of a portfolio to

achieve long-term financial returns alongside positive sustainability performance.

Infrastructure

DWS seeks to incorporate sustainability considerations into the infrastructure business investment framework at all

stages of the investment lifecycle for its investments – from the initial screening and due diligence to the asset

management and exit stages. The infrastructure business engages with portfolio company management to discuss

DWS’s sustainability objectives and reporting. During the holding period, DWS monitors material sustainability factors

relevant to portfolio companies, encompassing environmental aspects, such as carbon footprint, energy and water

usage. This is achieved through regular reporting of indicators by portfolio companies and through completion of the

annual Global Real Estate Sustainability Benchmark (GRESB) Infrastructure benchmarking assessment at both fund and

asset level. Due diligence includes climate-related considerations and it is incorporated into the Investment Committee

paper and presented to the Investment Committee for consideration.

260

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Sustainable finance

The infrastructure business also produces an annual Sustainable and Responsible Investment report for investors in each

of its equity funds. This report addresses various sustainability initiatives and performance for the fund’s underlying

investments and since 2024 the report included information aligned with the climate‑related disclosure approach

originally developed under TCFD and now embedded within ISSB’s IFRS S2.

During 2025, DWS Infrastructure updated its Sustainability Framework and Sustainability Implementation Documents for

debt and equity investments under which the business operates (formerly the Environmental and Social Management

System (ESMS)) to reflect all relevant applicable developments in the sustainability environment and to strengthen

procedures. The Framework applies to potential and existing portfolio investments in the European infrastructure equity

and infrastructure debt businesses. It also sets out how DWS engages with its portfolio companies and ensure it receives

regular reporting on sustainability matters, supporting the monitoring of sustainability-related metrics over time.

The Infrastructure Debt business operates under the above-mentioned Sustainability Framework, and also uses a

bespoke proprietary sustainability scoring methodology, which has been rolled out to new and existing investments since

  1. The methodology supports the overall investment process and ongoing monitoring of environmental risks of the

infrastructure debt portfolios among other sustainability risks.

The infrastructure business ensures skills and competencies are maintained in accordance with the needs of DWS to

properly implement its sustainability policies and operate its Framework and Implementation documents effectively

through the implementation of its competency and training matrix.

Corporate & Other

ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-T, ESRS 2 SBM-1

Overview

Deutsche Bank’s ESG Investments Framework is used to assess if the bank’s pension plan assets meet the criteria for

being reported towards the sustainable finance and ESG investments target.

As detailed in the ESG Investments Framework, minimum eligibility criteria need to be met for a pension plan to be

reported towards the bank’s sustainable finance and ESG investments target. Minimum eligibility criteria comprise both

quantitative and qualitative screening criteria aiming to ensure alignment of the underlying investments with sector

specific eligibility revenue thresholds or criteria. In addition, the framework outlines that the implementation of the

eligibility criteria and the associated investment process are subject to feasibility and governance principles.

Contribution toward Group-wide target

Sustainable finance and ESG investments – Corporate & Other (cumulative volumes)

in € bn1 Dec 31, 2025 Contribution in<br><br>2025 Dec 31, 2024
Financing
Issuance
Market making
Assets under Management2
Pension plan assets2 9 (1) 10
Total 9 (1) 10

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Stock value at period end

Corporate & Other’s pension plan assets amounted to € 9 billion at year‑end 2025, compared to € 10 billion at year‑end

  1. The year‑on‑year decrease of € 1 billion reflects the plans’ liability driven investment approach, under which rising

interest rates during the period led to a reduction in both the underlying pension obligations and the corresponding

pension plan assets.

261

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Disclosures pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation)

Disclosures pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852

(Taxonomy Regulation)

Deutsche Bank applied the reporting rules under the Disclosures Delegated Act (EU) 2021/2178, as amended by the

Omnibus Delegated Act (EU) 2026/73, published in the Official Journal in January 2026. The bank notes that the

December 2025 FAQ is still in draft form, hence any further implications will be assessed once it is published in the

Official Journal of the European Commission.

The EU Taxonomy Regulation (EU) 2020/852 is aimed at allocating funding towards environmentally sustainable sectors

and supporting the transition towards a sustainable economy, setting out the guidelines and criteria for economic

activities which financial and non-financial undertakings can classify as environmentally sustainable. In particular, it

pursues supporting economic activities with the following environmental objectives:

–Climate change mitigation: including activities stabilizing greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere

–Climate change adaptation: including solutions that either substantially reduce the risk of the adverse impacts of the

current climate change or provide for adaptation solutions that help avoid the risk of these adverse impacts on

people, nature or other assets

–Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources: including activities contributing to the development of

good status of waters, including surface waters and groundwater, or prevent their deterioration where they are

already in a good condition

–Transition to a circular economy: including activities aimed at more efficient use of natural resources, in particular

sustainable bio-based materials and other raw materials, in production by increasing the durability and accountability

of products

–Pollution prevention and control: including activities reducing emissions of pollutants into the atmosphere, improving

air quality, minimizing waste generation and preventing release of harmful substances into the environment

–Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems: including activities achieving favorable conservation status

of natural and semi-natural habitats and species or prevent their deterioration where their conservation status is

already favorable

Deutsche Bank was among the first international banks to explicitly refer to the EU Taxonomy Regulation in its Group-

level Sustainable Finance Framework. In particular, the bank aligned the eligibility criteria of its Sustainable Finance

Framework, on a best‑effort basis, with the EU Taxonomy’s technical screening criteria (TSC) for substantial contribution,

specifically those related to the climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation objectives. The bank’s

Sustainable Finance Framework was last updated in January 2026 and received a positive Second Party Opinion from

ISS-Corporate. As the overall understanding of environmental and social matters and the EU Taxonomy continues to

evolve, these criteria may be modified.

Similarly to Do No Significant Harm and Minimum social safeguards checks of client performance against environmental

and social objectives required by the EU Taxonomy, Deutsche Bank already conducts reviews of clients’ overall

management approach and performance toward environmental and social challenges common to the industries in which

the client operates (for more information on these reviews, see the “ESG due diligence” chapter within this Sustainability

Statement).

In accordance with Article 8 of the EU Taxonomy Regulation and the related Disclosures Delegated Acts, for year-end

2025, financial undertakings have to determine and disclose the proportion of exposures eligible to the EU Taxonomy in

their covered assets (i.e., total assets less exposures toward central governments, central banks, supranational issuers,

undertakings and entities not subject to CSRD, derivatives, on demand interbank loans, cash and cash-related assets,

other categories of assets and the trading portfolio) for the six environmental objectives. Exposures aligned to the EU

Taxonomy need to be reported for all environmental objectives, of which the four non-climate objectives are reported for

the first time.

In January 2026, Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2026/73 was published in the Official Journal of the European

Union triggering its entry into force and introducing streamlined reporting templates. These templates replace the

extensive Annex XII templates for nuclear and gas activities with a simplified structure and also consolidate the Green

Asset Ratio (GAR) and related KPIs across all six environmental objectives. Although the regulation permits deferral of EU

Taxonomy disclosures or continued use of legacy templates, Deutsche Bank has chosen immediate adoption of the new

framework to align with regulatory expectations, reduce administrative burden, and enhance transparency. Prior-period

templates are not presented due to structural changes as the redesigned GAR denominator and changes to scope and

classification of exposures captured in KPI calculations prevent reliable restatement of prior‑period data.

262

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Disclosures pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation)

Where the use of proceeds is known at a transaction level, the bank considers relevant exposures to the extent the

underlying transaction is financing a Taxonomy eligible or aligned activity. For general purpose lending to counterparties

subject to the EU Taxonomy disclosure obligations as of year-end 2024, the bank considers exposures weighted by the

eligibility and alignment turnover and capital expenditure (capex) key performance indicators (KPIs) disclosed by its

clients. The turnover and capex KPIs are collected via a vendor, MSCI and mapped to relevant counterparties.

Identification of undertakings with obligation to report under the EU Taxonomy and the related Disclosures Delegated

Acts and their respective Taxonomy KPIs is performed in an ESG data collection project of the bank based on the

materiality of the in-scope exposures, except for the assets under management disclosures which are based on external

vendor classification. As the EU Taxonomy metrics are evolving and with the new Delegated Act there are limitations on

the amount and granularity of available data.

Within the exposures to households, residential real estate loans against households collateralized by residential

immovable property, building renovation loans and motor vehicle loans are all considered Taxonomy eligible. Given the

low level of energy performance certificate (EPC) coverage in the portfolio, Taxonomy alignment of the residential real

estate loans has been additionally determined via KfW sponsoring programs and the respective KfW Efficiency House

standards under which loans have been granted. Deutsche Bank has involved an external industry expert to determine

which standards are compliant with the technical screening criteria for substantial contribution, as defined in the EU

Taxonomy’s climate change mitigation activities 7.1 “Construction of new buildings” and 7.7 “Acquisition and ownership

of buildings”. Based on that, buildings constructed until 31. December 2020 shall either have an EPC class A or belong to

“the top 15% of the national or regional building stock expressed as operational Primary Energy Demand (PED)”. It was

concluded that buildings adhering to the criteria of KfW-70 or better are compliant with the “top 15% benchmark”. For

buildings constructed after 31. December 2020, the EU Taxonomy defines that the PED has to be “at least 10% lower

than the threshold set for the nearly zero-energy building (NZEB) requirements in national measures”. Here, it was

concluded that buildings adhering to the criteria of KfW-40 or better are compliant with the “at least 10% lower than

NZEB”-benchmark that is based on the updated German Buildings Energy Act (GEG/Gebäudeenergiegesetz).

Furthermore, EPCs are already widely collected in new business and their availability for the residential property stock is

to be systematically increased with proportionate measures.

For Do No Significant Harm compliance under activity 7.7, the EU Taxonomy requires a robust climate-risk and

vulnerability assessment in accordance with the criteria set out in Annex A of the Climate Delegated Act. Deutsche Bank

has operationalized this assessment based on externally sourced data, leveraging the methodology from EBA Pillar 3

reporting where the bank has transitioned from a local calibration approach to a more actuarial and globally calibrated

methodology. This enhanced methodology integrates comprehensive hazard data across all global locations, accounting

for diverse climate scenarios and varying future timeframes. Buildings with a very high risk exposure to at least one

physical climate risk are considered to be not aligned with the EU Taxonomy criteria, as the implementation of

adaptation measures cannot be verified at present.

Deutsche Bank recognizes the assessment of minimum social safeguards as defined under Article 18 of the EU Taxonomy

Regulation, but also acknowledges the EU Commission’s guidance in the third Commission Notice published in

November 2024, which confirms under question 37 that retail clients shall not be assessed against minimum social

safeguard requirements, whilst raising that banks should instead assess the “the respective […] undertakings producing

goods and providing services that are purchased by retail clients” and citing “purchase of electric cars or solar panels” as

examples for moveable assets covered under this requirement. Accordingly, for residential real estate, constituting

immovable assets, minimum social safeguards are currently not assessed. Deutsche Bank will monitor further

implementation guidance in this regard and assess its application for the bank once clarification becomes available.

For consumer lending, the use of proceeds information is currently not collected from customers. Accordingly, the

information about Taxonomy alignment of the bank’s motor vehicle loan portfolio is currently not available. Taxonomy

alignment of the renovation loan portfolio cannot be established either. As a result, motor vehicle loans and renovation

loans have been reported under non-assessed exposures.

Exposures to SPVs are identified based on internal methodologies and assessed applying a ‘look‑through’ approach for

both numerator and denominator.

The calculation of Deutsche Bank’s Taxonomy KPIs is based on the prudential consolidation circle and FINREP balance

sheet.

263

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Disclosures pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation)

The table “Summary of KPIs to be disclosed by credit institutions under Article 8 Taxonomy Regulation” summarizes

Deutsche Bank’s KPIs as of year-end 2025 which are detailed out in the section “Tabular disclosures in accordance with

Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation”:

–Green asset ratio (GAR) stock was 2.7% based on the turnover KPIs and 3.2% based on the capex KPIs; the increase of

ratios compared to the prior year was driven by the changes to the GAR ratio calculation between 2024 and 2025, as

the Omnibus simplifications allowed the bank to exclude non-CSRD exposures from the denominator

–GAR flow KPIs stood at 2.6% and 4.0% respectively; GAR flow KPIs as well as coverage percentages were calculated

based on the total flow of loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments to financial and non-financial

undertakings and households in relation to total GAR assets flow

–Financial guarantees KPIs were not reported based on the immateriality, as they only contributed 0.9% of the total

Group net revenue in 2025

–Assets under management stock KPIs stood at 4.7% and 6.9% respectively

–KPIs for trading book and fees and commissions income are not required to be disclosed until year-end 2027

Numbers presented in the following tables may not add up due to rounding. Blank cells represent datapoints that do not

have to be reported based on the templates prescribed by the EU Taxonomy Regulation and the related Disclosures

Delegated Acts.

Summary of KPIs to be disclosed by credit institutions under Article 8 Taxonomy Regulation

Dec 31, 2025 Total exposure to Taxonomy- aligned activities (in m) KPI (in %) KPI (in %) % coverage<br><br>(over total<br><br>assets) (in %) Non assessed<br><br>exposures (% of<br><br>covered assets)<br><br>(in %) Non assessed<br><br>exposures (% of<br><br>covered assets)<br><br>(in %)
Turnover-based CapEx-based CapEx-based Turnover-based CapEx-based
Main KPI Green<br><br>asset ratio<br><br>(GAR)<br><br>stock 6,460 2.7 3.2 17.0 2.9 2.9

All values are in Euros.

Dec 31, 2025 Total exposure to Taxonomy- aligned activities (in m) KPI (in %) KPI (in %) % coverage<br><br>(over total<br><br>assets) (in %) Non assessed<br><br>exposures (% of<br><br>covered assets)<br><br>(in %) Non assessed<br><br>exposures (% of<br><br>covered assets)<br><br>(in %)
Turnover-based CapEx-based CapEx-based Turnover-based CapEx-based
Additional<br><br>KPIs GAR (flow) 2,633 2.6 4.0 10.0 1.8 1.8
Trading<br><br>book N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Financial<br><br>guarantees1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Assets under<br><br>Manage-<br><br>ment 31,447 4.7 6.9 39.0
Fees and<br><br>commissions<br><br>income N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

All values are in Euros.

1Reported as N/A in line with the EU Commission’s 4 July 2025 FAQ, as the KPI represents less than 10% of total net revenue

264

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Disclosures pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation)
Dec 31, 20241 Total<br><br>environmentally<br><br>sustainable<br><br>assets<br><br>(in € m) Turnover KPIs CapEx KPIs % coverage<br><br>(over total<br><br>assets) % of assets<br><br>excluded from<br><br>the numerator<br><br>of the GAR<br><br>(Article 7(2) and<br><br>(3) and Section<br><br>1.1.2. of Annex<br><br>V) % of assets<br><br>excluded from<br><br>the denominator<br><br>of the GAR<br><br>(Article 7(1) and<br><br>Section 1.2.4 of<br><br>Annex V)
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Main KPI Green asset ratio (GAR)<br><br>stock 6,097<br><br>(Turnover) 1.0 1.2 44.3 27.4 55.7
7,308 (CapEx) Dec 31, 20241 Total<br><br>environmentally<br><br>sustainable<br><br>assets<br><br>(in € m) Turnover KPIs CapEx KPIs % coverage<br><br>(over total<br><br>assets) % of assets<br><br>excluded from<br><br>the numerator<br><br>of the GAR<br><br>(Article 7(2) and<br><br>(3) and Section<br><br>1.1.2. of Annex<br><br>V) % of assets<br><br>excluded from<br><br>the denominator<br><br>of the GAR<br><br>(Article 7(1) and<br><br>Section 1.2.4 of<br><br>Annex V)
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Additional KPIs GAR (flow) 820 0.2 0.4 21.4 78.6
1,392
Trading book N/A N/A N/A
Financial guarantees 783<br><br>(Turnover) 2.4 3.2
1,043 (CapEx)
Assets under<br><br>Management 17,086<br><br>(Turnover) 1.4 2.2
26,933<br><br>(CapEx)
Fees and commissions<br><br>income N/A N/A N/A

N/A - not applicable

1 The calculation methodology for year-end 2024 follows Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178; comparative table and figures were not restated

265

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Climate change

For Deutsche Bank, reaching net zero by 2050 means not only living up to its responsibilities, but also capitalizing on the

business opportunities arising from the economy’s low-carbon transition. Additionally, the bank is focused on managing

climate-related risks and impacts linked to its financing and investment activities. To support these objectives, Deutsche

Bank’s ambition level includes clear, quantifiable targets — both for decarbonizing portfolios in high-carbon emission

industries and for growing sustainable business.

Transition Plan

ESRS E1-1

Since Deutsche Bank’s Management Board made sustainability a strategic priority in 2019, the bank has made significant

progress across all greenhouse gas emission scopes toward achieving its interim targets for 2030.

In compliance with requirement ESRS E1-1, Deutsche Bank hereby discloses that it is not excluded from EU Paris-aligned

Benchmarks.

In October 2023, Deutsche Bank published its Initial Transition Plan which has been updated in 2025. The plan outlines

the progress made and the strategy to reach its net zero commitment by 2030 (interim) and 2050, including the

consolidation of the bank’s definitions, methodologies, targets and achievements on its path, as well as the way forward.

In addition, it adopts a holistic approach to the bank’s net zero transition to support the Paris Agreement climate targets

by focusing on three dimensions of decarbonization: the bank’s own operations (Scope 1 and 2); Deutsche Bank’s supply

chain (Scope 3, Categories 1 to 14); and financing provided to clients (Scope 3, Category 15, excluding DWS).

By the end of 2025, carbon emissions across all three scopes were as follows:

Status quo of CO2 emissions

engfinalfinal.jpg

Numbers may not add up due to rounding

1 Scope 1, Scope 2 (market-based) and Scope 3, Categories 1-14 include actual numbers for the period from 1 January to 30 September 2025 and best estimate numbers

for the period from 1 October to 31 December 2025, which are based on prior year’s fourth quarter

2 As of year-end 2025

3 As of year-end 2025, financed emissions calculations are based on disclosed Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions of Deutsche Bank’s clients

With 390.62 MtCO₂e and 99.74% of Deutsche Bank’s total emissions, the largest share stemmed from Scope 3, Category

15 emissions linked to the bank’s EU residential real estate and corporate loan portfolios. The primary lever for further

reduction is addressing these Scope 3, Category 15 emissions by partnering with clients, introducing net zero pathways

for the most carbon-intensive sectors and providing sustainable and transition finance as well as ESG investments

opportunities. Details on the bank’s methodologies, 2030 (interim) and 2050 targets, and the development of the

emissions of each scope are outlined in the following sub-chapters of this “Climate change” chapter.

266

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Key enablers and decarbonization levers

To implement the Transition Plan and achieve emission reductions, Deutsche Bank relies on dedicated governance

structures, strategies, defined metrics and targets, as well as robust frameworks covering its own operations, supply

chain, residential real estate portfolio, and corporate loan portfolio. Furthermore, Deutsche Bank has identified key levers

within each category to drive emission reductions and meet its targets. As part of its Sustainability Strategy Key

Deliverable and its Transition Plan, Deutsche Bank monitors emission reduction levers and refines them as appropriate.

The following table presents an overview of the bank’s key enablers and levers:

Scope 1 and 2 Scope 3, Categories 1-14 Scope 3, Category 15
Own operations Supply chain EU residential real estate Corporate loan exposure
Governance Group Sustainability Committee provides overall<br><br>governance of climate-related management across own<br><br>operations and supply chain, with quarterly oversight by<br><br>the Chief Sustainability Officer. Progress and delivery is<br><br>managed through a dedicated workstream under the Key<br><br>Deliverable Sustainability Strategy Steering Committee Group Risk Committee and Group Sustainability Committee form<br><br>the backbone by e.g., approving the risk appetite and net zero<br><br>targets. In addition, there is a dedicated net zero governance,<br><br>e.g., the Net Zero Fora and workstreams of the Key Deliverable<br><br>Sustainability Strategy Steering Committee
Strategy Reduce emissions e.g., by<br><br>increasing energy<br><br>efficiency and using<br><br>renewable energy Reduce emissions e.g., by<br><br>switching to lower carbon<br><br>alternatives Reduce emissions by aligning the bank’s portfolio with net zero<br><br>by 2050 and promote sustainable and transition finance business<br><br>and ESG investment opportunities
Frameworks Climate-related management is guided by the GHG<br><br>Protocol and the Group’s Transition Plan Dedicated frameworks support the decarbonization of the bank’s<br><br>Scope 3.15 emissions, including the Sustainable Finance<br><br>Framework
Internal frameworks,<br><br>including the Global Real<br><br>Estate Engineering<br><br>Standards No dedicated framework Internal Key Operating<br><br>Document and respective<br><br>Model Development<br><br>Documents Transition Finance Framework,<br><br>Sustainable Instruments<br><br>Framework, and sectoral<br><br>guidelines for Thermal Coal<br><br>and Oil & Gas
Metrics and<br><br>targets Reduction of emissions by<br><br>46% by 2030 (2019<br><br>baseline) Reduction of emissions by<br><br>46% by 2030 (2019<br><br>baseline) No dedicated target, but<br><br>quarterly monitoring of<br><br>relevant metrics, including<br><br>financed CO2 emissions Sectoral net zero pathways for<br><br>2030 (interim) and 2050 for<br><br>the eight most carbon-<br><br>intensive sectors within the<br><br>corporate loan portfolio which<br><br>are operationalized internally<br><br>as divisional carbon budgets
Key<br><br>decarbonization<br><br>levers Efficiency measures to<br><br>reduce overall energy<br><br>consumption (e.g., via<br><br>equipment upgrades,<br><br>recommissioning building<br><br>energy management<br><br>systems)<br><br>Long-term procurement of<br><br>renewable energy and<br><br>installation of onsite<br><br>renewable energy sources<br><br>Switching from high-<br><br>emission fuels to low-<br><br>carbon alternatives in areas<br><br>such as heating, car fleet Engage with the bank’s<br><br>strategic suppliers to<br><br>support and monitor their<br><br>decarbonization efforts Empower private individuals<br><br>by providing financial<br><br>assistance and expert advice<br><br>Collaborating with corporate<br><br>clients in upstream industries<br><br>that supply energy and<br><br>materials<br><br>Engagement with<br><br>policymakers, governments,<br><br>and peer banks to develop<br><br>methodologies and priorities Finance the development and<br><br>scalability of clean energy<br><br>infrastructure needed for<br><br>transition away from fossil<br><br>fuels in the economy<br><br>Engage with high-emitting<br><br>clients to support and finance<br><br>their decarbonization and<br><br>transition<br><br>Review engagement with<br><br>clients which are not willing or<br><br>able to transition away from<br><br>carbon-intensive activities and<br><br>as a last resort, responsibly<br><br>phase out high-emitting assets
Detailed information is provided in the following sub-chapters of this chapter as well as the “Sustainability Governance” chapter of this Sustainability<br><br>Statement.

267

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Key actions and resources

In 2025, Deutsche Bank did not incur any material CapEx or OpEx to implement its sustainability strategy and transition

plan. Deutsche Bank’s role in the transition to a more sustainable economy is to support its clients by offering dedicated

sustainable and transition financing solutions, as well as ESG investment opportunities.

The bank is further developing the Transition Plan as tools, methodologies and data for assessing the climate impact of

its own operations, supply chain and clients’ activities continue to evolve. In 2025, Deutsche Bank extended its Scope 3,

Category 15 emissions coverage to include facilitated emissions. Additionally, the bank published its initial Transition

Finance Framework in November 2025, effective January 1, 2026. For the assessment of counterparties’ transition plans,

Deutsche Bank has developed an automated Transition Maturity Score, which will be implemented in 2026. This score

evaluates key elements of client’s climate transition plans, including ambition, governance, strategy, and emissions

performance. In the years ahead, Deutsche Bank aims to capture opportunities in the bank’s private clients’ assets under

management.

In compliance with regulatory requirements, the bank will update its Transition Plan and in addition, report progress

annually. During the annual planning process, Deutsche Bank continues to consider the latest net zero scenarios and

economy-wide pathways to identify investment needs and their influence on the bank’s sustainable and transition

financing and investment plan.

In 2023, the Group Sustainability Committee approved the Initial Transition Plan publication, along with the net zero

pathways and decarbonization targets. In addition, this year’s update was acknowledged by the committee. The

Management Board has delegated sustainability-related decisions to the Group Sustainability Committee. Therefore, this

committee acts as the main governance and decision-making body for sustainability-related matters for Deutsche Bank

Group.

In 2025, DWS has not published a climate transition plan. DWS will continue to monitor the developments on evolving

regulation and market standards concerning appropriate disclosures on climate transition plans. This will inform its

approach and timing going forward and includes the upcoming requirements under unfair competition rules, which call

for implementation plans that substantiate any environmental claims made.

Information relating to DWS´s approach on sustainability and climate change mitigation can be found in the “Sustainable

Finance - Asset Management” chapter and also in the sub-section “Metrics and targets” of the “Client portfolios in Asset

Management” chapter.

Own operations and supply chain

Deutsche Bank Group, through its Global Real Estate function, drives climate action across its own operations and supply

chain, focusing on the efficient use of energy and resources used in offices and the reporting of indirect greenhouse gas

(GHG) emissions across the supply chain.

Governance

ESRS 2 GOV-2

The Head of Global Real Estate has overall responsibility for environmental performance across the Group’s own

operations globally and for reporting supply chain-related greenhouse gas impacts. The position holder defines and

coordinates the bank’s Global Real Estate strategy and is supported by regional management teams, who implement this

approach within their respective countries, in line with local regulation.

The function reports to the Management Board Member acting as Chief Operating Officer, with whom regular meetings

are held to discuss real estate related topics and alignment with the Group’s sustainability objectives. Quarterly reviews

are held with the Chief Sustainability Officer to assess strategic direction and performance against climate-related

targets. Further updates are provided to the Group Sustainability Committee and the Management Board, as required.

The ongoing delivery of sustainability activities across both own operations and the supply chain is governed under the

bank-wide sustainability strategy Key Deliverable (a Change-The-Bank (CTB) priority). Progress is reported monthly to

the Sustainability Strategy Steering Committee and quarterly to the Group Sustainability Committee. Established targets

are also monitored through the bank-wide commitment-tracking process, with progress updates provided every six

months to the Group Sustainability Committee.

The bank’s governance framework for collecting data on, quantifying, and reporting greenhouse gas emissions is based

on ISO 14064, an internationally recognized standard for greenhouse gas accounting. In addition, the Group’s energy

management system in Germany is certified to ISO 50001, which includes monitoring progress toward energy and cost

reduction targets on a monthly and annual basis.

268

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Strategy

ESRS E1-2, ESRS 2 MDR-P

The climate-related management of the bank’s own operations and supply chain is based on the Group’s broader

sustainability strategy and supports its commitment to achieve net zero by 2050. The operational elements of this

strategy are delivered by the Global Real Estate function through the bank’s Transition Plan and the Global Real Estate

Engineering Standards, which together define how climate change mitigation objectives are translated into measurable

actions across operations globally. Further details on the Transition Plan are provided in the “Transition Plan” sub-

chapter as part of this “Climate change” chapter.

Within the bank’s own operations, the Global Real Estate Engineering Standards define the principles for managing

environmental performance and embed efficiency-driven energy measures that support the transition to lower-carbon

operations and address material opportunities to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. These standards also prescribe

requirements for the global procurement of renewable electricity in line with RE100 guidelines, strengthening energy

resilience. Relevant targets are derived at Group-level and set in line with the governance processes described above,

such as the bank’s commitment to source 100% renewable electricity by 2025. These standards are disseminated

through the Group’s policy management system, ensuring global accessibility.

Across the supply chain, the bank engages its suppliers through the CDP Supply Chain Program and targeted outreach,

with an increasing focus on supporting decarbonization efforts. In 2025, the bank requested its largest 500 suppliers to

disclose greenhouse gas emissions data through the CDP platform. In total, 182 suppliers responded, representing 56%

of total addressable supplier spend. This outcome remained below the target of achieving 80% coverage of total

addressable supplier spend submitting to the platform by 2025. The bank recognized that response rates were impacted

by conditions external to the Group, which limited supplier participation. In light of this, the bank continues its dialogue

with non-responding and strategic suppliers to improve availability of verified greenhouse gas emissions data and, where

feasible, Deutsche Bank-specific emissions data. These efforts are supported by supplier engagement programs and

training initiatives for both suppliers and the bank’s own workforce.

Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets

ESRS 2 SBM-3

Impacts, risks and opportunities across the bank are identified and assessed through the double materiality assessment

process, as detailed in the “Double materiality assessment” chapter within this Sustainability Statement.

In 2025, Deutsche Bank identified the material opportunity across its own operations and supply chain to progress

decarbonization initiatives and support the delivery of the Group’s climate targets. The related actions, time horizons and

performance measures are summarized in the table below.

Topic: Climate Change
Sub-topic Value chain Time<br><br>horizon IRO type IRO description Policies Actions Metrics & targets
Climate<br><br>change<br><br>mitigation Own<br><br>operations<br><br>and<br><br>supply<br><br>chain Medium-<br><br>term Opportu-<br><br>nity Opportunity to support<br><br>Deutsche Bank's climate<br><br>transition, reduce costs,<br><br>and strengthen the<br><br>bank's brand reputation<br><br>by lowering operational<br><br>greenhouse gas (GHG)<br><br>emissions Group<br><br>Transition Plan<br><br>Global Real<br><br>Estate<br><br>Engineering<br><br>Standards Implementation of<br><br>energy efficiency<br><br>measures across the real<br><br>estate portfolio<br><br>Procurement of<br><br>renewable electricity<br><br>through market-based<br><br>instruments<br><br>Engagement with<br><br>suppliers to support<br><br>their decarbonization<br><br>initiatives GHG emissions<br><br>and their<br><br>associated<br><br>reduction<br><br>targets (Scope<br><br>1, 2, 3 –<br><br>Categories<br><br>1-14)<br><br>Energy<br><br>consumption in<br><br>GWh

Energy consumption and mix

ESRS E1-5, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 MDR-T

Within Deutsche Bank’s operational footprint, actions are taken on a continuous basis to improve energy efficiency and

reduce the energy consumption of its buildings. This includes using more efficient technologies, systematic

recommissioning of equipment, and the broader optimization of building operations. Alongside these measures, a focus

on space utilization and the acceleration of the bank’s space reduction program support a structural decline in energy

demand across the footprint.

269

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

The Eco-Performance Management Office (EcoPMO) operates a centrally driven approach within the Global Real Estate

function to support the consistent and coordinated implementation of energy efficiency measures globally. It defines the

criteria and responsibilities for assessing and approving efficiency-related initiatives and tracks their outcomes in parallel.

This enables the continuous exchange of knowledge and best practices with engineering teams on building performance

across regions. Bi-monthly reviews are held with regional teams to drive further alignment and decision-making across

energy management topics, including priorities for decarbonization.

During the reporting year, 86 efficiency-related initiatives were implemented globally. This contributed to the reduction

of 123 GWh in energy consumption compared with the prior year, equivalent to a 23% year-on-year decrease overall. The

combined impact of these measures also supported the achievement of the bank’s 2025 target to reduce energy

consumption by 30% against a 2019 baseline of 834 GWh. In 2025, energy consumption from building operations

reduced by 51% relative to the baseline.

The table below discloses the Group’s total energy consumption, expressed in megawatt hours (MWh) and is presented

by source, including fossil fuel, nuclear and renewable sources. Renewable energy consumption is further disaggregated

into renewable fuel consumption and purchased or acquired renewable electricity, heat, steam and cooling. Self-

generated non-fuel renewable energy, where applicable, is presented separately. The relative share of fossil, nuclear and

renewable sources, together with the percentage variance compared to the previous period, are also disclosed.

Energy consumption and mix1

in MWh (unless stated otherwise) Dec 31, 20252 Dec 31, 20243 Variance from<br><br>previous period<br><br>(in %)
Energy consumption from fossil sources4 177,067 183,986 (4)
Energy consumption from nuclear sources5 34 367 (91)
Energy consumption from renewable sources6 230,888 346,563 (33)
Fuel consumption for renewable sources (including biomass, biofuels, biogas, hydrogen<br><br>from renewable sources, etc.)7 N/A N/A N/A
Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and cooling from<br><br>renewable sources8 230,888 346,563 (33)
Consumption of self-generated non-fuel renewable energy7 N/A N/A N/A
Total energy consumption9 407,989 530,917 (23)
Share of fossil sources in total energy consumption (in %) 43 35 25
Share of nuclear sources in total energy consumption (in %) 0.01 0.07 (88)
Share of renewable sources in total energy consumption (in %) 57 65 (13)

N/A - not applicable

1 Energy consumption is disclosed in MWh and reported on total energy consumed within the reporting period

2Figures for 2025 include actual numbers for the period from 1 January to 30 September 2025 and best estimate numbers for the period from 1 October to 31 December

2025, which are based on prior year’s fourth quarter

3Prior-year figures are always adjusted to a January to December reporting basis. This is because the estimates applied at the close of the 2024 fiscal year have been

replaced with actual data as it became available after publication, including updated power grid factors and methodology improvements

4Fossil sources include energy derived from non-renewable fuels such as natural gas, oil products (diesel, petrol, fuel oil, LPG and coal), including purchased electricity and

district energy generated from fossil fuels (location-based)

5 Nuclear sources relate solely to nuclear-powered electricity generation. This metric is approximated based on country-level electricity mix data from external sources

6 Renewable sources include energy derived from solar, wind, hydropower, geothermal, biomass, biogas and renewable hydrogen, including contracted renewable

electricity (e.g., renewable energy attribute certificates (RECs) where applicable)

7 The Group did not consume fuel consumption from renewable sources nor generate any self-generated non-fuel renewable energy during the reporting period

8 The renewable consumption reported relates solely to purchased renewable electricity; no renewable heat, steam or cooling was acquired during the reporting period.

Renewable electricity coverage was not possible in Russia and Colombia due to the absence of eligible market-based instruments. The resulting exposure represented

0.1% of total electricity consumption

9Total energy consumption represents the aggregate of fossil, nuclear and renewable energy consumed during the reporting period

Contractual instruments

The bank progressively increased the share of renewable electricity in its global electricity supply mix and achieved 100%

renewable electricity coverage globally in the reporting year. The transition was implemented by identifying markets

where renewable electricity could be procured using contractual instruments, including green electricity supply

contracts and renewable energy attribute certificates (RECs).

In 2025, a combination of contractual instruments was applied across the portfolio, with the approach varying by

regional market structure and certificate availability. Renewable energy attribute certificates were used in selected

countries, including Guarantees of Origin (GO) in Germany and International Renewable Energy Certificates (I-REC) in

India. Green electricity supply contracts were in place for selected offices in the United Kingdom (U.K.), as well as Italy,

Spain and Luxembourg.

270

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

The table below provides a breakdown of the contractual instruments used to support the bank’s renewable electricity

sourcing and associated Scope 2 market-based emissions reporting. It distinguishes between:

–The share of total Scope 2 energy consumption covered by contractual instruments, and

–The type of instruments used, differentiating between bundled (where electricity supply and its renewable attributes

are procured together under a single contract) and unbundled renewable energy attribute claims (where renewable

energy certificates are acquired separately from the underlying electricity supply)

Overall, contractual instruments covered 76% of total Scope 2 energy consumption during the reporting year, equivalent

to 231 GWh of renewable electricity consumption. Of this coverage, 19% was achieved through bundled arrangements

and 57% through unbundled renewable energy attribute certificates. The 48% year-on-year increase reflected the bank’s

expanded procurement of renewable electricity compared with the prior year, supporting the achievement of 100%

renewable electricity coverage. The remaining 24% of Scope 2 energy consumption related to other indirect energy

sources, including district heating, steam and chilled water, for which no renewable contractual instruments were in

place.

Dec 31, 20251 Dec 31, 20242 Variance from<br><br>previous period<br><br>(in %)
Contractual instruments
Total share of contractual instruments (Scope 2 market-based)3 76 51 48
Green Contracts4 19 13 42
Electricity Attribute Certificate (EAC)4 57 38 50
Virtual Power Purchase Agreement (vPPA)4,5 N/A N/A N/A
Share of contractual instruments used for the purchase of energy bundled with attributes<br><br>related to energy generation (in %) 100 100
Green Contracts 100 100
Electricity Attribute Certificate (EAC) N/A N/A N/A
Virtual Power Purchase Agreement (vPPA) N/A N/A N/A
Share of contractual instruments used for the purchase of unbundled energy<br><br>attribute claims (in %) 100 100
Green Contracts N/A N/A N/A
Electricity Attribute Certificate (EAC) 100 100
Virtual Power Purchase Agreement (vPPA) N/A N/A N/A

N/A - not applicable

1Figures for 2025 include actual numbers for the period from 1 January to 30 September 2025 and best estimate numbers for the period from 1 October to 31 December

2025, which are based on prior year’s fourth quarter

2 Prior-year figures are always adjusted to a January to December reporting basis. This is because the estimates applied at the close of the 2024 fiscal year have been

replaced with actual data as it became available after publication, including updated power grid factors and methodology improvements

3 Percentages represent the share of total Scope 2 energy consumption covered by each contractual instrument category. No contractual instruments were applied to

electricity consumption in Russia and Colombia during the reporting period due to the absence of eligible market-based instruments

4 The classification of contractual instruments as bundled or unbundled is based on the definitions set forth in relevant guidelines, such as the Greenhouse Gas Protocol for

Scope 2 Guidance, which provides a framework for renewable energy sourcing and accounting. Under this framework: “Green Contracts” refer to electricity supply

agreements in which electricity and the associated renewable energy attributes are procured together; “Electricity Attributes Certificates (EACs)” refer to unbundled

renewable energy certificates acquired separately from electricity supply; “Virtual Power Purchase Agreement (vPPAs)” refer to contractual arrangements under which

renewable energy attributes are procured without physical delivery of electricity

5 No virtual Power Purchase Agreements (vPPAs) were in place during the reporting period; accordingly, no electricity consumption was covered through this instrument

Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions

ESRS E1-3, ESRS E1-4, ESRS E1-6, ESRS 2 MDR-T, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-M

Deutsche Bank reports its greenhouse gas emissions on a consolidated basis, and the scope of consolidation is the same

as for the Group’s consolidated financial statements. The emissions inventory is classified in line with the Greenhouse

Gas Protocol into the following recognized categories:

–Scope 1: Direct greenhouse emissions from sources that are owned or controlled by the Group, including stationary

combustion (e.g., heating), mobile combustion (e.g., owned or leased vehicles) and fugitive emissions (e.g., refrigerant

leakage from cooling equipment)

–Scope 2: Indirect emissions from the generation of purchased or acquired energy consumed by the Group, including

electricity, district heating, steam, and chilled water

–Scope 3: All other indirect greenhouse gas emissions that occur in the value chain of the Group, both upstream and

downstream, as defined under categories 1-15 of the GHG Protocol Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard

Greenhouse gas emissions are reported in metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalents (tCO₂eq), enabling comparison of

the climate impact of different greenhouse gases. This comparability is achieved by converting emissions of each

greenhouse gas using global warming potential (GWP) values. The bank uses the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate

Change (IPCC) Sixth Assessment Report (AR6) GWP values on a 100-year period (GWP100) excluding feedback loops, as

agreed by the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC).

271

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Across own operations and supply chain, the Group has committed to achieving net zero greenhouse gas emissions by

  1. In line with this strategy, separate interim reduction targets have been established, each requiring a 46% reduction

in greenhouse gas emissions across Scope 1, Scope 2 (market-based) and Scope 3 (categories 1-14) by 2030, measured

against their respective 2019 baseline.

In alignment with the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi), the targets follow the Absolute Contraction Approach and

are consistent with a 1.5°C pathway. This approach applies a linear reduction in absolute emissions over time,

independent of company size, sector or growth profile, and assumes consistent application of the Greenhouse Gas

Protocol across all relevant scopes and categories. Targets are expressed as percentage reductions in total greenhouse

gas emissions relative to the baseline year 2019. The baseline year was selected to provide a representative year which

covered the most recent period for which the data was available at the time. For Scope 2, reduction targets are defined

and monitored on a market-based basis, as this reflects renewable electricity procurement decisions. Location-based

Scope 2 emissions are disclosed for transparency purposes and are not subject to separate absolute or intensity

reduction targets.

Progress towards the 2030 interim targets is driven by a set of decarbonization measures across the bank’s footprint,

including energy efficiency improvements, renewable energy sourcing, and fuel switching. Each measure is supported by

specific operational targets delivered in 2025:

–Energy efficiency: 30% reduction in energy consumption (based on a 2019 baseline)

–Renewable energy sourcing: 100% renewable electricity coverage globally

–Fuel switching: 30% reduction in car fleet gasoline consumption in Germany (based on a 2019 baseline)

Together, these actions translate the Group’s Transition Plan into measurable outcomes and operate in combination

across the emissions footprint. Their collective impact is assessed and monitored at an aggregated level and is expected

to deliver continued emissions reductions in line with the Group’s 46% reduction targets by 2030. Where residual

emissions remain after reduction measures have been maximized, they are addressed through the purchase and

retirement of carbon credits. The bank’s progress against the 2030 target and its decarbonization pathway is assessed

annually.

Climate-related targets are set at Group level with input from relevant internal stakeholders and approved in line with

the governance structure described in this sub-chapter. As part of this process, no separate targets have been

established for years prior to 2030; absolute emissions reductions are used as the primary performance metric year-on-

year. Intensity-based targets are not applied across Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 (categories 1-14) greenhouse gas

emissions, as absolute reduction targets are considered a more representative measure of decarbonization progress

across the Group’s own operations and supply chain, where emissions outcomes are primarily driven by asset-level

efficiency measures and procurement decisions rather than changes in business output.

Methodological notes

Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions

The bank calculates Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol

Corporate Standard.

Scope 1 emissions comprise direct greenhouse gas emissions from fuel combustion across the bank’s operations, fuel use

in owned and leased vehicles, and fugitive emissions from refrigerant leakage. Fuel consumption and refrigerant data are

collected at building level through the Group’s global reporting system and centrally consolidated. Emissions are

calculated using U.K. Government conversion factors. Fugitive emissions are calculated based on refrigerant type,

applying 100-year Global Warming Potential (GWP100) values in line with reporting requirements.

Scope 2 emissions comprise indirect emissions from the generation of purchased electricity, district heating, steam and

chilled water consumed by the bank. Where relevant, this scope also includes electricity consumed by owned and leased

electric vehicles. This is disclosed on both a location-based and market-based basis in line with the Greenhouse Gas

Protocol’s dual reporting requirement. Energy consumption data is collected monthly across all buildings through the

same global reporting system and consolidated centrally.

Location-based emissions are calculated using grid-average emission factors primarily sourced from the International

Energy Agency (IEA), Environment Canada and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) Emissions and

Generation Resource Integrated Database (eGRID). Under the market-based approach, renewable electricity is procured

through contractual instruments, enabling the bank to report near-zero market-based emissions. Emissions associated

with district heating, steam and chilled water are calculated using U.K. Government conversion factors.

272

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions

Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions are calculated in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Value

Chain (Scope 3) and cover all relevant upstream and downstream categories 1 to 15. In 2025, 84% of total Scope 3

emissions (categories 1-14) were calculated using primary data. The methodological approach applied to each category

is described in detail below.

Purchased goods and services and capital goods

During the reporting year, greenhouse gas emissions associated with the bank’s purchased goods and services and

capital goods represented 68% of total emissions reported across categories 1-14. To calculate these emissions, the

bank applied a clear hierarchy of methodologies, ensuring that the highest quality data was used where available.

Where suppliers provided emissions data apportioned to the Group, this data was directly integrated into reporting. In

addition, supplier-specific data submitted through the CDP Supply Chain program was incorporated into reporting,

subject to defined quality criteria. Supplier Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions must be externally verified, and

relevant upstream Scope 3 categories (1-8) were included. The bank’s procurement spending with each supplier was

multiplied by the supplier-specific spend-intensity factor to calculate attributable emissions. Emissions calculated using

this method are treated as primary data.

For the remaining emissions not covered by supplier data, a spend-based approach was applied using the

Comprehensive Environmental Data Archive (CEDA) multi-regional input-output database (2025 version, baseline year

2023). Industry-average emission factors were applied to procurement categories at supplier-country level to reflect

regional differences. Emissions calculated using spend-based factors are treated as secondary data.

Fuel-and energy-related activities

Category 3 includes upstream emissions associated with purchased fuels and energy that are not captured within Scope

1 or Scope 2 emissions reporting. In 2025, this comprised well-to-tank (WTT) emissions from fuel combustion, calculated

using U.K. Government conversion factors by fuel type, and upstream emissions from purchased electricity, heat, steam

and cooling, including transmission and distribution (T&D) losses, calculated using country-specific emission factors from

the International Energy Agency (IEA).

Reported emissions were classified as both primary and secondary depending on the nature of the underlying

consumption data. Estimated or extrapolated energy consumption was treated as secondary data.

Upstream transportation and distribution

Category 4 include emissions from third-party transportation and distribution services relating to products purchased by

the Group, occurring between the Group’s suppliers and its own operations. Emissions were calculated using the same

methodological approach applied to Purchased goods and services and capital goods, including the integration of

supplier-specific emissions data where available and the application of spend-based emission factors where primary data

was not available.

Waste generated in operations

Waste generated from operational activities globally was reported and centrally consolidated through the bank’s

reporting system. Emissions were calculated based on waste volumes and disposal routes (e.g., recycling, landfill,

incineration with or without energy recovery), applying U.K. Government emission conversion factors for waste

treatment.

Emissions were calculated globally where reported waste data was available and disclosed. Calculations based on actual

waste volumes were classified as primary data, while those derived from estimated or extrapolated volumes were treated

as secondary data.

Business travel

Business travel includes emissions from air travel, hotel stays, rail, car rental and taxi travel undertaken for business

purposes. Activity data was primarily sourced through the Group’s travel management provider.

Air travel emissions are calculated based on flight distance and cabin class using U.K. Government conversion factors,

including well-to-tank (WTT) emissions and a radiative forcing uplift to account for non-CO2 impacts. Emissions from

hotel stays are calculated using room nights multiplied by country-specific emission factors. Ground transport emissions

(rail, rental cars and taxi trips) are calculated using distance-based methodologies and U.K. Government conversion

factors, with conservative distance assumptions applied where actual mileage data is unavailable.

273

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Where activity-level data was not available, a spend-based approach using the CEDA multi-regional input-output

database was applied. Calculations based on actual travel distances were classified as primary data, while those derived

from estimated or extrapolated data were treated as secondary data.

Employee commuting

Category 7 includes emissions from employee commuting and homeworking. In the absence of employee-level

commuting data, emissions were estimated using full-time equivalents (FTEs) and office occupancy data, applying a

global emission factor derived from a country-specific commuting model developed by an external consultancy. The

model reflects national transport mode splits and average commuting distances.

Homeworking emissions were calculated using estimated energy consumption per FTE (kilowatt-hour per month),

covering electricity and natural gas use (including heating, cooling, lighting and equipment). Country-specific emission

factors were used, including from the International Energy Agency (IEA), and adjusted based on national homeworking

rates derived from Deutsche Bank employee data and office occupancy levels.

Reported emissions in this category were classified as secondary due to the use of modelled assumptions.

Upstream leased assets

Emissions from upstream leased assets outside the bank’s Scope 1 and Scope 2 reporting boundary are reported within

this category. For Deutsche Bank, this included reported energy usage from regional data centers. This was calculated

using site-specific energy consumption data and applying the same methodology as Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3

category 3, with country-specific emission factors from the International Energy Agency (IEA) covering both direct and

upstream components.

As calculations in 2025 were based on actual energy consumption data, emissions in this category were classified as

primary data.

Downstream transportation and distribution

Category 9 covers emissions associated with downstream transportation activities within the value chain. Emissions were

estimated based on assumed transport modes and associated distance factors, applying U.K. Government conversion

factors (including direct and well-to-tank emissions). All other transportation-related emissions were captured under

upstream transportation and distribution.

Reported emissions in this category were derived from estimated activity data and are therefore classified as secondary

data.

Processing of sold products

Category 10 has been assessed as not relevant.

Use of sold products

Category 11 relates to indirect emissions arising from customer use of the Group’s products and services. Emissions were

estimated using customer activity metrics with standardized usage assumptions. Electricity-related emission factors,

including both direct and upstream components, from the International Energy Agency (IEA) were applied to estimate

associated lifetime usage emissions.

Reported emissions in this category were classified as secondary data due to the use of modelled assumptions.

End-of-life treatment of sold products

Category 12 includes emissions associated with the end-of-life treatment of products distributed by the Group.

Emissions were estimated by applying U.K. Government conversion factors to material volume assumptions representative

of disposal pathways.

Reported emissions in this category were classified as secondary data.

274

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Downstream leased assets

Category 13 includes emissions associated with assets subleased to third parties where the Group assumes a landlord

role. Emissions primarily related to building energy consumption and refrigerant use during the sublease period.

In the absence of site-specific consumption data, industry-average energy intensity benchmarks from the Chartered

Institution of Building Engineers (CIBSE) were applied to floor area to estimate electricity and natural gas consumption.

Deutsche Bank-specific refrigerant intensity factors (tCO2eq per m2), derived from the Group’s own portfolio, were

applied to estimate fugitive emissions. Country-specific emission factors from the International Energy Agency (IEA) and

U.K. Government conversion factors, including both direct and upstream components, were used to convert energy

consumption into greenhouse gas emissions.

Reported emissions in this category were classified as secondary data.

Franchises

Category 14 has been assessed as not relevant.

Investments

Category 15 (financed emissions) relates to emissions associated with the Group’s lending and financing activities.

Detailed information on the methodology, assumptions and governance framework applied to financed emissions is

addressed separately in the “Climate and other environmental risks” sub-chapter of this “Climate change” chapter.

Separately, emissions related to the bank’s Asset Management division (DWS) are disclosed in the “Metrics and targets”

section of the “Client portfolios in Asset Management” sub-chapter of this “Climate change” chapter.

Methodological updates

This is the first reporting year in which climate change mitigation has been assessed as material for own operations and

supply chain. Comparative information is presented where available and relevant; where prior-year information was not

comparable or unavailable, this is disclosed accordingly.

During the reporting year, the Group recalculated its 2019 greenhouse gas emissions baseline for Scope 2 and Scope 3

emissions (categories 1-14). The recalculation incorporated updated methodologies and improved data inputs, including

increased use of supplier-specific data and updated emission factors. Scope 1 emissions were not subject to

recalculations, as no material methodological changes were identified for this scope.

While the recalculated baseline ensures greater methodological accuracy, the bank’s emission reduction targets remain

unchanged, with performance metrics recalibrated in line with the revised baseline.

Gross Scope 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions

ESRS E1-6

The following table shows Deutsche Bank’s greenhouse gas emissions, broken down into Scope 1, Scope 2, and Scope 3,

with corresponding milestones and target years presented on the right side of the table.

Performance against targets

The Group’s emissions performance across own operations and supply chain is assessed against both the prior reporting

year and the reduction pathway required to achieve the 2030 targets. The pathway requires a 46% absolute reduction in

each Scope 1, Scope 2 (market-based) and Scope 3 (categories 1-14) emissions relative to the 2019 baseline.

Scope 1 emissions totaled 17,146 tons of CO2eq in 2025, representing a 4% reduction compared with the prior year. The

decrease was primarily driven by lower fuel consumption across the portfolio, and across the bank’s owned and leased

vehicles. Compared with the 2019 baseline, emissions have reduced by 66%, thereby exceeding the 46% reduction

required by 2030 at year-end 2025.

Scope 2 (market-based) emissions amounted to 16,846 tons of CO2eq, a 31% year-on-year decrease. This reflected

continued renewable electricity sourcing and lower overall energy consumption across own operations. Compared with

the 2019 baseline, emissions have reduced by 82%, which is above the reduction required under the 2030 target at year-

end 2025.

Scope 3 emissions (categories 1-14) totaled 1,011,571 tons of CO2eq in 2025, representing a 2% decrease compared

with the prior year. The year-on-year reduction resulted from the combined impact of lower reported emissions across

purchased goods and services, business travel and upstream leased assets. Compared with the 2019 baseline, emissions

have reduced by 47%, broadly aligned with the 46% reduction required under the 2030 target at year-end 2025.

275

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Gross Scope 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions1

Dec 31, 20252 Dec 31, 20243 Milestones and target years
Variance from<br><br>previous period<br><br>(in %) Base year<br><br>(2019) Target<br><br>2030 (in %) Variance from<br><br>base year<br><br>(in %)
Scope 1 GHG Emissions
Gross Scope 1 GHG emissions (in tCO2eq)4 17,146 17,814 (4) 50,273 (46) (66)
Scope 1 emissions from regulated emission<br><br>trading schemes (in %)5 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Scope 2 GHG Emissions6
Gross location-based Scope 2 GHG emissions<br><br>(in tCO2eq) 90,448 102,614 (12) N/A N/A N/A
Gross market-based Scope 2 GHG emissions<br><br>(in tCO2eq) 16,846 24,288 (31) 94,089 (46) (82)
Scope 3 GHG Emissions
Total Gross indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions<br><br>(in tCO2eq)16 634,884,643 458,328,663 N/M N/A N/A N/A
Total Gross indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions<br><br>(in tCO2eq) - Cat. 1-14 1,011,571 1,033,998 (2) 1,910,254 (46) (47)
Category 1 - purchased goods and services7 677,670 684,791 (1)
Category 2 - capital goods7 9,809 6,536 50
Category 3 - upstream fuel and energy related<br><br>activities 28,970 30,159 (4)
Category 4 - upstream transportation and<br><br>distribution7 15,320 9,593 60
Category 5 - waste generated in operations8 611 973 (37)
Category 6 - business travel9 67,593 86,694 (22)
Category 7 - employee commuting/working<br><br>from home10 109,717 106,111 3
Category 8 - upstream leased assets11 62,342 66,736 (7)
Category 9 - downstream transportation and<br><br>distribution12 33,314 35,517 (6)
Category 10 - processing of sold products13 N/A N/A N/A
Category 11 - use of sold products14 657 526 25
Category 12 - end-of-life treatment of sold<br><br>products14 11 16 (32)
Category 13 - downstream leased assets 5,557 6,346 (12)
Category 14 - franchises15 N/A N/A N/A
Category 15 - investments16 633,873,072 457,294,665 N/M
Total GHG Emissions17
Total GHG emissions (location-based) (in<br><br>tCO2eq)16 634,992,237 458,449,091 N/M
Total GHG emissions (market-based) (in<br><br>tCO2eq)16 634,918,635 458,370,765 N/M

N/A - not applicable

N/M - not meaningful

1The Group’s greenhouse gas emissions for Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 have been calculated and reported in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate

Accounting and Reporting Standard. The financial consolidation perimeter of Deutsche Bank is identical to that of the operational control one

2Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 categories 1-14 include actual numbers for the period from 1 January to 30 September 2025 and best estimate numbers for the period

from 1 October to 31 December 2025, which are based on prior year’s fourth quarter

3Prior-year figures for Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 categories 1-14 are always adjusted to a January to December reporting basis. This is because the estimates applied

at the close of the 2024 fiscal year have been replaced with actual data as it became available after publication, including updated power grid factors and methodology

improvements

4 Scope 1 GHG emissions include direct greenhouse gas emissions from sources owned or controlled by the Group, including stationary combustion, mobile combustion,

and fugitive emissions. Emissions are calculated using U.K. government conversion factors

5The Group does not generate Scope 1 emissions subject to regulated emissions trading schemes; therefore, no Scope 1 emissions are reported under any regulated

Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS) (0%)

6 Scope 2 emissions are reported using both location-based and market-based approaches. The location-based method reflects the average emission intensity of the

electricity grids where energy consumption occurs. The market-based method reflects emissions from electricity procured through contractual instruments. Emission

factors and residual mix data are sourced from the U.K. Department for Energy Security and Net Zero (DESNZ), the GHG Protocol, U.S. Emissions and Generation

Resource Integrated Database (eGRID), the International Energy Agency (IEA), and Environment Canada. The factors include all greenhouse gases and the gases’ Global

Warming Potential pursuant to IPCC AR6 assessments

7 Scope 3 categories 1, 2 and 4 are calculated using a hybrid methodology, combining primary supplier-specific emissions data with secondary spend-based estimates

derived from supplier spend. Year-on-year variations reflect change in the proportion and availability of primary versus secondary data used in each reporting year

8 Emissions from waste generated in operations is calculated using U.K. Government conversion factors for waste disposal. The reduction in waste-related emissions is

primarily driven by a lower volume of waste sent to landfill during the reporting period compared to the prior period

9The overall decrease in business travel emissions reflected updated load factor assumptions within DESNZ emission factors applied to 2025 air travel-related activity

10Employee commuting emissions increased during the reporting period, driven by higher reported activity across both commuting and homeworking

276

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

11Upstream leased assets emissions relate entirely to energy usage from the Group’s regional data centers globally. Country-specific IEA emission factors are applied

(including direct and upstream emissions) to convert energy usage into greenhouse gas emissions

12Ad-hoc branch visits are not included. All reported transport emissions are a well-to-wheel approach

13Scope 3 Category 10 (Processing of sold products) is not applicable, as the Group does not sell physical products that undergo further processing

14Categories 11 and 12 emissions are calculated using total number of customers as the primary activity metric. Customer data from Germany is used as a representative

basis to derive global estimates

15No emissions are reported under Scope 3 Category 14, as this category was assessed as not relevant

16Group financed emissions comprise the bank’s corporate lending book and residential real estate (total committed exposure across Scope 1, 2 and 3) and Asset

Management division activities, including sovereign bond exposure. In 2025 compared to 2024, Group financed emissions also include Scope 3 financed emissions from

Asset Management. The application of the improved methodology for Scope 3 emissions reporting for portfolio holdings in 2025, resulted in 197 MtCO2e of emissions

reported in 2025. Further details on the bank’s financed emissions can be found in the “Financed emissions: Scope 3 Category 15” sub-chapter and in the “Metrics and

Targets” sub-chapter for Client portfolios in Asset Management as part of this “Climate Change” chapter

17Total greenhouse gas emissions comprise actual, estimated, or extrapolated data, including all market-based or location-based Scope 1 and 2 emissions and relevant

categories of Scope 3 emissions. All assumptions and calculation methodologies applied to Scope 1, Scope 2, and Scope 3 categories 1-14 are aligned with ISO 14064

standards

Greenhouse gas intensity based on net revenue

The greenhouse gas intensity was calculated by dividing total greenhouse gas emissions (Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3)

by net revenue for the financial year. Net revenues are the total of interest income and noninterest income and are

presented below in million euros.

The net revenue figures used in the calculation were consistent with those reported in the Group’s Consolidated

Financial Statements for the financial year 2025.

GHG Intensity Values (in tCO2eq)1 Dec 31, 20252 Dec 31, 2024 Variance from<br><br>previous period<br><br>(in %)
Total GHG emissions (location-based) per net revenue (in tCO2eq/€ m)3 19,784 15,235 N/M
Total GHG emissions (market-based) per net revenue (in tCO2eq/€ m)3 19,782 15,232 N/M
Net revenues (in € m)4 32,096 30,092 7

N/M - not meaningful

1The Group’s greenhouse gas emissions for Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 have been calculated and reported in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate

Accounting and Reporting Standard

2 Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 categories 1-14 include actual numbers for the period from 1 January to 30 September 2025 and best estimate numbers for the period

from 1 October to 31 December 2025, which are based on prior year’s fourth quarter

3In 2025 compared to 2024, Group financed emissions also include Scope 3 financed emissions from Asset Management. The application of the improved methodology

for Scope 3 emissions reporting for portfolio holdings in 2025, resulted in 197 MtCO2e of emissions reported in 2025

4This information is disclosed in both Deutsche Bank’s 2025 Annual Report and Financial Data Supplements release for Quarterly results. All net revenue metrics use

annual net revenues for the financial year (January-December)

GHG removals and GHG mitigation projects

ESRS E1-7

Climate change mitigation, including the limited use of voluntary carbon credits, remains an important measure for the

bank’s broader decarbonization pathway. The Group purchases voluntary carbon credits annually to compensate for

greenhouse gas emissions that are residual, or otherwise unavoidable from own operations (Scope 1 and Scope 2), and

indirect Scope 3 emissions from business travel. Other Scope 3 categories are not compensated and continue to be

addressed through a reduction-first approach.

Residual emissions are defined as those that cannot be eliminated through energy efficiency measures, renewable

electricity procurement, and other operational abatement measures during the reporting year. Carbon credits are

therefore used only to neutralize unavoidable emissions and are supplementary to the bank’s long-term emissions

reduction targets, ensuring that reliance on credits does not substitute emissions reductions or delay progress toward

the net zero commitment. These credits are sourced exclusively from projects certified under internationally recognized

standards and are subject to the bank’s internal governance and due-diligence processes.

In the current reporting year, the Group purchased and retired a total of 101,585 tons of CO2eq in voluntary carbon

credits across Asia, Africa, and Latin America. Of this, 17% was accounted for by carbon removal projects, primarily from

biochar and nature-based projects. The remaining 83% was from projects to avoid emissions. All projects are assessed

against predefined quality criteria, guided by the Core Carbon Principles (CCP) framework, which provides a recognized

reference for assessing quality and integrity in the voluntary carbon market. No carbon credits were carried for future

retirement beyond those required to neutralize residual emissions in line with the bank’s transition pathway.

Deutsche Bank does not generate, convert or sell greenhouse gas removals or mitigation outcomes as carbon credits to

third parties on voluntary or Government-regulated carbon markets. The bank does not develop or finance carbon

removals, carbon storage or carbon mitigation projects within its own operations or supply chain. Accordingly, no claims

are made for emission reductions or removals outside the value chain, other than those compensated through the

retirement of certified carbon credits. Public claims of carbon neutrality are made only in relation to residual operational

emissions.

277

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

The bank continuously assesses the role of carbon credits within its overall decarbonization strategy as it progresses

toward net zero emissions.

Carbon credits retired1

Carbon credits Dec 31, 20252
Total carbon credits (in tCO2eq) 101,585
Total amount of carbon credits outside value chain planned to be cancelled in future N/A
Total amount of carbon credits outside value chain verified against recognized quality standards and cancelled 101,585
Recognized quality standard (Puro Earth) (in %) 5
Recognized quality standard (Global C-Sink Registry) (in %) 8
Recognized quality standard (Gold Standard) (in %) 75
Recognized quality standard (Verified Carbon Standard (VERRA)) (in %) 12
Share from removal projects (in %) 17
Share from reduction projects (in %) 83
Share from projects within the EU (in %) N/A
Share of carbon credits that qualify as corresponding adjustments (in %) N/A

N/A - not applicable

1No quantitative information on GHG removals is presented, as the Group does not perform GHG removal activities within its own operations or supply chain. Accordingly,

the disclosures set out in ESRS E1-7, including information on removal technologies, storage methods, permanence, leakage and reversal risks, are not applicable

2Figures for 2025 include actual numbers for the period from 1 January to 30 September 2025 and best estimate numbers for the period from 1 October to 31 December

2025, which are based on prior year’s fourth quarter

Climate and other environmental risks

Managing climate-transition, climate-physical and other environmental risks (for simplicity, also referred to as “climate

and environmental risks” in the remainder of this chapter) is a key component of the Group’s sustainability strategy.

Deutsche Bank embeds climate and environmental risks into its business-as-usual risk management frameworks,

processes, and appetite, leveraging a comprehensive range of risk identification and classification approaches to

prioritize areas presenting the highest potential impact.

In 2025, Deutsche Bank continued to further enhance its Climate and Environmental risk management, specifically

through:

–Refining the CO2 Estimation Model for Residential Real Estate (RRE)

–Extending Scope 3 category 15 emissions coverage to include facilitated emissions

Deutsche Bank’s Asset Management division (DWS) has its own risk management framework in relation to climate and

environmental risks. Impacts, risks and opportunities of this segment, together with their policies, are described in the

chapter “Client portfolios in Asset Management” within this Sustainability Statement.

In compliance with requirement ESRS E1-1, Deutsche Bank hereby discloses that it is not excluded from EU Paris-aligned

Benchmarks.

Governance

ESRS 2 GOV-2

Deutsche Bank’s governance of climate and environmental risks varies by activity and forms an integral part of its

overarching sustainability governance. The governance of the activities that drive the bank’s transformation, including

those needed to fulfill Deutsche Bank’s pledge to achieve net zero by 2050, is led by dedicated steering committees,

while business-as-usual activities are incorporated into the bank’s existing risk management governance structure. For

the Change-the-Bank governance, please refer to the “Sustainability Governance“ section of this Sustainability

Statement.

The Group Risk Committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer and established by the Management Board, has the

mandate to oversee risk- and capital-related matters. This includes overall responsibility for the bank’s Climate and

Environmental risk management framework. The Committee approves the bank’s Climate and Environmental Risk

Appetite, including the appetite for deviation from the net zero decarbonization pathways. It receives monthly updates

on financed emissions and net zero alignment via the Risk and Capital Profile report.

278

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Other governance bodies or functions are responsible for the development and management of specific elements of

climate and environmental risks:

–The Operational Risk Committee which oversees, governs and coordinates the management of operational risks

group-wide and establishes a cross-risk and holistic perspective of the bank’s key operational risks, including risks to

the bank’s own infrastructure and employees arising from climate and environmental risks

–The Group Reputational Risk Committee, a direct subcommittee of the Management Board, has the responsibility to

review, decide and manage all transactions, client relationships or other primary reputational risk matters escalated in

line with the underlying reputational risk policies and framework including sustainability-related matters

–The Head of Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management (ETRM), reporting to the Chief Risk Officer, owns the Group’s

overall management and appetite frameworks for climate and environmental risks; this includes the qualitative risk

appetite principles, quantitative risk appetite metrics and holistic monitoring of risks across different risk types and

portfolios

Deutsche Bank’s Net Zero Forum is responsible for the assessment of new lending which could have a significant impact

on the bank’s financed emissions and decarbonization targets. Members of the forum are senior representatives from the

Business, Risk and the Chief Sustainability Office. Following the establishment of divisional carbon budgets, cascading

the Group Risk Appetite to Businesses, the Investment Bank and the Commercial Bank each maintain their own Net Zero

Forum.

Climate and environmental risk topics are also standing agenda items of business unit risk councils and other committees

and fora.

The Management Board receives monthly updates on financed emissions and net zero alignment via the Risk and Capital

Profile report. Each of Deutsche Bank’s core businesses integrates climate and environmental risks into planning and risk

appetite statements as part of the bank’s annual strategic planning process, approved by the Management Board.

Compliance is part of the overall Governance around climate and environmental risks and recognizes ESG risks as cross-

risk drivers integrated across Compliance risk types. These ESG drivers and risk types are an integral part of the annual

Compliance risk assessment..

The 3rd Line of Defense, Deutsche Bank’s Internal Audit function (Group Audit), provides independent and objective

assurance to the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG on the adequacy of the design, operating effectiveness and

efficiency of all the bank’s risk management processes, which includes climate and environmental risks. Group Audit also

acts as an independent, proactive and forward-looking challenger and adviser to Senior Management of the Group.

Strategy

Deutsche Bank’s management of climate and environmental risks and opportunities is part of its broader sustainability

strategy and supports the commitment to align the bank’s portfolio with net zero by 2050. Other components of the

bank’s sustainability strategy, together with the bank’s positive impacts and opportunities, including growth in

sustainable financing, sustainable investment volumes and the broader Environmental and Social Policy Framework, are

described in the “Sustainable finance” and “ESG due diligence” chapters of this Sustainability Statement.

Transition Plan for climate change mitigation

Deutsche Bank’s transition plan for climate change mitigation is described in detail in the “Transition Plan” sub-chapter

as part of the “Climate change” chapter of this Sustainability Statement.

Material impacts, risks and their interaction with strategy and business model

In 2025, Deutsche Bank identified material potential negative impacts from climate-change mitigation through its

double materiality assessment process, as detailed in the “Double materiality assessment” chapter of this Sustainability

Statement. These negative impacts, stemming from the bank's financing activities and client portfolio, are expected to

materialize in the longer term (more than five years). To conduct this assessment, Deutsche Bank leveraged existing

Climate & Environmental (C&E) risk assessment processes, including climate and nature scenario analysis, to evaluate its

loan portfolio's exposure, and utilized its Environmental & Social (E&S) due diligence process for sector and country-level

analysis of C&E exposures.

279

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

For climate change mitigation, potential material negative impacts to the environment and society were identified in

relation to:

–Financing or investing in clients or assets in high carbon-emitting industries without credible transition plans, which

could in turn lead to increases in GHG emissions

–Restricting lending to clients in high carbon-emitting industries which, as a consequence, could reduce the availability

of financial resources needed by these companies for the implementation of their transition strategies

For climate change adaptation, potential negative impacts to the environment and society were all scored below the

materiality threshold set by the bank.

From a risk management perspective, climate change and environmental degradation continue to contribute to a wide

range of financial and operational risks for the bank. Slow global progress toward net zero is raising concerns regarding

these risks, with a large percentage of global listed companies not aligned with the pathway to keep global warming to

2°C or less. This exposes the bank not only to higher credit risk but also to legal and reputational risks.

Acute and chronic physical risks linked to increasing global average temperatures may increase in severity even if

decarbonization efforts prove successful. These physical risks can impact Deutsche Bank’s operations and the assets of

its clients by reducing asset values, potentially leading to destruction or degradation of property, and interrupting

business operations, including supply chain disruptions.

Beyond climate, nature-related risks have continued to attract significant attention in 2025 as their importance becomes

increasingly clear. These risks can manifest as credit risk, particularly for sectors reliant on ecosystem services like

agriculture, forestry and tourism, and operational risks stemming from the disruption of crucial ecosystem services.

Investor sentiment, regulatory shifts and emerging disclosure frameworks are contributing to direct capital towards

nature-positive enterprises, increasing the risk for banks holding assets in sectors lagging in nature-related risk

management.

In response to these evolving risks, Deutsche Bank actively develops and strengthens its climate and environmental risk

management framework. This involves integrating climate and environmental risk considerations across all relevant

processes and disciplines, enhancing frameworks, tools and analytics to support its transition plan. The bank also utilizes

climate stress test methodologies to integrate transition and physical risks into its internal stress testing framework.

Furthermore, Deutsche Bank leverages transition, physical and nature-risk scorecards to guide the evaluation of climate

and nature-related impacts on credit assessments.

280

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Deutsche Bank´s definitions of climate and nature risks (or other environmental risks)

climatetransitiona.jpg

The mitigation of these risks is an integral part of the bank’s strategy and business model. The main components of this

strategy are the following:

–Its transition plan

–Its sectoral decarbonization targets and pathways for climate change mitigation (both addressed in separate sections

of this chapter)

–The monitoring and management of risk concentrations (e.g., through Early Warning Indicators) and the incorporation

of climate and environmental risks into the bank’s Risk Management frameworks

Resilience of the bank

ESRS E1-1 related to ESRS 2 SBM-3

To assess the materiality of climate and environmental risks across short-, medium-, and long-term horizons and to test

business resilience against these risks, the bank utilizes scenario-based materiality assessment and stress testing. The

specific scenarios employed by Deutsche Bank are outlined in the “Process to identify and assess climate-related risks:

the scenarios” section of this chapter.

Process to identify and assess climate-related risks: financial materiality assessment

ESRS 2 IRO-1

The risk function of Deutsche Bank conducts an annual financial materiality assessment to test the bank’s resilience to

climate and nature risks. The output of the materiality assessment feeds into risk management processes such as the risk

inventory and is used to inform the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and therefore supports the

key climate-related assumptions made in the bank’s financial statements.

281

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

The bank assesses these risks via scenario analysis applied to each of the bank’s main risk types, across all material

portfolios, economic sectors, geographies, and across the short-, medium- and long-term horizons. For the purpose of its

climate and environmental materiality assessment, Deutsche Bank has defined its time horizons in the following way:

–Short-term: 1 to 2 years

–Medium-term: 3 to 5 years (i.e., from the first day of the third year)

–Long-term: More than 5 years

The scope of the materiality assessment and resilience analysis for climate and environmental risks covers almost the

entirety of the bank’s portfolios and includes Corporates, Sovereigns, Commercial and Residential Real Estate, Wealth

Management and Consumer Finance (with nature scenarios only applied to portfolios identified as high risk for nature).

With respect to climate risk, the drivers considered are transition risks (arising from policy, technology and behavioral

changes) and physical risks arising from acute (extreme weather events) and chronic (gradual changes in the climate/

environment) drivers. With respect to nature risk (or other environmental risks), the bank considered drivers of nature loss

arising from (i) terrestrial biodiversity and habitat loss, (ii) water depletion, (iii) ecosystem degradation from waste and

pollution and (iv) marine ecosystem degradation (from marine ecosystem use).

The analysis of how these factors may contribute to each relevant risk type, namely credit, strategic and reputational,

market, liquidity and operational risks, was tailored to their specificities, as described in the following paragraphs.

Credit risk shocks are modelled as credit rating migrations leading to shifts in the probability of default of clients

affected, which in turn increase their expected credit losses. For instance, extreme weather-related events can affect a

borrower’s own operations and value chain, and can result in loss of revenue, increased capital needs, insurance costs

and liabilities. For transition risks, increases in credit losses are expected for carbon-intensive corporates under scenarios

of decarbonization of the economy where their product is of decreasing relevance and they have failed to adapt their

business model.

The strategic and reputational risk assessment captures the impact on revenues and costs arising from climate and

environmental risks. The analysis on strategic risks relates to the exposure identified as vulnerable in the climate

transition, climate physical and nature risk scenarios. The main sources of strategic risks identified for the bank are three-

fold:

–Loss of revenues from phasing out high-emitting clients (unwilling/unable to transition)

–The bank failing to take advantage of changing client behavior and opportunities presented by the transition, leading

to a loss of market share and failure to replace revenues

–The bank’s client viability is negatively impacted, leading to reduced business and foregone revenues

Transition-related market risks are driven by new policies and regulations, new technologies and shifting customers/

investors sentiments and preferences; they transmit to the bank through valuation losses on exposures to clients and

assets impacted (market value losses under stress).

Lastly, the key metric for the estimate of liquidity risk effects is the loss of funding from withdrawals of deposits and

drawings against committed lending facilities (estimated on the basis of scenarios) of companies affected by the scenario

shocks, such as companies involved in the extraction/processing of fossil fuels and companies with carbon intensive

business models. For a description of the scenarios, please refer to the section “Process to identify and assess climate-

related risks: the scenarios”.

The outcomes of the 2025 risk materiality assessment remain consistent with the previous year’s. Compared to the

previous assessment, increased physical risks drive higher credit risk impacts in the long term under the low transition /

high physical risk scenario. Higher strategic risk under the low transition scenarios stems from anticipated revenue

attrition from carbon-intensive clients.

282

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Results of financial materiality assessment

Scenarios
Low transition and<br><br>high physical risk Moderate transition<br><br>and physical risk High transition and<br><br>low physical risk Disorderly transition<br><br>and high physical<br><br>risk
Time<br><br>horizon Risk type STEPS High APS Med-High NZE Low Disorderly High
Short<br><br>term Credit risk
Market risk
Liquidity risk
Strategic risk
Reputational risk
Operational risk
Medium<br><br>term Credit risk
Market risk
Liquidity risk
Strategic risk
Reputational risk
Operational risk
Long<br><br>term Credit risk
Market risk
Liquidity risk
Strategic risk
Reputational risk
Operational risk Most material Least material
--- --- The disorderly scenario is extremely unlikely to materialize in short to medium term. For this reason, results of the scenario are only shown for the long term.
---

283

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

The results of the bank’s financial materiality assessment indicate that short-term financial impacts are expected to be

limited. This is primarily because even in higher transition risk scenarios, significant rebalancing away from fossil fuels or

other substantial shifts in demand or technology are not anticipated over such a brief timeframe. Similarly, physical risks

are not expected to materially change within this short period.

In the medium term, higher impacts linked to climate transition risk drivers, particularly within a net zero scenario, begin

to materialize across credit, operational, strategic and reputational risks, without crossing the materiality threshold.

These impacts are driven by factors such as:

–Deterioration in the credit risk profiles of Oil and Gas and Coal sectors, with larger impacts also starting to emerge for

corporate clients in other high-carbon intensity sectors, as well as for the most vulnerable sovereigns and financial

institutions

–Valuation pressure on less energy-efficient real estate exposures due to tightening energy efficiency minimum

standards and increased energy consumption costs, impacting credit risk

–Foregone revenues resulting from the exit of carbon-intensive clients lacking credible transition strategies, coupled

with heightened competition for sustainable clients and financing, reflected in strategic risk

–Potential reputational and litigation risks should the bank be perceived as a negative outlier relative to peers in the

execution of its sustainability commitments

–Potential for operational risk impacts stemming from physical risk events

In the long term, cumulative impacts are higher across risk types and scenarios. Under higher transition scenarios, a

broader range of clients are affected, leading to a more pronounced potential deterioration in portfolio credit quality.

Revenue attrition (strategic risk) and potential reputational impacts also increase. Conversely, physical risks drive

substantial losses in low transition risk scenarios, materially impacting operational, credit, strategic and reputational risks.

The disorderly transition scenario yields the highest losses across all scenarios, as clients face punitive carbon taxes and

related policies with limited time to adapt, underscoring the need for a more orderly transition.

Scenario analysis is applied to the bank’s portfolios under the conservative assumption of a static balance sheet, without

accounting for potential changes in capital allocation. While the bank retains significant flexibility to manage down

higher risk exposures over time, particularly in the long term, the available scenarios inherently carry a substantial level of

uncertainty. This is especially true for the long term, as the scenarios do not fully consider potential risks arising from

non-linearities, compounding effects and tipping points, which could lead to more severe outcomes than currently

modeled.

The results of this analysis are considered in the bank’s risk management frameworks, including the risk inventory and

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP). To ensure the bank remains resilient to these shocks and

adequately capitalized, Deutsche Bank has put in place an expert-driven add-on to its economic capital. This add-on is

specifically designed to capture uncertainty related to tail losses that could arise in certain sectors from unexpected and

abrupt changes in carbon prices.

The orderly and progressive execution of the bank’s sustainability strategy, including net zero targets, growth in

sustainable and transition financing, greater integration of nature into the bank’s risk frameworks, as well as client,

product and regional strategies, is key to mitigate credit and reputational risk impacts over the long term.

Stress testing

Alongside the annual risk materiality assessment, Deutsche Bank conducts an annual climate stress test. This exercise

employs a similar framework of scenarios, ranging from high-transition/low-physical risks to low-transition/high-physical

risks, across all relevant risk types. It incorporates both orderly and disorderly scenarios, with the selection of portfolios in

scope informed by the risk materiality assessment results.

The stress test for credit risk includes transition and physical risks shocks across Large Corporates, Mid-caps, Leveraged

and Structured Finance, Residential and Commercial Real Estate over the short, medium- and long-term horizons.

The stress testing approach for credit risk in the corporate portfolio uses:

–For transition risk: a logistic regression model incorporating stressed financial ratios at individual client level, based on

climate-related and macroeconomic variables. The model considers, as key drivers, carbon prices, emissions reduction

pathways and decarbonization targets, energy prices and demand, and sectoral gross value added (GVA) projections

–For physical risk: a Merton model which uses estimates of the devaluation of company assets resulting from acute and

chronic physical risk drivers under a range of temperature scenarios to stress the Probability of Default (PDs) of the

companies in scope

284

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

The stress testing methodology for credit risk in the real estate portfolio applies shocks to clients’ Loss Given Default

(LGDs) via:

–For transition risk: Collateral devaluation based on (i) haircut per EPC rating for residential mortgages and (ii) carbon

price projections and emissions pathways from the Carbon Risk Real Estate Monitor for commercial real estate loans

–For physical risk: Collateral devaluations informed by Standard & Poor’s financial impacts for both residential

mortgages and commercial real estate loans

The stress testing methodology for market risk estimates net stressed P&L losses in the bonds and equity trading book,

tested in the short- and medium- term in a disorderly transition scenario.

The stress testing methodology for strategic risks covers all clients in scope of the net zero targets and models foregone

revenues resulting from (i) the phase-out of Oil and Gas and Coal clients in line with the net zero pathways as well as (ii)

the phase out of clients that are not able/willing to transition.

Liquidity is stress-tested, for both transition and physical risks:

–In the short- and medium-term, as a second order effect of Profit and Loss impacts from other risk types (credit,

market, operational)

–In the long term, as a loss of funding from vulnerable depositors

Operational risks are stressed across all time horizons for both transition (based on litigation scenarios) and physical risk

drivers (based on scenarios of changes in location strategy due to increases in extreme weather events).

Process to identify and assess climate-related risks: the scenarios

Deutsche Bank uses a range of scenarios from different frameworks to assess future potential financial impacts arising

from climate change. The scenarios simulate the impact of climate-physical and climate-transition risks drivers, in the

short-, medium- and long-term, and span from orderly/net zero (underpinning the decarbonization strategy of the bank),

to disorderly transition and “hot house” scenarios. The bank also uses bespoke scenarios, developed in-house, to stress its

portfolios against the drivers of nature-related risks. This breadth of scenarios gives the bank confidence that key

plausible risks and uncertainties arising from climate change are covered.

All scenarios conservatively assume a constant balance sheet throughout their time horizon, with no considerations for

rebalancing or mitigating measures that would very likely be implemented by the bank in the future.

For climate-physical risks, the bank follows Standard & Poor (S&P)’s modelling framework. The S&P model uses

information on (i) the type of each asset, (ii) its geographical location, (iii) the location’s corresponding exposure to an

array of discrete climate change hazards and (iv) the asset’s impact function (the relationship between the degree of

change in climate hazard exposure and change in financial impact for a given type of asset). It is applied across four

future climate change scenarios based on the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Representative

Concentration Pathways (RCP) and Shared Socioeconomic Pathways (SSP). The methodology covers eight acute and

chronic natural hazard types: fluvial flood, coastal flood, wildfires, drought, extreme heat, tropical cyclone, water stress,

extreme cold. Deutsche Bank uses four RCP scenarios:

–High climate change: Low mitigation scenario where total greenhouse gases (GHG) emissions triple by 2075 and

global average temperatures rise by 3.3°C to 5.7°C by 2100 (acute physical risk)

–Medium-High climate change: Limited mitigation scenario where total GHG emissions double by 2100 and global

average temperatures rise by 2.8°C to 4.6°C by 2100

–Medium climate change: Strong mitigation scenario where total GHG emissions stabilize at current levels until 2050

and then decline and global average temperatures rise by 2.1°C to 3.5°C by 2100

–Low climate change: Aggressive mitigation scenario where total GHG emissions reduce to net zero by 2050

The assessment of climate-transition risks is based on four scenarios:

–The Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS) reflects the current specific energy, climate and related industrial policy settings

in countries around the world that have been adopted or put forward, as well as policy intentions not yet codified into

law but supported by markets, infrastructure and financial conditions.(low transition risk); CO₂ emissions fall only

moderately and therefore global warming continues to worsen, with the temperature rise heading towards 2.4°C in

2100 (IEA, 2024) causing high physical risks

–The Announced Pledges Scenario (APS) assumes that all climate commitments made by governments (including

Nationally Determined Contributions) and industries around the world will be met (moderate transition risk); if

successfully fulfilled, this would be consistent with a temperature rise of 1.7°C in 2100 (IEA, 2024) causing

moderately high physical risks

285

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

–The Net Zero Emissions by 2050 scenario (NZE) sets out a pathway for the global energy sector to achieve net zero

CO₂ emissions by 2050 and limits global warming to 1.5°C (IEA, 2024) through stringent climate policies and

innovation; In this scenario, physical risks are relatively low but transition risks are high

–The Disorderly Scenario (delayed transition) assumes that annual emissions do not decrease until 2030 with drastic

policies needed thereafter to limit warming to below 2°C. This leads to higher transition and physical risks than the

NZE by 2050 scenario

While nature risks are not considered material for the 2025 double materiality assessment, the bank recognizes the

increasing importance of these risks to the bank and its stakeholders (from the regulators and supervisors, to the

investors and clients As part of this work, a standardized and comprehensive set of nature risk scenarios, such as the ones

available for climate, is not yet available to serve the needs of financial institutions. To fill this gap, Deutsche Bank

developed 20 in-house exploratory transition and physical nature risk scenarios, covering each of the four nature risk

types assessed by the bank, namely (i) Terrestrial biodiversity and habitat loss, (ii) Water depletion, (iii) Ecosystem

degradation from waste and pollution and (iv) Marine ecosystem degradation. The scenario narratives were informed by

the review of the conclusions of chapter four of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and

Ecosystem Services (IPBES) global assessment report, the work on nature risks scenarios of the World Bank, use cases

developed by the Cambridge Institute for Sustainability Leadership with global banks, the full list of Explorative Nature-

Related risk Scenarios developed jointly by the Bank of Negara Malaysia and the World Bank Group in 2023, among

others. The nature risk scenarios were developed across the short-, medium- and long-term time horizons (i.e., each

scenario was attributed a specific time horizon). The definitions for short-, medium- and long-term are provided in the

previous sub-chapter.

Impact, risk and opportunity management

Negative impacts and risks are identified and assessed through the double materiality assessment process, described in

detail in the “Double materiality assessment” chapter within this Sustainability Statement. The present sub-chapter

focuses on the assessment of climate and environmental risks.

The bank’s processes for identifying material climate and environmental risks are detailed in the “Resilience of the bank”

sub-chapter of this Sustainability Statement. Implementation of the bank’s overall climate and environmental risk

management framework is outlined in the “Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies” sub-chapter.

Topic: Climate Change
Sub-topic Value chain Time horizon IRO type IRO description Policies Actions Metrics & targets
Climate<br><br>change<br><br>mitigation Downstream Short-term<br><br>(CB)<br><br>Long-term<br><br>(AM) Negative<br><br>impact Financing and investing in<br><br>high GHG-emitting sectors<br><br>without credible transition<br><br>plans Positions and<br><br>minimum<br><br>standards of<br><br>ES due<br><br>diligence<br><br>Reputational<br><br>risk framework<br><br>Sectoral<br><br>policies<br><br>Equator<br><br>principles ES due<br><br>diligence<br><br>process<br><br>Reputational<br><br>risk assessment<br><br>Transaction<br><br>assessments Number of<br><br>matters/<br><br>transactions/<br><br>clients<br><br>assessed
Medium-<br><br>term Risk Risk of financial loss due to<br><br>clients/investees failing to<br><br>transition their business<br><br>model and strategies as well<br><br>as the bank failing to respond<br><br>to clients’ demand for<br><br>climate related products and<br><br>services Climate and<br><br>environmental<br><br>risk framework Processes in<br><br>line with the<br><br>frameworks for<br><br>credit, market,<br><br>liquidity,<br><br>operational risk<br><br>as well as risk<br><br>appetite<br><br>Trainings Net zero<br><br>targets for<br><br>carbon-intense<br><br>sectors<br><br>GHG emissions<br><br>(Scope 3, Cat.<br><br>15)<br><br>AM: WACI for<br><br>AuM (Target<br><br>and actuals)
Energy Long-term Risk of financial loss due to<br><br>clients/investees failing to<br><br>adopt their business models<br><br>and strategies with regards<br><br>to energy from fossil fuels

286

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation

ESRS E1-2, ESRS 2 MDR-P

Deutsche Bank considers climate and environmental risks as drivers of existing risk types within the Group’s risk

taxonomy. In this context:

–The Head of Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management (ETRM), reporting to the Chief Risk Officer, owns the Group’s

overall management and appetite frameworks for climate and environmental risks; this includes the qualitative risk

appetite principles, quantitative risk appetite metrics and holistic monitoring of risks across different risk types and

portfolios

–The Heads of the credit, market, liquidity, operational risk functions (Risk Type Controllers), also reporting to the Chief

Risk Officer, are responsible for the establishment and operation of appropriate controls and the monitoring and

appetite setting of climate and environmental risk drivers

The overarching framework for the management of climate and environmental risks is described in the Climate and

Environmental Risk Management document which supports the Risk Management Principles of the Group. The document

sets out key requirements around governance, risk identification and materiality assessment, risk appetite strategy and

planning, risk monitoring and control, and stress testing. The requirements set out in the document apply to all divisions

(i.e., Investment Bank, Corporate Bank and Private Bank) and geographies of the bank apart from the Asset Management

division. The Asset Management division of the group, operating under the brand DWS, is covered in the chapter “Client

portfolios in Asset Management” within this “Climate change” chapter.

The Climate and Environmental Risk Management document also includes:

–Risk appetite metrics definitions for the eight sectors covered by the decarbonization targets of the bank and the

overall absolute financed emissions of the corporate loan book

–Early Warning Indicators established for climate-transition, climate-physical and nature (or other environmental) risks

The provisions contained in the document are complemented by two additional frameworks through which the bank

addresses climate change mitigation and adaptation: the Environmental and Social Due Diligence Framework and the

Sustainable Finance Framework, described in the “ESG due diligence” and “Sustainable finance” chapters of this

Sustainability Statement.

Deutsche Bank’s approach to climate risk stress testing is underpinned by the Climate and Environmental Risk Stress

Testing Framework. This document formally establishes the principles, scope, process flow and governance for all

climate stress testing-related activities, ensuring adherence to internal policies and external regulatory requirements.

Actions and resources in relation to climate change

ESRS E1-3, ESRS 2 MDR-A

The management of climate and environmental risks is embedded within the bank‘s overall risk management framework.

This framework does not cover DWS. This information is covered in the “Clients Portfolios in Asset Management” section.

The ongoing enhancement of the climate and environmental risk framework is integrated into one of the Group‘s Key

Deliverables overseen by the Sustainability Strategy Steering Committee. The framework has four key elements: (i) risk

identification and materiality assessment, (ii) integration into risk type frameworks and processes, (iii) scenario analysis

and stress testing and (iv) integration into risk appetite via utilization of a range of risk metrics and targets.

287

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

cera.jpg

The “risk identification and materiality assessment”, together with “scenario analysis and stress testing” are described in

the “Resilience of the bank” sub-chapter of the “Climate change” chapter within this Sustainability Statement. The

remainder of this sub-chapter covers:

–The integration of climate and environmental risk considerations in the processes and controls of each of the main risk

types of the bank, namely credit, market, liquidity and operational risks

–The integration of metrics and targets into the bank’s risk appetite

Credit risk framework

Climate and environmental risk drivers are integrated across the different stages of the transaction lifecycle, including

transaction approval/client onboarding, risk classification and credit ratings, portfolio analysis, and monitoring and

collateral valuation.

Climate and environmental risks are incorporated into the credit approval process for corporate clients via enhanced due

diligence requirements. New loan requests above selected tenor and rating-based thresholds to corporate clients in

carbon-intensive sectors as well as those in sectors vulnerable to climate-physical and nature (or other environmental)

risks require a dedicated risk assessment from the front office and review by Credit Risk Management.

As part of the internal credit rating process, climate and other environmental risks must be assessed and, where deemed

material, documented. For corporate clients, this assessment is supported by:

–A Transition risk scorecard, which use externally sourced data to assess the clients’ historical performance in terms of

their GHG emissions, the scope and governance of climate commitments of clients versus their peers

–A Physical risk scorecard, providing an indication of the financial impact a given client is likely to sustain, under a given

scenario, per natural hazard type, based on asset data held for the company by S&P; the scorecard is also used as a

basis for selected physical risk KPIs

The output of this assessment may lead to the adjustment of relevant inputs to the bank’s internal credit rating model.

Climate risks are considered as potential triggers for inclusion in the watchlist of groups or counterparties in carbon-

intensive industries and without adequate transition risk mitigation strategy in place and/or with limited financial

resources to finance their transition. The criteria take into consideration internal credit ratings and the scores from the

transition risk scorecards.

288

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Lastly, Deutsche Bank's Environmental and Social Due Diligence Framework outlines specific restrictions, due diligence

and escalation requirements for sectors with inherently elevated potential for negative environmental impacts.

With regards to the valuation of collateral, the bank’s Global Collateral Management Guide (for Banking Book Collateral)

sets its environmental standards based on the requirements of the Capital Requirements Regulation for the initial

valuation, monitoring and review over the life of the loan. Deutsche Bank’s underwriting standards require real estate

collateral to be appropriately insured against relevant risks including applicable natural hazards. In some countries,

supplemental insurance against natural hazards is provided by the government. At year-end 2025, the European

residential real estate portfolio reached € 160.6 billion. Residential mortgages for private clients in Germany constitute

approximately 92% of this portfolio, encompassing around 1.1 million private residences in Germany. These properties,

financed by loans secured by immovable assets, are adequately insured against relevant risks, including applicable

natural hazards. The insurance cover by real estate owners is monitored and complemented or substituted by Deutsche

Bank´s own insurance.

In addition, new valuations and re-valuations require the identification of material environmental physical and transition

risks that could materialize. Any identified material risks must be reflected in the credit decision and/or valuation if not

mitigated by construction measures and/or insurance cover. Comparable requirements are in place for other physical

collateral, including large movable assets (such as airplanes and ships) and smaller assets (such as cars and machines).

Insurance coverage on loan collateral is monitored on a regular basis, including by means of onsite inspections.

Market risk framework

As part of the market risk identification process, individual business lines are asked to consider forward-looking and/or

idiosyncratic material risks, including climate and other environmental risks. These are integrated into the market risk

identification documentation. Additionally, as part of the new product and transaction approval control standards of the

Market and Valuation Risk Management function, climate and environmental drivers are required to be assessed and

recorded as part of the approval process.

Climate-related risks are managed within the existing market risk framework and treated as a price trigger, in the same

way as market events such as central bank announcements or earnings announcements. Market and Valuation Risk

Management function monitors and reports internally emissions in its traded credit portfolio, providing insights into the

top exposures, which are reported quarterly as a part of the Climate and Environmental Risk report.

Furthermore, a weekly climate stress scenario to assess transition and physical risks in the trading book portfolio is

embedded into the bank’s market risk appetite framework.

Liquidity risk framework

Deutsche Bank uses stress testing and pathway analysis to assess the impact of climate risk on liquidity. In particular, the

bank’s stressed net liquidity position scenarios, which are run daily, include climate disasters as possible triggers of stress

(physical risks).

The analysis shows that physical risks are generally smaller than other risks for which the bank daily reserves liquidity.

Transition risk, which is expected to develop incrementally over many years, will be managed through the Group’s annual

funding planning processes. The bank also runs an internal climate stress test on liquidity.

Operational risk framework

Operational Risk Management has dedicated Risk Framework Guidelines detailing sustainability-related requirements for

business divisions and Risk Type Controllers. The team uses an ESG flag to identify operational risk types where key ESG

risk drivers are identified in the taxonomy.

The impacts of ESG risk drivers are assessed as part of the risk and control self assessment process of relevant

operational risk types.

A monthly forum is in place to support collaboration between business divisions, risk and control functions on the

introduction and monitoring of ESG as an integral element of Operational Risk Management. This forum serves as a

platform for sharing activities, new regulations, remediation activities and monitoring ESG risk drivers across Deutsche

Bank’s operational risk profile.

In 2025, several banking supervisors and regulators continued to focus on the topic of greenwashing. Several initiatives

have been conducted by Deutsche Bank to improve its control environment and raise internal awareness on

greenwashing, including:

–Conducting a deep dive risk review in relation to the existing control environment around greenwashing

289

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

–Applying scenario analysis as a standard risk management tool to investigate potential sources of ESG-related

litigation risks, understand the main drivers and causes of such scenarios (e.g., the misrepresentation of sustainability

information in corporate communication or public disclosures) as well as which controls or remediation activities can

mitigate such scenarios and what steps are to be taken to improve the control environment

–Continuous monitoring of external cases of greenwashing

–Conducting mandatory greenwashing training for all Deutsche Bank employees

Furthermore, there have been additional enhancements on the identification and management of social and governance

topics and their integration into the risk framework.

The management of reputational risk arising from climate and environmental risks is covered in the “ESG due diligence”

chapter within this Sustainability Statement.

Risk appetite framework

The development of risk appetite, escalation processes and governance was of particular importance in the

implementation of the climate and environmental risk management framework, and in particular:

–The establishment of risk appetite thresholds around the net zero decarbonization targets, monitored via a dedicated

report, with breaches escalated to the Group Risk Committee and the Group Sustainability Committee

–The review of new transactions or limit extensions with a significant impact on the bank’s financed emissions or net

zero targets by a dedicated Net Zero Forum, consisting of senior representatives from the Business, Risk, and the

Chief Sustainability Office; the review of the forum’s members includes an assessment of the client’s sustainability

disclosures, transition strategies, decarbonization targets and governance; new transactions must fit within Deutsche

Bank’s internal sectoral risk appetite aligned to net zero targets; the Group-level sectoral risk appetite metrics are

cascaded to the business divisions, to enhance their responsibility and support their business strategies

–The sectoral restriction of the Environmental and Social Policy Framework, which are monitored and enforced through

the Environmental and Social due diligence and the escalation requirements of the Reputational Risk Framework of

the bank

–The establishment of Early Warning Indicators for concentrations of climate-transition, climate-physical and nature-

related risks

More information on the bank’s metrics and targets, including achieved and expected emission reductions associated to

the targets, is provided in the “Metrics and targets” sub-chapter of the “Climate change” chapter. The Environmental and

Social Policy Framework is described in detail in the “ESG due diligence” chapter within this Sustainability Statement.

Trainings

Training and risk awareness sessions on climate and environmental risk were held throughout the year. The sessions were

delivered to risk management staff, businesses, and senior leadership teams in various jurisdictions, on topics such as

sustainable finance, physical risk assessment, nature risks and the Operational Risk ESG policy.

Resources

Climate and environmental risks and their integration into the bank’s risk management frameworks is managed via a

combination of dedicated resources within the Chief Risk Office function and existing resources who have extended their

remits to incorporate climate and environmental risk management into frameworks, policies and processes.

In addition, dedicated staff are assigned under the Sustainability Key Deliverable to support the execution of the bank’s

sustainability strategy across divisions and functions. The Group Sustainability Committee, chaired by the Chief

Executive Officer, and its subordinate Sustainability Strategy Steering Committee, oversee the implementation of this

change program, which include the following risk-relevant workstreams:

–‘Net Zero Alignment Strategy’, with the objective to operationalize net zero commitment and decarbonization targets,

ranging from client transition dialogue to portfolio-steering

–‘Risks, Controls and Governance’, with the responsibility to design and implement sustainability risk management

frameworks (including climate and environmental) as well as Group-wide governance on sustainability

–‘Nature’, with the objective to incorporate nature elements into the risk management frameworks of risk and group

sustainability

290

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Metrics and targets

Targets related to climate change mitigation

ESRS 2 MDR-T, ESRS E1-4

Deutsche Bank has published quantitative 2030 (interim) and 2050 (final) decarbonization targets for eight carbon-

intensive sectors: Oil and Gas (Upstream), Power Generation, Automotive (Light Duty), Steel, Coal Mining, Cement,

Shipping, and Commercial Aviation. The targets are instrumental in the management of the bank’s material climate

change impacts and risks. The following decarbonization pathways are used: (i) the Net Zero Emissions (NZE) by 2050

scenario of the International Energy Agency (IEA), (ii) Poseidon Principles (PP) pathways, which are calibrated against the

Revised International Maritime Organization (IMO) Strategy and (iii) the Mission Possible Partnership Prudent Scenario for

Commercial Aviation. Selected decarbonization pathways model changes in customer preferences, regulatory factors

and emerging technologies to enable the modelling of sector-specific outcomes.

The bank’s decarbonization targets are fully integrated into Deutsche Bank’s risk appetite and risk management

framework.

Alignment to net zero targets

Baseline Target Expected<br><br>reductions1
Sector Scopes Covered Scenario Metric unit Year Total loan<br><br>commitment<br><br>(in € bn) Metric value Dec 31,<br><br>2030 Baseline vs.<br><br>target
Oil and Gas<br><br>(Upstream) Scope 3 IEA NZE MtCO2/y 2021 10.7 23.4 18.0 (23)%
Power<br><br>Generation4 Scope 1 IEA NZE kgCO2e/MWh 2021 12.2 367 114 (69)%
Automotives<br><br>(Light Duty) Scope 3 IEA NZE gCO2/vkm 2021 7.5 190 77 (59)%
Steel Scope 1 and 2 IEA NZE kgCO2e/t steel 2021 2.1 1,519 1,004 (34)%
Coal Mining Scope 3 IEA NZE MtCO2/y 2022 1.5 7.9 4.0 (49)%
Cement4 Scope 1 and 2 IEA NZE kgCO2e/t<br><br>cement 2022 0.1 678 483 (29)%
Shipping Scope 1 Revised IMO<br><br>Strategy - Minimum2 Portfolio<br><br>Climate<br><br>Alignment<br><br>Score (%) 2022 0.9 14.1 N/A N/A
Revised IMO<br><br>Strategy - Striving2 18.3 0 (18.3) pp
Commercial<br><br>Aviation Scope 1 MPP PRU3 2023 1.7 1.3 0 (1.3) pp

N/A - not applicable

1The expected reductions are defined as the percentage difference between the 2030 targets versus the baseline metrics. In the case of climate alignment scores,

however, reductions are expressed as percentage points (pp) differences. Deutsche Bank uses the Striving scenario for target setting for the shipping sector

2Baseline year for Shipping represents when Deutsche Bank reported its Portfolio Climate Alignment Scores for the first time which was 2022 for the Revised International

Maritime Organization Strategy

3Mission Possible Partnership Prudent Scenario

4The baseline year metric and 2030 interim net zero target for both the Power Generation and Cement sectors have been recalibrated due to methodological

enhancements introduced this year

Latest Change vs.<br><br>Baseline<br><br>(Achieved<br><br>reductions)
Sector Scenario Metric unit Year Total loan<br><br>commitment<br><br>(in € bn) Metric value Metric<br><br>change
Oil and Gas (Upstream) IEA NZE MtCO2/y 2025 7.8 17.6 (25)%
Power Generation IEA NZE kgCO2e/MWh 2025 12.8 195 (47)%
Automotives (Light Duty) IEA NZE gCO2/vkm 2025 7.5 153 (20)%
Steel IEA NZE kgCO2e/t steel 2025 1.8 1,231 (19)%
Coal Mining IEA NZE MtCO2/y 2025 1.2 5.3 (33)%
Cement IEA NZE kgCO2e/t cement 2025 0.4 749 11%
Shipping Revised IMO<br><br>Strategy –<br><br>Minimum1 Portfolio Climate<br><br>Alignment Score (%) 2024 0.9 1.4 (12.7) pp
Revised IMO<br><br>Strategy – Striving1 7.5 (10.8) pp
Commercial Aviation MPP PRU2 2024 1.8 1.0 (0.3) pp

1,2 Deutsche Bank will publish year-end 2025 Portfolio Climate Alignment Scores in next year’s Sustainability Statement

291

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Achieved and expected emissions reductions are disclosed in the relevant columns of the above target table. For Oil and

Gas (Upstream) and Coal Mining sectors, these reductions are expressed in absolute terms (i.e., Scope 3 Category 11

(“End Use”) financed emissions). For the remaining sectors, they reflect the change in the physical intensity metric or

climate alignment scores (which are expressed in percentages).

The conversion of the relative or physical intensity metrics sectoral targets into absolute reductions of GHG emissions

(ESRS Requirement E1-4 34a/b) is not disclosed as the Transitional Provisions of ESRS 1 Paragraph 133b allows the bank

to focus on the more established physical intensity metrics required by the Pillar 3 legislation.

Since the inception of net zero targets, the bank is making considerable decarbonization progress across sectors which

has been supported by active management of the business outlined in the above-mentioned “Governance” section. The

Cement sector has been an exception, however, due to the lack of readily available technological alternatives (i.e., a

hard-to-abate sector) as well as the reduced potential for active management given the bank’s small loan commitment

size.

Two model enhancements were introduced this year to the net zero target framework:

–The commitment to issue contingents has been removed to align with issued contingents, which have been excluded

from the corporate loan boundary since the initial public go live in the 2022 Non-Financial Report. Consequently, both

issued contingents (“contingent liabilities”) and the commitment to issue contingents are fully excluded. This

enhancement has also been applied to the Scope 1, 2 and 3 financed emissions approach to ensure alignment with

the net zero target framework while remaining consistent with the PCAF Standard which does not explicitly require

the inclusion of contingents; and

–More precise handling of smaller power generation entities, thereby increasing the number of clients covered by the

power generation net zero target

In line with the internal guidance, recalculations were conducted and baseline changes from the two model

enhancements were assessed against the bank’s recalibration thresholds. Key points are as follows:

–Power Generation: Baseline and subsequent year physical emission intensities were recalibrated. Year-end 2024

intensity decreased by 51.4 kgCO2e/MWh (11.4 kgCO2e/MWh decrease from removing the commitment to issue

contingents; 40 kgCO2e/MWh decrease from adding smaller power generation entities). Baseline year physical

emission intensity metric revised downwards by 29.2 kgCO2e/MWh; 2030 interim net zero target recalibrated

downwards by 9.4 kgCO2e/MWh

–Cement: Baseline and subsequent year physical emission intensities were recalibrated. Year-end 2024 intensity

increased by 1.5 kgCO2e/t of cement by removing the commitment to issue contingents. Baseline year physical

emission intensity metric revised downwards by 53.3 kgCO2e/t of cement; 2030 interim net zero target recalibrated

downwards by 37.6 kgCO2e/t of cement

–Other sectors: Model enhancements did not result in changes to the baseline year net zero metric that exceeded the

bank’s recalibration thresholds and hence not recalibrated. For the Oil and Gas sector, the removal of the commitment

to issue contingents led to a significant decrease of Scope 3 financed emissions by 1.6 MtCO2/y for year-end 2024

Methodology notes

Corporate lending boundary:

–Deutsche Bank defines its corporate lending boundary to include: (i) loans at amortized cost and (ii) irrevocable and

revocable lending commitment as reported in the Risk Report of Deutsche Bank’s Annual Report. As of year-end 2025,

loans at amortized cost and irrevocable and revocable lending commitment amounted to € 478.7 billion and

€ 274.3 billion, respectively

–Corporate lending that is classified under the bank’s underwriting policy as a position to be de-risked via the capital

markets is excluded from the net zero target framework

–Corporate lending exposures are identified according to Deutsche Bank’s internal sectoral classifications. The bank

excludes all lending to financial institutions, public sector, real estate sector and securitization

–In previous disclosures, the commitment to issue contingents was included in the net zero target framework and

reflected under “irrevocable and revocable lending commitment”. These items are now fully excluded, meaning both

issued contingents (“contingent liabilities”) and the commitment to issue contingents fall outside of the boundary of

the net zero target framework; as part of this change, sectors covered by the net zero target framework were

recalculated, and impacts on the baseline year metric were reviewed in accordance with the bank’s recalibration

guidelines. As of year-end 2024 and 2025, the commitment to issue contingents amounted to € 21.1 billion and

€ 18.2 billion, respectively

292

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Eight sectors are in scope of Deutsche Bank’s net zero target framework. The framework aligns with established industry

methodologies, including: (i) the Paris Agreement Capital Transition Assessment (PACTA) methodology; (ii) the

Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF) Standard; (iii) the Poseidon Principles; and (iv) the Pegasus

Guidelines. Client-level asset data are sourced from Asset Impact, Det Norske Veritas and International Bureau of

Aviation (IBA). Enterprise Value including cash (EVIC) client data are sourced from MSCI and Bloomberg.

‘Net zero’ is a global concept in which the world as a whole must reach net zero carbon emissions by 2050 to limit global

warming to 1.5oC. This concept allows for residual emissions from hard-to-abate sectors, provided that they are

balanced by emissions removals in other parts of the economy. Deutsche Bank’s sectoral decarbonization pathways

reflect these differentiated trajectories and are aligned with the transition towards a global net zero system.

The bank has introduced a modelling enhancement to more accurately capture smaller power generation entities,

improving data quality underlying the power generation net zero metric. Consistent with internal recalibration

procedures, baseline metrics were recalculated and assessed under the bank’s recalibration guidelines where the Power

Generation and Cement sectors have been recalibrated in terms of their baseline year metric and subsequent year-ends.

Client-purchased offsets (certificates based on GHG reductions, permits or avoidance schemes) are not considered

within the net zero target framework. This is because the framework is based on metrics reflecting: (i) the technical

characteristics of the underlying assets and (ii) GHG conversion factors associated with their physical activities.

In line with the Net Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA) Guidance for Climate Target Setting for Banks (Version 4; October

2025), Deutsche Bank obtains independent third-party limited assurance over its reporting against net zero targets,

including the establishment of baseline metrics, as part of this Sustainability Statement.

Residential Real Estate:

While committed to sustainability, Deutsche Bank has not set specific residential real estate portfolio targets to advance

policy-mandated decarbonization in its core markets. Deutsche Bank remains committed through three principal

strategies:

–Provision of expert advice, network and financial assistance to Homeowners

–Deutsche Bank aims to enhance the energy efficiency of residential dwellings by offering comprehensive support

to homeowners; this is primarily reflected within the Private Bank’s sustainability Finance initiatives. Key aspects of

this strategy include:

–Expanding Networks: Developing the Private Bank’s network of energy consultants, valuation services and

refurbishment specialist to provide homeowners with accessible expertise

–Refining financing options: Offering a diverse range of financing solutions tailored for energy improvements;

this includes products such as construction financing, climate loans and leveraging public funding programs

–Establishment of targets for upstream industries

–Deutsche Bank recognizes the importance of reducing Scope 2 and 3 emissions from the real estate sector by

addressing the carbon footprint of industries that supply energy and construction materials; the bank has

established decarbonization targets for these upstream sectors, including power generation, cement and steel

–Engagement with Policymakers, Governments and peer banks

–The bank actively engages with various stakeholders to foster a collaborative approach to decarbonization within

Real Estate sector, such as the European Energy Efficiency Financing Coalition

Given the significant financing requirements of the transition to more energy-efficient housing, and the financial

challenge facing private homeowners, it is vital to avoid unintended consequences, hence Deutsche Bank has not set a

net zero target comparable to those established for carbon-intensive industries to avoid the risk of restricting the flow of

financing into energy-efficient housing and penalizing private clients in the currently challenging macroeconomic

environment. Apart from social aspects such as affordable living as well as customer protection schemes, client

willingness and the client’s financial capacity play a decisive role.

293

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Sectoral net zero targets and portfolio pathways

Oil and Gas (Upstream)

Oil and Gas, MtCO2 of financed emissions (Scope 3)

chart-59b9e77b89c3490b90d.gif

Scope 3 financed emissions amounted to 17.6 MtCO2/y at year-end 2025, representing a 8.4% reduction year-on-year

and a 25% decrease relative to the 2021 baseline. Since target inception, the portfolio’s overall financed emissions have

declined broadly in line with the linear reduction pathway associated with the 2030 net zero target. Total loan

commitments decreased year-on-year from € 9.6 billion to € 7.8 billion.

The year-on-year decrease in financed emissions can be explained by the following key factors:

–Enhancing the Oil and Gas methodology to remove the commitment to issue contingents resulted in a decrease of

1.6 MtCO2/y

–Active management of the portfolio which led to a decrease of 1.3 MtCO2/y

–Loan exposure FX translation effects which led to an increase of 0.8 MtCO2/y which was primarily driven by the

appreciation of the U.S.$ against the €

–Client emission factors (tCO2/€ m) which contributed to an increase of 0.4 MtCO2/y

–The bank expects the Oil and Gas Scope 3 Category 11 (“End Use”) financed emissions to remain volatile due to

factors outside of its control, such as the evolution of clients’ EVIC or total assets, clients’ oil and gas production

volumes and FX translation effects.

Methodology notes:

–The Oil and Gas (Upstream) sector applies a Scope 3 Category 11 (“End Use”) financed emissions approach, expressed

in MtCO₂/y and covers upstream activities only; oil and gas production volumes are converted into emissions by using

combustion constants from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA); consistent with the PCAF methodology,

the denominator of the Attribution Factor is EVIC or total assets

–To reduce volatility in financed emissions estimates, year-end 2025 loan exposure data are converted to euro-

equivalent loan values using 2024 FX rates, ensuring consistency with the bank’s latest Scope 3 emission factors;

consequently, the year-on-year FX translation effects are calculated by comparing the year-end 2023 FX rates (as

used in the prior year’s Annual Report) with the year-end 2024 FX rates

–The decarbonization pathway applied to target setting was calibrated from the IEA NZE (2021) datasets

–The removal of the commitment to issue contingents from the corporate lending boundary did not lead to baseline

year changes in Scope 3 financed emissions that exceeded the bank’s recalibration threshold; consequently, the

historical year-end metrics for this sector were not recalibrated

294

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Power Generation

Power Generation, kgCO2e/MWh (Scope 1)

chart-92a340b93f154b949e6.gif

1Net zero metrics for the baseline year and subsequent year-ends up to 2024 have been restated, as well as the interim net zero target

The bank has introduced enhancements to its Power Generation methodology where more details can be found in the

below methodology notes section. To ensure meaningful year-on-year comparability, physical emission intensities of the

baseline year and subsequent year-ends have been recalibrated. For year-end 2024, these updates resulted in a

substantial reduction of 51.4 kgCO2e/MWh in physical emission intensity. This overall decrease can be further broken

down into a reduction of 11.4 kgCO2e/MWh attributable to the removal of the commitment to issue contingents and

40 kgCO2e/MWh attributable to the incorporation of smaller power generation entities. Finally, the physical emission

intensity for the baseline year metric was recalibrated downwards by 29.2 kgCO2e/MWh and the 2030 interim target was

also recalibrated downwards by 9.4 kgCO2e/MWh.

After adjusting for model enhancements, the Scope 1 physical emission intensity of the bank’s Power Generation

portfolio was 195 kgCO2e/MWh at year-end 2025, representing a 65.9 kgCO2e/MWh reduction year-on-year and also

representing a 25% decline relative to year-end 2024. Over the same period, the total loan commitments increased from

€ 12.0 billion to € 12.8 billion.

The significant year-on-year decline in physical emission intensity can be attributed to:

–Reduction of 37.0 kgCO2e/MWh due to data quality improvements from third-party provided data for three existing

clients

–Reduction of 17.2 kgCO2e/MWh due to decarbonization efforts of existing clients

–Reduction of 11.8 kgCO2e/MWh due to active management towards lower intensity clients

Methodology notes:

–The Power Generation sector follows the PACTA approach, with the key metric defined as the loan-weighted average

of clients’ Scope 1 physical emission intensity, expressed in kgCO₂e/MWh; both operational power assets and those in

the construction phase are covered

–Clients’ installed power capacity (MW) data is converted into annual power generation (MWh) using global capacity

factors from the IEA NZE (2021) scenario; this conversion reflects the varying operating profile of different

technologies - most notably the intermittency of renewables, which typically exhibit lower capacity factors than other

sources such as nuclear

–The decarbonization pathway applied to target setting was calibrated from the IEA NZE (2021) datasets

–The removal of the commitment to issue contingents from the corporate lending boundary did not trigger baseline

year changes as the net zero metric change remained within the bank’s recalibration threshold; however, the

modelling enhancement enabling more precise treatment of smaller power generating entities did exceed the

recalibration threshold; as a result, the power generation physical emission intensity has been recalibrated from year-

end 2021 onwards and the 2030 interim target has been updated accordingly

295

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Automotives (Light Duty)

Automotives, gCO2/vkm (Scope 3)

chart-3401558adc204ee49fe.gif

The Scope 3 physical emission intensity of Deutsche Bank’s Automotives (Light Duty) portfolio was 153 gCO2/vkm at

year-end 2025, representing a 5.8% decrease year-on-year and 20% below the 2021 baseline. Total loan commitments

slightly decreased by € 0.2 bn year-on-year.

Improvements in the portfolio’s tailpipe emission intensity metric reflects both decarbonization progress made by clients

and an active management of exposures towards lower intensity clients.

Methodology notes:

–The Automotive sector follows the PACTA approach, with the primary metric defined as the loan-weighted average of

clients’ Scope 3 (i.e., tailpipe/tank-to-wheel) physical emission intensity, expressed in gCO₂/vehicle-kilometer

–Deutsche Bank’s scope is limited to vehicle manufacturers within the light-duty vehicle segment

–The decarbonization pathway applied to target setting was calibrated from the IEA NZE (2021) datasets

–The removal of the commitment to issue contingents from the corporate lending boundary did not lead to changes to

the baseline year physical emission intensity that exceeded the bank’s recalibration threshold; consequently, the

historical year-end metrics for this sector were not recalibrated

296

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Steel

Steel, kgCO2e/t of steel produced (Scope 1 and 2)

chart-9c23ed2ba8924fd3bb1.gif

The Scope 1 and 2 physical emission intensity of Deutsche Bank’s Steel portfolio was 1,231 kgCO2e/t steel at year-end

2025, remaining constant year-on-year, alongside total loan commitments declining from € 2.2 billion to € 1.8 billion.

Methodology notes:

–The Steel production sector follows the PACTA approach, with the key metric defined as the loan-weighted average

of clients’ Scope 1 and 2 physical emission intensity, expressed in kgCO₂e/tonne of steel produced

–The decarbonization pathway applied to target setting was calibrated from the IEA NZE (2021) datasets

–The removal of the commitment to issue contingents from the corporate lending boundary did not lead to changes to

the baseline year physical emission intensity that exceeded the bank’s recalibration threshold; consequently, the

historical year-end metrics for this sector were not recalibrated

297

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Coal Mining

Coal Mining, MtCO2 of financed emissions (Scope 3)

chart-2b3941fd444f43edae1.gif

Scope 3 financed emissions amounted to 5.3 MtCO2/y at year-end 2025, of which 3.4 and 1.9 MtCO2/y came from

thermal and metallurgical coal sources, respectively, representing a 16% year-on-year increase, but a 33% decrease

relative to the 2022 baseline. Since target inception, the portfolio’s overall financed emissions has declined broadly in

line with the linear reduction pathway associated with the 2030 net zero target. Total loan commitments of in-scope

clients remain stable at € 1.2 billion, while on a coal revenue share basis, total loan commitments slightly decreased year-

on-year to € 0.2 billion.

The year-on-year increase in financed emissions can be explained by three key factors:

–Loan exposure FX translation effects which led to a financed emissions increase of 0.3 MtCO2/y which was primarily

driven by the appreciation of the U.S.$ against the €

–Client emission factors (tCO2/€ m) which led to financed emissions decrease of 0.2 MtCO2/y

–The remaining increase of 0.6 MtCO2/y primarily driven by short-term lending activity of a single client

The bank expects the Coal Mining metric to remain volatile due to factors outside of its control, such as the evolution of

clients’ EVIC or total assets, clients’ coal mining production volumes, clients’ coal mining revenue share (i.e., 5% threshold

rule) and yearly FX translation effects.

Methodology notes:

–The Coal Mining sector follows a Scope 3 Category 11 (“End Use”) financed emission approach, expressed in MtCO₂/y;

coal mining production values are converted into emissions by using combustion constants from the U.S. EPA; in line

with the PCAF approach, the denominator of the Attribution Factor is EVIC or total assets

–To reduce volatility in financed emission estimates, year-end 2025 loan exposure data are converted to euro-

equivalent loan exposures amounts using 2024 FX rates, ensuring consistency with the bank’s latest Scope 3 emission

factors; consequently, the year-on-year FX translation effects are calculated by comparing the year-end 2023 FX

rates (as used in the prior year’s Annual Report) with the year-end 2024 FX rates

–Clients are considered eligible based on whether: (i) more than 5% of their revenue is derived from (thermal and

metallurgical) coal mining; and (ii) their activities can alternatively be tracked via demand-led sectors such as Power

Generation or Steel Production; this demand-led approach is preferred, as it supports reducing demand for coal rather

than restricting supply, thereby helping to avoid market distortions or unintended supply-side bottlenecks

–The decarbonization pathway applied to target setting was calibrated from the IEA NZE (2022) datasets and adjusted

based on the portfolio’s baseline year ratio of thermal versus metallurgical financed emissions; should this ratio shift

materially in future years, the pathway will be recalibrated to ensure alignment with the characteristics of the bank’s

coal mining portfolio

–The removal of the commitment to issue contingents from the corporate lending boundary did not lead to baseline

year changes in Scope 3 financed emissions that exceeded the bank’s recalibration threshold; consequently, the

historical year-end metrics for this sector were not recalibrated

298

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Cement

Cement, kgCO2e/t of cement produced (Scope 1 and 2)1

chart-f89bdb45b6404ac29ef.gif

1Net zero metrics for the baseline year and subsequent year-ends up to 2024 have been restated, as well as the interim and final net zero target

The bank has introduced enhancements to its Cement methodology where more details can be found in the below

methodology notes section on the net zero target framework. To ensure meaningful year-on-year comparability, the

baseline year and subsequent year-ends physical emission intensities have been recalibrated. For year-end 2024, this

resulted in an increase of 1.5 kgCO2e/t cement in physical emission intensity and an increase of € 8 million in loan

exposure. Finally, the physical emission intensity for the baseline year metric was recalibrated downwards by

53.3 kgCO2e/t cement and the 2030 interim target was also recalibrated downwards by 37.6 kgCO2e/t cement.

After adjusting for model enhancements, the Scope 1 and 2 physical emission intensity of Deutsche Bank’s Cement

portfolio was 749 kgCO2e/t cement at year-end 2025, representing a 4.3% decrease year-on-year and standing 11%

above the 2022 baseline. The decrease in year-on-year physical emission intensity was primarily driven by a single client

with low intensity.

The upward trend of portfolio-level physical emission intensity since the baseline year is primarily explained by two

factors:

–The inherently hard-to-abate nature of the cement sector; and

–The portfolio’s relatively small size of € 0.4 billion loan commitments as of year-end 2025 which limits the scope for

active portfolio management and contributes to greater inherent metric volatility

Methodology notes:

–The Cement production sector follows the PACTA approach, with the core metric defined as the loan-weighted

average of clients’ Scope 1 and 2 physical emission intensity, expressed in kgCO₂e/tonne of cement; cementitious

products (e.g., fly ash) are not included

–The decarbonization pathway applied to target setting was calibrated from the IEA NZE (2022) datasets

–The removal of the commitment to issue contingents from the corporate lending boundary resulted in baseline year

physical emission intensity changes which exceeded the bank’s recalibration threshold; consequently, the cement net

zero metric has been recalibrated from year-end 2021 onwards, along with the associated 2030 interim target

299

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Shipping

Shipping (Revised-Striving only), Climate Alignment Score (%) (Scope 1)

chart-e8cdb8a5e4fb4385a9c.gif

As of year-end 2024, Deutsche Bank’s Poseidon Principles (PP) portfolio climate alignment scores were 7.5% and 1.4% for

the Revised-Striving and Revised-Minimum scenarios, respectively, reflecting year-on-year improvements of 12.2 pp and

12.8 pp year-on-year. On a loan-weighted basis, 92% of Annual Efficiency Ratio (AER) was verified (as opposed to

modelled) as of year-end 2024, marking a significant improvement from the prior year’s 75% share of verified AER

shipping emission intensity data.

The year-on-year improvement of the Revised-Striving portfolio climate alignment score can be explained by: (i) moving

from PP Technical Guidance (TG) 5.1 to 5.2 which resulted in an improvement of 7.3 pp; and (ii) an improvement of 5.0 pp

primarily driven by the “Bulk Carrier and “Gas Tanker” vessel categories, on a TG 5.1 like-for-like basis.

Methodology notes:

–The Shipping sector follows the Poseidon Principles methodology (Technical Guidance 5.2, July 2025)

–The primary metric is the climate alignment score, expressed as a percentage difference between a vessel’s Annual

Efficiency Ratio (AER), measured in gCO₂e/dwt-nm (e.g., bulk carriers) and the vessel-specific decarbonization

pathway calibrated to its type and size

–At the portfolio level, the metric is the loan-weighted average of each vessel’s climate alignment score (%)

–The bank expects the Revised-Striving and Revised-Minimum portfolio climate alignment metrics to exhibit volatility,

given the sensitivity of AER to operational factors such as the vessel speed, routing, and utilization

–The decarbonization pathway applied to target setting was calibrated from the International Maritime Organization

(IMO) Revised Strategy adopted at the Marine Environmental Protection Committee (MEPC 80) in July 2023

–The removal of the commitment to issue contingents from the corporate lending boundary did not lead to changes to

the baseline year climate alignment score that exceeded the bank’s recalibration threshold; consequently, the

historical year-end metrics for this sector were not recalibrated

300

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Commercial Aviation

Commercial Aviation, Climate Alignment Score (%) (Scope 1)

chart-d9ebfb467e434b2bbdd.gif

Deutsche Bank follows the Pegasus Guidelines and its portfolio climate alignment score stood at 1.0% at year-end 2024,

reflecting an incremental year-on-year decrease of 0.3 pp.

The metric captures Scope 1 emissions from revenue generating passenger services, belly freight and dedicated cargo

freight operations of commercial airliners.

The bank’s focus is on aircraft operators, as they exert the greatest influence on operational load factors and the

adoption of new technologies - both of which directly affect the sector’s carbon emission trajectory. Aircraft lessors are

excluded, as the bank is evaluating the appropriateness and effectiveness of applying a physical emission intensity based

target on lessors given that their role is generally limited to the rollout of modern aircraft and retrofitting existing

aircrafts to operate with Sustainable Aviation Fuel.

Methodology notes:

–The Aviation sector follows the Pegasus Guidelines methodology, published in March 2024

–The primary metric is the climate alignment score, expressed as a percentage difference between an airliner’s physical

emission intensity, measured in gCO₂e/revenue-tonne-kilometer (RTK), and the corresponding decarbonization

pathway; the pathway is differentiated by the airliner’s activity mix across passenger plus belly freight operations and

dedicated cargo freight operations

–At the portfolio level, the climate alignment score reflects the percentage differences between: (i) the loan-weighted

average of clients’ gCO₂e/RTK values; and (ii) loan-weighted average of clients’ points on their decarbonization

pathways, weighted by their activity mix across passenger plus belly freight and dedicated cargo freight

–Currently, only commercial airliners are included within the scope of this sector methodology

–The bank expects the portfolio climate alignment metrics to exhibit volatility, given the sensitivity of an airliner’s

emission intensity to passenger and belly freight load factors and dedicated cargo freight load factors

–The decarbonization pathway applied to target setting is from the Mission Possible Partnership “Prudent” (MPP PRU)

Roadmap

–The removal of the commitment to issue contingents from the corporate lending boundary did not lead to changes to

the baseline year climate alignment score that exceeded the bank’s recalibration threshold; consequently, the

historical year-end metrics for this sector were not recalibrated

301

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Financed Emissions: Scope 3 Category 15

ESRS E1-6

The financed emissions calculations follow the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (“PCAF”) Standard as

detailed in the Methodological notes in this section, and are in line with the recommendations of the Task Force on

Climate-related Financial Disclosures (see their Guidance on Metrics, Targets, and Transition Plans).

Financed emissions calculations are based on disclosed Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions of Deutsche Bank’s clients. Such

emission data is sourced from third-party providers, and if client-level data is not available, proxy data is used. This data

is mapped to the bank’s loan commitments and clients’ EVIC to calculate financed emissions at the client and portfolio

levels. For selected mortgage and commercial real estate portfolios, emissions are estimated using proxies which are

based on Energy Performance Certificate ratings and internal methodologies.

The following tables show the overall corporate industry loan exposure and financed emissions broken down by the top

ten sectors which contribute to the largest amount of the bank’s summed Scope 1, 2 and 3 financed emissions. Any

differences in top ten sector rankings shown in the year-end 2025 and 2024 tables are due to changes in the bank’s

portfolio composition of clients. The table also shows how much Scope 1, 2 and 3 financed emissions stem from clients

which are also tracked in the net zero target framework. Lastly, the table shows total lending of the bank secured by real

estate, as well as loan exposure and financed emissions of the EU residential real estate portfolio.

302

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Loan exposure and financed emissions of the corporate lending book and residential real estate

Dec 31, 2025
Loan Exposure Financed Emissions PCAF Data Quality Score<br><br>(5 = lowest)
Scope 1&2, MtCO2e/y Scope 3, MtCO2e/y Scope 1&2 Scope 3
Outstanding Total<br><br>Commitments Outstanding Total<br><br>Commitments Outstanding Total<br><br>Commitments Outstanding Total<br><br>Commitments Outstanding Total<br><br>Commitments
in € bn1 in % in € bn in %
Total corporate industry loan exposure 119.7 100.0 277.0 100.0 26.4 54.3 132.6 334.4 4.3 3.7 4.6 4.2
thereof: Automotives 6.3 5.3 16.8 6.1 0.6 1.6 29.3 85.5 3.6 3.2 3.9 3.6
thereof: Oil and gas 6.0 5.0 14.8 5.4 6.7 10.6 19.6 49.0 3.8 3.4 4.4 4.0
thereof: Manufacturing and Engineering 8.8 7.3 25.8 9.3 0.8 3.2 13.2 55.8 4.4 3.8 4.6 4.1
thereof: Consumer Goods 10.9 9.1 26.8 9.7 1.6 3.7 12.8 25.6 4.1 3.5 4.4 3.9
thereof: Utilities 5.6 4.7 16.0 5.8 6.7 14.5 6.7 14.3 4.5 3.6 4.7 3.8
thereof: Steel, Metals and Mining 3.9 3.2 7.3 2.6 2.1 4.5 10.3 20.8 4.0 3.8 4.2 4.0
thereof: Retail 10.7 9.0 18.7 6.7 0.4 0.6 10.5 16.2 4.2 4.0 4.3 4.2
thereof: Chemicals 3.1 2.6 10.0 3.6 0.7 2.7 3.7 11.3 4.5 3.6 4.7 4.2
thereof: Conglomerate 3.7 3.1 4.9 1.8 0.8 1.3 6.2 9.0 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7
thereof: Construction 4.1 3.4 8.6 3.1 0.9 2.2 3.3 6.9 4.5 4.3 4.8 4.6
thereof: Others2 56.7 47.4 127.2 45.9 5.1 9.5 16.9 40.1 4.5 3.8 4.7 4.4
In the scope of net zero targets
Oil and Gas (Upstream)4 7.8 8.0 29.0 2.9 3.6
Power Generation4 12.8 12.3 10.3 3.6 3.9
Automotives (light-duty)4 7.5 0.6 49.0 2.4 2.8
Steel4 1.8 2.0 3.1 3.4 4.1
Coal Mining4 1.2 0.8 4.4 2.9 2.3
Cement4 0.4 0.5 0.3 2.0 2.9
Shipping3,4
Commercial Aviation3,4
Total loans secured by real estate 227.0 100.0 N/A N/A
thereof: Secured by non-residential RE 61.9 27.3 N/A N/A
thereof: Secured by residential RE 165.1 72.7 N/A N/A
thereof: EU 160.6 97.2 2.0 3.9
Germany 147.8 92.1 1.7 3.9
Italy 3.7 2.3 0.1 3.7
Spain 6.3 3.9 0.2 2.9
Rest of EU 2.8 1.7 5.0
thereof: Outside of EU 4.6 2.8 N/A N/A

N/A - not applicable

1Securitized aviation loans are excluded as the PCAF Standard (2022) cannot be applied

2As of year-end 2025, Others’ financed emissions were driven by the following sectors ranked in descending order by summed Scope 1, 2 and 3 financed emissions: Transportation, Technology, Aerospace and Defense, Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals, Other Corporates, Services, Leisure, Media, Telecoms, Leasing and Rental, and General Trading Companies (Japan)

3Deutsche Bank will publish in next year’s report

4The sectors listed in the “In scope of net zero targets” sub-section correspond to the following sectors in the “Total corporate industry loan exposure” sub-section: Oil and Gas (Upstream) is mapped to Oil and Gas; Power Generation is predominantly mapped to Utilities; Automotives (light duty) is mapped to Automotives; Steel and Coal Mining are mapped to Steel, Metal, and Mining;

Cement is mapped to Construction; and Shipping and Commercial Aviation are mapped to Transportation (which did not make the top ten sectoral ranking)

303

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Loan Exposure Financed Emissions PCAF Data Quality Score<br><br>(5 = lowest)
Scope 1&2, MtCO2e/y Scope 3, MtCO2e/y3 Scope 1&2 Scope 33
Outstanding Total Commitments Outstanding Total<br><br>Commitments Outstanding Total<br><br>Commitments Outstanding Total<br><br>Commitments Outstanding Total<br><br>Commitments
in € bn1 in % in € bn in %
Total corporate industry loan exposure4 117.7 100.0 272.9 100.0 30.7 59.0 134.5 346.4 4.4 3.8 4.6 4.2
thereof: Manufacturing and Engineering 9.8 8.3 28.3 10.4 1.0 3.2 16.5 75.0 4.4 3.8 4.5 4.1
thereof: Automotives 7.0 5.9 17.1 6.3 0.6 1.5 26.4 73.9 3.5 3.3 3.7 3.5
thereof: Oil and gas 5.6 4.8 14.0 5.1 9.9 15.9 20.2 49.9 4.3 3.7 4.3 4.1
thereof: Consumer Goods 11.4 9.7 27.7 10.1 1.7 4.0 13.4 26.9 4.0 3.5 4.1 3.9
thereof: Utilities 5.2 4.4 14.2 5.2 7.0 12.3 8.6 15.2 4.6 3.5 4.8 3.9
thereof: Steel, Metals and Mining 3.5 3.0 8.0 2.9 1.6 4.1 9.0 22.1 3.9 3.7 4.2 4.0
thereof: Retail 10.5 8.9 18.8 6.9 0.4 0.6 8.2 14.4 4.4 4.1 4.5 4.4
thereof: Chemicals 3.1 2.6 9.8 3.6 0.7 3.0 4.0 11.6 4.5 3.8 4.7 4.3
thereof: Conglomerate 5.6 4.8 7.1 2.6 1.8 2.1 7.8 10.4 4.0 4.1 4.8 4.8
thereof: Construction 4.1 3.5 8.5 3.1 0.9 2.1 3.6 7.3 4.6 4.4 4.8 4.7
thereof: Others2 52.0 44.2 119.3 43.7 5.4 10.0 16.9 39.8 4.6 3.9 4.8 4.4
In the scope of net zero targets5
Oil and Gas (Upstream)6 8.9 12.3 32.0 3.1 4.0
Power Generation6 12.0 12.1 14.4 3.5 4.0
Automotives (light-duty)6 7.2 0.5 36.9 2.2 2.5
Steel6 2.2 2.0 3.4 3.7 4.4
Coal Mining6 1.2 0.8 4.9 3.0 3.0
Cement6 0.3 0.4 0.2 2.2 3.0
Shipping6 0.9 1.5 0.4 4.7 4.9
Commercial Aviation6 1.8 1.5 0.8 2.6 3.8
Total loans secured by real estate 240.6 100.0 N/A N/A
thereof: Secured by non-residential RE 69.1 28.7 N/A N/A
thereof: Secured by residential RE 171.5 71.3 N/A N/A
thereof: EU 166.4 97.0 2.2 4.1
Germany 153.2 92.1 1.9 4.1
Italy 4.2 2.5 0.1 4.6
Spain 6.4 3.8 0.2 3.0
Rest of EU 2.6 1.6 0.1 5.0
thereof: Outside of EU 5.1 3.0 N/A N/A

N/A - not applicable

1Securitized aviation loans are excluded as the PCAF Standard (2022) cannot be applied

2As of year-end 2024, Others’ financed emissions were driven by the following sectors ranked in descending order by summed Scope 1, 2 and 3 financed emissions: Aerospace and Defense, Transportation, Technology, Healthcare and Pharmaceuticals, Other Corporates, Services, Leisure, Media, Telecoms, Leasing and Rental, and General Trading Companies (Japan)

3Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

4 The Top 10 sector ranking has been amended for year-end 2024 following model enhancements that have been applied retroactively

5Following model enhancements that have been retroactively applied, year-end 2024 total loan exposures will differ for sectors tracked with a net zero target from those reported in the prior year’s “alignment to net zero targets” tables except for the Power Generation and Cement sectors

6 The sectors listed in the “In scope of net zero targets” sub-section correspond to the following sectors in the “Total corporate industry loan exposure” sub-section: Oil and Gas (Upstream) is mapped to Oil and Gas; Power Generation is predominantly mapped to Utilities; Automotives (light duty) is mapped to Automotives; Steel and Coal Mining are mapped to Steel, Metal, and Mining;

Cement is mapped to Construction; and Shipping and Commercial Aviation are mapped to Transportation (which did not make the top ten sectoral ranking)

304

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Corporate Lending Portfolio

The bank has introduced significant enhancements to its financed emissions methodology where the commitment to

issue contingents has been excluded from the corporate lending boundary as well as a more precise treatment of smaller

power generation entities. Following internal recalibration guidance, recalculations were performed and the impacts of

the two model enhancements were assessed against the Bank’s recalibration guidelines. Accordingly, the year-end 2024

Scope 1, 2 and 3 financed emissions table, including the “in scope of net zero targets” sub-section, has been recalibrated,

This led to reductions of 5.8 MtCO2e/y for Scope 1 and 2 financed emissions and 81.4 MtCO2e/y for Scope 3 financed

emissions, alongside a € 17.5 bn decrease in loan exposure. The substantial reduction of Scope 3 financed emissions was

primarily driven by a single Manufacturing and Engineering client due to the removal of the commitment to issue

contingents.

After adjusting for model enhancements, Scope 1 and 2 financed emissions decreased year-on-year from 30.7 to

26.4 MtCO2e/y on a loan outstanding basis, while Scope 3 financed emissions also decreased year-on-year from 134.5 to

132.6 MtCO2e/y. On a total corporate lending basis, Scope 1 and 2 financed emissions decreased year-on-year from

59.0 to 54.3 MtCO2e/y and Scope 3 financed emissions also decreased year-on-year from 346.4 to 334.4 MtCO2e/y.

Correspondingly, economic intensities for Scope 1 and 2 and for Scope 3 declined year-on-year by 7.9% and 4.9%,

respectively. Total loan commitments increased year-on-year by € 4.1 bn, representing a 1.5% increase relative to year-

end 2024.

Notable sector-level movements:

–Scope 1 and 2 financed emissions:

–The Oil and Gas sector recorded a 5.3 MtCO2e/y year-on-year reduction in Scope 1 and 2 financed emissions,

accompanied by a 37% decreased in economic intensity; these year-on-year changes have been primarily driven by

data quality improvements for two clients

–The Utilities sector recorded a 2.1 MtCO2e/y year-on-year increase in Scope 1 and 2 financed emissions,

accompanied by a 4.1% increase in economic intensity; the financed emissions year-on-year changes have been

primarily driven by the increase in total loan commitment from € 14.2 bn to € 16.0 bn

–Scope 3 financed emissions:

–The Manufacturing and Engineering sector showed a year-on-year decrease of 19 MtCO2e/y in Scope 3 financed

emissions, with economic intensity declining by 18%; this outcome was primarily driven by a single client’s reported

emission factor which reduced significantly due to its rising EVIC

–The Automotive sector showed a year-on-year increase of 12 MtCO2e/y in Scope 3 financed emissions, with

economic intensity increasing by 18%; this outcome was primarily driven by a single client’s estimated emission

factor increasing due to a data quality enhancements from the bank’s third-party data provider

The following factors provide additional details on the year-on-year movements in Scope 1, 2 and 3 financed emissions

on a total loan commitment basis:

–Client-specific reported emission factors: For Scope 1 and 2, rising client-specific emission factors for key clients,

mainly due to falling EVICs between 2023 and 2024, resulted in financed emissions increasing by 0.5 MtCO₂e/y; for

Scope 3, this effect led to a 22.5 MtCO₂e/y decrease primarily driven by a single client in the Manufacturing and

Engineering sector whose EVIC increased significantly year-on-year

–Client-specific estimated emission factors: Scope 3 financed emissions increased by 3.3 MtCO₂e/y, mainly driven by

updates across three sectors Automotive, Oil and Gas and Manufacturing and Engineering

–Data quality updates contributed to a reduction of 1.9 MtCO₂e/y in Scope 1 and 2 financed emissions; for Scope 3,

these updates led to an increase of 20 MtCO₂e/y in financed emissions, with one-half of the rise attributable to a

single client in the Automotive sector

–The translation of non-euro loan exposure to euro equivalents resulted in decreases of 4.2 MtCO₂e/y for Scope 1 and

2 and 16.6 MtCO₂e/y for Scope 3, primarily reflecting the depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the euro between

year-end 2024 and year-end 2025

–Client portfolio effects: Changes in the composition of the client portfolio contributed 0.9 MtCO₂e/y to Scope 1 and 2

financed emissions and 3.8 MtCO₂e/y to Scope 3 financed emissions

Percentage of Scope 1, 2 and 3 financed emissions covered by Deutsche Bank’s net zero target framework:

–As at year-end 2025 — excluding shipping and commercial aviation sectors due to a one-year reporting lag and

including model enhancements — was 45% for Scope 1 and 2 financed emissions and 29% for Scope 3 financed

emissions on a total corporate lending basis; on a like-for-like basis, coverage as at year-end 2024 was 48% for Scope

1 and 2 financed emission and 26% for Scope 3 financed emissions

–When shipping and commercial aviation sectors are included and after adjusting for model enhancements, coverage

as at year-end 2024 was 53% for Scope 1 and 2 financed emissions and 27% for Scope 3 financed emissions on a total

corporate lending basis; this compares with the prior year’s Sustainability Statement within the Annual Report, where

coverage as of year-end 2024 was 47% for Scope 1 and 2 financed emissions and 22% for Scope 3 financed emissions

without model enhancements, excluding shipping and commercial aviation sectors and on a total corporate lending

basis

305

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Methodological notes:

–The bank focuses on corporate lending within (i) loans at amortized cost and (ii) irrevocable and revocable lending

commitment as found in the Risk Report section of Deutsche Bank’s Annual Report; as of year-end 2025, loans at

amortized cost and irrevocable and revocable lending commitment amounted to € 478.7 billion and € 274.3 billion,

respectively

–Corporate lending that is deemed to facilitate a primary issuance is classified under the facilitated emissions

methodology and therefore excluded from financed emissions calculations

–Corporate lending is identified according to Deutsche Bank’s internal sectoral classifications; the bank excludes all

lending to financial institutions, public sector, real estate sector and securitizations

–In previous disclosures, commitments to issue contingents were included within “irrevocable and revocable lending

commitments”; these items have now been removed from that category, resulting in both issued contingents

(reported as “contingent liabilities”) and the commitment to issue contingents being fully excluded from the corporate

lending boundary. In addition, the bank has implemented a modelling enhancement allowing for more accurate

treatment of smaller power generation entities, which not only increases the number of clients covered by the power

generation net zero target but also allows for more accurate derivation of emission factors/economic intensities for

smaller power generation entities; as a result of these two model updates, the year‑end 2024 Scope 1, 2 and 3

financed emissions table were recalibrated, including the “in scope of net‑zero targets” sub-section; as of year-end

2024 and 2025, the commitment to issue contingents amounted to € 21.1 billion and € 18.2 billion, respectively

–Deutsche Bank follows the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF) Standard, Part A (Second Edition;

2022) to calculate Scope 1, 2 and 3 financed emissions

–Scope 1, 2 and 3 financed emissions are calculated on a total loan commitment basis, aligning with the methodology

used for the bank’s decarbonization targets

–The financed emissions figures rely on client-specific data as well as proxy emissions factors; Scope 1 and 2 client-

specific emissions data are sourced from MSCI and is always reported by the client; Scope 3 client-specific emissions

data are sourced from MSCI and may be reported or estimated using MSCI’s proprietary logic; Scope 1 and 2 proxy

emission factors are sourced from PCAF and based on the 2019 EXIOBASE dataset (EXIOBASE v3.7, base year 2015)

version, as recommended by PCAF and in line with the dataset used in the baseline year; Scope 3 proxy emission

factors are internally developed sector-country averages, derived from MSCI client-specific reported and estimated

emissions data

–Enterprise Value including Cash (EVIC) is used as the denominator of the PCAF attribution factor and sourced from

MSCI

–Scope 3 financed emissions estimates are expected to remain volatile due to factors outside of the bank’s control

such as (i) the evolution of clients’ EVIC and (ii) the inclusion of total expected lifetime emissions from products sold,

particularly relevant in areas such as manufacturing-related activities

–Differences may arise between the bank’s Financed Emissions: Scope 3 Category 15 and its net zero target framework

for Oil and Gas and Coal mining sectors; these differences can be attributed to: (i) difference in coverage of Scope 3

categories; (ii) difference in coverage of sub-sectors (i.e., upstream or midstream); or (iii) methodological or data-

driven differences in Scope 3 emission factor estimates

–No correction is made for potential double-counting of emissions when including clients’ Scope 3 emissions alongside

Scope 1 and 2

–PCAF Data Quality scores reflect the degree of reliance on proxy estimates and highlight the ongoing challenges

faced by the bank and the wider industry in accessing audited client specific emissions data. Methodological and data

source updates may significantly influence financed emissions estimates over time

–As of year-end 2025, the share of primary data used in the finance emissions calculations remained constant year-on-

year, reaching 42% for Scope 1 and 2 and 18% for Scope 3, measured on a total loan commitment basis; primary data

refers to emission information classified as reported by clients by MSCI and therefore reflects data directly disclosed

by clients rather than estimates

–Client-purchased offsets (certificates based on GHG reductions, avoidance or permit schemes) are not included in

financed emissions calculations

306

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Residential Real Estate Portfolio

Residential Real Estate (RRE) is a critical area in the fight against climate change, with buildings accounting for a

significant portion of energy usage and GHG emissions in the EU. Deutsche Bank recognizes this, with residential real

estate loans (primarily mortgages to German private clients) representing approximately 35% of its global total loan

portfolio of € 472.6 billion at year-end 2025. While financed emissions from RRE are lower than corporate loans,

transitioning to net zero by 2050 necessitates clear pathways for energy efficiency.

However, achieving this in RRE presents unique challenges: most existing properties have low energy efficiency, the cost

of transition primarily falls on private citizens, upstream industries heavily influence energy efficiency, and public policy

is still evolving.

Deutsche Bank's integrated strategy reflects these complexities, focusing on:

–Empowering private individuals: Providing financial assistance for energy efficiency retrofitting and renovation

–Collaborating with upstream industries: Working with corporate clients supplying energy and materials to reduce their

emissions, thereby impacting residential real estate's embodied emissions

–Engaging with stakeholders: Collaborating with policymakers, industry peers, and other bodies to define

methodologies and priorities

–Harmonizing approaches: Contributing expertise to improve data quality and reporting for energy efficiency in the

sector

Deutsche Bank's approach acknowledges the financial and social challenges for private clients, recognizing that a

significant portion requires both information and financial assistance for retrofitting. It emphasizes the need for

attainable goals, potential adaptations to collateral evaluation practices, and simplified financing for renovations.

As of year-end 2025, financed emissions for the European residential real estate portfolio decreased from 2.2 to

2.0 MtCO2e/y, with a financed energy intensity reduction from 13.04 to 12.5 kgCO₂e/m²/y. The lower financed emissions

in 2025 was predominantly driven by two key factors: enhancements to Deutsche Banks emissions calculation models

and the reduced volume size of the mortgage portfolio.

Methodological notes

–Deutsche Bank identifies loans collateralized by residential real estate based on the Financial Reporting (FinRep)

definition in accordance with the ECB-Regulation on reporting of regulatory financial information

–Financed emissions and emissions intensity of Deutsche Bank’s European residential real estate portfolio are

calculated by applying a model-based approach, incorporating Energy Performance Certificates (real and proxied),

real estate collateral data, decarbonization scenarios, and PCAF data; based on the PCAF methodology, Deutsche

Bank restricts the transition risk metrics to financed emissions and emissions intensity which are defined by the

proportion of the collateral linked to the outstanding loan amount

–The net zero projections towards 2050 are performed by deploying the International Energy Agency (IEA)

decarbonization scenarios as well as country specific Carbon Risk Real Estate Monitor (CRREM) pathways

–The PCAF Data Quality scores are calculated according to the instructions for mortgages as outlined in PCAF’s The

Global GHG Accounting and Reporting Standard Part A: Financed Emissions (Second edition, December 2022), and

incorporates the usage of EPC data (i.e., CO₂ values); the scores reflect the extent to which proxy estimates were

utilized, i.e., PCAF Data Quality score 2 is applied, if the available EPC contains the respective CO₂ value, whereas

estimation of CO₂ values based on real EPC data result in a PCAF Data Quality score of 3. A PCAF Data Quality score 4

is linked to CO₂ values being estimated by the above-mentioned model-based approach. PCAF Data Quality score 5 is

assigned if none of the above apply. In the final stage, after assigning the PCAF Data Quality score, the average score

per counterparty domicile (Germany, Italy, and Spain) is calculated, weighted by the outstanding gross carrying

amount

–The share of primary data used for the calculation of financed emissions was 10.4% on an outstanding gross carrying

amount basis of the loans collateralized by RRE; primary data is defined as utilizing actual EPC data without proxy,

which reflects a PCAF Data Quality score of 2

307

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Facilitated Emissions: Scope 3 Category 15

Facilitated emissions represent the GHG emissions associated with capital markets transactions where the bank provides

services, such as underwriting and syndication, to clients raising capital. These emissions differ from financed emissions

as the bank typically takes no (or limited) credit risk, and the capital does not remain on the bank’s balance sheet.

The facilitated emissions calculations are aligned with the PCAF's Global GHG Accounting and Reporting Standard –

Part B Facilitated Emissions (first version, December 2023) as detailed in the Methodological notes in this section.

Facilitated emissions calculations are based on disclosed Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions of Deutsche Bank’s clients. Such

emissions data, along with clients’ EVIC data, is sourced from third-party providers. Where reported data for a specific

entity is unavailable, sector-country asset-based proxies are used as the alternative. In alignment with the PCAF

Standard, a 33% weighting factor was applied.

To ensure the completeness and accuracy of the data presented, facilitated emissions are reported for year-end 2024.

The underlying deal information from external databases, such as Dealogic, is subject to a data finalization and reporting

lag that extends beyond the 2025 year-end reporting cycle. Recognizing the inherent volatility of deal volumes in capital

markets, Deutsche Bank reports five-year averages in addition to annual figures. This offers a less volatile view of

facilitated emissions trends and the climate impact from these activities over time. The five-year average facilitated

emissions are based on the 2024 or the latest available emission factors, reflecting data availability constraints.

The following table presents Deutsche Bank's facilitated emissions for year-end 2024 broken down by the top ten

sectors which contribute to the largest amount of the bank’s summed Scope 1, 2 and 3 facilitated emissions. A

significant deviation in Scope 3 facilitated emissions between 2024 and the five-year average for the Manufacturing and

Engineering sector is driven primarily by reported Scope 3 emissions for a single entity.

308

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Facilitated Emissions

Dec 31, 2024
Deal volume Facilitated emissions PCAF Data Quality Score<br><br>(5 = lowest)
Scope 1&2, MtCO2 Scope 3, MtCO2 Scope 1&2 Scope 3
2024 (in € bn) 2024 (in %) 5 years average<br><br>(in € bn) 5 years average<br><br>(in %) 2024 5 years average 2024 5 years average 2024 5 years average 2024 5 years average
Corporate deals
Manufacturing and Engineering 13.3 6.8 10.6 6.8 0.3 0.3 65.2 23.4 3.9 3.5 4.1 3.9
Automotives 18.6 9.5 14.4 9.2 0.3 0.3 15.3 17.0 2.9 2.7 3.4 3.4
Oil and gas 7.2 3.7 6.6 4.2 2.4 2.0 9.9 7.8 3.5 3.6 4.3 4.2
Conglomerates 1.0 0.5 1.3 0.8 0.7 0.5 4.3 2.6 2.5 3.2 5.0 4.9
Steel, Metals and Mining 2.3 1.2 2.9 1.9 0.2 0.5 3.6 4.9 3.6 3.5 3.8 3.7
Consumer Goods 14.4 7.4 13.1 8.4 0.4 0.5 3.3 2.8 3.2 3.0 3.6 3.5
Healthcare and Pharma 30.1 15.4 20.8 13.3 0.7 0.7 2.5 1.7 3.3 3.4 4.3 4.3
Chemicals 5.4 2.8 6.4 4.1 0.6 0.7 2.3 2.6 4.1 3.8 4.4 4.3
Retail 8.9 4.5 6.2 3.9 0.1 0.1 2.8 1.9 4.6 3.9 4.6 4.3
Utilities 6.4 3.3 6.2 4.0 1.1 1.7 1.3 1.5 3.2 3.2 3.6 3.7
Others1 87.7 44.9 67.9 43.4 1.7 2.5 7.6 6.1 3.6 3.5 4.3 4.3
Total deals 195.3 100.0 156.3 100.0 8.5 9.8 118.1 72.3 3.5 3.4 4.1 4.1

1 As of year-end 2024, Others facilitated emissions were driven by the following sectors: Construction, Aerospace and Defense, Transportation, Services, Leisure, Technology, Telecoms, Media, Other Corporates, and Leasing and Rental

309

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Methodological notes:

The estimates are derived from public debt (bond underwriting and loan syndication) and equity deals information

sourced through Dealogic. Private placements and equity investments in private companies are excluded, unless specific

transactions are captured within the Dealogic database.

–A fee-based league table attribution is applied to apportion Deutsche Bank's share of each in-scope transaction; this

fee-based approach offers a clear reflection of a deal’s economics and aligns with the GHG accounting ‘follow the

money’ principle

–To ensure a complete and comprehensive assessment, all manager roles are included in the calculations

–In alignment with the PCAF Standard, securitized products, as well as agency, government, and supranational bonds,

are excluded from the scope; furthermore, green bonds and loans are also excluded. Sustainability-linked and

sustainable bonds/loans are treated as conventional

–The facilitated emissions calculation accounts for the full amount of syndicated loans arranged (drawn and undrawn

portions), expanding the coverage

–Sectors in scope are identified according to Deutsche Bank’s internal sectoral classification. All transactions to

financial institutions, public sector and real estate are excluded

–Similar to financed emissions, the facilitated emissions figures rely on client-specific data as well as proxy emissions

factors. Scope 1 and 2 client-specific emissions data is sourced from MSCI and uses data reported by the client;

Scope 3 client-specific emissions data is sourced from MSCI and can be either reported by clients or estimated using

MSCI’s proprietary logic; Scope 1 and 2 proxy emission factors are sourced from PCAF’s 2019 EXIOBASE dataset

(EXIOBASE v3.7, base year 2015) to align with financed emissions calculations; Scope 3 proxy emission factors are

internally built sector-country averages based on client-specific emissions data (reported and estimated) from MSCI

–PCAF Data Quality scores are calculated according to the rules outlined in the PCAF Standard and reflect the extent

to which sectoral proxy estimates were utilized in the calculation; they are an indication of the challenges that the

bank and the industry still face with getting access to consistent and audited client-specific emission data

Deutsche Bank acknowledges the inherent limitations in the current estimation of facilitated emissions due to data

availability challenges and the evolving nature of reporting standards. Methodology and data changes may significantly

impact the estimates in the future. Deutsche Bank is continuously monitoring these limitations, aiming to improve data

quality and refine methodological consistency over time.

Other metrics used to monitor climate-transition risks

The bank uses additional global and sector-specific key performance indicators to monitor and steer climate risk across

its portfolios. Examples of these indicators are technology mixes and the share of clients with reported net zero targets.

Climate physical risk for real estate assets

Climate physical risks for real estate assets are assessed using S&P physical exposure score data for nine hazards (coastal

flooding, riverine/fluvial flooding, pluvial flooding (extreme rainfall), tropical cyclone, extreme heat, extreme cold,

wildfire, drought, and water stress) across four scenarios (low, medium, medium-high, and high risk). To estimate the

overall exposure to physical climate risks, Deutsche Bank utilizes composite hazards scores and the medium-high risk

scenario (a limited mitigation scenario in which total GHG emissions double by 2100, and global average temperatures

rise between 2.8°C and 4.6°C by 2100). Deutsche Bank considers the fluvial flood, coastal flood, pluvial flood, and

tropical cyclones as acute risk and maps water stress, drought, wildfire, extreme heat, and extreme cold as chronic risk.

Only a small proportion of the bank’s European residential real estate portfolio is deemed vulnerable to acute or chronic

physical risks as the physical risk factors for Europe are significantly lower than in other parts of the world. Furthermore,

residual risk for the European Residential Real Estate portfolio remains low, supported by insurance policies held by

private clients for their respective properties, additional all-risks insurance contract held by Deutsche Bank for the

German mortgage portfolio, and national protection schemes in Italy and Spain.

A summary of exposures to chronic and acute physical risks is provided in the table below.

Loan exposure to physical risks of the Residential Real Estate portfolio

Country Dec 31, 2025
Loan exposure, Outstanding (in  bn)
Total Acute
EU 160.6 1.2
thereof: Germany 147.8 1.2
thereof: Spain 6.3 0.0
thereof: Italy 3.7 0.0
thereof: Rest of EU 2.8 0.0
Non-EU 4.6 1.1

All values are in Euros.

310

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change
Country Dec 31, 2024
--- --- ---
Loan exposure, Outstanding (in  bn)
Total Acute
EU 166.4 0.6
thereof: Germany 153.2 0.3
thereof: Spain 6.4 0.0
thereof: Italy 4.2 0.2
thereof: Rest of EU 2.6 0.0
Non-EU 5.1 1.6

All values are in Euros.

The continuous enhancements to processes, refinement of methodology and consideration of forward-looking

information can result in changes to exposures subject to physical risks.

Nature-related (or other environmental) risks

In recognizing the increasing importance of nature-related (or other-environmental) risks to the bank and its stakeholders

(from regulators and supervisors to investors and clients), Deutsche Bank developed an in-house approach for the

identification of exposures potentially vulnerable to nature-related risks. While not considered material for the 2025

double materiality assessment, Deutsche Bank will continue to monitor these risks as part of the annual materiality

assessment as industry standards and methodologies in relation to nature risk identification and measurement continue

to evolve.

Deutsche Bank’s analysis of nature-related risks focuses on four different types of nature loss: (i) terrestrial biodiversity

and habitat loss, (ii) water depletion, (iii) marine ecosystem degradation, and (iv) ecosystem degradation from waste and

pollution. This classification allows the bank to capture in its assessment most of the pressures on nature from human

activities, as listed by the Science Based Targets Network (SBTN) and ecosystem services of the ENCORE tool.

The bank identifies exposure to each of the four types of nature loss based on a waterfall approach that considers:

–A client-level assessment, based on the relevant environmental ratings, when available

–A sector and country assessment, which identifies companies active in sectors with high impact or high dependency

on nature that are domiciled in vulnerable countries

For the sector-level assessment of nature risk impacts on the corporate loan portfolio, the bank utilizes the Sector

Materiality tool of the Science-Based Target Network due to its consideration of indirect, upstream value chain impacts.

In 2025, the bank updated its use of the ENCORE tool by switching to the latest version available, for the assessment of

sector dependencies on ecosystem services and impacts on natural capital. For the assessment of country vulnerability

in 2025, the bank refreshed existing datasets as well as incorporated new data sources for the nature loss analysis.

The table below reports the exposures identified as potentially vulnerable to Nature risks according to the approach of

combining the client-level and sector and country level assessment:

311

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Loan exposure to nature-related risks of the corporate lending book

Dec 31, 2025
Loan Exposure, Outstanding (in  bn)
Corporate loan exposure to nature loss types in  bn o/w identified<br><br>through client<br><br>level data o/w identified<br><br>through client<br><br>level data (in %)
Total corporate industry loan exposure 119.7 N/A N/A
thereof: Water depletion 12.0 1.5 12.7
thereof: Terrestrial biodiversity and habitat loss 9.5 4.0 41.5
thereof: Ecosystem degradation from waste and pollution 6.7 3.9 57.6
thereof: Marine ecosystem degradation 3.8 0.9 24.7

All values are in Euros.

Dec 31, 2024
Loan Exposure, Outstanding (in  bn)
Corporate loan exposure to nature loss types in  bn o/w identified<br><br>through client<br><br>level data o/w identified<br><br>through client<br><br>level data (in %)
Total corporate industry loan exposure 117.7 N/A N/A
thereof: Water depletion 18.9 1.9 10.1
thereof: Terrestrial biodiversity and habitat loss 12.7 3.6 28.5
thereof: Ecosystem degradation from waste and pollution 9.9 5.0 50.0
thereof: Marine ecosystem degradation 6.5 4.1 63.2

All values are in Euros.

N/A - not applicable

The net decrease in exposure to nature risks between 25% year-on-year for Terrestrial biodiversity and habitat loss to

36% year-on-year for Water depletion) is mainly driven by changes in the sectoral taxonomy that assesses dependencies

and impacts on nature, following the update in ENCORE’s dataset. In 2025, Deutsche Bank refined its approach of

identifying exposures sensitive to marine ecosystem degradation by narrowing the focus to clients operating in sectors

with high impact on marine ecosystem use or dependencies on marine ecosystem services. This has resulted in the

decrease of exposure sensitive to marine ecosystem degradation.

As the same client can be exposed to risks related to different nature loss types, the amounts in the table above are not

additive. Total exposure to clients identified as vulnerable to at least one nature risk type was € 21.9 billion in 2025.

Current and anticipated financial effects from material physical and transition risks

No material financial effects from physical and transition risks were observed during the fiscal year 2025. Anticipated

future financial effects from climate risks are discussed in the “Resilience of the bank” sub-chapter of the “Climate

change” chapter within this Sustainability Statement. The bank has made use of the extended phase-in option in relation

to ESRS 1 Appendix C, with regards to ESRS E1-9 in accordance with the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/1416 adopted

by the European Commission in July 2025 and published in the Official Journal in November 2025.

312

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Client portfolios in Asset Management

Governance

For more information pertaining to sustainability governance at Deutsche Bank’s Asset Management division, DWS,

please refer to the sub-chapter “DWS strategy on sustainability” in the “Sustainability strategy” chapter within this

Sustainability Statement.

Strategy

ESRS E1-1

As an asset manager, DWS’s fiduciary responsibility is to act in the best interests of its clients. DWS recognizes that each

client has a unique set of investment objectives and therefore offers a broad range of investment solutions with the goal

to create long-term value through balancing investment risks and opportunities. This includes financially material

sustainability risks and opportunities.

Changing political and regulatory frameworks as well as evolving client preferences require DWS to regularly review its

strategy, product offering and sustainability related processes and activities to ensure alignment with the shifting

environment. Following such a review, DWS has refined its strategy for sustainability and introduced adjustments in April

2025 to address these changes. Details can be found in the section “DWS strategy on sustainability” within this

Sustainability Statement.

DWS recognizes the significance of the ongoing transformation to a more sustainable economy and its goal is to provide

investment expertise and solutions that help its clients navigate this transformation effectively.

In 2025, DWS has not published a stand-alone climate transition plan. DWS will continue to monitor the developments

on evolving regulation and market standards concerning appropriate disclosures on climate transition plans. This will

inform its approach and timing going forward and includes the upcoming requirements under unfair‑competition rules,

which call for implementation plans that substantiate any environmental claims made.

Information relating to DWS´s approach on sustainability and climate change mitigation can be found in the Sustainable

Finance - Asset Management chapter and also in the sub-section “Metrics and targets” of the Client portfolios in Asset

Management chapter.

Impact, risk and opportunity management

ESRS E1-2, ESRS E1-3

As an asset manager, DWS has a specific business model where most of its impacts, risks and opportunities arise in its

downstream value chain through investees. The management of these downstream sustainability-related impacts, risks

and opportunities is supported by various policies and procedures relevant to the specific DWS business lines.

For Liquid assets, these include internal procedures governing sustainability risk integration, as well as the Engagement

Policy and the Corporate Governance and Proxy Voting Policy 2025 covering stewardship through engagement with

investee companies and the effective use of voting rights, the governance and oversight of those activities and how DWS

reports on them. Details on these can be found in the sub-chapter “Asset Management“ within the “Sustainable finance”

chapter of this Sustainability Statement.

Within DWS’s Illiquid assets, the Global Sustainability Framework (GSF) for DWS Private Real Estate Investment

Management sets out key principles and processes concerning DWS Private Real Estate’s approach to consideration of

sustainability in the private real estate investment management. Details on these can be found in the sub-chapter “Asset

Management“ within the “Sustainable finance” chapter of this Sustainability Statement.

In addition to these, the DWS Coal Policy governs DWS’s investments in and funding of thermal coal-related activities.

In-scope products of the policy are restricted from investing in coal developers and companies with coal share of

revenues greater than 25%. Furthermore, the policy seeks a complete phase out of thermal coal use from EU/OECD

countries by 2030 and rest of the world by 2040.

313

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Metrics and targets

ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 MDR-T

DWS became a signatory of the Net Zero Asset Managers (NZAM) initiative in 2020. From February 2026, the scope of

DWS´s former group-wide commitment will be adjusted to certain European legal entities of DWS Group GmbH & Co.

KGaA.

Following the updated NZAM commitment statement and the adjusted scope, DWS is currently revising its climate-

related portfolio target which was initially published on the NZAM website in November 2021. While this review is

ongoing, DWS continues to report the relevant metrics for 2025 consistent with prior years as per the previous interim

target.

As a NZAM signatory, in 2021, DWS set itself an interim 2030 target of reducing the Weighted Average Carbon Intensity

(WACI) of its in-scope assets under management by 50% relative to the baseline year of 2019, on an inflation-adjusted

basis. DWS applies the inflation-adjusted WACI instead of the standard WACI to strip out the effect of price increases

from the decarbonization metric. Otherwise, a nominal increase in revenues due to inflation would lead to a reduction in

the financial carbon intensity of companies, although there is no decarbonization in real terms. The surge in inflation in

recent years has highlighted the importance of adopting this approach.

In the 2019 baseline, the WACI amounted to 170.2 tons of CO2 equivalents per million $ of revenue (tCO2e/mn$). In

2023, this changed to 92.3 (2022: 101.4) tons of CO2e/mn$. Stripping out the effect of inflation, this amounts to a

cumulative inflation-adjusted reduction of 36.5% (2022: 36.0%) over four years.

Due to a lag in reporting and availability of emissions data, the WACI calculations for the 2025 reporting period are based

on DWS’s portfolio holdings as of year-end 2024 using the emissions data from the previous year of those respective

holding companies, which is 2023. Similarly, the baseline figure was based on year-end 2020 portfolio holdings and 2019

emissions.

The change in WACI of DWS´s portfolios is the combined result of three main underlying effects:

–Changes to portfolio holdings due to fund flows, market movements, or other portfolio considerations

–Changes to the carbon intensity of the holding companies themselves

–Changes to the product mix, i.e., existing products being closed or new product launches

The 36.5% (2022: 36.0%) inflation-adjusted cumulative decrease in WACI versus the baseline figure represents significant

progress towards DWS’s 50% reduction target by 2030. However, in the short-term, the WACI metric can be affected by

external factors like security price movements and client flows that are beyond the control of DWS and its investee

companies. As these factors can introduce volatility to the metric on a year-on-year basis, DWS does not expect the path

of WACI reduction to follow a linear trend.

Portfolio emissions metrics1

Metric Definition Full year 2025 Full year 2024 Medium-term ambition
Scope 3 portfolio emissions (net<br><br>zero) – inflation adj. WACI (in %) Cumulative inflation-adjusted change in<br><br>the WACI of the assets in scope of the<br><br>interim net zero target compared to<br><br>DWS’s baseline year 2019 (36.5) (36.0) Achieve a 50% reduction in<br><br>the inflation-adjusted WACI-<br><br>related to Scope 1 and 2<br><br>portfolio emissions by 2030<br><br>compared to base year 2019<br><br>(aligned to DWS’s 2030<br><br>interim net zero target)
Assets in scope of net zero (in %) The % of total AuM covered by the<br><br>interim net zero target 39.2 39.1
Assets in scope of net zero (in €<br><br>bn) The € value of AuM covered by the<br><br>interim net zero target 389.0 350.3

1The WACI metric is only calculated for in-scope AuM invested in liquid assets where carbon data is available from DWS’s current vendors. Holdings in direct real estate

assets are not included in this calculation

In 2025, the absolute Scope 3 portfolio emissions (in tCO2e) excl. sovereigns was 25,114,543 and the absolute Scope 3

portfolio emissions (in tCO2e) for sovereigns was 21,022,017.

The absolute financed emissions provided are calculated for DWS’s holdings in the asset classes of equities, corporate

bonds (including use of proceeds bonds), sovereign debt and direct real estate. Financed emissions from holdings in sub-

sovereign debt, fund of fund holdings, investments in real estate debt and illiquid infrastructure equity and debt

investments are not included in this calculation due to data availability.

314

Deutsche Bank Environmental information
Annual Report 2025 Climate change

Data for emissions of holdings in liquid investments, for example equities, corporate and sovereign bonds, is sourced

from third-party data providers. These include emissions of CO2 as well as several other greenhouse gases converted to

their CO2 equivalent using their 100-year Global warming potential. For most of DWS’s AuM, the emissions data provided

by data vendors is based on the numbers reported by the issuer, while the rest is estimated by the data provider

according to their methodology.

DWS’s apportioned emissions are calculated using an attribution factor determined by the ratio between its outstanding

holdings (numerator) and either Enterprise Value Including Cash for corporate issuers or GDP for sovereign issuers

(denominator).

Consistent with DWS’s reporting last year, Scope 1 and 2 emissions of its holding companies are included in this year's

report as well. In addition, in DWS’s emissions reporting methodology this year, DWS has included the scope 3 emissions

of its holding companies separately to improve transparency and better align the reporting with evolving best practice

and industry standards. For sovereign debt, the Scope 1 emissions reported include Land Use, Land Use Change and

Forestry.

Financed emissions for DWS’s direct real estate holdings are calculated according to Global Real Estate Sustainability

Benchmark, which is aligned with Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials, and Carbon Risk Real Estate Monitor.

DWS reports financed emissions for its entire real estate holdings, including commercial as well as residential real estate.

However, emissions for real estate debt portfolios are not included in its reporting.

Portfolio emissions metrics - financed emissions1

Metric Definition Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Scope 3 Category 15 emissions -<br><br>Financed scope 1 and 2 emissions for<br><br>portfolio holdings excluding sovereign<br><br>issuers (in tCO2e) Scope 3 Category 15 portfolio emissions represent the financed<br><br>share of investee scope 1 and 2 emissions (tCO₂e) across listed<br><br>equities, corporate bonds and direct real estate in DWS´s portfolio 25,114,543 26,046,373
Scope 3 Category 15 emissions –<br><br>Financed scope 1 and 2 emissions for<br><br>portfolio holdings of sovereign issuers (in<br><br>tCO2e) Scope 3 Category 15 portfolio emissions represent the financed<br><br>share of investee scope 1 and 2 emissions (tCO2e) for sovereign<br><br>bonds. Scope 1 emissions are domestic GHG emissions from<br><br>sources located within the country territory. Values include land-<br><br>use, land-use change and forestry 21,022,017 23,655,494
Total scope 3 Category 15 emissions –<br><br>Financed scope 1 and 2 emissions for<br><br>portfolio holdings (in tCO2e) 46,136,560 49,701,866
Scope 3 Category 15 emissions –<br><br>Financed scope 3 emissions for portfolio<br><br>holdings (in tCO2e)2 Scope 3 Category 15 portfolio emissions represent the financed<br><br>share of investee Scope 3 emissions (tCO₂e) across listed equities,<br><br>corporate bonds, sovereigns and direct real estate in DWS´s<br><br>portfolios 197,132,046 N/A

N/A - not applicable

1While DWS does not have an absolute financed emissions reduction target, DWS provides the data on the absolute financed emissions here for transparency. Due to a lag

in availability of emissions data, the Full-year 2025 data above are based on portfolio holdings as of year-end 2024 using the emissions data from the previous year of

those respective holdings, which is 2023. The same methodology applies for the other time periods reported above

2Consistent with DWS’s reporting last year, Scope 1 and 2 emissions of its holding companies are included in this year's report as well. In addition, in DWS’s emissions

reporting methodology this year, DWS has included the scope 3 emissions of its holding companies separately to improve transparency and better align the reporting

with evolving best practice and industry standards

315

socialbluepageen.jpg

316

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Social information

Own workforce

Deutsche Bank’s success in achieving its vision to be the Global Hausbank and European champion depends on its

engaged and capable workforce, their ideas, skills, commitment, and well-being. The expertise and dedication of the

bank’s workforce enables the provision of expert advice to Deutsche Bank’s clients, creates innovative solutions tailored

to their needs, and high quality products to ensure their financial security and lasting success. In a rapidly changing

environment shaped by technology, geopolitical developments, sustainability, and evolving customer needs, effective

workforce management, strong organizational capabilities, attractive working conditions and equal access to

opportunities are essential, as described in this chapter. The disclosures of this “Own workforce” chapter cover all types

and groups of employees, generally including employee representatives, as well as non-employees where applicable,

which are covered by the term “own workforce” as defined under ESRS S1.

Governance

ESRS 2 GOV-2

The Global Head of Human Resources at Deutsche Bank Group is accountable for all Human Resources (HR) matters of

Deutsche Bank. The position holder oversees Group HR, which comprises global divisional Business Partners, global

functions, global HR products, and regional HR. The Global Head of Human Resources represents HR matters in relevant

committees of the bank. The position holder defines and coordinates the Group's HR strategy and the related priorities,

while ensuring that it is aligned with and supports Deutsche Bank Group strategy and complies with relevant regulations

and laws in all markets in which the bank operates, including anti-discrimination laws.

The Global Head of HR reports to the Management Board member acting as Chief Operating Officer, with whom the

Global Head of HR has regular meetings to discuss material HR-related topics. The Global Head of HR is advised and

supported by the Global HR Leadership Team, which consists of the bank’s Global Head of HR, global divisional Business

Partners, heads of global functions, global HR product heads, and regional HR heads. In 2025, the topics of the Global

HR Leadership Team continued to evolve in alignment with HR’s strategy, building on the foundations laid in 2024. The

focus in 2025 deepened around enhancing leadership, driving aspirational culture and becoming a purpose led

organization, digital transformation, as well as de-risking an aging workforce. This focus was supported by initiatives such

as process optimization and the enhancement of the HR Target Operating Model.

The bank’s monthly HR Controls Dashboard monitors human capital risks as well as HR’s operating performance in

managing these risks, in line with the bank’s Operational Risk Management Framework. It provides an overview of

relevant control indicators regarding the employee life cycle. The results are presented to the Global Head of HR and the

Global HR Leadership Team. Informed by the Global HR Leadership Team’s advice, the Global Head of HR decides

whether a matter needs to be reported to the Management Board member responsible for HR and/or to the Management

Board and which remediation actions are applied.

Strategy

ESRS 2 SBM-1, ESRS 2 SBM-2, ESRS 2 SBM-3, ESRS S1-1

The bank’s people strategy is derived from Deutsche Bank’s corporate strategy and Global Hausbank ambition and is

aligned with Deutsche Bank’s purpose. It reflects market developments, societal trends, and evolves through

consultation with internal and external stakeholders, such as regulators, employee representatives, trade or employers’

associations. It considers the interests of Deutsche Bank’s workforce such as the provision of fair and attractive working

conditions and an inclusive working environment, which fosters fair treatment and equal access to opportunities for all.

Regular reviews of risks and opportunities resulting from workforce-related changes are carried out in close cooperation

with stakeholders to ensure that the strategy remains relevant.

Each division is responsible for developing and implementing its own people strategy derived from the overarching

Deutsche Bank people strategy, which is anchored in four core pillars: (i) enhancing leadership and driving the bank’s

aspirational culture, (ii) ensure right workforce required to progress on strategic priorities - the right number of

employees, with the right skills, and at the right time, (iii) attracting, retaining, and developing diverse talent with priority

skills and (iv) de-risking an aging workforce through succession planning and technology. These pillars address the most

critical challenges Deutsche Bank’s workforce faces in a rapidly changing environment.

317

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

By focusing on these pillars, the people strategy supports both immediate business needs and long-term sustainability. HR

Business Partners play a pivotal role in this process. They act as strategic advisors to the divisions, ensuring that divisional

people strategies are consistently relevant. They support implementation through targeted people management

measures such as talent development programs, succession planning, and leadership enablement. HR Business Partners

also collaborate closely with divisional Chief Operating Officers to regularly review progress and adjust people strategies

where necessary.

The people strategy is complemented by the HR strategy, which serves as the master plan for the HR organization. This

strategy enables divisions by providing state-of-the-art group-wide HR products and services, and enhances the

efficiency, capabilities, and structure of the HR function. These priorities are captured in HR Lighthouse Initiatives and

core run-the-bank processes.

Through its professional skills, knowledge, experience, and commitment, HR is a key partner and enabler for the business

divisions and infrastructure functions, setting relevant policies and procedures, aligned with the laws and regulations in all

markets in which it operates. It anticipates future developments and addresses them proactively, also with regard to the

capacity and composition of its workforce, ensuring Deutsche Bank remains an employer of choice. It maintains a working

environment that is free of discrimination based on an individual’s race, color, sex, national origin, ethnicity, age, religion,

disability, marital status, pregnancy, sexual orientation, gender identity and expression, citizenship or any characteristic

protected by law. Deutsche Bank’s ongoing commitment to excellent working conditions and equal opportunities is

recognized by external rating agencies, which awarded HR-related topics a higher score in 2025 than in 2024. This

contributed to the bank’s overall score increase, which is described in the “People & Own Operations” section of the

“Sustainability strategy” chapter.

The divisional people strategies are reviewed regularly by the divisions, their Chief Operating Officers and HR Business

Partners. The HR strategy is regularly reviewed by the HR function in close cooperation with the Global HR Leadership

Team. If a need for revision or action is identified, the respective strategy is refined accordingly, and respective policies,

procedures, and actions will be adapted as needed.

Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets

Deutsche Bank depends on a motivated, skilled and diverse workforce that reflects the communities in which it operates,

and prioritizes sustainable client outcomes. To sustain this, the bank is committed to fair and attractive working

conditions with equal and fair treatment, and managing related material impacts, risks and opportunities. The material

impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) for the bank’s own workforce are described, alongside the respective key actions,

metrics and targets, in the following sub-chapters of the “Own workforce” chapter.

Material impacts, risks and opportunities for own workforce

ESRS 2 SBM-3, ESRS S1-1, ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS S1-4, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS S1-5, ESRS 2 MDR-T, ESRS 2 MDR-M

Impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) across the bank are identified and assessed through the double materiality

assessment, described in detail in the “Double materiality assessment” chapter within this Sustainability Statement.

At least once a year, the HR function reviews the impacts, risks and opportunities related to the bank’s own workforce to

identify any potential need for revision and action, and to ensure that potential changes of the workforce-related IRO

assessment are accurately reflected in the strategy, and vice versa. The workforce-related IROs are outlined in the following

table with an overview of the policies, actions, metrics and targets that the HR function defines and uses to manage them.

These are described in more detail in the following paragraphs of this chapter, including material metrics from ESRS S1 as

well as entity-specific ones.

The management of these IROs is pivotal to ensure that Deutsche Bank's workforce is motivated and empowered with

diverse, relevant skills and expertise. The following sub-chapters within this "Own workforce" chapter describe in more

detail the IRO management, including policies, engagement approaches, channels and procedures for potential concerns,

the bank’s actions as well as associated metrics and targets for the specific topics related to Workforce management,

Working conditions and Diversity and inclusion.

The processes and sources to identify potential risks, including risks of harm, impacts and opportunities as well as required

actions in response to actual or potential negative impacts in relation to the bank’s own workforce are described in the

following sub-chapters “Processes for engaging with own workforce and workers’ representatives about impacts” and

“Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise concerns”. These processes, as well as

other data sources, such as workforce data on global or country level, enable the bank to identify potential impacts, risks

and opportunities that relate to its own workforce, including specific groups of people, for example with particular

characteristics or working in a particular context or in specific activities. The HR function is responsible for defining and

performing actions to achieve the intended working conditions and ensure equal and fair opportunities for its employees.

318

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce
Topic: Own Workforce
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Sub-topic Value chain Time horizon IRO type IRO description Policies Actions Metrics & targets
Working<br><br>conditions Own<br><br>operations Medium-term Positive<br><br>impact Positively impacting employees’<br><br>commitment/satisfaction/<br><br>motivation and well-being by<br><br>–Ensuring right capacity and<br><br>composition of the bank’s<br><br>workforce across employees<br><br>and non-employees<br><br>–Providing family leave and<br><br>childcare benefits<br><br>–Considering adequate working<br><br>time and offering flexible<br><br>working time arrangements<br><br>–Respecting and upholding high<br><br>standards regarding freedom of<br><br>association, collective<br><br>bargaining and social dialogue Code of Conduct<br><br>Leadership Kompass<br><br>Hiring, Onboarding and<br><br>Offboarding Policy and Guidance<br><br>for Hiring<br><br>All Managers Curriculum<br><br>Raising Concerns (including<br><br>Whistleblowing) Policy and Speak-<br><br>up and Whistleblowing Framework<br><br>Performance, Consequences and<br><br>Reward Policy and Approach to<br><br>Performance, Consequences and<br><br>Reward (Framework)<br><br>Guidance on the Assessment of the<br><br>Suitability of Board Members,<br><br>Branch Managers and Key Function<br><br>Holders<br><br>Environment, Health and Safety<br><br>Policy<br><br>Deutsche Bank Statement on<br><br>Human Rights<br><br>Employee Handbooks<br><br>Contingent Worker Resource Policy Workforce analysis and planning<br><br>Culture Pulse Survey/People<br><br>Survey/New Joiner Survey<br><br>Engagement with workers’<br><br>representatives<br><br>Concluding and updating collective<br><br>bargaining agreements and (group)<br><br>works agreements<br><br>Support networks, incl. Employee<br><br>Assistance Program<br><br>Benefits, flexible and mobile<br><br>working arrangements<br><br>Well-being champions, Well-being<br><br>Hub<br><br>Internal channels, controls and<br><br>processes<br><br>Recruitment programs<br><br>Graduate and internship programs<br><br>as well as vocational training and<br><br>dual study programs<br><br>Social Plans Agreements Culture Pulse Index and associated goal<br><br>Participation rate People Survey,<br><br>Enablement and Commitment score<br><br>Number of employees by gender,<br><br>country, contract type<br><br>Number of non-employees by type of<br><br>work<br><br>New employee hires and employee<br><br>turnover by region, age, corporate title<br><br>and gender, voluntary turnover<br><br>Annual total remuneration ratio<br><br>Collective bargaining and social<br><br>dialogue coverage ratio<br><br>Average time to fill vacant positions<br><br>Internal fill rates and savings from<br><br>redeployment<br><br>Hired global graduates and vocational<br><br>trainees<br><br>Human Capital Return on Investment<br><br>Family-related leave entitlement and<br><br>usage, incl. breakdown by gender<br><br>Number of complaints on working<br><br>conditions and discrimination and<br><br>harassment<br><br>Number of Mental First Aiders
Medium-term Opportunity Increased employee productivity,<br><br>and retention as well as increased<br><br>employer attractiveness and<br><br>reputation as associated with the<br><br>positive impacts by<br><br>–Right capacity and composition<br><br>of workforce<br><br>–Family leave and childcare<br><br>benefits<br><br>–Collective bargaining

319

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce Topic: Own Workforce
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Sub-topic Value chain Time horizon IRO type IRO description Policies Actions Metrics & targets
Equal<br><br>treatment<br><br>and<br><br>opportunities<br><br>for all Own<br><br>operations Short-term Positive<br><br>impact Positively impacting employability,<br><br>employee motivation and effective<br><br>leadership by providing<br><br>–Multi-mode training<br><br>–Skills development<br><br>–Regular performance feedback Code of Conduct<br><br>Hiring, Onboarding and<br><br>Offboarding Policy and Guidance<br><br>for Hiring<br><br>Leadership Kompass<br><br>All Managers Curriculum<br><br>Raising Concerns (including<br><br>Whistleblowing) Policy and Speak-<br><br>up and Whistleblowing Framework<br><br>Performance, Consequences and<br><br>Reward Policy and Approach to<br><br>Performance, Consequences and<br><br>Reward (Framework)<br><br>Guidance on the Assessment of the<br><br>Suitability of Board Members,<br><br>Branch Managers and Key Function<br><br>Holders<br><br>Deutsche Bank Statement on<br><br>Human Rights<br><br>Employee Handbooks Learning offers, training, leadership and<br><br>talent programs, incl. networking<br><br>Performance reviews<br><br>Networking and returner programs<br><br>Development programs, incl.<br><br>Acceleration programs<br><br>Training programs<br><br>Career platform<br><br>35 by 25' program for increasing gender<br><br>representation in more senior roles<br><br>Employee networks<br><br>Accessibility measures<br><br>Culture Pulse Survey/People Survey/<br><br>New<br><br>Joiner Survey/Exit Survey<br><br>Complaints and grievances processes<br><br>and channels<br><br>Human Rights Forum to oversee<br><br>management of related matters Training expenses and training<br><br>hours, incl. breakdown by gender<br><br>Participation in Acceleration<br><br>Programs, incl. breakdown by<br><br>gender<br><br>Unadjusted gender pay gap<br><br>Completion rate performance<br><br>reviews, incl. breakdown by gender<br><br>Gender diversity and associated<br><br>goals<br><br>Age diversity, employees with<br><br>disabilities incl. breakdown by<br><br>gender<br><br>Black heritage representation goal<br><br>in UK<br><br>Number of incidents and<br><br>complaints of discriminations and<br><br>complaints on working conditions<br><br>as well as resulting fines, penalties<br><br>and compensation for damages
Medium-term Opportunity Increased employee effectiveness,<br><br>employer attractiveness and<br><br>reputation by identifying and<br><br>removing structural barriers,<br><br>especially for underrepresented<br><br>groups
Short-term Negative<br><br>impact Negatively impacting employee<br><br>commitment, well-being and sense<br><br>of belonging by not providing fair<br><br>remuneration
Short-term Risk –Risk of decreasing employee<br><br>effectiveness and retention as<br><br>well as employer attractiveness<br><br>and reputation by not providing<br><br>an inclusive working<br><br>environment.<br><br>–Risk of legal action and<br><br>regulatory consequences in<br><br>certain countries regarding the<br><br>bank’s diversity agenda

320

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Policies related to own workforce

ESRS S1-1, ESRS 2 MDR-P

Deutsche Bank’s policies, procedures, and frameworks serve as a means for the bank to implement its people strategy

and to manage the material impacts, risks and opportunities related to its own workforce. These policies are aligned with

the laws and regulations in all markets in which the bank operates and are set out and revised in consultation with key

policy stakeholders, in line with the global Policy on Requirements for Policies, Procedures, Key Operating Documents

and Frameworks, which is approved by the Head of Group Governance. In case of a material revision of the policy, the

global portfolio owners as well as the respective subject matter experts of all affected units in the bank must be

consulted. Depending on the scope of the policy, this could involve functions like Performance & Reward, Employment

Relations and Talent Acquisition. Moreover, workers’ representatives as key stakeholders are involved subject to their

participation rights, for example the German Works Constitution Act (Betriebsverfassungsgesetz), and works agreements

(Betriebsvereinbarungen) may be concluded, if applicable. HR’s global policies are approved by the Global Head of HR

and reviewed at least annually. The policies are available to the bank’s employees and non-employees on the internal

policy portal, which is linked to the bank’s intranet landing page. When a policy, procedure or framework is newly issued,

materially updated or archived, a news article is published on the intranet, highlighting key changes, consequences, and

contact point for questions.

Deutsche Bank voluntarily endorses and aligns with the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human

Rights, the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises, the International Labour Organization’s Declaration on

Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work (including its Core Labour Standards), and the UN Global Compact in a

manner consistent with how they have been implemented in national laws, as described in the bank’s Code of Conduct.

Deutsche Bank has a long-standing commitment to respecting human rights, as outlined in Deutsche Bank Group’s

Statement on Human Rights, which is approved by the Management Board and signed by the Chief Executive Officer.

The commitment to respecting human rights is also anchored in Deutsche Bank’s Code of Conduct, in which the bank

defines the minimum standards of behavior and conduct which Deutsche Bank expects of all its employees, non-

employees, and Deutsche Bank as an organization. The purpose of the Code of Conduct is to ensure that Deutsche

Bank’s workforce conducts itself ethically, with integrity, and in accordance with applicable policies and procedures as

well as laws and regulations. To ensure employees have a comprehensive understanding of the Code of Conduct and

their responsibilities arising from it, there is mandatory training as described in the “Speak-up and Whistleblowing

Framework“ sub-chapter of the “Culture, integrity and conduct” chapter. In 2025, the completion rate was 100% (2024:

100%).

In 2025, several workforce-related policies were streamlined to provide clear end-to-end guidance for employees and

managers, limiting complexity and ensuring consistency across both employee and contingent worker lifecycles, where

appropriate. For example, the Hiring Policy, Background Screening Policy, Workforce Referral & Connected Candidates

Policy, and Offboarding Policy have been consolidated into a single, comprehensive Hiring, Onboarding and Offboarding

Policy. This new policy is supported by separate guidance for hiring and guidance for offboarding, setting out practical

direction and clear requirements for all aspects of hiring and offboarding.

In addition, clear guidelines foster a safe, well-functioning working environment for the bank's employees, for example in

the form of key operating documents such as Instructions for Secure Data Handling – HR and Conflicts of Interest – HR.

Actions in relation to own workforce

ESRS S1-4, ESRS 2 MDR-A

Deutsche Bank undertakes a wide variety of actions to foster positive impacts and opportunities and to mitigate

potential negative impacts and risks, including potential harm. The bank’s actions are often global activities or programs

that apply to all employees in all regions of the bank, such as global learning offerings, but there are also actions specific

to a region or division, for example apprenticeship programs or childcare offerings in the bank’s major global hubs, as

well as actions specific to certain employee groups, such as leadership development for managers, or acceleration

programs for top talent. The implementation of these actions contributes to achieving the bank’s people strategy and

targets, fosters attractive and fair working conditions and provides and ensures equal treatment and opportunities.

Actions conducted by the bank have various time horizons, from long-term, such as the actions associated with the 35 by

25 program or with the establishment of new trainings, to occasion-related, one-time measures, such as the global

Townhall on neuroinclusion. The required resources, such as working time of employees and/or financial budget, are

allocated to these actions. The bank’s actions are described throughout the following sub-chapters on “Workforce

management”, “Working conditions”, and “Diversity and inclusion” in detail. Progress of these actions and action plans,

including those initiated in prior periods, is monitored by the bank through various qualitative and quantitative means,

including metrics reported in the following sub-chapters and the results of the annual People Survey.

321

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Processes for engaging with own workforce and workers’ representatives about impacts

ESRS S1-2, ESRS S1-1, ESRS S1-4, ESRS S1-5, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-T

Engagement with own workforce and employee feedback culture

Deutsche Bank puts care into hiring the right people, developing them, and ensuring they have the relevant skills. In turn,

the bank’s employees need to be heard, included, recognized, cared for, and provided with positive leadership to foster a

productive working environment in which strong relationships, open communication, and learning from feedback play an

essential role. Therefore, the bank is committed to comprehensively reflecting its employees’ views in decisions that may

have an impact on its own workforce, and provides various channels to engage with its own workforce directly to gain

insights into their perceptions, potential concerns and positive or negative impacts that may affect them. The central

means of gathering employee feedback is the bank’s voluntary and confidential annual People Survey, which helps the

bank understand its employees’ perspectives around what it is doing well and where its employees perceive a need for

improvement. Deutsche Bank aims to gain a differentiated view across various areas and employee groups in the bank

and to identify groups among its employees who may have a particular exposure to negative impacts. Therefore, survey

results show regional and divisional cuts and result segmentation by further criteria, based on the voluntary and

confidential option to answer demographic questions on topics such as age, gender and tenure, as well as in certain

geographies on ethnicity, sexual orientation, neurodiversity, disability and socio-economic background.

By observing the participation rate in the survey, the bank also assesses the effectiveness of this channel. In 2025, the

survey received its highest participation rate since 2011 with 69% (2024: 65%) of invited employees taking part

(excluding the Russian Federation), which, based on vendor feedback, is in line with the bank’s peers. The People Survey

measures progress on employee commitment (including intent to stay at the bank, pride, motivation, advocacy of the

organization as an employer) and enablement (level of challenge and interest in work, degree to which employees can be

productive). All employees are asked to provide feedback on a broad range of topics around the bank’s working

conditions, such as communication, artificial intelligence and inclusion, ethics, Speak-up and resources. Employees are

also asked about purpose and enjoyment at work, and the degree to which they feel supported by the bank in achieving a

reasonable balance between work and personal life. The People Survey provides insights into employees’ comfort with

expressing their views freely and what helps or prevents them from expressing themselves. Employees can use free-text

fields included in the survey to share improvement proposals or observations and thus use the survey to provide

feedback on the positive and negative aspects of their working experience at the bank. In 2025, Deutsche Bank

continued its relationship with the academic partner introduced in 2024 to support the bank’s ambitions to further

enhance insights through advanced data analytics to gain more detailed, actionable findings to improve the employee

experience.

A dedicated HR team prepares, continuously reviews, evolves, and runs the survey under the guidance of the Global

Head of HR and with the Management Board’s approval. To protect employee confidentiality and facilitate open

feedback, results are only reported at an aggregated level.

In 2025, the commitment and enablement scores increased by one percentage point to 68% and 71%, respectively,

which reflects the successful collective Group-wide efforts to reverse the decline seen in 2024. In 2025, the bank saw

increases in pride in working for the bank, in advocacy of the bank as an employer, in intent to stay at the bank, and in

feeling motivated by the working environment at the bank. At the same time, the intrinsic motivation of the bank’s

employees, their willingness to go above and beyond, remains at a very high level, indicative of a high-performance

organization. The results from the People Survey are shared with the Management Board and Supervisory Board, which

identify key focus areas for action. In 2025, the Management Board agreed to continue efforts on the targeted initiatives

to address the four key focus areas identified by the bank last year: Strategy and Transformation (e.g., process

improvements and communication), Leadership (e.g., manager curricula), Sustainable Career Development (e.g.,

individual growth), and Performance and Feedback (e.g., sustainable performance culture). Survey results are also shared

with the respective business divisions and infrastructure functions to inform the mandatory divisional culture plans as

part of the bank’s Culture, Integrity, and Conduct program, as explained in the “Culture, integrity and conduct” chapter.

The dedicated HR team ensures that insights from the results are considered in the continuous review and refinement of

the bank’s people strategy. Key results of the People Survey are also shared with the works councils and employees.

Results of the People Survey

Result in % 2025 2024
People survey participation rate 69 65
Commitment score 68 67
Enablement score 71 70

322

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Since 2019, the bank has additionally conducted Culture Pulse surveys to assess the frequency and quality of manager

and employee interactions that make a positive difference to employees’ motivation and perceived productivity. In 2025,

the survey was aligned with the bank’s ‘This is Deutsche Bank’ framework, described in the chapter “Culture, integrity and

conduct”, to help the bank understand how employees experience the aspirational culture and assess how it is

embedded across the organization. The Culture Pulse Survey is run three times a year, once as part of the People Survey

and twice independently, in the first and fourth quarters, to maintain a continuous understanding of important aspects of

employees’ workplace perceptions. The survey asks employees about feedback and appreciation from their managers, as

well as how the bank strives for an excellent client experience, solves problems in partnership and entrusts people to

make decisions. The expectation is that results are used by management teams to set the tone from the top on key

behaviors and encourage their managers to reflect on their own behaviors. The results from the survey provide a Culture

Pulse Index, which is included in the balanced scorecard reporting. The Group-wide target for the Culture Pulse Index for

2025, as agreed by the Management Board, was 61.97%, and the year-end result was 72.05%. Divisional management

teams are encouraged to share results and their development with their employees after every survey.

The 2025 Culture Pulse Index goal for Deutsche Bank Group was set to ensure measurable progress in organizational

culture, and it serves as a key indicator for employees’ perceptions of working conditions. The objective was to achieve a

statistically significant improvement compared to the baseline determined at the end of 2024. This was assessed by

leveraging the existing Culture Pulse and closest comparable People Survey questions. The 2025 Culture Pulse Index

goal was discussed and agreed by the bank’s Balanced Scorecard Steering Group and approved by the Management

Board. Given the mentioned change in the questionnaire in 2025, a comparison with the 2024 results is not meaningful.

Goal for 2025 and results of the bank’s Culture Pulse Index

2025 2024
Goal1 Result2 Result
Culture Pulse Index (in %) 61.97 72.05 N/M

N/M - Not meaningful

1Reflects goal for updated survey questions set for 2025

2Excluding Russian Federation

In addition to the surveys, a very direct channel of communication is available to all employees and non-employees in the

bank’s workforce via the global intranet. Generally, all articles published can be liked using a button and commented on

using a free-text field, with comments being visible to all. By monitoring the statistics of views and interactions with the

articles, e.g., through comments or evaluations of an article, the bank assesses the reach and the effectiveness of this

channel. Moreover, employees can raise their questions at the regular divisional and regional Townhall events. In 2025,

the bank launched a new interactive format titled "Your Direct Line to the Board." This series of meetings provides

employees with the opportunity to pose questions to a different member of the Management Board in each session.

Employees are given the opportunity to pre-submit questions, which can be voted on by all employees on the intranet, or

to raise questions spontaneously during the session. Further instruments to inform the feedback culture include the

bank’s Exit Survey for voluntary leavers and the New Joiner Survey, as described in the “Processes to remediate negative

impacts and channels for own workforce to raise concerns” sub-chapter of the “Own workforce” chapter.

Engagement with workers’ representatives

Besides this direct engagement with the workforce, another important process in gaining insight into employees’

perspectives is the bank’s continuous dialogue with employee representative bodies with which the bank maintains an

open and constructive exchange. Worldwide, the bank cooperates with employee representatives and their councils in

accordance with countries legislation. In Germany, for example, where the majority of the bank’s employees are based

(39.8%), the Works Constitution Act (Betriebsverfassungsgesetz) governs the involvement of works councils by

stipulating their rights and duties and by prescribing the cases and forms in which employers are required to involve a

works council. Works councils, whose members are elected every four years, represent employees’ interests through

discussions and negotiations with Deutsche Bank. The bank’s executive employees have their own representative

committee, which is likewise governed by German law (Sprecherausschussgesetz). Discussions with these representative

bodies take place as required to implement certain measures. Beyond that, the bank is in constant contact with

employee representatives to maintain an internal dialogue and gather a sense of the employees’ views and their

representatives’ perspectives on potential positive and negative impacts on the bank’s employees. In Germany, the bank

has concluded or updated several group works agreements in 2025. For example, the performance and compensation

framework has been further developed, and the group works agreements on part-time and on home-office agreements

have been updated. Several general or local works agreements have been concluded or existing agreements have been

renegotiated to implement recent developments. Further, in 2025, the bank and the general works council concluded

several balance of interest agreements in the course of the implementation of different restructuring measures.

Deutsche Bank employees are also represented on a European level. Based on the agreement on cross-border

information and consultation of Deutsche Bank employees in the EU, concluded on September 10, 1996, the European

Works Council represents employees working in all EU countries.

323

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise concerns

ESRS S1-1, ESRS S1-2, ESRS S1-3, ESRS S1-4, ESRS G1-1, ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-A

Deutsche Bank has established a “Speak-up and Whistleblowing Framework” that is available to the bank's own

workforce, including employees and non-employees, to raise concerns. This is to ensure that all concerns or perceived

negative impacts on the bank's own workforce are brought to the bank’s attention and that actions can be taken if

required. The bank’s Speak-up and Whistleblowing Framework is governed by the global Raising Concerns (including

Whistleblowing) Policy, as described in the “Speak-up and Whistleblowing Framework” section of the “Culture, integrity

and conduct” chapter. Deutsche Bank prohibits retaliation in any form against any individual because they raise concerns

internally or externally, assist in raising a concern, or cooperate in an investigation into a concern. This is set out in the

bank’s Code of Conduct and supported by an anti-retaliation framework, as described in the “Speak-up and

Whistleblowing Framework” section of the “Culture, integrity and conduct” chapter.

When grievances or other concerns are raised, the relevant functions responsible for addressing them are involved and

manage them appropriately, including tracking the effectiveness of their actions. Concerns raised regarding any negative

impacts on the bank’s own workforce or pertaining to misconduct of its own workforce are investigated by one of the

bank’s relevant investigative functions, depending on the nature of the allegation. If any human rights concerns are

raised, Deutsche Bank’s Head of Human Rights must be informed.

After an initial internal assessment, justified and credible concerns trigger an investigation undertaken by an investigative

function. Depending on the outcomes of such due diligence, appropriate measures are agreed upon and implemented to

remediate any negative impacts. These measures are monitored over time and, in cases related to human rights, include

the involvement of the Head of Human Rights. Complainants are updated regularly about the progress and

implementation of remedial actions, if applicable. In every case where there is a potential disciplinary case to answer, the

matter must be referred to the HR function and is handled in line with the global Performance, Consequences and

Reward Policy and in accordance with local laws, with actions taken where appropriate by the HR team dedicated to

employee relations. This is regardless of the channels these concerns are reported through, e.g., the whistleblowing

channels, the HR function, managers or any other channel. Follow-up actions may include, but are not limited to policy

changes, process and control enhancements, lessons learned reviews or disciplinary measures, depending on the severity

and circumstances, as described in the sub-chapter “Incidents and complaints” of the “Own workforce” chapter. The

bank strives to make disciplinary decisions in a consistent and transparent way. Regular reporting on trends and themes

of concerns as well as any action taken as a consequence, e.g., disciplinary measures, is provided to the Global HR

Leadership Team as well as the Culture, Integrity and Conduct team.

To assess how effective and trusted by employees the bank’s channels to raise concerns are, the annual People Survey

asks employees for voluntary and confidential feedback to gauge the awareness of employees of the channels for raising

concerns and their confidence that a potential concern would be addressed effectively and handled confidentially by

the bank. Within the survey itself, employees are directed by a link to the Raise a Concern page should they have a

concern they would like to raise. Results of the 2025 survey showed that employees continued to experience an

environment that lives up to the bank’s standards, with the large majority feeling able to express themselves. The results

also demonstrated that, while the number of employees who have concerns is low, the very large majority would know

how to raise a concern should they have one.

In addition to the People Survey and Culture Pulse Survey, the bank runs a voluntary and confidential Exit Survey of

voluntary leavers, primarily designed to understand their reasons for leaving, their experience of working for the bank,

and to identify potential exposure to negative impacts among potentially vulnerable groups of the bank’s employees. To

assess the trust in and effectiveness of the channels, respondents of the Exit Survey are asked if they had any concerns

they could have raised in the preceding twelve months, whether they raised them or not, and if not, the reason for not

raising it. Respondents are given the option of leaving contact details for confidential follow-up by a member of the

bank’s independent Whistleblowing Central Function. The Whistleblowing Central Function conducts voluntary and

confidential New Joiner and Speak-Up surveys at 30 and 90 days after an employee joins the bank, respectively. The

content of these surveys is the same, but they are sent at different time intervals to proactively identify potential areas of

concern, including those affecting potentially vulnerable groups. Like the Exit Survey, both surveys include questions

relating to Speak-up culture and raising concerns. Through the New Joiner Survey, employees can also evaluate the

hiring process. Deutsche Bank’s HR function reviews the respective feedback to monitor the quality of its processes and

to continually improve the hiring process.

324

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

As part of its sustainability strategy, Deutsche Bank has established a global Human Rights Forum reporting to the Group

Sustainability Committee. Co-chaired by the Heads of Group Sustainability and Human Rights, the Forum includes senior

representatives from business divisions and infrastructure functions, including HR, each responsible for addressing

human rights issues within their remit. Its mandate is to oversee human rights management, monitor trends, share

internal learnings, engage with external experts, and initiate strategic projects. The Forum complements existing risk

management and due diligence processes and acts as an interface for strategic and operational actions. The Head of

Human Rights oversees the bank’s human rights approach, coordinating processes and communication channels to

ensure effectiveness.

Workforce management

ESRS S1-1, ESRS S1-4, ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-A

Effective own workforce management plays a vital role in achieving transformational goals, including supporting

managers in performing their leadership tasks, and providing data driven insights to senior management to support the

strategy implementation and enable better informed decisions. An important part of achieving this objective are up-to-

date policies and continuous investment in technology and modern infrastructure. HR continues to develop and expand

its state-of-the-art software for workforce analysis and planning, a strategic investment to support the bank’s innovation

and digital agenda. Managers are provided with people analytics and a workforce planning solution, based on pre-built,

best practice questions about the workforce. This allows the bank to predict various scenarios, present different options

to executives and choose a path for achieving the bank’s goals. To support Deutsche Bank’s global initiatives, regulatory

needs, as well as strategy and planning, the bank’s overarching objective going forward is a more evidence-based

management of the bank’s people and workforce agenda. The bank moves continuously towards more forward-looking

modelling and predictive analytics.

In addition to the ESRS requirements, Deutsche Bank is also committed to complying with the Human Capital Reporting

Standards as set out in ISO 30414. This ISO norm is a voluntary guideline for reporting on human capital. Compliance

must be verified by external auditors to ensure credibility with stakeholders. In 2025, Deutsche Bank achieved this

certification for the fifth year in a row.

Characteristics of Deutsche Bank’s employees

ESRS S1-6, ESRS S1-9

Within the bank’s employees, roles can be differentiated into managerial and non-managerial roles, as well as client-

facing and non-client facing roles. Non-client facing roles comprise typical office-type work and can range from control

functions to technology roles. Client-facing roles have direct interactions with clients and potential clients. In addition to

people with excellent client advisory skills, Deutsche Bank’s business model also strongly relies on highly qualified and

diligent employees in its non-client facing and control functions.

At year-end 2025, Deutsche Bank’s number of employees remained almost stable year-on-year (0.1%). Increases in India

and Romania were offset by reductions in Germany.

Employees by gender

In 2025, the global gender distribution remained stable compared to 2024. In 2025, female share was 46.4% (2024:

46.5%) and male share was 53.6% (2024: 53.5%).

Employee headcount by gender: Deutsche Bank Group

Number of employees
Employees by gender Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Female 44,556 44,581
Male 51,403 51,309
Other1 5 6
Not reported 16 2
Total 95,980 95,898

1Gender as specified by the employees themselves

325

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Employees by gender for countries representing at least 10% of the Group’s total employees

Gender distribution in Germany remained almost stable in 2025 compared to prior year. In 2025, female share was 51.0%

(2024: 51.4%) and male share was 49.0% (2024: 48.6%).

Employee headcount by gender: Germany

Number of employees
Employees by gender Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Female 19,462 20,719
Male 18,723 19,583
Other1 5 6
Not reported 1
Total 38,191 40,308

1Gender as specified by the employees themselves

In 2025, female share in India increased by 1.4% to 42.7% (2024: 41.3%). The male share decreased by 1.4% to 57.3%

(2024: 58.7%).

Employee headcount by gender: India

Number of employees
Employees by gender Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Female 10,481 9,335
Male 14,082 13,243
Other1
Not reported
Total 24,563 22,578

1Gender as specified by the employees themselves

Employees by country

The overall geographical footprint of Deutsche Bank remained stable in 2025 compared to 2024. Germany with 39.8%

(2024: 42.0%) and India with 25.6% (2024: 23.5%) represent major operating countries with a material number of two-

thirds of the bank‘s workforce. In Germany, the reductions were mainly driven by restructuring measures primarily in the

Private Bank. In India, increases were mainly driven due to hires in its Operations Center.

326

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Employee headcount by country

Number of employees
Employees by country Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Germany 38,191 40,308
India 24,563 22,578
Great Britain 7,750 7,766
United States of America 7,716 7,743
Italy 2,905 2,970
Spain 2,382 2,357
Romania 2,076 1,799
Singapore 1,799 1,813
Philippines 1,420 1,369
Hong Kong 782 802
Switzerland 629 625
China 621 621
Luxembourg 512 490
Belgium 486 496
Netherlands 399 457
Poland 390 386
Japan 349 371
Australia 292 288
Indonesia 232 226
Malaysia 231 202
France 219 226
Brazil 214 202
United Arab Emirates 200 200
South Korea 196 195
Ireland 164 169
Russian Federation 162 169
Taiwan 148 144
Türkiye 114 109
Thailand 102 107
Pakistan 86 84
Vietnam 85 89
Austria 81 77
Hungary 77 74
Sri Lanka 53 49
Saudi Arabia 52 51
Czechia 50 47
Portugal 46 45
Sweden 39 35
Mexico 38 41
South Africa 38 36
Ukraine 34 34
Israel 15 14
Greece 13 12
Canada 10 11
Colombia 7 4
Argentina 5
Qatar 4 4
Mauritius 3 3
Total 95,980 95,898

327

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Employees by age

ESRS S1-9

The bank benefits from different generational perspectives. Compared to 2024, the age distribution remained stable in

2025.

Age structure

Age, headcount in %1 Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
< 30 years old 16.2 16.2
30 – 50 years old 57.1 57.0
> 50 years old 26.7 26.9

1Deutsche Bank does not employ children between the age of 0-14 years; numbers may not add up due to rounding

Employees by contract type

Deutsche Bank offers flexible working arrangements with a gender-neutral approach, including flexible work hours and

part-time arrangements. The bank employs its employees on a permanent or temporary contract, either full-time or part-

time, with 99.8% (2024: 99.7%) of its workforce working on a permanent basis. Employees by contract type, broken down

by gender or region, are reported by full-time equivalent (FTE). When showing FTE data, the bank calculates its employee

figures on a full-time equivalent basis, meaning part-time employees are included proportionally, sourced from a global

standardized reporting system.

Employees by contract type, broken down by gender

in FTE1 Dec 31, 2025
Female Male Other2 Not reported Total
Number of employees 40,360 49,499 3 16 89,879
Number of permanent employees 40,239 49,411 3 16 89,669
Number of temporary employees 121 89 210
Number of non-guaranteed hours employees
Number of employees 40,360 49,499 3 16 89,879
Number of full-time employees 33,798 48,319 3 16 82,136
Number of part-time employees 6,562 1,181 7,743

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Gender as specified by the employees themselves

in FTE1 Dec 31, 2024
Female Male Other2 Not reported Total
Number of employees 40,293 49,454 4 2 89,753
Number of permanent employees 40,113 49,323 4 2 89,442
Number of temporary employees 180 131 311
Number of non-guaranteed hours employees
Number of employees 40,293 49,454 4 2 89,753
Number of full-time employees 33,443 48,393 4 2 81,842
Number of part-time employees 6,850 1,061 7,911

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Gender as specified by the employees themselves

Employees by contract type, broken down by region

in FTE1 Dec 31, 2025
Germany Europe<br><br>(excluding<br><br>Germany) Americas Asia-Pacific,<br><br>Middle East and<br><br>Africa Total
Number of employees 33,386 17,847 7,977 30,669 89,879
Number of permanent employees 33,212 17,823 7,977 30,657 89,669
Number of temporary employees 174 24 12 210
Number of non-guaranteed hours employees
Number of employees 33,386 17,847 7,977 30,669 89,879
Number of full-time employees 26,352 17,178 7,958 30,648 82,136
Number of part-time employees 7,035 668 19 21 7,743

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

328

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce
in FTE1 Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- ---
Germany Europe<br><br>(excluding<br><br>Germany) Americas Asia-Pacific,<br><br>Middle East and<br><br>Africa Total
Number of employees 35,160 17,672 7,991 28,930 89,753
Number of permanent employees 34,893 17,641 7,991 28,917 89,442
Number of temporary employees 267 30 14 311
Number of non-guaranteed hours employees
Number of employees 35,160 17,672 7,991 28,930 89,753
Number of full-time employees 27,981 16,976 7,971 28,913 81,842
Number of part-time employees 7,179 695 20 17 7,911

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

Characteristics of non-employees in Deutsche Bank’s own workforce

ESRS S1-1, ESRS S1-7, ESRS 2 MDR-P

When skill sets are temporarily required for the successful delivery of key projects and critical deliverables, and these

capabilities are not available among the bank’s employees, Deutsche Bank strategically engages external expertise and

short-term support, while still prioritizing the development and utilization of employees whenever possible. The

Contingent Worker Resource Policy sets forth requirements for the management of Contingent Worker Resources

(CWRs) to ensure minimum control standards are in place to meet enhanced risk, legislative and regulatory requirements.

The policy is approved by the Global Head of Human Resources. In 2025, the Contingent Worker Resource Policy was

revised to provide clear, end-to-end guidance. Background screening, referral and offboarding requirements for CWRs

are now included within the policy, and the previous Background Screening Policy, Workforce Referral & Connected

Candidates Policy and Offboarding Policy have been decommissioned.

The bank reports its non-employee figures on a full-time equivalent basis, meaning part-time non-employees are

included proportionally, sourced from a global standardized reporting system.

At year-end 2025, the number of non-employees in the bank’s own workforce, i.e., self-employed people, or people

provided by third-party undertakings, primarily engaged on a time and material contract basis, increased by 3,234

(50.8%) year-on-year, from 6,369 to 9,603, mainly driven by the reclassification of IT vendors from fixed price (regardless

of hourly rates) to time & material (based on hourly rates).

Non-employees by type of work

in FTE1 Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
IT Vendor Resource (T&M-Basis) 6,452 2,219
Non-IT Contractor 1,296 1,484
Non-IT Temporary Admin & Clerical Resource 678 1,017
Non-IT Other Professional Services Resource 288 521
Non-IT Banking and Outsourced Services Resource 742 881
IT Contractor 148 248
Total 9,603 6,369

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

329

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Hiring and turnover

ESRS S1-1, ESRS S1-6, ESRS 2 MDR-P

Deutsche Bank strives to be an employer of choice and to offer attractive working conditions to attract new talent and

retain internal talent. In 2025, the bank achieved the Top Employer recertification in Germany, India, and Belgium.

The bank’s global ‘Hiring, Onboarding and Offboarding’ Policy sets out the applicable requirements for the recruitment

of employees and covers hiring approvals, sourcing, interviewing, assessment, candidate management, offer approval

and onboarding, including internal transfers. It sets out the requirement that throughout the hiring process all candidates

are assessed and interviewed based on merit, such as their qualifications, skills and experiences, avoiding potential bias,

and free from discrimination based upon an individual’s race, color, sex, national origin, ethnicity, age, religion, disability,

marital status, pregnancy, sexual orientation, gender identity and expression, citizenship or any characteristic protected

by law. Employees of Deutsche Bank Group involved in the recruitment process must comply with all applicable laws.

The Guidance for Hiring, which is referenced by the Hiring Onboarding and Offboarding Policy, in turn references the

Hiring Practices Guide for Managers. The Hiring Practices Guide states that the requirements outlined in a Deutsche Bank

job description should be outlined broadly to ensure a sufficiently diverse candidate pool. The bank’s ‘Hiring, Onboarding

and Offboarding Policy sets consistent requirements for background screening and assigns related responsibilities to the

parties involved. The bank’s Hiring Onboarding and Offboarding Policy defines a globally consistent minimum set of

requirements for off-boarding members of its own workforce who are leaving the bank and for the handling of movers.

Additionally, the Policy on the Assessment of the Suitability of Board Members, Branch Managers and Key Function

Holders sets out minimum requirements for the suitability of Board Members, Branch Managers, Global and Local Key

Function Holders. The Hiring, Onboarding and Offboarding Policy is approved by the Global Head of HR and is reviewed

at least annually. The policy is supported by separate Guidance for Hiring and Guidance for Offboarding, providing clear

requirements and practical direction for all aspects of employee hiring and offboarding.

Deutsche Bank’s globally accessible career platform dbCareers provides information on job vacancies as well as

information on Deutsche Bank’s working conditions, such as development opportunities, inclusive working environment

and well-being programs.

To develop its talent pipeline, the bank has long-standing and established graduate and internship programs globally

and apprenticeship programs in Germany, the United Kingdom and India. Deutsche Bank also has initiatives for lateral

hiring to develop new pools of talent. Deutsche Bank has established a returner program in India and in Singapore. In

Singapore the bank also partners with the Institute of Banking and Finance (a non-profit association) in a program called

Technology in Finance Immersion Program, combining classroom training for up to six months with twelve months on the

job training at the bank to build up an industry pipeline of capabilities in key technology areas to meet the talent needs of

the financial services sector.

New employees can voluntarily and anonymously evaluate the hiring process through the New Joiner Survey conducted

after 30 and 90 days, as described in the sub-chapter “Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own

workforce to raise concerns” of the “Own workforce” chapter. Where legally permitted, the bank also uses any voluntary

demographic information (e.g., age, gender, sexual orientation) to help make those processes more inclusive and to

identify potential risks and impacts on specific groups and derive actions if required.

330

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

New employee hires and employee turnover by region

in FTE1 2025 2024
All regions
FTE at year-end 89,879 89,753
New employee hires 8,708 8,168
Employee turnover (8,480) (8,444)
Other2 (102) (102)
Germany
FTE at year-end 33,386 35,160
New employee hires 939 1,356
Employee turnover (2,679) (2,380)
Other2 (33) (11)
Europe (excluding Germany)
FTE at year-end 17,847 17,672
New employee hires 1,639 1,320
Employee turnover (1,460) (1,725)
Other2 (4) (25)
Americas
FTE at year-end 7,977 7,991
New employee hires 969 881
Employee turnover (999) (1,110)
Other2 16 (12)
Asia Pacific (APAC), Middle East and Africa
FTE at year-end 30,669 28,930
New employee hires 5,160 4,612
Employee turnover (3,341) (3,229)
Other2 (81) (54)

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Other consists primarily of FTE changes, in-/divestments and transfers, e.g., across regions and divisions

In 2025, recruiting talent remained a key priority for the bank. Hiring focused on filling front-office roles in growth areas

of the business divisions, strengthening the control and IT functions, replacing operations center employees who left

voluntarily and onboarding employees to meet the growing demand for regulatory roles (such as Client Lifecycle

Management and Anti-Financial Crime). The bank also internalized 1,009 external roles (2024: 1,159), particularly in IT.

New employee hires by age structure

FTE, share in %1 2025 2024
< 30 years old 46.3 47.9
30 – 50 years old 50.3 48.9
> 50 years old 3.5 3.2

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

New employee hires by gender

FTE, share in %1 2025 2024
Female 45.6 47.7
Male 54.3 52.2
Other2
Not reported 0.2 0.1

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Gender as specified by the employees themselves

New employee hires by Corporate Title

FTE, share in %1 2025 2024
Managing Directors, Directors and Vice Presidents 15.0 13.1
Assistant Vice Presidents and Associates 43.3 38.9
Non-Officers 41.7 47.9

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding, Corporate Titles for Postbank (including subsidiaries) are technically derived

331

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Average time to fill vacant positions

in days1 2025 2024
Average length to fill vacant positions 79 77
Average length to fill vacant critical business positions 55 55

1Days elapsed between the creation of a job opening and the date the job offer was made

Total employee turnover rate remained unchanged compared to prior year. This turnover rate comprises exits from

resignations and departures initiated by the bank, including restructuring or performance-related terminations and

terminations related to fixed-term contracts. Total employee turnover rate is based on FTE in the reporting year, and

defined as total employee turnover as a percentage of the average number of employees.

Voluntary employee turnover rates increased slightly from 5.9% in 2024 to 6.2% in 2025, mainly driven by an increasing

share of employees in operations centers in India, with high turnover rates.

Employee turnover by region

FTE, in % 2025 2024
All regions 9.4 9.4
Germany 7.8 6.7
Europe (excluding Germany) 8.2 9.6
Americas 12.5 13.7
Asia Pacific, Middle East and Africa 11.2 11.4

Employee turnover by age structure

FTE, share in %1 2025 2024
< 30 years old 24.6 25.8
30 – 50 years old 48.7 49.6
> 50 years old 26.7 24.7

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

Employee turnover by gender

FTE, share in %1 2025 2024
Female 44.7 43.9
Male 55.3 56.1
Other2
Not reported

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Gender as specified by the employees themselves

Internal career mobility

Internal mobility plays a vital role in developing and retaining qualified, talented employees and ensuring that the bank

continues to benefit from their expertise and experience. The bank fosters mobility between divisions, which enables

employees to broaden their skills and experience. Moreover, internal mobility helps reduce the bank’s restructuring and

recruitment costs. Deutsche Bank’s globally accessible internal HR system provides up-to-date records on recruitment,

which provide a transparent view of job opportunities for employees.

In 2025, Deutsche Bank continued to focus on internal mobility, with more than a one-third of all vacant positions filled

by suitable candidates from inside the organization. Vacant positions are typically advertised internally for a minimum of

two weeks, as reflected in the bank’s internal policies. Hosting information sessions on internal applications, increasing

awareness of the bank’s divisions, implementing new technology and prioritizing internal candidates help both

employees affected by restructuring and those who want to develop their skills across the bank find new roles in the

bank, thereby strengthening the resilience of the bank’s business model and cross-divisional collaboration. The sum of

savings from redeployment decreased in 2025 compared to prior year mainly driven by a reduced number of

redeployment cases.

332

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Internal fill rates and savings from redeployment

2025 2024
Internal job vacancy fill rate (in %) 32.6 35.4
Internal job vacancy fill rate of critical business positions (in %)1 66.7 69.6
Savings from redeployment (in € m)2 42 83

1Percentage of internal candidates hired vs total hires for senior and sensitive positions only

2 Sum of avoided severance/restructuring costs and saved hiring costs

Global graduates and apprentices

Deutsche Bank remains committed to attracting early careers talent, including graduates, interns, apprentices and dual

students. The bank invests in their development through apprenticeships, dual studies, insight programs and internships,

helping to build diverse and skilled young professionals. Apprentices and dual students contribute to diversifying the

bank’s workforce and bring highly relevant skills that align with the needs of Deutsche Bank’s clients. As part of its

strategy, the bank also relies on university graduates to expand the pool of entry-level talent.

Deutsche Bank’s assessment process for intern and graduate recruitment was redesigned in 2025 to reflect the bank’s

future skill needs. Throughout its highly competitive recruitment process, the bank supports school leavers, students,

and graduates as they transition into the workplace. The bank’s coaching offering is designed to build confidence and

core professional skills, supporting candidates from pre-application through to their first day at Deutsche Bank. The

content is delivered in a range of virtual formats to ensure accessibility and engagement. The bank’s recruitment efforts

also prioritized visibility on online portals, virtual fairs and social media channels, recognizing that its demographic is

more inclined to engage with the content on digital platforms. Recruiting suitable candidates remained challenging and

was mitigated by the bank’s active sourcing team working closely with schools, supported by early-stage pipeline

programs, to attract future apprentices and dual students.

Regarding the junior employee strategy in Germany, Deutsche Bank continued to offer a diverse range of vocational

training and dual study programs, tailored to meet the specific needs of the areas within the bank.

As part of the twelve-month graduate program, the bank provides a hybrid Orientation and Training Program.

In Germany, Deutsche Bank was recognized with the ‘Fair Graduate Program 2025’ seal from the Trendence Institute,

highlighting the bank’s commitment to fair and career-promoting graduate programs. The bank also received the ‘Fair

Company 2025’ seal from Handelsblatt GmbH, acknowledging Deutsche Bank’s dedication to its interns and a good work

environment and the Schulewirtschaft-Award for its commitment to support young people in their transition into the

workplace.

In 2025, the absolute number of recruited apprentices and dual students in Germany remained almost unchanged

compared to the previous year. The share of apprentices and dual students as a percentage of permanent employees of

entities offering dual vocational training remained almost stable year-on-year (-0.1%). The bank continued to expand its

U.K. apprenticeship offering which now spans Technology, Data and Innovation, Investment Bank and Corporate Bank. A

year-long apprenticeship program has also launched in India, providing valuable opportunities to emerging talent, with

the potential for full-time employment based on performance.

Across all areas, the bank experiences a strong focus on digitalization topics, which leads to new job profiles and requires

new dual study programs. In response, Deutsche Bank expanded its entry-level opportunities in operations, infrastructure

and Technology, Data and Innovation and introduced three new dual study programs in Germany in collaboration with

various universities since August 2024. The bank maintained this strategy in 2025.

Hired global graduates and apprentices

in headcount 2025 2024
Recruitment and talent management
Hired global graduates 1,025 1,160
Hired apprentices and dual students1 381 376
Share of apprentices and dual students as percentage of permanent employees, in % 3.1 3.2

1Apprentices and dual students in Germany

333

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Human Capital Return on Investment (ROI)

Deutsche Bank uses the Human Capital Return on Investment (ROI) metric to measure how effectively the investment in

human capital supports the bank's goals. The metric is calculated as the ratio of income/revenue to employment costs.

The Human Capital ROI for 2025 was 96.8% (2024: 60.7%). The increase in 2025 resulted from revenue growth outpacing

compensation and benefits cost increase.

In 2025, total workforce costs increased by € 426 million to € 12,603 million (2024: € 12,176 million). The increase was

mainly driven by higher performance-related compensation, wage growth, and increases in internal workforce related to

the bank’s targeted investments as part of the bank’s Global Hausbank strategy. The average revenues per FTE increased

by € 23 thousand to € 357 thousand in 2025 (2024: € 334 thousand).

Human Capital Return on Investment (ROI)

2025 2024
Human Capital Return on Investment (in %) 96.8 60.7
Total workforce costs (in € m)1 12,603 12,176
Average revenues per FTE (in € k) 357 334

1Compensation and benefits for employees plus service fees for contractors, agency temps and IT vendor resources

The number of employees employed by the bank during the fiscal year is related to ‘Compensation and benefits’

reported in the bank’s financial statement.

Working conditions

ESRS S1-1, ESRS S1-4, ESRS S1-5, ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-A

Deutsche Bank is committed to offering fair and attractive working conditions and has set out relevant policies and

procedures, such as the global Performance, Consequences and Reward Policy and the Environment, Health and Safety

Policy as described in the “Performance and reward” and “Work-life balance” section of the “Own workforce” chapter.

To enforce the bank’s actions and monitor progress in its management of negative impacts, advancing of positive

impacts, and management of material risks and opportunities arising from working conditions, Deutsche Bank has set out

a goal in terms of the Culture Pulse Index which reflects employees’ perception of the bank’s working conditions. The

metric is sourced through the Culture Pulse Survey among its employees and the associated target is key on both Group

and divisional level, as described in the sub-chapter “Engagement with own workforce and employee feedback culture”

of this “Own workforce” chapter.

Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue

ESRS S1-5, ESRS S1-8, ESRS 2 MDR-T

Deutsche Bank is committed to collective bargaining, concluding collective bargaining agreements, and amending or

refining existing agreements to comply with local laws and contribute to secure employment conditions resulting in a

positive work environment. Deutsche Bank strives for a close and constructive cooperation with employee

representatives and social partners which is characterized by mutual trust. The Bank observes information and co-

determination rights when setting corporate targets, monitoring them, and deriving actions aimed at achieving these

targets.

Regarding the coverage of employees by collective bargaining agreements, the bank reports the global coverage rate.

Overall, 28.6% of the bank’s employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. This coverage rate is affected

by the bank’s geographical footprint, as around half of its employees are based in countries that do not have collective

bargaining agreements. In addition, the bank reports the ratios for the two countries in which it has significant

employment in the sense of ESRS S1, i.e., at least 50 employees by headcount representing at least 10% of Deutsche

Bank’s total employees. In the European Economic Area, collective bargaining agreements exist in several countries,

defining work‑related rules within their respective scope of application (coverage rate in the European Economic Area is

56.3%). As of December 31, 2025, Germany was the only country in the European Economic Area having significant

employment in the sense of the ESRS S1. Employees in Germany represent 39.8% of the bank’s total number of

employees in headcount (2024: 42.0%). In Germany, 53.4% of all employees are covered by collective bargaining

agreements (2024: 55.7%). This includes civil servants, who have a similar level of regulation and protection by federal

law. The shift in the collective bargaining coverage compared to the previous year reflects structural changes within the

workforce. Outside the European Economic Area, India (region Asia Pacific) was the only country in 2025 that reached

the threshold of significant employment. None of the employees of Deutsche Bank were affiliated to any union in India in

line with market practice. Therefore, the bank’s employees in India were not covered by collective bargaining

agreements.

334

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Deutsche Bank maintains close and steady relations with employee representatives. In 2025, in Germany, the only

European Economic Area (EEA) country with significant employment, as per ESRS S1 definition, 96% of all employees

were covered by works councils/works council agreements (2024: 96%). Such representation takes place on the local,

company and/or Group level. The remaining 4% of German employees were executive employees which are represented

by a representative committee (Sprecherausschuss) according to the German Executives’ Committee Act

(Sprecherausschussgesetz) on company and/or Group level (2024: 4%). Therefore, in Germany, 100% of employees are

covered by employee representatives. In 2025, the bank in Germany concluded several group works agreements, for

example, on the further developed performance and compensation framework or on part time and temporary part time

work.

Deutsche Bank employees are also represented on a European level as highlighted in the above section “Engagement

with workers representatives” of the “Own workforce” chapter.

Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue

Dec 31, 2025
Collective Bargaining Coverage Social dialogue
Coverage Rate Employees – EEA (for<br><br>countries with >50<br><br>employees representing<br><br>>10% of total employees) Employees – Non-EEA<br><br>(estimate for regions with<br><br>>50 employees representing<br><br>>10% of total employees) Workplace representation<br><br>(EEA only) (for countries with<br><br>>50 employees representing<br><br>>10% of total employees)
0-19% India
20-39%
40-59% Germany
60-79%
80-100% Germany Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- ---
Collective Bargaining Coverage Social dialogue
Coverage Rate Employees – EEA (for<br><br>countries with >50<br><br>employees representing<br><br>>10% of total employees) Employees – Non-EEA<br><br>(estimate for regions with<br><br>>50 employees representing<br><br>>10% of total employees) Workplace representation<br><br>(EEA only) (for countries with<br><br>>50 employees representing<br><br>>10% of total employees)
0-19% India
20-39%
40-59% Germany
60-79%
80-100% Germany

As part of its transformation and optimization activities, Deutsche Bank implements numerous initiatives and measures.

Where this involves restructuring and employee reductions, Deutsche Bank remains committed to implement these in a

transparent and socially responsible manner – including involvement from the works council if applicable. Restructuring

measures generally provide an appropriate notice period for employees. Termination periods (as well as consultation or

negotiation requirements, if such apply) reflect the legal norm in each country, such as laws, collective bargaining

agreements, employee handbooks, and/or individual employment contracts. In Germany, tariff employees are subject to

the termination periods laid down in the respective collective bargaining agreements. In contrast, non-tariff employees

are subject to contractual or statutory termination periods.

The bank’s approach to organizational change is holistic and embedded in its social plan, which under German law is an

instrument to compensate or mitigate economic disadvantages suffered by employees resulting from organizational

change. Its purpose is to support employees affected by restructuring measures by enhancing their employability and

offering them individually tailored coaching. Employees, managers, members of the works council, and HR advisors

involved in change processes have access to a comprehensive set of measures. In addition, the approach supports the

bank’s strategy to fill open jobs with suitable internal candidates and to utilize a network of specialist firms to identify job

opportunities outside the organization. For Private Bank employees from former Postbank Group who are covered by

collective bargaining agreements and who are employed by Deutsche Bank AG, Postbank Filialvertrieb AG, BHW

Bausparkasse AG or certain other DB Group entities in Germany, a collective bargaining agreement on job security

applies that excludes dismissal for operational reasons until December 31, 2027, and thus goes beyond the statutory

protection against dismissal.

335

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Talent development

ESRS S1-13

Offering opportunities to learn and grow is a key component of attractive working conditions. The bank fosters

continuous learning, promotes talent through specific development programs and succession planning, and ensures that

up-to-date records are kept and are available for employees to track their progress on learning, training and career

progression. As part of the bank’s ongoing ambition to serve its clients through skills and expertise, continuous learning is

key to the bank’s success.

Learning

Deutsche Bank believes in its employees’ ability to grow and strives to create a working environment that promotes

continuous learning. As part of the bank’s aspiration to have a strong learning culture, it runs numerous training events

and activities across the organization. This includes mandatory training, self-enrollment, leadership and talent

development. It was delivered in multiple formats including in classrooms, e-learning, articles, videos, podcasts or virtual

sessions – which demonstrates a wide variety to support the bank’s employees’ development. Additionally, learning also

happens on the job and in environments not captured in the bank’s learning systems. Deutsche Bank’s trainings are

offered equally to full-time and part-time employees.

Training expenses

2025 2024
Training expenses (in € m) 43.4 37.6
Training expenses on average per FTE (in €) 483 417

The bank’s training expenses were € 43.4 million in 2025, i.e., on average € 483 per FTE (2024: € 37.6 million, on average

€ 417 per FTE). This is based purely on the bank’s external vendor spend on training.

Training hours by gender

Gender1 2025 2024
Total number of training<br><br>hours Average number of<br><br>training hours per<br><br>employees Total number of training<br><br>hours Average number of<br><br>training hours per<br><br>employees
Female 961,268 21.6 802,722 18.0
Male 1,158,570 22.6 961,007 18.6
Other2 1,047 181.5 85 16.7
Not reported 603 80.1 17 13.3
Total 2,121,489 22.1 1,763,831 18.3

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Gender as specified by the employees themselves

In 2025, employees completed 2.1 million (2024: 1.8 million) learning hours, of which 44% (2024: 48%) were mandatory.

Based on an imputed value of 8 hours per day and divided by the bank’s total headcount, the total number of training

hours 2025 represented 2.8 average annual training days per employee (2024: 2.3 average annual training days per

employee).

The bank believes learning is everywhere and anytime – not only in formal courses and events. This is why the central

place for learning is a learning platform called LearningHub that understands preferences and recommends content,

using machine learning to feed personalized learning recommendations to employees across the globe. Teams of experts

across the bank can create and curate learning paths specific to their divisional needs – thereby enabling faster and more

relevant skill development.

In May 2025, the Aspirational Culture in Action e-Learning module was launched to support the This is Deutsche Bank

framework and the bank's Aspirational Culture, as described in more detail in the Culture, integrity and conduct chapter.

This innovative 35-minute course is a story-based, immersive learning experience. More than 6,600 employees have

successfully completed this e-learning module in 2025.

To achieve Deutsche Bank’s vision of becoming the Global Hausbank, it is imperative that every employee understands

where and how the bank operates. The Global Hausbank Navigator is a new learning experience launched in October

2025 that aims to strengthen the bank’s employees’ understanding of who the bank’s clients are and how its own

workforce collectively serves them across the entire organization. By developing and strengthening this understanding,

employees are better able to proactively collaborate with teams across the bank and bring the bank’s collective expertise

to meet its clients’ financial needs. In 2025, all employees were enrolled, with more than 88,200 employees already

having it completed by year-end.

336

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

In response to a growing demand for structured skill development across Deutsche Bank, the Skill Building Initiative was

launched in March 2025. The initiative offers a scalable, instructor-led training model that blends Masterclass (conveying

expert knowledge) and Skill Sprint formats (solving short-term specific problems). It targets over 10 core skills — ranging

from Executive Presence and Storytelling with Data to Generative AI and Negotiation — aligned with the bank’s

aspirational culture and proficiency framework. A second tranche commenced in September 2025, expanding the

offering with new languages and additional topics. Data shows a strong uptake, with more than 16,200 seats (virtual/in

person) in 2025.

An example of the numerous divisional and functional learning programs is the Corporate Bank’s CB Fit4Future initiative.

Launched in 2025, it consolidates all learning resources into a central hub, offering employees structured pathways to

build capabilities in areas such as sales, negotiation, risk management and ESG-aligned solutions. This is one example

how the bank provides job specific training development programs. The initiative saw strong uptake: as of year-end 2025,

over 1,900 CB colleagues – representing 24% of the Corporate Bank workforce. Fit4Future is not only a learning initiative

but also a cultural shift, embedding continuous development into the bank’s operating model. It supports strategic goals

such as commercial terms as well as becoming a trusted advisor and operational excellence, while empowering

managers and senior leaders to drive performance and talent retention.

At the end of 2024, Deutsche Bank launched the How To Series - a collection of timely virtual sessions developed by

Human Resources (HR) experts to support the bank’s managers and employees navigate some of the key HR topics such

as annual processes throughout the year. During the initiative’s first cycle, running from end 2024 until mid 2025, 50

facilitators conducted 44 sessions attended by more than 10,300 participants from across the bank. The second cycle

began at year-end 2025.

Upskilling employees for the artificial intelligence (AI) transformation remains a central focus of Deutsche Bank’s learning

and development strategy. In 2025, the Technology, Data and Innovation (TDI) division continued to build on the

comprehensive AI training framework established in 2024, designed to promote responsible development and use of AI

across the organization. The Generative AI Fundamentals program, launched in Q3 2024, has already equipped over

16,600 employees with essential AI knowledge, fostering a culture of curiosity and readiness for AI adoption. For

advanced practitioners, the DB Generative AI Developer training is targeted at engineers who build AI applications. The

program’s first pilot cohort, which started at the end of March 2025, graduated a total of more than 850 engineers by

year-end.

Deutsche Bank continues to invest in the cloud skills of its employees through the Deutsche Bank Cloud Engineer

program and a growing number of expert-level learning paths, such as Cloud Architect or Data Engineer, structured

learning programs to upskill the bank’s engineering workforce at scale and in-depth on the Google Cloud. In 2025, more

than 1,700 employees successfully graduated from Deutsche Bank Cloud Engineer program and 1,150 from the expert-

level programs. These efforts bring the total number of employees who completed advanced cloud engineering training

programs to over 6,600.

In addition to divisional training, regions also support employee development. For example the second edition of the

bank’s Europe cross-divisional Mentoring program was launched in June 2025. It pairs more than 40 top talent Vice

Presidents bank-wide across Europe with senior leaders across the region. Monthly mentor-mentee sessions follow

completion of established goals supporting the bank’s aspirational culture of learning, leadership development and

cross-divisional collaboration. By investing in leadership development, and by connecting colleagues across the bank,

the bank is enabling future leaders to develop a clearer understanding of client needs to deliver the Global Hausbank

model.

Moreover, Deutsche Bank also supports employees, both full- and part-time, to gain further qualifications, degrees and

certifications. This can include a wide variety of topics which vary by region and division – for example, auditors

completing their certifications (CPA, CIA, EFFAS and CFE), or the bank’s experts in technology, receiving their Cloud

accreditations and their CPD-accredited learning as well as HR employees acquiring various certificates, such as the IHK

Trainer Aptitude Test or the Transformation Manager.

337

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Leadership development

The Leadership Kompass is a cornerstone of Deutsche Bank’s organizational culture and aligned with the bank’s

aspirational culture. It consists of eight tangible and actionable leadership behaviors that all leaders are expected to

demonstrate consistently.

In this context, people managers are encouraged to use the Kompass Upward Feedback Tool, an internal tool where

people managers can complete a self-assessment and those with three or more team members can request anonymized

feedback from their team to better understand their teams’ experience of their leadership in line with the Leadership

Kompass. As of year-end 2025, over 3,000 managers are using the Kompass Upward Feedback tool to gather feedback.

Furthermore, the bank launched the new Leadership Kompass Coaching initiative for people managers in 2025, providing

targeted coaching support via the Deutsche Bank’s internal pool of coaches to help strengthen leadership skills and

enhance self-awareness through the lens of the Leadership Kompass.

The All Managers Curriculum, a carefully selected and targeted set of development opportunities for all full- and part-

time people managers, which was launched in July 2024, continued to evolve in 2025. The curriculum is delivered

through comprehensive learning pathways and manager workshops. In line with the aspirational culture the offerings

encourage leaders to reflect on the influence they have on their teams, act with fairness and without judgement, and

create an environment where every individual feels valued. Also informed by People Survey results, two new manager

workshops were designed and added to the Curriculum, namely Lead Decisively, Delegate Effectively, as well as Leading

Change. These sessions include topics around taking ownership of decisions, delegating with clarity and developing

empathy and techniques of leadership in change processes. This curriculum focuses on the key skills required for

managers to effectively enable their teams through developing skills aligned to topics like feedback or addressing

unconscious bias, coaching, inclusion and growth. In 2025, over 1,900 managers participated in these workshops.

The bank has two flagship programs in place to support those who are new to leading people at Deutsche Bank. The

First-time Manager Program and the Senior Leadership Essentials Program equip these managers with the essential

knowledge and skills required to be a successful manager. The First Time Manager Program won gold for “Leadership

Development” at the Brandon Hall Group’s 2025 HCM Excellence Awards. In 2025, over 1,700 new leaders participated

in these offerings, gaining the critical knowledge and capabilities needed to lead their team in line with the Leadership

Kompass behaviors.

One of the regional leadership programs is the bank’s APAC MEA Franchise Leadership Program, which was successfully

concluded in mid-2025, In partnership with the educational institution INSEAD, the program saw 48 Managing Directors

and Directors complete a twelve-month leadership learning journey. 94% of participants provided feedback on the

program, and all responses were positive.

Talent acceleration

Deutsche Bank’s talent acceleration programs aim to help employees develop professionally and personally and to

accelerate their readiness to take on more complex accountabilities. The bank continuously updates the content of the

programs, which includes coaching elements and networking opportunities, to ensure that it remains at the cutting edge

of business thinking in a rapidly changing world.

The Accomplished Top Leaders Advancement Strategy (ATLAS) talent development program is aimed at accelerating

the readiness of senior, high-potential women to take on broader roles in the organization. As the program does not run

on a yearly basis, the bank held in 2025 the seventh cohort since the program’s inception in 2009 with 21 female

participants.

The Vice President and Director talent acceleration programs develop the capabilities of high-potential talent across the

bank, readying them to take on more accountability whether it is in an enlarged, new or more senior position. Each talent

program is tailored to its intended audience, covering topics such as resilience, negotiation, change leadership, and

leading with authenticity. Participants also have the opportunity to interact with the bank’s senior leaders. Since program

inception in 2016 for Vice Presidents and in 2017 for Directors, 35% of Vice President participants have been promoted

to Director, and 28% of Director participants have been promoted to Managing Director. For the Director talent

acceleration program Deutsche Bank partners with the educational institution London Business School.

These talent development programs play an important role in the bank’s implementation of its people strategy and are

continuously evaluated through structured participant feedback and program impact assessments. This enables the

bank to refine and enhance the training experience each year.

338

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Acceleration programs

2025 2024
Participation in cross divisional talent acceleration programs
ATLAS acceleration program for senior female Managing Directors (in headcount) 21
Director acceleration program (in headcount) 144 152
thereof women (in %) 45.1 42.8
Vice President acceleration program (in headcount) 374 374
thereof women (in %) 46.5 45.5

Performance and reward

ESRS S1-1, ESRS 2 MDR-P

Rewarding performance is an important factor to attract and retain the best talent. Therefore, a fair, transparent and

sustainable approach to remuneration is of crucial importance to the bank. Its Compensation and Benefits strategy is

aligned to Deutsche Bank’s global business strategy, risk strategy, and to the bank’s purpose and aspirational culture and

supports the key principle of fairness.

Deutsche Bank’s Compensation Framework promotes and rewards sustainable performance and contributions based on

delivery, behavior and conduct, across all levels of the organization in line with HR’s global Performance, Consequences,

and Reward Policy. This policy sets Deutsche Bank Group’s global minimum standards for employees with respect to

accountability and requirements for managing performance, the consequences where employees do not meet the

required standards of Business Delivery (What) and Behavior (How) and the remuneration related topics applicable for

different employee groups in line with regulatory requirements. The policy is globally applicable, approved by the Global

Head of HR as well as by the bank’s Management Board. In Germany, relevant changes to the framework were discussed

with the works council and recorded in a group works agreement.

When determining variable compensation, the bank continued to apply a moderate and forward-looking approach,

weighing strong business performance against macroeconomic outlooks, long-term capital stability and without losing

sight of the need to remunerate employees fairly and in line with the market.

Performance reviews

ESRS S1-13

Deutsche Bank aims to ensure that its employees are clear on what is expected of them as well as giving employees the

opportunity to discuss feedback on their performance. The annual performance review is for employees and their

managers to create a shared understanding of expectations for delivery, behavior and conduct, and to measure and

document achievements, resulting in a more productive and engaged workforce. What is delivered contributes to

Deutsche Bank’s strategy implementation and how it is achieved should be in line with the aspirational culture. Both

elements are equally important and are the basis for measuring performance at year-end.

Deutsche Bank aims to ensure that its employees understand what is expected of them in their respective roles.

Employees eligible for variable compensation must set a minimum of three SMART priorities, link these to the bank’s

strategic goals and agree them with their manager at the start of the performance year to give focus and direction for the

year ahead. Regular conversations and continuous feedback, including the use of optional tools including upward

feedback, anytime feedback, and 360° feedback for in-scope employees, during the year enable the bank’s employees to

think about their performance and, if necessary, make changes to achieve sustainable success. The bank tracks employee

receipt of regular feedback from their manager via the regular Culture Pulse Survey. The bank’s holistic approach to

managing performance holds both employees and their managers accountable and is adequately reflected in variable

compensation decisions.

Part- and full-time employees who are in scope for Deutsche Bank’s Performance Management process need to have one

documented performance review per year. This annual performance review is multi-dimensional and includes evidence

of achievements by the employee in their role, of their pre-defined priorities (objectives/goals) and how they have

demonstrated the required behaviors and conduct.

Career development is employee-led, and an employee-manager discussion is encouraged at least once annually, but it

is not required to formally document this. The bank tracks progress through responses to specific development

questions as part of the annual People Survey as well as through the Career and Development form completions on

Workday.

For 2025, the completion rate for performance reviews remained high, reflecting continued strong engagement across

the organisation. The figures presented below reflect the bank’s entire employee population, including individuals not in

scope of the bank’s performance management process or who were on long-term leave for the full performance year.

Given this comprehensive baseline for the calculation, it is expected that the overall completion rate will not reach 100%.

339

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Completion rate for performance reviews by gender

Gender, headcount in % Share of employees
2025 2024
Female 89 88
Male 92 92
Other1 60 67
Not reported 69 100
Total Employees 90 90

1Gender as specified by the employees themselves

Annual total remuneration ratio

ESRS S1-16

The bank’s remuneration strategy rewards performance and contribution through an appropriate mix of fixed and

variable remuneration. An employee’s fixed pay is determined using a mix of internal fixed pay data and external market

data to ensure adherence to legislation such as minimum wage requirements and alignment with peers. Variable

compensation is awarded based on a variable compensation orientation framework and is closely linked to individual

performance metrics, such as the delivery of business priorities set at the beginning of the performance year, as well as

conduct and behavior.

The Annual total remuneration ratio compares the annual total remuneration of the highest paid individual to the median

annual total remuneration for all employees (excluding the highest paid individual). The calculation reveals that in 2025,

the Annual total remuneration ratio was 246. This ratio was 237 in 2024. The increase of this ratio reflects the change in

the annual total remuneration of the highest paid individual, whereas the median annual total remuneration for the

employees remained stable. Additionally, Deutsche Bank calculates its Annual total remuneration ratio based on the

average annual total remuneration for all employees (excluding the highest paid individual), which reflected a ratio of

166 in 2025. These ratios reflect the bank’s diverse operations across numerous geographies worldwide, covering four

business divisions: Private Bank, Corporate Bank, Investment Bank and Asset Management as well as operations and

support functions. For the purposes of the calculation, the highest paid employee is not the CEO, demonstrating the

diversity of the bank's activities and remuneration opportunities.

Work-life balance

ESRS S1-15

To help its employees manage professional and personal commitments and achieve a sustainable work-life balance, the

bank provides a range of benefits. Benefits may vary by location. The bank provides various types of employee-related

benefits which are available to full-time as well as part-time employees. Temporary employees may also be eligible

depending on the nature of employment and of the benefit. The bank operates more than 850 employee benefit plans in

its different locations that may include, among others, life insurance, health care, disability coverage, parental leave,

retirement plans, stock ownership, vacation/leave, transportation, meals/nutrition or childcare.

Moreover, Deutsche Bank offers a comprehensive support network ranging from career advice, mental health support,

assistance in finding childcare or care for the elderly and Employee Assistance Programs. The bank assists working

parents, for instance by providing childcare near workplaces in its major global hubs and contributing to the cost of

childcare. In addition, the bank provides breastfeeding/lactation facilities in many of its locations. The bank also offers

flexibility in working arrangements, through its hybrid work model, flexible work hours, part-time and job-sharing

opportunities, subject to specific role requirements and client needs. A variety of paid and unpaid leave is available to

allow employees to manage unforeseen events, such as taking care of the elderly or sickness of children. In several

locations, non-primary caregivers are also eligible for family leave.

340

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Family-related leave

ESRS S1-15

In 2025, the global share of the bank’s employees entitled to family-related leaves, i.e., maternity or paternity, parental

and carers’ leave remained unchanged with 96% versus prior year (2024: 96%). This can be either a discretionary offering

or due to statutory requirements. Among the employees who were entitled to family-related leave in 2025, 19.8% took

leave of one or more types of leave (2024: 17.1%). This includes paid and unpaid leaves and is reported in the table

below, irrespective of their duration.

Entitled employees that took family-related leave by gender

Gender 2025 20242
Number of entitled<br><br>employees who took<br><br>family-related leave Share of entitled<br><br>employees that took<br><br>family-related leave (in %) Number of entitled<br><br>employees who took<br><br>family-related leave Share of entitled<br><br>employees that took<br><br>family-related leave (in %)
Female 9,020 21.1 8,011 18.7
Male 9,355 18.7 7,841 15.8
Other1
Not reported
Total 18,375 19.8 15,852 17.1

1Gender as specified by the employees themselves

2Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

Hybrid work model

Deutsche Bank is committed to a hybrid working model that enables employees to benefit from both in-office and

remote working. In 2025, the model was in place in 43 locations and covers approximately 84,000 employees, the

majority of the internal workforce. This excludes roles requiring continuous on-site presence due to operational or

regulatory needs, such as certain branch-based retail functions. Eligible employees may work remotely up to two days a

week, depending on their role and function, and in line with divisional and country-specific guidelines. These guidelines

are designed to promote a consistent employee experience and provide a clear, transparent framework that

accommodates flexibility for diverse working needs.

Divisional guidelines set out global principles for remote working eligibility and support individual discussions between

employees and their managers. These principles are applied alongside country-level requirements, which cover country

eligibility and the local regulatory framework for remote work. Where differences arise between divisional and country

guidelines, the latter takes precedence where local regulations are more restrictive.

Hybrid working arrangements are reviewed annually with employees to ensure they remain effective and aligned with

business needs. Functions and teams are encouraged to regularly assess how their working patterns best support

effective collaboration and performance. Deutsche Bank recognizes the importance of in-person interaction to

strengthen collaboration and drive innovation, supporting the bank in meeting its commitments to clients and advancing

its Global Hausbank vision.

Well-being

ESRS S1-1, ESRS S1-4, ESRS 2 MDR-P

Deutsche Bank continues to bring its holistic well-being strategy to life by making health and well-being an integral part

of the bank’s aspirational culture. The goal is to create a health-promoting and caring work environment where

employees can be themselves and feel supported and happy, so they can perform at their best and thrive in their careers.

Deutsche Bank aims to proactively empower its employees to prioritize their own well-being and support those around

them in doing the same, underlining that health and well-being are about everyday behaviors, based on the following

four dimensions: physically thriving, emotionally and mentally balanced, socially connected and financially secure. The

inclusion of employees’ well-being in the global Code of Conduct reflects its importance to Deutsche Bank.

A wide range of resources contribute to this holistic approach, including development opportunities, ongoing education,

accessibility and transparency of support systems, close collaboration with employee networks, active senior leadership

engagement, benefits offerings and the hybrid working model. Examples are tailor-made leadership development

opportunities, regular bank-wide and divisional well-being engagement sessions and enablement initiatives and a

dedicated Smart Work Hub to share best practices across the organization.

To make the bank’s well-being offers transparent, raise awareness and be well aligned across divisions and regions the

Deutsche Bank Global Well-being Hub is available to all employees and non-employees. The hub brings together an

array of existing resources, provides employees with centralized access to initiatives, and benefits from across the bank.

It makes it easier finding information on places to go for support (for example Employee Assistance Program 24 hour

hotline, Mental Health First Aider, company doctors, etc.) or for resources about personal development, including stress

and mental fitness. There are also several useful hints on how to boost well-being day to day.

341

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Employees’ mental health remained a focus topic in 2025. The number of Mental Health First Aiders – employees who

volunteer to actively support their colleagues’ mental health – increased to 807 aiders in 2025 (2024: 737); they are

organized in an international working group to better coordinate their efforts. The training and certification of Deutsche

Bank’s Mental Health First Aiders is conducted by external institutes, with the bank taking on both the organization and

financing of the training, both for part-time and full-time employees. In addition, for the Mental Health First Aiders

program, the bank offers an in-house eLearning module on mental health awareness to all employees and a tailor-made

Manager e-learning, covering Well-being (self and others), Hybrid Working and Meeting Culture, with over 1,200

managers enrolled since the launch in July 2024. The message “It’s ok not to be ok” is included in senior management

communication and events across the platform on a regular basis. In this year’s people survey new questions dedicated

to employee well-being were included. The questions cover employees’ perception of work-life-balance, psychological

safety and a caring environment.

To emphasize the top of the house commitment to employee well-being, the Group Management Committee appoints

Well-being Champions in every global, divisional Leadership Team, who actively support the well-being agenda

alongside Fabrizio Campelli as Well-being Champion on the Management Board. On World Mental Health Day 2025 the

bank reiterated its commitment to the well-being agenda via over 80 in-house events worldwide, that took place as part

of a World Mental Health week, as well as the global Townhall “Becoming 10% happier” focusing on mindfulness with

3,563 participants. Deutsche Bank also reiterated its commitment to Mental Health externally, with electronic displays

and cash machines recognizing World Mental Health Day in Germany and Spain.

Paid annual leave is generally a standard in Deutsche Bank as part of the offered benefits. In Germany, for example, this is

regulated in the Federal Paid Leave Act. Collective Bargaining Agreements and individual employment agreements for

non-tariff employees provide for paid leave days that significantly exceed the statutory minimum. Over the year, the

bank constantly reminded its employees to take their annual leave entitlement.

While work-related injuries, occupational accidents, and serious incidents like employees being killed at work are

extremely rare at a bank and are more relevant to the safety of other industries, Deutsche Bank remains deeply

committed to providing safe working environments to the benefit of employees, visitors and clients. The bank believes

that integrating strong environment, health and safety practices into its business fosters multiple positive outcomes,

enhancing productivity and increasing overall employee satisfaction. For its ongoing commitments in health

management, Deutsche Bank was recognized with the Corporate Health Award in Germany.

Deutsche Bank has set out a global Environment, Health and Safety policy, which addresses the respective requirements

for employees and establishes controls to ensure workplace accident prevention. This covers assistive appliances and

workstation assessments, first aid, fire safety, building evacuation plans and floor wardens. This policy, approved by the

bank’s Chief Security Officer and reviewed annually, demonstrates the bank’s commitment to fostering a healthy, safe,

and supportive work environment for every employee and establishes clear requirements and controls to ensure

workplace accident prevention.

The bank continues to strengthen its emergency response capabilities and build organizational awareness through

ongoing training, communication and initiatives across all locations. Digital learning, including programs like

dbHealthyWorking, support these efforts by educating employees on risks associated with sedentary office and hybrid

working. These programs equip employees with practical mitigation strategies and provide access to a wide range of

physical and mental well‑being resources.

Senior management's commitment to employee safety is further evidenced by the formation of a governance structure

to provide oversight, support, and advocacy for everyone's safety at the bank which is articulated in the Policy Statement

of Intent - Environment, Health and Safety as part of the Sustainability Publications. This document underscores the

bank’s strategic goal to continue to enhance safe practices through a targeted communication and consultation on

environment, health and safety matters. By pursuing this enterprise standard, the bank fosters consistency and equality

in safety management globally, reflecting an ethical stewardship critical for employees.

342

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Diversity and inclusion

ESRS S1-1, ESRS S1-4, ESRS S1-5, ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-T

Creating an environment that embraces diverse views, encourages open dialogue and treats everyone fairly is key to

Deutsche Bank’s aspirational culture. With 160 nationalities represented across 55 countries in 2025, the bank is proud

of its multicultural workforce. It sees the unique perspectives and experiences within its global network as a competitive

advantage as it fuels innovation, strengthens culture and drives more sustainable outcomes.

Approach, governance, and leadership accountability

ESRS S1-1, ESRS S1-4, ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-A

As stated in its Code of Conduct, Deutsche Bank is committed to ensuring fair and equal opportunities for employees

from all backgrounds and experiences. This objective is advanced through its global multi-dimensional diversity and

inclusion strategy which is informed by quantitative and qualitative data and considers regional nuances. Centered on

five pillars: leadership accountability, adapting processes, driving behavioral change, thought leadership, and ensuring

legal compliance, the strategy is endorsed by the Management Board.

A central HR team is responsible for setting and driving the bank’s diversity and inclusion vision, global strategy and

multi-year roadmap, and defining the associated annual priorities. To ensure the strategy is informed by a broad range of

perspectives, including lessons learned, the central HR team actively engages with Employee Resource Groups,

employee representatives, and external partners such as Catalyst, Charta der Vielfalt (Charter of Diversity), Coqual,

Disability:IN, Open for Business, the United Kingdom Treasury’s Women in Finance Charter, among others. The central HR

team activates leaders and employees to sustainably support the diversity and inclusion strategy and to make progress

against the set objectives, which are monitored by the Management Board.

The bank embeds diversity and inclusion across its operations through a global Approach to Diversity and Inclusion

framework of policies, processes, benefits, initiatives, and measurements, fostering positive actions for all employees,

including people from groups at particular risk of vulnerability. Diversity and inclusion are integral to key policies, such as

the Hiring, Onboarding and Offboarding Policy and the Code of Conduct, which defines the minimum standards of

behavior and conduct, and prohibits discrimination, harassment, including sexual harassment, and retaliation. The bank’s

employment decisions, such as promotion and hiring, are based on merit, including candidates’ suitability for a role, their

potential, and their demonstrated performance.

Gender diversity

ESRS S1-1, ESRS S1-9, ESRS S1-5, ESRS 2 MDR-T

Pursuant to statutory requirements, seven out of twenty or 35% of Supervisory Board members were women at year-end

2025, the same as at year-end 2024. In the Management Board, two out of nine or 22% of the members were women

(2024: two out of ten or 20%), above the requirements of the current German Gender Quota Law (Zweites Führungs-

positionen-Gesetz, FüPoG II).

Legal requirements and results for the representation of women

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Requirement Result Result
Level
Supervisory Board (headcount, in %)1 30.0 35.0 35.0
Management Board (headcount)2 1 2 2

1Reflects requirement of German Gender Quota Law (Erstes Führungspositionen-Gesetz, FüPoG I)

2Reflects requirement of German Gender Quota Law (Zweites Führungspositionen-Gesetz, FüPoG II)

As per ESRS S1-9, the top management level is considered to be the Management Board, Deutsche Bank's most senior

committee, chaired by the CEO.

Gender distribution at top management level

Gender1 Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Number of<br><br>employees at<br><br>top<br><br>management<br><br>level Percentage of<br><br>employees at<br><br>top<br><br>management<br><br>level Number of<br><br>employees at<br><br>top<br><br>management<br><br>level Percentage of<br><br>employees at<br><br>top<br><br>management<br><br>level
Female 2 22 2 20
Male 7 78 8 80
Total 9 100 10 100

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

343

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Age distribution at top management level

headcount1 Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Number of<br><br>employees at<br><br>top<br><br>management<br><br>level Percentage of<br><br>employees at<br><br>top<br><br>management<br><br>level Number of<br><br>employees at<br><br>top<br><br>management<br><br>level Percentage of<br><br>employees at<br><br>top<br><br>management<br><br>level
< 30 years old
30-50 years old 1 11 2 20
> 50 years old 8 89 8 80
Total 9 100 10 100

1 Numbers may not add up due to rounding

As mentioned in the chapter “Sustainability Governance” within this Sustainability Statement, the bank aims to increase

gender diversity at the two levels below the Management Board (MB-1 and MB-2) with a goal of 30% of positions to be

held by women at both levels by year-end 2025, thereby promoting equal opportunity within the Management Board

succession pipeline. As of year-end 2025, the bank effectively met the goal for MB-1 with 29.7%, given the limited

population size with a single individual representing more than 1% of the total cohort. At MB-2, the bank reached 28.2%

as of year-end 2025. In line with German legal requirements, the bank will retain goals beyond 2025 for the two layers

below the Management Board with a goal of 32.5% women at both MB-1 and MB-2 by year-end 2026, having regard to

local law.

In 2021, the bank committed to an aspirational goal to have women represent at least 35% of its Managing Director,

Director, and Vice President population globally (excluding Asset Management) by year-end 2025, known as the ’35 by

25’ program. This was publicly announced after consultation with the Supervisory Board which includes employee

representatives, among others. The goal was based on workforce data modeling and assumptions on the female share in

hiring, promotion and turnover using 2020 data of 29.6% as a baseline. This commitment strengthened the pipeline of

senior women and the Management Board has taken an active role in driving forward the ‘35 by 25’ goal, providing

sponsorship and closely monitoring progress. Human Resources provided regular metrics reporting and surfaced areas of

good practice and potential risks to the Management Board and the Supervisory Board’s Nomination Committee, which

includes employee representatives. This approach has led to a meaningful and measurable rise in the number of women

stepping into senior leadership roles. Progress towards the 35 by 25 goal was monitored regularly and published

annually. The progress against the internal annual interim goals was monitored monthly against the initial baseline and

base period including the bank’s hiring and promotion activities as well as turnover.

From 2021 to 2025 the female representation in senior corporate titles increased by 4.2 percentage points, including

promotions effective as of April 1, 2026, reaching 34.1% compared to 29.9% at year-end 2021. It supported the

transformation of behaviors and processes, for example by broadening talent searches, proactively building candidate

pipelines, and educating managers on conducting fair, merit-based, and inclusive hiring processes, resulting in a

meaningful increase in the percentage of women hired into senior roles since 2021. ’35 by 25’ also enhanced the

emphasis on retaining and developing internal talent, highlighting the value and potential within existing teams. This

approach ensured that the leadership pipeline is strengthened by individuals possessing institutional knowledge and an

understanding of the bank’s culture. As a result, there has been an increase in the number of women advancing to senior

positions, including those two levels below the Management Board. More details on leadership and talent development

are included in the “Talent development” section of the “Working conditions” sub-chapter of this “Own workforce”

chapter.

Goals and results for the representation of women in senior roles

headcount, in % Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Goal Result Result
Level1
Management Board level -1 30.0 29.7 28.9
Management Board level -2 30.0 28.2 28.3
Senior Corporate Titles2,3
Managing Directors, Directors, Vice Presidents 35.0 34.1 33.0

1Goal in line with German Gender Quota Law (Zweites Führungspositionen-Gesetz, FüPoG II), goal reflects December 2025

2Goal reflects December 2025 including the following year’s promotions

3Business divisions and infrastructure functions (excluding Asset Management)

In support of ‘35 by 25’, the Schneider-Lenné Cadre - a community of the bank’s senior women leaders, including senior

management risk takers and current and former ATLAS participants - serves as visible and active role models, equipped

with a platform and tools to drive cultural change and foster the development and engagement of talent across the

bank.

344

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Gender diversity

headcount, in %1 Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Female employees by Corporate Title,2
Managing Directors 23.3 22.8
Directors 29.5 28.8
Vice Presidents 36.3 35.6
Assistant Vice Presidents and Associates 43.0 42.3
Non-Officers 59.4 59.6
Total female employees (in %)1 46.4 46.5

1Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Corporate Titles for Postbank (including subsidiaries) are technically derived

To ensure momentum and build on progress, Deutsche Bank will evolve its approach in 2026 and beyond. At Group and

divisional level, progress will be measured by a Well-being and Inclusion Index with the goal of achieving a 100% score.

The Well-being and Inclusion Index will focus on three key indicators: (i) improved diversity of perspectives in senior,

decision-making and client-facing roles, (ii) a more inclusive culture where everyone feels supported and is treated fairly,

and (iii) a culture that embraces open dialogue and diverse views, leading to better client outcomes. This approach will

support the required behavioral shifts to enable a more inclusive and diverse workforce linked to high performance,

ensure employer attractiveness, and continue to comply with local laws.

Deutsche Bank also monitors its progress in increasing the representation of women in further areas, including in

Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM) roles predominantly in the bank’s Technology, Data and

Innovation division, and in leadership roles in the bank’s client-facing, revenue-generating functions, specifically in Sales,

Client Advisory, Trading, Marketing, and Sales Coverage Support.

Gender diversity at STEM positions and revenue-generating management roles

headcount, in % Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Female employees by positions
STEM positions 31.3 29.9
Revenue-generating management roles 29.7 27.1

Gender pay gap

ESRS S1-16

Deutsche Bank recognizes that how it remunerates its employees plays a vital role in the successful delivery of the bank’s

strategic objectives and aspirational culture. By aligning risk and reward and by driving the right behaviors, the bank’s

incentive systems help to make the bank more resilient while contributing to its long-term success. The bank remains

committed to a fair, transparent and sustainable approach to remuneration.

The bank has developed and aligned fixed pay ranges to promote and ensure the principle of equal pay for equal work,

underscoring its dedication to fairness. Furthermore, Deutsche Bank ensures transparency regarding its compensation

structures, mainly through the relevant Approach to Performance, Consequences and Reward document as well as the

Performance, Consequences and Reward Policy, as described in the “Performance and reward” sub-chapter of this “Own

workforce” chapter. These documents are accessible to all employees and give a comprehensive overview of pay

elements, pay setting and pay progression. By making pay structures visible and understandable, the bank empowers

employees to engage in open dialogue, encourages accountability, and facilitates the ongoing review and improvement

of remuneration practices. To further strengthen fair and appropriate remuneration decisions, Deutsche Bank provides

manager training and clear guidelines. They are made available to managers to support their understanding of pay-

setting processes and to reinforce best practices in compensation management.

For 2025, the mean unadjusted global gender pay gap was 38.0%, whereas the same metric for 2024 was 38.8%. The

unadjusted global gender pay gap is defined as the difference of average hourly pay levels between female and male

employees, expressed as percentage of the average hourly pay level of male employees. The median unadjusted gender

pay gap, defined as the difference in median hourly pay levels between female and male employees, expressed as

percentage of the median hourly pay level of male employees) for 2025 was 20.6%.

Factors that contribute to the unadjusted global gender pay gap include Deutsche Bank’s business mix, geographical

footprint, and lower representation of women in senior and highly remunerated roles in higher cost locations. A

regression analysis that considers several objective factors such as seniority, business division and region, results in an

adjusted gender pay gap of 6% for 2025 and 6% for 2024. This is not to be interpreted as an equal pay analysis, as it does

not compare employees within similar roles or in roles of equal value.

345

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

The bank acknowledges that there is more work needed to reduce the unadjusted and adjusted gender pay gap. The

bank’s diversity and inclusion initiatives, including the ambition to increase gender diversity in positions at the two levels

below the Management Board, remain in place, subject to local laws, and are expected to have a positive impact in

reducing the gap over time.

Building an inclusive culture where everyone is treated fairly

ESRS S1-4, ESRS S1-5, ESRS S1-9, ESRS S1-12, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-T, ESRS 2 MDR-M

Deutsche Bank’s inclusive culture is brought to life through a range of focus areas that reflect the diversity of the bank’s

workforce and the evolving needs of its people with the goal of an environment where everyone can contribute fully.

Employment and people decisions at Deutsche Bank are made using merit-based criteria such as skills, qualifications,

and performance, regardless of age, background, beliefs, citizenship, color, disability status, ethnicity, gender, gender

identity and/or expression, marital status, national origin, pregnancy, race, religion, sex, sexual orientation, including but

not limited to any other characteristic protected by law. In 2025, the bank strengthened its efforts to attract and hire

diverse talent through targeted outreach, while advancing career planning and leadership development by providing

exposure opportunities and direct access to senior leaders.

Deutsche Bank is dedicated to racial and ethnic inclusion and set an aspirational goal to increase the proportion of Black

heritage employees in the United Kingdom by over 30% by December 31, 2025 versus the December 31, 2021 baseline

of 3.0%. When setting the aspirational goal, the senior leadership team was consulted and progression was monitored

quarterly via an ethnicity dashboard. Annually, the progression is presented to employee representatives at the

Employee Consultation Forum. By focusing on retention and hiring through regular monitoring, this goal was achieved in

2025 at 4.0% (2024: 3.7%), equivalent to a 30% increase in the share of Black heritage employees compared to the 2021

baseline.

In the UK, the bank took action to expand institutional knowledge on social mobility, as it became an emerging inclusion

priority in 2025 recognizing that talent is not defined by background or circumstances. The bank’s UK Early Careers

programs include Advance, aimed at providing first year undergraduate students from lower socioeconomic

backgrounds exposure to the banking world and an apprenticeship program combining on-the-job training with study

time, as well as financial support towards a degree program in the Investment Bank, Corporate Bank and the Technology,

Data and Innovation division. Additionally, Laura Padovani, Management Board member and global champion for social

mobility, hosted a panel discussion on social mobility that was made available to all employees globally.

The bank has built a strong foundation of support and visibility for the LGBTQI+ community via the dbPride Employee

Resource Group, which celebrated its 25th anniversary in 2025. dbPride leads global celebrations such as Pride marches

in cities around the world and participation in “Ring the Bell for LGBTIQ+ Equality” attended by Rebecca Short,

Management Board member and champion for LGBTQI+ inclusion. These efforts have earned Deutsche Bank recognition

as an industry leader for LGBTQI+ inclusion.

In 2025, the bank further expanded its well-being and inclusion strategy by launching a Global Neurodiversity Working

Group focused on awareness, education, mentoring and workplace adjustments with the goal of unlocking the unique

strengths of neurodivergent individuals. Bernd Leukert, Management Board member and global champion for

neuroinclusion, hosted a global panel discussion on the topic that was made available to all employees globally.

To support inclusion for persons with disabilities, the bank provides accessible workstations, reasonable accommodations,

and flexible working options. Newer offices apply universal design principles to further support accessibility and

inclusion for all. The bank also ensures external jobs for people with disabilities, e.g., through its longstanding

cooperation with the Association of Sheltered Workgroups (Genossenschaft der Werkstätten, GDW) in Germany.

The bank’s ability to measure the number of employees with disabilities depends on voluntary self-disclosure and is

limited by data protection laws, for example, the European General Data Protection Regulation. Additionally, due to

continuing social stigma, many individuals choose not to share this information, even in locations where it is permissible

for the bank to ask. As at year-end 2025, the bank employed 2,720 people with disabilities (2024: 3,057), thereof 1,571

female (2024: 1,820) and 1,149 male (2024: 1,237). In Germany, the bank employed 2,185 people with disabilities as at

year-end 2025 (5.7% of the bank’s headcount) (2024: 2,511/6.2%). Disclosure is based on the Germany social code IX. The

reduction by 337 employees is primarily driven by Germany, with 326 fewer employees with disabilities, mainly due to

workforce reductions because of retirements and early retirements.

346

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

Employees with disabilities by gender

Gender Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Number of<br><br>employees with<br><br>disabilities Share of<br><br>employees with<br><br>disabilities (in %) Number of<br><br>employees with<br><br>disabilities Share of<br><br>employees with<br><br>disabilities (in %)
Female 1,571 3.5 1,820 4.1
Male 1,149 2.2 1,237 2.4
Other1
Not reported
Total 2,720 2.8 3,057 3.2

1Gender as specified by the employees themselves

The bank continues to equip its employees with resources to practice inclusion and better understand how to make fair

people-related decisions through the required Code of Conduct training, and other voluntary offerings such as Inclusive

Hiring manager training, First-time manager training, and Leading Inclusively training as part of the All Managers

Curriculum, as described in the “Talent development” section of the “Own workforce” chapter.

Deutsche Bank supports many voluntary, cross-divisional employee-led groups (known as Employee Resource Groups)

uniting colleagues with shared characteristics, backgrounds, experiences, and their supporters. Employee Resource

Groups are open to all employees, regardless of identity, with the central aims of (i) driving an inclusive culture where

everyone can feel a sense of belonging, (ii) supporting Human Resources to understand and unlock barriers for specific

groups, and (iii) improving the bank’s employer and broader brand. Depending on the location, the bank’s Employee

Resource Groups support a variety of communities such as women, LGBTQI+ employees, employees from multicultural

backgrounds, parents and caregivers, different generations, those with disabilities or neurodivergence, and military

veterans. These combined efforts further help prevent discrimination, harassment, and retaliation.

In 2025, several prominent organizations recognized Deutsche Bank’s inclusion efforts and many individual employees

have been recognized as inclusion role models:

Type Award Location Organization
General Best Bank for Diversity & Inclusion APAC Euromoney
Gender Best Companies for Women India Seramount & AVATAR
Best Practices in Diversity & Inclusion Spain Premios WomenCEO
Top 50 Companies for Gender Equality UK The Times
Disability Best Companies for Disability Inclusion India DisabilityIN
Platinum Enabling Mark Singapore SGEnable
LGBTQ+ LGBTQI+ ERG of the Year India India Workplace Equality Index
Outstanding Network Group UK British LGBT Awards
Equality 100 Award US Human Rights Campaign Foundation
Gold Rating Japan Work With Pride
Platinum Employer Australia Australian LGBTQ+ Inclusion Awards

Incidents and complaints

ESRS S1-1, ESRS S1-17, ESRS G1-1, ESRS 2 SBM-3, ESRS 2 MDR-P

Deutsche Bank strives to provide a working environment for its own workforce which is free from harassment,

discrimination, and retaliation, and where human rights are protected at all times. Anything less would prevent the bank

from thriving, deepening stakeholders’ trust, and safeguarding its reputation. To achieve the intended working

environment, Deutsche Bank has set out policies, frameworks, processes and committees, as set out in the “Policies

related to own workforce” and “Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise

concerns” sub-chapters of the “Own workforce” chapter.

Beyond mere compliance with the policies, frameworks and processes, however, Deutsche Bank is committed to always

doing what is right and proper. Deutsche Bank requires its employees and the members of its Management Board to

follow the letter and the spirit of the Code of Conduct as outlined in the subchapter "Policies related to own workforce"

of the "Own workforce" chapter. In case of potential breaches, the whistleblowing framework is in place to raise,

investigate and sanction any incidents as outlined in the sub-chapter “Processes to remediate negative impacts and

channels for own workforce to raise concerns” of the “Own workforce” chapter. In most circumstances, Deutsche Bank's

employees act with integrity and exhibit the right behaviors, fully in line with the bank’s policies and procedures. For the

limited occasions that conduct should fall below the required standards, for example in case of potential breaches of the

Code of Conduct, Deutsche Bank has established mechanisms to raise such matters, like the whistleblowing channel and

the complaints management channel, and has established procedures to investigate and sanction any complaints and

incidents as outlined in the sub-chapter “Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to

raise concerns” of the “Own workforce” chapter. Employee and non-employee complaints are handled in accordance

347

Annual Report 2025 Social information
Own workforce

with local laws. Additionally, the bank deploys internal controls and processes to detect if something is not quite right

and where appropriate, it will follow up with an investigation. Depending on the circumstances and the severity, it may

be necessary to act, including disciplinary action for employees. Additionally, Deutsche Bank provides ongoing well-

being support to adversely affected employees and delivers training across the organization to create awareness in the

workforce.

The bank strives to make disciplinary decisions in a consistent and transparent way, in line with local legal requirements.

Every employee should feel they are treated fairly. Deutsche Bank sees strong links between the expected behavior of its

employees, how compensation is determined to account for risk and behavior, and disciplinary action for employees who

fall short of the bank’s expectations on conduct.

Employment Relations reviews investigation reports to determine the appropriate course of action, which may include

invoking disciplinary procedures, applying non-disciplinary measures like incident learning or employee counselling, or

discontinuing the case if there is insufficient evidence. Possible disciplinary actions for employees can range from verbal

and written warnings to dismissals and such sanctions can impact an employee’s variable compensation and promotion,

which is also set out in the bank’s Performance, Consequences and Reward Policy. Possible actions concerning non-

employees may include being off-boarded immediately or not having their contract extended or renewed.

The reported incidents and complaints shown in the table below were tracked in the bank’s global case management

systems with relevant legal actions and amounts of fines, penalties and compensation sourced from the respective

functions of the bank.

Incidents and complaints

2025 2024
Total number of incidents of discrimination, incl. harassment (upheld and partially upheld) 70 57
Total number of complaints of discrimination (incl. harassment) and regarding working conditions filed by own<br><br>workforce through Deutsche Bank channels (excl. incidents included above) 252 202
Total amount of fines, penalties and compensation for damages as a result of the incidents and complaints<br><br>above (in € m) 0.91 0.25

In 2025, the reported incidents of discrimination, including harassment, represent less than 0.1% of the bank’s total

number of employees. In this context, incidents are any complaints of discrimination (incl. harassment) raised by

employees or non-employees through a formal process and which have been upheld or partially upheld by the bank, and

any legal claims regarding allegations of discrimination (incl. harassment) against the bank.

The additional complaints of discrimination, harassment, or in respect of working conditions represent less than 0.3% of

the bank’s total number of employees. That means in this context, complaints are allegations of discrimination or

harassment or working conditions made by employees or non-employees through a formal process that were not upheld,

upheld or partially upheld and excluding the incidents reported above. In the reporting year, zero related complaints

were submitted to the National Contact Points for OECD Multinational Enterprises similar to previous year.

Incidents and complaints occur in all regions of the bank, generally with a higher number in countries with a larger

workforce. The total amount of fines, penalties and compensation for damages resulting from complaints and incidents is

listed in the bank’s financial statement under Litigation.

Incidents and complaints are limited as the bank expects its own workforce to always conduct themselves ethically and

to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, to ensure a working environment free from harassment,

discrimination, and retaliation. In rare occasions in which cases arise, the bank has robust processes in place to respond

and to provide ongoing well-being support to adversely affected employees and to deliver training across the

organization to create awareness for discrimination, harassment and retaliation in the workforce.

348

Deutsche Bank Social Information
Annual Report 2025 Client centricity

Client centricity

Expanding Deutsche Bank’s position as the Global Hausbank is at the heart of its growth strategy as it strives to become

the European champion. Clients are at the core and center of Deutsche Bank’s business as expressed in Deutsche Bank's

purpose statement, vision, strategy and Code of Conduct. This message is also part of the bank's next strategic phase to

scale the Global Hausbank and become the European champion in banking and provide a seamless client experience and

leveraging its strengths and capabilities to help clients navigate a world of transition.

In 2025, the bank refined the assessment of the topic by introducing the sub-topics “Product responsibility”, “Client

satisfaction” and “Client complaint management” as entity-specific requirements under ESRS 2 and was guided by

ESRS S4 principles. Details can be found in the “Double materiality assessment”.

Acknowledging that Deutsche Bank services different types of clients, all client-related activities are aligned to the

bank’s business divisions. For further descriptions of the bank’s business divisions see “Deutsche Bank Group” in the

“Combined Management Report” of the Annual Report 2025.

Governance

ESRS 2 GOV-2

Deutsche Bank has distinct governance structures in place for the topics contributing to its client centricity ambitions.

Product responsibility

Deutsche Bank’s commitment to product responsibility is underpinned by its Code of Conduct which is approved by the

bank’s Chief Compliance Officer and applies to all employees and members of the bank’s Management Board.

Furthermore, the bank has a governance in place designed to review and communicate policy requirements as required

including an accompanying extensive policy framework.

Client satisfaction and Client complaint management

Deutsche Bank uses client feedback to strengthen quality assurance and, where necessary, to design improvement

programs. Aggregated insights on key trends, insights gained, and corrective actions are shared with senior management

and other relevant stakeholders across the Deutsche Bank Group. Management Board members responsible for the

business divisions oversee the client satisfaction programs. On overarching topics related to client complaint

management, the Chief Compliance Officer reports to the Management Board member responsible for Compliance and

Anti-Financial Crime. At business-division level, each business unit head holds responsibility and reports to the

respective Management Board member.

Strategy

ESRS 2 SBM-2, ESRS 2 SBM-3

The Investment Bank and Corporate Bank, building on Deutsche Bank’s Client Centricity Program, continued in 2025 to

advance a more connected and client‑focused franchise by strengthening cross‑bank collaboration around clients,

aligning client data and tooling across the Group, and improving client resource allocation to support Shareholder Value

Add (SVA). Both divisions enhanced the return on client financial resources through action plans aligned to Deutsche

Bank’s capabilities and by monitoring client‑level return metrics, providing transparency on resource consumption and

ensuring that SVA considerations are reflected in coverage decisions. Collaboration around clients has increased,

reflected in higher product density and more consistent delivery of the bank’s expertise across financing, advisory,

transaction banking, markets and risk management solutions. Progress has also been made in aligning client data and

tooling, including simplification of the Customer Relationship Management (CRM) landscape, reduced fragmentation

and cost, and enhancements to tools that support a more efficient client lifecycle from onboarding and KYC through to

operations and settlement, underpinned by broader data availability, analytics and artificial intelligence (AI).

The Private Bank combines scale and stability across its two client sectors: Personal Banking, focused on retail customers

in Germany as well as in Italy, Spain and India, and Wealth Management, serving affluent, high‑net‑worth and

ultra‑high‑net‑worth clients globally. Together, these sectors support Deutsche Bank’s Global Hausbank proposition by

delivering integrated solutions across lending, deposits and investments, while addressing more sophisticated client

needs through cross‑divisional collaboration with the Corporate Bank, the Investment Bank and DWS. Personal Banking

is advancing a digital‑first, omnichannel model, including modernization of its branch footprint, improvements to remote

advisory and accelerated roll-out of digital and mobile services. Wealth Management aims to grow in core markets and

deepen relationships with ultra‑high‑net‑worth individuals, family offices and entrepreneurs, supported by targeted

talent hiring, stronger lending capabilities and a broader range of investment solutions.

349

Deutsche Bank Social Information
Annual Report 2025 Client centricity

DWS continues to roll out initiatives aimed at strengthening client centricity. While many of these measures are still in

early stages, they are designed to support a more connected and effective franchise and to contribute to long‑term

value creation over time. Over the past year, DWS has further refined its client segmentation model, introduced a more

unified approach to client engagement across regions and enhanced global campaign management.

Across Deutsche Bank and DWS, the overarching objective remains to place client needs at the center of activities, even

as the full impact of these recent process changes is still developing.

Product responsibility

Trusting relationships with clients are developed when the bank delivers its products and services with integrity. In

practice, this means the bank’s products and services are designed with input from various control functions, checking

that they are appropriate for the relevant market and align with the bank’s objectives and values. Deutsche Bank seeks to

adhere to relevant rules and regulations and endeavors to be fair, clear, and accurate when marketing its products and

services.

Client satisfaction

Deutsche Bank is dedicated to its clients lasting success and financial security at home and abroad, which is why

gathering client feedback systematically is an important aspect of Deutsche Bank’s Client centricity ambitions. Each of

the bank’s business divisions assesses client satisfaction in ways that make sense for its specific client groups. While

there are no specific quantitative goals set, every business division uses customized metrics in alignment to their

respective client groups, to monitor current client-related developments, track progress of associated initiatives and

implement improvements where needed.

Client complaint management

As a matter of principle, Deutsche Bank strives to prevent complaints from arising by maintaining a robust new product

approval process to ensure all products and services meet high quality standards. Further, identified weaknesses are

reported to product owners and service responsible to decide on remediation measures to be taken in case of justified

complaints. In any case, Deutsche Bank seeks to contact complainants (clients and non-clients) and reach a solution in

due course. Complainants can address their complaints to any local branch, by email, online, or phone. Deutsche Bank

strives to confirm receipt of complaints as soon as possible and to work on resolving them quickly and transparently.

Furthermore, Deutsche Bank continuously monitors complaints to detect emerging trends and to identify the root

causes. Additionally, Deutsche Bank screens its complaints for reoccurring issues.

350

Deutsche Bank Social Information
Annual Report 2025 Client centricity

Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets

Impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) across the bank are identified and assessed through the double materiality assessment, described in detail in the “Double materiality assessment”

chapter within this Sustainability Statement.

The IROs are outlined in the following table along with an overview of the policies, actions, metrics and targets to manage the related IROs.

Topic: Client centricity
Sub-topic Value chain Time horizon IRO type IRO description Policies Actions Metrics & targets
Product<br><br>responsibility Downstream Short-term Risk Risk of legal action, regulatory scrutiny and reputational damage as<br><br>a consequence of Deutsche Bank not ensuring that products and<br><br>services are suitable or appropriate for the client or that a product<br><br>that Deutsche Bank manufactures or distributes is appropriate for<br><br>the target market Suitability and<br><br>Appropriateness (Client<br><br>and Product) Policy New product approval and<br><br>systematic product review<br><br>processes<br><br>Regular divisional risk and<br><br>control assessments<br><br>Mandatory employee<br><br>trainings Internal dashboards<br><br>and reports with<br><br>various suitability<br><br>metrics<br><br>Potential provisions in<br><br>the Financial<br><br>Statements associated<br><br>with incidents of non-<br><br>compliance
Negative<br><br>impact Negative impact on direct clients, including consumers and end-<br><br>users, as a consequence of the bank  not ensuring that products<br><br>and services are suitable or appropriate for the client or that a<br><br>product that the bank manufactures or distributes is appropriate for<br><br>the target market
Client<br><br>satisfaction Downstream Short-term Positive<br><br>impact Deutsche Bank serves all its clients by providing specific financial<br><br>services depending on clients' needs e.g., retail lending, wealth<br><br>management, tailored capital market products, financing and<br><br>investment solutions, and advisory services. Deutsche Bank<br><br>considers it important to meet changing customer needs and<br><br>expectations Deutsche Bank’s<br><br>Purpose Statement Deutsche Bank’s Client<br><br>Centricity program<br><br>Monitoring of client<br><br>satisfaction via surveys, use<br><br>of internal client data and<br><br>external market share data Incremental deals won<br><br>in Corporate Bank<br><br>Market share for<br><br>Investment Bank<br><br>Net promoter score for<br><br>Private Bank and Asset<br><br>Management
Long-term Opportunity Opportunity of increased revenues and enhanced brand reputation<br><br>due to well-established feedback mechanisms and continuous<br><br>improvement efforts. Thus, contributing to clients' trust and loyalty

351

Deutsche Bank Social Information
Annual Report 2025 Client centricity Topic: Client centricity
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Sub-topic Value chain Time horizon IRO type IRO description Policies Actions Metrics & targets
Client<br><br>complaint<br><br>management Downstream Short-term,<br><br>Medium-term,<br><br>Long-term Opportunity Opportunity for  increased revenues and enhanced brand reputation<br><br>due to taking clients' complaints seriously and seeking solutions in<br><br>the mutual interest of the bank and its clients Client Complaints<br><br>Policy incl. country<br><br>specific annexes<br><br>Client Complaints<br><br>Procedure<br><br>Divisional<br><br>Complaints Handling<br><br>Key Operating<br><br>Procedure, also<br><br>covering any<br><br>country-specific<br><br>requirements Establishing dedicated client<br><br>complaint management<br><br>functions and nominating<br><br>complaint owners<br><br>Processes and controls to<br><br>capture, investigate, report,<br><br>review and resolve<br><br>complaints in a structured<br><br>manner Year-on-year<br><br>development of<br><br>complaints (in %)
Long-term Positive<br><br>impact Positive impact on clients by implementing effective client<br><br>complaint management procedures, enabling timely resolution of<br><br>issues and continuous improvement of products and services

352

Deutsche Bank Social Information
Annual Report 2025 Client centricity

Product responsibility

ESRS 2 MDR-P

Product suitability and appropriateness

Deutsche Bank’s Suitability & Appropriateness (Client & Product) Policy outlines minimum standards that all divisions

must meet, including implementing controls related to the performance of suitability and appropriateness assessments

as relevant, the clarity of warnings and notifications provided to clients, as well as the effectiveness of such warnings.

This policy provides the requirements for suitability or appropriateness assessments/approvals required prior to

engaging in investment activities with a client. Further consideration is given to metrics, governance and training.This

policy applies to all employees of business units globally except DWS. An equivalent policy is in place for DWS. Senior

Regional Business Management is responsible for developing, implementing and documenting processes and controls

that meet the requirements of this policy. This policy observes various global regulations such as the Markets in Financial

Instruments Directive (MiFID). To reduce the risk of engaging in investment activities that are not suitable or appropriate

for clients, and therefore reduce the mis-selling risk and the related financial consequences, this policy provides the

minimum standards for due diligence/approvals required prior to engaging in investment activities with a client. The

policy is made available on the Deutsche Bank intranet page, which is accessible to all employees of the bank. Metrics

relating to breaches of the policy are provided monthly to the bank’s global Operational Risk Committee. Additional

metrics relating to the underlying products and services are monitored by the Head of Compliance and Divisional-level

Operational Risk Councils. They include relevant surveillance alerts, new product approval breaches and other metrics.

The divisional product lifecycle and structured transaction lifecycle policies support the bank’s efforts to offer products

and services based on processes and principles designed to comply with legal and regulatory requirements. For example,

they outline factors that may be considered for monitoring to determine whether products have only been sold to the

appropriate client group. In accordance with regulatory requirements, the bank assesses, where required, various

parameters, including a product’s complexity as well as clients’ product knowledge, experience, regulatory classification

and investment objectives.

Deutsche Bank’s new product approval and systematic product review processes form a control framework designed to

manage the risks associated with new products and services and their lifecycle management. These processes are

overseen by the New Business Office and Product and Structured Transactions Lifecycle teams within the Operational

Risk Management function. Existing products and services are reviewed in one-to three-year cycles designed to assess

whether they remain fit for purpose and consistent with their respective target markets’ characteristics and objectives.

Each product or service must be sponsored by a business managing director who bears ultimate accountability for it.

Selling practices and marketing

ESRS 2 SBM-3, ESRS S4-1, ESRS S4-2, ESRS S4-3, ESRS S4-4

Deutsche Bank is committed to marketing products and services responsibly and to providing information clients can

trust. This enables clients to make informed decisions based on accurate and clear information. Accordingly, the bank’s

Communications with Clients/Public and Marketing Materials Policy requires all communications to meet minimum

standards and requirements in addition to being fair, clear, and not misleading. For example, when referencing any

potential benefits of a product or service the information must give a fair and prominent indication of any relevant risks.

This policy applies to all Deutsche Bank employees globally who engage in communications with clients except DWS. An

equivalent policy is in place for DWS. This policy observes various global regulatory rules and regulations such as MiFID.

The policy is made available on the Deutsche Bank intranet page which is accessible to all employees of the bank. Senior

Regional Business Management is responsible for developing, implementing and documenting processes and controls

that meet the requirements of this policy.

Deutsche Bank’s business divisions and units have controls that reflect products and services it offers. For example, the

Investment Banking & Capital Markets business periodically compares a sample of its pitch books against a predefined

checklist to verify products and services have been presented fairly and clearly and include appropriate disclosures and

disclaimers. The output of such controls, such as the number of exceptions, are included in materials discussed in senior

governance fora in order to identify any negative trends and, if necessary, propose remediation steps. Furthermore, the

business conducts regular risk assessments in addition to Compliance’s regular risk assessment that considers the

appropriateness of the control environment across the divisions. The nature and extent of controls is determined by

numerous factors including client base, product availability, business volumes, regulatory requirements, past incidents,

and issues identified.

353

Deutsche Bank Social Information
Annual Report 2025 Client centricity

The bank has implemented checks and processes designed to tailor products and services to potential and existing

clients across multiple dimensions. The bank aims to minimize and/or appropriately mitigate any conflicts of interest the

bank may encounter when providing products or services. The variable components of senior management’s

compensation plans are carefully designed to establish appropriate incentives, particularly in relation to conduct and

adherence to the bank’s aspirational culture.

Conflicts of interest

Deutsche Bank’s Conflicts of Interest policy sets out the bank’s arrangements in connection with the identification,

documentation, escalation, and management of conflicts of interest, including where such conflicts of interest arise in

the context of MiFID business. This policy applies to all employees of Deutsche Bank Group globally. The bank seeks to

ensure that a conflict of interest does not adversely affect the interests of clients, the bank, its shareholders or other

stakeholders through the identification, prevention or management of the conflict of interest. The policy is made

available on the Deutsche Bank intranet page which is accessible to all employees of the bank. Senior Business

Management is responsible under a minimum standards framework for implementing and maintaining arrangements to

identify, document and manage conflicts of interest within their respective areas of responsibility.

Beyond the business divisions, the bank has multiple control functions that directly or indirectly manage conflicts of

interest. For example, the Conflicts Office which is part of the Compliance & Anti-Financial Crime function has primary

responsibility in identifying and managing transaction-related conflicts and reports to Bank Senior Management at least

once a year. In addition, the Conflicts Office supports the management of conflicts through the maintenance of

information barriers designed to restrict information flows between different areas of the bank and jointly with Employee

Compliance, the operation of processes designed to identify and manage or avoid conflicts of interest arising from

employees’ personal transactions and outside business interests.

Processes on client complaint management

If a client expresses dissatisfaction with a product or service, the bank has procedures in place to resolve the situation

equitably. Deutsche Bank’s global Complaints Policy and Procedure is adopted by the business units and, if needed,

extended to address further regional and business requirements. Further information can be found in the subsequent

“Client complaint management” chapters.

The bank may be subject to litigation in instances where these grievances cannot otherwise be resolved. Any material

matters are disclosed in the Annual Report 2025, “Consolidated Financial Statements”, “Notes to the consolidated

balance sheet”, “Note 27 Provisions”.

Trainings on product responsibility

Deutsche Bank’s compliance training program is tailored to address these important areas. The Greenwashing Awareness

Training deals with the prevention of misleading the clients or the public regarding the environmental or social standards

of the bank’s products. There are also training modules on communicating with clients, identifying, and managing

conflicts, and checking products’ suitability and appropriateness. The module on the Code of Conduct includes topics

related to product responsibility as well. Deutsche Bank believes it is vital for all employees to complete the latter

training. Failure to do so can adversely affect employees’ compensation and their manager’s. Employees of all Deutsche

Bank business divisions are trained on the bank’s duties to customers either via the Compliance Essentials or Duties to

Customers training modules depending on their sub-divisions. Staff in the retail banking sector of the Private Bank in

Germany additionally receive a separate training focusing on consumer protection.

354

Deutsche Bank Social Information
Annual Report 2025 Client centricity

Client satisfaction

ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS S4-1, ESRS S4-2, ESRS S4-3, ESRS S4-4

Corporate Bank

Delivering an outstanding client experience is at the heart of Deutsche Bank’s strategy. The ambition is clear: create an

effortless client journey supported by excellent service, building long-term trust through transparency, efficiency, and

continuous improvement.

For global corporate and financial institution clients, the Client Service Team (CST) model is applied. CSTs bring together

experts from across the bank to manage relationships holistically. By leveraging internal and external data, CSTs

regularly assess client satisfaction and performance, ensuring proactive engagement. Senior management provides

active sponsorship and an additional feedback channel, further strengthening the institution’s focus on listening to client

needs and responding effectively.

Since 2018, the bank’s Corporate Cash Management (CCM) teams have conducted structured client surveys to capture

detailed feedback on service experience. In 2025, more than 1,600 clients participated, contributing to the evolution of

service and product strategy as well as enhancements to the digital offering. In the current reporting year, the survey was

expanded to include Trust & Securities Services, further reinforcing the bank’s capability to act on client feedback.

As client expectations continue to evolve rapidly, client insights are being embedded more deeply into governance and

innovation processes. The objective is to deliver a seamless experience across all touchpoints - supported by digital

transformation, operational excellence, and a culture of accountability.

Investment Bank

The Investment Bank utilizes a variety of information (internal client data, direct client feedback, external data including

share of wallet and client feedback on Deutsche Bank) to assess a range of metrics relating to its performance with

clients. These are then monitored on a regular basis and provide insights, such as strength and health of the relationship

with specific clients or groups thereof. The data also enables analysis of wider market and client trends, which feeds into

the overall divisional strategy. To enable Deutsche Bank’s client strategy, dedicated Client Strategy teams are in place

within the Fixed Income & Currencies and the Investment Banking & Capital Markets groups. These teams are responsible

for monitoring client performance, including client satisfaction, and communicating with the respective coverage

management teams in place across the organization.

As part of the ongoing monitoring of client engagement, Fixed Income & Currencies receives regular feedback directly

from institutional clients, either via Broker Reviews, or via direct meetings and calls (e.g., with Deutsche Bank

Management). Broker Reviews consist of the Client scoring and discussing Deutsche Bank’s performance in terms of

product and services provision versus its peers. In addition, client feedback can be received during bilateral client

meetings. This information is then shared across the relevant Management and Coverage team to incorporate the

feedback with the objective of continuous improvement of client servicing.

As previously mentioned in the Corporate Bank’s Client Satisfaction section, the Investment Bank also applies the Client

Service Team framework for its clients.

Private Bank

Within Private Bank, client satisfaction is measured primarily based on the Net Promoter Score (NPS). The NPS measures

the willingness of customers to recommend Deutsche Bank on a scale of 0 – 10 and asks for their reasons why. NPS

scores can range from minus 100 to plus 100 and customer responses fall into three categories: Promoters, Passives and

Detractors.

The Private Bank reports NPS regularly to senior, regional and branch management. The NPS process within the Private

Bank is coordinated globally but actioned within each region to ensure the surveys address local business needs.

Ultra/High Net Worth (U/HNW) Wealth Management clients - Global

In 2025, U/HNW Wealth Management clients were sent online surveys to ascertain NPS performance. Results from

approximately 1,800 responses across the regions showed nearly 80% of clients globally are Promoters of the brand

(compared to 75% in 2024) with a revenue weighted NPS of 70 (compared to 67 in 2024) and an overall NPS of 75

without regional revenue weighting applied (compared to 71 in 2024). Revenue weighting for the Wealth Management

global NPS score in 2025 is 50% Germany, 50% rest of the world compared to 52% in Germany and 48% for rest of the

world in 2024.

355

Deutsche Bank Social Information
Annual Report 2025 Client centricity

Private Bank in Germany - excluding U/HNW Wealth Management clients

Within the Deutsche Bank brand, NPS was introduced in 2022 in a phased approach. As a multi-channel bank, Private

Bank has integrated all key customer touchpoints into the NPS framework, including branches, call centers, and digital

channels across Deutsche Bank and Postbank brands. Both sales and service interactions are systematically measured,

enabling the Private Bank to precisely enhance customer experience. For example, clients are invited to provide

feedback immediately following various interactions – such as an in-branch visit, engagement with selected online

services, product purchase, or a conversation with the call center.

The NPS survey process ensures that the relevant client advisor receives NPS feedback promptly and can respond to

customer feedback in a timely manner. This is particularly important in situations where there has been negative

feedback and allows for quick remediation.

In 2025, Deutsche Bank brand’s NPS for Personal Banking and Private Banking clients held at a high level of 62 (compared

to 67 in 2024). More than 173,500 clients shared their feedback in 2025, with 74% identified as Promoters who would

recommend Deutsche Bank. For the Postbank brand, with the complete roll-out of NPS mid-2024, the NPS improved in

2025 to 22 (compared to 13 in 2024). All channels showed significant improvements in customer satisfaction, with

branches achieving the highest rating, as the touchpoint offering the most personal customer contact. In 2025, more

than 65,800 clients gave their feedback.

Private Bank in Italy, Spain and Belgium - excluding U/HNW Wealth Management clients

NPS for Personal Banking and Private Banking clients is periodically measured in all three countries every year. Clients

are contacted mainly via online surveys (Italy and Spain, in some cases, also via telephone interviews) to ascertain NPS

feedback.

The 2025 NPS score for Spain of 15 (compared to 12 in 2024) - based on 4,516 client feedbacks (compared to 9,048 in

2024) - and for Belgium of 12 (compared to 10 in 2024) - based on 7,327 client feedbacks (compared to 5,026 in 2024) -

show a positive trend compared to prior year results.

In Italy, a selection process for a new NPS service provider was initiated at the beginning of 2025. As a result, survey

activities resumed in the second half of the year. Consequently, a full-year comparability is not available and therefore

the NPS result for 2025 is not disclosed. The metric continues to be reported, using Italy’s 2024 NPS score of 13, based

on 9,991 client feedback responses.

Asset Management

DWS refers to institutional investors and intermediaries as clients, also for the purpose of this report. The terms “end-

users” and “consumers” relate to retail investors, which are indirect clients, serviced through intermediaries and

institutional investors. Those retail clients are investors in mutual funds and ETF/ETC products, therefore not in scope of

this report.

To measure client satisfaction globally in a consistent way, a new client satisfaction survey with the top 50 global clients,

including strategic distribution partners, was published as a pilot project in 2022 using the net promoter score

methodology. The survey aims to enhance client experience and to further strengthen client centric orientation. The net

promoter score rates the likelihood of recommending DWS to a business contact and ranges from minus 100 to plus 100.

In 2025, DWS conducted the fourth annual survey with more than 300 top clients being covered. The 2025 score was 63

(compared to 53 in 2024) across all clients. The dedicated internal team responsible for managing and analyzing this

client satisfaction survey constitutes specific resources allocated to monitoring and improving client satisfaction.

Senior management regularly reviews interim results and compares internal scores against industry benchmarks. All

outcomes are communicated to relevant internal stakeholders, including senior management, and serve as the basis for

defining development steps. In response to client feedback, DWS has, for example, digitalized proactive communication

such as information materials to ensure better anticipation of client needs and greater transparency. Continuous

optimization remains a priority, with initiatives to expand services that enhance the client experience.

356

Deutsche Bank Social Information
Annual Report 2025 Client centricity

Client complaint management

ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS S4-1, ESRS S4-2, ESRS S4-3, ESRS S4-4

Deutsche Bank has established global processes for dealing with client complaints. They are delineated in the Client

Complaints Policy and detailed in the Client Complaints Procedure. The policy and procedure are supplemented by unit

specific key operating documents, which provide the implementation of all policy and procedure requirements in the

units. All these documents are made available on the Deutsche Bank policy portal, which is accessible to all employees of

the bank. Moreover, the policy and procedure comply with the Guidelines for complaints-handling for the securities and

banking sectors, as jointly issued by the ESMA and the EBA and with their interpretation by the German Federal Financial

Supervisory Authority (BaFin). The policy and procedure set global minimum standards for handling client complaints

and to ensure that all locations, branches, and subsidiaries handle and resolve client complaints impartially and without

undue delay. They apply to all business divisions and supporting infrastructure functions. All units are responsible for

implementing the policy and the procedure respectively. The policy and procedure define which client complaints are in

scope or out of scope and set requirements for the recording, internal and external reporting, escalation of increased risk

complaints, while determining roles and responsibilities. Local requirements are provided for in country annexes to the

policy. Out of scope are concerns raised by employees without nexus to the securities and banking business of Deutsche

Bank, as well as concerns raised by vendors, brokers, intermediaries or Deutsche Bank Group companies receiving

services from the bank. As client complaints are handled by the client complaint management functions within the units,

each unit head is responsible for the implementation of the policy and procedure requirements, and therefore appoints a

global head of complaint management, responsible for the oversight and day-to-day handling of client complaints.

Client complaints that pose an increased risk of causing significant harm to Deutsche Bank or its customers (e.g.,

potential financial loss, alleged criminal activity) are being escalated promptly to relevant functions to commence

further investigations and take appropriate action. The effectiveness of the process is demonstrated by monitoring the

closure of client complaints. Metrics on client complaints are included in divisional reports to their senior management

and the Management Board. Among other indicators, the bank uses trends in the number of raised and closed client

complaints, as well as the trends in average handling time and paid redress over two consecutive quarters to evaluate

performance and effectiveness of the handling of client complaints within the bank globally. Relevant changes are being

evaluated qualitatively and analysed by the business divisions. Such processes support the remediation of identified

negative impacts that may have arisen.

Not only can products and services be subject to a client complaint but also the complaint management process itself.

Complaints about the process can also be used to assess satisfaction with the complaint management process.

Corporate Bank

At Deutsche Bank Corporate Bank, effective complaint handling is an integral part of sustainable business practices and

client focus. The approach is designed to ensure transparency, accountability, and continuous improvement across all

Corporate Bank teams.

Complaints are managed under a globally consistent framework, aligned with regulatory requirements, and overseen by

the Operational Risk Team. The processes for handling of complaints are defined in the Client Complaints Policy, Client

Complaints Procedure, and the key operating documents Complaints Handling, Reporting and Controls – Corporate

Bank Global as well as the Beschwerdemanagement – Private Bank & Corporate Bank Germany, consistent with the

governance framework stipulated by Compliance as the second line policy-owning function. These key operating

documents are updated at least annually.

In 2025, Corporate Bank continued to standardize complaint handling and management across Corporate Bank globally

to facilitate a consistent view of complaint data and holistic management of customer complaint handling. This work

supported the institution’s commitment to operational excellence with a focus on faster complaint resolution and a

reduction in complaint volumes. Once raised, complaints are tracked individually, with escalation protocols to ensure

timely resolution. Monthly reviews and trend analyses help identify root causes and drive improvements in processes,

communication, and technology.

In 2025, Corporate Bank complaints reduced by 3% compared to the previous year. The transition associated with Digital

Upgrade and Online Banking changes resulted in a temporary rise in client complaints in Corporate Bank Germany.

Additional drivers included operational issues, information handling errors, and communication delays — areas in which

Corporate Bank continues to invest to enhance client experience and strengthen process effectiveness.

357

Deutsche Bank Social Information
Annual Report 2025 Client centricity

Investment Bank

At Deutsche Bank Investment Bank, effective client complaint management is considered to be fundamental to

sustainable business practices and to fostering deep client trust. The division’s approach is designed to ensure

transparency, accountability, and continuous improvement across all its business areas.

Complaints are managed under a globally consistent control and governance framework, aligned with regulatory

requirements, and overseen by the bank’s Operational Risk Team. The processes for handling of complaints are laid out in

the Client Complaints Policy, Client Complaints Procedure, as well as the Client Complaints Handling Key Operating

Document – IB Global & CRU, in line with the governance framework stipulated by Compliance as the second line policy-

owning function. The key operating document is updated at least annually.

In 2025, Investment Bank’s focus has been on elevating the quality of the complaints data capture and resolution with

regular governance over complaint log data quality, data completeness, and resolution timeliness. Once raised,

complaints are tracked individually, with escalation protocols to ensure timely resolutions. Monthly reviews and trend

analyses help the bank identify root causes and drive improvements in processes, communication, and technology. Any

alleged misconduct is investigated and escalated promptly, aligning with the bank’s stringent regulatory reporting

obligations.

In 2025, Investment Bank complaints decreased by 0.5% compared to the previous year. Key drivers of complaints

include operational issues, trade execution and service-related matters. These insights guide the bank’s ongoing

investments in process improvements, and Investment Bank leverages these trends and associated client feedback as a

catalyst for refining its services, strengthening the operational resilience, and reinforcing client trust.

Private Bank

Private Bank operates globally and adheres to diverse regulatory and legal requirements for client complaint handling.

Private Bank maintains dedicated complaint management functions in all regions where it operates, to ensure

compliance with Deutsche Bank’s global client complaint framework and local regulations — and to uphold the highest

standards of client service. These functions are supported by comprehensive policies and procedures designed to meet

local laws and regulatory expectations, including by the global Private Bank key operating document, which is updated

annually.

Clients can submit complaints through multiple channels, including in person, by email, or by telephone. They may also

approach a local or national ombudsman or another regulatory authority, as permitted by law. All complaints are

promptly logged in a digital register and assigned to a designated complaint owner, who is responsible for conducting a

thorough investigation and providing a response within the timeframe required by local regulations.

Throughout the process, confidentiality and data protection rights are strictly observed. Where necessary and possible,

immediate measures are taken to minimize potential material harm to clients. When specialist expertise is required,

complaint management functions collaborate with second-line defense functions, including Compliance, Anti-Financial

Crime and Legal, to ensure swift and effective resolution, but also to leverage specialized knowledge.

Private Bank emphasizes continuous improvement. Complaint trends and root cause analyses are regularly reviewed by

senior management at local, regional, and global levels. Issues posing significant actual or potential risk to clients are

escalated without delay to the appropriate governance bodies, ensuring prompt identification and implementation of

remedial actions.

In 2025, Private Bank achieved a 20% reduction in client complaints compared to the previous year 2024, with the most

significant improvements in Germany, Spain and Belgium.

Private Bank in Germany comprises the following coverage areas: Personal Banking and Wealth Management. Compared

to 2024, it recorded a 19% decline in new complaints, driven by fewer issues following the technical migration of

Postbank clients and remediation measures that shortened resolution times. Common complaints involved postal mailing

delays, inheritance matters, Digital Upgrade and Online Banking issues and account closures.

Complaints to Private Bank in Spain decreased by 57%, largely due to fewer claims for mortgage fee repayments, which

had significantly impacted 2024 figures. Remediation measures implemented over the past two years also reduced

processing times. Remaining complaints focused on mortgage expenses, fraud, revolving card terms and fees and know-

your-client (KYC) processes.

358

Deutsche Bank Social Information
Annual Report 2025 Client centricity

Private Bank in Italy recorded a 12% increase in complaints, stemming from a variety of factors. While the local KYC

remediation program remained the main driver; its impact declined year on year. In this context, temporary account

restrictions were primarily caused by missing documentation within required timelines. To mitigate these issues,

continuous process enhancements have already been implemented and are further reducing the related complaint

volume. In parallel, structured remediation activities are underway to identify and address the more fragmented sources

of complaints that lead to the year-on-year increase, ensuring that underlying issues are resolved progressively.

Complaints to Private Bank in Belgium fell by 5%, supported by the Belgium quality council’s initiatives to address IT and

operational process issues.

Private Bank in India recorded a complaint increase by 11%, mainly due to complaints involving payments and payment

services. Following effective remediation efforts and targeted training for frontline and backend staff, complaint volumes

decreased in the last quarter of 2025.

Complaint volumes in other international locations of Private Bank remained exceptionally low at 0.1% of the divisions

global volume, demonstrating a 13% year-over-year reduction, with no specific drivers identified.

Asset Management

Complaints provide valuable insights into how DWS is doing from a client perspective. They are also an opportunity to

rebuild and enhance customer relationships. To ensure that risks and issues are identified and addressed, the central

DWS Compliance function supervises the complaints management processes. A central DWS complaint management

function was established to report all customer complaints to relevant boards internally and to supervisory authorities

externally, as stipulated by local legislation.

A complaint means any expression of dissatisfaction about DWS’s asset management services or products, regardless of

whether justified or not. The complainant can be a client or potential client, whether a natural or legal person. A

complaint may also include public relations matters regarding DWS’s business practices that could have the potential to

damage DWS’s reputation, brand or market value. DWS is committed to handling complaints fairly, effectively and

promptly, investigating each complaint thoroughly and notifying the complainant about the outcome, after the matter

has been resolved.

The DWS Group Complaints Policy, owned by DWS Compliance, sets out the globally applicable minimum standards for

complaint handling across DWS Group, designed to provide impartial and consistent handling and resolution of

complaints without undue delay in all locations, branches and subsidiaries or affiliates. Through the implementation of

the policy, the German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz (WpHG)) is reflected. All Heads of Business

Units must establish an appropriate framework for handling complaints including the establishment of a dedicated

complaints management function, which is responsible for putting in place an appropriate framework for complaints

handling and management.

Client-facing Business Units maintain Key Operating Documents (KOD), which refer to the Group’s minimum

requirements for handling and reporting complaints and specify complaint handling routines in their daily activities.

Senior Managers ensure adherence to the procedures and control processes documented therein.

Line managers attest in line with the DWS Global Supervision Framework and Written Supervisory Procedures (WSP) that

all received complaints have been handled, logged, investigated, solved and reported in accordance with minimum

standards and regulatory requirements. This WSP outlines the Supervision and Control Framework for DWS, refers to the

relevant policy documents describing the standards that must be adhered to for applicable Risk Categories, and sets out

tasks that supervisors must perform to verify that DWS operations comply with standards and conform to good business

practices and applicable regulatory requirements. In the context of this section, Supervisors are responsible that

complaint handling activities of their assigned employees comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations, as well as

DWS policies and procedures.

Clients and investors can raise complaints in person to their client relationship manager, or by phone, by e-mail or by

letter. DWS publishes contact information on its websites. DWS also informs clients and investors about the possibility of

involving the Office of the Ombudsman of the BVI (Federal association of Investment and Asset management e.V.) or,

alternatively, the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin). Further, DWS is legally obligated to inform

clients and investors that a civil complaint can be filed at any time. Through the use of these channels to express

grievances, DWS assesses that its clients trust the existing structures to express how it can improve its service. In

addition, Deutsche Bank Group has in place a Raising Concerns (including Whistleblowing) Policy that implements a

strict prohibition of retaliation against anyone. More information can be found in chapter “Culture, integrity and conduct”

of the Sustainability Statement.

359

Deutsche Bank Social Information
Annual Report 2025 Client centricity

Material risk means that complainants have suffered significant harm, financial hardship, or a threat to their solvency or

where the complaint alleges a serious breach of regulation and/or threatens litigation. Examples of material complaints

that are brought to the attention of management include: Allegations of criminal conduct of DWS or an employee, such

as about market manipulation, insider trading, fraud, bribery or corruption; potential financial loss to DWS or a client of

€ 50,000 or more; initiation or threat of litigation (legal dispute) or escalation to third parties, for example supervisory

authorities and ombudspersons; data privacy breaches; likelihood of public interest or media attention.

Regarding complaints, there was a 3.6% increase in 2025. No exceptional incidents were reported. The volume of

complaints recorded in 2025 fairly represents typical business activity, with most complaints originating from retail fund

investors.

360

governancebluepageen.jpg

361

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Culture, integrity and conduct

Governance information

Culture, integrity and conduct

“Empowered to excel together every day” is the aspirational message that underpins Deutsche Bank’s culture defined by

the Management Board in 2024. The statement reflects the notion that every employee needs to contribute proactively

to the bank’s success. Being risk aware, proactive, self-empowering, asking questions and helping to find solutions is

critical in living in a culture that delivers lasting success and financial security for all Deutsche Bank’s clients. While

systems, policies, structures and processes reinforce or undermine a culture, behaviors are the most valid determinant of

the culture experience.

The aspirational culture is therefore reflected in four guiding principles: act responsibly to inspire trust, think

commercially for sustainable outcomes, take initiative to create solutions and work collaboratively for the greatest

impact, underpinned by sixteen critical behaviors. Observable, measurable and learnable, they are constructed to

reaffirm the bank’s employees’ choice of behavior in any situation, fostering a sense of shared values and a common

understanding of behavioral expectations at Deutsche Bank.

Governance

ESRS 2 GOV-2

The bank governs culture, integrity and conduct through a dedicated program overseen by the Culture, Integrity and

Conduct Committee, established by the Management Board of Deutsche Bank. The program is part of the committee’s

mandate and is co-chaired by the Management Board member responsible for the Corporate Bank and Investment Bank,

and the Management Board member responsible for the Private Bank. It consists of representatives from each business

division and key infrastructure functions, who are appointed by the Management Board member responsible for the

respective division or function, and has female representation of five out of fifteen voting members. The bank’s Chief

Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime Officer is the committee member responsible for the bank’s whistleblowing

framework.

Strategy

ESRS 2 SBM-3

The Culture, Integrity and Conduct Committee’s mandate is to provide a sustained focus on all aspects of culture by

overseeing the implementation and ongoing management of the culture, integrity and conduct framework. The

Framework defines, communicates, and reinforces cultural aspirations and behaviors and embeds a culture of

sustainable performance that reflects adherence to laws, rules and regulations and the bank’s policies and procedures.

The framework applies across all businesses, geographies, and infrastructure functions within the Deutsche Bank Group.

Deutsche Bank recognizes that governance is integral to effective risk management and to its corporate culture. The

organization is committed to constantly challenging itself, learning lessons from past events to improve in the future.

Pursuant to its risk management principles and risk governance outlined in the 2025 Deutsche Bank “Annual Report –

Management Report – Risk Report”, the bank has three Lines of Defense for managing risks, which is integral to the

bank’s risk culture, a sub-component of culture, with roles and responsibilities of the three Lines of Defense being

outlined in Deutsche Bank’s risk management framework.

Impact, risk and opportunity management

Impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) across the bank are identified and assessed through the double materiality

assessment, described in detail in the “Double materiality assessment” chapter within this Sustainability Statement.

The IROs are outlined in the following table along with an overview of the policies, actions, metrics and targets to

manage the related IROs.

362

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Culture, integrity and conduct
Topic: Culture, integrity and conduct
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Sub-topic Value chain Time horizon IRO type IRO description Policies Actions Metrics &<br><br>targets
Corporate<br><br>culture Own<br><br>operations Medium-<br><br>term Positive<br><br>impact An aspirational corporate culture, which<br><br>emphasizes integrity, responsible and<br><br>sustainable behavior, fosters<br><br>collaboration and encourages<br><br>employees to speak up and to raise a<br><br>concern via dedicated channels,<br><br>positively impacts employees'<br><br>commitment, well-being, and sense of<br><br>belonging Code of<br><br>Conduct<br><br>Speak-up<br><br>and Whistle-<br><br>blowing<br><br>framework Culture,<br><br>Integrity<br><br>and<br><br>Conduct<br><br>program<br><br>Trainings<br><br>People<br><br>Survey Training<br><br>numbers<br><br>Number of<br><br>completed<br><br>Culture Plan<br><br>initiatives
Opportunity An aspirational corporate culture<br><br>presents an opportunity for increased<br><br>employee retention/productivity and<br><br>employer attractiveness, brand<br><br>perception by stakeholders as well as<br><br>business benefits
Protection<br><br>of whistle-<br><br>blowers Own<br><br>operations Medium-<br><br>term Positive<br><br>impact A zero-tolerance policy against<br><br>retaliation is a key element of any<br><br>Speak-up framework providing<br><br>reassurance to employees to raise<br><br>concern and issues proactively thus<br><br>enabling swift remediation resulting in<br><br>overall positive impact for clients,<br><br>employees and other wider stakeholder<br><br>groups Code of<br><br>Conduct<br><br>Speak-up<br><br>and<br><br>Whistle-<br><br>blowing<br><br>framework<br><br>Raising<br><br>Concerns<br><br>(incl.<br><br>Whistle-<br><br>blowing)<br><br>Policy<br><br>Handling of<br><br>Internal<br><br>Investiga-<br><br>tion Key<br><br>Operating<br><br>Document Internal/<br><br>external<br><br>reporting<br><br>channels Training<br><br>numbers<br><br>Regional<br><br>share of<br><br>whistle-<br><br>blowing<br><br>cases<br><br>Substantia-<br><br>tion-rate
Short-term Negative<br><br>impact A culture of retaliation against<br><br>whistleblowers prevents reports on<br><br>misconduct and thus identification,<br><br>investigation and remediation of issues<br><br>negatively impacting stakeholders in<br><br>general and specifically the career and<br><br>wellbeing of the individuals being<br><br>subject to retaliation
Risk Inappropriate investigation of<br><br>whistleblower reports, breach of<br><br>confidentiality and/or retaliation against<br><br>whistleblowers carries the risk of legal<br><br>action, regulatory scrutiny and/or<br><br>reputational damage

ESRS S1-1, ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-A , ESRS G1-1

Deutsche Bank recognises the need for a clear, measurable behavioral foundation covering both culture and conduct.

The past has demonstrated the risks of behavioral misalignment: insufficient transparency, reduced willingness to speak

up, failures in conduct, and operational weaknesses which led to increased regulatory scrutiny, reputational and financial

harm, and reduced client and societal trust. Through the aspirational culture guiding principles, Deutsche Bank aims to

make culture concrete, scalable, and relevant across the entire organization to realize benefits such as improved

collaboration to drive the Global Hausbank model, better individual and team performance and efficiency and ability to

attract and retain talent.

Speak-up and Whistleblowing Framework

With a focus on trust, the bank built upon the Speak-up activities and expanded their reach and scope beyond raising

concerns to empowerment and purpose, with focus on Speak-up as the right thing to do. This Speak-up message

supports the bank’s supervision culture, the bank’s aspirational culture and the continued evolution of the Culture,

Integrity and Conduct agenda. All new managers are automatically enrolled in the virtual mandatory course on Your

Supervisory Duties as a Manager, including Speak-up and Listen-up content, with an annual refresh cycle for all

managers. To bolster and embed Speak-up further, content is included in mandatory trainings such as Code of Conduct

to all employees (every 18 to 24 months), and Risk Awareness to all employees biannually. In 2025, the completion rates

were 99.71% (Code of Conduct), 99.64% (Your Supervisory Duties as a Manager) and 99.52% (Risk Awareness).

363

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Culture, integrity and conduct

Employees are encouraged to Speak-up directly to their management, representatives of Control Functions, or Human

Resources in their respective language. This also includes the employment-related grievance processes described in sub-

chapter “Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise concerns” of the “Own

workforce” chapter within the Sustainability Statement. However, where they do not feel comfortable using these

avenues, the Whistleblowing framework is in place.

The bank’s Whistleblowing framework is governed by the global, group-wide Raising Concerns (including Whistleblowing)

Policy. The policy is available on the policy portal and reviewed at a minimum annually. In 2025, ownership of the policy

was transferred from Compliance to Anti-Financial Crime. Further, the policy was split into two documents; The Speak-

up and Whistleblowing Framework, which are describing how concerns can be raised and a refocused Raising Concerns

(including Whistleblowing) Policy setting out requirements for employees receiving concerns. Both documents are

signed off by the Global Head Anti-Financial Crime. The framework actively encourages employees to report possible

violations of laws, rules, regulations, bank policies, and conflicts of interest and reiterates the requirement set-out in the

Code of Conduct to raise concerns about possible criminal activity by the bank, its employees, clients or third parties.

Employees may do so by contacting the Whistleblowing Central Function, a ringfenced team within the bank’s Anti-

Financial Crime function specialized in concerns related to potential misconduct by Deutsche Bank Group, those who

work for Deutsche Bank Group, or any other entity or individual acting on behalf of Deutsche Bank Group. The bank’s

Whistleblowing framework prescribes that all reports are taken seriously and managed sensitively and confidentially.

Quarterly reporting on trends and themes including substantiation rates and fact patterns is provided to senior

management as well as to the Supervisory Board’s Audit Committee. In addition, the chair of the Supervisory Board’s

Audit Committee is informed of highest risk rating concerns via ad hoc notifications pursuant to a defined escalation

procedure.

The Whistleblowing Central Function has dedicated personnel in Frankfurt and London, and can be contacted directly,

by email, or by raising a report via the Integrity Hotline. The Integrity Hotline is available in German, English and several

other languages. Where permissible under local law, employees can also raise concerns anonymously via the Integrity

Hotline, a special electronic platform and a telephone reporting system, with anonymity protected to the fullest extent

possible. In addition, the Whistleblowing Central Function reviews Exit and New Joiner Surveys as complementary

escalation channels to proactively identify potential areas of concerns further described in the sub-chapter “Processes to

remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise concerns” of the “Own workforce” chapter within

the Sustainability Statement. The team also operates external reporting channels, including channels to raise human

rights related misconduct in Deutsche Bank’s supply chain as further described in the External Complaints Procedure

Human Rights. The Whistleblowing Central Function carefully assesses the concerns raised and refers them to the most

appropriate team for review and, where required, investigation.

Any allegation of potential internal misconduct, irrespective of how it is surfaced, is investigated proportionately,

independently and objectively under the bank’s global internal investigative framework, which is governed by the

Handling of Internal Investigation Key Operating Document (KOD) - Central Investigations Function, Group Audit

Investigations, Employee Relations. The KOD defines minimum standards on how concerns relating to internal

misconduct incidents, which may require internal investigation, must be assigned to and handled by the bank’s internal

investigative functions in accordance with defined mandates. The formal owner and approver of the Key Operating

Document is the Global Head of Central Investigations Function. However, approval is also obtained from the Global

Heads of Group Audit Investigations and Employee Relations. Follow-up actions resulting from an internal investigation

may include, but are not limited to, policy changes, process and control enhancements, lessons learned reviews, or

disciplinary measures.

Deutsche Bank prohibits retaliation in any form against any individual because they raised concerns internally or

externally, or assisted in raising a concern, or assisted or cooperated in an investigation into a concern. This is set out in

the bank's Code of Conduct and supported by an anti-retaliation framework, which covers prevention, detection, and

investigation of retaliation. The bank’s own workforce is regularly informed of the Bank's prohibition against retaliation

through mandatory training, and this is reiterated to all participants in an investigation. Retaliation allegations are

investigated in line with the bank’s processes; any confirmed instances of retaliation are dealt with extremely seriously

and may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment or contract for services. Deutsche Bank also

maintains an Anti-Retaliation Advisory Group comprising senior representatives of the Whistleblowing Central Function,

Employee Relations, and Human Resources, who meet biweekly to review retaliation escalations and other raised

concerns presenting a heightened risk of retaliation, to determine whether any actions are necessary to mitigate this risk.

The EU Whistleblowing Directive (Regulation (EU) 2019/1937) is applicable to Deutsche Bank. In 2025, the bank

continued to enhance and update its whistleblowing and investigation processes in line with legal requirements and best

practice standards.

364

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Culture, integrity and conduct

Code of Conduct

Deutsche Bank’s Code of Conduct is the foundation upon which the bank fulfils its purpose. The Code of Conduct is

designed to ensure that all employees conduct themselves ethically, with integrity and in accordance with the laws and

regulations that apply to the bank worldwide, as well as Deutsche Bank’s policies and procedures. Its aim is to foster an

environment that is open, where diverse views and speaking up are valued and where employees’ and the bank’s success

is built on respect, collaboration and teamwork in serving clients, stakeholders and communities. The Management Board

is accountable for the implementation of the Code of Conduct. The code was updated in 2025 and remains aligned with

the “This is Deutsche Bank” framework. It sets out the bank’s standards of behavior and conduct, to which all employees

are expected to adhere.

The Code of Conduct covers the impact on stakeholders and society at large by providing an overview of the processes

fostering the possibility to speak up, raise concerns and whistleblowing. It further provides guidance on doing the right

thing, valuing employees and building trust in the workplace, thoughtful decision making, personal and client related

activities, conflicts of interest, financial crime (including bribery and corruption) prevention and detection, sustainability

and respecting human rights, fair and free markets, with respective scenarios and links to underlying policies and

procedures. With this, the code mitigates the risk of reputational damage, increased (legal) costs and loss of clients due

to inappropriate business conduct, improper management of conflict of interest and fiduciary duties, bias and

negligence. The Code of Conduct is reviewed annually and updated when required. The annual review cycle is supported

through an established governance model, including working groups and presentation to the Culture, Integrity and

Conduct committee, which includes stakeholders across all divisions and infrastructure functions. The code is published

on Deutsche Bank’s external website and on its internal Policy Portal.

The Supplier Code of Conduct raises awareness of the standards of behavior that Deutsche Bank expects of its suppliers.

For further information on the Supplier Code of Conduct please refer to chapter “Supply chain management” within the

Sustainability Statement.

Culture, Integrity and Conduct program

Deutsche Bank’s culture and business conduct is managed with the help of the Culture, Integrity and Conduct program.

The program is one of the mechanisms to support operationalization of the Code of Conduct. It defines concrete actions

to achieve aspirational culture on a run-the-bank basis such as the annual Culture, Integrity and Conduct book of work.

The program’s focus is on ethical behavior, Speak-up and the highest standards of conduct and integrity across

businesses, geographies and infrastructure functions and enhancing the bank’s business model and culture, through

initiatives and activities with time horizons expected in the medium term.

Culture, Integrity and Conduct book of work

The Culture, Integrity and Conduct book of work is a central plan created annually by the Culture, Integrity and Conduct

program for promoting ethical culture at the bank. In 2025 it covered for example further “This is Deutsche Bank”

embedding activities, such as the launch of an aspirational culture training and integrating “This is Deutsche Bank” plans

into the culture plans.

Culture Plans

The bank’s divisions and infrastructure functions develop and implement their own culture plans and are responsible for

promoting ethical culture in each of their respective units. These plans incorporate mandatory initiatives and actions

defined by the committee as well as the divisions’ and infrastructure functions’ own initiatives to address their key

individual requirements. The divisions and functions report their culture plans to the committee annually and provide the

committee with quarterly updates on the implementation of their plans. They must evidence progress, such as the

completion of the 47 initiatives, including underlying milestones in 2025, to ensure that the plans are completed on time

and comply with the aspirational culture standards. In 2025, the Culture Plan initiatives were streamlined and mapped

against the four People Survey action groups “Strategy and Transformation”, “Leadership”, “Sustainable Career

Development” and “Performance & Feedback”. This resulted in a reduced number of initiatives (2024: 74 initiatives, 2025:

47 initiatives) while concurrently increasing the scope of activities and milestones monitored within those initiatives.

Culture Reviews

In 2025, the Culture Review Framework underwent a review resulting in revised and clearer roles and responsibilities, and

strengthened alignment with the “This is Deutsche Bank” framework and the aspirational culture, which provides a

benchmark for the culture assessments. Four reviews across individual business areas were conducted, and while no

material culture issues were identified, each review included a number of relevant recommendations for enhancement

across topics such as internal communications and tone from the top as well as advocating more proactive collaboration

across the lines of defense.

365

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Culture, integrity and conduct

This is Deutsche Bank program

The actions overseen by the Culture, Integrity and Conduct program align closely with the “This is Deutsche Bank”

framework launched in 2024. The “This is Deutsche Bank” framework defines the bank’s long‑term purpose, its vision,

strategy and culture, outlining the institution it aspires to be for clients, employees, and society. The framework anchors

the bank’s purpose as the bank’s north star, which sets out Deutsche Bank’s dedication to its clients’ lasting success and

financial security at home and abroad. The bank’s vision translates the purpose into a tangible long-term goal: becoming

the Global Hausbank, the European Champion, and the first choice for clients. A clear roadmap to achieving its vision is

set out by the bank’s strategy which focuses on strengthening leading market positions across four client-centric

businesses, driving targeted growth in the home market and internationally, and advancing a scalable, increasingly AI-

enabled operating model with disciplined resource allocation to generate sustainable excess capital returns over time.

The bank’s aspirational culture is a key driver of how to realize its purpose, achieve its vision and deliver on its strategy. It

is underpinned by four guiding principles outlined in the introduction to this “Culture, integrity and conduct” chapter to

shape a consistent performance culture.

“This is Deutsche Bank” is a bank wide change-the-bank program supporting the run-the-bank activities of the Culture,

Integrity and Conduct program through communicating, embedding and measuring a refreshed aspirational culture and

the associated behaviors that underpin it to improve the bank’s positive impact on employees, stakeholders and the

financial industry. Following the design and activation phase in 2024, 2025 focused on embedding the new aspirational

culture, e.g., via the launch of key initiatives focusing on behavior and the roll-out of aspirational culture training helping

all employees understand how everyday behaviors contribute to achieving the bank’s vision and purpose. The Global

Hausbank Navigator was launched to help all employees understand the bank’s vision and strategy and find their place

within it. “This is Deutsche Bank” activation and embedding is supported through communications from the Management

Board and via the bank’s intranet.

Metrics and targets

ESRS 2 MDR-M

Culture and conduct metrics

On a quarterly basis, the Culture, Integrity and Conduct Committee reviews and evaluates 25 key culture-related metrics

across the bank, such as employee complaints, analysis of employees’ adherence to certain risk-related policies and

procedures, results of investigations (Human Resources, Group Audit and Anti-Financial Crime) and discusses trend

developments over the quarters and takes actions where necessary. In addition, it assesses information gleaned from

surveys and input from business leaders to identify key culture and conduct focus areas.

People Survey

The annual People Survey asks employees for feedback to gauge how they experience working for the bank and

measures progress on key aspects of the bank’s culture. The results are put into context of the defined action groups

“Strategy and Transformation”, “Leadership”, “Sustainable Career Development” and “Performance & Feedback” and are

monitored as central initiatives through the Culture, Integrity and Conduct Book of Work as well as through the divisions’

and infrastructure functions’ Culture Plans.

In 2025, the survey included questions aligned to the bank’s aspirational culture to provide insights into how employees

experience ethics and conduct and raising concerns. Cultural indicators show positive movement, particularly in ethics

and Speak-up, and risk awareness. More information on the People Survey can be found in the sub-chapter “Engagement

with own workforce and employee feedback culture” of the “Own workforce” chapter within the Sustainability

Statement.

Annual global Culture, Integrity and Conduct report

The Committee also produces an annual Global Report which evaluates what the Committee has accomplished, i.e.,

progress made and identified areas of weakness and how it can effectively work to further refine ethical culture in the

following year (the Culture, Integrity and Conduct book of work). The business divisions’ and infrastructure functions’

Culture Plans are drawn upon for the Global Report.

366

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Culture, integrity and conduct

Whistleblowing cases

The Whistleblowing Central Function carefully assesses the concerns raised and refers them to the most appropriate

team for review and, where appropriate, investigation.

Whistleblowing cases opened

% of cases opened per region Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Germany 34 35
APAC 26 22
United Kingdom & Ireland (UKI) 15 17
Americas 13 13
Europe (without Germany and Ireland) 10 11
Middle East & Africa 1 2

From a regional perspective, Germany saw the most cases referred to investigation followed by Asia-Pacific, United

Kingdom & Ireland, Americas, Europe (without United Kingdom & Ireland) and Middle East & Africa. Allegations have been

partially or fully substantiated during investigations in 51% of the cases closed over the course of 2025 (compared to

52% in 2024).

367

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Anti-financial crime

Anti-financial crime

Financial crime is detrimental to society and can have severe negative consequences for individuals, institutions, and the

integrity of the financial system. Participants in organized crime engage in fraud, bribery, corruption, terrorist financing,

and money laundering. Criminals use complex money laundering schemes, including targeted placement and layering of

funds and assets across borders in their attempt to integrate the proceeds of their crimes back into the global financial

system. External actors seek to abuse the financial system to evade sanctions and embargoes. In addition, there is a

persistent risk of terrorist organizations leveraging the financial system to finance or facilitate their activities. Deutsche

Bank employees may attempt to commit internal fraud or facilitate tax evasion.

Preventing, detecting and reporting financial crime is crucial for Deutsche Bank’s business activities, and it is a priority to

continuously enhance the Group’s capabilities in managing financial crime risk. Deutsche Bank’s financial crime risk

management mitigates negative impacts and risks and also generates positive impacts on society and business

opportunities. Effective anti-financial crime policies, processes and controls are critical components of Deutsche Bank’s

strategy, along with in-depth knowledge about Deutsche Bank’s clients, their source of funds, their source of wealth,

their true tax residencies, and their ultimate beneficial owners.

Governance

ESRS 2 GOV-2

Every employee at Deutsche Bank is responsible for managing financial crime risk. Their responsibilities and obligations

include (i) preventing financial crime by understanding clients, assessing potential clients, running effective preventative

controls, and adhering to internal policies and processes, (ii) detecting unusual or suspicious behavior or patterns,

including through the use of transaction monitoring systems and (iii) reporting clients, third parties and/or transactions

that appear suspicious or unusual. Financial crime risk types are managed by specialist teams covering Money

Laundering, Terrorist Financing, Facilitation of Tax Evasion, Sanctions & Embargoes, Internal and External Fraud, and

Bribery and Corruption.

The ultimate decision-making authority regarding the assessment, management and acceptance of financial crime risks

lies with the Group Anti-Money Laundering Officer, who heads the Anti-Financial Crime (AFC) function and reports to the

Chief Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime Officer, a member of the Management Board. The Group Anti-Money

Laundering Officer has delegated authority from the Management Board to establish a Financial Crime Risk Management

framework and take necessary measures to manage risks in compliance with legal requirements. The Group Anti-Money

Laundering Officer’s role conforms with the German Money Laundering Act (Geldwäschegesetz), the EU Directive on

Anti-Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing (AMLD IV), EBA Guidelines, as well as other jurisdictional rules and

regulations.

The Anti-Financial Crime function acts as an independent second line function and sets policy and control standards that

Deutsche Bank’s first line business divisions must implement and operationalize. The Management Board is accountable

for governance and oversight of Deutsche Bank’s Financial Crime Risk Management framework and ensures that the

Anti-Financial Crime function can execute its tasks independently and effectively. The Supervisory Board of Deutsche

Bank is kept regularly informed about the status of financial crime risk management by the Chief Compliance & Anti-

Financial Crime Officer and the Group Anti-Money Laundering Officer through the Supervisory Board Audit Committee.

Strategy

ESRS 2 SBM-3

Deutsche Bank is committed to protecting its clients, society, and its own assets by taking an active role in the

prevention, detection, and reporting of financial crime. Deutsche Bank takes seriously its responsibility to actively

support the industry's efforts to strengthen anti-financial crime frameworks. Non-compliance with anti-financial crime

laws can have serious and immediate effects on society. These include undermining the rule of law and social justice,

weakening public services, lowering tax revenues by underpayment of tax, sanctions, the loss of banking services, and

financial instability.

368

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Anti-financial crime

Recognizing the material threats posed by financial crime, the Anti-Financial Crime function has defined a

comprehensive strategy across financial crime risk prevention, detection, and reporting to ensure the highest level of

protection for Deutsche Bank’s clients and stakeholders, while also supporting sustainable business practices. Deutsche

Bank is committed to continually enhancing its financial crime control environment and leveraging technology and

analytics to enhance the effectiveness, efficiency, and sustainability of its financial crime controls. Its Anti-Financial

Crime strategy focuses on evolving the Anti-Financial Crime Program across the areas of risk appetite, risk assessment,

policy, training, operations and technology, assurance and reporting, while remediating, simplifying and consolidating

processes where needed. The strategy supports accelerated decision-making around financial crime risks, enforces

consistent global standards, and drives collaboration between business divisions and regions, ensuring that Deutsche

Bank operates within its financial crime risk appetite and fosters a culture of clear risk ownership and accountability.

The Anti-Financial Crime team at Deutsche Bank supports a strong risk culture through collaboration across all lines of

defense and with law enforcement, regulators, and the private sector. Deutsche Bank promotes a bank-wide aspirational

culture that focuses on working collaboratively and acting responsibly and with integrity to inspire trust, with senior

management playing a crucial role in reinforcing these behaviors. The Management Board and all employees are required

to act responsibly and behave with integrity to fight financial crime. Employees are encouraged to speak up, a culture

supported by extensive training and communication.

Impact, risk and opportunity management

Impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) across the bank are identified and assessed through the double materiality

assessment, described in detail in the “Double materiality assessment” chapter within this Sustainability Statement.

The IROs are outlined in the following table along with an overview of the policies, actions, metrics and targets to

manage the related IROs.

369

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Anti-financial crime
Topic: Anti-financial crime
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Sub-topic Value chain Time horizon IRO type IRO description Policies Actions Metrics &<br><br>targets
Bribery and<br><br>corruption Own<br><br>Operation,<br><br>Downstream Short-term Negative<br><br>impact Working with clients whose anti-<br><br>bribery practices don’t meet the<br><br>bank’s standards may result in<br><br>societal costs, e.g., loss of public<br><br>tax revenue, or harm societal<br><br>integrity Code of<br><br>Conduct<br><br>Financial<br><br>crime risk<br><br>management<br><br>framework<br><br>Anti-bribery &<br><br>corruption<br><br>policy Appropriate<br><br>staffing and<br><br>processes<br><br>Engagement<br><br>in partnerships<br><br>Trainings AFC<br><br>headcount<br><br>Number of<br><br>convictions<br><br>and fines<br><br>Training<br><br>numbers<br><br>Potential<br><br>provisions in<br><br>the Financial<br><br>Statements
Risk Financial losses, litigation and<br><br>reputational damage resulting from<br><br>either the bank’s functions or the<br><br>bank’s client being involved in<br><br>bribery or corruption
Money<br><br>laundering,<br><br>sanctions<br><br>and<br><br>embargos,<br><br>fraud,<br><br>terrorist<br><br>financing Own<br><br>Operation,<br><br>Downstream Short-term Negative<br><br>impact Financial crime can undermine<br><br>societal integrity and lead to<br><br>societal costs Code of<br><br>Conduct<br><br>Financial<br><br>crime risk<br><br>management<br><br>framework<br><br>Anti-Money<br><br>Laundering<br><br>and KYC<br><br>Policy<br><br>Anti-Fraud<br><br>Policy<br><br>Sanctions<br><br>Policy Screening<br><br>transactions<br><br>Engagement<br><br>in external<br><br>partnerships<br><br>Trainings
Risk Non-compliance with anti-financial<br><br>crime laws can lead to legal action,<br><br>revenue loss, reputational harm,<br><br>and diminished trust
Facilitation<br><br>of tax<br><br>evasion Own<br><br>Operation,<br><br>Downstream Short-term Negative<br><br>impact Clients may exploit tax<br><br>arrangements, shift profits across<br><br>jurisdictions, and reduce public<br><br>revenue—contributing to societal<br><br>inequality Code of<br><br>Conduct<br><br>Financial<br><br>crime risk<br><br>management<br><br>framework<br><br>Prevention<br><br>of the<br><br>Facilitation<br><br>of Tax<br><br>evasion Engagement<br><br>in external<br><br>partnerships<br><br>Trainings
Risk Legal action, reputational harm,<br><br>and loss of trust due to associations<br><br>with clients involved in tax law<br><br>violations or the bank’s alleged<br><br>complicity in tax evasion

ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-A

Deutsche Bank continuously strengthens its internal control environment and infrastructure, leveraging its corporate

governance for effective Group-wide steering in line with strategy, risk appetite, and regulatory requirements. The Anti-

Financial Crime function plays an integral role in commercial structural changes, such as new products, new lines of

business, expansions, or new client categories, to ensure that they align with Deutsche Bank’s financial crime risk

appetite, and that new offerings have effective controls, risk assessments, and required monitoring before their launch.

The Anti-Financial Crime team monitors new and amended legal requirements, translates them into policies, and

supports business divisions in implementing them into relevant processes. Dedicated employees sit within Anti-Financial

Crime, the business divisions and Technology, and contribute to the management and prevention of financial crime risks.

The Anti-Financial Crime function had 2,058 employees at year-end 2025 (2,052 in 2024) and was supported by

approximately 578 contingent workers (approximately 440 in 2024).

370

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Anti-financial crime

The United States has established a secondary sanctions regime whereby measures can be taken against foreign

financial institutions engaged in transactions involving Russia’s military-industrial base. Violation of these sanctions could

restrict access to the United States market, freeze assets, damage reputation, and cause loss of business. Deutsche Bank

has enhanced existing controls to identify transactions and clients with higher secondary sanctions risk exposure and

continuously evaluates its controls and processes to comply with regulations, particularly across its affiliates, and

regularly tracks and tests adherence and potential risks thereto.

Maintaining a robust financial crime risk management framework enhances stakeholder trust and positions Deutsche

Bank for long-term growth, including access to new markets, business segments, and increased brand value. Further, this

framework drives efficiency by mitigating inconsistent implementation of financial crime compliance standards and it

improves information sharing. Strict controls and due diligence on clients and products reduce criminals’ ability to

finance their illicit activities, yielding positive short-term benefits for society, enhancing client trust in Deutsche Bank,

and reinforcing the integrity of the financial ecosystem.

Partnerships

Preventing and detecting financial crime requires an exchange of knowledge and experience with relevant stakeholders

to develop effective programs to manage financial crime risks that support the integrity of the financial system. In 2025,

Deutsche Bank continued its industry engagements with associations such as the Wolfsberg Group and public-private

partnerships (collaborations between the public and private sector), and supported initiatives to improve information

sharing. Since 2022, Deutsche Bank has a seat on the German Anti-Financial Crime Alliance Board, whose board is

composed of representatives from the financial and non-financial sector as well as public authorities. Other partnerships

include the Europol Financial Intelligence public-private partnership and the United Kingdom’s Joint Money Laundering

Intelligence Taskforce. Furthermore, Deutsche Bank is part of the EuroDaT/safeAML project in Germany to reduce

financial crime by improving information sharing between financial institutions.

Financial crime risk management framework

ESRS 2 MDR-P

The Financial Crime Risk Management Framework outlines Deutsche Bank’s approach to identifying and managing

financial crime risks. The Framework categorizes financial crime risks under money laundering, terrorist financing,

facilitation of tax evasion, sanctions and embargoes, internal and external fraud, and bribery and corruption. The

document should be read in conjunction with the Code of Conduct, the Risk Management Policy, and the documents

provided in the Operational Risk Framework. Deutsche Bank performs annual and ad hoc assessments of its exposure to

financial crime risks, considering the Group’s business activities, clients, products and services, transactions, delivery

channels, and geographical locations.

Deutsche Bank has a comprehensive set of policies that establish the minimum standards in line with relevant regulatory

requirements across all jurisdictions where Deutsche Bank operates. Key policy is the Group’s Anti-Money Laundering &

Know Your Client Policy, which encompasses Anti-Money Laundering as well as the Prevention of the Facilitation of Tax

Evasion and Counter Terrorist Financing, Sanctions Policy, Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy, and Anti-Fraud Policy. The

policies apply to all employees and are reviewed annually with input from relevant stakeholders within Deutsche Bank as

per the Group’s governance requirements for Policies, Procedures, Key Operating Documents and Frameworks. The most

recent versions of all policies are available on Deutsche Bank’s internal policy portal, and changes are communicated to

all employees. Familiarity is reinforced through mandatory training, including links to the relevant policies and

procedures, and failure to comply can lead to disciplinary action. The Management Board of Deutsche Bank is ultimately

accountable for the implementation of these policies.

Prevention of money laundering, terrorist financing, and facilitation of tax evasion

Money laundering, terrorist financing, and the facilitation of tax evasion pose significant risks to Deutsche Bank. To

manage these risks Deutsche Bank has established minimum control standards including risk-based client due diligence,

monitoring of transactions, name list screening, investigation of alerts, and filing of suspicious activity reports to

authorities. These suspicious activity reports can be triggered by alerts from transaction monitoring, internal referrals

from employees, enquiries from law enforcement, or referrals from other banks. Additional measures include assessing

client risk exposure and reducing it by, for example, terminating client relationships and liquidating or reducing risk

positions outside of appetite.

371

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Anti-financial crime

The Anti-Money Laundering Policy and Know Your Client Policy sets out the Group-wide minimum Anti-Money

Laundering requirements, including internal safeguarding measures and are complemented by country supplements to

comply with locally applicable regulatory requirements. The policy details the responsibilities of employees to undertake

training, report unusual activity, refer enquiries from authorities to the relevant Anti-Money Laundering Officer of the

respective legal entity, be aware of channels available to raise concerns and report issues, and retain records relating to

Anti-Money Laundering. Relevant employees must, among other things, conduct due diligence on their clients, establish

the identity, ownership and residency of clients, and determine the purpose and nature of their relationship. Additionally,

they must provide information on clients, transactions, or parties to the Anti-Money Laundering Officer as requested, and

exit or reject clients following instructions from the Anti-Money Laundering Officer. The Know Your Client Policy further

prescribes activities to assess a client’s or counterparty’s underlying financial crime risk, including requirements on the

timing of client reviews, due diligence measures at client adoption, regular and event-driven client reviews, the

treatment of politically exposed persons or clients with high-risk exposure for tax evasion, as well as business restrictions

and client exits.

Compliance with sanctions and embargoes

Deutsche Bank is committed to complying with sanctions and embargoes imposed by the United Nations, European

Union, and Germany globally, as well as more far-reaching sanctions imposed by jurisdictions in which it operates,

especially the United States and United Kingdom. To manage Sanctions risk in compliance with Applicable Sanctions

Obligations, Deutsche Bank filters transactions, screens client and counterparty data, restricts trade in sanctioned

financial instruments, and takes further measures such as rejecting or freezing transactions, restricting client activities, or

exiting client relationships.

The Sanctions Policy outlines the requirements and standards for identifying, escalating, and managing sanctions and

proliferation financing risks, and applies globally to all Deutsche Bank employees. In circumstances where a jurisdiction’s

requirements are stricter than those of the Sanctions Policy, the stricter local requirements must be followed. However,

where local requirements are less stringent, the global Sanctions Policy standard prevails.

Prevention and detection of fraud, corruption, and bribery

ESRS G1-1, ESRS G1-3, ESRS G1-4

Deutsche Bank is committed to complying with anti-bribery and corruption laws and has policies and supporting

procedures that are consistent with the regulatory and legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which it operates and

with the United Nations Convention against Corruption principles.

Deutsche Bank undertakes an annual assessment of inherent bribery and corruption risks and corresponding controls

across all its businesses. It has policies, processes and controls that mitigate exposure in areas identified as susceptible to

heightened bribery and corruption risks, including gifts and entertainment, charitable donations, memberships and

sponsorships, client onboarding and transactions, hiring practices, joint ventures and strategic investments, and vendor

risk management, books and records, and political contributions. Bribery and corruption policies and procedures apply to

all employees, including temporary contract employees.

Deutsche Bank continues to reduce its exposure to areas that are susceptible to heightened bribery and corruption risk,

such as the use of business development consultants, and continues to leverage technology to enhance its existing

controls. Potential instances of bribery and corruption are independently investigated, with disciplinary actions for

employees ranging from training and red flags to termination of employment.

Deutsche Bank has implemented a holistic Fraud Risk Management framework across all three lines of defense. The

second line of defense owns governance and defines minimum standards, while the first line of defense implements and

operates key controls to mitigate fraud risk, such as online banking transaction monitoring and call-back procedures. The

Anti-Fraud Policy sets out applicable minimum requirements, provides guidance for understanding and assessing fraud

risk, and defines fraud, including the prohibition of internal fraud by employees against Deutsche Bank, its clients, and

other third parties. Furthermore, the policy sets standards for the identification, escalation, and management of internal

and external fraud in compliance with applicable obligations and is supported by the Mandatory Time Away Procedure.

372

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Anti-financial crime

Metrics and targets

ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS G1-3, ESRS G1-4

Training

Systematic and mandatory annual training for all in-scope employees and contractual workers covers all financial crime

risks, including prevention of the facilitation of tax evasion, anti-fraud, bribery, and corruption, and tests learners’

knowledge of these risks. The mandatory curriculum is accompanied by additional facultative training offerings.

The training modules emphasize the importance of looking out for and identifying financial crime risks and raising

concerns through appropriate channels. Modules articulate the personal, professional, financial, regulatory, and societal

consequences for employees and for Deutsche Bank of failing to prevent financial crime risks.

Learners who do not complete the training by the required due date are subject to potential disciplinary action and are

reported to the Compliance Red Flag team for investigation.

The Anti-Financial Crime training completion rates, encompassing both internal and vendor staff, are detailed in the

following table.

Anti-financial crime training programs

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Staff covered (in<br><br>headcount) Completion rate<br><br>(in %) Staff covered (in<br><br>headcount) Completion rate<br><br>(in %)
Training programs related to anti-bribery and anti-corruption 111,231 96.51 103,112 99.88
Training programs related to anti-money laundering and counter terrorist<br><br>financing 109,577 99.44 104,605 99.82
Training programs related to the prevention of facilitation of tax evasion1 50,675 99.71 51,305 99.98
Training programs related to sanctions and embargoes 65,500 99.18 104,157 99.52

1 Prevention of facilitation of tax evasion training is provided on a two year cycle. Numbers reflect training provided on a distributed roll-out basis

Convictions and fines related to violations of anti-corruption laws

Deutsche Bank does not tolerate bribery or corruption by its employees or temporary workforce. All employees have an

obligation to report their involvement as a party to any criminal investigation or conviction. In 2025, there were no

convictions for violations of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws either disclosed to Deutsche Bank by its employees or

where Deutsche Bank has assumed the legal costs of underlying proceedings. In 2025, there were no fines levied against

Deutsche Bank for violation of anti-corruption or anti-bribery laws.

373

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Competitive behavior

Competitive behavior

Governance

ESRS 2 GOV-2

Deutsche Bank recognizes that managing antitrust risk effectively is integral to its governance and corporate culture.

Deutsche Bank’s commitment to antitrust is underpinned by its Code of Conduct, which is approved by the Management

Board and applies to all employees and members of Deutsche Bank’s Management Board. The Code is regularly reviewed

and is updated as necessary in response to industry developments or events. Employees are required to attest to having

read and understood the Code of Conduct on a regular basis.

The Management Board and all employees are responsible for managing antitrust risk. The Management Board oversees

risk management throughout the bank. Deutsche Bank’s Compliance and Legal departments perform an independent

control function (second level) by promoting and enforcing compliance with the law. The Operational Risk Committee

oversees, governs and coordinates the management of the operational risks group-wide and has established a cross risk

and holistic perspective of the bank’s key non-financial risks. Senior Regional Business Management is responsible for

developing policies, controls and procedures to define, implement and document processes and controls to manage

risks.

Strategy

ESRS 2 SBM-3

Deutsche Bank seeks to adhere to relevant laws, rules and regulations and endeavors to respect those of fair competition

in the markets. Deutsche Bank’s exposure to antitrust risk is influenced by its market activities, the products and services

offered, client relationships and the geographies in which Deutsche Bank operates.

Deutsche Bank operates a Three Lines of Defense risk management model on the basis of which the bank has a clear

framework in place setting out roles and responsibilities among various functions to ensure that it remains compliant

with antitrust obligations. Deutsche Bank has identified antitrust risk as one of the key risks within the bank, and the

Second Line of Defense oversees the holistic implementation of antitrust risk management across the bank. Antitrust risk

has been integrated into Deutsche Bank’s annual risk assessment processes. On an annual basis, Deutsche Bank

undertakes an assessment of inherent antitrust risks. Antitrust risk and the relevant underlying risk drivers form an

integral part of the annual risk and controls assessment across its businesses, and, in addition, Compliance undertakes

monitoring activities. Deutsche Bank continues to implement new and further enhance its existing controls in key risk

areas.

Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets

Impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) across the bank are identified and assessed through the double materiality

assessment, described in detail in the “Double materiality assessment” chapter within this Sustainability Statement.

The IROs are outlined in the following table along with an overview of the policies, actions, metrics and targets to

manage the related IROs.

Topic: Competitive behavior
Value chain Time horizon IRO type IRO description Policies Actions Metrics & targets
Own<br><br>operations Short-term Risk Risk of financial loss, legal action<br><br>and or reputational damage as a<br><br>consequence of non-compliance<br><br>with antitrust laws or failure to take<br><br>the necessary precautions such as<br><br>employee training, effective<br><br>controls, to address anti-trust risks Code of<br><br>Conduct<br><br>Antitrust Risk<br><br>Management<br><br>Framework<br><br>Policy Appropriate<br><br>staffing and<br><br>processes<br><br>Speak-Up<br><br>program<br><br>Training Completion<br><br>rate of<br><br>competitive<br><br>behavior<br><br>training<br><br>Potential<br><br>provisions in<br><br>the Financial<br><br>Statements (by<br><br>reference only)

374

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Competitive behavior

ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS 2 MDR-P

Anti-competitive behavior and other violations of antitrust laws can have a negative impact on markets, clients and wider

society with short-term effects. The risk of anti-competitive behavior is inherent in Deutsche Bank’s operations and the

scale and complexity of its daily activities and services provided. Deutsche Bank may be exposed to legal action and

reputational damage if authorities or others were to take enforcement or other corrective action. Relevant products and

jurisdictions are typically highly regulated with significant regulatory scrutiny and frequent enforcement action in the

industry for non-compliance of applicable rules and regulations.

Deutsche Bank has no tolerance for its employees to engage in breach of antitrust laws and regulations and is committed

to compliance with antitrust laws in the jurisdictions in which it operates. Deutsche Bank’s most critical asset in

mitigating antitrust risks are its employees. Deutsche Bank promotes a risk culture that encourages employees to speak-

up and a thorough awareness of antitrust risks. Tone from the top is extremely important and senior management is

highly committed to reinforcing this culture of integrity. The wider speak-up program and the relating Whistleblowing

channel is described in the chapter “Culture, integrity and conduct”.

Potential instances of antitrust misconduct are independently investigated and any employee determined to be engaged

in such behavior would be subject to disciplinary actions, including red flags, up to and including termination of

employment. Identified instances of antitrust breaches are reported to senior management and relevant legal or

regulatory authorities.

Deutsche Bank has established and is operating a dynamic antitrust risk management framework, and all employees are

required to adhere to the highest standards of conduct to avoid infringements of antitrust laws. Deutsche Bank operates

a control framework and governance structure, advocates for the development of sound internal processes and does not

endorse actions that constitute violations of antitrust laws. The Operational Risk Committee oversees, governs and

coordinates the management of the non-financial risks group-wide, including antitrust. In addition, a senior governance

forum, the antitrust operating forum, is dedicated to antitrust. It has representatives across different functions, including

business, infrastructure, antitrust experts and senior employees and has been integrated into the general structure of

Deutsche Bank’s reporting lines, escalating into the Group Compliance Officer and the Group General Counsel with

reporting and escalation lines into the Management Board. The antitrust operating forum currently meets about every

two months (six times a year) to monitor external key developments and trends in the area of anti-competitive behavior

and be informed of relevant key internal developments.

Deutsche Bank has implemented the Antitrust Risk Management Framework Policy, which is the bank’s Antitrust Policy

that applies within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates to all employees globally and sets out the obligations on employees

in relation to antitrust risk. The Policy is to be read in conjunction with the Code of Conduct. It is reviewed annually, and

relevant changes are communicated to all employees. The most recent version of the Antitrust Policy is available on

Deutsche Bank’s internal Policy Portal that is available on the intranet page and is accessible to all employees of

Deutsche Bank to minimize the negative effects of a potential breach.

The Antitrust Policy requires all employees to identify, report, and manage the risk appropriately, and it provides for

relevant escalation channels to report incidents in relation to anti-competitive behavior. The policy defines the

manifestations of the risk, how Deutsche Bank manages and mitigates the risk as part of its enterprise-wide risk

management framework. It observes various global antitrust rules and regulations and takes into account the

interpretation and enforcement practice of competition authorities. The policy covers key areas of antitrust, including

forms of collusive behavior, information exchange with competitors, participation in trade associations and other

external committees as well as other business gatherings, aspects related to human resources as well as joint venture

activity and other forms of cooperation. The policy defines governance and sets out the requirements and minimum

standards that relevant divisions must meet, including implementing key controls related to identify, prevent or detect

antitrust risk as relevant. Senior Regional Business Management is responsible for developing policies and procedures to

define, implement and document processes and controls that meet the requirements of the Antitrust Policy and are

accountable for the implementation of the policies and the minimum standards.

Deutsche Bank has designed and implemented preventative and detective antitrust controls to manage antitrust risk, all

of which are critical components of Deutsche Bank’s risk management framework strategy. Deutsche Bank undertakes a

risk and control assessment of inherent antitrust risks and corresponding controls across its businesses on an annual

basis. As a result, it continues to implement new and further enhance its existing controls in key risk areas. For example,

these include controls around interaction with third parties, contract related controls, as well as monitoring of

interactions with third parties. There have been no material changes since the annual risk and control assessment

process in the previous year. The risk remains within tolerance as customized remediation actions including control

enhancements, targeted training initiatives and policy updates were developed and further implemented.

375

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Competitive behavior

Antitrust training is essential to ensure compliance with antitrust laws, rules and regulations and to raise employees’

awareness to enable them to better identify and assess antitrust risks and escalate as necessary. Deutsche Bank has

implemented mandatory training for all staff on antitrust principles and applicable scenarios that have regulatory focus

based on their sub-divisions. The training encompasses the content of the Antitrust Policy, the key compliance

requirements and what steps must be taken to report potential breaches. The antitrust training is rolled out on a

recurring basis to all members of staff globally via Deutsche Bank’s online e-learning platform. The antitrust mandatory

training is supplemented by further antitrust training that is done ad hoc and tailored to specific business units. The

mandatory training has been updated in 2025, refreshed with updated scenarios, and re-launched to address anti-

competitive behavior. In 2025 the completion rates for the training were above 99.6% (2024: above 99.9%).

The antitrust mandatory training is subject to the red flag process that monitors, inter alia, training adherence. Red flags

are considered in promotion, compensation, and performance management decisions. For employees, failure to

complete the mandatory training and late completion can result in disciplinary consequences that can adversely affect

employees’ compensation and their managers’.

In addition, Deutsche Bank in its Code of Conduct includes a chapter dedicated to free and fair markets/antitrust. In

parallel, the related Code of Conduct training includes a scenario on antitrust (competitive behavior).

Further, Deutsche Bank continued developing and updating relevant internal guidance materials, guidance notes and

templates to capture and consider ongoing developments required by relevant laws, regulations, and enforcement

trends in relation to anti-competitive behavior.

For a summary of relevant, material legal actions and litigation where anti-competitive behavior is alleged, please refer to

“Note 27 Provisions – Current Individual Proceedings” in the Annual Report 2025.

The effectiveness of the antitrust risk management framework is tracked through Deutsche Bank’s annual risk and

control assessment process and overall governance process outlined above.

376

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Supply chain management

Supply chain management

The disclosure of “Supply chain management” chapter has been relocated from the “General information” section to the

“Governance” section for the 2025 Sustainability Statement. This underscores the central role of governance in

overseeing supply chain management.

This chapter emphasizes material topics identified through Deutsche Bank’s 2025 Double Materiality Assessment: Anti-

Financial Crime (AFC), including corruption and bribery, Information Security and Data Protection.

This section addresses both the impact that Deutsche Bank’s upstream supplier activities have on external stakeholders

and the sustainability-related risks these exposures present to the bank’s business model and financial performance.

Oversight of supplier performance, compliance, and operational resilience throughout the supplier lifecycle is led by the

Global Procurement function and vendor management, in collaboration with Operational Risk Management and the

Sustainable Procurement team.

Governance

ESRS 2 GOV-2

Deutsche Bank’s Management Board retains overall oversight of sustainable procurement and receives regular updates

on progress against defined objectives. The Head of Global Procurement and Vendor Management, in close coordination

with the Chief Sustainability Officer, ensures sustainability principles are embedded across procurement activities and

aligned with the bank’s strategic priorities.

Since 2023, governance within Global Procurement and Vendor Management has been strengthened to promote

transparency, accountability and effective supplier engagement throughout the supplier lifecycle. The Third-Party ESG

Oversight Forum brings together Operational Risk Management, Group Legal, Global Procurement, and the Chief

Sustainability Office to coordinate oversight of third-party sustainability risks.

Risk management follows the Three Lines of Defense model: Global Procurement manages contractual compliance,

while AFC, Data Protection, and Information Security maintain second-line oversight and escalation. The Management

Board maintains responsibility through key leadership positions across Global Procurement, Information Security, and

Anti-Financial Crime.

The Third‑Party ESG Oversight Forum also reviews sustainability‑related contractual and due‑diligence considerations in

supplier engagements, along with the associated follow‑up and remediation actions. This ensures consistent application

of the Bank’s sustainability requirements and coordinated oversight of key third‑party ESG risks.

Strategy

ESRS 2 SBM-3

The 2025 strategy continues to prioritize supplier integrity, ethical practices, data security, and operational resilience.

Preventing corruption and bribery, safeguarding information assets, comprehensive due diligence process and ensuring

responsible data processing remain central to supplier engagement.

During 2025, Deutsche Bank further strengthened its operating model by clarifying ownership of exception

management, improving closure tracking and aligning oversight forums, reinforcing the link between sourcing, contract

management and sustainability controls.

Finance industry collaboration

In addition to internal structures, Deutsche Bank contributes to cross-industry collaboration on sustainable procurement.

The bank has founded and continues to chair the Finance Initiative for Sustainable Procurement (FISP) Peer Group,

facilitated by Accenture. Through this platform, Deutsche Bank engages with financial sector peers to share best

practices, address common challenges, and advance responsible sourcing standards. This collaboration supports the

continuous improvement of supplier engagement and the integration of sustainability principles across the financial

services industry.

377

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Supply chain management

Impact, risk and opportunity management

Impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) across the bank are identified and assessed through the double materiality assessment, described in detail in the “Double materiality assessment”

chapter within this Sustainability Statement.

The IROs are outlined in the following table along with an overview of the policies, actions, metrics and targets to manage the related IROs.

Topic Sub-topic Value chain Time horizon IRO type IRO description Policies Actions Metrics & targets
Anti-financial<br><br>crime Corruption<br><br>and bribery Upstream Short-term Risk Risk of legal action, loss of trust and/or<br><br>reputational damage as a consequence of being<br><br>associated with Tier 1 suppliers who are<br><br>scrutinized for using corruption and bribery to<br><br>gain a competitive advantage Supplier<br><br>Code of<br><br>Conduct<br><br>Anti-Bribery<br><br>& Corruption<br><br>(ABC) Policy<br><br>Data<br><br>Protection<br><br>Policy<br><br>Management<br><br>and<br><br>Governance<br><br>of<br><br>Information<br><br>Security<br><br>Third-Party<br><br>Risk<br><br>Management<br><br>Framework Adverse media & sanctions screening<br><br>Onboarding checks & escalation of identified risks<br><br>Integrity & conduct expectations defined through<br><br>TPRM policy & Supplier Code of Conduct Metrics and<br><br>targets for<br><br>these topics<br><br>are reported<br><br>by the<br><br>Anti‑Financial<br><br>Crime, Data<br><br>Protection<br><br>and<br><br>Information<br><br>Security<br><br>functions in<br><br>their<br><br>respective<br><br>chapters in<br><br>this<br><br>Sustainability<br><br>Statement
Data<br><br>protection Data<br><br>protection Short-term Risk Risk of potential unauthorized collection,<br><br>processing or usage of customer or employee<br><br>personal data by direct suppliers and inadequate<br><br>handling of personal data breaches not in line<br><br>with contractual/regulatory requirements that<br><br>may result in business disruption, legal action, loss<br><br>of trust and/or reputational damage Risk‑based assessments & contractual data<br><br>protection clauses enforced by TPRM process<br><br>Ongoing monitoring & escalation of potential<br><br>personal data breaches to Group Data Privacy<br><br>Suppliers must process personal data only as<br><br>required by applicable data protection laws and<br><br>Bank's instructions, and promptly report any<br><br>potential breach
Short-term Negative<br><br>impact Potential negative impact on stakeholders<br><br>through direct suppliers by unauthorized<br><br>collection, processing or usage of customer or<br><br>employee personal data and inadequate handling<br><br>of personal data breaches not in line with<br><br>contractual/regulatory requirements, resulting in<br><br>identity theft, financial loss, damage of credit<br><br>scores or emotional distress
Information<br><br>security Information<br><br>security Short-term Risk Inherent risk of the potential compromise of<br><br>confidentiality, integrity or availability of<br><br>information assets at the bank’s direct suppliers<br><br>that may result in financial losses, regulatory fines,<br><br>loss of stakeholder trust or reputation damage Risk-based assessments and contractual<br><br>agreements<br><br>Ongoing monitoring and incident notification &<br><br>escalation

378

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Supply chain management

ESRS 2 SBM-3, ESRS G1-1, ESRS G1-2, ESRS G1-6, ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-A

Approach and Boundary

In 2025, assurance processes and reporting have been further refined to enhance alignment between sourcing, contract

management, and sustainability controls. Deutsche Bank identifies and manages material impacts, risks and

opportunities arising from its upstream supplier relationships as part of the supplier lifecycle process. Oversight spans

due diligence through Third Party Risk Management (TPRM) process, onboarding, contracting and post-deal monitoring

to ensure suppliers meet consistent internal standards and regulatory obligations.

The supplier lifecycle framework embeds controls aligned with internal policies, regulatory requirements, and the bank’s

Supplier Code of Conduct. Governance forums review oversight outcomes to reinforce transparency, accountability and

operational resilience across the supply base.

Policies and standards

Deutsche Bank’s supplier risk management is governed by a robust set of internal policies, including the TPRM Policy,

Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy, Information Security Policy, Data Protection Policy, and Supplier Code of Conduct,

which set minimum control standards for all third-party suppliers. These policies collectively establish requirements for

integrity, confidentiality and responsible business conduct.

Oversight of supplier relationships is embedded within the supplier lifecycle process, with TPRM serving as the central

mechanism for setting expectations, monitoring compliance and escalating issues. All relevant policies undergo an

annual review to ensure alignment with internal standards and evolving regulatory expectations.

Accountability for policy implementation is embedded within the bank’s procurement governance structure. The Head of

Global Procurement and Vendor Management oversees the Procurement Policy (excluding DWS, where an equivalent

policy is in place). The Supplier Code of Conduct is governed through Global Procurement’s established policy

framework, with updates coordinated across relevant subject‑matter experts and functional leads. This structure ensures

consistent policy execution and escalation, supporting effective sourcing and regulatory compliance.

Stakeholder engagement and collaboration

Cross-functional collaboration between Global Procurement, Operational Risk Management, AFC, Information Security,

and Data Protection functions underpins the control environment. Supplier awareness sessions and contract

management discussions reinforce standards on conduct, anti-bribery, data handling and information security.

Monitoring results and remediation progress are reported to senior management through established governance

forums, ensuring timely issue resolution and driving continuous improvement.

Anti-Financial Crime – Corruption and Bribery

Deutsche Bank is committed to upholding the highest standards of integrity and ethical conduct in its supplier

relationships. The bank enforces policies and controls to prevent, detect, and address corruption, bribery, and other

forms of financial crime, requiring its suppliers to comply with applicable laws and internal standards. Due diligence

checks, including adverse media screening, sanctions review, and other risk factors, are performed during supplier

onboarding and monitoring processes. Any identified risks are escalated to the appropriate control functions for

investigation and mitigation, ensuring that the bank’s supply chain remains compliant and resilient.

For further details on Deutsche Bank’s approach to Anti-financial crime, refer to the “Anti-Financial Crime” section of this

Sustainability Statement.

Information Security

In case of a successful attack, there might be an impact on Deutsche Bank’s stakeholders and the wider financial

ecosystem due to compromised data, unintentional spread of malware, unavailability of services, and the inaccessibility

of systems and/or data. This encompasses internal and third-party information technology systems.

Information security risks of third parties are managed by Deutsche Bank through a combination of capabilities,

implementing a comprehensive approach to mitigate these risks. Key components include the bank’s global third-party

risk management program, which is designed to identify, monitor, and mitigate risks associated with third-party

engagements. In combination, the bank requires adherence to an Information security policy with specific security

controls for third parties, which include incident notification requirements. Third parties are also re-assessed periodically

based on their criticality (annually or bi-annually) to seek continued assurance that control requirements are being met.

379

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Supply chain management

Additionally, third parties are also engaged in response to specific threats and incidents to assess any impact to

Deutsche Bank’s information.

For further details on the bank’s information security approach, refer to the “Information Security” section of this

Sustainability Statement.

Data Protection

Data protection is an integral part of Deutsche Bank’s TPRM framework. Suppliers may need to process personal data

relating to Deutsche Bank clients, employees or other stakeholders. Such processing must be undertaken in accordance

with applicable data protection and privacy laws and regulations, and only to the extent necessary to deliver the goods

and services. Deutsche Bank will contractually obligate the suppliers to process personal data only based on the

instructions provided by the bank to comply with applicable data protection and privacy requirements and to

immediately inform the bank of potential personal data breaches.

For more information on the bank’s approach to data protection, please refer to the dedicated “Data Protection” chapter

of this Sustainability Statement.

Metrics and targets

ESRS 2 MDR-M, ESRS 2 MDR-T, ESRS G1-6

Metrics and targets for these material topics are reported by the Anti‑Financial Crime, Data Protection and Information

Security functions in their respective chapters of this Sustainability Statement.

While the Management Board continues to track ESG KPI related to supplier ESG scores and performance as part of

internal processes, this KPI is not included within the 2025 reporting scope. This decision reflects the outcome of the

Double Materiality Assessment, which determined that the KPI is not material for the upstream value chain and,

therefore, not subject to external disclosure at this time.

Payment statistics

Deutsche Bank promotes a responsible approach in its relationships with suppliers and therefore voluntarily discloses its

payment statistics.

Metrics related to Deutsche Bank’s payment practices are based on full 2025 spend invoice data captured by the bank

and calculated from the invoice issue date.

DWS follows equivalent payment governance arrangements and contractual terms. Related metrics are presented

separately under the Asset Management column.

2025 results and complementary information1

2024
Payment practices Asset<br><br>Management Deutsche Bank<br><br>Group excl.<br><br>Asset<br><br>Management Asset<br><br>Management
Average time to pay an invoice2 (in number of days) 61 32 47
Percentage of payments paid according to agreed payment terms
Suppliers with <  100 thousand spend per annum (in %)3 66 70 62
Suppliers with ≥  100 thousand spend per annum:
European Union (in %)4 66 91 75
Rest of the world (in %)5 75 78 76

All values are in Euros.

1Calculations based on 465,577 invoices under review in 2025 versus 396,046 invoices under review in 2024, supported by enhanced centrally managed reporting

capabilities

2Calculated from the invoice issue date for all suppliers

3Suppliers providing services and products to Deutsche Bank with a value below € 100 thousand spend per annum are set to a payment term within 0 to 30 days from the

invoice issue date (unless contractually agreed otherwise). 93% of suppliers’ payments with a value below € 100 thousand spend per annum are aligned with payment

terms of 0 to 30 days

4Standard payment terms for individual contracts from European Union aim for 60 days. 100% of suppliers’ payments with a value ≥ € 100 thousand spend per annum are

aligned with payment terms of ≤ 60 days

5Standard contractual payment terms for suppliers from Rest of the World is payment within 90 days. 100% of suppliers’ payments with a value ≥ € 100 thousand spend

per annum are aligned with payment terms of ≤ 90 days

380

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Data protection

Data protection

In most countries where Deutsche Bank conducts business there are data protection (also referred to as “data privacy”)

laws. These derive from the privacy related statements in the EU Charter of Fundamental Rights, the UN Universal

Declaration of Human Rights or the European Convention on Human Rights. Deutsche Bank is committed to protecting

personal data, not only to comply with the EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and similar laws, but also to

meet the expectations of clients, employees, and other stakeholders who entrust the bank with their personal data.

Governance

ESRS 2 GOV-2

Group Data Privacy is a specialized, independent risk function for data protection at Deutsche Bank. As a Second Line of

Defense function, Group Data Privacy defines data protection principles and sets consistent policy requirements and

control objectives to comply with applicable data protection laws and regulations. Group Data Privacy is supported by

local Data Protection Officers in the countries where Deutsche Bank conducts business. In 2025, the Group Data Privacy

function moved from Legal to Compliance and the Chief Data Privacy Officer now has a direct functional reporting line

to the Management Board member for Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime.

Group Data Privacy launched an initiative in cooperation with the business and infrastructure units to strengthen the first

line of defense governance on data protection by consolidating data protection responsibilities in a dedicated role for

each unit. This will further enhance collaboration between the units and Group Data Privacy.

Group Data Privacy employees are already regular participants in business and infrastructure forums in which new

initiatives that may involve the processing of personal data are discussed. Group Data Privacy also advises the bank’s

workers councils in relation to the processing of employee personal data.

In addition, Group Data Privacy closely collaborates with the Technology, Data and Innovation function and the

Information Security function (Chief Security Office) to implement specific data protection principles, e.g., aiming to

ensure the security of personal data via encryption of emails according to their classification or access rights controls.

Details on information security can be found in the "Information Security" chapter.

Strategy

ESRS 2 SBM-3

Data protection is an integral part of Deutsche Bank’s culture and conduct. Business and infrastructure units are

committed to complying with applicable data protection laws as they pursue their objectives, including those initiatives

involving artificial intelligence. This is supported through internal data protection policy requirements and related

control objectives to which all employees are expected to adhere, and which are continually enhanced to consider

relevant regulatory changes.

Group Data Privacy is the subject matter expert function for the interpretation and application of data protection laws

and regulations at Deutsche Bank. It monitors and assesses regulatory developments in data protection on an ongoing

basis. Its aim is to provide a current set of requirements according to which data protection should be carried out by the

bank and to implement controls to demonstrate the organization conducts business in compliance with data protection

laws and regulations.

As an internal partner, Group Data Privacy advises on and monitors the lawful collection, processing, and use of personal

data by the bank’s business and infrastructure units including where they engage third parties who process personal data

on behalf of Deutsche Bank.

Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets

ESRS 2 SBM-3, ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-A, ESRS S1, ESRS S4

GRI 404-2/FS 4

Impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) across the bank are identified and assessed through the double materiality

assessment, described in detail in the “Double materiality assessment” chapter within this Sustainability Statement.

The IROs are outlined in the following table along with an overview of the policies, actions, metrics and targets to

manage the related IROs.

381

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Data protection
Topic: Data Protection
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Value chain Time horizon IRO type IRO description Policies Actions Metrics & targets
Own<br><br>operations Short-term Negative<br><br>impact Potential negative impact on<br><br>clients, employees and other<br><br>stakeholders through DB's own<br><br>operations by unauthorized<br><br>collection, processing or usage<br><br>of customer or employee<br><br>personal data and inadequate<br><br>handling of personal data<br><br>breaches not in line with<br><br>contractual/regulatory<br><br>requirements regarding data<br><br>protection and privacy that may<br><br>result in identity theft, financial<br><br>loss, damage of credit scores or<br><br>emotional distress Code of Conduct<br><br>Data Protection<br><br>and Privacy<br><br>Principles<br><br>Framework<br><br>Document<br><br>Data Protection<br><br>and Privacy Policy<br><br>Operational Risk<br><br>Management<br><br>Framework<br><br>Information<br><br>Security Policy Defining data<br><br>protection principles,<br><br>setting and<br><br>continuously<br><br>enhancing policy<br><br>requirements and the<br><br>related controls<br><br>framework<br><br>Group Data Privacy<br><br>assessment of:<br><br>- activities that may<br><br>introduce processing<br><br>of personal data for<br><br>new or changed<br><br>purposes<br><br>- potential personal<br><br>data breaches<br><br>Employee training<br><br>and internal<br><br>awareness events Monitoring and<br><br>reporting on<br><br>relevant data<br><br>protection and<br><br>privacy metrics,<br><br>including:<br><br>Completion rate of<br><br>mandatory data<br><br>protection training<br><br>Number of<br><br>personal data<br><br>breaches of<br><br>material impact to<br><br>individuals
Risk Risk of potential unauthorized<br><br>collection, processing or usage<br><br>of customer or employee<br><br>personal data by DB and<br><br>inadequate handling of personal<br><br>data breaches not in line with<br><br>contractual/regulatory<br><br>requirements regarding data<br><br>protection and privacy which<br><br>may result in legal action,<br><br>increased operational costs, loss<br><br>of trust and/or reputational<br><br>damage

Group Data Privacy defines data protection principles and sets consistent policy requirements and control objectives to

collect, process or use customer or employee personal data and to handle personal data breaches in line with

contractual or regulatory requirements regarding data protection and privacy.

The minimum standards of conduct for all employees are provided in Deutsche Bank’s Code of Conduct. Failure to

comply with the Code or breaches of the requirements within the global data protection policy may result in disciplinary

action, up to termination of employment.

In 2025, Group Data Privacy continued the review and enhancement of the bank’s data protection governance and policy

framework. An initiative has been launched in cooperation with the business and infrastructure units to consolidate first

line of defense data protection tasks in a dedicated role for each unit. The aim is to strengthen the governance on data

protection in the first line of defense and further enhance collaboration between Group Data Privacy and the business

and infrastructure units. A decision on the design of this role and assignment of relevant policy requirements to this role

is planned for 2026.

The key data protection principles and how Deutsche Bank complies with these are published in an overarching

framework document. It refers to the existing bank’s policies that address these key principles, for example to the

information security policy approved by the Chief Security Officer which defines requirements to preserve the

confidentiality, integrity, and availability of information assets in general. The global data protection policy is reviewed

on an annual basis and has been further revised to consolidate relevant country-specific particularities in its annex which

were previously captured in separate local procedures. These documents have been approved by the Chief Data Privacy

Officer and are published on the internal policy portal which is accessible to all employees.

The policy sets out Deutsche Bank's Group-wide and globally applicable minimum requirements regarding data

protection and privacy for all employees and particular roles in the organization:

–Requirements for all employees on the usage of personal data and the escalation of potential personal data breaches

–Specific requirements for employees managing supplier (also referenced as “vendor”) engagements, for example that

a contract must contain appropriate data protection provisions in case personal data is processed by a supplier

382

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Data protection

Further, it provides requirements for business and infrastructure unit heads to ensure

–Group Data Privacy is notified of activities in the bank that may introduce processing of personal data for new or

changed purposes,

–Requests from individuals concerning their rights granted by applicable data protection laws or regulations are

identified and promptly dealt with, for example access rights requests, requests to have their data transferred to other

service providers or requests to erase their data,

–Consent from an individual is obtained in a lawful manner, for example via opt-in, and

–Individuals are informed about what is happening with their personal data via a privacy notice

Where legally required, privacy notices that inform individuals about the personal data collected by the bank for a

specific product or their employee relationship are directly provided to Deutsche Bank clients and employees by

business and infrastructure units or made available on their respective public websites in addition to the notice which

informs about the personal data collected when using these websites. The Corporate Bank, Investment Bank, Private

Bank and Asset Management divisions publish privacy notices for clients on their websites. Employees are provided with

privacy notices as required, one example is via the Deutsche Bank career portal. These notices provide an overview of

how Deutsche Bank processes personal data, to which third parties (including suppliers) data might be transferred, how

long data will be kept and that it will be deleted if no longer required, and the rights of individuals whose personal data is

being processed, under data protection law. Suppliers who process personal data on behalf of Deutsche Bank are

contractually obligated to process personal data only on the basis of instructions provided by the bank and to comply

with applicable data protection requirements. Deutsche Bank will otherwise only share personal data with third parties if

required or permitted by law, except where this is specified in the respective contract or consent. If the bank receives

data protection related requests from individuals, for example to access, erase or rectify their personal data, or

complaints from individuals, Group Data Privacy is involved on an individual basis and consults with relevant internal

stakeholders and the affected individuals, as required.

Based on Deutsche Bank's Group-wide Operational Risk Management framework, Group Data Privacy as Second Line of

Defense Risk Function has established control objectives which must be addressed by business and infrastructure unit

controls to mitigate data protection risk. A key control objective requires the business and infrastructure units to notify

Group Data Privacy of activities in the bank that may introduce processing of personal data for new or changed purposes,

for example when processing personal data using artificial intelligence. Group Data Privacy assesses the permissibility

with the objective that personal data is only processed for specified, explicit and legitimate purposes and further

applicable data protection requirements are met. To achieve this, Group Data Privacy employees are regular participants

in business and infrastructure forums in which new initiatives that may involve the processing of personal data are

discussed. Controls preventing data protection risk are integrated in Group-wide governance processes like new product

approval or third-party (vendor) risk management as appropriate. The effectiveness of these controls is reviewed

according to a standard assurance process governed by the Operational Risk Management function.

Following the move of Group Data Privacy to the Compliance organisation in 2025, new opportunities arose to

consolidate similarly structured processes in order to reinforce operational efficiency and data protection risk

management capabilities. External events and emerging risks that may pose a forward-looking data protection risk for

Deutsche Bank are reviewed on a monthly basis and, if these are relevant, required remediation actions are tracked via a

central Compliance process. Another example is the collaboration with the Compliance Controls Testing and Assurance

function to integrate data protection related reviews defined by Group Data Privacy into the scope of Compliance

reviews. Initial pilots have been conducted during the year, for example, to review the adherence to data protection

specific requirements in German branches of the Private Bank and address identified issues or deficiencies, as required. In

parallel, Group Data Privacy has continued its own activities to review the effectiveness of Deutsche Bank’s

implementation of applicable data protection requirements as part of its second line of defense responsibilities and no

major deficiencies were identified. The results of the data protection specific reviews were considered by Group Data

Privacy in the bank’s Group-wide annual risk and control assessment to review and challenge the business and

infrastructure units’ own assessment of their data protection risk exposure and control environment effectiveness.

Group Data Privacy continuously monitors emerging data protection laws and regulations and shares information about

them with the local Data Protection Officers to assess their relevance and potential consequences for the bank and, if

necessary, adjusts the policy framework as well as the control objectives. If a need for changes to processes and

products is identified, implementation actions are agreed with the business and infrastructure units.

In 2025, Group Data Privacy oversaw the adoption of implementation measures in Malaysia and Vietnam and

commenced a review of the newly issued India Digital Personal Data Protection Rules to meet the respective local data

protection obligations. The Data Use and Access Act UK received royal assent amending, but not replacing the UK

General Data Protection Regulation. Furthermore, additional state privacy laws in the U.S. have been adopted. Group

Data Privacy continues to closely monitor the further development of EU legislation like the proposed changes to the

General Data Protection Regulation.

383

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Data protection

Group Data Privacy engages in the further development of data protection case law and in the review of supervisory

authority guidance documents. As a member of different industry groups, notably the Association of German Banks and

the European Banking Federation, Deutsche Bank represented by Group Data Privacy employees, actively shares best

practice, aligns standards, for example standard privacy notice templates or terms and conditions, and discusses data

protection related regulatory issues with other financial institutions. This helps to ensure that the bank’s data protection

requirements and practices for processing personal data reflect current industry best practices and keep pace with the

evolving regulatory environment.

Employee training on the implications of data protection/privacy laws for the bank’s day-to-day business is a key factor

in ensuring adequate data protection in all operating processes. Deutsche Bank requires annual mandatory data

protection training for all employees including eligible contractor staff. The bank continually assesses its data protection

training offering to strengthen the data protection culture and updates the training as necessary, for example, to address

emerging data protection risks given the growing usage of AI technologies. The training encompasses the content of the

data protection and privacy policy, the key compliance requirements with applicable legal rules for handling personal

data and what steps must be taken in the event of a personal data breach. Depending on the employees’ country, this

training also provides tailored modules with relevant use cases and test questions to pass. For Deutsche Bank employees,

failure to complete this training and late completion can result in disciplinary consequences. In 2025, an eLearning

completion rate of 99.05% was achieved for the mandatory data protection training compared to 99.29% in 2024.

Group Data Privacy actively engages with employees via internal communication channels and platforms to reinforce the

key data protection messages and corresponding culture. For example, in 2025 Group Data Privacy organized an internal

online event focusing on data protection in today’s AI driven digital economy, launched a series of online edutainment

videos, published monthly newsletters informing about new data protection and privacy laws and regulations and

intensified the use of the bank’s internal social collaboration platform to communicate with the data protection

community.

These measures reflect a global effort to raise employee’s awareness on the importance of data protection and privacy.

They emphasize a proper handling of personal data, provide available resources for support on data protection matters in

the bank, inform about individual’s rights, share best practices to protect personal data as well as principles and trends in

data protection and privacy and help navigating the landscape of corresponding laws and regulations. Employees are

made aware about the potential consequences of poor data protection practices as well as on the importance of building

trust and maintaining brand reputation in today’s data driven business landscape.

Group Data Privacy monitors and assesses potential personal data breaches on an ongoing basis. If a relevant personal

data breach of material impact to individuals occurs, it is disclosed in this report.

In 2025, Deutsche Bank did not observe any personal data breaches of material impact to individuals. The bank’s

reporting processes and pathways from the business and infrastructure units to Group Data Privacy aim to ensure that

potential personal data breaches can be assessed and handled in a timely manner. They are described in a global data

protection guidance document. Should a personal data breach occur, Deutsche Bank as part of its global security

incident management process takes coordinated follow-up actions. Group Data Privacy as a stakeholder in this process

advises on the necessary regulatory actions and, if required, informs the affected individuals and notifies the relevant

data protection authorities.

384

Deutsche Bank Governance information
Annual Report 2025 Information security

Information security

ESRS 2 GOV-2, ESRS 2 SBM-3, ESRS 2 MDR-P, ESRS 2 MDR-A

GRI 404 2a

This section presents a brief overview on Deutsche Bank’s approach to information security.

Impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) across the bank are identified and assessed through the double materiality

assessment, described in detail in the “Double materiality assessment” chapter within this Sustainability Statement.

To manage information security-related IROs, the Chief Security Office, together with Operational Risk Management

functions, defines specific policies, actions, metrics, and targets, as reflected in the table below.

Topic: Information Security
Value chain Time horizon IRO type IRO description Policies Actions Metrics & targets
Own<br><br>operations<br><br>Upstream Short-term Risk Inherent risk of the<br><br>compromise of<br><br>confidentiality,<br><br>integrity, or availability<br><br>of information assets,<br><br>including those at<br><br>suppliers in DB’s<br><br>upstream value chain,<br><br>that may result in<br><br>financial losses,<br><br>regulatory fines, loss<br><br>of stakeholder trust or<br><br>reputational damage Management and<br><br>Governance of<br><br>Information Security<br><br><br><br>Third-Party Risk<br><br>Management<br><br>Framework<br><br><br><br>Operational Risk<br><br>Management<br><br>Framework<br><br><br><br>Data Protection and<br><br>Privacy Principles<br><br><br><br>Code of Conduct Continually adjusting<br><br>security capabilities to<br><br>developments, threats<br><br>and challenges caused<br><br>by operating in a<br><br>constantly evolving<br><br>threat landscape<br><br><br><br>Appropriate staffing,<br><br>tooling, and processes<br><br>Engagement with<br><br>external partners for<br><br>information sharing Maintaining a<br><br>comprehensive<br><br>metrics and reporting<br><br>framework on<br><br>information security

Detailed information on information security at Deutsche Bank is covered in the dedicated “Information Security”

chapter within Deutsche Bank’s Annual Report, located within the Risk Report section. This chapter includes the bank’s

ongoing measures to safeguard data and services and its underlying security governance structure, strategy, and risk

management framework. It further sets out how information security‑related IROs are addressed through defined

policies, actions, metrics, and targets.

385

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s limited assurance report on the group sustainability statement

Additional information

Independent auditor’s limited assurance report on the group

sustainability statement

To Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main

Assurance conclusion

We have performed a limited assurance engagement on the group sustainability statement of Deutsche Bank

Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main (hereafter “Deutsche Bank“) for the fiscal year from 1 January 2025 to 31

December 2025 included in the Combined Management Report section of Deutsche Bank’s Annual Report. The group

sustainability statement was prepared to comply with the requirements of Directive (EU) 2022/2464 of the European

Parliament and of the Council of 14 December 2022 (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, CSRD) and Art. 8 of

Regulation (EU) 2020/852 as well as Secs. 289b to 289e and Secs. 315b and 315c HGB [“Handelsgesetzbuch”: German

Commercial Code] for group sustainability statement which is combined with the parent company’s sustainability

statement.

Information outside the combined management report as referred to in the group sustainability statement is not subject

to our assurance engagement.

Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained, nothing has come to our attention that

causes us to believe that the accompanying group sustainability statement is not prepared, in all material respects, in

accordance with the requirements of the CSRD and Art. 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 as well as Secs. 289b to 289e and

Secs. 315b and 315c HGB for group sustainability statement which are combined with the parent company’s

sustainability statement and the elaborative criteria presented by the Company’s executive directors. This assurance

conclusion also means that nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe

–That the accompanying group sustainability statement does not comply, in all material respects, with European

Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), including that the process carried out by the Company to identify

information to be reported in the group sustainability statement (materiality assessment) is not consistent, in all

material respects, with the description provided in the Double materiality statement section of the group

sustainability statement, or

–That the disclosures identified by “Disclosures pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy

Regulation)” in the group sustainability statement do not comply, in all material respects, with Art. 8 of Regulation

(EU) 2020/852

We do not express an assurance conclusion on references in the group sustainability statement to additional information

outside the combined management report.

Basis for the conclusion

We conducted our assurance engagement in accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE)

3000 (Revised): Assurance Engagements Other Than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information issued by the

International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (IAASB).

The procedures in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature and timing from, and are less in extent than for, a

reasonable assurance engagement. Consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement is

substantially lower than the assurance that would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement been

performed.

Our responsibilities under ISAE 3000 (Revised) are further described in the “Responsibilities of the auditor for the

assurance work on the group sustainability statement” section.

We are independent of the Company in accordance with the requirements of European law and German commercial and

professional law, and we have fulfilled our other German professional responsibilities in accordance with these

requirements. Our firm applies IDW Standard on Quality Management 1: Requirements for Quality Management in the

Audit Firm (IDW QMS 1 (09.2022)) issued by the Institut der Wirtschaftsprüfer [Institute of Public Auditors in Germany]

(IDW) and International Standard on Quality Management (ISQM) 1 issued by the IAASB. We believe that the evidence we

have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our conclusion and opinion.

386

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s limited assurance report on the group sustainability statement

Responsibilities of the executive directors and the Supervisory Board for the group

sustainability statement

The executive directors are responsible for the preparation of the group sustainability statement in accordance with the

requirements of the CSRD and the relevant German legal and other European requirements and with the elaborative

criteria presented by the Company’s executive directors, and for designing, implementing and maintaining such internal

control as the executive directors consider necessary to enable the preparation of a group sustainability statement, in

accordance with these requirements, that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud (i.e., fraudulent group

sustainability statement) or error.

These responsibilities of the executive directors include the implementation and maintenance of the materiality

assessment process, the selection and application of appropriate methods to prepare the group sustainability statement

as well as making assumptions and estimates about and determining forward-looking information on individual

sustainability-related disclosures.

The Supervisory Board is responsible for overseeing the process for the preparation of the group sustainability

statement.

Inherent limitations in preparing the group sustainability statement

The CSRD and the relevant German legal and other European requirements contain wording and terms that are subject

to considerable interpretation uncertainties and for which no comprehensive authoritative interpretations have been

published to date. As such wording and terms may be interpreted differently by regulators or courts, the legal conformity

of any measurement or evaluation of sustainability matters made on the basis of these interpretations is uncertain.

These inherent limitations also apply to the assurance work on the group sustainability statement.

German public auditor’s responsibilities for the assurance engagement on the group

sustainability statement

Our objectives are to express a limited assurance conclusion, based on our assurance engagement, about whether any

matters have come to our attention that cause us to believe that the group sustainability statement is not prepared, in all

material respects, in accordance with the CSRD, the relevant German legal and other European requirements and the

elaborative criteria presented by the Company’s executive directors, and to issue an assurance report that includes our

conclusion on the group sustainability statement.

As part of a limited assurance engagement in accordance with ISAE 3000 (Revised), we exercise professional judgment

and maintain professional skepticism. We also:

–Obtain an understanding of the process to prepare the group sustainability statement, including the materiality

assessment process carried out by the Company to identify the information to be reported in the group sustainability

statement

–Identify disclosures that are likely to be materially misstated due to fraud or error, design and perform procedures to

address such disclosures and obtain limited assurance to support our conclusion. The risk of not detecting a material

misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from

error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal

control. Furthermore, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement in information from the value chain originating

from sources outside of the Company’s control (information from the value chain) is usually higher than the risk of not

detecting a material misstatement in information originating from sources within the Company’s control, as both the

Company’s executive directors and we as auditors usually have limited direct access to the sources of information

from the value chain

–Evaluate the forward-looking information, including the reasonableness of the underlying assumptions. There is a

substantial unavoidable risk that future events will differ materially from the forward-looking information

387

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s limited assurance report on the group sustainability statement

Summary of the work performed by the auditor

A limited assurance engagement involves performing procedures to obtain evidence about the sustainability information.

The nature, timing and extent of the procedures selected depend on our professional judgment.

In conducting our limited assurance engagement, we:

–Evaluated the overall suitability of the criteria presented by the executive directors in the group sustainability

statement

–Made inquiries of the executive directors and relevant employees involved in the preparation of the group

sustainability statement about the preparation process, including the materiality assessment process carried out by

the Company to identify the information to be reported in the group sustainability statement, and about the internal

controls over this process

–Evaluated the methods used by the executive directors to prepare the group sustainability statement

–Evaluated the reasonableness of the estimates made by the executive directors and related explanations. If the

executive directors estimate the value chain information to be reported in accordance with ESRS when they are

unable to obtain such information from the value chain after making reasonable efforts to do so, our assurance

engagement is limited to evaluating whether the executive directors made such estimates in accordance with ESRS

and evaluating the reasonableness of such estimates and does not extend to determining value chain information that

the executive directors were unable to obtain

–Performed analytical procedures and inquiries regarding selected items of information in the group sustainability

statement

–Assessed the presentation of the information in the group sustainability statement

Assessed the process to identify taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned economic activities and the related

disclosures in the group sustainability statement.

Restriction of use

We draw attention to the fact that the assurance engagement was conducted for the Company’s purposes and that the

assurance report is intended solely to inform the Company about the result of the assurance engagement. As a result, it

may not be suitable for another purpose than the aforementioned. Accordingly, the assurance report is not intended to

be used by third parties for making (financial) decisions based on it. Our responsibility is to the Company alone. We do

not accept any responsibility to third parties. Our assurance conclusion is not modified in this respect.

General Engagement Terms and Liability

The “General Engagement Terms for Wirtschaftsprüferinnen, Wirtschaftsprüfer and Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaften

[German Public Auditors and Public Audit Firms]” dated 1 January 2024, which are attached to this report, are applicable

to this engagement and also govern our relations with third parties in the context of this engagement (ey-idw-aab-

en-2024.pdf).

In addition, please refer to the liability provisions contained there in no. 9 and to the exclusion of liability towards third

parties. We accept no responsibility, liability or other obligations towards third parties unless we have concluded a

written agreement to the contrary with the respective third party or liability cannot effectively be precluded.

We make express reference to the fact that we will not update the assurance report to reflect events or circumstances

arising after it was issued, unless required to do so by law. It is the sole responsibility of anyone taking note of the

summarized result of our work contained in this report to decide whether and in what way this result is useful or suitable

for their purposes and to supplement, verify or update it by means of their own review procedures.

Eschborn/Frankfurt am Main, 9 March 2026

EY GmbH & Co. KG

Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

GundelachHoffmann

WirtschaftsprüferinWirtschaftsprüfer

(German Public Auditor)(German Public Auditor)

388

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 List of ESRS Disclosure Requirements complied with

List of ESRS Disclosure Requirements complied with

ESRS 2 IRO-2

Deutsche Bank’s Sustainability Statement provides a comprehensive disclosure of the material topics for its

sustainability performance. Disclosures included in this statement were selected based on a double materiality analysis

conducted in 2025 as described in the chapter “Double materiality assessment” of this Sustainability Statement. The

Sustainability Statement complies with all ESRS disclosure requirements listed in this ESRS content index.

Standards and<br><br>disclosure<br><br>requirements Disclosure requirement description Sustainability Statement chapter page
ESRS 1 related<br><br>to ESRS 2<br><br>GOV-1 General requirements related to the role of the<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Governance – Corporate Governance 207
ESRS 1.7 Preparation and presentation of sustainability<br><br>information Basis for preparation of the Sustainability Statement – Events<br><br>after the reporting period 206
ESRS 2 BP-1 General basis for preparation of sustainability<br><br>statements Basis for preparation of the Sustainability Statement – General<br><br>basis for preparation of the Sustainability Statement 204
ESRS 2 BP-2 Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances Basis for preparation of the Sustainability Statement –<br><br>Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances 205
ESRS 2 GOV-1 The role of the administrative, management and<br><br>supervisory bodies Governance – Sustainability Governance 207
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Governance – Corporate Governance 207
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Governance – Sustainability Governance 207
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies ESG due diligence - Environmental and social due diligence -<br><br>Governance 233
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Sustainable finance - Governance 242
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Climate change - Own operations and supply chain -<br><br>Governance 267
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Climate change – Climate and other environmental risks –<br><br>Governance 277
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Own workforce – Governance 316
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Client centricity – Governance 348
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Culture, integrity and conduct – Governance 361
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Anti-financial crime – Governance 367
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Competitive behavior – Governance 373
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Supply chain management – Governance 376

389

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 List of ESRS Disclosure Requirements complied with Standards and<br><br>disclosure<br><br>requirements Disclosure requirement description Sustainability Statement chapter page
--- --- --- ---
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Data protection – Governance 380
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability<br><br>matters addressed by the undertaking’s<br><br>administrative, management and supervisory<br><br>bodies Information security 384
ESRS 2 GOV-4 Statement on due diligence ESG due diligence 232
ESRS 2 GOV-5 Risk management and internal controls over<br><br>sustainability reporting Governance – Sustainability Governance – Internal Controls<br><br>over Sustainability Reporting 215
ESRS 2 IRO-1 Description of the processes to identify and<br><br>assess material impacts, risks and opportunities Double materiality assessment – Description of the process to<br><br>identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities 217
ESRS 2 IRO-1 Description of the processes to identify and<br><br>assess material impacts, risks and opportunities Climate change – Climate and other environmental risks –<br><br>Strategy – Process to identify and assess climate-related risks:<br><br>financial materiality assessment 280
ESRS 2 IRO-2 Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the<br><br>undertaking’s sustainability statement Double materiality assessment – Description of the process to<br><br>identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities 217
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters ESG due diligence – Environmental and social due diligence -<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets<br><br>– Training and capacity building 237
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters ESG due diligence - Environmental and social due diligence -<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets<br><br>- Environmental and social due diligence review activities 237
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters ESG due diligence - Environmental and social due diligence -<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets<br><br>- Environmental and social transactional reviews 237
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters ESG due diligence - Environmental and social due diligence -<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets<br><br>- Equator principles implementation 238
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters ESG due diligence - Environmental and social due diligence -<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets<br><br>- Reputational risk reviews 240
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Sustainable finance – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management - Actions and resources 244
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Sustainable finance – Corporate Bank 250
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Sustainable finance – Investment Bank – Fixed Income and<br><br>Currencies 252
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Sustainable finance – Investment Bank – Investment Banking<br><br>and Capital Markets 253
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Sustainable finance – Private Bank 255
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Sustainable finance – Asset Management 257
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Sustainable finance – Corporate & Other 260
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets - Energy<br><br>consumption and mix 268
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets -<br><br>Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 270
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Climate change – Climate and other environmental risks –<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management – Actions and<br><br>resources in relation to climate change 286
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets - Material impacts, risks and opportunities<br><br>for own workforce 317
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Actions in relation to own workforce 320
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Processes for engaging with own<br><br>workforce and workers’ representatives about impacts 321
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Processes to remediate negative impacts<br><br>and channels for own workforce to raise concerns 323

390

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 List of ESRS Disclosure Requirements complied with Standards and<br><br>disclosure<br><br>requirements Disclosure requirement description Sustainability Statement chapter page
--- --- --- ---
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Workforce management 324
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions 333
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion 342
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion - Approach,<br><br>governance, and leadership accountability 342
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Building an<br><br>inclusive culture where everyone is treated fairly 345
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client satisfaction 354
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client complaint management 356
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Culture, integrity and conduct – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management 361
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Anti-financial crime – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management 369
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Competitive behavior – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management, metrics and targets 374
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Supply chain management – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management 377
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Data protection – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets 380
ESRS 2 MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material<br><br>sustainability matters Information security 384
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Sustainability strategy 222
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters ESG due diligence – Environmental and social due diligence –<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets<br><br>- Environmental and social transactional reviews 237
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters ESG due diligence - Environmental and social due diligence -<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets<br><br>- Equator principles implementation 238
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Sustainable finance - Strategy 242
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Sustainable finance – Metrics and targets 247
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Sustainable finance – Corporate Bank 250
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Sustainable finance – Investment Bank – Fixed Income and<br><br>Currencies 252
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Sustainable finance – Investment Bank – Investment Banking<br><br>and Capital Markets 253
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Sustainable finance – Private Bank 255
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Sustainable finance – Asset Management 257
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Sustainable finance – Corporate & Other 260
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets - Energy<br><br>consumption and mix 268
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets -<br><br>Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 270
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Climate change – Client portfolios in Asset Management –<br><br>Metrics and targets 313

391

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 List of ESRS Disclosure Requirements complied with Standards and<br><br>disclosure<br><br>requirements Disclosure requirement description Sustainability Statement chapter page
--- --- --- ---
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets - Material impacts, risks and opportunities<br><br>for own workforce 317
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Building an<br><br>inclusive culture where everyone is treated fairly 345
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client satisfaction 354
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client complaint management 356
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Culture, integrity and conduct – Metrics and targets 365
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Anti-financial crime – Metrics and targets 372
ESRS 2 MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability<br><br>matters Supply chain management – Metrics and targets 379
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters ESG due diligence – Environmental and social due diligence 233
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters ESG due diligence – Environmental and social due diligence –<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets<br><br>- Policies 233
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters ESG due diligence – Environmental and social due diligence –<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets<br><br>– Equator principles implementation 238
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters ESG due diligence – Environmental and social due diligence –<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets<br><br>– Reputational risk reviews 240
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Sustainable finance - Impact, risk and opportunity management<br><br>- Policies 244
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Sustainable finance – Private Bank 255
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Sustainable finance – Asset Management 257
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Sustainable finance – Corporate & Other 260
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Strategy 268
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets - Energy<br><br>consumption and mix 268
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Climate change – Climate and other environmental risks –<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management – Policies related to<br><br>climate change mitigation and adaptation 286
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets - Material impacts, risks and opportunities<br><br>for own workforce 317
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Policies related to own workforce 320
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Processes to remediate negative impacts<br><br>and channels for own workforce to raise concerns 323
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Workforce management 324
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Workforce management –<br><br>Characteristics of non-employees in Deutsche Bank’s own<br><br>workforce 328
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets– Workforce management – Hiring and<br><br>turnover 329
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions 333
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions – Performance and<br><br>reward 338
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions – Work-life balance -<br><br>Well-being 340

392

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 List of ESRS Disclosure Requirements complied with Standards and<br><br>disclosure<br><br>requirements Disclosure requirement description Sustainability Statement chapter page
--- --- --- ---
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion 342
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets– Diversity and inclusion - Approach,<br><br>governance, and leadership accountability 342
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Incidents and<br><br>complaints 346
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Product responsibility 352
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client satisfaction 354
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client complaint management 356
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Culture, integrity and conduct – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management 361
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Anti-financial crime – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management 369
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Anti-financial crime – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management<br><br>– Financial crime risk management framework 370
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Competitive behavior – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management, metrics and targets 374
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Supply chain management – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management 377
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Data protection – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets 380
ESRS 2 MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material<br><br>sustainability matters Information security 384
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Sustainability strategy 222
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Sustainable finance - Strategy 242
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Sustainable finance – Metrics and targets 247
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Sustainable finance – Corporate Bank 250
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Sustainable finance – Investment Bank – Fixed Income and<br><br>Currencies 252
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Sustainable finance – Investment Bank – Investment Banking<br><br>and Capital Markets 253
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Sustainable finance – Private Bank 255
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Sustainable finance – Asset Management 257
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Sustainable finance – Corporate & Other 260
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets - Energy<br><br>consumption and mix 268
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets -<br><br>Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 270
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Climate change – Climate and other environmental risks –<br><br>Metrics and targets – Targets related to climate change<br><br>mitigation 290
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Climate change – Client portfolios in Asset Management –<br><br>Metrics and targets 313
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Material impacts, risks and opportunities<br><br>for own workforce 317
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Processes for engaging with own<br><br>workforce and workers’ representatives about impacts 321

393

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 List of ESRS Disclosure Requirements complied with Standards and<br><br>disclosure<br><br>requirements Disclosure requirement description Sustainability Statement chapter page
--- --- --- ---
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions – Collective<br><br>bargaining coverage and social dialogue 333
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion 342
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Gender diversity 342
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Building an<br><br>inclusive culture where everyone is treated fairly 345
ESRS 2 MDR-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions<br><br>through targets Supply chain management – Metrics and targets 379
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain Sustainability strategy 222
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain Sustainable finance – Corporate Bank 250
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain Sustainable finance – Investment Bank - Fixed Income and<br><br>Currencies 252
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain Sustainable finance – Investment Bank – Investment Banking<br><br>and Capital Markets 253
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain Sustainable finance – Private Bank 255
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain Sustainable finance – Asset Management 257
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain Sustainable finance – Corporate & Other 260
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain Own workforce – Strategy 316
ESRS 2 SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership 228
ESRS 2 SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership – Clients 228
ESRS 2 SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership – Employees 228
ESRS 2 SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership – Investors 229
ESRS 2 SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership –<br><br>Policymakers 229
ESRS 2 SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership – Media 230
ESRS 2 SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership – Non-<br><br>governmental organizations 230
ESRS 2 SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership –<br><br>Memberships and commitments 231
ESRS 2 SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders Own workforce – Strategy 316
ESRS 2 SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders Client centricity – Strategy 348
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Double materiality assessment – Description of the process to<br><br>identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities 217
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model ESG due diligence - Environmental and social due diligence -<br><br>Strategy 233
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Sustainable finance - Strategy 242
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets 268
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Own workforce – Strategy 316
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets - Material impacts, risks and opportunities<br><br>for own workforce 317
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Incidents and<br><br>complaints 346
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Client centricity – Strategy 348
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Product responsibility – Selling practices<br><br>and marketing 352
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Culture, integrity and conduct – Strategy 361

394

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 List of ESRS Disclosure Requirements complied with Standards and<br><br>disclosure<br><br>requirements Disclosure requirement description Sustainability Statement chapter page
--- --- --- ---
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Anti-financial crime – Strategy 367
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Competitive behavior – Strategy 373
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Supply chain management – Strategy 376
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Supply chain management – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management 377
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Data protection – Strategy 380
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Data protection – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets 380
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and<br><br>their interaction with strategy and business<br><br>model Information security 384
ESRS E1 Climate change ESG due diligence – Environmental and social due diligence –<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets<br><br>- Policies 233
ESRS E1<br><br>related to ESRS<br><br>2 GOV-3 Climate change related to Integration of<br><br>sustainability-related performance in incentive<br><br>schemes Governance – Sustainability Governance – Integration of<br><br>sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes 214
ESRS E1-1 Transition plan for climate change mitigation Climate change - Transition Plan 265
ESRS E1-1 Transition plan for climate change mitigation Climate change – Client portfolios in Asset Management –<br><br>Strategy 312
ESRS E1-1<br><br>related to ESRS<br><br>2 SBM-3 Transition plan for climate change mitigation<br><br>related to Material impacts, risks and<br><br>opportunities and their interaction with strategy<br><br>and business model Climate change – Climate and other environmental risks –<br><br>Strategy – Resilience of the bank 280
ESRS E1-2 Policies related to climate change mitigation and<br><br>adaptation Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Strategy 268
ESRS E1-2 Policies related to climate change mitigation and<br><br>adaptation Climate change – Climate and other environmental risks –<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management – Policies related to<br><br>climate change mitigation and adaptation 286
ESRS E1-2 Policies related to climate change mitigation and<br><br>adaptation Climate change – Client portfolios in Asset Management –<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management 312
ESRS E1-3 Actions and resources in relation to climate<br><br>change policies Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets -<br><br>Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 270
ESRS E1-3 Actions and resources in relation to climate<br><br>change policies Climate change – Climate and other environmental risks –<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management – Actions and<br><br>resources in relation to climate change 286
ESRS E1-3 Actions and resources in relation to climate<br><br>change policies Climate change – Client portfolios in Asset Management –<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity management 312
ESRS E1-4 Targets related to climate change mitigation and<br><br>adaptation Sustainable finance - Metrics and targets 247
ESRS E1-4 Targets related to climate change mitigation and<br><br>adaptation Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets -<br><br>Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 270
ESRS E1-4 Targets related to climate change mitigation and<br><br>adaptation Climate change – Climate and other environmental risks –<br><br>Metrics and targets – Targets related to climate change<br><br>mitigation 290
ESRS E1-5 Energy consumption and mix Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets - Energy<br><br>consumption and mix 268
ESRS E1-6 Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets -<br><br>Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 270
ESRS E1-6 Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets - Gross<br><br>Scope 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions 274
ESRS E1-6 Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions Climate change – Climate and other environmental risks –<br><br>Metrics and targets – Financed Emissions: Scope 3 Category 15 301

395

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 List of ESRS Disclosure Requirements complied with Standards and<br><br>disclosure<br><br>requirements Disclosure requirement description Sustainability Statement chapter page
--- --- --- ---
ESRS E1-7 GHG removals and GHG mitigation projects<br><br>financed through carbon credits Climate change - Own operations and supply chain - Impact,<br><br>risk and opportunity management, metrics and targets - GHG<br><br>removals and GHG mitigation projects 276
ESRS S1 Own workforce Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership – Employees 228
ESRS S1 Own workforce Data protection –Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets 380
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Strategy 316
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets - Material impacts, risks and opportunities<br><br>for own workforce 317
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Policies related to own workforce 320
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Processes for engaging with own<br><br>workforce and workers’ representatives about impacts 321
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets– Processes to remediate negative impacts<br><br>and channels for own workforce to raise concerns 323
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets– Workforce management 324
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Workforce management – Characteristics<br><br>of non-employees in Deutsche Bank’s own workforce 328
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Workforce management – Hiring and<br><br>turnover 329
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions 333
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions – Performance and<br><br>reward 338
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions – Work-life balance -<br><br>Well-being 340
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion 342
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Approach,<br><br>governance, and leadership accountability 342
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Gender diversity 342
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Incidents and<br><br>complaints 346
ESRS S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Culture, integrity and conduct – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management 361
ESRS S1-12 Persons with disabilities Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Building an<br><br>inclusive culture where everyone is treated fairly 345
ESRS S1-13 Training and skills development metrics Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions– Talent development 335
ESRS S1-13 Training and skills development metrics Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets– Working conditions – Performance and<br><br>reward - Performance reviews 338
ESRS S1-15 Work-life balance metrics Own workforce –Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions – Work-life balance 339
ESRS S1-15 Work-life balance metrics Own workforce –Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions – Work-life balance -<br><br>Family-related leave 340
ESRS S1-16 Remuneration metrics (pay gap and total<br><br>remuneration) Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets– Working conditions – Performance and<br><br>reward - Annual total remuneration ratio 339
ESRS S1-16 Remuneration metrics (pay gap and total<br><br>remuneration) Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Gender diversity<br><br>- Gender pay gap 344
ESRS S1-17 Incidents, complaints and severe human rights<br><br>impacts Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Incidents and<br><br>complaints 346

396

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 List of ESRS Disclosure Requirements complied with Standards and<br><br>disclosure<br><br>requirements Disclosure requirement description Sustainability Statement chapter page
--- --- --- ---
ESRS S1-2 Processes for engaging with own workers and<br><br>workers’ representatives about impacts Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Processes for engaging with own<br><br>workforce and workers’ representatives about impacts 321
ESRS S1-2 Processes for engaging with own workers and<br><br>workers’ representatives about impacts Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Processes to remediate negative impacts<br><br>and channels for own workforce to raise concerns 323
ESRS S1-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and<br><br>channels for own workers to raise concerns Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets - Processes to remediate negative impacts<br><br>and channels for own workforce to raise concerns 323
ESRS S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own<br><br>workforce, and approaches to mitigating material<br><br>risks and pursuing material opportunities related<br><br>to own workforce, and effectiveness of those<br><br>actions Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets - Material impacts, risks and opportunities<br><br>for own workforce 317
ESRS S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own<br><br>workforce, and approaches to mitigating material<br><br>risks and pursuing material opportunities related<br><br>to own workforce, and effectiveness of those<br><br>actions Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets - Actions in relation to own workforce 320
ESRS S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own<br><br>workforce, and approaches to mitigating material<br><br>risks and pursuing material opportunities related<br><br>to own workforce, and effectiveness of those<br><br>actions Own workforce - Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets - Processes for engaging with own<br><br>workforce and workers’ representatives about impacts 321
ESRS S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own<br><br>workforce, and approaches to mitigating material<br><br>risks and pursuing material opportunities related<br><br>to own workforce, and effectiveness of those<br><br>actions Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Processes to remediate negative impacts<br><br>and channels for own workforce to raise concerns 323
ESRS S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own<br><br>workforce, and approaches to mitigating material<br><br>risks and pursuing material opportunities related<br><br>to own workforce, and effectiveness of those<br><br>actions Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Workforce management 324
ESRS S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own<br><br>workforce, and approaches to mitigating material<br><br>risks and pursuing material opportunities related<br><br>to own workforce, and effectiveness of those<br><br>actions Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions 333
ESRS S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own<br><br>workforce, and approaches to mitigating material<br><br>risks and pursuing material opportunities related<br><br>to own workforce, and effectiveness of those<br><br>actions Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions – Work-life balance -<br><br>Well-being 340
ESRS S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own<br><br>workforce, and approaches to mitigating material<br><br>risks and pursuing material opportunities related<br><br>to own workforce, and effectiveness of those<br><br>actions Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets– Diversity and inclusion 342
ESRS S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own<br><br>workforce, and approaches to mitigating material<br><br>risks and pursuing material opportunities related<br><br>to own workforce, and effectiveness of those<br><br>actions Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets– Diversity and inclusion - Approach,<br><br>governance, and leadership accountability 342
ESRS S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own<br><br>workforce, and approaches to mitigating material<br><br>risks and pursuing material opportunities related<br><br>to own workforce, and effectiveness of those<br><br>actions Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Building an<br><br>inclusive culture where everyone is treated fairly 345
ESRS S1-5 Targets related to managing material negative<br><br>impacts, advancing positive impacts, and<br><br>managing material risks and opportunities Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets - Material impacts, risks and opportunities<br><br>for own workforce 317
ESRS S1-5 Targets related to managing material negative<br><br>impacts, advancing positive impacts, and<br><br>managing material risks and opportunities Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Processes for engaging with own<br><br>workforce and workers’ representatives about impacts 321
ESRS S1-5 Targets related to managing material negative<br><br>impacts, advancing positive impacts, and<br><br>managing material risks and opportunities Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions 333

397

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 List of ESRS Disclosure Requirements complied with Standards and<br><br>disclosure<br><br>requirements Disclosure requirement description Sustainability Statement chapter page
--- --- --- ---
ESRS S1-5 Targets related to managing material negative<br><br>impacts, advancing positive impacts, and<br><br>managing material risks and opportunities Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions - Collective<br><br>bargaining coverage and social dialogue 333
ESRS S1-5 Targets related to managing material negative<br><br>impacts, advancing positive impacts, and<br><br>managing material risks and opportunities Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion 342
ESRS S1-5 Targets related to managing material negative<br><br>impacts, advancing positive impacts, and<br><br>managing material risks and opportunities Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Gender diversity 342
ESRS S1-5 Targets related to managing material negative<br><br>impacts, advancing positive impacts, and<br><br>managing material risks and opportunities Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Building an<br><br>inclusive culture where everyone is treated fairly 345
ESRS S1-6 Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Workforce management –<br><br>Characteristics of Deutsche Bank’s employees 324
ESRS S1-6 Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Workforce management – Hiring and<br><br>turnover 329
ESRS S1-7 Characteristics of non-employees in the<br><br>undertaking’s own workforce Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Workforce management – Characteristics<br><br>of non-employees in Deutsche Bank’s own workforce 328
ESRS S1-8 Collective bargaining coverage and social<br><br>dialogue Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Working conditions – Collective<br><br>bargaining coverage and social dialogue 333
ESRS S1-9 Diversity metrics Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Workforce management – Characteristics<br><br>of Deutsche Bank’s employees 324
ESRS S1-9 Diversity metrics Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Workforce management –<br><br>Characteristics of Deutsche Bank’s employees - Employees by<br><br>age 326
ESRS S1-9 Diversity metrics Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Gender diversity 342
ESRS S1-9 Diversity metrics Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Building an<br><br>inclusive culture where everyone is treated fairly 345
ESRS S4 Consumers and end-users Stakeholder engagement and thought leadership – Clients 228
ESRS S4 Consumers and end-users Data protection – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets 380
ESRS S4-1 Policies related to consumers and end-users Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Product responsibility – Selling practices<br><br>and marketing 352
ESRS S4-1 Policies related to consumers and end-users Client centricity– Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client satisfaction 354
ESRS S4-1 Policies related to consumers and end-users Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client complaint management 356
ESRS S4-2 Processes for engaging with consumers and end-<br><br>users about impacts Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Product responsibility – Selling practices<br><br>and marketing 352
ESRS S4-2 Processes for engaging with consumers and end-<br><br>users about impacts Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client satisfaction 354
ESRS S4-2 Processes for engaging with consumers and end-<br><br>users about impacts Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client complaint management 356
ESRS S4-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and<br><br>channels for consumers and end-users to raise<br><br>concerns Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Product responsibility– Selling practices<br><br>and marketing 352
ESRS S4-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and<br><br>channels for consumers and end-users to raise<br><br>concerns Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client satisfaction 354
ESRS S4-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and<br><br>channels for consumers and end-users to raise<br><br>concerns Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client complaint management 356
ESRS S4-4 Taking action on material impacts on consumers<br><br>and end-users, and approaches to managing<br><br>material risks and pursuing material opportunities<br><br>related to consumers and end-users, and<br><br>effectiveness of those actions Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Product responsibility – Selling practices<br><br>and marketing 352

398

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 List of ESRS Disclosure Requirements complied with Standards and<br><br>disclosure<br><br>requirements Disclosure requirement description Sustainability Statement chapter page
--- --- --- ---
ESRS S4-4 Taking action on material impacts on consumers<br><br>and end-users, and approaches to managing<br><br>material risks and pursuing material opportunities<br><br>related to consumers and end-users, and<br><br>effectiveness of those actions Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client satisfaction 354
ESRS S4-4 Taking action on material impacts on consumers<br><br>and end-users, and approaches to managing<br><br>material risks and pursuing material opportunities<br><br>related to consumers and end-users, and<br><br>effectiveness of those actions Client centricity – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Client complaint management 356
ESRS G1-1 Business conduct policies and corporate culture Own workforce – Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Processes to remediate negative impacts<br><br>and channels for own workforce to raise concerns 323
ESRS G1-1 Business conduct policies and corporate culture Own workforce –Impact, risk and opportunity management,<br><br>metrics and targets – Diversity and inclusion – Incidents and<br><br>complaints 346
ESRS G1-1 Business conduct policies and corporate culture Culture, integrity and conduct– Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management 361
ESRS G1-1 Business conduct policies and corporate culture Anti-financial crime - Impact, risk and opportunity management<br><br>- Prevention and detection of fraud, corruption, and bribery 371
ESRS G1-1 Business conduct policies and corporate culture Supply chain management – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management 377
ESRS G1-2 Management of relationships with suppliers Supply chain management –Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management 377
ESRS G1-3 Prevention and detection of corruption and<br><br>bribery Anti-financial crime –Impact, risk and opportunity management<br><br>– Prevention and detection of fraud, corruption, and bribery 371
ESRS G1-3 Prevention and detection of corruption and<br><br>bribery Anti-financial crime – Metrics and targets 372
ESRS G1-4 Incidents of corruption or bribery Anti-financial crime - Impact, risk and opportunity management<br><br>- Prevention and detection of fraud, corruption, and bribery 371
ESRS G1-4 Incidents of corruption or bribery Anti-financial crime – Metrics and targets 372
ESRS G1-6 Payment practices Supply chain management – Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management 377
ESRS G1-6 Payment practices Supply chain management – Metrics and targets 379

399

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 Table of all the datapoints deriving from other EU legislation

Table of all the datapoints deriving from other EU legislation

ESRS 2 IRO-2

The table below illustrates the datapoints in ESRS 2 and topical ESRS that derive from other EU legislation as required in

ESRS 2 Appendix B.

Disclosure requirement and related<br><br>datapoint SFDR reference Pillar 3 reference Benchmark<br><br>Regulation and EU<br><br>Climate Law reference Sustainability Statement chapter
ESRS 2 GOV-1<br><br>Board's gender<br><br>diversity, paragraph 21 (d) Indicator number 13<br><br>of Table #1 of Annex<br><br>1 Commission<br><br>Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816 5 , Annex<br><br>II Own workforce – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Diversity and<br><br>inclusion – Gender diversity<br><br>Corporate Governance Statement<br><br>– Supervisory Board – Objectives<br><br>for the composition of the<br><br>Supervisory Board, Profile of<br><br>requirements – Composition and<br><br>expertise
ESRS 2 GOV-1<br><br>Percentage of board members<br><br>who are independent,<br><br>paragraph 21 (e) Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II Corporate Governance Statement<br><br>– Supervisory Board – Objectives<br><br>for the composition of the<br><br>Supervisory Board, Profile of<br><br>requirements
ESRS 2 GOV-4<br><br>Statement on due<br><br>diligence, paragraph 30 Indicator number 10<br><br>Table #3 of Annex 1 ESG due diligence
ESRS 2 SBM-1<br><br>Involvement in activities related<br><br>to fossil fuel activities,<br><br>paragraph 40 (d) i Indicator number 4<br><br>Table #1 of Annex 1 Article 449a<br><br>Regulation (EU) No<br><br>575/2013;<br><br>Commission<br><br>Implementing<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2022/2453 Table 1:<br><br>Qualitative<br><br>information on<br><br>Environmental risk<br><br>and Table 2:<br><br>Qualitative<br><br>information on Social<br><br>risk Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II Not applicable
ESRS 2 SBM-1<br><br>Involvement in activities related<br><br>to chemical<br><br>production, paragraph 40 (d) ii Indicator number 9<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II Not applicable
ESRS 2 SBM-1<br><br>Involvement in activities related<br><br>to controversial<br><br>weapons, paragraph 40 (d) iii Indicator number 14<br><br>Table #1 of Annex 1 Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1818, Article<br><br>12(1) Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II Not applicable
ESRS 2 SBM-1<br><br>Involvement in activities related<br><br>to cultivation and production of<br><br>tobacco, paragraph 40 (d) iv Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1818, Article<br><br>12(1) Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II Not applicable
ESRS E1-1<br><br>Transition plan to reach climate<br><br>neutrality by 2050,<br><br>paragraph 14 Regulation (EU)<br><br>2021/1119, Article<br><br>2(1) Sustainability strategy<br><br>Climate change – Transition Plan

400

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 Table of all the datapoints deriving from other EU legislation Disclosure requirement and related<br><br>datapoint SFDR reference Pillar 3 reference Benchmark<br><br>Regulation and EU<br><br>Climate Law reference Sustainability Statement chapter
--- --- --- --- ---
ESRS E1-1<br><br>Undertakings excluded from<br><br>Paris-aligned Benchmarks,<br><br>paragraph 16 (g) Article 449a<br><br>Regulation (EU) No<br><br>575/2013;<br><br>Commission<br><br>Implementing<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2022/2453 Template<br><br>1: Banking book-<br><br>Climate Change<br><br>transition risk: Credit<br><br>quality of exposures<br><br>by sector, emissions<br><br>and residual maturity Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1818,<br><br>Article12.1 (d) to (g),<br><br>and Article 12.2 Not applicable
ESRS E1-4<br><br>GHG emission reduction<br><br>targets, paragraph 34 Indicator number 4<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Article 449a<br><br>Regulation (EU) No<br><br>575/2013;<br><br>Commission<br><br>Implementing<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2022/2453 Template<br><br>3: Banking book –<br><br>Climate change<br><br>transition risk:<br><br>alignment metrics Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1818, Article 6 Sustainability strategy<br><br>Climate change – Transition Plan<br><br>Climate change – Own operations<br><br>and supply chain – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets
ESRS E1-5<br><br>Energy consumption from fossil<br><br>sources disaggregated by<br><br>sources (only high climate<br><br>impact sectors), paragraph 38 Indicator number 5<br><br>Table #1 and<br><br>Indicator number 5<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS E1-5<br><br>Energy consumption and<br><br>mix, paragraph 37 Indicator number 5<br><br>Table #1 of Annex 1 Climate change – Own operations<br><br>and supply chain – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Energy consumption<br><br>and mix
ESRS E1-5<br><br>Energy intensity associated with<br><br>activities in high climate impact<br><br>sectors, paragraphs 40 to 43 Indicator number 6<br><br>Table #1 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS E1-6<br><br>Gross Scope 1, 2, 3 and Total<br><br>GHG emissions, paragraph 44 Indicators number 1<br><br>and 2 Table #1 of<br><br>Annex 1 Article 449a;<br><br>Regulation (EU) No<br><br>575/2013;<br><br>Commission<br><br>Implementing<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2022/2453 Template<br><br>1: Banking book –<br><br>Climate change<br><br>transition risk: Credit<br><br>quality of exposures<br><br>by sector, emissions<br><br>and residual maturity Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1818, Article<br><br>5(1), 6 and 8(1) Climate change – Climate and<br><br>other environmental risks – Metrics<br><br>and targets – Financed Emissions:<br><br>Scope 3 Category 15<br><br>Climate change – Own operations<br><br>and supply chain – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Gross Scope 1, 2, 3<br><br>and Total GHG emissions
ESRS E1-6<br><br>Gross GHG emissions<br><br>intensity, paragraphs 53 to 55 Indicator number 3<br><br>Table #1 of Annex 1 Article 449a<br><br>Regulation (EU) No<br><br>575/2013;<br><br>Commission<br><br>Implementing<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2022/2453 Template<br><br>3: Banking book –<br><br>Climate change<br><br>transition risk:<br><br>alignment metrics Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1818, Article<br><br>8(1) Climate change – Own operations<br><br>and supply chain – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Gross Scope 1, 2, 3<br><br>and Total GHG emissions
ESRS E1-7<br><br>GHG removals and carbon<br><br>credits, paragraph 56 Regulation (EU)<br><br>2021/1119, Article<br><br>2(1) Climate change – Own operations<br><br>and supply chain – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – GHG removals and<br><br>GHG mitigation projects

401

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 Table of all the datapoints deriving from other EU legislation Disclosure requirement and related<br><br>datapoint SFDR reference Pillar 3 reference Benchmark<br><br>Regulation and EU<br><br>Climate Law reference Sustainability Statement chapter
--- --- --- --- ---
ESRS E1-9<br><br>Exposure of the benchmark<br><br>portfolio to climate-related<br><br>physical risks, paragraph 66 Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1818, Annex II<br><br>Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II Not relevant for 2025 due to the<br><br>further provision of the phase-in<br><br>option
ESRS E1-9<br><br>Disaggregation of monetary<br><br>amounts by acute and chronic<br><br>physical risk, paragraph 66 (a)<br><br>ESRS E1-9<br><br>Location of significant assets at<br><br>material physical risk,<br><br>paragraph 66 (c) Article 449a<br><br>Regulation (EU) No<br><br>575/2013;<br><br>Commission<br><br>Implementing<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2022/2453<br><br>paragraphs 46 and<br><br>47; Template 5:<br><br>Banking book -<br><br>Climate change<br><br>physical risk:<br><br>Exposures subject to<br><br>physical risk Not relevant for 2025 due to the<br><br>further provision of the phase-in<br><br>option
ESRS E1-9<br><br>Breakdown of the carrying value<br><br>of its real estate assets by<br><br>energy-efficiency<br><br>classes, paragraph 67 (c) Article 449a<br><br>Regulation (EU) No<br><br>575/2013;<br><br>Commission<br><br>Implementing<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2022/2453<br><br>paragraph 34;<br><br>Template 2: Banking<br><br>book - Climate<br><br>change transition risk:<br><br>Loans collateralized<br><br>by immovable<br><br>property - Energy<br><br>efficiency of the<br><br>collateral Not relevant for 2025 due to the<br><br>further provision of the phase-in<br><br>option
ESRS E1-9<br><br>Degree of exposure of the<br><br>portfolio to climate-related<br><br>opportunities, paragraph 69 Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1818, Annex II Sustainable finance<br><br>Climate change – Own operations<br><br>and supply chain – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets<br><br>Climate change – Climate and<br><br>other environmental risks –<br><br>Strategy – Process to identify and<br><br>assess climate-related risks:<br><br>financial materiality assessment
ESRS E2-4<br><br>Amount of each pollutant listed<br><br>in Annex II of the E-PRTR<br><br>Regulation (European Pollutant<br><br>Release and Transfer Register)<br><br>emitted to air, water and<br><br>soil, paragraph 28 Indicator number 8<br><br>Table #1 of Annex 1<br><br>Indicator number 2<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1<br><br>Indicator number 1<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1<br><br>Indicator number 3<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS E3-1<br><br>Water and marine<br><br>resources, paragraph 9 Indicator number 7<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS E3-1<br><br>Dedicated policy, paragraph 13 Indicator number 8<br><br>Table 2 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS E3-1<br><br>Sustainable oceans and<br><br>seas, paragraph 14 Indicator number 12<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS E3-4<br><br>Total water recycled and<br><br>reused, paragraph 28 (c) Indicator number 6.2<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS E3-4<br><br>Total water consumption in m3<br><br>per net revenue on own<br><br>operations, paragraph 29 Indicator number 6.1<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Not material

402

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 Table of all the datapoints deriving from other EU legislation Disclosure requirement and related<br><br>datapoint SFDR reference Pillar 3 reference Benchmark<br><br>Regulation and EU<br><br>Climate Law reference Sustainability Statement chapter
--- --- --- --- ---
ESRS 2 - IRO-1 - E4<br><br>paragraph 16 (a) i Indicator number 7<br><br>Table #1 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS 2 - IRO-1 - E4<br><br>paragraph 16 (b) Indicator number 10<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS 2 - IRO-1 - E4<br><br>paragraph 16 (c) Indicator number 14<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS E4-2<br><br>Sustainable land/agriculture<br><br>practices or policies,<br><br>paragraph 24 (b) Indicator number 11<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS E4-2<br><br>Sustainable oceans/seas<br><br>practices or policies,<br><br>paragraph 24 (c) Indicator number 12<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS E4-2<br><br>Policies to address<br><br>deforestation, paragraph 24 (d) Indicator number 15<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS E5-5<br><br>Non-recycled waste,<br><br>paragraph 37 (d) Indicator number 13<br><br>Table #2 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS E5-5<br><br>Hazardous waste and<br><br>radioactive waste, paragraph 39 Indicator number 9<br><br>Table #1 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS 2 SBM-3 - S1<br><br>Risk of incidents of forced<br><br>labor, paragraph 14 (f) Indicator number 13<br><br>Table #3 of Annex I Not material
ESRS 2 SBM-3 - S1<br><br>Risk of incidents of child<br><br>labor, paragraph 14 (g) Indicator number 12<br><br>Table #3 of Annex I Not material
ESRS S1-1<br><br>Human rights policy<br><br>commitments, paragraph 20 Indicator number 9<br><br>Table #3 and<br><br>Indicator number 11<br><br>Table #1 of Annex I Own workforce – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Processes to<br><br>remediate negative impacts and<br><br>channels for own workforce to raise<br><br>concerns<br><br>Own workforce – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Policies related to<br><br>own workforce
ESRS S1-1<br><br>Due diligence policies on issues<br><br>addressed by the fundamental<br><br>International Labor<br><br>Organisation Conventions 1 to<br><br>8, paragraph 21 Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II Own workforce – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Processes to<br><br>remediate negative impacts and<br><br>channels for own workforce to raise<br><br>concerns<br><br>Own workforce – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Policies related to<br><br>own workforce
ESRS S1-1<br><br>Processes and measures for<br><br>preventing trafficking in human<br><br>beings, paragraph 22 Indicator number 11<br><br>Table #3 of Annex I Own workforce – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Processes to<br><br>remediate negative impacts and<br><br>channels for own workforce to raise<br><br>concerns
ESRS S1-1<br><br>Workplace accident prevention<br><br>policy or management<br><br>system, paragraph 23 Indicator number 1<br><br>Table #3 of Annex I Own workforce – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Working conditions –<br><br>Work-life balance – Well-being
ESRS S1-3<br><br>Grievance/complaints handling<br><br>mechanisms, paragraph 32 (c) Indicator number 5<br><br>Table #3 of Annex I Own workforce – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Processes to<br><br>remediate negative impacts and<br><br>channels for own workforce to raise<br><br>concerns

403

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 Table of all the datapoints deriving from other EU legislation Disclosure requirement and related<br><br>datapoint SFDR reference Pillar 3 reference Benchmark<br><br>Regulation and EU<br><br>Climate Law reference Sustainability Statement chapter
--- --- --- --- ---
ESRS S1-14<br><br>Number of fatalities and<br><br>number and rate of work-<br><br>related accidents,<br><br>paragraph 88 (b) and (c) Indicator number 2<br><br>Table #3 of Annex I Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II Not material
ESRS S1-14<br><br>Number of days lost to injuries,<br><br>accidents, fatalities or<br><br>illness, paragraph 88 (e) Indicator number 3<br><br>Table #3 of Annex I Not material
ESRS S1-16<br><br>Unadjusted gender pay<br><br>gap, paragraph 97 (a) Indicator number 12<br><br>Table #1 of Annex I Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II Own workforce – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Diversity and<br><br>inclusion – Gender diversity –<br><br>Gender pay gap
ESRS S1-16<br><br>Excessive CEO pay<br><br>ratio, paragraph 97 (b) Indicator number 8<br><br>Table #3 of Annex I Own workforce – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Working conditions –<br><br>Performance and reward – Annual<br><br>total remuneration ratio
ESRS S1-17<br><br>Incidents of discrimination,<br><br>paragraph 103 (a) Indicator number 7<br><br>Table #3 of Annex I Own workforce – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Diversity and<br><br>inclusion – Gender diversity –<br><br>Incidents and complaints
ESRS S1-17<br><br>Non-respect of UNGPs on<br><br>Business and Human Rights and<br><br>OECD guidelines,<br><br>paragraph 104 (a) Indicator number 10<br><br>Table #1 and<br><br>Indicator number 14<br><br>Table #3 of Annex I Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II<br><br>Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1818 Art 12 (1) Own workforce – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Diversity and<br><br>inclusion – Gender diversity –<br><br>Incidents and complaints
ESRS 2 SBM-3 – S2<br><br>Significant risk of child labor or<br><br>forced labor in the value<br><br>chain, paragraph 11 (b) Indicators number 12<br><br>and number 13<br><br>Table #3 of Annex I Not material
ESRS S2-1<br><br>Human rights policy<br><br>commitments, paragraph 17 Indicator number 9<br><br>Table #3 and<br><br>Indicator number 11<br><br>Table #1 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS S2-1<br><br>Policies related to value chain<br><br>workers, paragraph 18 Indicator number 11<br><br>and number 4 Table<br><br>#3 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS S2-1<br><br>Non-respect of UNGPs on<br><br>Business and Human Rights<br><br>principles and OECD<br><br>guidelines, paragraph 19 Indicator number 10<br><br>Table #1 of Annex 1 Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II<br><br>Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1818, Art 12 (1) Not material
ESRS S2-1<br><br>Due diligence policies on issues<br><br>addressed by the fundamental<br><br>International Labor<br><br>Organisation Conventions 1 to<br><br>8, paragraph 19 Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II Not material
ESRS S2-4<br><br>Human rights issues and<br><br>incidents connected to its<br><br>upstream and downstream<br><br>value chain, paragraph 36 Indicator number 14<br><br>Table #3 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS S3-1<br><br>Human rights policy<br><br>commitments, paragraph 16 Indicator number 9<br><br>Table #3 of Annex 1<br><br>and Indicator number<br><br>11 Table #1 of Annex<br><br>1 Not material
ESRS S3-1<br><br>Non-respect of UNGPs on<br><br>Business and Human Rights, ILO<br><br>principles or/and OECD<br><br>guidelines, paragraph 17 Indicator number 10<br><br>Table #1 Annex 1 Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II<br><br>Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1818, Art 12 (1) Not material

404

Deutsche Bank Additional information
Annual Report 2025 Table of all the datapoints deriving from other EU legislation
Disclosure requirement and related<br><br>datapoint SFDR reference Pillar 3 reference Benchmark<br><br>Regulation and EU<br><br>Climate Law reference Sustainability Statement chapter
--- --- --- --- ---
ESRS S3-4<br><br>Human rights issues and<br><br>incidents, paragraph 36 Indicator number 14<br><br>Table #3 of Annex 1 Not material
ESRS S4-1<br><br>Policies related to consumers<br><br>and end-users, paragraph 16 Indicator number 9<br><br>Table #3 and<br><br>Indicator number 11<br><br>Table #1 of Annex 1 Client centricity – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Product responsibility<br><br>Client centricity – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Client complaint<br><br>management
ESRS S4-1<br><br>Non-respect of UNGPs on<br><br>Business and Human Rights and<br><br>OECD guidelines, paragraph 17 Indicator number 10<br><br>Table #1 of Annex 1 Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II<br><br>Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1818, Art 12 (1) Client centricity – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Client satisfaction<br><br>Client centricity – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Client complaint<br><br>management
ESRS S4-4<br><br>Human rights issues and<br><br>incidents, paragraph 35 Indicator number 14<br><br>Table #3 of Annex 1 Client centricity – Impact, risk and<br><br>opportunity management, metrics<br><br>and targets – Client complaint<br><br>management
ESRS G1-1<br><br>United Nations Convention<br><br>against Corruption,<br><br>paragraph 10 (b) Indicator number 15<br><br>Table #3 of Annex 1 Anti-financial crime – Impact, risk<br><br>and opportunity management<br><br>– Prevention and detection of<br><br>fraud, corruption, and bribery
ESRS G1-1<br><br>Protection of whistle-<br><br>blowers, paragraph 10 (d) Indicator number 6<br><br>Table #3 of Annex 1 Culture, integrity and conduct –<br><br>Impact, risk and opportunity<br><br>management – Speak-up and<br><br>Whistleblowing Framework
ESRS G1-4<br><br>Fines for violation of anti-<br><br>corruption and anti-bribery<br><br>laws, paragraph 24 (a) Indicator number 17<br><br>Table #3 of Annex 1 Delegated<br><br>Regulation (EU)<br><br>2020/1816, Annex II Anti-financial crime – Metrics and<br><br>targets – Convictions and fines<br><br>related to violations of anti-<br><br>corruption laws
ESRS G1-4<br><br>Standards of anti-corruption<br><br>and anti-bribery,<br><br>paragraph 24 (b) Indicator number 16<br><br>Table #3 of Annex 1 Anti-financial crime – Impact, risk<br><br>and opportunity management<br><br>– Prevention and detection of<br><br>fraud, corruption, and bribery

405

Deutsche Bank Employees
Annual Report 2025 Group Headcount

Employees

Group Headcount

As of December 31, 2025, the bank employed a total of 89,879 employees compared to 89,753 as of December 31,

  1. The bank calculates its employee figures on a full-time equivalent basis, meaning it includes proportionate

numbers of part-time employees.

The following table shows the bank’s numbers of full-time equivalent employees as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and

2023.

Employees1 Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023
Germany 33,386 35,160 36,195
Europe (outside Germany) 17,847 17,672 18,103
Asia/Pacific, Middle East and Africa 30,669 28,930 27,601
North America2 7,713 7,744 8,033
Latin America 264 247 199
Total employees 89,879 89,753 90,130

1Full-time equivalent employees, prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year, numbers may not add up due to rounding

2Primarily the United States

In 2025, the number of the bank’s employees increased by 126 or 0.1% mainly due to increases in Asia/Pacific, Middle

East and Africa, partly offset primarily by reductions in Germany.

–Germany ((1,773); (5.0)%) mainly driven by restructuring measures primarily in the Private Bank

–North America ((31); (0.4)%) mainly driven by decreases in Private Bank, Asset Management and almost all

infrastructure functions, partly offset by Technology, Data & Innovation

–Europe ex Germany (175; 1.0%) mainly driven by increases in Operations Center in Romania, partly offset by decreases

in Italy, the Netherlands and UK.

–Asia/Pacific, Middle East and Africa (1,739; 6.0%) primarily driven by increases in India and its Operations Center

The following table shows the distribution of full-time equivalent employees by division as of December 31, 2025, 2024

and 2023.

Employees1 Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023
Corporate Bank (CB) 18.5% 18.0% 17.4%
Investment Bank (IB) 9.1% 9.0% 8.9%
Private Bank (PB) 26.0% 27.7% 29.1%
Asset Management (AM) 5.4% 5.1% 4.9%
Infrastructure 41.1% 40.2% 39.7%

1Full-time equivalent employees, prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year, numbers may not add up due to rounding

–Corporate Bank (471; 2.9%) driven by increases in all segments

–Investment Bank (132; 1.6%) mainly driven by increases in Fixed Income & Currencies

–Private Bank ((1,558); (6.3)%) mainly driven by reductions in Germany

–Asset Management (260; 5.7%) primarily driven by strengthening Chief Technology Office

–Infrastructure functions (821; 2.3%) primarily driven by increases in Technology, Data & Innovation due to the bank’s

internalization strategy

406

Deutsche Bank Employees
Annual Report 2025 Key employee figures

Post-Employment Benefit Plans

The Group sponsors a number of post-employment benefit plans on behalf of the Group’s employees, both defined

contribution plans and defined benefit plans.

In the Group’s globally coordinated accounting process covering defined benefit plans with a defined benefit obligation

exceeding € 5 million, the Group’s global actuary reviews the valuations provided by locally appointed actuaries in each

country.

By applying the Group’s global principles for determining the financial and demographic assumptions, the Group ensures

that the assumptions are best-estimate, unbiased and mutually compatible, and that they are globally consistent.

For a further discussion on the Group’s employee benefit plans, see Note 33 “Employee Benefits” to the Group’s

consolidated financial statements.

Key employee figures

A few selected employee figures and KPIs are set forth below. For full details on Deutsche Bank’s people metrics, as well

as its strategic HR priorities and achievements, please refer to the bank’s Sustainability Statement 2025.

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023
Female employee by Corporate Title (headcount, in %)1
Female Managing Directors 23.3% 22.8% 22.3%
Female Directors 29.5% 28.8% 28.0%
Female Vice Presidents 36.3% 35.6% 34.8%
Female Assistant Vice Presidents & Associates 43.0% 42.3% 41.9%
Female Non Officers 59.4% 59.6% 59.0%
Total female employees (headcount, in %)1 46.4% 46.5% 46.3%
Age (in %, headcount)1,2
Under 30 years old 16.2% 16.2% 16.5%
30–50 years old 57.1% 57.0% 57.0%
Over 50 years old 26.7% 26.9% 26.5%
Part-time employees (headcount, in %)
Germany 25.2% 24.5% 24.9%
Europe (outside Germany) 4.8% 5.1% 5.1%
Americas 0.3% 0.4% 0.4%
Asia/Pacific, Middle East and Africa 0.1% 0.1% 0.1%
Total part-time employees 11.0% 11.3% 11.8%
Share of apprentices and dual students as percentage of permanent employees in Germany 3.1% 3.2% 3.6%
2025 2024 2023
Commitment index 68.0% 67% 70%
Enablement index 71.0% 70% 71%
Voluntary employee turnover rate
Germany 2.4% 2.6% 2.5%
Europe (outside Germany), Middle East and Africa 5.4% 5.2% 5.2%
Americas 9.0% 8.3% 7.7%
Asia/Pacific 10.2% 9.9% 9.5%
Total voluntary employee turnover rate 6.2% 5.9% 5.6%
Sickness absence rate in %³ 7.5% 7.6% 7.4%

1Declared corporate titles of Postbank (incl. subsidiaries) are only alternative, technically derived, and not contractually defined or agreed

2Numbers may not add up due to rounding

3Sickness absence rate: (total sickness days x 100)/total regular working days, Germany

407

Deutsche Bank Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Annual Report 2025 Risks in Financial Reporting

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

General

The Management of Deutsche Bank and its consolidated subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining

adequate Internal Control over Financial Reporting (ICOFR). The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for designing and

ensuring the operational effectiveness of the bank’s internal control over financial reporting. The Supervisory Board

exercises supervision over the financial reporting process, supported in this role by the Audit Committee. In addition to

the preparation of the company’s consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and

endorsed by the European Union (EU), the bank’s internal control over financial reporting includes disclosure controls

and procedures designed to prevent misstatements.

Risks in Financial Reporting

The primary risks in financial reporting are that either financial statements do not present a true and fair view due to

inadvertent or intentional errors (fraud) or the publication of financial statements is not performed on a timely basis.

These risks may reduce investor confidence or cause reputational damage and may have legal consequences including

banking regulatory interventions. A lack of fair presentation arises when one or more financial statement amounts, or

disclosures contain misstatements (or omissions) that are material. Misstatements are deemed material if they could,

individually or in aggregate, influence economic decisions that users make because of the financial statements.

To confine those risks of financial reporting, management of the Group has established internal control over financial

reporting with the aim of providing reasonable but not absolute assurance against material misstatements. In addition, an

assessment was conducted of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. This was based

on the Internal Control Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the

Treadway Commission (COSO). COSO recommends the establishment of specific objectives to facilitate the design and

evaluate adequacy of a control system. As a result, in establishing internal control over financial reporting, management

has adopted the following financial statement objectives:

–Existence - assets and liabilities exist and transactions have occurred;

–Completeness - all transactions are recorded and account balances are included in the financial statements;

–Valuation - assets, liabilities and transactions are recorded in the financial statements at the appropriate amounts;

–Rights, Obligations and Ownership – rights, obligations and ownership are appropriately recorded as assets and

liabilities;

–Presentation and Disclosures - classification, disclosure and presentation of financial reporting is appropriate;

–Safeguarding of assets - unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets is prevented or detected in a timely

manner.

However, any internal control system, including internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well conceived

and operated, can provide only reasonable, but not absolute assurance that the objectives of that control system are

met. As such, disclosure controls and procedures or systems for internal control over financial reporting may not prevent

all errors; inadvertent or intentional errors (fraud). Furthermore, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future

periods, are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the

degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate over time. In addition, the design of a control system

must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their

costs.

Controls to Minimize the Risk of Financial Reporting Misstatement

The system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

–Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and

dispositions of the company’s assets;

–Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial

statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the

company are made only in accordance with authorizations of the company’s management; and

–Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition

of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

408

Deutsche Bank Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Annual Report 2025 Risks in Financial Reporting

Measuring Effectiveness of Internal Control

Each year, the management of the Group undertakes a formal evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of the

system of internal control over financial reporting. This evaluation incorporates an assessment of the effectiveness of the

control environment as well as individual controls which make up the system of internal control over financial reporting

and considers:

–The financial misstatement risk of the financial statement line items, considering such factors as materiality and the

susceptibility of the financial statement item to misstatement; and

–The susceptibility of identified controls to failure, considering such factors as the degree of automation, complexity,

and risk of management override, competence of personnel and the level of judgment required.

These factors determine in their entirety the type and scope of the evidence required by § 315 HGB, which the

management needs to assess whether or not the established internal control over financial reporting is effective. The

evidence itself is generated from procedures integrated within the daily responsibilities of staff or from procedures

implemented specifically for purposes of the internal control over financial reporting evaluation. Information from other

sources also forms an important component of the evaluation since such evidence may either bring additional control

issues to the attention of management or may corroborate findings. Such information sources may include:

–Reports on audits carried out by or on behalf of regulatory authorities;

–External Auditor reports; and,

–Reports commissioned to evaluate the effectiveness of outsourced processes to third parties.

In addition, Group Audit evaluates the design and operating effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting by

performing periodic and ad hoc risk-based audits. Reports are produced summarizing the results from each audit which

are distributed to the responsible managers for the activities concerned. These reports also provide evidence to support

the annual evaluation by management of the overall operating effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

As a result of the evaluation, management has concluded that internal control over financial reporting is appropriately

designed and operating effectively as of December 31, 2025.

409

Deutsche Bank Information pursuant to Section 315a (1) of the German Commercial Code and Explanatory Report
Annual Report 2025 System of Control of any Employee Share Scheme where the Control Rights are not Exercised Directly by the<br><br>Employees

Information pursuant to Section 315a (1) of the

German Commercial Code and Explanatory Report

Structure of the Share Capital including Authorized and

Conditional Capital

For information regarding Deutsche Bank’s share capital please refer to Note 32 “Common Shares” to the Consolidated

Financial Statements.

Restrictions on Voting Rights or the Transfer of Shares

Under Section 136 of the German Stock Corporation Act the voting right of the affected shares is excluded by law. As far

as the bank or its subsidiaries held own shares during the year of 2025 in its portfolio according to Section 71b of the

German Stock Corporation Act no rights could be exercised. Similar restrictions combined with restrictions on disposal

are contractually imposed on employees who have been granted shares as deferred compensation with a holding

obligation. The bank is not aware of any other restrictions on voting rights or the transfer of shares.

Shareholdings which Exceed 10% of the Voting Rights

The German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz) requires that any investor whose share of voting rights

reaches, exceeds or falls below certain thresholds as the result of purchases, disposals or otherwise, must notify the bank

and the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin) thereof. The lowest threshold is 3%. The bank is not

aware of any shareholder holding directly or indirectly 10% or more of the voting rights.

Shares with Special Control Rights

Shares which confer special control rights have not been issued.

System of Control of any Employee Share Scheme where the

Control Rights are not Exercised Directly by the Employees

The employees, who hold Deutsche Bank shares, exercise their control rights as other shareholders in accordance with

applicable law and the Articles of Association (Satzung).

410

Deutsche Bank Information pursuant to Section 315a (1) of the German Commercial Code and Explanatory Report
Annual Report 2025 Rules Governing the Appointment and Replacement of Members of the Management Board

Rules Governing the Appointment and Replacement of

Members of the Management Board

Pursuant to the German Stock Corporation Act (Section 84) and the Articles of Association of Deutsche Bank (Section 6)

the members of the Management Board are appointed by the Supervisory Board. The number of Management Board

members is determined by the Supervisory Board. According to the Articles of Association, the Management Board has at

least three members. The Supervisory Board may appoint one or two members of the Management Board as

Chairpersons of the Management Board. Members of the Management Board may be appointed for a maximum term of

up to five years. They may be reappointed or have their term extended for one or more terms of up to a maximum of five

years each. The German Co-Determination Act (Mitbestimmungsgesetz; Section 31) requires a majority of at least two

thirds of the members of the Supervisory Board to appoint members of the Management Board. If such majority is not

achieved, the Mediation Committee shall give, within one month, a recommendation for the appointment to the

Management Board. The Supervisory Board will then appoint the members of the Management Board with the majority

of its members. If such appointment fails, the Chairperson of the Supervisory Board shall have two votes in a new vote. If

a required member of the Management Board has not been appointed, the Local Court (Amtsgericht) in Frankfurt am

Main shall, in urgent cases, make the necessary appointments upon motion by any party concerned (Section 85 of the

Stock Corporation Act).

Pursuant to the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz) and Regulation (EU) No 468/2014 of the European Central

Bank (SSM Framework Regulation) evidence must be provided to the European Central Bank (ECB), the German Federal

Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin) and the Deutsche Bundesbank that the member of the Management Board has

adequate theoretical and practical experience of the businesses of the Bank as well as managerial experience before the

member is appointed (Sections 24 (1) No. 1 and 25c (1) of the Banking Act, Article 93 of the SSM Framework Regulation).

The Supervisory Board may revoke the appointment of an individual as member of the Management Board or as

Chairperson of the Management Board for good cause. Such cause includes in particular a gross breach of duties, the

inability to manage the Bank properly or a vote of no-confidence by the shareholders’ meeting (Hauptversammlung,

referred to as the General Meeting), unless such vote of no-confidence was made for obviously arbitrary reasons.

The ECB or the BaFin may appoint a special representative and transfer to such special representative the responsibility

and powers of individual members of the Management Board if such members are not trustworthy or do not have the

required competencies or if the credit institution does not have the required number of Management Board members. In

any such case, the responsibility and powers of the Management Board members concerned are suspended (Section 45c

(1) through (3) of the Banking Act, Article 93 (2) of the SSM Framework Regulation).

Rules Governing the Amendment of the Articles of Association

Any amendment of the Articles of Association requires a resolution of the General Meeting (Section 179 of the Stock

Corporation Act). The authority to amend the Articles of Association in so far as such amendments merely relate to the

wording, such as changes of the share capital as a result of the issuance out of authorized capital, has been assigned to

the Supervisory Board by the Articles of Association of Deutsche Bank (Section 20 (3)). Pursuant to the Articles of

Association, the resolutions of the General Meeting are taken by a simple majority of votes and, in so far as a majority of

capital stock is required, by a simple majority of capital stock, except where law or the Articles of Association determine

otherwise (Section 20 (1)). Amendments to the Articles of Association become effective upon their entry in the

Commercial Register (Section 181 (3) of the Stock Corporation Act).

411

Deutsche Bank Information pursuant to Section 315a (1) of the German Commercial Code and Explanatory Report
Annual Report 2025 Powers of the Management Board to Issue or Buy Back Shares

Powers of the Management Board to Issue or Buy Back Shares

The Annual General Meeting of May 22, 2025, authorized the Management Board pursuant to Section 71 (1) No. 7 of the

Stock Corporation Act to buy and sell, for the purpose of securities trading, own shares of Deutsche Bank AG on or

before April 30, 2030, at prices which do not exceed or fall short by more than 10% of the average of the share prices

(closing auction prices of the Deutsche Bank share in Xetra trading and/or in a comparable successor system on the

Frankfurt Stock Exchange) on the respective three preceding stock exchange trading days. In this context, the shares

acquired for this purpose may not, at the end of any day, exceed 5% of the share capital of Deutsche Bank AG.

The Annual General Meeting of May 22, 2025, authorized the Management Board pursuant to Section 71 (1) No. 8 of the

Stock Corporation Act to buy, on or before April 30, 2030, own shares of Deutsche Bank AG in a total volume of up to

10% of the share capital at the time the resolution was taken or, if the value is lower, of the share capital at the time this

authorization is exercised. Together with own shares acquired for trading purposes and/or for other reasons and which

are from time to time in the company’s possession or attributable to the company pursuant to Sections 71a et seq. of the

Stock Corporation Act, the own shares purchased on the basis of this authorization may not at any time exceed 10% of

the company’s respectively applicable share capital. The own shares may be bought through the stock exchange or by

means of a public purchase offer to all shareholders. The consideration for the purchase of shares (excluding ancillary

purchase costs) through the stock exchange may not be more than 10% higher or more than 20% lower than the average

of the share prices (closing auction prices of the Deutsche Bank share in Xetra trading and/or in a comparable successor

system on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange) on the last three stock exchange trading days before the obligation to

purchase. In the case of a public purchase offer, it may not be more than 10% higher or more than 20% lower than the

average of the share prices (closing auction prices of the Deutsche Bank share in Xetra trading and/or in a comparable

successor system on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange) on the last three stock exchange trading days before the day of

publication of the offer. If the volume of shares offered in a public purchase offer exceeds the planned buyback volume,

acceptance must be in proportion to the shares offered in each case. The preferred acceptance of small quantities of up

to 50 of the company’s shares offered for purchase per shareholder may be defined.

The Management Board has also been authorized to dispose of the purchased shares and of any shares purchased on the

basis of previous authorizations pursuant to Section 71 (1) No. 8 of the Stock Corporation Act on the stock exchange or

by an offer to all shareholders. The Management Board has been authorized to dispose of the purchased shares against

contribution-in kind and with the exclusion of shareholders’ pre-emptive rights for the purpose of acquiring companies or

shareholdings in companies or other assets that serve the company’s business operations.

The Management Board has also been authorized to use shares purchased on the basis of authorizations pursuant to

Section 71 (1) No. 8 Stock Corporation Act to issue staff shares, with the exclusion of shareholders’ pre-emptive rights, to

employees and retired employees of the company and its affiliated companies or to use them to service option rights on

shares of the company and/or rights or duties to purchase shares of the company granted to employees or members of

executive or non-executive management bodies of the company and of affiliated companies.

Furthermore, the Management Board has been authorized, with the exclusion of shareholders’ pre-emptive rights, to sell

such own shares to third parties against cash payment if the purchase price is not substantially lower than the price of

the shares on the stock exchange at the time of sale. Use may only be made of this authorization if it has been ensured

that the number of shares sold on the basis of this authorization does not exceed 10% of the company’s share capital at

the time this authorization becomes effective or, if the amount is lower, at the time this authorization is exercised. Shares

that are issued or sold during the validity of this authorization with the exclusion of pre-emptive rights, in direct or

analogous application of Section 186 (3) sentence 4 Stock Corporation Act, are to be included in the maximum limit of

10% of the share capital. Also to be included are shares that are to be issued to service option and/or conversion rights

from convertible bonds, bonds with warrants, convertible participatory rights or participatory rights, if these bond or

participatory rights are issued during the validity of this authorization with the exclusion of pre-emptive rights in

corresponding application of Section 186 (3) sentence 4 Stock Corporation Act.

The Management Board has also been authorized to cancel shares acquired on the basis of this or a preceding

authorization without the execution of this cancellation process requiring a further resolution by the Annual General

Meeting.

412

Deutsche Bank Information pursuant to Section 315a (1) of the German Commercial Code and Explanatory Report
Annual Report 2025 Powers of the Management Board to Issue or Buy Back Shares

The Annual General Meeting of May 22, 2025, authorized the Management Board pursuant to Section 71 (1) No. 8 of the

Stock Corporation Act to execute the purchase of shares under the resolved authorization also with the use of put and

call options or forward purchase contracts. The company may accordingly sell to third parties put options based on

physical delivery and buy call options from third parties if it is ensured by the option conditions that these options are

fulfilled only with shares which themselves were acquired subject to compliance with the principle of equal treatment.

All share purchases based on put or call options are limited to shares in a maximum volume of 5% of the actual share

capital at the time of the resolution by the General Meeting on this authorization. The term of the options must be

selected such that the share purchase upon exercising the option is carried out at the latest on April 30, 2030.

The purchase price to be paid for the shares upon exercise of the put options or upon the maturity of the forward

purchase may not exceed more than 10% or fall below 10% of the average of the share prices (closing auction prices of

the Deutsche Bank share in Xetra trading and/or in a comparable successor system on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange) on

the last three stock exchange trading days before conclusion of the respective transaction in each case excluding

ancillary purchase costs but taking into account the option premium received. The call options may only be exercised if

the purchase price to be paid does not exceed by more than 10% or fall below 10% of the average of the share prices

(closing auction prices of the Deutsche Bank share in Xetra trading and/or in a comparable successor system on the

Frankfurt Stock Exchange) on the last three stock exchange trading days before the acquisition of the shares.

To the sale and cancellation of shares acquired with the use of derivatives the general rules established by the General

Meeting apply.

Own shares may continue to be purchased using existing derivatives that were agreed on the basis and during the

existence of previous authorizations.

413

Deutsche Bank Information pursuant to Section 315a (1) of the German Commercial Code and Explanatory Report
Annual Report 2025 Significant Agreements which Take Effect, Alter or Terminate upon a Change of Control of the Company Following<br><br>a Takeover Bid

Significant Agreements which Take Effect, Alter or Terminate

upon a Change of Control of the Company Following a

Takeover Bid

Significant agreements which take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the company following a

takeover bid have not been entered into.

414

Deutsche Bank Corporate Governance Statement pursuant to Sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code
Annual Report 2025

Corporate Governance Statement pursuant to

Sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial

Code

The entire Corporate Governance Statement according to sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code is

available on the Group’s website under https://www.db.com/ir/en/reports.htm as well as in the chapter “4 – Corporate

Governance Statement according to Sections 289f, 315d of the German Commercial Code”.

415

Deutsche Bank Standalone Parent Company information (HGB)
Annual Report 2025 Deutsche Bank AG Performance

Standalone Parent Company information (HGB)

Introduction

Deutsche Bank AG is the parent company of Deutsche Bank Group and its most material component. The management

of Deutsche Bank Group is based on IFRS results of the bank’s business segments. Deutsche Bank AG is fully integrated

in the initiatives and target setting of Deutsche Bank Group. The performance of the Group is ultimately driving the

performance of Deutsche Bank AG. Further, the bank has utilized the option under Section 2a of the German Banking Act

(KWG) with respect to regulatory capital so that regulatory capital ratios are only applicable on Group level.

Therefore, information that has been provided regarding Deutsche Bank Group in this combined management report in

general also is relevant and applies to Deutsche Bank AG. Additional information that facilitates an understanding of

Deutsche Bank AG is contained in this section. The financial information in this section has been prepared in accordance

with the German Commercial Code (“Handelsgesetzbuch”, HGB), unless stated otherwise. Further details on financial

information prepared in accordance with HGB can be found in the notes to the financial statements for Deutsche Bank

AG in a separate report.

Deutsche Bank AG Performance

One essential parameter to evaluate the performance of the Group is the ability to make distributions to shareholders.

This ability depends on the availability of distributable profits of Deutsche Bank AG determined in accordance with HGB.

Beyond that the financial information of Deutsche Bank AG prepared in accordance with HGB is generally less relevant

to assess or steer the Group’s financial performance due to the circumstances set forth in the introduction above.

Deutsche Bank AG’s net profit amounted to € 6.2 billion in 2025, up from € 2.9 billion in 2024.

Total revenues were € 23.0 billion in 2025, up 9% year-on-year mainly due to an increase in net interest income by 21% to

€ 11.4 billion and an increase in net commission income which improved by 6% to € 7.8 billion. This was partly offset by a

decline in net trading result by 13% to € 3.7 billion.

Administrative expenses remained essentially flat at € 16.2 billion. Balance of other sundry operating income and

expenses improved to € 186 million from € (1.4) billion in 2024. This development was primarily driven by the absence of

the Postbank takeover litigation charges recorded in 2024.

Risk provisioning was € 709 million in 2025, reflecting a higher net result from securities held in the liquidity reserve. In

2024, risk provisioning was € 1.1 billion.

The operating profit of € 6.3 billion increased by € 3.8 billion compared to 2024.

The result outside operating profit was mainly driven by net positive valuation adjustments of investments in affiliated

companies of € 1.8 billion. A tax expense of € 1.7 billion led to the net income of € 6.2 billion.

The Management Board and the Supervisory Board will propose to the Annual General Meeting to pay a dividend of

€ 1.00, to appropriate € 1.5 billion to the revenue reserves and to carry forward the remaining distributable profit.

416

Deutsche Bank Standalone Parent Company information (HGB)
Annual Report 2025 Income Statement

Income Statement

The table below provides an overview of Deutsche Bank AG’s income statement, which is followed by further information

on the individual line items.

Condensed income statement

Change
in € m. 2025 2024 in € m. in %
Interest income1 41,749 64,857 (23,108) (36)
Current income2 2,289 1,901 388 20
Total interest income 44,038 66,758 (22,720) (34)
Interest expenses 32,633 57,357 (24,724) (43)
Net interest income 11,406 9,401 2,004 21
Commission income 10,682 9,646 1,036 11
Commission expenses 2,875 2,247 629 28
Net commission income 7,807 7,399 408 6
Net trading result 3,749 4,305 (555) (13)
thereof: addition to trading-related special reserve pursuant to Section<br><br>340e (4) HGB (247) (247) N/M
Total revenues 22,962 21,105 1,857 9
Wages and salaries 5,534 5,493 42 1
Compulsory social security contributions3 1,299 891 408 46
Staff expenses 6,833 6,383 450 7
Other administrative expenses4 9,320 9,760 (440) (5)
Administrative expenses 16,153 16,143 10
Balance of other operating income/expenses 186 (1,393) 1,578 (113)
Risk provisioning 709 1,060 (351) (33)
Operating profit 6,285 2,509 3,776 151
Balance of other ordinary income/expenses 1,610 1,333 277 21
Extraordinary result (8) (4) (4) 118
Releases from/(Additions) to the fund for general banking risks
Income before taxes 7,887 3,838 4,049 105
Taxes 1,703 955 749 78
Net income (loss) 6,183 2,883 3,300 114
Profit carried forward from the previous year 143 575 (432) (75)
6,327 3,458 2,868 83
Allocations to revenue reserves 2,750 1,200 1,550 129
to other revenue reserves 2,750 1,200 1,550 129
Distributable profit 3,577 2,258 1,318 58

N/M - Not meaningful

1From lending and money market business, fixed-income securities and government inscribed debt

2From equity shares and other variable-yield securities, participating interests and investments in affiliated companies (including profit transfer agreements)

3Including expenses for pensions and other employee benefits

4Including scheduled depreciation on tangible and intangible assets

Net interest income

Net interest income was € 11.4 billion in 2025, an increase of € 2.0 billion compared to 2024. Current income, up by

€ 388 million, reflected higher contributions from affiliated companies. The net interest result from lending and

securities less interest expenses increased by € 1.6 billion, mainly driven by a higher net interest income from derivatives

and lower interest expenses on securitized liabilities.

Net commission income

Net commission income was € 7.8 billion in 2025, an increase of € 408 million compared to 2024. The increase was

mainly driven by higher brokerage fees and management fees for assets under management in the Private Bank. In

addition, higher commission fee income for other customer services contributed to the increase.

Net trading result

Net trading result amounted to € 3.7 billion in 2025, compared to € 4.3 billion in 2024. This development was mainly

driven by higher negative effects from currency translation and the addition to the trading-related special reserve

pursuant to Section 340e (4) HGB in the amount of € 247 million.

417

Deutsche Bank Standalone Parent Company information (HGB)
Annual Report 2025 Income Statement

Staff expenses and other administrative costs

Staff expenses increased by € 450 million to € 6.8 billion in 2025 compared to € 6.4 billion in 2024. This increase was

driven by higher expenses for defined benefit plans.

Geographical breakdown of the bank’s staff (full-time-equivalent)

Staff (full-time equivalents)1 Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Change
Germany 22,715 23,362 (647)
Europe excl. Germany 7,613 7,568 45
Americas 396 413 (17)
Africa/Asia/Australia 5,277 5,149 128
Total 36,001 36,492 (491)

1Staff (full-time equivalent) = total headcount adjusted proportionately for part time staff, excluding apprentices and interns

The decrease in the number of employees in Germany primarily results from a decrease of the number of employees in

Private Bank. In the region Africa/Asia/Australia the number of employees increased primarily in India, mainly driven by

staff increases in control functions, particularly in the areas Anti-Financial Crime and Group Audit & Investigations.

Other administrative expenses were € 9.3 billion in 2025 compared to € 9.8 billion in 2024. Therein, administrative

expenses (excluding scheduled depreciation and amortization on tangible and intangible assets) decreased by

€ 450 million. This development was mainly driven by lower maintenance costs and costs for IT-equipment. Scheduled

depreciation and amortization of tangible and intangible assets increased by € 10 million.

Net balance of operating income and expenses

The balance of other operating income/expenses was € 186 million in 2025, compared to € (1.4) billion in 2024. This

increase was mainly driven by the absence of the Postbank takeover litigation charges recorded in 2024.

Net risk provisioning

Net expense from risk provisioning, consisting of changes in credit related risk provisioning and the net result from

securities held in the liquidity reserve, amounted to € 709 million in 2025, compared to € 1.1 billion in 2024. This

development was mainly attributable to an increase in net result from securities held in the liquidity reserve, up by

€ 618 million, due to lower interest rate levels. Provisioning in the loan business increased by € 267 million.

Net balance of other ordinary income/expenses

The balance of other ordinary income and expenses, consisting of net valuation adjustments of investments in affiliated

companies, write-downs and non-scheduled depreciation of tangible and intangible assets and expenses from loss take-

over, was € 1.6 billion in 2025, compared to € 1.3 billion in 2024.

Net valuation adjustments and net results from disposals of investments in affiliated companies amounted to € 1.8 billion

in 2025 compared to € 1.6 billion in 2024, mainly relating to the bank’s franchise in the U.S. and several subsidiaries in

Europe.

Write-downs and non-scheduled depreciation of tangible and intangible assets amounted to € 121 million in 2025

compared to € 195 million in 2024 and were mainly attributable to buildings.

Expenses from loss take-over amounted to € 41 million in 2025 compared to € 54 million in 2024.

418

Deutsche Bank Standalone Parent Company information (HGB)
Annual Report 2025 Income Statement

Extraordinary result

Net extraordinary income and expenses were € (8) million in 2025, compared to € (4) million in 2024 and were primarily

driven by restructuring activities.

Taxes

In 2025, the bank recorded a tax expense of € 1.7 billion compared to a tax expense of € 955 million in the prior year. The

tax expense in 2025 and the prior year’s tax expense was primarily affected by tax exempt income.

Net profit and proposed appropriation

Deutsche Bank AG recorded a net profit of € 6.2 billion in 2025, compared to a net profit of € 2.9 billion in 2024.

After an addition to revenue reserves of € 2.8 billion, the 2025 distributable profit amounted to € 3.6 billion. The Bank

will propose to the Annual General Meeting a dividend of € 1.00 per share. This will reduce the distributable profit by up

to € 1.9 billion, depending on the number of shares outstanding at the record date. It will also be proposed to

appropriate additional € 1.5 billion to revenue reserves and to carry forward the remaining distributable profit.

419

Deutsche Bank Standalone Parent Company information (HGB)
Annual Report 2025 Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

The table below provides an overview of Deutsche Bank AG’s balance sheet, which is followed by further information on

the individual line items.

Condensed balance sheet

Change
in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 in € m. in %
Assets
Receivables from banks and customers incl. balances with central banks<br><br>and debt instruments of public-sector entities 703,256 685,315 17,941 3%
Participating interests and investments in affiliated companies 32,964 31,923 1,041 3%
Bonds and other securities and equity shares 106,845 83,732 23,113 28%
Trading Assets 318,181 301,057 17,124 6%
Remaining other assets 25,129 26,375 (1,247) (5)%
Total assets 1,186,374 1,128,403 57,972 5%
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Liabilities to banks and customers 713,207 678,503 34,704 5%
Liabilities in certificate form 104,010 100,993 3,017 3%
Trading liabilities 241,033 216,798 24,235 11%
Provisions 7,648 7,632 17 0%
Capital and reserves 48,669 44,884 3,785 8%
Subordinated liabilities, Participation rights capital, Instruments for<br><br>Additional Tier 1 Regulatory Capital and Fund for general banking risks 24,250 27,966 (3,716) (13)%
Remaining other liabilities 47,557 51,627 (4,070) (8)%
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 1,186,374 1,128,403 57,972 5%

As of December 31, 2025, the total balance sheet of € 1.2 trillion was slightly higher compared to year-end 2024.

Total credit extended

Total credit extended (excluding reverse repos and securities spot deals) increased by € 4.0 billion, primarily driven by an

increase in claims on customers.

Total credit extended (excluding acceptance loans, reverse repos and securities spot deals)

Change
in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 in € bn. in %
Claims on customers 420,744 417,376 3,368 1%
with a residual period of
up to 5 years1 313,297 301,331 11,966 4%
over 5 years 107,447 116,045 (8,598) (7)%
Loans to banks 52,232 51,573 659 1%
with a residual period of
up to 5 years1 35,600 36,811 (1,211) (3)%
over 5 years 16,632 14,763 1,870 13%
Total 472,995 468,985 4,010 1%

1Including those repayable on demand and those with an indefinite period

Receivables from banks (excluding loans) outside trading increased by € 12.0 billion, driven by an increase in short-term

receivables.

Investments in affiliated companies

Investments in affiliated companies increased by € 1.0 billion, primarily driven by reversal of prior write-downs on

affiliated companies in the U.S. and Europe.

Securities

The bank’s securities portfolio (excluding trading assets) increased by € 23.1 billion, primarily driven by an increase in

bond positions in the bank’s fixed assets portfolio.

420

Deutsche Bank Standalone Parent Company information (HGB)
Annual Report 2025 Balance Sheet

Trading assets

Trading assets increased by € 17.1 billion, primarily driven by an increase in bond positions, traded receivables from

reverse repo transactions and precious metals, partly offset by a decrease in positive market values from trading

derivatives.

Deposits and securitized liabilities

Liabilities to banks decreased by € 887 million, primarily driven by outflows in deposits.

Liabilities to customers increased by € 35.6 billion, primarily driven by higher inflows in deposits repayable on demand.

Liabilities in certificate form increased by € 3.0 billion, mainly driven by an increase in short-term borrowings.

Breakdown of liabilities

Change
in € bn. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 in € bn. in %
Liabilities to banks 138,372 139,259 (887) (1)%
repayable on demand 78,148 73,553 4,595 6%
with agreed period or notice period 60,224 65,706 (5,482) (8)%
Liabilities to customers 574,835 539,244 35,591 7%
Savings deposits 65,844 66,833 (989) (1)%
Other liabilities
repayable on demand 353,071 319,520 33,550 11%
with agreed period or notice period 155,921 152,884 3,037 2%
Liabilities in certificate form 104,010 100,993 3,017 3%
Bonds and notes issued 88,145 89,171 (1,026) (1)%
Other liabilities in certificate form 15,865 11,823 4,042 34%
thereof: Money market instruments 14,393 10,997 3,396 31%

Trading liabilities

Trading liabilities increased by € 24.2 billion, mainly attributable to an increase in traded liabilities from repo transactions,

partly offset by a decrease in negative market values from trading derivatives.

Subordinated liabilities

Subordinated liabilities decreased by € 3.6 billion, primarily driven by repayments.

Instruments for Additional Tier 1 regulatory capital

Instruments for Additional Tier 1 regulatory capital as of December 31, 2025, amounted to € 11.8 billion compared to

€ 12.2 billion as of December 31, 2024, driven by the redemption of two issuances, partly offset by two new issuances.

Capital and reserves

Deutsche Bank AG’s capital and reserves as of December 31, 2025, increased by € 3.8 billion to € 48.7 billion, compared

to € 44.9 billion as of December 31, 2024. The increase is mainly attributable to the distributable profit generated in

2025 as well as increase of other revenue reserves. These positive effects were partially offset by the effects from share

cancellation and cash dividends paid to Deutsche Bank shareholders.

Consistent with prior years, the Bank has utilized the option available under Section 2a of the German Banking Act (KWG)

with respect to its regulatory capital and presents capital requirements for Deutsche Bank Group only.

Overall the bank maintained its stable funding, high liquidity base and solid regulatory capital position which is based on

Group capital. For further details, please refer to the liquidity risk and capital adequacy sections in the Risk Report.

421

Deutsche Bank Standalone Parent Company information (HGB)
Annual Report 2025 Management of Deutsche Bank AG within the Group

Management of Deutsche Bank AG within the Group

The content in this chapter should be read in conjunction with the respective group sections in this Annual Report,

especially “Risk Report”, “Outlook”, “Risks and Opportunities” and “Internal control over financial reporting”.

Risk Management

The impact of the risks on Deutsche Bank AG cannot be isolated from the effects on Deutsche Bank’s other legal entities,

mainly driven by:

–The Group’s management structure, including its business segments follows its customers’ needs. The legal structure

is determined by local legislation and therefore does not necessarily follow the management structure. For example,

local legislation can determine whether the Group’s business in a certain country is conducted by a branch of

Deutsche Bank AG or by a separate subsidiary. However, the management has to monitor the risks in the bank’s

business – irrespective of whether it is transacted by a branch or a subsidiary.

–Adequate risk monitoring and management requires knowledge of the extent to which the Group’s profit situation

depends on the development of certain risk factors, i.e., on the creditworthiness of individual customers or securities

issuers or on movements in market prices. The respective exposures therefore need to be analyzed across legal

entities. Especially for the credit risk attached to a borrower, as it is irrelevant whether the credit exposure to a

company is spread over several Group companies or concentrated on Deutsche Bank AG. Separate monitoring of the

risk affecting Deutsche Bank AG alone would neglect the potential exposure facing the Group and, indirectly,

Deutsche Bank AG – as the parent – if the company became insolvent.

–Individual risk factors are sometimes correlated, and in some cases, they are independent of each other. If estimates of

the nature and extent of this correlation are available, the Group’s management can significantly reduce the overall

risk by diversifying its businesses across customer groups, issuers and countries. The risk correlation is also

independent of the Group’s legal and divisional structure. Therefore, management can only optimize the risk-

mitigating effects of diversification if it manages them Group-wide and across legal entities.

For the reasons mentioned, the identification, monitoring and management of all risks in Deutsche Bank AG are

integrated into the Group-wide risk management process. Following Group policies, Deutsche Bank AG adheres to the

respective legal and regulatory requirements.

The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) of Deutsche Bank AG stands at 144% as of December 31, 2025, compared to 122% as of

December 31, 2024. The Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) amounts to 109% as of December 31, 2025, compared to 111%

as of December 31, 2024. Both ratios are calculated separately to ensure an appropriate level of liquidity and stable

funding at Deutsche Bank AG.

Outlook and Strategy

Deutsche Bank AG as the parent company of the Group defines the strategy and planning for the individual Group

Divisions. Deutsche Bank AG participates in the results of the Group Divisions through own activities and profit

distribution from subsidiaries. Therefore, the Group’s outlook encompasses all Group Divisions and is not limited to the

parent company. In addition, financial key performance indicators are solely defined on Group level, except for the

amount of distributable profit.

422

Deutsche Bank Standalone Parent Company information (HGB)
Annual Report 2025 Management of Deutsche Bank AG within the Group

Risks and Opportunities

Risks

Deutsche Bank AG as a solo entity reporting under HGB faces additional risks compared to the Group in that certain

transactions in a given year may lead to higher or lower losses than in the Group financial statements prepared under

IFRS. The following items carry significant risk in this respect:

–Potential valuation adjustments of investments in affiliated companies, driven by local political and economic

environment, increased local regulatory requirements, restructuring or changes of share prices of listed investments.

–Increase in long-term provisions, especially pension obligations, despite rises in interest rate levels caused by the

discounting with average interest rates according to Section 253 (2) German Commercial Code.

–Negative valuation adjustments to plan assets, especially in an environment of rising interest rate levels. Due to the

above-mentioned valuation methodology, there might be no offsetting effect from lower pension obligations if

interest rates are rising.

–Potential requirement to set up a provision according to German accounting pronouncement IDW RS BFA 3 in case

the interest-bearing banking book does not generate an interest margin sufficient to cover expected credit risk costs

and administrative expenses. A return of a persisting low interest rate environment and the treatment of coupon

payments related to the AT1 instruments as expenses under HGB increase this risk.

In addition, profits or retained earnings from affiliated companies might not be available for distributions to Deutsche

Bank AG to support targeted dividend payments by Deutsche Bank AG  in line with  the group payout ratio.

Opportunities

Deutsche Bank AG as a solo entity reporting under HGB may have additional opportunities compared to the Group in

that respect that certain transactions in a given year are reported in a more beneficial manner than for the Group under

IFRS, such as realized gains which may be recognized in the income statement under IFRS in an earlier period.

In addition, there is the possibility that Deutsche Bank AG as parent entity shows profits in a given year that are higher

than its contribution to the Group’s net income, resulting from increased profit distributions from affiliated companies.

Internal control over financial reporting

The controls that are performed for the Group’s Annual Statements under IFRS apply to the bank’s financial statements

under HGB accordingly. In addition to these controls, specific HGB related controls are implemented which include:

–Inter-branch reconciliation and elimination are performed for HGB specific balances

–Analytical reviews of revaluation and reclassification items between IFRS and HGB on the level of foreign branches

and the German headquarters

423

Deutsche Bank Standalone Parent Company information (HGB)
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability Statement for Deutsche Bank AG

Sustainability Statement for Deutsche Bank AG

Deutsche Bank AG as the parent company of the Group defines the governance, strategy, impact, risk and opportunity

management, metrics and targets for material sustainability matters. As Deutsche Bank AG substantially represents the

Group for key metrics (e.g., total assets of the Group), such key sustainability elements are solely defined at Group level

with the exception of specifically highlighted subsidiaries as outlined in the Sustainability Statement of Deutsche Bank

Group. Therefore, the details pursuant to Section 340a (1a) German Commercial Code (HGB) in conjunction with Section

289b (3) HGB can be found in the Sustainability Statement within the Combined Management Report of this Annual

Report. As the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) issued by the European Union was not transposed

into German law as of December 31, 2025, the bank applied the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) as

reporting framework as allowed by Section 289d HGB and, on that basis, discloses governance, strategy, impact, risk and

opportunity management, metrics and targets for material sustainability matters.

2
Consolidated<br><br>Financial Statements
425 Consolidated Statement of Income 509 21 — Property and Equipment
426 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive<br><br>Income 511 22 — Leases
427 Consolidated Balance Sheet 512 23 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
428 Consolidated Statement of Changes in<br><br>Equity 517 24 — Non-Current Assets and Disposal Groups Held<br><br>for Sale
429 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 518 25 — Other Assets and Other Liabilities
431 Notes to the consolidated financial<br><br>statements 518 26 — Deposits
431 01 — Material accounting policies and critical<br><br>accounting estimates 519 27 — Provisions
455 02 — Recently adopted and new accounting<br><br>pronouncements 528 28 — Credit related commitments and contingent<br><br>liabilities
457 03 — Acquisitions and dispositions 529 29 — Other Short-Term Borrowings
458 04 — Business segments and related information 529 30 — Long-Term Debt and Trust Preferred Securities
530 31 — Maturity Analysis of the earliest contractual<br><br>undiscounted cash flows of Financial Liabilities
471 Notes to the consolidated income<br><br>statement
471 05 — Net interest income and net gains (losses) on<br><br>financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit<br><br>or loss 532 Additional Notes
473 06 — Commissions and fee income 532 32 — Common Shares
475 07 — Net gains (losses) from derecognition of<br><br>financial assets measured at amortized cost 533 33 — Employee Benefits
475 08 — Other income (loss) 551 34 — Income Taxes
475 09 — General and administrative expenses 554 35 — Derivatives
476 10 — Restructuring 559 36 — Related Party Transactions
477 11 — Earnings per share 561 37 — Information on Subsidiaries
478 Notes to the consolidated balance sheet 563 38 — Structured entities
478 12 — Financial assets/liabilities at fair value through<br><br>profit or loss 568 39 — Current and non-current assets and liabilities
480 13 — Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value 569 40 — Events after the reporting period
495 14 — Fair Value of Financial Instruments not carried<br><br>at Fair Value 570 41 — Regulatory capital information
497 15 — Financial assets at fair value through other<br><br>comprehensive income 575 42 — Supplementary information to the<br><br>consolidated financial statements according to<br><br>Sections 297 (1a)/314 HGB and the return on assets<br><br>according to Article 26a of the German Banking Act
497 16 — Equity Method Investments 577 43 — Country by country reporting
498 17 — Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial<br><br>Liabilities 579 44 — Shareholdings
502 18 — Loans
503 19 — Allowance for Credit Losses
506 20 — Transfer of Financial Assets, Assets Pledged<br><br>and Received as Collateral 601 Confirmations

425

Deutsche Bank Consolidated Statement of Income
Annual Report 2025

Consolidated Statement of Income

in € m. Notes 2025 2024 2023
Interest and similar income1 5 44,458 49,358 44,074
Interest expense 5 28,767 36,292 30,472
Net interest income 5 15,691 13,065 13,602
Provision for credit losses 19 1,707 1,830 1,505
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 13,985 11,235 12,097
Net commission and fee income 6 10,891 10,372 9,206
Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss 5 5,160 5,987 4,947
Net gains (losses) from derecognition of financial assets measured at<br><br>amortized cost 7 9 (11) (96)
Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other<br><br>comprehensive income 49 48 (—)
Net income (loss) from equity method investments 16 (6) 12 (38)
Other income (loss) 8 300 619 1,259
Total noninterest income 16,404 17,027 15,277
Compensation and benefits 33 11,813 11,731 11,131
General and administrative expenses 9 8,860 11,243 10,112
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets 23 233
Restructuring activities 10 (15) (3) 220
Total noninterest expenses 20,658 22,971 21,695
Profit (loss) before income taxes 9,731 5,291 5,678
Income tax expense (benefit) 34 2,592 1,786 787
Profit (loss) 7,139 3,505 4,892
Profit (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests 208 139 119
Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional<br><br>equity components 6,931 3,366 4,772

1Interest and similar income included € 32.5 billion, € 36.9 billion and € 34.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, calculated based

on effective interest method

Earnings per Share

Notes 2025 2024 2023
Earnings per share:1 11
Basic €3.16 €1.40 €2.07
Diluted €3.09 €1.37 €2.03
Number of shares in million:
Denominator for basic earnings per share –<br><br>weighted-average shares outstanding 1,954.5 1,993.6 2,064.1
Denominator for diluted earnings per share –<br><br>adjusted weighted-average shares after assumed conversions 1,998.0 2,039.3 2,104.0

1Earnings were adjusted by € 761 million before tax in 2025 for the coupons paid on Additional Tier 1 Notes, thereof € 728 million in the second quarter and € 32 million in

the fourth quarter of 2025. In the second quarters of 2024 and 2023 earnings were adjusted by € 574 million and € 498 million before tax respectively for the coupons

paid on Additional Tier 1 Notes.. The coupons paid on Additional Tier 1 Notes are not attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and therefore need to be deducted in

the calculation in accordance with IAS 33.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

426

Deutsche Bank Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Annual Report 2025

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Profit (loss) recognized in the income statement 7,139 3,505 4,892
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, before tax 27 264 (286)
Net fair value gains (losses) attributable to credit risk related to financial<br><br>liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss, before tax (115) (180) (62)
Total of income tax related to items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss (115) (61) 155
Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax 638 (332) 25
Realized net (gains) losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss),<br><br>before tax (49) (48)
Derivatives hedging variability of cash flows
Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax (42) (242) 439
Realized net (gains) losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss),<br><br>before tax (44) 234 395
Assets classified as held for sale
Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax
Realized net (gains) losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss),<br><br>before tax
Foreign currency translation
Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax (3,330) 833 (1,294)
Realized net (gains) losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss),<br><br>before tax (9) 3 (3)
Equity Method Investments
Net gains (losses) arising during the period 31 (2) (25)
Total of income tax related to items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss (133) 264 18
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (3,140) 731 (637)
Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 3,999 4,236 4,255
Attributable to:
Noncontrolling interests 107 192 77
Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components 3,892 4,044 4,178

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

427

Deutsche Bank Consolidated Balance Sheet
Annual Report 2025

Consolidated Balance Sheet

in € m. Notes Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Assets:
Cash and central bank balances 164,659 147,494
Interbank balances (w/o central banks) 6,962 6,160
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements 20 37,509 40,803
Securities borrowed 20 6 44
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Trading assets 153,811 139,772
Positive market values from derivative financial instruments 241,328 291,754
Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss 124,495 114,324
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 12, 13, 20, 35 519,635 545,849
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 15 43,644 42,090
Equity method investments 16 924 1,028
Loans at amortized cost 18, 19, 20 472,620 478,921
Property and equipment 21, 22 5,924 6,193
Goodwill and other intangible assets 23 7,561 7,749
Other assets 1 24, 25 167,472 101,207
Assets for current tax 1,609 1,801
Deferred tax assets 34 6,544 7,839
Total assets 1,435,067 1,387,177
Liabilities and equity:
Deposits 26 691,828 666,261
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements 20 4,177 3,740
Securities loaned 20 2 2
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Trading liabilities 42,879 43,498
Negative market values from derivative financial instruments 225,775 276,395
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss 115,055 92,047
Investment contract liabilities 469 454
Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 12, 13, 20, 35 384,179 412,395
Other short-term borrowings 29 18,204 9,895
Other liabilities 1 22, 24, 25 137,713 95,631
Provisions 19, 27 2,408 3,326
Liabilities for current tax 694 720
Deferred tax liabilities 34 623 590
Long-term debt 30 114,754 114,899
Trust preferred securities 30 283 287
Total liabilities 1,354,863 1,307,745
Common shares, no par value, nominal value of € 2.56 32 4,891 5,106
Additional paid-in capital 38,281 39,744
Retained earnings 28,096 23,368
Common shares in treasury, at cost 32 (185) (713)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (4,150) (1,229)
Total shareholders’ equity 66,933 66,276
Additional equity components 11,708 11,550
Noncontrolling interests 1,562 1,606
Total equity 80,203 79,432
Total liabilities and equity 1,435,067 1,387,177

1Includes non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

428

Deutsche Bank Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Annual Report 2025

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Unrealized net gains (losses)
in € m. Common shares<br><br>(no par value) Additional<br><br>paid-in capital Retained<br><br>earnings Common shares<br><br>in treasury,<br><br>at cost On financial<br><br>assets at fair<br><br>value through<br><br>other<br><br>compre-<br><br>hensive<br><br>income,<br><br>net of tax2 Attributable to<br><br>change in own<br><br>credit risk of<br><br>financial<br><br>liabilities<br><br>designated as<br><br>at fair value<br><br>through profit<br><br>and loss,<br><br>net of tax2 On<br><br>derivatives<br><br>hedging<br><br>variability of<br><br>cash flows,<br><br>net of tax2 On assets<br><br>classified as<br><br>held for sale,<br><br>net of tax2 Foreign<br><br>currency<br><br>translation,<br><br>net of tax2 Unrealized<br><br>net gains<br><br>(losses) from<br><br>equity method<br><br>investments Accumula-<br><br>ted other<br><br>comprehen-<br><br>sive income,<br><br>net of tax1 Total<br><br>shareholders’<br><br>equity Additional<br><br>equity<br><br>components3 Noncontrolling<br><br>interests Total equity
Balance as of December 31, 2022 5,291 40,513 17,800 (331) (986) 62 (570) 171 10 (1,314) 61,959 8,578 1,791 72,328
Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1 4,772 133 (43) 592 (1,111) (16) (445) 4,327 78 4,404
Gains (losses) attributable to equity instruments designated as at fair value through<br><br>other comprehensive income, net of tax
Gains (losses) upon early extinguishment attributable to change in own credit risk of<br><br>financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax
Common shares cancelled5 (68) (232) 300
Cash dividends paid (610) (610) (100) (710)
Coupon on additional equity components, before tax (498) (498) (498)
Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax (148) (148) (1) (149)
Net change in share awards in the reporting period (94) (94) (1) (95)
Treasury shares distributed under share-based compensation plans 407 407 407
Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans 27 27 (1) 26
Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares (65) (65) (65)
Purchases of treasury shares (857) (857) (857)
Sale of treasury shares
Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold
Other 39 39 (9)4 (4) 26
Balance as of December 31, 2023 5,223 40,187 21,316 (481) (853) 18 22 (941) (6) (1,760) 64,486 8,569 1,763 74,818
Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1 3,366 (272) (131) 1 928 (1) 525 3,891 191 4,082
Gains (losses) attributable to equity instruments designated as at fair value through<br><br>other comprehensive income, net of tax
Gains (losses) upon early extinguishment attributable to change in own credit risk of<br><br>financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax (5) 5 5
Common shares cancelled5 (117) (333) 450
Cash dividends paid (883) (883) (264) (1,147)
Coupon on additional equity components, before tax (574) (574) (574)
Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax 148 148 1 149
Net change in share awards in the reporting period (23) (23) (23)
Treasury shares distributed under share-based compensation plans 444 444 444
Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans 53 53 53
Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares (41) (41) (41)
Purchases of treasury shares (1,126) (1,126) (1,126)
Sale of treasury shares
Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold
Other (99) (99) 2,981 4 (84) 2,798
Balance as of December 31, 2024 5,106 39,744 23,368 (713) (1,124) (108) 23 (13) (7) (1,229) 66,276 11,550 1,606 79,432
Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1 6,931 418 (93) (59) (3,212) 17 (2,930) 4,002 106 4,108
Gains (losses) attributable to equity instruments designated as at fair value through<br><br>other comprehensive income, net of tax
Gains (losses) upon early extinguishment attributable to change in own credit risk of<br><br>financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax (9) 9 9
Common shares cancelled5 (215) (1,459) 1,675
Cash dividends paid (1,315) (1,315) (107) (1,421)
Coupon on additional equity components, before tax (761) (761) (761)
Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax (119) (119) 1 (118)
Net change in share awards in the reporting period 63 63 63
Treasury shares distributed under share-based compensation plans 472 472 472
Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans 161 161 161
Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares (75) (75) (75)
Purchases of treasury shares (1,618) (1,618) (1,618)
Sale of treasury shares
Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold
Other (153) (153) 158 4 (45) (39)
Balance as of December 31, 2025 4,891 38,281 28,096 (185) (707) (192) (36) (3,225) 10 (4,150) 66,933 11,708 1,562 80,203

1Excluding remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax

2Excluding unrealized net gains (losses) from equity method investments

3Includes Additional Tier 1 Notes, which constitute unsecured and subordinated notes of Deutsche Bank and are classified as equity in accordance with IFRS

4Includes net proceeds from issuance, purchase and sale of Additional Equity Components

5At December 19, 2025, Deutsche Bank cancelled 37.7 million of its common shares; the cancellation reduced the nominal value of the shares by € 96 million; the cancelled shares had been held in common shares in treasury, at their acquisition cost of € 1.0 billion; the difference between the common shares at cost and their nominal value has reduced additional-paid-in capital by € 903

million. At January 3, 2025, Deutsche Bank cancelled 46.4 million of its common shares; the cancellation reduced the nominal value of the shares by € 119 million; the cancelled shares had been held in common shares in treasury, at their acquisition cost of € 675 million; the difference between the common shares at cost and their nominal value has reduced additional paid-in capital by €

556 million. At March 5, 2024, Deutsche Bank cancelled 45.5 million of its common shares; the cancellation reduced the nominal value of the shares by € 117 million; the cancelled shares had been held in common shares in treasury, at their acquisition cost of € 450 million; the difference between the common shares at cost and their nominal value has reduced additional paid-in capital

by € 333 million. At February 28, 2023, Deutsche Bank cancelled 26.5 million of its common shares; the cancellation reduced the nominal value of the shares by € 68 million; the cancelled shares had been held in common shares in treasury, at their acquisition cost of € 300 million; the difference between the common shares at cost and their nominal value has reduced additional paid-in

capital by € 232 million

429

Deutsche Bank Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Annual Report 2025

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Profit (loss) 7,139 3,505 4,892
Cash flows from operating activities:
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Provision for credit losses 1,707 1,830 1,505
Restructuring activities (15) (3) 220
Gain on sale of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, equity<br><br>method investments and other (22) (76) (84)
Deferred income taxes, net 837 473 (553)
Impairment, depreciation and other amortization, and accretion 2,805 3,388 3,111
Share of net income from equity method investments (35) 4 107
Adjustments for net change in operating assets and liabilities:
Interest-earning time deposits with central banks and banks (13,074) (1,188) (699)
Central bank funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements, securities<br><br>borrowed 3,490 (25,975) (3,285)
Non-Trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss (14,115) (25,214) 793
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss 75 93
Loans at amortized cost (9,415) 226 8,556
Other assets (52,226) 13,990 (1,384)
Deposits 38,220 37,603 1,771
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss and investment contract<br><br>liabilities1 28,456 5,425 29,493
Central bank funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, securities<br><br>loaned 631 625 2,456
Other short-term borrowings 8,529 182 4,534
Other liabilities 48,755 (19,800) 777
Senior long-term debt2 5,754 (6,339) (11,880)
Trading assets and liabilities, positive and negative market values from derivative financial<br><br>instruments, net (19,269) (14,991) (35,616)
Other, net 8,912 (2,323) 801
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 47,064 (28,584) 5,606
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from:
Sale of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 10,909 18,267 15,646
Maturities of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 22,748 22,658 19,437
Sale of debt securities held to collect at amortized cost 20
Maturities of debt securities held to collect at amortized cost 4,631 7,216 8,025
Sale of equity method investments 20
Sale of property and equipment 18 20 33
Purchase of:
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (37,989) (46,502) (38,648)
Debt Securities held to collect at amortized cost (24,728) (6,498) (4,859)
Equity method investments (17) (63) (60)
Property and equipment (443) (528) (422)
Net cash received in (paid for) business combinations/divestitures 3 (361)
Other, net (1,440) (1,375) (1,386)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (26,311) (6,781) (2,576)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuances of subordinated long-term debt3 54 20 1,432
Repayments and extinguishments of subordinated long-term debt3 (2,728) (153) (1,471)
Issuances of trust preferred securities4
Repayments and extinguishments of trust preferred securities4 (6) (6) (225)
Principal portion of lease payments5 (496) (552) (534)
Common shares issued
Purchases of treasury shares (1,618) (1,126) (857)
Sale of treasury shares
Additional Equity Components (AT1) issued 2,500 3,000
Additional Equity Components (AT1) repaid (2,360)
Purchases of Additional Equity Components (AT1) (3,064) (3,341) (400)

430

Deutsche Bank Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Annual Report 2025
in € m. 2025 2024 2023
--- --- --- ---
Sale of Additional Equity Components (AT1) 3,071 3,316 415
Coupon on additional equity components, pre tax (761) (574) (498)
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests (107) (264) (100)
Net change in noncontrolling interests (6) (84) (5)
Cash dividends paid to Deutsche Bank shareholders (1,315) (883) (610)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (6,834) (646) (2,852)
Net effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (6,309) 2,910 (2,036)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 7,611 (33,102) (1,857)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 130,666 163,768 165,626
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 138,277 130,666 163,768
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities include
Income taxes paid (received), net 1,361 1,392 955
Interest paid6 28,805 36,030 28,502
Interest received6 44,543 48,746 43,413
Dividends received 142 110 106
Cash and cash equivalents comprise
Cash and central bank balances7 133,193 126,353 159,326
Interbank balances (w/o central banks)8 5,084 4,313 4,442
Total 138,277 130,666 163,768

1Included are senior long-term debt issuances of € 12.2 billion and € 13.5 billion and repayments and extinguishments of € 6.2 billion and € 2.4 billion through December

31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively

2Included are issuances of € 23.7 billion and € 25.9 billion and repayments and extinguishments of € 17.2 billion and € 33.2 billion through December 31, 2025 and

December 31, 2024, respectively

3Non-cash changes for Subordinated Long-Term Debt are € (741) million in total and mainly driven by Fair Value changes of € 62 million and Foreign Exchange

movements of € (810) million through December 31, 2025 and € 532 million in total mainly driven by Fair Value changes of € 90 million and Foreign Exchange movements

of € 432 million through December 31, 2024

4Non-cash changes for Trust Preferred Securities are € 2 million in total and mainly driven by Fair Value changes of € (3) million through December 31, 2025 and € 3

million in total and mainly driven by Fair Value changes of € (3) million through December 31, 2024

5Non-cash changes for Lease liabilities are € 327 million in total including Foreign Exchange movements of € (205) million through December 31, 2025 and € 673 million in

total including Foreign Exchange movements of € 107 million through December 31, 2024

6Includes interest paid and interest received from derivatives qualifying as hedging instruments under the Group’s fair value hedge accounting application, which includes

portfolio hedges of interest rate risk in accordance with the EU carve-out version of IAS 39

7Not included: Interest-earning time deposits with central banks of € 31.5 billion as of December 31, 2025 and € 21.2 billion as of December 31, 2024

8Not included: Interest-earning time deposits with banks of € 1.9 billion as of December 31, 2025 and € 1.9 billion as of December 31, 2024

As of December 31, 2025 cash and central bank balances include time and demand deposits at the Russian Central Bank

of € 545 million (€ 377 million as of December 31, 2024). These are subject to foreign exchange restrictions. Thereof,

demand deposits of € 13 million (€ 15 million as of December 31, 2024) qualify as Cash and cash equivalents at end of

period.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

431

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

01 — Material accounting policies and critical accounting

estimates

Basis of accounting

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany (“Deutsche Bank” or the

“Parent”) is a stock corporation organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany. Deutsche Bank together

with all entities in which Deutsche Bank has a controlling financial interest (collectively the “Group”, or “Deutsche Bank”)

is a global provider of a full range of corporate and investment banking, private clients and asset management products

and services.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are stated in euros, the presentation currency of the Group. All

financial information presented in million euros has been rounded to the nearest million. The consolidated financial

statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the

International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and endorsed by the European Union (EU).

Prior to publication on March 12, 2026, the Supervisory Board approved the Consolidated Financial Statements 2025 of

the Group on March 11, 2026, which were drawn up by the Management Board on March 5, 2026.

EU carve out

The Group applies fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (fair value macro hedges) in

accordance with the EU carve out version of IAS 39. The purpose of applying the EU carve out version of IAS 39 is to align

the Group’s hedge accounting approach with its risk management practice and the accounting practice of its major

European peers. Under the EU carve out version of IAS 39 fair value macro hedge accounting may be applied to core

deposits. In addition, under the EU carve out version of IAS 39 hedge ineffectiveness is only recognized when the revised

estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets falls below the original designated amount of that

bucket. If the revised amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is more than the original designated amount, then

there is no hedge ineffectiveness. Under IFRS as issued by the IASB, hedge accounting for fair value macro hedges

cannot be applied to core deposits. In addition, under IFRS as issued by the IASB hedge ineffectiveness arises for all fair

value macro hedge accounting relationships whenever the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled

time buckets is either more or less than the original designated amount of that bucket. The EU carve out version of

IAS 39 also removes the prohibition on identifying a benchmark risk component in a financial instrument priced at sub–

benchmark. This may arise when financial instruments carry a negative spread such that the identified non–contractually

specified risk component is larger than the interest carry on the contract itself.

For the financial year ended December 31, 2025, the application of the EU carve-out version of IAS 39 had a positive impact

of € 0.7 billion on profit before tax and of € 0.3 billion on profit after tax. For the financial year ended December 31, 2024,

the application of the EU carve-out had a negative impact of € 1.4 billion on profit before taxes and of € 1.0 billion on

profit post taxes.

The Group’s regulatory capital and ratios thereof are also reported on the basis of the EU carve-out version of IAS 39. The

impact on total equity also impacts the calculation of the CET1 capital ratio. As of December 31, 2025, application of the

EU carve-out had a cumulative negative impact on the CET1 capital ratio of about 60 basis points and a cumulative

negative impact of about 68 basis points as of December 31, 2024.

432

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

IFRS 7 disclosures (including disclosures on segment reporting and geopolitical risks)

Disclosures about the nature and the extent of risks arising from financial instruments as required by IFRS 7, “Financial

Instruments: Disclosures” are set forth in the Risk Report section of the Combined Management Report and are an

integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Disclosures on geopolitical and macroeconomic related risks can be found in the section “Risks and opportunities”, as

well as in the section “Risk and capital overview”, chapter “Key risk themes” in the Risk Report. The Group is exposed to

general risk arising from geopolitical and macroeconomic uncertainties. The following are examples of how such risks

may impact the financial results of the Group:

–Tariffs or sanctions as well as economic stagnation could impact a client’s ability to service principal and interest

payments under instruments subject to IFRS 9.

–Wars and embargoes in specific regions in the world could impact client ability to generate sustainable returns to

service their loans.

The Group considers such geopolitical and macroeconomic risks as part of the credit risk assessment and due diligence

process before relevant clients are granted credit. The Group also manages its credit portfolio within the established risk

appetite and limits.

Details on segment reporting can be found in the section “Business segments of Deutsche Bank” of the Management

Report and in Note 04 - Business segments and related information.

These audited disclosures are marked in light blue in the Risk Report.

Since the beginning of the fourth quarter 2023, High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA, as defined in the Commission

Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61) is a key limit per the Group’s liquidity risk appetite, replacing the previously reported

Liquidity Reserve. HQLA comprise available cash and cash equivalents and unencumbered high quality liquid securities

(including government and government guaranteed bonds), representing the most readily available and most important

countermeasure in a stress event. Accordingly, the Group discontinued the disclosure of Liquidity Reserves from 2025

onwards.

Critical accounting estimates

The preparation of financial statements under IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions for certain

categories of assets and liabilities. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities

and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date, and the reported amounts of revenue and

expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from management’s estimates. The Group’s material

accounting policies are described in “Material Accounting Policies”.

Certain of the Group’s accounting policies require critical accounting estimates that involve complex and subjective

judgments and the use of assumptions, some of which may be for matters that are inherently uncertain and susceptible

to change. Such critical accounting estimates could change from period to period and may have a material impact on the

Group’s financial condition, changes in financial condition or results of operations. Critical accounting estimates could

also involve estimates where management could have reasonably used another estimate in the current accounting

period. The Group has identified the following material accounting policies that involve critical accounting estimates:

–The impairment of loans and provisions for off-balance sheet positions (see “Impairment of Loans and Provision for

Off-balance Sheet Positions” below)

–The impairment of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (see “Impairment of Loans and

Provision for Off-balance Sheet Positions” below)

–The determination of fair value (see “Determination of Fair Value” below)

–The recognition of trade date profit (see “Recognition of Trade Date Profit” below)

–The impairment of goodwill and other intangibles (see “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” below)

–The recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets (see “Income Taxes” below)

–The accounting for legal and regulatory contingencies and uncertain tax positions (see “Provisions” below)

Material accounting policies

The following is a description of the material accounting policies of the Group. Except for the changes in accounting

policies and changes in accounting estimates described previously and noted below these policies have been

consistently applied for 2023, 2024 and 2025.

433

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Principles of consolidation

The financial information in the Consolidated Financial Statements includes the parent company, Deutsche Bank AG,

together with its consolidated subsidiaries, including certain structured entities presented as a single economic unit.

Subsidiaries

The Group’s subsidiaries are those entities which it directly or indirectly controls. Control over an entity is evidenced by

the Group’s ability to exercise its power in order to affect any variable returns that the Group is exposed to through its

involvement with the entity.

The Group sponsors the formation of structured entities and interacts with structured entities sponsored by third parties

for a variety of reasons, including allowing clients to hold investments in separate legal entities, allowing clients to invest

jointly in alternative assets, for asset securitization transactions, and for buying or selling credit protection.

When assessing whether to consolidate an entity, the Group evaluates a range of control factors, namely:

–Purpose and design of the entity

–Relevant activities and how these are determined

–Whether the Group’s rights result in the ability to direct the relevant activities

–Whether the Group has exposure or rights to variable returns

–Whether the Group has the ability to use its power to affect the amount of its returns

Where voting rights are relevant, the Group is deemed to have control where it holds, directly or indirectly, more than

half of the voting rights over an entity unless there is evidence that another investor has the practical ability to

unilaterally direct the relevant activities.

Potential voting rights that are deemed to be substantive are also considered when assessing control.

Likewise, the Group also assesses existence of control where it does not control the majority of the voting power but has

the practical ability to unilaterally direct the relevant activities. This may arise in circumstances where the size and

dispersion of holdings of the shareholders give the Group the power to direct the activities of the investee.

Associates

Investments in associates are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. An associate is an entity in which

the Group has significant influence, but not a controlling interest, over the operating and financial management policy

decisions of the entity. Significant influence is generally presumed when the Group holds between 20% and 50% of the

voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are

considered in assessing whether the Group has significant influence. Among the other factors that are considered in

determining whether the Group has significant influence are representation on the board of directors (supervisory board

in the case of German stock corporations) and material intercompany transactions. The existence of these factors could

require the application of the equity method of accounting for a particular investment even though the Group’s

investment is less than 20% of the voting stock.

Under the equity method of accounting, the Group’s investments in associates and jointly controlled entities are initially

recorded at cost including any directly related transaction costs incurred in acquiring the associate, and subsequently

increased (or decreased) to reflect both the Group’s pro-rata share of the post-acquisition net income (or loss) of the

associate or jointly controlled entity and other movements included directly in the equity of the associate or jointly

controlled entity. The Group’s share of the results of associates is adjusted to conform to the accounting policies of the

Group and is reported in the Consolidated Statement of Income as Net income (loss) from equity method investments.

If there is objective evidence of impairment, an impairment test is performed by comparing the investment’s recoverable

amount, which is the higher of its value in use and fair value less costs to sell, with its carrying amount.

434

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Foreign currency translation

The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in euro, which is the presentation currency of the Group. Various

entities in the Group use a different functional currency, being the currency of the primary economic environment in

which the entity operates.

An entity records foreign currency revenues, expenses, gains and losses in its functional currency using the exchange

rates prevailing at the dates of recognition.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency are translated at the

period end closing rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the translation and settlement of these items

are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income as net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value

through profit or loss in order to align the translation amounts with those recognized from foreign currency related

transactions (derivatives) which hedge these monetary assets and liabilities.

Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost are translated using the historical exchange rate at the date of

the transaction. Translation differences on non-monetary items which are held at fair value through profit or loss are

recognized in profit or loss.

For purposes of translation into the presentation currency, assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at

the period end closing rate and items of income and expense are translated into euros at the rates prevailing on the dates

of the transactions, or average rates of exchange where these approximate actual rates. The exchange differences arising

on the translation of a foreign operation are included in other comprehensive income. For foreign operations that are

subsidiaries, the amount of exchange differences attributable to any noncontrolling interests is recognized in

noncontrolling interests.

Upon disposal of a foreign subsidiary and associate (which results in loss of control or significant influence over that

operation) the total cumulative exchange differences recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to

profit or loss.

Upon partial disposal of a foreign operation that is a subsidiary and which does not result in loss of control, the

proportionate share of cumulative exchange differences is reclassified from other comprehensive income to

noncontrolling interests as this is deemed a transaction with equity holders. For a partial disposal of an associate which

does not result in a loss of significant influence, the proportionate share of cumulative exchange differences is

reclassified from other comprehensive income to profit or loss.

Interest, commissions and fees

Net interest income – Interest income and expense from all interest-bearing assets and liabilities is recognized as net

interest income using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate (EIR) is a method of calculating the

amortized cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and of allocating the interest income or expense over the

relevant period using the estimated future cash flows.

The estimated future cash flows used in the EIR calculation include those determined by all of the contractual terms of

the asset or liability, all fees (including commissions) that are considered to be integral to the effective interest rate,

direct and incremental transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts. However, if the financial instrument is

carried at fair value through profit or loss, any associated fees are recognized in trading income when the instrument is

initially recognized, provided there are no significant unobservable inputs used in determining its fair value.

If a financial asset is credit-impaired, interest revenue is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the

amortized cost amount. The amortized cost amount of a financial asset is the gross carrying amount of a financial asset

after adjusting for any impairment allowance. For assets which are initially recognized as purchased or credit-impaired,

interest revenue is calculated through the use of a credit-adjusted effective interest rate which takes into consideration

expected credit losses.

The Group presents negative interest paid on interest-bearing assets as interest expense, and interest revenue received

from interest-bearing liabilities as interest income.

The Group presents interest income and expense calculated using the EIR method separately in the Group’s

consolidated statement of income.

435

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Commissions and fee income – The Group applies the IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” five-step

revenue recognition model to the recognition of Commissions and Fee Income, under which income must be recognized

when control of goods and services is transferred, hence the contractual performance obligations to the customer have

been satisfied.

Accordingly, after a contract with a customer has been identified in the first step, the second step is to identify the

performance obligation – or a series of distinct performance obligations – provided to the customer. The Group must

examine whether the service is capable of being distinct and is actually distinct within the context of the contract. A

promised service is distinct if the customer can benefit from the service either on its own or together with other

resources that are readily available to the customer, and the promise to transfer the service to the customer is separately

identifiable from other promises in the contract. The amount of income is measured on the basis of the contractually

agreed transaction price for the performance obligation defined in the contract. If a contract includes a variable

consideration, the Group estimates the amount of consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange for transferring

the promised goods or services to a customer. Income is recognized in profit and loss when the identified performance

obligation has been satisfied. The Group does not present information about its remaining performance obligations if it is

part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less.

The Group determines the stand-alone selling price at contract inception of a distinct service underlying each

performance obligation in the contract and allocates the transaction price in proportion to those stand-alone selling

prices. The stand-alone selling price is the price at which Deutsche Bank would sell a promised service separately to a

customer on an unbundled basis. The best evidence of a stand-alone selling price is the observable price of a service

when the Group sells that service separately in similar circumstances and to similar customers. If the Group does not sell

the service to a customer separately, it estimates the stand-alone selling price at an amount using a suitable method, for

example, in loan syndication transactions the Group applies the requirements for recognition of trade day profit and

considers the price at which other market participants provide the same service on an unbundled basis. As such when

estimating a stand-alone selling price, the Group considers all information (including market conditions) that is

reasonably available to it. In doing so, the Group maximizes the use of observable inputs and applies estimation methods

consistently in similar circumstances.

The Group provides asset management services that give rise to asset management and performance fees and constitute

a single performance obligation. The asset management and performance fee components are variable considerations

such that at each reporting date the Group estimates the fee amount to which it will be entitled in exchange for

transferring the promised services to the customer. The benefits arising from the asset management services are

simultaneously received and consumed by the customer over time. The Group recognizes revenue over time by

measuring the progress towards complete satisfaction of that performance obligation, subject to the removal of any

uncertainty as to whether it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue recognized

would occur or not. For performance fees this date is typically at receipt of the performance fee when any uncertainty

related to the performance component has been fully removed. Where the Group recognizes performance fee revenue

prior to actual receipt it applies a parameter-based methodology that assesses whether the Group expects to meet the

performance fee related conditions such that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the cumulative revenue

amount recognized would not occur. In this case the right to receive the corresponding revenue amount is recognized as

a contract asset and presented as other assets in the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.

Loan commitment fees related to commitments that are accounted for off balance sheet are recognized in commissions

and fee income over the life of the commitment if it is unlikely that the Group will enter into a specific lending

arrangement. If it is probable that the Group will enter into a specific lending arrangement, the loan commitment fee is

deferred until the origination of a loan and recognized as an adjustment to the loan’s effective interest rate.

Commissions and Fee Income predominantly earned from services that are received and consumed by the customer over

time: Administration, assets under management, foreign commercial business, loan processing and guarantees sundry

other customer services. The Group recognizes revenue from these services over time by measuring the progress towards

complete satisfaction of that performance obligation, subject to the removal of any uncertainty as to whether it is highly

probable that a significant reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue recognized would occur or not.

Commissions and Fee Income predominantly earned from providing services at a point in time or transaction-type

services include other securities, underwriting and advisory fees, brokerage fees, local payments, foreign currency/

exchange business and intermediary fees.

436

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Expenses that are directly related and incremental to the generation of Commissions and Fee Income are presented net

in Commissions and Fee Income in the Consolidated Statement of Income. This includes income and associated expense

where the Group contractually owns the performance obligation (i.e., as Principal) in relation to the service that gives rise

to the revenue and associated expense. In contrast, it does not include situations where the Group does not contractually

own the performance obligation and is acting as agent. The determination of whether the Group is acting as principal or

agent is based on the contractual terms of the underlying service arrangement. The gross Commissions and Fee Income

and Expense amounts are disclosed in “Note 06 – Commissions and Fee Income”.

Financial assets

The Group classifies financial assets in line with the classification and measurement requirements of IFRS 9, where

financial assets are classified based on both the business model used for managing the financial assets and the

contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset (known as Solely Payments of Principal and Interest or “SPPI”).

There are three business models available:

–Hold to Collect - Financial assets held with the objective to collect contractual cash flows. They are subsequently

measured at amortized cost and are recorded in multiple lines on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.

–Hold to Collect and Sell - Financial assets held with the objective of both collecting contractual cash flows and selling

financial assets. They are recorded as Financial assets at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income on the

Group’s consolidated balance sheet.

–Other - Financial assets that do not meet the criteria of either “Hold to Collect” or “Hold to Collect and Sell”. They are

recorded as Financial Assets at Fair Value through Profit or Loss on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.

The assessment of business model requires judgment based on facts and circumstances upon initial recognition. As part

of this assessment, the Group considers quantitative factors (e.g., the expected frequency and volume of sales) and

qualitative factors such as how the performance of the business model and the financial assets held within that business

model are evaluated and reported to the Group’s key management personnel. In addition to taking into consideration the

risks that affect the performance of the business model and the financial assets held within that business model, in

particular, the way in which those market and credit risks are managed; and how managers of the business are

compensated (e.g., whether the compensation is based on the fair value of the assets managed or on the contractual

cash flows collected). This assessment results in an asset being classified in either a Hold to Collect, Hold to Collect and

Sell or Other business model.

If the Group holds a financial asset either in a Hold to Collect or a Hold to Collect and Sell business model, then an

assessment at initial recognition to determine whether the contractual cash flows of the financial asset are Solely

Payments of Principal and Interest on the principal amount outstanding is required to determine the financial asset

classification. Contractual cash flows, that are SPPI on the principal amount outstanding, are consistent with a basic

lending arrangement. Interest in a basic lending arrangement is consideration for the time value of money and the credit

risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a particular period of time. It can also include consideration

for other basic lending risks (e.g., liquidity risk) and costs (e.g., administrative costs) associated with holding the financial

asset for a particular period of time; and a profit margin that is consistent with a basic lending arrangement. Where cash

flows can change over time due to contingent events, such as terms where the margin on a loan adjusts depending on

the performance of the borrower on certain contractual ESG metrics, the contingent event and cash flows are assessed

to determine if the instrument cash flows are SPPI. The nature of the contingent event and the size of the possible

change in cash flows are taken into account in this assessment on an absolute and relative basis compared to the overall

coupon. Additionally, as part of the SPPI assessment where the lending is non-recourse in nature then further

assessment is made to determine if the cash flows are consistent with SPPI which is dependent on the nature of the

underlyings, the level of subordination and the contractual cash flows of the instrument held. The Group originates and

purchases debt instruments from entities issuing multiple tranches of debt. Where these instruments meet the definition

of a contractually linked instruments then further analysis is performed on the cash flows and credit risk exposure of the

instrument held as well as the underlying collateral held at purchase and can be held in the future.

437

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets are classified at fair value through profit or loss if they are held in the Other business model because they

are either held for trading or because they do not meet the criteria for Hold to Collect or Hold to Collect and Sell. In

addition, it includes financial assets that meet the criteria for Hold to Collect or Hold to Collect and Sell business model,

but the financial asset fails SPPI or where the Group designated the financial assets under the fair value option.

Financial assets classified as Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value with realized

and unrealized gains and losses included in Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or

loss. Interest on interest earning assets such as trading loans and debt securities and dividends on equity instruments are

presented in Interest and Similar Income.

The Group applies trade date accounting to financial assets classified at fair value through profit or loss.

Trading assets – Financial assets are classified as held for trading if they have been originated, acquired or incurred

principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing them in the near term, or they form part of a portfolio of identified

financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term

profit-taking. Trading assets include debt and equity securities, derivatives held for trading purposes, and trading loans.

This also includes loan commitments that are allocated to the Other business model and that are presented as

derivatives held for trading.

Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss – The Group assigns any non-trading

financial asset that does not fall into the Hold to Collect nor Hold to Collect and Sell business models into the Other

business model and classifies them as Non-Trading Financial Assets mandatory at Fair Value through Profit and Loss. This

includes predominately reverse repurchase agreements which are managed on a fair value basis. Additionally, any

financial asset that falls into the Hold to Collect or Hold to Collect and Sell business models for which the contractual

cash flow characteristics are not SPPI is classified by the Group as Non-Trading Financial Assets Mandatory at Fair Value

through Profit and Loss.

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

A financial asset shall be classified and measured at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”), if the

financial asset is held in a Hold to Collect and Sell business model and the contractual cash flows are SPPI, unless

designated under the fair value option.

The amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recorded in net interest income. Realized gains and losses

are reported in net gains (losses) on financial assets at FVOCI. Generally, the weighted-average cost method is used to

determine the cost of FVOCI financial assets.

The Group applies trade date accounting to financial assets classified at FVOCI.

It is possible to designate non-trading equity instruments as FVOCI. However, this category is expected to have limited

usage by the Group and has not been used to date.

Financial assets at amortized cost

A financial asset is classified and subsequently measured at amortized cost if the financial asset is held in a Hold to

Collect business model and the contractual cash flows are SPPI.

Under this measurement category, the financial asset is measured at fair value at initial recognition. Subsequently the

carrying amount is reduced for principal payments, plus or minus the cumulative amortization using the effective interest

method. The financial asset is assessed for impairment under the IFRS 9 expected credit loss model where provisions are

recognized based on expectations of potential credit losses. The Group’s impairment of financial instruments policy is

described further in the section “Impairment of Loans and Provision for Off-Balance Sheet Positions (IFRS 9)”. The Group

applies settlement date accounting to financial assets measured at amortized cost.

Financial Assets at amortized cost include predominately Loans at amortized cost, Central bank funds sold and securities

purchased under resale agreements, Securities borrowed and certain receivables presented in Other Assets.

438

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Modification of financial assets and financial liabilities

When the terms of a financial asset are renegotiated or modified and the modification does not result in derecognition, a

gain or loss is recognized in the income statement as the difference between the original contractual cash flows and the

modified cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate. The modified financial asset will continue to accrue

interest at its original EIR. When a modification results in derecognition the original instrument is derecognized and the

new instrument recognized at fair value.

Non-credit related or commercial renegotiations where an obligor has not experienced a significant increase in credit risk

since origination and has a readily exercisable right to early terminate the financial asset results in derecognition of the

original agreement and recognition of a new financial asset based on the newly negotiated commercial terms.

For credit related modifications (i.e., those modifications due to significant increase in credit risk since inception) or those

where the obligor does not have the readily exercisable right to early terminate, the Group assesses whether the

modified terms result in the financial asset being significantly modified and therefore derecognized. This assessment

includes a quantitative assessment of the impact of the change in cash flows from the modification of contractual terms

and additionally, where necessary, a qualitative assessment of the impact of the change in the contractual terms. Where

these modifications are not concluded to be significant, the financial asset is not derecognized and is accounted for as a

modification as described above.

If the changes are concluded to be significant, the old instrument is derecognized and a new instrument recognized. The

Group then recognizes a credit loss allowance based on 12-month expected credit losses. However, if following a

modification that results in a derecognition of the original financial asset, there is evidence that the new financial asset is

credit-impaired on initial recognition; then the new financial asset should be recognized as an originated credit-impaired

financial asset and initially classified in Stage 3 (refer to section “Impairment of Loans and Provision for Off-Balance

Sheet Positions” below).

When the terms of a financial liability are renegotiated or modified then the Group assesses whether the modified terms

result in the financial liability being significantly modified and therefore derecognized. This assessment includes a

quantitative assessment of the impact of the change in cash flows from the modification of contractual terms and

additionally, where necessary, a qualitative assessment of the impact of the change in the contractual terms. Where

these modifications are not concluded to be significant, the financial liability is not derecognized and a gain or loss is

recognized in the income statement as the difference between the original contractual cash flows and the modified cash

flows discounted at the original effective interest rate. Where there is derecognition the original financial liability is

derecognized and the new liability recognized at its fair value.

Loan commitments

Loan commitments remain off-balance sheet, unless allocated to the Other business model and presented as derivatives

held for trading. The Group does not recognize and measure changes in fair value of off-balance sheet loan

commitments that result from changes in market interest rates or credit spreads. However, as specified in the sections

“Impairment of Loans and Provision for Off-Balance Sheet Positions” below, these off-balance sheet loan commitments

are in scope of the IFRS 9 impairment model.

Financial liabilities

Under IFRS 9 financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, except for financial

liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include Trading Liabilities, Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair

Value through Profit or Loss and Non-Participating Investment Contracts (“Investment Contracts”). Under IFRS 9 they are

carried at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in net gains (losses) on financial assets and

liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. For financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss the fair

value movements attributable to the Group’s own credit component for fair value movements is recognized in Other

Comprehensive Income.

The Group applies trade date accounting to financial liabilities classified at fair value through profit or loss.

Interest on interest paying liabilities are presented in interest expense for financial instruments at fair value through

profit or loss.

439

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Trading liabilities - Financial liabilities that arise from debt issued are classified as held for trading if they have been

originated or incurred principally for the purpose of repurchasing them in the near term. Trading liabilities consist

primarily of derivative liabilities and short positions. This also includes loan commitments where the resulting loan upon

funding is allocated to the other business model such that the undrawn loan commitment is classified as derivatives held

for trading.

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss - Certain financial liabilities that do not meet the

definition of trading liabilities are designated at fair value through profit or loss using the fair value option. To be

designated at fair value through profit or loss, financial liabilities must meet one of the following criteria: (1) the

designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency; (2) a group of financial

liabilities is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk

management or investment strategy; or (3) the instrument contains one or more embedded derivatives unless: (i) the

embedded derivative does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract; or

(ii) it is clear with little or no analysis that separation is prohibited. In addition, the Group allows the fair value option to be

designated only for those financial instruments for which a reliable estimate of fair value can be obtained. Financial

liabilities which are designated at fair value through profit or loss, under the fair value option, include repurchase

agreements, loan commitments and structured note liabilities.

Investment contracts - All of the Group’s investment contracts are unit-linked contracts that match specific assets held

by the Group. The contracts oblige the Group to use these assets to settle investment contract liabilities. They do not

contain significant insurance risk or discretionary participation features. The contract liabilities are determined using

current unit prices multiplied by the number of units attributed to the contract holders as of the balance sheet date. As

this amount represents fair value, the liabilities have been classified as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or

loss. Deposits collected under investment contracts are accounted for as an adjustment to the investment contract

liabilities. Investment income attributable to investment contracts is included in the consolidated statement of Income.

Investment contract claims reflect the excess of amounts paid over the account balance released. Investment contract

policyholders are charged fees for policy administration, investment management, surrenders or other contract services.

Embedded derivatives

Some hybrid financial liability contracts contain both a derivative and a non-derivative component. In such cases, the

derivative component is termed an embedded derivative, with the non-derivative component representing the host

financial liability contract. If the economic characteristics and risks of embedded derivatives are not closely related to

those of the host financial liability contract and the hybrid financial liability contract itself is not carried at fair value

through profit or loss, the embedded derivative is bifurcated and reported at fair value, with gains and losses recognized

in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. The host financial liability contract

will continue to be accounted for in accordance with the appropriate accounting standard. The carrying amount of an

embedded derivative is reported in the same Consolidated balance sheet line item as the host financial liability contract.

Certain hybrid financial liability instruments have been designated at fair value through profit or loss using the fair value

option.

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost include long-term and short-term debt issued which are initially

measured at fair value, which is the consideration received, net of transaction costs incurred. Repurchases of issued debt

in the market are treated as extinguishments and any related gain or loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of

Income. A subsequent sale of own bonds in the market is treated as a reissuance of debt. The Group applies settlement

date accounting to financial liabilities measured at amortized cost.

Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset, with the net amount presented in the Consolidated balance sheet, only if the

Group holds a currently enforceable legal right to set off the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a

net basis or to realize an asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legal right to set off the recognized amounts

must be enforceable in both the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of both

the Group and its counterparty. In all other situations they are presented gross. When financial assets and financial

liabilities are offset in the Consolidated balance sheet, the associated income and expense items will also be offset in the

Consolidated Statement of Income, unless specifically prohibited by an applicable accounting standard.

The majority of the offsetting applied by the Group relates to repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. For further

information please refer to Note 17 “Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”.

440

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Determination of fair value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an arm’s length

transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of instruments that are quoted in

active markets is determined using the quoted prices where they represent those at which regularly and recently

occurring transactions take place.

The Group measures certain portfolios of financial assets and financial liabilities on the basis of their net risk exposures

when the following criteria are met:

–The group of financial assets and liabilities is managed on the basis of its net exposure to a particular market risk (or

risks) or to the credit risk of a particular counterparty, in accordance with a documented risk management strategy,

–The fair values are provided to key management personnel, and

–The financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value through profit or loss.

This portfolio valuation approach is consistent with how the Group manages its net exposures to market and

counterparty credit risks.

Critical accounting estimates – The Group uses valuation techniques to establish the fair value of instruments where

prices quoted in active markets are not available. Therefore, where possible, parameter inputs to the valuation

techniques are based on observable data derived from prices of relevant instruments traded in an active market. These

valuation techniques involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which will depend on

the price transparency for the instrument or market and the instrument’s complexity.

In reaching estimates of fair value management judgment needs to be exercised. The areas requiring significant

management judgment are identified, documented and reported to senior management as part of the valuation control

process and the standard monthly reporting cycle. The specialist model validation and valuation control groups focus

attention on the areas of subjectivity and judgment.

The level of management judgment required in establishing fair value of financial instruments for which there is a quoted

price in an active market is usually minimal. Similarly, there is little subjectivity or judgment required for instruments

valued using valuation models which are standard across the industry and where all parameter inputs are quoted in

active markets.

The level of subjectivity and degree of management judgment required is more significant for those instruments valued

using specialized and sophisticated models and where some or all of the parameter inputs are less liquid or less

observable. Management judgment is required in the selection and application of appropriate parameters, assumptions

and modelling techniques. In particular, where data are obtained from infrequent market transactions then extrapolation

and interpolation techniques must be applied. Where no market data are available for a particular instrument then

pricing inputs are determined by assessing other relevant sources of information such as historical data, fundamental

analysis of the economics of the transaction and proxy information from similar transactions and making appropriate

adjustment to reflect the actual instrument being valued and current market conditions. Where different valuation

techniques indicate a range of possible fair values for an instrument then management has to decide what point within

the range of estimates appropriately represents the fair value. Further, some valuation adjustments may require the

exercise of management judgment to achieve fair value.

Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are required to be disclosed according to the inputs to the valuation

method that are used to determine their fair value. Specifically, segmentation is required between those valued using

quoted market prices in an active market (level 1), valuation techniques based on observable parameters (level 2) and

valuation techniques using significant unobservable parameters (level 3). Management judgment is required in

determining the category to which certain instruments should be allocated. This specifically arises when the valuation is

determined by a number of parameters, some of which are observable and others are not. Further, the classification of an

instrument can change over time to reflect changes in market liquidity and therefore price transparency.

The Group provides a sensitivity analysis of the impact upon the level 3 financial instruments of using a reasonably

possible alternative for the unobservable parameter. The determination of reasonably possible alternatives requires

significant management judgment.

For financial instruments measured at amortized cost (which include loans, deposits and short and long term debt issued)

the Group discloses the fair value. Generally, there is limited or no trading activity in these instruments and therefore the

fair value determination requires significant management judgment.

441

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

For further discussion of the valuation methods and controls and quantitative disclosures with respect to the

determination of fair value, please refer to Note 13 “Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value” and Note 14 “Fair Value

of Financial Instruments not carried at Fair Value”.

Recognition of trade date profit

Trade date profit is recognized if the fair value of the financial instrument measured at fair value through profit or loss is

obtained from a quoted market price in an active market, or otherwise evidenced by comparison to other observable

current market transactions or based on a valuation technique incorporating observable market data. If there are

significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation technique, the financial instrument is recognized at the transaction

price and any profit implied from the valuation technique at trade date is deferred.

Using systematic methods, the deferred amount is recognized over the period between trade date and the date when the

market is expected to become observable, or over the life of the trade (whichever is shorter). Such methodology is used

because it reflects the changing economic and risk profile of the instrument as the market develops or as the instrument

itself progresses to maturity. Any remaining trade date deferred profit is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of

Income when the transaction becomes observable.

Critical Accounting Estimates – Management judgment is required in determining whether there exist significant

unobservable inputs in the valuation technique of the underlying financial instrument (refer to section “Determination of

Fair Value” for management judgment required in establishing fair value of financial instruments). Once deferred, the

decision to subsequently recognize the trade date profit requires a careful assessment of the then current facts and

circumstances supporting observability of parameters and/or risk mitigation.

Derivatives and hedge accounting

Derivatives are used to manage exposures to interest rate, foreign currency, credit and other market price risks, including

exposures arising from forecast transactions. All freestanding contracts that are considered derivatives for accounting

purposes are carried at fair value on the Consolidated balance sheet regardless of whether they are held for trading or

non-trading purposes.

The changes in fair value on derivatives held for trading are included in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at

fair value through profit or loss.

Hedge accounting

IFRS 9 includes an accounting policy choice to defer the adoption of IFRS 9 hedge accounting and to continue with

IAS 39 hedge accounting. The Group decided to exercise this accounting policy choice and did not adopt IFRS 9 hedge

accounting as of January 1, 2018. The Group applies fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

(fair value macro hedges) in accordance with the EU carve-out version of IAS 39. Under the EU IAS 39 carve-out, fair

value macro hedge accounting may be applied to core deposits and hedge ineffectiveness for all fair value macro hedge

accounting applications is only recognized when the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time

buckets falls below the original designated amount of that bucket and is not recognized when the revised amount of

cash flows in scheduled time buckets is more than the original designated amount.

For accounting purposes, the Group applies the following types of hedges:

–For hedges of changes in fair value, the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset, liability or unrecognized firm

commitment, or a portion thereof, attributable to the risk being hedged, are recognized in the Consolidated

Statement of Income along with changes in the entire fair value of the derivative. When hedging interest rate risk, any

interest accrued or paid on both the derivative and the hedged item is reported in interest income or expense and the

unrealized gains and losses from the hedge accounting fair value adjustments are reported in other revenue. Hedge

ineffectiveness is reported in other revenue and is measured as the net effect of changes in the fair value of the

hedging instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged item arising from changes in the market rate or price

related to the risk(s) being hedged.

–If a fair value hedge of a debt instrument is discontinued prior to the instrument’s maturity because the derivative is

terminated or the relationship is de-designated, any remaining interest rate-related fair value adjustments made to

the carrying amount of the debt instrument (basis adjustments) are amortized to interest income or expense over the

remaining term of the original hedging relationship. For other types of fair value adjustments and whenever a fair

value hedged asset or liability is sold or otherwise derecognized, any basis adjustments are included in the calculation

of the gain or loss on derecognition.

442

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

–For hedges of variability in future cash flows, there is no change to the accounting for the hedged item and the

derivative is carried at fair value, with changes in value reported initially in other comprehensive income to the extent

the hedge is effective. These amounts initially recorded in other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified

into the Consolidated Statement of Income in the same periods during which the forecast transaction affects the

Consolidated Statement of Income. Thus, for hedges of interest rate risk, the amounts are amortized into interest

income or expense at the same time as the interest is accrued on the hedged transaction.

–Hedge ineffectiveness is recorded in other income and is measured as changes in the excess (if any) in the absolute

cumulative change in fair value of the actual hedging derivative over the absolute cumulative change in the fair value

of the hypothetically perfect hedge.

–When hedges of variability in cash flows attributable to interest rate risk are discontinued, amounts remaining in

accumulated other comprehensive income are amortized to interest income or expense over the remaining life of the

original hedge relationship, unless the hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur in which case the amount

will be reclassified into other income immediately. When hedges of variability in cash flows attributable to other risks

are discontinued, the related amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified into either the

same Consolidated Statement of Income caption and period as profit or loss from the forecast transaction, or into

other income when the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur.

–For hedges of the translation adjustments resulting from translating the functional currency financial statements of

foreign operations (hedges of net investments in foreign operations) into the functional currency of the parent, the

portion of the change in fair value of the derivative due to changes in the spot foreign exchange rates is recorded as a

foreign currency translation adjustment in other comprehensive income to the extent the hedge is effective; the

remainder is recorded as other income in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Changes in fair value of the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge are subsequently

recognized in profit or loss on disposal of the foreign operations.

Hedging derivatives are reported as other assets and other liabilities. In the event that a derivative is subsequently de-

designated from a hedging relationship, it is transferred to financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

Impairment of loans and provision for off-balance sheet positions

The impairment requirements of IFRS 9 apply to all credit exposures that are measured at amortized cost or FVOCI, and

to off balance sheet lending commitments such as loan commitments and financial guarantees. For purposes of the

impairment policy below, these instruments are referred to as (“Financial Assets”)

The determination of impairment losses under IFRS 9 uses an expected credit loss (“ECL”) model, where allowances are

taken upon initial recognition of the Financial Asset, based on expectations of potential credit losses at the time of initial

recognition.

Staged approach to the determination of expected credit losses

IFRS 9 states a three-stage approach to impairment for Financial Assets that are not credit-impaired at the date of

origination or purchase. This approach is summarized as follows:

–Stage 1: The Group recognizes a credit loss allowance at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses for all

Financial Assets. This represents the portion of lifetime expected credit losses from default events that are expected

within 12 months of the reporting date, assuming that credit risk has not increased significantly after initial

recognition.

–Stage 2: The Group recognizes a credit loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses for those

Financial Assets which are considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition.

This requires the determination of the ECL based on lifetime probability of default, lifetime loss given default and

lifetime exposure at default that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining lifetime of the

Financial Asset. Allowance for credit losses are higher in this stage because of an increase in credit risk since

origination or purchase and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1.

–Stage 3: The Group recognizes a loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses, reflecting a

Probability of Default of 100%, via the expected recoverable cash flows for the asset, for those Financial Assets that

are credit-impaired. The Group’s definition of default is aligned with the regulatory definition of default. Financial

Assets that are credit-impaired upon initial recognition are categorized within Stage 3 with a carrying value already

reflecting the lifetime expected credit losses. The accounting treatment for these purchased or originated credit-

impaired (“POCI”) assets is discussed further below.

443

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

ECL are calculated using three main parameters: probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at

default (EAD). These parameters are generally derived from internally developed statistical models combined with

historical, current and forward-looking information, including macro-economic data. The 12-month and lifetime PD

represent the expected point-in-time probability of a default over the next 12 months and remaining expected lifetime

of the financial instrument, respectively, based on conditions existing at the balance sheet date and future economic

conditions that affect credit risk. The LGD represents expected loss conditional on default, incorporating the mitigating

effect of collateral, its expected value when realized and the time value of money. The EAD represents the expected

exposure at default, factoring in the repayment of principal and interest from the balance sheet date to the default event

together with any expected drawdown of a facility.

Forward-Looking Information is incorporated into the measurement of the Group Allowance for Credit Losses in terms of

adjustments to multi-year PD curves based on macro-economic forecasts.

The Group’s ECL model is used to calculate the allowance for credit losses for all financial assets in Stage 1 and Stage 2,

as well as for Stage 3 in the homogeneous portfolio (i.e., retail and small business loans with similar credit risk

characteristics). For financial assets in the bank’s non-homogeneous portfolio in Stage 3 and for POCI assets, the

allowance for credit losses is determined individually by credit officers.

Significant increase in credit risk

When determining whether the credit risk (i.e., risk of default) of a Financial Asset has increased significantly since initial

recognition, the Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue

cost or effort. This includes quantitative and qualitative information based on the Group’s historical experience, credit

risk assessment and forward-looking information (including macro-economic factors). The assessment of significant

credit deterioration is key in determining when to move from measuring an allowance based on 12-month ECLs to one

that is based on lifetime ECLs (i.e., transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2).

The Group’s framework for determining if there has been a significant increase in credit risk aligns with the internal Credit

Risk Management (“CRM”) process and utilizes:

–Rating related indicators – based on a model that compares lifetime probability of default (PD) at the reporting date

with the lifetime PD expectations at the date of initial recognition and subsequently applies a quantile approach to

determine a threshold to define the trigger point for a financial asset’s transition into Stage 2; and

–Process related indicators – which uses existing risk management indicators, that in Management’s view represent

situations where the credit risk of financial assets has significantly increased. These include obligors being added to a

credit watchlist, being mandatorily transferred to workout status, payments being 30 days or more past due or in

forbearance.

These indicators are discussed further in section “IFRS 9 Impairment” in the Risk Report.

Credit-impaired financial assets in Stage 3

The Group has aligned its definition of credit-impaired under IFRS 9 to when a Financial Asset has defaulted for

regulatory purposes, according to the Capital Requirements Regulation under Art. 178.

The determination of whether a Financial Asset is credit-impaired and therefore in Stage 3 focuses exclusively on default

risk, without taking into consideration the effects of credit risk mitigants such as collateral or guarantees. Specifically, a

Financial Asset is credit-impaired and in Stage 3 when:

–The Group considers the obligor is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Group. Determination may include

forbearance actions, where a concession has been granted to the borrower or economic or legal reasons that are

qualitative indicators of credit-impairment; or

–Contractual payments of either principal or interest by the obligor are past due by more than 90 days.

For Financial Assets considered to be credit-impaired, the ECL allowance covers the amount of loss the Group is

expected to suffer. The estimation of ECLs is undertaken on a case-by-case basis for non-homogeneous portfolios, or by

applying portfolio based parameters to individual Financial Assets in these portfolios via the Group’s ECL model for

homogeneous portfolios. This estimate includes the use of discounted cash flows that are adjusted for scenarios.

Forecasts of future economic conditions when calculating ECLs are considered. The lifetime expected losses are

estimated based on the probability-weighted present value of the difference between the contractual cash flows that

are due to the Group under the contract; and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive.

444

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

A Financial Asset can be classified as credit-impaired in Stage 3 but without an allowance for credit losses (i.e., no

impairment loss is expected). This may be due to the value of collateral. The Group’s engine based ECL calculation is

conducted on a monthly basis, whereas the case-by-case assessment of ECL in Stage 3 for non-homogeneous portfolio

has to be performed at least on a quarterly basis.

Purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets in Stage 3

A Financial Asset is considered purchased or originated credit-impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment at

the time of initial recognition. Such credit-impaired Financial Assets are termed POCI Financial Assets. POCI Financial

Assets are measured to reflect lifetime expected credit losses, and all subsequent changes in lifetime expected credit

losses, whether positive or negative, are recognized in the income statement as a component of the provision for credit

losses. POCI Financial Assets can only be classified in Stage 3 over the life of the Financial Asset.

Write-offs

The Group reduces the gross carrying amount of a Financial Asset when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery.

Write-offs can relate to a Financial Asset in its entirety, or to a portion of it, and constitute a derecognition event. The

Group considers all relevant information in making this determination, including but not limited to:

–Foreclosure actions taken by the Group which have not been successful or have a high probability of not being

successful

–Collateral liquidation which has not, or will not lead to further considerable recoveries

–Situations where no further recoveries are reasonably expected

Write-offs can take place before legal actions against the borrower to recover the debt have been concluded, and a

write-off does not involve the Group forfeiting its legal right to recover the debt.

Interest rate used in the IFRS 9 model

In the context of the ECL calculation, the Group applies in line with IFRS 9 an approximation of the EIR, which is usually

the contractual interest rate (“CIR”) and which does not materially differ from the EIR. The CIR is deemed to be an

appropriate approximation, as the interest rate is consistently used in the ECL model, interest recognition and for

discounting of the ECL.

Collateral for financial assets considered in the impairment analysis

IFRS 9 requires cash flows expected from collateral and other credit enhancement to be reflected in the ECL calculation.

The following are key aspects with respect to collateral and guarantees:

–Eligibility of collateral, i.e., which collateral should be considered in the ECL calculation;

–Collateral evaluation, i.e., what collateral (liquidation) value should be used; and

–Projection of the available collateral amount over the life of a transaction.

These concepts are outlined in more detail in section “IFRS 9 Impairment” in the Risk Report.

Critical accounting estimates – The accounting estimates and judgments related to the impairment of Financial Assets is

a critical accounting estimate because the underlying assumptions used can change from period to period and may

significantly affect the Group’s results of operations.

In assessing assets for impairments, management judgment is required, particularly in projecting forward-looking

information and scenarios in particular in circumstances of economic and financial uncertainty, when developments and

changes to expected cash flows can occur both with greater rapidity and less predictability. The actual amount of the

future cash flows and their timing may differ from the estimates used by management and consequently may cause

actual losses to differ from reported allowances.

For those non-homogeneous loans in Stage 3 the determination of the impairment allowance often requires the use of

considerable judgment concerning such matters as local economic conditions, the financial performance of the

counterparty and the value of any collateral held, for which there may not be a readily accessible market.

The determination of the expected credit losses in Stages 1 and 2 and for homogeneous loans in Stage 3 is calculated

using the Group’s ECL model. The model incorporates numerous estimates and judgments. The Group performs a regular

review of the model and underlying data and assumptions. The probability of defaults, loss recovery rates and judgments

concerning ability of borrowers in foreign countries to transfer the foreign currency necessary to comply with debt

repayments, amongst other things, are incorporated into this review. Management judgement is required over the

following critical accounting estimates:

445

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

–Forward-Looking Information: The identification of key macro-economic variables (MEVs) reflects a balance of

quantitative and qualitative judgements. Statistical analysis, including for example, back-testing and model

sensitivities, are performed to assess the explanatory power of MEVs, while expert input from credit officers ensures

management comfort in the overall model behavior. The final model parameterization is based on a review and

challenge of impacts in internal governance forums and an independent validation performed by the Model Risk

Management function. Furthermore, conceptual soundness of the estimation approach is ensured by model testing

analysis prepared as part of model changes and an ongoing monitoring framework in order for the ECL provision to

reflect management’s best estimate in the calculation of expected credit losses.

–Significant Increase in Credit Risk: In line with the section “IFRS 9 Impairment” in the Risk Report, the Group uses

rating-related indicators to determine whether a financial asset’s credit risk has significantly increased since inception.

For financial assets in non-homogeneous portfolios the ratings are determined for every counterparty individually

based on credit officer’s expert judgement. For financial assets in the homogeneous portfolios (due to the large

number of client relationships) the rating process is significantly automated with less judgement required by credit

officers on individual counterparties. For both homogeneous and non-homogenous portfolios the rating-related

indicators to determine whether the credit risk for a financial asset has significantly increased are based on a model

that compares lifetime PDs at the reporting date with the lifetime PD expectations at the date of initial recognition

and subsequently applying a quantile approach to determine a threshold which defines the trigger point for a

financial asset’s transition into Stage 2. The determination of the quantile to define Stage 2 thresholds are determined

by subject matter experts in the Group’s Risk function. This represents one of the key critical judgments in the Group’s

IFRS 9 framework and is reviewed on an annual basis based on detailed stage-mover analyses, benchmarking with

historical behaviors and peer comparisons.

–Stage 3 Loss Given Default (LGD) Setting for Homogeneous Portfolios: The allowance for credit losses in Stage 3 is

determined for the Group’s homogeneous portfolios by an automated process based on partially time dependent

LGDs reflecting the lower recovery expectation the longer the client is in default, thereby differentiating between

secured and unsecured exposures. The LGDs are calibrated using the Group’s loss history built up over preceding

decades, experienced market prices of non-performing portfolios sold and expert judgement. In the case of less

material portfolios, the empirical calibration of the LGD is partially supported by expert credit officer judgements,

especially for determining the client cure rates as one of the key inputs. The LGD settings are validated on an annual

basis and are regularly reviewed by the Group’s independent model validation process which is part of the Model Risk

Management function.

–Model adjustments: The Group regularly reviews key inputs into the ECL calculation and discusses potential model

imprecision to assess the need for corrective measures in the form of overlays. Overlays are an essential output of

management judgment which feeds into the model. On a quarterly basis, a senior management forum discusses the

need for the recognition and/or the release of overlays. The discussion will be based on an overview of potential

reasons which might require an overlay considering specific trigger points. The ultimate decision for creating overlays

is jointly made by the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and Chief Risk Officer (CRO).

The quantitative disclosures are provided in Note 18 “Loans” and Note 19 “Allowance for credit losses” as well as the Risk

Report, section “IFRS 9 Impairment”, sub-section “Model Sensitivity”.

Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

Financial asset derecognition

A financial asset is considered for derecognition when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset

expire, or the Group has either transferred the contractual right to receive the cash flows from that asset or has assumed

an obligation to pay those cash flows to one or more recipients, subject to certain criteria.

The Group derecognizes a transferred financial asset if it transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

The Group enters into transactions in which it transfers previously recognized financial assets but retains substantially all

the associated risks and rewards of those assets; for example, a sale to a third party in which the Group enters into a

concurrent total return swap with the same counterparty. These types of transactions are accounted for as secured

financing transactions.

446

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Derecognition of financial liabilities

A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. If an

existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of the

existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original

liability and the recognition of a new liability, and the difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognized in the

Consolidated Statement of Income.

Certain OTC derivative contracts and most exchange-traded futures and option contracts cleared through central

clearing counterparties and exchanges have payment or receipt of variation margin on a daily basis that represents legal

or economic settlement of the outstanding derivative’s present value. This results in derecognition of the associated

derivative financial asset and financial liabilities.

Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements

Securities purchased under resale agreements (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and securities sold under agreements

to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are treated as collateralized financings and are recognized initially at fair value,

being the amount of cash disbursed and received, respectively.

The Group allocates reverse repurchase portfolios that are managed on a fair value basis to the other business model

under IFRS 9 and classifies them as “Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss”.

Interest earned on reverse repurchase agreements and interest incurred on repurchase agreements is reported as

interest income and interest expense, respectively.

Securities borrowed and securities loaned

Securities borrowed transactions generally require the Group to deposit cash with the securities lender. In a securities

loaned transaction, the Group generally receives either cash collateral, in an amount equal to or in excess of the market

value of securities loaned, or securities.

The securities borrowed are not themselves recognized in the financial statements. If they are sold to third parties, the

obligation to return the securities is recorded as a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss and any subsequent

gain or loss is included in the Consolidated Statement of Income in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair

value through profit or loss. Securities lent to counterparties are also retained on the Consolidated balance sheet.

The Group records the amount of cash advanced or received as securities borrowed and securities loaned, respectively,

in the Consolidated balance sheet.

Fees received or paid are reported in interest income and interest expense, respectively. Securities lent to counterparties

which are not derecognized from the Consolidated balance sheet and where the counterparty has the right by contract

or custom to sell or repledge the collateral are disclosed in Note 20 “Transfer of Financial Assets, Assets Pledged and

Received as Collateral”.

447

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and associates and represents the excess of the aggregate of the cost of

an acquisition and any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired

at the date of the acquisition.

For the purpose of calculating goodwill, fair values of acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are determined

by reference to market values or by discounting expected future cash flows to present value. This discounting is either

performed using market rates or by using risk-free rates and risk-adjusted expected future cash flows. Any

noncontrolling interests in the acquiree are measured either at fair value or at the noncontrolling interests’ proportionate

share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets (this is determined for each business combination).

Goodwill on the acquisition of subsidiaries is capitalized and reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if there

are indications that impairment may have occurred. For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a

business combination is allocated to cash-generating units (“CGUs”), which are the smallest identifiable groups of assets

that generate cash inflows largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets and that are

expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination and considering the business level at which goodwill is

monitored for internal management purposes. In identifying whether cash inflows from an asset (or a group of assets) are

largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets (or groups of assets) various factors are considered, including

how management monitors the entity’s operations or makes decisions about continuing or disposing of the entity’s

assets and operations.

If goodwill has been allocated to a CGU and an operation within that unit is disposed of, the attributable goodwill is

included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on its disposal.

Corporate assets are allocated to a CGU when the allocation can be done on a reasonable and consistent basis. If this is

not possible, the individual CGU is tested without the corporate assets. They are then tested on the level of the minimum

collection of CGUs to which they can be allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis.

Intangible assets are recognized separately from goodwill when they are separable or arise from contractual or other

legal rights and their fair value can be measured reliably. Intangible assets that have a finite useful life are stated at cost

less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Customer-related intangible assets that have a

finite useful life are amortized over periods of between 1 and 15 years on a straight-line basis based on their expected

useful life. These assets are tested for impairment and their useful lives reaffirmed at least annually.

Certain intangible assets have an indefinite useful life and hence are not amortized, but are tested for impairment at least

annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred.

Costs related to software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized if it is probable that future economic

benefits will flow to the Group and the cost can be measured reliably. Capitalized costs are amortized using the straight-

line method over the asset’s useful life which is deemed to be either three, five or ten years. Eligible costs include

external direct costs for materials and services, as well as payroll and payroll-related costs for employees directly

associated with an internal-use software project. Overhead costs, as well as costs incurred during the research phase or

after software is ready for use, are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are tested for impairment either

annually if still under development or any time when there is an indication of impairment once the software is in use.

Critical accounting estimates – The determination of the recoverable amount in the impairment assessment of non-

financial assets requires estimates based on quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, present value or

other valuation techniques (such as the cost approach), or a combination thereof, necessitating management to make

subjective judgments and assumptions. Because these estimates and assumptions could result in significant differences

to the amounts reported if underlying circumstances were to change, the Group considers these estimates to be critical.

The quantitative disclosures are provided in Note 23 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”.

448

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Provisions

Provisions are recognized if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, if it is

probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the

amount of the obligation.

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation

as of the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation.

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party

(for example, because the obligation is covered by an insurance policy), an asset is recognized if it is virtually certain that

reimbursement will be received.

If the Group has a contract that is onerous, the present obligation under the contract is recognized and measured as a

provision. An onerous contract is a contract in which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract

exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it.

Critical accounting estimates –The use of estimates is important in determining provisions for potential losses that may

arise from litigation and regulatory proceedings. The Group estimates and provides for potential losses that may arise out

of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be estimated, in accordance

with IAS 37, “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets”. Significant judgment is required in making these

estimates and the Group’s final liabilities may ultimately be materially different.

Contingencies in respect of legal matters are subject to many uncertainties and the outcome of individual matters is not

predictable with assurance. Significant judgment is required in assessing probability and making estimates in respect of

contingencies, and the Group’s final liability may ultimately be materially different. The Group’s total liability in respect

of litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings is determined on a case-by-case basis and represents an estimate of

probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, the Group’s experience and the

experience of others in similar cases, and the opinions and views of legal counsel. Predicting the outcome of the Group’s

litigation matters is inherently difficult, particularly in cases in which claimants seek substantial or indeterminate

damages. See Note 27 “Provisions” for further information on the uncertainties from the Group’s judicial, regulatory and

arbitration proceedings.

Income taxes

The Group recognizes the current and deferred tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the

consolidated financial statements using the provisions of the respective jurisdictions’ tax laws. Current and deferred

taxes are recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that the tax relates to items that are recognized directly in

equity or other comprehensive income in which case the related tax is recognized either directly in equity or other

comprehensive income accordingly.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences

between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, unused

tax losses and unused tax credits. Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that sufficient

taxable profit will be available against which those unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary

differences can be utilized. As an exception to the aforementioned requirements, an entity shall neither recognize nor

disclose information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured based on the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period that the

asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively

enacted at the balance sheet date.

Current tax assets and liabilities are offset when (1) they arise from the same tax reporting entity or tax group of reporting

entities, (2) the legally enforceable right to offset exists and (3) they are intended to be settled net or realized

simultaneously.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities

exists and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxing authority on either the

same tax reporting entity or tax group of reporting entities.

449

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Deferred tax liabilities are provided on taxable temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries, branches

and associates and interests in joint ventures except when the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is

controlled by the Group and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred income

tax assets are provided on deductible temporary differences arising from such investments only to the extent that it is

probable that the differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and sufficient taxable income will be available against

which those temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred tax related to fair value remeasurement of financial assets classified as FVTOCI, cash flow hedges and other

items, which are charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income, is also credited or charged directly to

other comprehensive income and subsequently recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income once the

underlying transaction or event to which the deferred tax relates is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

For share-based payment transactions, the Group may receive a tax deduction related to the compensation paid in

shares. The amount deductible for tax purposes may differ from the cumulative compensation expense recorded. At any

reporting date, the Group must estimate the expected future tax deduction based on the current share price. The

associated current and deferred tax consequences are recognized as income or expense in the consolidated statement

of Income for the period. If the amount deductible, or expected to be deductible, for tax purposes exceeds the

cumulative compensation expense, the excess tax benefit is recognized directly in equity.

Critical accounting estimates – In determining the amount of deferred tax assets, the Group uses historical tax capacity

and profitability information and, if relevant, forecasted operating results based upon approved business plans, including

a review of the eligible carry-forward periods, available tax planning opportunities and other relevant considerations. The

analysis of the historical tax capacity includes the determination as to whether a period of past profits or a history of

recent losses exists at the reporting date. The determination of a period of past profits or a history of recent losses is

based on the pre-tax results adjusted for permanent differences and typically covers the current and the two preceding

financial years. Each quarter, the Group re-evaluates its estimate related to deferred tax assets.

The Group believes that the accounting estimate related to the deferred tax assets is a critical accounting estimate

because the underlying assumptions can change from period to period and requires significant management judgment.

For example, tax law changes, changes in the historical tax capacity or variances in future projected operating

performance could result in a change of the carrying amount of a deferred tax asset. If the Group was not able to realize

all or part of its net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to its deferred tax assets would be charged to income

tax expense or directly to equity in the period such determination was made. If the Group was to recognize previously

unrecognized deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to its deferred tax asset would be credited to income tax

expense or directly to equity in the period such determination was made.

The use of estimates is also important in determining provisions for potential losses that may arise from uncertain income

tax positions. The Group estimates and provides for potential losses that may arise out of uncertain income tax positions,

in accordance with IAS 12, “Income Taxes” and IFRIC 23, “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatment”. Significant judgment

is required in making these estimates and the Group’s final liabilities may ultimately be materially different.

For further information on the Group’s income taxes (including quantitative disclosures on recognized deferred tax

assets) see Note 34 “Income Taxes”.

Business combinations and noncontrolling Interests

The Group uses the acquisition method to account for business combinations. At the date the Group obtains control of

the subsidiary, the cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration given, including any cash or

non-cash consideration (equity instruments) transferred, any contingent consideration, any previously held equity

interest in the acquiree and liabilities incurred or assumed. The excess of the aggregate of the cost of an acquisition and

any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree over the Group’s share of the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired

is recorded as goodwill. If the aggregate of the acquisition cost and any noncontrolling interests is below the fair value of

the identifiable net assets (negative goodwill), a gain is reported in other income. Acquisition-related costs are

recognized as expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

In business combinations achieved in stages (“step acquisitions”), a previously held equity interest in the acquiree is

remeasured to its acquisition-date fair value and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognized in profit or loss. Amounts

recognized in prior periods in other comprehensive income associated with the previously held investment would be

recognized on the same basis as would be required if the Group had directly disposed of the previously held equity

interest.

450

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Noncontrolling interests are shown in the consolidated balance sheet as a separate component of equity, which is

distinct from the Group’s shareholders’ equity. The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests is separately

disclosed on the face of the Consolidated Statement of Income. Changes in the ownership interest in subsidiaries which

do not result in a change of control are treated as transactions between equity holders and are reported in additional

paid-in capital (“APIC”).

Non-current assets held for sale

Individual non-current assets (and disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if they are available for immediate sale

in their present condition subject only to the customary sales terms of such assets (and disposal groups) and their sale is

considered highly probable. For a sale to be highly probable, management must be committed to a sales plan and be

actively looking for a buyer and has no substantive regulatory approvals outstanding. Furthermore, the assets (and

disposal groups) must be actively marketed at a reasonable sales price in relation to their current fair value and the sale

should be expected to be completed within one year. Non-current non-financial assets (and disposal groups) which meet

the criteria for held for sale classification are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs of

disposal and are presented within “Other assets” and “Other liabilities” in the balance sheet. Financial assets and

liabilities meeting the criteria continue to be measured in accordance with IFRS 9. The comparatives are not restated

when non-current assets (and disposal groups) are classified as held for sale.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment includes own-use properties, leasehold improvements, furniture and equipment and software

(operating systems only). Right-of-use assets are presented together with property and equipment on the Group’s

consolidated balance sheet. Own-use properties are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated

impairment losses. Depreciation is generally recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of

the assets. The range of estimated useful lives is 25 to 50 years for property and 3 to 10 years for furniture and

equipment (including initial improvements to purchased buildings). Leasehold improvements are capitalized and

subsequently depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the lease and the estimated useful life

of the improvement, which generally ranges from 3 to 25 years. Depreciation of property and equipment is included in

general and administrative expenses. Maintenance and repairs are also charged to general and administrative expenses.

Gains and losses on disposals are included in other income.

Property and equipment are assessed for any indication of impairment at each quarterly reporting date. If such indication

exists, the recoverable amount, which is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use, must be estimated

and an impairment charge is recorded to the extent the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount. Value in

use is the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset. After the recognition of

impairment of an asset, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to reflect the asset’s revised carrying

amount. If an impairment is later reversed, the depreciation charge is adjusted prospectively.

Financial guarantees

Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder

for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payments when due in accordance with the terms of a debt

instrument.

Financial guarantees written

The Group has chosen to apply the fair value option to certain written financial guarantees that are managed on a fair

value basis. Financial guarantees that the Group has not designated at fair value are initially recognized at fair value on

the date the guarantee is given. Subsequent to initial recognition, the Group’s liabilities under such guarantees are

measured at the higher of the amount initially recognized, less cumulative amortization, and the best estimate of the

expenditure required to settle any financial obligation as of the balance sheet date. These estimates are determined by

management based on experience with similar transactions and history of past losses.

Any increase in the liability relating to guarantees is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income in provision for

credit losses.

451

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Financial guarantees purchased

Purchased financial guarantees result in reimbursements under IAS 37 to the extent that the financial guarantee is

entered into to mitigate the credit exposure from debt instruments with HTC or HTC&S business models. This results in

recognition of a reimbursement asset for subsequent increases in the expected credit losses, to the extent it is virtually

certain that the purchased financial guarantee will reimburse the Group for the loss incurred. Accordingly, when the

credit risk of the borrower significantly deteriorates a reimbursement asset is recognized equal to the life-time expected

credit losses and is presented as Other Assets in the Group’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The corresponding

reimbursement gain is recognized as a reduction in the Provision for credit losses in the Group’s Consolidated Statement

of Income.

Purchased financial guarantees entered into to mitigate credit exposure from debt instruments allocated to HTC or

HTC&S business models may also be embedded in Collateralized Loan Obligations (CLO’s) issued by the Group. Such

embedded guarantees are not accounted for separately as a reimbursement asset and are instead accounted as part of

the CLO’s liability held at amortized cost. The Group regularly revises its estimated contractual redemption payment

(including the benefit of such embedded guarantees) from the CLO when the credit risk of a borrower covered by the

embedded financial guarantee in the CLO significantly deteriorates. The revision is based on the life-time expected

credit losses of the debt instrument (to the extent covered by the CLO).

Purchased financial guarantees entered into to mitigate credit exposure from debt instruments included in the Other

business model are accounted for at fair value through profit or loss.

Leasing transactions

The Group enters into lease contracts, predominantly for land and buildings, as a lessee. Other categories are company

cars and technical/IT equipment.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease

commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement

date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments

made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is re-measured if there is a modification, a change in the lease

term or a change in the lease payments (e.g., changes to future payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used

to determine such lease payments).

Right-of-use assets are assessed for any indication of impairment at each quarterly reporting date. If such indication

exists, the recoverable amount, which is the fair value less costs of disposal, must be estimated and an impairment

charge is recorded to the extent the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount. As right-of-use assets do not

have independently generated cash flows to calculate its value in use, the Group considers any sublease income that

could reasonably be earned. After the recognition of impairment of an asset, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future

periods to reflect the asset’s revised carrying amount. If an impairment is later reversed, the depreciation charge is

adjusted prospectively.

The Group presents right-of-use assets in “Property and Equipment” and lease liabilities in “Other Liabilities”.

The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases, i.e., those leases that have a lease

term of 12 months or less from the commencement date. It also applies the lease of low-value assets recognition

exemption to leases of technical/IT equipment that are considered to be low value. Lease payments on short-term leases

and leases of low value assets are recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

452

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Employee benefits

Pension benefits

The Group provides a number of pension plans. In addition to defined contribution plans, there are retirement benefit

plans accounted for as defined benefit plans. The assets of all the Group’s defined contribution plans are held in

independently administered funds. Contributions are generally determined as a percentage of salary and are expensed

based on employee services rendered, generally in the year of contribution.

All retirement benefit plans accounted for as defined benefit plans are valued using the projected unit-credit method to

determine the present value of the defined benefit obligation and the related service costs. Under this method, the

determination is based on actuarial calculations which include assumptions about demographics, salary increases and

interest and inflation rates. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in

equity in the period in which they occur. The majority of the Group’s benefit plans is funded.

For the Group’s most significant pension plans in the key countries, the discount rate used at each measurement date is

set based on a high-quality corporate bond yield curve – derived based on bond universe information sourced from

reputable third-party index data providers and rating agencies – reflecting the timing, amount and currency of the future

expected benefit payments for the respective plan.

Other post-employment benefits

In addition, the Group maintains unfunded contributory post-employment medical plans for a number of current and

retired employees who are mainly located in the United States. These plans pay stated percentages of eligible medical

and dental expenses of retirees after a stated deductible has been met. The Group funds these plans on a cash basis as

benefits are due. Analogous to retirement benefit plans these plans are valued using the projected unit-credit method.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in full in the period in which they occur in other comprehensive income and

presented in equity.

Refer to Note 33 “Employee Benefits” for further information on the accounting for pension benefits and other post-

employment benefits.

Termination benefits

Termination benefits arise when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date or whenever

an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognizes termination benefits as

a liability and an expense if the Group is demonstrably committed to a detailed formal plan without realistic possibility of

withdrawal. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, termination benefits are measured based

on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than twelve months after the end of

the reporting period are discounted to their present value. The discount rate is determined by reference to market yields

on high-quality corporate bonds.

Share-based compensation

Compensation expense for awards classified as equity instruments is measured at the grant date based on the fair value

of the share-based award. For share awards, the fair value is the quoted market price of the share reduced by the present

value of the expected dividends that will not be received by the employee and adjusted for the effect, if any, of

restrictions beyond the vesting date. In case an award is modified such that its fair value immediately after modification

exceeds its fair value immediately prior to modification, a remeasurement takes place and the resulting increase in fair

value is recognized as additional compensation expense.

The Group records the offsetting amount to the recognized compensation expense in additional paid-in capital (“APIC”).

Compensation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the period in which employees perform services to which

the awards relate or over the period of the tranches for those awards delivered in tranches. Estimates of expected

forfeitures are periodically adjusted in the event of actual forfeitures or for changes in expectations. The timing of

expense recognition relating to grants which, due to early retirement provisions, include a nominal but non-substantive

service period are accelerated by shortening the amortization period of the expense from the grant date to the date

when the employee meets the eligibility criteria for the award, and not the vesting date. For awards that are delivered in

tranches, each tranche is considered a separate award and amortized separately.

Compensation expense for share-based awards payable in cash is remeasured to fair value at each balance sheet date

and recognized over the vesting period in which the related employee services are rendered. The related obligations are

included in other liabilities until paid.

453

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

Other deferred compensation plans

Compensation expense for other deferred compensation plans is recorded on a straight-line basis over the period in

which employees perform services to which the awards relate or over the period of the tranches for those awards

delivered in tranches. For awards that are delivered in tranches, each tranche is considered a separate award and

amortized separately. The amount recognized is based on the present value of the amount expected to be paid under the

respective plan and is remeasured at each reporting date. The ultimate cumulative compensation expense recognized

equals the cash or the fair value of the respective financial instruments delivered.

Government grants

The Group recognizes income from government grants when there is reasonable assurance that it will receive the grant

and will comply with the conditions attached to the grant. The benefit is recognized in the period in which the grant is

intended to compensate the Group for related costs and presented as a reduction of the related expense.

Options and forwards on common shares

Option and forward contracts on Deutsche Bank shares are classified as equity if the number of shares is fixed and

physical settlement is required. All other contracts in which Deutsche Bank shares are the underlying are recorded as

financial assets or liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

Consolidated statement of cash flows

The consolidated statement of cash flows is prepared in accordance with the indirect method, which adjusts Profit (loss)

for non-cash transactions within operating activities and distinguishes the classification of cash flows between operating,

investing, or financing activities depending on the business model and the related activities which are most appropriate

to the business.

For purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, the Group’s cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid

investments that are readily convertible into cash, and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value. Such

investments include cash and balances at central banks and demand deposits with banks.

There are various circumstances in which cash and cash equivalent balances held by Deutsche Bank are not available for

use by the Group. Examples include cash and cash equivalent balances held by a subsidiary that operates in a country

where exchange controls or other legal restrictions apply such that the balances are not available for general use by the

Group or its subsidiaries.

Due to the nature of Deutsche Bank’s business model of providing financing to clients, cash flows related to long-term

debt support the bank’s operating activities and are included as a component of operating activities. In contrast, cash

flows related to transactions on own equity transactions as well as subordinated long-term debt and trust preferred

securities are presented as financing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows. These financial instruments

are viewed differently from those related to senior-long term debt because they are managed as an integral part of the

Group’s capital, primarily to meet regulatory capital requirements. As a result, these financial instruments are not

interchangeable with other operating liabilities but can only be interchanged with equity and thus are considered part of

the financing category. Financial instruments (including reverse repurchase agreements) held for liquidity purposes are

presented as a component of investment activities.

The Group’s adjustments for certain non-cash transactions to Profit (loss) includes provisions for credit losses,

restructuring activities, deferred income taxes and impairments, depreciations, amortization, and accretions, which also

includes amortization of hedge adjustments.

For certain other non-cash transactions which are more difficult to distinguish, all movements in the operating assets and

liabilities balance sheet line items are included in operating activities and are offset against the amount recognized in

Profit (loss). For example, unrealized fair value changes for trading assets and liabilities held at fair value through profit

and loss are included in operating activities and do not distinguish between cash and non-cash market movements. This

also applies to foreign exchange movements realized in the income statement when translating the transaction currency

to the entity’s functional currency. These non-cash foreign exchange movements are included in the respective asset or

liability line item in operating activities.

In addition, hedge adjustments to the carrying amount of non-derivative instruments (e.g., loans at amortized cost,

deposits and senior long-term debt) that arise from the application of fair value hedge accounting are not separately

disclosed as non-cash adjusting items, but included in the respective balance sheet line item in operating activities.

These amounts are netted in operating activities against the non-cash amount recognized in Profit (loss).

454

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 01 – Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

The amounts shown in the consolidated statement of cash flows do not necessarily match the movements in the

consolidated balance sheet from one period to the next as they exclude certain non-cash items such as foreign exchange

impacts when translating to the Group’s reporting currency, gross charge-offs on loans and movements due to changes

in the Group’s consolidated entities.

The position “Other, net” presented in operating activities predominantly includes movements in (i) the application of

cash flow hedge accounting or certain fair value hedge relationships where the hedged item is presented in investing

activities but the hedging instrument is presented operating activities; and (ii) non-cash related foreign exchange

translation effects on monetary Group intercompany transactions that are recognized in the Group’s consolidated

statement of income; along with foreign exchange translation effects of converting transactional currency to functional

currency, for certain balance sheet line items included in investing activities.

455

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 02 – Recently adopted and new accounting pronouncements

02 — Recently adopted and new accounting pronouncementss

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

The following are those accounting pronouncements which are relevant to the Group and which have been adopted

during 2025 in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements.

IAS 21 “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates

On January 1, 2025, the Group adopted amendments to IAS 21 “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates” that

contains guidance to specify when a currency is exchangeable and how to determine the exchange rate when it is not. It

also requires the disclosure of additional information when a currency is not exchangeable. The amendments did not

have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

New accounting pronouncements

The following accounting pronouncements were not effective as of December 31, 2025, and therefore have not been

applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 18 “Presentation and Disclosures in Financial Statements”

In April 2024, the IASB issued the new standard IFRS 18 “Presentation and Disclosures in Financial Statements” that

replaces IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements”. IFRS 18 contains new guidance on how to structure the Income

Statement as well as disclosure requirements for Management-defined Performance Measures (MPMs).

The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted.

The Group does not expect a material impact of IFRS 18 on the presentation of its consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 19 “Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures”

In May 2024, the IASB issued the new standard IFRS 19 “Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures”. The

new standard permits a subsidiary to provide reduced disclosures when applying IFRS Accounting Standards in its

financial statements. In August 2025, the IASB issued amendments to the not yet effective standard which cover new or

amended IFRS Accounting Standards issued between February 28, 2021, and May 01, 2024, that were not considered

when IFRS 19 was first issued.

The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted.

The Group does not expect a material impact of IFRS 19 on the disclosure requirements of its subsidiaries. The new

standard has yet to be endorsed by the EU.

IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” and IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”

In May 2024, the IASB has issued “Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments

(Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7)” to address matters identified during the post-implementation review of the

classification and measurement requirements of IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”. On electronic payment systems, the

amendments permit to deem a financial liability (or part of it) to be derecognized before the settlement date if specified

criteria are met. Further, the amendments provide extended guidance on basic lending agreements, assets with non-

recourse features and contractually linked instruments. Disclosures have been amended for contractual terms that could

change the timing or amount of contractual cash flows.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2026, with early adoption permitted.

The Group does not expect a material impact of the amendments on classification and measurement of financial

instruments as well as on its disclosures.

456

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 02 – Recently adopted and new accounting pronouncements

Annual Improvements to IFRS

In July 2024, the IASB issued amendments to multiple IFRS standards, which resulted from the IASB’s annual

improvements project. These comprise changes in terminology as well as editorial amendments related to IFRS 1 “First-

time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards”, IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures” and its

accompanying Guidance on implementing IFRS 7, IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”, IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial

Statements” and IAS 7 “Statement of Cash-Flows”.

The amendments will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2026, with early adoption

permitted. The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial

statements.

Contracts Referencing Nature-dependent Electricity

In December 2024, the IASB issued “Contracts Referencing Nature-dependent Electricity (Amendments to IFRS 9 and

IFRS 7)” to address matters identified for contracts referencing to nature-dependent electricity. The own-use

requirements in IFRS 9 are to be amended to include the factors an entity is required to consider for which the source of

production of the electricity is nature-dependent. The hedge accounting requirements in IFRS 9 are to be amended to

permit an entity using a contract for nature-dependent renewable electricity with a variable volume of forecast

electricity transactions as the hedged item as well as for measuring hedge effectiveness. The IASB further amends IFRS 7

and IFRS 19 to introduce disclosure requirements about contracts for nature-dependent electricity with specified

characteristics.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2026, with early adoption permitted.

The Group does not have significant exposure to electricity purchase contracts and thus does not expect a material

impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

IAS 21 “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates: Translation to a Hyperinflationary

Presentation Currency”

In November 2025, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 21 “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates” to clarify

the accounting applied by a parent, whose functional currency is the currency of a hyperinflationary economy, when it

consolidates a subsidiary, whose functional currency is the currency of a non-hyperinflationary economy. The IASB

decided that when an entity translates amounts from a functional currency that is the currency of a non-

hyperinflationary economy to a presentation currency that is the currency of a hyperinflationary economy, the entity

translates those amounts, including comparative amounts, using the closing rate at the date of the most recent

statement of financial position. An entity shall also disclose that it has applied this translation method in its financial

statements, or in the results and financial position of its foreign operations.

The amendments will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2027, with early adoption

permitted. The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial

statements. The new standard has yet to be endorsed by the EU.

457

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 03 – Acquisitions and dispositions

03 — Acquisitions and dispositions

Business combinations

During 2025 and 2024, the Group did not undertake any acquisitions accounted for as business combinations.

In April 2023, Deutsche Bank announced that it had reached an agreement on an all-cash offer for the acquisition of

Numis Corporation Plc (“Numis”). On October 13, 2023, the acquisition was completed and Deutsche Bank acquired a

100% interest in Numis for a cash purchase price of € 460 million (GBP 397 million). Following the acquisition of Numis,

the determination of the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date

had been finalized in the fourth quarter 2023 with details included in the table below. Other intangible assets identified

in the purchase price allocation included customer relationships (€ 56 million) and trade name (€ 27 million). Goodwill of

€ 235 million identified in the purchase price allocation mainly represented the expected future economic benefit of

synergies and the value of human capital.

Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed as of the Acquisition Date

in € m. October 13,<br><br>2023
Cash consideration transferred 460
Total consideration transferred 460
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:1
Interbank balances (w/o central banks) 126
Securities borrowed 10
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 44
Property and equipment 53
Other intangible assets 84
All other assets 410
Total assets acquired 727
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 14
All other liabilities 488
Total liabilities assumed 502
Total identifiable net assets 225
Goodwill 235
Total identifiable net assets and goodwill acquired 460

1By major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed

Deutsche Bank assigned goodwill resulting from the Numis acquisition to the Investment Bank cash-generating unit

(CGU). Given the valuation of the Investment Bank CGU, following the acquisition, goodwill recognized for Numis was

considered impaired and written off in the fourth quarter of 2023 (also refer to Note 23 “Goodwill and Other Intangible

Assets”).

Dispositions

There were no dispositions in 2025 and 2024, but the Group had finalized several dispositions of subsidiaries/businesses

during 2023. These disposals were mainly comprised of businesses that were previously classified as held for sale. The

total consideration for 2023 dispositions received in 2024 and 2023 (thereof in cash) was € 3 million (cash € 3 million)

and € 117 million (cash € 99 million), respectively. The table below shows the assets and liabilities that were included in

these disposals.

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Cash and cash equivalents 7
All remaining assets 105
Total assets disposed 113
Total liabilities disposed 213

458

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 04 – Business segments and related information

04 — Business segments and related information

Deutsche Bank’s segmental information has been prepared in accordance with the management approach, which

requires presentation of the segments on the basis of the internal management reports of the entity which are regularly

reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, which is the Deutsche Bank Management Board, in order to assess the

financial performance of the business segments and for allocating resources to the business segments.

Business segments

Deutsche Bank’s segment reporting follows the organizational structure as reflected in the Group’s internal management

reporting systems, which are the basis for assessing the financial performance of the business segments and for

allocating resources to them.

The bank’s business operations are organized in a divisional structure comprising the following business segments:

–Corporate Bank

–Investment Bank

–Private Bank

–Asset Management

–Corporate & Other

The Group consists of the following reportable segments: Corporate Bank, Investment Bank, Private Bank, Asset

Management and Corporate & Other.

Corporate Bank reports revenues based on three client categories: Institutional Client Services, Corporate Treasury

Services and Business Banking.

Investment Bank reports revenues in the categories Fixed Income & Currencies (FIC), Investment Banking & Capital

Markets as well as Research and Other.

Private Bank reports revenues in the client sectors Wealth Management and Personal Banking.

Asset Management reports revenues in the categories Management fees, Performance and Transaction fees and Other.

Corporate & Other includes revenues, costs and resources held centrally that are not allocated to the individual business

segments as well as valuation and timing differences that arise on derivatives used to hedge the Group’s balance sheet.

These are accounting impacts, and valuation losses are expected to be recovered over time as the underlying

instruments approach maturity. In addition, Corporate & Other contains financial impacts of legacy portfolios, previously

reported as the Capital Release Unit.

In addition, based on management decisions during the reporting period further divisional changes were introduced as

described in the section below.

459

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 04 – Business segments and related information

Changes in the presentation for segments

Commencing from the first quarter of 2025, Deutsche Bank amended the classification of revenues related to certain

revenue sharing activities between the Corporate Bank and the Investment Bank to more accurately reflect the impacts

on net interest income and net commission and fee income. These revenue sharing activities include the allocation of

foreign exchange revenues with Corporate Bank clients, recorded in the Investment Bank, to the Corporate Bank, as well

as the allocation of revenues related to relationship lending activities, recorded in the Corporate Bank, to the Corporate

Bank and the Investment Bank. Previously, both allocations were reported in remaining income, but are now directly

classified in the respective revenue categories. The change did not result in a change of intersegment revenue allocation

between the Corporate Bank and the Investment Bank and had no impact on the Group’s consolidated statement of

income. Prior year’s comparatives are presented in the current reporting structure.

In the first quarter of 2024, Investment Bank renamed “FIC Sales & Trading” to “Fixed Income & Currencies” and

introduced two additional sub‑categories: “Fixed Income & Currencies: Financing” and “Fixed Income & Currencies: Ex

Financing”. In the fourth quarter of 2025, Investment Bank renamed “Fixed Income & Currencies: Ex Financing” to “Fixed

Income & Currencies: Markets”. These adjustments were made to enhance transparency regarding the composition of

FIC’s revenues. In addition, “Origination & Advisory” was renamed to “Investment Banking & Capital Markets” to better

reflect the business it focuses on, with revenues continuing to be split in Debt Origination, Equity Origination and

Advisory. In addition, Research revenues are reported together with Other in “Research and Other”.

Commencing from the first quarter of 2024, Private Bank follows a customer-focused approach by classifying the

existing customer base into two distinct global client sectors: “Personal Banking” and “Wealth Management & Private

Banking”. In the fourth quarter of 2025, “Wealth Management & Private Banking” was renamed to “Wealth Management”.

This approach reflects the focus to serve clients in a more targeted and effective way across the Private Bank. Wealth

Management combines the coverage of private banking, high-net-worth and ultra-high-net-worth clients, as well as

business clients in selected international businesses (reflecting the ‘Bank for Entrepreneurs’ strategy). The client sector

Personal Banking includes retail and affluent customers as well as commercial banking clients in Italy and Spain (i.e., all

small business clients and small sized corporate clients that are not covered as part of the Wealth Management client

sector). Prior year’s comparatives are presented in the current reporting structure.

Within the Private Bank coverage area ‘Wealth Management’, private clients benefit from a wider product range with

increased emphasis on investment advice. As a result, in the first quarter of 2024, demand deposits of Private Banking

Germany were reclassified to assets under management, ensuring a consistent treatment within ‘Wealth Management’.

Prior year’s comparatives are presented in the current reporting structure.

Measurement of segment profit or loss

Segment reporting requires a presentation of the segment results based on management reporting methods, including a

reconciliation between the results of the business segments and the consolidated financial statements, which is

presented in the “Segment results of operations” section within this note. The information provided about each segment

is based on internal management reporting about segment profit or loss, assets and other information which is regularly

reviewed by the chief operating decision maker.

Segment assets are presented in the Group’s internal management reporting based on a consolidated view, i.e., the

amounts do not include intersegment balances. The Group’s internal management reporting does not consider segment

liabilities or interest expense separately. Similarly, depreciation and amortization, tax expenses and other comprehensive

income are not presented separately internally and are therefore not disclosed here.

460

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 04 – Business segments and related information

Non-IFRS compliant accounting methods used in the Group’s management reporting represent either valuation or

classification differences. The largest valuation differences relate to measurement at fair value in management reporting

versus measurement at amortized cost under IFRS and to the recognition of trading results from own shares in revenues

in management reporting (in the Investment Bank) and in equity under IFRS. The major classification difference relates to

noncontrolling interest, which represents the net share of minority shareholders in revenues, provision for credit losses,

noninterest expenses and income tax expenses. Noncontrolling interest is reported as a component of the profit before

tax of the businesses in management reporting (with a reversal in Corporate & Other) and a component of net income

appropriation under IFRS.

Since the Group’s business activities are diverse in nature and its operations are integrated, certain estimates and

judgments have been made to apportion revenue and expense items among the business segments.

The management reporting systems allocate the Group’s external net interest income according to the value of funding

consumed or provided by each business segment’s activities, in accordance with the bank’s internal funds transfer

pricing framework. Furthermore, to retain comparability with those competitors that have legally independent units with

their own equity funding, the Group allocates a net notional interest benefit on its consolidated capital, in line with each

segment’s proportion of average shareholders’ equity.

Management uses certain measures for equity and related ratios as part of its internal reporting system because it

believes that these measures provide it with a useful indication of the financial performance of the business segments.

The Group discloses such measures to provide investors and analysts with further insight into how management operates

the Group’s businesses and to enable them to better understand the Group’s results.

Allocation of Average Shareholder’s Equity

Shareholders’ equity is fully allocated to the Group’s segments based on the regulatory capital demand of each segment.

Regulatory capital demand reflects the combined contribution of each segment to the Group’s Common Equity Tier 1

(CET1) ratio, the Group’s leverage ratio and the Group’s capital loss under stress. Contributions in each of the three

dimensions are weighted to reflect their relative importance and level of constraint for the Group. Contributions to the

CET1 ratio and the leverage ratio are measured through risk-weighted assets and leverage ratio exposure. The Group’s

capital loss under stress is a measure of the Group’s overall economic risk exposure under a defined stress scenario.

Goodwill and other intangible assets are directly attributed to the Group’s segments in order to allow the determination

of allocated tangible shareholders’ equity and the respective returns. Shareholders’ equity and tangible shareholders’

equity is allocated on a monthly basis and averaged across quarters and for the full year.

Changes to capital allocation framework

Starting in 2024, Deutsche Bank has changed the allocation of tangible shareholders’ equity across segments. In

addition, the bank now retains capital held against Deutsche Bank Group items in Corporate & Other, which has

previously been allocated to the segments. Prior year’s comparatives are presented in the current reporting structure.

While the adjustment of the prior periods’ allocations impact the segmental RoTE, the respective Group metrics are

unaffected by the change.

Beginning in December 2025, Deutsche Bank revised the allocation of (tangible) shareholders’ equity to more accurately

assess the shareholder value generated by Asset Management. As part of this adjustment, approximately € 1 billion of

CET1 capital contributed to Deutsche Bank Group by DWS minority shareholders is now recognized as a reduction in the

equity allocated to the Asset Management segment. Previously, this minority interest benefit, which is part of regulatory

own funds, was reflected in Corporate & Other. This change affects only the Asset Management segment and does not

impact the metrics of Deutsche Bank Group or the bank’s other operating segments. As the implementation began in

December 2025, the change impacts the financials for the fourth quarter and the full year 2025. No adjustments were

made to prior periods’ capital allocation, resulting in a phased effect on the 2025 financials. The full impact in form of a

lower average allocated shareholders' equity and hence a higher post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’

equity for the Asset Management segment, will be visible in the 2026 financial year.

461

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 04 – Business segments and related information

Driver-Based Cost Management allocations methodology change

In the first quarter of 2023, the bank introduced a Driver-Based Cost Management methodology for the allocation of

costs originated in respective infrastructure functions which aims to provide transparency over the drivers of

Infrastructure costs and links costs more closely to service consumption by segments. During 2023, costs relating to

Infrastructure functions were allocated using an actuals to plan approach, with the exception of technology

development costs which were charged to the divisions based on actual expenditures. Beginning 2024, all infrastructure

costs were charged to divisions based on actual costs and service consumption. Prior year’s comparatives are presented

in the current reporting structure. For the full year 2023, the change in methodology resulted in an increase in

noninterest expenses (corresponding decrease in profit before tax) for Corporate Bank of € 175 million and a

corresponding decrease in noninterest expenses (corresponding increase in profit before tax) for Investment Bank of

€ 42 million, for Private Bank of € 48 million, for Asset Management of € — million and for Corporate and Other of

€ 84 million. While the update of the 2023 allocations impacted the segmental post-tax returns on average tangible

shareholders’ equity and cost/income ratio, the respective Group metrics are unaffected by the methodology change.

Changes to operational Risk RWA allocation framework

Starting in 2024, Deutsche Bank introduced a refined and more granular framework to allocate operational risk RWA to

the segments. While the respective segmental RWA metrics are impacted by the change in methodology with a more

pronounced impact from the second quarter of 2024 onwards, the Group’s operational risk RWA are unaffected by the

change.

Tax Exempt Securities

Net interest income as a component of net revenues, profit (loss) before tax and related ratios are presented on a fully

taxable-equivalent basis for tax-exempt securities for the Investment Bank. This enables management to measure

performance of taxable and tax-exempt securities on a comparable basis. This presentation resulted in an increase in

Investment Bank net interest income of € 22 million for full year 2025, € 18 million for full year 2024 and € 10 million for

full year 2023. This increase is offset in Group consolidated figures through a reversal in Corporate & Other. The

predominant tax rate used for 2025, 2024 and 2023 in determining the fully taxable equivalent of the net interest

income was 21% and related to U.S. tax exempt securities.

462

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 04 – Business segments and related information

Segmental results of operations

The following tables present the results of the Group’s business segments, including the reconciliation to the

consolidated results of operations under IFRS.

2025
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total<br><br>Consolidated
Net revenues1 7,400 11,541 9,665 3,077 413 32,096
Provision for credit losses 194 827 578 (2) 108 1,707
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 1,632 2,894 2,795 952 3,541 11,813
General and administrative expenses 2,971 3,782 3,958 871 (2,721) 8,860
Impairment of goodwill and other<br><br>intangible assets
Restructuring activities (15) (15)
Total noninterest expenses 4,603 6,675 6,738 1,823 819 20,658
Noncontrolling interests 16 272 (289)
Profit (loss) before tax 2,603 4,022 2,348 983 (226) 9,731
Assets (in € bn)2 323 736 316 11 49 1,435
Loans (gross of allowance for loan<br><br>losses, in € bn) 120 115 247 (3) 479
Additions to non-current assets 14 6 65 20 1,938 2,042
Deposits (in € bn) 329 28 329 5 692
Average allocated shareholders' equity<br><br>(in € bn) 12 24 15 53 10 66
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn) 72 136 92 16 31 347
of which: operational risk RWA (in € bn)4 11 18 15 5 14 63
Leverage exposure (in € bn) 358 602 326 10 32 1,327
Employees (full-time equivalent) 27,320 20,592 35,443 5,425 1,099 89,879
Post-tax return on average shareholders’<br><br>equity5,6 14.1% 10.8% 10.1% 12.9% N/M 9.3%
Post-tax return on average tangible<br><br>shareholders’ equity5,6 15.3% 11.2% 10.5% 29.1% N/M 10.3%
Cost/income ratio7 62.2% 57.8% 69.7% 59.3% N/M 64.4%
1 includes
Net interest income 4,567 4,681 6,169 24 249 15,691
Net income (loss) from equity method<br><br>investments 4 (69) 4 52 3 (6)
2 includes
Equity method investments 101 264 102 453 5 924

N/M – Not meaningful

3 Starting from the fourth quarter 2025, the equity allocation framework for Asset Management has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 -

Business segments and related information” of this report

4 Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments

and related information” of this report

5 Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and

related information” of this report

6 Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflect the reported effective tax rate for the Group, which

was 27% for the year ended December 31, 2025; for post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the segments, the

Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28% for the

year ended December 31, 2025; for further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report

7Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

463

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 04 – Business segments and related information
2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total<br><br>Consolidated
Net revenues1 7,506 10,557 9,386 2,649 (6) 30,092
Provision for credit losses 347 549 851 (1) 83 1,830
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 1,611 2,690 2,938 919 3,574 11,731
General and administrative expenses 3,448 3,970 4,395 904 (1,474) 11,243
Impairment of goodwill and other<br><br>intangible assets
Restructuring activities (1) (3) (3)
Total noninterest expenses 5,058 6,660 7,331 1,823 2,100 22,971
Noncontrolling interests 5 194 (199)
Profit (loss) before tax 2,101 3,344 1,204 632 (1,989) 5,291
Assets (in € bn)2 280 756 324 11 17 1,387
Loans (gross of allowance for loan<br><br>losses, in € bn) 117 110 257 485
Additions to non-current assets 12 3 160 30 1,886 2,091
Deposits (in € bn) 313 22 320 11 666
Average allocated shareholders' equity<br><br>(in € bn) 12 24 14 5 10 65
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn) 78 130 97 18 34 357
of which: operational risk RWA (in € bn)3 11 15 14 5 13 58
Leverage exposure (in € bn) 339 593 336 10 38 1,316
Employees (full-time equivalent) 26,280 20,065 37,059 5,166 1,183 89,753
Post-tax return on average shareholders’<br><br>equity4,5 11.9% 9.1% 5.1% 8.0% N/M 4.2%
Post-tax return on average tangible<br><br>shareholders’ equity4,5 12.7% 9.4% 5.1% 18.0% N/M 4.7%
Cost/income ratio6 67.4% 63.1% 78.1% 68.8% N/M 76.3%
1 includes
Net interest income 4,987 3,372 5,786 25 (1,104) 13,065
Net income (loss) from equity<br><br>method investments (1) (46) 21 36 2 12
2 includes
Equity method investments 90 379 102 451 6 1,028

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

3Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. Prior periods have been updated accordingly. For more information, please

refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and related information” of this report

4Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. Prior periods have been updated accordingly. For more information, please

refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and related information” of this report

5The post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rate for the Group,

which was 34% for the year ended December 31, 2024; for the post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the

segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were

28% for the year ended December 31, 2024; for further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this

report

6Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

464

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 04 – Business segments and related information
2023
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total<br><br>Consolidated
Net revenues1 7,718 9,160 9,571 2,383 47 28,879
Provision for credit losses 266 431 783 (1) 26 1,505
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 1,539 2,534 2,808 891 3,358 11,131
General and administrative expenses 3,088 4,082 4,718 934 (2,710) 10,112
Impairment of goodwill and other<br><br>intangible assets 233 233
Restructuring activities (4) (3) 228 (1) 220
Total noninterest expenses 4,623 6,846 7,755 1,825 647 21,695
Noncontrolling interests 3 163 (166)
Profit (loss) before tax 2,828 1,880 1,032 396 (459) 5,678
Assets (in € bn)2 264 658 331 10 49 1,312
Loans (gross of allowance for loan<br><br>losses, in € bn) 117 101 261 479
Additions to non-current assets 13 89 90 73 1,853 2,118
Deposits (in € bn) 289 18 308 7 622
Average allocated shareholders' equity<br><br>(in € bn) 11 23 14 5 10 63
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn) 69 140 86 15 40 350
of which: operational risk RWA (in € bn)3 6 22 8 3 19 57
Leverage exposure (in € bn) 307 546 339 10 39 1,240
Employees (full-time equivalent) 25,356 19,899 38,465 4,961 1,449 90,130
Post-tax return on average shareholders’<br><br>equity4,5 17.1% 4.9% 4.5% 5.2% N/M 6.7%
Post-tax return on average tangible<br><br>shareholders’ equity4,5 18.5% 5.1% 4.8% 12.2% N/M 7.4%
Cost/income ratio6 59.9% 74.7% 81.0% 76.6% N/M 75.1%
1 includes
Net interest income 5,241 2,887 6,156 (124) (557) 13,602
Net income (loss) from equity<br><br>method investments (6) (70) (5) 42 2 (38)
2 includes
Equity method investments 91 413 84 420 5 1,013

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

3Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. Prior periods have been updated accordingly. For more information, please

refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and related information” of this report

4Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. Prior periods have been updated accordingly. For more information, please

refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and related information” of this report

5The post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rate for the Group,

which was 14% for the year ended December 31, 2023; for the post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the

segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were

28% for the year ended December 31, 2023; for further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this

report

6Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

465

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 04 – Business segments and related information

Corporate Bank

2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) 2025 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Net revenues
Corporate Treasury Services1 4,220 4,197 4,381 23 1 (184) (4)
Institutional Client Services 1,917 1,956 1,895 (39) (2) 62 3
Business Banking1 1,263 1,352 1,442 (90) (7) (90) (6)
Total net revenues 7,400 7,506 7,718 (106) (1) (212) (3)
Of which:
Net interest income2 4,567 4,987 5,241 (419) (8) (254) (5)
Net commission and fee income2 2,704 2,577 2,460 127 5 118 5
Remaining income2 129 (58) 18 186 N/M (75) N/M
Provision for credit losses 194 347 266 (153) (44) 81 30
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 1,632 1,611 1,539 21 1 72 5
General and administrative expenses 2,971 3,448 3,088 (477) (14) 359 12
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets N/M N/M
Restructuring activities (1) (4) 1 N/M 4 N/M
Total noninterest expenses 4,603 5,058 4,623 (455) (9) 435 9
Noncontrolling interests N/M N/M
Profit (loss) before tax 2,603 2,101 2,828 502 24 (728) (26)
Employees (front office, full-time equivalent)3 8,420 7,959 7,670 461 6 289 4
Employees (business-aligned operations, full-<br><br>time equivalent)3 8,181 8,171 8,017 10 154 2
Employees (allocated central infrastructure, full-<br><br>time equivalent)3 10,719 10,150 9,669 569 6 481 5
Total employees (full-time equivalent)3 27,320 26,280 25,356 1,040 4 924 4
Total assets (in € bn)3,4 323 280 264 44 16 16 6
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn)3 72 78 69 (6) (8) 9 13
of which: operational risk RWA (in € bn)3,5 11 11 6 1 5 94
Leverage exposure (in € bn)3 358 339 307 18 5 33 11
Deposits (in € bn)3 329 313 289 17 5 23 8
Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in € bn)3 120 117 117 3 2
Cost/income ratio6 62.2% 67.4% 59.9% (5.2)ppt N/M 7.5ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average shareholders' equity7,8 14.1% 11.9% 17.1% 2.2ppt N/M (5.2)ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’<br><br>equity7,8 15.3% 12.7% 18.5% 2.6ppt N/M (5.8)ppt N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1Starting from the first quarter of 2025, certain smaller non-complex clients previously recorded under Corporate Treasury Services are reported under Business Banking.

The reclassification follows a review and realignment of client coverage to provide clients with the most effective coverage within the Corporate Bank. Prior year’s

comparatives are presented in the current reporting structure

2Starting from the first quarter of 2025, the representation of revenue sharing between Corporate Bank and Investment Bank has changed. For more information, please

refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and related information” of this report

3 As of year-end

4Segment assets are presented on a consolidated basis, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

5Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments

and related information” of this report

6Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

7Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and

related information” of this report

8For the post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude

the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28% for the years 2025, 2024 and 2023; for further information,

please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report

466

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 04 – Business segments and related information

Investment Bank

2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) 2025 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Net revenues
Fixed Income & Currencies (FIC) 9,610 8,518 7,897 1,092 13 621 8
Fixed Income & Currencies: Financing 3,561 3,183 2,909 377 12 275 9
Fixed Income & Currencies: Markets1 6,050 5,335 4,989 715 13 346 7
Investment Banking & Capital Markets2 1,861 1,990 1,238 (129) (6) 752 61
Debt Origination 1,100 1,274 837 (174) (14) 437 52
Equity Origination 225 186 102 39 21 83 82
Advisory 536 531 299 5 1 232 77
Research and Other3 70 49 24 20 41 25 102
Total net revenues4 11,541 10,557 9,160 984 9 1,398 15
Provision for credit losses 827 549 431 278 51 119 28
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 2,894 2,690 2,534 204 8 156 6
General and administrative expenses 3,782 3,970 4,082 (188) (5) (112) (3)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets 233 N/M (233) N/M
Restructuring activities (3) 38 3 N/M
Total noninterest expenses 6,675 6,660 6,846 15 (186) (3)
Noncontrolling interests 16 5 3 12 N/M 2 52
Profit (loss) before tax 4,022 3,344 1,880 679 20 1,463 78
Employees (front office, full-time equivalent)5 5,037 4,888 4,856 149 3 32 1
Employees (business-aligned operations, full-<br><br>time equivalent)5 3,151 3,168 3,146 (17) (1) 22 1
Employees (allocated central infrastructure, full-<br><br>time equivalent)5 12,404 12,009 11,898 395 3 111 1
Total employees (full-time equivalent)5 20,592 20,065 19,899 527 3 166 1
Total assets (in € bn)5,6 736 756 658 (20) (3) 98 15
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn)5 136 130 140 7 5 (10) (7)
of which: operational risk RWA (in € bn)5,7 18 15 22 3 21 (7) (32)
Leverage exposure (in € bn)5 602 593 546 10 2 46 8
Deposits (in € bn)5 28 22 18 6 26 4 23
Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in € bn)5 115 110 101 5 5 9 9
Cost/income ratio8 57.8% 63.1% 74.7% (5.2)ppt N/M (11.7)ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity9,10 10.8% 9.1% 4.9% 1.7ppt N/M 4.2ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’<br><br>equity9,10 11.2% 9.4% 5.1% 1.8ppt N/M 4.3ppt N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1Starting from the fourth quarter of 2025, the additional sub-category “Fixed Income & Currencies: Ex Financing“ within Fixed Income & Currencies (FIC) was renamed to

“Fixed Income & Currencies: Markets“

2 Starting from the fourth quarter of 2025, Deutsche Bank renamed “Origination & Advisory” within the Investment Bank to “Investment Banking & Capital Markets”

3Historically, certain bank funding charges that were allocated to the Investment Bank but not directly attributable to specific balance sheet positions were reported

within “Research and Other”. Beginning the third quarter of 2025 these charges have been allocated to underlying businesses based on an agreed allocation key in order

to support ongoing refinement of business level reporting. Prior year’s comparatives are aligned to presentation in the current year

4Starting from the first quarter of 2025, the representation of revenue sharing between Corporate Bank and Investment Bank has changed. For more information, please

refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and related information” of this report

5As of year-end

6Segment assets are presented on a consolidated basis, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

7 Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments

and related information” of this report

8Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

9 Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and

related information” of this report

10For the post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude

the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28% for the years 2025, 2024 and 2023; for further information,

please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report

467

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 04 – Business segments and related information

Private Bank

2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) 2025 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Net revenues:
Personal Banking1 5,284 5,253 5,442 31 1 (190) (3)
Wealth Management1,2 4,381 4,133 4,128 248 6 5 0
Total net revenues 9,665 9,386 9,571 279 3 (185) (2)
of which:
Net interest income 6,169 5,786 6,156 383 7 (370) (6)
Net commission and fee income 2,999 2,956 2,852 43 1 104 4
Remaining income 497 643 563 (146) (23) 80 14
Provision for credit losses 578 851 783 (273) (32) 68 9
Noninterest expenses:
Compensation and benefits 2,795 2,938 2,808 (143) (5) 130 5
General and administrative expenses 3,958 4,395 4,718 (438) (10) (323) (7)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets N/M 0 N/M
Restructuring activities (15) (3) 228 (12) N/M (231) N/M
Total noninterest expenses 6,738 7,331 7,755 (593) (8) (424) (5)
Noncontrolling interests 45 (45)
Profit (loss) before tax 2,348 1,204 1,032 1,144 95 172 17
Employees (front office, full-time equivalent)3 15,840 17,053 18,483 (1,213) (7) (1,430) (8)
Employees (business-aligned operations, full-time<br><br>equivalent)3 7,497 7,842 7,780 (345) (4) 62 1
Employees (allocated central infrastructure, full-<br><br>time equivalent)3 12,106 12,164 12,202 (58) N/M (38) 0
Total employees (full-time equivalent)3 35,443 37,059 38,465 (1,616) (4) (1,406) (4)
Total assets (in € bn)3,4 316 324 331 (8) (2) (7) (2)
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn)3 92 97 86 (5) (5) 11 13
of which: operational risk RWA (in € bn)3,5 15 14 8 0 2 7 89
Leverage exposure (in € bn)3 326 336 339 (10) (3) (2) (1)
Deposits (in € bn)2 329 320 308 9 3 13 4
Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in € bn)3 247 257 261 (11) (4) (4) (1)
Assets under Management (in € bn)3,6 685 634 579 51 8 55 9
Net flows (in € bn) 27 29 23 (2) (7) 6 26
Cost/income ratio7 69.7% 78.1% 81.0% (8.4)ppt N/M (2.9)ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average shareholders' equity8,9 10.1% 5.1% 4.5% 5.1ppt N/M 0.5ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’<br><br>equity8,9 10.5% 5.1% 4.8% 5.4ppt N/M 0.3ppt N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1 Starting from the first quarter of 2025, a portion of certain European Personal Banking clients have been transferred to the Wealth Management segment. This change

reflects adjustments in the Private Bank client's classification to better align financial reporting with the underlying business structure. Prior year’s comparatives are

presented in the current reporting structure

2Starting from the fourth quarter of 2025, the Private Bank renamed “Wealth Management & Private Banking” to “Wealth Management”

3As of year-end

4Segment assets are presented on a consolidated basis, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

5Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments

and related information” of this report

6Assets under Management include assets held on behalf of customers for investment purposes and/or client assets that are advised or managed by Deutsche Bank. They

are managed on a discretionary or advisory basis or are deposited with the bank. Deposits are considered Assets under Management if they serve investment purposes. In

Personal Banking, this includes Term deposits and Savings deposits. In Wealth Management (excl. Business Banking), it is assumed that all customer deposits are held

with the bank primarily for investment purposes and accordingly are classified as Assets under Management. In instances in which the Private Bank distributes investment

products qualifying as Assets under Management which are managed by DWS, these assets are reported as Assets under Management for Private Bank and for Asset

Management (DWS) because they are two distinct, independent qualifying services

7Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

8Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and

related information” of this report

9For the post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude

the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28% for the years 2025, 2024 and 2023; for further information,

please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report

468

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 04 – Business segments and related information

Asset Management

2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) 2025 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Net revenues
Management fees 2,597 2,479 2,314 119 5 164 7
Performance and transaction fees 318 148 128 170 115 20 16
Other 162 23 (59) 139 N/M 82 N/M
Total net revenues 3,077 2,649 2,383 427 16 267 11
Provision for credit losses (2) (1) (1) (1) 172 (23)
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 952 919 891 33 4 28 3
General and administrative expenses 871 904 934 (34) (4) (29) (3)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible<br><br>assets N/M N/M
Restructuring activities N/M N/M
Total noninterest expenses 1,823 1,823 1,825 0 (1) 0
Noncontrolling interests 272 194 163 78 40 32 20
Profit (loss) before tax 983 632 396 350 55 236 60
Employees (front office, full-time equivalent)1 2,103 2,065 2,044 38 2 21 1
Employees (business-aligned operations, full-<br><br>time equivalent)1 2,732 2,510 2,343 222 9 167 7
Employees (allocated central infrastructure, full-<br><br>time equivalent)1 590 591 574 (1) 0 17 3
Total employees (full-time equivalent)1 5,425 5,166 4,961 259 5 205 4
Total assets (in € bn)1,2 11 11 10 2 2
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn)1 16 18 15 (3) (16) 3 22
of which: operational risk RWA (in € bn)1,3 5 5 3 1 13 1 35
Leverage exposure (in € bn)1 10 10 10 1 4
Assets under Management (in € bn)1,4 1,085 1,012 896 73 7 115 13
Net flows (in € bn) 51 26 28 25 98 (3) (9)
Cost/income ratio5 59.3% 68.8% 76.6% (9.6)ppt N/M (7.8)ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average shareholders' equity6,7 12.9% 8.0% 5.2% 4.9ppt N/M 2.9ppt N/M
Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’<br><br>equity6,7 29.1%8 18.0% 12.2% 11.0ppt N/M 5.8ppt N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1As of year-end

2Segment assets are presented on a consolidated basis, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

3Starting from the first quarter of 2024 the allocation of operational risk RWA has changed. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments

and related information” of this report

4Assets under Management (AuM) means assets (i) the segment manages on a discretionary or non-discretionary advisory basis; including where it is the management

company and portfolio management is outsourced to a third party; and (ii) a third party holds or manages and on which the segment provides, on the basis of contract,

advice of an ongoing nature including regular or periodic assessment, monitoring and/or review. AuM represent both collective investments (including mutual funds and

exchange-traded funds) and separate client mandates. AuM are measured at current market value based on the local regulatory rules for asset managers at each

reporting date, which might differ from the fair value rules applicable under IFRS. Measurable levels are available daily for most retail products but may only update

monthly, quarterly or even yearly for some products. While AuM do not include the segment’s investments accounted for under equity method, they do include seed

capital and any committed capital on which the segment earns management fees. In instances in which Private Bank distributes investment products qualifying as Assets

under Management which are managed by DWS, these assets are reported as Assets under Management for Private Bank and for Asset Management (DWS) because they

are two distinct, independent qualifying services

5Noninterest expenses as a percentage of total net revenues, which are defined as net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income

6Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and

related information” of this report

7For the post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude

the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28% for the years 2025, 2024 and 2023; for further information,

please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report

8 Starting from the fourth quarter 2025 the equity allocation framework for Asset Management has been updated. For more information, please refer to section “Note 04 -

Business segments and related information” of this report

469

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 04 – Business segments and related information

Corporate & Other

2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) 2025 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Net revenues 413 (6) 47 419 N/M (54) N/M
Provision for credit losses 108 83 26 26 31 57 N/M
Noninterest expenses
Compensation and benefits 3,541 3,574 3,358 (33) (1) 216 6
General and administrative expenses (2,721) (1,474) (2,710) (1,247) 85 1,236 (46)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets N/M N/M
Restructuring activities (1) N/M 1 N/M
Total noninterest expenses 819 2,100 647 (1,280) (61) 1,453 N/M
Noncontrolling interests (289) (199) (166) (89) 45 (33) 20
Profit (loss) before tax (226) (1,989) (459) 1,763 (89) (1,530) N/M
Total Employees (full-time equivalent)1 36,918 36,097 35,792 821 2 305 1
Risk-weighted assets (in € bn)1 31 34 40 (3) (7) (6) (15)
Leverage exposure (in € bn)1 32 38 39 (6) (16) (1) (3)

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1As of year-end

470

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Annual Report 2025 04 – Business segments and related information

Entity-wide disclosures

The Group’s entity-wide disclosures include net revenues from internal and external counterparties. Excluding revenues

from internal counterparties would require disproportionate IT investment and is not in line with the bank's management

approach. For details of the net revenue components please see “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review:

Results of Operations: Corporate Divisions”.

The following table presents total net revenues (before provision for credit losses) by geographic area for the years

ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 respectively. The information presented for Corporate Bank, Investment

Bank, Private Bank and Asset Management has been classified based primarily on the location of the Group’s office in

which the revenues are recorded. The information for Corporate & Other is presented on a global level only, as

management responsibility for Corporate & Other is held centrally.

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Germany:
Corporate Bank 3,558 3,811 4,225
Investment Bank 720 641 573
Private Bank 6,511 6,388 6,567
Asset Management 1,438 1,286 1,211
Total Germany 12,226 12,127 12,576
UK:
Corporate Bank 211 193 192
Investment Bank 4,033 3,882 3,503
Private Bank 63 46 54
Asset Management 652 404 350
Total UK 4,959 4,525 4,099
Rest of Europe:
Corporate Bank 1,154 1,238 1,196
Investment Bank 392 477 330
Private Bank 2,051 1,953 1,981
Asset Management 329 308 274
Total Rest of Europe 3,926 3,975 3,782
Americas (primarily United States):
Corporate Bank 1,241 1,090 1,011
Investment Bank 4,423 3,869 3,041
Private Bank 478 475 462
Asset Management 549 562 432
Total Americas 6,691 5,996 4,945
Asia/Pacific, Middle East and Africa:
Corporate Bank 1,236 1,174 1,094
Investment Bank 1,973 1,688 1,713
Private Bank 563 524 506
Asset Management 109 90 115
Total Asia/Pacific, Middle East and Africa 3,881 3,476 3,428
Corporate & Other 413 (6) 47
Consolidated net revenues1 32,096 30,092 28,879

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1Consolidated net revenues comprise interest and similar income, interest expenses and total noninterest income (including net commission and fee income); revenues are

attributed to countries based on the location in which the Group’s booking office is located; the location of a transaction on the Group’s books is sometimes different

from the location of the headquarters or other offices of a customer and different from the location of the Group’s personnel who entered into or facilitated the

transaction; where the Group records a transaction involving its staff and customers and other third parties in different locations frequently depends on other

considerations, such as the nature of the transaction, regulatory considerations and transaction processing considerations

471

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated income statement
Annual Report 2025 05 – Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through<br><br>profit or loss

Notes to the consolidated income statement

05 — Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial

assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Net interest income

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Interest and similar income:
Interest income on cash and central bank balances 4,733 7,045 7,048
Interest income on interbank balances (w/o central banks) 261 643 607
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements 2,236 1,935 1,069
Loans 21,268 23,692 22,559
Other 2,561 2,140 2,103
Total Interest and similar income from assets measured at amortized cost 31,059 35,456 33,385
Interest income on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 1,421 1,408 1,097
Total interest and similar income calculated using the effective interest method 32,480 36,865 34,482
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 11,978 12,493 9,592
Total interest and similar income 44,458 49,358 44,074
Thereof: negative interest expense on financial liabilities 23 28 76
Interest expense:
Interest-bearing deposits 11,964 16,867 13,706
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements 854 708 388
Other short-term borrowings 518 390 310
Long-term debt 5,121 6,770 6,154
Trust preferred securities 16 17 16
Other 2,761 3,035 2,848
Total interest expense measured at amortized cost 21,233 27,787 23,422
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 7,534 8,505 7,051
Total interest expense 28,767 36,292 30,472
Thereof: negative interest income on financial assets 19 39 81
Net interest income 15,691 13,065 13,602

Impact of ECB Targeted Longer-term Refinancing Operations (TLTRO III program)

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 the Group had no outstanding borrowings under the TLTRO III-

refinancing program (December 31, 2023: € 15.0 billion). The prior interest rates on TLTRO III refinancing operations were

indexed to the average applicable key ECB interest rates. The TLTRO III program generated no net interest expense for

the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 (December 31, 2024: € 144 million and December 31, 2023: € 741 million).

472

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated income statement
Annual Report 2025 05 – Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through<br><br>profit or loss

Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Trading Income:
FIC Sales and Trading 4,963 5,045 5,116
Other trading income (loss) 372 849 (238)
Total trading income (loss) 5,335 5,894 4,878
Net gains (losses) on non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss:
Breakdown by financial assets category:
Debt Securities 58 (94) 89
Equity Securities 111 24 (10)
Loans and loan commitments (13) (8) 112
Deposits (4) (5)
Others non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss 4 18 31
Total net gains (losses) on non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit<br><br>or loss: 160 (65) 217
Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss:
Breakdown by financial asset/liability category:
Loans and loan commitments 11 5 12
Deposits 1 2 (0)
Long-term debt (369) 157 (180)
Other financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss 23 (7) 20
Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss (334) 158 (148)
Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 5,160 5,987 4,947

Combined net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Net interest income 15,691 13,065 13,602
Trading income (loss)1 5,335 5,894 4,878
Net gains (losses) on non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss 160 (65) 217
Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss (334) 158 (148)
Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 5,160 5,987 4,947
Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss2 20,852 19,052 18,549
Corporate Treasury Services 2,788 2,846 3,060
Institutional Client Services 876 996 940
Business Banking 1,005 1,103 1,193
Corporate Bank 4,669 4,946 5,193
Fixed Income & Currency 9,549 8,535 8,171
Remaining Products (242) (166) (196)
Investment Bank 9,308 8,368 7,976
Personal Banking 4,212 3,867 4,090
Wealth Management 2,258 2,132 2,287
Private Bank 6,470 5,998 6,377
Asset Management 180 269 (11)
Corporate & Other 225 (529) (986)
Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 20,852 19,052 18,549

1Trading income (loss) includes gains and losses from derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting

2Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

The Group’s trading and risk management businesses include significant activities in interest rate instruments and related

derivatives. Under IFRS, interest and similar income earned from trading instruments and financial instruments

designated at fair value through profit or loss (i.e., coupon and dividend income), and the costs of funding net trading

positions, are part of net interest income. The Group’s trading activities can periodically shift income to either net

interest income or to net gains (losses) of financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss depending on a

variety of factors, including risk management strategies. The above table combines net interest income and net gains

(losses) of financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss by business division.

473

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated income statement
Annual Report 2025 06 – Commissions and fee income

06 — Commissions and fee income

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Net commission and fee income and expense:
Commissions and fee income 14,190 13,190 11,657
Commissions and fee expense 3,299 2,818 2,452
Net commission and fee income 10,891 10,372 9,206

Disaggregation of revenues by product type and business segment

Dec 31, 2025
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total<br><br>Consolidated
Major type of services:
Commissions for administration 230 76 278 15 3 603
Commissions for assets under<br><br>management 24 470 4,166 4,660
Commissions for other securities 484 25 39 549
Underwriting and advisory fees 49 1,769 8 13 1,839
Brokerage fees 23 294 1,125 42 1 1,484
Commissions for local payments 587 5 860 1 1,453
Commissions for foreign commercial<br><br>business 500 26 21 (40) 506
Commissions for foreign currency/<br><br>exchange business 4 6 10
Commissions for loan processing and<br><br>guarantees1 608 521 138 3 1,269
Intermediary fees 34 1 435 11 481
Fees for sundry other customer services1 1,014 112 98 107 3 1,334
Total commissions and fee income 3,557 2,830 3,477 4,331 (5) 14,190
Commissions and fee expense (3,299)
Net commission and fee income 10,891

1Includes the impact from revenue sharing agreement between Investment Bank and Corporate Bank for client referrals

Dec 31, 2024
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total<br><br>Consolidated
Major type of services:
Commissions for administration 215 54 265 16 550
Commissions for assets under<br><br>management 20 416 3,805 4,242
Commissions for other securities 451 38 1 491
Underwriting and advisory fees 53 1,640 6 66 1,764
Brokerage fees 21 327 1,052 39 1 1,440
Commissions for local payments 550 13 909 (9) 1,464
Commissions for foreign commercial<br><br>business 483 32 20 (34) 502
Commissions for foreign currency/<br><br>exchange business 6 4 10
Commissions for loan processing and<br><br>guarantees1 575 487 270 1 1,334
Intermediary fees 30 1 402 11 444
Fees for sundry other customer services1 582 158 87 117 6 949
Total commissions and fee income 2,988 2,713 3,470 3,978 42 13,190
Commissions and fee expense (2,818)
Net commission and fee income 10,372

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1Includes the impact from revenue sharing agreement between Investment Bank and Corporate Bank for client referrals

474

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated income statement
Annual Report 2025 06 – Commissions and fee income
Dec 31, 2023
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total<br><br>Consolidated
Major type of services:
Commissions for administration 204 55 247 11 (2) 515
Commissions for assets under<br><br>management 18 362 3,527 3,907
Commissions for other securities 461 37 1 1 499
Underwriting and advisory fees 43 1,093 16 4 1,156
Brokerage fees 19 280 971 33 (20) 1,282
Commissions for local payments 488 995 1 1,484
Commissions for foreign commercial<br><br>business 475 27 22 (27) 497
Commissions for foreign currency/<br><br>exchange business 6 4 10
Commissions for loan processing and<br><br>guarantees1 530 446 230 1 1,207
Intermediary fees 28 3 364 10 405
Fees for sundry other customer services1 496 42 41 117 695
Total commissions and fee income 2,767 1,946 3,288 3,689 (33) 11,657
Commissions and fee expense (2,452)
Net commission and fee income 9,206

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1Includes the impact from revenue sharing agreement between Investment Bank and Corporate Bank for client referrals

In 2025, the Group recognized performance fee revenue prior to receipt of actual distribution of € 165 million for the

year ended December 31, 2025 (December 31, 2024: € 0 million), which has been recognized in the Consolidated

Statement of Income. This performance fee will only be received after realization of all related conditions. The actual

amount at maturity depends on the realized values of the remaining fund assets.

As of December 31, 2025, there were performance obligations to be satisfied of € 173 million with a time band of four

years from 2026 to 2029 (as of December 31, 2024, € 250 million with a time band of four years from 2025 to 2028) from

alternative closed-end funds with cumulative distribution-based performance fees. The decrease in the obligation to be

satisfied is attributable to the recognition of the performance fee mentioned above, partially offset by the further

appreciation of the funds’ assets.

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Group’s receivables from commission and fee income were

€ 1,090 million and € 831 million respectively. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Group’s contract

liabilities associated with commission and fee income were € 73 million and € 84 million, respectively. Contract liabilities

arise from the Group’s obligation to provide future services to a customer for which it has received consideration from

the customer prior to completion of the services. The balances of receivables and contract liabilities do not vary

significantly from period to period reflecting the fact that they predominantly relate to recurring service contracts with

service periods of less than one year such as monthly current account services and quarterly asset management services.

As a result, prior period balances of contract liabilities are generally recognized in revenue in the subsequent period.

There are some contracts where customer payment in exchange for services provided by the Group over the service

period are not required until the end of the contract period. If the Group is virtually certain to receive payment at the end

of the contract period, a contract asset and respective commission and fee income is recognized when services are

performed. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Group has recognized no material contract assets.

475

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated income statement
Annual Report 2025 07 – Net gains (losses) from derecognition of financial assets measured at amortized cost

07 — Net gains (losses) from derecognition of financial assets

measured at amortized cost

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, the Group sold financial assets measured at amortized cost of

€ 759 million (December 31, 2024: € 656 million and December 31, 2023: € 559 million). The sales related primarily to a

Hold to Collect portfolio in Investment Bank and Corporate Bank.

The table below presents the gains and (losses) arising from derecognition of these securities.

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Gains 21 10 5
Losses (12) (21) (101)
Net gains (losses) from derecognition of financial assets measured at amortized cost 9 (11) (96)

08 — Other income (loss)

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Other income (loss):
Insurance premiums 17 12 4
Net income (loss) from hedge relationships qualifying for hedge accounting 234 738 1,206
Remaining other income (loss)1 49 (131) 48
Total other income (loss) 300 619 1,259

1Includes net gains (losses) of € (1) million, € 32 million and € 41 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, that are related to non-

current assets and disposal groups held for sale

09 — General and administrative expenses

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
General and administrative expenses:
Information Technology 3,504 3,610 3,755
Occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses 1,463 1,624 1,478
Regulatory, Tax & Insurance1 862 1,028 1,399
Professional services 671 763 899
Banking Services and outsourced operations 891 964 964
Market Data and Research Services 410 400 374
Travel expenses 152 153 143
Marketing expenses 195 149 203
Other expenses2 710 2,552 899
Total general and administrative expenses 8,860 11,243 10,112

1Includes bank levy of € 148 million in 2025, € 172 million in 2024 and € 528 million in 2023

2Includes litigation related expenses of € 179 million in 2025 and € 2,035 million in 2024 and € 311 million in 2023; see Note 27 “Provisions”, for more details on litigation

476

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated income statement
Annual Report 2025 10 – Restructuring

10 — Restructuring

In 2025, Restructuring is primarily driven by the Group’s Global Hausbank strategic agenda. The Group has defined and

implemented efficiency measures that contributed to achieving the bank’s 2025 targets.

Restructuring expense is comprised of termination benefits, additional expenses covering the acceleration of deferred

compensation awards not yet amortized due to the discontinuation of employment and contract termination costs

related to real estate. Other staff-related termination expenses not meeting the IAS 37 requirements to be Restructuring

are recorded as Severance within Compensation and Benefits.

Net restructuring expense by division

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Corporate Bank (1) (4)
Investment Bank (3)
Private Bank (15) (3) 228
Asset Management
Corporate & Other (1)
Total Net Restructuring Charges (15) (3) 220

Net restructuring by type

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Restructuring – Staff related (13) (5) 178
thereof:
Termination Benefits (15) (6) 176
Retention Acceleration 1 1
Social Security 1 1 1
Restructuring – Non Staff related (1) 1 42
Total Net Restructuring Charges (15) (3) 220

Provisions for restructuring amounted to € 151 million, € 273 million and € 333 million as of December 31, 2025,

December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. The majority of the current provisions for restructuring are

expected to be utilized in 2026.

During 2025, 535 full-time equivalent staff was reduced through restructuring (2024: 168 and 2023: 476).

Organizational changes

Full-time equivalent staff 2025 2024 2023
Corporate Bank 3 10 29
Investment Bank 1 5 9
Private Bank 519 116 377
Asset Management 2 0
Infrastructure 12 35 61
Total full-time equivalent staff 535 168 476

477

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated income statement
Annual Report 2025 11 – Earnings per share

11 — Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share amounts are computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders

by the average number of common shares outstanding during the year. The average number of common shares

outstanding is defined as the average number of common shares issued, reduced by the average number of shares in

treasury and by the average number of shares that will be acquired under physically-settled forward purchase contracts,

and increased by undistributed vested shares awarded under deferred share plans.

Diluted earnings per share assumes the conversion into common shares of outstanding securities or other contracts to

issue common stock, such as share options, convertible debt, unvested deferred share awards and forward contracts. The

aforementioned instruments are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share if they are dilutive in the

respective reporting period.

Computation of basic and diluted earnings per share

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity<br><br>components 6,931 3,366 4,772
Coupons paid on additional equity components (761) (574) (498)
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders –numerator for basic earnings<br><br>per share 6,171 2,792 4,274
Effect of dilutive securities
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after assumed conversions –<br><br>numerator for diluted earnings per share 6,171 2,792 4,274
Number of shares in million
Weighted-average shares outstanding – denominator for basic earnings per share 1,954.5 1,993.6 2,064.1
Effect of dilutive securities:
Deferred shares 43.4 45.7 39.9
Other (including trading options)
Dilutive potential common shares 43.4 45.7 39.9
Adjusted weighted-average shares after assumed conversions –denominator for diluted<br><br>earnings per share 1,998.0 2,039.3 2,104.0

Earnings per share

in € 2025 2024 2023
Basic earnings per share 3.16 1.40 2.07
Diluted earnings per share 3.09 1.37 2.03

There were no instruments outstanding that could potentially dilute basic earnings per share and are not included in the

calculation of diluted earnings per share as of December 31, 2025.

478

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 12 – Financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Notes to the consolidated balance sheet

12 — Financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or

loss

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Financial assets classified as held for trading:
Trading assets:
Trading securities 130,581 124,857
Other trading assets1 23,230 14,914
Total trading assets 153,811 139,772
Positive market values from derivative financial instruments 241,328 291,754
Total financial assets classified as held for trading 395,139 431,525
Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss:
Securities purchased under resale agreements 95,802 88,736
Securities borrowed 16,513 15,913
Loans 3,370 1,954
Other financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss 8,810 7,721
Total Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss 124,495 114,324
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss:
Loans
Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
Total financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 519,635 545,849

1Includes traded loans of € 12.8 billion and € 11.4 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024 respectively

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Financial liabilities classified as held for trading:
Trading liabilities:
Trading securities 41,142 41,864
Other trading liabilities 1,738 1,635
Total trading liabilities 42,879 43,498
Negative market values from derivative financial instruments 225,775 276,395
Total financial liabilities classified as held for trading 268,655 319,893
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss:
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 86,177 69,121
Loan commitments 2 6
Long-term debt 27,299 22,203
Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss 1,577 717
Total financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss 115,055 92,047
Investment contract liabilities 469 454
Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 384,179 412,395

479

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 12 – Financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

Changes in fair value of financial liabilities attributable to movements in the Group’s credit risk1

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Presented in Other comprehensive Income
Cumulative change in the fair value (272) (157)
Presented in Statement of income
Annual change in the fair value reflected in the Statement of Income
Cumulative change in the fair value

1The fair value of a financial liability incorporates the credit risk of that financial liability. Changes in the fair value of financial liabilities issued by consolidated structured

entities have been excluded as this is not related to the Group’s credit risk but to that of the legally isolated structured entity, which is dependent on the collateral it

holds

Amounts transferred on derecognition of liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss1

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Amount presented in other comprehensive income transferred into retained earnings (14) (8)

1 When a financial liability designated at fair value through profit or loss is derecognized/early extinguished, cumulative gains or losses in other comprehensive income

attributable to the Group's own credit risk is transferred into retained earnings

The excess of the contractual amount repayable at maturity over the carrying value of financial liabilities1

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Including undrawn loan commitments² 355 1,085
Excluding undrawn loan commitments 106 497

1Assuming the liability is extinguished at the earliest contractual maturity that the Group can be required to repay. When the amount payable is not fixed, it is determined

by reference to conditions existing at the reporting date

2The contractual cash flows at maturity for undrawn loan commitments assume full drawdown of the facility

480

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value

13 — Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value

Valuation methods and control

The Group has an established valuation control framework which governs internal control standards, methodologies, and

procedures over the valuation process.

Prices quoted in active markets – The fair value of instruments that are quoted in active markets are determined using

the quoted prices where they represent prices at which regularly and recently occurring transactions take place.

Valuation techniques – The Group uses valuation techniques to establish the fair value of instruments where prices,

quoted in active markets, are not available. Valuation techniques used for financial instruments include modelling

techniques, the use of indicative quotes for proxy instruments, quotes from recent and less regular transactions and

broker quotes.

For some financial instruments a rate or other parameter, rather than a price, is quoted. Where this is the case then the

market rate or parameter is used as an input to a valuation model to determine fair value. For some instruments,

modelling techniques follow industry standard models, for example, discounted cash flow analysis and standard option

pricing models. These models are dependent upon estimated future cash flows, discount factors and volatility levels. For

more complex or unique instruments, more sophisticated modelling techniques are required, and may rely upon

assumptions or more complex parameters such as correlations, prepayment speeds, default rates and loss severity.

Frequently, valuation models require multiple parameter inputs. Where possible, parameter inputs are based on

observable data or are derived from the prices of relevant instruments traded in active markets. Where observable data is

not available for parameter inputs, then other market information is considered. For example, indicative broker quotes

and consensus pricing information are used to support parameter inputs where they are available. Where no observable

information is available to support parameter inputs then they are based on other relevant sources of information such as

prices for similar transactions, historic data, economic fundamentals and research information, with appropriate

adjustment to reflect the terms of the actual instrument being valued and current market conditions.

Valuation adjustments – Valuation adjustments are an integral part of the valuation process. In making appropriate

valuation adjustments, the Group follows methodologies that consider factors such as bid-offer spreads, counterparty/

own credit and funding risk. Bid offer spread valuation adjustments are required to adjust mid-market valuations to the

appropriate bid or offer valuation. The bid or offer valuation is the best representation of the fair value for an instrument.

The carrying value of a long position is adjusted from mid to bid, and the carrying value of a short position is adjusted

from mid to offer. Bid-offer valuation adjustments are determined from bid-offer prices observed in relevant trading

activity and in quotes from other broker-dealers or other knowledgeable counterparties. Where the quoted price for the

instrument is already a bid-offer price then no additional bid-offer valuation adjustment is necessary. Where the fair

value of financial instruments is derived from a modelling technique, then the parameter inputs into that model are

normally at a mid-market level. Such instruments are generally managed on a portfolio basis and, when specified criteria

are met, valuation adjustments are taken to reflect the cost of closing out the net exposure the Bank has to individual

market or counterparty risks. These adjustments are determined from bid-offer prices observed in relevant trading

activity and quotes from other broker-dealers.

Where complex valuation models are used, or where less-liquid positions are being valued, then bid-offer levels for those

positions may not be available directly from the market, and therefore for the close-out cost of these positions, models

and parameters must be estimated. When these adjustments are designed, the Group closely examines the valuation

risks associated with the model as well as the positions themselves, and the resulting adjustments are closely monitored

on an ongoing basis.

Counterparty credit valuation adjustments are required to cover expected credit losses to the extent that the valuation

technique does not already include an expected credit loss factor relating to the non-performance risk of the

counterparty. The CVA amount is applied to all relevant over-the-counter derivatives, and is determined by assessing the

potential credit exposure to a given counterparty and taking into account any collateral held, the effect of any relevant

netting arrangements, expected loss given default and the probability of default, based on available market information,

including credit default swap spreads. Where counterparty CDS spreads are not available, relevant proxies are used.

481

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value

The fair value of the Group’s financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (i.e., OTC derivative liabilities and issued

note liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss) incorporates valuation adjustments to measure the change

in the Group’s own credit risk (i.e., debt valuation adjustments for derivatives and own credit adjustment for issued note

liabilities). Issued note liabilities are discounted utilizing the spread at which similar instruments would be traded as at

the measurement date as this reflects the value from the perspective of a market participant who holds the identical

item as an asset. The change in this own credit component is reported under other comprehensive income.

For derivative liabilities the Group considers its own creditworthiness by assessing all counterparties expected future

exposure to the Group, taking into account any collateral posted by the Group, the effect of relevant netting

arrangements, the market price of the Group’s issued note liabilities, the market implied funding costs and the seniority

of derivative claims under resolution (statutory subordination).

When determining CVA and DVA, additional adjustments are made where appropriate to achieve fair value, due to the

expected loss estimate of a particular arrangement, or where the credit risk being assessed differs in nature to that

described by the available CDS instrument.

Funding valuation adjustments are required to incorporate the market implied funding costs into the fair value of

derivative positions. The FVA reflects a discounting spread applied to uncollateralized and partially collateralized

derivatives and is determined by assessing the market-implied funding costs on both assets and liabilities.

Where there is uncertainty in the assumptions used within a modelling technique, an additional adjustment is taken to

calibrate the model price to the expected market price of the financial instrument. Typically, such transactions have bid-

offer levels which are less observable, and these adjustments aim to estimate the bid-offer by computing the liquidity-

premium associated with the transaction. Where a financial instrument is of sufficient complexity that the cost of closing

it out would be higher than the cost of closing out its component risks, then an additional adjustment is taken to reflect

this.

The Group uses the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. Where relevant,

these assumptions may include assumptions about climate change. The Group has not made material adjustment to fair

value for climate change beyond that already priced into market inputs.

Valuation control – The Group has an independent specialized valuation control group within the Risk function which

governs and develops the valuation control framework and manages the valuation control processes. The mandate of

this specialist function includes the performance of the independent valuation control process for all businesses, the

continued development of valuation control methodologies and techniques, as well as devising and governing the formal

valuation control policy framework. Special attention of this independent valuation control group is directed to areas

where management judgment forms part of the valuation process.

Results of the valuation control process are collected and analyzed as part of a standard monthly reporting cycle.

Variances of differences outside of preset and approved tolerance levels are escalated both within the finance function

and with senior business management for review, resolution and, if required, adjustment.

For instruments where fair value is determined from valuation models, the assumptions and techniques used within the

models are independently validated by an independent specialist model validation group that is part of the Group’s Risk

Management function.

Quotes for transactions and parameter inputs are obtained from a number of third-party sources including exchanges,

pricing service providers, firm broker quotes and consensus pricing services. Price sources are examined and assessed to

determine the quality of fair value information they represent, with greater emphasis given to those possessing greater

valuation certainty and relevance. The results are compared against actual transactions in the market to ensure the

model valuations are calibrated to market prices.

Price and parameter inputs to models, assumptions and valuation adjustments are verified against independent sources.

Where they cannot be verified to independent sources due to lack of observable information, the estimate of fair value is

subject to procedures to assess its reasonableness. Such procedures include performing revaluation using independently

generated models (including where existing models are independently recalibrated), assessing the valuations against

appropriate proxy instruments and other benchmarks, and performing extrapolation techniques. Assessment is made as

to whether the valuation techniques produce fair value estimates that are reflective of market levels by calibrating the

results of the valuation models against market transactions where possible.

482

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value

Valuation techniques

The Group has an established valuation control framework which governs internal control standards, methodologies,

valuation techniques and procedures over the valuation process and fair value measurement.

The following explanations provide an overview of the valuation techniques used in establishing the fair value of the

different types of financial instruments that the Group trades.

Sovereign, quasi-sovereign and corporate debt and equity securities – Where there are no recent transactions then fair

value may be determined from the last market price adjusted for all changes in risks and information since that date.

Where a close proxy instrument is quoted in an active market then fair value is determined by adjusting the proxy value

for differences in the risk profile of the instruments. Where close proxies are not available then fair value is estimated

using more complex modelling techniques. These techniques include discounted cash flow models using current market

rates for credit, interest, liquidity and other risks. For equity securities modeling techniques may also include those based

on earnings multiples.

Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities (MBS/ABS) include residential and commercial MBS and other ABS,

including collateralized debt obligations (CDO). ABS have specific characteristics as they have different underlying

assets, and the issuing entities have different capital structures. The complexity increases further where the underlying

assets are themselves ABS, as is the case with many of the CDO instruments.

Where no reliable external pricing is available, ABS are valued, where applicable, using either relative value analysis

which is performed based on similar transactions observable in the market, or industry-standard valuation models making

largest possible use of available observable inputs. The industry standard models calculate principal and interest

payments for a given deal based on assumptions that can be independently price tested. The inputs include prepayment

speeds, loss assumptions (timing and severity) and a discount rate (spread, yield or discount margin). These inputs/

assumptions are derived from actual transactions, external market research and market indices where appropriate.

Loans – For certain loans fair value may be determined from the market price on a recently occurring transaction

adjusted for all changes in risks and information since that transaction date. Where there are no recent market

transactions then broker quotes, consensus pricing, proxy instruments or discounted cash flow models are used to

determine fair value. Discounted cash flow models incorporate parameter inputs for credit risk, interest rate risk, foreign

exchange risk, loss given default estimates and amounts utilized given default, as appropriate. Credit risk, loss given

default and utilization given default parameters are determined using information from the loan or CDS markets, where

available and appropriate.

Leveraged loans can have transaction-specific characteristics which can limit the relevance of market-observed

transactions. Where similar transactions exist for which observable quotes are available from external pricing services

then this information is used with appropriate adjustments to reflect the transaction differences. When no similar

transactions exist, a discounted cash flow valuation technique is used with credit spreads derived from the appropriate

leveraged loan index, incorporating the industry classification, subordination of the loan, and any other relevant

information on the loan and loan counterparty.

Over-the-counter derivative financial instruments – Market standard transactions in liquid trading markets, such as

interest rate swaps, foreign exchange forward and option contracts in G7 currencies, and equity swap and option

contracts on listed securities or indices, are valued using market standard models and quoted parameter inputs.

Parameter inputs are obtained from pricing services, consensus pricing services and recently occurring transactions in

active markets wherever possible.

More complex instruments are modeled using more sophisticated modeling techniques specific for the instrument and

are calibrated to available market prices. Where the model output value does not calibrate to a relevant market reference

then valuation adjustments are made to the model output value to adjust for any difference. In less active markets, data

is obtained from less frequent market transactions, broker quotes and through extrapolation and interpolation

techniques. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, management judgment is required to determine fair

values by assessing other relevant sources of information such as historical data, fundamental analysis of the economics

of the transaction and proxy information from similar transactions.

483

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss under the fair value option – The fair value of financial

liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss under the fair value option incorporates all market risk factors

including a measure of the Group’s credit risk relevant for that financial liability (i.e., own credit adjustment (OCA) for

structured notes). Under IFRS 9, the own credit component of change in the fair value is reported under other

comprehensive income. Financial liabilities included in this classification are structured note issuances, structured

deposits, and other structured securities issued by consolidated vehicles. The fair value of these financial liabilities is

determined by discounting the contractual cash flows using the relevant credit-adjusted yield curve (i.e., utilizing the

spread at which similar instruments would be traded as at the measurement date as this reflects the value from the

perspective of a market participant who holds the identical item as an asset).

Where the financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss under the fair value option are collateralized,

such as securities loaned and securities sold under repurchase agreements, the credit enhancement is factored into the

fair valuation of the liability.

Investment contract liabilities – Assets which are linked to the investment contract liabilities are owned by the Group and

obliges the Group to use these assets to settle the linked liabilities. Therefore, the fair value of investment contract

liabilities is determined by the fair value of the underlying assets (i.e., amount payable on surrender of the policies).

Fair value hierarchy

The financial instruments carried at fair value have been categorized under the three levels of the IFRS fair value

hierarchy as follows:

Level 1 – Instruments valued using quoted prices in active markets are instruments where the fair value can be

determined directly from prices which are quoted in active, liquid markets.

These include: government bonds, exchange-traded derivatives and equity securities traded on active, liquid exchanges.

Level 2 – Instruments valued with valuation techniques using observable market data are instruments where the fair

value can be determined by reference to similar instruments trading in active markets, or where a technique is used to

derive the valuation but where all significant inputs to that technique are observable.

These include: many OTC derivatives, many investment-grade listed credit bonds, some CDS.

Level 3 – Instruments valued using valuation techniques using market data which is not directly observable are

instruments where the fair value cannot be determined directly by reference to market-observable information, and

some other pricing technique must be employed. Instruments classified in this category have an input to that technique

which is unobservable and can have a significant impact on the fair value.

These include: more-complex OTC derivatives, distressed debt, highly-structured bonds, illiquid asset-backed securities

(ABS), illiquid CDO’s (cash and synthetic), some private equity placements, many CRE loans, illiquid loans, and some

municipal bonds.

484

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value

Financial instruments held at fair value

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. Quoted<br><br>prices in<br><br>active market<br><br>(Level 1) Valuation<br><br>technique<br><br>observable<br><br>parameters<br><br>(Level 2) Valuation<br><br>technique<br><br>unobservable<br><br>parameters<br><br>(Level 3) Quoted<br><br>prices in<br><br>active market<br><br>(Level 1) Valuation<br><br>technique<br><br>observable<br><br>parameters<br><br>(Level 2) Valuation<br><br>technique<br><br>unobservable<br><br>parameters<br><br>(Level 3)
Financial assets held at fair value:
Trading assets 64,552 78,554 10,705 52,387 78,237 9,148
Trading securities 62,958 63,987 3,635 52,387 69,507 2,964
Other trading assets 1,593 14,567 7,070 8,730 6,184
Positive market values from derivative<br><br>financial instruments 1,244 233,076 7,008 912 282,909 7,933
Non-trading financial assets mandatory<br><br>at fair value through profit or loss 1,570 117,244 5,681 1,346 107,173 5,805
Financial assets designated at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through<br><br>other comprehensive income 25,262 16,034 2,348 21,901 16,806 3,383
Other financial assets at fair value 1,623 (524)1 22 1,488 (1,117)1 12
Total financial assets held at fair value 94,250 444,384 25,764 78,034 484,008 26,281
Financial liabilities held at fair value:
Trading liabilities 33,727 9,127 25 30,765 12,614 119
Trading securities 33,727 7,391 23 30,765 11,073 26
Other trading liabilities 1,735 2 1,542 93
Negative market values from derivative<br><br>financial instruments 2,770 217,067 5,938 2,238 265,450 8,707
Financial liabilities designated at fair<br><br>value through profit or loss 154 109,354 5,547 87,479 4,569
Investment contract liabilities 469 454
Other financial liabilities at fair value 375 (142)1 362 539 3,1161 (13)2
Total financial liabilities held at fair value 37,025 335,875 11,547 33,543 369,113 13,382

1Predominantly relates to derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting

2Relates to derivatives which are embedded in contracts where the host contract is held at amortized cost but for which the embedded derivative is bifurcated and

reported separately. The separated embedded derivatives may have a positive or a negative fair value and classification presented in this table is consistent with the

classification of the host contract

During the year 2025, there were transfers in trading securities and non-trading financial assets from Level 1 to Level 2

amounting to € 2.4 billion of assets and € 0.8 billion of liabilities; along with transfers from Level 2 to Level 1 of

€ 8.4 billion in assets and € 1.5 billion in liabilities. The assessment of Level 1 versus Level 2 is based on liquidity testing

procedures.

Analysis of financial instruments with fair value derived from valuation

techniques containing significant unobservable parameters (Level 3)

Some of the financial assets and financial liabilities in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy have identical or similar

offsetting exposures to the unobservable input. However, according to IFRS they are required to be presented gross.

Trading securities – Certain illiquid emerging market corporate bonds and illiquid highly structured corporate bonds are

included in this level of the hierarchy. In addition, some of the holdings of notes issued by securitization entities,

commercial and residential MBS, collateralized debt obligation securities and other ABS are reported here. The increase

in the period is driven by purchases and gains partially offset by sales, settlements and net transfers between Level 2 and

Level 3 due to changes in the observability of input parameters used to value these instruments.

485

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value

Positive and negative market values from derivative instruments categorized in this level of the fair value hierarchy are

valued based on one or more significant unobservable parameters. The unobservable parameters may include certain

correlations, certain longer-term volatilities, certain prepayment rates, credit spreads and other transaction-specific

parameters.

Level 3 derivatives include certain options where the volatility is unobservable; certain basket options in which the

correlations between the referenced underlying assets are unobservable; longer-term interest rate option derivatives;

multi-currency foreign exchange derivatives; and certain credit default swaps for which the credit spread is not

observable.

The decrease in assets during the period are driven by net transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 due to changes in the

observability of input parameters used to value these instruments and settlements, partially offset by gains. The

decrease in liabilities during the period are driven by net transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 due to changes in the

observability of input parameters used to value these instruments and losses, partially offset by settlements.

Other trading instruments classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy mainly consist of traded loans valued using

valuation models based on one or more significant unobservable parameters. The increase in the period is driven by

issuances, purchases and net transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 due to changes in the observability of input

parameters used to value these instruments partially offset by sales, settlements and losses.

Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss classified in Level 3 of fair value hierarchy

include any non-trading financial asset that does not fall into the Hold to Collect nor Hold to Collect and Sell business

models. This includes predominately reverse repurchase agreements which are managed on a fair value basis.

Additionally, any financial asset that falls into the Hold to Collect or Hold to Collect and Sell business models for which

the contractual cash flow characteristics are not SPPI. The decrease in the period is driven by net transfers between

Level 2 and Level 3 due to changes in the observability of input parameters used to value these instruments, settlements,

sales and losses partially offset by purchases and issuances.

Financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss – Certain corporate loans and structured

liabilities which were designated at fair value through profit or loss under the fair value option were categorized in this

level of the fair value hierarchy. The corporate loans are valued using valuation techniques which incorporate observable

credit spreads, recovery rates and unobservable utilization parameters. Revolving loan facilities are reported in the third

level of the hierarchy because the utilization in the event of the default parameter is significant and unobservable.

In addition, certain hybrid debt issuances designated at fair value through profit or loss containing embedded derivatives

are valued based on significant unobservable parameters. These unobservable parameters include single stock volatility

correlations. There are no assets designated at fair value during the period. The increase in liabilities during the period is

driven by issuances partially offset by net transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 due to changes in the observability of

input parameters used to value these instruments, settlements and losses.

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income include non-performing loan portfolios where there is

no trading intent, and the market is very illiquid. The decrease in the period is driven by settlements, sales, losses and net

transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 due to changes in the observability of input parameters used to value these

instruments partially offset by purchases and issuances.

| 486 | | --- || Deutsche Bank | Notes to the consolidated balance sheet | | --- | --- | | Annual Report 2025 | 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value |

Reconciliation of financial instruments classified in Level 3

Reconciliation of financial instruments classified in Level 3

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. Balance,<br><br>beginning<br><br>of year Changes in the<br><br>group of<br><br>consolidated<br><br>companies Total gains/<br><br>losses1 Purchases Sales Issuances2 Settlements3 Transfers into<br><br>Level 34 Transfers out of<br><br>Level 34 Balance,<br><br>end of<br><br>year
Financial assets held at fair value:
Trading securities 2,964 39 2,986 (1,837) 4 (402) 508 (626) 3,635
Positive market values from derivative financial instruments 7,933 949 (351) 1,535 (3,058) 7,008
Other trading assets 6,184 (362) 1,231 (2,144) 3,301 (1,380) 447 (208) 7,070
Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss 5,805 (3) (135) 1,849 (190) 782 (1,117) 71 (1,380) 5,681
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 3,383 (229)5 700 (431) 482 (1,552) 407 (412) 2,348
Other financial assets at fair value 12 (6) 20 (4) 22
Total financial assets held at fair value 26,281 (3) 2556,7 6,766 (4,602) 4,569 (4,802) 2,988 (5,688) 25,764
Financial liabilities held at fair value:
Trading securities 26 1 (4) 23
Negative market values from derivative financial instruments 8,707 (1,122) 217 1,182 (3,047) 5,938
Other trading liabilities 93 1 (92) 2
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss 4,569 (134) 3,255 (690) 508 (1,960) 5,547
Other financial liabilities at fair value (13) 118 (1) 13 (81) 36
Total financial liabilities held at fair value 13,382 (1,136)6,7 3,255 (569) 1,704 (5,088) 11,547

1Total gains and losses predominantly relate to net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss reported in the consolidated statement of income. The total also includes net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Further, certain instruments are hedged with

instruments in Level 1 or Level 2 but the table above does not include the gains and losses on these hedging instruments. Additionally, both observable and unobservable parameters may be used to determine the fair value of an instrument classified within Level 3

2Issuances relate to the cash amount received on the issuance of a liability and the cash amount paid on the primary issuance of a loan to a borrower

3Settlements represent cash flows to settle the asset or liability. For debt and loan instruments this includes periodic and lump sum principal payments. For derivatives all cash flows are presented in settlements

4Transfers in and transfers out of Level 3 are related to changes in observability of input parameters. During the year they are recorded at their fair value at the beginning of year. For instruments transferred into Level 3 the table shows the gains and losses and cash flows on the instruments as if they had been transferred at the beginning of the year. Similarly, for instruments transferred out

of Level 3 the table does not show any gains or losses or cash flows on the instruments during the year since the table is presented as if they have been transferred out at the beginning of the year

5Total gains and losses on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income include a gain of € 14 million recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax and a gain of € 1 million recognized in the income statement presented in net gains (loss)

6This amount includes the effect of exchange rate changes. For total financial assets held at fair value this effect is a loss of € 802 million and for total financial liabilities held at fair value this is a gain of € 206 million

7For assets positive balances represent gains, negative balances represent losses. For liabilities positive balances represent losses, negative balances represent gains

Dec 31, 2024
in € m. Balance,<br><br>beginning<br><br>of year Changes in the<br><br>group of<br><br>consolidated<br><br>companies Total gains/<br><br>losses1 Purchases Sales Issuances2 Settlements3 Transfers into<br><br>Level 34 Transfers<br><br>out of<br><br>Level 34 Balance,<br><br>end of<br><br>year
Financial assets held at fair value:
Trading securities 2,995 230 1,985 (1,558) (482) 371 (577) 2,964
Positive market values from derivative financial instruments 8,198 454 (583) 2,257 (2,394) 7,933
Other trading assets 6,226 77 814 (1,378) 2,513 (2,016) 706 (756) 6,184
Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss 5,226 (1) 88 1,736 (80) 736 (1,098) 365 (1,170) 5,805
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 2,949 1265 776 (378) 978 (1,322) 716 (462) 3,383
Other financial assets at fair value 5 3 5 (1) 12
Total financial assets held at fair value 25,599 (1) 9776,7 5,311 (3,393) 4,227 (5,501) 4,421 (5,359) 26,281
Financial liabilities held at fair value:
Trading securities 26 26
Negative market values from derivative financial instruments 7,666 1,186 (175) 2,156 (2,126) 8,707
Other trading liabilities 93 93
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss 3,248 129 2,958 (474) 377 (1,669) 4,569
Other financial liabilities at fair value (85) 102 18 1 (49) (13)
Total financial liabilities held at fair value 10,856 1,4176,7 2,958 (537) 2,533 (3,844) 13,382

1Total gains and losses predominantly relate to net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss reported in the consolidated statement of income. The total also includes net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Further, certain instruments are hedged with

instruments in Level 1 or Level 2 but the table above does not include the gains and losses on these hedging instruments. Additionally, both observable and unobservable parameters may be used to determine the fair value of an instrument classified within Level 3

2Issuances relate to the cash amount received on the issuance of a liability and the cash amount paid on the primary issuance of a loan to a borrower

3Settlements represent cash flows to settle the asset or liability. For debt and loan instruments this includes periodic and lump sum principal payments. For derivatives all cash flows are presented in settlements

4Transfers in and transfers out of Level 3 are related to changes in observability of input parameters. During the period they are recorded at their fair value at the beginning of year. For instruments transferred into Level 3 the table shows the gains and losses and cash flows on the instruments as if they had been transferred at the beginning of the year. Similarly for instruments transferred

out of Level 3 the table does not show any gains or losses or cash flows on the instruments during the period since the table is presented as if they have been transferred out at the beginning of the year

5Total gains and losses on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income include a gain of € 29 million recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax

6This amount includes the effect of exchange rate changes. For total financial assets held at fair value this effect is a gain of € 362 million and for total financial liabilities held at fair value this is a loss of € 19 million

7For assets positive balances represent gains, negative balances represent losses. For liabilities positive balances represent losses, negative balances represent gains

487

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value

Sensitivity analysis of unobservable parameters

Where the value of financial instruments is dependent on unobservable parameter inputs, the precise level for these

parameters at the balance sheet date might be drawn from a range of reasonably possible alternatives. In preparing the

financial statements, appropriate levels for these unobservable input parameters are chosen so that they are consistent

with prevailing market evidence and in line with the Group’s approach to valuation control detailed above.

If the Group marked Level 3 financial instruments using parameter values drawn from the extremes of the ranges of

reasonably possible alternatives, as of December 31, 2025 it could have increased fair value by as much as € 2.1 billion or

decreased fair value by as much as € 1.3 billion. As of December 31, 2024 it could have increased fair value by as much as

€ 2.1 billion or decreased fair value by as much as € 1.3 billion.

The changes in sensitive amounts from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025 were an increase in positive fair value

movement of € 42 million, and a reduction in negative fair value movement of € 48 million.

The change in positive fair value movements from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025 represents a 2% increase

and the change in negative fair value movements represents a 4% reduction. The Group’s sensitivity calculation of

unobservable parameters for Level 3 continues to align to the approach used to assess valuation uncertainty for prudent

valuation purposes.

Prudent valuation is a capital requirement for assets held at fair value. It provides a mechanism for quantifying and

capitalizing valuation uncertainty in accordance with the European Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/101,

which supplements Article 34 of Regulation (EU) No. 2019/876 (CRR), requiring institutions to apply the requirements of

Article 105 (14) to all assets measured at fair value and to deduct any additional value adjustments from CET1 capital.

This utilizes an exit price analysis performed for the relevant assets and liabilities in the prudent valuation assessment.

This disclosure is intended to illustrate the potential impact of the relative uncertainty in the fair value of financial

instruments for which valuation is dependent on unobservable input parameters. However, it is unlikely in practice that

all unobservable parameters would be simultaneously at the extremes of their ranges of reasonably possible alternatives.

Hence, the estimates disclosed above are likely to be greater than the true uncertainty in fair value at the balance sheet

date. Furthermore, the disclosure is neither predictive nor indicative of future movements in fair value.

For many of the financial instruments considered here, in particular derivatives, unobservable input parameters represent

only a subset of the parameters required to price the financial instrument, the remainder being observable. Hence, for

these instruments the overall impact of moving the unobservable input parameters to the extremes of their ranges might

be relatively small compared with the total fair value of the financial instrument. For other instruments, fair value is

determined based on the price of the entire instrument, for example, by adjusting the fair value of a reasonable proxy

instrument. In addition, all financial instruments are already carried at fair values which are inclusive of valuation

adjustments for the cost to close out that instrument and hence already factor in uncertainty as it reflects itself in market

pricing. Any negative impact of uncertainty calculated within this disclosure, then, will be over and above that already

included in the fair value contained in the financial statements.

488

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value

Breakdown of the sensitivity analysis by type of instrument1

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. Positive fair<br><br>value<br><br>movement from<br><br>using<br><br>reasonable<br><br>possible<br><br>alternatives Negative fair<br><br>value<br><br>movement from<br><br>using<br><br>reasonable<br><br>possible<br><br>alternatives Positive fair<br><br>value<br><br>movement from<br><br>using<br><br>reasonable<br><br>possible<br><br>alternatives Negative fair<br><br>value<br><br>movement from<br><br>using<br><br>reasonable<br><br>possible<br><br>alternatives
Securities:
Debt securities 237 219 308 276
Commercial mortgage-backed securities 13 13 17 17
Mortgage and other asset-backed securities 10 9 11 11
Corporate, sovereign and other debt securities 214 197 280 248
Equity securities 102 74 78 77
Derivatives:
Credit 261 127 207 105
Equity 74 36 36 33
Interest related 660 339 798 337
Foreign Exchange 64 46 56 24
Other 222 61 110 105
Loans 475 394 458 387
Other
Total 2,094 1,294 2,052 1,343

1Where the exposure to an unobservable parameter is offset across different instruments then only the net impact is disclosed in the table

Quantitative information about the sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs

The behavior of the unobservable parameters on Level 3 fair value measurement is not necessarily independent, and

dynamic relationships often exist between the other unobservable parameters and the observable parameters. Such

relationships, where material to the fair value of a given instrument, are explicitly captured via correlation parameters, or

are otherwise controlled via pricing models or valuation techniques. Frequently, where a valuation technique utilizes

more than one input, the choice of a certain input will bound the range of possible values for other inputs. In addition,

broader market factors (such as interest rates, equity, credit or commodity indices or foreign exchange rates) can also

have effects.

The range of values shown below represents the highest and lowest inputs used to value the significant exposures within

Level 3. The diversity of financial instruments that make up the disclosure is significant and therefore the ranges of

certain parameters can be large. For example, the range of credit spreads on mortgage-backed securities represents

performing, more liquid positions with lower spreads than the less liquid, non-performing positions which will have higher

credit spreads. As Level 3 contains the less liquid fair value instruments, the wide ranges of parameters seen is to be

expected, as there is a high degree of pricing differentiation within each exposure type to capture the relevant market

dynamics. The table below provides a brief description of each of the principal parameter types, along with a

commentary on significant interrelationships between them.

Credit parameters are used to assess the creditworthiness of an exposure, by enabling the probability of default and

resulting losses of a default to be represented. The credit spread is the primary reflection of creditworthiness and

represents the premium or yield return above the benchmark reference instrument (typically risk free rate, or relevant

treasury instrument, depending upon the asset being assessed), that a bond holder would require to allow for the credit

quality difference between that entity and the reference benchmark. Higher credit spreads will indicate lower credit

quality, and lead to a lower value for a given bond, or other loan-asset that is to be repaid to the bank by the borrower.

Recovery rates represent an estimate of the amount a lender would receive in the case of a default of a loan, or a bond

holder would receive in the case of default of the bond. Higher recovery rates will give a higher valuation for a given bond

position, if other parameters are held constant. Constant default rate and constant prepayment rate allow more complex

loan and debt assets to be assessed, as these parameters estimate the ongoing defaults arising on scheduled repayments

and coupons, or whether the borrower is making additional (usually voluntary) prepayments. These parameters are

particularly relevant when forming a fair value opinion for mortgage or other types of lending, where repayments are

delivered by the borrower through time, or where the borrower may pre-pay the loan (seen for example in some

residential mortgages). Higher constant default rate will lead to lower valuation of a given loan or mortgage as the lender

will ultimately receive less cash.

489

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value

Interest rates, credit spreads, inflation rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices are referenced in some option

instruments, or other complex derivatives, where the payoff a holder of the derivative will receive is dependent upon the

behavior of these underlying references through time. Volatility parameters describe key attributes of option behavior by

enabling the variability of returns of the underlying instrument to be assessed. This volatility is a measure of probability,

with higher volatilities denoting higher probabilities of a particular outcome occurring. The underlying references

(interest rates, credit spreads etc.) have an effect on the valuation of options, by describing the size of the return that can

be expected from the option. Therefore, the value of a given option is dependent upon the value of the underlying

instrument, and the volatility of that instrument, representing the size of the payoff, and the probability of that payoff

occurring. Where volatilities are high, the option holder will see a higher option value as there is greater probability of

positive returns. A higher option value will also occur where the payoff described by the option is significant.

Correlations are used to describe influential relationships between underlying references where a derivative or other

instrument has more than one underlying reference. Behind some of these relationships, for example commodity

correlation and interest rate-foreign exchange correlations, typically lie macroeconomic factors such as the impact of

global demand on groups of commodities, or the pricing parity effect of interest rates on foreign exchange rates. More

specific relationships can exist between credit references or equity stocks in the case of credit derivatives and equity

basket derivatives, for example. Credit correlations are used to estimate the relationship between the credit performance

of a range of credit names, and stock correlations are used to estimate the relationship between the returns of a range of

equities. A derivative with a correlation exposure will be either long- or short-correlation. A high correlation suggests a

strong relationship between the underlying references is in force, and this will lead to an increase in value of a long-

correlation derivative. Negative correlations suggest that the relationship between underlying references is opposing, i.e.,

an increase in price of one underlying reference will lead to a reduction in the price of the other.

An EBITDA multiple approach can be used in the valuation of less liquid securities. Under this approach the enterprise

value (‘EV’) of an entity can be estimated via identifying the ratio of the EV to EBITDA of a comparable observable entity

and applying this ratio to the EBITDA of the entity for which a valuation is being estimated. Under this approach a

liquidity adjustment is often applied due to the difference in liquidity between the generally listed comparable used and

the company under valuation. A higher EV/EBITDA multiple will result in a higher fair value.

490

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value

Financial instruments classified in Level 3 and quantitative information about unobservable inputs

Dec 31, 2025
Fair value
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Assets Liabilities Valuation technique(s)¹ Significant unobservable<br><br>input(s) (Level 3) Range
Financial instruments held at fair value -<br><br>Non-Derivative financial instruments held<br><br>at fair value:
Mortgage and other asset backed<br><br>securities held for trading:
Commercial mortgage-backed<br><br>securities 42 Price based Price 0% 101%
Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 194 1,019
Mortgage- and other asset-backed<br><br>securities 91 Price based Price 0% 105%
Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 98 1,166
Recovery rate 7% 85%
Constant default rate 0% 4%
Constant prepayment<br><br>rate 1% 37%
Total mortgage- and other asset-backed<br><br>securities 133
Debt securities and other debt obligations 5,320 5,503 Price based Price 0% 300%
Held for trading 3,447 19 Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 5 696
Corporate, sovereign and other debt<br><br>securities 3,447
Non-trading financial assets mandatory<br><br>at fair value through profit or loss 1,474
Designated at fair value through profit<br><br>or loss 5,484
Financial assets at fair value through<br><br>other comprehensive income 399
Equity securities 816 4 Market approach Price per net asset value 0% 100%
Held for trading 55 4 Enterprise value/EBITDA<br><br>(multiple) 1 14
Enterprise value/<br><br>Revenue<br><br>(multiple) 4 14
Non-trading financial assets mandatory<br><br>at fair value through profit or loss 761 Discounted cash flow Weighted average cost<br><br>capital 9% 20%
Designated at fair value through profit<br><br>or loss Price based Price 0% 2500%
Loans 11,293 2 Price based Price 0% 300%
Held for trading 6,913 2 Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 94 3,106
Non-trading financial assets mandatory<br><br>at fair value through profit or loss 2,490
Designated at fair value through profit<br><br>or loss Recovery rate 40% 75%
Financial assets at fair value through<br><br>other comprehensive income 1,890
Loan commitments 2 Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 153 978
Recovery rate 70% 84%
Loan pricing model Utilization 0% 100%
Other financial instruments 1,1722 613 Discounted cash flow IRR 7% 13%
Repo rate (bps) 8 285
Total non-derivative financial instruments<br><br>held at fair value 18,734 5,572

1Valuation technique(s) and subsequently the significant unobservable input(s) relate to the respective total position

2Other financial assets include € 157 million of other trading assets, € 1 billion of other non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value, and € 59 million other financial

assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

3Other financial liabilities include € 61 million of securities sold under repurchase agreements designated at fair value

491

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value
Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Fair value
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Assets Liabilities Valuation technique(s) Significant unobservable<br><br>input(s) (Level 3) Range
Financial instruments held at fair<br><br>value:
Market values from derivative<br><br>financial instruments:
Interest rate derivatives 3,798 2,950 Discounted cash flow Swap rate (bps) (720) 3,818
Inflation swap rate 0% 8%
Constant default rate 1% 11%
Constant prepayment<br><br>rate 2% 16%
Option pricing model Inflation volatility 0% 8%
Interest rate volatility 0% 2%
IR - IR correlation (10)% 95%
Hybrid correlation (56)% 95%
Credit derivatives 556 603 Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 12 1,277
Recovery rate 15% 94%
Option pricing model Credit volatility 5% 90%
Correlation pricing<br><br>model Credit correlation
Equity derivatives 481 572 Option pricing model Stock volatility 1% 101%
Index volatility 6% 17%
Index - index correlation
Stock - stock correlation
Stock Forwards 0% 5%
Index Forwards 0% 6%
FX derivatives 1,523 1,561 Option pricing model Volatility (9)% 57%
Quoted Vol
Discounted cash flow Swap rate (bps) (2) 100
Other derivatives 673 2891 Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 201 568
Option pricing model Index volatility 0% 116%
Price 0% 677%
Commodity correlation (22)% 98%
Total market values from<br><br>derivative<br><br>financial instruments 7,030 5,974

1Includes derivatives which are embedded in contracts where the host contract is held at amortized cost but for which the embedded derivative is separated

492

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Fair value
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Assets Liabilities Valuation technique(s)¹ Significant unobservable<br><br>input(s) (Level 3) Range
Financial instruments held at fair value –<br><br>Non-Derivative financial instruments held<br><br>at fair value:
Mortgage and other asset backed<br><br>securities held for trading:
Commercial mortgage-backed<br><br>securities 31 Price based Price 0% 102%
Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 167 1,486
Mortgage- and other asset-backed<br><br>securities 93 Price based Price 0% 107%
Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 106 1,027
Recovery rate 60% 85%
Constant default rate 0% 4%
Constant prepayment<br><br>rate 4% 18%
Total mortgage- and other asset-backed<br><br>securities 124
Debt securities and other debt<br><br>obligations 4,379 4,537 Price based Price 0% 300%
Held for trading 2,726 26 Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 9 651
Corporate, sovereign and other<br><br>debt securities 2,726
Non-trading financial assets mandatory<br><br>at fair value through profit or loss 1,499
Designated at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss 4,512
Financial assets at fair value through<br><br>other comprehensive income 154
Equity securities 809 Market approach Price per net asset value 0% 100%
Held for trading 114 Enterprise value/EBITDA<br><br>(multiple) 5 14
Enterprise value/Revenue<br><br>(multiple) 1 15
Non-trading financial assets mandatory<br><br>at fair value through profit or loss 695 Discounted cash flow Weighted average cost<br><br>capital 9% 20%
Designated at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss Price based Price 0% 100%
Loans 10,817 93 Price based Price 0% 123%
Held for trading 5,931 93 Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 100 1,621
Non-trading financial assets mandatory<br><br>at fair value through profit or loss 1,779
Designated at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss Recovery rate 40% 84%
Financial assets at fair value through<br><br>other comprehensive income 3,107
Loan commitments 6 Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 226 954
Recovery rate 40% 84%
Loan pricing model Utilization 0% 100%
Other financial instruments 2,2082 513 Discounted cash flow IRR 7% 13%
Repo rate (bps) 30 285
Total non-derivative financial<br><br>instruments held at fair value 18,336 4,688

1Valuation technique(s) and subsequently the significant unobservable input(s) relate to the respective total position

2Other financial assets include € 253 million of other trading assets, € 1.8 billion of other non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value, and € 123 million other

financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

3Other financial liabilities include € 51 million of securities sold under repurchase agreements designated at fair value

493

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Fair value
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Assets Liabilities Valuation technique(s) Significant unobservable<br><br>input(s) (Level 3) Range
Financial instruments held at fair<br><br>value:
Market values from derivative<br><br>financial instruments:
Interest rate derivatives 5,218 5,207 Discounted cash flow Swap rate (bps) (4,176) 3,975
Inflation swap rate 0% 5%
Constant default rate 0% 12%
Constant prepayment<br><br>rate 4% 16%
Option pricing model Inflation volatility 0% 6%
Interest rate volatility 0% 3%
IR - IR correlation (10)% 99%
Hybrid correlation (70)% 55%
Credit derivatives 510 562 Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 15 1,148
Recovery rate 0% 40%
Correlation pricing<br><br>model Credit correlation 0% 0%
Equity derivatives 642 1,201 Option pricing model Stock volatility 2% 86%
Index volatility 9% 27%
Index - index correlation 0% 0%
Stock - stock correlation 0% 0%
Stock Forwards 0% 1%
Index Forwards 0% 1%
FX derivatives 995 1,470 Option pricing model Volatility (9)% 33%
Quoted Vol 0% 0%
Discounted cash flow Swap rate (bps) (3) 100
Other derivatives 580 2541 Discounted cash flow Credit spread (bps) 286 626
Option pricing model Index volatility 0% 160%
Price 17% 75%
Commodity correlation 0% 87%
Total market values from derivative<br><br>financial instruments 7,945 8,694

1Includes derivatives which are embedded in contracts where the host contract is held at amortized cost but for which the embedded derivative is separated

494

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 13 – Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value

Unrealized gains or losses on Level 3 instruments held or in issue at the reporting

date

The unrealized gains or losses on Level 3 Instruments are not solely due to unobservable parameters. Many of the

parameter inputs to the valuation of instruments in this level of the hierarchy are observable and the gain or loss is partly

due to movements in these observable parameters over the period. Many of the positions in this level of the hierarchy are

economically hedged by instruments which are categorized in other levels of the fair value hierarchy. The offsetting

gains and losses that have been recorded on all such hedges are not included in the table below, which only shows the

gains and losses related to the Level 3 classified instruments themselves held at the reporting date in accordance with

IFRS 13. The unrealized gains and losses on Level 3 instruments are included in both net interest income and net gains on

financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss in the consolidated income statement.

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Financial assets held at fair value:
Trading securities 38 113
Positive market values from derivative financial instruments 1,574 1,535
Other trading assets (218) (54)
Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss 93 57
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (4)
Other financial assets at fair value 5 (3)
Total financial assets held at fair value 1,491 1,645
Financial liabilities held at fair value:
Trading securities (1)
Negative market values from derivative financial instruments (73) (1,930)
Other trading liabilities (1)
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss 124 (104)
Other financial liabilities at fair value (123) (102)
Total financial liabilities held at fair value (75) (2,135)
Total 1,416 (490)

Recognition of trade date profit

If there are significant unobservable inputs used in a valuation technique on initial recognition, the financial instrument is

recognized at the transaction price and any trade date profit is deferred. The table below presents the movement during

the year of the trade date profits deferred due to significant unobservable parameters for financial instruments classified

at fair value through profit or loss. The balance is predominantly related to derivative instruments.

in € m. 2025 2024
Balance, beginning of year 691 577
New trades during the period 513 343
Amortization (223) (141)
Matured trades (71) (53)
Subsequent move to observability1 (38) (36)2
Exchange rate changes (5) 1
Balance, end of year 866 691

1This includes situations where an input remains unobservable but has become insignificant in relation to the deferred trade date profit in periods subsequent to the trade

date

2During the second quarter of 2024, the Group refined its methodology for the significance test of unobservable inputs subsequent to the trade date. This resulted in

release of € 15 million in the second quarter of 2024

495

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 14 — Fair Value of Financial Instruments not carried at Fair Value

14 — Fair Value of Financial Instruments not carried at Fair

Value

Financial instruments not carried at fair value are not managed on a fair value basis. For these instruments fair values are

calculated for disclosure purposes only and do not impact the Group’s balance sheet or income statement. Additionally,

since the instruments generally do not trade, there is significant management judgement required to determine these

fair values. Differences between the carrying value and the fair value as of December 31, 2025, are consistent with the

changes in the interest rate environment in the reporting period.

For the following financial instruments which are predominantly short-term, the carrying value represents a reasonable

estimate of the fair value:

Assets Liabilities
Cash and central bank balances Deposits
Interbank balances (w/o central banks) Central bank funds purchased, and securities sold under repurchase<br><br>agreements
Central bank funds sold, and securities purchased under resale<br><br>agreements Securities loaned
Securities borrowed Other short-term borrowings
Other financial assets Other financial liabilities

For all other financial instruments carried at amortized cost, the following valuation techniques are applied:

–On retail lending portfolios with a large number of homogeneous loans (e.g., residential mortgages), the fair value is

calculated for each product type by discounting the portfolio’s contractual cash flows using the Group’s new loan

rates, for lending to borrowers of similar credit quality, which includes the impact of the macroeconomic environment.

Key inputs for retail mortgages are the difference between historic and current product margins and the estimated

prepayment rates. Capitalized broker fees included in the carrying value are also considered to be at fair value.

–The fair value of the corporate lending portfolio is estimated predominantly by discounting the loan until its maturity,

based on the loan specific credit spreads and funding costs for the Group.

–For long-term debt and trust preferred securities, the fair value is determined from quoted market prices, where

available. Where quoted market prices are not available, the fair value is estimated by using a valuation technique that

discounts the remaining contractual cash flows at a rate at which an instrument with similar characteristics is quoted

in the market.

–A discounted cash flow model is generally used for determining the fair value of long-term deposits since market data

is usually not available. In addition to the yield curve, Deutsche Bank’s own credit spreads are also considered. Credit

spreads of the respective counterparties are not used in the measurement of fair values on financial liabilities at

amortized cost.

For these financial instruments carried at amortized costs, the disclosed fair value is categorized under the IFRS fair value

hierarchy (i.e., Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3) as outlined in Note “Financial Instruments carried at fair value”. In general,

Level 1 includes Cash and Central bank balances; Level 2 includes Interbank balances (w/o central banks), Central bank

funds sold, and securities purchased under resale agreements, Securities borrowed, Other financial assets, Deposits,

Central bank funds purchased, and securities sold under repurchase agreements, Securities loaned, Other short- term

borrowings, Other financial liabilities, Long- term debt and Trust preferred securities; and Level 3 includes Loans.

496

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 14 — Fair Value of Financial Instruments not carried at Fair Value

Estimated fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value on the balance sheet1

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. Carrying value Fair value Quoted<br><br>prices in<br><br>active market<br><br>(Level 1) Valuation<br><br>technique<br><br>observable<br><br>parameters<br><br>(Level 2) Valuation<br><br>technique<br><br>unobservable<br><br>parameters<br><br>(Level 3)
Financial assets:
Cash and central bank balances 164,659 164,659 164,659
Interbank balances (w/o central banks) 6,962 6,962 6,962
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under<br><br>resale agreements 37,509 37,535 37,535
Securities borrowed 6 6 6
Loans 472,620 466,128 13,175 452,954
Other financial assets 158,117 157,433 29,214 127,730 490
Financial liabilities:
Deposits 691,828 694,445 1 694,445
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under<br><br>repurchase agreements 4,177 4,173 4,173
Securities loaned 2 2 2
Other short-term borrowings 18,204 18,211 18,211
Other financial liabilities 123,451 123,451 2,381 121,070
Long-term debt 114,754 115,463 113,663 1,800
Trust preferred securities 283 297 297 Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Carrying value Fair value Quoted<br><br>prices in<br><br>active market<br><br>(Level 1) Valuation<br><br>technique<br><br>observable<br><br>parameters<br><br>(Level 2) Valuation<br><br>technique<br><br>unobservable<br><br>parameters<br><br>(Level 3)
Financial assets:
Cash and central bank balances 147,494 147,494 147,494
Interbank balances (w/o central banks) 6,160 6,160 6,160
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under<br><br>resale agreements 40,803 40,923 40,923
Securities borrowed 44 44 44
Loans 478,921 470,058 13,338 456,720
Other financial assets 92,556 91,214 12,063 78,482 669
Financial liabilities:
Deposits 666,261 667,609 2 667,607
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under<br><br>repurchase agreements 3,740 3,727 3,727
Securities loaned 2 2 2
Other short-term borrowings 9,895 9,903 9,903
Other financial liabilities 79,371 79,371 2,237 77,134
Long-term debt 114,899 114,496 112,033 2,463
Trust preferred securities 287 273 273

1Amounts are generally presented on a gross basis, in line with the Group’s accounting policy regarding offsetting of financial instruments as described in “Note 01 –

Material accounting policies and critical accounting estimates”

As of December 31, 2025, the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of loans is primarily driven by

current interest rates on long-dated retail mortgages in Germany compared to the contractual rate. Partly offsetting the

loan carrying amount were macro hedge accounting adjustments under the EU carve-out version of IAS 39, which were

€ 5.6 billion as of December 31, 2025 and € 5.0 billion as of December 31, 2024. The fair value of deposits was greater

than their carrying value as the carrying value included negative macro hedge accounting adjustments under the EU

carve-out version of IAS 39 of € 2.8 billion and € 1.4 billion as of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024,

respectively. For long-term debt and trust preferred securities, the difference between the fair value and the carrying

value is due to changes in interest rates at which the Group could issue debt with similar maturity and subordination at

the balance sheet date compared to the rate the instrument was issued at. The carrying values included in the table do

not include any impacts from economic hedges.

497

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 16 — Equity Method Investments

15 — Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive

income

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Securities purchased under resale agreement 1,128 2,786
Debt securities:
German government 4,231 2,006
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies 9,654 10,640
U.S. local (municipal) governments 1,359 719
Other foreign governments 19,692 18,661
Corporates 201 189
Other asset-backed securities
Mortgage-backed securities, including obligations of U.S. federal agencies 463 414
Other debt securities 2,484 1,607
Total debt securities 38,084 34,236
Loans 4,432 5,068
Total financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 43,644 42,090

16 — Equity Method Investments

Investments in associates and jointly controlled entities are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

The Group holds interests in 43 associates and 8 jointly controlled entities as of December 31, 2025 (49 and 8,

respectively, as of December 31, 2024). None of the investments are considered to be material to the Group, based on

the carrying value of the investment or the Group’s income from the investee.

Aggregated financial information on the Group’s share in associates and joint ventures that are individually immaterial

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Carrying amount of all associates that are individually immaterial to the Group 924 1,028
Aggregated amount of the Group's share of profit (loss) from continuing operations 35 (4)
Aggregated amount of the Group's share of post-tax profit (loss) from discontinued operations
Aggregated amount of the Group's share of other comprehensive income 17 (1)
Aggregated amount of the Group's share of total comprehensive income 52 (5)

498

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 17 – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

17 — Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

The Group is eligible to present certain financial assets and financial liabilities on a net basis on the balance sheet

pursuant to criteria described in Note 01 “Material Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates: Offsetting

Financial Instruments”.

The following tables provide information on the impact of offsetting on the consolidated balance sheet, as well as the

financial impact of netting for instruments subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement as

well as available cash and financial instrument collateral.

Assets

Dec 31, 2025
Amounts not set off on the balance sheet
in € m. Gross<br><br>amounts of<br><br>financial<br><br>assets Gross<br><br>amounts set<br><br>off on the<br><br>balance<br><br>sheet Net<br><br>amounts of<br><br>financial<br><br>assets<br><br>presented<br><br>on the<br><br>balance<br><br>sheet Impact of<br><br>Master<br><br>Netting<br><br>Agreements Cash<br><br>collateral Financial<br><br>instrument<br><br>collateral¹ Net amount
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased<br><br>under resale agreements (enforceable) 60,976 (24,458) 36,518 (36,518)
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased<br><br>under resale agreements (non-enforceable) 991 991 (858) 133
Securities borrowed (enforceable) 6 6 (6)
Securities borrowed (non-enforceable)
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss<br><br>(enforceable) 604,898 (261,162) 343,736 (182,259) (34,836) (118,239) 8,402
Of which: Positive market values from derivative<br><br>financial instruments (enforceable) 245,923 (13,223) 232,699 (180,485) (34,807) (9,221) 8,186
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss<br><br>(non-enforceable) 175,898 175,898 (1,112) (4,223) 170,563
Of which: Positive market values from derivative<br><br>financial instruments (non-enforceable) 8,629 8,629 (991) (659) 6,979
Total financial assets at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss2 780,796 (261,162) 519,635 (182,259) (35,948) (122,462) 178,965
Loans at amortized cost 472,620 472,620 (10,924) (77,530) 384,167
Other assets 172,449 (4,977) 167,472 (26,084) (101) (33) 141,254
Of which: Positive market values from<br><br>derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting<br><br>(enforceable) 1,164 (44) 1,121 (766) (99) (33) 222
Remaining assets subject to netting 1,128 1,128 1,128
Remaining assets not subject to netting 236,696 236,696 (293) (1,908) 234,496
Total assets 1,725,663 (290,597) 1,435,067 (208,344) (47,265) (239,315) 940,143

1Excludes real estate and other non-financial instrument collateral.

2In accordance with Note 12 ‘Financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss’ the position is predominately comprised of trading securities (asset), trading

securities (liability), securities purchased and sold under resale agreements accounted at fair value through profit or loss as well as positive and negative market values

from derivative financial instruments

499

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 17 – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

Liabilities

Dec 31, 2025
Amounts not set off on the balance sheet
in € m. Gross<br><br>amounts of<br><br>financial<br><br>liabilities Gross<br><br>amounts set<br><br>off on the<br><br>balance<br><br>sheet Net<br><br>amounts of<br><br>financial<br><br>liabilities<br><br>presented<br><br>on the<br><br>balance<br><br>sheet Impact of<br><br>Master<br><br>Netting<br><br>Agreements Cash<br><br>collateral Financial<br><br>instrument<br><br>collateral Net amount
Deposits 691,828 691,828 691,828
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold<br><br>under repurchase agreements (enforceable) 26,665 (24,458) 2,207 (2,205) 2
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold<br><br>under repurchase agreements (non-enforceable) 1,970 1,970 (5) 1,965
Securities loaned (enforceable) 2 2 (2)
Securities loaned (non-enforceable)
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss (enforceable) 608,774 (261,178) 347,595 (182,905) (24,050) (85,185) 55,455
Of which: Negative market values from<br><br>derivative financial instruments (enforceable) 233,145 (13,722) 219,423 (181,060) (24,050) (1,737) 12,576
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss (non-enforceable) 36,584 36,584 (502) (969) 35,113
Of which: Negative market values from<br><br>derivative financial instruments (non-<br><br>enforceable) 6,352 6,352 (502) (85) 5,766
Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit<br><br>or loss1 645,357 (261,178) 384,179 (182,905) (24,552) (86,154) 90,567
Other liabilities 142,673 (4,960) 137,713 (36,180) (15) (2) 101,516
Of which: Negative market values from<br><br>derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting<br><br>(enforceable) 251 (28) 223 (191) (15) (2) 15
Remaining liabilities not subject to netting 136,965 136,965 136,965
Total liabilities 1,645,460 (290,597) 1,354,863 (219,085) (24,567) (88,368) 1,022,843

1 In accordance with Note 12 ‘Financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss’ the position is predominately comprised of trading securities (asset), trading

securities (liability), securities purchased and sold under resale agreements accounted at fair value through profit or loss as well as positive and negative market values

from derivative financial instruments

500

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 17 – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

Assets

Dec 31, 2024
Amounts not set off on the balance sheet
in € m. Gross<br><br>amounts of<br><br>financial<br><br>assets Gross<br><br>amounts set<br><br>off on the<br><br>balance<br><br>sheet Net<br><br>amounts of<br><br>financial<br><br>assets<br><br>presented<br><br>on the<br><br>balance<br><br>sheet Impact of<br><br>Master<br><br>Netting<br><br>Agreements Cash<br><br>collateral Financial<br><br>instrument<br><br>collateral¹ Net amount
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased<br><br>under resale agreements (enforceable) 54,483 (14,429) 40,053 (39,831) 223
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased<br><br>under resale agreements (non-enforceable) 749 749 (749)
Securities borrowed (enforceable) 32 32 (32)
Securities borrowed (non-enforceable) 11 11 11
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss<br><br>(enforceable) 615,599 (232,657) 382,942 (231,198) (33,729) (108,134) 9,881
Of which: Positive market values from derivative<br><br>financial instruments (enforceable) 298,469 (16,116) 282,353 (229,560) (33,689) (9,392) 9,712
Financial assets at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss (non-enforceable) 162,908 162,908 (1,303) (6,993) 154,611
Of which: Positive market values from derivative<br><br>financial instruments (non-enforceable) 9,400 9,400 (1,188) (1,344) 6,868
Total financial assets at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss2 778,507 (232,657) 545,849 (231,198) (35,032) (115,127) 164,492
Loans at amortized cost 478,921 478,921 (10,836) (72,983) 395,102
Other assets 105,782 (4,574) 101,207 (24,794) (52) (30) 76,331
Of which: Positive market values from<br><br>derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting<br><br>(enforceable) 456 (73) 383 (255) (52) (30) 46
Remaining assets subject to netting 2,786 2,786 2,786
Remaining assets not subject to netting 217,567 217,567 (623) (4,438) 212,506
Total assets 1,638,838 (251,661) 1,387,177 (255,993) (46,543) (233,190) 851,451

1Excludes real estate and other non-financial instrument collateral.

2In accordance with Note 12 ‘Financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss’ the position is predominately comprised of trading securities (asset), trading

securities (liability), securities purchased and sold under resale agreements accounted at fair value through profit or loss as well as positive and negative market values

from derivative financial instruments

501

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 17 – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

Liabilities

Dec 31, 2024
Amounts not set off on the balance sheet
in € m. Gross<br><br>amounts of<br><br>financial<br><br>liabilities Gross<br><br>amounts set<br><br>off on the<br><br>balance<br><br>sheet Net<br><br>amounts of<br><br>financial<br><br>liabilities<br><br>presented<br><br>on the<br><br>balance<br><br>sheet Impact of<br><br>Master<br><br>Netting<br><br>Agreements Cash<br><br>collateral Financial<br><br>instrument<br><br>collateral Net amount
Deposits 666,261 666,261 666,261
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold<br><br>under repurchase agreements (enforceable) 16,819 (14,429) 2,390 (2,390)
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold<br><br>under repurchase agreements (non-enforceable) 1,350 1,350 (123) 1,227
Securities loaned (enforceable) 1 1 (1)
Securities loaned (non-enforceable) 1 1 (1)
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss (enforceable) 609,683 (232,669) 377,013 (230,459) (23,677) (66,495) 56,381
Of which: Negative market values from<br><br>derivative financial instruments (enforceable) 284,323 (16,600) 267,723 (228,704) (23,677) (2,458) 12,883
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or<br><br>loss (non-enforceable) 35,382 35,382 (607) (3,332) 31,442
Of which: Negative market values from<br><br>derivative financial instruments (non-<br><br>enforceable) 8,672 8,672 (607) (142) 7,923
Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit<br><br>or loss1 645,064 (232,669) 412,395 (230,459) (24,285) (69,828) 87,823
Other liabilities 100,193 (4,562) 95,631 (37,099) (91) (101) 58,339
Of which: Negative market values from<br><br>derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting<br><br>(enforceable) 1,727 (37) 1,690 (1,111) (91) (101) 387
Remaining liabilities not subject to netting 129,716 129,716 (6) 129,711
Total liabilities 1,559,406 (251,661) 1,307,745 (267,559) (24,382) (72,444) 943,361

1In accordance with Note 12 ‘Financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss’ the position is predominately comprised of trading securities (asset), trading

securities (liability), securities purchased and sold under resale agreements accounted at fair value through profit or loss as well as positive and negative market values

from derivative financial instruments.

The column ‘Gross amounts set off on the balance sheet’ discloses the amounts offset in accordance with all the criteria

described in Note 01 “Material Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates: Offsetting Financial Instruments”.

The column ‘Impact of Master Netting Agreements’ discloses the amounts that are subject to master netting agreements

but were not offset because they did not meet the net settlement/simultaneous settlement criteria; or because the

rights of set off are conditional upon the default of the counterparty only. The amounts presented for other assets and

other liabilities include cash margin receivables and payables respectively.

The columns ‘Cash collateral’ and ‘Financial instrument collateral’ disclose the cash and financial instrument collateral

amounts received or pledged in relation to the total amounts of assets and liabilities, including those that were not

offset.

Non-enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements refer to contracts executed in jurisdictions where the

rights of set off may not be upheld under the local bankruptcy laws.

The cash collateral received against the positive market values of derivatives and the cash collateral pledged towards the

negative mark-to-market values of derivatives are booked within the ‘Other liabilities’ and ‘Other assets’ balances

respectively.

The Cash and Financial instrument collateral amounts disclosed reflect their fair values. The rights of set off relating to

the cash and financial instrument collateral are conditional upon the default of the counterparty.

502

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 18 – Loans

18 — Loans

The entire loan book presented includes loans classified at amortized cost, loans at fair value through other

comprehensive income and loans at fair value through profit and loss.

The below table gives an overview of the Group’s loan exposure by industry, and is based on the NACE (Nomenclature

des Activités Économiques dans la Communauté Européenne) code of the counterparty. NACE is a standard European

industry classification system.

Loans by industry classification

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 348 336
Mining and quarrying 3,634 4,342
Manufacturing 28,251 28,359
Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 5,129 5,017
Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 717 598
Construction 5,313 4,604
Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 22,347 22,481
Transport and storage 4,716 5,347
Accommodation and food service activities 3,674 2,749
Information and communication 10,511 9,940
Financial and insurance activities 138,488 133,350
Real estate activities 47,153 51,535
Professional, scientific and technical activities 10,497 6,623
Administrative and support service activities 7,171 9,496
Public administration and defense, compulsory social security 8,152 6,235
Education 325 313
Human health services and social work activities 3,907 4,170
Arts, entertainment and recreation 881 840
Other service activities 9,906 6,835
Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households<br><br>for own use 188,183 199,812
Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies 16 22
Gross loans 499,320 503,005
(Deferred expense)/unearned income 1,191 1,352
Loans less (deferred expense)/unearned income 498,129 501,653
Less: Allowance for loan losses 6,074 5,697
Total loans 492,054 495,955

503

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 19 – Allowance for Credit Losses

19 — Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses consists of allowance for financial assets at amortized cost, financial assets at fair value

through OCI and off-balance sheet lending commitments and guarantee business.

Development of allowance for credit losses for financial assets at amortized cost

Dec 31, 2025
Allowance for Credit Losses1
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI2 Total
Balance, beginning of year 438 736 4,412 213 5,799
Movements in financial assets including new business and<br><br>credit extensions (90) 178 1,663 9 1,760
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness 119 (85) (35) N/M
Changes due to modifications that did not result in<br><br>derecognition N/M N/M N/M N/M N/M
Changes in models3 (63) 91 (155) (127)
Financial assets that have been derecognized during the<br><br>period4 (1,002) (1,002)
Recovery of written off amounts 164 164
Foreign exchange and other changes 18 (33) (447) 25 (437)
Balance, end of reporting period 421 888 4,600 247 6,156
Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk5 (34) 185 1,473 9 1,633

N/M – Not meaningful

1 Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 7 million as of December 31, 2025

2 The total amount of undiscounted expected credit losses at initial recognition on financial assets that are purchased or originated credit-impaired initially recognized

during the reporting period was € 74 million in 2025 and € 0 milion in 2024

3  Changes in models primarily reflect LGD model update and changes to the SICR model

4 This position represents charge offs of allowance for credit losses

5 Movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models add up to Provision for Credit Losses excluding

country risk

Dec 31, 2024
Allowance for Credit Losses1
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI2 Total
Balance, beginning of year 447 680 3,960 198 5,285
Movements in financial assets including new business and<br><br>credit extensions (150) 194 1,814 3 1,861
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness 128 (128) N/M
Changes due to modifications that did not result in<br><br>derecognition N/M N/M N/M N/M N/M
Changes in models (2) (7) (9)
Financial assets that have been derecognized during the<br><br>period³ (1,229) (1,229)
Recovery of written off amounts 157 157
Foreign exchange and other changes 15 (3) (290) 11 (267)
Balance, end of reporting period 438 736 4,412 213 5,799
Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk4 (24) 59 1,814 3 1,852

N/M – Not meaningful

1 Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 14 million as of December 31, 2024

2The total amount of undiscounted expected credit losses at initial recognition on financial assets that are purchased or originated credit-impaired initially recognized

during the reporting period was € 0 million in 2024 and € 0 million in 2023

3This position represents charge offs of allowance for credit losses

4Movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models add up to Provision for Credit Losses excluding

country risk

504

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 19 – Allowance for Credit Losses
Dec 31, 2023
--- --- --- --- --- ---
Allowance for Credit Losses1
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI2 Total
Balance, beginning of year 533 626 3,656 180 4,995
Movements in financial assets including new business and<br><br>credit extensions (195) 294 1,647 32 1,778
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness 170 (150) (20) N/M
Changes due to modifications that did not result in<br><br>derecognition N/M N/M N/M N/M N/M
Changes in models (57) (53) (110)
Financial assets that have been derecognized during the<br><br>period³ (1,145) (52) (1,197)
Recovery of written off amounts 93 93
Foreign exchange and other changes (3) (38) (271) 38 (273)
Balance, end of reporting period 447 680 3,960 198 5,285
Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk4 (83) 92 1,627 32 1,668

N/M – Not meaningful

1Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 4 million as of December 31, 2023

2The total amount of undiscounted expected credit losses at initial recognition on financial assets that are purchased or originated credit-impaired initially recognized

during the reporting period was € 0 million in 2023 and € 46 million in 2022

3This position represents charge offs of allowance for credit losses

4Movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models add up to Provision for Credit Losses excluding

country risk

Allowance for credit losses for financial assets at fair value through OCI1

December 31, 2025
Allowance for Credit Losses
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI Total
Fair Value through OCI 12 22 14 48

1Allowance for credit losses against financial assets at fair value through OCI remained at very low levels (€ 38 million at December 31, 2024 and € 48 million as of

December 31, 2025). Due to immateriality, no details on the year-over-year development is provided.

December 31, 2024
Allowance for Credit Losses
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI Total
Fair Value through OCI 12 16 10 38

1Allowance for credit losses against financial assets at fair value through OCI were almost unchanged at very low levels (€ 48 million at December 31, 2023 and € 38

million as of December 31, 2024). Due to immateriality, no details on the year-over-year development is provided.

December 31, 2023
Allowance for Credit Losses
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI Total
Fair Value through OCI 13 13 22 48

1Allowance for credit losses against financial assets at fair value through OCI were almost unchanged at very low levels (€ 69 million at December 31, 2022 and

€ 48 million as of December 31, 2023, respectively). Due to immateriality, no details on the year-over-year development is provided.

505

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 19 – Allowance for Credit Losses

Development of allowance for credit losses for off-balance sheet positions

Dec 31, 2025
Allowance for Credit Losses2
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI Total
Balance, beginning of year 106 82 173 361
Movements including new business (12) 25 38 2 53
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness 4 (2) (2) N/M
Changes in models
Foreign exchange and other changes (8) (13) (21)
Balance, end of reporting period 98 96 196 2 393
of which: Financial guarantees 55 47 81 184
Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1 (8) 23 36 2 53

N/M – Not meaningful

1The above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in

creditworthiness and changes in models

2Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 12 million as of December 31, 2025

Dec 31, 2024
Allowance for Credit Losses2
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI Total
Balance, beginning of year 117 88 187 393
Movements including new business (22) 3 (19) (38)
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness 10 (9) N/M
Changes in models
Foreign exchange and other changes 1 (1) 5 6
Balance, end of reporting period 106 82 173 361
of which: Financial guarantees 67 49 99 214
Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1 (13) (6) (20) (38)

N/M – Not meaningful

1The above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in

creditworthiness and changes in models

2Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 2 million as of December 31, 2024

Dec 31, 2023
Allowance for Credit Losses2
in € m. Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 3 POCI Total
Balance, beginning of year 144 97 310 551
Movements including new business (39) (3) (118) (160)
Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness 11 (4) (7) N/M
Changes in models
Foreign exchange and other changes 1 (2) 3 2
Balance, end of reporting period 117 88 187 393
of which: Financial guarantees 84 37 113 233
Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1 (28) (7) (125) (160)

N/M – Not meaningful

1The above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in

creditworthiness and changes in models

2Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 9 million as of December 31, 2023

506

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 20 – Transfer of Financial Assets, Assets Pledged and Received as Collateral

20 — Transfer of Financial Assets, Assets Pledged and Received

as Collateral

The Group enters into transactions in which it transfers financial assets held on the balance sheet and as a result may

either be eligible to derecognize the transferred asset in its entirety or must continue to recognize the transferred asset

to the extent of any continuing involvement, depending on certain criteria. These criteria are discussed in Note 01

“Material Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates”.

Where financial assets are not eligible to be derecognized, the transfers are viewed as secured financing transactions,

with any consideration received resulting in a corresponding liability. The Group is not entitled to use these financial

assets for any other purposes. The most common transactions of this nature entered into by the Group are repurchase

agreements, securities lending agreements and total return swaps, in which the Group retains substantially all of the

associated credit, equity price, interest rate and foreign exchange risks and rewards associated with the assets as well as

the associated income streams.

Information on asset types and associated transactions that did not qualify for derecognition

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Carrying amount of transferred assets
Trading securities not derecognized due to the following transactions:
Repurchase agreements 46,744 40,438
Securities lending agreements 10,344 8,313
Total return swaps 20,248 14,013
Other 1,503 2,523
Total trading securities 78,839 65,288
Other trading assets 40 51
Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss 32 107
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 11,198 5,134
Loans at amortized cost1 15 17
Others 11,568 4,335
Total 101,693 74,931
Carrying amount of associated liabilities 91,380 66,654

¹Other traded loans where the associated liability is recourse only to the transferred assets had carrying value and fair value of € 0 million and € 0 million as at December

31, 2025, and December 31, 2024 respectively. The associated liabilities had the same carrying value and fair value which resulted in a net position of € 0 million and

€ 0 million as at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 respectively

Carrying value of assets transferred to the Group has continuing involvement

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Carrying amount of the original assets transferred
Trading securities 1,016 1,073
Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss
Carrying amount of the assets continued to be recognized
Trading securities 21 26
Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss
Carrying amount of associated liabilities 40 52

507

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 20 – Transfer of Financial Assets, Assets Pledged and Received as Collateral

The Group could retain some exposure to the future performance of a transferred asset either through new or existing

contractual rights and obligations and still be eligible to derecognize the asset. This ongoing involvement will be

recognized as a new instrument which may be different from the original financial asset that was transferred. Typical

transactions include retaining senior notes of non-consolidated securitizations to which originated loans have been

transferred; financing arrangements with structured entities to which the Group has sold a portfolio of assets; or sales of

assets with credit-contingent swaps. The Group’s exposure to such transactions is not considered to be significant as any

substantial retention of risks associated with the transferred asset will commonly result in an initial failure to

derecognize. Transactions not considered to result in an ongoing involvement include normal warranties on fraudulent

activities that could invalidate a transfer in the event of legal action, qualifying pass-through arrangements and standard

trustee or administrative fees that are not linked to performance.

The impact on the Group’s Balance Sheet of on-going involvement associated with transferred assets derecognized in full

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. Carrying<br><br>value Fair value Maximum<br><br>Exposure<br><br>to Loss¹ Carrying<br><br>value Fair value Maximum<br><br>Exposure<br><br>to Loss¹
Loans at amortized cost
Securitization notes 479 459 459 441 397 397
Other
Total loans at amortized cost 479 459 459 441 397 397
Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss
Securitization notes
Non-standard Interest Rate, cross-currency or inflation-linked swap
Total financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income:
Securitization notes 532 466 466 669 560 560
Other
Total financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 532 466 466 669 560 560
Total financial assets representing on-going involvement 1,011 925 925 1,110 957 957
Financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss
Non-standard Interest Rate, cross-currency or inflation-linked swap
Total financial liabilities representing on-going involvement

1The maximum exposure to loss is defined as the carrying value plus the notional value of any undrawn loan commitments not recognized as liabilities

The impact on the Group’s Statement of Income of on-going involvement associated with transferred assets derecognized in full

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. Year-to-date<br><br>P&L Cumulative P&L Gain/(loss) on<br><br>disposal Year-to-date<br><br>P&L Cumulative P&L Gain/(loss) on<br><br>disposal
Securitization notes 38 239 23 50 220 25
Non-standard Interest Rate, cross-<br><br>currency or inflation-linked swap
Net gains/(losses) recognized from on-<br><br>going<br><br>involvement in derecognized assets 38 239 23 50 220 25

508

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 20 – Transfer of Financial Assets, Assets Pledged and Received as Collateral

The Group pledges assets primarily as collateral against secured funding and for repurchase agreements, securities

borrowing agreements as well as other borrowing arrangements and for margining purposes on OTC derivative liabilities.

Pledges are generally conducted under terms that are usual and customary for standard securitized borrowing contracts

and other transactions described. As at December 31, 2025 the bank had securitized loans of € 7 billion and the secured

own bonds were pledged as collateral into various market standard securities financing transactions. The encumbered

loans below include these balances.

Carrying value of the Group’s assets pledged as collateral for liabilities or contingent liabilities1

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 70,166 58,749
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 11,329 5,263
Loans 37,996 41,758
Other 12,216 4,462
Total 131,708 110,232

1Excludes assets pledged as collateral from transactions that do not result in liabilities or contingent liabilities

Total assets pledged to creditors available for sale or repledge1

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 67,159 55,310
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 11,084 5,013
Loans 3,063 4,618
Other 11,569 2,904
Total 92,875 67,845

1Includes assets pledged as collateral from transactions that do not result in liabilities or contingent liabilities

The Group receives collateral primarily in reverse repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements, derivatives

transactions, customer margin loans and other transactions. These transactions are generally conducted under terms

that are usual and customary for standard secured lending activities and the other transactions described. The Group, as

the secured party, has the right to sell or re-pledge such collateral, subject to the Group returning equivalent securities

upon completion of the transaction. This right is used primarily to cover short sales, securities loaned and securities sold

under repurchase agreements.

Fair Value of collateral received

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Securities and other financial assets accepted as collateral 557,837 479,022
Of which:
Collateral sold or repledged 431,792 366,245

509

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 21 – Property and Equipment

21 — Property and Equipment

in € m. Owner occupied<br><br>properties Furniture and<br><br>equipment Leasehold<br><br>improvements Construction-in-<br><br>progress Property and<br><br>equipment<br><br>owned (IAS 16) Right-of-use for<br><br>leased assets<br><br>(IFRS 16) Total
Cost of acquisition:
Balance as of January 1,<br><br>2024 441 2,393 3,078 461 6,374 6,507 12,881
Changes in the group of<br><br>consolidated companies (1) (1) (1)
Additions 1 128 107 293 528 145 673
Transfers 106 77 334 (394) 122 237 360
Reclassifications (to)/<br><br>from “held for sale”
Disposals 199 281 1 482 156 638
Exchange rate changes (1) 33 59 1 93 115 208
Balance as of December<br><br>31, 2024 547 2,431 3,298 360 6,636 6,848 13,484
Changes in the group of<br><br>consolidated companies
Additions 1 95 49 297 443 102 545
Transfers 20 52 367 (439) (1) 355 355
Reclassifications (to)/<br><br>from “held for sale” (5) (5) (5)
Disposals 3 109 148 260 132 392
Exchange rate changes (88) (132) (3) (223) (254) (477)
Balance as of December<br><br>31, 2025 564 2,381 3,429 215 6,590 6,920 13,510
Accumulated<br><br>depreciation and<br><br>impairment:
Balance as of January 1,<br><br>2024 264 2,033 1,900 1 4,198 2,498 6,696
Changes in the group of<br><br>consolidated companies (1) (1) (1)
Depreciation 5 126 266 397 548 945
Impairment losses 14 1 19 34 34 67
Reversals of impairment<br><br>losses 2 2
Transfers 104 20 1 1 126 126
Reclassifications (to)/<br><br>from “held for sale”
Disposals 196 278 1 475 153 628
Exchange rate changes 29 29 57 30 87
Balance as of December<br><br>31, 2024 386 2,014 1,936 1 4,337 2,954 7,291
Changes in the group of<br><br>consolidated companies
Depreciation 8 123 265 397 511 908
Impairment losses 2 2 7 9
Reversals of impairment<br><br>losses 6 6
Transfers
Reclassifications (to)/<br><br>from “held for sale” (3) (3) (3)
Disposals 3 108 132 244 131 375
Exchange rate changes (75) (73) (149) (88) (237)
Balance as of December<br><br>31, 2025 391 1,954 1,994 1 4,340 3,246 7,586
Carrying amount:
Balance as of December<br><br>31, 2024 161 417 1,361 360 2,299 3,894 6,193
Balance as of December<br><br>31, 2025 173 428 1,435 214 2,250 3,673 5,924

510

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 21 – Property and Equipment

Depreciation expenses, impairment losses and reversal of impairment losses on property and equipment are recorded

within general and administrative expenses for the income statement.

The carrying value of items of property and equipment on which there is a restriction on sale was less than € 1 million as

of December 31, 2025 and € 1 million as of December 31, 2024.

Commitments for the acquisition of property and equipment were € 1 million at year-end 2025 and € 24 million at year-

end 2024.

The Group leases many assets including land and buildings, vehicles and IT equipment for which it records right-of-use

assets. During 2025, additions to right-of-use assets amounted to € 102 million and largely reflected new real estate

leases. Depreciation charges of € 511 million recognized in 2025 mainly resulted from planned consumption of right-of-

use assets for property leases over their contractual terms. The carrying amount of right-of-use assets of € 3.7 billion

included in Total Property and equipment as of December 31, 2025 predominantly represented leased properties of

€ 3.7 billion and vehicle leases of € 19 million. For more information on the Group´s leased properties and related

disclosures required under IFRS 16, please refer to Note 22 “Leases”.

511

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 22 – Leases

22 — Leases

The Group’s disclosures are as a lessee under lease arrangements covering property and equipment. The Group has

applied judgement in presenting related information pursuant to IFRS 16 in a manner that it considers to be most

relevant to an understanding of its financial performance and position.

The Group leases many assets including land and buildings, vehicles and IT equipment. The Group is a lessee for the

majority of its offices and branches under long-term rental agreements. Most of the lease contracts are made under

usual terms and conditions, which means they include options to extend the lease by a defined amount of time, price

adjustment clauses and escalation clauses in line with general office rental market conditions. However, the lease

agreements do not include any clauses that impose any restriction on the Group’s ability to pay dividends, engage in

debt financing transactions or enter into further lease agreements.

As of December 31, 2025 (December 31, 2024), the Group recorded right-of-use assets on its balance sheet with a

carrying amount of € 3.7 billion (€ 3.9 billion), which are included in Property and equipment. The right-of-use assets

predominantly represented leased properties of € 3.7 billion (€ 3.9 billion) and vehicle leases of € 19 million (€ 19 million).

For more information on the year-to-date development of right-of-use assets, please refer to Note 21 “Property and

Equipment”.

Corresponding to the recognition of the right-of-use assets, as of December 31, 2025 (December 31, 2024), the Group

recorded lease liabilities on its balance sheet with a carrying amount of € 4.2 billion (€ 4.5 billion), which are included in

Other liabilities. As of December 31, 2025, the lease liabilities included the discounted value of future lease payments of

€ 424 million for the Group headquarters in Frankfurt am Main that was sold and leased back on December 1, 2011. The

lease has a fixed term through to the end of 2036, with options to extend the lease for two additional five-year periods to

the end of 2046.

During 2025 and 2024, interest expenses recorded from the compounding of the lease liabilities amounted to

€ 128 million and € 127 million, respectively. The contractual maturities for the undiscounted cash flows from these

liabilities are shown in Note 31 “Maturity Analysis of the earliest contractual undiscounted cash flows of Financial

Liabilities”.

Expenses recognized in 2025 (2024) relating to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets, for which the Group

decided to apply the recognition exemption under IFRS 16 (and thus not to record right-of-use assets and corresponding

lease liabilities on the balance sheet), amounted to € 2 million (€ 2 million) and less than € 1 million in each period,

respectively.

Income recorded in 2025 (2024) from the subletting of right-of-use assets totaled € 19 million (€ 24 million).

The total cash outflow for leases for 2025 (2024) was € 622 million (€ 678 million) and represented mainly expenditures

made for real estate rentals over € 613 million (€ 669 million). Of the total cash outflow amount, payments of

€ 496 million (€ 552 million) were made for the principal portion of lease liabilities, payments of € 125 million

(€ 126 million) were made for the interest portion.

Total future cash outflows to which the Group as a lessee is potentially exposed, that are not reflected in the

measurement of the lease liabilities, mainly include potential payment exposures arising from extension options (2025:

€ 4.7 billion). Their expected maturities are shown in the table below.

Future cash outflows to which the Group is potentially exposed that are not reflected in the measurement of lease liabilities

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Future cash outflows not reflected in lease liabilities:
Not later than one year 8 30
Later than one year and not later than five years 379 470
Later than five years 4,322 4,230
Future cash outflows not reflected in lease liabilities 4,709 4,731

512

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 23 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

23 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Changes in Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, as well as gross amounts and accumulated impairment losses of

goodwill, for the years ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, are shown below by cash-generating units

(CGU).

The Group’s business operations are organized under the following divisional structure: Corporate Bank, Investment

Bank, Private Bank and Asset Management. The business divisions are considered CGUs.

Goodwill allocated to cash-generating units

in € m. Corporate Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private Bank Asset<br><br>Manage-<br><br>ment Total
Balance as of January 1, 2024 2,849 2,849
Goodwill acquired during the year
Purchase accounting adjustments
Transfers
Reclassification from (to) “held for sale”
Goodwill related to dispositions without being classified as<br><br>“held for sale”
Impairment losses1
Exchange rate changes/other 114 114
Balance as of December 31, 2024 2,963 2,963
Gross amount of goodwill 643 4,418 3,737 3,477 12,275
Accumulated impairment losses (643) (4,418) (3,737) (515) (9,313)
Balance as of January 1, 2025 2,963 2,963
Goodwill acquired during the year
Purchase accounting adjustments
Transfers
Reclassification from (to) “held for sale”
Goodwill related to dispositions without being classified as<br><br>“held for sale”
Impairment losses1
Exchange rate changes/other (227) (227)
Balance as of December 31, 2025 2,735 2,735
Gross amount of goodwill 590 3,967 3,717 3,208 11,482
Accumulated impairment losses (590) (3,967) (3,717) (473) (8,746)

1Impairment losses of goodwill are recorded as impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets in the income statement

Changes in goodwill in 2025 and in 2024 only included foreign exchange rate movements of Asset Management goodwill

held in non-Group currencies.

Following the acquisition of Numis Corporation Plc on October 13, 2023 (see Note 03), the purchase price allocation for

the business combination resulted in the recognition of goodwill for € 235 million which was allocated to the Investment

Bank CGU. Given the valuation of the Investment Bank CGU with a continued shortfall of its recoverable amount versus

its carrying amount, the goodwill was considered impaired and fully written off in the fourth quarter of 2023 for an

amount of € 233 million.

513

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 23 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill Impairment Test

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the appropriate CGU

on the basis as described in Note 01 “Material Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates”. The Group’s

primary CGUs are as outlined above. Asset Management’s goodwill is tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter

by comparing the recoverable amount of the CGU with its carrying amount. In addition, the Group tests goodwill

whenever a triggering event is identified. The recoverable amount is the higher of a CGU’s fair value less costs of disposal

and its value in use. The Asset Management CGU was the only goodwill carrying CGU to be tested for annual impairment

in 2024 and 2025. The impairment tests conducted on Asset Management in these periods did not result in an

impairment loss as the recoverable amounts of the Asset Management CGU were higher than the respective carrying

amounts.

A review of the Group’s strategy or certain political or global risks for the banking industry, uncertainties regarding the

implementation of already adopted regulation and the introduction of legislation that is already under discussion could

result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.

Carrying Amount

The carrying amount of a primary CGU is derived using a capital allocation model based on the Shareholders’ Equity

Allocation Framework of the Group (please refer to Note 04, “Business Segments and Related Information” for more

details). The allocation uses the Group’s total equity at the date of valuation, including Additional Tier 1 Notes (AT1

Notes), which constitute unsecured and subordinated notes of Deutsche Bank and which are classified as additional

equity components in accordance with IFRS. Total equity is adjusted for an add-on adjustment for goodwill attributable

to noncontrolling interests.

Recoverable Amount

The Group determines the recoverable amounts of its primary CGUs on the basis of the higher of value in use and fair

value less costs of disposal (Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy). It employs a discounted cash flow (DCF) model, which

reflects the specifics of the banking business and its regulatory environment. The model calculates the present value of

the estimated future earnings that are distributable to shareholders after fulfilling the respective regulatory capital

requirements. The recoverable amounts also include the fair value of the AT1 Notes, which are allocated to the primary

CGUs.

The DCF model uses earnings projections and respective capitalization assumptions based on five-year financial plans as

well as longer term expectations on the impact of regulatory developments, which are discounted to their present value.

Estimating future earnings and capital requirements involves judgment and the consideration of past and current

performances as well as expected developments in the respective markets, and in the overall macroeconomic and

regulatory environments. Earnings projections beyond the initial five-year period are, where applicable, adjusted to

derive a sustainable level. In case of a going concern, the cash flow to equity is assumed to increase by or converge

towards a constant long-term growth rate for the Asset Management CGU of up to 3.0% (2024: up to 3.3%). This is based

on projected revenue forecasts of the CGU as well as expectations for the development of gross domestic product and

inflation and is captured in the terminal value.

514

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 23 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Key Assumptions and Sensitivities

Key Assumptions: The DCF value of a CGU is sensitive to the earnings projections, to the discount rate (cost of equity)

applied and, to a lesser extent, to the long-term growth rate. The discount rates applied have been determined based on

the capital asset pricing model and comprise a risk-free interest rate, a market risk premium and a factor covering the

systematic market risk (beta factor). The values for the risk-free interest rate, the market risk premium and the beta

factors are consistent with external sources of information. CGU-specific beta factors are determined based on a

respective group of peer companies. Variations in all of these components might impact the discount rates. For the Asset

Management CGU, the discount rates (after tax) applied for 2025 and 2024 were 9.9% and 10.4%, respectively.

Management determined the values for the key assumptions in the following table based on a combination of internal

and external analysis. Estimates for efficiency and the cost reduction program are based on progress made to date and

scheduled future projects and initiatives.

Key management assumptions are:

Primary goodwill-<br><br>carrying cash-<br><br>generating unit Description of key assumptions Uncertainty associated with key assumptions and potential<br><br>events/circumstances that could have a negative effect
Asset<br><br>Management –Gateway to Europe: Aim to be the primary point of<br><br>contact for investors seeking opportunities in Europe.<br><br>This includes accelerating infrastructure investments to<br><br>support European transformation, expanding private<br><br>credit offerings through partnerships with Corporate<br><br>Bank and Investment Bank, and strengthening local<br><br>presence in strategically relevant regions.<br><br>–Top 5 in Top 5: Become a top-five foreign asset manager<br><br>in the top five economies by reinforcing market<br><br>leadership in Germany, enhancing strategic partnerships<br><br>in China and starting collaborations with local players in<br><br>India to enter the market.<br><br>–Future of Finance: Lead innovation and disruption in asset<br><br>management. This involves developing digital asset<br><br>services around stablecoins and on-chain products,<br><br>establishing an Application Programming Interface (API)<br><br>driven ecosystem for embedded investment solutions,<br><br>and leveraging AI to create advanced data platforms and<br><br>tools for portfolio managers.<br><br>–Bullish Germany: Maintain the spot as leading asset<br><br>manager in Germany with the potential to benefit from<br><br>further building out home market opportunities, with a<br><br>focus on pensions.<br><br>–Global Hausbank: Further leverage relationships within<br><br>the Group across the value chain for origination,<br><br>structuring and distribution. –Challenging and continued uncertainty around the<br><br>market environment and volatility unfavorable to its<br><br>investment strategies<br><br>–Unfavorable margin development and adverse<br><br>competition levels in key markets and products beyond<br><br>expected levels<br><br>–Business/execution risks, e.g., underachievement of net<br><br>flow targets from market uncertainty, loss of high-quality<br><br>client facing employees, unfavorable investment<br><br>performance, lower than expected efficiency gains<br><br>–Uncertainty around regulation and its potential<br><br>implications not yet anticipated

Sensitivities: In order to test the resilience of the recoverable amount, key assumptions used in the DCF model (for

example, the discount rate and the earnings projections) are sensitized. Management believes that no reasonable

possible changes in key assumptions could cause an impairment loss.

515

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 23 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Other Intangible Assets

Changes of other intangible assets by asset classes for the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024

Purchased intangible assets Internally<br><br>generated<br><br>intangible<br><br>assets Total other<br><br>intangible<br><br>assets
Unamortized Amortized Amortized
in € m. Retail<br><br>investment<br><br>manageme<br><br>nt<br><br>agreement<br><br>s Other Total<br><br>unamortize<br><br>d<br><br>purchased<br><br>intangible<br><br>assets Customer-<br><br>related<br><br>intangible<br><br>assets Contract-<br><br>based<br><br>intangible<br><br>assets Software<br><br>and<br><br>other Total<br><br>amortized<br><br>purchased<br><br>intangible<br><br>assets Software
Cost of acquisition/<br><br>manufacture:
Balance as of January 1,<br><br>2024 1,046 440 1,486 1,456 70 854 2,380 11,288 15,154
Additions 2 8 10 1,407 1,417
Changes in the group of<br><br>consolidated companies (49) (1) (1) (51) (51)
Disposals 31 31 121 152
Reclassifications from (to)<br><br>“held for sale”
Transfers 23 23 (40) (35) (28) (103) (3) (83)
Exchange rate changes 71 71 42 2 44 171 286
Balance as of December 31,<br><br>2024 1,117 463 1,580 1,411 35 803 2,249 12,742 16,571
Additions 1 43 44 1,453 1,497
Changes in the group of<br><br>consolidated companies
Disposals 109 20 42 170 12 182
Reclassifications from (to)<br><br>“held for sale”
Transfers 1 2 4 3
Exchange rate changes (133) (133) (75) (2) (77) (352) (562)
Balance as of December 31,<br><br>2025 984 463 1,447 1,230 15 805 2,049 13,831 17,328
Accumulated amortization<br><br>and impairment:
Balance as of January 1,<br><br>2024 330 439 769 1,399 70 690 2,159 7,749 10,676
Amortization for the year 5 36 41 1,130 1,1711
Changes in the group of<br><br>consolidated companies (49) (1) (1) (51) (51)
Disposals 31 31 121 152
Reclassifications from (to)<br><br>“held for sale”
Impairment losses 29 292
Reversals of impairment<br><br>losses
Transfers 23 23 (40) (34) (29) (103) (1) (80)
Exchange rate changes 22 22 40 40 130 192
Balance as of December 31,<br><br>2024 353 461 814 1,356 35 664 2,055 8,917 11,785
Amortization for the year 5 38 43 1,209 1,2523
Changes in the group of<br><br>consolidated companies
Disposals 109 20 42 170 10 180
Reclassifications from (to)<br><br>“held for sale”
Impairment losses 16 164
Reversals of impairment<br><br>losses
Transfers 2 2 2
Exchange rate changes (42) (42) (72) (2) (74) (257) (373)
Balance as of December 31,<br><br>2025 311 461 772 1,181 15 661 1,856 9,874 12,502

516

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 23 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Purchased intangible assets Internally<br><br>generated<br><br>intangible<br><br>assets Total other<br><br>intangible<br><br>assets
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Unamortized Amortized Amortized
in € m. Retail<br><br>investment<br><br>manageme<br><br>nt<br><br>agreement<br><br>s Other Total<br><br>unamortize<br><br>d<br><br>purchased<br><br>intangible<br><br>assets Customer-<br><br>related<br><br>intangible<br><br>assets Contract-<br><br>based<br><br>intangible<br><br>assets Software<br><br>and<br><br>other Total<br><br>amortized<br><br>purchased<br><br>intangible<br><br>assets Software
Carrying amount:
As of December 31, 2024 764 2 766 55 139 194 3,825 4,786
As of December 31, 2025 673 1 675 49 144 193 3,957 4,825

1€ 1.2 billion were included in general and administrative expenses

2€ 29 million were impairment losses on self-developed software recorded in general and administrative expenses

3€ 1.3 billion were included in general and administrative expenses

4€ 16 million were impairment losses on self-developed software recorded in general and administrative expenses

Amortizing Intangible Assets

In 2025, amortizing intangible assets increased by € 130 million. This included amortization expenses of € 1.3 billion,

mostly for the scheduled consumption of capitalized software (€ 1.2 billion) and the impairment of current platform

software as well as software under construction (€ 16 million). Additions to internally generated intangible assets of

€ 1.5 billion resulting from the capitalization of expenses incurred in conjunction with the Group’s development of own-

used software overcompensated the negative impact from amortization and impairment charges on net book value. A

stronger euro exchange rate against major currencies accounted for net negative exchange rate changes of

€ (99) million.

In 2024, amortizing intangible assets increased by € 261 million. This included amortization expenses of € 1.2 billion,

mostly for the scheduled consumption of capitalized software (€ 1.2 billion) and the impairment of current platform

software as well as software under construction (€ 29 million). Additions to internally generated intangible assets of

€ 1.4 billion resulting from the capitalization of expenses incurred in conjunction with the Group’s development of own-

used software overcompensated the negative impact from amortization and impairment charges on net book value. A

weaker euro exchange rate against major currencies accounted for net positive exchange rate changes of € 47 million .

In 2023, amortizing intangible assets increased by € 330 million. This included amortization expenses of € 1.1 billion,

mostly for the scheduled consumption of capitalized software (€ 1.1 billion) and the impairment of current platform

software as well as software under construction (€ 24 million). Additions to internally generated intangible assets of

€ 1.3 billion resulting from the capitalization of expenses incurred in conjunction with the Group’s development of own-

used software overcompensated the negative impact from amortization and impairment charges on net book value. A

stronger euro exchange rate against major currencies accounted for net negative exchange rate changes of

€ (19) million.

Other intangible assets with finite useful lives are generally amortized over their useful lives based on the straight-line

method.

Useful lives of other amortized intangible assets by asset class

Useful lives<br><br>in years
Internally generated intangible assets:
Software up to 10
Purchased intangible assets:
Customer-related intangible assets up to 15
Other up to 20

Unamortized Intangible Assets

Within this asset class, the Group recognizes certain contract-based and marketing-related intangible assets, which are

deemed to have an indefinite useful life.

In particular, the asset class comprises the below detailed investment management agreements related to retail mutual

funds and certain trademarks. Due to the specific nature of these intangible assets, market prices are ordinarily not

observable and, therefore, the Group values such assets based on the income approach, using a post-tax DCF-

methodology.

517

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 23 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Retail investment management agreements: These assets, amounting to € 673 million, relate to the Group’s U.S. retail

mutual fund business and are allocated to the Asset Management CGU. Retail investment management agreements are

contracts that give Asset Management the exclusive right to manage a variety of mutual funds for a specified period.

Since these contracts are easily renewable at minimal cost, these agreements are not expected to have a foreseeable

limit on the contract period. Therefore, the rights to manage the associated assets under management are expected to

generate cash flows for an indefinite period of time. This intangible asset was recorded at fair value based upon a

valuation provided by a third party at the date of acquisition of Zurich Scudder Investments, Inc. in 2002.

The recoverable amount was calculated as fair value less costs of disposal using the multi-period excess earnings

method applying a five-year plan and the fair value measurement was categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

The key assumptions in determining the fair value less costs of disposal include the asset mix, the flows forecast, the

effective fee rate and discount rate as well as the terminal value growth rate. The discount rate (cost of equity) applied in

the annual impairment test was 9.8% in 2025 (10.2% in 2024). The terminal value growth rate applied for 2025 was 3.7%

(for 2024 3.7%). Any adverse movement in the key assumptions could lead to an indication that the carrying value may be

impaired.

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the respective impairment analyses did not result in an impairment

loss or reversal of an impairment loss.

24 — Non-Current Assets and Disposal Groups Held for Sale

Within the balance sheet, non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale are included in other assets and other

liabilities.

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Premises and equipment 2
Other assets 33 31
Total assets classified as held for sale 35 31
Total liabilities classified as held for sale

As of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, no unrealized gains (losses) relating to non-current assets classified

as held for sale were recognized directly in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (net of tax).

Within the Investment Bank division, a portfolio of real estate assets owned through foreclosure have been classified as

non-current assets held for sale. The composition of the portfolio population is dynamic and is valued at the lower of its

carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell and is expected to be sold within one year following their reclassification.

518

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 25 – Other Assets and Other Liabilities

25 — Other Assets and Other Liabilities

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Brokerage and securities related receivables
Cash/margin receivables 46,634 42,179
Receivables from prime brokerage 6 5
Pending securities transactions past settlement date 2,116 979
Receivables from unsettled regular way trades 56,668 17,527
Total brokerage and securities related receivables 105,424 60,690
Debt Securities held to collect 40,262 21,627
Accrued interest receivable 4,542 4,575
Assets held for sale 35 31
Assets related to insurance business 111 133
Other 17,098 14,152
Total other assets 167,472 101,207 in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
--- --- ---
Brokerage and securities related payables
Cash/margin payables 52,369 49,133
Payables from prime brokerage 25 13
Pending securities transactions past settlement date 2,261 1,207
Payables from unsettled regular way trades 52,601 13,401
Total brokerage and securities related payables 107,256 63,755
Accrued interest payable 4,910 5,113
Liabilities held for sale
Lease liabilities 4,193 4,488
Liabilities related to insurance business 97 121
Other 21,256 22,153
Total other liabilities 137,713 95,631

For further details on the assets and liabilities held for sale, please refer to Note 24 “Non-Current Assets and Disposal

Groups Held for Sale”.

26 — Deposits

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 171,541 176,510
Interest-bearing deposits
Demand deposits 231,564 197,306
Time deposits 201,626 203,756
Savings deposits 87,097 88,689
Total interest-bearing deposits 520,287 489,751
Total deposits 691,828 666,261

519

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 27 – Provisions

27 — Provisions

Movements by Class of Provisions

in € m. Operational<br><br>Risk Civil<br><br>Litigation Regulatory<br><br>Enforcement Re-<br><br>structuring Other Total1
Balance as of January 1, 2024 40 1,124 129 333 421 2,047
Changes in the group of consolidated<br><br>companies
New provisions 6 2,201 84 149 312 2,751
Amounts used 2 954 8 55 67 1,086
Unused amounts reversed 4 509 41 153 66 773
Effects from exchange rate fluctuations/<br><br>Unwind of discount 3 2 1 5
Transfers 30 (16) 13
Balance as of December 31, 2024 40 1,895 166 273 584 2,958
Changes in the group of consolidated<br><br>companies
New provisions 37 293 84 36 196 646
Amounts used 8 822 74 106 231 1,241
Unused amounts reversed 1 181 17 53 95 346
Effects from exchange rate fluctuations/<br><br>Unwind of discount (4) (7) (12) (24)
Transfers 11 11
Balance as of December 31, 2025 66 1,192 152 151 442 2,004

1For the remaining portion of provisions as disclosed on the consolidated balance sheet, please see Note 19 “Allowance for Credit Losses”, in which allowances for credit

related off-balance sheet positions are disclosed

Classes of Provisions

Operational Risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from

external events. The definition used for the purposes of determining operational provisions differs from the risk

management definition, as it excludes risk of loss resulting from civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters. For

risk management purposes, operational risk includes legal risk, as payments to customers, counterparties and regulatory

bodies in civil litigations or regulatory enforcement matters constitute loss events for operational shortcomings, but

excludes business and reputational risk.

Civil Litigation provisions arise out of current or potential claims or proceedings alleging non-compliance with

contractual or other legal or regulatory responsibilities, which have resulted or may result in demands from customers,

counterparties or other parties in civil litigations.

Regulatory Enforcement provisions arise out of current or potential claims or proceedings alleging non-compliance with

legal or regulatory responsibilities, which have resulted or may result in an assessment of fines or penalties by

governmental regulatory agencies, self-regulatory organizations or other enforcement authorities.

Restructuring provisions arise out of restructuring activities. The Group aims to enhance its long-term competitiveness

through reductions in costs, duplication and complexity in the years ahead. For details see Note 10 “Restructuring”.

Other provisions include several specific items arising from a variety of different circumstances, including the provision

for the reimbursement of loan processing fees, deferred sales commissions, provisions for bank levies and mortgage

repurchase demands.

520

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 27 – Provisions

Provisions and Contingent Liabilities

The Group recognizes a provision for potential loss only when there is a present obligation arising from a past event that

is probable to result in an economic outflow that can be reliably estimated. Where a reliable estimate cannot be made for

such an obligation, no provision is recognized and the obligation is deemed a contingent liability. Contingent liabilities

also include possible obligations for which the possibility of future economic outflow is more than remote but less than

probable. Where a provision has been taken for a particular claim, no contingent liability is recorded; for matters or sets

of matters consisting of more than one claim, however, provisions may be recorded for some claims, and contingent

liabilities (or neither a provision nor a contingent liability) may be recorded for others.

The Group operates in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes it to significant litigation risks. As a result, the

Group is involved in litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings and investigations in Germany and in a number of

jurisdictions outside Germany, including the United States. In recent years, regulation and supervision in a number of

areas have increased, and regulators, governmental bodies and others have sought to subject financial services providers

to increasing oversight and scrutiny, which in turn has led to additional regulatory investigations and enforcement

actions which are often followed by civil litigation.

In determining for which of the claims the possibility of a loss is probable, or less than probable but more than remote,

and then estimating the possible loss for those claims, the Group takes into consideration a number of factors, including

but not limited to the nature of the claim and its underlying facts, the procedural posture and litigation history of each

case, rulings by the courts or tribunals, the Group’s experience and the experience of others in similar cases (to the extent

this is known to the Group), prior settlement discussions, settlements by others in similar cases (to the extent this is

known to the Group), available indemnities and the opinions and views of legal counsel and other experts.

The provisions the Group has recognized for civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters as of December 31, 2025

and December 31, 2024 are set forth in the table above. For some matters where the Group believes an outflow of funds

is probable, but the Group could not reliably estimate the amount of the potential outflow, no provision was recognized.

For the matters for which a reliable estimate can be made, but the probability of a future loss or outflow of resources is

more than remote but less than probable, the Group currently estimates that, as of December 31, 2025, these contingent

liabilities are approximately € 921 million for civil litigation matters (December 31, 2024: € 0.6 billion) and € 6 million for

regulatory enforcement matters (December 31, 2024: € 0.1 billion). These figures include matters where the Group’s

potential liability is joint and several and where the Group expects any such liability to be paid by a third party. If the

Group’s best estimate is within a range, the amount at the top of the range is included in the amount of contingent

liabilities.

For other significant civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters where the Group believes the possibility of an

outflow of funds is more than remote but less than probable, but the amount is not reliably estimable, such matters are

not included in the contingent liability estimates. In addition, where the Group believes the possibility of an outflow of

funds is remote, the Group has neither recognized a provision nor included the matters in the contingent liability

estimates.

This estimated possible loss, as well as any provisions taken, is based upon currently available information and is subject

to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions, variables and known and unknown uncertainties. These

uncertainties may include inaccuracies in or incompleteness of the information available to the Group, particularly at the

preliminary stages of matters, and assumptions by the Group as to future rulings of courts or other tribunals or the likely

actions or positions taken by regulators or adversaries may prove incorrect. Moreover, estimates of possible loss for these

matters are often not amenable to the use of statistical or other quantitative analytical tools frequently used in making

judgments and estimates, and are subject to even greater degrees of uncertainty than in many other areas where the

Group must exercise judgment and make estimates. The estimated possible loss, as well as any provisions taken, can be

and often are substantially less than the amount initially requested by regulators or adversaries or the maximum

potential loss that could be incurred were the matters to result in a final adjudication adverse to the Group. Moreover, in

several regions in which the Group operates, an adversary often is not required to set forth the amount it is seeking, and

where it is, the amount may not be subject to the same requirements that generally apply to pleading factual allegations

or legal claims.

The matters for which the Group determines that the possibility of a future loss is more than remote will change from

time to time, as will the matters as to which a reliable estimate can be made and the estimated possible loss for such

matters. Actual results may prove to be significantly higher or lower than the estimate of possible loss in those matters

where such an estimate was made. In addition, loss may be incurred in matters with respect to which the Group believed

the likelihood of loss was remote. In particular, the estimated aggregate possible loss does not represent the Group’s

potential maximum loss exposure for those matters.

521

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 27 – Provisions

The Group may settle litigation or regulatory proceedings or investigations prior to a final judgment or determination of

liability. It may do so to avoid the cost, management efforts or negative business, regulatory or reputational

consequences of continuing to contest liability, even when the Group believes it has a valid defense against liability. It

may also do so when the potential consequences of failing to prevail would be disproportionate to the costs of

settlement. Furthermore, the Group may, for similar reasons, reimburse counterparties for their losses even in situations

where it does not believe that it is legally compelled to do so.

Current Individual Proceedings

Set forth below are descriptions of civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters or groups of matters for which the

Group has taken material provisions, or for which there are material contingent liabilities, or for which there is the

possibility of material business or reputational risk, as well as other significant matters. In addition, similar matters are

grouped together and some matters consist of a number of proceedings or claims. The disclosed matters also include

matters for which the possibility of a loss is more than remote but for which the Group cannot reliably estimate the

possible loss. Matters are presented below in English-language alphabetical order based on the titles the Group has used

for them.

Consent Order and Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve. On July 19, 2023, Deutsche Bank, Deutsche Bank AG

New York Branch, DB USA Corporation, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (DBTCA) and DWS USA Corporation

entered into a Consent Order and Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve resolving previously disclosed regulatory

discussions concerning adherence to prior orders and settlements related to sanctions and embargoes and AML

compliance, and remedial agreements and obligations related to risk management issues. The Consent Order alleges

insufficient and tardy implementation of the post-settlement sanctions and embargoes and AML control enhancement

undertakings required by prior Consent Orders the bank entered into with the Federal Reserve in 2015 and 2017. The

Written Agreement alleges various deficiencies in governance, risk management, and internal controls across the bank’s

U.S. operations, and finds that the bank must continue to implement additional improvements. The Consent Order

required Deutsche Bank to pay a civil monetary penalty of U.S.$ 186 million, including U.S.$ 140 million for the violations

alleged with respect to the post-settlement sanctions and embargoes and AML control enhancement undertakings, as

well as a separate penalty of U.S.$ 46 million for unsafe or unsound practices stemming from the bank’s handling of its

legacy correspondent banking relationship with Danske Bank Estonia, which was terminated in October 2015. The

Written Agreement does not include a civil monetary penalty. Both the Consent Order and Written Agreement include

certain post-settlement remediation and reporting undertakings.

Cum-ex Investigations and Litigations. Deutsche Bank has received inquiries from law enforcement authorities, including

requests for information and documents, in relation to cum-ex transactions of clients. “Cum-ex” refers to trading

activities in German shares around dividend record dates (trade date before and settlement date after dividend record

date) for the purpose of obtaining German tax credits or refunds in relation to withholding tax levied on dividend

payments, including transaction structures that have resulted in more than one market participant claiming such credit

or refund with respect to the same dividend payment. Cum-ex transactions are regarded as criminal tax evasion by

German courts. Deutsche Bank is cooperating with the law enforcement authorities in these matters.

The Public Prosecutor in Cologne (Staatsanwaltschaft Köln, “CPP”) has been conducting a criminal investigation since

August 2017 concerning two former employees of Deutsche Bank in relation to cum-ex transactions of certain former

clients of the bank. In October 2022, the CPP conducted a search at Deutsche Bank’s offices in Frankfurt and Eschborn.

Based on the search warrant the CPP expanded the scope of the investigation. Current and former Deutsche Bank

employees and seven former Management Board members are included in the investigation. The investigation is ongoing

and the scope of the investigation may be further broadened. Deutsche Bank is a potential secondary participant

pursuant to Section 30 of the German Law on Administrative Offences in this proceeding. This proceeding could result in

a disgorgement of profits and fines. Deutsche Bank is cooperating with the CPP.

In May 2021, Deutsche Bank learned through an information request received by Deutsche Oppenheim Family Office AG

(DOAG) as legal successor of Sal. Oppenheim jr. & Cie. AG & Co. KGaA (Sal. Oppenheim) that the CPP in 2021 opened a

criminal investigation proceeding in relation to cum-ex transactions against unknown former personnel of Sal.

Oppenheim. DOAG provided the requested information.

In July 2023, Deutsche Bank as legal successor of Deutsche Postbank AG was informed by the CPP that the CPP has

opened a new separate criminal cum-ex investigation against unnamed personnel of former Deutsche Postbank AG.

522

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 27 – Provisions

Deutsche Bank acted as participant in and filed withholding tax refund claims through the electronic refund procedure

(elektronisches Datenträgerverfahren) on behalf of, inter alia, two former custody clients in connection with their cum-ex

transactions. In February 2018, Deutsche Bank received from the German Federal Tax Office (Bundeszentralamt für

Steuern, “FTO”) a demand of approximately € 49 million for tax refunds paid to a former custody client. Deutsche Bank

expects to receive a formal notice for the same amount. In December 2019, Deutsche Bank received a liability notice

from the FTO requesting payment of € 2 million in connection with tax refund claims Deutsche Bank had submitted on

behalf of another former custody client, which Deutsche Bank paid in early 2020. In July 2022, Deutsche Bank filed an

action against this payment with the Fiscal Court of Cologne (Finanzgericht Köln).

In 2018, The Bank of New York Mellon SA/NV (BNY) informed Deutsche Bank of its intention to seek indemnification for

potential cum-ex related tax liabilities incurred by BHF Asset Servicing GmbH (BAS) and/or Frankfurter Service

Kapitalanlage-GmbH (“Service KAG”, now named BNY Mellon Service Kapitalanlage-Gesellschaft mbH). Deutsche Bank

had acquired BAS and Service KAG as part of the acquisition of Sal. Oppenheim in 2010 and sold them to BNY later that

year. BNY estimated the potential tax liability to be up to € 120 million (excluding interest of 6% p.a.). In late 2020,

counsel to BNY informed Deutsche Bank that BNY and/or Service KAG (among others) have received notices from tax

authorities in the estimated amount with respect to cum-ex related trades by certain investment funds in 2009 and 2010.

BNY has filed objections against the notices. Following receipt of payment orders from tax authorities in the amount of

€ 118 million in relation to the investment funds and after consultation with Deutsche Bank, BNY paid € 47 million to tax

authorities. A further € 72 million were paid by other allegedly liable parties (including Deutsche Bank with respect to

one of the investment funds, referred to below). In late December 2025, BNY and Deutsche Bank agreed to settle the

indemnification claim described above. In addition, BNY received from the Frankfurt Tax Office regarding one of the

investment funds a notice and payment request regarding penalty interest (Hinterziehungszinsen) in the amount of

€ 12 million. BNY, after consultation with Deutsche Bank, applied for a suspension of enforcement (Aussetzung der

Vollziehung) regarding the payment request which was granted by the Fiscal Court of Hesse (Hessisches Finanzgericht)

in October 2024.

The Group has not disclosed whether it has established a provision or contingent liability with respect to these matters

because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously their outcome.

In December 2023 and April 2024, Deutsche Bank received hearing letters from the FTO regarding three third party

investment funds that engaged in cum-ex trades in 2009. Deutsche Bank had provided services and financing to

investors in the funds. The funds received an aggregate of € 147 million in cum-ex withholding tax refunds in 2009. In

June and July 2024, Deutsche Bank received two tax liability notices (Haftungsbescheide) from the FTO in an aggregate

amount of € 85 million regarding two of the funds. Deutsche Bank filed objections (Einsprüche) and applied for a

suspension of enforcement (Aussetzung der Vollziehung) regarding the notices. The suspension of enforcement was

granted in July 2024. In August/September 2025, Deutsche Bank paid € 29 million to the FTO with respect to the two tax

liability notices and withdrew the objections. The remainder was paid by other service providers to the investment funds.

Interbank and Dealer Offered Rates Matters. Regulatory and Law Enforcement Matters. Deutsche Bank has responded to

requests for information from, cooperated with, and entered into settlements with, various regulatory and law

enforcement agencies in connection with industry-wide investigations concerning the setting of the London Interbank

Offered Rate (LIBOR), Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR), Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate (TIBOR) and other interbank

and/or dealer offered rates.

The Group has not disclosed whether it has established a provision or contingent liability with respect to the remaining

investigations because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously their outcome.

Civil Litigations. Deutsche Bank is party to one remaining U.S. civil action concerning alleged manipulation relating to the

setting of U.S. dollar LIBOR, as well as an action pending in Argentina. The Group has not disclosed whether it has

established a provision or contingent liability with respect to these matters because it has concluded that such

disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously their outcome.

The U.S. civil actions were filed against Deutsche Bank and numerous other defendants on behalf of parties who allege

losses as a result of manipulation relating to the setting of U.S. dollar LIBOR. Claims for damages in the U.S. civil action

have been asserted under various legal theories, including violations of federal and state antitrust and other laws.

The remaining U.S. civil action concerning U.S. dollar LIBOR is being coordinated as part of a multidistrict litigation (the

“U.S. dollar LIBOR MDL”) in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. Following a series of decisions in

the U.S. dollar LIBOR MDL between March 2013 and March 2019 narrowing their claims, plaintiffs in the U.S. dollar LIBOR

MDL are currently asserting antitrust claims, and state law fraud, contract, unjust enrichment and other tort claims. The

court has also issued decisions dismissing certain plaintiffs’ claims for lack of personal jurisdiction and on statute of

limitations grounds.

523

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 27 – Provisions

In 2016, the district court issued a ruling dismissing certain antitrust claims while allowing others to proceed. Multiple

plaintiffs filed appeals of that ruling. In December 2021, the Second Circuit affirmed the district court’s decision on

antitrust standing grounds but reversed the court’s decision on personal jurisdiction grounds, and it remanded the cases

to the district court for further proceedings. In March 2022, defendants (including Deutsche Bank) filed a petition for a

writ of certiorari to the U.S. Supreme Court to review the Court of Appeals’ decision. The U.S. Supreme Court denied

defendants’ petition in June 2022.

In October 2024, defendants, including Deutsche Bank, filed a motion for summary judgment in the U.S. dollar LIBOR

MDL. In September 2025, the district court granted defendants’ motion for summary judgment and dismissed all of the

plaintiffs’ remaining claims. The plaintiffs filed their notices of appeal in October 2025.

In August 2020, plaintiffs filed a non-class action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against

several financial institutions, alleging that U.S. dollar LIBOR has been suppressed through the present. In October 2023,

the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss plaintiffs’ amended complaint. Plaintiffs appealed. In December

2024, the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit affirmed the district court’s decision dismissing the

complaint. In January 2025, the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit denied plaintiffs’ petition for

rehearing and in April the plaintiffs filed a petition for certiorari seeking to have the U.S. Supreme Court hear their appeal,

which the U.S. Supreme Court denied at the end of June 2025.

There were UK and U.S. civil actions regarding U.S. dollar LIBOR brought by the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance

Corporation (FDIC) acting as receiver for up to 20 failed financial institutions headquartered in the U.S., in which a claim

for damages has been asserted pursuant to EU, UK and U.S. state laws. In April 2025, Deutsche Bank settled the civil

actions brought by the FDIC in both the UK and the U.S. for U.S. $ 20 million.

A further class action regarding LIBOR has been filed in Argentina seeking damages for losses allegedly suffered by

holders of Argentine bonds with interest rates based on LIBOR. In August 2024, the court accepted the plaintiff’s

withdrawal of its claims against Deutsche Bank and certain other defendants, but the action remains pending against one

defendant.

Jeffrey Epstein Matters. Since Jeffrey Epstein’s arrest in July 2019, Deutsche Bank has provided information to various

regulatory and law enforcement agencies and continues to cooperate with the U.S. Congress concerning the bank’s

former client relationship with Epstein (individually, and through related parties and entities). The bank has previously

entered into settlements to resolve certain regulatory and litigation matters. There are no Epstein victim-related

litigations currently pending against the bank. The U.S. Department of Justice recently publicly released information it

previously received from the bank and other sources pursuant to the Epstein Files Transparency Act.

Monte Dei Paschi. Civil litigation claims have been filed by six former employees in relation to alleged harm caused by

Italian criminal proceedings against them. The six former employees were convicted in November 2019 by the Court of

First Instance of Milan of aiding and abetting false accounting and market manipulation in relation to repo transactions

that Deutsche Bank had entered into with Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena (MPS) and a subsidiary of MPS in 2008. The

individuals were given sentences of either 3 years and 6 months or 4 years and 8 months. Deutsche Bank was found liable

under Italian Legislative Decree n. 231/2001 and the Court ordered the seizure of alleged profits of € 64.9 million and a

fine of € 3 million. Following appeals filed by Deutsche Bank and the six individuals, in 2022, the Milan Court of Appeal

acquitted all the Deutsche Bank defendants from all charges. Those acquittals were confirmed by the Supreme Court of

Italy in October 2023.

One of the former employees filed and served a claim against Deutsche Bank in the German Courts in the second quarter

of 2024, seeking approximately € 152 million in damages for alleged harm caused to his career by the Italian criminal

proceedings and conviction at first instance. Four other former employees filed claims in the English Courts on

September 30, 2025. The claims were served on Deutsche Bank entities in the UK in January 2026, but to date have not

been served on two Deutsche Bank entities based in Jersey. The four former employees are seeking over £ 600 million in

damages on the same basis as the first employee’s claim for alleged harm caused to their careers by the Italian criminal

proceedings and conviction at first instance. Deutsche Bank considers all such claims to be without merit and will defend

itself against them robustly, including disputing the inflated, unrealistic alleged losses claimed.

One further former employee had filed a claim in the English Courts on September 30, 2025 on the same basis as the

other 5 plaintiffs, as well as based on further specific claims, but the parties have now resolved on a confidential basis all

of the claims and allegations that the employee has previously made against Deutsche Bank and its personnel.

The Group has not disclosed whether it has established a provision or contingent liability with respect to these matters

because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously their outcome.

524

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 27 – Provisions

Mortgage-Related and Asset-Backed Securities. Issuer and Underwriter Civil Litigation. Deutsche Bank has been named

as defendant in numerous civil litigations brought by private parties in connection with its various roles, including issuer

or underwriter, in offerings of residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) and other asset-backed securities. These

cases, described below, allege that the offering documents contained material misrepresentations and omissions,

including with regard to the underwriting standards pursuant to which the underlying mortgage loans were issued, or

assert that various representations or warranties relating to the loans were breached at the time of origination. The Group

has recorded provisions with respect to several of these civil cases, but has not recorded provisions with respect to all of

these matters. The Group has not disclosed the amount of these provisions because it has concluded that such

disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously the resolution of these matters.

Deutsche Bank is a defendant in an action related to RMBS offerings brought by the FDIC as receiver for Citizens

National Bank and Strategic Capital Bank (alleging an unspecified amount in damages against all defendants). In this

action, the appellate court reinstated claims previously dismissed on statute of limitations grounds, and petitions for

rehearing and certiorari to the U.S. Supreme Court were denied. In May 2022, the FDIC voluntarily dismissed its claim

with respect to one of the RMBS offerings and Deutsche Bank filed a motion for summary judgment seeking dismissal of

the remaining claim. On February 9, 2026, the court granted Deutsche Bank’s motion for summary judgment and

dismissed the remaining claim in its entirety. Any appeal by the FDIC is due by April 13, 2026.

Deutsche Bank has resolved cases concerning two RMBS trusts that were brought initially by RMBS investors and

subsequently by HSBC, as trustee, in New York state court. The cases allege breaches of Deutsche Bank’s purported duty

to notify the trustee of breaches of loan-level representations and warranties in the ACE Securities Corp. 2006-FM1 and

ACE Securities Corp. 2007-ASAP1 RMBS offerings, respectively. Settlements were finalized and the cases were

voluntarily discontinued with prejudice in December 2025.

In the actions against Deutsche Bank solely as an underwriter of other issuers’ RMBS offerings, Deutsche Bank has

contractual rights to indemnification from the issuers, but those indemnity rights may in whole or in part prove

effectively unenforceable where the issuers are now or may in the future be in bankruptcy or otherwise defunct.

Trustee Civil Litigation. Deutsche Bank’s U.S. subsidiaries Deutsche Bank National Trust Company (DBNTC) and DBTCA

(collectively, the “Trustees”) are defendants in two separate civil lawsuits, and DBNTC is a defendant in a third civil

lawsuit, brought by investors concerning the Trustees’ role as trustees of certain RMBS trusts. The actions generally

allege claims for breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of the duty to avoid conflicts of interest, negligence

and/or violations of the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, based on the Trustees’ alleged failure to perform adequately

certain obligations and/or duties as trustee for the trusts.

The three lawsuits include actions by (i) the National Credit Union Administration Board (NCUA), as an investor in

18 trusts that allegedly suffered total realized collateral losses of more than U.S.$ 3.7 billion; (ii) Commerzbank AG, as an

investor in 50 RMBS trusts, alleging hundreds of millions of dollars in losses; and (iii) IKB International, S.A. in liquidation

and IKB Deutsche Industriebank A.G. (collectively, “IKB”), as an investor in 12 RMBS trusts, in which IKB originally sought

more than U.S.$ 268 million of damages before IKB voluntarily discontinued its claims as to certain additional RMBS

trusts and certificates. In the NCUA case, following motions to dismiss and for summary judgment, the court has

dismissed NCUA’s tort claims as to all trusts and its breach-of-contract claims as to certain trusts. In the Commerzbank

case, following motions to dismiss and for summary judgment, the court has dismissed Commerzbank’s tort claims as to

all trusts and its breach of contract claims relating to certain of the trusts. A second round of summary judgment briefing

is pending before the court and the case has been stayed. In the IKB case, following motions to dismiss (including

appellate review) and for summary judgment, the court has dismissed IKB’s tort claims as to all trusts and its breach of

contract claims as to certain trusts. All parties have filed notices of appeal with respect to the court’s summary judgment

order and the case has been stayed pending resolution of the appeals.

The Group has established provisions or contingent liabilities with respect to certain of these matters, but the Group has

not disclosed the amounts because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously the

outcome of these matters.

1MDB. In 2021, 1Malaysia Development Berhad (1MDB) commenced proceedings at the Malaysian Courts against

Deutsche Bank Malaysia Berhad (DBMB) with respect to three wire transfers carried out by DBMB on 1MDB’s behalf in

2009 and 2011. 1MDB claims damages in the amount of U.S.$ 1.1 billion (representing the total amount of the

transactions) excluding interest claimed from the date of those wire transfers, which could be significant due to the long

duration since those transactions. At a hearing on July 11, 2025, the Court declined DBMB’s application for summary

dismissal on time-bar grounds, ruling that the issue requires a full trial which is currently scheduled for October and

December 2026. The Group has not disclosed whether it has established a provision or contingent liability with respect

to this matter because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously the outcome of this

matter.

525

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 27 – Provisions

Polish Mortgage Matters. Starting in 2016, certain clients of Deutsche Bank Polska S.A. have reached out to Deutsche

Bank Polska S.A. alleging that their mortgage loan agreements in foreign currency include unfair clauses and are invalid.

These clients have demanded reimbursement of the alleged overpayments under such agreements totaling over

€ 1.1 billion with over 8,791 civil claims having been commenced in Polish courts as of December 31, 2025. These cases

are an industry-wide issue in Poland and other banks are facing similar claims. Deutsche Bank Polska S.A. has and will

take necessary legal actions to defend itself and challenge such claims in courts.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the total portfolio provision for CHF and EUR mortgage cases was € 736 million

compared to € 895 million as of December 31, 2024, as a result of € 88 million of additional provisions being more than

offset by decreases reflecting payouts under court rulings and settlements with claimants.

Postbank Voluntary Public Takeover Offer. In September 2010, Deutsche Bank announced the decision to make a

voluntary takeover offer for the acquisition of all shares in Deutsche Postbank AG ("Postbank"). On October 7, 2010,

Deutsche Bank published its official takeover offer and offered Postbank shareholders a consideration of € 25 for each

Postbank share. This offer was accepted for a total of approximately 48.2 million Postbank shares.

Several former shareholders of Postbank who had accepted the takeover offer brought claims against Deutsche Bank

alleging that the offer price was too low. The plaintiffs allege that Deutsche Bank had been obliged to make a mandatory

takeover offer for all shares in Postbank, at the latest, in 2009. Based thereon, the plaintiffs allege that the consideration

offered by Deutsche Bank for the shares in Postbank needed to be raised to € 57.25 per share. Some plaintiffs filed

claims based on allegedly appropriate consideration of € 64.25 per share.

The claims for payment against Deutsche Bank in relation to these matters originally amounted to almost € 700 million

(excluding interest, which was significant due to the long duration of the proceedings).

At the end of April 2024, the Higher Regional Court of Cologne indicated in a hearing that it may find these claims valid

in a later ruling. As a consequence, Deutsche Bank recognized a provision of € 1.3 billion in the second quarter of 2024 to

provide for the amount of all pending claims and cumulative interest. In the third and fourth quarters of 2024, Deutsche

Bank reached settlements which included the settlement of one of the two lead cases.

On October 23, 2024, the Higher Regional Court of Cologne handed down its judgment in the remaining lead case and

fully granted the plaintiffs' claims. The court did not grant a further leave to appeal to the Federal Court of Justice (BGH).

On November 19, 2024, Deutsche Bank filed a complaint against the denial of leave to appeal with the BGH.

In the second quarter of 2025, Deutsche Bank concluded further settlement agreements. Including the settlement

agreements concluded in 2024, Deutsche Bank has now reached settlements with 90% of the plaintiffs’ claims by value

in the litigation (calculated based on the asserted shareholdings), which resulted in a partial release of the original

provision in second quarter 2025. As of December 31, 2025, the residual plaintiff claims of € 112 million (including

interest) are fully provisioned.

The legal question of whether Deutsche Bank had been obliged to make a mandatory takeover offer for all Postbank

shares prior to its 2010 voluntary takeover may impact two pending appraisal proceedings (Spruchverfahren). These

proceedings were initiated by former Postbank shareholders with the aim to increase the cash compensation of € 35.05

paid in connection with the squeeze-out of Postbank shareholders in 2015 and the cash compensation of € 25.18 offered

and annual compensation of € 1.66 paid in connection with the execution of a domination and profit and loss transfer

agreement (Beherrschungs- und Gewinnabführungsvertrag) between DB Finanz-Holding AG (now DB Beteiligungs-

Holding GmbH) and Postbank in 2012. The compensation of € 25.18 in connection with the domination and profit and

loss transfer agreement was accepted for approximately 0.5 million Postbank shares. The compensation of € 35.05 paid

in connection with the squeeze-out in 2015 was relevant for approximately 7 million Postbank shares.

The applicants in the appraisal proceedings claim that a potential obligation of Deutsche Bank to make a mandatory

takeover offer for Postbank at an offer price of at least € 57.25 should be decisive when determining the adequate cash

compensation in the appraisal proceedings. The Regional Court Cologne had originally followed this legal view of the

applicants in two resolutions. In a decision dated June 2019, the Regional Court Cologne expressly rejected this legal

view in the appraisal proceedings in connection with the execution of a domination and profit and loss transfer

agreement. According to this decision, the question whether Deutsche Bank was obliged to make a mandatory offer for

all Postbank shares prior to its voluntary takeover offer in 2010 shall not be relevant for determining the appropriate cash

compensation. The bank expects that the Regional Court Cologne will take the same legal position in the appraisal

proceedings in connection with the squeeze-out.

526

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 27 – Provisions

On October 1, 2020, the Regional Court Cologne handed down a decision in the appraisal proceeding concerning the

domination and profit and loss transfer agreement (dated December 5, 2012) according to which the annual

compensation pursuant to Sec. 304 of the German Stock Corporation Act (jährliche Ausgleichszahlung) shall be

increased by € 0.12 to € 1.78 per Postbank share and the settlement amount pursuant to Sec. 305 of the German Stock

Corporation Act (Abfindungsbetrag) shall be increased by € 4.56 to € 29.74 per Postbank share. The increase of the

settlement amount is of relevance for approximately 0.5 million former Postbank shares whereas the increase of the

annual compensation is of relevance for approximately 7 million former Postbank shares. Deutsche Bank as well as the

applicants have lodged an appeal against this decision. On December 11, 2025, the Higher Regional Court Düsseldorf

(HRC) issued an indicative order (“Hinweisbeschluss”) in the appraisal proceedings regarding the domination and profit

and loss transfer agreement concluded in 2012. The HRC rejected the argument of the applicants that the initially paid

compensation of € 25.18 per share should be increased to the allegedly appropriate offer price under the 2010 takeover

offer (of at least € 57.25 per share). Additionally, the HRC indicated to request a further expert report on specific

valuation aspects and made a settlement proposal which is lower than the compensation fixed by the Regional Court

Cologne ruling (proposed compensation of € 28.00 instead of € 29.74 per share ruled by the Regional Court Cologne). In

January 2026, the bank stated its consent to the settlement proposal of the HRC, however, not all applicants consented

as required to reach a settlement ending the appraisal proceeding. Therefore, the HRC resolved on the appointment of a

new independent expert on February 4, 2026. The expert has been asked to provide a supplementary opinion on the

remaining valuation aspects identified by the HRC. The HRC further instructed the expert to prepare a revised

calculation of the appropriate annual compensation on the basis of the supplementary valuation opinion.

The Group has not disclosed whether it has established a provision or contingent liability with respect to the appraisal

proceedings because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously its outcome.

RusChemAlliance Litigation. In June 2023, RusChemAlliance LLC ("RCA"), a Russian joint venture of Gazprom PJSC and

RusGasDobycha JSC, filed a claim against Deutsche Bank before a commercial state court in Saint Petersburg seeking

payment of approximately € 238 million plus interest under an advance payment guarantee ("APG") issued by Deutsche

Bank in 2021 at the request of one of its clients. RCA’s payment demand under the APG was rejected by Deutsche Bank

due to the imposition of EU sanctions against Russia. At the end of May 2024, the Russian court fully granted RCA's

payment claim and RCA's motion for interim measures by which a corresponding amount in Deutsche Bank's Russian

subsidiary was frozen as the Russian courts do not recognize the applicability of the EU sanctions. Deutsche Bank’s

appeals against this decision were dismissed in September 2024 and January 2025, respectively.

In October 2024, upon application by RCA, the Russian court granted an anti-suit injunction (“ASI”) order against

Deutsche Bank prohibiting Deutsche Bank from continuing any court proceedings outside of Russia related to this issue

or enforcing any judgments or orders granted by a court outside of Russia under a threat of a court penalty of

€ 240 million in case of non-compliance with the ASI. Deutsche Bank complied with the ASI order in November 2024.

Deutsche Bank’s appeal against the ASI order was dismissed in January 2025. A further appeal filed with the Russian

Supreme Court was dismissed as well.

Deutsche Bank initially recognized a provision in the amount of € 260 million and a corresponding reimbursement asset

under an indemnification agreement in 2023. The provision was thus offset by the reimbursement asset. In November

2024, RCA enforced its payment claim in an amount of € 244 million including interest payable against assets of

Deutsche Bank maintained in Russia. After enforcement by RCA, which was covered by the provision, subsequent

developments led to a de-recognition of the indemnification asset. Deutsche Bank is still of the opinion that it possesses

a valid indemnification claim and is defending its position in court.

527

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 27 – Provisions

Sovereign, Supranational and Agency Bonds (SSA) Investigations and Litigations. Deutsche Bank has received inquiries

from certain regulatory and law enforcement authorities, including requests for information and documents, pertaining

to SSA bond trading. Deutsche Bank cooperated with those investigations.

Deutsche Bank and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., the bank’s primary U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary (DBSI), were named as

defendants in a putative class action filed in June 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York by

alleged direct market participants claiming a violation of U.S. antitrust law related to alleged manipulation of the

secondary trading market for United Kingdom government bonds. The complaint seeks treble damages and attorneys’

fees. In September 2024, the Court granted Deutsche Bank’s and DBSI’s motion to dismiss the complaint for failure to

state a claim. In July 2025, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, which added two additional named plaintiffs and

included claims by alleged purchasers of United Kingdom government bond futures or futures contract options.

Deutsche Bank and DBSI filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint on September 9, 2025, which is now pending

a decision by the Court.

Deutsche Bank was named as a defendant in a consolidated putative class action filed in the U.S. District Court for the

Southern District of New York alleging violations of U.S. antitrust law and a claim for unjust enrichment relating to

Mexican government bond trading. Defendants’ motion to dismiss plaintiffs’ consolidated amended complaint was

granted without prejudice. Plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint naming only Mexico-based defendants, which

was also dismissed without prejudice. Plaintiffs appealed to the Second Circuit, and in February 2024, the dismissal of

the complaint was reversed. Plaintiffs filed a further amended complaint in June 2024. Defendants filed a motion to

dismiss in July 2024, which the Court denied in January 2025. The case is now in discovery.

The Group has not disclosed whether it has established provisions or contingent liabilities with respect to the matters

referred to above because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously their outcome.

U.S. Treasury Spoofing Litigation. Five separate putative class actions have been filed in the Northern District of Illinois

against Deutsche Bank AG and DBSI. The cases allege that Deutsche Bank and other unnamed entities participated in a

scheme from January to December 2013 to spoof the market for Treasuries futures and options contracts and Eurodollar

futures and options contracts. Following briefing on a motion to dismiss, the judge ordered supplemental briefing on the

issues of standing and jurisdictional discovery, which has now been substantially completed. Plaintiffs filed an amended

complaint and then a further, second amended complaint. Deutsche Bank AG and DBSI filed a motion to dismiss in

September 2023 and a reply in December 2023. In September 2024, the court requested additional briefing on standing

under Article III of the U.S. Constitution, which was completed in October 2024.

The Group has not disclosed whether it has established a provision or contingent liability with respect to these matters

because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously their outcome.

Other

Irrevocable Payment Commitments with regard to levies and deposit protection. Certain entities of the Group are

required to make contributions to national resolution authorities or deposit protection schemes such as the European

Single Resolution Fund (SRF) administered by the Single Resolution Board. Part of such contributions may be provided in

the form of irrevocable payment commitments (IPCs) backed by cash and securities collateral. The Group remains the

economic owner of the collateral provided.

IPCs related to the bank levy according to the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD), the SRF and the deposit

protection provided by the German deposit protection fund amounted to € 1.5 billion as of December 31, 2025

(December 31, 2024: € 1.5 billion). Thereof € 1.0 billion of IPCs related to the SRF (December 31, 2024: € 1.0 billion) and

€ 0.5 billion to the German deposit protection fund (December 31, 2024: € 0.5 billion).

As of December 31, 2025, the total collateral provided for IPC consisted of € 1.0 billion of cash collateral, which is

presented in Other Assets, and € 524 million of securities collateral (December 31, 2024: € 1.0 billion and € 481 million,

respectively). Thereof € 1.0 billion of cash collateral related to the SRF (December 31, 2024: € 1.0 billion).

The Group has analyzed the impact of a judgment of the Court of Justice of the EU on the treatment of IPCs related to

the SRF in November 2025 in a matter unrelated to the Group and concluded that it is immaterial to the Group’s financial

statements with respect to all schemes for which IPCs are provided. This is based on the expected timing of potential

payments (i.e., if the respective entities of the Group were to give up their banking license or if the IPCs would be

exercised) and related discount rates.

528

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 28 – Credit related commitments and contingent liabilities

28 — Credit related commitments and contingent liabilities

Irrevocable lending commitments and lending related contingent liabilities

In the normal course of business, the Group regularly enters into irrevocable lending commitments, including fronting

commitments as well as contingent liabilities consisting of financial and performance guarantees, standby letters of

credit and indemnity agreements on behalf of its customers. Under these contracts the Group is required to perform

under an obligation agreement or to make payments to the beneficiary based on third party’s failure to meet its

obligations. For these instruments it is not known to the Group in detail if, when and to what extent claims will be made.

In the event that the Group has to pay out cash in respect of its fronting commitments, the Group would immediately

seek reimbursement from the other syndicate lenders. The Group considers all the above instruments in monitoring the

credit exposure and may require collateral to mitigate inherent credit risk. If credit risk management provides sufficient

evidence about an expected loss from a claim, a provision is established and recorded on the balance sheet.

The following table shows the Group’s revocable lending commitments, irrevocable lending commitments and lending

related contingent liabilities without considering collateral or provisions recognized in the balance sheet. The amounts

are the maximum potential utilization required by the Group in case all these liabilities entered into must be funded. The

table therefore does not show the expected future cash flows required for these liabilities as many of them will expire

without being drawn and arising claims will be honored by the customers or can be recovered from proceeds of arranged

collateral.

Irrevocable lending commitments and lending related contingent liabilities

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Irrevocable lending commitments 217,949 219,767
Revocable lending commitments 56,356 49,932
Contingent liabilities 79,092 73,468
Total 353,397 343,167

Other commitments and other contingent liabilities

The Group’s other irrevocable commitments and other contingent liabilities without considering collateral or provisions

were € 73 million as of December 31, 2025, and € 77 million as of December 31, 2024. The number considers the

maximum potential utilization of the Group in case all these liabilities entered into must be funded. The amounts

therefore do not contain the expected future cash flows from these liabilities as many of them will expire without being

drawn and arising claims will be honored by the customers or can be recovered from proceeds of arranged collateral.

Government assistance

In the course of its business, the Group regularly applies for and receives government support by means of Export Credit

Agency (ECA) guarantees covering transfer and default risks for the financing of exports and investments into Emerging

Markets and to a lesser extent, developed markets for Structured Trade & Export Finance and short and medium-term

Trade Finance business. Almost all export-oriented states have established such ECAs to support their domestic

exporters. The ECAs act in the name and on behalf of the government of their respective country and are either

constituted directly as governmental departments or organized as private companies vested with the official mandate of

the government to act on its behalf. Terms and conditions of such ECA guarantees are broadly similar due to the fact

that most of the ECAs act within the scope of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD)

consensus rules. The OECD consensus rules, an inter-governmental agreement of the OECD member states, define

benchmarks intended to ensure that a fair competition between different exporting nations will take place.

In some countries dedicated funding programs with governmental support are offered for ECA-covered financings. The

Group makes use of such programs to assist its clients in the financing of exported goods and services. In certain

financings, the Group also receives government guarantees from national and international governmental institutions as

collateral to support financings in the interest of the respective governments. The majority of such ECA guarantees

received by the Group were issued either by the Euler-Hermes S.A. acting on behalf of the Federal Republic of Germany,

by the Atradius Credito y Caucion S.A. de Seguros y Reaseguros acting on behalf of the Kingdom of Spain or by the Korea

Trade Insurance Corporation acting on behalf of the Republic of Korea.

529

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 30 — Long-Term Debt and Trust Preferred Securities

29 — Other Short-Term Borrowings

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Other short-term borrowings:
Commercial paper 13,211 5,954
Other 4,993 3,940
Total other short-term borrowings 18,204 9,895

30 — Long-Term Debt and Trust Preferred Securities

Long-Term Debt by Earliest Contractual Maturity

in € m. Due in 2026 Due in 2027 Due in 2028 Due in 2029 Due in 2030 Due after<br><br>2030 Total Dec 31,<br><br>2025 Total Dec 31,<br><br>2024
Senior debt:
Bonds and notes:
Fixed rate 14,050 12,269 13,269 10,368 8,854 9,109 67,920 71,414
Floating rate 2,508 2,817 517 1,050 1,918 3,471 12,281 11,196
Other 3,550 2,369 2,220 1,845 1,152 15,120 26,256 20,578
Subordinated debt:
Bonds and notes:
Fixed rate 2,024 2,363 424 3,401 8,212 11,626
Floating rate
Other 42 20 23 85 85
Total long-term debt 22,175 19,839 16,006 13,263 12,371 31,101 114,754 114,899

The Group did not have any defaults of principal, interest or other breaches with respect to its liabilities in 2025 and

2024.

Trust Preferred Securities1

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Fixed rate
Floating rate 283 287
Total trust preferred securities 283 287

1Perpetual instruments, redeemable at specific future dates at the Group’s option

530

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 31 – Maturity Analysis of the earliest contractual undiscounted cash flows of Financial Liabilities

31 — Maturity Analysis of the earliest contractual undiscounted

cash flows of Financial Liabilities

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. On demand Due within<br><br>3 months Due between<br><br>3 and 12<br><br>months Due between<br><br>1 and 5 years Due after<br><br>5 years
Noninterest bearing deposits 171,541
Interest bearing deposits 245,183 148,888 117,503 14,882 11,777
Trading liabilities¹ 42,879
Negative market values from derivative financial<br><br>instruments¹ 225,775
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit<br><br>or loss 30,752 45,626 11,122 15,674 12,403
Investment contract liabilities² 469
Negative market values from derivative financial<br><br>instruments qualifying for hedge accounting³ 72 24 69 57
Central bank funds purchased 1,967
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 470 767 584 601 109
Securities loaned 2
Other short-term borrowings 6,416 3,882 8,197
Long-term debt 1 12,456 14,408 70,203 33,230
Trust preferred securities 299
Lease liabilities 122 147 430 1,814 2,632
Other financial liabilities 116,713 3,554 556 699 46
Off-balance sheet loan commitments 211,367
Financial guarantees 35,949
Total⁴ 1,089,137 215,391 153,593 103,942 60,254

1Trading liabilities and derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting balances are recorded at fair value. The Group believes that this best represents the cash flow that

would have to be paid if these positions had to be closed out. Trading liabilities and derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting balances are shown within “on

demand” which Group’s management believes most accurately reflects the short-term nature of trading activities. The contractual maturity of the instruments may

however extend over significantly longer periods

2These are investment contracts where the policy terms and conditions result in their redemption value equaling fair value

3Derivatives designated for hedge accounting are recorded at fair value and are shown in the time bucket at which the hedged relationship is expected to terminate

4The balances in the table do not agree to the numbers in the Group’s balance sheet as the cash flows included in the table are undiscounted. This analysis represents the

worst case scenario for the Group if the Group was required to repay all liabilities earlier than expected. The Group believes that the likelihood of such an event occurring

is remote.

531

Deutsche Bank Notes to the consolidated balance sheet
Annual Report 2025 31 – Maturity Analysis of the earliest contractual undiscounted cash flows of Financial Liabilities
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. On demand Due within<br><br>3 months Due between<br><br>3 and 12<br><br>months Due between<br><br>1 and 5 years Due after<br><br>5 years
Noninterest bearing deposits 176,510
Interest bearing deposits 198,010 159,292 112,543 16,012 10,422
Trading liabilities¹ 43,498
Negative market values from derivative financial<br><br>instruments¹ 276,395
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit<br><br>or loss 30,224 35,024 5,943 13,767 8,373
Investment contract liabilities² 454
Negative market values from derivative financial<br><br>instruments qualifying for hedge accounting³ 978 616 31 65
Central bank funds purchased 1,227
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 407 1,143 182 1,089 25
Securities loaned 2
Other short-term borrowings 1,487 5,767 2,862
Long-term debt 7,119 18,030 70,602 36,195
Trust preferred securities 302
Lease liabilities 3 157 454 1,933 3,116
Other financial liabilities 72,780 1,076 1,059 1,829 87
Off-balance sheet loan commitments 212,990
Financial guarantees 32,368
Total⁴ 1,045,902 210,557 142,445 105,263 58,284

1Trading liabilities and derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting balances are recorded at fair value. The Group believes that this best represents the cash flow that

would have to be paid if these positions had to be closed out. Trading liabilities and derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting balances are shown within “on

demand” which Group’s management believes most accurately reflects the short-term nature of trading activities. The contractual maturity of the instruments may

however extend over significantly longer periods

2These are investment contracts where the policy terms and conditions result in their redemption value equaling fair value

3Derivatives designated for hedge accounting are recorded at fair value and are shown in the time bucket at which the hedged relationship is expected to terminate

4The balances in the table do not agree to the numbers in the Group’s balance sheet as the cash flows included in the table are undiscounted. This analysis represents the

worst case scenario for the Group if the Group was required to repay all liabilities earlier than expected. The Group believes that the likelihood of such an event occurring

is remote.

532

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 32 – Common Shares

Additional Notes

32 — Common Shares

Common Shares

Deutsche Bank’s share capital consists of common shares issued in registered form without par value. Under German law,

each share represents an equal stake in the subscribed capital. Therefore, each share has a nominal value of € 2.56,

derived by dividing the total amount of share capital by the number of shares.

Number of shares Issued and<br><br>fully paid Treasury shares Outstanding
Common shares, January 1, 2024 2,040,242,959 (48,195,109) 1,992,047,850
Shares issued under share-based compensation plans
Capital increase
Common shares cancelled (45,541,366) 45,541,366
Shares purchased for treasury (86,796,707) (86,796,707)
Shares sold or distributed from treasury 39,874,612 39,874,612
Common shares, December 31, 2024 1,994,701,593 (49,575,838) 1,945,125,755
Shares issued under share-based compensation plans
Capital increase
Common shares cancelled (84,122,616) 84,122,616
Shares purchased for treasury (76,926,379) (76,926,379)
Shares sold or distributed from treasury 34,673,888 34,673,888
Common shares, December 31, 2025 1,910,578,977 (7,705,713) 1,902,873,264

There are no issued ordinary shares that have not been fully paid.

The Group has bought back shares pursuant to share buyback authorizations by the Annual General Meetings. All such

transactions were recorded in shareholders’ equity and no revenues and expenses were recorded in connection with

these activities. Treasury stock held as of year-end will mainly be used for cancellation with the purpose of distributing

capital to shareholders as well as for future share-based compensation.

Authorized Capital

The Management Board is authorized to increase the share capital by issuing new shares for cash consideration. As of

December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank AG had authorized but unissued capital of € 2,493,000,000 which may be issued in

whole or in part until April 30, 2030. Further details are governed by Section 4 of the Articles of Association.

Authorized capital Consideration Pre-emptive rights Expiration date
€ 498,000,000 Cash May be excluded pursuant to Section 186 (3) sentence 4 of the Stock Corporation Act<br><br>and may be excluded in so far as it is necessary to grant pre-emptive rights to the<br><br>holders of option rights, convertible bonds, and convertible participatory rights April 30, 2030
€ 1,995,000,000 Cash May be excluded in so far as it is necessary to grant pre-emptive rights to the holders of<br><br>option rights, convertible bonds, and convertible participatory rights. April 30, 2030

Conditional Capital

Deutsche Bank has no outstanding conditional capital as of December 31, 2025.

Dividends

The following table presents the amount of dividends proposed or declared for the years ended December 31, 2025,

2024 and 2023, respectively.

2025 (proposed) 2024 2023
Cash dividends declared (in € ) 1,902,873,264 1,314,856,308 882,615,288
Cash dividends declared per common share (in € ) 1.00 0.68 0.45

No dividends have been declared since the balance sheet date.

533

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

33 — Employee Benefits

Share-Based Compensation Plans

The Group made grants of share-based compensation under the Deutsche Bank Equity Plan. This plan represents a

contingent right to receive Deutsche Bank common shares after a specified period of time. The award recipient is not

entitled to receive dividends during the vesting period of the award.

The share awards granted under the terms and conditions of the Deutsche Bank Equity Plan may be forfeited fully or

partly if the recipient voluntarily terminates employment before the end of the relevant vesting period (or release period

for Upfront Awards). Vesting usually continues after termination of employment in cases such as redundancy or

retirement. Deferred share awards are subject to forfeiture provisions and performance conditions until release.

In countries where legal or other restrictions hinder the delivery of shares, a cash plan variant of the Deutsche Bank

Equity Plan was used for granting awards, and for employees of certain legal entities, deferred equity is replaced with

restricted shares due to local regulatory requirements.

Please note that this table does not cover awards granted to the Management Board. For awards granted under the DWS

Equity Plan, please refer to the DWS Share-Based Compensation Plans section.

534

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

The following table sets forth the basic terms of these share plans:

Grant year(s) Deutsche Bank Equity Plan Vesting schedule Eligibility
2022-20254 Annual Award 1/4: 12 months1 Select employees as
1/4: 24 months1 annual performance-based
1/4: 36 months1 compensation
1/4: 48 months1 (CB/IB/CRU and InstVV MRTs)
Annual Award 1/3: 12 months1 Select employees as
1/3: 24 months1 annual performance-based
1/3: 36 months1 compensation (non-CB/IB/CRU)
Annual Award 1/5: 12 months1 Select employees as
1/5: 24 months1 annual performance-based
1/5: 36 months1 compensation (Senior Management)
1/5: 48 months1
1/5: 60 months1
Retention/New Hire Individual specification Select employees to attract and retain the best talent
Severance Individual specification Regulatory requirement for certain employees to defer<br><br>severance payments
Annual Award – Upfront Vesting immediately at grant3 Selected employees
2019-20214 Annual Award 1/4: 12 months1 Select employees as
1/4: 24 months1 annual performance-based
1/4: 36 months1 compensation
1/4: 48 months1 (CB/IB/CRU and InstVV MRTs in a Material Business<br><br>Unit)2
Annual Award 1/3: 12 months1 Select employees as
1/3: 24 months1 annual performance-based
1/3: 36 months1 compensation (non-CB/IB/CRU)2
Annual Award 1/5: 12 months1 Select employees as
1/5: 24 months1 annual performance-based
1/5: 36 months1 compensation (Senior Management)
1/5: 48 months1
1/5: 60 months1
Retention/New Hire/Off-Cycle5 Individual specification Select employees to attract and retain the best talent
Severance Individual specification Regulatory requirement for certain employees to defer<br><br>severance payments
Annual Award – Upfront Vesting immediately at grant3 Regulated employees

1For InstVV-regulated employees (and Senior Management) a further retention period of twelve months applies

2For grant year 2019 divisions were called CIB, for grant years 2020 and 2021 CIB is split into CB/IB/CRU

3Share delivery takes place after a further retention period of twelve months

4Annual and Retention/New Hire awards include grants made under the Restricted Share Plan from 2019-2025

5Off-Cycle awards granted up to 2020

Furthermore, the Group offers a broad-based employee share ownership plan entitled Global Share Purchase Plan. The

Global Share Purchase Plan offers employees in specific countries the opportunity to purchase Deutsche Bank shares in

monthly installments over one year. At the end of the purchase cycle, the Group matches the acquired stock in a ratio of

one to one up to a maximum of ten free shares, provided that the employee remains at Deutsche Bank Group for another

year. In total, 12,775 staff from 21 countries enrolled in the cycle that began in November 2025.

The Group has other local share-based compensation plans, none of which, individually or in the aggregate, are material

to the consolidated financial statements.

535

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

The following table sets out the movements in share award units, including grants under the cash plan variant of the

Deutsche Bank Equity Plan.

Share units (in thousands) 2025 2024
Balance outstanding as of January 01 116,589 128,628
Granted 33,457 41,167
Released (44,091) (50,015)
Forfeited (2,844) (3,491)
Other movements 78 300
Balance outstanding as of December 31 103,189 116,589

The following table sets out key information regarding awards granted, released and remaining in the year.

2025 2024
Weighted<br><br>average fair<br><br>value per award<br><br>granted in year Weighted<br><br>average share<br><br>price at release<br><br>in year Weighted<br><br>average<br><br>remaining<br><br>contractual life<br><br>in years Weighted<br><br>average fair<br><br>value per award<br><br>granted in year Weighted<br><br>average share<br><br>price at release<br><br>in year Weighted<br><br>average<br><br>remaining<br><br>contractual life<br><br>in years
DB Equity Plan € 17.47 € 21.77 1.35 10.3 12.92 1.4

Share-based payment transactions resulting in a cash payment give rise to a liability, which amounted to approximately

€ 20 million and € 14 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The grant volume of outstanding share awards was approximately € 1.1 billion and € 1.0 billion as of December 31, 2025

and 2024, respectively. Thereof, approximately € 0.8 billion and € 0.8 billion had been recognized as compensation

expense in the reporting year or prior to that. Hence, compensation expense for deferred share-based compensation not

yet recognized amounted to approximately € 0.3 billion and € 0.2 billion as of December 31, 2025 and 2024,

respectively.

DWS Share-Based Compensation Plans

The DWS Group made grants of share-based compensation under the DWS Equity Plan. This plan represents a

contingent right to receive a cash payment by reference to the value of DWS shares during a specified time period.

In September 2018 one-off Initial Public Offering (IPO) related awards under the DWS Stock Appreciation Rights (SAR)

Plan were granted to all DWS employees. A limited number of DWS senior managers were granted a one-off IPO-related

Performance Share Unit under the DWS Equity Plan instead. For members of the Executive Board, one-off IPO-related

awards under the DWS Equity Plan were granted in January 2019.

The DWS Stock Appreciation Rights Plan represents a contingent right to receive a cash payment equal to any

appreciation (or gain) in the value of a set number of notional DWS shares over a fixed period of time. This award does not

provide any entitlement to receive DWS shares, voting rights or associated dividends.

The DWS Equity Plan is a phantom share plan representing a contingent right to receive a cash payment by reference to

the value of DWS shares during a specified period of time.

The award recipient for any share-based compensation plan is not entitled to receive dividends during the vesting period

of the award.

The share awards granted under the terms and conditions of any share-based compensation plan are forfeited fully or

partly if the recipient voluntarily terminates employment before the end of the relevant vesting period (or the end of the

retention period for Upfront Awards). Vesting usually continues after termination of employment in cases such as

redundancy or retirement.

536

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

The following table sets forth the basic terms of the DWS share-based plans:

Grant year(s) Deutsche Bank Equity Plan Vesting schedule Eligibility
2024-2025 Annual Awards 1/3: 12 months1 Select employees as annual
1/3: 24 months1 performance-based
1/3: 36 months1 compensation
Annual Awards (Senior<br><br>Management) 1/5: 12 months1 Members of the Executive Board
1/5: 24 months1
1/5: 36 months1
1/5: 48 months1
1/5: 60 months1
Annual Award - Upfront Vesting immediately at grant1 Regulated employees
Retention/New Hire Individual specification Select employees to attract and retain the best<br><br>talent
2023 Annual Awards 1/4: 12 months1 Select employees as annual
1/4: 24 months1 performance-based
1/4: 36 months1 compensation (InstVV MRTs)
1/4: 48 months1
Annual Awards 1/3: 12 months1 Select employees as annual
1/3: 24 months1 performance-based
1/3: 36 months1 compensation (non-InstVV MRTs)
Annual Awards (Senior<br><br>Management) 1/5: 12 months1 Members of the Executive Board
1/5: 24 months1
1/5: 36 months1
1/5: 48 months1
1/5: 60 months1
Retention/New Hire Individual specification Select employees to attract and retain the best<br><br>talent
Severance Individual specification Regulatory requirement for certain employees to<br><br>defer severance payments
2022 Annual Awards 1/4: 12 months1 Select employees as annual
1/4: 24 months1 performance-based
1/4: 36 months1 compensation (InstVV MRTs)
1/4: 48 months1
Annual Awards 1/3: 12 months1 Select employees as annual
1/3: 24 months1 performance-based
1/3: 36 months1 compensation (non-InstVV MRTs)
Annual Awards (Senior<br><br>Management) 1/5: 12 months1 Members of the Executive Board
1/5: 24 months1
1/5: 36 months1
1/5: 48 months1
1/5: 60 months1
Retention/New Hire Individual specification Select employees to attract and retain the best<br><br>talent
Severance Individual specification Regulatory requirement for certain employees to<br><br>defer severance payments
2021 Annual Awards 1/4: 12 months1 Select employees as annual
1/4: 24 months1 performance-based
1/4: 36 months1 compensation (InstVV MRTs)
1/4: 48 months1
Annual Awards 1/3: 12 months1 Select employees as annual
1/3: 24 months1 performance-based
1/3: 36 months1 compensation (non-InstVV MRTs)
Annual Awards (Senior<br><br>Management) 1/5: 12 months1 Members of the Executive Board
1/5: 24 months1
1/5: 36 months1
1/5: 48 months1
1/5: 60 months1
Retention/New Hire Individual specification Select employees to attract and retain the best<br><br>talent

537

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits
Grant year(s) Deutsche Bank Equity Plan Vesting schedule Eligibility
--- --- --- ---
2020 Annual Awards (Senior<br><br>Management) 1/5: 12 months1 Members of the Executive Board
1/5: 24 months1
1/5: 36 months1
1/5: 48 months1
1/5: 60 months1
Severance Individual specification Regulatory requirement for certain employees to<br><br>defer severance payments
2019 Annual Awards (Senior<br><br>Management) 1/5: 12 months1 Members of the Executive Board
1/5: 24 months1
1/5: 36 months1
1/5: 48 months1
1/5: 60 months1
Performance Share Unit Award 1/3: March 20221 Members of the Executive Board
(one-off IPO related award<br><br>granted in 2019) 1/3: March 20231
1/3: March 20241
2018 Performance Share Unit Award 1/3: March 20221 Select Senior Managers
(one-off IPO related award )1 1/3: March 20231
1/3: March 20241
SAR Award (one-off IPO related<br><br>award) For non-MRTs:<br><br>1 June 20213 all DWS employees2
For MRTs:<br><br>1 March 20231,3

1 Depending on their individual regulatory status, a six month retention period (AIFMD/UCITS MRTs) or a twelve month retention period (InstVV, and/or IFD MRTs starting

from 2023) applies after vesting

2 Unless the employee received Performance Share Unit Award

3 For outstanding awards, a 4-year exercise period applies following vesting/retention period

The following table sets out the movements in share award units.

DWS Equity Plan DWS SAR Plan
2025 2024 2025 2024
Share units (in thousands) Number of<br><br>Awards Number of<br><br>Awards Number of<br><br>Awards Weighted-<br><br>average exercise<br><br>price Number of<br><br>Awards Weighted-<br><br>average exercise<br><br>price
Outstanding at beginning of year 2,017 2,377 367 €22.33 735 €24.65
Granted 699 938 0 35 22.33
Issued or Exercised (1,007) (1,342) (305) €22.33 (369) €24.35
Forfeited (29) (41)
Expired (38) €22.33 (18) €23.40
Other Movements 46 86 €22.33 (16) €22.33
Outstanding at end of year 1,726 2,017 23 €22.33 367 €22.33
Of which, exercisable 23 €22.33 367 €22.33

The following table sets out key information regarding awards granted, released and remaining in the year.

2025 2024
Weighted<br><br>average fair<br><br>value per award<br><br>granted in year Weighted<br><br>average share<br><br>price at release/<br><br>exercise in year Weighted<br><br>average<br><br>remaining<br><br>contractual life<br><br>in years Weighted<br><br>average fair<br><br>value per award<br><br>granted in year Weighted<br><br>average share<br><br>price at release/<br><br>exercise in year Weighted<br><br>average<br><br>remaining<br><br>contractual life<br><br>in years
DWS Equity Plan € 37.92 € 49.18 1.5 € 31.59 € 35.79 1.4
DWS SAR Plan 0 € 48.73 1.7 € 13.40 € 38.78 0.8

The fair value of outstanding share-based awards was approximately € 64 million and € 74 million as of December 31,

2025 and 2024, respectively. Of the awards, approximately € 48 million and € 63 million has been recognized in the

income statement up to the period ending 2025 and 2024 respectively, of which € 14 million and € 40 million as of

December 31, 2025 and 2024 relate to fully vested awards. Total unrecognized expense related to share-based plans

was approximately € 16 million and € 12 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 respectively, dependent on future

share price development.

538

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

The fair value of the DWS Stock Appreciation Rights Plan awards has been measured using the generalized Black-

Scholes model. The liabilities incurred are re-measured at the end of each reporting period until settlement. The principal

inputs being the market value on reporting date, discounted for any dividends foregone over the holding periods of the

award, and adjustment for expected and actual levels of vesting which includes estimating the number of eligible

employees leaving the Group and number of employees eligible for early retirement. The inputs used in the

measurement of the fair values at grant date and measurement date were as follows.

Measurement<br><br>date Dec 31,<br><br>2025 Measurement<br><br>date Dec 31,<br><br>2024
Units (in thousands) 23 367
Fair value €34.36 €17.72
Share price €56.50 €39.80
Exercise price €22.33 €22.33
Expected volatility (weighted-average) 33% 33%
Expected life (weighted-average) in years 1.7 0.8
Expected dividends (% of income) 65% 65%

Given there is no liquid market for implied volatility of DWS shares, the calculation of DWS share price volatility is based

on 5-year historical data for DWS and a comparable peer group.

539

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

Post-employment Benefit Plans

Nature of Plans

The Group sponsors a number of post-employment benefit plans on behalf of its employees, both defined contribution

plans and defined benefit plans. The Group’s plans are accounted for based on the nature and substance of the plan.

Generally, for defined benefit plans the value of a participant’s accrued benefit is based on each employee’s

remuneration and length of service; contributions to defined contribution plans are typically based on a percentage of

each employee’s remuneration. The rest of this note focuses predominantly on the Group’s defined benefit plans.

The Group’s defined benefit plans are primarily described on a geographical basis, reflecting differences in the nature

and risks of benefits, as well as in the respective regulatory environments. In particular, the requirements set by local

regulators can vary significantly and determine the design and financing of the benefit plans to a certain extent. Key

information is also shown based on participant status, which provides a broad indication of the maturity of the Group’s

obligations.

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. Germany U.K. U.S. Other Total
Defined benefit obligation related to
Active plan participants 2,816 210 202 699 3,927
Participants in deferred status 1,673 1,135 470 82 3,360
Participants in payment status 4,860 1,333 417 218 6,828
Total defined benefit obligation 9,349 2,678 1,089 999 14,115
Fair value of plan assets 9,632 3,505 944 1,158 15,239
Funding ratio (in %) 103% 131% 87%1 116% 108%

1U.S. Total defined benefit obligation is inclusive of the unfunded U.S. Medicare Plan € 105 million in addition to defined benefit pension plans. The U.S. defined benefit

pension funding ratio excluding Medicare is 96%

Dec 31, 2024
in € m. Germany U.K. U.S. Other Total
Defined benefit obligation related to
Active plan participants 3,084 272 229 715 4,300
Participants in deferred status 1,805 1,321 526 84 3,736
Participants in payment status 5,075 1,210 461 229 6,975
Total defined benefit obligation 9,964 2,803 1,216 1,028 15,011
Fair value of plan assets 10,237 3,678 1,050 1,141 16,106
Funding ratio (in %) 103% 131% 86%1 111% 107%

1U.S. Total defined benefit obligation is inclusive of the unfunded U.S. Medicare Plan € 120 million in addition to defined benefit pension plans. The U.S. defined benefit

pension funding ratio excluding Medicare is 96%

The majority of the Group’s defined benefit plan obligations relate to Germany, the United Kingdom and the United

States. Within the other countries, the largest obligation relates to Switzerland. In Germany and some continental

European countries, post-employment benefits are usually agreed on a collective basis with respective employee

workers councils, unions or their equivalent. The Group’s main pension plans are governed by boards of trustees,

fiduciaries or their equivalent.

Post-employment benefits can form an important part of an employee’s total remuneration. The Group’s approach is that

their design shall be attractive to employees in the respective market, but sustainable for the Group to provide over the

longer term. At the same time, the Group tries to limit its risks related to provision of such benefits. Consequently, the

Group has moved to offer defined contribution plans in many locations over recent years.

In the past the Group typically offered pension plans based on final pay prior to retirement. These types of benefits still

form a significant part of the pension obligations for participants in deferred and payment status. Currently, in Germany

and the United States, the main defined benefit pension plans for active staff are cash account type plans where the

Group credits an annual amount to individual accounts based on an employee’s current compensation. Dependent on

the plan rules, the accounts increase either at a fixed interest rate or participate in market movements of certain

underlying investments to limit the investment risk for the Group. Sometimes, particularly in Germany, there is a

guaranteed benefit amount within the plan rules, e.g. payment of at least the amounts contributed. Upon retirement,

beneficiaries may usually opt for a lump sum, a fixed number of annual installments or for conversion of the accumulated

account balance into a life annuity. This conversion is often based on market conditions and mortality assumptions at

retirement.

540

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

The Group also sponsors retirement and termination indemnity plans in several countries, as well as some post-

employment medical plans for a number of current and retired employees, mainly in the United States. The post-

employment medical plans typically pay fixed percentages of medical expenses of eligible retirees after a set deductible

has been met. In the United States, once a retiree is eligible for Medicare, the Group contributes to a Health

Reimbursement Account and the retiree is no longer eligible for the Group’s medical program. The Group’s total defined

benefit obligation for post-employment medical plans was € 126 million and 142 million on December 31, 2025 and

December 31, 2024, respectively. In combination with the benefit structure, these plans represent limited risk for the

Group, given the nature and size of the post-retirement medical plan liabilities versus the size of the Group’s balance

sheet at year end 2025.

The following amounts of expected benefit payments from the Group’s defined benefit plans include benefits

attributable to employees’ past and estimated future service and include both amounts paid from the Group’s external

pension trusts and paid directly by the Group in respect of unfunded plans.

in € m. Germany U.K. U.S. Other Total
Actual benefit payments 2025 554 109 89 72 824
Benefits expected to be paid 2026 580 131 78 72 861
Benefits expected to be paid 2027 582 139 77 72 870
Benefits expected to be paid 2028 601 148 83 70 902
Benefits expected to be paid 2029 616 160 84 72 932
Benefits expected to be paid 2030 630 165 81 70 946
Benefits expected to be paid 2031 - 2035 3,221 891 418 392 4,922
Weighted average duration of defined benefit<br><br>obligation (in years) 10 12 9 9 10

Multi-employer Plans

In Germany, the Group is a member of the BVV Versicherungsverein des Bankgewerbes a.G. (BVV) together with other

financial institutions. The BVV offers retirement benefits to eligible employees in Germany as a complement to post-

employment benefit promises of the Group. Both employers and employees contribute on a regular basis to the BVV. The

BVV provides annuities of a fixed amount to individuals on retirement and increases these fixed amounts if surplus assets

arise within the plan. According to legislation in Germany, the employer is ultimately liable for providing the benefits to

its employees. An increase in benefits may also arise due to additional obligations to retirees for the effects of inflation.

BVV is a multi-employer defined benefit plan. However, in line with industry practice, the Group accounts for it as a

defined contribution plan since insufficient information is available to identify assets and liabilities relating to the Group’s

current and former employees, primarily because the BVV does not fully allocate plan assets to beneficiaries nor to

member companies.

Governance and Risk

The Group maintains a Pensions Committee to oversee its pension and related risks on a global basis. This Committee

meets at least quarterly and reports directly to the Senior Executive Compensation Committee.

Within this context, the Group develops and maintains guidelines for governance and risk management, including

funding, asset allocation and actuarial assumption setting.

During and after acquisitions or changes in the external environment (e.g., legislation, taxation), topics such as the

general plan design or potential plan amendments are considered. Any plan changes follow a process requiring approval

by Group Human Resources and, above a certain threshold, also of the Pensions Committee.

Pension risk management is embedded in the Group’s risk management organization, with strong focus on market risks

given importance of capital market developments (e.g., interest rate, credit spread, price inflation) for the value of plan

assets and liabilities, hence IFRS and regulatory capital. Risk management thereby encompasses regular measurement,

monitoring and reporting of risks via specific metrics, as well as a risk control framework, e.g., via the establishment of risk

limits or thresholds as applicable. Risk management activities also include the consideration, review and measurement of

other financial risks, e.g., risks from demographic and other actuarial assumptions (e.g., longevity risk) but also the

assessment of model, valuation and other non-financial risks.

541

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

In the Group’s key pension countries, the Group’s largest post-employment benefit plan risk exposures relate to potential

changes in credit spreads, interest rates, price inflation and longevity, that are partially mitigated through the investment

strategy adopted. To the extent that pension plans are funded, the assets held mitigate some of the liability risks, but

introduce investment risk.

Overall, the Group seeks to minimize the impact of pensions on the Group’s financial position from market movements,

subject to balancing the trade-offs involved in financing post-employment benefits, regulatory capital and constraints

from local funding or accounting requirements.

Funding

The Group maintains various external pension trusts to fund the majority of its defined benefit plan obligations. The

Group’s funding principle is to maintain funding of the defined benefit obligation by plan assets within a range of 90% to

100% of the obligation, subject to meeting any local statutory requirements. The Group has also determined that certain

plans should remain unfunded, although their funding approach is subject to periodic review, e.g., when local regulations

or practices change. Obligations for the Group’s unfunded plans are accrued on the balance sheet.

For many of the externally funded defined benefit plans there are local minimum funding requirements. The Group can

decide on any additional plan contributions, with reference to the Group’s funding principle. There are some locations,

e.g., the United Kingdom, where the trustees and the Group jointly agree contribution levels. In most countries, the

Group expects to receive an economic benefit from any plan surpluses of plan assets compared to defined benefit

obligations, typically by way of reduced future contributions. Given the relatively high funding level and the investment

strategy adopted in the Group’s key funded defined benefit plans, any minimum funding requirements that may apply

are not expected to place the Group under any material adverse cash strain in the short term. With reference to the

Group’s funding principle, the Group considers not re-claiming benefits paid from the Group’s assets as an equivalent to

making cash contributions into the external pension trusts during the year.

In order to limit the extent to which the Group breached the upper end of its target funding ratio within Germany, the

Group has claimed around € 540 million and € 520 million from the trust in 2025 and 2024, respectively, from the plan

assets which represents the benefits paid from the Group’s assets on behalf of the trust.

For post-retirement medical plans, the Group accrues for obligations over the period of employment and pays the

benefits from Group assets when the benefits become due.

542

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

Actuarial Methodology and Assumptions

December 31 is the measurement date for all plans. All plans are valued by independent qualified actuaries using the

projected unit credit method. A Group policy provides guidance to ensure consistency globally on setting actuarial

assumptions which are finally determined by the Group’s Pensions Committee. Senior management of the Group is

regularly informed of movements and changes in key actuarial assumptions.

The key actuarial assumptions applied in determining the defined benefit obligations on December 31 are presented

below in the form of weighted averages.

December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
Germany U.K. U.S.1 Other Germany U.K. U.S.1 Other
Discount rate (in %) 4.06% 5.54% 5.22% 3.52% 3.52% 5.48% 5.51% 3.20%
Rate of price inflation (in %) 2.02% 3.17% 2.30% 1.51% 2.06% 3.46% 2.20% 1.60%
Rate of nominal increase in<br><br>future compensation levels<br><br>(in %) 2.20% 3.17% 2.40% 3.10% 2.25% 3.46% 2.30% 2.96%
Rate of nominal increase for<br><br>pensions in payment (in %) 2.02% 2.96% 2.30% 0.55% 2.06% 3.18% 2.20% 0.59%
Assumed life expectancy<br><br>at age 65
For a male aged 65<br><br>at measurement date 21.5 23.5 22.7 22.1 21.5 23.2 22.1 22.0
For a female aged 65<br><br>at measurement date 22.9 25.1 23.9 24.1 23.7 25.1 23.5 24.1
For a male aged 45<br><br>at measurement date 22.8 24.8 24.0 23.7 22.8 24.4 23.5 23.6
For a female aged 45<br><br>at measurement date 24.0 26.5 25.3 25.6 24.8 26.4 24.9 25.6
Mortality tables applied 2025<br><br>Modified<br><br>Richttafeln<br><br>Heubeck<br><br>2018G SAPS4<br><br>Light/Very<br><br>Light with<br><br>CMI 2024<br><br>projections PRI-2012<br><br>with<br><br>adjusted<br><br>MP-2021<br><br>projection Country<br><br>specific<br><br>tables 2019<br><br>Modified<br><br>Richttafeln<br><br>Heubeck<br><br>2018G SAPS3<br><br>Light/Very<br><br>Light with<br><br>CMI 2023<br><br>projections PRI-2012<br><br>with<br><br>MP-2021<br><br>projection Country<br><br>specific<br><br>tables

1Cash balance interest crediting rate in line with the 30-year U.S. government bond yield

For the Group’s most significant pension plans in the key countries, the discount rate used at each measurement date is

set based on a high quality corporate bond yield curve, which is derived using a bond universe sourced from reputable

third-party market data providers, and reflects the timing, amount and currency of the future expected benefit payments

for the respective plan.

The price inflation assumptions in the Eurozone and the United Kingdom are set with reference to market measures of

inflation based on inflation swap rates in those markets at each measurement date. For other countries, the price

inflation assumptions are typically based on long term forecasts by Consensus Economics Inc.

The assumptions for the increases in future compensation levels and for increases to pensions in payment are developed

separately for each plan, where relevant. Each is set based on the price inflation assumption and reflecting the Group’s

reward structure or policies in each market, as well as relevant local statutory and plan-specific requirements. In 2024,

the Group introduced a refinement to the methodology for estimating increases to pensions in payment for its main

German pension plan to better reflect the effects of recent short-term inflation, which resulted in a benefit recognized in

Other Comprehensive Income of € 100 million.

Among other assumptions, mortality assumptions can be significant in measuring the Group’s obligations under its

defined benefit plans. These assumptions have been set in accordance with current best estimate in the respective

countries. Future potential improvements in longevity have been considered and included where appropriate.

543

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

Reconciliation in Movement of Liabilities and Assets – Impact on Financial Statements

2025
in € m. Germany U.K. U.S. Other Total
Change in the present value of the defined benefit<br><br>obligation:
Balance, beginning of year 9,964 2,803 1,216 1,028 15,011
Defined benefit cost recognized in Profit & Loss
Current service cost 106 7 6 39 158
Interest cost 343 145 59 31 578
Past service cost and gain or loss arising from<br><br>settlements 14 2 12 28
Defined benefit cost recognized in Other Comprehensive<br><br>Income
Actuarial gain or loss arising from changes in financial<br><br>assumptions (517) (87) 28 (25) (601)
Actuarial gain or loss arising from changes in<br><br>demographic assumptions (56) 1 9 1 (45)
Actuarial gain or loss arising from experience 54 64 5 14 137
Cash flow and other changes
Contributions by plan participants 1 16 17
Benefits paid (554) (109) (89) (73) (825)
Payments in respect to settlements (6) (6)
Acquisitions/Divestitures (6) (6)
Exchange rate changes (148) (145) (38) (331)
Other
Balance, end of year 9,349 2,678 1,089 999 14,115
thereof:
Unfunded 8 122 62 192
Funded 9,349 2,670 967 937 13,923
Change in fair value of plan assets:
Balance, beginning of year 10,237 3,678 1,050 1,141 16,106
Defined benefit cost recognized in Profit & Loss
Interest income 354 191 51 34 630
Defined benefit cost recognized in Other Comprehensive<br><br>Income
Return from plan assets less interest income (443) (58) 28 21 (452)
Cash flow and other changes
Contributions by plan participants 1 16 17
Contributions by the employer 43 19 47 109
Benefits paid1 (554) (109) (76) (65) (804)
Payments in respect to settlements
Acquisitions/Divestitures (6) (6)
Exchange rate changes (194) (126) (35) (355)
Other
Plan administration costs (3) (2) (1) (6)
Balance, end of year 9,632 3,505 944 1,158 15,239
Funded status, end of year 283 827 (145) 159 1,124
Change in irrecoverable surplus (asset ceiling)
Balance, beginning of year (111) (111)
Interest cost (1) (1)
Changes in irrecoverable surplus (32) (32)
Exchange rate changes (1) (1)
Balance, end of year (145) (145)
Net asset (liability) recognized 283 827 (145) 14 9792
Fair value of reimbursement rights 3 3

1For funded plans only

2Thereof € 1.2 billion recognized in Other assets and € 261 million in Other liabilities

544

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits
2024
--- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Germany U.K. U.S. Other Total
Change in the present value of the defined benefit<br><br>obligation:
Balance, beginning of year 10,504 3,026 1,172 979 15,681
Defined benefit cost recognized in Profit & Loss
Current service cost 119 8 7 37 171
Interest cost 343 137 58 32 570
Past service cost and gain or loss arising from<br><br>settlements 14 1 15
Defined benefit cost recognized in Other Comprehensive<br><br>Income
Actuarial gain or loss arising from changes in financial<br><br>assumptions (549) (398) (13) 13 (947)
Actuarial gain or loss arising from changes in<br><br>demographic assumptions 10 3 13
Actuarial gain or loss arising from experience 71 (12) (1) 11 69
Cash flow and other changes
Contributions by plan participants 1 16 17
Benefits paid (539) (113) (85) (62) (799)
Payments in respect to settlements
Acquisitions/Divestitures
Exchange rate changes 142 78 (1) 219
Other 2 2
Balance, end of year 9,964 2,803 1,216 1,028 15,011
thereof:
Unfunded 10 139 68 217
Funded 9,964 2,793 1,077 960 14,794
Change in fair value of plan assets:
Balance, beginning of year 10,532 3,912 1,003 1,071 16,518
Defined benefit cost recognized in Profit & Loss
Interest income 350 177 50 34 611
Defined benefit cost recognized in Other Comprehensive<br><br>Income
Return from plan assets less interest income (148) (479) 4 34 (589)
Cash flow and other changes
Contributions by plan participants 1 16 17
Contributions by the employer 41 36 77
Benefits paid1 (539) (112) (71) (54) (776)
Payments in respect to settlements
Acquisitions/Divestitures
Exchange rate changes 185 67 4 256
Other 1 1
Plan administration costs (5) (3) (1) (9)
Balance, end of year 10,237 3,678 1,050 1,141 16,106
Funded status, end of year 273 875 (166) 113 1,095
Change in irrecoverable surplus (asset ceiling)
Balance, beginning of year (102) (102)
Interest cost (1) (1)
Changes in irrecoverable surplus (9) (9)
Exchange rate changes 1 1
Balance, end of year (111) (111)
Net asset (liability) recognized 273 875 (166) 2 9842
Fair value of reimbursement rights 3 3

1For funded plans only

2Thereof € 1.3 billion recognized in Other assets and € 317 million in Other liabilities

545

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

Investment Strategy

The Group’s investment objective is to protect the Group from adverse impacts of its defined benefit pension plans on

key financial metrics. The primary focus is to protect the plans’ IFRS funded status in the case of adverse market

scenarios. Investment managers manage pension assets in line with investment mandates or guidelines as agreed with

the pension plans’ trustees and investment committees.

For key defined benefit plans for which the Group aims to protect the IFRS funded status, the Group applies a liability

driven investment approach. Risks from mismatches between fluctuations in the present value of the defined benefit

obligations and plan assets due to capital market movements are minimized, subject to balancing relevant trade-offs.

This is achieved by allocating plan assets closely to the market risk factor exposures of the pension liability to interest

rates, credit spreads and inflation. Thereby, plan assets broadly reflect the underlying risk profile and currency of the

pension obligations.

Where the desired hedging level for market risks cannot be achieved with physical instruments (i.e., corporate and

government bonds), derivatives are employed. Derivative overlays mainly include interest rate, inflation swaps and credit

default swaps. Other instruments are also used, such as interest rate futures and options. In practice, a completely

hedged approach is impractical, for instance because of insufficient market depth for ultra-long-term corporate bonds,

as well as liquidity and cost considerations. Therefore, plan assets contain further return-seeking asset categories such as

equity, real estate, high yield bonds or emerging markets bonds to create long-term value and achieve diversification

benefits. Furthermore, this shift in the investment strategy allows for actively taken market risk exposures from interest

rates and credit spreads within defined limits governed by the Pensions Committee. As a result, the market risk from plan

assets has been reduced.

The Group purchased insurance to cover € 1.1 billion uninsured liability for the U.K. Staff Scheme in 2024 which

negatively impacted Other Comprehensive Income in the Group’s financial statement by approximately € 120 million. In

total, the Group has entered into five buy-in transactions in the U.K. with third-party insurers protecting the Group from

movements in defined benefit obligations of around € 2.6 billion as at December 31, 2025.

546

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

Plan asset allocation to key asset classes

The following table shows the asset allocation of the Group’s funded defined benefit plans to key asset classes, i.e.,

exposures include physical securities in discretely managed portfolios and underlying asset allocations of any

commingled funds used to invest plan assets.

Asset amounts in the following table include both “quoted” (i.e., Level 1 assets in accordance with IFRS 13 – amounts

invested in markets where the fair value can be determined directly from prices which are quoted in active, liquid

markets) and “other” (i.e., Level 2 and 3 assets in accordance with IFRS 13) assets.

December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
in € m. Germany U.K. U.S. Other Total Germany U.K. U.S. Other Total
Cash and cash equivalents 431 137 (18) 60 610 305 163 3 66 537
Equity instruments1 1,189 124 89 280 1,682 1,060 111 256 1,427
Investment-grade bonds2
Government 1,608 168 288 196 2,260 1,814 77 277 214 2,382
Non-government bonds 3,817 358 429 360 4,964 4,090 531 474 358 5,453
Non-investment-grade bonds
Government 96 4 5 105 86 4 4 94
Non-government bonds 359 43 9 23 434 380 17 19 25 441
Securitized and other Debt<br><br>Investments 32 48 46 19 145 37 21 85 16 159
Insurance 2,626 18 2,644 2,756 16 2,772
Alternatives
Real estate 632 104 736 719 99 818
Commodities 77 4 81 54 2 56
Private equity 4 4
Other3 945 65 1,010 989 60 1,049
Derivatives (Market Value)
Interest rate 443 (29) 11 425 730 113 (49) 13 807
Credit (12) 36 24 (18) 57 39
Inflation 11 11 14 14
Foreign exchange 15 1 2 18 (17) (6) (23)
Other 90 90 8 69 77
Total fair value of plan assets 9,632 3,505 944 1,158 15,239 10,237 3,678 1,050 1,141 16,106

1Allocation of equity exposure is broadly in line with the typical index in the respective market, e.g., the equity portfolio’s benchmark of the UK retirement benefit plans is

the MSCI All Countries World Index

2Investment-grade means BBB and above. Average credit rating exposure for the Group’s main plans is around A

3This position contains commingled funds which could not be segregated into the other asset categories

547

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

The following table sets out the Group’s funded defined benefit plan assets only invested in “quoted” assets, i.e., Level 1

assets in accordance with IFRS 13.

December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
in € m. Germany U.K. U.S. Other Total Germany U.K. U.S. Other Total
Cash and cash equivalents1 56 16 (18) 9 63 (118) (56) 3 12 (159)
Equity instruments2 868 124 89 56 1,137 757 110 45 912
Investment-grade bonds3
Government 558 168 268 57 1,051 599 77 256 52 984
Non-government bonds
Non-investment-grade bonds
Government 5 5 2 1 3
Non-government bonds
Securitized and other Debt<br><br>Investments 19 19
Insurance
Alternatives
Real estate
Commodities
Private equity
Other
Derivatives (Market Value)
Interest rate (32) (32) (57) (57)
Credit
Inflation
Foreign exchange
Other 8 8
Total fair value of quoted<br><br>plan assets 1,487 327 307 122 2,243 1,248 21 313 109 1,691

1Negative amounts relate to short-term liabilities

2 Allocation of equity exposure is broadly in line with the typical index in the respective market, e.g., the equity portfolio’s benchmark of the UK retirement benefit plans is

the MSCI All Countries World Index

3 Investment-grade means BBB and above. Average credit rating exposure for the Group’s main plans is around A

The following tables show the asset allocation of the “quoted” and “other” defined benefit plan assets by key geography

in which they are invested.

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. Germany United<br><br>Kingdom United<br><br>States Other<br><br>Eurozone Other<br><br>developed<br><br>countries Emerging<br><br>markets Total
Cash and cash equivalents (26) 135 (5) 465 19 22 610
Equity instruments 74 102 568 497 354 87 1,682
Government bonds<br><br>(investment-grade and above) 329 166 307 860 135 463 2,260
Government bonds<br><br>(non-investment-grade) 6 99 105
Non-government bonds<br><br>(investment-grade and above) 533 441 1,809 1,608 507 66 4,964
Non-government bonds<br><br>(non-investment-grade) 4 20 27 378 3 2 434
Securitized and other Debt<br><br>Investments 18 31 45 22 28 1 145
Subtotal 932 895 2,751 3,836 1,046 740 10,200
Share (in %) 9% 9% 27% 38% 10% 7% 100%
Other asset categories 5,039
Fair value of plan assets 15,239

548

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Germany United<br><br>Kingdom United<br><br>States Other<br><br>Eurozone Other<br><br>developed<br><br>countries Emerging<br><br>markets Total
Cash and cash equivalents (20) 172 30 311 20 24 537
Equity instruments 29 30 818 345 150 55 1,427
Government bonds<br><br>(investment-grade and above) 376 77 300 980 207 442 2,382
Government bonds<br><br>(non-investment-grade) 2 1 91 94
Non-government bonds<br><br>(investment-grade and above) 500 632 1,843 2,021 392 65 5,453
Non-government bonds<br><br>(non-investment-grade) 26 27 22 359 3 4 441
Securitized and other Debt<br><br>Investments 23 21 83 15 17 159
Subtotal 936 959 3,097 4,031 789 681 10,493
Share (in %) 9% 9% 30% 38% 8% 6% 100%
Other asset categories 5,613
Fair value of plan assets 16,106

Plan assets include derivative transactions with Group entities with an overall positive market value of around

€ 630 million at December 31, 2025 and € 810 million December 31, 2024, respectively. There is neither a material

amount of securities issued by the Group nor other claims on Group assets included in the fair value of plan assets. The

plan assets do not include any real estate which is used by the Group.

Key Risk Sensitivities

The Group’s defined benefit obligations are sensitive to changes in capital market conditions and actuarial assumptions.

Sensitivities to capital market movements and key assumption changes are presented in the following table. Each market

risk factor or assumption is changed in isolation. Sensitivities of the defined benefit obligations are approximated using

geometric extrapolation methods based on plan durations for the respective assumption. Duration is a risk measure that

indicates the broad sensitivity of the obligations to a change in an underlying assumption and provides a reasonable

approximation for small to moderate changes in those assumptions.

For example, the interest rate duration is derived from the change in the defined benefit obligation to a change in the

interest rate based on information provided by the local actuaries of the respective plans. The resulting duration is used

to estimate the remeasurement liability loss or gain from changes in the interest rate. For other assumptions, a similar

approach is used to derive the respective sensitivity results.

For defined benefit pension plans, changes in capital market conditions will impact the plan obligations via actuarial

assumptions (e.g., via the discount rate and price inflation rate) as well as the plan assets’ fair value. Where the Group

applies a liability driven investment approach or has insured part of the obligations as in the U.K., the Group’s overall risk

exposure to such changes is reduced. To help readers gain a better understanding of the Group’s risk exposures to key

capital market movements, the net impact of the change in the defined benefit obligations and plan assets due to a

change of the related market risk factor or underlying actuarial assumption is shown. Where changes in actuarial

assumptions do not affect plan assets, only the impact on the defined benefit obligations is reported.

Asset-related sensitivities are derived for the Group’s major plans by using risk sensitivity factors determined by the

Group’s Market Risk Management function. These sensitivities are calculated based on information provided by the plans’

investment managers and extrapolated linearly to reflect the approximate change of the plan assets’ market value in

case of a change in the underlying risk factor.

The sensitivities illustrate plausible variations over time in capital market movements and key actuarial assumptions. The

Group is not in a position to provide a view on the likelihood of these capital market or assumption changes. While these

sensitivities illustrate the overall impact on the funded status of the changes shown, the significance of the impact and

the range of reasonable possible alternative assumptions may differ between the different plans that comprise the

aggregated results. Even though plan assets and plan obligations are sensitive to similar risk factors, actual changes in

plan assets and obligations may not fully offset each other due to imperfect correlations between market risk factors and

actuarial assumptions. Caution should be used when extrapolating these sensitivities due to non-linear effects that

changes in capital market conditions and key actuarial assumptions may have on the overall funded status. Any

management actions that may be taken to mitigate the inherent risks in the post-employment defined benefit plans are

not reflected in these sensitivities.

549

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits
December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Germany U.K. U.S. Other Germany U.K. U.S. Other
Interest rate (–50 bps):
(Increase) in DBO (455) (165) (25) (40) (525) (210) (25) (45)
Expected increase in plan assets1 415 150 15 15 465 225 20 15
Expected net impact on funded status (de-)<br><br>increase (40) (15) (10) (25) (60) 15 (5) (30)
Interest rate (+50 bps):
Decrease in DBO 435 155 25 40 500 195 25 40
Expected (decrease) in plan assets1 (415) (140) (15) (15) (465) (205) (20) (15)
Expected net impact on funded status (de-)<br><br>increase 20 15 10 25 35 (10) 5 25
Credit spread (–50 bps):
(Increase) in DBO (455) (165) (50) (45) (525) (210) (55) (50)
Expected increase in plan assets1 285 155 30 10 305 220 35 10
Expected net impact on funded status (de-)<br><br>increase (170) (10) (20) (35) (220) 10 (20) (40)
Credit spread (+50 bps):
Decrease in DBO 435 155 45 45 500 195 50 45
Expected (decrease) in plan assets1 (285) (145) (30) (10) (305) (200) (35) (10)
Expected net impact on funded status (de-)<br><br>increase 150 10 15 35 195 (5) 15 35
Rate of price inflation (–50 bps):2
Decrease in DBO 140 115 5 10 165 150 5 10
Expected (decrease) in plan assets1 (180) (120) (5) (260) (150) (5)
Expected net impact on funded status (de-)<br><br>increase (40) (5) 5 5 (95) 5 5
Rate of price inflation (+50 bps):2
(Increase) in DBO (250) (115) (5) (10) (280) (160) (5) (10)
Expected increase in plan assets1 180 120 5 260 160 5
Expected net impact on funded status (de-)<br><br>increase (70) 5 (5) (5) (20) (5) (5)
Rate of real increase in future compensation<br><br>levels (–50 bps):
Decrease in DBO, net impact on funded status 20 10 25 5 10
Rate of real increase in future compensation<br><br>levels (+50 bps):
(Increase) in DBO, net impact on funded status (20) (10) (25) (5) (10)
Longevity improvements by 10%:3
(Increase) in DBO (190) (55) (20) (10) (205) (60) (20) (10)
Expected increase in plan assets 55 55
Expected net impact on funded status (de-)<br><br>increase (190) (20) (10) (205) (5) (20) (10)

1Expected changes in the fair value of plan assets contain the simulated impact from the biggest plans in Germany, the U.K., the U.S., Channel Islands, Switzerland and

Belgium which cover over 99% of the total fair value of plan assets. The fair value of plan assets for other plans is assumed to be unchanged for this presentation

2Incorporates sensitivity to changes in pension benefits to the extent linked to the price inflation assumption

3Estimated to be equivalent to an increase of around 1 year in overall life expectancy

550

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 33 – Employee Benefits

Expected cash flows

The following table shows expected cash flows for post-employment benefits in 2026, including contributions to the

Group’s external pension trusts in respect of funded plans, direct payment to beneficiaries in respect of unfunded plans,

as well as contributions to defined contribution plans.

2026
in € m. Total
Expected contributions to
Defined benefit plan assets 95
BVV 60
Other defined contribution plans 280
Expected benefit payments for unfunded defined benefit plans 20
Expected total cash flow related to post-employment benefits 455

Expense of employee benefits

The following table presents a breakdown of specific expenses according to the requirements of IAS 19 and IFRS 2.

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Expenses for defined benefit plans:
Service cost1 173 171 164
Net interest cost (income) (51) (40) (45)
Total expenses defined benefit plans 122 131 119
Expenses for defined contribution plans:
BVV 60 61 55
Other defined contribution plans 280 282 265
Total expenses for defined contribution plans 341 343 320
Total expenses for post-employment benefit plans 462 474 439
Employer contributions to state-mandated pension plans
Pensions related payments social security in Germany 243 232 218
Contributions to pension fund for Postbank´s postal civil servants 55 51 57
Further pension related state-mandated benefit plans 260 258 248
Total employer contributions to state-mandated benefit plans 557 541 523
Expenses for share-based payments:
Expenses for share-based payments, equity settled2 493 426 436
Expenses for share-based payments, cash settled2 86 64 43
Expenses for cash retention plans2 459 471 448
Expenses for severance payments3 162 487 293

1Severance related items under Service Costs are reclassified to Expenses for Severance payments

2Including expenses for new hire awards and the acceleration of expenses not yet amortized due to the discontinuation of employment including those amounts which are

recognized as part of the Group’s restructuring expenses

3Excluding the acceleration of expenses for deferred compensation awards not yet amortized. Severance related items under Service Costs were reclassified to Expense

for Severance payments

551

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 34 – Income Taxes

34 — Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit)

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Current tax expense (benefit):
Tax expense (benefit) for current year 1,814 1,330 1,284
Adjustments for prior years (60) (16) 56
Total current tax expense (benefit) 1,754 1,314 1,340
Deferred tax expense (benefit):
Origination and reversal of temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax credits 907 463 442
Effect of changes in tax law and/or tax rate (110) 23 7
Adjustments for prior years 40 (13) (1,002)
Total deferred tax expense (benefit) 837 473 (553)
Total income tax expense (benefit) 2,592 1,786 787

Total deferred tax expense (benefit) includes benefits from previously unrecognized tax losses (tax credits/deductible

temporary differences) and the reversal of previous write-downs and expenses arising from write-downs of deferred tax

assets. The deferred tax expense (benefit) was positively impacted by € 16 million in 2024 and by € 1.1 billion in 2023.

The Global Minimum Taxation Rules or Pillar 2 rules became applicable to Deutsche Bank starting in 2024, with Deutsche

Bank AG as the ultimate parent. The bank is required to annually determine the global minimum tax or Pillar 2 liability for

group entities in close to 60 jurisdictions. Temporary relief from detailed Pillar 2 calculations, which is determined on a

jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, may be available under transitional safe harbor provisions. These safe harbor provisions,

which are applicable in tax years 2024-2026, are based on the bank’s country-by-country reports filed annually with the

German tax authorities and certain other financial data. Uncertainties remain regarding the application of the Pillar 2

rules, further legislative developments and interpretative guidance in many countries are expected over time, and

implementation efforts are ongoing. The bank has estimated the potential impact on its financial position for 2025 on a

best effort basis and recognized a Pillar 2 related current tax expense of € 3 million (2024: € 3 million). The assessment

considered a number of qualitative and quantitative factors: (1) the bank’s blended statutory tax rate across all

applicable jurisdictions amounted to 28% (2024: 28%), which is significantly higher than the minimum tax rate of 15%; (2)

only five countries (2024: six) applied a statutory tax rate of less than 15% to the bank’s operations; and (3) based on an

analysis of the most recently available country-by-country data, the bank is estimated to qualify for relief under the

transitional safe harbor provisions in most of the jurisdictions it operates in.

Difference between applying German statutory (domestic) income tax rate and actual income tax expense (benefit)

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Expected tax expense (benefit) at domestic income tax rate of 31.3% (31.3% for 2024 and<br><br>31.3% for 2023) 3,046 1,656 1,777
Foreign rate differential (342) (185) (89)
Tax-exempt gains on securities and other income (302) (246) (319)
Loss (income) on equity method investments (6)
Nondeductible expenses 233 520 392
Impairments of goodwill 55
Changes in recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets1 (4) (59) (1,238)
Effect of changes in tax law and/or tax rate (110) 23 7
Effect related to share-based payments (1)
Other1 71 84 202
Actual income tax expense (benefit) 2,592 1,786 787

1Current and deferred tax expense (benefit) relating to prior years are mainly reflected in the line items “Changes in recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets”

and “Other”

The domestic income tax rate, including corporate tax, solidarity surcharge, and trade tax, used for calculating deferred

tax assets and liabilities was 31.3% for 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Changes in recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets in 2023 mainly included the effect of the recognition of

previously unrecognized deferred tax assets in the U.K. In determining the amount of deferred tax assets, the Group uses

historical tax capacity and profitability information and, if relevant, forecasted operating results based upon approved

business plans, including a review of the eligible carry-forward periods, available tax planning opportunities and other

relevant considerations.

552

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 34 – Income Taxes

On July 11, 2025, the German Federal Council passed a new tax law (Gesetz für ein steuerliches Investitionssofortprogramm

zur Stärkung des Wirtschaftsstandorts Deutschland). Effective January 1, 2028, the German corporate tax rate will gradually

decline over a five-year period ending in 2032 from the current 15% to 10%. In 2025, deferred tax assets and liabilities

related to the Group’s operations in Germany that are estimated to reverse after December 31, 2027 were remeasured to

reflect the lower future tax rates. The remeasurement resulted in a negative net impact on the Group’s consolidated

financial statements of € 28 million. € 109 million was recognized as a tax benefit in profit or loss and € 137 million was

recognized as an expense in other comprehensive income.

The Group is under continuous examinations by tax authorities in various jurisdictions. “Other” in the preceding table

includes the effects of these examinations by the tax authorities.

Income taxes credited or charged to equity (other comprehensive income/additional paid in capital)

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Actuarial gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans (145) (115) 137
Net fair value gains (losses) attributable to credit risk related to financial<br><br>liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss 30 54 18
Financial assets mandatory at fair value through other comprehensive income:
Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period (184) 96 109
Realized net gains (losses) arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss) 10 13 1
Derivatives hedging variability of cash flows:
Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period 12 73 (132)
Net gains (losses) reclassified to profit or loss 16 (64) (110)
Other equity movement:
Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period 15 141 151
Net gains (losses) reclassified to profit or loss 5
Income taxes credited (charged) to other comprehensive income (247) 203 174
Other income taxes credited (charged) to equity 235 104 50

Major components of the Group’s gross deferred tax assets and liabilities

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Deferred tax assets:
Unused tax losses 2,720 3,966
Unused tax credits 326 172
Deductible temporary differences:
Trading activities, including derivatives 4,781 5,210
Employee benefits, including equity settled share based payments 1,814 1,755
Accrued interest expense 1,621 1,477
Loans and borrowings, including allowance for loans 886 846
Leases 806 857
Intangible Assets 46 52
Fair value OCI (IFRS 9) 410 496
Other assets 525 525
Other provisions 177 237
Other liabilities 4 6
Total deferred tax assets pre offsetting 14,116 15,599
Deferred tax liabilities:
Taxable temporary differences:
Trading activities, including derivatives 5,287 5,328
Employee benefits, including equity settled share based payments 515 324
Loans and borrowings, including allowance for loans 465 538
Leases 718 762
Intangible Assets 763 752
Fair value OCI (IFRS 9) 50 45
Other assets 280 270
Other provisions 111 292
Other liabilities 6 39
Total deferred tax liabilities pre offsetting 8,195 8,350

Deferred tax assets on unused tax credits included € 322 million and € 151 million as of December 31, 2025 and

December 31, 2024 related to the corporate alternative minimum tax in the U.S.

553

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 34 – Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities, after offsetting

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Presented as deferred tax assets 6,544 7,839
Presented as deferred tax liabilities 623 590
Net deferred tax assets 5,921 7,249

The change in the balance of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities might not equal the deferred tax expense

(benefit). In general, this is due to (1) deferred taxes that are booked directly to equity, (2) the effects of exchange rate

changes on tax assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than euro, (3) the acquisition and disposal of

entities as part of ordinary activities and (4) the reclassification of deferred tax assets and liabilities which are presented

otherwise on the face of the balance sheet as components of other assets and liabilities.

Items for which no deferred tax assets were recognized

in € m. Dec 31, 2025¹ Dec 31, 2024¹
Deductible temporary differences (29) (39)
Not expiring (4,934) (4,945)
Expiring in subsequent period (20) (2)
Expiring after subsequent period (36) (77)
Unused tax losses (4,990) (5,024)
Expiring after subsequent period
Unused tax credits (1) (1)

1Amounts in the table refer to deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax credits for federal income tax purposes

Deferred tax assets were not recognized on these items because it is not probable that future taxable profit will be

available against which the unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences can be utilized.

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Group recognized deferred tax assets of € 241 million and

€ 3.9 billion, respectively, that exceeded deferred tax liabilities in entities which have suffered a tax loss in either the

current or preceding period. This is based on management’s assessment that it is probable that the respective entities

will have taxable profits against which the unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences

can be utilized. In determining the amounts of deferred tax assets to be recognized, management uses historical

profitability information and, if relevant, forecasted operating results, based upon approved business plans, including a

review of the eligible carry-forward periods, tax planning opportunities and other relevant considerations.

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Group had temporary differences associated with the Group’s

parent company’s investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates and interests in joint ventures of € 259 million and

€ 286 million respectively, in respect of which no deferred tax liabilities were recognized.

554

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 35 – Derivatives

35 — Derivatives

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

Derivative contracts used by the Group include swaps, futures, forwards, options and other similar types of contracts. In

the normal course of business, the Group enters into a variety of derivative transactions for sales, market-making and risk

management purposes. The Group’s objectives in using derivative instruments are to meet customers’ risk management

needs and to manage the Group’s exposure to risks.

In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy relating to derivatives and hedge accounting as described in Note 01

“Material Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates”, all derivatives are carried at fair value in the balance

sheet regardless of whether they are held for trading or non-trading purposes.

Derivatives held for sales and market-making purposes

Sales and market-making

The majority of the Group’s derivatives transactions relate to sales and market-making activities. Sales activities include

the structuring and marketing of derivative products to customers to enable them to take, transfer, modify or reduce

current or expected risks. Market-making involves quoting bid and offer prices to other market participants, enabling

revenue to be generated based on spreads and volume.

Risk management

The Group uses derivatives in order to reduce its exposure to market risks as part of its asset and liability management.

This is achieved by entering into derivatives that hedge specific portfolios of fixed rate financial instruments and forecast

transactions as well as strategic hedging against overall balance sheet exposures. The Group actively manages interest

rate risk through, among other things, the use of derivative contracts. Utilization of derivative financial instruments is

modified from time to time within prescribed limits in response to changing market conditions, as well as to changes in

the characteristics and mix of the related assets and liabilities.

Derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting

The Group applies hedge accounting if derivatives meet the specific criteria described in Note 01 “Material Accounting

Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates”.

In fair value hedge relationship, the Group uses primarily interest rate swaps and options, in order to protect itself against

movements in the fair value of fixed-rate financial instruments due to movements in market interest rates. In a cash flow

hedge relationship, the Group uses interest rate swaps in order to protect itself against exposure to variability in interest

rates. The Group enters into foreign exchange forwards and swaps for hedges of translation adjustments resulting from

translating the financial statements of net investments in foreign operations into the reporting currency of the parent at

period end spot rates.

Interest rate risk

The Group uses interest rate swaps and options to manage its exposure to interest rate risk by modifying the re-pricing

characteristics of existing and/or forecasted assets and liabilities, including funding and investment activities. The

interest rate swaps and options are designated in either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. For fair value hedges, the

Group uses interest rate swaps and options contracts to manage the fair value movements of fixed rate financial

instruments due to changes in benchmark interest. For cash flow hedges, the Group use interest rate swaps to manage

the exposure to cash flow variability of its variable rate instruments as a result of changes in benchmark interest rates.

555

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 35 – Derivatives

The Group manages its interest rate risk exposure on a portfolio basis with frequent changes in the portfolio due to the

origination of new loans and bonds, repayments of existing loans and bonds, issuance of new funding liabilities and

repayment of existing funding liabilities. Accordingly, a dynamic hedging accounting approach is adopted for the

portfolio, in which individual hedge relationships are designated and de-designated on a more frequent basis (e.g., on a

monthly basis).

The Group assesses and measures hedge effectiveness of a hedging relationship based on the change in the fair value or

cash flows of the derivative hedging instrument relative to the change in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item

attributable to the hedged risk. Potential sources of ineffectiveness can be attributed to differences between hedging

instruments and hedged items:

–Mismatches in the terms of hedged items and hedging instruments, for example the frequency and timing of when

interest rates are reset, frequency of payment and callable features.

–Difference in the discounting rate applied to the hedged item and the hedging instrument, taking into consideration

differences in the reset frequency of the hedged item and hedging instrument.

–Derivatives used as hedging instrument with a non-zero fair value at inception date of the hedging relationship,

resulting in mismatch in terms with the hedged item. This is particularly pertinent in periods proceeding high interest

rate moves.

The Group’s portfolio fair value hedging relationships include hedges of well-collateralized German fixed rate mortgages

portfolios where the Group maintains headroom to avoid any hedge ineffectiveness that may arise from an increase in

the default risk of the underlying mortgage portfolio. This also applies to the Group’s portfolio fair value hedge

relationships that include non-maturing deposits that the Group’s customers may withdraw on demand. The stable

nature of the Group’s noninterest-bearing deposit volume (refer to Note 26) as well as a headroom means that Group has

not observed any hedge ineffectiveness from the hedge accounting application.

Foreign exchange risk

The Group manages its foreign currency risk (including U.S. dollar and British pound) from investments in foreign

operation through net investment hedges using rolling foreign exchange forward strategy. In addition, the Group applies

cash flow hedge accounting for specific foreign denominated highly probable cash flows using foreign exchange forward

instruments as hedging instruments.

As the investments in foreign operations are only hedged to the extent of the notional amount of the hedging derivative

instrument the Group generally does not expect to incur significant ineffectiveness on hedges of net investments in

foreign operations. Potential sources of ineffectiveness are limited to situations where derivatives with a non-zero fair

value at inception date of the hedging relationship are used as hedging instrument, or where the spot foreign currency

risk has been designated as hedged risk, resulting in mismatch in terms with the hedged item. Similarly, for cash flow

hedge accounting applications the foreign exchange forward instruments generally match the terms of the underlying

highly probable transactions such that the Group does not expect to incur significant ineffectiveness in such hedge

relationships.

In addition to net investment hedges, the Group also applies cash flow hedge accounting (FX CFH) for USD denominated

Treasury bonds (HTC classified) held in EUR functional entities, utilizing foreign exchange forward contracts as hedging

instruments.

The hedged risk is the cash flow variability of highly probable HTC coupons driven by movements in spot FX. The Group

does not expect to incur ineffectiveness, as the notional amount of the hedging instrument should be equivalent to the

cash flow exposure on HTC bonds. The hedge is re-balanced monthly to reflect cash flow decay on HTC bonds, and FX

forward point risk is not a component of the designated risk therefore a highly effective hedge is observed.

556

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 35 – Derivatives

Fair value hedge accounting

Derivatives held as fair value hedges

Dec 31, 2025 2025 Dec 31, 2024 2024
in € m. Assets Liabilities Nominal<br><br>amount Fair Value<br><br>changes used<br><br>for hedge<br><br>effectiveness Assets Liabilities Nominal<br><br>amount Fair Value<br><br>changes used<br><br>for hedge<br><br>effectiveness
Derivatives held as<br><br>fair value hedges 10,364 10,292 348,597 627 4,790 9,109 263,184 2,448
2025 2024
--- --- ---
in € m. Hedge<br><br>ineffectiveness Hedge<br><br>ineffectiveness
Result of fair value hedges 512 1,435

Financial instruments designated in fair value hedges

December 31, 2025 2025
Carrying amount of Financial<br><br>instruments designated as fair<br><br>value hedges Accumulated amount of<br><br>fair value hedge<br><br>adjustments - Total Accumulated amount of<br><br>fair value hedge<br><br>adjustments - Terminated<br><br>hedge relationships Fair Value<br><br>changes used<br><br>for hedge<br><br>effectiveness
in € m. Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
Financial assets at fair<br><br>value through<br><br>other comprehensive<br><br>income 23,684 (1,355) 5 (168)
Bonds at amortized cost 22,223 (407) (14) (384)
Long-term debt 69,660 (3,064) (85) (373)
Deposits 163,188 (2,885) 8 2,032
Loans at amortized cost 69,042 (5,594) (1) (1,222)
December 31, 2024 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Carrying amount of Financial<br><br>instruments designated as fair<br><br>value hedges Accumulated amount of<br><br>fair value hedge<br><br>adjustments - Total Accumulated amount of<br><br>fair value hedge<br><br>adjustments - Terminated<br><br>hedge relationships Fair Value<br><br>changes used<br><br>for hedge<br><br>effectiveness
in € m. Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
Financial assets at fair value through<br><br>other comprehensive income 21,559 (1,383) 1 (156)
Bonds at amortized cost 1,949 (22) (18) (4)
Long-term debt 73,946 (3,816) (101) (194)
Deposits 117,196 (1,251) (350) (644)
Loans at amortized cost 17,083 (4,976) (1) (15)

Cash flow hedge accounting

Derivatives held as cash flow hedges

Dec 31, 2025 2025 Dec 31, 2024 2024
in € m. Assets Liabilities Nominal<br><br>amount Fair Value<br><br>changes used<br><br>for hedge<br><br>effectiveness Assets Liabilities Nominal<br><br>amount Fair Value<br><br>changes used<br><br>for hedge<br><br>effectiveness
Derivatives held as<br><br>cash flow hedges 240 354 98,862 (50) 58 183 109,671 (229)

557

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 35 – Derivatives

Cash flow hedge balances

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023
Reported in Equity1 (49) 36 44
thereof relates to terminated programs
Gains (losses) posted to equity for the year ended (42) (242) 436
Gains (losses) removed from equity for the year ended (44) 234 398
thereof relates to terminated programs
Changes of hedged item's value used for hedge effectiveness (40) (212) 434
Ineffectiveness recorded within P&L (8) 13 101

1Reported in equity refers to accumulated other comprehensive income as presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In accordance with IAS 39.96 the gains and losses posted to equity in a cash flow hedge relationship is the lesser of

cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument from the inception of the hedge and the cumulative change in fair

value of the expected future cash flows on the hedged item from inception of the hedge. As a result, changes of the

hedged item’s value used for hedge effectiveness are not fully recorded in equity if it exceeds the hedging instrument’s

fair value changes used for hedge effectiveness. Consequently, hedge ineffectiveness recorded within P&L does not

always reconcile to the difference between the changes of the hedged item’s value used for hedge effectiveness and the

hedging instrument’s fair value changes used for hedge effectiveness.

In the FX CFH, ineffectiveness is not expected considering FX forward point risk is not a component of the designated

risk. The change in both the hypothetical and hedging instrument fair value used for effectiveness testing is driven by FX

spot risk only, and is expected to offset (subject to a positive capacity test result).

As of December 31, 2025 the longest term cash flow hedge matures in 2037.

As of December 31, 2025 the longest FX CFH matures in 2032.

The financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recognized as Loans at amortized cost in the Group’s

Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Financial instruments designated in the FX CFH are recognized as Debt Securities HTC at amortized cost in the Groups

Consolidated Balance Sheet.

558

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 35 – Derivatives

Net investment hedge accounting

Derivatives held as net investment hedges

Dec 31, 2025 2025 Dec 31, 2024 2024
in € m. Assets Liabilities Nominal<br><br>amount Fair Value<br><br>changes used<br><br>for hedge<br><br>effectiveness Assets Liabilities Nominal<br><br>amount Fair Value<br><br>changes used<br><br>for hedge<br><br>effectiveness
Derivatives held as<br><br>net investment<br><br>hedges 709 102 41,875 3,572 189 1,595 45,517 (2,442)

Net Investment hedge balances

in € m. 2025 2024
Reported in Equity1 2 (4,153) (925)
thereof relates to terminated programs
Gains (losses) posted to equity for the year ended (588) (405)
Gains (losses) removed from equity for the year ended (17) (23)
thereof relates to terminated programs 3 (17) (23)
Changes of hedged item's value used for hedge effectiveness (3,789) 2,356
Ineffectiveness recorded within P&L 4 (232) (81)

1Reported in equity refers to the accumulated income and expenses as recognised in the Group’s Other Comprehensive Income.

2Reported in equity includes unhedged foreign currency capital revaluation in the financial year ended December 31, 2025 of (€ 2,623 million) and € 1,166 million in 2024.

3Termination P&L includes changes due to hedged and unhedged capital of subsidiaries.

4This materiality includes fair value gains and losses from FX spot vs. FX forward differences where the FX spot is designated for hedge accounting purposes.

Profile of derivatives held as net investment hedges

in € m. Within 1 year 1–3 years 3–5 years Over 5 years
As of December 31, 2025
Nominal amount Foreign exchange forwards 31,947 230 167
Nominal amount Foreign exchange swaps 9,418 108 5
Total 41,365 338 172
As of December 31, 2024
Nominal amount Foreign exchange forwards 36,976 318 3
Nominal amount Foreign exchange swaps 7,990 230
Total 44,966 548 3

The Group uses a foreign exchange forward strategy. As indicated in the above table, the vast majority of forward

contracts mature within the year. The Group did not calculate an average foreign currency rate because the amount of

contracts that mature after 1 year are not material.

559

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 36 – Related Party Transactions

36 — Related Party Transactions

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to directly or indirectly control the other party or exercise

significant influence over the other party in making financial or operational decisions. The Group’s related parties include:

–Key management personnel including close family members and entities which are controlled, significantly influenced

by, or for which significant voting power is held by key management personnel or their close family members

–Subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates and their respective subsidiaries

–Post-employment benefit plans for the benefit of Deutsche Bank employees

Transactions with Key Management Personnel

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing, and controlling

the activities of Deutsche Bank, directly or indirectly. The Group considers the members of the Management Board and

of the Supervisory Board of the parent company to constitute key management personnel for purposes of IAS 24.

Compensation expense of key management personnel

in € m. 2025 2024 2023
Short-term employee benefits 49 47 37
Post-employment benefits 7 4 7
Other long-term benefits 13 35 17
Termination benefits 6
Share-based payment 30 15 18
Total 105 101 79

The above table does not contain compensation that employee representatives and former board members on the

Supervisory Board have received. The aggregated compensation paid to such members for their services as employees of

Deutsche Bank or status as former employees (retirement, pension and deferred compensation) amounted to € 1 million

as of December 31, 2025, € 1 million as of December 31, 2024 and € 1 million as of December 31, 2023.

Among the Group’s transactions with key management personnel as of December 31, 2025, were loans and

commitments of € 2 million and deposits of € 8 million. As of December 31, 2024, the Group’s transactions with key

management personnel included loans and commitments of € 2 million and deposits of € 17 million.

In addition, the Group provides banking services, such as payment and account services as well as investment advice, to

key management personnel.

Transactions with Subsidiaries, Joint Ventures and Associates

Transactions between Deutsche Bank AG and its subsidiaries meet the definition of related party transactions. If these

transactions are eliminated on consolidation, they are not disclosed as related party transactions. Transactions between

the Group and its associated companies and joint ventures and their respective subsidiaries also qualify as related party

transactions.

Transactions for subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are presented combined in below table as these are not

material individually.

Loans

in € m. 2025 2024
Loans outstanding, beginning of year 73 44
Net movement in loans during the period (7) 70
Changes in the group of consolidated companies
Exchange rate changes/other (41)
Loans outstanding, end of year1 66 73
Other credit risk related transactions:
Allowance for loan losses
Provision for loan losses 1
Guarantees and commitments 3 3

1.Loans past due were € 0 million as of December 31, 2025 and € 0 million as of December 31, 2024. For total loans, the Group held collateral of € 0 million and € 0 million

as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively

560

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 36 – Related Party Transactions

Deposits

in € m. 2025 2024
Deposits outstanding, beginning of year 29 33
Net movement in deposits during the period (7) (4)
Changes in the group of consolidated companies
Exchange rate changes/other
Deposits outstanding, end of year 22 29

Other transactions

Other transactions include bonds issued by associated companies which the Group acquired and classified as trading

assets. These trading assets amounted to € 17 million as of December 31, 2025, and € 27 million as of December 31, 2024.

Other assets related to transactions with associated companies amounted to € 2 million as of December 31, 2025, and

€ 2 million as of December 31, 2024. Other liabilities related to transactions with associated companies were € 4 million

as of December 31, 2025, and € 0 million as of December 31, 2024.

Transactions with Pension Plans

Under IFRS, post-employment benefit plans are considered related parties. The Group has business relationships with a

number of its pension plans pursuant to which it provides financial services to these plans, including investment

management services.

Transactions with related party pension plans

in € m. 2025 2024
Equity shares issued by the Group held in plan assets
Other assets 1 2
Fees paid from plan assets to asset managers of the Group 16 16
Market value of derivatives with a counterparty of the Group 411 679
Notional amount of derivatives with a counterparty of the Group 8,885 9,730

561

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 37 – Information on Subsidiaries

37 — Information on Subsidiaries

Composition of the Group

Deutsche Bank AG is the direct or indirect holding company for the Group’s subsidiaries.

The Group consists of 539 (2024: 521) consolidated entities, thereof 264 (2024: 229) consolidated structured entities.

309 (2024: 328) of the entities controlled by the Group are directly or indirectly held by the Group at 100% of the

ownership interests (share of capital). Third parties also hold ownership interests in 230 (2024: 193) of the consolidated

entities (noncontrolling interests). As of December 31, 2025, and 2024, one subsidiary has material noncontrolling

interests. Noncontrolling interests for all other subsidiaries are neither individually nor cumulatively material to the

Group.

Subsidiaries with material noncontrolling interests

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA
Proportion of ownership interests and voting rights held by noncontrolling interests 20.51% 20.51%
Place of business Global Global
in € m Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
--- --- ---
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 191 133
Accumulated noncontrolling interests of the subsidiary 1,544 1,546
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests 90 250
Summarized financial information:
Total assets 11,775 11,871
Total liabilities 4,295 4,379
Total net revenues 3,155 2,765
Net income (loss) 928 652
Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 429 904

Significant restrictions to access or use the Group’s assets

Statutory, contractual or regulatory requirements as well as protective rights of noncontrolling interests might restrict

the ability of the Group to access and transfer assets freely to or from other entities within the Group and to settle

liabilities of the Group.

The following contractual restrictions impact the Group’s ability to use assets and the table below reflects the volume of

those restricted assets:

–The Group has pledged assets to collateralize its obligations under repurchase agreements, securities financing

transactions, collateralized loan obligations and for margining purposes for OTC derivative liabilities

–The assets of consolidated structured entities are held for the benefit of the parties that have bought the notes issued

by these entities

562

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 37 – Information on Subsidiaries

Restricted assets

December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
in € m. Total<br><br>assets Restricted<br><br>assets Total<br><br>assets Restricted<br><br>assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks 148,650 49 132,741 31
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 519,635 74,127 545,849 62,615
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 43,644 12,663 42,090 5,969
Loans at amortized cost 472,620 38,440 478,921 41,942
Other 250,518 10,103 187,576 3,206
Total 1,435,067 135,382 1,387,177 113,762

In addition to the above and in line with the regulation on Liquidity Coverage Ratio (Commission Delegated Regulation

(EU) 2015/61), the Group identifies if assets held in third country are subject to restrictions to their free transferability.

The Group identifies the volume of High-Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) in excess of net cash outflows held in the third

countries which are not freely transferable and excludes them from the HQLA. The aggregated amount of such HQLA

that are held at entities in third countries and considered restricted is € 20.51 billion as of December 31, 2025

(€ 20.50 billion as of December 31, 2024).

563

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 38 – Structured entities

38 — Structured entities

Nature, purpose and extent of the Group’s interests in structured entities

The Group engages in various business activities with structured entities which are designed to achieve a specific

business purpose. A structured entity is one that has been set up so that any voting rights or similar rights are not the

dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity. An example is when voting rights relate only to administrative tasks

and the relevant activities are directed by contractual arrangements.

A structured entity often has some or all of the following features or attributes:

–Restricted activities

–A narrow and well-defined objective

–Insufficient equity to permit the structured entity to finance its activities without subordinated financial support

–Financing in the form of multiple contractually linked instruments to investors that create concentrations of credit or

other risks (tranches)

The principal uses of structured entities are to provide clients with access to specific portfolios of assets and to provide

market liquidity for clients through securitizing financial assets. Structured entities may be established as corporations,

trusts or partnerships. Structured entities generally finance the purchase of assets by issuing debt and equity securities

that are collateralized by and/or indexed to the assets held by the structured entities. The debt and equity securities

issued by structured entities may include tranches with varying levels of subordination.

Structured entities are consolidated when the substance of the relationship between the Group and the structured

entities indicate that the structured entities are controlled by the Group, as discussed in Note 01 “Material Accounting

Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates”.

Consolidated structured entities

The Group has contractual arrangements which may require it to provide financial support to the following types of

consolidated structured entities.

Securitization vehicles

The Group uses securitization vehicles for funding purchase of diversified pool of assets. The Group provides financial

support to these entities in the form of liquidity facility. As of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, there were no

outstanding loan commitments to these entities.

Funds

The Group may provide funding and liquidity facility or guarantees to funds consolidated by the Group. As of December 31,

2025, and December 31, 2024, the notional value of the liquidity facilities and guarantees provided by the Group to such

funds was € 1.6 billion and € 1.5 billion, respectively.

Deutsche Bank did not provide non-contractual support during the year to consolidated structured entities.

Unconsolidated structured entities

These are entities which are not consolidated because the Group does not control them through voting rights, contract,

funding agreements, or other means. The extent of the Group’s interests to unconsolidated structured entities will vary

depending on the type of structured entities.

Below is a description of the Group’s involvements in unconsolidated structured entities by type.

Repackaging and investment entities

Repackaging and investment entities are established to meet clients’ investment needs through the combination of

securities and derivatives. These entities are not consolidated by the Group because the Group does not have power to

influence the returns obtained from the entities. These entities are usually set up to provide a certain investment return

pre-agreed with the investor, and the Group is not able to change the investment strategy or return during the life of the

transaction.

564

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 38 – Structured entities

Third party funding entities

The Group provides funding to structured entities that hold a variety of assets. These entities may take the form of

funding entities, trusts and private investment companies. The funding is collateralized by the asset in the structured

entities. The Group’s involvement predominantly includes both lending and loan commitments.

The vehicles used in these transactions are controlled by the borrowers who have the ability to decide whether to post

additional margin or collateral in respect of the financing. In such cases, where borrowers can decide to continue or

terminate the financing, the borrowers will consolidate the vehicle.

Securitization Vehicles

The Group establishes securitization vehicles which purchase diversified pools of assets, including fixed income

securities, corporate loans, and asset-backed securities (predominantly commercial and residential mortgage-backed

securities and credit card receivables). The vehicles fund these purchases by issuing multiple tranches of debt and equity

securities, the repayment of which is linked to the performance of the assets in the vehicles.

The Group may transfer assets to these securitization vehicles and provides financial support to these entities in the form

of liquidity facilities. The Group also invests and provides liquidity facilities to third party sponsored securitization

vehicles. The securitization vehicles that are not consolidated into the Group are those where the Group does not hold

the power or ability to unilaterally remove the servicer or special servicer who has been delegated power over the

activities of the entity.

Funds

The Group establishes structured entities to accommodate client requirements to hold investments in specific assets.

The Group also invests in funds that are sponsored by third parties or the bank may act as fund manager, custodian or

some other capacity and provide funding and liquidity facilities to both bank sponsored and third party funds. The

funding provided is collateralized by the underlying assets held by the fund.

The Group does not consolidate funds when Deutsche Bank is deemed agent or when another third party investor has

the ability to direct the activities of the fund.

Other

These are Deutsche Bank sponsored or third party structured entities that do not fall into any criteria above. These

entities are not consolidated by the Group when the bank does not hold power over the decision making of these entities.

Income derived from involvement with structured entities

The Group earns management fees and, occasionally, performance-based fees for its investment management service in

relation to funds. Interest income is recognized on the funding provided to structured entities. Any trading revenue as a

result of derivatives with structured entities and from the movements in the value of notes held in these entities is

recognized in ‘Net gains/losses on financial assets/liabilities held at fair value through profit and loss.

Interests in unconsolidated structured entities

The Group’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities refer to contractual and non-contractual involvement that

exposes the bank to variability of returns from the performance of the structured entities. Examples of interests in

unconsolidated structured entities include debt or equity investments, liquidity facilities, guarantees and certain

derivative instruments in which the Group is absorbing variability of returns from the structured entities.

Interests in unconsolidated structured entities exclude instruments which introduce variability of returns into the

structured entities. For example, when the bank purchases credit protection from an unconsolidated structured entity

whose purpose and design is to pass through credit risk to investors, the bank is providing the variability of returns to the

entity rather than absorbing variability. The purchased credit protection is therefore not considered as an interest for the

purpose of the table below.

Maximum exposure to unconsolidated structured entities

The maximum exposure to loss is determined by considering the nature of the interest in the unconsolidated structured

entity. The maximum exposure for loans and trading instruments is reflected by their carrying amounts in the

consolidated balance sheet. The maximum exposure for derivatives and off-balance sheet commitments such as

guarantees, liquidity facilities and loan commitments under IFRS 12, as interpreted by Deutsche Bank, is reflected by the

notional amounts. Such amounts or its development do not reflect the economic risks faced by the Group because it

does not take into account the effects of collateral or hedges, nor the probability of such losses being incurred. At

December 31, 2025, the notional related to the positive and negative replacement values of derivatives and off balance

sheet commitments were € 188 billion, € 591 billion and € 28 billion respectively. At December 31, 2024, the notional

related to the positive and negative replacement values of derivatives and off balance sheet commitments were

€ 220 billion, € 746 billion and € 29 billion, respectively.

565

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 38 – Structured entities

Size of structured entities

The Group provides a different measure for size of structured entities depending on their type. The following measures

have been considered as appropriate indicators for evaluating the size of structured entities:

–Funds – Net asset value or assets under management where the bank holds fund units and notional of derivatives

when the bank’s interest comprises of derivatives

–Securitizations – notional of notes in issue (excluding interest only and excess notes where applicable) when the

Group derives its interests through notes its holds and notional of derivatives when the bank’s interests is in the form

of derivatives

–Third-party funding entities –Total assets in entities

–Repackaging and investment entities – Fair value of notes in issue

For third party funding entities, size information is not publicly available, therefore the Group has disclosed the greater of

the collateral received/pledged or the notional of the exposure the bank has to the entity.

Based on the above definitions, the total size of structured entities is € 3,003 billion, of which the majority of

€ 1,815 billion is from Funds. In 2024, it was € 3,156 billion and € 1,828 billion, respectively.

The following table shows, by type of structured entity, the carrying amounts of the Group’s interests recognized in the

consolidated statement of financial position as well as the maximum exposure to loss resulting from these interests. The

carrying amounts presented below do not reflect the true variability of returns faced by the Group because they do not

take into account the effects of collateral or hedges.

Carrying amounts and size relating to Deutsche Bank’s interests

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. Repacka-<br><br>ging and<br><br>Investment<br><br>Entities Third Party<br><br>Funding<br><br>Entities Securiti-<br><br>zations Funds Total
Assets
Cash and central bank balances
Interbank balances (w/o central banks) 2 2
Central bank funds sold and securities<br><br>purchased under resale agreements 777 902 5,857 7,536
Securities Borrowed
Total financial assets at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 249 3,150 5,893 81,892 91,184
Trading assets 166 1,751 4,462 6,243 12,622
Positive market values<br><br>(derivative financial instruments) 83 326 29 4,428 4,866
Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 1,072 1,401 71,221 73,695
Financial assets designated at fair<br><br>value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive<br><br>income 579 423 87 1,088
Loans at amortized cost 207 50,712 36,059 23,786 110,764
Other assets 87 642 4,117 5,962 10,808
Total assets 543 55,860 47,393 117,587 221,383
Liabilities
Total financial liabilities at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 414 19 191 4,937 5,561
Negative market values<br><br>(derivative financial instruments) 414 19 191 4,937 5,561
Other short-term borrowings
Other liabilities
Total liabilities 414 19 191 4,937 5,561
Off-balance sheet exposure 5,459 15,118 7,629 28,207
Total 129 61,300 62,320 120,279 244,028

566

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 38 – Structured entities
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Repacka-<br><br>ging and<br><br>Investment<br><br>Entities Third Party<br><br>Funding<br><br>Entities Securiti-<br><br>zations Funds Total
Assets
Cash and central bank balances
Interbank balances (w/o central banks) 1 2 3
Central bank funds sold and securities<br><br>purchased under resale agreements 1,009 382 4,532 5,923
Securities Borrowed
Total financial assets at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 321 4,314 4,652 71,818 81,105
Trading assets 152 2,489 3,773 4,075 10,490
Positive market values<br><br>(derivative financial instruments) 169 386 38 6,044 6,636
Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 1,439 841 61,699 63,978
Financial assets designated at fair<br><br>value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive<br><br>income 1,212 479 194 1,885
Loans at amortized cost 188 63,015 34,260 21,540 119,003
Other assets 1 735 4,361 7,774 12,871
Total assets 510 70,285 44,134 105,858 220,788
Liabilities
Total financial liabilities at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 1 45 138 6,549 6,733
Negative market values<br><br>(derivative financial instruments) 1 45 138 6,549 6,733
Other short-term borrowings
Other liabilities
Total liabilities 1 45 138 6,549 6,733
Off-balance sheet exposure 8,085 12,915 8,089 29,089
Total 509 78,325 56,912 107,398 243,144

Total trading assets as of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, of € 12.6 billion and € 10.5 billion are comprised

primarily of € 4.5 billion and € 3.8 billion in securitizations and € 6.2 billion and € 4.1 billion in funds structured entities,

respectively. The Group’s interests in securitizations are collateralized by the assets contained in these entities. Where

the Group holds fund units these are typically in regard to market making in funds or otherwise serve as hedges for notes

issued to clients. Moreover, the credit risk arising from loans made to third party funding structured entities is mitigated

by the collateral received.

Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss includes reverse repurchase agreements to

funds which comprise the majority of the interests in this category and are collateralized by the underlying securities.

Loans as of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, consist of € 110.8 billion and € 119.0 billion investment in

securitization tranches and financing to third party funding entities. The Group’s financing to third party funding entities

is collateralized by the assets in those structured entities.

Other assets as of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, of € 10.8 billion and € 12.9 billion, respectively, consist

primarily of cash margin balances.

Pending Receivable balances are not included in this disclosure note due to the fact that these balances arise from

typical customer supplier relationships out of e.g., brokerage type activities and their inherent volatility would not

provide users of the financial statements with effective information about Deutsche Bank’s exposures to structured

entities.

Financial support

Deutsche Bank did not provide non-contractual support during the year to unconsolidated structured entities.

567

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 38 – Structured entities

Sponsored unconsolidated structured entities where the Group has no interest as

of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024

As a sponsor, Deutsche Bank is involved in the legal set up and marketing of the entity and supports the entity in

different ways, namely:

–Transferring assets to the entities

–Providing seed capital to the entities

–Providing operational support to ensure the entity’s continued operation

–Providing guarantees of performance to the structured entities.

The bank is also deemed a sponsor for a structured entity if market participants would reasonably associate the entity

with Deutsche Bank. Additionally, the use of the Deutsche Bank name for the structured entity indicates that the bank

has acted as a sponsor.

The gross revenues from sponsored entities where the bank did not hold an interest as of December 31, 2025, and

December 31, 2024, were € 218 million and € 581 million, respectively. Instances where the bank does not hold an

interest in an unconsolidated sponsored structured entity include cases where any seed capital or funding to the

structured entity has already been repaid in full to the Group during the year. This amount does not take into account the

impacts of hedges and is recognized in Net gains/losses on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit and loss.

The aggregated carrying amounts of assets transferred to sponsored unconsolidated structured entities in 2025 were

€ 5.8 billion for securitization and € 3.1 billion for repackaging and investment entities. In 2024, they were € 3.7 billion for

securitization and € 2.3 billion for repackaging and investment entities.

568

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 39 – Current and non-current assets and liabilities

39 — Current and non-current assets and liabilities

Asset and liability line items by amounts recovered or settled within or after one

year

Asset items as of December 31, 2025

Amounts to be recovered or settled Total
in € m. within one year after one year Dec 31, 2025
Cash and central bank balances 164,659 164,659
Interbank balances (w/o central banks) 6,956 6 6,962
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements 27,900 9,609 37,509
Securities borrowed 6 6
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 511,893 7,742 519,635
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 11,277 32,367 43,644
Equity method investments 924 924
Loans at amortized cost 114,570 358,051 472,620
Property and equipment 5,924 5,924
Goodwill and other intangible assets 7,561 7,561
Other assets 125,645 41,827 167,472
Assets for current tax 1,159 450 1,609
Total assets before deferred tax assets 964,064 464,459 1,428,523
Deferred tax assets 6,544
Total assets 1,435,067

Liability items as of December 31, 2025

Amounts to be recovered or settled Total
in € m. within one year after one year Dec 31, 2025
Deposits 666,224 25,604 691,827
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements 3,507 670 4,177
Securities loaned 2 2
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 357,997 26,181 384,179
Other short-term borrowings 18,204 18,204
Other liabilities 131,448 6,265 137,713
Provisions 2,408 2,408
Liabilities for current tax 499 195 694
Long-term debt 22,175 92,579 114,754
Trust preferred securities 283 283
Total liabilities before deferred tax liabilities 1,202,746 151,495 1,354,241
Deferred tax liabilities 623
Total liabilities 1,354,863

Asset items as of December 31, 2024

Amounts to be recovered or settled Total
in € m. within one year after one year Dec 31, 2024
Cash and central bank balances 147,494 147,494
Interbank balances (w/o central banks) 6,154 6 6,160
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements 32,061 8,742 40,803
Securities borrowed 32 11 44
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 538,650 7,200 545,849
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 10,539 31,551 42,090
Equity method investments 1,028 1,028
Loans at amortized cost 126,187 352,733 478,921
Property and equipment 6,193 6,193
Goodwill and other intangible assets 7,749 7,749
Other assets 77,218 23,989 101,207
Assets for current tax 1,287 514 1,801
Total assets before deferred tax assets 939,623 439,715 1,379,338
Deferred tax assets 7,839
Total assets 1,387,177

569

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 39 – Current and non-current assets and liabilities

Liability items as of December 31, 2024

Amounts to be recovered or settled Total
in € m. within one year after one year Dec 31, 2024
Deposits 640,982 25,279 666,261
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements 2,710 1,030 3,740
Securities loaned 2 2
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 393,363 19,032 412,395
Other short-term borrowings 9,895 9,895
Other liabilities 88,349 7,282 95,631
Provisions 3,326 3,326
Liabilities for current tax 492 228 720
Long-term debt 20,628 94,270 114,899
Trust preferred securities 287 287
Total liabilities before deferred tax liabilities 1,160,033 147,122 1,307,155
Deferred tax liabilities 590
Total liabilities 1,307,745

40 — Events after the reporting period

After the reporting date no material events occurred which had a significant impact on the bank’s results of operations,

financial position and net assets.

570

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 41 – Regulatory capital information

41 — Regulatory capital information

General definitions

The calculation of Deutsche Bank’s own funds incorporates the capital requirements following the “Regulation (EU) No

575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions” (CRR) and the “Directive 2013/36/EU on access to the

activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions” (CRD), which have been further

amended with subsequent Regulations and Directives. The CRD has been implemented into German law. The

information in this section as well as in the section “Development of risk-weighted assets” is based on the regulatory

principles of consolidation.

This section refers to the capital adequacy of the group of entities consolidated for banking regulatory purposes

pursuant to the CRR and the German Banking Act (“Kreditwesengesetz” or “KWG”), which does not include insurance

companies and companies outside the finance sector.

The total own funds pursuant to the effective regulations as of year-end 2025 comprises Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1

capital is subdivided into Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital.

CET 1 capital consists primarily of common share capital (net of own holdings) including related share premium

accounts, retained earnings (including losses for the financial year, if any) and accumulated other comprehensive income,

subject to prudential filters and regulatory adjustments as well as minority interests qualifying for inclusion in

consolidated CET 1 capital. Prudential filters for CET 1 capital, according to Articles 32 to 35 CRR, include securitization

gains on sale, cash flow hedges and changes in the value of own liabilities, and additional value adjustments. CET 1

capital regulatory adjustments for instance includes intangible assets (exceeding their prudential value), temporary

treatment of unrealized gains and losses measured at fair value through OCI in accordance with Article 468 CRR which

was discontinued in the fourth quarter of 2025, deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability, negative amounts

resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts, net defined benefit pension fund assets, reciprocal cross

holdings in the capital of financial sector entities and, significant and non-significant investments in the capital (CET 1,

AT1, Tier 2) of financial sector entities above certain thresholds. All items which are not deducted (i.e., amounts below

the threshold) are subject to risk-weighting.

Additional Tier 1 capital consists of AT1 capital instruments and related share premium accounts as well as

noncontrolling interests qualifying for inclusion in consolidated AT1 capital. To qualify as AT1 capital under CRR/CRD,

instruments must have principal loss absorption through a conversion to common shares or a write-down mechanism

allocating losses at a trigger point and must also meet further requirements such as perpetual with no incentive to

redeem and institution must have full dividend/coupon discretion at all times.

Tier 2 capital comprises eligible capital instruments, the related share premium accounts and subordinated long-term

debt, certain loan loss provisions and noncontrolling interests that qualify for inclusion in consolidated Tier 2 capital. To

qualify as Tier 2 capital, capital instruments or subordinated debt must have an original maturity of at least five years.

Moreover, eligible capital instruments may inter alia not contain an incentive to redeem, a right of investors to accelerate

repayment, or a credit sensitive dividend feature.

Capital instruments

The Management Board was authorized by the 2024 Annual General Meeting to buy, on or before April 30, 2029, shares

of up to 10% of the share capital at the time this resolution was taken or, if lower, of the share capital at the respective

time the authorization was exercised. As at the 2024 Annual General Meeting, this corresponded to a volume of up to

199.5 million shares. Thereof, a volume of up to 5% of the total share capital or 99.7 million shares can be purchased by

using derivatives, including derivatives with a volume of up to 2% of the total share capital with a maturity exceeding

18 months. During the period from the 2024 Annual General Meeting until the 2025 Annual General Meeting,

34.6 million shares were purchased for equity compensation purposes in the same period or upcoming periods. Thereof,

21.3 million shares were purchased by exercising call options. In addition, 22.7 million new call options were purchased

for equity compensation purposes in upcoming periods. Furthermore, 27.9 million shares were purchased for

cancellation with the purpose of distributing capital to shareholders in the same period. Thereof, 20.9 million shares were

acquired as part of the share buyback program of € 675 million in 2024 and were cancelled at the beginning of the year

2025; and 7.0 million shares were acquired as part of the share buyback program of € 750 million in 2025. The number of

shares held in Treasury amounted to 12.9 million as of the 2025 Annual General Meeting. Thereof, 7.0 million shares

relate to shares bought back for cancellation as part of the € 750 million share buyback program in 2025. The remaining

volume of 5.9 million shares relates to shares to be used for equity compensation purposes in upcoming periods.

571

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 41 – Regulatory capital information

The Annual General Meeting on May 22, 2025 granted the Management Board the approval to buy, on or before April 30,

2030, shares of up to 10% of the share capital at the time of this resolution was taken or, if lower, of the share capital at

the respective time the authorization was exercised. As at the 2025 Annual General Meeting, this corresponded to

194.8 million shares. Thereof, a volume of up to 5% of the total share capital or 97.4 million shares can be purchased by

using derivatives, including derivatives with a volume of up to 2% of the total share capital with a maturity exceeding

18 months. These authorizations replaced the authorizations of the previous year. During the period from the 2025

Annual General Meeting until December 31, 2025, 4.6 million shares were purchased for equity compensation purposes

in upcoming periods and 30.6 million shares were purchased for cancellation with the purpose of distributing capital to

shareholders. Thereof, 22.3 million shares were purchased as part of the € 750 million share buyback program and

8.4 million shares were acquired as part of the € 250 million share buyback program. In December 2025, a total number

of 37.7 million shares were cancelled. The number of shares held in Treasury amounted to 7.7 million shares as of

December 31, 2025. The shares will be used for equity compensation purposes in upcoming periods.

Since the 2017 Annual General Meeting, renewed at the 2021 Annual General Meeting and valid until the 2025 Annual

General Meeting, authorized capital available to the Management Board was € 2,560 million (1,000 million shares). At the

2025 Annual General Meeting this authorized capital was replaced by a new authorized capital of € 2,493 million

(973.8 million shares). As of December 31, 2025 this authorization has not been utilized and authorized capital remains at

€ 2,493 million.

Since the 2022 Annual General Meeting and until the 2025 Annual General Meeting, the Management Board was

authorized to issue participatory notes and other hybrid debt securities that fulfill the regulatory requirements to qualify

as Additional Tier 1 capital with an equivalent value of € 9 billion. In this period Deutsche Bank issued € 5.75 billion new

AT1 notes, thereof € 1.5 billion in March 2025. Since the 2025 Annual General Meeting the Management Board is

authorized to issue participatory notes and other hybrid debt securities that fulfill the regulatory requirements to qualify

as Additional Tier 1 capital with an equivalent value of € 12 billion on or before April 30, 2030. Under this authorization as

of December 31, 2025 Deutsche Bank issued € 1.0 billion new AT1 notes.

Based on the current CRR, the amount recognized as regulatory AT1 capital amounted to € 11.5 billion. The

corresponding nominal amount of outstanding AT1 instruments was € 11.7 billion as of December 31, 2025. In 2025, AT1

instruments with a nominal value of € 2.4 billion were called. The bank issued new AT1 notes with a nominal amount of

€ 2.5 billion in 2025.

As of December 31, 2025, the amount recognized as regulatory Tier 2 amounted capital to € 7.1 billion. The

corresponding nominal amount of outstanding Tier 2 instruments was € 8.3 billion as of December 31, 2025. In 2025,

Tier 2 instruments with a nominal value of € 2.8 billion matured and € 0.1 billion became ineligible. There were no new

issuances of Tier 2 instruments in 2025.

Prudential requirements and additional buffers

Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in supervisory measures such as restrictions of profit

distributions or limitations on certain businesses such as lending. Deutsche Bank complied with the minimum regulatory

capital adequacy requirements in 2025.

572

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 41 – Regulatory capital information

Details on regulatory capital

Own Funds Template (incl. RWA and capital ratios)

in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: instruments and reserves
Capital instruments, related share premium accounts and other reserves 42,983 44,130
Retained earnings 21,149 19,978
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (4,159) (1,229)
Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend1 3,347 801
Other 917 1,020
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments 64,237 64,700
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: regulatory adjustments
Additional value adjustments (negative amount) (1,667) (1,680)
Other prudential filters (other than additional value adjustments) 296 95
Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount) (5,045) (5,277)
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net<br><br>of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (negative amount) (2,533) (3,463)
Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts (2,579) (3,037)
Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount) (1,135) (1,173)
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own CET 1 instruments (negative amount)
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities<br><br>where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above the 10%/15% thresholds<br><br>and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in<br><br>Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (amount above the 10%/15% thresholds) (negative amount)
Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealized gains and losses pursuant to Art. 468 CRR 1,012
Other regulatory adjustments2 (2,309) (1,721)
Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital (14,971) (15,244)
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital 49,266 49,457
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 11,648 11,508
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Art. 484 (4) CRR and the related share<br><br>premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments 11,648 11,508
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments<br><br>(negative amount) (130) (130)
Residual amounts deducted from AT1 capital with regard to deduction from CET 1 capital during the<br><br>transitional period pursuant to Art. 472 CRR
Other regulatory adjustments
Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital (130) (130)
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital 11,518 11,378
Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET 1 + AT1) 60,784 60,835
Tier 2 (T2) capital 7,050 7,676
Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) 67,834 68,511
Total risk-weighted assets 347,133 357,427
Capital ratios
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets) 0.1 13.8
Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets) 0.2 17.0
Total capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets) 0.2 19.2

1Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4); current year profits

of € 6.9 billion reduced by deductions for future shareholder distribution of € 3.1 billion and AT1 coupons of € 0.5 billion

2Includes capital deductions of € 1.4 billion (December 31, 2024: € 1.4 billion) based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single

Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme, € 0.7 billion (December 31, 2024: € 0.3 billion) based on ECB's supervisory recommendation for a prudential

provisioning of non-performing exposures

573

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 41 – Regulatory capital information

Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity to Own Funds

CRR/CRD
in € m. December 31,<br><br>2025 December 31,<br><br>2024
Total shareholders’ equity per accounting balance sheet 66,933 66,276
Deconsolidation/Consolidation of entities (24) (24)
Of which:
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings (16) (24)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (9)
Total shareholders' equity per regulatory balance sheet 66,909 66,252
Minority Interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET 1) 917 1,020
AT1 coupon and shareholder distribution deduction1 (3,585) (2,565)
Capital instruments not eligible under CET 1 as per CRR 28(1) (4) (7)
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments 64,237 64,700
Prudential filters (1,371) (1,585)
Of which:
Additional value adjustments (1,667) (1,680)
Any increase in equity that results from securitized assets
Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges and gains or losses on liabilities designated<br><br>at fair value resulting from changes in own credit standing 296 95
Regulatory adjustments (13,600) (13,659)
Of which:
Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount) (5,045) (5,277)
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (2,533) (3,463)
Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts (2,579) (3,037)
Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount) (1,135) (1,173)
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities<br><br>where the institution has a significant investment in those entities
Securitization positions not included in risk-weighted assets
Collective Investment Undertakings (CIU) not included in risk-weighted assets (214)
Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealized gains and losses pursuant to Art. 468 CRR 1,012
Others2 (2,094) (1,721)
Common Equity Tier 1 capital 49,266 49,457

1 Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4); current year

deductions include deductions for distribution to shareholders of € 3.1 billion and AT1 coupons of € 0.5 billion

2 Includes capital deductions of € 1.4 billion (December 31, 2024: € 1.4 billion) based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single

Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme, € 0.7 billion (December 31, 2024: € 0.3 billion) based on ECB’s supervisory recommendation for a prudential

provisioning of non-performing exposures

Capital management

Deutsche Bank’s Treasury function manages solvency, capital adequacy, leverage, and bail-in capacity ratios at Group

level and locally in each region, as applicable. Treasury implements Deutsche Bank’s capital strategy, which itself is

developed by the Group Risk Committee and approved by the Management Board. Treasury, directly or through the

Group Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO), manages, among other things, issuance and repurchase of shares and

capital instruments, hedging of capital ratios against foreign exchange swings, the design of shareholders’ equity

allocation, and regional capital planning. The Group ALCO discusses and endorses divisional capacities for key financial

resources for approval to the Group Risk Committee where then quarterly resource limits are approved, The bank is fully

committed to maintaining Deutsche Bank’s sound capitalization both from an economic and regulatory perspective

considering both book equity based on IFRS accounting standards, regulatory and economic capital as well as specific

capital requirements from rating agencies. The bank continuously monitors and adjusts Deutsche Bank’s overall capital

demand and supply to always achieve an appropriate balance.

Treasury manages the issuance and repurchase of capital instruments, namely Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1

and Tier 2 capital instruments as well as TLAC/MREL eligible debt instruments. Treasury constantly monitors the market

for liability management trades. Such trades represent a countercyclical opportunity to create Common Equity Tier 1

capital by buying back Deutsche Bank’s issuances below par.

574

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 41 – Regulatory capital information

Treasury manages the sensitivity of Deutsche Bank’s CET 1 ratio and capital towards swings in foreign currency

exchange rates against the euro. For this purpose, Treasury develops and executes suitable hedging strategies within the

constraints of a Management Board approved Risk Appetite. Capital invested into Deutsche Bank’s foreign subsidiaries

and branches is either not hedged, partially hedged or fully hedged. Thereby, Treasury aims to balance effects from

foreign exchange rate movements on capital, capital deduction items and risk weighted assets in foreign currency. In

addition, Treasury also accounts for associated hedge cost and implications on market risk weighted assets.

Resource limit setting

Usage of key financial resources is influenced through the following governance processes and incentives.

Target resource capacities are reviewed in Deutsche Bank’s annual strategic plan in line with Deutsche Bank’s CET 1 and

Leverage Ratio ambitions. As a part of Deutsche Bank’s quarterly process, the Group Asset and Liability Committee

approves divisional resource limits for total capital demand (defined as the sum of RWA and certain RWA equivalents of

Capital Deduction Items and certain RWA equivalents of Capital Buffer Requirements items) and leverage exposure that

are based on the strategic plan but adjusted for market conditions and the short-term outlook. Limits are enforced

through a close monitoring process and an excess charging mechanism.

Overall regulatory capital requirements are principally driven by either Deutsche Bank’s CET 1 ratio (solvency) or

leverage ratio (leverage) requirements, whichever is the more binding constraint. For the internal capital allocation, the

combined contribution of each segment to the Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio, the Group’s Leverage ratio and the

Group’s Capital Loss under Stress are weighted to reflect their relative importance and level of constraint to the Group.

Contributions to the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio and the Leverage ratio are measured through RWA and Leverage Ratio

Exposure (LRE). The Group’s Capital Loss under Stress is a measure of the Group’s overall economic risk exposure under a

defined stress scenario. Goodwill, other intangible assets, and business-related regulatory capital deduction items

included in total capital demand are directly allocated to the respective segments, supporting the calculation of the

allocated tangible shareholders equity and the respective rate of return.

Most of Deutsche Bank’s subsidiaries and several of Deutsche Bank’s branches are subject to legal and regulatory capital

requirements. In developing, implementing, and testing Deutsche Bank’s capital and liquidity position, the bank fully

takes such legal and regulatory requirements into account. Any material capital requests of Deutsche Bank’s branches

and subsidiaries across the globe are presented to and approved by the Group Investment Committee prior to execution.

Further, Treasury is a member of Deutsche Bank’s Pensions Committee and represented in relevant Investment

Committees overseeing the management of the assets of the largest Deutsche Bank pension funds in Germany. These

investment committees set the investment strategy for these funds in line with the bank’s investment objective to

protect the capital base and distribution capacity of the bank.

575

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 42 – Supplementary information to the consolidated financial statements according to Sections 297<br><br>(1a)/314 HGB and the return on assets according to Article 26a of the German Banking Act

42 — Supplementary information to the consolidated financial

statements according to Sections 297 (1a)/314 HGB and the

return on assets according to Article 26a of the German

Banking Act

Staff costs

in € m. 2025 2024
Staff costs:
Wages and salaries 9,651 9,836
Social security costs 2,163 1,896
thereof: those relating to pensions 1,019 1,016
Total 11,813 11,731

Employees

The average number of effective employees employed in 2025 was 89,898 (2024: 90,149) of whom 40,372 (2024:

40,341) were women. Part-time employees are included in these figures proportionately. An average of 55,570 (2024:

54,376) employees worked outside Germany.

Management Board and Supervisory Board remuneration

The following tables present the compensations received by the members of the Management Board collectively in

accordance with the requirements of the German Accounting Standards No. 17. For additional information please refer

to the Compensation Report in the Annual Report.

in € 2025 2024
Fixed compensation 26,457,875 26,659,356
Fixed allowances 1,616,667 1,525,000
Fringe benefits 652,044 1,170,876
Performance related compensation 27,446,519 21,039,598
Total compensation 56,173,105 50,394,830 Granted share awards 2025 2024
--- --- ---
Relevant share price in € 30.53 20.01
Share units granted/pro-forma reported 1,116,294 1,683,651
thereof Equity upfront award units 278,066 392,848
thereof Restricted equity awards units 59,785 9,385
thereof pro-forma reported share units 778,4421 1,281,4182
Value of share awards granted/pro-forma reported in € 34,080,444 33,691,540
thereof Equity upfront award units 8,489,361 7,861,281
thereof Restricted equity awards units 1,825,250 187,804
thereof pro-forma reported share units 23,765,8331 25,642,4552

1The pro- forma reported shares will be determined on the basis of the final achievement level at the end of the performance period 2025 – 2027 and legally granted in

2028

2The pro-forma reported shares will be determined on the basis of the final achievement level at the end of the performance period 2024 – 2026 and legally granted in

2027

in € 2025 2024
Payments to former members of the Management Board or their surviving dependents 100,496,514 35,841,194
Pension provisions for former members of the Management Board or their surviving dependents 134,043,639 142,890,863

576

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 42 – Supplementary information to the consolidated financial statements according to Sections 297<br><br>(1a)/314 HGB and the return on assets according to Article 26a of the German Banking Act

The Supervisory Board compensation is regulated in Section 14 of the Articles of Association of Deutsche Bank AG and

was last amended by resolution of the General Meeting on May 17, 2023. The total compensation for the members of the

Supervisory Board in 2025 was € 7,712,500 (2024: € 7,775,000). The bank does not provide members of the Supervisory

Board with any benefits after they have left the Supervisory Board.

As of December 31, 2025, loans and advances granted, and contingent liabilities assumed for members of the

Management Board amounted to € 57,873 (2024: € 52,119) and for members of the Supervisory Board amounted to

€ 1,410,092 (2024: € 1,256,722). In 2025, members of the Management Board repaid € 3,201 (2024: € 0) and

members of the Supervisory Board repaid € 179,384 (2024: € 67,238).

Return on assets

Article 26a of the German Banking Act defines the return on assets as net profit divided by average total assets.

According to this definition the return on assets for 2025 was 0.49% (2024: 0.25%).

Information on the parent company

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft is the parent company of Deutsche Bank Group. It is incorporated in Frankfurt am

Main and is registered in the Commercial Register of the District Court Frankfurt am Main under registration number

HRB 30000.

Corporate Governance

Deutsche Bank AG has approved the Declaration of Conformity in accordance with Section 161 of the German

Corporation Act (AktG). The declaration is published on Deutsche Bank’s website (www.db.com/ir/en/reports.htm).

Principal accountant fees and services

Breakdown of fees charged by EY GmbH & Co. KG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft (“EY GmbH & Co. KG“) and other EY member

firms

Fee category in € m. 2025 2024
Audit fees 70 69
thereof to EY GmbH & Co. KG 55 55
Audit-related fees 10 10
thereof to EY GmbH & Co. KG 6 7
Tax-related fees
thereof to EY GmbH & Co. KG
All other fees 1
thereof to EY GmbH & Co. KG
Total fees 80 80

The audit fees include fees for professional services for the audit of Deutsche Bank AG’s annual financial statements and

consolidated financial statements and do not include audit fees for DWS and its subsidiaries that are not audited by EY.

The audit-related fees include fees for other assurance services required by law or regulations, in particular for financial

service specific attestation, for quarterly reviews, for spin-off audits and for merger audits, as well as fees for voluntary

assurance services, like voluntary audits for internal management purposes and the issuance of comfort letters. Tax-

related fees include fees for services relating to the preparation and review of tax returns and related compliance

assistance and advice, tax consultation and advice relating to tax planning initiatives and assistance with assessing

compliance with tax regulations.

577

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 43 – Country by country reporting

43 — Country by country reporting

§ 26a KWG requires annual disclosure of certain information by geographic location. The information disclosed in the

table below is derived from the IFRS Group accounts of Deutsche Bank. The table is however not reconcilable to other

financial information in this report because of specific requirements published by Bundesbank on December 16, 2014,

which include the requirement to present the information on geographic locations prior to elimination of cross-border

intra-group transactions. In line with these Bundesbank requirements, intra-group transactions within the same

geographic location are eliminated. These eliminations are identical to the eliminations applied for internal management

reporting on the respective geographical locations.

The geographic location of subsidiaries and branches considers the location of incorporation or residence as well as the

relevant tax jurisdiction. For the names, nature of activity and domicile of subsidiaries and branches, please refer to Note

44 “Shareholdings”. In addition, Deutsche Bank AG and its subsidiaries have German and foreign branches, for example in

London, New York and Singapore. The net revenues are composed of net interest revenues and noninterest revenues.

578

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 43 – Country by country reporting
December 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- ---
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Net revenues<br><br>(Turnover) Employees<br><br>(full-time<br><br>equivalent)1 Profit (loss)<br><br>before income<br><br>tax Income tax<br><br>(expense)/<br><br>benefit
Argentina 5 (2)
Australia 233 288 86 (30)
Austria 13 75 3
Belgium 214 447 49 (17)
Brazil 139 214 77 (35)
Canada 10 10 (8)
Cayman Islands (18) (19)
China 187 624 67 (15)
Columbia 1 7 (1)
Czech Republic 24 45 11 (2)
France 158 212 65 (11)
Germany 12,477 33,386 3,883 (871)
Great Britain 4,798 7,516 930 (157)
Greece 2 13 3 (1)
Hong Kong 586 780 150 (32)
Hungary 39 73 10 (2)
India 988 23,867 815 (280)
Indonesia 113 232 64 (19)
Ireland 18 158 6
Israel 8 15
Italy 1,137 2,820 293 (101)
Japan 238 344 90 (28)
Jersey 5 10 (6)
Luxembourg 1,196 475 720 (140)
Malaysia 108 231 67 (16)
Mauritius 4 4
Mexico 12 38 4
Netherlands 260 392 95 (27)
Pakistan 17 86 9 (6)
Peru 1 (1)
Philippines 42 1,420 13 (5)
Poland 158 380 (36) (9)
Portugal 13 45 2 (1)
Qatar 4 (1)
Romania 2 2,037 18 (4)
Russian Fed. 101 162 61 (17)
Saudi Arabia 34 50 6 (1)
Singapore 1,223 1,796 537 (74)
South Africa 22 37 6
South Korea 149 193 68 (17)
Spain 646 2,308 197 (62)
Sri Lanka 18 53 7 (2)
Sweden 4 38 (1)
Switzerland 316 616 40 (7)
Taiwan 77 147 47 (5)
Thailand 62 102 23 (5)
Türkiye 139 114 109 (33)
UAE 36 200 17 (4)
Ukraine 14 34 13 (6)
USA 7,174 7,703 2,231 (551)
Vietnam 50 85 35 (7)

1 Full-time equivalents as of December 31, 2025

579

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings

44 — Shareholdings

580 Subsidiaries
587 Consolidated structured entities
594 Companies accounted for at equity
596 Other companies, where the holding exceeds 20%
600 Holdings in large corporations, where the holding exceeds 5% of the voting rights
The following pages show the Shareholdings of Deutsche Bank Group pursuant to Section 313 (2) of the<br><br>German Commercial Code (“HGB”).
Footnotes:
1 Controlled.
2 Status as shareholder with unlimited liability pursuant to Section 313 (2) Number 6 HGB.
3 General Partnership.
4 Only specified assets and related liabilities (silos) of this entity were consolidated.
5 Joint venture.
6 Not controlled.
7 Accounted for at equity due to significant influence
8 Classified as Structured Entity not to be accounted for at equity under IFRS.
9 Classified as Structured Entity not to be consolidated under IFRS.
10 Preliminary Own funds of € 6,278.9m/Result of € 19.5m (Business Year 2025).
11 Preliminary Own funds of € 5,990.8m/Result of € 66,1m (Business Year 2025).
12 Own funds of € 45.8m/Result of € 4.0m (Business Year 2024).
13 Not consolidated or accounted for at equity as classified as non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss.
14 Own funds of € 1.0m/Result of € 11.2m (Business Year 2024).
15 Own funds of € 37.1m/Result of €4.1m (Business Year 2024).

580

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings

Subsidiaries

Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
1 Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft Frankfurt am Main Credit Institution
2 ABFS I Incorporated Lutherville-Timonium Financial Institution 100.0
3 Alex. Brown Financial Services<br><br>Incorporated Lutherville-Timonium Financial Institution 100.0
4 Alex. Brown Investments<br><br>Incorporated Lutherville-Timonium Financial Institution 100.0
5 Argent Incorporated Lutherville-Timonium Financial Institution 100.0
6 Baldur Mortgages Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
7 Better Payment Germany GmbH Berlin Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
8 BHW - Gesellschaft für<br><br>Wohnungswirtschaft mbH Hameln Financial Institution 100.0
9 BHW Bausparkasse<br><br>Aktiengesellschaft Hameln Credit Institution 100.0
10 BHW Holding GmbH Hameln Financial Holding Company 100.0
11 Borfield Sociedad Anonima Montevideo Other Enterprise 100.0
12 Breaking Wave DB Limited London Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
13 BT Globenet Nominees Limited London Other Enterprise 100.0
14 Cardea Real Estate S.r.l. Milan Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
15 Caribbean Resort Holdings, Inc. New York 1 Financial Institution 0.0
16 Cathay Advisory (Beijing) Co., Ltd. Beijing Other Enterprise 100.0
17 Cathay Asset Management Company<br><br>Limited Ebène Financial Institution 100.0
18 China Recovery Fund, LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 85.0
19 Cinda - DB NPL Securitization Trust<br><br>2003-1 Wilmington 1 Financial Institution 10.0
20 City Leasing (Thameside) Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
21 City Leasing Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
22 Consumo Srl in Liquidazione Milan Financial Institution 100.0
23 D B Investments (GB) Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
24 D&M Turnaround Partners Godo<br><br>Kaisha Tokyo Financial Institution 100.0
25 DB (Barbados) SRL Christ Church Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
26 DB (Malaysia) Nominee (Asing) Sdn.<br><br>Bhd. Kuala Lumpur Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
27 DB (Malaysia) Nominee (Tempatan)<br><br>Sendirian Berhad Kuala Lumpur Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
28 DB Advisory Services S.A.S. Bogotá Financial Institution 100.0
29 DB Alex. Brown Holdings<br><br>Incorporated Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
30 DB Aotearoa Investments Limited George Town Financial Institution 100.0
31 DB Asset Finance I S.à r.l. Luxembourg Financial Institution 96.9
32 DB Asset Finance II S.à r.l. Luxembourg Financial Institution 96.9
33 DB Beteiligungs-Holding GmbH Frankfurt am Main Financial Holding Company 100.0
34 DB Boracay LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
35 DB Capital Markets (Deutschland)<br><br>GmbH Frankfurt am Main Financial Holding Company 100.0
36 DB Cartera de Inmuebles 1, S.A.U. Madrid Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
37 DB Commodity Financing Limited London Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
38 DB Corporate Advisory (Malaysia)<br><br>Sdn. Bhd. Kuala Lumpur Financial Institution 100.0
39 DB Credit Investments S.à r.l. Luxembourg Financial Institution 100.0
40 DB Direkt GmbH Frankfurt am Main Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
41 DB Equipment Leasing, Inc. New York Financial Institution 100.0
42 DB Finance (Delaware), LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
43 DB Finance International GmbH Frankfurt am Main Financial Institution 100.0
44 DB Global Technology SRL Bucharest Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
45 DB Global Technology, Inc. Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
46 DB Group Services (UK) Limited London Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
47 DB Holdings (New York), Inc. New York Financial Institution 100.0

581

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
48 DB Industrial Holdings Beteiligungs<br><br>GmbH & Co. KG Luetzen 2 Financial Institution 100.0
49 DB Industrial Holdings GmbH Luetzen Financial Institution 100.0
50 DB Intermezzo LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
51 DB Internal Funding Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
52 DB International (Asia) Limited Singapore Credit Institution 100.0
53 DB International Investments Limited<br><br>(in members' voluntary liquidation) London Financial Institution 100.0
54 DB International Trust (Singapore)<br><br>Limited Singapore Other Enterprise 100.0
55 DB Investment Partners Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
56 DB Investment Services GmbH Frankfurt am Main Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
57 DB London (Investor Services)<br><br>Nominees Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
58 DB Management Support GmbH Frankfurt am Main Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
59 DB Nominees (Hong Kong) Limited Hong Kong SAR Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
60 DB Nominees (Jersey) Limited St. Helier Other Enterprise 100.0
61 DB Nominees (Singapore) Pte Ltd Singapore Other Enterprise 100.0
62 DB Operaciones y Servicios<br><br>Interactivos, S.L.U. Madrid Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
63 DB Overseas Holdings Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
64 DB Print GmbH Frankfurt am Main Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
65 DB Private Clients Corp. Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
66 DB Private Wealth Mortgage Ltd. New York Financial Institution 100.0
67 DB Re S.A. Luxembourg Reinsurance Undertaking 100.0
68 DB Service Centre Limited Dublin Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
69 DB Services (Jersey) Limited St. Helier Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
70 DB Services Americas, Inc. Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
71 DB Servizi Amministrativi S.r.l. Milan Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
72 DB Strategic Advisors, Inc. Makati City Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
73 DB Structured Derivative Products,<br><br>LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
74 DB Structured Products, Inc. Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
75 DB Trustee Services Limited London Other Enterprise 100.0
76 DB Trustees (Hong Kong) Limited Hong Kong SAR Other Enterprise 100.0
77 DB U.S. Financial Markets Holding<br><br>Corporation Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
78 DB UK Bank Limited London Credit Institution 100.0
79 DB UK Holdings Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
80 DB UK PCAM Holdings Limited (in<br><br>members' voluntary liquidation) London Financial Institution 100.0
81 DB USA Core Corporation West Trenton Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
82 DB USA Corporation Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
83 DB Valoren S.à r.l. Luxembourg Financial Institution 100.0
84 DB Value S.à r.l. Luxembourg Financial Institution 100.0
85 DB VersicherungsManager GmbH Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise 100.0
86 DB Vita S.A. Luxembourg Insurance Undertaking 84.0
87 DBAH Capital, LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
88 DBCIBZ1 (in voluntary liquidation) George Town Financial Institution 100.0
89 DBFIC, Inc. Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
90 DBOI Global Services (UK) Limited London Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
91 DBR Investments Co. Limited George Town Financial Institution 100.0
92 DBRE Global Real Estate<br><br>Management IB, Ltd. George Town Asset Management Company 100.0
93 DBRMSGP1 George Town 2, 3 Financial Institution 100.0
94 DBX Advisors LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
95 DEE Deutsche Erneuerbare Energien<br><br>GmbH Frankfurt am Main Financial Institution 100.0
96 DEUKONA Versicherungs-<br><br>Vermittlungs-GmbH Frankfurt am Main Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
97 Deutsche (Aotearoa) Capital Holdings<br><br>New Zealand Auckland Financial Institution 100.0

582

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
98 Deutsche (Aotearoa) Foreign<br><br>Investments New Zealand Auckland Financial Institution 100.0
99 Deutsche (New Munster) Holdings<br><br>New Zealand Limited Auckland Financial Institution 100.0
100 Deutsche Alternative Asset<br><br>Management (UK) Limited (in<br><br>members' voluntary liquidation) London Asset Management Company 100.0
101 Deutsche Asia Pacific Holdings Pte<br><br>Ltd Singapore Financial Institution 100.0
102 Deutsche Asset Management (India)<br><br>Private Limited Mumbai Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
103 Deutsche Australia Limited Sydney Financial Institution 100.0
104 Deutsche Bank (Cayman) Limited George Town Other Enterprise 100.0
105 Deutsche Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Beijing Credit Institution 100.0
106 Deutsche Bank (Malaysia) Berhad Kuala Lumpur Credit Institution 100.0
107 Deutsche Bank (Suisse) SA Geneva Credit Institution 100.0
108 Deutsche Bank (Uruguay) Sociedad<br><br>Anónima Institución Financiera<br><br>Externa Montevideo Credit Institution 100.0
109 DEUTSCHE BANK A.S. Istanbul Credit Institution 100.0
110 Deutsche Bank Americas Holding<br><br>Corp. Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
111 Deutsche Bank Europe GmbH Frankfurt am Main Credit Institution 100.0
112 Deutsche Bank Financial Company George Town Financial Institution 100.0
113 Deutsche Bank Holdings, Inc. Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
114 Deutsche Bank Immobilien GmbH Hameln Other Enterprise 100.0
115 Deutsche Bank Insurance Agency<br><br>Incorporated Wilmington Other Enterprise 100.0
116 Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. Luxembourg Credit Institution 100.0
117 Deutsche Bank Mutui S.p.A. Milan Credit Institution 100.0
118 Deutsche Bank National Trust<br><br>Company Los Angeles Financial Institution 100.0
119 Deutsche Bank Polska Spólka Akcyjna Warsaw Credit Institution 100.0
120 Deutsche Bank Representative Office<br><br>Nigeria Limited Lagos Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
121 Deutsche Bank S.A. - Banco Alemão Sao Paulo Credit Institution 100.0
122 Deutsche Bank S.p.A. Milan Credit Institution 99.9
123 Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
124 Deutsche Bank Trust Company<br><br>Americas New York Credit Institution 100.0
125 Deutsche Bank Trust Company<br><br>Delaware Wilmington Credit Institution 100.0
126 Deutsche Bank Trust Company,<br><br>National Association New York Financial Institution 100.0
127 Deutsche Bank Trust Corporation New York Financial Institution 100.0
128 Deutsche Bank, Sociedad Anónima<br><br>Española Unipersonal Madrid Credit Institution 100.0
129 Deutsche Capital Finance (2000)<br><br>Limited George Town Financial Institution 100.0
130 Deutsche Capital Markets Australia<br><br>Limited Sydney Financial Institution 100.0
131 Deutsche Custody N.V. Amsterdam Financial Institution 100.0
132 Deutsche Domus New Zealand<br><br>Limited Auckland Financial Institution 100.0
133 Deutsche Equities India Private<br><br>Limited Mumbai Financial Institution 100.0
134 Deutsche Finance No. 2 Limited (in<br><br>voluntary liquidation) George Town Financial Institution 100.0
135 Deutsche Foras New Zealand Limited Auckland Financial Institution 100.0
136 Deutsche Gesellschaft für<br><br>Immobilien-Leasing mit beschränkter<br><br>Haftung i.L. Duesseldorf Financial Institution 100.0
137 Deutsche Global Markets Limited Tel Aviv Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0

583

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
138 Deutsche Group Holdings (SA)<br><br>Proprietary Limited Johannesburg Financial Institution 100.0
139 Deutsche Group Services Pty Limited Sydney Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
140 Deutsche Grundbesitz-<br><br>Anlagegesellschaft mit beschränkter<br><br>Haftung Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise 99.8
141 Deutsche Holdings (Grand Duchy) Luxembourg Financial Institution 100.0
142 Deutsche Holdings (Luxembourg) S.à<br><br>r.l. Luxembourg Financial Institution 100.0
143 Deutsche Holdings Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
144 Deutsche Holdings No. 2 Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
145 Deutsche Holdings No. 3 Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
146 Deutsche Holdings No. 4 Limited (in<br><br>members' voluntary liquidation) London Financial Institution 100.0
147 Deutsche Immobilien Leasing GmbH Duesseldorf Financial Institution 100.0
148 Deutsche India Holdings Private<br><br>Limited Mumbai Financial Institution 100.0
149 Deutsche India Private Limited Mumbai Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
150 Deutsche International Corporate<br><br>Services (Ireland) Limited (in<br><br>liquidation) Dublin Financial Institution 100.0
151 Deutsche Investments India Private<br><br>Limited Mumbai Financial Institution 100.0
152 Deutsche Investor Services Private<br><br>Limited Mumbai Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
153 Deutsche Knowledge Services Pte.<br><br>Ltd. Singapore Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
154 Deutsche Mexico Holdings S.à r.l. Luxembourg Financial Institution 100.0
155 Deutsche Mortgage & Asset<br><br>Receiving Corporation Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
156 Deutsche New Zealand Limited Auckland Financial Institution 100.0
157 Deutsche Nominees Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
158 Deutsche Oppenheim Family Office<br><br>AG Cologne Investment Firm 100.0
159 Deutsche Overseas Issuance New<br><br>Zealand Limited Auckland Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
160 Deutsche Postbank Finance Center<br><br>Objekt GmbH Schuettringen Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
161 Deutsche Securities (India) Private<br><br>Limited New Delhi Financial Institution 100.0
162 Deutsche Securities (Proprietary)<br><br>Limited Johannesburg Other Enterprise 100.0
163 Deutsche Securities (SA) (Proprietary)<br><br>Limited Johannesburg Other Enterprise 100.0
164 Deutsche Securities Asia Limited Hong Kong SAR Financial Institution 100.0
165 Deutsche Securities Inc. Tokyo Financial Institution 100.0
166 Deutsche Securities Israel Ltd. Tel Aviv Financial Institution 100.0
167 Deutsche Securities Korea Co. Seoul Financial Institution 100.0
168 Deutsche Securities Saudi Arabia (a<br><br>closed joint stock company) Riyadh Financial Institution 100.0
169 Deutsche Securities, S.A. de C.V.,<br><br>Casa de Bolsa Mexico City Financial Institution 100.0
170 Deutsche Services (CI) Limited St. Helier Financial Institution 100.0
171 Deutsche Services Polska Sp. z o.o. Warsaw Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
172 Deutsche StiftungsTrust GmbH Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise 100.0
173 Deutsche Strategic Investment<br><br>Holdings Yugen Kaisha Tokyo Financial Institution 100.0
174 Deutsche Trustee Company Limited London Other Enterprise 100.0
175 Deutsche Trustees Malaysia Berhad Kuala Lumpur Other Enterprise 100.0
176 Deutsche Wealth Management<br><br>S.G.I.I.C., S.A. Madrid Asset Management Company 100.0
177 Deutsches Institut für Altersvorsorge<br><br>GmbH Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise 78.0

584

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
178 DI Deutsche Immobilien<br><br>Treuhandgesellschaft mbH Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise 100.0
179 DISCA Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf Financial Institution 100.0
180 Durian (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. Luxembourg Financial Institution 98.0
181 DWS Alternatives France Paris Other Enterprise 100.0
182 DWS Alternatives Global Limited London Asset Management Company 100.0
183 DWS Alternatives GmbH Frankfurt am Main Asset Management Company 100.0
184 DWS Asset Management (Korea)<br><br>Company Limited Seoul Asset Management Company 100.0
185 DWS Beteiligungs GmbH Frankfurt am Main Financial Institution 98.3
186 DWS CH AG Zurich Financial Institution 100.0
187 DWS Consulting Shanghai Limited Shanghai Other Enterprise 100.0
188 DWS Corporate Management Beijing<br><br>Limited Beijing Other Enterprise 100.0
189 DWS Distributors, Inc. Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
190 DWS Far Eastern Investments Limited Taipei Financial Institution 60.0
191 DWS Global Business Services Inc. Taguig City Ancillary Services Undertaking 99.9
192 DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA Frankfurt am Main 2 Investment Holding Company 79.5
193 DWS Group Services UK Limited London Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
194 DWS Grundbesitz GmbH Frankfurt am Main Asset Management Company 99.9
195 DWS India Private Limited Mumbai Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
196 DWS International GmbH Frankfurt am Main Investment Firm 100.0
197 DWS Investment GmbH Frankfurt am Main Asset Management Company 100.0
198 DWS Investment Management<br><br>Americas, Inc. Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
199 DWS Investment S.A. Luxembourg Asset Management Company 100.0
200 DWS Investments Australia Limited Sydney Financial Institution 100.0
201 DWS Investments Hong Kong Limited Hong Kong SAR Financial Institution 100.0
202 DWS Investments Japan Limited Tokyo Financial Institution 100.0
203 DWS Investments Singapore Limited Singapore Financial Institution 100.0
204 DWS Investments UK Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
205 DWS Management GmbH Frankfurt am Main Financial Institution 100.0
206 DWS Real Estate GmbH Frankfurt am Main Financial Institution 99.9
207 DWS Service Company Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
208 DWS Trust Company Concord Financial Institution 100.0
209 DWS USA Corporation Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
210 EC EUROPA IMMOBILIEN FONDS NR.<br><br>3 GmbH & CO. KG i.I. Hamburg Other Enterprise 65.2
211 European Value Added I (Alternate<br><br>G.P.) LLP London Financial Institution 100.0
212 Fiduciaria Sant' Andrea S.r.l. Milan Other Enterprise 100.0
213 Finanzberatungsgesellschaft mbH<br><br>der Deutschen Bank Berlin Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
214 Fir (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. Luxembourg Other Enterprise 100.0
215 Franz Urbig- und Oscar Schlitter-<br><br>Stiftung Gesellschaft mit<br><br>beschränkter Haftung Frankfurt am Main Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
216 Fünfte SAB Treuhand und<br><br>Verwaltung GmbH & Co. Suhl<br><br>"Rimbachzentrum" KG Bad Homburg Other Enterprise 74.9
217 GAHL Holdings LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
218 GAHL Holdings Trust Wilmington 1 Financial Institution 0.0
219 German American Capital<br><br>Corporation Lutherville-Timonium Financial Institution 100.0
220 Greenheart (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. Luxembourg Other Enterprise 100.0
221 Greenwood Properties Corp. New York 1 Financial Institution 0.0
222 Grundstücksgesellschaft Wiesbaden<br><br>Luisenstraße/Kirchgasse GbR Troisdorf 2 Other Enterprise 78.7
223 Immobilienfonds Büro-Center Erfurt<br><br>am Flughafen Bindersleben I GbR Troisdorf 2 Other Enterprise 90.0
224 ISTRON Beteiligungs- und<br><br>Verwaltungs-GmbH Cologne Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0

585

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
225 Joint Stock Company Deutsche Bank<br><br>DBU Kyiv Credit Institution 100.0
226 Jyogashima Godo Kaisha Tokyo Financial Institution 100.0
227 KEBA Gesellschaft für interne<br><br>Services mbH Frankfurt am Main Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
228 Kidson Pte Ltd Singapore Financial Institution 100.0
229 Konsul Inkasso GmbH Essen Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
230 LA Water Holdings Limited George Town Financial Institution 75.0
231 LAWL Pte. Ltd. Singapore Financial Institution 100.0
232 London Industrial Leasing Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
233 MEF I Manager, S. à r.l. Munsbach Financial Institution 100.0
234 MIT Holdings, Inc. Baltimore Financial Institution 100.0
235 MortgageIT Securities Corp. Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
236 MortgageIT, Inc. New York Financial Institution 100.0
237 Motion Picture Productions One<br><br>GmbH & Co. KG Frankfurt am Main 2 Financial Institution 100.0
238 MPP Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Frankfurt am Main Financial Institution 100.0
239 norisbank GmbH Bonn Credit Institution 100.0
240 Numis Corporation Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
241 Numis Europe Limited (in liquidation) Dublin Investment Firm 100.0
242 Numis Nominees (Client) Limited London Other Enterprise 100.0
243 Numis Nominees Limited London Other Enterprise 100.0
244 Numis Securities Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
245 OOO "Deutsche Bank TechCentre" Moscow Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
246 OOO "Deutsche Bank" Moscow Credit Institution 100.0
247 OPB Verwaltungs- und Treuhand<br><br>GmbH Cologne Financial Institution 100.0
248 OPB-Oktava GmbH Cologne Financial Institution 100.0
249 OPPENHEIM Capital Advisory GmbH Cologne Financial Institution 100.0
250 OPPENHEIM PRIVATE EQUITY<br><br>Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH Cologne Financial Institution 100.0
251 PADUS Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf Financial Institution 100.0
252 PB Factoring GmbH Bonn Financial Institution 100.0
253 PCC Services GmbH der Deutschen<br><br>Bank Essen Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
254 Plantation Bay, Inc. St. Thomas Other Enterprise 100.0
255 Postbank Direkt GmbH Bonn Financial Institution 100.0
256 Postbank Filialvertrieb AG Bonn Financial Institution 100.0
257 Postbank Finanzberatung AG Hameln Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
258 Postbank Leasing GmbH Bonn Financial Institution 100.0
259 PT Deutsche Sekuritas Indonesia Jakarta Financial Institution 99.0
261 Route 28 Receivables, LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
262 RREEF America L.L.C. Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
263 RREEF European Value Added I (G.P.)<br><br>Limited London Financial Institution 100.0
264 RREEF Fund Holding LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
265 RREEF Management L.L.C. Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
266 Sal. Oppenheim jr. & Cie. Beteiligungs<br><br>GmbH Cologne Financial Institution 100.0
267 SAPIO Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf Financial Institution 100.0
268 Sharps SP I LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
269 Stelvio Immobiliare S.r.l. Bolzano Other Enterprise 100.0
270 Süddeutsche Vermögensverwaltung<br><br>Gesellschaft mit beschränkter<br><br>Haftung Frankfurt am Main Financial Institution 100.0
271 TELO Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Schoenefeld Financial Institution 100.0
272 Thai Asset Enforcement and<br><br>Recovery Asset Management<br><br>Company Limited Bangkok Financial Institution 100.0
273 Treuinvest Service GmbH Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise 100.0

586

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
274 VÖB-ZVD Processing GmbH Bonn Payment Service Provider 100.0
275 WEPLA Beteiligungsgesellschaft<br><br>mbH Frankfurt am Main Financial Institution 100.0

587

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings

Consolidated structured entities

Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
276 Al Mi'yar Capital 2 Cayman Ltd George Town 4 Other Enterprise
277 Al Mi'yar Capital SA Luxembourg 4 Other Enterprise
278 Alguer Inversiones Designated Activity<br><br>Company Dublin Financial Institution
279 Alixville Invest, S.L. Madrid Ancillary Services Undertaking
280 Altersvorsorge Fonds Hamburg Alter<br><br>Wall Dr. Juncker KG Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise
281 Ansbacher I S.à r.l. Luxembourg Other Enterprise 100.0
282 Ansbacher II S.à r.l. Luxembourg Other Enterprise 100.0
283 Atlas Investment Company 1 S.à r.l., en<br><br>liquidation volontaire Luxembourg Financial Institution
284 Atlas Investment Company 2 S.à r.l., en<br><br>liquidation volontaire Luxembourg Financial Institution
285 Atlas Investment Company 3 S.à r.l., en<br><br>liquidation volontaire Luxembourg Financial Institution
286 Atlas Investment Company 4 S.à r.l., en<br><br>liquidation volontaire Luxembourg Financial Institution
287 Atlas Portfolio Select SPC George Town Financial Institution 0.0
288 Atlas SICAV - FIS, en liquidation<br><br>volontaire Luxembourg 4 Other Enterprise
289 Australian Secured Personal Loans<br><br>Trust Melbourne Other Enterprise 100.0
290 Axia Insurance, Ltd. Hamilton 4 Other Enterprise
291 Blue Square Finance 2025-1<br><br>Designated Activity Company Dublin Financial Institution
292 Capital Trust Japan Company Limited<br><br>(Trust Account Project Spark<br><br>Agreement No. 7536) Tokyo Financial Institution
293 Carpathian Investments Designated<br><br>Activity Company Dublin Financial Institution 100.0
294 Cathay Capital Company Limited Ebène 1 Financial Institution 19.0
295 Cayman Reference Fund Holdings<br><br>Limited George Town Ancillary Services Undertaking
296 Ceto S.à r.l. Luxembourg Financial Institution
297 Charitable Luxembourg Four S.à r.l. Luxembourg Financial Institution
298 Charitable Luxembourg Two S.à r.l. Luxembourg Financial Institution
299 CLASS Limited St. Helier 4 Other Enterprise
300 Collins Capital Low Volatility<br><br>Performance II Special Investments,<br><br>Ltd. Road Town Financial Institution
301 Crofton Invest, S.L. Madrid Other Enterprise
302 Danube Properties S.à r.l., en faillite Luxembourg Other Enterprise 25.0
303 DB Aster II, LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
304 DB Aster, Inc. Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
305 DB Aster, LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
306 DB Covered Bond S.r.l. Conegliano Financial Institution 90.0
307 DB Holding Fundo de Investimento<br><br>Multimercado Investimento no Exterior<br><br>Crédito Privado Sao Paulo Financial Institution 100.0
308 DB Litigation Fee LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
309 DB Municipal Holdings LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
310 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8092<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
311 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8093<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
312 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8095<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
313 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8096<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
314 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8097<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1

588

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
315 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8103<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
316 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8108<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
317 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8139<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 20.9
318 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8147<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 10.7
319 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8148<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 10.2
320 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8149<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 9.6
321 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8151<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 9.2
322 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8154<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
323 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8156<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
324 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8157<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
325 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8160<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
326 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8162<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
327 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8163<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
328 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8164<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
329 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8165<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
330 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8166<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
331 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8167<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
332 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8168<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
333 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8174<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
334 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8175<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
335 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8179<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
336 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8182<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
337 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8183<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
338 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8184<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
339 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8185<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
340 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8186<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
341 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8187<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
342 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8188<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
343 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8189<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
344 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8190<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
345 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8191<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
346 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8192<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
347 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8193<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0

589

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
348 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8194<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
349 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8195<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
350 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8196<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
351 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8197<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
352 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8198<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
353 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8199<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
354 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8201<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
355 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8203<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 21.6
356 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8210<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 1.5
357 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8211<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
358 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8212<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
359 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8213<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.3
360 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8214<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
361 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8215<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
362 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8216<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
363 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8217<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
364 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8218<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
365 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8219<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
366 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8220<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
367 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8221<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
368 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8222<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
369 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8223<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
370 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8224<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
371 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8225<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
372 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8226<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
373 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8227<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
374 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8057<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
375 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8060<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
376 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8070<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
377 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8071<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
378 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8090<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
379 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8099<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
380 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8100<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0

590

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
381 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8101<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
382 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8105<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
383 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8106<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
384 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8109<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
385 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8118<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
386 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8121<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
387 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8122<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
388 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8123<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
389 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8124<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
390 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8125<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
391 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8126<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
392 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8128<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
393 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8130<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
394 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8133<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
395 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8134<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.2
396 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8135<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
397 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8140<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
398 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8152<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
399 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8153<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
400 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8158<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
401 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8159<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
402 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8161<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
403 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8178<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.0
404 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8909<br><br>Trust Newark Ancillary Services Undertaking 3.3
405 DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8910<br><br>Trust Newark Ancillary Services Undertaking 15.4
406 DB Structured Holdings Luxembourg<br><br>S.à r.l. Luxembourg Financial Institution 100.0
407 DBRE Global Real Estate Management<br><br>US IB, L.L.C. Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
408 DBX ETF Trust Wilmington 4 Other Enterprise
409 Deloraine Spain, S.L. Madrid Ancillary Services Undertaking
410 Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. -<br><br>Fiduciary Deposits Luxembourg 4 Other Enterprise
411 Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. -<br><br>Fiduciary Note Programme Luxembourg 4 Other Enterprise
412 Deutsche Colombia S.A.S. - en<br><br>Liquidacion Bogotá Financial Institution 100.0
413 Deutsche Postbank Funding LLC I Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
414 Deutsche Postbank Funding LLC III Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
415 Deutsche Postbank Funding Trust I Newark Financial Institution 100.0

591

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
416 Deutsche Postbank Funding Trust III Newark Financial Institution 100.0
417 Dolin Holdco SAS Paris Financial Institution 100.0
418 Dubonnet Courbevoie SCI Paris Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
419 Dubonnet Holdco SAS Paris Financial Institution 100.0
420 DWS Alternatives (IE) ICAV Dublin Other Enterprise
421 DWS EREP Lux 1 S.à r.l. Luxembourg Other Enterprise 100.0
422 DWS European Real Estate Partners<br><br>S.C.A. SICAV-RAIF Luxembourg Other Enterprise 99.9
423 DWS Funds Luxembourg 4 Other Enterprise
424 DWS Garant Luxembourg 4 Other Enterprise
425 DWS Invest Luxembourg 4 Other Enterprise
426 DWS Invest (IE) ICAV Dublin Other Enterprise
427 DWS Zeitwert Protect Luxembourg Other Enterprise
428 DWS-Fonds Treasury Liquidity (EUR) Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise 100.0
429 Dynamic Infrastructure Securities<br><br>Fund LP Wilmington Financial Institution
430 Earls Eight Limited George Town 4 Other Enterprise
431 Earls Four Limited George Town 4 Other Enterprise
432 Einkaufszentrum "HVD Dresden" S.à.r.l<br><br>& Co. KG i.I. Cologne Other Enterprise
433 Emerald Asset Repackaging<br><br>Designated Activity Company Dublin Financial Institution 100.0
434 Emerging Markets Capital Protected<br><br>Investments Limited George Town 4 Other Enterprise
435 Emeris George Town Financial Institution
436 Erste Frankfurter Hoist GmbH i.L. Frankfurt am Main Financial Institution 100.0
437 FCT Orchid Saint-Denis Other Enterprise
438 Fin Finance COZ5 Limited London Financial Institution
439 Fondo Privado de Titulización PYMES I<br><br>Designated Activity Company Dublin Other Enterprise
440 Freddie Mac Class A Taxable<br><br>Multifamily M Certificates Series<br><br>M-037 McLean Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
441 Freddie Mac Class A Taxable<br><br>Multifamily M Certificates Series<br><br>M-041 McLean Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
442 Freddie Mac Class A Taxable<br><br>Multifamily M Certificates Series<br><br>M-043 McLean Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
443 Freddie Mac Class A Taxable<br><br>Multifamily M Certificates Series<br><br>M-044 McLean Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
444 G.O. IB-US Management, L.L.C. Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
445 GAC-HEL, Inc. Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
446 Galene S.à r.l. Luxembourg Ancillary Services Undertaking
447 Gladyr Spain, S.L. Madrid Ancillary Services Undertaking
448 Global Opportunities Co-Investment<br><br>Feeder, LLC Wilmington Financial Institution
449 Global Opportunities Co-Investment,<br><br>LLC George Town Financial Institution
450 GWC-GAC Corp. Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
451 Havbell Designated Activity Company Maynooth Financial Institution
452 Histria Inversiones Designated Activity<br><br>Company Dublin Financial Institution
453 Infrastructure Debt Fund S.C.Sp.<br><br>SICAV-RAIF Luxembourg Other Enterprise
454 Inn Properties S.à r.l., en faillite Luxembourg Other Enterprise 25.0
455 Investor Solutions Limited St. Helier 4 Other Enterprise
456 Isar Properties S.à r.l., en faillite Luxembourg Other Enterprise 25.0
457 IVAF (Jersey) Limited St. Helier Ancillary Services Undertaking
458 Kelona Invest, S.L. Madrid Ancillary Services Undertaking
459 KH Kitty Hall Holdings Limited Dublin Financial Institution

592

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
460 Kratus Inversiones Designated Activity<br><br>Company Dublin Financial Institution
461 Kronos Funding Ltd London Financial Institution
462 Kuiper Credit Opportunities Paris 4 Other Enterprise
463 Ledyard, S.L. Madrid Ancillary Services Undertaking
464 87 Leonard Development LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
465 LES Essex Crossing Holdings<br><br>Acquisition LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
466 LES Essex Crossing Investor LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
467 LES Essex Crossing Parent LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
468 Life Mortgage S.r.l. Conegliano Other Enterprise
469 Lockwood Invest, S.L. Madrid Financial Institution
470 Lunashadow Limited Dublin Financial Institution
471 1800 M Chaperone Investor LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
472 Malabo Holdings Designated Activity<br><br>Company Dublin Financial Institution
473 Merlin XI George Town Financial Institution
474 Meseta Inversiones Designated<br><br>Activity Company Dublin Financial Institution
475 2101 MS Investor LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
476 2101 MS Parent LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
477 2101 MS Property Holdings LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
478 Navegator - SGFTC, S.A. Lisbon Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
479 NCW Holding Inc. Vancouver Financial Institution 100.0
480 New 87 Leonard, LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
481 Oasis Securitisation S.r.l. Conegliano 1 Other Enterprise 0.0
482 OBP Beneficial Interest Holdings LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
483 OBP Parent Holdings LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
484 Oder Properties S.à r.l., en faillite Luxembourg Other Enterprise 25.0
485 Palladium Global Investments S.A. Luxembourg 4 Other Enterprise
486 Palladium Securities 1 S.A. Luxembourg 4 Other Enterprise
487 PARTS Funding, LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
488 PEFCO Finance Issuer One S.A.R.L. Luxembourg 4 Other Enterprise
489 PEIF II SLP Feeder 2 LP Edinburgh Financial Institution 100.0
490 PEIF III SLP Feeder 2, SCSp Senningerberg 2 Financial Institution 100.0
491 PEIF III SLP Feeder GP, S.à r.l. Senningerberg Financial Institution
492 PEIF IV SLP DWS Feeder, SCSp Senningerberg Financial Institution 100.0
493 Philippine Opportunities for Growth<br><br>and Income (SPV-AMC), INC. Makati City Financial Institution 95.0
494 Property Debt Fund S.C.Sp. SICAV-<br><br>RAIF Luxembourg Other Enterprise
495 PUTTERs Series 3009DB Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.6
496 PUTTERs Series 3010DB Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.7
497 PUTTERs Series 3011DB Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 1.0
498 PUTTERs Series 3012DB Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.1
499 PUTTERs Series 3013DB Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.2
500 PUTTERs Series 3014DB Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 0.2
501 PUTTERs/DRIVERs, Series 3005DB<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 13.6
502 PUTTERs/DRIVERs, Series 3007DB<br><br>Trust Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 16.9
503 Radical Properties Unlimited Company Dublin Financial Institution
504 Redstone Finance Designated Activity<br><br>Company Dublin Financial Institution
505 Rhine Euro CLO I Designated Activity<br><br>Company Dublin Other Enterprise
506 Rhine Properties S.à r.l., en faillite Luxembourg Other Enterprise 25.0
507 ROCKY 2021-1 SPV S.r.l. Conegliano Other Enterprise
508 Romareda Holdings Designated<br><br>Activity Company Dublin Financial Institution
509 RREEF DCH, L.L.C. Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
510 Samburg Invest, S.L. Madrid Ancillary Services Undertaking

593

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings
Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
511 SCB Alpspitze UG<br><br>(haftungsbeschränkt) Frankfurt am Main Financial Institution
512 Seaconview Designated Activity<br><br>Company Maynooth Financial Institution
513 SGI SLP Feeder GP S.à.r.l. Senningerberg Financial Institution
514 SGI SLP Feeder SCSp Senningerberg Financial Institution 57.6
515 Sincronica I Designated Activity<br><br>Company Dublin Financial Institution
516 Singer Island Tower Suite LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
517 Smoooth Finance Designated Activity<br><br>Company Dublin Financial Institution
518 Somkid Immobiliare S.r.l. Conegliano Other Enterprise 100.0
519 SP Mortgage Trust Wilmington Other Enterprise 100.0
520 SPV I Sociedad Anónima Cerrada Lima Financial Institution 99.9
521 SPV II Sociedad Anónima Cerrada Lima Ancillary Services Undertaking 99.8
522 Sunrise Turnaround Partners G.K. Tokyo Financial Institution 100.0
523 300 SW Parent LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 100.0
524 300 SW Property Holdings LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0
525 Swabia 1 Designated Activity<br><br>Company (in liquidation) Dublin Other Enterprise
526 Swabia 1. Vermögensbesitz-GmbH i.L. Frankfurt am Main Financial Institution 100.0
527 Tagus - Sociedade de Titularização de<br><br>Creditos, S.A. Lisbon Other Enterprise 100.0
528 Tasman NZ Residential Mortgage Trust Auckland Other Enterprise
529 Trave Properties S.à r.l., en faillite Luxembourg Other Enterprise 25.0
530 Waltzfire Limited Dublin Financial Institution
531 Wedverville Spain, S.L. Madrid Ancillary Services Undertaking
532 Wendelstein 2017-1 UG<br><br>(haftungsbeschränkt) Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise
533 Wendelstein 2024-1 UG<br><br>(haftungsbeschränkt) Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise
534 Wendelstein 2025-1 UG<br><br>(haftungsbeschränkt) Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise
535 5353 WHMR LLC Wilmington Other Enterprise 100.0
536 Xtrackers (IE) Public Limited Company Dublin 4 Other Enterprise 0.1
537 Xtrackers II Luxembourg 4 Other Enterprise 0.1
538 Xtrackers UCITS Common Contractual<br><br>Fund Dublin Other Enterprise
539 Zumirez Drive LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services Undertaking 100.0

594

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings

Companies accounted for at equity

Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
540 AKA Ausfuhrkredit-Gesellschaft mit<br><br>beschränkter Haftung Frankfurt am Main Credit Institution 26.9
541 Angle Group Holdings Pty Ltd Melbourne Financial Institution 19.5
542 BANKPOWER GmbH<br><br>Personaldienstleistungen Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise 30.0
543 Bestra Gesellschaft für<br><br>Vermögensverwaltung mit beschränkter<br><br>Haftung Duesseldorf Financial Institution 49.0
544 Cathay Capital Company (No 2) Limited Ebène 5 Financial Institution 67.6
545 Deutsche Börse Commodities GmbH Eschborn Other Enterprise 16.2
546 Deutsche Zurich Pensiones Entidad<br><br>Gestora de Fondos de Pensiones, S.A. Barcelona Other Enterprise 50.0
547 Deutscher Pensionsfonds<br><br>Aktiengesellschaft Cologne Other Enterprise 25.1
548 dwins GmbH Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise 16.1
549 EURO Kartensysteme GmbH Frankfurt am Main Payment Service Provider 16.8
550 Evroenergeiaki Anonymi Etaireia Athens 5 Other Enterprise 40.0
551 FSDB Merchant Services GmbH Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise 49.0
552 Fünfte SAB Treuhand und Verwaltung<br><br>GmbH & Co. "Leipzig-Magdeburg" KG Bad Homburg Other Enterprise 41.2
553 Fünfte SAB Treuhand und Verwaltung<br><br>GmbH & Co. Dresden "Louisenstraße" KG Bad Homburg Other Enterprise 30.6
554 G.O. IB-SIV Feeder, L.L.C. Wilmington Financial Institution 15.7
555 Gesellschaft für Kreditsicherung mit<br><br>beschränkter Haftung Berlin Other Enterprise 36.7
556 Global Tokenization Holdings Limited Dublin 5 Financial Institution 33.3
557 Grundstücksgesellschaft Karlsruhe<br><br>Kaiserstraße GbR Troisdorf 2 Other Enterprise 40.1
558 Grundstücksgesellschaft Leipzig<br><br>Petersstraße GbR Troisdorf 2, 6 Other Enterprise 62.1
559 Grundstücksgesellschaft München<br><br>Synagogenplatz GbR Troisdorf 2 Other Enterprise 26.0
560 Harvest Fund Management Co., Ltd. Shanghai Financial Institution 30.0
561 ILV Immobilien-Leasing<br><br>Verwaltungsgesellschaft Düsseldorf mbH Duesseldorf 5 Financial Institution 50.0
562 Immobilienfonds Büro Center Erfurt am<br><br>Flughafen Bindersleben III GbR Troisdorf 2 Other Enterprise 20.7
563 Immobilienfonds Bürohaus Düsseldorf<br><br>Grafenberg GbR Troisdorf 2 Other Enterprise 39.0
564 Immobilienfonds Köln-Deutz Arena und<br><br>Mantelbebauung GbR Troisdorf 2 Other Enterprise 28.9
565 Immobilienfonds Köln-Ossendorf II eGbR Gelsenkirchen 2 Other Enterprise 40.3
566 Ingrid S.à r.l. Luxembourg 5 Other Enterprise 23.8
567 iSwap Limited London Financial Institution 14.0
568 KVD Singapore Pte. Ltd. (in liquidation -<br><br>members' voluntary winding up) Singapore Financial Institution 26.0
569 Latitude Group Holdings Limited Melbourne Financial Institution 16.5
570 1800 M JV LLC Wilmington 5 Ancillary Services<br><br>Undertaking 10.1
571 MorgenFund GmbH Frankfurt am Main Investment Firm 30.0
572 North Coast Wind Energy Corp. Port Moody 5 Other Enterprise 50.0
573 OBP Property Holdings LLC Wilmington Ancillary Services<br><br>Undertaking 20.6
574 Octaura Holdings LLC Wilmington Financial Institution 5.6
575 Palma Topco Limited St. Helier Ancillary Services<br><br>Undertaking 22.8
576 PERILLA Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf Financial Institution 50.0
577 REDUS DTHG, LLC Wilmington Other Enterprise 49.9
578 Rongde (Beijing) Asset Management<br><br>Company Limited Beijing Financial Institution 40.7

595

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
579 SRC Security Research & Consulting<br><br>GmbH Bonn Other Enterprise 22.5
580 Starpool Finanz GmbH Berlin Other Enterprise 49.9
581 Syndicated Loan Consortium Holdings<br><br>LLC Wilmington Other Enterprise 7.3
582 Taurus SA Geneva Financial Institution 4.4
583 TRAXPAY GmbH Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise 2.4
584 U.S.A. ITCF XCI L.P. New York 6 Other Enterprise 99.9
585 UKEM Motoryacht Medici Mangusta GbR Troisdorf 7 Other Enterprise 0.0
586 Ullmann Krockow Esch GbR Troisdorf 7 Other Enterprise 0.0
587 Volbroker.com Limited Rochford Financial Institution 22.5
588 zeitinvest-Service GmbH Frankfurt am Main Other Enterprise 25.0
589 Zhong De Securities Co., Ltd Beijing 5 Financial Institution 33.3
590 ZYRUS Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Schoenefeld Financial Institution 25.0

596

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings

Other companies, where the holding exceeds 20%

Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
591 ACHTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
592 ACHTZEHNTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
593 ACIS Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
594 ACTIO Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
595 ADEO Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
596 ADLAT Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
597 AGUM Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
598 ALANUM Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH<br><br>i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
599 ALTA Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
600 ANDOT Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
601 AVOC Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
602 Banks Island General Partner Inc. Toronto 8 Financial Institution 50.0
603 Benefit Trust GmbH Luetzen 9, 10 Financial Institution 100.0
604 BLI Beteiligungsgesellschaft für<br><br>Leasinginvestitionen mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 33.2
605 Cedar (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. Luxembourg 6, 9 Financial Institution 98.2
606 DB Advisors SICAV Luxembourg 9, 11 Other Enterprise 100.0
607 DB Placement, LLC Wilmington 6, 9 Other Enterprise 100.0
608 DB Real Estate Global Opportunities IB<br><br>(Offshore), L.P. Camana Bay 8 Financial Institution 33.6
609 DREIZEHNTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
610 DRITTE Fonds-Beteiligungsgesellschaft<br><br>mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
611 DRITTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
612 DWS Offshore Infrastructure Debt<br><br>Opportunities Feeder LP George Town 8, 12 Financial Institution 26.3
613 EINUNDZWANZIGSTE PAXAS Treuhand-<br><br>und Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
614 ELC Logistik-Centrum Verwaltungs-GmbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
615 Elm (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. Luxembourg 6, 9 Financial Institution 98.0
616 FÜNFTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
617 FÜNFZEHNTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
618 Glor Music Production GmbH & Co. KG Rottach-Egern 13 Other Enterprise 29.5
619 GLOR Music Production II GmbH & Co. KG Rottach-Egern 13 Other Enterprise 28.6
620 HR "Simone" GmbH & Co. KG i.I. Jork 13 Other Enterprise 24.3
621 Immobilienfonds Bürohaus Leipzig<br><br>Nordost eGbR Munich 2, 13 Other Enterprise 24.5
622 Intermodal Finance I Ltd. George Town 8.00 Other Enterprise 49.0
623 Isaac Newton S.à r.l. Capellen 6, 9, 14 Financial Institution 98.2
624 Kinneil Leasing Company London 8 Other Enterprise 35.0
625 LES Essex Crossing Operating Holdings<br><br>LLC Wilmington 8 Ancillary Services Undertaking 50.0
626 M Cap Finance Mittelstandsfonds III GmbH<br><br>& Co. KG Frankfurt am Main 13, 15 Financial Institution 35.4
627 MCT Südafrika 3 GmbH & Co. KG i.I. Hamburg 13 Other Enterprise 39.0
628 2101 MS LLC Wilmington 8 Ancillary Services Undertaking 50.0
629 MT "CAPE BEALE" Tankschiffahrts GmbH<br><br>& Co. KG i.I. Hamburg 13 Other Enterprise 34.0
630 MT "KING DANIEL" Tankschiffahrts UG<br><br>(haftungsbeschränkt) & Co. KG i.L. Hamburg 13 Other Enterprise 32.8
631 MT "KING DOUGLAS" Tankschiffahrts UG<br><br>(haftungsbeschränkt) & Co. KG i.L. Hamburg 13 Other Enterprise 33.0

597

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
632 NEUNTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8.00 Other Enterprise 50.0
633 NEUNZEHNTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
634 Nexus Infrastruktur<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
635 NOFA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
636 OPPENHEIM Buy Out GmbH & Co. KG i.L. Cologne 1, 2, 8 Financial Institution 27.7
637 PALDO Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
638 PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
639 PEIF IV SLP DWS Feeder 2, SCSp Senningerberg 9 Financial Institution 100.0
640 PENTUM Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
641 PERLU Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
642 PERNIO Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
643 PERXIS Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
644 PETA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
645 PONTUS Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
646 PRADUM Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH<br><br>i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
647 PRASEM Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
648 PRISON Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Schoenefeld 8 Financial Institution 50.0
649 Private Equity Invest Beteiligungs GmbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
650 Private Equity Life Sciences<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
651 PUDU Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
652 QUANTIS Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Schoenefeld 8 Financial Institution 50.0
653 QUOTAS Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
654 RREEF Core Plus Residential Fund LP Wilmington 8 Other Enterprise 26.9
655 RREEF Pan-European Infrastructure Two<br><br>Lux S.à r.l. Luxembourg 6, 9 Financial Institution 99.9
656 SABIS Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
657 SALUS Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
658 SANCTOR Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
659 SANDIX Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
660 SARIO Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
661 SCANDO Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
662 Schumacher Beteiligungsgesellschaft<br><br>mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 33.2
663 SCITOR Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
664 SECHSTE Fonds-Beteiligungsgesellschaft<br><br>mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
665 SECHSTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
666 SECHZEHNTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
667 SENA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0

598

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
668 SENA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH & Co.<br><br>Objekt Kamenz KG Duesseldorf 6, 9 Financial Institution 100.0
669 SIDA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
670 SIEBTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
671 SIEBZEHNTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
672 SIFA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 9 Financial Institution 100.0
673 SILEX Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
674 SILUR Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
675 SOLUM Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
676 SOMA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
677 SOREX Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
678 SOSPITA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
679 STAGIRA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
680 SUSIK Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
681 TABA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Schoenefeld 8 Financial Institution 50.0
682 TACET Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
683 TAGO Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
684 TAGUS Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
685 TESATUR Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH<br><br>i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
686 TOSSA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 9 Financial Institution 100.0
687 TRAGO Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
688 TREMA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Berlin 8 Financial Institution 50.0
689 TRIPLA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 9 Financial Institution 100.0
690 VIERTE Fonds-Beteiligungsgesellschaft<br><br>mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
691 VIERTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
692 VIERUNDZWANZIGSTE PAXAS Treuhand-<br><br>und Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
693 VIERZEHNTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
694 XENTIS Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
695 XERA Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
696 ZABATUS Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
697 ZARGUS Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
698 ZEA Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Schoenefeld 8 Financial Institution 25.0
699 ZEHNTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
700 ZEREVIS Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0

599

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
--- --- --- --- --- ---
701 ZIDES Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH i.L. Schoenefeld 8 Financial Institution 50.0
702 ZIRAS Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Schoenefeld 8 Financial Institution 50.0
703 ZITON Grundstücks-<br><br>Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
704 ZWANZIGSTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
705 ZWEITE Fonds-Beteiligungsgesellschaft<br><br>mbH Duesseldorf 8 Financial Institution 50.0
706 ZWEITE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0
707 ZWÖLFTE PAXAS Treuhand- und<br><br>Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Duesseldorf 8 Other Enterprise 50.0

600

Deutsche Bank Additional Notes
Annual Report 2025 44 – Shareholdings

Holdings in large corporations, where the holding exceeds 5% of the voting rights

Serial<br><br>No. Name of company Domicile of<br><br>company Foot-<br><br>note Nature of activity Share of<br><br>Capital<br><br>in %
708 BÜRGSCHAFTSBANK BRANDENBURG GmbH Potsdam Financial Institution 8.5
709 Bürgschaftsbank Hamburg GmbH Hamburg Financial Institution 8.7
710 Bürgschaftsbank Mecklenburg-Vorpommern GmbH Schwerin Financial Institution 8.4
711 Bürgschaftsbank Sachsen GmbH Dresden Financial Institution 6.3
712 Bürgschaftsbank Sachsen-Anhalt GmbH Magdeburg Financial Institution 8.1
713 Bürgschaftsbank Schleswig-Holstein Gesellschaft mit<br><br>beschränkter Haftung Kiel Financial Institution 5.6
714 Bürgschaftsbank Thüringen GmbH Erfurt Financial Institution 8.7
715 MTS S.p.A. Rome Other Enterprise 5.0
716 Prader Bank S.p.A. Bolzano Credit Institution 9.0
717 Private Export Funding Corporation Wilmington Financial Institution 6.0
718 Saarländische Investitionskreditbank<br><br>Aktiengesellschaft Saarbruecken Credit Institution 8.0
719 Yensai.com Co., Ltd. Tokyo Financial Institution 7.8

601

Deutsche Bank Confirmations
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s report

Confirmations

Independent auditor’s report

To Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main

Report on the audit of the consolidated financial statements and of the group

management report

Opinions

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main, and its

subsidiaries (the Group), which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2025, and the consolidated

statement of income, consolidated statement of other comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in

equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the fiscal year from 1 January 2025 to 31 December 2025, and

notes to the financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In addition, we have audited the

group management report of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main, which is combined with the

management report of the Institution, for the fiscal year from 1 January 2025 to 31 December 2025. In accordance with

the German legal requirements, we have not audited the content of the last paragraph of the “Risk management

principles” section (in the “Risk Report” chapter) of the group management report regarding management’s statement on

the risk management framework and internal control system or the content of the combined corporate governance

statement pursuant to Secs. 289f and 315d HGB, which is published on the website stated in the group management

report and is part of the group management report, or the content of the non-financial statement pursuant to Secs. 289b

and 315d HGB in the “Sustainability Statement” section of the group management report.

In our opinion, on the basis of the knowledge obtained in the audit,

–the accompanying consolidated financial statements comply, in all material respects, with the IFRS Accounting

Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) (IFRS Accounting Standards) and

adopted by the EU, and the additional requirements of German commercial law pursuant to Sec. 315e (1) HGB and, in

compliance with these requirements, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and financial position of the

Group as at 31 December 2025 and of its financial performance for the fiscal year from 1 January 2025 to 31

December, 2025, and

–the accompanying group management report as a whole provides an appropriate view of the Group’s position. In all

material respects, this group management report is consistent with the consolidated financial statements, complies

with German legal requirements and appropriately presents the opportunities and risks of future development. We do

not express an opinion on the last paragraph of the “Risk management principles” section (in the “Risk Report”

chapter) of the group management report regarding management’s statement on the risk management framework

and internal control system referred to above or on the content of the combined corporate governance statement

referred to above or on the non-financial statement referred to above.

Pursuant to Sec. 322 (3) Sentence 1 HGB, we declare that our audit has not led to any reservations relating to the legal

compliance of the consolidated financial statements and of the group management report.

Basis for the opinions

We conducted our audit of the consolidated financial statements and of the group management report in accordance

with Sec. 317 HGB and the EU Audit Regulation (No 537/2014, referred to subsequently as “EU Audit Regulation”) and in

compliance with German Generally Accepted Standards for Financial Statement Audits promulgated by the Institut der

Wirtschaftsprüfer [Institute of Public Auditors in Germany] (IDW). Our responsibilities under those requirements and

principles are further described in the “Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements

and of the group management report” section of our auditor’s report. We are independent of the group entities in

accordance with the requirements of European law and German commercial and professional law as well as the

International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants

(including International Independence Standards) (IESBA Code), as applicable to audits of financial statements of public

interest entities. We have also fulfilled our other German professional responsibilities in accordance with these

requirements and the IESBA Code. In addition, in accordance with Art. 10 (2) f) of the EU Audit Regulation, we declare

that we have not provided non-audit services prohibited under Art. 5 (1) of the EU Audit Regulation. We believe that the

audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinions on the consolidated

financial statements and on the group management report.

602

Deutsche Bank Confirmations
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s report

Key audit matters in the audit of the consolidated financial statements

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the

consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year from 1 January 2025 to 31 December 2025. These matters were

addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion

thereon; we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Below, we describe what we consider to be the key audit matters:

1.Valuation of Level 3 financial instruments with related inputs not quoted in

active markets

Reasons why the matter was determined to be a key audit matter

Management uses valuation techniques to establish the fair value of Level 3 financial instruments with related inputs not

quoted in active markets. The Group held Level 3 financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value of EUR

25.8 billion and EUR 11.5 billion respectively as of 31 December 2025. The relevant financial instruments are reported

within financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, and financial assets at fair value through other

comprehensive income.

Financial instruments and with related inputs that are not quoted in active markets include structured derivatives valued

using complex models; more-complex or illiquid OTC derivatives; distressed debt; highly-structured bonds; illiquid loans;

credit spreads used to determine valuation adjustments; and other significant inputs which cannot be observed for

financial instruments with longer-dated maturities.

As the valuation of Level 3 financial instruments with related inputs not quoted in active markets is based to a high

degree on management’s assumptions and judgments due to the complex nature of the valuation techniques and

models being utilized and the unobservability of the significant inputs used, this is a key audit matter.

Auditor’s response

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the controls over

management’s processes to determine the fair value of financial instruments and significant unobservable inputs therein.

This includes controls relating to independent price verification; independent validation of valuation models, including

assessment of model limitations; monitoring of valuation model usage; and calculation of fair value adjustments.

We evaluated the valuation techniques, models and methodologies, and tested the significant inputs used in those

models. We performed an independent revaluation of a sample of derivatives and other financial instruments at fair value

that are not quoted in active markets, using independent models and inputs. We also independently assessed the

reasonableness of a sample of proxy inputs used by comparing them to market data sources and evaluated their

relevance to the related financial instruments.

In addition, we evaluated the methodology and inputs used by management in determining fair value adjustments

against the requirements of IFRS 13 and performed recalculations for a sample of these valuation adjustments using our

own independent data and methodology.

We involved internal financial instruments valuation specialists in the procedures related to valuation models,

independent revaluation and fair value adjustments.

Our procedures did not lead to any reservations relating to the valuation of Level 3 financial instruments with related

inputs not quoted in active markets.

Reference to related disclosures

Information on the valuation techniques, models and methodologies used in the measurement of fair value is provided in

notes 1 and 13 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

603

Deutsche Bank Confirmations
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s report

2.Inclusion of forward-looking information in the model-based calculation of

expected credit losses

Reasons why the matter was determined to be a key audit matter

As of 31 December 2025, the Group recognized an allowance for credit losses of EUR 6.6 billion, with EUR 1.5 billion

relating to Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowances.

The estimated probabilities of default (PD) used in the model-based calculation of expected credit losses on non-

defaulted financial instruments (IFRS 9 Stage 1 and Stage 2) are based on historical information, combined with current

economic developments and forward-looking macroeconomic forecasts (e.g., gross domestic product and

unemployment rates). Statistical techniques are used to transform the base scenario for future macroeconomic

developments into multiple scenarios. These scenarios are the basis for deriving multi-year PD curves for different rating

and counterparty classes, which are used in the calculation of expected credit losses.

Given the economic uncertainties regarding pronounced movements in interest rates, current geopolitical conflicts and

other sources of volatility impacting macroeconomic variables, the estimation of forward-looking information requires

significant judgment. To reflect these uncertainties, management must assess whether to make adjustments to the

inputs and assumptions underlying the inclusion of macroeconomic variables in the expected credit loss model and

forecasting methods, either by adjusting the macroeconomic variables or through the inclusion of management overlays.

In view of the significant holdings of non-defaulted financial instruments subject to impairment under IFRS 9 and the

economic uncertainty and significant use of judgment, we consider the inclusion of forward-looking information in the

model-based calculation of expected credit losses, and any adjustments thereof, to be a key audit matter.

Auditor’s response

We obtained an understanding of the processes implemented by management, assessed the design of the controls over

the selection, determination, monitoring and validation of forward-looking information in respect of the requirements

under IFRS 9, and tested their operating effectiveness.

We evaluated management’s review of its expected credit loss model, forecasting methods, assumptions and inputs

conducted through the model validation process. Furthermore, we evaluated the methods used to include the selected

variables in the baseline scenario and the derivation of the multiple scenarios.

We assessed the baseline macroeconomic forecasts by comparing them with macroeconomic forecasts published by

external sources.

We also evaluated the methodology applied by management to determine whether to adjust its standard process for

inclusion of macroeconomic variables or to adjust the model results through management overlays. In doing so, we

assessed the results of management’s sensitivity analysis and compared the macroeconomic variables used to our own

benchmark analysis. We also assessed that the adjustments were included in the calculation of expected credit losses

according to management’s methodology.

To assess the inclusion of forward-looking information in the model-based calculation of expected credit losses, we

involved internal credit risk modeling specialists.

Our procedures did not lead to any reservations relating to the inclusion of forward-looking information in the model-

based calculation of expected credit losses.

Reference to related disclosures

Information on the inclusion of forward-looking information into the model-based calculation of expected credit losses

and their adjustments for Stages 1 and 2 is provided in notes 1 and 19 of the notes to the consolidated financial

statements.

604

Deutsche Bank Confirmations
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s report

3.Expected credit losses for defaulted US commercial real estate loans

Reasons why the matter was determined to be a key audit matter

As of 31 December 2025, the Group recognized loan exposures of EUR 30.6 billion relating to the non-recourse

commercial real estate loans business with corresponding allowances of EUR 1.1 billion.

Identifying defaults and calculating the expected credit losses for defaulted loan exposures involves various assumptions

and estimation of inputs, particularly regarding the ability of the borrower to repay the obligation, expectations of future

cash flows, including expected proceeds from the realization of collateral.

In view of an increase in defaulted loan exposures relating to the commercial real estate business and the economic

uncertainty and significant use of judgment, we consider expected credit losses (ECL) for defaulted commercial real

estate loans to be a key audit matter, in particular for commercial real estate located in the US.

Auditor’s response

We obtained an understanding of the processes for identifying and calculating expected credit losses for borrowers in

the US commercial real estate loans business. We assessed the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls

related to credit risk rating, the application of default criteria and transfer to Stage 3 in accordance with IFRS 9 and the

calculation of the expected credit loss.

We evaluated the criteria used by management to determine defaulted loans in accordance with IFRS 9.

For a sample of US commercial real estate loans we analyzed the application of default criteria used for ECL staging. For

loans classified as Stage 3 we assessed the significant assumptions concerning the estimated future cash flows from the

loan exposures by assessing the collateral value, the solvency of the borrower and the publicly available market and

industry forecasts. We searched for and evaluated information that corroborates or contradicts management’s

forecasted assumptions. We also tested the arithmetical accuracy of the expected credit loss calculated for defaulted

exposures.

We involved internal specialists to assess the valuation of US commercial real estate collateral on a sample basis.

Our procedures did not lead to any reservations relating to the expected credit losses for defaulted US commercial real

estate loans.

Reference to related disclosures

Information on the Group’s US commercial real estate loans business is included in Note 19 of the notes to the

consolidated financial statements as well as the section titled “Commercial Real Estate” in the “Credit Risk Exposure”

chapter (Focus Areas in 2025) of the Risk Report (combined management report), which is an integral part of the

consolidated financial statements.

4.Impairment testing of goodwill for the Asset Management cash-generating

unit

Reasons why the matter was determined to be a key audit matter

As of 31 December 2025, the Group reported goodwill of EUR 2.7 billion that was exclusively allocated to its Asset

Management cash-generating unit (CGU).

For purposes of the impairment test the recoverable amount of the Asset Management CGU is calculated using the

discounted cash flow model. In this context, significant assumptions are made regarding the earnings projections and the

input parameters of the Capital Asset Pricing Model from which the discount rate is derived.

As impairment testing of goodwill for the Asset Management CGU is based on a high degree of judgment due to the

earnings projections and discount rate contained in the discounted cash flow model this is a key audit matter.

605

Deutsche Bank Confirmations
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s report

Auditor’s response

We obtained an understanding of the process for preparing the earnings projections and calculating the recoverable

amount of the Asset Management CGU. In this respect, we also obtained an understanding of management’s controls

regarding the earnings projections and the discount rate, assessed the design of such controls and tested their operating

effectiveness.

We analyzed the earnings projections with a focus on changes in assumptions compared with the prior year. We

compared the earnings projections with the prior fiscal year’s projections and with the actual results achieved and

evaluated any significant deviations, and we assessed the consistency and reasonableness of management’s assumptions

made regarding the earnings projections, comparing them with external market expectations.

Furthermore, we assessed the discount rate by comparing it to a range of externally available data.

To assess the above assumptions made in the recoverability of the Asset Management CGU we involved internal business

valuation specialists.

Our procedures did not lead to any reservations relating to the measurement of the goodwill for the Asset Management

CGU.

Reference to related disclosures

Information on the impairment testing of goodwill is provided in notes 1 and 23 of the notes to the consolidated financial

statements.

5.Recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets

Reasons why the matter was determined to be a key audit matter

As of 31 December 2025, the Group reported net deferred tax assets of EUR 5,9 billion.

The recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets is based on the estimation of the ability to utilize unused tax

losses and deductible temporary differences against potential future taxable income. This estimate is based, among

others, on assumptions regarding forecasted operating results based upon the approved business plan.

In light of the use of judgment in the estimation of future taxable income and the ability to use tax losses, the recognition

and measurement of deferred tax assets is a key audit matter.

Auditor’s response

We obtained an understanding of the process to determine whether deductible temporary differences and unused tax

losses are identified in different jurisdictions and measured in accordance with the provisions of tax law and rules for

accounting for deferred taxes under IAS 12, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the related

controls.

We tested the assumptions used to develop and allocate elements of the approved business plan as a basis for

estimating the future taxable income of the relevant group companies and tax groups.

Furthermore, we evaluated the recognition of deferred tax assets by analyzing the key assumptions made in estimating

future taxable income. We assessed the estimates made in the forecasted operating results by comparing the underlying

key assumptions with historical and prospective data available externally. We compared the historical forecasts with the

actual results. In addition, we assessed the estimated tax adjustments and we performed sensitivity analyses on the

utilization periods of the respective deferred tax assets.

To assess the assumptions used in the recoverability of the deferred taxes, we involved our tax professionals and internal

business valuation specialists.

Our procedures did not lead to any reservations relating to the recognition and measurement of the deferred tax assets.

Reference to related disclosures

Information on the recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets is provided in notes 1 and 34 of the notes to the

consolidated financial statements.

606

Deutsche Bank Confirmations
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s report

6.Provisions and contingent liabilities for civil litigation and regulatory

enforcement

Reasons why the matter was determined to be a key audit matter

As of 31 December 2025, the Group’s provisions for civil litigation and regulatory enforcement were EUR 1.3 billion and

contingent liabilities were EUR 0.9 billion.

The Group operates in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes it to significant litigation risks. The estimates for

the recognition and measurement of provisions or disclosure of contingent liabilities are based upon currently available

information and a variety of assumptions and variables.

Significant judgment is required in assessing probability and estimating the amount of an outflow of economic resources

given the inherent uncertainties that exist in civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters.

Due to the significant subjectivity involved in management’s estimate of the probability and amount of outflow of

economic resources for selected civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters, this is a key audit matter.

Auditor’s response

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of management’s controls

over the process for recognizing and measuring provisions and disclosing contingent liabilities for civil litigation and

regulatory enforcement.

For a sample of relevant matters, we evaluated management’s assessment of the probability and amount of economic

outflow, including the assumptions and variables considered for each respective matter. These procedures included

inspecting internal and external legal analyses detailing the judgmental aspects subject to legal interpretation. We also

read minutes of key management committee meetings (including the Management Board) as well as related

correspondence, such as court proceedings, settlement agreements, regulatory inquiries and investigation reports. We

obtained correspondence directly from external legal counsel to assess the information provided by management and

performed inquiries with external counsel as necessary.

We involved internal valuation specialists to assess the methodology of relevant matters on which the provision amounts

were determined as well as internal legal specialists to assess, for applicable matters, the probability of an outflow and

the amount of provision recognized.

Our procedures did not lead to any reservations relating to the completeness and accuracy of provisions for civil

litigation and regulatory enforcement.

Reference to related disclosures

Information on the measurement of legal provisions is provided in notes 1 and 27 of the notes to the consolidated

financial statements.

607

Deutsche Bank Confirmations
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s report

7.IT access and change management in the financial reporting

Reasons why the matter was determined to be a key audit matter

The accuracy of the Group’s financial reporting is highly dependent on the reliability and the continuity of the

information technology used due to the significant number of transactions that are processed daily.

Given the high dependency on reliable and continuing data processing and given the pervasive nature of IT controls on

the internal control system, we consider IT access and change management in the Group’s financial reporting to be a key

audit matter.

Auditor’s response

We assessed the IT control environment including the IT general controls as well as the IT application controls relevant

to the Group’s financial reporting. Our procedures also covered the changes during the year to the current IT control

environment.

Moreover, we tested the operating effectiveness of prevent and detect IT general controls related to user access

management and change management across applications, databases and operating systems. Additionally, we tested IT

application controls over automated data processing, data feeds and interfaces. Our audit procedures related to IT

access management included, but were not limited to, user access provisioning and removal, privileged user access,

periodic access right recertifications, system security settings and user authentication controls.

Our audit procedures related to IT change management included, but were not limited to, evaluating if changes in the

production environment were tested and approved prior to implementation and the ability to deploy changes was

restricted to authorized users.

To assess IT access and change management in the Group’s financial reporting process, we involved internal

professionals who have particular expertise in the area of IT audits.

Our procedures did not lead to any reservations relating to the IT access and change management in the Group’s

financial reporting.

Reference to related disclosures

For a general description of internal controls over the financial reporting, we refer to the combined management report

in the “Internal Control over Financial Reporting” section.

608

Deutsche Bank Confirmations
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s report

Other information

The Supervisory Board is responsible for the Report of the Supervisory Board. The executive directors and the

Supervisory Board are responsible for the declaration pursuant to Sec. 161 AktG [“Aktiengesetz”: German Stock

Corporation Act] on the German Corporate Governance Code, which is part of the combined corporate governance

statement as well as for the compensation report pursuant to Sec. 162 AktG. In all other respects, the executive directors

are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises

–the non-financial statement referred to above,

–the last paragraph of the “Risk management principles” section (in the “Risk Report” chapter) of the group

management report regarding management’s statement on the risk management framework and internal control

system referred to above,

–the combined corporate governance statement referred to above,

and other parts to be included in the annual report, of which we obtained a version prior to issuing this auditor’s report, in

particular:

–the responsibility statement pursuant to Sec. 297 (2) Sentence 4 HGB in conjunction with Sec. 315 (1) Sentence 6

HGB,

–the “Deutsche Bank – Financial Summary” section,

–the “Deutsche Bank Group” section,

–the compensation report,

–the “Corporate Governance Statement pursuant to Sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code” section,

–the “Article 8 Tables” section and

–the “Supplementary Information” section,

but not the consolidated financial statements, not the group management report disclosures whose content is audited

and not our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinions on the consolidated financial statements and on the group management report do not cover the other

information, and consequently we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in so doing, to consider whether the

other information

–is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements, with the group management report or our

knowledge obtained in the audit, or

–otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we

are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of the executive directors and the Supervisory Board for the

consolidated financial statements and the group management report

The executive directors are responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements that comply, in all

material respects, with the IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the EU and the additional requirements of German

commercial law pursuant to Sec. 315e (1) HGB and that the consolidated financial statements, in compliance with these

requirements, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and financial performance of the Group.

In addition, the executive directors are responsible for such internal control as they have determined necessary to enable

the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud (i.e.,

fraudulent financial reporting and misappropriation of assets) or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the executive directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s

ability to continue as a going concern. They also have the responsibility for disclosing, as applicable, matters related to

going concern. In addition, they are responsible for financial reporting based on the going concern basis of accounting

unless there is an intention to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or there is no realistic alternative but to do so.

Furthermore, the executive directors are responsible for the preparation of the group management report that, as a

whole, provides an appropriate view of the Group’s position and is, in all material respects, consistent with the

consolidated financial statements, complies with German legal requirements and appropriately presents the

opportunities and risks of future development. In addition, the executive directors are responsible for such arrangements

and measures (systems) as they have considered necessary to enable the preparation of a group management report that

609

Deutsche Bank Confirmations
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s report

is in accordance with the applicable German legal requirements, and to be able to provide sufficient appropriate

evidence for the assertions in the group management report.

The Supervisory Board is responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process for the preparation of the

consolidated financial statements and of the group management report.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements

and of the group management report

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are

free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and whether the group management report as a whole

provides an appropriate view of the Group’s position and, in all material respects, is consistent with the consolidated

financial statements and the knowledge obtained in the audit, complies with the German legal requirements and

appropriately presents the opportunities and risks of future development, as well as to issue an auditor’s report that

includes our opinions on the consolidated financial statements and on the group management report.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Sec.

317 HGB and the EU Audit Regulation and in compliance with German Generally Accepted Standards for Financial

Statement Audits promulgated by the Institut der Wirtschaftsprüfer (IDW) will always detect a material misstatement.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could

reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial

statements and this group management report.

We exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

–Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements and of the group

management report, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and

obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinions. The risk of not detecting a

material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting

from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of

internal control.

–Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit of the consolidated financial statements and of

arrangements and measures relevant to the audit of the group management report in order to design audit

procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the

effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and of such arrangements and measures.

–Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used by the executive directors and the reasonableness of

estimates made by the executive directors and related disclosures.

–Conclude on the appropriateness of the executive directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based

on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast

significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty

exists, we are required to draw attention in the auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial

statements and in the group management report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our respective

opinions. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However,

future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to be able to continue as a going concern.

–Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the

disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements present the underlying transactions and events in a

manner that the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position

and financial performance of the Group in compliance with the IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the EU and

the additional requirements of German commercial law pursuant to Sec. 315e (1) HGB.

–Plan and perform the audit of the consolidated financial statements to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence

regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming opinions on

the consolidated financial statements and on the group management report. We are responsible for the direction,

supervision and review of the work performed for the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinions.

–Evaluate the consistency of the group management report with the consolidated financial statements, its conformity

with [German] law, and the view of the Group’s position it provides.

–Perform audit procedures on the prospective information presented by the executive directors in the group

management report. On the basis of sufficient appropriate audit evidence we evaluate, in particular, the significant

assumptions used by the executive directors as a basis for the prospective information, and evaluate the proper

derivation of the prospective information from these assumptions. We do not express a separate opinion on the

prospective information and on the assumptions used as a basis. There is a substantial unavoidable risk that future

events will differ materially from the prospective information.

610

Deutsche Bank Confirmations
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s report

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of

the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during

our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with the relevant

independence requirements, and communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be

thought to bear on our independence and where applicable, the related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most

significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit

matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the

matter.

Other legal and regulatory requirements

Report on the assurance on the electronic rendering of the consolidated financial

statements and the group management report prepared for publication purposes

in accordance with Sec. 317 (3a) HGB

Opinion

We have performed assurance work in accordance with Sec. 317 (3a) HGB to obtain reasonable assurance about whether

the rendering of the consolidated financial statements and the group management report (hereinafter the “ESEF

documents”) contained in Deutsche_Bank_AG_KA+KLB_ESEF-2025-12-31.xbri and prepared for publication purposes

complies in all material respects with the requirements of Sec. 328 (1) HGB for the electronic reporting format (“ESEF

format”). In accordance with German legal requirements, this assurance work extends only to the conversion of the

information contained in the consolidated financial statements and the group management report into the ESEF format

and therefore relates neither to the information contained within these renderings nor to any other information

contained in the file identified above.

In our opinion, the rendering of the consolidated financial statements and the group management report contained in

the file identified above and prepared for publication purposes complies in all material respects with the requirements of

Sec. 328 (1) HGB for the electronic reporting format. Beyond this assurance opinion and our audit opinions on the

accompanying consolidated financial statements and the accompanying group management report for the fiscal year

from 1 January 2025 to 31 December 2025 contained in the “Report on the audit of the consolidated financial

statements and of the group management report” above, we do not express any assurance opinion on the information

contained within these renderings or on the other information contained in the file identified above.

Basis for the opinion

We conducted our assurance work on the rendering of the consolidated financial statements and the group management

report contained in the file identified above in accordance with Sec. 317 (3a) HGB and the IDW Assurance Standard:

Assurance on the Electronic Rendering of Financial Statements and Management Reports Prepared for Publication

Purposes in Accordance with Sec. 317 (3a) HGB (IDW AsS 410) (06.2022) and the International Standard on Assurance

Engagements 3000 (Revised). Our responsibility in accordance therewith is further described in the “Group auditor’s

responsibilities for the assurance work on the ESEF documents” section. Our audit firm applies the IDW Standard on

Quality Management 1: Requirements for Quality Management in the Audit Firm (IDW QMS 1(09.2022)).

Responsibilities of the executive directors and the Supervisory Board for the ESEF documents

The executive directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the ESEF documents including the

electronic rendering of the consolidated financial statements and the group management report in accordance with Sec.

328 (1) Sentence 4 No. 1 HGB and for the tagging of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with Sec. 328

(1) Sentence 4 No. 2 HGB.

In addition, the executive directors of the Institution are responsible for such internal control as they have determined

necessary to enable the preparation of ESEF documents that are free from material intentional or unintentional non-

compliance with the requirements of Sec. 328 (1) HGB for the electronic reporting format.

The Supervisory Board is responsible for overseeing the process for preparing the ESEF documents as part of the

financial reporting process.

611

Deutsche Bank Confirmations
Annual Report 2025 Independent auditor’s report

Group auditor’s responsibilities for the assurance work on the ESEF documents

Our objective is to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the ESEF documents are free from material intentional or

unintentional non-compliance with the requirements of Sec. 328 (1) HGB. We exercise professional judgment and

maintain professional skepticism throughout the assurance work. We also:

–Identify and assess the risks of material intentional or unintentional non-compliance with the requirements of Sec.

328 (1) HGB, design and perform assurance procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain assurance evidence that

is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our assurance opinion.

–Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the assurance on the ESEF documents in order to design

assurance procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an assurance

opinion on the effectiveness of these controls.

–Evaluate the technical validity of the ESEF documents, i.e., whether the file containing the ESEF documents meets the

requirements of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815, in the version in force at the date of the financial

statements, on the technical specification for this file.

–Evaluate whether the ESEF documents enable an XHTML rendering with content equivalent to the audited

consolidated financial statements and to the audited group management report.

–Evaluate whether the tagging of the ESEF documents with Inline XBRL technology (iXBRL) in accordance with the

requirements of Arts. 4 and 6 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815, in the version in force at the date

of the financial statements, enables an appropriate and complete machine-readable XBRL copy of the XHTML

rendering.

Further information pursuant to Art. 10 of the EU Audit Regulation

We were elected as group auditor by the Annual General Meeting on 22 May 2025. We were engaged by the Supervisory

Board on 28 July 2025. We have been the group auditor of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft without interruption since

fiscal year 2020. We declare that the opinions expressed in this auditor’s report are consistent with the additional report

to the Audit Committee pursuant to Art. 11 of the EU Audit Regulation (long-form audit report).

Other matter – use of the auditor’s report

Our auditor’s report must always be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements and the audited

group management report as well as the assured ESEF documents. The consolidated financial statements and the group

management report converted to the ESEF format – including the versions to be published in the Unternehmensregister

[German Company Register] – are merely electronic renderings of the audited consolidated financial statements and the

audited group management report and do not take their place. In particular, the ESEF report and our assurance opinion

contained therein are to be used solely together with the assured ESEF documents made available in electronic form.

German Public Auditor responsible for the engagement

The German Public Auditor responsible for the engagement is Mr. Carsten Rothermel.

Eschborn/Frankfurt am Main, 9 March 2026

EY GmbH & Co. KG

Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

Rothermel Schreiber
Wirtschaftsprüfer Wirtschaftsprüfer
[German Public Auditor] [German Public Auditor]

612

Deutsche Bank Confirmations
Annual Report 2025 Responsibility Statement by the Management Board

Responsibility Statement by the Management Board

To the best of our knowledge, and in accordance with the applicable reporting principles, the consolidated financial

statements give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Group and the

Group management report, which has been combined with the management report for Deutsche Bank AG, includes a fair

review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group, together with a description of

the principal opportunities and risks associated with the expected development of the Group.

Frankfurt am Main, March 05, 2026

mbsigna.jpg

613

3
Compensation Report
614 Introduction 642 Outlook for the 2026 financial year
614 Compensation Report for the Management<br><br>Board and the Supervisory Board 642 Total target compensation and maximum<br><br>compensation
614 Employee Compensation Report 642 2026 objective structure and targets
615 Compensation of the Management Board 644 Compensation of Supervisory Board<br><br>members
615 Executive Summary 645 Supervisory Board Compensation for the<br><br>2025 and 2024 financial years
619 Responsibility and procedures for setting<br><br>and reviewing Management Board<br><br>compensation 644 Compensation of Supervisory Board<br><br>members
620 Guiding principle: Alignment of Management<br><br>Board compensation to corporate strategy 650 Independent auditor’s report
621 Structure of the Management Board<br><br>compensation system aligned with<br><br>compensation principles 650 Responsibilities of the executive directors<br><br>and the supervisory board
623 Compensation components and structure 650 Auditor’s responsibility
623 Compensation caps 650 Opinion
623 Deferrals and holding periods 651 Other matter – formal audit of the<br><br>remuneration report
625 Application of the compensation system in<br><br>the financial year 652 Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
625 Target and maximum amounts of base salary<br><br>and variable compensation 652 Regulatory environment
625 Short-Term Incentive (STI) 2025 653 Compensation governance
631 Long-Term Incentive (LTI)2025 655 Compensation and Benefits Strategy
634 Benefits upon contract termination 656 Group Compensation Framework
634 Deviations from the compensation system 657 Employee groups with specific<br><br>compensation structures
658 Determination of performance-based<br><br>Variable Compensation
635 Management Board compensation 2025 659 Variable Compensation structure
635 Current Management Board members 660 Ex-post risk adjustment of Variable<br><br>Compensation
640 Former members of the Management Board 661 Compensation decisions for 2025
663 Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure

614

Deutsche Bank Introduction
Annual Report 2025 Compensation Report for the Management Board and the Supervisory Board

Introduction

The Compensation Report for the year 2025 provides detailed information on compensation in Deutsche Bank Group.

Compensation Report for the Management Board and the

Supervisory Board

The Compensation Report for the 2025 financial year was prepared jointly by the Management Board and the

Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft (hereinafter: Deutsche Bank AG or the bank).

The Compensation Report fulfils the current legal and regulatory requirements, in particular of Section 162 of the

German Stock Corporation Act and the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions (Institutsvergütungsverordnung) and

takes into account the recommendations set out in the German Corporate Governance Code. It is also in compliance with

the applicable requirements of the accounting rules for capital market-oriented companies (German Commercial Code,

International Financial Reporting Standards) as well as the guidelines issued by the working group “Guidelines for

Sustainable Management Board Remuneration Systems”.

Employee Compensation Report

This part of the compensation report discloses information with regard to the compensation system and structure that

applies to the employees in Deutsche Bank Group. The report provides details on the Group Compensation Framework,

and it outlines the decisions on variable compensation for 2025. Furthermore, this part contains quantitative disclosures

specific to employees identified as Material Risk Takers (`MRT´s) in accordance with the Remuneration Ordinance for

Institutions.

615

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Executive Summary

Compensation of the Management Board

Executive Summary

Deutsche Bank continued its transformation and further advanced its strategic priorities in 2025 despite a challenging

market environment. Building on progress made in 2024 under the “Global Hausbank” strategy, the bank strengthened

earnings capacity, operational efficiency, and capital discipline.

Pre‑tax profit was € 9.7 billion, an increase of 84% compared to the previous year, which had been influenced by litigation

charges. Net profit was € 7.1 billion.

The key performance metric was post‑tax return on equity (RoTE). The financial target of 10% was exceeded, with a result

of 10.3%. Revenues rose by 7% year over year, reaching € 32 billion. Costs remained stable, reflected in a cost‑income

ratio of 64%, below the target of 65%.

By the end of the year 2025, the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio stood at 14.2%, above the 13.5%–14.0% target range. For

the 2025 financial year, the Supervisory Board and the Management Board propose a dividend of € 1 per share to the

Annual General Meeting, an increase of 50% compared to the previous year. In addition, the bank announced another

share buyback program of € 1 billion. Cumulative capital distributions in respect of the financial years 2021–2025, to

be paid in 2022–2026, thereby amount to € 8.5 billion, exceeding the bank’s original capital distribution goal of

€ 8.0 billion.

All four business divisions contributed to the positive results, each achieving a return on equity above 10% and

double‑digit profit growth, confirming the stability of the group’s earnings base.

Overall, the 2025 financial year shows that the strategic measures implemented were effective. The financial targets for

the year were achieved or exceeded and provided the basis for the Supervisory Board determining the Management

Board’s variable compensation.

Compensation Report 2024

The Compensation Report 2024 for members of the Management Board and Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank as

published on March 13, 2025, was submitted to the General Meeting on May 22, 2025, for approval in accordance with

Section 120a (4) of the German Stock Corporation Act. The General Meeting approved the Compensation Report with a

majority of 96.08%.

Compensation Decisions in 2025.

All compensation decisions are subject to the boundaries of multiple regulatory requirements. In this regard,

Management Board compensation and the pay-out schedules of variable compensation components are limited in

several ways. Due to the requirements of Section 25a (5) of the German Banking Act and in accordance with the decision

of the General Meeting in May 2014, the ratio of fixed to variable compensation is generally limited to 1:2 (cap rule). In

order to be in the position to offer competitive compensation in banking and to be successful in attracting and retaining

the best leaders for the bank, the fixed compensation of Deutsche Bank Management Board members therefore tends to

be higher relative to other DAX companies that are not subject to banking-specific regulation and that have variable

compensation that can be a higher multiple of fixed pay.

The Supervisory Board reviews the compensation levels of the members of the Management Board annually and

regularly engages external compensation advisors to support the review and obtain information on market practice,

while assuring that these advisors are independent from the Management Board and Deutsche Bank. The Supervisory

Board considers the international environment in which Deutsche Bank’s Management Board members need to operate

as crucial. Therefore, universal and investment banks are seen as the most relevant peer group. Thus, target

compensation levels need to be aligned with top performers in this market in order to find suitable candidates.

616

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Executive Summary

The Supervisory Board carefully considers stakeholders’ views when making compensation decisions. Several

extraordinary aspects are also taken into account. Deutsche Bank Management Board members often have complex

profiles, with dual or multiple responsibilities that are essential for ongoing business success, such as market access and

broad experience. Regulatory requirements mean that fixed base salaries at Deutsche Bank must be higher than those at

many global banks, since variable compensation carries a higher risk profile due to its long-term focus, strict link to share

price performance, and multi-year payout scheme. Additionally, only a few international banks have explicit target

compensation structures, so market benchmarks are based on actual compensation levels. Ensuring the retention of

existing Management Board members is also a key consideration. Taking all these aspects into account the Supervisory

Board made the following compensation decisions in 2025:

Within the framework of the annual review of Management Board compensation levels, newer market data showed a

higher compensation level for Laura Padovani’s area of functional responsibility on the Management Board for

Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime (AFC). Her role has been benchmarked against Deutsche Bank’s Global and

European peer groups. As a result, the Supervisory Board decided on an appropriate increase for the year 2025, within an

internationally comparable range, to an overall target compensation of € 3,740,000 p.a., (thereof € 2,200,000 fixed pay)

which represents an increase of 25.7% (increase of fixed pay: 25.7%). The total target compensation for Laura Padovani

has been set between the median and the 75th percentile of the relevant market benchmarks, a placement that the

Supervisory Board determined to be appropriate given her performance and responsibilities. In particular, Laura Padovani

has already demonstrated over the first half-year of her term of office above average progress in the bank in her area of

responsibility.

Dr. Marcus Chromik was appointed member of the Management Board with effect from May 1, 2025, for a period of three

years. He stepped into the role of the Chief Risk Officer previously held by Olivier Vigneron, who left the Management

Board on May 19, 2025. The total target compensation for Dr. Marcus Chromik was set at € 4,080,000 p.a. (thereof

€ 2,400,000 fixed pay).

Compensation System

The compensation system for members of the Management Board was amended by the Supervisory Board with effect

from January 1, 2024. It was submitted to the General Meeting on May 16, 2024, for approval in accordance with Section

120a (1) of the German Stock Corporation Act. The General Meeting approved the compensation system with a majority

of 97.32%.

The following chart gives an overview of the compensation system, displaying the Short-Term Incentive (STI) and Long-

Term Incentive (LTI) metrics with their respective weightings as well as the payout scheme and additional provisions:

compsystem1.jpg

617

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Executive Summary

compsystem2.jpg

Overview Compensation Year 2025

The compensation system stipulates that the Short-Term Incentive is determined after one year, while the Long-Term

Incentive is only determined after an assessment period of three years. In the first two years after introduction

(“transitional phase”), it is only possible to report on the achievement levels for the short-term objectives. The chart

below shows an overview of the range of Management Board members’ achievements, highlighting the results of the

Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO). During this “transitional phase”, the overview includes a

column titled “Pro Forma Total Compensation” which shows the sum of base salary, actual STI and a target value for the

LTI.

618

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Executive Summary

executivesummary_eng.jpg

619

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Principles governing the determination of compensation

Principles governing the determination of compensation

Responsibility and procedures for setting and reviewing Management Board

compensation

The Supervisory Board is responsible for the decisions on the design of the compensation system as well as for setting up

the individual compensation amounts and procedures for awarding the compensation. The Compensation Control

Committee supports the Supervisory Board in its tasks and prepares proposals for resolutions by the Supervisory Board.

On the basis of the approved compensation system, the Supervisory Board sets the target total compensation for each

Management Board member for the respective financial year, while taking into account the scope and complexity of the

respective Management Board member’s functional responsibilities, the length of service of the Management Board

member on the Management Board as well as the company’s financial situation. In the process, the Supervisory Board

also considers customary market compensation, also based on both horizontal and vertical comparisons, and sets the

upper limit for total compensation (maximum compensation).

Horizontal appropriateness of Management Board compensation

Through the horizontal comparison, the Supervisory Board ensures that the total target compensation is appropriate in

relation to the tasks and achievements of the Management Board as well as the company’s situation. The horizontal

appropriateness is reviewed annually by the Supervisory Board, which regularly engages external compensation advisors

for this review, while assuring itself that these advisors are independent from the Management Board and Deutsche

Bank. The Supervisory Board takes the results of the review into consideration when setting the target compensation for

the Management Board members. In this context, the compensation amount level and structure, in particular, are

examined at comparable companies (peer groups). Suitable companies in consideration of Deutsche Bank’s market

position (in particular with regard to business sector, size, and country) are used as the basis for this comparison. The

assessment of horizontal appropriateness takes place in comparison with the following three peer groups:

peergroup_eng.jpg

Vertical appropriateness

The Supervisory Board also considers a vertical comparison, which compares the compensation of the Management

Board and the compensation of the workforce. Within the vertical comparison, the Supervisory Board considers in

particular, in accordance with the German Corporate Governance Code, the development of compensation over time.

This involves a comparison of the Management Board compensation and the compensation of two groups of employees.

Taken into account are, on the one hand, the compensation of the senior management, which comprises the first

management level below the Management Board and members of the top executive committees of the divisions as well

as the management board members of significant institutions within Deutsche Bank Group and their corresponding first

management level positions with management responsibility. The Management Board compensation is also compared

to, on the other hand, the compensation of all other employees of Deutsche Bank Group worldwide (tariff and non-tariff

employees).

620

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Principles governing the determination of compensation

Guiding principle: Alignment of Management Board compensation to corporate

strategy

Deutsche Bank is dedicated to its clients’ lasting success and financial security at home and abroad. The bank offers its

clients solutions and provides an active contribution to foster the creation of value. Deutsche Bank is committed to a

corporate culture that appropriately aligns risks and returns.

In the interests of the shareholders, the Management Board compensation system is aligned to the business strategy as

well as the sustainable and long-term development of Deutsche Bank and provides suitable incentives for a consistent

achievement of the set targets. The implementation of the Group strategy and the alignment with the sustainable and

long-term performance of the Group are rewarded in a clear and understandable manner through the composition of

total compensation comprising fixed and variable compensation components, through the assessment of performance

over short-term and long-term periods and through the consideration of relevant, challenging performance parameters,

The structure of the targets and objectives therefore comprises a balanced mix of both financial and non-financial

parameters and indicators.

In late January 2025, Deutsche Bank confirmed its strategic goals for the Group in 2025. The organization aims to prove

lay the foundation for becoming the European Champion. With a clear vision, a strong model as Global Hausbank, and a

highly skilled team, Deutsche Bank is well-positioned to achieve long-term success. A key factor in this journey is the

alignment of the Management Boards compensation to the company´s strategic priorities.

By aligning Management Board compensation with these strategic priorities, the organization reinforces its commitment

to sustainable growth, operational excellence, and long-term stakeholder value.

Through the structure of the compensation system, the variable compensation of the members of the Management

Board is closely aligned with the targets and objectives linked to Deutsche Bank’s strategy and priorities, when working

individually and as a team continually towards the long-term positive development of Deutsche Bank without taking on

disproportionately high risks. The Supervisory Board ensures there is always a strong link between compensation and

performance in line with shareholder interests (“pay for performance”).

621

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Principles governing the determination of compensation

Structure of the Management Board compensation system aligned with

compensation principles

The compensation system consists of fixed and variable compensation components. The fixed compensation and

variable compensation together form the total compensation for a Management Board member. The Supervisory Board

defines target and maximum amounts (caps) for all compensation components.

Component Principle Implementation
Fixed Compensation
Base salary The base salary rewards the Management Board<br><br>member for performing the respective role and<br><br>responsibilities. This fixed compensation<br><br>component is intended to ensure a fair and market-<br><br>oriented income and to ensure that undue risks are<br><br>avoided. Monthly payment; annual base salary of<br><br>between € 2.2 million and € 3.8 million
Fringe benefits Management Board members can be granted fringe<br><br>benefits according to the Management Board<br><br>Fringe Benefits Guideline resolved by the<br><br>Supervisory Board. Company car and driver services as well,<br><br>if applicable, moving expenses, housing<br><br>allowance, insurance premiums and<br><br>reimbursement of business<br><br>representation expenses.
Pension/pension allowance Management Board members receive contributions<br><br>to their company pension scheme in accordance<br><br>with the regulations laid down in the Management<br><br>Board members service contracts. ‘- Defined contribution system: annual contribution<br><br>or pension allowance of € 650,000 p.a.; interest<br><br>accrues at an average rate of 2% p.a., 4% p.a. for<br><br>legacy entitlements<br><br>- New Management Board members: pension<br><br>allowance in cash; CEO € 650,000 p.a. and other<br><br>Management Board members € 450,000 p.a. . . . . . .
Variable Compensation
Short-Term Incentive (STI) The Short-Term Incentive (STI) rewards the<br><br>individual value contribution of each member of the<br><br>Management Board to achieving short- and<br><br>medium-term objectives in accordance with the<br><br>corporate strategy. The STI objectives are tailored<br><br>to the role and responsibilities of the respective<br><br>Management Board member and the level of<br><br>achievement can be individually influenced by the<br><br>Management Board member. '-Short-Term Incentive (STI) assessed after one year<br><br>-Target achievement based on annual<br><br>performance assessment of a<br><br>maximum of 5 objectives with balanced<br><br>weightings between financial,<br><br>sustainability and individual objectives.<br><br>Maximum achievement level: 150%<br><br>-Payout: 50% in cash after the 1-year<br><br>assessment period and 50% equity-<br><br>based, this portion is also paid out in cash after an<br><br>additional holding period of 1 year<br><br>-Not eligible for dividends during performance<br><br>period.
Long-Term Incentive (LTI) The Long-Term Incentive (LTI) is largely based on a<br><br>sustainable increase in the value of the bank. The<br><br>Relative Total Shareholder Return (RTSR) builds a<br><br>constant metric within the framework that<br><br>promotes the linking of shareholder interests with<br><br>those of the Management Board members. Other<br><br>stakeholder aspects are taken into account by<br><br>defining strategically material financial Key<br><br>Performance Indicators (KPIs) as well as material<br><br>sustainability targets. Their achievement forms the<br><br>basis for the final review at the end of the 3-year<br><br>performance period. The Supervisory Board placed<br><br>the primary focus on the deferred compensation<br><br>component by setting the LTI at 60% of the total<br><br>variable target compensation. In order to<br><br>appropriately reflect the importance of long-term<br><br>corporate development in the Management Board’s<br><br>compensation, 100% of the LTI is shared-based. ‘-Long-Term Incentive (LTI) assessed after 3 years<br><br>-Target achievement based on performance<br><br>assessment of 4 LTI objectives with flexible<br><br>weightings: Group financials (e.g., Return on<br><br>Tangible Equity (RoTE), growth in Tangible Book<br><br>Value Per Share (TBVPS)), Relative Total<br><br>Shareholder Return (RTSR) and Environmental,<br><br>Social and Governance (ESG) objectives over a<br><br>forward-looking assessment period of 3 years.<br><br>Maximum achievement level: 150%<br><br>-Initially allocated as a target cash amount<br><br>-Conversion into equity-based instruments (virtual<br><br>shares) after first year of performance period<br><br>-Final determination of number of equity-based<br><br>units at the end of three-year performance period<br><br>-Full disposal of LTI after 9 years: delivered in five<br><br>equal, consecutive installments, starting one year<br><br>after the assessment period and each with an<br><br>additional holding period of one year<br><br>-Not eligible for dividends during performance and<br><br>deferral period.

622

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Principles governing the determination of compensation
Component Principle Implementation
--- --- ---
Further aspects
Compensation caps In accordance with Section 87a German Stock<br><br>Corporation Act, the Supervisory Board sets an<br><br>upper limit for the amount of compensation. If the<br><br>compensation for a financial year exceeds this<br><br>amount, compliance with the maximum limit is<br><br>ensured by a corresponding reduction in the<br><br>payment of the variable compensation. -Maximum compensation of € 12 million according<br><br>to Section 87a German Stock Corporation Act for<br><br>each Management Board member<br><br>- Maximum ratio of fixed to variable compensation:<br><br>1:2
Backtesting, malus<br><br>and clawback To ensure the sustainable development of the bank<br><br>and to avoid taking inappropriate risks, the payment<br><br>of variable compensation may be restricted or<br><br>cancelled. The Supervisory Board has the option of<br><br>withholding (malus) or reclaiming (clawback) all or<br><br>part of the short-term and long-term variable<br><br>compensation in the event of gross misconduct or<br><br>misrepresentation in financial reporting. -Regular review if results achieved in the past are<br><br>sustainable (backtesting)<br><br>-Variable compensation in deferral period may be<br><br>(partially) forfeited in the event of negative Group<br><br>results, in the event specific solvency or liquidity<br><br>conditions are not met, individual misconduct,<br><br>dismissal for cause or negative individual<br><br>contributions to performance (malus)<br><br>-Variable compensation already paid might be<br><br>reclaimed in accordance with<br><br>Sections 18 (5) and 20 (6) of the Remuneration<br><br>Ordinance for Institutions
Shareholding guideline The members of the Management Board are<br><br>obliged to build up a holding of Deutsche Bank<br><br>shares within 4 years. The shares must be held for<br><br>the entire duration of the appointment. If the base<br><br>salary is increased, the obligation to hold shares<br><br>increases accordingly. -Build-up period of 4 years<br><br>-CEO – 200% of annual gross base salary and other<br><br>Management Board members 100% of annual gross<br><br>base salary<br><br>-Shares to be held for the duration of the<br><br>appointment

Detailed information on the compensation system for members of the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG is

available on the company’s website: https://agm.db.com/files/documents/2024/AGM-2024-Compensation-system.pdf.

623

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Principles governing the determination of compensation

Compensation components and structure

The Supervisory Board sets the target compensation for each Management Board member. In accordance with the

recommendation of the German Corporate Governance Code, the Supervisory Board also determines the ratio of fixed

compensation to variable compensation as well as the ratio of short to long-term variable compensation. In this way, the

Supervisory Board ensures that performance-based compensation, which is linked to achieving long-term targets,

exceeds the portion of short-term targets.

Compensation caps

The compensation of the Management Board members is limited (capped) in several ways:

–Cap 1 – the maximum possible achievement levels for the Short-Term Incentive objectives and Long-Term Incentive

objectives are limited to 150% of the respective target values

–Cap 2 – based on the Capital Requirements Directive 4 and as approved by the General Meeting in May 2014, the

maximum ratio of fixed to variable compensation is limited to 1:2

–Cap 3 – in accordance with Section 87a (1) sentence 2 No. 1 of the Stock Corporation Act, the Supervisory Board sets

a maximum limit (maximum compensation) amounting to € 12 million uniformly for all Management Board members.

This cap comprises not only the base salary, Short-Term Incentive (STI) and Long-Term Incentive (LTI), but also the

pension service costs for the company pension plan or pension allowances and fringe benefits.

caps.jpg

Deferrals and holding periods

The Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions generally stipulates a three-year assessment period for the determination

of the variable compensation for management board members. The bank complies with this requirement by assessing

each of the objectives of the Long-Term Incentive (LTI) over a three-year period. In addition, variable compensation is

granted predominantly as equity-based instruments to achieve an even stronger alignment of the Management Board

members’ compensation to the bank’s performance and its share price. After vesting, the equity-based instruments are

also subject to an additional holding period of one year. Accordingly, the Management Board members are not permitted

to fully dispose of the equity-based instruments until the respective holding period has ended. During the deferral and

holding periods, the value of the equity-based instruments is linked to the performance of Deutsche Bank shares and is

therefore tied to the sustained performance of the bank. Equity-based instruments are not eligible for dividends during

performance and deferral periods.

In principle, half of the Short-Term Incentive (STI) is paid out directly after the one-year assessment period in cash, and

the other half is granted as equity-based instruments with an additional holding period of one year, after which it is also

paid out in cash. If the STI exceeds 40% of the variable total compensation, this excess amount must be granted in

deferred form over a deferral period of 5 years in order to comply with regulatory requirements. This is done by awarding

Restricted Equity Awards in 5 equal tranches, each followed by a one-year holding period.

624

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Principles governing the determination of compensation

The Long-Term Incentive (LTI) is entirely granted in the form of equity-based instruments that are distributed, starting

one year after the three-year assessment period, through five equal, consecutive installments, each with an additional

holding period of one year. In total, the full LTI payout amount is available for disposal after nine years, but still subject to

clawback conditions for an additional period of one year. The chart below illustrates the assessment and deferral periods

up to the end of the clawback period.

deferralstructureupd_eng.jpg

Holders of specific functions at certain Deutsche Bank U.S. entities are required by applicable regulation to be

compensated under different plans. Restricted compensation for these persons consists of restricted share awards and

restricted cash awards. The recipient becomes the beneficial owner of the awards as of the Award Date and the awards

are held on the recipient’s behalf. These awards are restricted for a period of time (subject to the applicable plan rules

and award statements, including performance conditions and forfeiture provisions). The restriction period is aligned to

the holding periods applicable to Deutsche Bank’s usual deferred awards. With regard to the Management Board, these

rules only applied only to Professor Dr. Stefan Simon due to his role as CEO of DB USA Corp until his departure from the

Management Board on April 30, 2025.

Full compliance with the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) rules in the UK is ensured by Deutsche Bank through the

implementation of tailored deferral provisions for Management Board members – also to those who are designated as

“Senior Management Function” (SMF) holders. Fabrizio Campelli has been identified as a "Senior Manager" under the

Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) in the United Kingdom (UK) for the 2025 financial year. The retention provisions to

be applied by the PRA to this group of employees are fulfilled by the provisions laid down for Fabrizio Campelli

Under regulatory guidelines, the grant of dividend equivalents is prohibited for any awards during their performance and

deferral periods. Therefore, the right to receive such dividend equivalents arises only after the completion of the three-

year performance period and the subsequent five-year deferral period (= vesting), as required by the European Banking

Authority. Although shares could be delivered already after the vesting, the Bank decided to delay the delivery until the

end of the additional one-year holding period, which starts with the vesting, to ensure continued compliance with

suspension and forfeiture provisions.

After the vesting and during the additional holding period, the share awards are economically fully attributable to the

Management Board members. To avoid economic disadvantages during the holding period, plan rules allow payment of

an equivalent amount per share if a dividend is paid during this time. This practice complies with all regulations and

market norms; notably, these equivalents are not considered variable compensation and do not require General Meeting

approval, demonstrating the Bank's regulatory adherence.

At its meeting on August 25, 2025, the Supervisory Board approved granting Management Board members dividend

equivalents of € 0.68 per share for equity-based deferred compensation awards already held in the subsequent,

additional holding period at the time of the 2025 General Meeting. These equivalents mirror shareholder dividends and

are calculated based on the number of share units, subject to the same rules as the original award (including suspension,

forfeiture, or clawback).

625

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Application of the compensation system in the financial year

Application of the compensation system in the financial year

Target and maximum amounts of base salary and variable compensation

2025 2024
in € Base salary Short-Term<br><br>Incentive Long-Term<br><br>Incentive Total<br><br>compensation2 Total<br><br>compensation2
Chief Executive Officer
Target value 3,800,000 2,400,000 3,600,000 9,800,000 9,800,000
Maximum value 12,000,000 12,000,000
President, CFO and responsible for Asset Management
Target value 3,200,000 2,040,000 3,060,000 8,300,000 8,300,000
Maximum value 10,850,000 10,850,000
Head of Corporate Bank and Investment Bank
Target value 3,400,000 2,160,000 3,240,000 8,800,000 8,800,000
Maximum value 11,500,000 11,500,000
Head of Private Bank
Target value 3,200,000 2,080,000 3,120,000 8,400,000 8,400,000
Maximum value 11,000,000 11,000,000
Chief Risk Officer1
Target value 2,400,000 672,000 1,008,000 4,080,000 6,500,000
Maximum 4,800,000 8,550,000
Chief Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime Officer1
Target value 2,200,000 616,000 924,000 3,740,000 2,975,000
Maximum 4,400,000 3,500,000
Chief Operating Officer
Target value 2,400,000 1,640,000 2,460,000 6,500,000 6,500,000
Maximum value 8,550,000 8,550,000
Chief Technology, Data and Innovation Officer
Target value 2,400,000 1,640,000 2,460,000 6,500,000 6,500,000
Maximum 8,550,000 8,550,000
CEO Asia-Pacific, Europe, Middle East & Africa and<br><br>Germany
Target value 2,400,000 1,640,000 2,460,000 6,500,000 6,500,000
Maximum 8,550,000 8,550,000

1 For further details on compensation decision, please refer to the “Executive Summary” of this report.

2 Maximum upper limit in accordance with Section 87a (1) sentence 2 No. 1 of the German Stock Corporation Act.

.

The compensation data for the function of Chief Executive Officer Americas and Chief Legal Officer is no longer

presented, as this function ceased to exist following the departure of Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon from the Management Board

with effect from April 30, 2025. With effect from May 1, 2025, the responsibilities for Legal and the Americas Region

have been allocated as additional responsibilities to existing Management Board members and are therefore no longer

reflected as a separate function.

Short-Term Incentive (STI) 2025

The Supervisory Board sets short-term individual and business division-related objectives for each member of the

Management Board at the beginning of the year. The weightings of each of these objectives as well as relevant

quantitatively or qualitatively measurable performance criteria for their assessment are defined as well. The objectives

support execution of Deutsche Bank’s strategy and priorities and were chosen so that they are challenging, ambitious

and sufficiently concrete to ensure there is an appropriate alignment of performance and compensation and that the

“pay-for-performance” principle is considered. For each quantitative objective the Supervisory Board defined a minimum

threshold, a target and a maximum performance level. If the minimum threshold is not achieved, the achievement level

corresponds to 0%.

For each qualitative objective and behavior objective, the Supervisory Board specified individual measurement criteria

that will be evaluated overall.

For one of the bank´s central focus goals, i.e., the remediation of regulatory findings and control improvements, which

each Management Board member received as an objective aligned to their individual responsibilities, target achievement

was measured to the extent to which the issues within the area of responsibility were prioritized and the necessary

resources were made available. Quantitatively measurable successes in this context were also taken into account, such

as the percentage reduction in regulatory findings compared to the previous year.

626

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Application of the compensation system in the financial year

Another goal of high and therefore universal importance for all Management Board members in 2025 was the promotion

of the framework “This is Deutsche Bank” connecting the purpose, vision, strategy, culture and claim of Deutsche Bank.

The measurement criterion for determining the individual achievement of sub-objectives in this core objective was the

extent to which there were visible and therefore measurable activation efforts on the part of the respective Management

Board member (number of workshops, town halls, meetings, etc.) and thus the role model function for the new culture of

aspiration was proactively brought to life by the Management Board member. In addition, the results of regularly

conducted employee surveys in the individual Management Board divisions, which reflect the performance and

acceptance of the new culture “This is Deutsche Bank” over time, were an important indicator of the degree of target

achievement.

The following overview shows the objectives as well as the achievement levels as determined by the Supervisory Board

for each Management Board member.

Pay-for-performance summary for CEO and CFO for the Short-Term Incentive

Management<br><br>Board Member Short-Term Individual & divisional<br><br>objectives Pay-on-Performance Summary Weighting<br><br>(in %) Achievement<br><br>Level<br><br>(in %) Overall<br><br>Achievement<br><br>level (in %)
Christian<br><br>Sewing RoTE The Return on Tangible Equity (RoTE) measures the profit (or loss)<br><br>attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders as a percentage of<br><br>average tangible shareholders’ equity and incentivizes the efficient<br><br>use of equity. The tangible shareholder equity is determined by<br><br>deducting goodwill and other intangible assets from shareholders’<br><br>equity. In 2025, the RoTE was 10.3%, representing 133.01% target<br><br>achievement. 25.00% 133.01% 128.75%
Group Revenues The revenue excl. V&T KPI incentives business momentum and<br><br>sustainable business growth. It measures revenues growth<br><br>excluding valuation and timing differences (V&T) that arise on<br><br>derivatives used to hedge the Group’s balance sheet. These are<br><br>accounting impacts, and valuation losses that are expected to be<br><br>recovered over time as the underlying instruments approach<br><br>maturity.<br><br>In 2025, revenues excluding valuation and timing differences of €<br><br>0.9 billion were € 31.2 billion, representing 100% target<br><br>achievement. Accordingly, the target was met. 25.00% 100.00%
Further evolve and deliver on<br><br>group strategy Significant progress was made in evolving and delivering on the<br><br>group strategy. The 2025 group strategy was delivered both<br><br>qualitatively and quantitatively. Furthermore, a clear and<br><br>compelling equity story for Deutsche Bank's strategic evolution,<br><br>deeply rooted in its purpose and vision, was developed and<br><br>delivered, receiving positive feedback from analysts, long-term<br><br>investors, and rating agencies. The SVA (Shareholder Value Add)<br><br>approach was successfully implemented as a core element of<br><br>future strategy and steering. Market developments and potential<br><br>consolidation scenarios in the banking sector were closely<br><br>monitored and evaluated. Furthermore, dialogue with key<br><br>stakeholders was strengthened, solidifying Deutsche Bank's<br><br>position as a partner of choice for clients and a responsible<br><br>corporate citizen. 15.00% 140.00%
Drive regulatory remediation<br><br>and control enhancements Prioritization of key regulatory remediation work was effectively<br><br>ensured across all divisions throughout the year. This led to<br><br>significant advancements, including an SREP upgrade, substantial<br><br>improvement in FED and PRA feedback, and considerable progress<br><br>in remediating regulatory findings. Robust dialogue and exchange<br><br>with key regulatory stakeholders were consistently maintained. 15.00% 130.00%
People & Culture - Promote<br><br>"This is Deutsche Bank"<br><br>framework Evolution to a Purpose-Led Organization: Considerable strides<br><br>were taken in fostering a purpose-led organization. The “This is<br><br>Deutsche Bank” (TiDB) framework was further structured and<br><br>rolled out, with increased consideration in employee/leadership<br><br>events and Management Board decision-making. There was an<br><br>increased focus on engaging employees with Deutsche Bank's<br><br>journey, notably supported by initiatives like the Employee Deep<br><br>Dive. Key performance indicators agreed for Culture Pulse Survey,<br><br>gender diversity, carbon reduction as well as for culture, control &<br><br>conduct metrics show good progress. 20.00% 150.00%

627

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Application of the compensation system in the financial year
Management<br><br>Board Member Short-Term Individual & divisional<br><br>objectives Pay-on-Performance Summary Weighting<br><br>(in %) Achievement<br><br>Level<br><br>(in %) Overall<br><br>Achievement<br><br>level (in %)
--- --- --- --- --- ---
James von<br><br>Moltke RoTE The Return on Tangible Equity (RoTE) measures the profit (or loss)<br><br>attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders as a percentage of<br><br>average tangible shareholders’ equity and incentivizes the efficient<br><br>use of equity. The tangible shareholder equity is determined by<br><br>deducting goodwill and other intangible assets from shareholders’<br><br>equity. In 2025, the RoTE was 10.3%, representing 133.01% target<br><br>achievement. 25.00% 133.01% 122.28%
Cost base - group level The direct adjusted costs KPI focuses on the operating cost<br><br>development of Deutsche Bank Group, which is essential to<br><br>position the bank for sustainable performance in 2025 and beyond.<br><br>“Adjusted costs” means that litigation, severance and restructuring<br><br>and impairment costs are excluded in line with the external<br><br>reporting.<br><br>In 2025, the direct adjusted cost base was € 20.3 billion. The target<br><br>achievement was 105.09%. 25.00% 105.09%
Plan execution and delivery<br><br>on group strategy The organization has been progressing well toward its strategic<br><br>goals, meeting targets for Return-on-tangible-Equity, Cost-<br><br>Income-Ratio, pre-tax profit, and net income. The 2025 group<br><br>strategy was delivered with both qualitative and quantitative<br><br>results, integrating Shareholder Value Added (SVA) into<br><br>performance management. A new strategy with financial targets<br><br>for 2028 was presented at the Investor Deep Dive, supported by<br><br>active investor engagement that shifted the narrative to long-term<br><br>value growth. Capital distribution goals were met, with dividends<br><br>and share buybacks up over 50% year-over-year, exceeding<br><br>targeted € 8 billion since 2022. The organization’s equity story,<br><br>anchored in its purpose and vision, received favorable feedback<br><br>from analysts and stakeholders, strengthening its reputation as a<br><br>preferred partner and responsible corporate citizen. 15.00% 130.00%
Controls and transformation There has been notable progress in strengthening regulatory<br><br>controls and addressing outstanding issues, with most key tasks<br><br>completed and significant progress in remediating findings across<br><br>Finance and DWS. These improvements have led to positive<br><br>regulator feedback and a stronger overall control environment. 10.00% 120.00%
DWS development DWS has shown strong performance in 2025, with its share price<br><br>improving by over 30% and the company exceeded its € 4.50 EPS<br><br>target. The asset management segment is poised to exceed its<br><br>revenue and net income plans, with expenses exactly on plan,<br><br>excluding retention impact from share price appreciation. Close<br><br>collaboration with DWS leadership on strategic plans, including<br><br>IDD preparation and evaluation of potential acquisition or<br><br>partnership projects, has been maintained. Longstanding legal<br><br>issues, notably the greenwashing allegations, have been settled,<br><br>further solidifying the company's position for long-term success. 10.00% 125.00%
People & Culture - Promote<br><br>"This is Deutsche Bank"<br><br>framework Finance has led employee engagement through the This is<br><br>Deutsche Bank (TiDB) framework, achieving a 72% culture pulse<br><br>survey score (up from 69% in 2024) with a 68% response rate.<br><br>Gender diversity stands at 37.1%, slightly below the 38.5% target,<br><br>but improvement is expected. Finance maintains high integrity<br><br>with minimal conduct issues. The TiDB framework has expanded<br><br>organization-wide and is increasingly integrated into events and<br><br>decision-making. Key culture and conduct metrics, including the<br><br>Culture Pulse Survey and other indicators, are all rated being on<br><br>track. 15.00% 125.00%

Performance Short-Term Incentive of other Management Board Members

Fabrizio Campelli

Short-Term Individual & divisional objectives Weighting<br><br>(in %) Overall<br><br>Achievement<br><br>level (in %)
Revenues Investment Bank/Corporate Bank (IB/CB) 31.25% 121.97%
Cost base - group level 9.38%
Cost base - divisional cost base (Direct adjusted cost base IB/CB) 9.38%
Deliver on IB/CB strategy execution and client leadership and drive key measures 15.00%
Further improve controls and demonstrate effectiveness to regulators 15.00%
People & Culture - Promote "This is Deutsche Bank" Framework 20.00%

628

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Application of the compensation system in the financial year

Dr. Marcus Chromik (Member since May 1, 2025)

Short-Term Individual & divisional objectives Weighting<br><br>(in %) Overall<br><br>Achievement<br><br>level (in %)
Cost base - group level 10.00% 118.07%
Cost base - divisional cost base (Direct adjusted cost base Chief Risk Office) 10.00%
Advance the CRO Operating model 20.00%
Safeguard the bank 20.00%
Deliver on regulatory remediation and solve outstanding issues in a sustainable and holistic manner 20.00%
People & Culture - Promote "This is Deutsche Bank" Framework 20.00%

Bernd Leukert

Short-Term Individual & divisional objectives Weighting<br><br>(in %) Overall<br><br>Achievement<br><br>level (in %)
Cost base - group level 10.00% 115.02%
Cost base - divisional cost base (Direct adjusted cost base Technology, Data & Innovation) 10.00%
Drive mid/long term required cost efficiencies, while running DB systems safely on a daily basis in line with risk<br><br>appetite 20.00%
Drive application and infrastructure simplification in line with DB strategy and envisaged Target Operating Model 20.00%
Deliver against regulatory requirements and reduce Group Audit Overdue findings 20.00%
People & Culture - Promote "This is Deutsche Bank" Framework 20.00%

Alexander von zur Mühlen

Short-Term Individual & divisional objectives Weighting<br><br>(in %) Overall<br><br>Achievement<br><br>level (in %)
Revenues (Revenues across Germany, EMEA and APAC) 20.00% 116.35%
RoTE 20.00%
Evolution and execution of Strategy for Germany 20.00%
Foster roll-out of Global Hausbank concept by improved cross-divisional corridor and cross regional focus<br><br>targeting Asia Pacific, Middle East Africa, Europe and Germany 20.00%
People & Culture - Promote "This is Deutsche Bank" Framework 20.00%

Laura Padovani

Short-Term Individual & divisional objectives Weighting<br><br>(in %) Overall<br><br>Achievement<br><br>level (in %)
Cost base - group level 20.00% 117.02%
Deliver on regulatory remediation, read across remediation work and maintain focus on sustainable embedment 20.00%
Implement strategic Compliance & Anti Financial-Crime Operating Model 20.00%
Strengthen the Compliance & Anti Financial-Crime function’s overall stature and gravitas and drive culture 20.00%
People & Culture - Promote "This is Deutsche Bank" Framework 20.00%

Claudio de Sanctis

Short-Term Individual & divisional objectives Weighting<br><br>(in %) Overall<br><br>Achievement<br><br>level (in %)
Revenues Private Bank (PB) 25.00% 121.14%
Cost base - group level 12.50%
Cost base - divisional cost base (Direct adjusted cost base Private Bank) 12.50%
Deliver on PB strategy execution, operating model and client leadership 15.00%
Deliver on critical remediation activities 15.00%
People & Culture - Promote "This is Deutsche Bank" Framework 20.00%

629

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Application of the compensation system in the financial year

Rebecca Short

Short-Term Individual & divisional objectives Weighting<br><br>(in %) Overall<br><br>Achievement<br><br>level (in %)
Cost base - group level 15.00% 117.26%
Cost base - divisional cost base (Direct adjusted cost base Infrastructure) 15.00%
Embed new Target Operating Model 20.00%
Deliver HR and procurement excellence 15.00%
Drive remediation and control enhancements 20.00%
People & Culture - Promote "This is Deutsche Bank" Framework 15.00%

Overall achievement of the Short-Term Incentive

In principle, half of the Short-Term Incentive (STI) is paid in cash after a year, while the other half is provided as equity-

based instruments with a one-year holding period before being paid out in cash. If STI achievement exceeds 100%, any

surplus is awarded deferred and equity-based (Restricted Equity Awards) to meet regulatory requirements regarding the

ratio of variable compensation: 40% STI and 60% LTI.

For the 2025 financial year, the following overall levels of achievement were determined by the Supervisory Board for

the current members of the Management Board based on the levels of achievement of the individual objectives

determined for the Short-Term Incentive:

Short-Term Incentive overall achievement

Member of the Management Board Target Amount<br><br>(in € ) Achievement level<br><br>(in %) Overall Amount STI<br><br>(in € )
Christian Sewing 2,400,000 128.75% 3,090,085
James von Moltke 2,040,000 122.28% 2,494,453
Fabrizio Campelli 2,160,000 121.97% 2,634,571
Dr. Marcus Chromik1 448,000 118.07% 528,970
Bernd Leukert 1,640,000 115.02% 1,886,248
Alexander von zur Mühlen 1,640,000 116.35% 1,908,143
Laura Padovani 616,000 117.02% 720,836
Claudio de Sanctis 2,080,000 121.14% 2,519,645
Rebecca Short 1,640,000 117.26% 1,923,132
Professor Dr. Stefan Simon2 546,667 85.00% 464,667
Olivier Vigneron3 633,222 100.00% 633,222

1 Member since May 1, 2025

2 Member until April 30, 2025

3 Member until May 19, 2025

85.00% - 128.75% Range of achievement levels of the STI objectives for Management Board Members in 2025

630

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Application of the compensation system in the financial year
Member of the Management Board Cash payout in<br><br>2026<br><br>(in € ) Equity-Upfront<br><br>Award grant in<br><br>2026 (in € ) Number of<br><br>units1 Restricted<br><br>Equity Award<br><br>grant in 20262<br><br>(in € ) Number of<br><br>units1
--- --- --- --- --- ---
Christian Sewing 1,338,017 1,338,017 43,826 414,051 13,562
James von Moltke 1,110,891 1,110,891 36,387 272,672 8,931
Fabrizio Campelli3 1,174,914 1,174,914 38,484 284,743 9,327
Dr. Marcus Chromik4 240,194 240,194 7,867 48,582 1,591
Bernd Leukert 869,250 869,250 28,472 147,749 4,839
Alexander von zur Mühlen 873,629 873,629 28,615 160,886 5,270
Laura Padovani 328,967 328,967 10,775 62,902 2,060
Claudio de Sanctis 1,127,929 1,127,929 36,945 263,787 8,640
Rebecca Short 876,626 876,626 28,714 169,879 5,564
Professor Dr. Stefan Simon5 232,334 232,334 7,610
Olivier Vigneron6 316,611 316,611 10,370

1  The calculation of the number of equity-based instruments is based on the average Xetra closing price of the Deutsche Bank share during the last ten trading days in

February 2026 (€ 30.53).

2A portion of the STI where the achievement exceeds 100% must be granted as Restricted Equity Awards to ensure regulatory requirements. For further information,

please refer to chapter “Deferrals and holding periods”.

3The additional granted Restricted Equity Awards meet the UK regulatory requirements as well. For further information, please refer to chapter “Deferrals and holding

periods”.

4Member since May 1, 2025

5Member until April 30, 2025

6Member until May 19, 2025

631

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Application of the compensation system in the financial year

Long-Term Incentive (LTI)

When determining the variable compensation, the focus is set on the achievement of long-term objectives linked to the

bank’s strategy. For the Long-Term Incentive (LTI), the Supervisory Board specifies collective long-term objectives for the

Management Board members, each assessed over a period of three years.

At the beginning of 2025, the LTI was initially allocated as a target cash amount to the individual Management Board

members. As the three-year assessment period for the LTI represents a change from a retrospective to a forward-looking

period, the granting of the equity-based compensation takes place two years later compared to the previous

compensation system. In order to align the Management Board compensation with the share performance of the

Deutsche Bank share and therefore with the shareholders’ interests, the Supervisory Board made use of the possibility

that was already provided for in the new compensation system to convert the target euro amount for the LTI into virtual

share units after the first performance assessment year (not constituting a grant of compensation at this stage). After the

three-year performance assessment period, the number of virtual share units will then be increased or reduced according

to the achievement level determined for the LTI.

This approach further strengthens the sustainability aspect of the long-term variable compensation, as it is additionally

linked to the performance of the bank and the share price during the assessment period. The conversion was based on

the average share price of Deutsche Bank during the last 10 trading days in February 2026 of € 30.53. The number of

virtual shares that will be granted by the end of the assessment period will depend on the results of the performance

assessment and thus will vary between 0% and 150% of the number initially allocated. After the vesting and holding

periods, 20% of the virtual shares will become available annually but will still be subject to clawback conditions.

lti_berechnungxengxneu.jpg

Overview of Long-Term Incentive (LTI) - Plans

ltiplanscurrently_new.jpg

632

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Application of the compensation system in the financial year

Long-Term Incentive Plan 2024-2026 and 2025-2027

LTI - Objectives % LTI 2024-2026 % LTI 2025-2027 Actuals<br><br>as of YE<br><br>2024 Actuals<br><br>as of YE<br><br>2025
0% 100% 150% 0% 100% 150%
Group Financials<br><br>& RTSR 40% 40%
RoTE1 15% < 9% 11% 12% 15% < 10% 12% 13% 4.7% 10.3%
(9%=33%) (10%=33%)
TBVPS2 10% <=6.5% 8.5% 9.5% 10% <= 6.5% 8.5% 9.5% 5.3% 3.6%
RTSR3 15% < median 70th<br><br>percentile 90th<br><br>percentile 15% < median 70th<br><br>percentile 90th<br><br>percentile Rank 6 Rank 3
(median=50%) (median=50%)
ESG 20% 20%
Environmental<br><br>Driving climate<br><br>risk management 8% <= 50% 70% 85% 8% <= 50% 70% 85% n.a.4 n.a.4
Social<br><br>Gender Diversity 4% <= 30% 32.5% 35% 4% <= 30% 32.5% 35% 28.4% 28.4%
Governance 8% 0 100.0% 150% 8% 0 100.0% 150% qualitative<br><br>assessment at the<br><br>end of the<br><br>performance period

1 Return on tangible Equity by the end of the performance period.

2 Tangible Book Value per Share average annual growth (excl. foreign exchange) over the performance period.

3 Relative Total Shareholder Return – Ranking of Deutsche Bank vs. peer group (= DBs Global peer group) by the end of the performance period.

4 Target achievement is based on the average results of 2025 and 2026.

This table is only for information purposes and easier assessment of MB performance reg. LTI: This table summarizes LTI

targets, assessment criteria and provides an overview of how the Management Board has delivered to date without

anticipating the final outcome.

Conversion into virtual shares - Development of average Deutsche Bank share price

avgxetraclosingen.jpg

The target euro amount for the LTI gets converted into virtual share units after the first performance assessment

year (not a compensation grant yet), based on the average share price during the last 10 trading days in February

2026 of € 30.53. These units are then adjusted after the three-year assessment period based on LTI achievement,

linking long-term variable compensation to the bank's performance and share price. The table below illustrates the

converted amount and the corresponding number of virtual share units.

633

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Application of the compensation system in the financial year

Equity-based instruments (virtual shares)

LTI-Plan<br><br>2024-2026 LTI-Plan 2025-2027
Members of the Management Board Number of<br><br>equity-based<br><br>units LTI Target<br><br>allocation in € Average share<br><br>price before<br><br>conversion in € 1 Number of<br><br>equity-based<br><br>units
Christian Sewing 177,652 3,600,000 30.53 117,917
James von Moltke 152,916 3,060,000 100,229
Fabrizio Campelli 161,911 3,240,000 106,125
Dr. Marcus Chromik2 672,000 22,011
Bernd Leukert 122,932 2,460,000 80,576
Alexander von zur Mühlen 122,932 2,460,000 80,576
Laura Padovani3 18,365 924,000 30,265
Claudio de Sanctis 155,914 3,120,000 102,195
Rebecca Short 122,932 2,460,000 80,576
Professor Dr. Stefan Simon4 122,932 820,000 26,859
Olivier Vigneron5 122,932 949,833 31,111

1 Average Xetra closing price of the Deutsche Bank share during the last ten trading days in February 2026.

2 Member since May 1, 2025

3 Member since July 1, 2024

4 Member until April 30, 2025

5 Member until May 19, 2025

Backtesting and application of malus and clawback in 2025

The Supervisory Board regularly reviews in due time before the respective release dates the possibility of a full or partial

forfeiture (malus) or reclaiming (clawback) of the Management Board members’ variable compensation components.

There was no forfeiture or clawback of awards in 2025.

Shareholding Guidelines

According to the Shareholding Guidelines that apply to the members of the Management Board, they have an obligation

to build up a holding of Deutsche Bank shares within four years. The CEO is obliged to hold an equivalent of 200% of his

annual gross base salary in shares and other Management Board members are required to hold shares that equal 100% of

their annual gross base salary in order to fulfill the Shareholding Guidelines. The shares must be held for the entire

duration of the appointment. If the base salary is increased, the obligation to hold shares increases accordingly.

Compliance with the shareholding obligation is reviewed every six months. Depending on the level of achievement and

share price performance, additional shares must either be bought or can be sold if the obligation is exceeded. 75% of

Restricted Equity Award(s)/ Outstanding Equity Units are chargeable to share obligation.

All Management Board members fulfilled the shareholding obligations in 2025 or are currently in the build-up phase.

shgl_incldepotxengxupdmc.jpg

634

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Application of the compensation system in the financial year

Benefits upon contract termination

The following table shows the annual contributions, the interest credits, the account balances and the annual service

costs for the years 2025 and 2024 as well as the corresponding defined benefit obligations for each member of the

Management Board in office in 2025 as of December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2025. The different balances are

attributable to the different lengths of service on the Management Board, the respective age-related factors, and the

different contribution rates. Management Board members that receive a pension allowance instead of an annual

contribution are not included in the following table - unless they have received an annual contribution in previous years.

Pension allowances are shown in the section “Compensation granted and owed (inflow table)”.

Members of the<br><br>Management Board Annual contribution, in<br><br>the year Interest credited, in<br><br>the year Account balance, end of<br><br>year Service cost (IFRS), in the<br><br>year Present value of the<br><br>defined benefit<br><br>obligation (IFRS), end of<br><br>year
in € 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024
Christian Sewing 715,000 728,000 9,467,000 8,752,000 546,300 574,078 7,640,707 7,132,345
James von Moltke 702,000 715,000 7,221,500 6,519,500 551,820 577,371 6,120,471 5,561,609
Fabrizio Campelli 760,500 773,500 5,502,254 4,741,754 509,388 542,981 3,936,029 3,486,558
Bernd Leukert 676,000 689,000 4,801,334 4,125,334 574,620 596,463 4,367,269 3,742,460
Claudio de Sanctis 747,500 760,500 1,894,750 1,147,250 507,949 542,293 1,327,023 823,356
Rebecca Short 773,500 786,500 3,739,668 2,966,168 487,795 522,769 2,423,885 1,983,351
Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon1 3,483,460 3,483,460 2,925,774 2,944,486
Olivier Vigneron2 242,668 747,500 2,395,252 2,152,584 171,304 548,749 1,789,396 1,633,309

1Member until April 30, 2025. Prof. Stefan Simon received a pro-rata pension allowance until the end of his mandate, which is reflected in the section ‘Compensation.

Granted and Owed (Inflow Table)’. Due to an existing account balance, he is also listed in the table above

2 Member until May 19, 2025

The Management Board members are in principle entitled to receive a severance payment upon an early termination of

their appointment, provided the Bank is not entitled to revoke the appointment or give notice under the contractual

agreement for cause. In line with German market practice as well as recommendation G.13 of the German Corporate

Governance Code (GCGC), severance payments are currently limited to two times the annual total compensation and are

not paid beyond the remaining term of the service contract (severance cap). Considering feedback from investors and

other stakeholders, the Supervisory Board will reduce the severance cap to a maximum of two years’ base salary for

Management members appointed after January 1, 2024. The severance payment is determined and granted in

accordance with the statutory and regulatory requirements, in particular with the recommendations of the GCGC and

provisions of the InstitutsVergV.

Olivier Vigneron left the Management Board with effect from the end of May 19, 2025. The Service Contract ended with

the end of his appointment period. As provided for in his service contract, a waiting allowance (“Karenzentschädigung”)

was agreed in accordance with the post-contractual non-compete clause in the amount of € 130,000 per month,

corresponding to 65% of his fixed base salary. The post-contractual non-compete provision was originally set to apply

from May 20, 2025, to February 19, 2026, in the scope set forth in the service contract. However, following an offer for

Mr. Vigneron to become Chief Risk Officer (CRO) at another bank effective September 2, 2025, which fell within the

scope of the non-compete clause, the Supervisory Board, at the request of Olivier Vigneron, resolved to terminate the

non-compete clause effective August 31, 2025. Consequently, the payment of the monthly waiting allowance

("Karenzentschädigung") ceased upon the waiver of the non-compete clause taking effect.

Professor Dr. Stefan Simon left the Management Board by mutual agreement with effect from the end of April 30, 2025.

As foreseen in his service contract, severance benefits were agreed with him. The severance agreement provided for a

waiting allowance (“Karenzentschädigung”) during a non-compete period of between 6 and a maximum of 12 months,

amounting to € 130,000 per month (65% of his base salary), which is offset against the severance payment. A severance

payment as compensation for the early termination of his service contract was agreed in the amount of € 6,446,548

including the waiting allowance. This severance payment was structured as follows: 20% Upfront Cash, 20% Equity

Upfront Award, 30% Restricted Incentive Award (delivered 2026-2030), and 30% Restricted Equity Award (delivered

2027 - 2031). The severance payment, is subject to all contractually agreed provisions on variable compensation

components, including the possibility of a clawback of variable compensation.

Deviations from the compensation system

There were no deviations from the compensation system in the 2025 financial year.

635

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Management Board compensation 2025

Management Board compensation 2025

Current Management Board members

Total compensation 2025

The Supervisory Board determined the following compensation on an individual basis. The second Long-Term Incentive

(LTI) Plan based on the new compensation system as of 2024 was set up for the performance period 2025 - 2027; after

the end of the 3-year performance period the Supervisory Board determines the achievement level based on the pre-

defined Key Performance Indicators (KPIs). Due to a change in 2024 from a backward-looking to a forward-looking three-

year performance period, the first two years after the implementation of the new system (2024 and 2025) are years of

transitional (“transitional phase”). The second Long-Term Incentive -Plan (LTI-Plan 2025 - 2027) will first be granted in

early 2028. During the “transitional phase”, the LTI will be shown with the target amount for calculation and comparison

purposes. For better comparability with the previous year's figures, the table below includes a column entitled Pro Forma

Total Compensation which shows the sum of base salary, actual STI and a target value for the LTI.

This approach is reflected accordingly in the following table below.

2025 2024
in € Base<br><br>salary1 Actual<br><br>Short-Term<br><br>Incentive Target<br><br>Long-Term<br><br>Incentive2 Pro-Forma Total<br><br>compensation Pro-Forma Total<br><br>compensation3
Christian Sewing 3,800,000 3,090,085 3,600,000 10,490,085 9,753,210
James von Moltke 3,200,000 2,494,453 3,060,000 8,754,453 8,265,320
Fabrizio Campelli 3,400,000 2,634,571 3,240,000 9,274,571 8,987,920
Dr. Marcus Chromik4 1,600,000 528,970 672,000 2,800,970
Bernd Leukert 2,400,000 1,886,248 2,460,000 6,746,248 6,349,120
Alexander von zur Mühlen 2,400,000 1,908,143 2,460,000 6,768,143 6,398,320
Laura Padovani5 2,200,000 720,836 924,000 3,844,836 1,478,925
Claudio de Sanctis 3,200,000 2,519,645 3,120,000 8,839,645 8,377,120
Rebecca Short 2,400,000 1,923,132 2,460,000 6,783,132 6,467,200
Professor Dr. Stefan Simon6 800,000 464,667 820,000 2,084,667 5,857,120
Olivier Vigneron7 926,667 633,222 949,833 2,509,722 6,137,560
Total 26,326,667 18,803,972 23,765,833 68,896,472 68,071,815

1 In the column “Base salary”, the target values set by the Supervisory Board are shown in Euro for reasons of comparability. The actual inflow differs from this target value

for Management Board members Alexander von zur Mühlen and Professor Dr. Stefan Simon due to currency fluctuations and for Bernd Leukert due to the offsetting of

compensation from mandates. The inflows are shown in the section “Compensation granted and owed (inflow table)”.

2 The determination of the final achievement level for the LTI Plan 2025-2027 will take place after the end of the 3-year performance period in 2028.

3 The Pro-Forma Compensation includes the target value for the LTI in 2024. The determination of the final achievement level for the LTI Plan 2024-2026 will take place

after the end of the 3-year performance period in 2027..

4 Member since May 1, 2025

5 Member since July 1, 2024

6 Member until April 30, 2025

7 Member until May 19, 2025

Compensation granted and owed (inflow table)

The following table shows the compensation paid and owed in the 2025 and 2024 financial years to incumbent members of the

Management Board in the 2025 financial year pursuant to Section 162 (1) sentence 1 of the German Stock Corporation Act.

In some cases, the inflows for 2025 significantly deviate from the figures reported in previous years. This discrepancy is due to the

compensation system in place in 2018, which stipulated that the variable compensation from the long-term component would

become due in a lump sum after five years and would be paid out after six years (a structure known as cliff-vesting). Conversely,

the variable compensation granted from 2022 onwards is due in four or five annual installments. Therefore, the increase in the

2025 figures is attributed to the cliff-vesting structure of the compensation granted in 2019 for the financial year 2018.

The presented figures distinguish between compensation components that were actually paid or delivered to the individual

Management Board members during the respective reporting period (“paid”) and those that were already legally due during the

reporting period but had not yet been delivered (“owed”).

Accordingly, except for base salary and fringe benefits, the table illustrates deferral cash compensation (Restricted Incentive

Awards (RIA)) that resulted from Short-Term Award grants based on the former compensation system as implemented in previous

years. Correspondingly, variable compensation based on the compensation system will not be illustrated until next year, i.e., the

Short-Term Incentive cash payout for the performance in the 2025 financial year will be paid and thus considered and disclosed as

an inflow for the 2026 financial year.

636

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Management Board compensation 2025

auszahlungsmatrix_payoutsx.jpg

Compensation granted and owed per Management Board member

Christian Sewing James von Moltke
2025 2024 2025 2024
in € t. in % in € t. in % in € t. in % in € t. in %
Fixed compensation components:
Base salary 3,800 24% 3,750 77% 3,200 29% 3,200 68%
Pension allowance 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 0%
Fringe benefits 11 0% 113 2% 105 1% 107 2%
Total fixed compensation 3,811 24% 3,863 79% 3,305 29% 3,307 70%
Variable compensation components:
Cash compensation for 2024 1,201 8% 0 0% 1,003 9% 0 0%
Deferred variable compensation
thereof Restricted Incentive Awards:
2020 Restricted Incentive Award for 2019 43 0% 43 1% 38 0% 43 1%
2021 Restricted Incentive Award for 2020 304 2% 304 6% 191 2% 213 4%
2022 Restricted Incentive Award for 2021 652 4% 0 0% 447 4% 0 0%
2023 Restricted Incentive Award for 2022 0 0% 667 14% 0 0% 522 11%
2024 Restricted Incentive Award for 2023 632 4% 0 0% 492 4% 0 0%
thereof Equity Awards:
2019 Restricted Equity Award for 2018 7,205 46% 0 0% 4,427 39% 0 0%
2022 Restricted Equity Award for 2021 1,710 11% 0 0% 1,313 12% 0 0%
Fringe benefits 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 0%
Total variable compensation 11,745 76% 1,013 21% 7,912 71% 1,433 30%
Total compensation 15,556 100% 4,876 100% 11,217 100% 4,740 100%

637

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Management Board compensation 2025
Fabrizio Campelli Dr. Marcus Chromik1
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
2025 2024 2025 2024
in € t. in % in € t. in % in € t. in % in € t. in %
Fixed compensation components:
Base salary 3,400 49% 3,400 82% 1,600 84%
Pension allowance 0 0% 0 0% 300 16%
Fringe benefits 6 0% 6 0% 3 0%
Total fixed compensation 3,406 49% 3,406 82% 1,903 100%
Variable compensation components:
Cash compensation for 2024 1,150 16% 0 0% 0 0%
Deferred variable compensation
thereof Restricted Incentive Awards:
2020 Restricted Incentive Award for 2019 6 0% 7 0% 0 0%
2021 Restricted Incentive Award for 2020 184 3% 213 5% 0 0%
2022 Restricted Incentive Award for 2021 417 6% 0 0% 0 0%
2023 Restricted Incentive Award for 2022 0 0% 502 12% 0 0%
2024 Restricted Incentive Award for 2023 548 8% 0 0% 0 0%
thereof Equity Awards:
2019 Restricted Equity Award for 2018 0 0% 0 0% 0 0%
2022 Restricted Equity Award for 2021 1,287 18% 0 0% 0 0%
Fringe benefits 0 0% 0 0% 0 0%
Total variable compensation 3,592 51% 722 17% 0 0%
Total compensation 6,998 100% 4,129 100% 1,903 100%

1Member since May 1, 2025. For further details on compensation decision, please refer to chapter "Executive Summary" in this report.

Bernd Leukert Alexander von zur Mühlen
2025 2024 2025 2024
in € t. in % in € t. in % in € t. in % in € t. in %
Fixed compensation components:
Base salary 2,3861 45% 2,3911 78% 2,5172 37% 2,5762 62%
Pension allowance 0 0% 0 0% 650 10% 650 16%
Fringe benefits 8 0% 9 0% 143 2% 136 3%
Total fixed compensation 2,394 45% 2,400 78% 3,311 49% 3,362 81%
Variable compensation components:
Cash compensation for 2024 745 14% 0 0% 769 11% 0 0%
Deferred variable compensation
thereof Restricted Incentive Awards:
2020 Restricted Incentive Award for 2019 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 0%
2021 Restricted Incentive Award for 2020 188 4% 188 6% 99 1% 74 2%
2022 Restricted Incentive Award for 2021 474 9% 0 0% 621 9% 0 0%
2023 Restricted Incentive Award for 2022 0 0% 477 16% 0 0% 473 11%
2024 Restricted Incentive Award for 2023 426 8% 0 0% 570 8% 0 0%
thereof Equity Awards:
2019 Restricted Equity Award for 2018 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 0%
2022 Restricted Equity Award for 2021 1,036 20% 0 0% 1,273 19% 0 0%
Fringe benefits 0 0% 0 0% 1033 2% 2193 5%
Total variable compensation 2,870 55% 666 22% 3,435 51% 766 19%
Total compensation 5,264 100% 3,065 100% 6,746 100% 4,128 100%

1The fixed compensation shown includes the crediting of compensation from mandates

2As the fixed compensation is granted in local currency, it is subject to foreign exchange-rate changes.

3The variable fringe benefits represent a housing allowance.

638

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Management Board compensation 2025
Laura Padovani1 Claudio de Sanctis
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
2025 2024 2025 2024
in € t. in % in € t. in % in € t. in % in € t. in %
Fixed compensation components:
Base salary 2,200 79% 875 79% 3,200 70% 3,200 99%
Pension allowance 450 16% 225 20% 0 0% 0 0%
Fringe benefits 19 1% 12 1% 44 1% 20 1%
Total fixed compensation 2,669 96% 1,112 100% 3,244 71% 3,220 100%
Variable compensation components:
Cash compensation for 2024 118 4% 0 0% 1,029 23% 0 0%
Deferred variable compensation
thereof Restricted Incentive Awards:
2020 Restricted Incentive Award for 2019 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 0%
2021 Restricted Incentive Award for 2020 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 0%
2022 Restricted Incentive Award for 2021 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 0%
2023 Restricted Incentive Award for 2022 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 0%
2024 Restricted Incentive Award for 2023 0 0% 0 0% 268 6% 0 0%
thereof Equity Awards:
2019 Restricted Equity Award for 2018 0 0% 0 0 0% 0 0%
2022 Restricted Equity Award for 2021 0 0% 0 0 0% 0 0%
Fringe benefits 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 0%
Total variable compensation 118 4% 0 0% 1,297 29% 0 0%
Total compensation 2,787 100% 1,112 100% 4,540 100% 3,220 100%

1 Member since July 1, 2024.

Rebecca Short Professor Dr. Stefan Simon1
2025 2024 2025 2024
in € t. in % in € t. in % in € t. in % in € t. in %
Fixed compensation components:
Base salary 2,400 51% 2,400 81% 8272 14% 2,4682 59%
Pension allowance 0 0% 0 0% 217 4% 650 16%
Fringe benefits 7 0% 56 2% 29 0% 117 3%
Total fixed compensation 2,407 51% 2,456 83% 1,073 18% 3,235 78%
Variable compensation components:
Termination benefits 0 0% 0 0% 2,0693 35% 0 0%
Cash compensation for 2024 804 17% 0 0% 499 8% 0 0%
Deferred variable compensation
thereof Restricted Incentive Awards:
2020 Restricted Incentive Award for 2019 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 0%
2021 Restricted Incentive Award for 2020 0 0% 0 0% 79 1% 78 2%
2022 Restricted Incentive Award for 2021 273 6% 0 0% 479 8% 0 0%
2023 Restricted Incentive Award for 2022 0 0% 491 17% 0 0% 475 11%
2024 Restricted Incentive Award for 2023 392 8% 0 0% 465 8% 0 0%
thereof Equity Awards:
2019 Restricted Equity Award for 2018 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 0%
2022 Restricted Equity Award for 2021 845 18% 0 0% 1,036 18% 0 0%
Fringe benefits 0 0% 0 0% 1734 3% 3634 9%
Total variable compensation 2,313 49% 491 17% 4,800 82% 916 22%
Total compensation 4,720 100% 2,946 100% 5,873 100% 4,151 100%

1 Member until April 30, 2025.

2 As the fixed compensation is granted in local currency, it is subject to foreign exchange-rate changes.

3 For further details on the Termination Benefits, please refer to chapter "Benefits upon contract termination" in this report.

4 The variable fringe benefits mainly represent a housing allowance.

639

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Management Board compensation 2025
Olivier Vigneron1
--- --- --- --- ---
2025 2024
in € t. in % in € t. in %
Fixed compensation components:
Base salary 927 36% 2,400 90%
Pension allowance 0 0% 0 0%
Fringe benefits 2 0% 13 0%
Total fixed compensation 929 37% 2,413 90%
Variable compensation components:
Termination benefits 6202 24% 0 0%
Cash compensation for 2024 639 25% 0 0%
Deferred variable compensation
thereof Restricted Incentive Awards:
2020 Restricted Incentive Award for 2019 0 0% 0 0%
2021 Restricted Incentive Award for 2020 0 0% 0 0%
2022 Restricted Incentive Award for 2021 0 0% 0 0%
2023 Restricted Incentive Award for 2022 0 0% 266 10%
2024 Restricted Incentive Award for 2023 354 14% 0 0%
thereof Equity Awards:
2019 Restricted Equity Award for 2018 0 0% 0 0%
2022 Restricted Equity Award for 2021 0 0% 0 0%
Fringe benefits 0 0% 0 0%
Total variable compensation 1,612 63% 266 10%
Total compensation 2,541 100% 2,679 100%

1 Member until May 19, 2025.

2 For further details on the Termination Benefits, please refer to chapter "Benefits upon contract termination" in this report..

With respect to the deferred compensation components of previous years approved in the reporting year, the

Supervisory Board confirmed that the respective performance conditions were met.

640

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Management Board compensation 2025

Former members of the Management Board

Compensation granted and owed (inflow table)

The following table shows the compensation paid and owed to the former members of the Management Board in the

2025 financial year pursuant to Section 162 (1) sentence 1 of the German Stock Corporation Act. This involves the

compensation components that were either actually delivered to the former Management Board members within the

reporting period (“paid”) or were already legally due during the reporting period but not yet delivered (“owed”). Pursuant

to Section 162 (5) of the German Stock Corporation Act, no personal data is provided on former members of the

Management Board who ended their work for the Management Board prior to the end of the financial year 2015. Multi-

year deferred compensation components are not paid out early upon termination of the mandate.

In some cases, the inflows for 2025 significantly deviate from the figures reported in previous years. This discrepancy is

due to the compensation system in place in 2018, which stipulated that the variable compensation from the long-term

component would become due in a lump sum after five years and would be paid out after six years (a structure known as

cliff-vesting). Conversely, the variable compensation granted from 2022 onwards is due in four or five annual

installments. Therefore, the increase in the 2025 figures is attributed to the cliff-vesting structure of the compensation

granted in 2019 for the financial year 2018.

Karl von Rohr<br><br>member until<br><br>October 31, 2023 Stuart Lewis<br><br>member until<br><br>May 19, 2022 Frank Kuhnke<br><br>member until<br><br>April 30, 2021
2025 2025 2025
in € t. in % in € t. in % in € t. in %
Non-Compete payment
Deferred variable compensation
Restricted Incentive Awards 1,028 13% 594 6% 348 47%
Equity Awards 6,594 87% 9,013 94% 386 53%
Fringe benefits 0% 0% 0%
Pension benefits 0% 0% 0%
Total compensation 7,622 100% 9,607 100% 734 100%
Werner Steinmüller<br><br>member until<br><br>July 31, 2020 Sylvie Matherat<br><br>member until<br><br>July 31, 2019 Garth Ritchie<br><br>member until<br><br>July 31, 2019
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
2025 2025 2025
in € t. in % in € t. in % in € t. in %
Deferred variable compensation
Restricted Incentive Awards 134 3% 78 1% 87 1%
Equity Awards 4,614 97% 13,8671 99% 12,5361 99%
Fringe benefits 0% 0% 0%
Pension benefits 0% 0% 0%
Total compensation 4,748 100% 13,946 100% 12,622 100%

1 Including Termination Benefits.

641

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Management Board compensation 2025
Nicolas Moreau<br><br>member until Dec 31, 2018 Dr. Marcus Schenck<br><br>member until May 24, 2018 John Cryan<br><br>member until April 8, 2018
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
2025 2025 2025
DB AG DWS<br><br>Management<br><br>GmbH Overall
in € t. in € t. in € t. in % in € t. in % in € t. in %
Deferred variable compensation
Restricted Incentive Awards 0% 0% 0%
Equity Awards 3,6881 5,3282 9,016 100% 2,032 100% 1,468 100%
Fringe benefits 0% 0% 0%
Pension benefits 0% 0% 0%
Total compensation 3,688 5,328 9,016 100% 2,032 100% 1,468 100%

1 Including Termination Benefits.

2 Details of these instruments can be found in the DWS Annual Report.

In the financial year 2025, in addition to the individual payments to former management board members shown in the

table, an additional € 10.2 million was paid to 11 former management board members for pension benefits. These

payments are no longer individually disclosed due to data protection reasons as per § 162 para. 5 of the German Stock

Corporation Act (AktG).

642

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Outlook for the 2026 financial year

Outlook for the 2026 financial year

Total target compensation and maximum compensation

The total target compensation for 2026 will in principle remain unchanged compared to the total target compensation in

force or adjusted in 2024 and 2025.

The limits on compensation for the members of the Management Board remain unchanged versus the 2025 financial

year. This means that the maximum possible achievement level for variable compensation amounts to 150%. In

accordance with Section 87a (1) sentence 2 No. 1 of the German Stock Corporation Act (AktG), the limit set for total

compensation is maintained unchanged at a maximum of € 12 million uniformly for all members of the Management

board as the maximum cap based on the financial year.

2026 objective structure and targets

The compensation system implemented in 2024 works well and produces appropriate results. Therefore, the objective

structure will continue to be in line with the compensation system approved by the General Meeting in 2024.

At the Investor Deep Dive in November 2025, Deutsche Bank presented its strategy to accelerate value creation from

2026 to 2028, aiming to become the European Champion as a Global Hausbank. The strategy is built on three levers:

focused growth, strict capital discipline, and a scalable operating model. The targets include an increase of annual

revenue by around € 5 billion by 2028, with 75% stemming from asset gathering, payments, and advisory services. Return

on Tangible Equity (RoTE) is to increase from above 10% in 2025 to greater than 13% within three years, achieved partly

through disciplined capital allocation to high-return areas. A scalable operating model aims to reduce the cost/income

ratio below 60% by 2028, generating € 2 billion annual efficiencies mainly through automation and AI integration.

The strategy guides both short- and long-term goals to ensure they match the pay-for-performance approach.

Short-Term Incentive (STI)

Generally unchanged from 2024 and 2025, the amount of the Short-Term Incentive (STI) for the 2026 financial year will

continue to be 40% of the total target variable compensation and is based on the individual achievement level of short-

and medium-term individual and divisional objectives.

The specific individual objectives of the Short-Term Incentive (STI) for 2026 will be disclosed retrospectively in the 2026

Compensation Report.

Taking investor feedback into account, the Supervisory Board has committed to enhancing ex‑post STI disclosure in the

Management Board Compensation Report 2026 and has put the relevant governance structures in place at the

beginning of this year.

Long-Term Incentive (LTI)

The Long-Term Incentive (LTI) will continue to be 60% of the total target variable compensation and consists of

collective long-term objectives linked to the Bank´s strategy.

For the three-year assessment period 2026 - 2028, the LTI consists of four compensation components, which remain

unchanged from the previous, still ongoing assessment periods 2024 - 2026 and 2025 - 2027.

The objectives for the LTI plan 2026 – 2028 are shown in the following:

643

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Outlook for the 2026 financial year

outlook_engxms.jpg

644

Deutsche Bank Compensation of Supervisory Board members
Annual Report 2025

Compensation of Supervisory Board members

Supervisory Board compensation is regulated in Section 14 of the Articles of Association and was last amended by

resolution of the General Meeting on May 17, 2023.

The members of the Supervisory Board receive a fixed annual compensation (“Supervisory Board Compensation”). The

amount of the annual base compensation for each Supervisory Board member is € 300,000, for the Supervisory Board

Chairman € 950,000, and for each Deputy Chairperson € 475,000.

Chairs of the committees of the Supervisory Board are paid additional fixed annual compensation amounts as follows:

Committee chairin
Audit Committee
Risk Committee
Technology, Data and Innovation Committee
Chairman’s Committee
Nomination Committee
Compensation Control Committee
Regulatory Oversight Committee1
Strategy and Sustainability Committee
Mediation Committee
1 The Regulatory Oversight Committee was dissolved on May 22, 2025 by resolution of the Supervisory Board.

All values are in Euros.

If a Supervisory Board member is chair of more than one committee, compensation is only paid for the committee

entitled to the highest amount. The Chairman of the Supervisory Board does not receive any additional compensation for

chairing of the committees. Members of the committees do not receive additional compensation.

The compensation determined will be paid to the respective member of the Supervisory Board by, at the latest, two

months after submitting invoices and as a rule within the first three months of the following year. In case of a change in

Supervisory Board membership during the year, compensation for the financial year will be paid on a pro rata basis,

rounded up/down to full months.

The company reimburses the Supervisory Board members for the cash expenses they incur in the performance of their

office, including, to the extent applicable, value added tax (VAT) on their compensation and reimbursements of

expenses. Furthermore, any employer contributions to social security schemes that may be applicable under foreign law

to the performance of their Supervisory Board work is paid for each Supervisory Board member affected. Finally, the

Supervisory Board Chairman is reimbursed appropriately for travel expenses incurred in performing representative tasks

due to his function and reimbursed for costs for the security measures required based on his function.

In the interest of the company, the members of the Supervisory Board are included in an appropriate amount in any

financial liability insurance policy held by the company. The premiums for this are paid by the company. A deductible

does not have to be specified for the members of the Supervisory Board.

With the effectiveness of the compensation system for the Supervisory Board on May 17, 2023, the Supervisory Board

recommends that its members undertake a voluntary self-commitment to invest a total of at least 10% of the gross

annual compensation paid out to them in shares of Deutsche Bank AG and to hold these shares for the duration of their

ongoing term of office.

The Supervisory Board is in agreement that any transfer obligations to labor unions will be taken into account in the

personal decision on the self-imposed personal investment. Supervisory Board members who already hold, as of the day

the voluntary self-commitment is made, a number of Deutsche Bank shares with a countervalue of at least 10% of the

Supervisory Board compensation payable to them for the duration of their current term of office do not have to acquire

any further shares.

All shareholder representatives on the Supervisory Board and the member representing senior executives on the

Supervisory Board submitted the voluntary self-commitment to the Supervisory Board or held, at the time of submitting

the voluntary self-commitment, shares of Deutsche Bank with a countervalue equivalent to at least 10% of the

Supervisory Board compensation payable to them for the duration of their current term of office.

The individual shareholdings of the members of the Supervisory Board are disclosed in the Corporate Governance

Statement in accordance with Sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch (HGB)).

645

Deutsche Bank Compensation of Supervisory Board members
Annual Report 2025 Supervisory Board Compensation for the 2025 and 2024 financial years

Supervisory Board Compensation for the 2025 and 2024

financial years

Individual members of the Supervisory Board received the following compensation for the 2025 and 2024 financial years

(excluding any value added tax). The table shows the compensation paid and owed to the members of the Supervisory

Board in the 2025 and 2024 financial years pursuant to Section 162 (1) sentence 1 of the German Stock Corporation Act

(AktG). In each case the calculation is rounded up/down to full months.

Compensation for the financial year 2025
Members of the Supervisory Board Base compensation Compensation for chairing of<br><br>the committees Total
in € in % in € in % in €
Alexander Wynaendts 950,000 100 0 950,000
Frank Schulze 475,000 100 0 475,000
Prof. Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann 475,000 83 100,000 17 575,000
Susanne Bleidt 300,000 100 0 300,000
Mayree Clark 300,000 67 150,000 33 450,000
Jan Duscheck 300,000 100 0 300,000
Manja Eifert 300,000 100 0 300,000
Claudia Fieber 300,000 100 0 300,000
Sigmar Gabriel 300,000 100 0 300,000
Florian Haggenmiller 300,000 100 0 300,000
Timo Heider 300,000 100 0 300,000
Dr. Klaus Moosmayer1 175,000 100 0 175,000
Kirsty Roth1 175,000 100 0 175,000
Gerlinde M. Siebert 300,000 100 0 300,000
Yngve Slyngstad 300,000 100 0 300,000
Stephan Szukalski 300,000 100 0 300,000
John Alexander Thain 300,000 75 100,000 25 400,000
Jürgen Tögel 300,000 100 0 300,000
Michele Trogni 300,000 67 150,000 33 450,000
Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel2 125,000 67 62,500 33 187,500
Dr. Theodor Weimer3 125,000 100 0 125,000
Frank Witter 300,000 67 150,000 33 450,000
Total 7,000,000 91 712,500 9 7,712,500

1Member of the Supervisory Board since May 22, 2025

2Member of the Supervisory Board until May 22, 2025. Compensation for chairing of the committees including cash payment pursuant to Section 14 (3) paragraph 1 of the

Articles of Association

3Member of the Supervisory Board until May 22, 2025

All employee representatives on the Supervisory Board, with the exception of Jan Duscheck, Florian Haggenmiller

(member since January 16, 2024), Birgit Laumen (member until January 12, 2024) and Stephan Szukalski, are or were

employed in the 2025 and 2024 financial years by Deutsche Bank Group. In the 2025 financial year, these members were

paid a total amount of € 1.40 million (in the form of salary, retirement and pension payments) in addition to their

Supervisory Board compensation.

Members of the Supervisory Board are not provided any benefits after they have left the Supervisory Board, although

members who are or were employed by the bank are entitled to the benefits associated with the end of such

employment (i.e., not on the basis of their Supervisory Board work). During 2025, € 0.13 million were set aside for

pension, retirement or similar benefits for the members of the Supervisory Board who are or were employed by the bank.

646

Deutsche Bank Compensation of Supervisory Board members
Annual Report 2025 Supervisory Board Compensation for the 2025 and 2024 financial years
Compensation for the financial year 2024
--- --- --- --- --- ---
Members of the Supervisory Board Base compensation Compensation for chairing of<br><br>the committees Total
in € in % in € in % in €
Alexander Wynaendts 950,000 100 0 950,000
Frank Schulze 475,000 100 0 475,000
Prof. Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann 475,000 83 100,000 17 575,000
Susanne Bleidt 300,000 100 0 300,000
Mayree Clark 300,000 67 150,000 33 450,000
Jan Duscheck 300,000 100 0 300,000
Manja Eifert 300,000 100 0 300,000
Claudia Fieber 300,000 100 0 300,000
Sigmar Gabriel 300,000 100 0 300,000
Florian Haggenmiller1 275,000 100 0 275,000
Timo Heider 300,000 100 0 300,000
Birgit Laumen2 0
Gerlinde M. Siebert 300,000 100 0 300,000
Yngve Slyngstad 300,000 100 0 300,000
Stephan Szukalski 300,000 100 0 300,000
John Alexander Thain 300,000 75 100,000 25 400,000
Jürgen Tögel 300,000 100 0 300,000
Michele Trogni 300,000 67 150,000 33 450,000
Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel3 300,000 67 150,000 33 450,000
Dr. Theodor Weimer 300,000 100 0 300,000
Frank Witter 300,000 67 150,000 33 450,000
Total 6,975,000 90 800,000 10 7,775,000

1Member of the Supervisory Board since January 16, 2024

2Member of the Supervisory Board until January 12, 2024

3Compensation for chairing of the committees including cash payment pursuant to Section 14 (3) paragraph 1 of the Articles of Association

Supervisory Board members whose current term of office began before May 17, 2023, were paid out the virtual shares

they earned on a cumulative basis during the current term of office until May 17, 2023, in February 2024, as reported on

in more detail in the Annual Report 2024.

647

Deutsche Bank Comparative presentation of compensation and earnings trends
Annual Report 2025

Comparative presentation of compensation and

earnings trends

The following table shows the comparative presentation of the change from year to year in the compensation, in the

earnings of the company and the Group as well as in the average compensation of employees on a full-time equivalent

basis over the last five financial years.

The information on the compensation of the current and former members of the Management Board and Supervisory

Board reflects the individualized statement in the Compensation Report of the paid or owed compensation pursuant to

Section 162 (1) sentence 2 No. 1 of the German Stock Corporation Act. The presentation of the development of the

company’s earnings is to reflect, according to the legal requirements, those of the stand-alone listed company, i.e.,

Deutsche Bank AG. Accordingly, the net income (net loss) of Deutsche Bank AG is used to present earnings within the

meaning of Section 162 (1) sentence 2 No. 2 of the German Stock Corporation Act. As the Management Board

compensation is measured on the basis of Group figures, the earnings figures for the Group are additionally shown for

the comparative presentation. These Group earnings figures are net income (net loss), cost/income ratio and Return on

Tangible Equity (RoTE). For the group of employees for the comparison, the data relevant for Deutsche Bank Group were

used in light of Deutsche Bank’s global workforce. The group of employees for the comparison comprises all of the

employees worldwide of Deutsche Bank Group.

2024 2023 2022 2021 Actual<br><br>change<br><br>from<br><br>2025 to<br><br>2024 in<br><br>% Actual<br><br>change<br><br>from<br><br>2024 to<br><br>2023 in<br><br>% Actual<br><br>change<br><br>from<br><br>2023 to<br><br>2022 in<br><br>% Actual<br><br>change<br><br>from<br><br>2022 to<br><br>2021 in<br><br>%
1. Company profit development
Net income (net loss) of Deutsche Bank AG (in  m) 2,883 4,999 5,506 1,919 114 (42) (9) 187
Net income (net loss) of Deutsche Bank Group (in  m) 3,366 4,772 5,525 2,365 106 (29) (14) 134
Cost/income ratio of Deutsche Bank Group (in %) 76.3% 75.1% 74.9% 84.6% (16) 2 0 (11)
Return on Tangible Equity (RoTE) of Deutsche Bank 4.7% 7.4% 9.4% 3.8% 122 (38) (21) 147
2. Average compensation employees
World-wide on a full-time equivalent basis 122,985 116,713 125,301 120,336 (2) 5 (7) 4
3. Management Board compensation (in  t.)
Current Management Board members
Christian Sewing(member since January 1, 2015) 4,876 5,010 4,394 3,867 N/M (3) 14 14
James von Moltke(member since July 1, 2017) 4,740 4,065 3,783 4,009 137 17 7 (6)
Fabrizio Campelli(member since November 1, 2019) 4,129 3,909 2,744 2,420 69 6 42 13
Dr. Marcus Chromik(member since May 1 ,2025) 0 0 0 0
Bernd Leukert(member since January 1, 2020) 3,065 2,990 2,593 2,419 72 3 15 7
Alexander von zur Mühlen(member since August 1, 2020) 4,133 3,767 3,412 3,157 63 10 10 8
Laura Padovani(member since July 1, 2024) 1,112 151 0 0 0
Claudio de Sanctis(member since July 1, 2023) 3,220 1,509 41 113 0 0
Rebecca Short(member since May 1, 2021) 2,946 2,674 2,436 1,606 60 10 10 52

All values are in Euros.

648

Deutsche Bank Comparative presentation of compensation and earnings trends
Annual Report 2025
2024 2023 2022 2021 Actual<br><br>change<br><br>from<br><br>2025 to<br><br>2024 in<br><br>% Actual<br><br>change<br><br>from<br><br>2024 to<br><br>2023 in<br><br>% Actual<br><br>change<br><br>from<br><br>2023 to<br><br>2022 in<br><br>% Actual<br><br>change<br><br>from<br><br>2022 to<br><br>2021 in<br><br>%
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Members who left the Management Board during thefinancial year
Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon(member until April 30, 2025) 4,118 3,319 2,488 2,446 43 24 33 2
Olivier Vigneron(member until May 19, 2025) 2,679 2,433 1,508 (5) 10 61 0
Members who left the Management Board before thefinancial year
Karl von Rohr(member until October 31, 2023 2,4251 3,727 3,444 3,235 N/M (35) 8 6
Christiana Riley(member until May 17, 2023) 2 2,673 3,653 3,079 (100) (100) (27) 19
Stuart Lewis(member until May 19, 2023) 388 1,363 2,648 3,079 N/M (72) (49) (14)
Frank Kuhnke(member until 30 April 2021) 200 348 1,6261 2,2641 N/M (43) (79) (28)
Werner Steinmüller(member until July 31, 2020) 134 283 283 3,117 N/M (53) 0 (91)
Sylvie Matherat(member until July 31, 2019) 2,3351 132 134 211 N/M N/M (1) (36)
Garth Ritchie(member until July 31, 2019) 1,7901 268 268 2,071 N/M N/M 0 (87)
Nicolas Moreau(member until Dec 31, 2018) 2,7361 286 317 299 N/M N/M (10) 6
Dr. Marcus Schenck(member until May 24, 2018) 65 65 65 0 (100) 0 0
John Cryan(member until April 8, 2018) 4,3821 3,3121 47 47 (67) 32 N/M 0
4. Supervisory Board compensation (in  t.)
Current Supervisory Board members
Alexander Wynaendts(member since May 19, 2022) 950 929 496 0 2 87 0
Frank Schulze(member since May 17, 2023) 475 277 0 71 0 0
Prof. Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann(member since August 1, 2018) 575 565 521 496 0 2 8 5
Susanne Bleidt(member since May 17, 2023) 300 175 0 71 0 0
Mayree Clark(member since May 24, 2018) 450 429 429 450 0 5 0 (5)
Jan Duscheck(member since August 2, 2016) 300 300 300 271 0 0 0 11
Manja Eifert(member since April 7, 2022) 300 258 117 0 16 121 0
Claudia Fieber(member since May 17, 2023) 300 175 0 71 0 0
Sigmar Gabriel(member since March 11, 2020) 300 258 200 200 0 16 29 0
Florian Haggenmiller(member since January 16, 2024) 275 9 0 0 0
Timo Heider(member since May 23, 2013) 300 279 308 292 0 8 (9) 5
Dr. Klaus Moosmayer (member since May 22, 2025) 0 0 0 0
Kirsty Roth (member since May 22, 2025) 0 0 0 0
Gerlinde Siebert(member since May 17, 2023) 300 175 0 71 0 0

All values are in Euros.

649

Deutsche Bank Comparative presentation of compensation and earnings trends
Annual Report 2025
2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Actual<br><br>change<br><br>from<br><br>2025 to<br><br>2024 in<br><br>% Actual<br><br>change<br><br>from<br><br>2024 to<br><br>2023 in<br><br>% Actual<br><br>change<br><br>from<br><br>2023 to<br><br>2022 in<br><br>% Actual<br><br>change<br><br>from<br><br>2022 to<br><br>2021 in<br><br>%
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Yngve Slyngstad<br><br>(member since May 19, 2022) 300 300 258 100 0 16 158 0
Stephan Szukalski<br><br>(member until December 31, 2020;<br><br>member since May 17, 2023) 300 300 175 0 71 0 0
John Alexander Thain<br><br>(member since May 24, 2018) 400 400 317 200 200 0 26 59 0
Jürgen Tögel<br><br>(member since May 17, 2023) 300 300 175 0 71 0 0
Michele Trogni<br><br>(member since May 24, 2018) 450 450 450 450 392 0 0 0 15
Frank Witter<br><br>(member since May 27, 2021) 450 450 388 300 142 0 16 29 111
Former Supervisory Board<br><br>members
Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel<br><br>(member until May 22, 2025) 187 450 450 450 450 (58) 0 0 0
Dr. Theodor Weimer<br><br>(member until May 22, 2025) 125 300 258 200 200 (58) 16 29 0
Ludwig Blomeyer-Bartenstein<br><br>(member until May 17, 2023) 125 300 300 0 (100) (58) 0
Detlef Polaschek<br><br>(member until May 17, 2023) 188 450 450 0 (100) (58) 0
Martina Klee<br><br>(member until May 17, 2023) 83 200 171 0 (100) (59) 17
Birgit Laumen<br><br>(member until January 12, 2024) 175 0 (100) 0 0
Gabriele Platscher<br><br>(member until May 17, 2023) 125 300 300 0 (100) (58) 0
Bernd Rose<br><br>(member until May 17, 2023) 146 350 321 0 (100) (58) 9
Stefan Viertel<br><br>(member until May 17, 2023) 146 321 242 0 (100) (55) 33
Frank Werneke<br><br>(member until May 17, 2023) 125 300 8 0 (100) (58) N/M
Dr. Paul Achleitner<br><br>(member until May 19, 2022) 375 871 0 0 (100) (57)
Dr. Gerhard Eschelbeck<br><br>(member until May 19, 2022) 104 217 0 0 (100) (52)
Henriette Mark<br><br>(member until March 31, 2022) 63 250 0 0 (100) (75)
Frank Bsirske<br><br>(member until October 27, 2021) 250 0 0 0 (100)
Gerd Alexander Schütz<br><br>(member until May 27, 2021) 50 0 0 0 (100)

N/M – Not meaningful

1 Including Termination Benefits

650

Deutsche Bank Independent auditor’s report
Annual Report 2025

Independent auditor’s report

To Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main

We have audited the attached remuneration report of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft prepared to comply with Sec.

162 AktG [“Aktiengesetz”: German Stock Corporation Act] for the fiscal year from 1 January 2025 to 31 December 2025

and the related disclosures. We have not audited the content of the disclosures in section “Compensation of the

employees” where they go beyond the scope of Sec. 162 AktG.

Responsibilities of the executive directors and the supervisory board

The executive directors and Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft are responsible for the preparation

of the remuneration report and the related disclosures in compliance with the requirements of Sec. 162 AktG. In addition,

the executive directors and Supervisory Board are responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to

enable the preparation of a remuneration report and the related disclosures that are free from material misstatement,

whether due to fraud (i.e., fraudulent financial reporting and misappropriation of assets) or error.

Auditor’s responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this remuneration report and the related disclosures based on our audit. We

conducted our audit in compliance with German Generally Accepted Standards for Financial Statement Audits

promulgated by the Institut der Wirtschaftsprüfer [Institute of Public Auditors in Germany] (IDW). Those standards

require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about

whether the remuneration report and the related disclosures are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud

or error.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts in the remuneration report and the

related disclosures. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of

material misstatement of the remuneration report and the related disclosures, whether due to fraud or error. In making

those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the preparation of the remuneration report and

the related disclosures in order to plan and perform audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not

for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes

evaluating the accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the executive

directors and Supervisory Board, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the remuneration report and the

related disclosures.

We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, on the basis of the knowledge obtained in the audit, the remuneration report for the fiscal year from 1

January 2025 to 31 December 2025 and the related disclosures comply, in all material respects, with the financial

reporting provisions of Sec. 162 AktG. We do not express an opinion on the content of the abovementioned disclosures

of the remuneration report that go beyond the scope of Sec. 162 AktG.

651

Deutsche Bank Independent auditor’s report
Annual Report 2025

Other matter – formal audit of the remuneration report

The audit of the content of the remuneration report described in this auditor’s report comprises the formal audit of the

remuneration report required by Sec. 162 (3) AktG and the issue of a report on this audit. As we are issuing an unqualified

opinion on the audit of the content of the remuneration report, this also includes the opinion that the disclosures

pursuant to Sec. 162 (1) and (2) AktG are made in the remuneration report in all material respects.

Eschborn/Frankfurt am Main, 9 March 2026

EY GmbH & Co. KG

Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

RothermelSchreiber

Wirtschaftsprüfer Wirtschaftsprüfer

[German Public Auditor][German Public Auditor]

652

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Regulatory environment

Compensation of the employees (unaudited)

The content of the 2025 Employee Compensation Report is based on the qualitative and quantitative remuneration

disclosure requirements outlined in Article 450 No. 1 (a) to (j) Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) in conjunction with

Section 16 of the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions (Institutsvergütungsverordnung – InstVV).

This Compensation Report takes a group-wide view and covers all consolidated entities of the Deutsche Bank Group. In

accordance with regulatory requirements, equivalent reports for 2025 are prepared for BHW Bausparkasse AG classified

as Significant Institution in the meaning of the German Banking Act as well as for other subsidiaries within Deutsche Bank

Group in accordance with local regulatory requirements.

Regulatory environment

Ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements is an overarching consideration in the bank’s Group Compensation

Strategy. The bank strives to be at the forefront of implementing regulatory requirements with respect to compensation

and will continue to maintain a close exchange with its prudential supervisor, the European Central Bank (ECB), to be in

compliance with all existing and new requirements.

As an EU-headquartered institution, Deutsche Bank is subject to the Capital Requirements Regulation/Directive (CRR/

CRD) globally, as transposed into German national law in the German Banking Act and InstVV. These rules are applied to

all of Deutsche Bank subsidiaries and branches world-wide to the extent required in accordance with Section 27 InstVV.

As a Significant Institution within the meaning of the German Banking Act, Deutsche Bank identifies all employees whose

work is deemed to have a material impact on the overall risk profile (Material Risk Takers or MRTs) in accordance with the

criteria stipulated in the German Banking Act and in the Commission Delegated Regulation 2021/923. MRT identification

is performed for Deutsche Bank Group as well as for institutions in the EU at institutional level.

Taking into account more specific sectorial legislation and in accordance with InstVV, some of Deutsche Bank’s

subsidiaries (in particular within the DWS Group) fall under sector specific remuneration rules, such as the Alternative

Investments Fund Managers Directive (AIFMD), the Undertakings for Collective Investments in Transferable Securities

Directive (UCITS) and the Investment Firm Directive (IFD) including the applicable local transpositions. MRTs are also

identified in these subsidiaries. Identified employees are subject to the remuneration provisions outlined in the applicable

Guidelines on sound remuneration policies published by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) and the

European Banking Authority (EBA).

Deutsche Bank takes into account the regulations targeted at employees who engage directly or indirectly with the

bank’s clients, for instance as per the local transpositions of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II – MiFID II.

Accordingly, specific provisions for employees deemed to be Relevant Persons are implemented with a view to ensuring

that they act in the best interest of the bank’s clients.

Where applicable, Deutsche Bank is also subject to specific rules and regulations implemented by local regulators. Many

of these requirements are aligned with the InstVV. However, where variations are apparent, proactive and open

discussions with regulators have enabled the bank to follow the local regulations whilst ensuring that any impacted

employees or locations remain within the bank’s overall Group Compensation Framework. This includes, amongst others,

the compensation structures applied to Covered Employees in the United States under the requirements of the Federal

Reserve Board as well as the requirements related to compensation recovery for executive officers in the event of an

accounting restatement as required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. In any case, the InstVV

requirements are applied as minimum standards globally.

653

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Compensation governance

Compensation governance

Deutsche Bank has a robust governance structure enabling it to operate within the clear parameters of its Compensation

Strategy and Policy. In accordance with the German two-tier board structure, the Supervisory Board governs the

compensation of the Management Board members while the Management Board oversees compensation matters for all

other employees in the Group. Both the Supervisory Board and the Management Board are supported by specific

committees and functions, in particular the Compensation Control Committee (CCC), the Compensation Officer, and the

Senior Executive Compensation Committee (SECC).

In line with their responsibilities, the bank’s control functions as per InstVV are involved in the design and application of

the bank’s remuneration systems, in the identification of MRTs and in determining the total amount of Variable

Compensation. This includes assessing the impact of employees’ behavior and the business-related risks, performance

criteria, granting of remuneration and severances as well as ex-post risk adjustments.

Reward governance structure

compensationgovernance_eng.jpg

1Does not comprise a complete list of Supervisory Board Committees

Compensation Control Committee (CCC)

The Supervisory Board has set up the CCC to support in establishing and monitoring the structure of the compensation

system for the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG. Furthermore, the CCC monitors the appropriateness

of the compensation systems for the employees of Deutsche Bank Group, as established by the Management Board and

the SECC. The CCC reviews whether the total amount of Variable Compensation is affordable and set in accordance with

the risk, capital and liquidity situation as well as in alignment with the business and risk strategies. Furthermore, the CCC

supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring the bank’s MRT identification process.

Further details, including the composition and the number of meetings held, can be found in the Report of the

Supervisory Board within this Annual Report.

Compensation Officer

The Management Board, in cooperation with the CCC, has appointed a Group Compensation Officer to support the

Supervisory Boards of Deutsche Bank AG and of the bank’s Significant Institutions in Germany in performing their

compensation related duties. The Compensation Officer is involved in the conceptual review, development, monitoring

and application of the employees’ compensation systems, the MRT identification and remuneration disclosures on an

ongoing basis. The Compensation Officer performs all relevant monitoring obligations independently, provides an

assessment on the appropriateness of the design and strategy of the compensation systems for employees at least

annually and regularly supports and advises the CCC.

654

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Compensation governance

Senior Executive Compensation Committee (SECC)

The SECC is a delegated committee established by the Management Board which has the mandate to develop

sustainable compensation principles, to prepare recommendations on Total Compensation levels and to ensure

appropriate compensation governance and oversight. As part of this mandate, the SECC establishes the Compensation

and Benefits Strategy, Policy and corresponding guiding principles, which provide the overarching framework for both

Fixed Pay and Variable Compensation. This includes ensuring that the overall compensation structures are aligned with

regulatory requirements and the bank’s compensation principles. Moreover, using quantitative and qualitative factors,

the SECC assesses Group and divisional performance as a basis for compensation decisions and makes recommendations

to the Management Board regarding the total amount of annual Variable Compensation and its allocation across

business divisions and infrastructure functions.

In order to maintain its independence, only representatives from infrastructure and control functions who are not aligned

to any of the business divisions are members of the SECC. In 2025, the SECC’s membership comprised of the DB AG

Management Board member responsible for Human Resources and the Chief Financial Officer as Co-Chairpersons, the

Head of Compliance, the Head of Human Resources and the Head of Performance & Reward as well as an additional

representative from both Finance and Risk as voting members. The Compensation Officer and an additional

representative from Finance participated as non-voting members. The SECC generally meets on a monthly basis but with

more frequent meetings during the compensation determination process. It held 15 meetings in total with regard to the

compensation process for the performance year 2025.

655

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Compensation and Benefits Strategy

Compensation and Benefits Strategy

Deutsche Bank recognizes that its compensation framework plays a vital role in supporting its strategic objectives. It

enables the bank to attract and retain the individuals required to achieve the bank’s objectives. The Compensation and

Benefits Strategy is built on three core pillars (Principles, Performance and Processes as outlined below) that support the

bank’s global, client-centric business and risk strategy, reinforced by safe and sound compensation practices that

operate within the bank’s profitability, solvency and liquidity position.

compensationstrategy_eng.jpg

656

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Group Compensation Framework

Group Compensation Framework

The compensation framework, generally applicable globally across all regions and business lines, emphasizes an

appropriate balance between Fixed Pay and Variable Compensation – together forming Total Compensation. It aligns

incentives for sustainable performance at all levels of Deutsche Bank whilst ensuring the transparency of compensation

decisions and their impact on shareholders and employees. The underlying principles of Deutsche Bank’s Compensation

Framework are applied to all employees equally and are supported by the key principle ‘equal pay for equal work or work

of equal value’ and the necessity for equal opportunities, irrespective of differences in, e.g., tenure, gender or ethnicity.

Pursuant to CRD and the requirements subsequently adopted in the German Banking Act, Deutsche Bank is subject to a

maximum ratio of 1:1 with regard to fixed-to-variable remuneration components, which was increased to 1:2 for a limited

population with shareholder approval on May 22, 2014 with an approval rate of 95.27%, based on valid votes by 27.68%

of the share capital represented at the Annual General Meeting. The remuneration of employees in control functions as

defined by InstVV (comprising Risk, Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime, Group Audit and the Group Compensation

Officer and his Deputy) is predominately based on Fixed Pay.

According to the bank’s compensation framework, all employees are entitled to individual Variable Compensation. The

standardized Variable Compensation orientation model, which incorporates orientation values determined by division,

profession, and seniority, indicates the average expected Variable Compensation as a percentage of Fixed Pay, thus

ensuring an appropriate balance between Fixed Pay and Variable Compensation.

Fixed Pay is the key and primary compensation element for most employees globally. It is a fixed regular payment based

on transparent and predetermined conditions. It is delivered in the form of base salary and where applicable local

specific fixed pay allowances. Fixed Pay reflects the value of the individual role and function within the organization,

regional and divisional specifics and rewards the factors an employee brings to the organization such as qualification,

skills and experience required for the role in line with remuneration levels in the specific geographic location and level of

responsibility.

Variable Compensation is a discretionary compensation component that reflects Group, Divisional risk-adjusted financial

and non-financial performance as well as individual contributions. It acknowledges that employees contribute to the

success of their Division and the Group as a whole. At the same time, Variable Compensation allows the bank to

differentiate individual contributions and to drive behavior and conduct through an incentive system that can positively

influence culture and the achievement of the bank’s strategic objectives and to apply consequences for falling below the

standards of delivery, behavior and conduct by reducing the Variable Compensation.

In the context of InstVV, severance payments are considered Variable Compensation. The bank’s severance framework

ensures full alignment with the respective InstVV requirements.

Employee benefits are considered Fixed Pay from a regulatory perspective, as they have no direct link to performance or

discretion. They are granted in accordance with applicable local market practices and requirements. Pension expenses

represent the main element of the bank’s benefits portfolio globally.

Total Compensation is made up of defined Fixed Pay, Variable Compensation and is supplemented by benefits.

657

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Employee groups with specific compensation structures

Employee groups with specific compensation structures

For some areas of the bank, compensation structures deviate in some respects from the Group Compensation Framework

outlined above, but within regulatory boundaries.

Postbank units

While executive staff of former Postbank generally follow the remuneration structure of Deutsche Bank, the

compensation for any other staff in Postbank units is based on specific frameworks agreed with trade unions or with the

respective workers’ councils. Where no collective agreements exist, compensation is subject to individual contracts. In

general, non-executive and tariff staff in Postbank units receive Variable Compensation, but the structure and portion of

Variable Compensation can differ between legal entities. Notwithstanding these specific frameworks, Variable

Compensation of Postbank units is subject to the bank’s overarching compensation governance overseen by the SECC.

DWS

DWS asset management entities and employees fall under AIFMD, UCITS or IFD regulation, and only DWS employees

who are deemed to have a material impact on the risk profile of Deutsche Bank Group remain in scope of the bank’s

Group InstVV requirements. DWS has established its own compensation governance, policy, and structures, as well as

Risk Taker identification process in line with its regulatory requirements. These structures and processes are aligned with

InstVV where required but tailored towards the Asset Management business. Pursuant to the ESMA/EBA Guidelines,

DWS’s compensation strategy is designed to ensure an appropriate ratio between Fixed and Variable Compensation.

Generally, DWS applies remuneration rules that are equivalent to the Deutsche Bank Group approach, but use DWS

Group-related parameters, where possible. Notable deviations from the Group Compensation Framework include the use

of share-based instruments linked to DWS shares and fund-linked instruments. These serve to improve the alignment of

employee compensation with DWS’ shareholders’ and investors’ interests.

Tariff staff

Tariff staff are either subject to a collective agreement (Tarifvertrag für das private Bankgewerbe und die öffentlichen

Banken), as negotiated between trade unions and employer associations, or subject to agreements as negotiated with

the respective trade unions directly. The remuneration of tariff staff is included in the quantitative disclosures in this

Report.

658

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Determination of performance-based Variable Compensation

Determination of performance-based Variable Compensation

The bank puts a strong focus on its governance related to compensation decision-making processes. A robust set of rule-

based principles for compensation decisions with close links to the performance of both businesses and individuals were

applied.

The total amount of Variable Compensation for any given performance year is derived from an assessment of the bank’s

profitability, solvency, and liquidity position (affordability assessment), Group performance and the performance of

divisions and infrastructure functions in support of achieving the bank’s strategic objectives.

In a first step, Deutsche Bank assesses the bank’s affordability as well as other limitations (such as external financial

goals) to determine what the bank “can” award in line with regulatory and internal requirements. This assessment also

takes into account forward‑looking considerations of the bank’s multi‑year strategic plan including its multi-year capital

plan. In the next step, the bank assesses divisional risk-adjusted performance, i.e., what the bank “should” award in order

to provide an appropriate compensation for contributions to the bank’s success.

The proportion of the Variable Compensation pools related to Group performance, which has a weighting of 25%, is

determined based on the performance of a selected number of Group’s Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), including

Cost/Income Ratio (CIR), Post-Tax Return on Tangible Equity (RoTE), ESG: Environmental - Sustainable Financing and

ESG Investments, Social - Gender Diversity and Governance - Audit Control Risk Management Grade.

When assessing divisional performance, a range of considerations are referenced. Performance is assessed in the context

of financial and – based on Balanced Scorecards – non-financial targets. To ensure that performance is reviewed in its

entirety and that consideration is also given to criteria that are difficult to evaluate with a solely formulaic approach, the

SECC additionally conducts a qualitative review. Following the quantitative calculation of the combined performance

assessed Variable Compensation pools, the SECC will review a set of pre-defined qualitative criteria related to both

financial and non-financial performance and may decide to apply a maximum 10 percentage points up or down overlay

on the divisional performance assessment. The financial targets for front-office divisions are subject to appropriate risk-

adjustment, in particular by referencing the degree of future potential risks to which Deutsche Bank may be exposed, and

the amount of capital required to absorb severe unexpected losses arising from these risks. For the infrastructure

functions, the financial performance assessment is mainly based on the achievement of cost targets. While the allocation

of Variable Compensation to infrastructure functions, and in particular to control functions, depends on both Deutsche

Bank’s overall and their own performance, it is not dependent on the performance of the division(s) that these functions

oversee.

At the level of the individual employee, the Variable Compensation Guiding Principles are established, which detail the

factors and metrics that managers need to take into account when making Variable Compensation decisions. In doing so,

they must fully appreciate the risk-taking activities of individuals to ensure that Variable Compensation allocations are

balanced and risk-taking is not inappropriately incentivized. The factors and metrics to be considered include, but are not

limited to, (i) business delivery (“What”), i.e., quantitative and qualitative financial, risk-adjusted and non-financial

performance metrics, and (ii) behavior (“How”), i.e., culture, conduct and control considerations such as qualitative inputs

from control functions or disciplinary sanctions. Variable Compensation setting recommendations help managers to

translate individual performance (“What” and “How”) into appropriate pay outcomes. Generally, performance is assessed

based on a one-year period. However, for Management Board members of all Significant Institutions, a performance

period of three years is taken into account.

659

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Variable Compensation structure

Variable Compensation structure

The compensation structures are designed to provide a mechanism that promotes and supports long-term performance

of employees and the bank. Whilst a portion of Variable Compensation is paid upfront, these structures require that an

appropriate portion is deferred to ensure alignment to the sustainable performance of the Group. For both parts of

Variable Compensation, Deutsche Bank shares are used as instruments and as an effective way to align compensation

with Deutsche Bank’s sustainable performance and the interests of shareholders.

The bank continues to go beyond regulatory requirements with the scope as well as the amount of Variable

Compensation that is deferred and the minimum deferral periods for certain employee groups. The deferral rate and

period are determined based on the risk categorization of the employee as well as the business unit. Where applicable,

the bank starts to defer parts of Variable Compensation for MRTs where Variable Compensation is set at or above

€ 50,000 or where Variable Compensation exceeds 1/3 of Total Compensation. For non-MRTs, deferrals start at higher

levels of Variable Compensation. MRTs are on average subject to deferral rates in excess of the minimum 40% (60% for

Senior Management) as required by InstVV. For MRTs in Material Business Units (MBU) the bank applies a deferral rate of

at least 50%. The Variable Compensation threshold for MRTs requiring at least 60% deferral is set at € 500,000. Moreover,

for all employees whose Fixed Pay exceeds the amount of € 600,000, the full amount of the Variable Compensation is

deferred.

As detailed in the table below, deferral periods range from three to five years, dependent on employee groups.

Overview of 2025 award types (excluding DWS Group)

Award Type Description Beneficiaries Deferral Period Retention<br><br>Period Portion
Upfront:<br><br>Cash Variable<br><br>Compensation (VC) Upfront cash All eligible employees N/A N/A 100% of VC, except<br><br>employees with<br><br>deferred awards
Upfront:<br><br>Equity Upfront<br><br>Award (EUA) Upfront equity (linked to<br><br>Deutsche Bank’s share<br><br>price over the retention<br><br>period) MRTs with VC ≥<br><br>€ 50,000 or where VC<br><br>exceeds 1/3 of Total<br><br>Compensation (TC)<br><br>Non-MRTs with<br><br>deferred awards<br><br>where 2025 TC ><br><br>€ 500,000 N/A 12 months 50% of upfront VC
Deferred:<br><br>Restricted Incentive<br><br>Award (RIA) Deferred cash All employees with<br><br>deferred VC Equal tranche vesting:<br><br>MRTs: 4 years<br><br>Senior Mgmt.1: 5 years<br><br>Non-MRTs: 3 years N/A 50% of deferred VC
Deferred:<br><br>Restricted Equity<br><br>Award (REA) Deferred equity (linked to<br><br>Deutsche Bank’s share<br><br>price over the vesting and<br><br>retention period) All employees with<br><br>deferred VC Equal tranche vesting:<br><br>MRTs: 4 years<br><br>Senior Mgmt.1: 5 years<br><br>Non-MRTs: 3 years 12 months<br><br>for MRTs 50% of deferred VC

N/A – Not applicable

1For the purpose of Performance Year 2025 annual awards, Senior Management is defined DB AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to

Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of Significant Institutions in the meaning of the German

Banking Act; respective MB-1 positions with managerial responsibility; for the specific deferral rules for the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG refer to the

Compensation Report for the Management Board

Employees are not allowed to sell, pledge, transfer or assign a deferred award or any rights in respect to the award. They

may not enter into any transaction having the economic effect of hedging any Variable Compensation, for example

offsetting the risk of price movement with respect to the equity-based award. Compliance, overseen by the

Compensation Officer, monitors that employee trading activity complies with this requirement.

660

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Ex-post risk adjustment of Variable Compensation

Ex-post risk adjustment of Variable Compensation

In line with regulatory requirements relating to ex-post risk adjustment of Variable Compensation, the bank believes that

a long-term view on conduct and performance of its employees is a key element of deferred Variable Compensation. As a

result, under the Management Board’s oversight, all deferred awards are subject to performance conditions and

forfeiture provisions as detailed below.

Overview of Deutsche Bank Group performance conditions and forfeiture provisions of Variable Compensation granted for

Performance Year 2025

performanceconditions_eng.jpg

1Considering clearly defined and governed adjustments for relevant Profit and Loss items (e.g., business restructurings; impairments of goodwill or intangibles)

2Only applicable to InstVV MRTs in front office divisions

3Other provisions may apply as outlined in the respective plan rules

661

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Compensation decisions for 2025

Compensation decisions for 2025

Year-end considerations and decisions for 2025

All compensation decisions are made within the boundaries of regulatory requirements. These requirements form the

overarching framework for determining compensation at Deutsche Bank. In particular, management must ensure that

compensation decisions are not detrimental to maintaining the bank’s sound capital base and liquidity reserves.

In 2025, Deutsche Bank delivered record financial results despite operating in a global environment marked by persistent

geopolitical uncertainties and macroeconomic challenges. The bank generated a pre-tax profit of € 9.7 billion, more than

doubled net profit to € 7.1 billion versus the prior year and achieved a post-tax RoTE of 10.3%. This exceptional

performance reflects the continued strength of the Global Hausbank Strategy.

The bank’s employees delivered sustained business growth, with revenues rising 7% to € 32.1 billion in line with the

bank’s goals. This, combined with continued cost discipline and cumulative impact of the bank’s transformation efforts

and operational efficiencies, enabled Deutsche Bank to maintain strong capital levels while simultaneously increasing

capital distributions to shareholders, including a significant rise in the dividend proposed in respect of 2025. Deutsche

Bank’s 2025 compensation decisions reflect its commitment to recognize appropriately the contributions of its

employees and set fair and competitive compensation levels while also maintaining cost discipline, investing further in

business growth and controls, sustaining capital and balance sheet strength, and enabling continued growth in returns to

shareholders. The SECC continuously monitored potential Variable Compensation awards with due consideration to

these priorities throughout the year.

Taking due account of all these factors, the Management Board determined that the bank is in a position to award

Variable Compensation, including a year-end performance-based Variable Compensation pool, of € 2.681 billion for

2025 (2024: € 2.514 billion). The increase of year-end performance-based Variable Compensation reflects the strong

performance across the bank.

The Variable Compensation for the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG was determined, as always, by the

Supervisory Board in a separate process, but is included in the tables and charts below.

Compensation awards for 2025 – all employees

2025 2024
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise)¹ Super-<br><br>visory<br><br>Board² Mana-<br><br>gement<br><br>Board3 CB3 IB3 PB3 AM3 Control<br><br>Func-<br><br>tions3 Corporate<br><br>Func-<br><br>tions3 Group<br><br>Total Group<br><br>Total
Number of employees (full-time<br><br>equivalent) 20 9 16,601 8,188 23,337 4,835 6,682 30,227 89,879 89,753
Total Compensation 8 82 1,438 2,677 2,459 812 803 2,865 11,136 11,056
Base salary and allowances 8 27 1,059 1,334 1,826 488 646 2,221 7,600 7,606
Pension expenses 5 70 70 82 41 46 148 462 474
Fixed Pay according to § 2 InstVV 8 32 1,129 1,403 1,908 529 692 2,369 8,062 8,081
Year-end performance-based<br><br>Variable Compensation4 43 274 1,230 350 241 99 444 2,681 2,514
Other Variable Compensation4 2 1 18 27 29 1 3 78 55
Severance payments 6 34 26 174 13 11 49 313 405
Variable Pay according to § 2<br><br>InstVV 51 309 1,274 551 282 111 496 3,072 2,975

1The table may contain marginal rounding differences; FTE (full-time equivalent) as of December 31, 2025; shows remuneration awarded to all employees (including 2025

leavers)

2Supervisory Board represents the Supervisory Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG (they are not considered for the Group Total number of employees); employee

representatives are considered with their compensation for the Supervisory Board role only (their employee compensation is included in the relevant divisional column);

the remuneration for members of the Deutsche Bank AG Supervisory Board is not reflected in the Group Total

3Management Board represents the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG; IB = Investment Bank; CB = Corporate Bank; PB = Private Bank; AM = Asset

Management (DWS); Control Functions include Chief Risk Office, Group Audit, Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime; Corporate Functions include any Infrastructure

Function which is neither captured as a Control Function nor part of any division

4Year-end performance-based Variable Compensation reflects the newly implemented LTI Plan for Management Board members of Deutsche Bank AG set up for the

performance period 2025-2027, which during the 'transition phase' is shown with the target amount; other Variable Compensation includes other contractual Variable

Compensation commitments such as sign-on awards, retention awards and specific Variable Compensation elements for tariff staff and civil servants; it also includes

fringe benefits and contractually agreed post-contractual non-compete compensation awarded to Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG which are to be

classified as variable remuneration; the table does not include new hire replacement awards for lost entitlements from previous employers (buyouts)

662

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Compensation decisions for 2025

Reported year-end performance-based Variable Compensation and deferral rates year over year – all employees

deferralchart_eng.jpg

Deutsche Bank continues to apply deferral structures that go beyond the regulatory minimum, resulting in an overall

deferral rate (all employees including non-MRT population) of 44% in 2025 (compared to 46% in 2024). For the MRT

population only, the deferral rate amounts to 89% (compared to 92% in 2024).

663

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure

Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure

On a global basis, 1,522 employees were identified as MRTs according to CRD/InstVV for financial year 2025, compared

to 1,451 employees for 2024. The number of 2025 Group MRTs amounts to 1,287 individuals. Moreover, 298 individuals

were identified at an institutional level (thereof 63 Group MRTs). The remuneration elements for all those MRTs on a

consolidated basis are detailed in the tables below in accordance with Article 450 CRR. Where applicable, the EU REM

tables display the prescribed business lines as per Annex XXXIII of Regulation No 575/2013.

With regard to deferral arrangements and pay-out instruments, 42 MRTs, whose total remuneration amounts to

€ 9.7 million (thereof € 3.3 million variable remuneration including severance payments) benefit from a derogation laid

down in Article 94(3) CRD point (a) and 96 MRTs, whose total remuneration amounts to € 14.3 million (thereof

€ 2.7 million variable remuneration including severance payments) benefit from a derogation laid down in Article 94(3)

CRD point (b).

Remuneration for 2025 - Material Risk Takers (REM 1)

2025
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise)¹ Super-<br><br>visory<br><br>Board² Manage-<br><br>ment<br><br>Board3 Senior<br><br>Management4 Other Material<br><br>Risk Takers Group<br><br>Total
Fixed Pay Number of MRTs5 20 9 243 1,102 1,374
Total Fixed Pay 8 32 175 632 847
of which: cash-based 8 28 169 599 804
of which: shares or equivalent ownership<br><br>interests
of which: share-linked instruments or<br><br>equivalent non-cash instruments
of which: other instruments
of which: other forms 3 6 33 43
Variable Pay Number of MRTs5 9 240 1,061 1,310
Total Variable Pay6 51 190 706 946
of which: cash-based 13 96 362 472
of which: deferred 2 83 264 349
of which: shares or equivalent ownership<br><br>interests 37 86 343 466
of which: deferred 28 81 264 373
of which: share-linked instruments or<br><br>equivalent non-cash instruments 6 6
of which: deferred 4 4
of which: other instruments 2 2
of which: deferred 2 2
of which: other forms
of which: deferred
Total Pay 8 82 365 1,338 1,793

1The table may contain marginal rounding differences

2Supervisory Board represents the Supervisory Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG

3Management Board represents the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG

4Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further

individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of institutions required to identify MRTs at a solo institutional level and respective MB-1 positions with

managerial responsibility

5Beneficiaries only as of December 31, 2025 (HC reported for Supervisory Board and Management Board, FTE reported for the remaining part); therefore, the totals do not

add up to the 1,522 individuals identified as MRTs; shows remuneration awarded to all MRTs (including 2025 leavers)

6Variable Pay includes Deutsche Bank´s year-end performance-based Variable Compensation for 2025, other Variable Compensation and severance payments; it also

includes fringe benefits and contractually agreed post-contractual non-compete compensation awarded to Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG which are

to be classified as variable remuneration, and reflects the newly implemented LTI Plan for Management Board members of Deutsche Bank AG set up for the performance

period 2025-2027, which during the 'transition phase' is shown with the target amount; the table does not include new hire replacement awards for lost entitlements

from previous employers (buyouts)

664

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure

Guaranteed variable remuneration and severance payments - Material Risk Takers (REM 2)

2025
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise)¹ Super-<br><br>visory<br><br>Board² Manage-<br><br>ment<br><br>Board3 Senior<br><br>Management4 Other Material<br><br>Risk Takers Group<br><br>Total
Guaranteed variable remuneration awards
Number of MRTs5 3 8 11
Total amount 2 17 19
of which: paid during financial year, not taken into account in<br><br>bonus cap 8 8
Severance payments awarded in previous periods, paid out during<br><br>financial year
Number of MRTs5
Total amount
Severance payments awarded during financial year
Number of MRTs5 1 8 39 48
Total amount6 6 4 10 21
of which: paid during financial year 3 4 10 16
of which: deferred 4 4
of which: paid during financial year, not taken into account in<br><br>bonus cap 3 4 10 16
of which: highest payment that has been awarded to a single<br><br>person 6 2 1 6

1The table may contain marginal rounding differences

2Supervisory Board represents the Supervisory Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG

3Management Board represents the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG

4Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further

individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of institutions required to identify MRTs at a solo institutional level and respective MB-1 positions with

managerial responsibility

5Beneficiaries only (HC reported for all categories)

665

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure

Deferred remuneration - Material Risk Takers (REM 3)

2025
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated<br><br>otherwise)¹ Total amount<br><br>of deferred<br><br>remuneration<br><br>awarded for<br><br>previous<br><br>performance<br><br>periods Of which due<br><br>to vest in the<br><br>financial year Of which<br><br>vesting in<br><br>subsequent<br><br>financial years Amount of<br><br>performance<br><br>adjustment<br><br>made in the<br><br>financial year<br><br>to deferred<br><br>remuneration<br><br>that was due<br><br>to vest in the<br><br>financial year Amount of<br><br>performance<br><br>adjustment<br><br>made in the<br><br>financial year<br><br>to deferred<br><br>remuneration<br><br>that was due<br><br>to vest in<br><br>future<br><br>performance<br><br>years Total amount<br><br>of adjustment<br><br>during the<br><br>financial year<br><br>due to ex post<br><br>implicit<br><br>adjustments5 Total amount<br><br>of deferred<br><br>remuneration<br><br>awarded<br><br>before the<br><br>financial year<br><br>actually paid<br><br>out in the<br><br>financial year6 Total of<br><br>amount of<br><br>deferred<br><br>remuneration<br><br>awarded for<br><br>previous<br><br>performance<br><br>period that<br><br>has vested but<br><br>is subject to<br><br>retention<br><br>periods
Supervisory Board2
Cash-based
Shares or<br><br>equivalent<br><br>ownership<br><br>interests
Share-linked<br><br>instruments or<br><br>equivalent non-<br><br>cash instruments
Other instruments
Other forms
Management Board3 106 24 82 80 24 14
Cash-based 48 11 38 11
Shares or<br><br>equivalent<br><br>ownership<br><br>interests 58 14 44 80 14 14
Share-linked<br><br>instruments or<br><br>equivalent non-<br><br>cash instruments
Other instruments
Other forms
Senior<br><br>management4 460 98 362 253 98 45
Cash-based 218 47 171 47
Shares or<br><br>equivalent<br><br>ownership<br><br>interests 229 49 180 249 49 44
Share-linked<br><br>instruments or<br><br>equivalent non-<br><br>cash instruments 10 2 8 4 2 1
Other instruments 3 3
Other forms
Other Material Risk<br><br>Takers 1,594 393 1,201 832 392 146
Cash-based 770 191 579 191
Shares or<br><br>equivalent<br><br>ownership<br><br>interests 824 202 622 832 202 146
Share-linked<br><br>instruments or<br><br>equivalent non-<br><br>cash instruments
Other instruments
Other forms
Total amount 2,160 516 1,644 1,165 515 205

1The table may contain marginal rounding differences

2Supervisory Board represents the Supervisory Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG

3Management Board represents the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG

4Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further

individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of institutions required to identify MRTs at a solo institutional level and respective MB-1 positions with

managerial responsibility

5Changes of value of deferred remuneration due to the changes of prices of instruments

6Defined as remuneration awarded before the financial year which vested in the financial year (including where subject to a retention period)

666

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Annual Report 2025 Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure

Remuneration of high earners – Material Risk Takers (REM 4)

2025 2024
in € Number of<br><br>individuals Number of<br><br>individuals
Total Pay1
1,000,000 to 1,499,999 339 331
1,500,000 to 1,999,999 123 125
2,000,000 to 2,499,999 71 59
2,500,000 to 2,999,999 32 48
3,000,000 to 3,499,999 31 25
3,500,000 to 3,999,999 16 14
4.000,000 to 4,499,999 8 6
4,500,000 to 4,999,999 9 5
5,000,000 to 5,999,999 7 9
6,000,000 to 6,999,999 4 3
7,000,000 to 7,999,999 4 12
8,000,000 to 8,999,999 4 3
9,000,000 to 9,999,999 6 3
10,000,000 to 10,999,999 1 3
11,000,000 to 11,999,999 2
17,000,000 to 17,999,999 1
18,000,000 to 18,999,999 1
Total 658 647

1Includes all components of Fixed Pay and Variable Compensation (including severances); buyouts are not included

In total, 658 MRTs received a Total Pay of € 1 million or more for 2025. The number of MRT high earners remains

essentially flat compared to 2024.

Compensation awards 2025 – Material Risk Takers (REM 5)

Management Body Remuneration Business Areas
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise)¹ Super-<br><br>visory<br><br>Board2 Manage-<br><br>ment<br><br>Board2 Total<br><br>Manage-<br><br>ment<br><br>Body Invest-<br><br>ment<br><br>Banking2 Retail<br><br>Banking2 Asset<br><br>Manage-<br><br>ment2 Corporate<br><br>Functions<br><br>2 Control<br><br>Functions<br><br>2 Total
Total number of Material Risk<br><br>Takers3 1,374
of which: Management Body 20 9 29 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of which: Senior Management4 N/A N/A N/A 34 87 6 78 38 243
of which: Other Material Risk<br><br>Takers N/A N/A N/A 634 251 1 114 102 1,102
Total Pay of Material Risk Takers 8 82 90 1,147 292 21 167 76 1,793
of which: variable pay5 51 51 644 143 12 78 20 946
of which: fixed pay 8 32 40 504 149 10 89 56 847

1The table may contain marginal rounding differences

2Supervisory Board represents the Supervisory Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG, Management Board represents the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank

AG; Investment Banking = Investment Bank; Retail Banking = Private Bank and Corporate Bank; Asset Management = Asset Management (DWS); Control Functions

include Chief Risk Office, Group Audit, Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime; Corporate Functions include any Infrastructure Function which is neither captured as a

Control Function nor part of any division

3HC as of December 31, 2025 reported for Supervisory Board and Management Board, FTE as of December 31, 2025 reported for the remaining part; therefore, the totals

do not add up to the 1,522 individuals identified as MRTs; shows remuneration awarded to all MRTs (including 2025 leavers)

4Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further

individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of institutions required to identify MRTs at a solo institutional level and respective MB-1 positions with

managerial responsibility

5Variable Pay includes Deutsche Bank´s year-end performance-based Variable Compensation for 2025, other Variable Compensation and severance payments; it also

includes fringe benefits and contractually agreed post-contractual non-compete compensation awarded to Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG which are

to be classified as variable remuneration, and reflects the newly implemented LTI Plan for Management Board members of Deutsche Bank AG set up for the performance

period 2025-2027, which during the 'transition phase' is shown with the target amount; the table does not include new hire replacement awards for lost entitlements

from previous employers (buyouts)

4
Corporate Governance<br><br>Statement according to<br><br>Sections 289f and 315d of the<br><br>German Commercial Code 668 Compliance with the German<br><br>Corporate Governance Code
--- ---
670 Management Board
678 Supervisory Board
695 Related Party Transactions
695 Value and leadership principles<br><br>of Deutsche Bank AG and<br><br>Deutsche Bank Group
696 Principal accountant fees and<br><br>services

668

Deutsche Bank Compliance with the German Corporate Governance Code
Annual Report 2025 Declaration pursuant to Section 161 German Stock Corporation Act (AktG) (Declaration of<br><br>Conformity 2024)

Compliance with the German Corporate Governance

Code

Declaration pursuant to Section 161 German Stock

Corporation Act (AktG) (Declaration of Conformity 2025)

In updating the Declaration of Conformity issued on October 28, 2024, the Management Board and Supervisory Board of

Deutsche Bank AG published the following Declaration of Conformity on October 24, 2025.

“The Management Board and Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft state pursuant to Section 161

German Stock Corporation Act (AktG):

1.The last Declaration of Conformity was issued on October 28, 2024. Since then, Deutsche Bank

Aktiengesellschaft has, with one deviation, complied with the recommendations of the “Government

Commission on the German Corporate Governance Code” in the version of the Code dated April 28, 2022,

published in the Federal Gazette (Bundesanzeiger) on June 27, 2022, and will continue to comply with them in

the future, with the exception of the following deviation:

–The deviation in each case concerns the second sentence of recommendation G.10, according to which long-term

variable remuneration components shall be accessible to a Management Board member only after a period of four

years, and relates exclusively to the Management Board compensation for the financial year 2021 as well as to the

financial years 2022 and 2023.

–The compensation system for the Management Board applicable for the period up to December 31, 2023, set forth

that the long-term component of variable compensation vests over a deferral period of five years. As this involves

share-based compensation elements, these are subject to an additional holding period of one year after their vesting.

With regard to the structure of the deferral period, the Supervisory Board resolved in February 2022, February 2023

and January 2024 that, for the long-term component of variable compensation in each case relating to the

immediately preceding financial year, the Management Board members will be able to dispose over a first part of the

long-term component after just three years and over the last part after six years. The Supervisory Board thus remained

within the requirements for financial institutions set out in the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions

(Institutsvergütungsverordnung). We do not consider a further tightening of the bank-specific regulatory requirements

to be appropriate in the context of the previous compensation system applicable for the period up to December 31,

  1. Since March of this year, the Management Board members have been able to dispose over the first part of the

long-term component for the 2021 financial year, which means that, in this respect, the deviation from the second

sentence of recommendation G.10 has occurred. Also, with regard to the Management Board compensation for the

financial years 2022 and 2023 - as in last year and the year before - we already declare a deviation from the

recommendation, although the Management Board members will not be able to dispose over the first part of the long-

term components granted for the 2022 and 2023 financial years until 2026 and 2027.

–The compensation system applicable as of the 2024 financial year – with regard to Management Board compensation

for financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2024 – avoids the deviation from the Code specified above.

2.The German Corporate Governance Code limits the applicability of the Code’s recommendations to credit

institutions and insurance companies to the extent that the recommendations apply to them only insofar as

there are no statutory provisions to the contrary. Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft last reported on the

statutory regulations and the effects for the Declaration of Conformity in its Corporate Governance Statement

in the Annual Report 2024.

Frankfurt am Main, in October 2025

The Management Board The Supervisory Board
of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft”

669

Deutsche Bank Compliance with the German Corporate Governance Code
Annual Report 2025 Inapplicable Code recommendations due to the precedence of statutory provisions

Inapplicable Code recommendations due to the precedence of

statutory provisions

Pursuant to the recommendation in Section F.4 of the German Corporate Governance Code in the version of April 28,

2022, companies subject to special legal regulations shall specify in the Corporate Governance Statement which Code

recommendations were not applicable due to over-riding legal stipulations.

For Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, this currently applies to the recommendation in Section D.4 of the German

Corporate Governance Code in the version of April 28, 2022, which states that the Supervisory Board shall form a

Nomination Committee which is composed exclusively of shareholder representatives.

–Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, as a supervised credit institution, is subject to the special legal regulations of the

German Banking Act (KWG). The Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft established a Nomination

Committee in accordance with Section 25d (11) of the German Banking Act (KWG) whose tasks are to support the

Supervisory Board in the following tasks:

–identifying candidates to fill a position on the Management Board and preparing proposals for the election of

members of the Supervisory Board;

–drawing up an objective to promote the representation of the under-represented gender on the Supervisory Board as

well as a strategy for achieving this;

–the regular assessment, to be performed at least once a year, of the structure, size, composition and performance of

the Management Board and of the Supervisory Board and making recommendations regarding this to the Supervisory

Board;

–the regular assessment, to be performed at least once a year, of the knowledge, skills and experience of the individual

members of the Management Board and of the Supervisory Board as well as of the respective body collectively; and

–the review of the Management Board’s principles for selecting and appointing persons to the upper management level

and the recommendations made to the Management Board in this respect.

The Nomination Committee to be established in accordance with the German Banking Act (KWG) therefore has

numerous tasks that go beyond the preparation of the election proposals for the shareholder representatives on the

Supervisory Board. A general exclusion of a supervisory board’s employee representatives from a membership on a

committee is only admissible, according to prevailing opinion, if there is a material reason for this. Whereas such a

material reason can exist for a committee that solely handles the preparation of the proposals to the General Meeting for

the election of shareholder representatives, a justification for the exclusion of employee representatives is lacking for a

nomination committee with the range of tasks assigned to it by the German Banking Act (KWG). Due to the Nomination

Committee’s range of mandatory tasks stipulated by the German Banking Act (KWG) and the inadmissibility of

discriminating against employee representatives in the composition of the committees, the recommendation in Section

D.4 of the German Corporate Governance Code is therefore not applicable to Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft.

Nonetheless, in order to take this recommendation into account, Section 2 (3) of the Terms of Reference for the

Nomination Committee provides that the election proposals to the General Meeting are prepared only by the

shareholder representatives on the Nomination Committee.

All information presented in this Corporate Governance Statement according to Sections 289f and 315d of the German

Commercial Code is as of February 6, 2026.

670

Deutsche Bank Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Procedures of the Management Board

Management Board

Procedures of the Management Board

Pursuant to its legal form as a German stock corporation, Management Board, Supervisory Board and Shareholders’

Meeting are the corporate bodies of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft. Information on the composition of the

Supervisory Board is provided in the section “Objectives for the composition of the Supervisory Board, Profile of

Requirements, diversity concept and status of implementation”. The Shareholders’ Meeting elects the shareholder

representatives on the Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board appoints the members of the Management Board and

supervises the management.

Deutsche Bank’s Management Board is responsible for the management of the company in accordance with the law, its

Articles of Association and the Terms of Reference for the Management Board with the objective of creating sustainable

value in the interests of the company. It considers the interests of shareholders, employees, and other company-related

stakeholders. The members of the Management Board are collectively responsible for managing the bank’s business

including Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) aspects. The Management Board, as the Group Management

Board, manages Deutsche Bank Group in accordance with uniform guidelines; it exercises general control over all Group

companies.

The Management Board decides on all matters prescribed by law and the Articles of Association and ensures adherence

to the legal requirements and internal guidelines (compliance). It also takes the necessary measures to ensure that

adequate internal guidelines are developed and implemented. The Management Board's responsibilities include, in

particular, the bank’s strategic management and direction, the allocation of resources, financial accounting and

reporting, control and risk management, the proper functioning of the business organization, the systematic

identification and assessment of the environmental and social impacts of the company’s operations as well as corporate

control. The Management Board decides on the appointments to the senior management level below the Management

Board and, in particular, on the appointment of Global Key Function Holders. When appointing executives to

management functions in the Group, the Management Board takes diversity into account and strives, in particular, to

achieve an appropriate representation of women (more detailed information can be found in the Sustainability Statement

in the chapter “Own workforce” of the Annual Report 2025). The Management Board works closely together with the

Supervisory Board in a cooperative relationship of trust and for the benefit of the company. The Management Board

reports to the Supervisory Board at a minimum within the scope prescribed by law or administrative guidelines, in

particular on all issues with relevance for the Group concerning strategy, the intended business policy, planning, business

development, risk situation, risk management, staff development, reputation and compliance.

A comprehensive presentation of the duties, responsibilities and procedures of our Management Board is specified in its

Terms of Reference, the current version of which is available on our website (www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm).

Sustainability

The Management Board exercises oversight of the double materiality assessment process to identify material topics and

manage material impacts, risks, and opportunities in accordance with Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2772

of July 31, 2023 supplementing Directive 2013/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards to the

European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS). To ensure adequate oversight of the results of the double

materiality assessment, Deutsche Bank has implemented a comprehensive sign-off process involving senior managers

and established governance bodies. Initially, Senior Certifying Officers formally signed off on the evaluation results for

material topics within their remit. Subsequently, the bank’s Group Sustainability Committee, which serves as the primary

governance and decision-making body for sustainability-related matters, approved the final set of material topics.

Finally, the results of the double materiality assessment were presented to the Management Board for approval (more

detailed information can be found in the Sustainability Statement in the chapter “Double materiality assessment” of the

Annual Report 2025).

The results of the double materiality assessment were also presented to the Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board

and are laid out in the Sustainability Statement in the Management Report.

671

Deutsche Bank Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Procedures of the Management Board

Business allocation plan

Notwithstanding the principle of collective responsibility, the Management Board’s Business Allocation Plan has

allocated individual members responsibility for specific functional area(s) and thus ensures a segregation of duties within

the whole organization up to the Management Board. Management Board members are responsible for delegating their

duties to subordinate levels of hierarchy and for clearly assigning responsibilities within their own area(a) of functional

responsibility. Such delegation is necessary for the proper functioning of the business organization and does not impact

the responsibility of Management Board members to adequately oversee delegated duties and tasks. Each individual

with delegated responsibilities is responsible for providing adequate information up to the Management Board to enable

it to execute its collective responsibilities.

Training of the Management Board

In order to fulfil the requirements for professional suitability, an ongoing system of Management Board training takes

place regularly throughout the year. This also covers Environmental, Social and Governance issues, along with numerous

topic areas in connection with law, compliance, anti-financial crime, data management, risk management and human

resources.

672

Deutsche Bank Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Management Board committees

Management Board committees

The Management Board prefers to rely on individually accountable senior managers rather than committees where

possible and therefore it generally only establishes committees for issues that require joint decision-making. For certain

overarching topics the Management Board has established the following committees and has delegated certain

decision-making authority to them for each of the following topics:

mbcommitteea.jpg

673

Deutsche Bank Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Personnel changes to the Management Board and the current members of the Management Board

Personnel changes to the Management Board and the current

members of the Management Board

The Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG is made up of ten “Executives”. All Management Board members have a

contract of service (Dienstvertrag) with Deutsche Bank AG.

The Management Board diversity ratio can be found in the Sustainability Statement in the chapter “Own workforce” of

the Annual Report 2025.

In the year ended December 31, 2025, the following members of the Management Board were appointed for a three-year

period:

–Dr. Marcus Chromik with effect from May 1, 2025

–Raja Akram with effect from January 1, 2026

The following members left the Management Board:

–Professor Dr. Stefan Simon as of April 30, 2025

–Olivier Vigneron as of May 19, 2025

The following information is provided on the current members of the Management Board, including the year in which

they were born, year in which they were first appointed and year in which their term expires as well as their current

positions and areas of responsibility according to the current Business Allocation Plan for the Management Board. Also

specified are their other board mandates or directorships outside of Deutsche Bank Group as well as all memberships in

legally prescribed supervisory boards or other comparable domestic or foreign supervisory bodies of commercial

enterprises. Listed companies are marked with an “*”. The Terms of Reference for the Management Board specify that

the members of the Management Board generally should not accept the chair of supervisory boards of companies

outside Deutsche Bank Group.

Christian Sewing

Year of birth: 1970

First appointed: 2015

Term expires: 2029

Christian Sewing became a member of the Management Board on January 1, 2015, and Chief Executive Officer on April

8, 2018. He is responsible on the Management Board for Corporate Affairs & Strategy as well as Sustainability, Research

and Group Audit and since May 1, 2025, for Legal. From May 1 until August 1, 2025, he was responsible for Group

Governance.

Prior to assuming his role on the Management Board, Mr. Sewing was Global Head of Group Audit and held a number of

positions before that in Risk, including Deputy Chief Risk Officer (from 2012 to 2013) and Chief Credit Officer (from 2010

to 2012) of Deutsche Bank.

From 2005 to 2007, Mr. Sewing was a member of the Management Board of Deutsche Genossenschafts-

Hypothekenbank.

Before graduating with a diploma from the Bankakademie Bielefeld and Hamburg, Mr. Sewing completed a bank

apprenticeship at Deutsche Bank in 1989.

Mr. Sewing does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure. .

674

Deutsche Bank Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Personnel changes to the Management Board and the current members of the Management Board

James von Moltke

Year of birth: 1969

First appointed: 2017

Term expires: 2026

James von Moltke became a member of the Management Board on July 1, 2017, and President as of March 25, 2022. He

is Chief Financial Officer and in this function he is responsible for Finance, Group Tax, Treasury and Investor Relations. He

will step down as Chief Financial Officer on March 15, 2026. In July 2023, he took on responsibility for Asset

Management (DWS).

Before Mr. von Moltke joined Deutsche Bank, he served as Treasurer of Citigroup. He started his career at the investment

bank Credit Suisse First Boston in London in 1992. In 1995, he joined J.P. Morgan, working at the bank for 10 years in New

York and Hong Kong. He then worked at Morgan Stanley in New York for four years, where he led the Financial

Technology Advisory team globally. Mr. von Moltke joined Citigroup as Head of Corporate Mergers and Acquisitions

(M&A) in 2009 and three years later became the Global Head of Financial Planning.

He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from New College, University of Oxford.

Mr. von Moltke does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.

Raja Akram

Year of birth: 1972

First appointed: 2026

Term expires: 2028

Raja Akram became a member of the Management Board on January 1, 2026, and will assume the role of Chief Financial

Officer in March 2026.

He joined Deutsche Bank on October 1, 2025 as Chief Financial Officer Designate. Prior to joining Deutsche Bank, Raja

Akram was Deputy Chief Financial Officer at Morgan Stanley, overseeing Global Controllers and Regional Finance in

addition to other critical Finance functions. He was a member of the firm’s management committee and served on the

Supervisory Board of Morgan Stanley Europe.

Before joining Morgan Stanley, Raja Akram held senior roles at Citigroup from 2006 to 2020 including Controller & Chief

Accounting Officer, CFO of Treasury & Trade Solutions and CFO of Citi Brazil. Prior to Citigroup he worked as a director

for Accounting Policy & Research at Fitch Ratings, and as a senior manager in the KPMG national office.

Raja Akram holds an M.S. in Accounting and a B.B.A. in Finance & Accounting from Texas A&M University. He has also

served as Adjunct Professor at the Fashion Institute of Technology and Texas A&M University.

Mr. Akram does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.

Fabrizio Campelli

Year of birth: 1973

First appointed: 2019

Term expires: 2028

Fabrizio Campelli became a member of the Management Board on November 1, 2019. He is responsible for the

Corporate Bank and the Investment Bank and has also been responsible for the bank’s UK & Ireland region and the

Americas region since May 1, 2025.

From November 2019 to April 2021, he was the Management Board member responsible for transformation, as Chief

Transformation Officer, and for Human Resources. He previously spent four years as the Global Head of Deutsche Bank

Wealth Management. Before that, he was Head of Strategy & Organizational Development as well as Deputy Chief

Operating Officer for Deutsche Bank Group.

He joined Deutsche Bank in 2004 after working at McKinsey & Company in the firm’s London and Milan offices, focusing

on strategic assignments mainly for global financial institutions.

He holds an MBA from MIT Sloan School of Management and a Business Administration degree from Bocconi University in Milan.

Mr. Campelli does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.

675

Deutsche Bank Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Personnel changes to the Management Board and the current members of the Management Board

Dr. Marcus Chromik

Year of birth: 1972

First appointed: 2025

Term expires: 2028

Dr. Marcus Chromik became a member of the Management Board on May 1, 2025. Since May 20, 2025, he has acted as

Chief Risk Officer and is responsible for managing Credit Risk, Market Risk, Treasury Risk, Liquidity Risk, Enterprise Risk

and Operational Risk Management.

He joined Deutsche Bank on March 1, 2025. Dr. Chromik possesses a wealth of experience in the risk management field

within banks, most recently as non-executive director and member of the Board of Directors and Risk Committee at

UniCredit in Milan.

From July 2009 to December 2023, he worked at Commerzbank in Frankfurt am Main, serving as Chief Risk Officer and

member of the Management Board from January 2016.

From March 2004 to June 2009, Dr. Marcus Chromik held several leadership positions at Deutsche Postbank AG,

including Head of Risk Controlling, Head of Primary Capital Markets, and Head of Liquidity Management and Credit

Treasury.

He began his professional career in 2001 at McKinsey & Company in Hamburg.

Dr. Chromik studied physics at Ludwig Maximilian University of Munich and received his Ph.D. in nuclear physics there in 2001.

Dr. Chromik does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.

Bernd Leukert

Year of birth: 1967

First appointed: 2020

Term expires: 2026

Bernd Leukert became a member of the Management Board on January 1, 2020. He is Chief Technology, Data and

Innovation Officer and is responsible for the Chief Information Office for the Infrastructure areas and the business

divisions, as well as for the Chief Technology Office, the Chief Security Office and Chief Innovation Office. He is also

responsible for Data Governance and Oversight as well as for Cloud Transformation.

He joined Deutsche Bank on September 1, 2019. He previously worked for many years at SAP SE, the global software

company. He joined SAP in 1994 and held various management positions. From 2014 to 2019, he was responsible for

product development and innovations as well as the Digital Business Services division on the Executive Board.

Mr. Leukert studied Industrial Engineering and Management at the University of Karlsruhe and at Trinity College Dublin,

graduating in 1994 with a Master’s Degree in Business Administration.

He is member of the Supervisory Board of Bertelsmann SE & Co. KGaA.

Alexander von zur Mühlen

Year of birth: 1975

First appointed: 2020

Term expires: 2026

Alexander von zur Mühlen became a member of the Management Board on August 1, 2020. Since July 2023, he has been

the CEO for Asia-Pacific, Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and Germany.

Mr. von zur Mühlen joined Deutsche Bank in 1998 and over the years has held a range of management roles in London

and Frankfurt across infrastructure and business divisions. From 2018 to 2020, he was responsible for the Group’s

strategic development and was the advisor to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO). Before that, he served as Co-Head of

Global Capital Markets, with a regional focus on Asia-Pacific and Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA). From 2009

to 2017, he was Group Treasurer.

Alexander von zur Mühlen holds a Diploma in Business Administration from the Berlin School of Economics and Law in Berlin.

Mr. von zur Mühlen does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.

676

Deutsche Bank Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Personnel changes to the Management Board and the current members of the Management Board

Laura Padovani

Year of birth: 1966

First appointed: 2024

Term expires: 2027

Laura Padovani became a member of the Management Board on July 1, 2024. She is Chief Compliance and Anti-Financial

Crime Officer. Since August 1, 2025, she has also been responsible for Group Governance.

Ms. Padovani joined Deutsche Bank in April 2023 as Group Chief Compliance Officer and Head of Compliance. Prior to

joining the bank, Ms. Padovani was Group Chief Compliance Officer at Barclays and previously spent 20 years at

American Express. She has extensive international experience and proven leadership expertise in global, regional, and

business Compliance functions.

Laura Padovani holds a Masters in Law from the London School of Economics and Political Science and a Law Degree

from University of Buenos Aires.

Ms. Padovani does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.

Claudio de Sanctis

Year of birth: 1972

First appointed: 2023

Term expires: 2029

Claudio de Sanctis became a member of the Management Board on July 1, 2023. He is Head of the Private Bank.

Mr. de Sanctis has been responsible for the International Private Bank since it was established in June 2020, when he was

also appointed Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA). He had previously been

Global Head of Deutsche Bank Wealth Management since November 2019 after joining Deutsche Bank in December

2018 as Head of Deutsche Bank Wealth Management Europe. In addition, he was also the Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

of Deutsche Bank AG (Schweiz) from February to December 2019.

Before joining Deutsche Bank, he was Head of Private Banking, Europe, at Credit Suisse, where he started in 2013 as

Market Area Head Southeast Asia for Private Banking. Before that, he had spent seven years at UBS Wealth Management

Europe, most recently as Market Head Iberia and Nordics.

Earlier in his career he was at Barclays as Head of the Key Clients Unit Europe in Private Banking focusing on Ultra-High-

Net-Worth (UHNW) clients. He also worked at Merrill Lynch Private Wealth Management in Europe, the Middle East and

Africa (EMEA).

He holds a BA degree in Philosophy from La Sapienza University of Rome.

Mr. de Sanctis does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.

Rebecca Short

Year of birth: 1974

First appointed: 2021

Term expires: 2027

Rebecca Short became a member of the Management Board on May 1, 2021, and Chief Operating Officer on June 1,

  1. Her responsibilities include Human Resources as well as the bank’s transformation. Until May 2023, she was Chief

Transformation Officer.

She previously spent almost six years within Finance as Head of Group Planning & Performance Management.

She joined Deutsche Bank on its graduate program in Auckland in 1998. She moved to London in 2000, where she spent

13 years in Risk in a variety of roles, primarily in Credit Risk Management, latterly as European Head of Corporates. In

2013, she moved to a senior central management role in Audit, where she spent two years.

She has a Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) degree in Finance & Accounting from the University of Otago, Dunedin, New

Zealand.

Ms. Short does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.

677

Deutsche Bank Management Board
Annual Report 2025 Share ownership of Management Board members

Share ownership of Management Board members

The information on the share ownership of the Management Board can be found in the Compensation Report of the

Annual Report 2025.

678

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Procedures of the Supervisory Board and its committees

Supervisory Board

The Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank AG consists of 20 members – 10 Supervisory Board members are shareholder

representatives elected by the General Meeting, and 10 Supervisory Board members are employee representatives

elected by the delegates of employees in Germany entitled to elect them. All Supervisory Board members have the same

obligation to act in the interests of the company and perform their Supervisory Board mandate in the interests of

Deutsche Bank AG. The internal organization of the Supervisory Board and its committees as well as the requirements for

its members are subject not only to the regulations of the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz (KWG)) and the

recommendations of the German Corporate Governance Code, but also to specific supervisory requirements. Such

requirements are founded on, among other things, the German Banking Act (KWG), the Remuneration Ordinance for

Institutions (Institutsvergütungsverordnung (InstitutsVergV)), the guidelines of the European Banking Authority (EBA) and

European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) and the administrative practices of the European Central Bank as the

bank´s prudential supervisory authority. In individual cases, the regulatory requirements may diverge from the

recommendations of the German Corporate Governance Code (see Section “Inapplicable Code recommendations due to

the precedence of statutory provisions”).

The Supervisory Board appoints and dismisses the members of the Management Board, supervises and advises the

Management Board and is directly involved in decisions of fundamental importance to the bank. Supervision and advice

also include, in particular, sustainability issues. Pursuant to the requirements of the German Banking Act (KWG), the

Supervisory Board oversees the Management Board, also with regard to its adherence to the applicable prudential

supervisory requirements. The Supervisory Board works together closely with the Management Board in a cooperative

relationship of trust and for the benefit of the company. Measures to be performed by the management may not be

transferred to the Supervisory Board.

The types of business that require the approval of the Supervisory Board to be transacted are specified in Section 13 (1)

of the Articles of Association of Deutsche Bank AG. These include the granting of general powers of attorney, the

acquisition or disposal of real estate (if the object value exceeds € 500 million) as well as the granting of loans, including

the acquisition of participations in other companies for which approval of a credit institution’s supervisory body is

required under the German Banking Act (KWG) or other participations (if the object value exceeds € 1 billion).

Furthermore, the Supervisory Board may specify additional transactions that require its approval. Within statutory limits,

the Supervisory Board may also delegate decisions on issuing its approval to a committee, in order to increase efficiency.

679

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Procedures of the Supervisory Board and its committees

Procedures of the Supervisory Board and its committees

The working procedures of the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank AG are supported by the expertise of its members, as

well as an efficient distribution of tasks and coordination.

From among its members and in accordance with regulatory requirements for banks, the Supervisory Board has

established eight standing committees: the Chairman’s Committee; Nomination Committee; Audit Committee; Risk

Committee; Compensation Control Committee; Strategy and Sustainability Committee; Technology, Data and

Innovation Committee; and Mediation Committee. The Regulatory Oversight Committee was dissolved with effect from

May 22, 2025. The responsibilities, tasks and procedures of the Supervisory Board committees are set out in their

respective terms of reference and briefly summarized here:

Chairman’s Committee: The Chairman’s Committee handles, in particular, the preparations for the Supervisory Board

meetings, Management Board and Supervisory Board matters, as well as topics relating to corporate governance. It also

supports the Supervisory Board in the preparation of decisions by the Supervisory Board on the appointment and

dismissal of members of the Management Board, including long-term succession planning for the Management Board,

while taking into account the recommendations of the Nomination Committee.

Nomination Committee: The Nomination Committee supports the Supervisory Board, in particular, in identifying

candidates to fill a position on the Management Board and Supervisory Board and in the assessment to be performed

regularly of the structure, size, composition and performance of the Management Board and of the Supervisory Board. It

supports the promotion of talent development and diversity with a special focus on succession planning for the

Management Board and draws up an objective to promote the under-represented gender on the Supervisory Board as

well as a strategy for achieving this.

Audit Committee: The Audit Committee supports the Supervisory Board, in particular, in monitoring the financial

reporting process, the effectiveness of the risk management system (internal control system and internal audit), the

auditing of the financial statements, including the auditor’s independence and the additional services provided by the

auditor, as well as the monitoring of other audit-relevant matters. It also supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring

the Management Board’s prompt remediation, through suitable measures, of deficiencies identified by internal and

external auditors. The Management Board informs the Audit Committee on an ongoing basis about special procedures,

substantial complaints and other exceptional measures on the part of German and foreign regulatory authorities.

Risk Committee: The Risk Committee advises the Supervisory Board in all matters relating to the current and future

overall risk appetite and strategy and supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring the implementation of this strategy

by the senior management level. The Risk Committee monitors whether the conditions in the client business are in line

with the company’s business model and risk structure. It reviews whether the incentives set by the compensation system

take into consideration the bank’s risk, capital and liquidity structure as well as the likelihood and maturity of earnings,

taking into account retention risk. The Risk Committee also supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring the litigation

cases with the highest risks and analyzing the legal and reputational risks that are material to the bank.

Compensation Control Committee: The Compensation Control Committee handles compensation topics. It supports the

Supervisory Board, in particular, in the appropriate structuring of the compensation systems for the Management Board

and monitors the appropriate structuring of the compensation systems for employees. It prepares the Supervisory

Board’s resolutions on the compensation of the Management Board members and reviews the use and effectiveness of

measures available in the compensation system for dealing with breaches of legal regulations as well as internal and

external rules, policies and procedures. The Compensation Control Committee and the Risk Committee work together

and conduct joint meetings. The Compensation Control Committee is advised by the Compensation Officer and, if

required, by external consultants.

Regulatory Oversight Committee: The Regulatory Oversight Committee was dissolved with effect from May 22, 2025.

Within the framework of its organizational autonomy, the Supervisory Board may dissolve committees as long as there

are no obligatory banking regulatory requirements to the contrary. The aim in dissolving the Committee was a more

comprehensive and bundled monitoring of the topics related to improving the control systems and resilience of the bank.

The Supervisory Board delegated individual tasks of the Regulatory Oversight Committee to the Audit Committee, Risk

Committee or Compensation Control Committee, or took them back itself.

Strategy and Sustainability Committee: The Strategy and Sustainability Committee supports the Supervisory Board in

fulfilling its monitoring function relating to the bank’s strategy, including the Environmental, Social and Governance

(ESG) strategy and sustainability issues. It advises and monitors the Management Board with regard to the definition of

the bank’s business strategies aligned to the sustainable development of the bank and the establishment of processes

for planning, implementing, assessing and adjusting these strategies.

680

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Procedures of the Supervisory Board and its committees

Technology, Data and Innovation Committee: The Technology, Data and Innovation Committee supports the Supervisory

Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to the bank’s technology, data and innovation environment. It

advises and monitors the Management Board with regard to the adequate technical and organizational resources and the

definition of an adequate plan for the bank’s IT systems, IT strategy, information security management, cyber and IT risks,

as well as the data strategy and governance.

Mediation Committee: The Mediation Committee submits proposals to the Supervisory Board on the appointment or

dismissal of members of the Management Board in cases where the Supervisory Board is unable to reach a two-thirds

majority decision. The Mediation Committee only meets if necessary.

All terms of reference are reviewed and updated by the Supervisory Board on an ad hoc basis (for example, upon changes

in laws or regulatory requirements), but at least once annually. They are published on the website of Deutsche Bank AG

(www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm) in their currently applicable versions.

The number of meetings and their execution are specified along with details on the work of the Supervisory Board and its

committees in the Report of the Supervisory Board, which is part of the Annual Report.

In accordance with regulatory requirements, the Supervisory Board produced and adopted position descriptions with

candidate profiles for the roles as member of the Supervisory Board and as Chairman of the Supervisory Board and the

chairpersons of its committees. It also issued – in accordance with regulatory requirements – a Suitability Guideline,

which sets out the principles for the selection, succession planning and re-appointment/re-election of the members of

the management bodies as well as the criteria and the procedure for assessing individual and collective suitability.

Induction, training and diversity guidelines are also component parts of the Suitability Guideline in accordance with

regulatory requirements. Furthermore, the Supervisory Board issued a Profile of Requirements (see Section: “Objectives

for the Composition of the Supervisory Board, Profile of Requirements/Profile of Requirements for the Supervisory

Board”). In addition, the Supervisory Board has Guidelines for the Assessment of the Independence of its members and a

Guidelines for Handling Conflicts of Interests. These documents are also reviewed and updated by the Supervisory Board

on an ad hoc basis, but at least once annually.

The Supervisory Board receives reports from the Management Board within the scope prescribed by law or administrative

guidelines, in particular on all issues of relevance for the Group concerning strategy, intended business policy, planning,

business development, risk situation, risk management, staff development, reputation and compliance. Furthermore,

Group Audit informs the Audit Committee of any deficiencies identified regularly and – in the case of severe deficiencies

– without undue delay. In addition, the Chairman of the Supervisory Board is informed of serious findings relating to the

members of the Management Board. The Supervisory Board and Management Board adopted an Information Regime,

along with a general engagement (interaction) protocol that also covers regulatory topics. These regulate not only the

reporting to the Supervisory Board, but also, among other things, the Supervisory Board’s enquiries and requests for

information from employees of the company as well as the exchange of information in connection with preparations for

the meetings and between the meetings.

The Supervisory Board meets regularly also without the Management Board. This also applies to its committees. In

addition, the representatives of the employees and the representatives of the shareholders regularly conduct preliminary

discussions separately.

The Chairman of the Supervisory Board plays a crucial role in the proper functioning of the Supervisory Board, also in

accordance with the specific regulatory requirements, and has a leadership role in this. He can issue internal guidelines

and principles concerning the Supervisory Board’s internal organization and communications, the coordination of the

work within the Supervisory Board and the Supervisory Board’s interaction with the Management Board. The Chairman of

the Supervisory Board engages in investor discussions on Supervisory Board-related topics when necessary and regularly

informs the Supervisory Board of the substance of such discussions. These also cover Environmental, Social and

Governance (ESG) topics. The Chairman of the Supervisory Board is the contact partner on the Supervisory Board for the

bank’s regulatory authorities, with whom he engages in several discussions over the course of a financial year.

Between meetings, the Chairman of the Supervisory Board and, to the extent expedient, the chairpersons of the

Supervisory Board committees maintain regular contact with the members of the Management Board, especially with the

Chairman of the Management Board, and deliberate with them, among other things, on issues of Deutsche Bank Group’s

strategy, planning, the development of its business, risk situation, risk management, risk controlling, governance,

compliance, compensation systems, IT, data and digitalization, sustainability as well as material litigation cases. The

Chairman of the Supervisory Board and – within their respective functional responsibility – the chairpersons of the

Supervisory Board committees are informed without delay by the Chairman of the Management Board or by the

respectively responsible Management Board member about important events of material significance for the assessment

of the situation, development and management of Deutsche Bank Group. The Chairman of the Audit Committee also

conducts regular discussions with the auditor outside the meetings. Furthermore, some of the chairpersons of the

Supervisory Board committees also engage in discussions with the bank’s regulatory authorities.

681

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Procedures of the Supervisory Board and its committees

Induction and training events

For each newly elected or appointed Supervisory Board member, individualized induction and training sessions are

organized based on their knowledge and skills, while taking into consideration possible recommendations of the

Nomination Committee, in order to help them get started in the new position. The induction events also serve as an

introduction to the bank, its Management Board, selected senior managers, the auditor and Group Audit. Through

additional customized training sessions, the new member’s individual knowledge is expanded and enriched. The

Nomination Committee regularly receives reports on the progress and participation in these training sessions.

In addition, regular training sessions are conducted for the entire Supervisory Board on current topics. Details on this are

provided in the Report of the Supervisory Board.

Succession planning and diversity

Pursuant to the German Banking Act (KWG) the members of the Management Board must be professionally suitable and

reliable and devote sufficient time to their tasks. The Supervisory Board assesses the qualifications of the individual

members as well as the qualification of the Management Board as a whole (collective suitability). In this connection

diversity of backgrounds and mindsets plays an important role as well as gender, nationality and age. The Nomination

Committee supports the Supervisory Board in identifying suitable internal and external candidates to fill a position on

the bank’s Management Board while taking into account the applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. For this,

the Committee has developed a position description with a candidate profile and a statement of the related time

commitment for a Management Board member as well as questionnaires for the assessment of the knowledge, reliability

and time availability. The Nomination Committee and Supervisory Board regularly receive reports from the Management

Board on internal candidates for succession planning (“talent pipeline”) and the process from the perspective of the

Management Board. The members of the Supervisory Board have opportunities to meet selected senior managers at the

meetings of the Supervisory Board and its committees as well as bank-internal events. With a view to a sustainable,

ideally diverse succession planning while also taking gender diversity into consideration, the Supervisory Board also

works together with external service providers.

For the selection of suitable candidates, external and internal, the Nomination Committee takes into account the

strategic objectives of the bank, the area of functional responsibility on the Management Board, the qualifications,

reliability and time availability of the candidates as well as the balance and diversity of the knowledge, skills and

experience of all members of the Management Board, while also considering diversity principles. The appointment to a

Management Board position is always made in the interests of the company. Building on the recommendation of the

Nomination Committee, the Chairman’s Committee submits a recommendation for the Supervisory Board’s resolution.

Based on this, the Supervisory Board decides on the appointment of the Management Board members. The first

appointment period is for a maximum of three years. Management Board members can be reappointed for one or several

terms of office, which may be for a maximum of five years pursuant to the law, whereby at Deutsche Bank such

reappointments should generally also be for a maximum of three years.

For each newly appointed Management Board member, individualized induction and training sessions are organized

based on their knowledge and skills, while taking into consideration possible recommendations of the Nomination

Committee. The Nomination Committee regularly receives reports on the progress and participation in these training

sessions.

The Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz (AktG)) requires that a company that is listed on a stock exchange and has three

or more members of the Management Board, such as Deutsche Bank, must have at least one woman and one man as

members of its Management Board, otherwise the appointment is rendered void. In addition, promoting diversity on the

Management Board is very important to the Supervisory Board, and it is actively working on Management Board diversity,

e.g., in terms of gender, nationality and age, as well as different backgrounds and mindsets. The Supervisory Board takes

into account the legally required minimum gender participation on the Management Board pursuant to Section 76 (3a) of

the German Stock Corporation Act (AktG) and strives to sustainably and continually increase the percentage of women

on the Management Board. In the 2025 financial year, the percentage of women on the Management Board was 22.2%.

To further increase the number of suitable internal female candidates, the Supervisory Board set a corresponding

objective for the Management Board for appointing women to senior management positions directly below the

Management Board and embedded this objective within the long-term performance metrics of the new compensation

system for the Management Board (for further details see the “Compensation Report”, “Compensation of Management

Board” chapter “Long-Term Incentives (LTI)”). The Supervisory Board regularly discusses the measures and ongoing

progress with the Management Board.

Based on proposals of the Compensation Control Committee, the Supervisory Board determines the total compensation

of the individual members of the Management Board and also regularly reviews and resolves on the compensation

system for the Management Board. Details on this are provided in the Compensation Report and the Report of the

Supervisory Board.

682

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Procedures of the Supervisory Board and its committees

Self-assessment

The Nomination Committee and Supervisory Board regularly address the assessment of the Supervisory Board and

Management Board as well as their work, which is to be conducted at least annually as prescribed by law pursuant to

Section 25d of the German Banking Act (KWG). This is also the self-assessment of the Supervisory Board pursuant to the

recommendation under Section D.12 of the German Corporate Governance Code (GCGC).

At its meeting on July 23, 2024, the Nomination Committee addressed the framework and schedule for the assessment.

It resolved that the assessment of the 2025 reporting period would be performed with external assistance. The

Nomination Committee reported regularly to the Supervisory Board on the work-in-progress on the assessment. The

external advisor engaged for this conducted a workshop for the Supervisory Board, which took place on October 23,

  1. The assessment was performed essentially on the basis of extensive questionnaires regarding the work of the

Supervisory Board, of the Supervisory Board committees and of the Management Board as well as interviews with the

individual members of the Management Board and Supervisory Board. The final discussion and approval of the results of

the assessment took place at the Supervisory Board meeting in plenum on March 13, 2025, and the results were set out

in a written final report. The Supervisory Board continues to hold the opinion that the Supervisory Board and

Management Board have achieved a high standard and that there are no reservations, in particular, regarding the

professional qualifications, personal reliability and time availability of the members of the Management Board and of the

Supervisory Board.

683

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Members of the Supervisory Board and its committees

Members of the Supervisory Board and its committees

In accordance with the Articles of Association, the members of the Supervisory Board are elected for the period until the

conclusion of the General Meeting which adopts the resolutions concerning the ratification of the acts of management

for the fourth financial year following the beginning of the term of office. For the election of shareholder representatives,

the General Meeting may establish that the terms of office of the members may begin or end on differing dates. In

accordance with the Terms of Reference for the Supervisory Board since July 2020, shareholder representatives are

proposed to the General Meeting for election for a maximum of approximately four years, i.e., until the conclusion of the

General Meeting which adopts the resolutions concerning the ratification of the acts of management for the third

financial year following the beginning of the term of office, whereby the financial year in which the term of office begins

is not taken into account.

The following table provides detailed information on the members of the Supervisory Board (as of February 6, 2026).

Name Principal occupation Supervisory board memberships and other directorships
Alexander Wynaendts<br><br>Year of birth: 1960<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 19, 2022<br><br>Term expires: 2026 Chairman of the Supervisory Board,<br><br>Deutsche Bank AG Air France-KLM Group S.A.2 (Member of the Board of<br><br>Directors); Uber Technologies, Inc.2 (Member of the Board of<br><br>Directors); Uber Payments B.V. (Non-Executive Director,<br><br>Chairman); Puissance Holding B.V. (Non-Executive Director,<br><br>Chairman) (until November 27, 2025), Non-Executive Board<br><br>Member (since November 28, 2025)
Susanne Bleidt1<br><br>Year of birth: 1967<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 17, 2023<br><br>Term expires: 2028 Staff Council Member Postbank Filialvertrieb AG3; Postbeamtenkranken-kasse<br><br>(Member of the Advisory Board)
Mayree Clark<br><br>Year of birth: 1957<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 24, 2018<br><br>Term expires: 2027 Supervisory Board member Ally Financial, Inc.2 (Member of the Board of Directors), Allvue<br><br>Systems Holdings, Inc. (Member of the Board of Directors)<br><br>(until August 1, 2025)
Jan Duscheck1<br><br>Year of birth: 1984<br><br>Appointed by the court:<br><br>August 2, 2016<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 24, 2018<br><br>Term expires: 2028 Head of National Working Group: Banking,<br><br>ver.di (Vereinte Dienstleistungsgewerkschaft (United<br><br>Services Union)) NÜRNBERGER Beteiligungs-AG2 (since March 4, 2025)
Manja Eifert1<br><br>Year of birth: 1971<br><br>Appointed by the court:<br><br>April 7, 2022<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 17, 2023<br><br>Term expires: 2028 Staff Council Member No memberships or directorships subject to disclosure
Claudia Fieber1<br><br>Year of birth: 1966<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 17, 2023<br><br>Term expires: 2028 Staff Council Member No memberships or directorships subject to disclosure
Sigmar Gabriel<br><br>Year of birth: 1959<br><br>Appointed by the court:<br><br>March 11, 2020<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 20, 2020<br><br>Term expires: 2029 Former German Federal Government Minister Heristo AG; Siemens Energy AG2; Siemens Energy<br><br>Management GmbH; Rheinmetall AG2 (since May 13, 2025)
Florian Haggenmiller1<br><br>Year of birth: 1982<br><br>Appointed by the court:<br><br>January 16, 2024<br><br>Term expires: 2028 Head of National Working Group: Information and<br><br>Communications Technology, ver.di (Vereinte<br><br>Dienstleistungsgewerkschaft (United Services Union)) IBM Deutschland GmbH; IBM Central Holding GmbH
Timo Heider1<br><br>Year of birth: 1975<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 23, 2013<br><br>Term expires: 2028 Staff Council Member BHW Bausparkasse AG3 (Deputy Chairman); PCC Services<br><br>GmbH der Deutschen Bank3 (Deputy Chairman); Pensionskasse<br><br>der BHW Bausparkasse VVaG3 (Deputy Chairman)

684

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Members of the Supervisory Board and its committees
Name Principal occupation Supervisory board memberships and other directorships
--- --- ---
Dr. Klaus Moosmayer<br><br>Year of birth: 1968<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 22, 2025<br><br>Term expires: 2029 Supervisory Board member No memberships or directorships subject to disclosure
Kirsty Roth<br><br>Year of birth: 1975<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 22, 2025<br><br>Term expires: 2029 Chief Operations and Technology Officer, Thomson<br><br>Reuters Corporation2 No memberships or directorships subject to disclosure
Frank Schulze1<br><br>Year of birth: 1968<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 17, 2023<br><br>Term expires: 2028 Deputy Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Deutsche<br><br>Bank AG; Staff Council Member No memberships or directorships subject to disclosure
Gerlinde M. Siebert1<br><br>Year of birth: 1967<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 17, 2023<br><br>Term expires: 2028 Global Head of Governance, Deutsche Bank AG No memberships or directorships subject to disclosure
Yngve Slyngstad<br><br>Year of birth: 1962<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 19, 2022<br><br>Term expires: 2026 Chief Executive Officer Aker Asset Management AS<br><br>(until June 30, 2025); Chief Executive Officer ICP<br><br>Asset Management AS (since June 1, 2025) No memberships or directorships subject to disclosure
Stephan Szukalski1<br><br>Year of birth: 1967<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 17, 20234<br><br>Term expires: 2028 Federal Chairman, Deutscher Bankangestellten-<br><br>Verband e.V. (DBV) (German Association of Bank<br><br>Employees) – Gewerkschaft der Finanzdienstleister<br><br>(Financial Services Providers Union) No memberships or directorships subject to disclosure
John Alexander Thain<br><br>Year of birth: 1955<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 24, 2018<br><br>Term expires: 2027 Supervisory Board member Uber Technologies, Inc.2 (Member of the Board of Directors);<br><br>Aperture Investors LLC (Member of the Board of Directors);<br><br>Pine Island Capital Partners LLC (Chairman) (until July 1,<br><br>2025); Pine Island New Energy Partners (Chairman) (since<br><br>July 1, 2025)
Jürgen Tögel1<br><br>Year of birth: 1968<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 17, 2023<br><br>Term expires: 2028 Staff Council Member BVV Versicherungsverein des Bankgewerbes a.G.; BVV<br><br>Versorgungskasse des Bankgewerbes e.V.; BKK Deutsche Bank<br><br>AG3 (Member of the Advisory Board)
Michele Trogni<br><br>Year of birth: 1965<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 24, 2018<br><br>Term expires: 2027 Chief Executive Officer, Zinnia Corporate Holdings,<br><br>LLC (until December 31, 2025);<br><br>Senior Advisor to Zinnia Corporate Holdings, LLC and<br><br>Eldridge Industries, LLC (since 1 January 2026) Everly Life, LLC (Member of the Non-Executive Board); Zinnia<br><br>Corporate Holdings, LLC (CEO and Chairperson of the Board of<br><br>Directors) (until December 31, 2025)
Professor Dr. Norbert<br><br>Winkeljohann<br><br>Year of birth: 1957<br><br>First elected:<br><br>August 1, 2018<br><br>Term expires: 2027 Deputy Chairman of the Supervisory Board of<br><br>Deutsche Bank AG; Self-Employed Corporate<br><br>Consultant, Norbert Winkeljohann Advisory &<br><br>Investments Bayer AG2 (Chairman); Georgsmarienhütte Holding GmbH<br><br>(until September 17, 2025); Sievert SE (Chairman);<br><br>Bohnenkamp AG (Chairman)
Frank Witter<br><br>Year of birth: 1959<br><br>First elected:<br><br>May 27, 2021<br><br>Term expires: 2029 Supervisory Board member Traton SE2; CGI Inc.2 (Member of the Board of Directors) (until<br><br>January 28, 2026)

1Employee representative

2Listed company

3Group-internal mandate

4Mr. Szukalski already was a member of the Supervisory Board from May 2013 to November 2015 and from May 2018 to December 2020.

685

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Members of the Supervisory Board and its committees

The following overview provides more detailed information on the memberships in the different committees:

Chairman’s Committee: Alexander Wynaendts, Chairman, Timo Heider, Frank Schulze, Professor Dr. Norbert

Winkeljohann

Nomination Committee: Alexander Wynaendts, Chairman, Mayree Clark, Timo Heider, Frank Schulze, Professor

Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann

Audit Committee: Frank Witter, Chairman, Susanne Bleidt, Manja Eifert, Claudia Fieber, Sigmar Gabriel (since May 22,

2025), Dr. Klaus Moosmayer (since May 22, 2025), Gerlinde M. Siebert (until October 24, 2025), Stephan Szukalski (since

October 24, 2025), Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel (until May 22, 2025), Dr. Theodor Weimer (until May 22, 2025), Professor

Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann

Risk Committee: Mayree Clark, Chairperson, Jan Duscheck, Claudia Fieber (since October 24, 2025), Timo Heider (since

May 22, 2025), Dr. Klaus Moosmayer (since May 22, 2025), Gerlinde M. Siebert (until October 24, 2025), Stephan

Szukalski, Michele Trogni, Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann, Alexander Wynaendts

Compensation Control Committee: Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann, Chairman, Jan Duscheck, Timo Heider (until

May 22, 2025), Dr. Klaus Moosmayer (since May 22, 2025), Frank Schulze (since May 22, 2025), Jürgen Tögel, Dr. Dagmar

Valcárcel (until May 22, 2025), Alexander Wynaendts

Regulatory Oversight Committee (the Committee was dissolved on May 22, 2025): Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel, Chairperson

(until May 22, 2025), Jan Duscheck (until May 22, 2025), Sigmar Gabriel (until May 22, 2025), Timo Heider (until May 22,

2025), Stephan Szukalski (until May 22, 2025), Alexander Wynaendts (until May 22, 2025)

Strategy and Sustainability Committee: John Alexander Thain, Chairman, Mayree Clark, Claudia Fieber (until October 24,

2025), Florian Haggenmiller, Frank Schulze, Gerlinde M. Siebert (since October 24, 2025), Yngve Slyngstad (since May 22,

2025), Jürgen Tögel, Michele Trogni (until May 22, 2025), Alexander Wynaendts

Technology, Data and Innovation Committee: Michele Trogni, Chairperson, Susanne Bleidt, Manja Eifert, Florian

Haggenmiller, Kirsty Roth (since May 22, 2025), Yngve Slyngstad (until May 22, 2025), Alexander Wynaendts

Mediation Committee: Alexander Wynaendts, Chairman, Timo Heider, Frank Schulze, Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann

686

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Objectives for the composition of the Supervisory Board, profile of requirements

Objectives for the composition of the Supervisory Board,

Profile of requirements

The composition of the Supervisory Board should ensure the effective and qualified control of and advice for the

Management Board of an internationally operating, broadly positioned bank. The suitability of each individual member is

assessed, determined and continuously monitored both internally by the Nomination Committee and the Supervisory

Board and externally by the regulatory authorities. This suitability assessment covers the expertise, reliability and time

available of each individual member (individual suitability). In addition, there is an assessment of the entire Supervisory

Board’s knowledge, skills and experience that are necessary for the performance of its tasks (collective suitability).

Passing the suitability assessment of the European Central Bank (ECB) after the mandate is accepted and the continual

suitability of the Supervisory Board member during the entire mandate with Deutsche Bank AG are mandatory regulatory

prerequisites for the performance of the tasks as a member of the Supervisory Board.

To increase the effectiveness of the Supervisory Board’s work and the transparency for stakeholders and regulators, the

Supervisory Board adopted a Profile of Requirements in 2022. It is reviewed annually also in light of the bank’s strategic

development and target operating model, and it is updated if necessary. The Profile of Requirements sets out the general

and expanded fields of expertise of the Supervisory Board that are required for the monitoring and advising of the

Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG. The Profile of Requirements is regularly taken into account when developing

the proposals to the General Meeting for the election of shareholder representatives and when determining the

individual and collective need for the training of the Supervisory Board and its members. The Profile of Requirements is

also considered when appointing members to the individual committees.

Profile of requirements for the Supervisory Board

The Supervisory Board specified general fields of expertise and expanded fields of expertise in its Profile of

Requirements.

General fields of expertise

Ideally, every member of the Supervisory Board possesses these individual qualifications.

–Understanding of commercial business issues

–Analytical and strategic mindset

–Understanding of the German corporate governance system, and – as a result – an understanding of a Supervisory

Board member’s responsibilities

–Understanding of the business model and the structure of Deutsche Bank AG

–Basic understanding of the financial services sector, e.g., (i) knowledge in the areas of banking, financial services,

financial markets, financial industry, including the bank’s home market and the bank’s key markets outside Europe, and

(ii) knowledge of the relevant clients for the bank, the market’s expectations and the operational environment.

The fulfillment of these fields of expertise is reported on in summary in the qualifications matrix in the line “General fields

of expertise”.

Expanded fields of expertise

These fields of expertise refer to the Supervisory Board in its entirety (collective suitability). The Supervisory Board, as a

whole, must have an understanding of the specified fields of expertise that is appropriate for the size and complexity of

Deutsche Bank AG. They are derived from the bank’s business model and from specific laws and regulations that apply to

the bank. The fields of expertise are:

Accounting, including sustainability reporting

–Accounting (International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and German Commercial Code (HGB)) and auditing of

annual financial statements

–Taxation

687

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Objectives for the composition of the Supervisory Board, profile of requirements

Regulatory framework and legal requirements

–Understanding of the key legal framework conditions in the countries in which the company has its main operations

–Understanding of the key relevant legal systems for the bank

–Experience in the executive management/supervisory board of large enterprises

–Regulatory framework and legal requirements, in particular, knowledge of the legal systems relevant for the bank

–Knowledge of the social, political and regulatory expectations in the home market

Human capital, compensation and corporate culture

–Human resources and staff management

–Compensation and compensation systems

–Selection procedure for management body members and assessment of their suitability

–Corporate culture

Risk management

–Risk management (investigation, assessment, mitigation, management and control of financial and non-financial risks,

capital and liquidity management, shareholdings)

–Combating money laundering and prevention of financial crime and the financing of terrorism

Information technology, data and digitalization

–Digitalization, including digital banking

–Data, including data governance

–Information technology (IT), IT systems and IT security, including cyber risks

Strategy, transformation and Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) issues

–Strategic planning of business models and risk strategies as well as their implementation

–Climate and other environmental aspects

–Knowledge of social and political expectations (in particular in the home market) and their impacts on corporate social

responsibility

–Company’s purpose

Organizational structure and control of a financial institution

–Governance

–Management of a large, international, regulated company

–Internal organization of the bank

–Internal audit

–Compliance and internal controls

In order to adequately reflect the bank’s business model, the Supervisory Board shall demonstrate not only these

professional qualifications but also qualifications and experience in the various client segments and different sales

markets.

Client segments

–Private Banking and Wealth Management

–Corporate Banking

–Investment Banking

–Asset Management

Regional expertise

–Germany

–Europe

–Americas

–Asia-Pacific (APAC)

The Supervisory Board believes that it complies with the specified concrete objectives regarding its composition and the

Profile of Requirements – as shown in the following qualifications matrix. The members of the Supervisory Board as a

whole possess the knowledge, abilities and expert experience to properly complete their tasks.

688

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Objectives for the composition of the Supervisory Board, profile of requirements

Composition and expertise

Alexander Wynaendts Susanne Bleidt Mayree Clark Jan Duscheck Manja Eifert Claudia Fieber Sigmar Gabriel Florian Haggenmiller Timo Heider Dr. Klaus Moosmayer Kirsty Roth Frank Schulze Gerlinde Siebert Yngve Slyngstad Stephan Szukalski John Thain Jürgen Tögel Michele Trogni Prof. Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann Frank Witter
Member<br><br>-<br><br>ship No Overboarding*
Independent ** ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER
Professional expertise General fields of expertise
Accounting and reporting, incl. sustainability<br><br>reporting
Audit Committee Financial Experts *** w w
Expertise in the area of accounting *** w w
Expertise in the area of auditing *** w w
Regulatory framework and Legal<br><br>requirements
Human Capital, Compensation and<br><br>Corporate Culture
Compensation Control Committee<br><br>Compensation Experts*** w w w
Risk Management
Information technology, data and<br><br>digitalization
Strategy, Transformation and ESG
Organizational structure and control of a<br><br>financial institution
Client/business<br><br>expertise Private Banking and Wealth Management
Corporate Banking
Investment Banking
Asset Management
Regional<br><br>Expertise Germany
Europe
Americas
APAC

ü Profound and professional knowledge/expert

w Regulatory expert/expertise required by law and/or supervisory regulation

ER Employee Representative

* Definition of no overboarding: All Supervisory Board members hold an admissible number of board directorships in various companies in addition to Deutsche Bank AG.

Overboarding, i.e., holding an inadmissible number of board directorships in different companies, is determined on the basis of the statutory regulation in Section 25d (3)

of the German Banking Act (KWG)

** Definition of independence: A Supervisory Board member elected or to be elected by the shareholders is to be considered independent when there are no present or

former (i) business, (ii) personal or (iii) other relations or affiliations with Deutsche Bank AG, its management bodies, a shareholder or a Deutsche Bank Group company that

constitute a personal interest of the Supervisory Board member or a third-party interest he represents that might influence his actions in performing his mandate to the

detriment of Deutsche Bank AG. Section C.6 (1) first half-sentence of the German Corporate Governance Code, according to which the members of the Supervisory

Board representing shareholders shall comprise what they consider to be an appropriate number of independent members, is adhered to as a result. The bank has no

controlling shareholder at present

*** Definition of experts given in the “Supervisory Board committee experts” section of this report

689

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Objectives for the composition of the Supervisory Board, profile of requirements

There is a regular maximum age limit of 70. In well-founded, individual cases, a Supervisory Board member may be

elected or appointed for a period that extends at the latest until the end of the fourth ordinary General Meeting that

takes place after he or she has reached the age of 70. This age limit was taken into account in the election proposals to

the General Meeting and shall also be taken into account for the next Supervisory Board elections or subsequent

appointments for Supervisory Board positions that become vacant.

The Supervisory Board respects diversity when proposing its members for appointment. In light of the international

operations of Deutsche Bank AG, care should be taken that the Supervisory Board has an appropriate number of

members with long-term international experience. Currently, the professional careers or private lives of six members of

the Supervisory Board are centered outside Germany. Furthermore, all of the shareholder representatives on the

Supervisory Board have many years of international experience from their current or former activities, for example, as

management board member or chief executive officer or in a comparable executive function of corporations or

organizations with international operations. The Supervisory Board believes that in these two ways the international

activities of the company are sufficiently taken into account. The objective is to retain the currently existing international

profile.

Special importance has already been attached to an appropriate consideration of women in the selection process since

the Supervisory Board elections in 2008. For the election proposals to the General Meeting, the Supervisory Board takes

into account the recommendations of the Nomination Committee and the legal requirements according to which the

Supervisory Board shall be composed of at least 30% women and at least 30% men. In reviewing potential candidates for

a new election or subsequent appointments to Supervisory Board positions that have become vacant, qualified women

are included in the selection process and appropriately considered in the election proposals. At the end of the financial

year, four women and six men were members of the Supervisory Board on the employee representatives’ side and three

women and seven men on the shareholder representatives’ side. In total, the Supervisory Board has seven female

members, which corresponds to 35%. The statutory minimum quota of 30% has thus been fulfilled for many years now.

The average age of the Supervisory Board members was 58.4. The age structure is diverse, ranging from 41 to 70 years of

age and spanning three generations, according to the general definition of the term.

The length of membership on the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank AG ranged from under one year to around 13

years at the end of the financial year. The average length of membership on the Supervisory Board as of December 31,

2025, was 4.63 years.

The diverse range of the members’ educational and professional backgrounds includes banking, business administration,

economics, auditing, law, German studies, political science, electrical engineering, information systems, healthcare and

chemistry. The resumes of the members of the Supervisory Board are published on the website of Deutsche Bank AG

(www.db.com/ir/en/supervisory-board.htm).

The members of the Supervisory Board do not exercise functions on a management body of or perform advisory duties at

major competitors. Material conflicts of interest involving a member of the Supervisory Board that are not merely

temporary shall result in the termination of that member’s Supervisory Board mandate. The Supervisory Board has issued

corresponding guidelines for the identification, handling, mitigation and documentation of potential conflicts of interest.

Members of the Supervisory Board may not, according to Section 25d of the German Banking Act (KWG), and shall not,

according to the recommendations under C.4 and C.5 of the German Corporate Governance Code (GCGC), hold more

than the allowed number of supervisory board mandates or mandates in supervisory bodies of companies which have

similar requirements. A Supervisory Board member of Deutsche Bank AG may concurrently be a member of the

supervisory body of a maximum of five companies (including Deutsche Bank AG). If a Supervisory Board member is also

an executive director of a company, this Supervisory Board member may concurrently be a member of the supervisory

body of a maximum of three companies (including Deutsche Bank AG). The decisive factors for determining if this is the

case are the supervisory authority’s regulatory requirements in consideration of the local laws. Compliance with this

statutory regulation is continually monitored by the regulatory authorities. In the event of directorship overboarding, the

supervisory authorities may require that Deutsche Bank AG revoke a Supervisory Board member’s appointment and

prohibit this Supervisory Board member from performing his or her work. In the preceding financial year, the

requirements on the admissible number of concurrently performed supervisory board mandates were met.

690

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Objectives for the composition of the Supervisory Board, profile of requirements

With regard to the disclosure requirements under European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) 2 GOV-1 21. (e)

and the definition specified therein for “independent board members”, 100% of the Supervisory Board members are

independent within the meaning of the ESRS. In the preceding financial year, there were no former members of the

Management Board on the Supervisory Board.

Some members of the Supervisory Board are, or were last year, in high-ranking positions at other companies that

Deutsche Bank AG has business relations with. Business transactions of Deutsche Bank AG with these companies were

conducted under the same conditions as those between unrelated third parties. In the opinion of the Management Board

and the Supervisory Board, these transactions did not affect the independence of the Supervisory Board members

involved.

691

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Supervisory Board Committee experts

Supervisory Board Committee experts

Audit Committee Financial experts

The Supervisory Board determined that the following members of the Audit Committee are “Audit Committee Financial

Experts” as such term is defined by the implementation rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission issued

pursuant to Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002: Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann and Frank Witter. These

Audit Committee Financial Experts are “independent” of the bank, as defined in Rule 10A-3 under the U.S. Securities

Exchange Act of 1934.

Furthermore, the Supervisory Board determined in accordance with Sections 107 (4) and 100 (5) of the Stock

Corporation Act (AktG) and Section 25d (9) of the German Banking Act (KWG) that Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann

and Frank Witter have expert knowledge in financial accounting and the auditing of financial statements.

Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann has expertise in the areas of accounting and auditing through his education and

training as an auditor and his many years of experience as an auditor at various auditing firms and as Chairman of the

Management Board of PwC Europe SE.

Frank Witter has expertise in the areas of accounting and auditing through his many years of experience as Chief

Financial Officer of Volkswagen AG and as Chairman of the Board of Management of Volkswagen Financial Services AG.

Compensation Control Committee Compensation experts

Pursuant to Section 25d (12) of the German Banking Act (KWG), at least one member of the Compensation Control

Committee must have sufficient expertise and professional experience in the field of risk management and risk

controlling, in particular, with regard to the mechanisms to align compensation systems to the company’s overall risk

appetite and strategy and the bank’s capital base. Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Control

Committee, the Supervisory Board resolved to specify by name Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann, Alexander

Wynaendts and Dr. Klaus Moosmayer as Compensation Control Committee Compensation Experts. All of them have

expertise and professional experience in the field of risk management and risk controlling, in particular with regard to

mechanisms to align the compensation systems to the company’s overall risk appetite and strategy and its capital base.

They therefore fulfill the requirements of Section 25d (12) of the German Banking Act (KWG). Based on their years of

experience as Management Board Chairman and/or Chief Executive Officer, Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann and

Alexander Wynaendts have sufficient expertise and professional experience in the area of risk management and risk

controlling. Dr. Klaus Moosmayer has expertise and experience for the specific topics of risk management and risk control

based on his experience (i) as Chief Compliance Officer at Siemens, relating to the Compliance System of Siemens

Financial Services and Siemens Bank divisions, (ii) as member of the Executive Committee and Chief Ethics, Risk and

Compliance Officer of Novartis AG, as well as (iii) through his additional work on international committees and

organizations.

692

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Share ownership of Supervisory Board members

Share ownership of Supervisory Board members

The individual members of the Supervisory Board held the following numbers of shares (and share awards under

employee share plans):

Members of the Supervisory Board Number of<br><br>shares Number of<br><br>share awards
Alexander Wynaendts 10,392
Susanne Bleidt
Mayree Clark 109,444
Jan Duscheck
Manja Eifert 241 10
Claudia Fieber 441 10
Sigmar Gabriel 2,423
Florian Haggenmiller
Timo Heider
Dr. Klaus Moosmayer
Kirsty Roth
Frank Schulze 598 10
Gerlinde M. Siebert 8,555 7,345
Yngve Slyngstad 2,250
Stephan Szukalski
John Alexander Thain 100,000
Jürgen Tögel 1,228 10
Michele Trogni 15,000
Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann 6,300
Frank Witter 3,428
Total 260,300 7,385

1Ms. Siebert has an entitlement to 7,344.50 shares as part of her deferred variable compensation as an employee. These share awards will be due for delivery in the years

2026 to 2030.

As of February 6, 2026, the members of the Supervisory Board held 260,300 shares, which is less than 0.02% of the

shares issued as of that day.

The “Number of share awards” column in the table lists share awards granted under the Global Share Purchase Plan to

Supervisory Board members who are employees of Deutsche Bank (“Matching Awards”), which are scheduled to be

delivered to them on November 1, 2026, as well as Restricted Equity Awards (deferred share awards), which are granted

to employees with deferred variable compensation. The Restricted Equity Awards are indicated with a footnote in the

table, and further details on them as a compensation instrument are provided in the “Employee compensation report”.

The Compensation Report on the preceding financial year and the auditor’s report pursuant to Section 162 of the

German Stock Corporation Act (AktG), the currently applicable compensation system pursuant to Section 87a (1) and (2)

sentence 1 AktG as well as the last resolution on compensation pursuant to Section 113 (3) AktG are available from the

website: www.db.com (under the Investor Relations headings “Reports and Events”, “Annual Reports”).

693

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Diversity concept

Diversity concept

The Stock Corporation Act (AktG) requires that a company that is listed on a stock exchange and has three or more

members of the Management Board, such as Deutsche Bank, must have at least one woman and one man as member of

its Management Board, failing the appointment is rendered void. In addition, promoting cognitive diversity on the

Management Board is important to the Supervisory Board, and it is intensively addressing the topic. It is actively working

to ensure the Management Board has sufficient diversity of thought, e.g., in terms of gender, nationality and age, as well

as different backgrounds and mindsets.

Moreover, the AktG requires that the Management Board of a listed company sets targets for the share of women in the

two management layers below the Management Board. The Supervisory Board and Management Board strive to and

should serve as role models for the bank to drive an inclusive culture. In accordance with the bank’s aim to embrace

dialogue and diverse views, diversity in the composition of the Supervisory Board and the Management Board also

facilitates the proper performance of the tasks and duties assigned to them by law, the Articles of Association and Terms

of Reference.

As an integral part of Deutsche Bank’s strategy as a leading European bank with a global reach and a strong home market

in Germany, diversity is a decisive factor for the bank’s success. With 160 nationalities represented across 55 countries in

2025, the bank is proud of its multicultural workforce. It sees the unique perspectives and experiences within its global

network as a competitive advantage as it fuels innovation, strengthens culture and drives more sustainable outcomes.

Age and gender as well as educational and professional backgrounds have long been accepted as key aspects of the far

more comprehensive understanding of diversity at Deutsche Bank.

As stated in its Code of Conduct, Deutsche Bank is committed to ensuring fair and equal opportunities for employees

from all backgrounds and experiences, an objective it advances through its multi-dimensional diversity and inclusion

strategy. Centered on five pillars - leadership accountability, adapting processes, driving behavioral change, thought

leadership, and ensuring legal compliance - the strategy is endorsed by the Management Board who monitors progress

against the agreed goals and objectives.

The targets for the proportion of women in management positions, the gender quota and the disclosure pursuant to

Section 96 (2) of the German Stock Corporation Act (AktG) are described in the "Sustainability Statement" in the section

"Own Workforce”.

Diversity concept for the Supervisory Board

The diversity concept for the Supervisory Board and its implementation are described in the section “Supervisory Board -

Objectives for the composition of the Supervisory Board, Profile of Requirements, diversity concept and status of

implementation”.

Diversity concept and succession planning for the Management Board

Through the composition of the Management Board, it is to be ensured that its members have, at all times, the required

knowledge, skills and experience necessary to properly perform their tasks. Accordingly, when selecting members for the

Management Board, care is to be taken that they collectively have sufficient expertise and diversity within the meaning

of the objectives specified above. Furthermore, the Supervisory Board and Management Board are to ensure long-term

succession planning.

The Act to Supplement and Amend Regulations on the Equal Participation of Women and Men in Management Positions

in the Private and Public Sectors (Equal Participation Act II (FüPoG II) requires that at least one woman and one man be

appointed to a management board with more than three members; however, no additional goals must be set. The bank

fulfilled this requirement as of December 31, 2025, as it has two women on the Management Board. In general, a

Management Board member should not be older at the end of his or her appointment period than the regular retirement

age according to the rules of the statutory pension insurance scheme applicable in Germany for the long-term insured to

claim an early retirement pension.

694

Deutsche Bank Supervisory Board
Annual Report 2025 Diversity concept

Implementation

In accordance with the law, the Articles of Association and Terms of Reference, the Supervisory Board adopted a

candidate profile for the members of the Management Board, based on a proposal from the Nomination Committee. This

profile takes into account an “Expertise and Capabilities Matrix”, specifying, among other things, the required knowledge,

skills and experience to perform the tasks as Management Board member, in order to successfully develop and

implement the bank’s strategy in the respective market or the respective division and as a management body

collectively. The Management Board reviews succession plans for Management Board positions, both individually and as

a group. Individual succession plans are reviewed and internal succession candidates are discussed in detail based on

potential, leadership skills and experience as well as fit and proper suitability. As gender diversity is a key focus of

Deutsche Bank, the respective succession metrics and data analytics support this process. After approval by the

Management Board these plans are submitted to the Nomination Committee and the Supervisory Board, in principle at a

meeting for extensive deliberation.

In identifying candidates to fill a position on the bank’s Management Board, the Supervisory Board’s Nomination

Committee takes into account the appropriate diversity balance of all Management Board members collectively.

Furthermore, it also considers the targets set by the Supervisory Board in accordance with statutory requirements for the

percentage of women on the Management Board.

The Nomination Committee supports the Supervisory Board with the periodic assessment, to be performed at least once

a year, of the knowledge, skills and experience of the individual members of the Management Board and of the

Management Board in its entirety.

Results achieved in the 2025 financial year

As of December 31, 2025, the Management Board comprisedtwo women (22%) and seven men.

The age structure is ranging from 50 to 59 years of age as of December 31, 2025.

In light of the bank’s strategy as a leading European bank with a global reach and a strong home market in Germany, five

of the nine Management Board members as of December 31, 2025 have a German background. Furthermore, the

Management Board members come from Italy, the United Kingdom, Australia, New Zealand and Switzerland. However,

the ethnic diversity of the Management Board does not currently reflect the full diversity of the markets where the bank

does business or the diversity of Deutsche Bank’s employees.

The diverse range of the Management Board members’ educational and professional backgrounds includes accounting,

banking, business administration, economics, engineering finance, law and philosophy.

The bank transparently reports on Management Board diversity in addition to the information presented in this Corporate

Governance Statement according to Sec. 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code in the sections “Management

Board” and “Supervisory Board” as well as on the bank’s website: www.db.com (Heading: Investor Relations, “Corporate

Governance”, “Management Board”).

695

Deutsche Bank Related Party Transactions
Annual Report 2025

Related Party Transactions

For information on related party transactions please refer to Note 36 “Related party transactions“.

Value and leadership principles of Deutsche Bank AG

and Deutsche Bank Group

Deutsche Bank Group Code of Conduct and Code of Ethics for Senior Financial

Officers

Deutsche Bank Group’s Code of Conduct sets out Deutsche Bank’s purpose, values and beliefs and minimum standards

of conduct that the bank expects all members of the Management Board and employees to follow. These values and

standards govern employee interactions with the bank’s clients, competitors, business partners, government and

regulatory authorities, and shareholders, as well as with other employees. In addition, the Code forms the cornerstone of

the bank’s policies, which provide guidance on compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

In accordance with Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the bank adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior

Financial Officers of Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group with special obligations that apply to the “Senior

Financial Officers”, which currently consist of Deutsche Bank’s Chairman of the Management Board and the Chief

Financial Officer as well as certain other Senior Financial Officers. There were no amendments or waivers to this Code of

Ethics in 2025.

The current versions of the Code of Conduct as well as the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers of Deutsche Bank

AG and Deutsche Bank Group are available from Deutsche Bank’s website: www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm.

Corporate Governance at Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group

Deutsche Bank established a Group Governance function to define, implement and monitor the corporate governance

framework of Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group and to perform this governance function throughout the

Group. Group Governance addresses corporate governance issues in Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group, while

focusing closely on clear organizational structures aligned to the key elements of good corporate governance.

Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group are committed to ensuring a corporate governance framework in

accordance with international standards and statutory provisions. In support of this objective, Deutsche Bank AG and

Deutsche Bank Group have instituted clear corporate governance principles.

Further details on corporate governance are published on Deutsche Bank’s website (www.db.com/ir/en/corporate-

governance.htm).

696

Deutsche Bank Principal accountant fees and services
Annual Report 2025

Principal accountant fees and services

In accordance with German law, Deutsche Bank’s principal accountant is appointed at the Annual General Meeting based

on a recommendation of Deutsche Bank’s Supervisory Board. The Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board prepares

such a recommendation. Subsequent to the principal accountant’s appointment, the Audit Committee awards the

contract and in its sole authority approves the terms and scope of the audit and all audit engagement fees as well as

monitors the principal accountant’s independence. EY GmbH & Co. KG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft (EY) was the

bank’s principal accountant for the 2024 and 2025 fiscal years, respectively.

The tables set forth below contain the aggregate fees billed for each of the last two fiscal years by EY in each of the

following categories: (1) Audit fees include fees for professional services for the audit of Deutsche Bank’s annual financial

statements and consolidated financial statements and do not include audit fees for DWS and its subsidiaries that are not

audited by EY, (2) Audit-related fees include fees for other assurance services required by law or regulations, in particular

for financial service specific attestation, for quarterly reviews, for mergers and acquisition audits, as well as fees for

voluntary assurance services, like voluntary audits for internal management purposes and the issuance of comfort letters,

(3) Tax-related fees include fees for services relating to the preparation and review of tax returns and related compliance

assistance and advice, tax consultation and advice relating to tax planning initiatives and assistance with assessing

compliance with tax regulations, and (4) All other fees, which are fees for products and services other than Audit fees,

Audit-related fees and Tax-related fees. These amounts include expenses and exclude Value Added Tax (VAT).

Fees billed by EY

Fee category in € m. 2025 2024
Audit fees 70 69
Audit-related fees 10 10
Tax-related fees
All other fees 1
Total fees 80 80

Under SEC regulations, the principal accountant fees are required to be presented as follows: audit fees were

€ 72 million in 2025 and 2024, audit-related fees were €8 million in 2025 compared to € 7 million in 2024, tax-related

fees were € 0 million in 2025 and 2024, and all other fees were € 0 million in 2025 compared to € 1 million in 2024.

United States law and regulations generally require that all engagements of Deutsche Bank’s principal accountant be

pre-approved by the Audit Committee of the Bank’s Supervisory Board or pursuant to policies and procedures adopted

by it. The Audit Committee has designated a list of pre-approved audit, audit-related and tax services that it has

authorized the Finance Chief Accounting Office to engage Deutsche Bank’s principal accountant to perform if the

estimated costs are less than or equal to € 1 million. The Audit Committee has also designated a list of pre-approved

audit services that it has authorized the Finance Chief Accounting Office to engage Deutsche Bank’s principal

accountant to perform with estimated costs in excess of € 1 million. All engagement requests for audit, audit-related and

tax services that are not on the pre-approved list of specified services must be approved by the Audit Committee. The

Finance Chief Accounting Office periodically reports the engagements approved by it to the Audit Committee. In

addition, to facilitate the consideration of engagement requests between its meetings, the Audit Committee has

delegated approval authority to several of its members who are “independent” as defined by the Securities and Exchange

Commission and the New York Stock Exchange. Such members are required to report any approvals made by them to the

Audit Committee at its next meeting.

Additionally, United States law and regulations permit that specific pre-approval is not required for permissible non-

audit services, provided that such non-audit services: (i) do not aggregate to more than 5% of total fees paid by Deutsche

Bank AG and its subsidiaries to the auditor in the fiscal year in which the services are provided; (ii) were not recognized by

the bank or a subsidiary thereof as non-audit services at the time of the engagement; and (iii) are promptly brought to the

attention of the Audit Committee of Deutsche Bank AG and approved, prior to the completion of the next audit. In 2024

and 2025, the percentage of the total amount of revenues Deutsche Bank paid to its principal accountant for non-audit

services that was subject to such a waiver was less than 5% for each year.

697

5
Article 8 tables 698 Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of<br><br>the Taxonomy Regulation
--- --- ---
699 Table 1.1: Assets for the calculation of GAR Stock<br><br>(Turnover KPIs)
700 Table 1.2: Assets for the calculation of GAR Stock<br><br>(CapEx KPIs)
701 Table 1.3: Assets for the calculation of GAR Flow<br><br>(Turnover KPIs)
702 Table 1.4: Assets for the calculation of GAR Flow<br><br>(CapEx KPIs)
703 Table 2.1: GAR sector information (Turnover KPIs)
704 Table 2.2: GAR sector information (CapEx KPIs)
705 Table 3.1: GAR KPI stock (Turnover KPIs)
706 Table 3.2: GAR KPI stock (CapEx KPIs)
707 Table 4.1: GAR KPI flow (Turnover KPIs)
708 Table 4.2: GAR KPI flow (CapEx KPIs)
709 Table 5.1: KPI off-balance sheet exposures (Turnover<br><br>KPIs stock)
709 Table 5.2: KPI off-balance sheet exposures (CapEx KPIs<br><br>stock)
710 Table 5.3: KPI off-balance sheet exposures (Turnover<br><br>KPIs flow)
710 Table 5.4: KPI off-balance sheet exposures (CapEx KPIs<br><br>flow)

698

Deutsche Bank Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation
Annual Report 2025

Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of

the Taxonomy Regulation

Tables 1.1 - 1.4 “Assets for the calculation of GAR” highlight the composition of the ratio’s numerator and denominator.

Exposures’ gross carrying amount, eligibility and alignment are presented by counterparty type, e.g., financial

undertakings, non-financial undertakings and households, and further split by product type, e.g., loans and advances,

debt securities and equity instruments. For assets which are not considered in the GAR calculation i.e., exposures to

central governments and supranational issuers, central banks exposures, undertakings and entities not subject to CSRD,

derivatives, on demand interbank loans, cash and cash-related assets, other categories of assets and trading book only

the gross carrying amount is reported in these tables. Finally, the tables include assets under management with

undertakings subject to CSRD disclosure obligations. The assets under management reflect the total of the in scope

Private Bank and Asset Management (DWS) positions.

Taxonomy eligibility and alignment are assessed for all assets which are included in the GAR calculation. Exposures

aligned to the EU Taxonomy need to be reported for all six environmental objectives (Climate Change mitigation, Climate

Change Adaptation, Water and marine resources, Circular economy, Pollution, and Biodiversity and Ecosystems) for year-

end 2025.

The tables are duplicated based on the turnover and CapEx KPIs for stock and flow of the bank’s counterparties for the

general purpose lending exposures, while exposures with known use of proceeds are presented in both tables in the

same way. The flow data is calculated using gross carrying amount of exposures at origination (i.e., new loans and

advances, debt securities, equity instruments) newly incurred between January 1 and December 31, 2025.

Tables 2.1 and 2.2 “GAR sector information” lay out banking book exposures toward the top 10 sectors covered by the

EU Taxonomy compass under all six environmental objectives as well as nuclear and fossil gas activities. Activities related

to nuclear and fossil gas are those which comply with section 4.26-4.28 and 4.29-4.31 of the Delegated Regulation

2021/2139 respectively. NACE codes are required to be presented at the level 4 and are based on the principal activity

of the counterparty. For counterparties which are holding companies, the NACE sector of the principal activity of the

specific counterparty controlled by the holding company is considered for reporting. The tables are duplicated based on

the turnover and CapEx KPIs of the bank’s counterparties for the general purpose lending exposures.

Tables 3.1 and 3.2 “GAR KPI stock” present the GAR KPIs on the basis of data disclosed in the Tables 1.1 and 1.2

respectively. KPIs in this template reflect the proportion of exposures related to Taxonomy eligible and aligned activities

compared to the covered assets. The tables are duplicated based on the turnover and CapEx KPIs of the bank’s

counterparties.

Tables 4.1 and 4.2 “GAR KPI flow” present the GAR KPIs on the basis of data disclosed in the Tables 1.3 and 1.4

respectively and highlight the GAR KPIs on flow of new Taxonomy eligible and aligned loans and advances, debt

securities and equity instruments to CSRD-relevant undertakings and households in relation to the total flow of loans

and advances, debt securities and equity instruments to financial and non-financial undertakings and households. The

tables are duplicated based on the turnover and CapEx KPIs of the bank’s counterparties.

Tables 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4 “KPI off-balance-sheet exposures” lay out KPIs for assets under management, in stock and

flow, calculated on the basis of data disclosed in Tables 1.1 - 1.4. The assets under management data reflect the total of

the in scope Private Bank and Asset Management (DWS) positions. As the Disclosure Delegated Acts and Frequently

Asked Questions documents from the EU Commission provide no definition of flows for assets under management,

Deutsche Bank assesses them based on the net flows in line with the common industry practice of the assets under

management reporting. Where net flows were negative in the reporting period, resulting EU Taxonomy KPIs are set to

zero.

Numbers presented in the following tables may not add up due to rounding. Blank cells represent datapoints that don’t

have to be reported based on the templates prescribed by the EU Taxonomy Regulation and the related Disclosures

Delegated Acts.

699

Deutsche Bank Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation
Annual Report 2025

Table 1.1: Assets for the calculation of GAR Stock (Turnover KPIs)

in m. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Of which<br><br>Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Of which<br><br>Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Of which Taxonomy-aligned Non-assessed<br><br>exposures Non-assessed exposures
Breakdown per environmental objective Of which Use<br><br>of Proceeds Of which<br><br>transitional Of which<br><br>enabling Of which<br><br>financing non-<br><br>material<br><br>activities of<br><br>counter-<br><br>parties2 Of which<br><br>exposures<br><br>financing<br><br>counterparties<br><br>reporting in<br><br>accordance<br><br>with Article<br><br>7(9) Of which not<br><br>assessed<br><br>considered<br><br>non-material<br><br>by the credit<br><br>institution3
Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources<br><br>(WTR) Circular<br><br>economy (CE) Pollution<br><br>(PPC) Biodiversity<br><br>and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 237,227 176,485 6,460 6,441 4 15 5,184 139 485 6,867 6,867
2 237,138 176,396 6,380 6,361 4 15 5,104 139 485 6,867 6,867
3 Financial undertakings 18,721 3,934 461 452 2 7 52 65
4 Loans and advances 18,664 3,934 461 452 2 7 52 65
5 Debt securities, including UoP 7
6 Equity instruments 50
7 Non-financial undertakings 12,594 4,008 855 844 2 8 40 87 420
8 Loans and advances 12,578 4,005 854 844 2 8 40 87 420
9 Debt securities, including UoP
10 Equity instruments 16 3
11 Households 205,823 168,454 5,064 5,064 5,064 6,867 6,867
12 of which loans collateralized by residential immovable property 161,589 161,587 5,064 5,064 5,064
13 of which building renovation loans 2,947 2,947 2,947 2,947
14 of which motor vehicle loans 3,920 3,920 3,920 3,920
15 Local governments financing
16 Housing financing
17 Other local government financing
18 9 9
19 80 80 80 80 80
20 237,227
21 1,195,619
22 Central governments and supranational issuers 172,597
23 Central banks exposure 171,856
24 Trading book 486,001
25 Undertakings and entities not subject to CSRD 334,982
26 SMEs and undertakings (other than SMEs) not subject to CSRD<br><br>disclosure obligations 111,248
27 Loans and advances 105,088
28 of which loans collateralized by commercial immovable<br><br>property 18,493
29 of which building renovation loans 936
30 Debt securities 3,564
31 Equity instruments 2,596
32 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to CSRD disclosure<br><br>obligations 223,734
33 Loans and advances 209,476
34 Debt securities 12,298
35 Equity instruments 1,960
36 Derivatives 938
37 On demand interbank loans 6,923
38 Cash and cash-related assets 1,381
39 Other categories of assets (e.g., Goodwill, commodities etc.) 20,942
40 1,432,846
Off-balance sheet exposures (stock) to undertakings subject to CSRD disclosure obligations and local governments
41 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
42 672,920 169,488 31,447 28,887 169 333 1,456 115 2,016 1,466 17,294
43 Of which debt securities 151,634 35,171 9,102 8,573 44 69 210 65 1,958 558 4,213
44 Of which equity instruments 277,463 70,662 17,302 15,506 96 255 1,072 28 58 744 11,302

All values are in Euros.

1Voluntary exposures comprise of known Use of Proceed exposures with non-CSRD-relevant clients

2Exposures in accordance with Article 7(8)(a) and (b) of the Regulation

3Represents non-assessed motor vehicle and renovation loans

4 Reported as N/A  in line with the EU Commission’s 4 July 2025 FAQ, as the KPI represents less than 10% of total net revenue

700

Deutsche Bank Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation
Annual Report 2025

Table 1.2: Assets for the calculation of GAR Stock (CapEx KPIs)

in m. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Of which<br><br>Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Of which<br><br>Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Of which Taxonomy-aligned Non-assessed<br><br>exposures Non-assessed exposures
Breakdown per environmental objective Of which Use<br><br>of Proceeds Of which<br><br>transitional Of which<br><br>enabling Of which<br><br>financing non-<br><br>material<br><br>activities of<br><br>counter-<br><br>parties2 Of which<br><br>exposures<br><br>financing<br><br>counterparties<br><br>reporting in<br><br>accordance<br><br>with Article<br><br>7(9) Of which not<br><br>assessed<br><br>considered<br><br>non-material<br><br>by the credit<br><br>institution3
Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources<br><br>(WTR) Circular<br><br>economy (CE) Pollution<br><br>(PPC) Biodiversity<br><br>and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 237,227 178,610 7,605 7,365 233 7 5,184 195 983 6,867 6,867
2 237,138 178,520 7,525 7,285 233 7 5,104 195 983 6,867 6,867
3 Financial undertakings 18,721 4,254 563 560 2 48 113
4 Loans and advances 18,664 4,247 563 560 2 48 113
5 Debt securities, including UoP 7
6 Equity instruments 50 7
7 Non-financial undertakings 12,594 5,813 1,898 1,660 231 7 40 147 870
8 Loans and advances 12,578 5,808 1,897 1,659 231 7 40 147 869
9 Debt securities, including UoP
10 Equity instruments 16 5 1 1
11 Households 205,823 168,454 5,064 5,064 5,064 6,867 6,867
12 of which loans collateralized by residential immovable property 161,589 161,587 5,064 5,064 5,064
13 of which building renovation loans 2,947 2,947 2,947 2,947
14 of which motor vehicle loans 3,920 3,920 3,920 3,920
15 Local governments financing
16 Housing financing
17 Other local government financing
18 9 9
19 80 80 80 80 80
20 237,227
21 1,195,619
22 Central governments and supranational issuers 172,597
23 Central banks exposure 171,856
24 Trading book 486,001
25 Undertakings and entities not subject to CSRD 334,982
26 SMEs and undertakings (other than SMEs) not subject to CSRD<br><br>disclosure obligations 111,248
27 Loans and advances 105,088
28 of which loans collateralized by commercial immovable<br><br>property 18,493
29 of which building renovation loans 936
30 Debt securities 3,564
31 Equity instruments 2,596
32 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to CSRD disclosure<br><br>obligations 223,734
33 Loans and advances 209,476
34 Debt securities 12,298
35 Equity instruments 1,960
36 Derivatives 938
37 On demand interbank loans 6,923
38 Cash and cash-related assets 1,381
39 Other categories of assets (e.g., Goodwill, commodities etc.) 20,942
40 1,432,846
Off-balance sheet exposures (stock) to Undertakings subject to CSRD disclosure obligations and local governments
41 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
42 672,920 189,451 46,128 43,881 632 394 842 160 2,016 2,379 23,976
43 Of which debt securities 151,634 40,157 13,024 12,174 319 92 157 92 1,958 840 6,139
44 Of which equity instruments 277,463 83,463 26,304 25,060 305 291 583 37 58 1,282 15,184

All values are in Euros.

1Voluntary exposures comprise of known Use of Proceed exposures with non-CSRD-relevant clients

2Exposures in accordance with Article 7(8)(a) and (b) of the Regulation

3Represents non-assessed motor vehicle and renovation loans

4 Reported as N/A  in line with the EU Commission’s 4 July 2025 FAQ, as the KPI represents less than 10% of total net revenue

701

Deutsche Bank Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation
Annual Report 2025

Table 1.3: Assets for the calculation of GAR Flow (Turnover KPIs)

in m. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Of which<br><br>Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Of which<br><br>Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Of which Taxonomy-aligned Non-assessed<br><br>exposures Non-assessed exposures
Breakdown per environmental objective Of which Use<br><br>of Proceeds Of which<br><br>transitional Of which<br><br>enabling Of which<br><br>financing non-<br><br>material<br><br>activities of<br><br>counter-<br><br>parties2 Of which<br><br>exposures<br><br>financing<br><br>counterparties<br><br>reporting in<br><br>accordance<br><br>with Article<br><br>7(9) Of which not<br><br>assessed<br><br>considered<br><br>non-material<br><br>by the credit<br><br>institution3
Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources<br><br>(WTR) Circular<br><br>economy (CE) Pollution<br><br>(PPC) Biodiversity<br><br>and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 99,936 27,364 2,633 2,624 4 1 3 533 197 424 1,812 1,812
2 99,856 27,284 2,553 2,544 4 1 3 453 197 424 1,812 1,812
3 Financial undertakings 76,724 16,780 1,562 1,555 4 1 1 173 159
4 Loans and advances 76,724 16,780 1,562 1,555 4 1 1 173 159
5 Debt securities, including UoP
6 Equity instruments
7 Non-financial undertakings 5,487 2,314 538 536 2 24 265
8 Loans and advances 5,470 2,310 538 536 2 24 265
9 Debt securities, including UoP
10 Equity instruments 17 4
11 Households 17,644 8,191 453 453 453 1,812 1,812
12 of which loans collateralized by residential immovable property 6,379 6,379 453 453 453
13 of which building renovation loans 202 202 202 202
14 of which motor vehicle loans 1,610 1,610 1,610 1,610
15 Local governments financing
16 Housing financing
17 Other local government financing
18
19 80 80 80 80 80
20 99,936
21 857,823
22 Central governments and supranational issuers 46,778
23 Central banks exposure 59,106
24 Trading book 318,056
25 Undertakings and entities not subject to CSRD 370,976
26 SMEs and undertakings (other than SMEs) not subject to CSRD<br><br>disclosure obligations 67,368
27 Loans and advances 35,410
28 of which loans collateralized by commercial immovable<br><br>property 1,486
29 of which building renovation loans 51
30 Debt securities 31,815
31 Equity instruments 143
32 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to CSRD disclosure<br><br>obligations 303,609
33 Loans and advances 295,098
34 Debt securities 8,471
35 Equity instruments 39
36 Derivatives 24
37 On demand interbank loans 62,858
38 Cash and cash-related assets 25
39 Other categories of assets (e.g., Goodwill, commodities etc.) 0
40 957,759
Off-balance sheet exposures (flow) to Undertakings subject to CSRD disclosure obligations and local governments
41 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
42 62,379 4,835 1,318 1,216 8 12 61 9 80 763
43 Of which debt securities 1,816 59 12 11 1 7
44 Of which equity instruments 825 225 1 2 12

All values are in Euros.

1Voluntary exposures comprise of known Use of Proceed exposures with non-CSRD-relevant clients

2Exposures in accordance with Article 7(8)(a) and (b) of the Regulation

3Represents non-assessed motor vehicle and renovation loans

4 Reported as N/A  in line with the EU Commission’s 4 July 2025 FAQ, as the KPI represents less than 10% of total net revenue

702

Deutsche Bank Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation
Annual Report 2025

Table 1.4: Assets for the calculation of GAR Flow (CapEx KPIs)

in m. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Of which<br><br>Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Of which<br><br>Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Of which Taxonomy-aligned Non-assessed<br><br>exposures Non-assessed exposures
Breakdown per environmental objective Of which Use<br><br>of Proceeds Of which<br><br>transitional Of which<br><br>enabling Of which<br><br>financing non-<br><br>material<br><br>activities of<br><br>counter-<br><br>parties2 Of which<br><br>exposures<br><br>financing<br><br>counterparties<br><br>reporting in<br><br>accordance<br><br>with Article<br><br>7(9) Of which not<br><br>assessed<br><br>considered<br><br>non-material<br><br>by the credit<br><br>institution3
Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources<br><br>(WTR) Circular<br><br>economy (CE) Pollution<br><br>(PPC) Biodiversity<br><br>and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 99,936 29,005 4,020 3,934 82 1 2 1 533 268 958 1,812 1,812
2 99,856 28,925 3,940 3,854 82 1 2 1 453 268 958 1,812 1,812
3 Financial undertakings 76,724 17,355 1,846 1,834 9 1 1 1 193 292
4 Loans and advances 76,724 17,355 1,846 1,834 9 1 1 1 193 292
5 Debt securities, including UoP
6 Equity instruments
7 Non-financial undertakings 5,487 3,379 1,642 1,568 73 1 75 666
8 Loans and advances 5,470 3,372 1,642 1,568 73 1 74 666
9 Debt securities, including UoP
10 Equity instruments 17 7
11 Households 17,644 8,191 453 453 453 1,812 1,812
12 of which loans collateralized by residential immovable property 6,379 6,379 453 453 453
13 of which building renovation loans 202 202 202 202
14 of which motor vehicle loans 1,610 1,610 1,610 1,610
15 Local governments financing
16 Housing financing
17 Other local government financing
18
19 80 80 80 80 80
20 99,936
21 857,823
22 Central governments and supranational issuers 46,778
23 Central banks exposure 59,106
24 Trading book 318,056
25 Undertakings and entities not subject to CSRD 370,976
26 SMEs and undertakings (other than SMEs) not subject to CSRD<br><br>disclosure obligations 67,368
27 Loans and advances 35,410
28 of which loans collateralized by commercial immovable<br><br>property 1,486
29 of which building renovation loans 51
30 Debt securities 31,815
31 Equity instruments 143
32 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to CSRD disclosure<br><br>obligations 303,609
33 Loans and advances 295,098
34 Debt securities 8,471
35 Equity instruments 39
36 Derivatives 24
37 On demand interbank loans 62,858
38 Cash and cash-related assets 25
39 Other categories of assets (e.g., Goodwill, commodities etc.) 0
40 957,759
Off-balance sheet exposures (flow) to Undertakings subject to CSRD disclosure obligations and local governments
41 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
42 62,379 5,626 2,067 1,956 42 14 33 14 154 1,025
43 Of which debt securities 1,816 63 24 23 1 2 1 14
44 Of which equity instruments 825 92 22 21 1 9 62

All values are in Euros.

1Voluntary exposures comprise of known Use of Proceed exposures with non-CSRD-relevant clients

2Exposures in accordance with Article 7(8)(a) and (b) of the Regulation

3Represents non-assessed motor vehicle and renovation loans

4 Reported as N/A  in line with the EU Commission’s 4 July 2025 FAQ, as the KPI represents less than 10% of total net revenue

703

Deutsche Bank Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation
Annual Report 2025

Table 2.1: GAR sector information (Turnover KPIs)

a b c d e f g h i j
Dec 31, 2025
Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label)<br><br>(in €m.) Total [Gross]<br><br>carrying amount Of which<br><br>Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Of which<br><br>Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Climate Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources (WTR) Circular<br><br>economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 C27.90: Manufacture of other electrical equipment n.e.c. 1,072 604 26 25 1
2 C29.10: Manufacture of motor vehicles 887 757 76 76
3 L68.20: Renting and operating of own or leased real estate 473 168 57 57
4 G47.11: Retail sale in non-specialized stores with food,<br><br>beverages and tobacco predominating 445
5 H53.10: Postal activities under universal service obligation 387 74 15 15
6 C28.99: Manufacture of other special-purpose machinery<br><br>n.e.c. 351 15 6 6
7 K65.20: Reinsurance 334 10 10 10
8 H51.10: Passenger air transport 308 269 11 11
9 J61.90: Other telecommunication activities 276 17 1 1
10 H52.23: Service activities identical to airport transportation 227 82 14 14
11 Nuclear activities1 6,137 4 4
12 Fossil gas activities2 9,044 77 1
13 Of which non-assessed exposures

1 Referred to in Sections 4.26, 4,27, and 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139

2 Referred to in Sections 4.29, 4,30, and 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139

704

Deutsche Bank Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation
Annual Report 2025

Table 2.2: GAR sector information (CapEx KPIs)

a b c d e f g h i j
Dec 31, 2025
Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label)<br><br>(in €m.) Total [Gross]<br><br>carrying amount Of which<br><br>Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Of which<br><br>Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Climate Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources (WTR) Circular<br><br>economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 C27.90: Manufacture of other electrical equipment n.e.c. 1,072 726 36 36
2 C29.10: Manufacture of motor vehicles 887 779 222 222
3 L68.20: Renting and operating of own or leased real estate 473 250 118 93 25
4 G47.11: Retail sale in non-specialized stores with food,<br><br>beverages and tobacco predominating 445 64 7 7 1
5 H53.10: Postal activities under universal service obligation 387 63 23 23
6 C28.99: Manufacture of other special-purpose machinery<br><br>n.e.c. 351 150 11 11
7 K65.20: Reinsurance 334 12 12 12
8 H51.10: Passenger air transport 308 273 21 21
9 C11.05:Manufacture of beer 307 21 2 2
10 J61.90: Other telecommunication activities 276 46 2 1 1
11 Nuclear activities1 5,798 10 9
12 Fossil gas activities2 7,378 131 6
13 Of which non-assessed exposures

1 Referred to in Sections 4.26, 4,27, and 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139

2 Referred to in Sections 4.29, 4,30, and 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139

705

Deutsche Bank Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation
Annual Report 2025

Table 3.1: GAR KPI stock (Turnover KPIs)

% (compared to corresponding total covered assets in<br><br>the denominator) a b c d e f g h i j k l m
Dec 31, 2025
Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Taxonomy-aligned Proportion<br><br>of<br><br>Taxonomy<br><br>aligned in<br><br>Taxonomy<br><br>eligible Non-<br><br>assessed<br><br>exposures1
Breakdown per environmental objective Of which<br><br>Use of<br><br>Proceeds Of which<br><br>transitional Of which<br><br>enabling
Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources<br><br>(WTR) Circular<br><br>economy<br><br>(CE) Pollution<br><br>(PPC) Biodiversity<br><br>and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 GAR - Covered assets in both numerator<br><br>and denominator 74.4 2.7 2.7 2.2 0.1 0.2 3.7 2.9
2 Loans and advances, debt securities and<br><br>equity instruments not HfT eligible for<br><br>GAR calculation 74.4 2.7 2.7 2.2 0.1 0.2 3.6 2.9
3 Financial undertakings 1.7 0.2 0.2 0.3
4 Loans and advances 1.7 0.2 0.2 0.3
5 Debt securities, including UoP
6 Equity instruments
7 Non-financial undertakings 1.7 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.5
8 Loans and advances 1.7 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.5
9 Debt securities, including UoP
10 Equity instruments
11 Households 71.0 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.9 2.9
12 of which loans collateralized by<br><br>residential immovable property 68.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.9
13 of which building renovation loans 1.2 1.2
14 of which motor vehicle loans 1.7 1.7
15 Local governments financing
16 Housing financing
17 Other local government financing
18 Collateral obtained by taking possession:<br><br>residential and commercial immovable<br><br>properties
19 Exposures included on a<br><br>voluntary basis2
20 GAR - Total GAR assets

1  Represents non-assessed motor vehicle and renovation loans

2  Voluntary exposures comprise of known Use of Proceed exposures with non-CSRD-relevant clients

706

Deutsche Bank Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation
Annual Report 2025

Table 3.2: GAR KPI stock (CapEx KPIs)

% (compared to corresponding total covered assets in<br><br>the denominator) a b c d e f g h i j k l m
Dec 31, 2025
Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Taxonomy-aligned Proportion<br><br>of<br><br>Taxonomy<br><br>aligned in<br><br>Taxonomy<br><br>eligible Non-<br><br>assessed<br><br>exposures1
Breakdown per environmental objective Of which<br><br>Use of<br><br>Proceeds Of which<br><br>transitional Of which<br><br>enabling
Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources<br><br>(WTR) Circular<br><br>economy<br><br>(CE) Pollution<br><br>(PPC) Biodiversity<br><br>and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 GAR - Covered assets in both numerator<br><br>and denominator 75.3 3.2 3.1 0.1 2.2 0.1 0.4 4.3 2.9
2 Loans and advances, debt securities and<br><br>equity instruments not HfT eligible for<br><br>GAR calculation 75.3 3.2 3.1 0.1 2.2 0.1 0.4 4.2 2.9
3 Financial undertakings 1.8 0.2 0.2 0.3
4 Loans and advances 1.8 0.2 0.2 0.3
5 Debt securities, including UoP
6 Equity instruments
7 Non-financial undertakings 2.5 0.8 0.7 0.1 0.1 0.4 1.1
8 Loans and advances 2.4 0.8 0.7 0.1 0.1 0.4 1.1
9 Debt securities, including UoP
10 Equity instruments
11 Households 71.0 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.8 2.9
12 of which loans collateralized by<br><br>residential immovable property 68.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.8
13 of which building renovation loans 1.2 1.2
14 of which motor vehicle loans 1.7 1.7
15 Local governments financing
16 Housing financing
17 Other local government financing
18 Collateral obtained by taking possession:<br><br>residential and commercial immovable<br><br>properties
19 Exposures included on a<br><br>voluntary basis2
20 GAR - Total GAR assets

1  Represents non-assessed motor vehicle and renovation loans

2  Voluntary exposures comprise of known Use of Proceed exposures with non-CSRD-relevant clients

707

Deutsche Bank Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation
Annual Report 2025

Table 4.1: GAR KPI flow (Turnover KPIs)

% (compared to corresponding total covered assets in<br><br>the denominator) a b c d e f g h i j k l m
Dec 31, 2025
Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Taxonomy-aligned Proportion<br><br>of<br><br>Taxonomy<br><br>aligned in<br><br>Taxonomy<br><br>eligible Non-<br><br>assessed<br><br>exposures1
Breakdown per environmental objective Of which<br><br>Use of<br><br>Proceeds Of which<br><br>transitional Of which<br><br>enabling
Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources<br><br>(WTR) Circular<br><br>economy<br><br>(CE) Pollution<br><br>(PPC) Biodiversity<br><br>and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 GAR - Covered assets in both numerator<br><br>and denominator 27.4 2.6 2.6 0.5 0.2 0.4 9.6 1.8
2 Loans and advances, debt securities and<br><br>equity instruments not HfT eligible for<br><br>GAR calculation 27.3 2.6 2.5 0.5 0.2 0.4 9.3 1.8
3 Financial undertakings 16.8 1.6 1.6 0.2 0.2 5.7
4 Loans and advances 16.8 1.6 1.6 0.2 0.2 5.7
5 Debt securities, including UoP
6 Equity instruments
7 Non-financial undertakings 2.3 0.5 0.5 0.3 2.0
8 Loans and advances 2.3 0.5 0.5 0.3 2.0
9 Debt securities, including UoP
10 Equity instruments
11 Households 8.2 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.7 1.8
12 of which loans collateralized by<br><br>residential immovable property 6.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.7
13 of which building renovation loans 0.2 0.2
14 of which motor vehicle loans 1.6 1.6
15 Local governments financing
16 Housing financing
17 Other local government financing
18 Collateral obtained by taking possession:<br><br>residential and commercial immovable<br><br>properties
19 Exposures included on a<br><br>voluntary basis2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.3
20 GAR - Total GAR assets

1  Represents non-assessed motor vehicle and renovation loans

2  Voluntary exposures comprise of known Use of Proceed exposures with non-CSRD-relevant clients

708

Deutsche Bank Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation
Annual Report 2025

Table 4.2: GAR KPI flow (CapEx KPIs)

% (compared to corresponding total covered assets in<br><br>the denominator) a b c d e f g h i j k l m
Dec 31, 2025
Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Taxonomy-aligned Proportion<br><br>of<br><br>Taxonomy<br><br>aligned in<br><br>Taxonomy<br><br>eligible Non-<br><br>assessed<br><br>exposures1
Breakdown per environmental objective Of which<br><br>Use of<br><br>Proceeds Of which<br><br>transitional Of which<br><br>enabling
Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources<br><br>(WTR) Circular<br><br>economy<br><br>(CE) Pollution<br><br>(PPC) Biodiversity<br><br>and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 GAR - Covered assets in both numerator<br><br>and denominator 29.0 4.0 3.9 0.1 0.5 0.3 1.0 13.9 1.8
2 Loans and advances, debt securities and<br><br>equity instruments not HfT eligible for<br><br>GAR calculation 28.9 3.9 3.9 0.1 0.5 0.3 1.0 13.6 1.8
3 Financial undertakings 17.4 1.8 1.8 0.2 0.3 6.4
4 Loans and advances 17.4 1.8 1.8 0.2 0.3 6.4
5 Debt securities, including UoP
6 Equity instruments
7 Non-financial undertakings 3.4 1.6 1.6 0.1 0.1 0.7 5.7
8 Loans and advances 3.4 1.6 1.6 0.1 0.1 0.7 5.7
9 Debt securities, including UoP
10 Equity instruments
11 Households 8.2 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.6 1.8
12 of which loans collateralized by<br><br>residential immovable property 6.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.6
13 of which building renovation loans 0.2 0.2
14 of which motor vehicle loans 1.6 1.6
15 Local governments financing
16 Housing financing
17 Other local government financing
18 Collateral obtained by taking possession:<br><br>residential and commercial immovable<br><br>properties
19 Exposures included on a<br><br>voluntary basis2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.3
20 GAR - Total GAR assets

1  Represents non-assessed motor vehicle and renovation loans

2  Voluntary exposures comprise of known Use of Proceed exposures with non-CSRD-relevant clients

709

Deutsche Bank Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation
Annual Report 2025

Table 5.1: KPI off-balance sheet exposures (Turnover KPIs stock)

a b c d e f g h i j k l
Dec 31, 2025
Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Taxonomy-aligned Non-assessed<br><br>exposures
Breakdown per environmental objective Of which Use<br><br>of Proceeds Of which<br><br>transitional Of which<br><br>enabling
% (compared to corresponding total off-<br><br>balance sheet assets) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources<br><br>(WTR) Circular<br><br>economy (CE) Pollution<br><br>(PPC) Biodiversity<br><br>and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI)1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
2 Assets under Management (AuM KPI) 25.2 4.7 4.3 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.2 2.6 0.0

1 Reported as N/A in line with the EU Commission’s 4 July 2025 FAQ, as the KPI represents less than 10% of total net revenue

Table 5.2: KPI off-balance sheet exposures (CapEx KPIs stock)

a b c d e f g h i j k l
Dec 31, 2025
Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Taxonomy-aligned Non-assessed<br><br>exposures
Breakdown per environmental objective Of which Use<br><br>of Proceeds Of which<br><br>transitional Of which<br><br>enabling
% (compared to corresponding total off-<br><br>balance sheet assets Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources<br><br>(WTR) Circular<br><br>economy (CE) Pollution<br><br>(PPC) Biodiversity<br><br>and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI)1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
2 Assets under Management (AuM KPI) 28.2 6.9 6.5 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.4 3.6 0.0

1 Reported as N/A in line with the EU Commission’s 4 July 2025 FAQ, as the KPI represents less than 10% of total net revenue

710

Deutsche Bank Tabular disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation
Annual Report 2025

Table 5.3: KPI off-balance sheet exposures (Turnover KPIs flow)

a b c d e f g h i j k l
Dec 31, 2025
Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Taxonomy-aligned Non-assessed<br><br>exposures
Breakdown per environmental objective Of which Use<br><br>of Proceeds Of which<br><br>transitional Of which<br><br>enabling
% (compared to corresponding total off<br><br>balance sheet assets) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources<br><br>(WTR) Circular<br><br>economy (CE) Pollution<br><br>(PPC) Biodiversity<br><br>and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI)1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
2 Assets under Management (AuM KPI) 7.8 2.1 2.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 1.2 0.0

1 Reported as N/A in line with the EU Commission’s 4 July 2025 FAQ, as the KPI represents less than 10% of total net revenue

Table 5.4: KPI off-balance sheet exposures (CapEx KPIs flow)

a b c d e f g h i j k l
Dec 31, 2025
Taxonomy-<br><br>eligible Taxonomy-<br><br>aligned Taxonomy-aligned Non-assessed<br><br>exposures
Breakdown per environmental objective Of which Use<br><br>of Proceeds Of which<br><br>transitional Of which<br><br>enabling
% (compared to corresponding total off-<br><br>balance sheet assets Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Mitigation<br><br>(CCM) Climate<br><br>Change<br><br>Adaptation<br><br>(CCA) Water and<br><br>marine<br><br>resources<br><br>(WTR) Circular<br><br>economy (CE) Pollution<br><br>(PPC) Biodiversity<br><br>and<br><br>Ecosystems<br><br>(BIO)
1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI)1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
2 Assets under Management (AuM KPI) 9.0 3.3 3.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 1.6 0.0

1 Reported as N/A in line with the EU Commission’s 4 July 2025 FAQ, as the KPI represents less than 10% of total net revenue

6
Supplementary Information<br><br>(Unaudited) 712 Wording conventions for trend descriptions
--- ---
713 Non-GAAP financial measures
721 Declaration of Backing
722 Group Five-Year Record
723 Imprint/Publications

712

Deutsche Bank Wording conventions for trend descriptions
Annual Report 2025

Wording conventions for trend descriptions

Deutsche Bank has revised its wording conventions used to describe trends in the outlook.

The new conventions represent a refinement designed to enhance the clarity of narrative trend descriptions regarding

direction and intensity of changes. It does not reflect any change to the Group’s 2028 financial targets, strategic

ambitions, capital objectives or the substance of the underlying outlook.

Starting with the guidance provided in this report, the revised ranges underpinning its wording conventions will be

applied on a prospective basis only and will not extend to any guidance or disclosures relating to prior periods or to other

sections of this report.

Illustrated below are the ranges for the different wording conventions:

Guidance range
Essentially flat +/- 1%
Slightly higher/lower +/- 2-5%
Higher/lower +/- 6-10%
Significantly higher/lower >+10% / <-10%

713

Deutsche Bank Non-GAAP financial measures
Annual Report 2025 Return on Equity Ratios

Non-GAAP financial measures

This document and other documents the Group has published or may publish contain Non-GAAP financial measures.

Non-GAAP financial measures are measures of the Group’s historical or future performance, financial position or cash

flows that contain adjustments that exclude or include amounts that are included or excluded, as the case may be, from

the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS in the Group’s financial

statements.

Return on Equity Ratios

The Group reports post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, and

reconciles to post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity.

Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and post-tax return on average tangible shareholders' equity are

calculated as profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after deducting profit (loss) attributable to

noncontrolling interests and after profit (loss) attributable to additional equity components (AT1 coupon) as a

percentage of average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders' equity. For the Group, the allocation

reflects the reported effective tax rate, which was 27% for the full year 2025, 34% for 2024 and 14% for 2023. Profit (loss)

attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after AT1 coupon for the segments is defined as profit (loss) excluding profit

(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests and after AT1 coupons, the latter being allocated to segments based on

their allocated average tangible shareholders’ equity. For the segments, the applied tax rate was 28% for all report

periods in 2025, 2024 and 2023.

The Group’s tangible shareholders' equity is shareholders’ equity as reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

excluding goodwill and other intangible assets. Tangible shareholders’ equity for the segments is calculated by

deducting goodwill and other intangible assets from shareholders’ equity as allocated to the segments. The ratios are

then calculated as a percentage of profit (loss) attributable to shareholders by the average shareholders’ equity and

average tangible shareholders' equity, respectively.

The Group believes that a presentation of average tangible shareholders’ equity makes comparisons to its competitors

easier and refers to this measure in the return on tangible equity ratio presented by the Group. However, average

tangible shareholders’ equity is not a measure provided for in IFRS and ratios based on this measure should not be

compared to other companies’ ratios without considering differences in the calculations.

The reconciliation of the aforementioned ratios is set forth in the table below:

2025
in € m<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total
Profit (loss) before tax 2,603 4,022 2,348 983 (226) 9,731
Profit (loss) 1,874 2,896 1,691 708 (30) 7,139
Profit (loss) attributable to<br><br>noncontrolling interests 208 208
Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche<br><br>Bank shareholders and additional equity<br><br>components 1,874 2,896 1,691 708 (237) 6,931
Profit (loss) attributable to additional<br><br>equity components1 154 315 196 33 112 809
Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche<br><br>Bank shareholders 1,720 2,581 1,495 675 (349) 6,122
Average allocated shareholders' equity2 12,199 23,967 14,763 5,218 9,952 66,098
Deduct: Average allocated goodwill and<br><br>other intangible assets2,3 968 852 462 2,896 1,657 6,835
Average allocated tangible shareholders'<br><br>equity2 11,230 23,115 14,301 2,323 8,295 59,263
Post-tax return on average shareholders’<br><br>equity2,4 14.1% 10.8% 10.1% 12.9% N/M 9.3%
Post-tax return on average tangible<br><br>shareholders’ equity2 15.3% 11.2% 10.5% 29.1% N/M 10.3%

N/M – Not meaningful

1Represents the estimated coupons to be paid to the AT1 instruments at the next payment date, as of the respective reporting period

2 Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. For more information please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and

related information” of this report

714

Deutsche Bank Non-GAAP financial measures
Annual Report 2025 Return on Equity Ratios

3Goodwill and other intangible assets related to the non-controlling interests in DWS are excluded

4 Profit (loss) attributable to additional equity components is deducted in the bank’s return‑on‑equity calculation. The amount represents the estimated coupons to be paid

to the AT1 instruments at the next payment date, as of the respective reporting period. The actual AT1 coupons paid in the financial year 2025 amounted to € 761 million

2024
in € m<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total
Profit (loss) before tax 2,101 3,344 1,204 632 (1,989) 5,291
Profit (loss) 1,512 2,407 867 455 (1,737) 3,505
Profit (loss) attributable to<br><br>noncontrolling interests 139 139
Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche<br><br>Bank shareholders and additional equity<br><br>components 1,512 2,407 867 455 (1,876) 3,366
Profit (loss) attributable to additional<br><br>equity components1 125 263 159 27 93 668
Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche<br><br>Bank shareholders 1,388 2,144 708 428 (1,969) 2,698
Average allocated shareholders' equity2 11,681 23,631 13,995 5,329 10,127 64,763
Deduct: Average allocated goodwill and<br><br>other intangible assets2,3 776 804 101 2,957 2,112 6,750
Average allocated tangible shareholders'<br><br>equity2 10,905 22,827 13,894 2,372 8,015 58,013
Post-tax return on average shareholders’<br><br>equity2,4 11.9% 9.1% 5.1% 8.0% N/M 4.2%
Post-tax return on average tangible<br><br>shareholders’ equity2 12.7% 9.4% 5.1% 18.0% N/M 4.7%

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1Represents the estimated coupons to be paid to the AT1 instruments at the next payment date, as of the respective reporting period

2 Starting from the first quarter of 2024, the equity allocation framework has been updated. For more information please refer to section “Note 04 - Business segments and

related information” of this report

3Goodwill and other intangible assets related to the non-controlling interests in DWS are excluded

4 Profit (loss) attributable to additional equity components is deducted in the bank’s return‑on‑equity calculation. The amount represents the estimated coupons to be paid

to the AT1 instruments at the next payment date, as of the respective reporting period. The actual AT1 coupons paid in the financial year 2024 amounted to € 574 million

2023
in € m<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total
Profit (loss) before tax 2,828 1,880 1,032 396 (459) 5,678
Profit (loss) 2,036 1,354 743 285 473 4,892
Profit (loss) attributable to<br><br>noncontrolling interests 119 119
Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche<br><br>Bank shareholders and additional equity<br><br>components 2,036 1,354 743 285 353 4,772
Profit (loss) attributable to additional<br><br>equity components1 107 226 123 22 83 560
Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche<br><br>Bank shareholders 1,930 1,128 620 264 271 4,212
Average allocated shareholders' equity 11,280 22,953 13,681 5,103 9,994 63,011
Deduct: Average allocated goodwill and<br><br>other intangible assets2 849 835 789 2,944 1,017 6,434
Average allocated tangible shareholders'<br><br>equity 10,431 22,118 12,892 2,159 8,976 56,577
Post-tax return on average shareholders’<br><br>equity3 17.1% 4.9% 4.5% 5.2% N/M 6.7%
Post-tax return on average tangible<br><br>shareholders’ equity 18.5% 5.1% 4.8% 12.2% N/M 7.4%

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

1 Represents the estimated coupons to be paid to the AT1 instruments at the next payment date, as of the respective reporting period

2 Goodwill and other intangible assets related to the non-controlling interests in DWS are excluded

3 Profit (loss) attributable to additional equity components is deducted in the bank’s return‑on‑equity calculation. The amount represents the estimated coupons to be paid

to the AT1 instruments at the next payment date, as of the respective reporting period. The actual AT1 coupons paid in the financial year 2023 amounted to € 498 million

715

Deutsche Bank Non-GAAP financial measures
Annual Report 2025 Net interest income in the key banking book segments

Net interest income in the key banking book segments

Deutsche Bank applies a prudent approach to modelling and managing interest rate risk in its banking book. The bank’s

objective is to limit the sensitivity of net interest income and to stabilize net interest margins arising from fixed-rate,

non‑maturity balance sheet items. Consistent with industry practice, Deutsche Bank models its deposit portfolios based

on behavioral stability and rate sensitivity. Deposits with no assumed rate sensitivity are considered stable and are

assumed not to reprice materially, even in the event of significant changes in market interest rates. These deposits

therefore represent a source of interest rate risk.

If such rate‑insensitive deposits were invested solely in short‑term instruments, net interest income would become highly

sensitive to short‑term interest rate movements, resulting in considerable volatility. To protect the net interest income of

rate‑insensitive deposits, Deutsche Bank undertakes interest rate hedging by investing these deposits over a

medium‑term horizon, predominantly through structures with a typical 10‑year tractor profile. As a result, the net

interest income of these deposits is primarily sensitive to the reinvestment of the hedge portfolio, representing

approximately 10% of the total portfolio that is exposed to movements in 10‑year rates.

The bank’s deposit net interest income hedge is a rolling mid‑term portfolio that provides protection through the interest

rate cycle. The hedge duration is continuously monitored and adjusted according to Deutsche Banks’ modelling

framework, including assumptions on client behavior as well as local and regulatory requirements. Deutsche Bank uses a

range of strategies and balance sheet measures to implement this approach.

‘Net interest income in the key banking book segments’ is a non‑GAAP financial measure. The most directly comparable

IFRS measure is ‘Net interest income’. Key banking book segments are defined as those business segments in which net

interest income from banking book activities constitutes a material share of overall revenue. Net interest income in these

segments is calculated as the Group’s total net interest income, excluding other funding‑related effects (such as

centrally managed funding costs) and impacts arising from accounting asymmetries between the Group’s trading book

and associated hedging activities. The Group considers this presentation to provide a more meaningful reflection of the

net interest income generated by its operating businesses.

Accounting asymmetry in the recognition of the Group’s trading book and related hedging activities primarily arise when

funding costs related to trading book positions are reported within net interest income, while the corresponding

revenues on the underlying positions are recognized in noninterest income. Conversely, asymmetries can result when

fair‑valued instruments are used to hedge positions in the key banking book segments: the income or expense of the

hedged item is recorded as interest income, while the hedge result is recorded within noninterest income. These effects

mainly occur in the Investment Bank (excluding FIC Financing), Asset Management and Corporate & Other, including

Treasury, other than held in the key banking book segments.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the Group’s net interest income to the net interest income in the key

banking book segments:

716

Deutsche Bank Non-GAAP financial measures
Annual Report 2025 Net interest income in the key banking book segments
in € m (unless stated otherwise) 2025 2024 2023
--- --- --- ---
Group
Net interest income 15,691 13,065 13,602
Key banking book segments and other funding effects1 13,337 13,218 13,258
Key banking book segments 13,670 13,433 13,995
Other funding effects1 (333) (216) (737)
Accounting asymmetry driven2 2,355 (152) 344
Average interest earning assets3 (in € bn) 1,036 996 971
Net interest margin4 1.5% 1.3% 1.4%
Key banking book segments
Corporate Bank
Net interest income 4,567 4,987 5,241
Average interest earning assets3 (in € bn) 130 126 124
Net interest margin4 3.5% 4.0% 4.2%
Investment Bank Fixed Income and Currencies: Financing
Net interest income 2,933 2,661 2,599
Average interest earning assets3 (in € bn) 105 96 92
Net interest margin4 2.8% 2.8% 2.8%
Private Bank
Net interest income 6,169 5,786 6,156
Average interest earning assets3 (in € bn) 253 262 264
Net interest margin4 2.4% 2.2% 2.3%
Total Key banking book segments
Net interest income 13,670 13,433 13,995
Average interest earning assets3 (in € bn) 488 484 480
Net interest margin4 2.8% 2.8% 2.9%

1Other funding effects represents banking book net interest income arising primarily from Treasury funding activities that are not allocated to the key banking book

segments but are allocated to other segments or held centrally in Corporate & Other

2Accounting asymmetry in the recognition of the Group’s trading book and related hedging activities primarily arises from funding costs associated with trading book

positions where the funding cost is reported in net interest income but is offset by revenues on the underlying positions recorded in noninterest income. Conversely, it

can also arise from the use of fair valued instruments to hedge key banking book segments positions where the cost or income of the underlying position is recorded as

interest income, but the hedge impact is recorded as a noninterest income. These effects from trading book and related hedge activities primarily occur in the Investment

Bank (ex FIC Financing), Asset Management and Corporate & Other including Treasury other than held in the key banking book segments

3Interest earning assets are financial instruments or investments that generate interest income in the form of interest payments. Interest earnings assets are averaged on a

monthly basis and across quarters and for the full year

4For the Group and the segments, net interest income (before provision for credit losses) as a percentage of average total interest earnings assets. Net interest margins per

segment are based on their contribution to the Group results

717

Deutsche Bank Non-GAAP financial measures
Annual Report 2025 Adjusted costs/nonoperating costs

Adjusted costs/nonoperating costs

Adjusted costs is one of the Group’s key performance indicators and is a Non-GAAP financial measure for which the most

directly comparable IFRS financial measure is noninterest expenses. Adjusted costs is calculated by deducting (i)

impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, (ii) net litigation charges and (iii) restructuring and severance (in total

referred to as nonoperating costs) from noninterest expenses under IFRS. The Group believes that a presentation of

noninterest expenses excluding the impact of these items provides a more meaningful depiction of the costs associated

with the operating businesses.

2025
in € m Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total<br><br>consolidated
Noninterest expenses 4,603 6,675 6,738 1,823 819 20,658
Nonoperating costs
Impairment of goodwill and other<br><br>intangible assets
Litigation charges, net (9) 65 29 6 88 179
Restructuring and severance 29 48 78 19 8 183
Total nonoperating costs 21 113 107 25 96 362
Adjusted costs 4,582 6,563 6,631 1,798 724 20,297 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total<br><br>consolidated
Noninterest expenses 5,058 6,660 7,331 1,823 2,100 22,971
Nonoperating costs
Impairment of goodwill and other<br><br>intangible assets
Litigation charges, net 376 126 28 13 1,491 2,035
Restructuring and severance 103 101 301 24 1 529
Total nonoperating costs 479 227 330 37 1,491 2,564
Adjusted costs 4,579 6,433 7,001 1,786 608 20,407

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

2023
in € m Corporate<br><br>Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private<br><br>Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total<br><br>consolidated
Noninterest expenses 4,623 6,846 7,755 1,825 647 21,695
Nonoperating costs
Impairment of goodwill and other<br><br>intangible assets 233 233
Litigation charges, net 53 147 123 26 (37) 311
Restructuring and severance 76 87 346 34 23 566
Total nonoperating costs 129 468 468 59 (14) 1,110
Adjusted costs 4,495 6,378 7,287 1,765 661 20,585

Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

718

Deutsche Bank Non-GAAP financial measures
Annual Report 2025 Net assets (adjusted)

Revenues and costs on a currency adjusted basis

Revenues and costs on a currency-adjusted basis are calculated by translating prior-period revenues or costs that were

generated or incurred in non-euro currencies into euros at the foreign exchange rates that prevailed during the current

year period. These adjusted figures, and period-to-period percentage changes based thereon, are intended to provide

information on the development of underlying business volumes and costs.

Net assets (adjusted)

Net assets (adjusted) are defined as IFRS Total assets adjusted to reflect the recognition of legal netting agreements,

offsetting of cash collateral received and paid and offsetting pending settlements balances. The Group believes that a

presentation of net assets (adjusted) makes comparisons to its competitors easier.

in € bn 2025 2024 2023
Total assets 1,435 1,387 1,312
Deduct: Derivatives (incl. hedging derivatives) credit line netting 181,000 230,000 196,000
Deduct: Derivatives cash collateral received/paid 60,000 59,000 56,000
Deduct: Securities Financing Transactions credit line netting 2,000 2,000 2,000
Deduct: Pending settlements netting 53,000 13,000 29,000
Net assets (adjusted) 1,139,000 1,083,000 1,029,000

719

Deutsche Bank Non-GAAP financial measures
Annual Report 2025 Book Value and Tangible Book Value per Basic Share Outstanding

Book Value and Tangible Book Value per Basic Share

Outstanding

Book value per basic share outstanding and tangible book value per basic share outstanding are Non-GAAP financial

measures that are used and relied upon by investors and industry analysts as capital adequacy metrics. Book value per

basic share outstanding represents the Bank’s total shareholders’ equity divided by the number of basic shares

outstanding at period-end. Tangible book value represents the Bank’s total shareholders’ equity less goodwill and other

intangible assets. Tangible book value per basic share outstanding is computed by dividing tangible book value by

period-end basic shares outstanding.

Tangible Book Value

2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
in € m (unless stated<br><br>otherwise) 2025 2024 2023 in € m. in % in € m. in %
Total shareholders’<br><br>equity (Book value) 66,933 66,276 64,486 657 1% 1,790 3%
Goodwill and other<br><br>intangible assets1 (6,843) (6,962) (6,573) 119 (2)% (389) 6%
Tangible shareholders’<br><br>equity (Tangible book<br><br>value) 60,091 59,314 57,913 777 1% 1,401 2%

1Excludes Goodwill and other intangible assets attributable to partial sale of DWS

Basic Shares Outstanding

2025 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2024 2024 increase (decrease)<br><br>from 2023
in € m (unless stated<br><br>otherwise) 2025 2024 2023 in<br><br>€ m. in % in<br><br>€ m. in %
Number of shares 1,910.6 1,994.7 2,040.2 (84.1) (4.2) (45.5) (2.2)
Shares outstanding
Treasury shares (7.7) (49.6) (48.2) 41.9 (84.5) (1.4) 2.9
Vested share awards 36.7 38.5 46.3 (1.8) (4.8) -7.8 (16.9)
Basic shares<br><br>outstanding 1,939.5 1,983.6 2,038.4 (44.1) (2.2) (54.8) (2.7)
Book value per basic<br><br>share outstanding in € 34.51 33.41 31.64 1.10 3.3 1.77 5.6
Tangible book value per<br><br>basic share<br><br>outstanding in € 30.98 29.90 28.41 1.08 3.6 1.49 5.2

720

Deutsche Bank Non-GAAP financial measures
Annual Report 2025 CRR/CRD Regulatory measures

CRR/CRD Regulatory measures

The Group’s regulatory assets, exposures, risk-weighted assets, capital and ratios are calculated for regulatory purposes

and are set forth throughout this document under the CRR/CRD as currently applicable.

For the comparative period year end 2021, certain figures are based on the CRR definition of own fund instruments

(applicable for Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital and Tier 2 capital and figures based thereon, including Tier 1, Total Capital

and Leverage Ratio) are presented on a “fully loaded” basis. Such fully loaded figures are calculated excluding the

transitional arrangements for own fund instruments as provided in the respectively applicable CRR/CRD. Deutsche Bank

had immaterial amounts of such instruments outstanding at year end 2022 and 2023. Measures calculated pursuant to

the Group’s fully loaded methodology are non-GAAP financial measures.

Starting with the third quarter 2024, until the discontinuation in the fourth quarter 2025, Deutsche Bank had adopted

the temporary treatment of unrealized gains and losses measured at fair value through OCI in accordance with Article

468 CRR. The impact of this implementation is presented in the section “Key risk metrics”.

721

Deutsche Bank Declaration of Backing
Annual Report 2025
Declaration of Backing
--- ---
Deutsche Bank AG ensures, except in the case of political risk, that the following subsidiaries are able to meet their<br><br>contractual liabilities:
D B Investments (GB) Limited, London Deutsche Holdings (Grand Duchy), Luxembourg
DB International (Asia) Limited, Singapore Deutsche Immobilien Leasing GmbH, Düsseldorf
Deutsche Australia Limited, Sydney
DEUTSCHE BANK A.Ş., Istanbul Deutsche Securities, S.A. de C.V., Casa de Bolsa, Mexico
Deutsche Bank Americas Holding Corp., Wilmington Deutsche Securities Inc., Tokyo
Deutsche Bank (China) Co., Ltd., Beijing Deutsche Securities Asia Limited, Hong Kong
Deutsche Bank Europe GmbH, Frankfurt am Main Deutsche Securities Saudi Arabia (a closed joint stock<br><br>company), Riyadh
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., Luxembourg norisbank GmbH, Bonn
Deutsche Bank (Malaysia) Berhad, Kuala Lumpur Joint Stock Company Deutsche Bank DBU, Kiev
Deutsche Bank Polska Spółka Akcyjna, Warsaw OOO “Deutsche Bank”, Moscow
Deutsche Bank S.A. – Banco Alemão, São Paulo Deutsche Oppenheim Family Office AG, Cologne
Deutsche Bank, Sociedad Anónima Española, Madrid BHW Bausparkasse Aktiengesellschaft, Hameln
Deutsche Bank Società per Azioni, Milan PB Factoring GmbH, Bonn
Deutsche Bank (Suisse) SA, Geneva
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, New York

722

Deutsche Bank Group Five-Year Record
Annual Report 2025

Group Five-Year Record

in  m 2024 2023 2022 2021
Net interest income 13,065 13,602 13,650 11,155
Provision for credit losses 1,830 1,505 1,226 515
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 11,235 12,097 12,425 10,640
Net commission and fee income 10,372 9,206 9,838 10,934
Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilitiesat fair value through profit or loss 5,987 4,947 2,999 3,045
Other noninterest income (loss) 668 1,125 723 277
Total net revenues 30,092 28,879 27,210 25,410
Compensation and benefits 11,731 11,131 10,712 10,418
General and administrative expenses 11,243 10,112 9,728 10,821
Policyholder benefits and claims
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets 233 68 5
Restructuring activities (3) 220 (118) 261
Total noninterest expenses 22,971 21,695 20,390 21,505
Income (loss) before income taxes 5,291 5,678 5,594 3,390
Income tax expense 1,786 787 (64) 880
Net income (loss) 3,505 4,892 5,659 2,510
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 139 119 134 144
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components 3,366 4,772 5,525 2,365
in  (unless stated otherwise)
Basic earnings per share1 1.40 2.07 2.42 0.96
Diluted earnings per share2 1.37 2.03 2.37 0.93
Dividends paid per share3 0.45 0.30 0.20
Dividends paid per share in U.S.4 0.49 0.32 0.21

All values are in Euros.

1Basic earnings per share for each period are calculated by dividing net income attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders by the average number of common shares

outstanding; earnings were adjusted by € 761 million before tax in 2025 for the coupons paid on Additional Tier 1 Notes, thereof € 728 million in the second quarter and

€ 32 million in the fourth quarter of 2025; in the second quarters of 2024, 2023, 2022 and 2021 respectively, earnings were adjusted by € 574 million, € 498 million,

€ 479 million and € 363 million before tax respectively for the coupons paid on Additional Tier 1 Notes

2Diluted earnings per share for each period are calculated by dividing net income attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders by the average number of common shares

outstanding, both after assumed conversions; earnings were adjusted by € 761 million before tax in 2025 for the coupons paid on Additional Tier 1 Notes, thereof

€ 728 million in the second quarter and € 32 million in the fourth quarter of 2025; in the second quarters of 2024, 2023, 2022 and 2021 respectively, earnings were

adjusted by € 574 million, € 498 million,€ 479 million and € 363 million before tax respectively for the coupons paid on Additional Tier 1 Notes

3Dividends declared and paid in the year

4Dividends declared and paid in U.S.$ were translated from € into U.S.$ based on the exchange rates as of the respective payment days

in € m 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021
Total assets 1,435,067 1,387,177 1,312,331 1,336,788 1,323,993
Loans at amortized cost 472,620 478,921 473,705 483,700 471,319
Deposits 691,828 666,261 622,035 621,456 603,750
Long-term debt 114,754 114,899 119,390 131,525 144,485
Common shares 4,891 5,106 5,223 5,291 5,291
Total shareholders’ equity 66,933 66,276 64,486 61,959 58,027
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CRR/CRD 4 reported/<br><br>phase-in)1 49,266 49,457 48,066 48,097 46,506
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CRR/CRD 4 fully loaded)1,2 N/A N/A N/A N/A 46,506
Tier 1 capital (CRR/CRD 4 reported/phase-in)1 60,784 60,835 56,395 56,616 55,375
Tier 1 capital (CRR/CRD 4 fully loaded)1,2 N/A N/A N/A N/A 54,775
Total regulatory capital (CRR/CRD 4 reported/phase-in)1 67,834 68,511 65,005 66,146 62,732
Total regulatory capital (CRR/CRD 4 fully loaded)1,2 N/A N/A N/A N/A 62,102

N/A – not applicable

1Figures presented based on the transitional rules (“CRR/CRD 4”) and the full application (“CRR/CRD 4 fully loaded”) of the CRR/CRD 4 framework

2Starting with the first quarter of 2022, information is presented as reported as the fully loaded definition has been eliminated as resulting only in an immaterial difference;

comparative information for earlier periods is unchanged and based one Deutsche Bank’s earlier fully loaded definition; starting with the third quarter 2024 until the

discontinuation in the fourth quarter 2025, Deutsche Bank had adopted the temporary treatment of unrealized gains and losses measured at fair value through OCI in

accordance with Article 468 CRR

Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this document may not sum precisely to the totals provided and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute

figures.

723

Deutsche Bank Imprint/Publications
Annual Report 2025
Imprint/Publications
--- ---
Deutsche Bank<br><br>Aktiengesellschaft Cautionary statement regarding<br><br>forward-looking statements
Taunusanlage 12
60262 Frankfurt am Main This report contains forward-looking statements.
(for letters and postcards: 60262) Forward-looking statements are statements that
Germany are not historical facts; they include statements
Telephone: +49 69 9 10 00 about our beliefs and expectations and the
[email protected] assumptions underlying them. These statements
are based on plans, estimates and projections as
they are currently available to the management of
Contact for shareholders Deutsche Bank. Forward-looking statements
+49 800 910-8000 therefore speak only as of the date they are
[email protected] publicly any of them in light of new information or
future events.
AGM Hotline
+49 6196 8870704 By their very nature, forward-looking statements
involve risks and uncertainties. A number of
important factors could therefore cause actual
Online results to differ materially from those contained in
All publications relating to our any forward-looking statement. Such factors
financial reporting are available at: include the conditions in the financial markets in
www.db.com/reports Germany, in Europe, in the United States and
elsewhere from which the bank derives a substantial
portion of its revenues and in which we hold a
Publication substantial portion of its assets, the development
Published on March 12, 2026 of asset prices and market volatility, potential
defaults of borrowers or trading counterparties,
the implementation of the Group’s strategic initiatives,
the reliability of its risk management policies,
procedures and methods, and other risks
referenced in its filings with the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission. Such factors are
described in detail in the bank’s SEC Form 20-F of
March 12, 2026, under the heading “Risk Factors.”
Copies of this document are readily available
upon request or can be downloaded from
www.db.com/ir.
2026
---
Financial Calendar
January 29, 2026
Preliminary results for the 2025 financial year
March 12, 2026
Annual Report 2025 and Form 20-F
April 29, 2026
Earnings Report as of March 31, 2026
May 28, 2026
Annual General Meeting
July 29, 2026
Interim Report as of June 30, 2026
October 28, 2026
Earnings Report as of September 30, 2026

db20260312992 Exhibit 99.2

p3covera.jpg

Contents
5 Regulatory framework 69 Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
5 Basis of Presentation 69 General qualitative information on credit risk
5 Disclosure governance 69 Credit risk management strategies and processes
6 Basel 3 and CRR/CRD 71 Credit risk management structure and organization
6 MREL and TLAC 71 Scope and nature of credit risk measurement and reporting<br><br>systems
7 ICAAP, ILAAP and SREP 72 Policies for hedging and mitigating credit risk
72 Definitions of past due and impairment
7 Key metrics 73 Credit risk adjustments
73 General quantitative information on credit risk
10 Capital 73 Residual maturity breakdown of credit exposure
74 Quality of non-performing exposures by geography
10 Development and composition of Own Funds 77 Credit quality of loans and advances to non-financial<br><br>corporations by industry
14 Scope of application of the regulatory framework 78 Performing and non-performing exposures and related<br><br>provisions
14 Derogations from prudential requirements for the parent company<br><br>and subsidiaries 81 Credit quality of performing and non-performing exposures<br><br>by days past due
15 Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet 84 Development of non-performing loans and advances
## IFRS 9 / Article 468 CRR transitional arrangements on own funds 84 Credit quality of forborne exposures
28 Main features of capital instruments 85 Minimum loss coverage for non-performing exposure
28 Capital buffers 88 Collateral obtained by taking possession
28 Prudential requirements and additional buffers 88 General qualitative information on credit risk mitigation
29 Geographical distribution of credit exposures 88 Use of on- and off-balance sheet netting
35 Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer 90 Collateral evaluation and management
35 Indicators of global systemic importance 90 Main types of collateral
39 Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities 91 Main types of guarantor and credit derivative counterparties
91 Risk concentrations within credit risk mitigation
44 Capital requirements 92 General quantitative information on credit risk mitigation
92 Overview of credit risk mitigation techniques
44 Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach
45 Credit risk economic capital model 93 Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the<br><br>standardized approach
46 Market risk economic capital model
48 Operational risk economic capital model 93 Qualitative information on the use of the standardized approach
48 Strategic risk economic capital model 93 External ratings in the standardized approach and usage of<br><br>issue rating
48 Risk type diversification 93 Quantitative information on the use of the standardized approach
49 Result of ICAAP 93 Standardized approach exposure by risk weight before and<br><br>after credit mitigation
50 Overview of RWA and capital requirements
51 Effect on own funds and RWA that results from applying capital floors<br><br>and not deducting items from own funds
55 Crypto-asset exposures and related activities
56 Leverage ratio
56 Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework
60 Process used to manage the risk of excessive leverage
60 Factors impacting the leverage ratio in the second half of 2025
62 Risk management objectives and policies
62 Enterprise and Treasury Risk
62 Risk management structure and organization
64 Risk management strategies and processes
65 Scope and nature of risk measurement and reporting systems
66 Policies for hedging and mitigating risk
66 Concise risk statement approved by the board
104 Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in<br><br>the internal-rating-based approach 174 Exposure to securitization positions
--- --- --- --- --- ---
104 Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach 174 Objectives in relation to securitization activity
104 Approval status for IRB approaches 176 Nature of other risks in securitized assets
104 Scope of the use of IRB and SA approaches 176 RWA calculation approaches for securitization positions
106 Relationship between the risk management function and the<br><br>internal audit function 178 SSPE-related activities
106 Rating system review 178 Accounting policies for securitizations
106 Procedure of independence between reviewing function and<br><br>development function 180 External rating agencies used for securitizations and internal<br><br>Assessment Approach
106 Procedure to ensure accountability of development and<br><br>reviewing function 181 Banking and trading book securitization exposures
106 Role of the function in the credit risk model process, scope<br><br>and main content of credit risk models 184 Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated<br><br>regulatory capital requirements - institution acting as originator or as<br><br>sponsor
107 Internal rating-based approaches 186 Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated<br><br>regulatory capital requirements - institution acting as investor
109 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach 188 Exposures securitized by the institution - Exposures in default and<br><br>specific credit risk adjustments
109 Foundation IRB exposure
119 Advanced IRB exposure 190 Market risk
133 Total IRB exposure covered by credit derivatives
133 Total IRB exposure covered by the use of CRM techniques 190 Risk management objectives and policies
138 Development of credit risk RWA 190 Market risk management strategies and processes
138 Model validation results 190 Market risk management structure and organization
190 Scope and nature of market risk measurement and reporting<br><br>systems
153 Specialized lending and equity exposures in the banking book 190 Policies for hedging and mitigating market risk
191 Own funds requirements under the Market Risk Standardized<br><br>Approach
155 Counterparty credit risk (CCR) 192 Qualitative information on the internal model approach
192 Characteristics of the market risk models
155 Internal capital and credit limits for counterparty credit risk exposures 193 Incremental risk charge
156 Collateral and credit reserves for counterparty credit risk 194 Market risk stress testing
156 Management of wrong-way risk exposures 194 Methodology for backtesting and model validation
156 Collateral in the event of a rating downgrade 195 Regulatory approval for market risk models
157 Estimate of alpha factor 195 Trading book allocation and prudent valuation
157 CCR exposures by model approach and development 198 Own funds requirements for market risk under the IMA
158 CCR exposures development 198 Regulatory capital requirements for market risk
159 CCR exposures to central counterparties 198 Development of market risk RWA
160 CCR exposures in the standardized approach 200 Other quantitative information for market risk under the internal<br><br>models approach
161 CCR exposures within the foundation IRBA 200 Overview of Value-at-Risk Metrics
165 CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA 200 Comparison of end-of-day VaR measures with one-day<br><br>changes in portfolio's value
172 CCR exposures after credit risk mitigation 201 Prudent valuation adjustments
173 Credit derivatives exposures
173 Credit valuation adjustment risk 203 Exposure to interest rate risk in the banking<br><br>book
203 Qualitative information on interest rate risk in the banking book
204 Changes in the economic value of equity and net interest income
205 Operational risk 263 Reputational Risk
--- --- --- --- --- ---
205 Risk management objectives and policies 263 Risk management objectives and policies
205 Operational risk management strategies and processes 263 Reputational Risk Management strategies and processes
206 Operational risk management structure and organization 263 Reputational Risk Management structure and organization
207 Scope and nature of Operational Risk measurement and<br><br>reporting systems 263 Scope and nature of reputational risk measurement and<br><br>reporting systems
208 Operational risk measurement 264 Policies for hedging and mitigating reputational risk
208 Drivers for operational risk capital development
209 AMA model validation and quality control concept 264 Model risk
209 Operational risk management stress testing concept
209 Operational risk exposure 264 Risk management objectives and policies
211 Use of the Advanced Measurement Approaches to operational risk 264 Model Risk Management strategies and processes
211 Description of the use of insurance and other risk transfer<br><br>mechanisms for the purpose of mitigation of this risk 264 Model Risk Management structure and organization
265 Scope and nature of model risk measurement and reporting<br><br>systems
212 Environmental, social and governance (ESG)<br><br>risks 265 Policies for mitigating model risk
214 Environmental risk 266 Remuneration policy
221 Social risk
225 Governance risk 266 Number of directorships held by board members
227 Climate change transition risk 266 Recruitment policy for board members
237 Energy efficiency of real estate collateral 267 Policy on diversity for board members
240 Alignment metrics on relative scope 3 emissions
240 Exposures to Top 20 carbon-intensive firms 268 Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
241 Climate change - physical risk
268 Regulatory environment
250 Liquidity risk 269 Compensation governance
270 Compensation and Benefits Strategy
250 Risk management objectives and policies 271 Group Compensation Framework
250 Liquidity risk management strategies and processes 272 Employee groups with specific compensation structures
250 Liquidity risk management structure and organization 272 Determination of performance-based Variable Compensation
250 Scope and nature of liquidity risk measurement and reporting<br><br>system 273 Variable Compensation structure
250 Policies for hedging and mitigating liquidity risk 275 Ex-post risk adjustment of Variable Compensation
252 Qualitative information on LCR 276 Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure
254 Quantitative information on LCR
255 Net Stable Funding Ratio 280 List of tables
260 Unencumbered assets
260 Qualitative information on unencumbered assets
260 Quantitative information on unencumbered assets

5

Deutsche Bank Regulatory framework
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Disclosure governance

Regulatory framework

Basis of Presentation

Article 431 (1), (2) CRR, 433 CRR and 433a CRR

This Pillar 3 Report provides disclosures for the consolidated Deutsche Bank Group (the Group or the bank) as required

by the global regulatory framework for capital and liquidity, which was established by the Basel Committee on Banking

Supervision, also known as Basel 3.

In the European Union (EU), the Basel 3 framework is implemented by the amended versions of Regulation (EU) 575/2013

on prudential requirements for credit institutions (Capital Requirements Regulation or CRR) and the Directive (EU)

2013/36 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and

investment firms (Capital Requirements Directive or CRD). As a single rulebook, the CRR is directly applicable to credit

institutions in the European Union and provides the grounds for the determination of regulatory capital requirements,

regulatory own funds, leverage and liquidity as well as other relevant requirements. In addition, the CRD was

implemented into German law by means of further amendments to the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz or KWG)

and the German Solvency Regulation (SolvV) and accompanying regulations. Jointly, these laws and regulations

represent the regulatory framework applicable in Germany.

The disclosure requirements are provided in Part Eight of the CRR and in Section 26a of the KWG. Further disclosure

guidance has been provided by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in its “Final draft implementing technical

standards on public disclosures by institutions of the information referred to in Titles II and III of Part Eight of Regulation

(EU) No 575/2013” (EBA ITS). The Group adheres to the frequency of disclosure requirements as per Article 433 and

433a of the CRR and as provided within these EBA Guidelines and includes comparative periods in accordance with the

requirements of EBA ITS. Disclosure requirements stemming from the "Draft Implementing Technical Standards amending

Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2024/3172, as regards the disclosures on ESG risks, equity exposures and the

aggregate exposure to shadow banking entities", such as shadow banking, will be considered as per the required first publication

date given in the Draft ITS.

For those disclosures required on an annual basis, the comparative period is the prior year. For those disclosures only

required on a semi-annual basis, the comparative period is the prior half-year. Disclosures required on a quarterly basis

generally include comparative information for the prior quarter. No comparative information is shown in the event that

CRR3 and related EBA ITS introduce new disclosures or require significant changes to existing disclosures making

comparatives not aligned to current disclosures.

The information provided in this Pillar 3 Report is unaudited.

Numbers presented throughout this document may not add up precisely to the totals and percentages may not precisely

reflect the absolute figures due to rounding. Where applicable prior year's comparatives have been aligned to

presentation in the current year.

Disclosure governance

Article 431 (3), 432 and 434CRR

The Group’s Pillar 3 Report is in compliance with the legal and regulatory requirements described above and is prepared

in accordance with the Group’s internal policies, processes, systems and internal controls as defined by the Group’s risk

disclosure governing document. In line with the Group’s governing document, a dedicated process is followed if the

Group omits certain disclosures due to the disclosures being immaterial, proprietary or confidential. If the Group

classifies information as immaterial in the Pillar 3 Report, this is stated accordingly in the related disclosures. The Group’s

Management Board approved this Pillar 3 Report for publication and affirmed that Deutsche Bank has complied with the

requirements under Article 431 (3) CRR.

Based upon the Group’s assessment and verification it also believes the risk and regulatory disclosures presented

throughout this Pillar 3 Report appropriately and comprehensively convey the Group’s overall risk profile as of December

31, 2025.

This Pillar 3 Report is published on the bank’s website at db.com/ir/en/regulatory-reporting.htm as well as on EBA's

"Pillar 3 Data HUB" website at edap-public.eba.europa.eu.

6

Deutsche Bank Regulatory framework
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 ICAAP, ILAAP and SREP

In addition, the bank‘s website includes a description of the main features of the Group’s capital instruments as well as its

senior non-preferred subordinated eligible liabilities instruments eligible for subordinated minimum requirement for own

funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) and total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC), to the extent that these do not constitute

private placements and are treated confidentially (db.com/ir/en/capital-instruments.htm).

Article 435 (1)(e) CRR (EU OVA)

Deutsche Bank’s Management Board confirms, for the purpose of Article 435 CRR, that the bank’s risk management

arrangements are adequate for its risk profile and strategy, and that the bank maintains appropriate resources to

implement selected enhancements.

Basel 3 and CRR/CRD

The CRR/CRD lays the foundation for the calculation of the minimum regulatory requirements with respect to own funds

and eligible liabilities, the liquidity coverage ratio and the net stable funding ratio.

Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 introduces fundamental changes to the CRR that are generally applicable from January 1,

2025 (“CRR3”). With respect to own funds requirements for credit risk, for example new floors for internal probability of

default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) estimates are introduced and the advanced Internal Ratings Based Approach

must no longer be applied for large corporates. Hence, for exposures facing large corporates, it is no longer possible to

estimate the LGD based on an internal model, but instead a supervisory LGD must be used. Also the Credit Risk

Standardized Approach is fundamentally revised, e.g. the treatment of exposures secured by residential or commercial

immovable property is changed. For operational risk, the capital requirements can no longer be determined based on an

internal model, instead a standardized approach must be applied.

In 2025, the total risk exposure amount is floored at 50% of the risk exposure amounts determined based on the

standardized approaches (“output floor”). The output floor gradually increases to 72.5% of the risk exposure amounts

determined based on standardized approaches on January 1, 2030.

The amendments for market risk (Fundamental review of the trading book - FRTB) have been delayed by Commission

Delegated Regulations (EU) 2024/2795 and 2025/1496 until January 1, 2027. Accordingly, during 2025 and 2026 market

risk own funds requirements are determined based on the internal model and standardized approach in the version of

Regulation (EU) 575/2013 in force on July 8, 2024. In parallel the FRTB standardized approach is used for the output

floor calculation as well as the reporting obligation. Following the EBA opinions dated February 27, 2023, August 12,

2024 and August 8, 2025 equally the amended FRTB rules on trading book assignment, reclassifications and internal

hedges are delayed until January 1, 2027.

There is still uncertainty as to how some of the CRR/CRD rules should be interpreted and there are still related binding

Technical Standards for which a final version is not yet available. Thus, the Group will continue to refine assumptions and

models in line with evolution of these regulations as well as the industry’s understanding and interpretation of the rules.

Against this background, current CRR/CRD measures may not be comparable to previous expectations. Also, CRR/CRD

measures may not be comparable with similarly labeled measures used by competitors, as their assumptions and

estimates may differ from Deutsche Bank’s.

MREL and TLAC

Banks in the European Union are required to meet at all times a minimum requirement for own funds and eligible

liabilities (MREL) which ensures that banks have sufficient loss absorbing capacity in resolution to avoid recourse to

taxpayers’ money. Relevant laws are the Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation (SRMR) and the Bank Recovery and

Resolution Directive (BRRD) as implemented through the German Recovery and Resolution Act (Sanierungs- und

Abwicklungsgesetz, SAG).

In addition, the CRR requires G-SIIs in Europe to have at least the maximum of 18% plus the combined buffer

requirement of risk weighted assets (RWA) and 6.75% of leverage exposure as total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC).

Instruments which qualify for MREL and TLAC as own funds are Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1, and Tier 2 along

with certain eligible liabilities (mainly plain-vanilla unsecured bonds). Instruments qualifying for TLAC need to be fully

subordinated to general creditor claims (e.g., senior non-preferred bonds). While this is not required for MREL, MREL

regulations allow the Single Resolution Board (SRB) to also set an additional subordination requirement within the MREL

requirements (but separate from TLAC), which allows only subordinated liabilities and own funds to be counted.

7

Deutsche Bank Regulatory framework
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 ICAAP, ILAAP and SREP

MREL is determined by the competent resolution authorities for each supervised bank and its preferred resolution

strategy. In the case of Deutsche Bank AG, MREL is determined by the SRB. While there is no statutory minimum level of

MREL, the CRR, SRMR, BRRD and delegated regulations set out criteria which the resolution authority must consider

when determining the relevant required level of MREL. Guidance is provided through a MREL policy published annually

by the SRB. Any binding MREL ratio determined by the SRB is communicated to Deutsche Bank via the German Federal

Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin). Deutsche Bank AG received its current total MREL and current subordinated

MREL requirement with immediate applicability in the second quarter of 2025.

ICAAP, ILAAP and SREP

The internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) as stipulated in Pillar 2 of Basel requires banks to identify and

assess risks, to apply effective risk management techniques and to maintain adequate capitalization. The Group’s internal

liquidity adequacy assessment process (ILAAP) aims to ensure that sufficient levels of liquidity are maintained on an

ongoing basis by identifying the key liquidity and funding risks to which the Group is exposed, by monitoring and

measuring these risks, and by maintaining tools and resources to manage and mitigate these risks.

In accordance with Article 97 CRD supervisors regularly review, as part of the supervisory review and evaluation process

(SREP), the arrangements, strategies, processes, and mechanisms implemented by banks and evaluate: (a) risks to which

the institution is or might be exposed; (b) risks the institution poses to the financial system; and (c) risks revealed by stress

testing.

Key metrics

Article 447 (a-g) and Article 438 (b) CRR

The following table highlights Deutsche Bank’s key regulatory metrics and ratios, and related input components as

defined by CRR and CRD. This considers reforms introduced by Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 (CRR3), being applicable

since January 1, 2025. In line with disclosure requirements the Liquidity Coverage Ratio is based on 12 months rolling

averages and the other metrics are based on spot information.

8

Deutsche Bank Key metrics
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 ICAAP, ILAAP and SREP

EU KM1 – Key metrics

a b c d e
in € m. (unless stated otherwise) Dec 31,<br><br>2025 Sep 30,<br><br>2025 Jun 30,<br><br>2025 Mar 31,<br><br>2025 Dec 31,<br><br>2024
Available own funds (amounts)
1 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital 49,266 49,346 48,522 48,645 49,457
2 Tier 1 capital 60,784 59,864 60,193 60,316 60,835
3 Total capital 67,834 66,866 67,200 67,741 68,511
Risk-weighted exposure amounts
4 Total risk-weighted exposure amount 347,133 340,387 340,805 351,973 357,427
4a Total risk exposure pre-floor 347,133 340,387 340,805 351,973 N/M
Capital ratios (as percentage of risk-weighted exposure amount)
5 Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (%) 14.19 14.50 14.24 13.82 13.84
5b Common Equity Tier 1 ratio considering<br><br>unfloored TREA (%) 14.19 14.50 14.24 13.82 N/M
6 Tier 1 ratio (%) 17.51 17.59 17.66 17.14 17.02
6b Tier 1 ratio considering unfloored TREA (%) 17.51 17.59 17.66 17.14 N/M
7 Total capital ratio (%) 19.54 19.64 19.72 19.25 19.17
7b Total capital ratio considering unfloored TREA (%) 19.54 19.64 19.72 19.25 N/M
Additional own funds requirements to address<br><br>risks other than the risk of excessive leverage (as<br><br>a percentage of risk-weighted exposure amount)
EU 7d Additional own funds requirements to address<br><br>risks other than the risk of excessive leverage (%) 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.65
of which:
EU 7e to be made up of CET 1 capital (percentage points) 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.49
EU 7f to be made up of Tier 1 capital (percentage points) 2.18 2.18 2.18 2.18 1.99
EU 7g Total SREP own funds requirements (%) 10.90 10.90 10.90 10.90 10.65
Combined buffer and overall capital requirement (as a percentage of risk-<br><br>weighted exposure amount)
8 Capital conservation buffer (%) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50
EU 8a Conservation buffer due to macro-prudential or systemic risk identified at<br><br>the level of a Member State (%) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
9 Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer (%) 0.50 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.49
EU 9a Systemic risk buffer (%) 0.14 0.14 0.13 0.19 0.22
10 Global Systemically Important Institution buffer (%) 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50
EU 10a Other Systemically Important Institution buffer (%) 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
11 Combined buffer requirement (%) 5.13 5.12 5.11 5.17 5.21
EU 11a Overall capital requirements (%) 16.03 16.02 16.01 16.07 15.86
12 CET 1 available after meeting the total SREP own funds requirements (%) 8.06 8.37 8.11 7.69 7.85
Leverage ratio
13 Leverage ratio total exposure measure 1,327,441 1,299,655 1,276,035 1,301,804 1,315,906
14 Leverage ratio (%) 4.58 4.61 4.72 4.63 4.62
Additional own funds requirements to address risks of excessive leverage<br><br>(as a percentage of leverage ratio total exposure amount)
EU 14a Additional own funds requirements to address the risk of excessive<br><br>leverage (%) 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10
EU 14b of which: to be made up of CET 1 capital (percentage points) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
EU 14c Total SREP leverage ratio requirements (%) 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10
Leverage ratio buffer and overall leverage ratio requirement (as a<br><br>percentage of total exposure measure)
EU 14d Leverage ratio buffer requirement (%) 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
EU 14e Overall leverage ratio requirements (%) 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
15 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) (Weighted value - average) 238,150 233,383 230,050 226,221 224,205
EU 16a Cash outflows - Total weighted value 238,512 237,725 234,064 229,743 223,914
EU 16b Cash inflows - Total weighted value 64,879 64,124 60,641 58,408 57,118
16 Total net cash outflows (adjusted value) 173,633 173,601 173,423 171,335 166,796
17 Liquidity coverage ratio (%) 137.22 134.67 132.65 132.03 134.42
Net Stable Funding Ratio
18 Total available stable funding 648,658 631,781 633,110 631,929 625,189
19 Total required stable funding 544,664 536,762 525,836 532,765 514,802
20 NSFR ratio (%) 119.09 117.70 120.40 118.61 121.44

9

Deutsche Bank Key metrics
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Key metrics of own funds and eligible liabilities

Key metrics of own funds and eligible liabilities

Article 447 (h) CRR and Article 45i(3)(a,c) BRRD

EU KM2 – Key metrics - MREL and G-SII Requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (TLAC)

Minimum requirement for<br><br>own funds and eligible<br><br>liabilities (MREL) G-SII Requirement for own<br><br>funds and eligible liabilities<br><br>(TLAC)
a b c d e f
in m. (unless stated otherwise) Dec 31,<br><br>2025 Sep 30,<br><br>2025 Dec 31,<br><br>2025 Sep 30,<br><br>2025 Jun 30,<br><br>2025 Mar 31,<br><br>2025 Dec 31,<br><br>2024
1 131,023 131,512 114,936 117,881 115,925 117,594 118,491
EU 1a 114,936 117,881
2 347,133 340,387 347,133 340,387 340,805 351,973 357,427
3 37.74 38.64 33.11 34.63 34.02 33.41 33.15
EU 3a 33.11 34.63
4 1,327,441 1,299,655 1,327,441 1,299,655 1,276,035 1,301,804 1,315,906
5 9.87 10.12 8.66 9.07 9.08 9.03 9.00
EU 5a 8.66 9.07
6a no no no no no
6b 0 0 0 0 0
6c 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7 31.11 31.10
EU 8 24.94 24.93
EU 9 7.03 7.03
EU 10 7.03 7.03

All values are in Euros.

As of December 31, 2025 the MREL ratio was 37.74% of Total Risk Exposure Amount (TREA) compared to a requirement

of 31.11% of TREA including a 5.13% combined buffer requirement, equaling a surplus of € 23.0 billion above the bank’s

MREL requirement. The subordinated MREL ratio was 8.66% of Total Exposure Measure (TEM) compared to a requirement

of 7.03% of TEM. The subordinated MREL surplus is € 21.6 billion

As of December 31, 2025 the TLAC ratio was 33.11% of TREA compared to a requirement of 23.13% including a 5.13%

combined buffer requirement, resulting in a surplus of € 34.6 billion. TLAC was 8.66% of TEM compared to a requirement

of 6.75%, which corresponds to a surplus of € 25.3 billion.

10

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Development and composition of Own Funds

Capital

Development and composition of Own Funds

Article 437 (a, d-f) CRR

The own funds capital ratios provided for Deutsche Bank Group are defined by CRR regulations. Deutsche Bank’s CET 1

capital as of December 31, 2025, amounted to € 49.3 billion, € 0.7 billion higher compared to June 30, 2025. AT1 capital

was € 0.2 billion lower as of December 31, 2025, amounted to € 11.5 billion, compared to € 11.7 billion as of June 30,

  1. Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2025, amounted to € 60.8 billion compared to € 60.2 billion as of June 30, 2025.

Tier 2 capital was € 7.1 billion as of December 31, 2025, broadly stable compared to June 30, 2025. Total capital as of

December 31, 2025, amounted to € 67.8 billion, which was € 0.6 billion higher compared to € 67.2 billion as of June 30,

2025.

In the second half of 2025, CET 1 capital increased by € 0.7 billion. This was mainly due to net profit of € 3.3 billion

reduced by regulatory deductions for future shareholder distribution and AT1 coupon payments of € 1.8 billion following

requirements of the ECB Decision (EU) (2015/656) on the recognition of interim or year-end profits in CET 1 capital in

accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4). In addition, CET 1 capital increased due

to lower deferred tax assets of € 0.5 billion, cumulative fair value movements on available for sale securities and

additional value adjustments of € 0.3 billion and € 0.1 billion from other movements.

These positive effects were partially offset by discontinuation of the temporary treatment of unrealized gains and losses

measured at fair value through OCI in accordance with Article 468 CRR by € 0.8 billion, currency translation adjustments

of € 0.4 billion, higher deduction for non-performing exposures by € 0.3 billion and effects from the completion of the

second share buyback program of € 0.3 billion.

The Additional Tier 1 capital decrease of € 0.2 billion was due to a new AT 1 issuance of € 1.0 billion in the second half of

the year, reduced by the exercised call option with a total principal amount of € 1.2 billion (U.S. $ 1.25 billion equivalent).

EU CC1 – Composition of regulatory own funds

Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
in € m. CRR/CRD CRR/CRD Refe-<br><br>rences1
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: instruments and reserves
1 Capital instruments, related share premium accounts and other reserves 42,983 43,354 A
of which: Instrument type 1 (ordinary shares)2 42,983 43,354 A
of which: Instrument type 2 0 0
of which: Instrument type 3 0 0
2 Retained earnings 21,149 21,227 B
3 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (4,159) (3,710) C
3a Funds for general banking risk 0 0
4 Amount of qualifying items referred to in Art. 484 (3) and the related share premium<br><br>accounts subject to phase-out from CET 1 0 0
5 Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET 1) 917 940
5a Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend3 3,347 1,536 B
6 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments 64,237 63,347
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: regulatory adjustments
7 Additional value adjustments (negative amount)4 (1,667) (1,742)
8 Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount) (5,045) (4,997) D
10 Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary<br><br>differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) are met) (negative<br><br>amount) (2,533) (3,058) E
11 Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges of financial instruments<br><br>that are not valued at fair value 49 (210)
12 Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts (2,579) (2,617)
13 Any increase in equity that results from securitized assets (negative amount) (0) (0)
14 Gains or losses on liabilities designated at fair value resulting from changes in own credit<br><br>standing5 247 143
15 Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount) (1,135) (1,110) F
16 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own CET 1 instruments (negative<br><br>amount)6 0 0
17 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities<br><br>where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate<br><br>artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount) 0 0

11

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Development and composition of Own Funds Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- ---
in € m. CRR/CRD CRR/CRD Refe-<br><br>rences1
18 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial<br><br>sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities<br><br>(amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)7 0 0
19 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial<br><br>sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount<br><br>above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount) 0 0
20a Exposure amount of the following items which qualify for a risk weight of 1,250%, where the<br><br>institution opts for the deduction alternative 0 0
of which:
20b Qualifying holdings outside the financial sector (negative amount) 0 0
20c Securitization positions (negative amount) 0 0
20d Free deliveries (negative amount) 0 0
21 Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10% threshold, net of<br><br>related tax liabilities where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) (negative amount) 0 0 E
22 Amount exceeding the 17.65% threshold (negative amount) 0 0
of which:
23 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of<br><br>financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities 0 0
25 Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences 0 0 E
EU<br><br>25a Losses for the current financial year (negative amount) 0 0
EU<br><br>25b Foreseeable tax charges relating to CET 1 items except where the institution suitably adjusts<br><br>the amount of CET 1 items insofar as such tax charges reduce the amount up to which those<br><br>items may be used to cover risks or losses (negative amount) 0 0
27 Qualifying AT1 deductions that exceed the AT1 items of the institution (negative amount) 0 0
Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealized gains and losses pursuant to Art. 468 CRR 0 811
27a Other regulatory adjustments (including IFRS 9 transitional adjustments when relevant)8 (2,309) (2,045)
28 Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital (14,971) (14,826)
29 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital 49,266 48,522
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments
30 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 11,648 11,801 G
of which:
31 Classified as equity under applicable accounting standards12 11,718 11,871 G
32 Classified as liabilities under applicable accounting standards 0 0
33 Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (4) and the related share premium<br><br>accounts subject to phase out from AT1 as described in Article 486(3) of CRR 0 0 H
of which:
EU<br><br>33a Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494a(1) subject to phase out from AT1 0 0
EU<br><br>33b Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494b(1) subject to phase out from AT1 0 0
34 Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital issued by subsidiaries and held<br><br>by third parties 0 0
35 of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out 0 0
36 Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments 11,648 11,801
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments
37 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments (negative<br><br>amount) (130) (130) G
38 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities<br><br>where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate<br><br>artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount) 0 0
39 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities<br><br>where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above<br><br>the 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)7 0 0
40 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the AT1 instruments of financial<br><br>sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount<br><br>above the 10% threshold net of eligible short positions) (negative amount) 0 0
42 Qualifying T2 deductions that exceed the T2 items of the institution (negative amount) 0 0
42a of which: Other regulatory adjustments to AT1 capital 0 0
43 Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital (130) (130)
44 Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital 11,518 11,671
45 Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET 1 + AT1) 60,784 60,193

12

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Development and composition of Own Funds Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- ---
in € m. CRR/CRD CRR/CRD Refe-<br><br>rences1
Tier 2 (T2) capital: instruments and provisions
46 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts9 7,225 7,178 I
47 Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (5) and the related share premium<br><br>accounts subject to phase out from T2 as described in Article 486(4) of CRR 0 0 I
of which:
EU<br><br>47a Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494a (2) subject to phase out from T2 0 0
EU<br><br>47b Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494b (2) subject to phase out from T2 0 0
48 Qualifying own funds instruments included in consolidated T2 capital issued by subsidiaries<br><br>and held by third parties 0 0 I
49 of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out 0 0
50 Credit risk adjustments 0 0
51 Tier 2 (T2) capital before regulatory adjustments 7,225 7,178
Tier 2 (T2) capital: regulatory adjustments
52 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own T2 instruments and<br><br>subordinated loans (negative amount) (170) (170) I
53 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of<br><br>financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the<br><br>institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount) 0 0
54 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of<br><br>financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those<br><br>entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)7 0 0
55 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the T2 instruments and<br><br>subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant<br><br>investment in those entities (net of eligible short positions) (negative amount) (5) 0
EU<br><br>56a Qualifying eligible liabilities deductions that exceed the eligible liabilities items of the<br><br>institution (negative amount) 0 0
EU<br><br>56b Other regulatory adjustments to T2 capital 0 0
57 Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 (T2) capital (175) (170)
58 Tier 2 (T2) capital 7,050 7,008
59 Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) 67,834 67,200
60 Total risk-weighted assets 347,133 340,805
Capital ratios and buffers
61 Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets) 14.19 14.24
62 Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets) 17.51 17.66
63 Total capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets) 19.54 19.72
64 Institution CET 1 overall capital requirement (CET 1 requirement in accordance with article<br><br>92 (1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, plus additional CET 1 requirement which the<br><br>institution is required to hold in accordance with Article 104(1)(a) of Directive 2013/36/EU,<br><br>plus combined buffer requirement in accordance with Article 128(6) of Directive 2013/36/<br><br>EU) expressed as a percentage of risk exposure amount)10 11.26 11.24
of which:
65 Capital conservation buffer requirement 2.50 2.50
66 Countercyclical buffer requirement 0.50 0.48
67 Systemic risk buffer requirement 0.14 0.13
EU<br><br>67a Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important<br><br>Institution (O-SII) buffer 2.00 2.00
EU<br><br>67b additional own funds requirements to address the risks other than the risk of excessive<br><br>leverage 1.63 1.63
68 Common Equity Tier 1 capital available to meet buffers (as a percentage of risk-weighted<br><br>assets)11 8.06 8.11
Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (before risk weighting)
72 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the capital of financial sector entities where the<br><br>institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10%<br><br>threshold and net of eligible short positions)7 3,136 2,967
73 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial<br><br>sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount<br><br>below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) 1,087 722
75 Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount below 10% threshold, net of<br><br>related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) CRR are met) 4,372 3,844
Applicable caps on the inclusion of provisions in Tier 2 capital
76 Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to standardized<br><br>approach (prior to the application of the cap) 0 0

13

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Development and composition of Own Funds
Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- ---
in € m. CRR/CRD CRR/CRD Refe-<br><br>rences1
77 Cap on inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under standardized approach 720 481
78 Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to internal ratings-<br><br>based approach (prior to the application of the cap) 0 0
79 Cap for inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under internal ratings-based approach 1,090 1,186
Capital instruments subject to phase-out arrangements
80 Current cap on CET 1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements 0 0
81 Amount excluded from CET 1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities) 0 0
82 Current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements 0 0
83 Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities) 0 0
84 Current cap on T2 instruments subject to phase out arrangements 0 0
85 Amount excluded from T2 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities) 0 0

N/M – Not meaningful

1 References provide the mapping of regulatory balance sheet items used to calculate regulatory capital as reflected in the column “References" and as presented in tables

“EU CC2 – Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to balance sheet in the audited financial statements”. Where applicable, more detailed information is provided in the

respective reference footnote section

2Based on EBA list of Article 26(3) of CRR, competent authorities shall evaluate whether issuances of Common Equity Tier 1 instruments meet the criteria set out in Article

28 or, where applicable, Article 29

3Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4); current year profits

of € 6.9 billion reduced by deductions for future shareholder distribution in relation to FY25 of € 3.1 billion and AT1 coupons of € 0.5 billion

4The € 1.7 billion (June 2025: € 1.7 billion) additional value adjustments were derived from the EBA Regulatory Technical Standard on prudent valuation and are before

consideration of a benefit from the related reduction of the shortfall of provisions to expected losses of € 38.1 million (June 2025: € 0.4 billion)

5Represents gains and losses on liabilities and derivative liabilities carried at fair value that are a result of changes in own credit of the Group according to Article 33 (1) (b)

CRR

6Excludes holdings that are already considered in the accounting base of Common Equity

7Based on the Group’s current interpretation no deduction amount expected

8 Includes capital deductions of € 1.4 billion (June 2025: € 1.4 billion) based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund

and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme, € 0.7 billion (June 2025: € 0.4 billion) based on ECB’s supervisory recommendation for a prudential provisioning of non-performing

exposures

9Amortization is taken into account

10 Includes CET1 Pillar 2 Requirement

11 Calculated as the CET1 Capital less the Group’s CET1 capital requirements in accordance with article 92(1)(a) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and following Article

104(1)(a) of Directive 2013/36/EU, and less any Common Equity Tier 1 items used by the Group to meet its additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital requirements

12 The reported position exceeds the total due to the delta amount of € 70 million representing a permanent buyback limit, which is not recognized in the accounting

standards

ACommon shares, additional paid-in capital and common shares in treasury reflect regulatory eligible CET 1 capital instruments

BRetained earnings in the regulatory balance sheet include Profit (loss) attributable to DB shareholders and additional equity components of € 6.9 billion (June 2025:

€ 3.7 billion). In the Own funds template (incl. RWA and capital ratios), this item is excluded from retained earnings and shown separately after subtracting the 'AT1

coupon and shareholder distribution deduction' of € 3.6 billion (June 2025: € 1.8 billion) as ‘independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or

dividend’ in row id 5a

CDifference to regulatory balance sheet position driven by prudential filters for unrealized gains and losses

DRegulatory applicable amount in goodwill and other intangible assets of € 7,561 million (June 2025: € 7,413 million) plus goodwill from equity method investments of

€ 59 million (June 2025: € 59 million) as per regulatory balance sheet reduced by deferred tax liabilities on other intangibles of € 466 million (June 2025: € 477 million)

and prudent software assets as per Art. 36 (1) (b) CRR of €2,109 million (June 2025: € 1,998 million)

EDifferences to balance sheet position mainly driven by adjustments as set out in Article 38 (2) to (5) CRR (e.g. regulatory offsetting requirements)

FRegulatory applicable amount is defined benefit pension fund assets of € 1,261 million (June 2025: € 1,233 million) reduced by deferred tax liabilities on defined benefit

pension fund assets of € 126 million (June 2025: € 122 million)

G Additional equity components reflects regulatory eligible AT1 capital instruments

HDifference to regulatory balance sheet driven by regulatory adjustments as set out in Articles 51 to 61 CRR (e.g. current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase-out

arrangements)

IDifference to regulatory balance sheet driven by regulatory adjustments as set out in Articles 62 to 71 CRR (e.g. amortization, minority interest)

14

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Derogations from prudential requirements for the parent company and subsidiaries

Scope of application of the regulatory framework

Name of institution

Article 436 (a) CRR

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft (“Deutsche Bank AG”), headquartered in Frankfurt am Main, Germany, is the parent

institution of the Deutsche Bank Group (the “regulatory group”). Under Section 10a KWG in conjunction with Articles 11

and 18 CRR, a regulatory group of institutions consists of an institution as the parent company, and all other institutions,

financial institutions (comprising inter alia financial holding companies, payment institutions, asset management

companies) and ancillary services undertakings that are its subsidiaries within the meaning of Article 4 (1) (16) CRR, or are

jointly managed together with other parties within the meaning of Article 18 (4) CRR. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated,

while companies which are not subsidiaries but consolidated for regulatory purposes are subject to proportional

consolidation.

Insurance companies and companies outside the banking and financial sector are not consolidated in the regulatory

group. The bank does not qualify as a financial conglomerate and is not subject to the respective supplementary

supervisions.

Differences in the scopes of consolidation

Article 436 (b) CRR

The principles of consolidation for Deutsche Bank’s regulatory group are not identical to those applied for the Group’s

financial statements. Nonetheless, the majority of the bank’s subsidiaries in the regulatory group are also fully

consolidated in accordance with IFRS in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

The main differences between regulatory and accounting consolidation are:

–Subsidiaries outside the banking and financial sector are not consolidated within the regulatory group of institutions

but are included in the consolidated financial statements according to IFRS

–Most of the Group’s special purpose entities (SPEs) consolidated under IFRS do not meet the regulatory subsidiary

definition pursuant to Article 4 (1) (16) CRR and are not consolidated in the regulatory group. However, the risks

resulting from the bank’s exposures to such entities are reflected in the regulatory capital requirements

–Only two entities included in the regulatory group are not consolidated as subsidiaries for accounting purposes and

are treated differently

For detailed information and the table LI3, please refer to the Pillar 3 Report section “Outline of differences in scopes of

consolidation”.

Derogations from prudential requirements for the parent

company and subsidiaries

Article 436 (h) CRR (EU LIB)

As of December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank AG fully applied the exemptions pursuant to Section 2a (1) KWG in conjunction

with Article 7 (3) CRR, Art. 6 (5) CRR and Section 2a (2) KWG in conjunction with Section 25a (1) sentence 3 KWG (so-

called “parent waiver”) pursuant to which the bank may waive the application of provisions on own funds and eligible

liabilities, capital requirements, large exposures, exposures to transferred credit risks, leverage, reporting requirements

and disclosure by institutions as well as certain risk management requirements on a stand-alone basis.

Deutsche Bank AG’s subsidiary norisbank GmbH and Deutsche Bank Europe GmbH which both were consolidated within

the Deutsche Bank regulatory group, fully applied the same exemptions outlined above (so-called “subsidiary waiver”)

pursuant to which the above mentioned subsidiaries may waive certain regulatory requirements to the same extent as

Deutsche Bank AG (see preceding paragraph) on a stand-alone basis. In addition, Deutsche Bank AG’s subsidiary

Deutsche Immobilien Leasing GmbH also consolidated within the Deutsche Bank regulatory group, applied the

“subsidiary waiver” rules to the extent applicable to the subsidiary.

These exemptions are available only for group companies in Germany and can only be applied if, amongst others, the risk

strategies and risk management processes of Deutsche Bank AG or the Group also include the companies that apply the

“waiver” rules and there is no material practical or legal impediment to the prompt transfer of own funds or repayment of

liabilities from Deutsche Bank AG to the respective subsidiaries or from subsidiaries to Deutsche Bank AG Group.

15

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Derogations from prudential requirements for the parent company and subsidiaries

The application of the aforementioned exemptions and the fulfillment of the respective requirements were notified to

the BaFin and Deutsche Bundesbank. Pursuant to Section 2a (5) KWG the exemptions based on these notifications are

grandfathered, i.e. the “waivers” are deemed to be granted under the current CRR and KWG rules.

Additional disclosure requirements for large subsidiaries

Article 13 (1) CRR

The bank’s large subsidiaries are required to disclose information to the extent applicable in respect of own funds, capital

requirements, capital buffers, credit risk adjustments, remuneration policy, leverage and use of credit risk mitigation

techniques on an individual or sub-consolidated basis.

For some of the bank’s subsidiaries located in Germany it is not mandatory to calculate or report regulatory capital or

leverage ratios on a stand-alone basis if they qualify for the exemptions codified in the waiver rule pursuant to Section 2a

KWG in conjunction with Article 7 CRR. In these cases, the above-mentioned disclosure requirements are also not

applicable for those subsidiaries.

Large subsidiaries are identified in accordance with Article 4 No. 146 and 147 CRR, and applied to all subsidiaries

classified as “credit institution” or “investment firm” under the CRR and not qualifying for a waiver status pursuant to

Section 2a KWG in conjunction with Article 7 CRR. A subsidiary is required to comply with the requirements in

Article 13 (1) CRR (as described above) if at least one criterion mentioned in the list below has been met. The total value

of assets referenced below is calculated on an IFRS basis as of December 31, 2025:

–The subsidiary is a global systemically important institution

–It has been identified as an other systemically important institution (O-SII) in accordance with Article 131(1) and (3) of

Directive 2013/36/EU

–The subsidiary is, in the Member State in which it is established, one of the three largest institutions in terms of total

value of assets

–Total value of assets on an individual basis or sub-consolidated basis is equal to or greater than € 30 billion

As a result of the selection process described above, the bank identified three subsidiaries as “large” for the Group and

hence required to provide additional disclosure requirements:

–DB USA Corporation, United States of America

–BHW Bausparkasse AG, Germany

–Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., Luxembourg

The additional disclosures for the large subsidiaries can be found either within the Pillar 3 Reports of the respective

subsidiary as published on its website or on the Group’s website.

Impediments to fund transfers

Article 436 (f) CRR (EU LIB)

The Group entities within the scope of prudential consolidation are subject to local regulatory and tax requirements as

well as potentially exchange controls. Deutsche Bank is not aware of any material impediments existing for capital

distribution within the Group.

Potential capital shortfalls in unconsolidated subsidiaries

Article 436 (g) CRR (EU LIB)

Deutsche Bank’s subsidiaries which were not included in its regulatory consolidation due to their immateriality did not

have to comply with own regulatory minimum capital standards in 2025.

Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance

sheet

Article 436 (c, d) CRR

The table EU LI1 below provides a comparison between the consolidated balance sheet for accounting and prudential

purposes and also highlights how the amounts reported in the Group’s financial statements, once the regulatory scope of

consolidation is applied, are impacted by the different risk frameworks. The regulatory balance sheet is split further into

sections subject to credit risk, counterparty credit risk, securitization positions in the regulatory banking book, market

risk, and items not subject to capital requirements or relevant for deduction from capital. The market risk framework in

column (f) includes the bank’s trading book exposure, its banking book exposure which is booked in a currency different

16

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet

from Euro, as well as securitization positions in the regulatory trading book. Specific assets and liabilities may be subject

to more than one regulatory risk framework. Therefore, the sum of values in column (c) to (g) may not be equal to the

amounts in column (b). Moreover, the allocation of positions to the regulatory trading or banking book, as well as the

product definition, impacts the allocation to and treatment within a regulatory framework and might be different to the

product definition or trading classification under IFRS.

Differences between carrying values on the regulatory balance sheet in column (b) and amounts deducted from CRR/

CRD capital are explained further in the footnotes of the table “EU CC1 Composition of regulatory own funds” as

referenced in the last column of this table.

EU LI1 – Differences between accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and the mapping of financial statement

categories with regulatory risk categories

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f g
Carrying values of items:
in € m. Carrying<br><br>values as<br><br>reported in<br><br>published<br><br>financial<br><br>statements Carrying<br><br>values under<br><br>scope of<br><br>prudential<br><br>consolida-<br><br>tion Subject to<br><br>the credit<br><br>risk<br><br>framework Subject to<br><br>the<br><br>counterparty<br><br>credit risk<br><br>framework Subject to<br><br>the securiti-<br><br>zation<br><br>framework Subject to<br><br>the market<br><br>risk<br><br>framework Not subject<br><br>to capital<br><br>requirements<br><br>or subject to<br><br>deduction<br><br>from capital References1
Assets:
Cash and central bank balances 164,659 164,659 164,564 0 0 85,917 0
Interbank balances (w/o central<br><br>banks) 6,962 6,921 6,560 0 0 4,903 7
Central bank funds sold and<br><br>securities purchased under resale<br><br>agreements 37,509 37,509 0 37,509 0 22,188 0
Securities borrowed 6 6 0 6 0 0 0
Financial assets at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss
Trading assets 153,811 151,914 4,953 112 382 140,502 0
Positive market values from<br><br>derivative financial instruments 241,328 241,458 10 241,418 18 241,200 0
Non-trading financial assets<br><br>mandatory at fair value through<br><br>profit and loss 124,495 124,251 6,298 112,156 668 120,356 0
Financial assets designated at<br><br>fair value through profit or loss 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total financial assets at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 519,635 517,623 11,260 353,686 1,067 502,058 0
Financial assets at Fair Value<br><br>through OCI
Financial assets mandatory at<br><br>fair value through OCI 43,644 43,377 42,249 1,128 0 25,652 0
Equity Instruments designated<br><br>at fair value through OCI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total financial assets at fair value<br><br>through OCI 43,644 43,377 42,249 1,128 0 25,652 0
Equity method investments 924 938 938 0 0 938 0
of which: Goodwill 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D
Loans at amortized cost 472,620 472,409 437,626 2,636 31,976 173,755 171
Property and equipment 5,924 5,923 5,923 0 0 2,021 0
Goodwill and other intangible<br><br>assets 7,561 7,561 2,109 0 0 0 5,452 D
Other assets 167,472 167,779 53,149 47,759 4,295 46,214 56,088
of which: Defined benefit<br><br>pension fund assets 1,263 1,261 0 0 0 0 1,261 F
Assets for current tax 1,609 1,605 1,605 0 0 0 0
Deferred tax assets 6,544 6,535 4,448 0 0 2,814 2,088 E
Total assets 1,435,067 1,432,846 730,431 442,724 37,339 866,459 63,806

17

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g
Carrying values of items:
in € m. Carrying<br><br>values as<br><br>reported in<br><br>published<br><br>financial<br><br>statements Carrying<br><br>values under<br><br>scope of<br><br>prudential<br><br>consolida-<br><br>tion Subject to<br><br>the credit<br><br>risk<br><br>framework Subject to<br><br>the<br><br>counterparty<br><br>credit risk<br><br>framework Subject to<br><br>the securiti-<br><br>zation<br><br>framework Subject to<br><br>the market<br><br>risk<br><br>framework Not subject<br><br>to capital<br><br>requirements<br><br>or subject to<br><br>deduction<br><br>from capital References1
Liabilities and equity:
Deposits 691,828 692,329 0 1,050 0 139,334 551,945
Central bank funds purchased and<br><br>securities sold under repurchase<br><br>agreements 4,177 4,177 0 4,177 0 678 0
Securities loaned 2 2 0 2 0 2 0
Financial liabilities at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss
Trading liabilities 42,879 42,921 0 122 0 42,344 (446)
Negative market values<br><br>from derivative financial 225,775 225,828 0 225,558 121 225,828 0
Financial liabilities<br><br>designated at fair value 115,055 114,814 0 88,519 0 88,726 (2)
Investment contract 469 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total financial liabilities at fair<br><br>value through profit or loss 384,179 383,563 0 314,200 122 356,898 (449)
Other short-term borrowings 18,204 18,213 0 0 0 2,787 15,427
Other liabilities 137,713 135,650 0 52,394 0 72,075 18,711
Provisions 2,408 2,399 0 0 0 1,156 1,243
Liabilities for current tax 694 691 0 0 0 165 526
Deferred tax liabilities 623 507 0 0 0 0 507
Long-term debt 114,754 114,852 0 0 0 25,852 89,000 H.I
of which: Subordinated<br><br>long-term debt2 8,297 8,297 0 0 0 4,655 3,641 H.I
Trust preferred securities2 283 283 0 0 0 0 283
Obligation to purchase common<br><br>shares 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total liabilities 1,354,863 1,352,667 0 371,822 122 598,947 677,193
Common shares, no par value,<br><br>nominal value of € 2.56 4,891 4,891 0 0 0 0 4,891 A
Additional paid-in capital 38,281 38,281 0 0 0 0 38,281 A
Retained earnings 28,096 28,080 0 0 0 0 28,080 B
Common shares in treasury, at cost (185) (185) 0 0 0 0 (185) A
Equity classified as obligation to<br><br>purchase common shares 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A
Accumulated other<br><br>comprehensive income, net of tax (4,150) (4,159) 0 0 0 0 (4,159) C
Total shareholders’ equity 66,933 66,909 0 0 0 0 66,909
Additional equity components 11,708 11,708 0 0 0 0 11,708 G
Noncontrolling interests 1,562 1,562 0 0 0 0 1,562
Total equity 80,203 80,179 0 0 0 0 80,179
Total liabilities and equity 1,435,067 1,432,846 0 371,822 122 598,947 757,372

1 References provide the mapping of regulatory balance sheet items used to calculate regulatory capital as reflected in the column “References” in “EU CC1–Composition

of regulatory own funds”. Where applicable, more detailed information are provided in the respective reference footnote section.

2 Eligible Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 instruments are reflected in these balance sheet positions based on their IFRS carrying values.

18

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g
Carrying values of items:
in € m. Carrying<br><br>values as<br><br>reported in<br><br>published<br><br>financial<br><br>statements Carrying<br><br>values under<br><br>scope of<br><br>prudential<br><br>consolida-<br><br>tion Subject to<br><br>the credit<br><br>risk<br><br>framework Subject to<br><br>the<br><br>counterparty<br><br>credit risk<br><br>framework Subject to<br><br>the securiti-<br><br>zation<br><br>framework Subject to<br><br>the market<br><br>risk<br><br>framework Not subject<br><br>to capital<br><br>requirements<br><br>or subject to<br><br>deduction<br><br>from capital References1
Assets:
Cash and central bank balances 147,494 147,462 147,331 0 0 86,770 0
Interbank balances (w/o central<br><br>banks) 6,160 6,099 5,543 0 0 4,703 0
Central bank funds sold and<br><br>securities purchased under resale<br><br>agreements 40,803 40,803 201 40,602 0 25,446 0
Securities borrowed 44 44 0 44 0 11 0
Financial assets at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss
Trading assets 139,772 137,779 4,252 118 306 133,247 0
Positive market values from<br><br>derivative financial instruments 291,754 291,889 21 291,643 24 291,739 0
Non-trading financial assets<br><br>mandatory at fair value through<br><br>profit and loss 114,324 114,293 5,427 103,870 701 110,822 0
Financial assets designated at<br><br>fair value through profit or loss 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total financial assets at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss 545,849 543,960 9,700 395,631 1,031 535,808 0
Financial assets at Fair Value<br><br>through OCI
Financial assets mandatory at<br><br>fair value through OCI 42,090 41,901 39,113 2,786 2 27,872 0
Equity Instruments designated<br><br>at fair value through OCI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total financial assets at fair value<br><br>through OCI 42,090 41,901 39,113 2,786 2 27,872 0
Equity method investments 1,028 1,028 965 0 1 1,028 63
of which: Goodwill 63 63 0 0 0 0 63 D
Loans at amortized cost 478,921 483,033 451,620 0 31,274 179,790 139
Property and equipment 6,193 6,192 6,192 0 0 2,216 1
Goodwill and other intangible<br><br>assets 7,749 7,749 2,013 0 0 0 5,736 D
Other assets 101,207 101,139 31,519 43,426 4,497 38,557 17,187
of which: Defined benefit<br><br>pension fund assets 1,301 1,299 0 0 0 0 1,299 F
Assets for current tax 1,801 1,799 1,799 0 0 0 0
Deferred tax assets 7,839 7,824 4,370 0 0 2,512 3,454 E
Total assets 1,387,177 1,389,033 700,366 482,488 36,805 904,712 26,580

19

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g
Carrying values of items:
in € m. Carrying<br><br>values as<br><br>reported in<br><br>published<br><br>financial<br><br>statements Carrying<br><br>values under<br><br>scope of<br><br>prudential<br><br>consolida-<br><br>tion Subject to<br><br>the credit<br><br>risk<br><br>framework Subject to<br><br>the<br><br>counterparty<br><br>credit risk<br><br>framework Subject to<br><br>the securiti-<br><br>zation<br><br>framework Subject to<br><br>the market<br><br>risk<br><br>framework Not subject<br><br>to capital<br><br>requirements<br><br>or subject to<br><br>deduction<br><br>from capital References1
Liabilities and equity:
Deposits 666,261 666,961 0 1,108 0 129,988 535,864
Central bank funds purchased and<br><br>securities sold under repurchase<br><br>agreements 3,740 3,740 0 3,740 0 1,209 0
Securities loaned 2 2 0 2 0 2 0
Financial liabilities at fair value<br><br>through profit or loss
Trading liabilities 43,498 43,498 0 14 0 42,541 (280)
Negative market values<br><br>from derivative financial 276,395 276,500 0 276,094 175 276,500 0
Financial liabilities<br><br>designated at fair value 92,047 91,803 0 73,179 0 72,664 (7)
Investment contract 454 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total financial liabilities at fair<br><br>value through profit or loss 412,395 411,801 0 349,287 175 391,705 (287)
Other short-term borrowings 9,895 9,899 0 0 0 2,811 7,088
Other liabilities 95,631 93,550 0 49,146 0 34,680 17,674
Provisions 3,326 3,320 0 0 0 1,336 1,983
Liabilities for current tax 720 715 0 0 0 159 556
Deferred tax liabilities 590 477 0 0 0 0 477
Long-term debt 114,899 118,890 0 0 0 26,430 92,460 H.I
of which: Subordinated<br><br>long-term debt2 11,711 11,711 0 0 0 5,249 6,461 H.I
Trust preferred securities2 287 287 0 0 0 0 287
Obligation to purchase common<br><br>shares 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total liabilities 1,307,745 1,309,642 0 403,284 175 588,322 656,102
Common shares, no par value,<br><br>nominal value of € 2.56 5,106 5,106 0 0 0 0 5,106 A
Additional paid-in capital 39,744 39,744 0 0 0 0 39,744 A
Retained earnings 23,368 23,344 0 0 0 0 23,344 B
Common shares in treasury, at cost (713) (713) 0 0 0 0 (713) A
Equity classified as obligation to<br><br>purchase common shares 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A
Accumulated other<br><br>comprehensive income, net of tax (1,229) (1,229) 0 0 0 0 (1,229) C
Total shareholders’ equity 66,276 66,252 0 0 0 0 66,252
Additional equity components 11,550 11,550 0 0 0 0 11,550 G
Noncontrolling interests 1,606 1,589 0 0 0 0 1,589
Total equity 79,432 79,391 0 0 0 0 79,391
Total liabilities and equity 1,387,177 1,389,033 0 403,284 175 588,322 735,493

1References provide the mapping of regulatory balance sheet items used to calculate regulatory capital as reflected in the column “References” in “Own funds template

(incl. RWA and Capital Ratios)”. Where applicable, more detailed information are provided in the respective reference footnote section.

2Eligible Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 instruments are reflected in these balance sheet positions with their values according to IFRS.

Movements in carrying values as reported in published financial statements, i.e. under IFRS scope of consolidation for

December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2025 are primarily driven by the following factors:

Cash, central bank and interbank balances increased by € 18.0 billion, primarily reflecting a € 25.6 billion rise in deposits,

driven by growth in Corporate Cash Management business in the Corporate Bank and higher inflows in the Private Bank

as a result of client acquisition campaigns. Trading assets increased by € 14.0 billion, primarily driven by an increase in

bond positions in the bank’s debt securities portfolio due to client flows and desk positioning, as well as an increase in

precious metal inventory during the year. Positive and negative market values of derivative financial instruments declined

by € 50.4 billion and € 50.6 billion respectively, mainly driven by foreign exchange products due to market volatility,

weakening of the U.S. dollar against the euro and new trades booked at materially lower mark-to-market values. Non

trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss increased by € 10.2 billion, driven by an increase in

securities purchased under resale agreements measured under non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value

through profit and loss, primarily due to increased trading activities. Loans at amortized cost decreased by € 6.3 billion,

mainly driven by a significant impact from foreign exchange movements and strategic reductions in the Private Bank

mortgage portfolio, partly offset by growth in Fixed Income & Currencies business in the Investment Bank. Other assets

20

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet

increased by € 66.3 billion, primarily driven by increases in brokerage and securities related receivables of € 44.7 billion.

This was mainly attributable to higher receivables from pending settlements of regular way trades owing to increased

customer demand based on market conditions. This trend is also reflected in an increase in brokerage and securities

related payables by € 43.5 billion, driving the € 42.1 billion increase in other liabilities. The increase in other assets also

included growth in debt securities classified as hold to collect of € 18.6 billion, in line with the bank’s asset purchase

program initiative to expand the portfolio of European government bonds.. Financial liabilities designated at fair value

through profit or loss increased by € 23.0 billion,mainly attributable to an increase in securities sold under repurchase

agreements as a result of increased secured funding of trading inventory and client activities; as well as an increase in

long term debt driven by new issuances in FIC business in the Investment Bank. Other short-term borrowings increased

by € 8.3 billion, primarily due to newly issued commercial paper during the year.

The overall movement of the balance sheet included an decrease of € 69.3 billion due to foreign exchange rate

movements, mainly driven by weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the euro.

Table EU LI2 presents a description of the differences between the financial statements’ carrying value amounts under

the regulatory scope of consolidation and the exposure amounts used for regulatory purposes.

EU LI2 – Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e
Items subject to:
in € m. Total Credit risk<br><br>framework Securitization<br><br>framework Counterparty<br><br>credit risk<br><br>framework Market risk<br><br>framework
1 Assets carrying value amount under the scope<br><br>of prudential consolidation (as per template LI1) 1,432,846 730,431 37,339 442,724 866,459
2 Liabilities carrying value amount under the scope<br><br>of prudential consolidation (as per template LI1) 1,352,667 0 122 371,822 598,947
3 Total net amount under the scope of prudential<br><br>consolidation 80,179 730,431 37,217 70,902 267,512 5
4 Off-balance-sheet amounts 349,539 325,452 19,526 354
5 Differences in valuations1 0 0 157 33,457
6 Differences due to different netting rules, other<br><br>than those already included in row 2 0 0 0 0
7 Differences due to consideration of provisions3 0 8,042 (32) 5
8 Differences due to the use of credit risk mitigation<br><br>techniques (CRMs) 0 (2,055) 0 (1)
9 Differences due to credit conversion factors 0 (187,642) 0 0
10 Differences due to securitization with risk transfer2 0 (42,888) 39,158 0
11 Other differences4 0 15,253 1,029 934
12 Exposure amounts considered for regulatory<br><br>purposes 1,052,400 846,594 97,056 105,650 3,100 6

1Includes effects due to differences in exposure modelling applying the effective expected positive exposure as well as the SA-CCR for derivatives and financial collateral

comprehensive method for Securities Financing Transactions (SFT) respectively; that also reflects differences as a result of the application of credit risk mitigation and

regulatory netting rules

2Included in the sum of € 39.2 billion are FX mismatches amounting to € 1.6 billion; the amount represents the retained synthetic tranches after consideration of bought

credit protection

3Includes credit-risk related purchase price adjustments arising in the context of asset purchases as well as business combinations

4Primarily reflects valuation differences as a result of regulatory product definition being different from the accounting product definition; moreover, under the

counterparty credit risk framework funded default fund contribution in form of securities are considered in the exposure amounts for regulatory purposes

5Included in the sum of € 267.5 billion are € 2.9 billion net carrying amount attributable to securitization positions in the regulatory trading book covered under the market

risk standardized approach

6Exposure at default is only considered for securitization positions in the regulatory trading book as the remaining exposure is considered within the internally developed

market risk models

21

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e
Items subject to:
in € m. Total Credit risk<br><br>framework Securitization<br><br>framework Counterparty<br><br>credit risk<br><br>framework Market risk<br><br>framework
1 Assets carrying value amount under the scope<br><br>of prudential consolidation (as per template LI1) 1,389,033 700,366 36,805 482,488 904,712
2 Liabilities carrying value amount under the scope<br><br>of prudential consolidation (as per template LI1) 1,309,642 0 175 403,284 588,322
3 Total net amount under the scope of prudential<br><br>consolidation 79,391 700,366 36,630 79,205 316,390 5
4 Off-balance-sheet amounts 339,804 318,362 18,123 37
5,6 Differences in valuations (incl. impact from different<br><br>netting rules)1 0 0 206 28,118
7 Differences due to consideration of provisions3 0 7,485 (30) 1
8 Differences due to the use of credit risk mitigation<br><br>techniques (CRMs) 0 (2,898) 0 0
9 Differences due to credit conversion factors 0 (181,789) 0 0
10 Differences due to securitization with risk transfer2 0 (36,883) 33,709 0 (118)
11 Other differences4 0 19,461 396 1,214
12 Exposure amounts considered for regulatory<br><br>purposes 1,024,355 824,105 89,035 108,574 2,641 6

1Includes effects due to differences in exposure modelling applying the effective expected positive exposure as well as the SA-CCR for derivatives and financial collateral

comprehensive method for Securities Financing Transactions (SFT) respectively; that also reflects differences as a result of the application of credit risk mitigation and

regulatory netting rules

2Included in the sum of € 33.7 billion are FX mismatches amounting to € 1.3 billion; the amount represents the retained synthetic tranches after consideration of bought

credit protection

3Includes credit-risk related purchase price adjustments arising in the context of asset purchases as well as business combinations

4Primarily reflects valuation differences as a result of regulatory product definition being different from the accounting product definition; moreover, under the

counterparty credit risk framework funded default fund contribution in form of securities are considered in the exposure amounts for regulatory purposes

5Included in the sum of € 316.4 billion are € 2.8 billion net carrying amount attributable to securitization positions in the regulatory trading book covered under the market

risk standardized approach

6Exposure at default is only considered for securitization positions in the regulatory trading book as the remaining exposure is considered within the internally developed

market risk models

Article 437 (a) CRR

The table below highlights the difference in the basis of consolidation for accounting and prudential reporting purposes

as it compares the carrying values as reported under IFRS with the carrying values under the scope of the regulatory

consolidation. References in the last column of the table provide the mapping of regulatory balance sheet items used to

calculate regulatory capital. The reference columns presented below reconcile to the reference columns as presented in

the template “EU CC1– Composition of regulatory own funds”.

EU CC2 – Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to balance sheet in the audited financial statements

Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
a b a b
in € m. Carrying<br><br>values as<br><br>reported in<br><br>published<br><br>financial<br><br>statements Carrying<br><br>values under<br><br>scope of<br><br>prudential<br><br>consolida-<br><br>tion References Carrying<br><br>values as<br><br>reported in<br><br>published<br><br>financial<br><br>statements Carrying<br><br>values under<br><br>scope of<br><br>prudential<br><br>consolida-<br><br>tion References
Assets:
Cash and central bank balances 164,659 164,659 137,124 137,124
Interbank balances (w/o central banks) 6,962 6,921 6,766 6,737
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under<br><br>resale agreements 37,509 37,509 32,938 32,938
Securities borrowed 6 6 35 35
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
of which:
Trading assets 153,811 151,914 158,116 156,341
Positive market values from derivative financial<br><br>instruments 241,328 241,458 256,029 256,158
Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value<br><br>through profit and loss 124,495 124,251 118,053 117,888
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit<br><br>or loss 0 0 0 0
Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 519,634 517,623 532,198 530,386

22

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b a b
in € m. Carrying<br><br>values as<br><br>reported in<br><br>published<br><br>financial<br><br>statements Carrying<br><br>values under<br><br>scope of<br><br>prudential<br><br>consolida-<br><br>tion References Carrying<br><br>values as<br><br>reported in<br><br>published<br><br>financial<br><br>statements Carrying<br><br>values under<br><br>scope of<br><br>prudential<br><br>consolida-<br><br>tion References
Financial assets at Fair Value through OCI
Financial assets mandatory at fair value through OCI 43,644 43,377 41,586 41,392
Equity Instruments designated at fair value through OCI 0 0 0 0
Total financial assets at fair value through OCI 43,644 43,377 41,586 41,392
Financial assets available for sale 0 0 0 0
Equity method investments 924 938 890 907
of which: Goodwill 59 59 D 59 59 D
Loans at amortized cost 472,620 472,409 466,581 466,360
Securities held at maturity 0 0 0 0
Property and equipment 5,924 5,923 6,039 6,038
Goodwill and other intangible assets 7,561 7,561 D 7,413 7,413 D
Other assets 167,472 167,779 157,679 157,974
of which: Defined benefit pension fund assets 1,263 1,261 F 1,235 1,233 F
Assets for current tax 1,609 1,605 1,735 1,734
Deferred tax assets 6,544 6,535 E 6,847 6,842 E
Total assets 1,435,067 1,432,846 1,397,830 1,395,880
Liabilities and equity:
Deposits 691,828 692,329 653,367 653,976
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under<br><br>repurchase agreements 4,177 4,177 4,371 4,371
Securities loaned 2 2 2 2
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
of which:
Trading liabilities 42,879 42,921 43,990 43,979
Negative market values from derivative financial<br><br>instruments 225,775 225,828 235,609 235,696
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through<br><br>profit or loss 115,055 114,814 104,783 104,553
Investment contract liabilities 469 0 451 0
Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 384,179 383,563 384,833 384,228
Other short-term borrowings 18,204 18,213 18,090 18,082
Other liabilities 137,713 135,650 141,167 139,256
Provisions 2,408 2,399 2,791 2,788
Liabilities for current tax 694 691 950 947
Deferred tax liabilities 623 507 590 487
Long-term debt 114,754 114,852 113,531 113,628
of which: Subordinated long-term debt1 8,297 8,297 H.I 8,269 8,269 H.I
Trust preferred securities1 283 283 H.I 286 286 H.I
Obligation to purchase common shares 0 0 0 0
Total liabilities 1,354,863 1,352,667 1,319,978 1,318,049
Common shares, no par value, nominal value of € 2.56 4,891 4,891 A 4,988 4,988 A
Additional paid-in capital 38,281 38,281 A 38,849 38,849 A
Retained earnings 28,096 28,080 B 24,897 24,882 B
Common shares in treasury, at cost (185) (185) A (477) (477) A
Equity classified as obligation to purchase common shares 0 0 A 0 0 A
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax (4,150) (4,159) C (3,702) (3,710) C
Total shareholders’ equity 66,933 66,909 64,555 64,531
Additional equity components 11,708 11,708 G 11,840 11,840 G
Noncontrolling interests 1,562 1,562 1,457 1,460
Total equity 80,203 80,179 77,852 77,831
Total liabilities and equity 1,435,067 1,432,846 1,397,830 1,395,880

1Eligible Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 instruments are reflected in these balance sheet positions based on their IFRS carrying values.

Outline of differences in scopes of consolidation

Article 436 (b) CRR

As of year-end 2025, Deutsche Banks’ regulatory group comprised 327 entities (excluding the parent Deutsche Bank

Aktiengesellschaft). The classification applied for these entities is in accordance with CRR. The regulatory group

comprised 20 credit institutions, one payment service provider, three investment firms, 218 financial institutions, three

financial holding companies, nine asset management companies and 73 ancillary services undertakings.

23

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet

As of year-end 2024, the regulatory group comprised 293 entities (excluding the parent Deutsche Bank

Aktiengesellschaft). The regulatory group comprised 22 credit institutions, one payment institution, two investment

firms, 185 financial institutions, three financial holding companies, ten asset management companies and 70 ancillary

services undertakings.

The increase of entities part of Deutsche Banks’ regulatory group compared to 2024 was mainly driven by the

introduction of CRR3 requirements.

13 entities were exempted from regulatory consolidation pursuant to Section 31 (3) KWG in conjunction with Article 19

CRR as per year end 2025 (year end 2024: 15 entities). These regulations allow the exclusion of small entities in the

regulatory scope of application from consolidated regulatory reporting if either their total assets (including off-balance

sheet items) are below € 10 million or below 1% of Deutsche Bank's Group’s total assets. Also, these entities were not

required to be consolidated in Deutsche Bank's financial statements in accordance with IFRS.

These regulatory unconsolidated entities have to be included in the deduction treatment for significant investments in

financial sector entities pursuant to Article 36 (1) (i) CRR in conjunction with Article 43 (c) CRR. The book values of

participations in their equity included in the deduction treatment amounted to in total € 1.8 million as per year end 2025

(year end 2024: € 2.2 million).

Table EU LI3 below illustrates the differences in the scopes of consolidation for financial accounting and regulatory

purposes for the Group. It considers all entities for which the method of the accounting consolidation is different from

the method of the regulatory consolidation. On an entity-by-entity level the table presents the method of accounting

consolidation and then in the following columns whether and how – under the regulatory scope of consolidation – the

entity is recognized. This is then finally supplemented by a short description of the entity.

EU LI3 – Outline of the differences in the scopes of consolidation (entity by entity)

a b c d e f g h
Method of prudential consolidation
Name of the entity Method of<br><br>accounting<br><br>consolidation Full<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dation Pro-<br><br>por-<br><br>tional<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dation Equity<br><br>me-<br><br>thod Nei-<br><br>ther<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dated<br><br>nor<br><br>de-<br><br>duc-<br><br>ted De-<br><br>duc-<br><br>ted Description of the entity
Al Mi'yar Capital 2 Cayman Ltd Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Al Mi'yar Capital SA Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Altersvorsorge Fonds Hamburg Alter Wall Dr.<br><br>Juncker KG Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Ansbacher I S.à r.l. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Ansbacher II S.à r.l. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Atlas SICAV - FIS, en liquidation volontaire Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Australian Secured Personal Loans Trust Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Axia Insurance, Ltd. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Benefit Trust GmbH No consolidation x Financial Institution
Borfield Sociedad Anonima Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
BT Globenet Nominees Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Capital Trust Japan Company Limited (Trust<br><br>Account Project Spark Agreement No. 7536) Full consolidation x Financial Institution
Cathay Advisory (Beijing) Co., Ltd. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Cathay Capital Company (No 2) Limited No consolidation x Financial Institution
CLASS Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Crofton Invest, S.L. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Danube Properties S.à r.l., en faillite Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DB Holding Fundo de Investimento<br><br>Multimercado Investimento no Exterior Crédito<br><br>Privado Full consolidation x Financial Institution
DB International Trust (Singapore) Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DB Management Support GmbH Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB Nominees (Hong Kong) Limited Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB Nominees (Jersey) Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DB Nominees (Singapore) Pte Ltd Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DB Re S.A. Full consolidation x Reinsurance Undertaking

24

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet a b c d e f g h
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Method of prudential consolidation
Name of the entity Method of<br><br>accounting<br><br>consolidation Full<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dation Pro-<br><br>por-<br><br>tional<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dation Equity<br><br>me-<br><br>thod Nei-<br><br>ther<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dated<br><br>nor<br><br>de-<br><br>duc-<br><br>ted De-<br><br>duc-<br><br>ted Description of the entity
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8092 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8093 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8095 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8096 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8097 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8103 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8108 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8139 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8147 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8148 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8149 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8151 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8154 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8156 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8157 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8160 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8162 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8163 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8164 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8165 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8166 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8167 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8168 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8174 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8175 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8179 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8182 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8183 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8184 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8185 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8186 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8187 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8188 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8189 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8190 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8191 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8192 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8193 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8194 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8195 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8196 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8197 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8198 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8199 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8201 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8203 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8210 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8211 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8212 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8213 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8214 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8215 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8216 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking

25

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet a b c d e f g h
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Method of prudential consolidation
Name of the entity Method of<br><br>accounting<br><br>consolidation Full<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dation Pro-<br><br>por-<br><br>tional<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dation Equity<br><br>me-<br><br>thod Nei-<br><br>ther<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dated<br><br>nor<br><br>de-<br><br>duc-<br><br>ted De-<br><br>duc-<br><br>ted Description of the entity
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8217 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8218 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8219 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8220 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8221 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8222 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8223 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8224 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8225 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8226 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8227 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8057 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8060 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8070 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8071 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8090 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8099 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8100 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8101 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8105 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8106 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8109 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8118 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8121 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8122 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8123 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8124 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8125 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8126 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8128 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8130 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8133 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8134 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8135 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8140 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8152 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8153 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8158 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8159 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8161 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8178 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8909 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8910 Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB Trustee Services Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DB Trustees (Hong Kong) Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DB VersicherungsManager GmbH Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DB Vita S.A. Full consolidation x Insurance Undertaking
DBX ETF Trust Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Deutsche Bank (Cayman) Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Deutsche Bank Immobilien GmbH Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Deutsche Bank Insurance Agency Incorporated Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. - Fiduciary<br><br>Deposits Full consolidation x Other Enterprise

26

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet a b c d e f g h
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Method of prudential consolidation
Name of the entity Method of<br><br>accounting<br><br>consolidation Full<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dation Pro-<br><br>por-<br><br>tional<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dation Equity<br><br>me-<br><br>thod Nei-<br><br>ther<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dated<br><br>nor<br><br>de-<br><br>duc-<br><br>ted De-<br><br>duc-<br><br>ted Description of the entity
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. - Fiduciary<br><br>Note Programme Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Deutsche Bank Representative Office Nigeria<br><br>Limited Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
Deutsche Custody N.V. Full consolidation x Financial Institution
Deutsche Gesellschaft für Immobilien-Leasing<br><br>mit beschränkter Haftung i.L. Full consolidation x Financial Institution
Deutsche Grundbesitz-Anlagegesellschaft mit<br><br>beschränkter Haftung Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Deutsche Securities (Proprietary) Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Deutsche Securities (SA) (Proprietary) Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Deutsche StiftungsTrust GmbH Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Deutsche Trustee Company Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Deutsche Trustees Malaysia Berhad Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Deutsches Institut für Altersvorsorge GmbH Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DI Deutsche Immobilien Treuhandgesellschaft<br><br>mbH Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DWS Alternatives (IE) ICAV Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DWS Alternatives France Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DWS Consulting Shanghai Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DWS Corporate Management Beijing Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DWS EREP Lux 1 S.à r.l. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DWS European Real Estate Partners S.C.A.<br><br>SICAV-RAIF Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DWS Funds Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DWS Garant Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DWS Invest Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DWS Invest (IE) ICAV Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DWS Zeitwert Protect Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
DWS-Fonds Treasury Liquidity (EUR) Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Earls Eight Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Earls Four Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
EC EUROPA IMMOBILIEN FONDS NR. 3 GmbH<br><br>& CO. KG i.I. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Einkaufszentrum "HVD Dresden" S.à.r.l & Co.<br><br>KG i.I. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Emerging Markets Capital Protected<br><br>Investments Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
FCT Orchid Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Fiduciaria Sant' Andrea S.r.l. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Finanzberatungsgesellschaft mbH der<br><br>Deutschen Bank Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
Fir (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Fondo Privado de Titulización PYMES I<br><br>Designated Activity Company Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Franz Urbig- und Oscar Schlitter-Stiftung<br><br>Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
Freddie Mac Class A Taxable Multifamily M<br><br>Certificates Series M-037 Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
Freddie Mac Class A Taxable Multifamily M<br><br>Certificates Series M-041 Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
Freddie Mac Class A Taxable Multifamily M<br><br>Certificates Series M-043 Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
Freddie Mac Class A Taxable Multifamily M<br><br>Certificates Series M-044 Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking

27

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
a b c d e f g h
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Method of prudential consolidation
Name of the entity Method of<br><br>accounting<br><br>consolidation Full<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dation Pro-<br><br>por-<br><br>tional<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dation Equity<br><br>me-<br><br>thod Nei-<br><br>ther<br><br>con-<br><br>soli-<br><br>dated<br><br>nor<br><br>de-<br><br>duc-<br><br>ted De-<br><br>duc-<br><br>ted Description of the entity
Fünfte SAB Treuhand und Verwaltung GmbH &<br><br>Co. Suhl "Rimbachzentrum" KG Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Greenheart (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Grundstücksgesellschaft Wiesbaden<br><br>Luisenstraße/Kirchgasse GbR Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Immobilienfonds Büro-Center Erfurt am<br><br>Flughafen Bindersleben I GbR Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Infrastructure Debt Fund S.C.Sp. SICAV-RAIF Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Inn Properties S.à r.l., en faillite Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Investor Solutions Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Isar Properties S.à r.l., en faillite Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Kuiper Credit Opportunities Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Life Mortgage S.r.l. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Numis Nominees (Client) Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Numis Nominees Limited Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Oasis Securitisation S.r.l. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Oder Properties S.à r.l., en faillite Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
OPB-Oktava GmbH Full consolidation x Financial Institution
OPPENHEIM PRIVATE EQUITY<br><br>Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH Full consolidation x Financial Institution
Palladium Global Investments S.A. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Palladium Securities 1 S.A. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
PEFCO Finance Issuer One S.A.R.L. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
PEIF IV SLP DWS Feeder 2, SCSp No consolidation x Financial Institution
Plantation Bay, Inc. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Property Debt Fund S.C.Sp. SICAV-RAIF Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
PUTTERs Series 3009DB Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs Series 3010DB Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs Series 3011DB Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs Series 3012DB Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs Series 3013DB Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs Series 3014DB Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs/DRIVERs, Series 3005DB Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs/DRIVERs, Series 3007DB Trust Full consolidation x Ancillary Services Undertaking
Rhine Euro CLO I Designated Activity Company Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Rhine Properties S.à r.l., en faillite Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
ROCKY 2021-1 SPV S.r.l. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Somkid Immobiliare S.r.l. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
SP Mortgage Trust Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Stelvio Immobiliare S.r.l. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Swabia 1 Designated Activity Company (in<br><br>liquidation) Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Tagus - Sociedade de Titularização de Creditos,<br><br>S.A. Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Tasman NZ Residential Mortgage Trust Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Trave Properties S.à r.l., en faillite Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Treuinvest Service GmbH Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Wendelstein 2017-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt) Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Wendelstein 2024-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt) Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Wendelstein 2025-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt) Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
5353 WHMR LLC Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Xtrackers (IE) Public Limited Company Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Xtrackers II Full consolidation x Other Enterprise
Xtrackers UCITS Common Contractual Fund Full consolidation x Other Enterprise

28

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Main features of capital instruments

Main features of capital instruments

Article 437 (b-c) CRR

A description of the main features of the Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments issued by

Deutsche Bank is published on Deutsche Bank’s website (db.com/ir/en/capital-instruments.htm). In addition, this website

provides full terms and conditions of all Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments to the

extent that these do not constitute private placements and are treated confidentially.

Capital buffers

Prudential requirements and additional buffers

Article 438 (b) CRR

The Pillar 1 CET 1 minimum capital requirement applicable to the Group is 4.50% of RWA. The Pillar 1 total capital

requirement of 8.00% demands further resources that may be met with up to 1.50% Additional Tier 1 capital and up to

2.00% Tier 2 capital.

Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in supervisory measures such as restrictions of profit

distributions or limitations on certain businesses such as lending. Deutsche Bank complied with the minimum regulatory

capital adequacy requirements in 2025.

In addition to these minimum capital requirements, the following combined capital buffer requirements were fully

effective beginning 2025 onwards. These buffer requirements must be met in addition to the Pillar 1 minimum capital

requirements but can be drawn down in times of economic stress.

The capital conservation buffer is implemented in Section 10c German Banking Act, based on Article 129 CRD and

equals a requirement of 2.50% CET 1 capital of RWA.

The countercyclical capital buffer is deployed in a jurisdiction when excess credit growth is associated with an increase in

system-wide risk. It may vary between 0% and 2.50% CET 1 capital of RWA. In exceptional cases, it could also be higher

than 2.50%. The institution-specific countercyclical buffer that applies to Deutsche Bank is the weighted average of the

countercyclical capital buffers that apply in the jurisdictions where relevant credit exposures are located. As per

December 31, 2025, the institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer was at 0.50%.

In addition to the aforementioned buffers, national authorities, such as the BaFin, may require a systemic risk buffer to

prevent and mitigate long-term non-cyclical systemic or macro-prudential risks that are not covered by the CRR. They

can require an additional buffer of up to 5.00% CET 1 capital of RWA. As of the year end 2025, the systemic risk buffer

applied to Deutsche Bank is 0.14%.

Deutsche Bank continues to be designated as a global systemically important institution (G-SII) by the BaFin resulting in

a G-SII buffer requirement of 1.50% CET 1 capital of RWA in 2025. 2025 BaFin has announced that the G-SII buffer

requirement for Deutsche Bank will be reduced to 1.00% for the year 2026.

Additionally, Deutsche Bank has been classified by BaFin as an “other systemically important institution” (O-SII) with an

additional capital buffer requirement of 2.00% in 2025 which has to be met on a consolidated level and remains

unchanged for 2026. The higher of the buffers for systemically important institutions (G-SII buffer or O-SII buffer) must

be applied.

Pursuant to the Pillar 2 SREP, the ECB may impose capital requirements on individual banks which are more stringent

than statutory requirements (so-called Pillar 2 requirement).

In December 2024, the ECB informed Deutsche Bank of its decision effective January 1, 2025, that the bank’s Pillar 2

requirement changed compared to 2024. This resulted in ECB’s Pillar 2 requirement amounting to 2.90% of RWA. As of

December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank needs to maintain on a consolidated basis a CET 1 ratio of at least 11.26%, a Tier 1

ratio of at least 13.31% and a Total Capital ratio of at least 16.03%. The CET 1 requirement comprises the Pillar 1

minimum capital requirement of 4.50%, the Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) of 1.63%, the capital conservation buffer

of 2.50%, the countercyclical buffer of 0.50% and the systemic risk buffer of 0.14% (both subject to changes throughout

the year) as well as the higher of the bank´s G-SII/O-SII buffer of 2.00%. Correspondingly, the Tier 1 capital requirement

includes additionally a Tier 1 minimum capital requirement of 1.50% plus a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.54%, and the Total

Capital requirement includes further a Tier 2 minimum capital requirement of 2.00% and a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.72%.

In addition, ECB communicated to Deutsche Bank an individual expectation to maintain a further Pillar 2 CET 1 capital

29

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Capital buffers

add-on commonly referred to as the Pillar 2 guidance. This capital add-on is separate from and in addition to the Pillar 2

requirement. The ECB expects banks to meet the Pillar 2 guidance although it is not legally binding, and failure to meet

the Pillar 2 guidance does not lead to automatic restrictions of capital distributions.

On October 28, 2025, Deutsche Bank was informed by the ECB of its decision regarding prudential minimum capital

requirements for 2026 that applies from January 1, 2026, onwards, following the results of the 2025 SREP. The decision

set ECB’s Pillar 2 requirement to 2.85% of RWA, effective as of January 1, 2026, of which at least 1.60% must be covered

by CET 1 capital and 2.14% by Tier 1 capital.

The following table gives an overview of the different Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 minimum capital buffer requirements (but

excluding the Pillar 2 guidance) as applicable to Deutsche Bank for the years 2025 and 2026.

Overview prudential requirements and additional buffers

2025 2026
Pillar 1
Minimum CET 1 requirement 4.50% 4.50%
Combined buffer requirement 5.13% 5.15%
Capital Conservation Buffer 2.50% 2.50%
Countercyclical Buffer¹ 0.50% 0.52%
Systemic Risk Buffer² 0.14% 0.14%
Maximum of: 2.00% 2.00%
G-SII Buffer 1.50% 1.00%
O-SII Buffer 2.00% 2.00%
Pillar 2
Pillar 2 SREP Add-on of Total capital 2.90% 2.85%
of which covered by CET 1 capital 1.63% 1.60%
of which covered by Tier 1 capital 2.18% 2.14%
of which covered by Tier 2 capital 0.72% 0.71%
Total CET 1 requirement from Pillar 1 and 2³ 11.26% 11.25%
Total Tier 1 requirement from Pillar 1 and 2 13.31% 13.29%
Total capital requirement from Pillar 1 and 2 16.03% 16.00%
Pillar 1 Leverage Ratio minimum requirement 3.00% 3.00%
Pillar 2 Leverage Ratio requirement 0.10% 0.10%
G-SII Leverage Ratio Buffer 0.75% 0.50%
Total Leverage Ratio requirement 3.85% 3.60%

1Deutsche Bank’s countercyclical buffer requirement is subject to country-specific buffer rates decreed by EBA and the Basel Committee of Banking Supervision (BCBS)

as well as Deutsche Bank’s relevant credit exposures as per respective reporting date; the countercyclical buffer rate for 2026 has been calculated to be 0.52% based on

known countercyclical buffer changes in 2026; the countercyclical buffer is subject to Deutsche Bank portfolio changes and further changes of countercyclical buffer

rates throughout the year

2The Systemic risk buffer rate for 2026 has been calculated to be 0.14% based on known systemic risk buffer changes in 2026; the systemic risk buffer is subject to

Deutsche Bank portfolio changes and further changes in systemic risk buffer rates throughout the year

3The total Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 CET 1 requirement (excluding the “Pillar 2” guidance) is calculated as the sum of the SREP requirement, the systemic risk buffer requirement,

the capital conservation buffer requirement and countercyclical buffer requirement as well as the higher of the G-SII/O-SII requirement

Article 451 (1)(f) CRR

The Group’s Pillar 1 Tier 1 applicable capital requirement is 3.00% of leverage exposure. An additional leverage ratio

buffer requirement, equivalent to 50% of the applicable G-SII buffer rate, also applies. For Deutsche Bank, this additional

requirement equals 0.75% for 2025 and 0.50% for 2026. Furthermore, the ECB has set a Pillar 2 requirement for the

leverage ratio of 0.10%. This adds up to a total leverage ratio requirement of 3.85% for 2025. In addition, ECB

communicated to Deutsche Bank an individual expectation to maintain a further Pillar 2 Tier 1 capital add-on in relation

to leverage ratio, commonly referred to as the Pillar 2 guidance. This capital add-on is separate from and in addition to

the Pillar 2 requirement. The ECB expects banks to meet the Pillar 2 guidance although it is not legally binding, and

failure to meet the Pillar 2 guidance does not lead to automatic restrictions of capital distributions.

Geographical distribution of credit exposures

Article 440 (a) CRR

The following tables disclose the amount of Deutsche Bank´s countercyclical buffer as well as the geographical

distribution of credit exposures relevant for its calculation in the standard format as set out in Commission Delegated

Regulation (EU) 2015/1555. The geographical split table shows countries on an individual basis if each country imposes a

countercyclical capital buffer rate or the total own funds requirements exceed € 20 million. The values for the remaining

countries are shown as “Other”.

30

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Capital buffers

Countercyclical capital buffer rates are determined by Basel Committee member jurisdictions. Countercyclical capital

buffer varies according to a percentage of risk weighted assets. The “General credit exposures” include only credit

exposures to the private sector. Exposures to the public sector and to institutions are not in scope. The “Trading book

exposures” contain market risk standardized approach non-securitization and trading book securitization positions as

well as the IRC (“Incremental Risk Charge”).

31

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Capital buffers

EU CCyB1 – Geographical distribution of credit exposures relevant for the calculation of the countercyclical capital buffer

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f g h i j k l m
General credit exposures Relevant credit exposures –<br><br>Market risk Securitization<br><br>exposures<br><br>Exposure<br><br>value for non-<br><br>trading book Total<br><br>exposure<br><br>value Own funds requirements
in € m. Exposure<br><br>value<br><br>for SA Exposure<br><br>value<br><br>for IRB Sum of long<br><br>and<br><br>short<br><br>positions of<br><br>trading book<br><br>exposures for<br><br>SA Value of<br><br>trading<br><br>book<br><br>exposures<br><br>for Internal<br><br>models Relevant<br><br>credit risk<br><br>exposures -<br><br>Credit risk Relevant<br><br>credit<br><br>exposures –<br><br>Market risk Relevant<br><br>credit<br><br>exposures –<br><br>Securitization<br><br>positions in<br><br>the non-<br><br>trading book Total Risk-<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts Own fund<br><br>requirements<br><br>weights (%) Countercycli<br><br>cal buffer<br><br>rate (%)
Armenia 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 1.75
Australia 427 6,204 555 291 3,980 11,456 231 12 45 288 3,605 1.41 1.00
Austria 33 1,006 0 0 0 1,039 33 0 0 33 407 0.16 0.00
Belgium 334 3,746 0 0 30 4,110 87 0 0 87 1,091 0.43 1.00
Bermuda 90 1,870 3 31 51 2,045 65 1 1 67 831 0.33 0.00
Brazil 109 1,470 0 519 0 2,098 55 31 0 86 1,080 0.42 0.00
British Virgin Islands 109 5,370 0 47 0 5,526 96 3 0 99 1,234 0.48 0.00
Bulgaria 0 16 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 6 0.00 2.00
Canada 115 3,212 0 816 533 4,675 90 1 7 97 1,217 0.48 0.00
Cayman Islands 989 15,429 221 24 401 17,065 425 49 13 487 6,086 2.39 0.00
Chile 34 259 0 0 0 294 12 0 0 12 146 0.06 0.50
China 439 3,888 0 804 0 5,132 176 6 0 183 2,284 0.90 0.00
Croatia 0 54 0 0 0 54 3 0 0 3 34 0.01 1.50
Cyprus 1 248 0 6 0 255 6 0 0 6 74 0.03 1.00
Czech Republic 2 793 0 0 0 794 30 0 0 30 369 0.14 1.25
Denmark 19 814 0 0 0 833 28 0 0 28 346 0.14 2.50
Egypt 132 384 0 27 0 542 21 0 0 21 258 0.10 0.00
Estonia 3 214 0 0 0 217 6 0 0 6 74 0.03 1.50
Faroe Islands 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 1.00
France 302 8,453 12 0 554 9,321 265 1 14 279 3,488 1.37 1.00
Germany 21,320 227,921 0 0 10,808 260,049 7,147 0 157 7,303 91,290 35.79 0.75
Greece 5 74 0 0 0 79 2 0 0 2 28 0.01 0.25
Hong Kong 208 4,051 0 162 0 4,421 95 4 0 99 1,238 0.49 0.50
Hungary 3 403 0 0 0 406 12 0 0 12 147 0.06 1.00
Iceland 2 7 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 4 0.00 2.50
India 2,691 8,155 0 600 85 11,531 604 18 1 623 7,793 3.06 0.00
Indonesia 134 1,425 0 54 3 1,617 59 0 3 62 779 0.31 0.00
Ireland 499 10,251 439 0 2,551 13,740 207 66 98 371 4,640 1.82 1.50
Israel 26 525 0 541 0 1,093 23 5 0 28 352 0.14 0.00
Italy (incl. San Marino) 2,458 24,095 28 0 1,292 27,872 1,032 3 40 1,075 13,439 5.27 0.00
Japan 275 2,268 0 628 32 3,204 114 12 1 127 1,586 0.62 0.00
Jersey 308 2,269 39 0 559 3,175 107 4 7 117 1,467 0.58 0.00
Latvia 60 5 0 0 0 65 4 0 0 4 52 0.02 1.00
Lithuania 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 2 0.00 1.00
Luxembourg 4,099 18,341 31 0 6,087 28,558 580 3 79 662 8,278 3.25 0.50

32

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Capital buffers
Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g h i j k l m
General credit exposures Relevant credit exposures –<br><br>Market risk Securitization<br><br>exposures<br><br>Exposure<br><br>value for non-<br><br>trading book Total<br><br>exposure<br><br>value Own funds requirements
in € m. Exposure<br><br>value<br><br>for SA Exposure<br><br>value<br><br>for IRB Sum of long<br><br>and<br><br>short<br><br>positions of<br><br>trading book<br><br>exposures for<br><br>SA Value of<br><br>trading<br><br>book<br><br>exposures<br><br>for Internal<br><br>models Relevant<br><br>credit risk<br><br>exposures -<br><br>Credit risk Relevant<br><br>credit<br><br>exposures –<br><br>Market risk Relevant<br><br>credit<br><br>exposures –<br><br>Securitization<br><br>positions in<br><br>the non-<br><br>trading book Total Risk-<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts Own fund<br><br>requirements<br><br>weights (%) Countercycli<br><br>cal buffer<br><br>rate (%)
Malaysia 9 791 0 0 0 801 21 0 0 21 263 0.10 0.00
Mauritius 29 475 0 8 0 513 31 1 0 31 392 0.15 0.00
Mexico 15 2,325 0 27 0 2,366 82 0 0 82 1,024 0.40 0.00
Netherlands 1,040 10,949 38 0 204 12,231 328 2 4 333 4,165 1.63 2.00
Nigeria 222 257 0 0 0 479 23 0 0 23 282 0.11 0.00
Norway 41 810 0 0 0 850 31 0 0 31 387 0.15 2.50
Poland 31 1,778 0 0 0 1,809 50 0 0 50 623 0.24 1.00
Qatar 24 1,611 0 0 0 1,634 26 0 0 26 330 0.13 0.00
Romania 3 159 0 0 0 162 6 0 0 6 80 0.03 1.00
Russian Federation 15 16 0 0 0 31 2 0 0 2 22 0.01 0.50
Saudi Arabia 95 1,273 0 0 77 1,446 32 0 3 35 439 0.17 0.00
Singapore 1,594 5,653 253 668 0 8,168 250 7 0 257 3,208 1.26 0.00
Slovakia 0 76 0 0 0 77 2 0 0 2 28 0.01 1.50
Slovenia 3 78 0 0 0 81 2 0 0 2 28 0.01 1.00
South Korea 35 2,171 0 773 0 2,980 50 10 0 59 742 0.29 1.00
South Africa 12 461 0 208 0 681 22 5 0 27 341 0.13 0.00
Spain 332 18,006 36 0 20 18,394 569 3 2 575 7,185 2.82 0.50
Sri Lanka 10 150 0 56 0 216 9 14 0 23 282 0.11 0.00
Sweden 53 2,448 0 0 0 2,501 80 0 0 80 1,001 0.39 2.00
Switzerland 294 9,520 0 0 0 9,814 220 0 0 220 2,754 1.08 0.00
Taiwan 72 1,270 0 47 0 1,389 24 2 0 26 324 0.13 0.00
Thailand 22 915 0 0 0 937 27 1 0 28 346 0.14 0.00
Turkey 85 961 0 0 0 1,046 33 0 0 33 416 0.16 0.00
United Arab Emirates 86 3,467 0 0 0 3,552 63 1 0 63 793 0.31 0.00
United Kingdom 1,162 20,930 500 2,189 2,425 27,207 708 40 44 792 9,905 3.88 2.00
United States of America<br><br>(incl. Puerto Rico) 4,770 117,770 945 0 64,663 188,148 3,519 173 882 4,574 57,172 22.42 0.00
Vietnam 13 586 0 0 0 599 35 0 0 35 433 0.17 0.00
Other 2,469 10,139 0 17,936 2,700 33,243 378 266 23 668 8,349 3.27 0.00
Total 47,764 568,270 3,100 26,462 97,056 742,653 18,236 745 1,423 20,403 255,040 100.00 0.50

33

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Capital buffers Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g h i j k l m
General credit exposures Relevant credit exposures –<br><br>Market risk Securitizatio<br><br>n exposures<br><br>Exposure<br><br>value for<br><br>non-trading<br><br>book Total<br><br>exposure<br><br>value Own funds requirements
in € m. Exposure<br><br>value for SA Exposure<br><br>value for IRB Sum of long<br><br>and short<br><br>positions of<br><br>trading book<br><br>exposures for<br><br>SA Value of<br><br>trading book<br><br>exposures for<br><br>Internal<br><br>models Relevant<br><br>credit risk<br><br>exposures -<br><br>Credit risk Relevant<br><br>credit<br><br>exposures –<br><br>Market risk Relevant<br><br>credit<br><br>exposures –<br><br>Securitizatio<br><br>n positions in<br><br>the non-<br><br>trading book Total Risk-<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts Own fund<br><br>requirements<br><br>weights (%) Countercycli<br><br>cal buffer<br><br>rate (%)
Armenia 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 1.50
Australia 270 5,081 394 0 3,567 9,311 170 9 42 221 2,763 1.11 1.00
Austria 12 1,183 0 0 0 1,195 29 0 0 29 361 0.14 0.00
Belgium 277 3,716 0 0 25 4,019 85 0 0 86 1,075 0.43 1.00
Benin 0 766 0 0 0 767 30 0 0 30 378 0.15 0.00
Bermuda 162 2,289 0 0 51 2,502 102 0 1 103 1,290 0.52 0.00
Brazil 100 1,614 0 0 0 1,714 75 0 0 75 935 0.37 0.00
British Virgin Islands 15 5,613 0 0 0 5,628 75 0 0 75 940 0.38 0.00
Bulgaria 0 20 0 0 0 20 1 0 0 1 7 0.00 2.00
Canada 100 2,856 0 0 558 3,513 104 0 9 113 1,411 0.56 0.00
Cayman Islands 730 13,710 59 0 426 14,926 446 3 7 457 5,707 2.29 0.00
Chile 52 151 0 0 0 203 8 0 0 8 99 0.04 0.50
China 422 4,022 1 0 0 4,445 164 1 0 164 2,056 0.82 0.00
Croatia 0 33 0 0 0 34 1 0 0 1 9 0.00 1.50
Cyprus 3 285 0 0 0 288 7 0 0 7 93 0.04 1.00
Czech Republic 1 519 0 0 0 520 18 0 0 18 227 0.09 1.25
Denmark 30 795 0 0 0 825 30 0 0 30 371 0.15 2.50
Egypt 2 750 0 0 0 751 35 0 0 35 440 0.18 0.00
Estonia 3 230 0 0 0 233 7 0 0 7 90 0.04 1.50
France 224 8,467 242 0 737 9,670 245 34 12 291 3,638 1.46 1.00
Germany 15,709 233,860 72 0 10,233 259,873 7,157 4 167 7,328 91,600 36.68 0.75
Ghana 0 283 0 0 0 283 25 0 0 25 306 0.12 0.00
Guernsey 15 1,364 0 0 0 1,379 44 0 0 44 555 0.22 0.00
Hong Kong 71 3,847 0 0 0 3,917 81 0 0 81 1,008 0.40 0.50
Hungary 34 384 0 0 0 419 13 0 0 13 165 0.07 0.50
Iceland 2 7 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 5 0.00 2.50
India 2,907 8,524 0 0 138 11,569 701 0 2 703 8,785 3.52 0.00
Indonesia 8 1,392 0 0 0 1,400 66 0 0 66 826 0.33 0.00
Ireland 417 8,140 45 0 2,766 11,367 197 6 66 269 3,368 1.35 1.50
Israel 21 623 0 0 0 644 29 0 0 29 358 0.14 0.00
Italy (incl. San Marino) 2,369 24,943 50 0 149 27,511 1,056 4 6 1,066 13,323 5.34 0.00
Japan 270 2,299 0 0 35 2,603 112 0 0 113 1,408 0.56 0.00
Jersey 226 2,628 1 0 563 3,418 103 1 7 110 1,381 0.55 0.00
Latvia 59 5 0 0 0 64 4 0 0 4 51 0.02 1.00
Lithuania 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 2 0.00 1.00
Luxembourg 4,442 18,115 0 0 5,867 28,425 669 0 93 762 9,531 3.82 0.50

34

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Capital buffers
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g h i j k l m
General credit exposures Relevant credit exposures –<br><br>Market risk Securitizatio<br><br>n exposures<br><br>Exposure<br><br>value for<br><br>non-trading<br><br>book Total<br><br>exposure<br><br>value Own funds requirements
in € m. Exposure<br><br>value for SA Exposure<br><br>value for IRB Sum of long<br><br>and short<br><br>positions of<br><br>trading book<br><br>exposures for<br><br>SA Value of<br><br>trading book<br><br>exposures for<br><br>Internal<br><br>models Relevant<br><br>credit risk<br><br>exposures -<br><br>Credit risk Relevant<br><br>credit<br><br>exposures –<br><br>Market risk Relevant<br><br>credit<br><br>exposures –<br><br>Securitizatio<br><br>n positions in<br><br>the non-<br><br>trading book Total Risk-<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts Own fund<br><br>requirements<br><br>weights (%) Countercycli<br><br>cal buffer<br><br>rate (%)
Malaysia 12 848 4 0 0 864 25 3 0 28 347 0.14 0.00
Mauritius 28 462 0 0 0 490 26 0 0 26 321 0.13 0.00
Mexico 5 1,172 0 0 0 1,177 29 0 0 29 359 0.14 0.00
Netherlands 457 11,941 72 0 158 12,628 376 5 4 385 4,807 1.92 2.00
New Zealand 5 340 0 0 1 346 29 0 1 30 381 0.15 0.00
Norway 13 841 0 0 0 855 21 0 0 21 265 0.11 2.50
Pakistan 0 182 0 0 0 182 23 0 0 23 281 0.11 0.00
Poland 14 1,947 0 0 0 1,961 50 0 0 50 619 0.25 0.00
Qatar 29 1,824 0 0 0 1,852 32 0 0 32 405 0.16 0.00
Romania 0 139 0 0 0 139 5 0 0 5 63 0.03 1.00
Russian Federation 16 44 0 0 0 60 2 0 0 2 28 0.01 0.25
Saudi Arabia 78 967 0 0 204 1,249 20 0 5 24 306 0.12 0.00
Singapore 1,491 5,270 172 0 0 6,933 263 3 0 266 3,324 1.33 0.00
Slovakia 0 80 0 0 0 80 2 0 0 2 27 0.01 1.50
Slovenia 1 76 0 0 0 77 2 0 0 2 21 0.01 1.00
South Korea 35 1,991 0 0 0 2,026 34 0 0 34 425 0.17 1.00
Spain 527 18,002 52 0 25 18,605 598 3 3 603 7,542 3.02 0.00
Sweden 36 2,240 0 0 0 2,276 60 0 0 60 746 0.30 2.00
Switzerland 226 9,927 0 0 0 10,152 227 0 0 227 2,839 1.14 0.00
Taiwan 51 748 0 0 0 799 23 0 0 23 284 0.11 0.00
Thailand 9 865 0 0 0 874 25 0 0 25 313 0.13 0.00
Turkey 15 807 0 0 0 822 28 0 0 28 354 0.14 0.00
United Arab Emirates 28 3,021 0 0 0 3,049 58 0 0 58 723 0.29 0.00
United Kingdom 1,075 21,947 531 0 2,691 26,244 649 50 48 747 9,333 3.74 2.00
United States of America<br><br>(incl. Puerto Rico) 4,958 111,334 989 0 62,158 179,439 2,983 129 838 3,949 49,364 19.77 0.00
Uzbekistan 0 528 0 0 0 528 24 0 0 24 298 0.12 0.00
Vietnam 4 634 0 0 0 638 28 0 0 28 356 0.14 0.00
Other 945 9,915 3 17,070 3,038 30,971 362 487 32 881 11,016 4.41 0.00
Total 39,014 566,608 2,686 17,070 93,390 718,768 17,892 742 1,343 19,977 249,711 100.00 0.48

35

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Indicators of global systemic importance

Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer

Article 440 (b) CRR

The following table shows an overview of Deutsche Bank´s countercyclical buffer rate and requirements.

EU CCyB2 – Institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer

Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
a a
1 Total risk exposure amount (in € m.) 347,133 340,805
2 Institution specific countercyclical buffer rate 0.50% 0.48%
3 Institution specific countercyclical buffer requirement (in € m.) 1,721 1,626

Indicators of global systemic importance

Article 441 CRR

Global systemic importance is measured in terms of the impact an institution's failure might have on the global financial

system and the wider economy, rather than the risk that a failure could actually occur. The measurement approach of the

global systemic importance is indicator-based, with the indicators reflecting size, interconnectedness, substitutability, or

financial institution infrastructure for the services provided, as well as complexity and global (cross-jurisdictional)

activity.

EBA issued revised guidelines on the specification of the indicators of global systemic importance and how they

determine the score of G-SII’s under Article 441 CRR as published in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU)

2016/818 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) No 1030/2014. This regulation sets forth implementing technical

standards regarding the uniform formats and date for the disclosure of the values used to identify global systemically

important institutions according to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council.

Moreover, the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/1608 as well as the EBA Guideline “EBA/RTS/2020/08”

amended Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1222/2014 regarding regulatory technical standards for the specification of the

methodology for the identification of global systemically important institutions and for the definition of subcategories of

global systemically important institutions. Further specifications are laid down in the Instructions for year end 2025 G-

SIB assessment, as published by the BCBS on January 20, 2026.

It falls under the aegis of the Financial Stability Board (FSB) and is intended to develop a methodology comprising both

quantitative and qualitative indicators that can contribute to the assessment of the systemic importance of financial

institutions at a global level.

The systemic importance of banks is assessed by the FSB in a global context. In the European Union, national competent

authorities are responsible for identifying G-SIIs. In Germany, the BaFin is responsible for this assessment as prescribed

by the German Banking Act.

Deutsche Bank continues to be designated as a G-SII by the BaFin in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank,

resulting in a G-SII buffer requirement of 1.50% CET 1 capital of RWA in the year 2025 as a result of the 2024 assessment

cycle based on the indicators as published for year end 2023. In the year 2026, Deutsche Bank's G-SII buffer requirement

will drop to 1.00% CET 1 capital of RWA as a result of the 2025 assessment cycle based on the indicators published for

year end 2024.

The disclosure as of December 31, 2024 provided below shows indicators used for determining the score of the

institutions which are calculated based on the aforementioned specific instructions and thus are not directly comparable

to other disclosed information. The EBA respectively the BCBS instructions are based on the regulatory, not the IFRS

accounting consolidated Group. Further, calculation methods as per EBA’s/BCBS’ instructions may lead to further

deviations from other disclosures.

The template below shows the final submission of G-SIB 2024 indicator data to the regulator along with their industry

wide review process that was carried out during the second quarter of 2025 and based on initial publication of the G-SIB

2024 template. Indicator data for the G-SIB assessment reporting template as of December 31, 2025, will be shown in an

update to this Pillar 3 report to be provided with the regulatory submission in April 2026.

36

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Indicators of global systemic importance

G-SIB Assessment Exercise reporting template

in € m. (unless stated otherwise) G-SIB Dec 31, 2024
General Bank Data
Section 1 - General information
a. General information provided by the relevant supervisory authority:
(1) Country code 1001 DE
(2) Bank name 1002 Deutsche Bank AG
(3) Reporting date (yyyy-mm-dd) 1003 2024-12-31
(4) Reporting currency 1004 EUR
(5) Euro conversion rate 1005 1
(6) Submission date (yyyy-mm-dd) 1006 2024-07-16
b. General Information provided by the reporting institution:
(1) Reporting unit 1007 1,000,000
(2) Accounting standard 1008 IFRS
(3) Date of public disclosure (yyyy-mm-dd) 1009 2025-04-10
(4) Language of public disclosure 1010 English
(5) Web address of public disclosure 1011 https://<br><br>www.db.com/ir/en/<br><br>regulatory-<br><br>reporting.htm
(6) LEI code 2015 7LTWFZYICNSX8D621<br><br>K86
Size Indicator
Section 2 - Total exposures
a. Derivatives
(1) Counterparty exposure of derivatives contracts 1012 41,699
(2) Capped notional amount of credit derivatives 1201 20,226
(3) Potential future exposure of derivative contracts 1018 74,620
b. Securities financing transactions (SFTs)
(1) Adjusted gross value of SFTs 1013 147,221
(2) Counterparty exposure of SFTs 1014 4,660
c. Other assets 1015 880,439
d. Gross notional amount of off-balance sheet items
(1) Items subject to a 10% credit conversion factor (CCF) 1019 273,232
(2) Items subject to a 20% CCF 1022 102,152
(3) Items subject to a 40% CCF 2300 0
(3) Items subject to a 50% CCF 1023 204,914
(4) Items subject to a 100% CCF 1024 9,862
e. Regulatory adjustments 1031 14,437
f. Total exposures prior to regulatory adjustments (sum of items 2.a.(1) thorough 2.c, 0.1 times 2.d.(1),<br><br>0.2 times 2.d.(2), 0.5 times 2.d.(3), and 2.d.(4)) 1103 1,328,937
g. Exposures of insurance subsidiaries not included in 2.f net of intragroup:
(1) On-balance sheet and off-balance sheet insurance assets 1701 888
(2) Potential future exposure of derivatives contracts for insurance subsidiaries 1205 0
(3) Investment value in consolidated entities 1208 319
h. Intragroup exposures with insurance subsidiaries reported in 2.g that are included in 2.f 2101 3
i. Total exposures indicator, including insurance subsidiaries (sum of items 2.f, 2.g.(1) thorough 2.g.(2)<br><br>minus 2.g.(3) thorough 2.h) 1117 1,329,504
Interconnectedness Indicators
Section 3 - Intra-Financial System Assets
a. Funds deposited with or lent to other financial institutions 1216 46,523
(1) Certificates of deposit 2102 19
b. Unused portion of committed lines extended to other financial institutions 1217 25,855
c. Holdings of securities issued by other financial institutions
(1) Secured debt securities 2103 1,580
(2) Senior unsecured debt securities 2104 13,889
(3) Subordinated debt securities 2105 883
(4) Commercial paper 2106 0
(5) Equity securities 2107 3,923
(6) Offsetting short positions in relation to the specific equity securities included in item 3.c.(5) 2108 0

37

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Indicators of global systemic importance in € m. (unless stated otherwise) G-SIB Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- ---
d. Net positive current exposure of SFTs with other financial institutions 1219 10,274
e. OTC derivatives with other financial institutions that have a net positive fair value
(1) Net positive fair value 2109 7,529
(2) Potential future exposure 2110 26,723
f. Intra-financial system assets indicator, including insurance subsidiaries (sum of items 3.a, 3.b<br><br>through 3.c.(5), 3.d, 3.e.(1), and 3.e.(2), minus 3.c.(6)) 1215 137,179
Section 4 - Intra-Financial System Liabilities
a. Funds deposited by or borrowed from other financial institutions
(1) Deposits due to depository institutions 2111 25,673
(2) Deposits due to non-depository financial institutions 2112 66,394
(3) Loans obtained from other financial institutions 2113 0
b. Unused portion of committed lines obtained from other financial institutions 1223 0
c. Net negative current exposure of SFTs with other financial institutions 1224 21,224
d. OTC derivatives with other financial institutions that have a net negative fair value
(1) Net negative fair value 2114 8,854
(2) Potential future exposure 2115 26,723
e. Intra-financial system liabilities indicator, including insurance subsidiaries (sum of items 4.a.(1)<br><br>through 4.d.(2)) 1221 148,078
Section 5 - Securities Outstanding
a. Secured debt securities 2116 15,554
b. Senior unsecured debt securities 2117 89,325
c. Subordinated debt securities 2118 11,913
d. Commercial paper 2119 5,954
e. Certificates of deposit 2120 7,945
f. Common equity 2121 34,017
g. Preferred shares and any other forms of subordinated funding not captured in item 5.c. 2122 11,550
h. Securities outstanding indicator, including the securities issued by insurance subsidiaries (sum of<br><br>items 5.a through 5.g) 1226 174,607
Substitutability/Financial Institution Infrastructure Indicators
Section 6 - Payments made in the reporting year (excluding intragroup payments)
a. Australian dollars (AUD) 1061 79,394
b. Canadian dollars (CAD) 1063 259,196
c. Swiss francs (CHF) 1064 233,265
d. Chinese yuan (CNY) 1065 2,538,984
e. Euros (EUR) 1066 33,818,266
f. British pounds (GBP) 1067 2,783,044
g. Hong Kong dollars (HKD) 1068 204,726
h. Indian rupee (INR) 1069 583,573
i. Japanese yen (JPY) 1070 783,966
j. Swedish krona (SEK) 1071 42,348
k. Singapore dollar (SGD) 2133 162,697
l. United States dollars (USD) 1072 103,119,366
m. Payments activity indicator (sum of items 6.a through 6.l) 1073 144,608,824
Section 7 - Assets Under Custody
a. Assets under custody indicator 1074 3,756,991
Section 8 - Underwritten Transactions in Debt and Equity Markets
a. Equity underwriting activity 1075 10,033
b. Debt underwriting activity 1076 265,974
c. Underwriting activity indicator (sum of items 8.a and 8.b) 1077 276,007
Section 9 - Trading Volume
a. Trading volume of securities issued by other public sector entities, excluding intragroup<br><br>transactions 2123 2,847,441
b. Trading volume of other fixed income securities, excluding intragroup transactions 2124 603,351

38

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Indicators of global systemic importance
in € m. (unless stated otherwise) G-SIB Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- ---
c. Trading volume fixed income sub-indicator (sum of items 9.a and 9.b) 2125 3,450,793
d. Trading volume of listed equities, excluding intragroup transactions 2126 677,773
e. Trading volume of all other securities, excluding intragroup transactions 2127 447
f. Trading volume equities and other securities sub-indicator (sum of items 9.d and 9.e) 2128 678,220
Complexity indicators
Section 10 - Notional Amount of Over-the-Counter (OTC) Derivatives
a. OTC derivatives cleared through a central counterparty 2129 27,726,320
b. OTC derivatives settled bilaterally 1905 16,186,326
c. Notional amount of over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives indicator, including insurance subsidiaries<br><br>(sum of items 10.a and 10.b) 1227 43,912,646
Section 11 - Trading and Available-for-Sale Securities
a. Held-for-trading securities (HFT) 1081 148,709
b. Available-for-sale securities (AFS) 1082 34,047
c. Trading and AFS securities that meet the definition of Level 1 assets 1083 119,840
d. Trading and AFS securities that meet the definition of Level 2 assets, with haircuts 1084 16,673
e. Trading and AFS securities indicator (sum of items 11.a and 11.b, minus the sum of 11.c and 11.d) 1085 46,243
Section 12 - Level 3 Assets
a. Level 3 assets indicator, including insurance subsidiaries 1229 24,274
Cross-Jurisdictional Activity Indicators
Section 13 - Cross-Jurisdictional Claims
a. Total foreign claims on an ultimate risk basis 1087 694,100
b. Foreign derivative claims on an ultimate risk basis 1146 62,684
c. Cross-jurisdictional claims indicator (sum of items 13.a and 13.b) 2130 756,784
Section 14 - Cross-Jurisdictional Liabilities
a. Foreign liabilities on an immediate risk basis, excluding derivatives and including local liabilities in<br><br>local currency 2131 428,140
b. Foreign derivative liabilities on an immediate risk basis 1149 48,186
c. Cross-jurisdictional liabilities indicator (sum of items 14.a and 14.b) 1148 476,326
Memorandum Items
Section 21 - Cross-Jurisdictional Activity Items
d. Total foreign claims on an ultimate risk basis (considering SRM as a single jurisdiction) 1280 493,094
e. Foreign derivatives claims on an ultimate risk basis (considering SRM as a single jurisdiction) 1281 42,992
f. Foreign liabilities on an immediate risk basis, including derivatives (considering SRM as a single<br><br>jurisdiction) 1282 370,553

39

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities

Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities

Article 437a CRR and Article 45i(3)(b) BRRD

This section provides detailed information on the composition of Deutsche Bank’s own funds and eligible liabilities, its

main features, its ranking in the creditor hierarchy and its maturities.

As of December 31, 2025 the Group’s available own funds and eligible liabilities amounted to € 131.0 billion, consisting

of € 67.8 billion own funds, € 47.1 billion subordinated liabilities and € 16.1 billion non-subordinated liabilities. The

Group’s regulatory CET1 capital included in the own funds currently contains no impact from the IFRS 9 transitional

impact.

Deutsche Bank predominantly relies on own funds and subordinated eligible liabilities counting towards TLAC and

subordinated MREL for meeting its MREL requirement, while 12.27% of the Group’s MREL capacity is contributed from

eligible liabilities which are not subordinated. Deutsche Bank has no permission as per CRR Article 72b (3) or (4) to use

non-subordinated eligible liabilities for meeting subordinated MREL or TLAC.

As of December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank has excess of CET 1 capital of 8.06% of TREA after meeting the resolution

group’s requirements. This is well above the institution specific combined buffer requirement of 5.13% and establishes a

comfortable distance to triggering distribution restrictions under the MREL Maximum Distributable Amount (M-MDA)

rules.

40

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities

EU TLAC1 – Composition of MREL and G-SII requirement for own funds end eligible liabilities

Dec 31, 2025
a b c
in € m. Minimum<br><br>requirement for<br><br>own funds and<br><br>eligible liabilities<br><br>(MREL) G-SII<br><br>Requirement for<br><br>own funds and<br><br>eligible liabilities<br><br>(TLAC) Memo item:<br><br>Amounts<br><br>eligible for the<br><br>purposes of<br><br>MREL, but not<br><br>TLAC
Own funds and eligible liabilities and adjustments
1 Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1) 49,266 49,266
2 Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) 11,518 11,518
6 Tier 2 capital (T2) 7,050 7,050
11 Own funds for the purpose of Articles 92a CRR and 45 BRRD 67,834 67,834
Own funds and eligible liabilities: Non-regulatory capital elements
12 Eligible liabilities instruments issued directly by the resolution entity that are<br><br>subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered) 41,719 41,719
EU 12a Eligible liabilities instruments issued by other entities within the resolution group<br><br>that are subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered) 0 0
EU 12b Eligible liabilities instruments that are subordinated to excluded liabilities, issued<br><br>prior to 27 June 2019 (subordinated grandfathered) 7,417 7,417
EU 12c Tier 2 instruments with a residual maturity of at least one year to the extent they<br><br>do not qualify as Tier 2 items 30 30
13 Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities (not<br><br>grandfathered pre cap) 14,647 14,647
EU 13a Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities issued prior to 27<br><br>June 2019 (pre-cap) 1,440 1,440
14 Amount of non subordinated instruments eligible, where applicable after<br><br>application of Article 72b (3) CRR
17 Eligible liabilities items before adjustments 65,253 49,166 16,087
of which:
EU 17a subordinated 49,166 49,166
Own funds and eligible liabilities: Adjustments to non-regulatory capital elements
18 Own funds and eligible liabilities items before adjustments 133,087 117,000 16,087
19 (Deduction of exposures between MPE resolution groups)
20 (Deduction of investments in other eligible liabilities instruments) (2,065) (2,065)
22 Own funds and eligible liabilities after adjustments 131,023 114,936 16,087
of which:
EU 22a Own funds and subordinated 114,936
Risk-weighted exposure amount and leverage exposure measure of the resolution<br><br>group
23 Total risk exposure amount 347,133 347,133
24 Total exposure measure 1,327,441 1,327,441
Ratio of own funds and eligible liabilities
25 Own funds and eligible liabilities (as a percentage of total risk exposure amount) 37.74 33.11
of which:
EU 25a Own funds and subordinated 33.11
26 Own funds and eligible liabilities (as a percentage of total exposure measure) 9.87 8.66
of which:
EU 26a Own funds and subordinated 8.66
27 CET1 (as a percentage of TREA) available after meeting the resolution group’s<br><br>requirements 8.06 8.06
28 Institution-specific combined buffer requirement 5.13
of which:
29 Capital conservation buffer requirement 2.50
30 Countercyclical buffer requirement 0.50
31 Systemic risk buffer requirement 0.14
EU 31a Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important<br><br>Institution (O-SII) buffer 2.00
Memorandum items
EU 32a Total amount of excluded liabilities referred to in Article 72a(2) CRR 421,482

41

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- ---
a b c
in € m. Minimum<br><br>requirement for<br><br>own funds and<br><br>eligible liabilities<br><br>(MREL) G-SII<br><br>Requirement for<br><br>own funds and<br><br>eligible liabilities<br><br>(TLAC) Memo item:<br><br>Amounts<br><br>eligible for the<br><br>purposes of<br><br>MREL, but not<br><br>TLAC
Own funds and eligible liabilities and adjustments
1 Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1) 48,522 48,522
2 Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) 11,671 11,671
6 Tier 2 capital (T2) 7,008 7,008
11 Own funds for the purpose of Articles 92a CRR and 45 BRRD 67,200 67,200
Own funds and eligible liabilities: Non-regulatory capital elements
12 Eligible liabilities instruments issued directly by the resolution entity that are<br><br>subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered) 41,233 41,233
EU 12a Eligible liabilities instruments issued by other entities within the resolution group<br><br>that are subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered) 0 0
EU 12b Eligible liabilities instruments that are subordinated to excluded liabilities, issued<br><br>prior to 27 June 2019 (subordinated grandfathered) 9,886 9,886
EU 12c Tier 2 instruments with a residual maturity of at least one year to the extent they<br><br>do not qualify as Tier 2 items 44 44
13 Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities (not<br><br>grandfathered pre cap) 11,734 11,734
EU 13a Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities issued prior to 27<br><br>June 2019 (pre-cap) 1,535 1,535
14 Amount of non subordinated instruments eligible, where applicable after<br><br>application of Article 72b (3) CRR
17 Eligible liabilities items before adjustments 64,432 51,163 13,269
of which:
EU 17a subordinated 51,163 51,163
Own funds and eligible liabilities: Adjustments to non-regulatory capital elements
18 Own funds and eligible liabilities items before adjustments 131,632 118,363 13,269
19 (Deduction of exposures between MPE resolution groups)
20 (Deduction of investments in other eligible liabilities instruments) (2,438) (2,438)
22 Own funds and eligible liabilities after adjustments 129,194 115,925 13,269
of which:
EU 22a Own funds and subordinated 115,925
Risk-weighted exposure amount and leverage exposure measure of the resolution<br><br>group
23 Total risk exposure amount 340,805 340,805
24 Total exposure measure 1,276,035 1,276,035
Ratio of own funds and eligible liabilities
25 Own funds and eligible liabilities (as a percentage of total risk exposure amount) 37.91 34.02
of which:
EU 25a Own funds and subordinated 34.02
26 Own funds and eligible liabilities (as a percentage of total exposure measure) 10.12 9.08
of which:
EU 26a Own funds and subordinated 9.08
27 CET1 (as a percentage of TREA) available after meeting the resolution group’s<br><br>requirements 8.11 8.11
28 Institution-specific combined buffer requirement 5.11
of which:
29 Capital conservation buffer requirement 2.50
30 Countercyclical buffer requirement 0.48
31 Systemic risk buffer requirement 0.13
EU 31a Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important<br><br>Institution (O-SII) buffer 2.00
Memorandum items
EU 32a Total amount of excluded liabilities referred to in Article 72a(2) CRR 411,572

Main features of eligible liabilities instruments

A description of the main features of the Group’s senior non-preferred subordinated eligible liabilities instruments

eligible for subordinated MREL and TLAC and issued by Deutsche Bank is published on Deutsche Bank’s website

(db.com/ir/en/capital-instruments.htm) to the extent that these do not constitute private placements and are treated

confidentially.

42

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities

Ranking in the creditor hierarchy and maturity

The following table provides a simplified overview of the ranking of liabilities in an insolvency proceeding under German

law. The ranking is presented from the more junior liabilities to the more senior liabilities. Deutsche Bank AG’s

subordinated eligible liability instruments qualifying for MREL and TLAC through meeting all the conditions in CRR

Article 72b (2) or being grandfathered pursuant to CRR Article 494b (3) exclusively rank at position 11 in the below order.

Non-subordinated eligible liabilities instruments which are eligible for MREL rank in position 12. Deutsche Bank’s eligible

liabilities instruments do not include any eligible liability according to CRR Article 72b (3) or (4).

Ranking of liabilities in an insolvency proceeding under German law

Rank Label of claims Code
1 Common equity Tier 1 instruments Section 199 of the Insolvency Code
2 Additional Tier 1 instruments Section 39 (2) of the Insolvency Code
3 Tier 2 instruments
4 Claims subordinated by virtue of a contractual subordination clause not specifying the<br><br>pertinent rank (other than Additional Tier 1 or Tier 2 instruments)
5 Claims for repayment of shareholder loans and accrued interest thereon Section 39 (1) no. 5 of the Insolvency Code
6 Claims for the delivery of goods or provision of services free of charge Section 39 (1) no. 4 of the Insolvency Code
7 Criminal and administrative fines Section 39 (1) no. 3 of the Insolvency Code
8 Creditors’ costs related to the insolvency proceeding Section 39 (1) no. 2 of the Insolvency Code
9 Interest and late payment surcharges accrued after the opening of insolvency proceedings Section 39 (1) no. 1 of the Insolvency Code
10 Claims subordinated by virtue of a contractual subordination clause which specifies the<br><br>relevant ranking Section 39 (2) of the Insolvency Code
11 Non-preferred creditor claims arising from non-subordinated, unsecured non-structured<br><br>debt instruments which
(i) are issued before 21 July 2018 and are neither deposits within the positions of no. 13 and<br><br>14 nor money market instruments
(ii) are issued from 21 July 2018 onwards, have an original contractual maturity of at least<br><br>one year, do not qualify as deposits within the position of no. 13 and 14 and the contractual<br><br>documentation and, where applicable, the prospectus explicitly refer to the lower ranking
12 General creditors’ claims Section 38 of the Insolvency Code in<br><br>conjunction with Section 46f (5) of the<br><br>Banking Act, including instruments<br><br>covered by Section 46f (6) sentence 3 and<br><br>46f (7) of the Banking Act
13 Deposits not covered, but preferential Section 46f (4) no. 2 of the Banking Act
14 Deposits covered and preferential Section 46f (4) no. 1 of the Banking Act
15 Costs of proceeding and obligations binding on the estate Sections 53 to 55 of the Insolvency Code
16 Claims subject to a right of separation in insolvency proceedings Sections 49 to 51 of the Insolvency Code
17 Claims subject to a right of segregation in insolvency proceedings Sections 47 and 48 of the Insolvency Code

Deutsche Bank’s own funds and eligible liabilities fall into these insolvency ranks as per below table EU TLAC3a based on

German insolvency law. Liabilities fulfilling the MREL eligibility criteria as per CRR Art 72 are shown in the section “subset

of liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities that are own funds and liabilities potentially eligible for meeting

MREL” and are issued out of the resolution entity Deutsche Bank AG.

43

Deutsche Bank Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities

EU TLAC3a – Creditor ranking

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
in m. Total
Description of insolvency rank R2 R3 R4 R11 R12 R13 R14 R16 R17
Liabilities and own funds 11,518 7,080 600 54,273 549,008 146,032 195,334 176,100 6,142 1,195,355
of which:
Excluded liabilities 0 0 0 0 56,543 0 195,334 163,463 6,142 421,482
Liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities 11,518 7,080 600 54,273 492,465 146,032 0 12,637 0 773,872
Subset of Liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities that are own funds and liabilities potentially eligible for meeting TLAC/MREL 11,518 7,080 0 47,071 16,087 0 0 0 0 131,023
of which:
Residual maturity ≥ 1 year < 2 years 0 104 0 6,638 1,795 0 0 0 0 8,536
Residual maturity ≥ 2 year < 5 years 0 22 0 21,438 5,360 0 0 0 0 26,820
Residual maturity ≥ 5 years < 10 years 0 6,955 0 13,123 6,289 0 0 0 0 26,367
Residual maturity ≥ 10 years, but excluding perpetual securities 0 0 0 5,873 2,643 0 0 0 0 8,516
Perpetual securities 11,518 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 60,784

All values are in Euros.

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
in m. Total
Description of insolvency rank R2 R3 R4 R11 R12 R13 R14 R16 R17
Liabilities and own funds 11,671 7,052 0 54,175 532,990 127,834 191,207 169,744 6,838 1,150,033
of which:
Excluded liabilities 0 0 0 0 56,951 0 191,207 156,576 6,838 411,572
Liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities 11,671 7,052 0 54,175 476,040 127,834 0 13,168 0 738,462
Subset of Liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities that are own funds and liabilities potentially eligible for meeting TLAC/MREL 11,671 7,052 0 48,681 13,269 0 0 0 0 129,195
of which:
Residual maturity ≥ 1 year < 2 years 0 186 0 8,393 859 0 0 0 0 9,438
Residual maturity ≥ 2 year < 5 years 0 41 0 19,780 6,234 0 0 0 0 26,055
Residual maturity ≥ 5 years < 10 years 0 6,825 0 12,127 3,817 0 0 0 0 22,769
Residual maturity ≥ 10 years, but excluding perpetual securities 0 0 0 8,381 2,359 0 0 0 0 10,740
Perpetual securities 11,671 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 60,193

All values are in Euros.

44

Deutsche Bank Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach

Capital requirements

Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach

Article 438 (a) CRR (EU OVC)

The internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) consists of several elements that aim to ensure that Deutsche

Bank maintains, on an ongoing basis, an adequate capitalization to cover the risks to which it is exposed.

Risk identification and assessment:

–The risk identification process forms the basis of the ICAAP and results in an inventory of risks for the Group, and

where appropriate, material legal entities, key branches and business units; the process identifies risks across risk

types (e.g., credit, market, operational) and incorporates input from both the first line and second line of defense

–Materiality of all identified risks is assessed, based on their severity and likelihood to materialize in stressed conditions

–The risk identification process adopts a descriptive, as opposed to taxonomy-driven, risk approach, eliciting how

identified risks could manifest themselves based on potential real-world scenarios and events; this descriptive risk

approach ensures the inventory covers both normative and economic perspectives and allows contributors to focus

on future developments, risk behavior under stress, and impact of mitigating actions

–The risks in the risk inventory are mapped to Deutsche Bank's Group risk type taxonomy

–The resulting inventory of risks, after review and challenge by senior management, informs key risk management

processes, including the development of stress scenarios tailored to Deutsche Bank’s risk profile, informing business

unit risk appetite statements, and risk profile monitoring and reporting

Capital demand/risk measurement:

–Risk measurement methodologies and models are applied to quantify the capital demand required to cover all

material risks, excluding those that cannot be adequately limited by capital, e.g. liquidity risk

–ICAAP differentiates between the normative and economic perspective and this is reflected in the risk measurement

process, which distinguishes between regulatory capital models which form an input into the normative perspective

and economic capital models which form an input into the economic perspective

–Under the normative perspective, Deutsche Bank applies regulatory models to measure risk-weighted assets in order

to determine the regulatory capital demand:

–Credit risks are predominantly measured via the Advanced Internal Ratings Based Approach (A-IRBA); for the

majority of the derivative counterparty exposures as well as securities financing transactions (SFT), internal model

method (IMM) is used in accordance with the CRR

–Market risks are measured by internally developed risk metrics (as approved by the regulator) and regulatory-

defined market risk approaches, namely the Value-at-Risk (VaR), Stressed Value-at-Risk (sVaR) and Incremental

Risk Charge (IRC); the Market Risk Standardized Approach (MRSA) is used to determine the regulatory capital

charge for the specific market risk arising on securitizations in the trading book

–Operational risks are measured using the Standardized Measurement Approach (SMA) since beginning of 2025

–For the measurement of capital demand under the economic perspective, Deutsche Bank applies various internally

developed capital models in line with the economic capital framework and set at a level to absorb, with a confidence

level of 99.9%, aggregate unexpected losses within a one-year time period

–The economic capital model landscape covers all material risks, i.e. quantifies credit, market, operational and strategic

risk; diversification and concentrations are calculated on a group-wide basis; further details on the economic capital

models are provided in the following sections

Capital supply:

–Capital supply quantification refers to the definition of available capital resources to absorb losses; capital supply is

defined for the normative and for the economic perspectives

–The capital supply definition under the normative perspective follows the regulatory requirements in the CRR/CRD

while the economic perspective follows an internal capital supply definition

Risk appetite:

–Risk appetite is an expression of the level of risk that Deutsche Bank is willing to assume to achieve its strategic

objectives

–Risk appetite plays an integral part in the business planning processes via risk strategy and plan, and promotes the

appropriate alignment of risk, capital and performance targets

–Compliance of the plan with risk appetite and capacity is also tested under stressed market conditions

45

Deutsche Bank Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach

–From an ICAAP perspective, risk appetite is set for key capital adequacy metrics and thereby covers the normative (via

the CET 1 ratio, leverage ratio and MREL) and the economic (via the economic capital adequacy (ECA) ratio)

perspective

–These metrics are fully integrated across strategic planning, risk appetite framework, stress testing, and recovery and

resolution planning practices

–Limit breaches are subject to a dedicated governance framework triggering management actions up to the execution

of Deutsche Bank’s recovery plan

–The Management Board reviews and approves the risk appetite on an annual basis, or more frequently in the event of

unexpected changes to the risk environment, with the aim of ensuring that they are consistent with the Group’s

strategy, business and regulatory environment and stakeholders’ requirements

Capital planning:

–Deutsche Bank’s capital management steers the bank's capital stack and capital demand in the short, middle and long

term, specifically via the strategic and capital plan, the rolling forecast, and the downside and countermeasures

analysis process; the holistic management of Deutsche Bank’s capital position looks at each of these elements, with

differing focuses driven by the decision-making context

–The integrated strategic and capital plan translates Deutsche Bank’s overall risk and business objectives as well as

external targets into risk, capital, liquidity, and performance targets for the Group, divisions/business units, and

infrastructure functions

–The strategic plan is based on assumptions regarding the future development of regulatory requirements and

supervisory practices, the banking market and revenue pools, expected client behavior and relative strengths and

capabilities to serve the clients in a competitive environment

–The strategic and capital plan is built over a 5-year horizon and thoroughly reviewed on an annual basis, including

changes to the macro-economic and competitive landscape as well as any other updates to key planning

assumptions, e.g. to the regulatory environment; the strategic plan is finalized with the Management Board approval

and thereafter sent to the Supervisory Board

–As actual developments might deviate from the strategic plan, Deutsche Bank conducts a monthly rolling forecast;

the granularity of each forecast is designed to cover the development of Deutsche Bank’s earnings as well as balance

sheet, resources and capital components; the development of capital and resources is part of the discussions in the

Group Risk Committee (GRC) and Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO); the forecast develops a best estimate of the

base case development at the time, including all material impacts of likely events at an expected level; these

assumptions contain a judgmental element and might include a range of outcomes; to address this, Deutsche Bank

complements the base case with a well-established downside and countermeasure analysis framework

Stress testing:

–Capital plan figures are also considered under various stress test scenarios to prove resilience and overall viability of

Deutsche Bank

–Regulatory and economic capital adequacy metrics are also subject to regular stress tests throughout the year to

constantly evaluate Deutsche Bank’s capital position in hypothetical stress scenarios and to detect vulnerabilities

–The stress testing framework comprises regular, sensitivity-based and scenario-based approaches addressing

different severities and regional hotspots; these activities are complemented by portfolio- and country-specific

downside analyses as well as regulatory-driven exercises such as reverse stress tests

Capital adequacy assessment:

–In addition to the constant monitoring process that capital adequacy undergoes throughout the year, the ICAAP

concludes with a dedicated annual capital adequacy assessment

–The assessment consists of a Management Board statement about Deutsche Bank’s capital adequacy that is linked to

specific conclusions and management actions to be taken to safeguard capital adequacy on a forward-looking basis

Credit risk economic capital model

Deutsche Bank calculates economic capital for counterparty risk, transfer risk and settlement risk as elements of credit

risk. In line with the bank’s economic capital framework, economic capital for credit risk is set at a level to absorb with a

probability of 99.9% very severe aggregate unexpected losses within one year.

The Group’s economic capital for credit risk is derived from the loss distribution of a portfolio via Monte Carlo Simulation

of correlated rating migrations. The portfolio loss distribution is calculated as follows: in a first step, potential credit

losses are quantified on transactional level based on available exposure and loss-given-default information, where loss-

given-default is stochastic. In a second step, the probability of joint defaults is modeled stochastically in terms of risk

46

Deutsche Bank Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach

factors representing the relevant countries and industries that the counterparties are linked to. The simulation of

portfolio losses is then performed by an internally developed model, which takes rating migration and maturity effects

into account. Effects due to wrong-way derivatives risk (i.e., the credit exposure of a derivative in the default case is

higher than in non-default scenarios) are modeled by applying an own alpha factor when deriving the exposure value for

derivatives and securities financing transactions under the Internal Models Method (IMM). The bank allocates expected

losses and economic capital derived from loss distributions down to transaction level to enable management on

transaction, customer and business level.

Deutsche Bank’s asset value credit portfolio model is based on the assumption that an obligor firm defaults when its

value is no longer high enough to cover its liabilities. The obligor’s asset value or "ability to pay" is modeled as a random

process, the ability to pay process. An obligor is taken to default when its asset value or ability to pay falls below a given

default point. Changes in the value of systematic and specific factors are simulated in terms of multivariate distributions.

The weight assigned to systematic and specific components and the covariance of systematic factors are estimated

using equity, credit spread and rating time series or are based on standard settings for particular portfolio segments.

Modeling correlations via a factor model: A factor model describes the dynamics of a large number of random variables

by making use of a reduced and fixed number of other random variables, called factors. The approach has the advantage

of reducing computing time: fewer correlations need to be evaluated, and the factor correlation matrix does not change

when new obligors are introduced. The parameters that specify the factor model are:

–The factor model characteristics for the different borrowers, i.e., the weights for the systematic country and industry

factors (the model uses 41 systematic factors) and the R2, which determines the weight for the specific factor

–The covariance matrix between the country and industry factors

Modeling rating migration: The rating migration methodology requires additional information, namely yield curves and

transition matrices describing the probabilities of migrating between different credit ratings.

–Migration matrix: For K non-default credit rating grades and 1 default credit rating, a migration matrix is a (K + 1) × (K +

1) matrix with entries πij. It expresses in percentage terms the probability πij that any borrower with the credit rating i

moves to the credit rating j in the next time-step.

–Risk-free curve: The risk-free curve required as an input for different points in time is used to derive the corresponding

risk-free discount factors.

Economic capital is derived from Value-at-Risk (VaR) with confidence level α = 99.9%. The economic capital is allocated

to individual transactions using expected shortfall allocation. Portfolio information includes exposure, loss given default,

one-year default probability and maturity. The parameters are largely consistent with the best-estimate components of

the parameters used for regulatory reporting, with the exception of those for derivatives and securities financing

exposure.

Market risk economic capital model

Economic capital for market risk measures the amount of capital needed to absorb very severe, unexpected losses arising

from exposures over the period of one year. “Very severe” in this context means that the underlying economic capital is

set at a level which covers, with a probability of 99.9%, all unexpected losses over a one-year time horizon. Market Risk

Economic Capital consists of the following three components:

–Traded Market Risk, capturing the risk due to valuation changes from market price movements

–Traded Default Risk, capturing the risk due to valuation changes caused by issuer default and migration risk

–Non-traded Market Risk, market risk arising outside of the core trading activities

Traded market risk economic capital (TMR EC)

Deutsche Bank’s market risk economic capital model migrated to historical simulation approach from Monte Carlo in the

second quarter of 2025. This change aligns the scenario generation concept in Economic Capital calculation with the

one used for regulatory capital (i.e. VaR/SVaR). The model comprises two core components, the “common risk”

component covering risk drivers across all businesses and the “business-specific risk” component, which enriches the

Common Risk via a suite of Business Specific Stress Tests (BSSTs). Both components are calibrated to historically-

observed severe market shocks.

Common risk is calculated using a scaled version of the SVaR framework. The SVaR measure itself replicates the Value-

at-Risk calculation that would be generated on the bank’s current portfolio if the relevant market factors were

experiencing a period of stress. In particular, the model inputs are calibrated to historical data from a continuous 12-

month period of significant financial stress relevant to the bank’s portfolio. The SVaR model is then scaled-up to cover a

47

Deutsche Bank Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach

different liquidity horizon (up to 1 year) and confidence level (99.9%). The liquidity horizon framework that is utilized in

the SVaR-based EC model accounts for different levels of market liquidity as well as risk concentrations in the bank’s

portfolios. In terms of coverage, the “common risk” captures systematic and idiosyncratic risks using full revaluation,

although some portfolios remain on sensitivity-based approach. The model incorporates the following risk factors:

interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, volatilities and correlations.

The “business-specific risk” captures more product/business-related bespoke risks (e.g. complex basis risks) as well as

higher order risks not captured in the common risk component. The concept of business-specific risk is in particular

important in areas where the lack of meaningful market data prevents direct use of the common risk model. BSSTs are in

general calibrated to available historical data to obtain a stress scenario. Where appropriate, risk managers use their

expert judgment to define severe market shocks, based upon the knowledge of past extreme market conditions. In

addition to the BSSTs the business specific risk component of the SVaR based EC model also contains placeholders

which carry an estimated EC component on a temporary basis, while efforts are being made to cover those risks with a

proper business-specific stress test or integrate it in the common risk framework.

The Group continuously assesses and refines its market risk EC model to ensure the capture of new material risks as well

as the appropriateness of the shocks applied. The calculation of the Traded Market Risk EC is performed weekly.

Traded default risk economic capital (TDR EC)

TDR refers to changes in the value of instruments caused by default or rating changes of the issuer. For credit derivatives

like credit default swaps (CDS), the rating of the issuer of the reference asset is modeled. TDR covers the following

positions:

–Fair value assets in the banking book;

–Unsecuritized credit products in the trading book;

–Securitized products in the trading book.

The TDR methodology is similar to the credit risk methodology. An important difference between the EC calculation for

traded default risk and credit risk is the capital horizon of 6 months which is used for most TDR positions compared to

12 months used for credit risk. Recognizing traded default risk EC for unsecuritized credit products corresponds to the

calculation of the incremental risk charge for the trading book for regulatory purposes. EC for TDR represents an

estimate of the default and migration risks of credit products at a 99.9% confidence level, taking into account the

liquidity horizons of the respective sub-portfolios.

TDR EC captures the relevant credit exposures across its trading and fair value banking books. Trading book exposures

are monitored by market risk management via single name concentration and portfolio thresholds which are set based

upon rating, size and liquidity. Single name concentration risk thresholds are set for two key metrics: Default Exposure,

i.e., the impact on profit and loss of an instantaneous default at the current recovery rate, and bond equivalent market

value, i.e. default exposure at 0% recovery. In order to capture diversification and concentration effects the bank

performs a joint calculation for traded default risk economic capital and credit risk economic capital. Important

parameters for the calculation of traded default risk are exposures, recovery rates and default probabilities as well as

maturities. For trading book positions exposures, recovery rates and default probabilities are derived from market

information and external ratings and for banking book positions from internal assessments analogous to the credit risk

economic capital model. Rating migrations are governed by issuer type specific migration matrices, which are obtained

from historical rating time series from rating agencies and internal observations. The probability of joint rating

downgrades and defaults is determined by the default and rating correlations of the portfolio model. These correlations

are specified through systematic factors that represent countries, geographical regions and industries.

Non-traded market risk economic capital (NTMR EC)

Non-traded market risk arises from market movements, primarily outside the activities of the Group’s trading units, in the

banking book and from off-balance sheet items. Significant market risk factors which the bank is exposed to and are

overseen by risk management groups in that area are:

–Interest rate risk (including risk from embedded optionality and changes in behavioral patterns for relevant product

types), credit spread risk, foreign exchange risk, equity risk (including investments in public and private equity as well

as real estate, infrastructure and fund assets); and

–Market risks from off-balance sheet items such as pension schemes and guarantees as well as structural foreign

exchange risk and equity compensation risk.

Non-traded market risk economic capital is being calculated either by applying the standard traded market risk EC

methodology (SVaR-based EC model leveraging historical simulation approach) or through the use of non-traded market

risk models that are specific to each risk class and which consider, among other factors, large historically observed

48

Deutsche Bank Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach

market moves, the liquidity of each asset class, and changes in client’s behavior in relation to products with behavioral

optionalities. The calculation of EC for non-traded market risk is performed monthly.

An independent model validation team reviews all quantitative aspects of the MR EC model on a regular basis. The

review covers, but is not limited to, model assumptions and calibration approaches for risk parameters.

Operational risk economic capital model

For the quantification of its economic capital demands the Deutsche Bank Group uses the Advanced Measurement

Approach (AMA). To absorb very severe unexpected losses within one year, economic capital is calculated at a 99.9%

confidence level.

Strategic risk economic capital model

The strategic risk category captures the economic capital arising from earnings volatility risk (which also includes

potential losses from software assets), tax redetermination risk, and a capital charge for the risk related to deferred tax

assets on temporary differences.

The earnings volatility risk economic capital model projects the earnings distribution for the next twelve months on

group level. Important input parameters of the model are the expected revenues and costs from the strategic plan and

monthly forecasts on business unit level. This ensures that the model includes strategic decisions or changes to the

business environment in a timely manner. These projections determine the mean values of the revenue and cost

distributions. The volatilities of the revenue distributions are derived from historical revenue time series of the business

units. Risk concentrations within and across businesses are calibrated using historical revenue time series. Revenues are

then simulated together with costs to allow for a partial offset of revenue decreases by cost reductions, e.g. reduced

bonus payments. Potential cost increases related to software assets are also modelled. The resulting earnings

distribution for the Group is used to derive the economic capital amount, which is held to protect against potential

operating losses covering twelve months with a confidence level of 99.9%, in line with the general economic capital

definition.

Tax risk is determined by reference to corporate income tax, indirect and operational tax re-determination risk with

respect to transactions undertaken by the bank. Tax re-determination risk is the risk that the eventual tax treatment of a

transaction differs from that initially determined by the bank because of a judicial determination or a compromise by the

bank with a tax authority. Examples of tax re-determination risk include a tax ceasing to be creditable, taxable income

being treated as arising, a tax deduction not being granted, a tax consolidated group not being respected, or an anti-

avoidance rule being determined to apply. Tax related inputs of the process are under the direction and control of tax

professionals of the bank who are independent of business units. The calculation of tax risk economic capital is

performed in a portfolio model which incorporates issues with a one-year time horizon. The notional exposure for each

“tax issue” is determined and is then modified for reserves and a settlement adjustment. A probability is assigned to each

“tax issue”. Tax risk economic capital is computed at the 99.9% confidence level of the portfolio loss distribution, which is

obtained through a Monte Carlo simulation.

The capital charge to account for the risk of deferred tax assets on temporary differences mirrors regulatory treatment

and is incorporated through an economic capital placeholder.

Risk type diversification

The economic capital model for risk type diversification is a key component of Deutsche Bank’s economic capital

framework. The purpose of the risk type diversification model is to reflect the diversification effects across all risk types,

resulting in the diversified economic capital at group level. The risk type diversification methodology is based on the

specification of analytical loss distributions for individual risk types (i.e. credit, market, operational and strategic risk),

which are linked via a copula function to reflect their dependence structure. Using advanced simulation techniques, an

aggregate loss distribution across all risk types is calculated for the whole portfolio. Total diversified economic capital is

then derived from the aggregate loss distribution at the 99.9% quantile, i.e. to capture aggregate unexpected losses at

group level over a one-year horizon with a confidence level of 99.9%.

49

Deutsche Bank Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Result of ICAAP

Result of ICAAP

Article 438 (c) CRR (EU OVC)

The internal capital adequacy assessment process concludes that Deutsche Bank is adequately capitalized to cover its

material risks and relevant regulatory requirements under the economic and normative perspective.

The bank assesses capital adequacy from an economic perspective as the ratio of economic capital supply divided by

economic capital demand as shown in the table below. A ratio of more than 100% indicates that the available capital is

sufficient to cover the risk positions. The economic capital adequacy ratio was 194% as of December 31, 2025, compared

with  199% as of December 31, 2024. The overall decline was due to an increase in economic capital demand for market

risk, credit risk and operational risk. This was partly offset by an increase in economic capital supply.

Total economic capital supply and demand

in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
Components of economic capital supply
Shareholders' equity1 66,933 66,276
Noncontrolling interests2 922 957
AT1 coupon and shareholder distribution deduction1 (3,585) (2,565)
Gain on sale of securitizations, cash flow hedges 49 (36)
Fair value gains on own debt and debt valuation adjustments, subject to own credit risk 247 131
Additional valuation adjustments (1,667) (1,680)
Intangible assets (3,513) (3,847)
IFRS deferred tax assets excl. temporary differences (3,006) (4,073)
Expected loss shortfall (2,579) (3,037)
Defined benefit pension fund assets (1,137) (1,174)
Other adjustments1 (2,192) (2,833)
Economic capital supply 50,474 48,119
Components of economic capital demand
Credit risk 13,395 12,507
Market risk 9,970 8,667
Operational risk 4,960 4,645
Strategic risk 1,980 1,936
Diversification benefit (4,234) (3,530)
Total economic capital demand 26,071 24,225
Economic capital adequacy ratio 194% 199%

1Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year

2Includes noncontrolling interest up to the economic capital requirement for each subsidiary

The increase in economic capital supply by € 2.4 billion compared to year-end 2024 was mainly driven by a positive net

income of € 6.9 billion, lower capital deductions from deferred tax assets of € 1.1 billion, from valuation differences

between carrying and fair values for debt securities held to collect of € 0.7 billion, from expected loss shortfall of

€ 0.5 billion and from intangible assets of € 0.3 billion as well as unrealized gains and losses of € 0.3 billion. These

increases were partly offset by € 3.6 billion from deductions for future shareholder distributions relating to the Group’s

50% payout ratio policy in respect of financial year 2025 and accrued AT1 coupon payments, € 3.2 billion from foreign

currency translation adjustments, € 0.3 billion of executed share buyback program, € 0.1 billion from equity

compensation and € 0.1 billion from actuarial gains and losses.

As of December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank’s economic capital demand amounted to € 26.1 billion, which was € 1.8 billion

or 8% higher than € 24.2 billion economic capital demand as of December 31, 2024. Market risk increased by € 1.3 billion

mainly due to migration of economic capital model used for structural foreign exchange risk, including the application of

extended liquidity horizons, as well as transition of market risk economic capital from Monte Carlo simulation to historical

simulation. Credit risk increased by € 0.9 billion due to higher transfer risk driven by increase in exposures from

Investment Bank, Corporate Bank and Corporate & Other as well as higher counterparty risk driven by increase in

Treasury and sovereign exposures. Operational risk increased by € 0.3 billion primarily driven by model changes in the

forward-looking qualitative adjustment component as well as the simplification of the advanced measurement approach

model. These increases were partly offset by an increase in diversification benefit of € 0.7 billion due to the change in risk

type profile and market risk model changes.

50

Deutsche Bank Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Result of ICAAP

The development of capital adequacy ratios under the normative perspective and respective SREP requirements are

described in this report in sections “Development and composition of Own funds”, “Overview of RWA and capital

requirements” and “Leverage ratio”.

Overview of RWA and capital requirements

Article 438 (d) CRR

The table below shows the composition of RWA by risk types and model approaches compared to the previous quarter

end. It also shows the corresponding minimum capital requirements, which is derived by multiplying the respective RWA

by an 8% capital ratio.

EU OV1 – Overview of RWA

Dec 31, 2025 Sep 30, 2025
a c1 b c2
in € m. RWA Minimum<br><br>capital<br><br>requirements RWA Minimum<br><br>capital<br><br>requirements
1 Credit risk (excluding CCR) 207,019 16,562 208,804 16,704
of which:
2 The standardized approach (SA) 42,116 3,369 42,505 3,400
3 The foundation IRB (FIRB) approach 56,105 4,488 56,931 4,554
4 Slotting approach 200 16 202 16
EU 4a Equities under the simple riskweighted approach 0 0 0 0
5 The advanced IRB (AIRB) approach 108,598 8,688 109,167 8,733
6 Counterparty credit risk (CCR) 21,720 1,738 21,136 1,691
of which:
7 The standardized approach 1,567 125 1,517 121
8 Internal model method (IMM) 14,635 1,171 15,373 1,230
EU 8a Exposure to a CCP 3,442 275 3,449 276
9 Other CCR 2,076 166 798 64
10 Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)1 2,591 207 2,695 216
of which:
EU 10a The standardized approach (SA)2 0 0 0 0
EU 10b The basic approach (F-BA and R-BA) 2,584 207 2,692 215
EU 10c The simplified approach 0 0 0 0
15 Settlement risk 135 11 105 8
16 Securitization exposures in the banking book (after the cap) 17,787 1,423 16,859 1,349
of which:
17 SEC-IRBA approach 9,580 766 9,608 769
18 SEC-ERBA (including IAA) 583 47 439 35
19 SEC-SA approach 6,613 529 6,047 484
EU 19a 1250% / deduction 1,011 81 765 61
20 Position, foreign exchange and commodities risks (Market risk) 21,050 1,684 18,921 1,514
of which:
Standardized approach 3,583 287 3,382 271
IMA 17,467 1,397 15,539 1,243
21 Alternative standardized approach (A-SA)³ N/M N/M N/M N/M
EU 21a Simplified standardized approach (S-SA)³ N/M N/M N/M N/M
22 Alternative Internal Models Approach (A-IMA)³ N/M N/M N/M N/M
EU 22a Large exposures 0 0 0 0
23 Reclassifications between trading and non-trading books 0 0 0 0
24 Operational risk 63,183 5,055 58,941 4,715
EU 24a Exposures to crypto-assets 0 0 0 0
25 Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (subject<br><br>to 250% risk weight) 13,648 1,092 12,928 1,034
26 Output floor applied (%) 50.00 50.00
27 Floor adjustment (before application of transitional cap) 0 0
28 Floor adjustment (after application of transitional cap) 0 0
29 Total 347,133 27,771 340,387 27,231

1As of December 31, 2025, total Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) RWA includes € 7 million (September 30, 2025: € 3 million) from simplified treatment for derivative

positions in collective investment undertakings which are not listed separately in this table

2As Deutsche Bank does not have any credit valuation adjustment RWA under the standardized approach, template EU CVA4 – RWEA flow statements of credit valuation

adjustment risk under the Standardized Approach will not be shown in this report

3 On the basis of Article 461a CRR the European Commission decided to postpone the application of the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book (FRTB) for market risk

to January 1, 2027; therefore, the new models market risk RWA and respective reporting templates are not yet applicable

51

Deutsche Bank Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Overview of RWA and capital requirements

As of December 31, 2025, RWA were € 347.1 billion compared to € 340.4 billion as of September 30, 2025. The increase

of € 6.7 billion was primarily driven by operational risk RWA, market risk RWA, RWA for securitization exposures in the

banking book (after the cap), RWA for amounts below thresholds for deduction (subject to 250% risk weight) and RWA for

counterparty credit risk (CCR), which was partly offset by RWA for credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk).

Deutsche Bank´s operational risk RWA increased by € 4.2 billion, driven by the annual update of the bank’s revenue data

as its primary driver.

Market risk RWA increased by € 2.1 billion, primarily driven by higher Stressed-Value-at-Risk (SVaR) due to SVaR window

change, which was partly offset by lower incremental risk charge due to reduction in sovereign bond inventory.

RWA for securitization exposures in the banking book (after the cap) increased by € 0.9 billion mainly driven by increased

exposures calculated with the securitization standardized approach (SEC-SA), a risk weight of 1,250% and the

securitization external rating-based approach (SEC-ERBA).

Furthermore, RWA for amounts below the thresholds for deduction (subject to 250% risk weight) increased by

€ 0.7 billion, primarily driven by higher RWA for deferred tax assets, including the effects from the discontinuation of the

temporary treatment of unrealized gains and losses measured at fair value through OCI in accordance with Article 468

CRR, and investments in financial sector entities.

Counterparty credit risk RWA increased by € 0.6 billion, mainly driven by an increase of € 1.3 billion in other CCR,

reflecting increased securities financing transaction (SFT) exposures under the financial collateral comprehensive

method. This increase was partly offset by counterparty credit risk under the internal model method, which decreased by

€ 0.7 billion, predominantly reflecting reduced exposures for derivatives and SFTs.

The aforementioned increases were partly offset by credit risk RWA (excluding counterparty credit risk) which decreased

by € 1.8 billion, mainly driven by a decrease of € 1.4 billion for RWA under the internal rating-based approach. This

reduction mainly reflects impacts from new synthetic securitizations, impacts from the remediation of regulatory

obligations and foreign exchange movements, partly offset by improved data quality, counterparty rating deteriorations

and refinements of Deutsche Bank´s IRBA model. Additionally, RWA under the standardized approach (excluding RWA

for amounts below the thresholds for deduction) decreased by € 0.4 billion mainly due to reduced exposures along with

lower risk weights in exposure class "Equity" as well as decreased exposures in exposure classes "Exposures in default",

"Central governments and central banks" as well as "Other items". These decreases were partly offset by increased

exposures along with higher risk weights in exposure class "Collective investment undertakings" as well as increased

exposures in exposure class "Retail".

The movements of RWA for credit, credit valuation adjustment, market and operational risk are discussed below in

sections “Development of credit risk RWA”, “CCR exposures development”, “Credit valuation adjustment risk”,

“Development of market risk RWA” and “Operational risk measurement”.

Effect on own funds and RWA that results from applying

capital floors and not deducting items from own funds

Article 438 (da) CRR

The table below shows the composition of RWA by risk type and separated by modelled approaches for which Deutsche

Bank has supervisory approval and where the standardized approaches are used.

In addition, the table provides an overview of RWA calculated using the full standardized approach and RWA that is the

base of the output floor. RWA using the full standardized approach do not reflect rules and regulations applicable at the

reporting date, but instead they are based on CRR3 rules applicable in 2033 assuming no change in regulation between

the reporting date and January 2033. Moreover, the disclosure is based on a static balance sheet assumption which is a

hypothetical scenario. Deutsche Bank will adapt its balance sheet over time and undertake mitigating actions with

respect to RWA under the standardized approach to minimize future output floor impacts.

As of December 31, 2025, the output floor for RWA according to CRR3 has no impact on Deutsche Bank´s RWA. As of

January 1, 2025, Deutsche Bank decided to adopt the rule to deduct exposures for collective investment undertakings

that are assigned to a risk weight of 1,250% from CET1 capital. As of December 31, 2025, this decision reduces the CET1

capital by € 214 million and RWA by € 2.7 billion.

52

Deutsche Bank Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Effect on own funds and RWA that results from applying capital floors and not deducting items from own funds

EU CMS1 – Comparison of modelled and standardized risk weighted exposure amounts at risk level

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d EU d
in € m. RWEAs for<br><br>modelled<br><br>approaches that<br><br>banks have<br><br>supervisory<br><br>approval to use RWEAs for<br><br>portfolios<br><br>where<br><br>standardized<br><br>approaches<br><br>are used Total actual<br><br>RWEAs<br><br>(a + b) RWEAs<br><br>calculated<br><br>using full<br><br>standardized<br><br>approach RWEAs that<br><br>is the base of<br><br>the output<br><br>floor
1 Credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk) 164,903 55,764 220,667 400,239 336,932
2 Counterparty credit risk 16,728 4,992 21,720 83,199 68,283
3 Credit valuation adjustment 2,591 2,591 2,591 2,591
4 Securitization exposures in the banking book 9,580 8,207 17,787 35,704 17,904
5 Market risk 17,375 3,674 21,050 55,967 55,967
6 Operational risk 63,183 63,183 63,183 63,183
7 Other risk weighted exposure amounts 135 135 135 135
8 Total 208,587 138,546 347,133 641,017 544,994
Sep 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d EU d
in € m. RWEAs for<br><br>modelled<br><br>approaches that<br><br>banks have<br><br>supervisory<br><br>approval to use RWEAs for<br><br>portfolios<br><br>where<br><br>standardized<br><br>approaches<br><br>are used Total actual<br><br>RWEAs<br><br>(a + b) RWEAs<br><br>calculated<br><br>using full<br><br>standardized<br><br>approach RWEAs that<br><br>is the base of<br><br>the output<br><br>floor
1 Credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk) 166,299 55,433 221,732 403,615 341,060
2 Counterparty credit risk 16,376 4,759 21,136 80,086 65,896
3 Credit valuation adjustment 2,695 2,695 2,695 2,695
4 Securitization exposures in the banking book 9,608 7,251 16,859 34,498 17,182
5 Market risk 14,541 4,380 18,921 56,108 56,108
6 Operational risk 58,941 58,941 58,941 58,941
7 Other risk weighted exposure amounts 105 105 105 105
8 Total 206,824 133,563 340,387 636,048 541,988

As of December 31, 2025, RWA calculated using full standardized approach amounted to € 641.0 billion compared to

€ 636.0 billion as of September 30, 2025. The increase of € 5.0 billion was primarily driven by operational risk,

counterparty credit risk and securitization exposures in the banking book, partly offset by credit risk. Deutsche Bank´s

operational risk increased by € 4.2 billion, driven by the annual update of the bank’s revenue data as its primary driver.

The increase in counterparty credit risk of € 3.1 billion is mainly driven by increased exposures for derivatives and SFTs

which for the purpose of the output floor are calculated completely under standardized approach for counterparty

credit risk (SA-CCR) and supervisory volatility adjustment approach respectively. Additionally, securitization exposures in

the banking book increased by € 1.2 billion. These increases were partly offset by a reduction of € 3.4 billion, mainly

reflecting impacts from new synthetic securitizations and reduced exposures.

The table below shows credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk) RWA broken down by regulatory exposure classes

as per Article 112 CRR. For this purpose, RWA which are calculated with the internal rating-based (IRB) approach and

assigned to exposure classes as per Article 147 CRR need to be reported in accordance with exposure classes as per

Article 112 CRR for the standardized approach. The IRB exposure classes which are most affected by this reclassification

are "Retail" and “Corporates”. In exposure class “Retail” the movements are predominantly to “Secured by immovable

properties and ADC” (Acquisition, Development and Construction). Main movements in exposure class “Corporates” can

be observed to “Secured by immovable properties and ADC” and “Defaulted exposures”.

The table shows in the first two columns the credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk) RWA for which Deutsche Bank

is using a supervisory approved model and the respective RWA as if computed by standardized approach. Additionally,

the total actual RWA is reported, which include the RWA calculated in the IRB approach and the standardized approach.

Furthermore, the table shows the RWA calculated using the full standardized approach and RWA that is the base for the

output floor. RWA using the full standardized approach do not reflect rules and regulations applicable at the reporting

date, but instead they are based on CRR3 rules applicable in 2033 assuming no change in regulation between the

reporting date and January 2033. Moreover, the disclosure is based on a static balance sheet assumption which is a

hypothetical scenario. Deutsche Bank will adapt its balance sheet over time and undertake mitigating actions with

respect to RWA under the standardized approach to minimize future output floor impacts.

53

Deutsche Bank Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Effect on own funds and RWA that results from applying capital floors and not deducting items from own funds

EU CMS2 – Comparison of modelled and standardized risk weighted exposure amounts for credit risk at asset class level

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d EU d
in € m. RWEAs for<br><br>modelled<br><br>approaches that<br><br>banks have<br><br>supervisory<br><br>approval to use RWEAs for<br><br>column (a) if<br><br>re-computed<br><br>using the<br><br>standardized<br><br>approach Total actual<br><br>RWEAs RWEAs<br><br>calculated<br><br>using full<br><br>standardized<br><br>approach RWEAs that<br><br>is the base of<br><br>the output<br><br>floor
1 Central governments and central banks 4 0 15,011 15,007 15,007
EU 1a Regional governments or local authorities 0 0 111 111 111
EU 1b Public sector entities 93 113 96 116 116
EU 1c Categorized as Multilateral Development Banks in SA 4 3 4 3 3
EU 1d Categorized as International organizations in SA 0 0 0 0 0
2 Institutions 5,122 7,771 5,638 8,288 8,288
3 Equity 233 233 6,823 6,823 6,823
5 Corporates 86,504 161,021 99,770 222,037 174,288
of which
5.1 F-IRB is applied 50,982 87,295 50,982 105,526 87,295
5.2 A-IRB is applied 57,250 122,100 57,250 151,766 122,100
EU 5a Corporates - General 79,118 139,992 92,302 198,436 153,176
EU 5b Corporates - Specialized lending 7,385 21,029 7,469 23,601 21,112
EU 5c Corporates - Purchased receivables 4,493 10,918 4,493 14,548 10,918
6 Retail 17,400 20,383 18,749 21,731 21,731
of which:
6.1 Qualifying revolving 1,320 845 1,320 845 845
EU 6.1a Purchased receivables 12 31 12 31 31
EU 6.1b Other 16,068 19,507 17,417 20,856 20,856
6.2 Secured by residential real estate 30,249 31,971 30,631 47,731 32,353
EU 7a Categorized as secured by immovable properties and<br><br>ADC exposures in SA 47,250 77,467 49,166 94,941 79,383
EU 7b Collective investment undertakings (CIU) 323 560 7,610 7,846 7,846
EU 7c Categorized as exposures in default in SA 7,970 13,616 8,981 14,627 14,627
EU 7d Categorized as subordinated debt exposures in SA 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7e Categorized as covered bonds in SA 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7f Categorized as claims on institutions and corporates<br><br>with a short-term credit assessment in SA 0 0 0 0 0
8 Other non-credit obligation assets 0 0 8,708 8,708 8,708
9 Total 164,903 281,168 220,667 400,239 336,932

54

Deutsche Bank Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Effect on own funds and RWA that results from applying capital floors and not deducting items from own funds
Sep 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d EU d
in € m. RWEAs for<br><br>modelled<br><br>approaches that<br><br>banks have<br><br>supervisory<br><br>approval to use RWEAs for<br><br>column (a) if<br><br>re-computed<br><br>using the<br><br>standardized<br><br>approach Total actual<br><br>RWEAs RWEAs<br><br>calculated<br><br>using full<br><br>standardized<br><br>approach RWEAs that<br><br>is the base of<br><br>the output<br><br>floor
1 Central governments and central banks 5 0 14,667 14,662 14,662
EU 1a Regional governments or local authorities 0 0 125 125 125
EU 1b Public sector entities 96 120 154 178 178
EU 1c Categorized as Multilateral Development Banks in SA 7 4 7 4 4
EU 1d Categorized as International organizations in SA 0 0 0 0 0
2 Institutions 3,831 5,799 4,232 6,200 6,200
3 Equity 0 0 7,006 7,006 7,006
5 Corporates 83,721 160,794 96,885 220,792 173,958
of which
5.1 F-IRB is applied 52,960 89,241 52,960 107,915 89,241
5.2 A-IRB is applied 55,071 123,405 55,071 151,760 123,405
EU 5a Corporates - General 77,608 142,197 90,760 199,919 155,348
EU 5b Corporates - Specialized lending 6,113 18,597 6,125 20,873 18,610
EU 5c Corporates - Purchased receivables 3,786 9,831 3,786 13,246 9,831
6 Retail 19,076 21,499 20,160 22,583 22,583
of which:
6.1 Qualifying revolving 1,215 541 1,215 541 541
EU 6.1a Purchased receivables 17 28 17 28 28
EU 6.1b Other 17,844 20,930 18,928 22,014 22,014
6.2 Secured by residential real estate 31,254 31,599 31,638 47,453 31,983
EU 7a Categorized as secured by immovable properties and<br><br>ADC exposures in SA 49,207 79,876 51,165 97,555 81,835
EU 7b Collective investment undertakings (CIU) 289 510 6,906 7,128 7,128
EU 7c Categorized as exposures in default in SA 7,380 13,028 8,856 14,505 14,505
EU 7d Categorized as subordinated debt exposures in SA 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7e Categorized as covered bonds in SA 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7f Categorized as claims on institutions and corporates<br><br>with a short-term credit assessment in SA 0 0 0 0 0
8 Other non-credit obligation assets 2,689 3,996 11,570 12,877 12,877
9 Total 166,299 285,628 221,732 403,615 341,060

55

Deutsche Bank Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Crypto-asset exposures and related activities

Crypto-asset exposures and related activities

Article 451b CRR

The following table shows the exposure values, RWA and own funds requirements for the types of exposures to crypto-

assets referred to in Article 501d(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. Additionally, the exposure to other crypto assets is

expressed as a percentage of the Tier1 capital.

EU CAE1 – Exposures to crypto-assets

Dec 31, 2025
a b c
Type of exposures, in € m. (unless stated otherwise) Exposure value Risk weighted<br><br>exposures<br><br>amounts<br><br>(RWEA) Own funds<br><br>requirements
1 Tokenised traditional assets 6 0 0
2 Asset referencered tokens 0 0 0
3 Exposures to other crypto assets 0 0 0
4 Total 6 0 0
Memorandum item
5 Exposures to other crypto assets expressed as a percentage of the institutions's T1<br><br>capital 0.00
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- ---
a b c
Type of exposures, in € m. (unless stated otherwise) Exposure value Risk weighted<br><br>exposures<br><br>amounts<br><br>(RWEA) Own funds<br><br>requirements
1 Tokenised traditional assets 10 0 0
2 Asset referencered tokens 0 0 0
3 Exposures to other crypto assets 0 0 0
4 Total 10 0 0
Memorandum item
5 Exposures to other crypto assets expressed as a percentage of the institutions's T1<br><br>capital 0.00

Deutsche Bank holds tokenised and other crypto assets to enable its strategic product build for custody & tokenization.

In addition, the bank is currently building a custody solution capable of institutional-grade safekeeping for selected

digital assets to enable clients to benefit from the decentralized ledger technology. The scope is currently limited to

administration and transfer of digital assets on behalf of the bank’s clients. Go-live (subject to regulatory approval) is

planned for the second half of 2026. Management of risks resulting from crypto-assets and crypto-asset services are

embedded within the Group’s risk management framework and covered by the existent risk appetite statement and

applicable Group-wide policies. In addition, bespoke documentation has been established to cover the crypto-assets and

Markets in Crypto Assets (MiCA) requirement ((EU) 2023/1114).

56

Deutsche Bank Leverage ratio
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework

Leverage ratio

Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework

The non-risk-based leverage ratio is intended to act as a supplementary measure to the risk-based capital requirements.

Its objectives are to constrain the build-up of leverage in the banking sector, helping avoid destabilizing deleveraging

processes which can damage the broader financial system and the economy, and to reinforce the risk-based

requirements with a simple, non-risk based “backstop” measure.

Deutsche Bank calculates its leverage ratio exposure in accordance with Articles 429 to 429g of the CRR.

The Group’s total leverage ratio exposure includes derivatives, securities financing transactions (SFTs), off-balance sheet

exposure and other on-balance sheet exposure (excluding derivatives and SFTs).

The leverage exposure for derivatives is calculated by using a modified version of the standardized approach for

counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR), comprising the current replacement cost plus a regulatory defined add-on for the

potential future exposure. The effective notional amount of written credit derivatives, i.e., the notional reduced by any

negative fair value changes that have been incorporated in Tier 1 capital is included in the leverage ratio exposure

measure; the resulting exposure measure is further reduced by the effective notional amount of purchased credit

derivative protection on the same reference name provided certain conditions are met.

The SFT component includes the gross receivables for SFTs, which are netted with SFT payables if specific conditions are

met. In addition to the gross exposure a regulatory add-on for the counterparty credit risk is included.

The off-balance sheet exposure component follows the standardized approach for credit risk with credit risk conversion

factors (CCF) based on five different buckets (100% for bucket 1, 50% for bucket 2, 40% for bucket 3, 20% for bucket 4

and 10% for bucket 5).

The on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) component reflects the accounting values of the assets

(excluding derivatives, SFTs and regular-way purchases and sales awaiting settlement). The exposure value of regular-

way purchases and sales awaiting settlement is determined as offset between those cash receivables and cash payables

where the related regular-way sales and purchases are both settled on a delivery-versus payment basis.

Assets can be excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure if they have been deducted in the determination of

Tier 1 capital. The corresponding regulatory adjustments are reflected in the asset amounts deducted in determining

Tier 1 capital component.

Article 451 (1)(a-c),(2) and (3) CRR

The following tables show the leverage ratio exposure and the leverage ratio. The first table EU LR1 delivers a

reconciliation of accounting assets reported in the IFRS financial statements to the leverage ratio exposure. The leverage

ratio common disclosure table EU LR2 presents the components of the leverage exposure, the Tier 1 capital and the

leverage ratio as well as the mean value for gross securities financing transaction (SFT) assets. Table EU LR3 provides a

further breakdown of the balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and exempted exposures).

57

Deutsche Bank Leverage ratio
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework

EU LR1 – LRSum: Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures

a a
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
1 Total assets as per published financial statements 1,435,067 1,397,830
2 Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope<br><br>of prudential consolidation (2,220) (1,950)
3 (Adjustment for securitised exposures that meet the operational requirements for the recognition<br><br>of risk transference) 0 0
4 (Adjustment for temporary exemption of exposures to central banks (if applicable)) 0 0
5 (Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognised on the balance sheet pursuant to the applicable<br><br>accounting framework but excluded from the total exposure measure in accordance with point (i)<br><br>of Article 429a(1) CRR) N/M N/M
6 Adjustment for regular-way purchases and sales of financial assets subject to trade date<br><br>accounting (48,542) (46,753)
7 Adjustment for eligible cash pooling transactions 552 650
8 Adjustment for derivative financial instruments (113,227) (133,956)
9 Adjustment for securities financing transactions (SFTs) 4,159 6,019
10 Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (ie conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance<br><br>sheet exposures) 130,156 125,420
11 (Adjustment for prudent valuation adjustments and specific and general provisions which have<br><br>reduced Tier 1 capital) (6,538) (6,139)
EU-11a (Adjustment for exposures excluded from the total exposure measure in accordance with point (c)<br><br>and point (ca) of Article 429a(1) CRR) N/M N/M
EU-11b (Adjustment for exposures excluded from the total exposure measure in accordance with point (j)<br><br>of Article 429a(1) CRR) N/M N/M
12 Other adjustments (71,966) (65,085)
13 Total exposure measure 1,327,441 1,276,035

N/M – Not meaningful

58

Deutsche Bank Leverage ratio
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework

EU LR2 – LRCom: Leverage ratio common disclosure

a b
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs)
1 On-balance sheet items (excluding derivatives, SFTs, but including collateral) 975,681 937,679
2 Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided, where deducted from the balance sheet assets<br><br>pursuant to the applicable accounting framework 1 0
3 (Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions) (32,067) (29,144)
4 (Adjustment for securities received under securities financing transactions that are recognised as<br><br>an asset) 0 0
5 (General credit risk adjustments to on-balance sheet items) (6,225) (5,861)
6 (Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital) (12,798) (12,144)
7 Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) 924,592 890,530
Derivative exposures
8 Replacement cost associated with SA-CCR derivatives transactions (ie net of eligible cash variation<br><br>margin) 45,507 45,156
EU-8a Derogation for derivatives: replacement costs contribution under the simplified standardised<br><br>approach N/M N/M
9 Add-on amounts for potential future exposure associated with SA-CCR derivatives transactions 85,970 78,186
EU-9a Derogation for derivatives: Potential future exposure contribution under the simplified<br><br>standardised approach N/M N/M
EU-9b Exposure determined under Original Exposure Method N/M N/M
10 (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (SA-CCR) (18,323) (14,572)
EU-10a (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (simplified standardised approach) N/M N/M
EU-10b (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (Original exposure method) N/M N/M
11 Adjusted effective notional amount of written credit derivatives 597,235 550,855
12 (Adjusted effective notional offsets and add-on deductions for written credit derivatives) (580,784) (535,251)
13 Total derivatives exposures 129,604 124,374
Securities financing transaction (SFT) exposures
14 Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting), after adjustment for sales accounting<br><br>transactions 426,472 383,660
15 (Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross SFT assets) (273,298) (240,307)
16 Counterparty credit risk exposure for SFT assets 5,658 6,423
EU-16a Derogation for SFTs: Counterparty credit risk exposure in accordance with Articles 429e(5) and 222<br><br>CRR N/M N/M
17 Agent transaction exposures 132 127
EU-17a (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared SFT exposure) 0 0
18 Total securities financing transaction exposures 158,965 149,903
Other off-balance sheet exposures
19 Off-balance sheet exposures at gross notional amount 410,781 377,108
20 (Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts) (280,624) (251,688)
21 (General provisions deducted in determining Tier 1 capital and specific provisions associated with<br><br>off-balance sheet exposures) (313) (278)
22 Off-balance sheet exposures 129,843 125,142
Excluded exposures
EU-22a (Exposures excluded from the total exposure measure in accordance with point (c) and point (ca) of<br><br>Article 429a(1) CRR) N/M N/M
EU-22b (Exposures exempted in accordance with point (j) of Article 429a(1) CRR (on and off balance sheet)) N/M N/M
EU-22c (Excluded exposures of public development banks (or units) - Public sector investments) N/M N/M
EU-22d (Excluded exposures of public development banks (or units) - Promotional loans) N/M N/M
EU-22e (Excluded passing-through promotional loan exposures by non-public development banks (or<br><br>units)) N/M N/M
EU-22f (Excluded guaranteed parts of exposures arising from export credits) (10,326) (8,726)
EU-22g (Excluded excess collateral deposited at triparty agents) N/M N/M
EU-22h (Excluded CSD related services of CSD/institutions in accordance with point (o) of Article 429a(1)<br><br>CRR) N/M N/M
EU-22i (Excluded CSD related services of designated institutions in accordance with point (p) of Article<br><br>429a(1) CRR) N/M N/M

59

Deutsche Bank Leverage ratio
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework
a b
--- --- --- ---
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
EU-22j (Reduction of the exposure value of pre-financing or intermediate loans) (5,238) (5,188)
EU-22k (Excluded exposures to shareholders according to Article 429a (1), point (da) CRR) 0 0
EU-22l (Exposures deducted in accordance with point (q) of Article 429a(1) CRR) 0 0
EU-22m (Total exempted exposures) (15,564) (13,914)
Capital and total exposure measure
23 Tier 1 capital 60,784.3 60,192.5
24 Total exposure measure 1,327,441 1,276,035
Leverage ratio
25 Leverage ratio (in %) 4.58% 4.72%
EU-25 Leverage ratio (excluding the impact of the exemption of public sector investments and<br><br>promotional loans) (%) 4.58% 4.72%
25a Leverage ratio (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank<br><br>reserves) (%) 4.58% 4.72%
26 Regulatory minimum leverage ratio requirement (%) 3.00% 3.00%
EU-26a Additional own funds requirements to address the risk of excessive leverage (%) 0.10% 0.10%
EU-26b of which: to be made up of CET1 capital 0.00% 0.00%
27 Leverage ratio buffer requirement (%) 0.75% 0.75%
EU-27a Overall leverage ratio requirement (%) 3.85% 3.85%
Choice on transitional arrangements and relevant exposures
EU-27b Choice on transitional arrangements for the definition of the capital measure Transitional Transitional
Disclosure of mean values
28 Mean of daily values of gross SFT assets, after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and<br><br>netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivable 188,949 182,878
29 Quarter-end value of gross SFT assets, after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and<br><br>netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables 153,174 143,353
30 Total exposure measure (including the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central<br><br>bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale<br><br>accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables) 1,363,216 1,315,560
30a Total exposure measure (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central<br><br>bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale<br><br>accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables) 1,363,216 1,315,560
31 Leverage ratio (including the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank<br><br>reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale<br><br>accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables) 4.46% 4.58%
31a Leverage ratio (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank<br><br>reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale<br><br>accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables) 4.46% 4.58%

N/M – Not meaningful

60

Deutsche Bank Leverage ratio
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework

EU LR3 – LRSpl: Split-up of on balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and exempted exposures)

a a
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
EU-1 Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs, and exempted exposures) 921,513 888,482
of which:
EU-2 Trading book exposures 153,055 157,631
EU-3 Banking book exposures 768,458 730,851
of which:
EU-4 Covered bonds 0 253
EU-5 Exposures treated as sovereigns 245,697 210,745
EU-6 Exposures to regional governments, MDB, international organizations and PSE, not treated as<br><br>sovereigns 552 109
EU-7 Institutions 12,669 9,486
EU-8 Secured by mortgages of immovable properties 201,897 206,428
EU-9 Retail exposures 38,068 39,082
EU-10 Corporates 189,141 185,264
EU-11 Exposures in default 12,064 11,619
EU-12 Other exposures (e.g. equity, securitizations, and other non-credit obligation assets) 68,370 67,865

Process used to manage the risk of excessive leverage

Article 451 (1)(d) CRR and EU LRA

The Group Risk Committee is mandated to oversee, control and monitor integrated planning of the Group’s risk profile

and capital capacity. The Group Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) actively manages leverage exposure capacity

within the Risk Appetite Framework via a limit setting process to

–Allocate group leverage exposure capacity to businesses

–Support business achievement of strategic performance plans

–Provide a firm basis for achieving the target leverage ratio

–Incentivize businesses to make appropriate decisions on its portfolios, with consideration to asset maturity and

encumbrance amongst others

–Maintain risk and leverage exposure discipline

The governance framework ensures that the leverage exposure capacity is carefully decided to reach the Group’s

external leverage ratio target and avoids an excessive leverage of the bank and its divisions. The resulting leverage

exposure limits include all assets including those inflating the Group’s balance sheet through asset encumbrance. In the

case of divisions exceeding its agreed limits, charges are imposed on the division for the excess amount. The limit excess

charges are calculated in accordance with the Group-wide limit-setting framework for leverage.

Factors impacting the leverage ratio in the second half of 2025

Article 451 (1)(e) CRR and EU LRA

In the second half of 2025 the leverage exposure increased by € 51.4 billion.

The leverage exposure for the asset items not related to derivatives and SFTs increased by € 34.1 billion. This largely

reflects the development of the balance sheet: increases in cash and central bank/interbank balances of € 27.8 billion

and in loans by € 5.3 billion were partly offset by decreases in non-derivative trading assets by € 7.4 billion; remaining

asset items not outlined separately increased by € 9.0 billion. Furthermore, asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1

capital are included which decreased by € 0.7 billion mainly driven by the discontinuation of the temporary treatment of

unrealized gains and losses measured at fair value through OCI in accordance with Article 468 CRR.

The leverage exposure for securities financing transactions (SFTs) increased by € 9.1 billion, largely in line with the

development on the balance sheet.

The leverage exposure related to derivatives increased by € 5.2 billion.

Off-balance sheet leverage exposure increased by € 4.7 billion corresponding to higher notional amounts for lending

commitments and guarantees.

61

Deutsche Bank Leverage ratio
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Factors that had an impact on the leverage ratio in the second half of 2025

The increase in leverage exposure in the second half of 2025 included a negative foreign exchange impact of

€ 1.9 billion. The effects from foreign exchange rate movements are embedded in the movement of the leverage

exposure items discussed in this section.

As of December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank’s leverage ratio was 4.58%, compared to 4.72% as of June 30, 2025. This takes

into account a Tier 1 capital of € 60.8 billion over an applicable exposure measure of € 1,327.4 billion as of December 31,

2025 (€ 60.2 billion and € 1,276.0 billion as of June 30, 2025, respectively).

For the main drivers of the Tier 1 capital development please refer to section “Development and composition of Own

Funds”.

62

Deutsche Bank Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Enterprise and Treasury Risk

Risk management objectives and policies

Enterprise and Treasury Risk

Risk management structure and organization

Article 435 (1)(b) CRR (EU OVA)

Governance principles

The Management Board is responsible for managing Deutsche Bank AG in accordance with the law, the Articles of

Association, and its Terms of Reference.

The Management Board is responsible for ensuring the proper business organization of the Group, which includes

appropriate and effective risk management as well as compliance with legal requirements and internal guidelines, along

with taking the necessary measures to ensure that adequate internal guidelines are developed and implemented.

The bank’s Code of Conduct is designed to ensure ethical conduct, in accordance with Deutsche Bank’s policies and

procedures as well as the laws and regulations that apply to the Group worldwide.

Accountability of senior management is ensured through transparency of its specific position and associated decision-

making authority. Each position requires a separate position description with responsibilities against which individual

performance is assessed.

Management committees (i.e. decision-making bodies) are only permitted where true joint decision making is required.

When committees are established, all members are equally accountable for all topics and decisions within the

committees’ scope of responsibility.

Risk management principles

Deutsche Bank’s business model inherently involves taking risks. Risks can be of financial or operational nature and

include on and off-balance sheet risks. Deutsche Bank’s objective is to create sustainable value in the interests of the

company, taking into consideration shareholders, employees and other company-related stakeholders. The risk

management framework contributes to this by aligning planned and actual risk taking with risk appetite as expressed by

the Management Board, while being in line with available capital and liquidity.

Deutsche Bank’s risk management framework consists of various components, which include the established internal

control mechanisms. Principles and standards are set for each component:

–Risk governance structures provide oversight of the Bank’s risk profile against Risk Appetite

–Organizational structures follow the Three Lines of Defense (3LoD) model with a clear definition of roles and

responsibilities for all risk types

–The 1st Line of Defense (1st LoD) refers to roles in the Bank whose activities generate risks, whether financial or

operational, and who own and are accountable for these risks. The 1st LoD manages these risks within the defined

risk appetite, establishes an appropriate risk governance, and adheres to the risk type frameworks defined by the

2nd Line of Defense (2nd LoD)

–The 2nd LoD refers to the roles in the Bank who define the risk management framework for a specific risk type. The

2nd LoD independently assesses and challenges the implementation of the risk type framework and adherence to

the risk appetite, and acts as an advisor to the 1st LoD on how to identify, assess and manage risks

–The 3rd Line of Defense (3rd LoD) is Group Audit. This function provides independent and objective assurance on

the adequacy of the design, operating effectiveness and efficiency of the risk management system and systems of

internal control

–The Management Board-approved risk appetite must be cascaded and adhered to across all dimensions of the Group,

with appropriate consequences in the event of a breach

–Risks must be identified and assessed

–Risks must be actively managed including via appropriate risk mitigation and effective internal control systems

–Risks must be measured and reported using accurate, complete and timely data using approved models

–Regular stress tests must be performed against adverse scenarios and appropriate crisis response planning must be

established

The Group promotes a strong risk culture where every employee must fully understand and take a holistic view of the

risks which could result from their actions, understand the consequences and manage them appropriately against the

63

Deutsche Bank Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Enterprise and Treasury Risk

risk appetite of the bank. The bank expects employees to exhibit behaviors that support a strong risk culture in line with

the bank’s Code of Conduct. To promote this, Deutsche Bank’s policies require that risks taken (including against risk

appetite) must be taken into account during the bank’s performance assessment and compensation processes. This

expectation continues to be reinforced through communications campaigns and mandatory training courses for all DB

employees. In addition, Management Board members and senior management frequently communicate the importance

of a strong risk culture to support a consistent tone from the top.

Risk governance

Deutsche Bank’s operations throughout the world are regulated and supervised by relevant authorities in each of the

jurisdictions in which the bank conducts business. Such regulation focuses on licensing, capital adequacy, liquidity, risk

concentration, conduct of business as well as organizational and reporting requirements. The European Central Bank

(ECB) in connection with the competent authorities of EU countries which joined the Single Supervisory Mechanism via

the Joint Supervisory Team act in cooperation as Deutsche Bank’s primary supervisors to monitor the bank’s compliance

with the German Banking Act and other applicable laws and regulations.

Several layers of management provide cohesive risk governance:

Deutsche Bank’s Supervisory Board is informed regularly on the risk situation, risk management and risk controlling,

including reputational risk related items as well as material litigation cases. It has formed various committees to handle

specific topics as outlined below.

–At the meetings of the Risk Committee, the Management Board reports on current and forward-looking risk

exposures, portfolios, on risk appetite and strategy and on matters deemed relevant for the assessment and oversight

of the risk situation of Deutsche Bank, including material legal and reputational risks; it also reports on loans requiring

a Supervisory Board resolution pursuant to law or the Articles of Association; the Risk Committee oversees that the

Management Board has in place processes to promote the adherence of Deutsche Bank AG to the applicable risk

policies and regulations, also covering legal and reputational risks; the Risk Committee advises on issues related to the

overall risk appetite, aggregate risk position and the risk strategy and keeps the Supervisory Board informed of its

activities

–The Audit Committee, among other matters, supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring the effectiveness of the

risk management system, particularly of the internal control system including the compliance management system as

well as sustainability-related issues and the internal audit system; it also monitors the Management Board’s

remediation of deficiencies identified

The Management Board established the Group Risk Committee as the central forum for review and decision on material

risk and capital-related topics. The Group Risk Committee has various duties and dedicated authority, including approval

of new or changed material risk and capital models and review of the inventory of risks, high-level risk portfolios, risk

exposure developments, and internal and regulatory Group-wide stress testing results and approval of resource limits,

endorsed by the Group Asset & Liability Committee, for Total Capital Demand, Leverage Exposure and Economic Capital

Demand. In addition, the Group Risk Committee reviews and recommends items for Management Board approval, such

as key risk management principles, the Group risk appetite statement, the Group recovery plan and the contingency

funding plan, over-arching risk appetite parameters, and recovery and escalation indicators. The Group Risk Committee

also supports the Management Board during Group-wide risk and capital planning processes.

The Group Reputational Risk Committee has been established by the Management Board with the responsibility to

review, decide and manage all transactions, client relationships or other primary reputational risk matters escalated in

line with the underlying reputational risk policies and framework, including from the Regional Reputational Risk

Committees.

The Financial Resource Management Council is an ad-hoc governance body, chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and

the Chief Risk Officer, with delegated authority from the Management Board, to oversee financial crisis management at

the bank. The Financial Resource Management Council provides a single forum to oversee execution of both the

contingency funding plan and the Group recovery plan. The council recommends mitigating actions to be taken in a time

of anticipated or actual capital or liquidity stress. Specifically, the Financial Resource Management Council is tasked with

analyzing the bank’s capital and liquidity position, in anticipation of a stress scenario recommending proposals for capital

and liquidity related matters and overseeing the execution of decisions.

The Group Asset & Liability Committee has been established by the Management Board. Its mandate is to optimize the

sourcing and deployment of the bank’s balance sheet and financial resources within the overarching risk appetite set by

the Management Board.

Deutsche Bank’s Chief Risk Officer, who is a member of the Management Board, has Group-wide, supra-divisional

responsibility for establishing a risk management framework with appropriate identification, measurement, monitoring,

64

Deutsche Bank Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Enterprise and Treasury Risk

mitigation and reporting of liquidity, credit, market, enterprise, model and operational risks. However, frameworks for

certain risks are established by other functions as per the business allocation plan.

The Chief Risk Officer has direct management responsibility for the Chief Risk Office function. Risk management and

control duties in the Chief Risk Office function are generally assigned to specialized risk management units focusing on

the management of specific risk types, risks within a specific business or risks in a specific region.

These specialized risk management units generally handle the following core tasks:

–Foster consistency with the risk appetite set by the Management Board and applied to business divisions and their

business units

–Determine and implement risk and capital management policies, procedures and methodologies that are appropriate

to the businesses within each division

–Establish and approve risk limits

–Conduct periodic portfolio reviews to keep the portfolio of risks within acceptable parameters

–Develop and implement risk and capital management infrastructures and systems that are appropriate for each

division.

Risk committee and number of meetings

Article 435 (2)(d) CRR (EU OVB)

Dedicated risk committees are in place both to support the Supervisory Board (the Risk Committee of the Supervisory

Board) as well as the Management Board (the Group Risk Committee).

In 2025, the Risk Committee of the Supervisory Board held eight meetings - four in person, three in hybrid format, and

one via video conference. Two of the meetings were joint sessions with the Compensation Control Committee..

The Group Risk Committee held 27 meetings in 2025.

Risk management strategies and processes

Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA)

Enterprise risk relates to the potential losses or adverse consequences from strategic risk and unduly portfolio

concentrations on an enterprise level:

–Strategic risk is the risk of a shortfall in earnings (excluding other material risks) due to incorrect business plans (owing

to flawed assumptions), ineffective plan execution or a lack of responsiveness to material plan deviations

–Portfolio concentration risk is the risk of exposures to common drivers, including on a country, industry or asset class

basis

Treasury risk relates to the structural balance sheet risks inherent to the banking activities, including interrelated risks

such as liquidity & funding risk, and capital risk:

–Capital risk is the risk that Deutsche Bank has an insufficient level or composition of capital supply to support its

current and planned business activities and associated risks during normal and stressed conditions

–Liquidity & funding risk relates to the risk that Deutsche Bank is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall

due or can only meet its obligations at an excessive cost; for more detailed information please refer to the Liquidity

Risk section of this report

The Enterprise & Treasury Risk Management (ETRM) function establishes strategies and processes to manage enterprise

and treasury risks. This includes inter alia the establishment of an appropriate risk governance, setting of a risk appetite

and risk measurement and reporting. ETRM also acts as the risk controlling function for credit risk including frameworks,

risk appetite, reporting and portfolio analytics, as well as model monitoring.

Enterprise & Treasury Risk Management is also responsible for defining a bank-wide framework for risk management,

integrating and aggregating risks to provide greater enterprise risk transparency and support decision making,

commissioning forward-looking stress tests and managing group recovery plans.

The stress test framework defined by Enterprise & Treasury Risk Management satisfies internal as well as external stress

test requirements. The internal stress tests are based on in-house developed methods and inform a variety of risk

management use cases (risk type specific as well as cross risk). Internal stress tests form an integral part of Deutsche

Bank’s risk management framework, complementing traditional risk measures. The cross-risk stress test framework, the

Group Wide Stress Test (GWST), serves a variety of bank management processes, in particular the strategic planning

65

Deutsche Bank Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Enterprise and Treasury Risk

process, the ICAAP, the risk appetite framework and capital allocation. Capital plan stress testing is performed to assess

the resilience of the bank’s capital plan in adverse circumstances and to demonstrate a clear link between risk appetite,

business strategy, capital plan and stress testing. The time-horizon of internal stress tests is between one and five years,

depending on the use-case and scenario assumptions. In addition to the internal stress test approach, regulatory stress

tests, e.g. the EBA stress test and the US-based CCAR (Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review) stress tests are

performed which strictly follow the processes and methodologies prescribed by the regulatory authorities.

Deutsche Bank’s internal stress tests are performed on a regular basis to assess the impact of a severe economic

downturn as well as adverse bank-specific events on the bank’s risk profile and financial position. The stress test

framework comprises regular, sensitivity-based and scenario-based approaches addressing different severities and is

aligned to increased geopolitical uncertainties. The Group includes all material risk types in its stress testing activities.

These activities are complemented by portfolio- and country-specific downside analysis as well as further regulatory

requirements, such as reverse stress tests and additional stress tests requested by the regulators at group or legal entity

level. The results of the stress tests also inform the bank’s recovery planning. The bank’s methodologies undergo regular

scrutiny from Deutsche Bank’s internal validation team (Model Risk Management) to ensure they correctly capture the

impact of a given stress scenario.

Scope and nature of risk measurement and reporting systems

Article 435 (1)(c), Article 435 (2)(e) CRR (EU OVA)

Overview

Deutsche Bank’s risk measurement systems support regulatory reporting and external disclosures, as well as internal

management reporting across all risk types. The risk infrastructure incorporates the relevant legal entities and business

divisions and provides the basis for reporting on risk positions, capital adequacy and limits, thresholds, or targets

utilization to the relevant functions on a regular and ad-hoc basis. Established units within the CFO and CRO function

assume responsibility for measurement, analysis and reporting of risk while promoting sufficient quality and integrity of

risk-related data and consider, where relevant, the principles for effective risk data aggregation and risk reporting as per

the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision's regulation number 239 (“BCBS 239”). The Group’s risk management

systems are reviewed by Group Audit following a risk-based audit approach.

Deutsche Bank’s reporting is an integral part of Deutsche Bank’s risk management framework and as such aligns with the

organizational setup by delivering consistent information on Group level and for material legal entities as well as

breakdowns by risk types, business division and material business units.

The following principles guide Deutsche Bank’s risk measurement and reporting practices:

–Deutsche Bank monitors risks taken against risk appetite and risk-reward considerations on various levels across the

Group, e.g. Group, business divisions, material business units, material legal entities, risk types, material asset classes,

portfolio and counterparty levels

–Risk reporting is required to be accurate, clear, useful and complete and must convey reconciled and validated risk

data to communicate information in a concise manner to ensure, across material Financial and Non-Financial Risks,

the bank’s risk profile is clearly understood

–Senior risk committees, such as the Group Risk Committee, as well as the Management Board who are responsible for

risk and capital management receive regular reporting (as well as ad-hoc reporting as required)

–Dedicated teams within Deutsche Bank proactively manage material financial and non-financial risks and must ensure

that required management information is in place to enable proactive identification and management of risks and

avoid undue concentrations within a specific risk type and across risks (cross-risk view)

In applying the previously mentioned principles, Deutsche Bank maintains a common basis for all risk reports and aims to

minimize segregated reporting efforts to allow Deutsche Bank to provide consistent information, which only differs by

granularity and audience focus.

Key risk metrics

The Bank identifies a large number of metrics within its risk measurement systems which support regulatory reporting

and external disclosures, as well as internal management reporting across risks and for material risk types. Deutsche Bank

designates a subset of those as “Key Risk Metrics” that represent the most critical ones for which the Bank places an

appetite, limit, threshold or target at Group level and / or are reported routinely to senior management for discussion or

decision making. The identified Key Risk Metrics include Capital Adequacy and Liquidity metrics; further details can be

found in the section “Key risk metrics”.

66

Deutsche Bank Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Enterprise and Treasury Risk

Key Risk Reports

While a large number of reports are used across the Bank, Deutsche Bank designates a subset of these as “Key Risk

Reports” that are critical to support Deutsche Bank’s Risk Management Framework through the provision of risk

information to senior management and therefore enable the relevant governing bodies to monitor, steer and control the

Bank’s risk taking activities effectively. To ensure that Key Risk Reports meet recipients’ requirements, report producing

functions regularly check whether the Key Risk Reports are clear and useful.

The main reports on risk and capital management that are used to provide Deutsche Bank’s central governance bodies

with information relating to the Group risk profile are the following:

–The monthly Risk and Capital Profile report is a Cross-Risk report, provides a comprehensive view of Deutsche Bank’s

risk profile and is used to inform the the Group Risk Committee as well as the Management Board and subsequently

the Risk Committee of the Supervisory Board; the Risk and Capital Profile includes risk type-specific and Business-

aligned overviews and Enterprise-wide risk topics; it also includes updates on Key Group Risk Appetite Metrics and

other Key Portfolio Risk Type Control Metrics as well as updates on Key Risk Developments, highlighting areas of

particular interest with updates on corresponding risk management strategies

–The Weekly Risk Report is a weekly briefing covering high-level topical issues across key risk areas and is submitted

every Friday to the Members of the Group Risk Committee and the Management Board and subsequently to the

Members of the Risk Committee of the Supervisory Board; the Weekly Risk Report is characterized by the ad-hoc

nature of its commentary as well as coverage of themes and focuses on more volatile risk metrics

–Deutsche Bank runs several Group-wide macroeconomic stress tests. A monthly Risk Appetite scenario serves the

purpose to set and regularly monitor the bank’s stress loss appetite; in addition, there are topical scenarios which are

presented to senior management up to the Management Board if deemed necessary; the stressed key performance

indicators are benchmarked against the Group Risk Appetite thresholds.

While the above reports are used at a Group level to monitor and review the risk profile of Deutsche Bank holistically,

there are other, supplementing standard and ad-hoc management reports, including for risk types or focus portfolios,

which are used to monitor and control the risk profile.

Policies for hedging and mitigating risk

Article 435 (1)(d) CRR (EU OVA)

The bank utilizes a variety of risk mitigation techniques to manage financial and non-financial risk exposures. More

detailed risk type specific considerations can be found in the following chapters.

Concise risk statement approved by the board

Article 435 (1)(f) CRR (EU OVA & EU LIQA)

Deutsche Bank’s Management Board approves, for the purpose of Article 435 CRR, this concise risk statement succinctly

describing the institution's overall risk profile associated with the business strategy.

The Group’s business model inherently involves taking risks. Risk types as reflected in the risk type taxonomy include

credit risk, market risk, treasury risk, enterprise risk, model risk, reputational risk and operational risk.

The risk management framework aims to align the bank’s planned and actual risk taking with the risk appetite as

expressed by the Management Board, while being in line with the bank’s available capital and liquidity. Deutsche Bank’s

risk management framework consists of various components including risk governance, risk organization, risk culture, risk

appetite, strategy & planning, risk identification & assessment, mitigation & controls, risk measurement & reporting, stress

planning & execution.

Risk appetite is an integral element in the business planning processes via the bank’s risk strategy and plan, to promote

the appropriate alignment of risk, capital and performance targets, while at the same time considering risk capacity and

appetite constraints from both financial and non-financial risks. Compliance of the plan with risk appetite and capacity is

also tested under stressed market conditions. Top-down risk appetite serves as the limit for risk-taking for the bottom-up

planning from the business functions.

The table below shows Deutsche Bank’s overall risk position as measured by the economic capital demand calculated for

the dates specified. Deutsche Bank’s overall economic risk position also considers diversification benefits across risk

types.

67

Deutsche Bank Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Concise risk statement approved by the board

Risk profile of Deutsche Bank’s business divisions as measured by economic capital

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. (unless<br><br>stated otherwise) Corporate Bank Investment<br><br>Bank Private Bank Asset<br><br>Management Corporate &<br><br>Other Total Total<br><br>(in %)
Credit risk 3,720 4,650 2,255 45 2,725 13,395 51
Market risk 507 2,004 789 316 6,354 9,970 38
Operational risk 821 1,390 1,187 393 1,168 4,960 19
Strategic risk 0 0 0 0 1,980 1,980 8
Diversification benefit¹ (780) (1,339) (863) (238) (1,013) (4,234) (16)
Total EC 4,269 6,706 3,368 516 11,213 26,071 100
Total EC in % 16 26 13 2 43 100 N/M

1 Diversification benefit across credit, market, operational and strategic risk

Deutsche Bank’s mix of business activities results in diverse risk-taking. The Group measures key risks inherent to the

respective business models (credit, market, operational and strategic risk) through the economic capital metric, which

captures the business segment’s risk profile and considers cross-risk effects at Group level.

Corporate Bank’s risk profile mainly arises from the products and services offered in Corporate Treasury Services

(including Trade Finance, Lending and Corporate Cash Management), Strategic Corporate Lending and Business Banking.

Economic capital demand in these segments arises largely from credit risk.

Investment Bank’s risk profile is dominated by its financing and trading activities, which give rise to all major risk types.

Credit risk in the Investment Bank is broadly distributed across business units but most prominent in Fixed Income &

Currencies and Leveraged Debt Capital Markets. Market risk arises mainly from trading and market making activities.

Private Bank’s risk profile comprises credit risks from business with German and international retail clients, business

clients and wealth management clients as well as non-trading market risks mainly from modeling of client deposits.

Asset Management, as a fiduciary asset manager, invests money on behalf of clients. As such, the main risk drivers are of

operational nature. The economic capital demand for market risk is mainly driven by non-trading market risks, which arise

from guaranteed products and co-investments in the funds.

Corporate & Other’s risk profile embeds a range of different risk drivers including those pertaining to Treasury, certain

corporate items, and legacy portfolios. The economic capital demand mainly comprises non-trading market risk from

interest rate risk in Treasury, structural foreign exchange risk and equity compensation risk, credit risk from Treasury’s

investments, strategic risk from tax-related risks and software asset risks and operational risk from legacy portfolios.

The table below shows the results of the bank’s stressed Net Liquidity Position (sNLP) under various scenarios. The sNLP

is an internal liquidity risk management tool.

Global All Currency Daily Stress Testing Results

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € bn. Funding Gap1 Gap Closure2 Net Liquidity<br><br>Position Funding Gap1 Gap Closure2 Net Liquidity<br><br>Position
Systemic market risk 187 306 119 208 265 56
1 notch downgrade (DB specific) 39 215 176 34 174 140
Severe downgrade (DB specific) 107 235 128 142 241 99
Combined³ 231 325 94 216 275 59

1Funding gap caused by impaired rollover of liabilities and other projected outflows

2Based on liquidity generation through Liquidity Reserves and other business mitigants

3Combined impact of systemic market risk and severe downgrade

As part of the stress testing and scenario analysis the business portfolios are categorized under various liquidity risk

drivers and appropriate models are defined for each of the liquidity risk drivers to arrive at the above results. The

Corporate Bank and Private Bank are primarily loan and deposit businesses, which on a net basis generate liquidity for

Deutsche Bank due to their surplus deposits, i.e. in excess of their loan portfolios. This surplus liquidity is passed to Group

Treasury. The Investment Bank by contrast is a net consumer of liquidity, predominantly due to its large loan and

securities portfolios, and borrows from Group Treasury. The Investment Bank holds a portion of its liquid securities

unencumbered as part of Deutsche Bank’s liquidity reserves. Group Treasury raises funding primarily from long-term

debt issuance, participation in central bank money market operations as well as short-term wholesale deposits. Group

Treasury holds Deutsche Bank’s liquidity reserves in the form of Central Bank cash and a highly liquid unencumbered

securities portfolio.

Additional key risk ratios and figures are included in EU KM1, EU KM2, EU OVC and the various risk type specific sections.

68

Deutsche Bank Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Concise risk statement approved by the board

Information on capital and risk measurement is based on the principles of consolidation. Intragroup transactions and

transactions with related parties do not have any material impact on the Group’s capital risk profile. For the Bank’s

consolidated LCR, NSFR (Pillar 1) and sNLP (Pillar 2), available surplus that resides in entities with restriction to transfer

liquidity to other group entities, for example due to regulatory lending requirements, is considered to be trapped and as

such not counted in the calculation of the consolidated group liquidity surplus.

69

Deutsche Bank Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Concise risk statement approved by the board

Credit risk and credit risk mitigation

General qualitative information on credit risk

Credit risk management strategies and processes

Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA & EU CRA)

Credit risk arises from all transactions where actual, contingent or potential claims against any counterparty, borrower,

obligor or issuer (which Deutsche Bank refers to collectively as “counterparties”) exist, including those claims that

Deutsche Bank plans to distribute. It captures the risk of loss because of a deterioration of a counterparty’s

creditworthiness or the failure of a counterparty to meet the terms of any contract with DB Group or otherwise

performed as agreed.

Based on the Risk Type Taxonomy, credit risk is grouped into four material categories, namely default/migration risk,

transaction/settlement risk (exposure risk), mitigation risk and concentration risk. This is complemented by a regular risk

identification and materiality assessment.

–Default/migration risk as the main element of credit risk, is the risk that a counterparty defaults on its payment

obligations or experiences material credit quality deterioration increasing the likelihood of a default

–Transaction/settlement risk (exposure risk) is the risk that arises from any existing, contingent or potential future

positive exposure

–Mitigation risk is the risk of higher losses due to risk mitigation measures not performing as anticipated

–Credit concentration risk is the risk of an adverse development in a specific single counterparty, country, industry or

product leading to a disproportionate deterioration in the risk profile of Deutsche Bank’s credit exposures to that

counterparty, country, industry or product

An appropriate set of credit metrics is used to properly monitor Deutsche Bank Group’s Credit Risk:

To manage counterparties and portfolios the Bank uses gross/ net credit limits and other credit exposure metrics. Where

deemed appropriate, additional risk metrics (Probability of Default (PD), Excepted Loss (EL), Loss Given Default (LGD),

loan loss provisions) are applied and related capital consumption (EC, RWA) as well as risk/ reward are referenced.

Enhanced focus is put on balance sheet consumption and stress losses.

The management of Credit Risk follows clearly defined and documented credit processes.

Key elements are:

–deriving a credit rating for the counterparties

–approving individual counterparty credit limits with the required credit authority

–setting credit limits for certain counterparties or portfolios, the latter in line with the allocated risk appetite also

ensuring adequate limit/ exposure reflection in risk systems

–deciding on the requirement for credit risk mitigation (including collateral and risk transfer)

–monitoring of the credit exposures on a counterparty level; monitoring on a portfolio level including specific stress

testing to ensure adherence to the allocated risk appetite (in addition to the tasks of the independent Risk Control

function)

–managing higher risk counterparties via watchlist process and transfer to Workout Units

–proactively managing concentration risks and identifying quality trends to adhere to the allocated risk appetite.

The credit rating is an essential part of Deutsche Bank’s credit process and builds – amongst others – the basis for

maximum credit limit determination on a borrower level and adequate pricing of the transaction and credit decision. The

bank performs an appropriate risk assessment of all borrowers and the associated exposure on at least an annual basis.

Ongoing active monitoring and management of individual credit risk positions is an integral part of credit risk

management and is regarded as the responsibility of all functions being part of the credit process. A credit rating is a

prerequisite for any credit limit established approved. For each credit rating the appropriate rating approach has to be

applied and the derived credit rating has to be established in the relevant systems. Different rating approaches have

been established to best reflect the specific characteristics of exposure classes, including specific product types, central

governments and central banks, institutions, corporates and retail.

70

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General qualitative information on credit risk

Counterparties in the bank’s non-homogenous portfolios are rated by Deutsche Bank’s independent Credit Risk

Management function. Country risk ratings are provided by Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management Risk Research.

Deutsche Bank’s rating analysis is based on a combination of qualitative and quantitative factors. When rating a

counterparty Deutsche Bank applies in-house assessment methodologies as well as the bank’s 21-grade rating scale.

Deutsche Bank measures risk-weighted assets to determine the regulatory capital demand for credit risk using

“advanced”, “foundation” and “standard” approaches of which “advanced” and “foundation” are approved by the bank’s

regulator.

The advanced Internal Ratings Based Approach (IRBA) is the most sophisticated approach available under the regulatory

framework for credit risk and allows Deutsche Bank to make use of the bank’s internal credit rating models as well as

internal estimates of specific further risk parameters. These methods and parameters represent long-used key

components of the internal risk measurement and management process supporting the credit approval process, the

economic capital and expected loss calculation and the internal monitoring and reporting of credit risk. The relevant

parameters include the PD, LGD and the maturity (M) driving the regulatory risk-weight and the credit conversion factor

(CCF) as part of the regulatory exposure at default (EAD) estimation. For the majority of derivative counterparty

exposures as well as securities financing transactions (SFT), Deutsche Bank makes use of the internal model method

(IMM) in accordance with the CRR in order to calculate EAD. For most of the bank’s internal rating systems more than

seven years of historical information is available to assess these parameters. Deutsche Bank’s internal rating

methodologies aim at point-in-time rather than a through-the-cycle rating, but in line with regulatory solvency

requirements, they are calibrated based on long-term averages of observed default rates.

The foundation IRBA is an approach available under the regulatory framework for credit risk allowing institutions to make

use of their internal rating methodologies while using pre-defined regulatory values for all other risk parameters.

Parameters subject to internal estimates include the PD while the LGD and the CCF are defined in the regulatory

framework. Foundation IRBA is applied mandatorily for some exposure classes since introduction of CRR3 and some

exposures stemming from ex-Postbank.

Deutsche Bank applies the standardized approach to a subset of the bank’s credit risk exposures. The standardized

approach measures credit risk either pursuant to fixed risk weights, which are predefined by the regulator, or through the

application of external ratings. Deutsche Bank assigns certain credit exposures permanently to the standardized

approach. Exposures to central governments or central banks make up the majority of the exposures carried in the

standardized approach and receive predominantly a risk weight of zero percent. Sovereign exposures that were treated

under IRBA previously have been moved to standardized approach under art. 494d CRR in 2025. For internal purposes,

however, these exposures are subject to an internal credit assessment and fully integrated in the risk management and

economic capital processes.

In addition to the above-described regulatory capital demand, Deutsche Bank determines the internal capital demand

for credit risk via an economic capital model.

Deutsche Bank calculates economic capital for the default risk, country risk and settlement risk as elements of credit risk.

In line with the bank’s economic capital framework, economic capital for credit risk is set at a level to absorb with a

probability of 99.9% very severe aggregate unexpected losses within one year. Deutsche Bank’s economic capital for

credit risk is derived from the loss distribution of a portfolio via Monte Carlo Simulation of correlated rating migrations.

The loss distribution is modeled in two steps. First, individual credit exposures are specified based on parameters for the

probability of default, exposure at default and loss given default. In a second step, the probability of joint defaults is

modeled through the introduction of economic factors, which correspond to geographic regions and industries. The

simulation of portfolio losses is then performed by an internally developed model, which takes rating migration and

maturity effects into account. Effects due to wrong-way derivatives risk (i.e., the credit exposure of a derivative in the

default case is higher than in non-default scenarios) are modeled by applying the bank’s own alpha factor when deriving

the exposure at default for derivatives and securities financing transactions under the CRR. Deutsche Bank allocates

expected losses and economic capital derived from loss distributions down to transaction level to enable management

on transaction, customer and business level.

In determining the credit limit for a counterparty, Deutsche Bank considers the counterparty’s credit quality by reference

to its internal credit rating. Credit limits and credit exposures are both measured on a gross and net basis where net is

derived by deducting hedges and certain collateral from respective gross figures. For derivatives, Deutsche Bank looks at

current market values and the potential future exposure over the relevant time horizon which is based upon the bank’s

legal agreements with the counterparty. Deutsche Bank also takes into consideration the risk-return characteristics of

individual transactions and portfolios. Risk-return metrics explain the development of client revenues as well as capital

consumption.

71

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General qualitative information on credit risk

Credit risk management structure and organization

Article 435 (1)(b) CRR EU OVA & EU CRA

Deutsche Bank manages its credit risk using the following principles:

–Credit Risk is only accepted:

–for adopted clients

–after completed proper due diligence involving the Business as 1st LoD

–for explicitly approved businesses, products and locations; new, products and changes to existing products having

been assessed within the Group’s Product Lifecycle Policy

–if a Rating has been assigned in line with agreed and approved processes

–if all credit relevant exposures are correctly reflected in the relevant risk systems

–if plans for an orderly termination of the risk positions have been considered

–Credit Risk is assumed within the applicable risk appetite

–Profit & Loss responsibility for credit exposures is kept and remains with the sponsoring Corporate Division

–Risk taken needs to be adequately compensated

–Risk must be continuously monitored and managed across 1LoD and CRM / "Marktfolge" as well as 2LoD

–Credit standards are applied consistently across all Units in order to maintain a favorable risk profile in line with the

risk appetite

–Collateral or other risk mitigating, hedging or rating transfer instruments which can be an alternative source of

repayment do not substitute for underwriting standards and a thorough assessment of the debt service ability of the

counterparty has to be performed during the credit process

–Deutsche Bank strives to adequately secure, guarantee or hedge outright cash risk and longer tenor exposures with

acceptable remuneration. This approach does usually not include lower risk short-term transactions and facilities

supporting specific trade finance or other lower risk products where the margin allows for adequate loss coverage

–Deutsche Bank measures and consolidates globally all exposure and facilities to the same obligor. A Key Contact

Person (KCP) within a Credit Team is assigned to each group of connected clients (Obligor) to globally co-ordinate the

Credit Risk process for the respective Obligor

–Deutsche Bank has established within Credit Risk Management – where appropriate – specialized teams for deriving

internal client ratings, analyzing and approving transactions or covering workout clients; for transaction approval

purposes, structured credit risk management teams are aligned to the respective lending business areas to ascertain

adequate product expertise

–Where required, Deutsche Bank has established processes to manage credit exposures at a legal entity level

–To meet the requirements of Article 190 CRR, DB Group has allocated the various control requirements for the credit

processes to units / role holders that are best suited to perform such controls

The model change process and the relevant governance bodies are described in the chapter “Role of the function in the

credit risk model process, scope and main content of credit risk models”.

Climate and environmental risks are integrated across the different stages of the credit lifecycle including transaction

approval / client onboarding, risk classification and credit ratings, portfolio analysis and monitoring and, collateral

valuation.

Climate and environmental risks are incorporated into the credit approval process for corporate clients via enhanced due

diligence requirements. New loan requests (defined as increments, renewals/tenor extensions) above selected tenor and

rating-based thresholds to corporate clients in high-carbon intensive sectors as well as those in sectors vulnerable to

climate-physical and nature (or “other environmental”) risks require dedicated climate risk assessment from the front

office and review by Credit Risk Management. More information on additional controls and processes around the

appetite and management of environmental risks in the bank’s lending portfolio are reported in the following sections of

this chapter.

Scope and nature of credit risk measurement and reporting systems

Article 435 (1)(c) CRR (EU OVA & EU CRA)

Both credit and non-credit risk measurement systems support credit risk related management reporting and provide the

basis for reporting on credit risk positions and utilization under established limits to relevant stakeholders on a regular

and ad-hoc basis. Established units within the Chief Risk Officer function assume responsibility for measurement,

analysis and reporting of risk while promoting sufficient quality and integrity of credit risk-related data.

The main reports on credit risk that are used to provide stakeholders with information relating to the group credit risk

profile are the following:

72

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General qualitative information on credit risk

–The Key Risk Report focused on credit risk is the credit risk appetite & Portfolio Management Report, issued monthly;

this Key Risk Report holistically covers credit risk across Deutsche Bank Group; it has been established to monitor and

promote discussion on qualitative and quantitative credit portfolio developments and the current macroeconomic

environment including market trends and events; the material typically covers key credit risk themes, the credit

portfolio risk profile, credit portfolio appetite, informs on potential counterparty and portfolio concentrations,

provides information on the development of financial resources such as credit risk RWA and credit risk economic

capital including stress testing, updates on credit portfolio risk mitigation across the banking and trading book

positions and wrong way risk as well as the development and outlook of Credit Loss Provisions (CLP)

–The Weekly Credit Risk Wrap, a summary that provides an update of latest credit risk developments over the week,

including recent news, CLP, and underwriting pipeline trends

While the above reports are used at a Group level to monitor and review the credit risk profile of Deutsche Bank

holistically, there are other, supplementing standard and ad-hoc management reports, including for sub- and focus

portfolios, asset classes as well as legal entities, which are used to monitor and control the risk profile. Fully automated

credit portfolio overview reports can be also utilized and show, for the selected portfolio scope, key credit risk metrics

and various portfolio splits, such as top movers by product classification, tenor and country. In addition, credit risk feeds

information into the bank’s cross risk reports as outlined earlier.

Policies for hedging and mitigating credit risk

Article 435 (1)(d) CRR (EU OVA & EU CRA)

Deutsche Bank has regulated the acceptance, valuation and management of risk mitigating and hedging instruments in a

framework of approved global, local and product or business specific documents which determine the bank´s standards

and consider legal and regulatory requirements. Tasks, responsibilities and respective authorities are dedicated here

while the processes are executed mainly decentralized or locally or in specific teams with delegated tasks.

Under the framework of the “Principles for Managing Credit Risk” as well as the “Policy for Managing Credit Risk” the

bank´s main respective documents for hedging and mitigating credit risk are:

–The Global Collateral Management Guide (for Banking Book Collateral)

–The Global Collateral Guideline (for Derivatives and Securities Financing Transactions)

–Mandated Hedge Guidance for CPM Framework

–Leveraged and Hedge Funds Process Guide - CRO CRM

supplemented by divisional credit policies and process guides and a comprehensive regime of local, divisional and

business specific collateral management and valuation procedures, directives and manuals. All these regulations are

reviewed, updated and approved at least annually and distributed to the relevant staff as well as accessible on the bank´s

Policy Portal.

Article 431 (5) CRR

Deutsche Bank Group, if requested, provides explanations of rating decisions to small and medium entities and other

corporates.

Definitions of past due and impairment

Article 442 (a) CRR (EU CRB)

Exposures are considered to be past due if contractually agreed payments of principal and/or interest remain unpaid by

the borrower, except if those are acquired through consolidation. The latter are considered to be past due if payments of

principal and/or interest, which were expected at a certain payment date at the time of the initial consolidation of the

loans, are unpaid by the borrower.

The Group has aligned its definition of “credit impaired” under IFRS 9 to the default definition as per Art. 178 of the

Capital Requirements Regulation for regulatory purposes. As a consequence, credit impaired financial assets (or Stage 3

financial assets) consist of two types of defaulted financial assets: financial assets where the Group expects an

impairment loss and the amount is reflected in the allowance for credit losses and financial assets, where the Group does

not expect an impairment loss (e.g., due to high quality collateral or sufficient expected future cash flows following

thorough due diligence).

73

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General qualitative information on credit risk

Credit risk adjustments

Article 442 (b) CRR (EU CRB)

The determination of impairment losses and allowances is based on the expected credit loss model under IFRS 9, where

allowances for loan losses are recorded upon initial recognition of the financial asset, based on expectations of potential

credit losses at the time of initial recognition.

The impairment requirements of IFRS 9 apply to all credit exposures that are measured at amortized cost or fair value

through other comprehensive income and to off balance sheet lending commitments, such as loan commitments and

financial guarantees. For purposes of the Group’s impairment approach, the bank refers to these instruments as financial

assets.

The Group determines its allowance for credit losses in accordance with IFRS 9 as follows:

–Stage 1 reflects financial instruments where it is assumed that credit risk has not increased significantly after initial

recognition

–Stage 2 contains all financial assets, that are not defaulted, but have experienced a significant increase in credit risk

since initial recognition

–Stage 3 consists of financial assets of clients which are defaulted in accordance with Deutsche Bank’s policies on

regulatory default, which are based on the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) under Art. 178; the Group defines

these financial assets as impaired, non-performing and defaulted

–Significant increase in credit risk is determined using quantitative and qualitative information based on the Group’s

historical experience, credit risk assessment and forward-looking information

–Purchased or Originated Credit Impaired (POCI) financial assets are assets where at the time of initial recognition

there is objective evidence of impairment

The IFRS 9 impairment approach is an integral part of the Group’s Credit Risk Management procedures. The estimation of

expected credit losses (ECL’s) is either performed via the automated, parameter based ECL calculation using the Group’s

ECL model or determined by Credit Officers. In both cases, the calculation takes place for each financial asset

individually. Similarly, the determination of the need to transfer between stages is made on an individual asset basis. The

Group’s ECL model is used to calculate the allowance for credit losses for all financial assets in Stage 1 and Stage 2, as

well as for Stage 3 in the homogeneous portfolio (i.e. retail and small business loans with similar credit risk

characteristics). For financial assets in the bank’s non-homogeneous portfolio in Stage 3 and for POCI assets, the

allowance for credit losses is determined by Credit Officers.

The Group uses three main components to measure ECL. These are PD, LGD and EAD. The Group leverages existing

parameters used for determination of capital demand under the Basel Internal Ratings Based Approach and internal risk

management practices as much as possible to calculate ECL. These parameters are adjusted where necessary to comply

with IFRS 9 requirements (e.g. use of point in time ratings and removal of downturn add-ons in the regulatory

parameters). Incorporating forecasts of future economic conditions into the measurement of expected credit losses

influences the allowance for credit losses. In order to calculate lifetime expected credit losses, the Group’s calculation

derives the corresponding lifetime PDs from migration matrices that reflect economic forecasts.

General quantitative information on credit risk

Residual maturity breakdown of credit exposure

Article 442 (g) CRR

Table EU CR1-A provides the net credit exposures by maturities and exposure classes. The exposure amount includes on-

balance sheet items, whereby the net exposure value is calculated by deducting credit risk adjustments from its gross

carrying amount. The net exposure is split into the below 5 categories based on the residual contractual maturity of the

instrument.

–On demand: where the counterparty has a choice of when the amount is repaid

–Bucketing remaining maturity: 0 to 1 year, 1 to 5 years, and more than 5 years

–No stated maturity: where an exposure has no stated maturity for reasons other than the counterparty having the

choice of the repayment date

The breakdown into the exposure classes follows those as defined for the IRBA (i.e., combining the advanced and

foundation IRB) as well as for the standardized approach. In the IRB approach, the line item “Central governments and

central banks” includes exposures to regional governments or local authorities, public sector entities, multilateral

74

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General qualitative information on credit risk

developments banks and international organizations. The exposure class “Other items” within the standardized approach

includes all exposures not covered in the other categories.

EU CR1-A – Maturity of exposures

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f
Net exposure value
in € m. On demand <= 1 year > 1 year<br><br><= 5 years > 5 years No stated<br><br>maturity Total
Loans and advances 17,723 112,309 131,819 196,451 0 458,301
Debt securities 0 10,165 15,942 49,772 0 75,878
Total 17,723 122,473 147,761 246,222 0 534,179
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f
Net exposure value
in € m. On demand <= 1 year > 1 year<br><br><= 5 years > 5 years No stated<br><br>maturity Total
Loans and advances 19,591 113,143 129,514 191,571 0 453,819
Debt securities 0 8,907 14,850 46,901 0 70,658
Total 19,591 122,050 144,364 238,472 0 524,477

Quality of non-performing exposures by geography

The following tables (EU CQ4, EU CQ5, EU CR1, EU CQ3, EU CR2 and EU CQ1) provide information on performing and

non-performing exposures.

Relevant exposures are debt instruments (debt securities, loans, advances, cash at central bank balances, demand

deposits) as well as off-balance sheet exposures (loan commitments given, financial guarantees given and any other

commitments) excluding those exposures held for trading.

The amounts shown are based on the IFRS gross carrying and nominal values according to the regulatory scope of

consolidation. The gross carrying amount reflects the exposure value before deduction of accumulated impairment,

provisions and accumulated negative changes due to credit risk for non-performing exposures.

An exposure is being classified as non-performing if it meets the non-performing criteria in Article 47a of the CRR and an

exposure is classified as defaulted if it meets the definition of default as per Article 178 of the CRR. Exposures subject to

impairment under IFRS 9 include debt instruments at amortized cost and fair value through OCI as well as off-balance

sheet exposures.

Article 442 (c+e) CRR

Table EU CQ4 provides information about performing and non-performing exposures broken down by individual

significant countries for both, December 31, 2025 and June 30, 2025. For each reporting period Deutsche Bank

considers the top 25 countries exceeding an individual exposure greater than € 5.2 billion to be significant, as it

represents more than 90% of the Group’s total exposure. Immaterial exposures, with individual exposures being below

€ 5.2 billion, are included in “Other countries”. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the

counterparty or issuer.

75

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General qualitative information on credit risk

EU CQ4 – Quality of non-performing exposures by geography

b c d e f g
Accumulated<br><br>impairment Provisions on<br><br>off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>commitments<br><br>and financial<br><br>guarantees Accumulated<br><br>negative<br><br>changes in fair<br><br>value due to<br><br>credit risk on<br><br>non-performing<br><br>exposures
of which non-performing of which subject<br><br>to impairment
in m. of which<br><br>defaulted
1 On-balance-sheet exposures¹ 16,054 16,030 888,083 (6,233) (17)
2 Australia 107 107 7,904 (26) 0
3 Austria 2 2 5,513 (2) 0
4 Belgium 54 54 11,590 (5) 0
5 Canada 64 64 3,506 (24) 0
6 Cayman Islands 111 111 11,273 (6) 0
7 China 17 17 6,303 (2) 0
8 Czech Republic 0 0 5,386 (1) 0
9 France 427 427 21,912 (132) 0
10 Germany 4,945 4,929 305,596 (2,909) 0
11 Hong Kong 146 146 3,777 (99) 0
12 India 144 144 11,991 (50) 0
13 Ireland 207 207 7,644 (109) 0
14 Italy 1,082 1,080 40,807 (721) 0
15 Japan 43 43 12,155 (15) 0
16 Jersey 20 20 2,490 (20) 0
17 Luxembourg 175 173 25,916 (83) 0
18 Netherlands 223 223 10,638 (65) (13)
19 Poland 67 66 6,609 (27) 0
20 Singapore 128 128 10,865 (45) 0
21 Spain 863 862 20,384 (399) 0
22 Sweden 307 307 1,783 (7) 0
23 Switzerland 41 41 8,597 (19) 0
24 Turkey 98 98 5,439 (3) 0
25 U.S. 5,421 5,419 231,689 (1,048) 0
26 United Kingdom 102 102 47,056 (54) 0
27 Other countries 1,260 1,260 61,260 (362) (4)
28 Off-balance-sheet exposures 2,853 2,851 (404)
29 Australia 1 1 (4)
30 Austria 0 0 0
31 Belgium 1 1 (1)
32 Canada 1 1 (3)
33 Cayman Islands 2 2 (1)
34 China 0 0 0
35 Czech Republic 0 0 0
36 France 100 100 (5)
37 Germany 433 430 (140)
38 Hong Kong 7 7 (4)
39 India 2 2 (3)
40 Ireland 7 7 (5)
41 Italy 26 26 (16)
42 Japan 9 9 0
43 Jersey 0 0 0
44 Luxembourg 99 99 (12)
45 Netherlands 59 59 (10)
46 Poland 1 1 (2)
47 Singapore 9 9 (1)
48 Spain 64 64 (14)
49 Sweden 11 11 (2)
50 Switzerland 14 14 (4)
51 Turkey 0 0 0
52 U.S. 1,743 1,743 (113)
53 United Kingdom 33 33 (16)
54 Other countries 231 232 (48)
55 Total 18,907 18,881 888,083 (6,233) (404) (17)

All values are in Euros.

1The on-balance sheet exposure includes debt securities and loans and advances.

76

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General qualitative information on credit risk
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
b c d e f g
Accumulated<br><br>impairment Provisions on<br><br>off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>commitments<br><br>and financial<br><br>guarantees Accumulated<br><br>negative<br><br>changes in fair<br><br>value due to<br><br>credit risk on<br><br>non-performing<br><br>exposures
of which non-performing of which subject<br><br>to impairment
in m. of which<br><br>defaulted
1 On-balance-sheet exposures¹ 15,354 15,340 837,385 (6,040) (17)
2 Australia 60 60 7,993 (14) 0
3 Austria 30 30 4,493 (2) 0
4 Belgium 58 58 9,576 (4) 0
5 Canada 188 188 3,336 (10) 0
6 Cayman Islands 108 108 11,234 (5) 0
7 China 16 16 6,083 (6) 0
8 France 437 437 20,547 (113) 0
9 Germany 4,826 4,819 292,946 (2,965) 0
10 Hong Kong 212 212 4,490 (172) 0
11 India 136 136 12,576 (56) 0
12 Ireland 230 230 7,493 (103) 0
13 Italy 1,067 1,067 38,241 (665) 0
14 Japan 50 50 13,129 (5) 0
15 Jersey 21 21 2,501 (17) 0
16 Luxembourg 135 135 25,269 (64) 0
17 Netherlands 284 284 11,290 (61) (13)
18 Poland 73 72 6,323 (31) 0
19 Singapore 128 128 10,891 (39) 0
20 Spain 934 933 20,079 (394) 0
21 Sweden 286 286 1,678 (3) 0
22 Switzerland 41 41 10,029 (16) 0
23 Turkey 99 99 5,458 (2) 0
24 U.S. 4,431 4,427 202,436 (863) 0
25 United Kingdom 84 84 49,417 (66) 0
26 Virgin Islands, British 241 241 4,239 (33) 0
27 Other countries 1,180 1,180 55,639 (331) (4)
28 Off-balance-sheet exposures 2,662 2,661 (345)
29 Australia 0 0 (3)
30 Austria 0 0 0
31 Belgium 1 1 0
32 Canada 1 1 (3)
33 Cayman Islands 0 0 (1)
34 China 0 0 0
35 France 217 217 (8)
36 Germany 426 424 (107)
37 Hong Kong 8 8 (6)
38 India 2 2 (4)
39 Ireland 2 2 (4)
40 Italy 24 24 (13)
41 Japan 6 6 0
42 Jersey 0 0 0
43 Luxembourg 90 90 (14)
44 Netherlands 74 74 (12)
45 Poland 1 1 0
46 Singapore 11 11 (1)
47 Spain 46 46 (13)
48 Sweden 14 14 (1)
49 Switzerland 14 14 (2)
50 Turkey 0 0 0
51 U.S. 1,280 1,280 (100)
52 United Kingdom 27 27 (15)
53 Virgin Islands, British 51 51 (2)
54 Other countries 366 366 (32)
55 Total 18,016 18,000 837,385 (6,040) (345) (17)

All values are in Euros.

1The on-balance sheet exposure includes debt securities and loans and advances.

77

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General qualitative information on credit risk

Credit quality of loans and advances to non-financial corporations by industry

Article 442 (c+e) CRR

Table EU CQ5 provides information about performing and non-performing exposures to non-financial corporations

broken down by industry. The industry classification is based on NACE codes. NACE (Nomenclature des Activités

Économiques dans la Communauté Européenne) is a European industry standard classification system for classifying

business activities.

EU CQ5 – Credit quality of loans and advances to non-financial corporations by industry

b c d e f
Accumulated<br><br>impairment Accumulated<br><br>negative<br><br>changes in fair<br><br>value due to<br><br>credit risk on<br><br>non-performing<br><br>exposures
of which non-performing of which loans<br><br>and advances<br><br>subject to<br><br>impairment
in m. of which<br><br>defaulted
1 Agriculture, forestry and fishing 11 11 288 (6) 0
2 Mining and quarrying 29 29 1,912 (19) 0
3 Manufacturing 1,249 1,248 26,916 (600) 0
4 Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 161 161 4,890 (81) 0
5 Water supply 8 8 625 (6) 0
6 Construction 232 232 3,877 (99) 0
7 Wholesale and retail trade 928 928 20,703 (461) 0
8 Transport and storage 267 267 4,934 (77) 0
9 Accommodation and food service activities 78 78 3,094 (32) 0
10 Information and communication 501 501 9,325 (116) 0
11 Financial and insurance activities 3,987 3,987 43,997 (839) (4)
12 Real estate activities 978 976 46,515 (463) 0
13 Professional, scientific and technical activities 199 199 6,655 (111) 0
14 Administrative and support service activities 140 140 6,542 (47) 0
15 Public administration and defense, compulsory social security 0 0 406 0 0
16 Education 7 7 256 (2) 0
17 Human health services and social work activities 109 109 1,831 (21) 0
18 Arts, entertainment and recreation 28 28 666 (8) 0
19 Other service activities 388 388 18,720 (174) 0
20 Total 9,298 9,295 202,153 (3,162) (4)

All values are in Euros.

78

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General qualitative information on credit risk
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
b c d e f
Accumulated<br><br>impairment Accumulated<br><br>negative<br><br>changes in fair<br><br>value due to<br><br>credit risk on<br><br>non-performing<br><br>exposures
of which non-performing of which loans<br><br>and advances<br><br>subject to<br><br>impairment
in m. of which<br><br>defaulted
1 Agriculture, forestry and fishing 11 11 464 (6) 0
2 Mining and quarrying 6 6 2,353 (9) 0
3 Manufacturing 1,260 1,256 27,377 (609) 0
4 Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 138 138 4,429 (73) 0
5 Water supply 5 5 674 (4) 0
6 Construction 290 290 4,477 (100) 0
7 Wholesale and retail trade 1,045 1,045 22,361 (527) 0
8 Transport and storage 147 147 4,723 (76) 0
9 Accommodation and food service activities 80 80 3,574 (39) 0
10 Information and communication 289 289 9,268 (90) 0
11 Financial and insurance activities 1,079 1,079 53,890 (642) 0
12 Real estate activities 3,475 3,475 49,711 (749) (4)
13 Professional, scientific and technical activities 246 246 9,771 (129) 0
14 Administrative and support service activities 163 163 8,290 (65) 0
15 Public administration and defense, compulsory social security 0 0 305 0 0
16 Education 6 6 281 (3) 0
17 Human health services and social work activities 182 182 3,950 (33) 0
18 Arts, entertainment and recreation 42 42 740 (7) 0
19 Other service activities 566 566 18,764 (189) 0
20 Total 9,030 9,025 225,403 (3,351) (4)

All values are in Euros.

Performing and non-performing exposures and related provisions

Article 442 (c) CRR

Table EU CR1 provides information about performing and non-performing exposures broken down by Supervisory

Reporting counterparty classes.

79

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk

EU CR1 - Performing and non-performing exposures and related provisions

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o
Gross carrying amount/nominal amount Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes<br><br>in fair value due to credit risk and provisions
Performing exposures Non-performing exposures Performing exposures - accumulated<br><br>impairment and provisions Non-performing exposures -<br><br>accumulated impairment, accumulated<br><br>negative changes in fair value due to<br><br>credit risk and provisions Collaterals and financial<br><br>guarantees received on
in € m. Total of which:<br><br>stage 1 of which:<br><br>stage 2 Total of which:<br><br>stage 2 of which:<br><br>stage 3 Total of which:<br><br>stage 1 of which:<br><br>stage 2 Total of which:<br><br>stage 2 of which:<br><br>stage 3 Accumula-<br><br>ted partial<br><br>write-off performing<br><br>exposures non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures
Cash balances at central banks<br><br>and other demand deposits 170,039 169,180 859 47 0 47 (8) (3) (5) 0 0 0 0 17 0
Loans and advances
Central banks 2,383 1,551 2 9 0 9 0 0 0 (8) 0 (8) 0 1,892 0
General governments 27,553 24,997 1,215 571 0 548 (8) (3) (5) (41) 0 (41) 0 7,016 483
Credit institutions 46,178 37,965 102 9 0 0 (3) (3) 0 0 0 0 0 24,208 0
Other financial corporations 267,506 161,040 3,503 966 0 905 (73) (46) (27) (240) 0 (237) (3) 163,569 474
Non-financial corporations 196,121 168,369 24,630 9,298 3 8,646 (590) (193) (397) (2,576) 0 (2,333) (318) 101,446 4,735
of which: SMEs 40,621 32,392 7,778 3,973 1 3,790 (174) (45) (129) (794) 0 (778) (213) 30,551 2,960
Households 201,044 178,093 22,950 4,784 20 4,716 (614) (150) (464) (2,029) 0 (2,005) (17) 152,221 2,000
Total Loans and advances 740,785 572,015 52,401 15,638 23 14,824 (1,289) (396) (893) (4,895) (1) (4,624) (339) 450,352 7,691
Debt securities
Central banks 1,776 1,776 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
General governments 62,728 62,032 38 13 0 0 (6) (4) (2) 0 0 0 0 98 13
Credit institutions 4,819 4,707 10 5 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other financial corporations 8,705 6,846 332 132 0 119 (16) (3) (13) (20) 0 (7) (6) 508 0
Non-financial corporations 3,609 2,014 207 219 0 35 (14) (4) (10) (2) 0 (2) (32) 1,622 173
Total Debt securities 81,637 77,374 587 369 0 159 (36) (12) (25) (22) 0 (9) (38) 2,228 186
Off-balance sheet exposures
Central banks 224 224 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 118 0
General governments 11,021 10,720 302 133 0 133 (2) (1) (1) (2) 0 (2) 0 722 0
Credit institutions 7,501 7,423 78 0 0 0 (1) (1) 0 0 0 0 0 1,382 0
Other financial corporations 62,802 61,425 1,377 83 0 83 (19) (14) (5) (7) 0 (7) 0 11,862 7
Non-financial corporations 235,786 219,552 16,234 2,584 2 2,560 (155) (72) (83) (169) 0 (167) 0 26,037 344
Households 27,864 26,832 1,033 53 0 53 (28) (20) (8) (20) 0 (20) 0 6,959 11
Total Off-balance sheet exposures 345,198 326,175 19,024 2,853 2 2,829 (206) (109) (97) (198) 0 (196) 0 47,081 362
Total¹ 992,461 1,144,744 72,871 18,907 26 17,859 (1,539) (519) (1,020) (5,115) (1) (4,830) (377) 499,677 8,239

1 Total including Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits.

80

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o
Gross carrying amount/nominal amount Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes<br><br>in fair value due to credit risk and provisions
Performing exposures Non-performing exposures Performing exposures - accumulated<br><br>impairment and provisions Non-performing exposures -<br><br>accumulated impairment, accumulated<br><br>negative changes in fair value due to<br><br>credit risk and provisions Collaterals and financial<br><br>guarantees received on
in € m. Total of which:<br><br>stage 1 of which:<br><br>stage 2 Total of which:<br><br>stage 2 of which:<br><br>stage 3 Total of which:<br><br>stage 1 of which:<br><br>stage 2 Total of which:<br><br>stage 2 of which:<br><br>stage 3 Accumula-<br><br>ted partial<br><br>write-off performing<br><br>exposures non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures
Cash balances at central banks<br><br>and other demand deposits 142,443 135,403 7,040 46 0 46 (6) (2) (4) 0 0 0 0 7 0
Loans and advances
Central banks 1,669 941 168 11 0 11 0 0 0 (7) 0 (7) 0 1,378 3
General governments 24,042 22,865 461 557 0 557 (3) (2) (1) (25) 0 (25) 0 4,753 489
Credit institutions 49,036 38,708 21 5 0 2 (2) (2) 0 0 0 0 0 26,011 2
Other financial corporations 237,555 137,914 2,691 950 0 876 (55) (46) (9) (84) 0 (82) 0 142,765 612
Non-financial corporations 219,418 182,114 34,402 9,030 5 8,400 (712) (267) (444) (2,643) 0 (2,432) (269) 124,774 4,249
of which: SMEs 44,250 34,214 9,705 2,999 1 2,842 (180) (48) (132) (673) 0 (651) (122) 32,895 1,939
Households 186,140 165,120 21,020 4,361 9 4,308 (570) (147) (423) (1,883) 0 (1,861) (11) 139,756 1,821
Total Loans and advances 717,861 547,660 58,763 14,915 14 14,155 (1,342) (465) (877) (4,643) (1) (4,407) (280) 439,438 7,175
Debt securities
Central banks 2,138 2,138 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
General governments 58,109 53,823 3,874 0 0 0 (5) (4) (1) 0 0 0 0 88 0
Credit institutions 3,279 3,251 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other financial corporations 7,718 6,991 0 19 0 0 (1) (1) 0 (13) 0 0 0 423 0
Non-financial corporations 4,990 2,848 601 375 0 186 (28) (4) (24) (19) 0 (19) (4) 2,086 174
Total Debt securities 76,234 69,051 4,475 393 0 186 (34) (9) (25) (32) 0 (19) (4) 2,597 174
Off-balance sheet exposures
Central banks 196 196 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 111 0
General governments 9,069 8,750 320 190 0 190 (1) 0 0 (2) 0 (2) 0 97 0
Credit institutions 7,939 7,821 118 0 0 0 (1) (1) 0 0 0 0 0 1,600 0
Other financial corporations 56,497 54,158 2,339 112 0 112 (18) (15) (3) (8) 0 (8) 0 12,676 14
Non-financial corporations 233,179 214,424 18,756 2,269 1 2,245 (151) (82) (69) (139) 0 (136) 0 28,421 204
Households 18,992 17,997 996 91 0 91 (9) (3) (6) (16) 0 (16) 0 2,616 62
Total Off-balance sheet exposures 325,873 303,345 22,527 2,662 1 2,637 (180) (101) (78) (165) 0 (162) 0 45,521 280
Total¹ 1,262,411 1,055,460 92,806 18,016 15 17,024 (1,562) (578) (984) (4,840) (1) (4,589) (284) 487,563 7,629

1 Total including Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits.

81

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk

Credit quality of performing and non-performing exposures by days past due

Article 442 (c-d) CRR

Table EU CQ3 provides information about performing and non-performing exposures by days past due broken down by

Supervisory Reporting counterparty classes.

82

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk

EU CQ3 – Credit quality of performing and non-performing exposures by past due days

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f g h i j k l
Performing exposures Non-performing exposure
in € m. Total Not past<br><br>due<br><br>or past<br><br>due<br><br><= 30 days Past due<br><br>>30d<br><br>and <=90d Total Unlikely to<br><br>pay that<br><br>are not<br><br>past due<br><br>or past<br><br>due <=<br><br>90d Past due<br><br>>90d<br><br>and<br><br><=180d Past due<br><br>>180d<br><br>and <=1yr Past due<br><br>>1yr<br><br>and<br><br><=2yrs Past due<br><br>>2 and<br><br><=5 yrs Past due<br><br>>5 and<br><br><=7yrs Past due<br><br>>7 years of which<br><br>defaulted
Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits 170,039 169,506 533 47 47 0 0 0 0 0 0 47
Loans and advances
Central banks 2,383 2,383 0 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 9
General governments 27,553 27,551 2 571 328 0 1 0 241 0 0 571
Credit institutions 46,178 46,153 25 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 9
Other financial corporations 267,506 267,175 331 966 845 4 33 14 63 0 7 966
Non-financial corporations 196,121 195,462 659 9,298 6,377 409 556 903 616 99 338 9,295
of which: SME's 40,621 40,483 138 3,973 2,432 280 261 618 292 21 69 3,972
Households 201,044 200,415 629 4,784 1,635 454 691 862 915 79 147 4,764
Total Loans and advances 740,785 739,140 1,645 15,638 9,204 867 1,282 1,779 1,836 178 493 15,614
Debt securities
Central banks 1,776 1,776 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
General governments 62,728 62,728 0 13 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 13
Credit institutions 4,819 4,819 0 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 5
Other financial corporations 8,705 8,705 0 132 132 0 0 0 0 0 0 132
Non-financial corporations 3,609 3,609 0 219 211 0 0 0 8 0 0 219
Total Debt securities 81,637 81,637 0 369 360 0 0 0 8 0 0 369
Off-balance sheet exposures
Central banks 224 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
General governments 11,021 0 0 133 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 133
Credit institutions 7,501 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other financial corporations 62,802 0 0 83 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 83
Non-financial corporations 235,786 0 0 2,584 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2,582
Households 27,864 0 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 53
Total Off-balance sheet exposures 345,198 0 0 2,853 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2,851
Total¹ 1,337,659 990,283 2,178 18,907 9,611 867 1,282 1,779 1,844 178 493 18,881

1Total including Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits.

83

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g h i j k l
Performing exposures Non-performing exposure
in € m. Total Not past<br><br>due<br><br>or past due<br><br><= 30 days Past due<br><br>>30d<br><br>and <=90d Total Unlikely to<br><br>pay that are<br><br>not past<br><br>due or past<br><br>due <= 90d Past due<br><br>>90d<br><br>and <=180d Past due<br><br>>180d<br><br>and <=1yr Past due<br><br>>1yr<br><br>and <=2yrs Past due<br><br>>2 and <=5<br><br>yrs Past due<br><br>>5 and<br><br><=7yrs Past due<br><br>>7 years of which<br><br>defaulted
Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits 142,443 141,959 484 46 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 46
Loans and advances
Central banks 1,669 1,669 0 11 9 0 0 0 0 0 2 11
General governments 24,042 24,036 6 557 317 0 0 0 239 0 0 557
Credit institutions 49,036 49,024 12 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 5
Other financial corporations 237,555 237,433 121 950 885 24 16 14 3 0 7 950
Non-financial corporations 219,418 218,765 654 9,030 5,992 275 697 870 689 151 356 9,025
of which: SME's 44,250 44,144 106 2,999 1,846 58 277 505 217 17 79 2,998
Households 186,140 185,448 691 4,361 1,660 420 606 793 674 79 130 4,352
Total Loans and advances 717,861 716,376 1,485 14,915 8,868 719 1,320 1,678 1,605 231 495 14,901
Debt securities
Central banks 2,138 2,138 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
General governments 58,109 58,109 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Credit institutions 3,279 3,279 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other financial corporations 7,718 7,718 0 19 19 0 0 0 0 0 0 19
Non-financial corporations 4,990 4,990 0 375 366 0 0 0 8 0 0 375
Total Debt securities 76,234 76,234 0 393 385 0 0 0 8 0 0 393
Off-balance sheet exposures
Central banks 196 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
General governments 9,069 0 0 190 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 190
Credit institutions 7,939 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other financial corporations 56,497 0 0 112 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 112
Non-financial corporations 233,179 0 0 2,269 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2,268
Households 18,992 0 0 91 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 91
Total Off-balance sheet exposures 325,873 0 0 2,662 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2,661
Total¹ 1,262,411 934,569 1,969 18,016 9,299 719 1,320 1,678 1,613 231 495 18,000

1Total including Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits.A

84

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk

Development of non-performing loans and advances

Article 442 (f) CRR

EU CR2 – Changes in the stock of non-performing loans and advances

Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
a a
in € m. Gross carrying<br><br>amount Gross carrying<br><br>amount
1 Initial stock of non-performing loans and advances 14,915 15,938
2 Inflows to non-performing portfolios 3,062 3,540
3 Outflows from non-performing portfolios (2,338) (4,564)
4 Outflows due to write-offs (535) (442)
5 Outflow due to other situations¹ (1,804) (4,121)
6 Final stock of non-performing loans and advances 15,638 14,915

1Inflows and outflows include restructurings and modifications

Credit quality of forborne exposures

Article 442 (c) CRR

Exposures are being classified as forborne according to the criteria in Article 47b of the CRR.

EU CQ1 – Credit quality of forborne exposures

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f g h
Gross carrying amount of forborne exposures Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative<br><br>changes<br><br>in fair value due to credit risk<br><br>and provisions Collateral received and<br><br>financial guarantees received<br><br>on forborne exposures
in € m. Performing<br><br>forborne Non-<br><br>performing<br><br>forborne Non-<br><br>performing<br><br>forborne, of<br><br>which<br><br>defaulted Non-<br><br>performing<br><br>forborne, of<br><br>which<br><br>impaired on<br><br>performing<br><br>forborne<br><br>exposures on non-<br><br>perfor-<br><br>ming<br><br>forborne<br><br>exposures Total of which,<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>ex-<br><br>posures with<br><br>forbearance<br><br>measures
Cash balances at central banks<br><br>and other demand deposits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Loans and advances 7,345 6,791 6,770 6,652 (154) (1,682) 8,723 3,731
Central banks 0 9 9 9 0 (8) 0 0
General governments 7 42 42 42 0 (17) 23 17
Credit institutions 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other financial corporations 271 481 481 481 (2) (27) 580 356
Non-financial corporations 5,979 5,535 5,531 5,413 (114) (1,350) 7,468 3,068
Households 1,088 725 707 707 (38) (279) 652 290
Debt securities 119 21 21 21 (0) (2) 119 0
Loan commitments given 1,354 746 743 743 (9) (69) 271 123
Total¹ 8,818 7,557 7,535 7,417 (163) (1,753) 9,113 3,854

1Total including Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits.

85

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g h
Gross carrying amount of forborne exposures Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative<br><br>changes<br><br>in fair value due to credit risk<br><br>and provisions Collateral received and<br><br>financial guarantees received<br><br>on forborne exposures
in € m. Performing<br><br>forborne Non-<br><br>performing<br><br>forborne Non-<br><br>performing<br><br>forborne, of<br><br>which<br><br>defaulted Non-<br><br>performing<br><br>forborne, of<br><br>which<br><br>impaired on<br><br>performing<br><br>forborne<br><br>exposures on non-<br><br>perfor-<br><br>ming<br><br>forborne<br><br>exposures Total of which,<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>ex-<br><br>posures with<br><br>forbearance<br><br>measures
Cash balances at central banks<br><br>and other demand deposits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Loans and advances 8,406 5,845 5,835 5,748 (141) (1,483) 9,240 2,991
Central banks 0 9 9 9 0 (7) 0 0
General governments 6 3 3 3 0 0 6 1
Credit institutions 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other financial corporations 132 422 422 422 (1) (14) 421 331
Non-financial corporations 7,157 4,830 4,825 4,738 (104) (1,225) 8,151 2,421
Households 1,112 581 576 576 (37) (237) 662 238
Debt securities 119 40 40 40 (0) (1) 134 14
Loan commitments given 1,337 562 561 561 (9) (56) 221 27
Total¹ 9,863 6,446 6,435 6,348 (151) (1,541) 9,595 3,033

1Total including Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits.

Minimum loss coverage for non-performing exposure

Minimum loss coverage for non-performing exposure under Pillar 1

On April 25, 2019 the European Commission published the amendment on Regulation (EU) 2019/630 on minimum loss

coverage on non-performing exposure. This regulation established a prudential treatment for NPEs arising from loans

originated from April 26, 2019 onwards (“CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019”) and represents a Pillar 1

measure which is legally binding and applies to all banks established in the EU.

The CRR regulation on minimum loss coverage for non-performing exposure does not focus on NPEs arising from loans

originated before April 26, 2019 (“CRR - NPE Stock”).

The following table provides an overview on Deutsche Bank’s CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 as of

December 31, 2025 and June 30, 2025.

CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019

Dec 31, 2025
Time passed since exposures classified as non-<br><br>performing
in € m. up to 2yrs >2 and <=9yrs >9yrs Total
Non-Performing Exposure 9,613 3,306 0 12,919
Exposure value¹ 10,999 3,623 0 14,623
Total minimum coverage requirement 0 1,820 0 1,820
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (uncapped) 3,914 1,991 0 5,904
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (capped) 0 1,287 0 1,287
Applicable amount of insufficient coverage 0 533 0 533

1Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR

Jun 30, 2025
Time passed since exposures classified as non-<br><br>performing
in € m. up to 2yrs >2 and <=9yrs >9yrs Total
Non-Performing Exposure 8,308 2,654 0 10,962
Exposure value¹ 9,298 2,954 0 12,251
Total minimum coverage requirement 0 1,263 0 1,263
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (uncapped) 2,896 1,588 0 4,484
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (capped) 0 918 0 918
Applicable amount of insufficient coverage 0 345 0 345

1Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR

86

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk

Minimum loss coverage for non-performing exposure under Pillar 2

Non-performing exposures arising from clients defaulting after April 1, 2018

In March 2018 ECB published its “Addendum to the ECB Guidance to banks on non-performing loans: supervisory

expectations for prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures”. The guidance focuses on NPEs arising from

clients defaulting after April 1, 2018 (“ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018”). Like for the CRR – new NPE’s originated

after April 26, 2019 a time dependent minimum loss coverage is required. The ECB guidance represents a Pillar 2

measure and its application is subject to a supervisory dialog between the bank and the ECB in context of the annual

SREP process.

The ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 and the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 differ in the following

three key aspects:

–Timing of application: Exposures defaulting after April 1, 2018 are in scope of the ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018,

but are only in scope of the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019, if loans are originated after April 26,

2019

–Treatment of loans in the trading book / traded assets: the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 excludes

all loans in the regulatory trading book whereas the ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 excludes traded assets in

accordance with the accounting classifications

–Treatment of Forbearance Measuring: the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 considers a one year freeze

period of minimum loss coverage for exposures where a forbearance measure has been granted. This freeze period for

loans with forbearance measure does not exist under the ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018

As long as the aforementioned differences exist, Deutsche Bank will report in the following table all NPE exposures

under the ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018, which are not covered in the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26,

2019.

The following table provides an overview on Deutsche Bank’s ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 as of December 31,

2025 and June 30, 2025, not reflected within the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019:

ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018

Dec 31, 2025
Time passed since exposures classified as non-<br><br>performing
in € m. up to 2yrs >2 and <=9yrs >9yrs Total
Non-Performing Exposure 2,344 2,605 0 4,949
Exposure value¹ 2,471 2,554 0 5,025
Total minimum coverage requirement 0 1,264 0 1,264
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (uncapped) 748 1,470 0 2,218
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (capped) 0 1,160 0 1,160
Applicable amount of insufficient coverage 0 105 0 105

1Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR

Jun 30, 2025
Time passed since exposures classified as non-<br><br>performing
in € m. up to 2yrs >2 and <=9yrs >9yrs Total
Non-Performing Exposure 3,373 2,648 0 6,021
Exposure value¹ 3,447 2,682 0 6,129
Total minimum coverage requirement 0 1,342 0 1,342
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (uncapped) 751 1,756 0 2,507
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (capped) 0 1,309 0 1,309
Applicable amount of insufficient coverage 0 33 0 33

1 Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR

Non-performing exposures arising from clients defaulting before April 1, 2018

ECB announced on July 11, 2018 that legacy stock of NPEs would be addressed by discussing bank-specific supervisory

expectations for the provisioning of NPEs.

In August 2019, the ECB published its “Communication on supervisory coverage expectations for NPEs” introducing a

minimum loss coverage expectation for NPEs arising from clients defaulting before April 1, 2018 (ECB – NPE Stock).

87

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk

In a first step, banks were allocated to three comparable groups on the basis of the bank’s net NPL ratios at the end of

2017 and in a second step an assessment of capacity regarding the potential impact was carried out for each individual

bank with a horizon of end 2026.

Deutsche Bank has been assigned to Group 1, which requires 100% minimum loss coverage by year end 2024 for secured

loans and by year end 2023 for unsecured loans.

The following table provides an overview on Deutsche Bank’s ECB - NPE Stock as of December 31, 2025 and June 30,

2025.

ECB – NPE Stock

Dec 31, 2025
Time passed since exposures classified as non-<br><br>performing
in € m. up to 2yrs >2 and <=9yrs >9yrs Total
Non-Performing Exposure 0 576 462 1,038
Exposure value¹ 0 1,275 1,028 2,304
Total minimum coverage requirement 0 1,275 1,028 2,304
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (uncapped) 0 1,386 1,055 2,441
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (capped) 0 1,270 1,014 2,285
Applicable amount of insufficient coverage 0 5 14 19

1Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR

Jun 30, 2025
Time passed since exposures classified as non-<br><br>performing
in € m. up to 2yrs >2 and <=9yrs >9yrs Total
Non-Performing Exposure 0 621 411 1,033
Exposure value¹ 0 1,456 937 2,393
Total minimum coverage requirement 0 1,439 937 2,376
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (uncapped) 0 1,621 961 2,582
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (capped) 0 1,437 922 2,359
Applicable amount of insufficient coverage 0 2 15 17

1Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR

The shortfall between the minimum loss coverage requirements for non-performing exposure for the CRR – new NPE’s

originated after April 26, 2019, the ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 and the ECB - NPE Stock and the risk reserves

recorded in line with IFRS 9 for defaulted (Stage 3) assets amounted to € 0.7 billion as of December 31, 2025 versus € 0.4

billion as of June 30, 2025 and was deducted from CET 1. This additional CET 1 charge can be considered as additional

regulatory loss reserve and led to a € 2.6 billion RWA relief as of December 31, 2025 and € 2.3 billion as of June 30, 2025.

Reconciliation of non-performing exposure

The following table reconciles the non-performing exposure reported in template EU CR1 into the minimum loss

coverage framework.

Reconciliation of non-performing exposure

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. Exposure Provisions
Total Non-Performing Exposure and related provisions 18,907 5,115
of which:
CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019¹ 12,919 1,407
ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018¹ 4,949 3,259
ECB – NPE Stock 1,038 450

1Treatment of loans in the Trading Book / Traded Assets: the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 exclude all loans in the regulatory Trading Book whereas the

ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 exclude Traded Assets in accordance with the accounting classifications

Jun 30, 2025
in € m. Exposure Provisions
Total Non-Performing Exposure and related provisions 18,016 4,840
of which:
CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019¹ 10,962 1,585
ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018¹ 6,021 2,784
ECB – NPE Stock 1,033 470

1Treatment of loans in the Trading Book / Traded Assets: the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 exclude all loans in the regulatory Trading Book whereas the

ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 exclude Traded Assets in accordance with the accounting classifications

88

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk

Collateral obtained by taking possession

Article 442 (c) CRR

Table EU CQ7 provides information about the collateral that has been obtained at the reporting date. Collateral obtained

by taking possession includes assets that were not pledged by the debtor as collateral but obtained in exchange for the

cancellation of debt.

The value at initial recognition reflects the gross carrying amount at the point in time of the initial recognition in the

Group’s balance sheet, while accumulated negative changes reflect the difference between the value at initial

recognition and the carrying amount at the reporting date.

EU CQ7 – Collateral obtained by taking possession and execution processes

Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
a b a b
Collateral obtained by taking<br><br>possession Collateral obtained by taking<br><br>possession
in € m. Value at initial<br><br>recognition Accumulated<br><br>negative<br><br>changes Value at initial<br><br>recognition Accumulated<br><br>negative<br><br>changes¹
1 Property, plant and equipment (PP&E) 0 0 0 0
2 Other than PP&E 403 (104) 406 (101)
3 Residential immovable property 50 (31) 52 (32)
4 Commercial immovable property 348 (71) 349 (69)
5 Movable property (auto, shipping, etc.) 0 0 0 0
6 Equity and debt instruments 0 0 0 0
7 Other 5 (1) 5 0
8 Total 403 (104) 406 (101)

General qualitative information on credit risk mitigation

Article 453 (a-e) CRR (EU CRC)

Use of on- and off-balance sheet netting

Article 453 (a) CRR

Netting (i.e. credit line netting for purpose of the internal capital adequacy assessment process under the Capital

Requirements Directive (Directive 2013/36/EU) and regulatory netting under CRR) is applicable to both exchange traded

derivatives and OTC derivatives. Netting is also applied to securities financing transactions (e.g. repurchase, securities

lending and margin lending transactions) as far as documentation, structure and nature of the risk mitigation allow

netting with the underlying credit risk in accordance with applicable law and the bank’s Financial Contracts Netting and

Collateral KOD– Legal (“Netting Policy”). While cross-product netting between derivatives and securities financing

transactions may be used in certain cases, the bank does not make use of cross-product netting for regulatory purposes.

All exchange traded derivatives are cleared through central counterparties (CCPs), which interpose themselves between

the trading entities by becoming the counterparty to each of the entities. Where legally required or where available and

to the extent agreed with the bank’s counterparties, Deutsche Bank also uses CCP clearing for its OTC derivative

transactions.

The Dodd-Frank Act and related Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) rules require CCP clearing in the

United States for certain standardized OTC derivative transactions, including certain interest rate swaps and index credit

default swaps, subject to limited exceptions when facing certain counterparties. The European Regulation (EU) No

648/2012 on OTC Derivatives, Central Counterparties and Trade Repositories (EMIR) and the Commission Delegated

Regulations (EU) 2015/2205, (EU) 2015/592 and (EU) 2016/1178 based thereupon introduced mandatory CCP clearing

in the EU for certain standardized OTC derivatives transactions. Mandatory CCP clearing in the EU began for certain

interest rate derivatives on June 21, 2016 and for certain iTraxx-based credit derivatives and additional interest rate

derivatives on February 9, 2017. Article 4 (2) of EMIR authorizes competent authorities to exempt intragroup transactions

from mandatory CCP clearing, provided certain requirements, such as full consolidation of the intragroup transactions

and the application of an appropriate centralized risk evaluation, measurement and control procedure are met. The bank

successfully applied for the clearing exemption for a number of its regulatory consolidated subsidiaries with intragroup

derivatives, including e.g., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. The extent of the

exemptions granted differs as not all entities enter into relevant transaction types subject to the clearing obligation. Of

the exempted intragroup relationships, approximately two thirds are relationships where one entity is established in a

89

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk

third country (Third Country Relationship). Third Country Relationships required repeat applications for each new asset

class being subject to the clearing obligation; the process took place in the course of 2017. Due to “Brexit”, the status of

some group entities has changed from an EU entity to a third country entity, but there has not been an impact for the

bank in respect of clearing exemptions. Since 2017, no new clearing exemption application has been filed. EMIR

amendments in force since December 24, 2024 change the requirements for intragroup exemptions, but, as a matter of

principle, Deutsche Bank is able to continue the use of pre-existing clearing exemptions.

The rules and regulations of CCPs typically allow for the bilateral set off of all amounts payable on the same day and in

the same currency (“payment netting”) thereby reducing the bank’s settlement risk. Depending on the business model

applied by the CCP, this payment netting applies either to all of the bank’s derivatives cleared by the CCP or at least to

those that form part of the same class of derivatives. Many CCPs’ rules and regulations also provide for the termination,

close-out and netting of all cleared transactions upon the CCP’s default (close-out netting), which reduces the bank’s

credit risk further. In its risk measurement and risk assessment processes Deutsche Bank applies close-out netting only to

the extent Deutsche Bank believes that the relevant CCP’s close-out netting provisions are legally valid and enforceable

and enforceable and have been approved in accordance with the bank’s Netting Policy.

In order to reduce the credit risk resulting from OTC derivative transactions, where CCP clearing is not available,

Deutsche Bank regularly seeks the execution of standard master agreements with the bank’s counterparties (such as

master agreements for derivatives published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) or the

“German Master Agreement for Financial Derivative Transactions” sponsored by the German Banking Association). A

master agreement, upon the counterparty’s default, allows for the close-out netting of rights and obligations arising

under derivative transactions that have been entered into under such an agreement, resulting in a single net claim owed

by or to the counterparty. Payment netting may be agreed from time to time with the bank’s counterparties for multiple

transactions having the same payment dates (e.g., foreign exchange transactions) pursuant to the terms of master

agreement which can reduce the bank’s settlement risk. In its risk measurement and risk assessment processes, Deutsche

Bank applies close-out netting only to the extent Deutsche Bank has concluded that the master agreement is legally

valid and enforceable in all relevant jurisdictions and the recognition of close-out netting has been approved in

accordance with the bank’s Netting Policy.

Deutsche Bank also enters into credit support annexes (CSAs) to master agreements in order to further reduce the bank’s

derivatives-related credit risk. These annexes generally provide risk mitigation through periodic, usually daily, margining

of the covered exposure. The CSAs also provide for the right to terminate the related derivative transactions upon the

counterparty’s failure to honor a margin call. As with netting, when Deutsche Bank believes the annex is enforceable,

Deutsche Bank reflects this in its exposure measurement.

Certain CSAs to master agreements provide for rating-dependent triggers, where additional collateral must be pledged if

a party’s rating is downgraded. Deutsche Bank also enters into master agreements that provide for an additional

termination event upon a party’s rating downgrade. These downgrade provisions in CSAs and master agreements usually

apply to both parties but in some agreements may apply to Deutsche Bank only. Deutsche Bank analyzes and monitors

its potential contingent payment obligations resulting from a rating downgrade in its stress testing and liquidity coverage

ratio approach for liquidity risk on an ongoing basis. For an assessment of the quantitative impact of a downgrading of

the bank’s credit rating please refer to table “Stress Testing Results” in the section “Liquidity Risk”.

The Dodd-Frank Act and CFTC rules thereunder, including CFTC rule § 23.504, as well as EMIR and Commission

Delegated Regulation based thereon, namely Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, introduced the

mandatory use of master agreements and related CSAs, which must be executed prior to or contemporaneously with

entering into an uncleared OTC derivative transaction. Certain documentation is also required by the U.S. margin rules

adopted by U.S. prudential regulators. Under the U.S. prudential regulators’ margin rules, Deutsche Bank is required to

post and collect initial margin for its uncleared derivatives exposures with other derivatives dealers, as well as with the

bank’s counterparties that (a) are “financial end users,” as that term is defined in the U.S. margin rules, and (b) have an

average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange

forwards and foreign exchange swaps exceeding U.S.$ 8 billion in June, July and August of the previous calendar year.

The U.S. margin rules additionally require Deutsche Bank to post and collect variation margin for its derivatives with

other derivatives dealers and certain financial end user counterparties. These margin requirements are subject to a U.S.$

50 million threshold for initial margin, but no threshold for variation margin, with a combined U.S.$ 500,000 minimum

transfer amount. The U.S. margin requirements have been in effect for large banks since September 2016, with additional

variation margin requirements having come into effect March 1, 2017, and additional initial margin requirements being

phased in from September 2017 through September 2022.

Under Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, which implements the EMIR margin requirements, the CSA

must provide for daily valuation and daily variation margining based on a zero threshold and a minimum transfer amount

of not more than € 500,000. For large derivative exposures exceeding € 8 billion, initial margin has to be posted as well.

The variation margin requirements under EMIR apply as of March 1, 2017; the initial margin requirements originally were

subject to a staged phase-in until September 1, 2021. However, legislative changes published on February 17, 2021

90

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk

extended deadlines into 2023. Under Article 31 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, an EU party may

decide to not exchange margin with counterparties in certain non-netting jurisdictions provided certain requirements are

met. Pursuant to Article 11 (5) to (10) of EMIR, competent authorities are authorized to exempt intragroup transactions

from the margining obligation, provided certain requirements are met. While some of those requirements are the same as

for the EMIR clearing exemptions (see above), there are additional requirements such as the absence of any current or

foreseen practical or legal impediment to the prompt transfer of funds or repayment of liabilities between intragroup

counterparties. The bank is making use of this exemption. The bank has successfully applied for the collateral exemption

for some of its regulatory-consolidated subsidiaries with intragroup derivatives, including, e.g., Deutsche Securities Inc.

and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. The bank is allowed to use intragroup exemptions from the EMIR collateral

obligation for a number of bilateral intragroup relationships which are published under https://www.db.com/legal-

resources/european-market-infrastructure-regulation/intra-group-exemptions-margining. For some bilateral intragroup

relationships, the EMIR margining exemption may be used based on Article 11 (5) of EMIR, i.e. without the need for any

application, because both entities are established in the same EU Member State. For third country subsidiaries, the

intragroup exemption was originally limited until the earlier of June 30, 2025 and four months after the publication of an

equivalence decision by the EU Commission under Article 13(2) EMIR, unless, in the case of an equivalence decision

being applicable, a follow-up exemption application is made and granted. With the EMIR amendments having entered

into force on December 24, 2024 (Regulation (EU) 2024/2987), a so-called “equivalence decision” is no longer a

requirement for a margin exemption. As a matter of principle, Deutsche Bank is able to continue to use pre-existing

margin exemptions.

Collateral evaluation and management

Article 453 (b) CRR

Deutsche Bank’s processes seek to ensure that the collateral accepted for risk mitigation purposes is of high quality. This

includes processes to generally ensure legally effective and enforceable documentation for realizable and measurable

collateral or assets which are evaluated within the on-boarding process by dedicated internal appraisers or teams with

the respective qualification, skills and experience or adequate external valuers mandated in regulated processes. The

applied valuations follow generally accepted valuation methods or models and include the identification of material

climate physical and transition risks. Ongoing correctness of values is monitored by collateral type specific appropriate

frequent and event-driven reviews considering relevant risk parameters. Revaluations are applied in cases of identified

probable material deteriorations and future monitoring may be adjusted respectively. The assessment of the suitability of

collateral for a specific transaction is part of the credit decision and must be undertaken in a conservative way. Deutsche

Bank strives to avoid “wrong-way” risk characteristics where the counterparty’s risk is positively correlated with the risk of

deterioration in the collateral value. If collateral with material correlation risk is accepted anyhow, a potential impact on

its value is considered conservatively in the valuation. For unfunded credit protection like guarantees, the process for the

analysis of the guarantor’s creditworthiness is aligned to the credit assessment process for credit-relevant

counterparties.

For funded collateral, the value depends on the type and quality of the respective collateral as well as its suitability for

third-party use, its lifespan and other value-influencing factors. Haircuts reflecting risks of liquidation in a default

scenario are implicitly considered in the LGD estimation. Collateral can either move in value over time (dynamic value) or

not (static value). Deutsche Bank uses value deductions to reflect i.a.:

–price fluctuations

–insufficient third-party usability

–limitations on liquidation / realization

–currency mismatch between the secured exposure and the collateral

–maturity mismatch

–environmental risks

–asset specific aspects (age-related discounts, encumbrances and restrictions)

–correlation between the performance of the borrower and the value of the collateral, e.g., in the case of the pledge of

a borrower’s own shares or securities (in this case generally full correlation leads to a 100% value deduction)

These value deductions are either applied within the scope of the assessment and hence directly considered in the

market value or deducted afterwards.

Main types of collateral

Article 453 (c) CRR

Deutsche Bank regularly agrees on collateral to be received from customers that are subject to credit risk or to be

provided by third parties agreed by legally effective and enforceable contracts, documented by a written and reasoned

legal opinion. Collateral is credit protection in the form of (funded) assigned or pledged assets or (unfunded) third-party

obligations that serves to mitigate the inherent risk of credit loss in an exposure, by either improving recoveries in the

91

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk

event of a default or substituting the counterparty default risk. Deutsche Bank generally takes all types of valuable and

eligible collateral for its respective businesses but may limit accepted collateral types for specific businesses or regions

as customary in the respective market or driven by purpose of efficiency. While collateral can be an alternative source of

repayment, it does not replace the necessity of high-quality underwriting standards and a thorough assessment of the

debt service ability of the counterparty in line with Article 194 (9) CRR.

Deutsche Bank distinguishes the following two types of credit protection approaches:

–Funded credit protection in forms of financial and other collateral, which enables Deutsche Bank to recover all or part

of the outstanding exposure by liquidating the collateral asset provided, in cases where the counterparty is unable or

unwilling to fulfill its primary obligations. Cash collateral, securities (equity, bonds), collateral pledges or assignments

of other claims or inventory, movable assets (i.e., plant, machinery, ships and aircraft) and real estate typically fall into

this category; all financial collateral is regularly, mostly daily, revalued and measured against the respective credit

exposure; the value of other collateral, including real estate, is monitored based upon established processes that

include regular reviews or revaluations by internal and/or external experts with appropriate qualification, skills and

experience

–Unfunded credit protection in forms of guarantees, which complements the counterparty’s ability to fulfill its

obligation under the legal contract and as such is provided by uncorrelated third parties. Letters of credit, credit

insurance, export credit insurance, guarantees, credit derivatives and (unfunded) risk participations typically fall into

this category. Guarantees and strong letters of comfort provided by correlated group members of customers

(generally the parent company) are also accepted and considered in approved rating approaches; guarantee collateral

with a non-investment grade rating of the guarantor is limited

Main types of guarantor and credit derivative counterparties

Article 453 (d) CRR

Deutsche Bank accepts different types of unfunded credit protection, which complements the counterparty’s ability to

fulfill its obligation under the legal contract and as such is provided by uncorrelated third parties with checked

creditworthiness. The process for the analysis of the guarantor’s creditworthiness is aligned to the credit assessment

process for counterparties. Letters of credit, credit insurance, export credit insurance, guarantees, credit derivatives and

risk participations typically fall into this category. Main guarantor types are banks, export credit agencies and other

public-sector undertakings and insurance companies whose obligations are recognized via several methodologies, e.g.

substitution of risk parameters approach or modelling approach. Also, corporate clients play an important role in

providing declarations of liability. Guarantees and strong letters of comfort provided by correlated group members of

customers (generally the parent company) are accepted and considered in approved rating approaches. Guarantee

collateral with a non-investment grade rating of the guarantor is limited.

Risk concentrations within credit risk mitigation

Article 453 (e) CRR

Concentrations within credit risk mitigations taken may occur if a number of guarantors and credit derivative providers

with similar economic characteristics are engaged in comparable activities with changes in economic or industry

conditions affecting their ability to meet contractual obligations. Concentration risk may also occur in collateral

portfolios (e.g. multiple claims and receivables against third parties) which are considered conservatively within the

valuation process and/or on-site inspections where applicable. Deutsche Bank uses a range of tools and metrics to

monitor concentrations in its credit risk mitigating activities and initiate respective actions if deemed necessary.

92

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 General quantitative information on credit risk

General quantitative information on credit risk mitigation

Overview of credit risk mitigation techniques

Article 453 (f) CRR

The table EU CR3 below shows a breakdown of unsecured and secured credit risk exposures and credit risk exposures

secured by various credit risk mitigants for all loans and debt securities including the carrying amounts of the total

population which are in default. Exposures unsecured (column a) represent the carrying amount of credit risk exposures

(net of credit risk adjustments) that do not benefit from a credit risk mitigation technique, regardless of whether this

technique is recognized in the CRR. Exposures secured (column b) represent the carrying amount of exposures that have

at least one credit risk mitigation mechanism (collateral, financial guarantees, credit derivatives) associated with them.

Exposure secured by various credit risk mitigants (column c-e) are the carrying amount of exposures (net of credit risk

adjustments) partly or totally secured by collateral, financial guarantees and credit derivatives, whereby only the secured

portion of the overall exposure is presented. The allocation of the carrying amount of multi-secured exposures to their

different credit risk mitigation mechanisms is made by order of priority, starting with the credit risk mitigation mechanism

expected to be called first in the event of a loss, and within the limits of the carrying amount primarily observed of the

secured exposures. Moreover, no overcollateralization is considered.

EU CR3 – Credit Risk Mitigation techniques – Overview

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e
Secured carrying amount
Of which secured by financial<br><br>guarantees
in € m. Unsecured<br><br>carrying amount Secured<br><br>carrying<br><br>amount, Total Of which<br><br>secured by<br><br>collateral Of which<br><br>secured by<br><br>financial<br><br>guarantees,<br><br>Total Of which<br><br>secured by<br><br>credit<br><br>derivatives
1 Loans and advances 462,274 458,043 406,901 51,141 0
2 Debt securities 79,533 2,414 2,357 57
3 Total 541,807 460,457 409,259 51,198 0
4 of which: non-performing exposures 3,213 7,877 6,762 1,115 0
EU-5 of which: defaulted 3,189 7,859
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e
Secured carrying amount
Of which secured by financial<br><br>guarantees
in € m. Unsecured<br><br>carrying amount Secured<br><br>carrying<br><br>amount, Total Of which<br><br>secured by<br><br>collateral Of which<br><br>secured by<br><br>financial<br><br>guarantees,<br><br>Total Of which<br><br>secured by<br><br>credit<br><br>derivatives
1 Loans and advances 422,936 446,337 398,708 47,629 0
2 Debt securities 73,791 2,771 2,579 193
3 Total 496,727 449,108 401,287 47,821 0
4 of which: non-performing exposures 3,284 7,349 6,188 1,161 0
EU-5 of which: defaulted 3,270 7,274

Secured and unsecured total exposures increased to € 1,002 billion in December 2025 compared to € 946 billion in June

2025, driven by increase in unsecured exposure by € 45.1 billion and secured exposure by € 11.3 billion.

93

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the

standardized approach

Qualitative information on the use of the standardized

approach

Deutsche Bank applies the standardized approach to a subset of the credit risk exposures. The standardized approach

measures credit risk either pursuant to fixed risk weights, which are regulatory predefined or determined through the

application of external ratings.

Certain credit exposures are permanently assigned to the standardized approach. Exposures to central governments or

central banks make up the majority of the exposures carried in the standardized approach and receive predominantly a

risk weight of zero percent. Exposures to central governments or central banks that were treated under IRBA previously

have been moved to standardized approach under article 494d CRR in 2025.

For internal purposes, however, these exposures are subject to an internal credit assessment and fully integrated in the

risk management and economic capital processes.

External ratings in the standardized approach and usage of issue rating

Article 444 (a-d) CRR and EU CRD

In order to calculate the regulatory capital requirements under the standardized approach, Deutsche Bank uses eligible

external ratings from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch Ratings and in some cases from DBRS. Ratings are applied to all

relevant exposure classes in the standardized approach. If more than one rating is available for a specific counterparty,

the selection criteria as set out in Article 138 CRR are applied in order to determine the relevant risk weight for the

capital calculation.

Given the low volume of exposures covered under the standardized approach and the high percentage of (externally

rated) central government exposures therein, Deutsche Bank principally does not consider impacts from inferring issue

ratings from issuer ratings.

This information does not need to be disclosed separately as Deutsche Bank complies with the standard association

published by EBA.

Quantitative information on the use of the standardized

approach

Standardized approach exposure by risk weight before and after credit mitigation

Article 444 (e) CRR and Article 453 (g-i) CRR

The table below shows the credit risk exposure before and post credit conversion factors and credit risk mitigation

obtained in the form of eligible financial collateral, guarantees and credit derivatives based on the exposure-at-default

(EAD) in the standardized approach as well as related RWA and average risk weights broken down by regulatory exposure

classes and a split into on- and off-balance sheet exposures.

94

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

EU CR4 – Standardized approach – credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation (CRM) effects

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Exposures before CCF and<br><br>CRM Exposures post-CCF and<br><br>CRM RWEAs and RWEA density
Exposure classes On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>amount Off-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>amount On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>amount Off-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>amount RWEAs RWEAs<br><br>density<br><br>[in %]
1 Central governments or central banks 236,429 4,592 242,442 3,031 15,007 6.11%
2 Non-central government public sector entities 5,667 5,378 6,964 4,094 114 1.03%
EU 2a Regional government or local authorities 1,778 5,325 2,583 4,078 111 1.67%
EU 2b Public sector entities 3,889 52 4,381 16 3 0.06%
3 Multilateral development banks 4,330 0 5,598 306 0 0.00%
EU 3a International organizations 6,711 0 6,711 0 0 0.00%
4 Institutions 324 82 485 100 517 88.31%
5 Covered bonds 0 0 0 0 0 0.00%
6 Corporates 13,238 5,386 14,178 1,894 13,267 82.55%
6.1 Of which: Specialized Lending 38 112 37 45 83 101.90%
7 Subordinated debt exposures and equity 2,539 476 2,539 476 6,590 218.57%
EU 7a Subordinated debt exposures 0 0 0 0 0 0.00%
EU 7b Equity 2,539 476 2,539 476 6,590 218.57%
8 Retail 1,799 1,430 1,692 166 1,348 72.54%
9 Secured by mortgages on immovable property and<br><br>ADC exposures 5,056 214 4,765 45 1,916 39.82%
9.1 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable<br><br>property - non IPRE 4,205 176 3,918 41 1,375 34.73%
9.2 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable<br><br>property - IPRE 35 0 33 0 9 25.97%
9.3 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable<br><br>property - non IPRE 795 38 794 3 516 64.71%
9.4 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable<br><br>property - IPRE 21 0 20 0 16 77.93%
9.5 Acquisition, Development and Construction (ADC) 0 0 0 0 0 150.00%
10 Exposures in default 1,206 233 838 4 1,011 120.11%
EU 10a Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-<br><br>term credit assessment 0 0 0 0 0 0.00%
EU 10b Collective investments undertakings (CIU) 628 18,822 628 4,407 7,286 144.71%
EU 10c Other items 10,294 69 10,294 69 8,708 84.03%
12 Total 288,222 36,681 297,136 14,593 55,764 17.89%

95

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Exposures before CCF and<br><br>CRM Exposures post-CCF and<br><br>CRM RWEAs and RWEA density
Exposure classes On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>amount Off-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>amount On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>amount Off-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>amount RWEAs RWA<br><br>density<br><br>[in %]
1 Central governments or central banks 85,843 303 91,892 1,064 85 0.09%
2 Non-central government public sector entities 5,053 5,333 5,892 4,043 24 0.24%
EU 2a Regional government or local authorities 1,115 5,283 1,313 4,036 6 0.11%
EU 2b Public sector entities 3,938 50 4,579 7 18 0.40%
3 Multilateral development banks 2,023 0 2,031 2 0 0.00%
EU 3a International organizations 5,526 0 5,526 0 0 0.00%
4 Institutions 235 64 1,049 21 305 28.50%
5 Covered bonds 0 0 0 0 0 0.00%
6 Corporates 13,309 4,457 10,465 1,518 11,113 92.74%
6.1 Of which: Specialized Lending 17 51 11 15 29 111.74%
7 Subordinated debt exposures and equity 2,675 473 2,675 473 6,646 211.06%
EU 7a Subordinated debt exposures 0 0 0 0 0 0.00%
EU 7b Equity 2,675 473 2,675 473 6,646 211.06%
8 Retail 1,368 1,397 1,246 155 1,026 73.24%
9 Secured by mortgages on immovable property and<br><br>ADC exposures 5,068 192 4,867 31 2,037 41.58%
9.1 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable<br><br>property - non IPRE 3,994 149 3,795 27 1,320 34.55%
9.2 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable<br><br>property - IPRE 31 0 31 0 9 30.22%
9.3 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable<br><br>property - non IPRE 1,012 41 1,011 3 680 67.00%
9.4 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable<br><br>property - IPRE 31 2 31 1 27 87.31%
9.5 Acquisition, Development and Construction<br><br>(ADC) 0 0 0 0 0 150.00%
10 Exposures in default 1,200 17 1,157 6 1,470 126.38%
EU 10a Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-<br><br>term credit assessment 0 0 0 0 0 0.00%
EU 10b Collective investments undertakings (CIU) 927 16,639 927 3,716 5,715 123.08%
EU 10c Other items 10,350 69 10,350 69 8,765 84.13%
12 Total 133,577 28,944 138,078 11,097 37,186 24.93%

RWA for credit risk (excluding CCR) in the standardized approach were € 55.8 billion as of December 31, 2025, compared

to € 37.2 billion as of June 30, 2025. The increase of € 18.6 billion was mainly driven by a simplification of the internal

rating-based approach resulting in the calculation of exposures to "Central governments and central banks" using the

standardized approach. Additionally, the increase in exposure class "corporates" is mainly driven by higher exposures and

the increase in exposure class "Collective investments undertakings (CIU)” is due to increased exposures along with

higher risk weights. These increases were partly offset by reduced exposures in exposure class “Exposures in default”.

In the following tables the EAD per regulatory exposure class are assigned to their standardized risk weights. Deducted

or unrated items are split out separately. The exposures are shown after the shift to the exposure class of the protection

seller, if applicable.

96

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

EU CR5 – Standardized approach

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. Risk Weight
a b c d e f g
Exposure classes 0% 2% 4% 10% 20% 30% 35%
1 Central governments or central banks 233,303 0 0 0 2,235 0 0
2 Non-central government public sector entities 10,488 0 0 0 570 0 0
EU 2a Regional governments or local authorities 6,106 0 0 0 556 0 0
EU 2b Public sector entities 4,382 0 0 0 14 0 0
3 Multilateral development banks 5,904 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 3a International organizations 6,711 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Institutions 0 0 0 0 82 210 0
5 Covered bonds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Corporates 0 0 170 0 2,956 0 0
6.1 Of which: Specialized Lending 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 Subordinated debt exposures and equity 107 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7a Subordinated debt exposures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7b Equity 107 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 Retail 0 0 0 0 0 0 184
9 Secured by mortgages on immovable property<br><br>and ADC exposures 3 0 0 0 3,074 3 3
9.1 Secured by mortgages on residential<br><br>immovable property - non IPRE 3 0 0 0 3,048 3 0
9.1.1 no loan splitting applied 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.1.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 3,048 3 0
9.1.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.2 Secured by mortgages on residential<br><br>immovable property - IPRE 0 0 0 0 26 0 3
9.3 Secured by mortgages on commercial<br><br>immovable property - non IPRE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.1 no loan splitting applied 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.4 Secured by mortgages on commercial<br><br>immovable property - IPRE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.5 Acquisition, Development and Construction<br><br>(ADC) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Exposures in default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 10a Claims on institutions and corporates with a<br><br>short-term credit assessment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 10b Collective investment undertakings (CIU) 1,286 0 0 0 324 0 0
EU 10c Other items 1,635 0 0 0 25 0 0
EU 11c Total 259,438 0 170 0 9,267 213 187

97

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Risk Weight
h i j k l m n
Exposure classes 40% 45% 50% 60% 70% 75% 80%
1 Central governments or central banks 0 0 2,557 0 0 0 0
2 Non-central government public sector entities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 2a Regional governments or local authorities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 2b Public sector entities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 Multilateral development banks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 3a International organizations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Institutions 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
5 Covered bonds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Corporates 0 0 567 0 0 3 0
6.1 Of which: Specialized Lending 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 Subordinated debt exposures and equity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7a Subordinated debt exposures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7b Equity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 Retail 0 0 0 0 0 1,421 0
9 Secured by mortgages on immovable property<br><br>and ADC exposures 0 2 0 690 2 560 0
9.1 Secured by mortgages on residential<br><br>immovable property - non IPRE 0 0 0 0 0 558 0
9.1.1 no loan splitting applied 0 0 0 0 0 27 0
9.1.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.1.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 0 0 0 0 532 0
9.2 Secured by mortgages on residential<br><br>immovable property - IPRE 0 2 0 0 0 1 0
9.3 Secured by mortgages on commercial<br><br>immovable property - non IPRE 0 0 0 687 0 1 0
9.3.1 no loan splitting applied 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 687 0 0 0
9.3.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
9.4 Secured by mortgages on commercial<br><br>immovable property - IPRE 0 0 0 3 2 0 0
9.5 Acquisition, Development and Construction<br><br>(ADC) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Exposures in default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 10a Claims on institutions and corporates with a<br><br>short-term credit assessment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 10b Collective investment undertakings (CIU) 0 0 49 0 0 0 0
EU 10c Other items 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 11c Total 0 2 3,175 690 2 1,985 0

98

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Risk Weight
o p q r s t u
Exposure classes 90% 100% 105% 110% 130% 150% 250%
1 Central governments or central banks 0 1,776 0 0 0 217 0
2 Non-central government public sector entities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 2a Regional governments or local authorities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 2b Public sector entities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 Multilateral development banks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 3a International organizations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Institutions 0 0 0 0 0 291 0
5 Covered bonds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Corporates 0 12,257 0 0 15 97 0
6.1 Of which: Specialized Lending 0 67 0 0 15 0 0
7 Subordinated debt exposures and equity 0 136 0 0 0 0 1,917
EU 7a Subordinated debt exposures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7b Equity 0 136 0 0 0 0 1,917
8 Retail 0 226 0 0 0 27 0
9 Secured by mortgages on immovable property<br><br>and ADC exposures 13 457 0 0 0 3 0
9.1 Secured by mortgages on residential<br><br>immovable property - non IPRE 0 348 0 0 0 0 0
9.1.1 no loan splitting applied 0 182 0 0 0 0 0
9.1.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.1.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 166 0 0 0 0 0
9.2 Secured by mortgages on residential<br><br>immovable property - IPRE 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
9.3 Secured by mortgages on commercial<br><br>immovable property - non IPRE 0 109 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.1 no loan splitting applied 0 51 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 58 0 0 0 0 0
9.4 Secured by mortgages on commercial<br><br>immovable property - IPRE 13 0 0 0 0 1 0
9.5 Acquisition, Development and Construction<br><br>(ADC) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Exposures in default 0 503 0 0 0 339 0
EU 10a Claims on institutions and corporates with a<br><br>short-term credit assessment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 10b Collective investment undertakings (CIU) 0 711 0 0 0 84 2,480
EU 10c Other items 0 8,703 0 0 0 0 0
EU 11c Total 13 24,768 0 0 15 1,057 4,398

99

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Risk Weight
v w x y z aa
Exposure classes 370% 400% 1250% Others Total Of which:<br><br>unrated
1 Central governments or central banks 0 0 0 5,385 245,474 119,202
2 Non-central government public sector entities 0 0 0 0 11,058 4,614
EU 2a Regional governments or local authorities 0 0 0 0 6,661 3,992
EU 2b Public sector entities 0 0 0 0 4,397 622
3 Multilateral development banks 0 0 0 0 5,904 1,574
EU 3a International organizations 0 0 0 0 6,711 0
4 Institutions 0 0 0 0 585 585
5 Covered bonds 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Corporates 0 0 8 0 16,072 15,845
6.1 Of which: Specialized Lending 0 0 0 0 82 82
7 Subordinated debt exposures and equity 0 17 0 838 3,015 2,584
EU 7a Subordinated debt exposures 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7b Equity 0 17 0 838 3,015 2,584
8 Retail 0 0 0 1 1,859 1,859
9 Secured by mortgages on immovable property and ADC<br><br>exposures 0 0 0 0 4,810 4,810
9.1 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable property -<br><br>non IPRE 0 0 0 0 3,959 3,959
9.1.1 no loan splitting applied 0 0 0 0 210 210
9.1.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 3,051 3,051
9.1.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 0 0 0 699 699
9.2 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable property -<br><br>IPRE 0 0 0 0 33 33
9.3 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable property -<br><br>non IPRE 0 0 0 0 797 797
9.3.1 no loan splitting applied 0 0 0 0 51 51
9.3.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 687 687
9.3.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 0 0 0 59 59
9.4 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable property -<br><br>IPRE 0 0 0 0 20 20
9.5 Acquisition, Development and Construction (ADC) 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Exposures in default 0 0 0 0 842 420
EU 10a Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit<br><br>assessment 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 10b Collective investment undertakings (CIU) 0 4 6 91 5,035 1,668
EU 10c Other items 0 0 0 0 10,363 10,338
EU 11c Total 0 21 14 6,315 311,728 163,500

100

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Risk Weight
a b c d e f g
Exposure classes 0% 2% 4% 10% 20% 30% 35%
1 Central governments or central banks 92,859 0 0 0 15 0 0
2 Non-central government public sector entities 9,826 0 0 0 107 0 0
EU 2a Regional governments or local authorities 5,322 0 0 0 26 0 0
EU 2b Public sector entities 4,504 0 0 0 81 0 0
4 Multilateral development banks 2,032 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 3a International organizations 5,526 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Institutions 0 0 0 0 882 126 0
5 Covered bonds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Corporates 0 0 376 0 368 0 0
6.1 Of which: Specialized Lending 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 Subordinated debt exposures and equity 83 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7a Subordinated debt exposures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7b Equity 83 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 Retail 0 0 0 0 0 0 185
9 Secured by mortgages on immovable property and<br><br>ADC exposures 0 0 0 0 2,953 10 13
9.1 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable<br><br>property - non IPRE 0 0 0 0 2,951 0 0
9.1.1 no loan splitting applied 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.1.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 2,951 0 0
9.1.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.2 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable<br><br>property - IPRE 0 0 0 0 2 10 13
9.3 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable<br><br>property - non IPRE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.1 no loan splitting applied 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.4 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable<br><br>property - IPRE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.5 Acquisition, Development and Construction<br><br>(ADC) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Exposures in default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 10a Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-<br><br>term credit assessment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 10b Collective investment undertakings (CIU) 1,412 0 0 0 412 0 0
EU 10c Other items 1,630 0 0 0 29 0 0
EU 11c Total 113,369 0 376 0 4,765 135 197

101

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Risk Weight
h i j k l m n
Exposure classes 40% 45% 50% 60% 70% 75% 80%
1 Central governments or central banks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 Non-central government public sector entities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 2a Regional governments or local authorities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 2b Public sector entities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Multilateral development banks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 3a International organizations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Institutions 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 Covered bonds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Corporates 0 0 74 0 0 28 0
6.1 Of which: Specialized Lending 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 Subordinated debt exposures and equity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7a Subordinated debt exposures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7b Equity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 Retail 0 0 0 0 0 964 0
9 Secured by mortgages on immovable property and<br><br>ADC exposures 0 6 0 810 4 546 0
9.1 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable<br><br>property - non IPRE 0 0 0 0 0 544 0
9.1.1 no loan splitting applied 0 0 0 0 0 19 0
9.1.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.1.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 0 0 0 0 526 0
9.2 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable<br><br>property - IPRE 0 6 0 0 0 1 0
9.3 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable<br><br>property - non IPRE 0 0 0 810 0 1 0
9.3.1 no loan splitting applied 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 810 0 0 0
9.3.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
9.4 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable<br><br>property - IPRE 0 0 0 0 4 0 0
9.5 Acquisition, Development and Construction<br><br>(ADC) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Exposures in default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 10a Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-<br><br>term credit assessment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 10b Collective investment undertakings (CIU) 0 0 28 0 0 0 0
EU 10c Other items 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 11c Total 0 6 103 810 4 1,539 0

102

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Risk Weight
o p q r s t u
Exposure classes 90% 100% 105% 110% 130% 150% 250%
1 Central governments or central banks 0 82 0 0 0 0 0
2 Non-central government public sector entities 0 2 0 0 0 0 0
EU 2a Regional governments or local authorities 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
EU 2b Public sector entities 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
4 Multilateral development banks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 3a International organizations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Institutions 0 4 0 0 0 58 0
5 Covered bonds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Corporates 0 10,964 0 0 26 18 0
6.1 Of which: Specialized Lending 0 0 0 0 26 0 0
7 Subordinated debt exposures and equity 0 201 0 0 0 0 1,658
EU 7a Subordinated debt exposures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7b Equity 0 201 0 0 0 0 1,658
8 Retail 0 225 0 0 0 27 0
9 Secured by mortgages on immovable property and<br><br>ADC exposures 1 526 0 22 0 4 0
9.1 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable<br><br>property - non IPRE 0 323 0 0 0 0 0
9.1.1 no loan splitting applied 0 168 0 0 0 0 0
9.1.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.1.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 155 0 0 0 0 0
9.2 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable<br><br>property - IPRE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.3 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable<br><br>property - non IPRE 0 203 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.1 no loan splitting applied 0 84 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.3.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 119 0 0 0 0 0
9.4 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable<br><br>property - IPRE 1 0 0 22 0 4 0
9.5 Acquisition, Development and Construction<br><br>(ADC) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Exposures in default 0 549 0 0 0 614 0
EU 10a Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-<br><br>term credit assessment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 10b Collective investment undertakings (CIU) 0 532 0 0 0 24 0
EU 10c Other items 0 8,759 0 0 0 0 0
EU 11c Total 1 21,844 0 22 26 746 1,658

103

Deutsche Bank Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Risk Weight
v w x y z aa
Exposure classes 370% 400% 1250% Others Total Of which:<br><br>unrated
1 Central governments or central banks 0 0 0 0 92,956 60,836
2 Non-central government public sector entities 0 0 0 0 9,935 3,892
EU 2a Regional governments or local authorities 0 0 0 0 5,349 3,154
EU 2b Public sector entities 0 0 0 0 4,586 737
4 Multilateral development banks 0 0 0 0 2,032 13
EU 3a International organizations 0 0 0 0 5,526 5
4 Institutions 0 0 0 0 1,070 1,065
5 Covered bonds 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Corporates 0 0 0 128 11,983 11,517
6.1 Of which: Specialized Lending 0 0 0 0 26 26
7 Subordinated debt exposures and equity 0 3 0 1,199 3,145 2,705
EU 7a Subordinated debt exposures 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 7b Equity 0 3 0 1,199 3,145 2,705
8 Retail 0 0 0 1 1,401 1,401
9 Secured by mortgages on immovable property and ADC<br><br>exposures 0 0 0 3 4,898 4,898
9.1 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable property -<br><br>non IPRE 0 0 0 3 3,821 3,821
9.1.1 no loan splitting applied 0 0 0 0 187 187
9.1.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 2,951 2,951
9.1.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 0 0 3 683 683
9.2 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable property -<br><br>IPRE 0 0 0 0 31 31
9.3 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable property -<br><br>non IPRE 0 0 0 0 1,014 1,014
9.3.1 no loan splitting applied 0 0 0 0 84 84
9.3.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 0 0 0 0 810 810
9.3.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 0 0 0 0 120 120
9.4 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable property -<br><br>IPRE 0 0 0 0 31 31
9.5 Acquisition, Development and Construction (ADC) 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Exposures in default 0 0 0 0 1,163 1,090
EU 10a Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit<br><br>assessment 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 10b Collective investment undertakings (CIU) 0 0 0 2,234 4,643 1,690
EU 10c Other items 0 0 0 0 10,419 10,390
EU 11c Total 0 3 0 3,566 149,171 99,502

104

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach

Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the

internal-rating-based approach

Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach

Approval status for IRB approaches

Article 452 (a) CRR

For the majority of the Group’s credit portfolios, the bank applies the advanced IRBA to calculate the regulatory capital

requirements according to the CRR/CRD 4 framework, based on respective approvals received from BaFin and ECB.

Overall, IRB approved models cover all of the bank’s material exposures in the IRB eligible exposure classes “Institutions”,

“Corporates”, and “Retail”. For the exposure class “Central governments and central banks”, the Group reverted to

standardized approach in 2025.

The Group’s exposures reported under foundation IRB include exposure classes where foundation IRB is mandatory since

introduction of CRR3 and parts of former Postbank’s corporate portfolios, which partially receive regulatory risk weights

using the so-called ‘supervisory slotting criteria’ approach. Further details of the Foundation Approach are provided in

the section “Foundation Internal Ratings Based Approach”.

At Group level, the bank assigns some portfolios to the standardized approach. Details of the standardized approach and

the standardized approach exposures are discussed in the section “Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the

standardized approach” within this report.

The bank is in regular exchange with ECB on model enhancements, changes in the IRB model landscape and other model

related changes that are monitored jointly with ECB based on a model map.

Details on the number of IRB approved models and their performance are shown in the section “Model Validation

Results”.

Scope of the use of IRB and SA approaches

Article 452 (b) CRR (EU CRE)

The table EU CR6-A below shows exposures and percentages covered by the IRB and standardized approaches, also

showing exposures subject to the permanent partial use. It splits the exposures further down into the major regulatory

exposure classes.

105

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach

EU CR6-A - Scope of the use of IRB and SA approaches

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e
in € m. (unless stated otherwise) Exposure<br><br>value as<br><br>defined in<br><br>Article 166<br><br>CRR for<br><br>exposures<br><br>subject to IRB<br><br>approach Total<br><br>exposure<br><br>value for<br><br>exposures<br><br>subject to the<br><br>Standardized<br><br>approach and<br><br>to the IRB<br><br>approach Percentage<br><br>of total<br><br>exposure<br><br>value subject<br><br>to the<br><br>permanent<br><br>partial use of<br><br>the SA Percentage<br><br>of total<br><br>exposure<br><br>value subject<br><br>to IRB<br><br>Approach Percentage<br><br>of total<br><br>exposure<br><br>value subject<br><br>to a roll-out<br><br>plan
1 Central governments or central banks 0 246,883 100.00 0.00 0.00
2 Regional governments or local authorities 0 1,962 100.00 0.00 0.00
3 Public sector entities 496 4,403 88.23 11.77 0.00
4 Institutions 17,188 4.24 95.76 0.00
5 Corporates 305,075 346,185 7.80 92.20 0.00
of which:
5.1 General 0 275,112 9.81 90.19 0.00
5.2 Specialized lending 51,319 0.00 100.00 0.00
of which:
5.2.1 excluding slotting approach 50,999 0.00 100.00 0.00
5.2.2 including slotting approach 320 0.00 100.00 0.00
5.3 Purchased Receivables 0 19,754 0.00 100.00 0.00
6 Retail 202,000 191,856 1.02 98.98 0.00
of which:
6.1 Qualifying revolving 3,121 0.00 100.00 0.00
6.2 Secured by residential immovable property 140,942 0.00 100.00 0.00
6.3 Purchased receivables 68 67 0.00 100.00 0.00
6.4 Other retail exposures 44,022 43,045 0.00 100.00 0.00
7 Equity 0 1,483 100.00 0.00 0.00
EU 7a Collective investment undertakings (CIU) 1,948 5,139 85.39 14.61 0.00
8 Other non-credit obligation assets 0 730 100.00 0.00 0.00
9 Total 526,927 815,828 35.43 64.57 0.00
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e
in € m. (unless stated otherwise) Exposure<br><br>value as<br><br>defined in<br><br>Article 166<br><br>CRR for<br><br>exposures<br><br>subject to IRB<br><br>approach Total<br><br>exposure<br><br>value for<br><br>exposures<br><br>subject to the<br><br>Standardized<br><br>approach and<br><br>to the IRB<br><br>approach Percentage<br><br>of total<br><br>exposure<br><br>value subject<br><br>to the<br><br>permanent<br><br>partial use of<br><br>the SA Percentage<br><br>of total<br><br>exposure<br><br>value subject<br><br>to IRB<br><br>Approach Percentage<br><br>of total<br><br>exposure<br><br>value subject<br><br>to a roll-out<br><br>plan
1 Central governments or central banks 128,696 205,981 43.35 56.65 0.00
of which:
1.1 Regional governments or local authorities 1,353 100.00 0.00 0.00
1.2 Public sector entities 691 100.00 0.00 0.00
2 Institutions 15,331 13,860 0.72 99.28 0.00
3 Corporates 329,598 389,488 4.37 95.63 0.00
of which:
3.1 Corporates - Specialised lending, excluding slotting approach 52,882 0.00 100.00 0.00
3.2 Corporates - Specialised lending under slotting approach 486 0.00 100.00 0.00
4 Retail 212,024 203,497 2.82 97.18 0.00
of which:
4.1 Retail – Secured by real estate SMEs 983 0.00 100.00 0.00
4.2 Retail – Secured by real estate non-SMEs 160,471 0.00 100.00 0.00
4.3 Retail – Qualifying revolving 1,989 0.00 100.00 0.00
4.4 Retail – Other SMEs 4,395 0.00 100.00 0.00
4.5 Retail – Other non-SMEs 29,912 0.00 100.00 0.00
5 Equity 5,069 4,041 2.55 97.45 0.00
6 Other non-credit obligation assets 11,056 10,340 0.11 99.89 0.00
7 Total 701,774 827,207 13.57 86.43 0.00

106

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach

Relationship between the risk management function and the internal audit

function

Article 452 (c)(i) CRR (EU CRE)

As discussed in the Enterprise and Treasury Risk section “Risk Management structure and organization”, Deutsche Bank’s

risk management framework consists of various components and the organizational structures follow the 3LoD model

with a clear definition of roles and responsibilities for all risk types.

Group Audit is a part of the 3LoD and an instrument of the Management Board and the Global Head of Group Audit

reports administratively to the CEO. Group Audit supports the Management Board in identifying significant known and

emerging weaknesses in the control framework, assessing whether risks, including the potential occurrences of fraud, are

appropriately identified and managed. Group Audit is also responsible for assessing the effectiveness and efficiency of

risk management, internal controls, governance processes and systems in a holistic and forward-looking manner. Group

Audit is not responsible for the design, installation, procedures, or operations of the institution's internal control.

Rating system review

Article 452 (c)(ii) CRR (EU CRE)

The 2nd LoD for model risk is Model Risk Management. The Model Risk Management function comprises the Credit

Validation unit which performs different types of independent validations across the rating system’s lifecycle in

accordance with the standards set in the applicable Model Risk Management Policy.

Procedure of independence between reviewing function and development

function

Article 452 (c)(iii) CRR (EU CRE)

A high level of independence of the Model Risk Management function (including the Credit Validation unit) is ensured

through organizational set-up independent from the Credit Risk Control Unit (comprising credit model owners and

developers). The Head of Model Risk Management reports into the Chief Risk Officer. The independent Credit Validation

unit reports into the Head of Model Risk Management.

Procedure to ensure accountability of development and reviewing function

Article 452 (c)(iv) CRR (EU CRE)

The model development function is accountable for reflecting IRB requirements in the design, development and

documentation of IRB models. Furthermore, it is accountable to provide model users, model owners and control

functions with accurate information on IRB models including relevant assumptions and limitations.

Credit Validation unit as part of Model Risk Management function is accountable for ongoing review of IRB models and

assumptions taken in the development of these models.

Group Audit as 3rd LoD is accountable for providing independent and objective assurance on the adequacy of the

design, operating effectiveness and efficiency of the risk management system and systems of internal control.

Role of the function in the credit risk model process, scope and main content of

credit risk models

Model change process

New model development or changes to existing models are agreed between model developers within Group Strategic

Analytics and users of the models within CRM. Other departments of the bank are involved as required e.g., to support on

the provision of data required for model development or on the implementation of models in production systems.

Changes to existing credit models and introduction of new models are approved by the Regulatory Credit Risk Model

Committee chaired by the Head of CRM before the models are used for credit decisions and capital calculation for the

first time or before they are significantly changed. Separately, an approval by the Head of Model Risk Management is

required. Where appropriate, less significant changes can be approved by a delegate or function under a delegated

authority – mainly to the Regulatory Credit Risk Model Forum. Proposals with high impact are recommended for approval

to the Group Risk Committee. Regulatory notification or approval may also be required.

The model validation is performed independently of model development by Model Risk Management. The results of the

regular validation processes as stipulated by internal policies are brought to the attention of the Regulatory Credit Risk

Model Forum and the Regulatory Credit Risk Model Committee, even if the validation results do not lead to a change.

107

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach

Credit Risk Model reporting

Aggregate model risk for credit risk is reported on a quarterly basis by Model Risk Management in a dedicated credit risk

section of the CRO Model Risk Profile report. The main scope of the credit risk section of this report is to inform on model

usages in credit risk contributing to or towards a breach of the Group Risk Appetite metrics for model risk related to

Model Risk Framework requirements like unapproved model use, material validation findings remediation, and gaps in

ongoing performance monitoring.

Significant model risk matters and model risk contribution to Risk Appetite metrics for model risk are outlined by

individual model usage. Reported details cover amongst others, key issue for contribution, status of remedial actions, the

responsible issue owner and duration of issue since identification. The latter builds the basis for the assessment of

application of internal consequences in case remediation exceeds the remediation timeline.

Furthermore, there is also a standing agenda item on Credit Risk Models in the Regulatory Credit Risk Model Committee

that covers model risk focus topics as well as the status and development of Credit Risk Models and remediation of

related validation findings.

Internal rating-based approaches

Article 452 (f) CRR (EU CRE)

Advanced Internal Ratings Based Approach

The advanced IRBA is the most sophisticated approach available under the regulatory framework for credit risk and

allows Deutsche Bank to make use of internal rating methodologies as well as internal estimates of specific other risk

parameters. These methods and parameters represent long-used key components of the internal risk measurement and

management process supporting the credit approval process, the economic capital and expected loss calculation and

the internal monitoring and reporting of credit risk. The relevant parameters include the probability of default, the loss-

given-default and the maturity driving the regulatory risk-weight and the credit conversion factor as part of the

regulatory exposure at default estimation. For most of Deutsche Bank’s internal rating systems more than seven years of

historical information is available to assess these parameters. Deutsche Bank’s internal rating methodologies aim at

point-in-time rather than a through-the-cycle rating.

The probability of default for customers is derived from Deutsche Bank’s internal rating systems. A probability of default

is assigned to each relevant counterparty credit exposure as a function of a transparent and consistent 21-grade master

rating scale for all of Deutsche Bank’s exposure. The probability of default used for RWA calculation is subject to the

regulatory probability of default floors.

A prerequisite for the development of rating methodologies and the determination of risk parameters is a proper

definition, identification and recording of the default event of a customer. A default definition is applied in accordance

with the requirements of Article 178 CRR as confirmed by the BaFin and ECB as part of the IRBA approval process. In

2022, modifications to Deutsche Bank’s definition of default reflecting EBA/RTS/2016/06 and EBA/GL/2016/07 were

implemented after ECB approval.

The borrower ratings are derived on the grounds of internally developed rating models which specify consistent and

distinct customer-relevant criteria and assign a rating grade based on a specific set of criteria as given for a certain

customer. The set of criteria is generated from information sets relevant for the respective customer segments like

general customer behavior, financial and external data. The methods in use range from statistical scoring models to

expert-based models taking into account the relevant available quantitative and qualitative information. For the majority

of exposures the statistical scoring or hybrid models combining both approaches are commonly used. Expert-based

rating models, calibrated to internal default rates are partially applied for counterparts in the exposure classes

“Institutions” and “Corporates”. Quantitative rating methodologies are developed based on applicable statistical

modeling techniques, such as logistic regression. In line with Article 174 CRR, these models are complemented by

human judgment and oversight to review model-based assignments and are intended to ensure that the models are used

appropriately. When Deutsche Bank assigns internal risk ratings, it allows the comparison with external risk ratings

assigned to Deutsche Bank’s counterparties by the major international rating agencies, where possible, as Deutsche

Bank’s internal rating scale has been designed to principally correspond to the external rating scales from rating

agencies.

The majority of ratings for “Corporates” and “Institutions” combine quantitative analysis of financial information with

qualitative assessments of, inter alia, industry trends, market position and management experience. Financial analysis has

a specific focus on cash flow generation and the counterparty’s capability to service its debts, also in comparison to

peers. Deutsche Bank supplements the analysis of financials by an internal forecast of the counterparty’s financial profile

where deemed to be necessary. For purchased corporate receivables the corporate rating approach is applied. The

108

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach

exposure classes “Institutions” and “Corporates” hold customer segments which often only have few observed

occurrences of defaults, so-called “low default portfolios”. For low-default portfolios, a larger amount of expert

judgment enters the rating and related probability of default assignment than for other segments. Such ratings are

subject to rigorous reviews by Deutsche Bank’s Asset Quality Review team.

Ratings for SME clients are based on automated sub-ratings for e.g. financial aspects and behavior on their bank account.

Specialized lending is managed by specific credit risk management teams, e.g. for real estate, ship finance or leveraged

transactions. Following the individual characteristic of the underlying credit transactions Deutsche Bank have developed

bespoke scorecards where appropriate to derive credit ratings.

In Deutsche Bank’s retail business, creditworthiness checks and counterparty ratings are generally derived by utilizing an

automated decision engine. The decision engine incorporates quantitative aspects (i.e., financial figures), behavioral

aspects, credit bureau information (such as SCHUFA in Germany) and general customer data. These input factors are

used by the decision engine to determine the creditworthiness of the borrower and, after consideration of collateral, the

expected loss. The established rating procedures in Deutsche Bank’s retail business are based on multivariate statistical

methods.

They are used to support Deutsche Bank’s individual credit decisions for the retail portfolio as well as to continuously

monitor it in an automated fashion. In case elevated risks are identified as part to this monitoring process or new

regulatory requirements apply, credit ratings are reviewed.

Although different rating methodologies are applied to the various customer segments in order to properly reflect

customer-specific characteristics, they all adhere to the same risk management principles. Credit process policies

provide guidance on the classification of customers into the various rating systems.

Drivers for differences between probability of default and actual default rates are described in the section on

Article 452 (h).

Deutsche Bank applies internally estimated loss-given-default factors as part of the advanced IRBA capital requirement

calculation as approved by the ECB. Loss-given-default is defined as the likely loss intensity in case of a counterparty

default. It provides an estimation of the exposure that cannot be recovered in a default event and therefore captures the

severity of a loss. Conceptually, loss-given-default estimates are independent of a customer’s probability of default. The

loss-given-default models ensure that the main drivers for losses (i.e. different levels and quality of collateralization,

customer or product types or seniority of facility) are reflected in specific loss-given-default factors. Deutsche Bank’s

loss-given-default parameters are derived from statistical models based on empirical realized loss-given-defaults. In

some portfolios, loss-given-default parameters incorporate further available information in addition to empirical loss-

given-defaults, in particular for low-default portfolios.

Loss-given-default estimates used for regulatory purposes are estimated to be appropriate for an economic downturn.

As part of the application of the advanced IRBA specific credit conversion factors are applied in order to calculate an

exposure at default value. Conceptually the exposure at default is defined as the expected amount of the credit

exposure to a counterparty at the time of its default. For advanced IRBA calculation purposes general principles as

defined in Article 166 CRR are applied to determine the exposure at default of a transaction. In instances, however,

where a transaction involves an unused limit, a percentage share of this unused limit is added to the outstanding amount

in order to appropriately reflect the expected outstanding amount in case of a counterparty default. This reflects the

assumption that for commitments the utilization at the time of default might be higher than the current utilization. When

a transaction involves an additional contingent component (i.e., guarantees) a further percentage share (usage factor) is

applied as part of the credit conversion factor model in order to estimate the amount of guarantees drawn in case of

default. Where allowed under the advanced IRBA, the credit conversion factors are internally estimated. The calibrations

of such parameters are based on statistical analysis of internal historical data and consider customer and product type

specifics. As part of the approval process, the ECB assessed Deutsche Bank’s credit conversion factor models and stated

their appropriateness for use in the process of regulatory capital requirement calculations.

The exposure at default for Deutsche Bank’s derivatives and securities financing transactions (“SFT”) portfolios are

primarily calculated based on the IMM approach as described in the section “Counterparty credit risk” of this report.

Foundation Internal Ratings Based Approach

The foundation IRBA is an approach available under the regulatory framework for credit risk allowing institutions to make

use of their internal rating methodologies while using pre-defined regulatory values for all other risk parameters.

Parameters subject to internal estimates include the probability of default while the loss-given-default and the credit

conversion factor are defined in the regulatory framework.

109

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach

A probability of default is assigned to each relevant counterparty credit exposure as a function of a transparent and

consistent rating master scale. The borrower ratings assigned are derived on the grounds of internally developed rating

models which specify consistent and distinct customer-relevant criteria and assign a rating grade based on a specific set

of criteria as given for a certain customer following the approaches as outlined for Deutsche Bank’s Advanced IRBA

rating systems. Currently, exposure classes not qualifying for application of internal estimates of LGD or CCF under

CRR3 art. 151 as well as the former Postbank rating systems Factoring and Special Rating are reported under the

foundation IRBA. For the latter, regulatory risk weights are applied using the so-called ‘supervisory slotting criteria’

approach as defined by Article 153 (5) CRR.

For the foundation IRBA the same default definition is applied as for Advanced IRBA in accordance with the

requirements of Article 178 CRR as confirmed by the BaFin and ECB as part of its IRBA approval process.

Assignment to regulatory exposure classes

The advanced and foundation IRBA requires differentiating a bank’s credit portfolio into various regulatory defined

exposure classes. The relevant regulatory exposure class for each exposure is identified by considering factors like

customer-specific characteristics, the rating system used as well as certain materiality thresholds which are regulatory

defined.

All investments in equity positions in the banking book are treated under the credit risk standardized approach since

  1. This includes exposures attracting a risk weight of 250% according to Article 48 (4) for significant investments in

the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities which are subject to the threshold exemptions as outlined in Article 48

CRR. Exposures which are assigned to the exposure class “Other non-credit obligation assets” are now assigned to the

CRSA exposure class "Other items" and receive a risk weight of 0% in case of cash positions and a risk weight of 100% for

all other cases.

For collective investment undertakings a “look through”-approach is applied, where applicable, and the risk weighs are

derived based on the underlying positions. In case a look-through approach cannot be applied the fall-back position is to

use a risk weight of 1,250%.

Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

Foundation IRB exposure

Article 452 (g) (i-v) CRR

The following series of tables details Deutsche Bank´s foundation internal rating based (FIRB) exposures distributed on its

internal rating scale for all relevant regulatory exposure classes. The tables exclude the counterparty credit risk position

from derivatives and securities financing transactions which are presented separately in the section “Counterparty credit

risk” in this report.

The tables show the on-balance sheet as well as the off-balance sheet exposure with their corresponding exposure-

weighted credit conversion factors. In addition, the exposure post credit conversion factor (CCF) and credit risk

mitigation (CRM) is presented in conjunction with exposures-weighted average PD, LGD, maturity as well as well as the

RWA and the average risk weight. The tables provide the defaulted exposure separately. Further details in the tables are

number of obligors, regulatory expected loss and provisions comprising specific risk adjustments.

110

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

EU CR6 – FIRB approach – Credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet exposures<br><br>pre-CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Central governments<br><br>and central banks
0.00 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.75 to <1.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
5 to <10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
Sub-total 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
Regional governments<br><br>and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.75 to <1.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
5 to <10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
Sub-total 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0

111

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet exposures<br><br>pre-CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15 1 1 0.00 1 0.03 0.0 54.14 2.5 0 9.79 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 1 1 0.00 1 0.03 0.0 54.14 2.5 0 9.79 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0.00 0 0.20 0.0 45.00 2.5 0 20.61 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.27 0.0 11.48 2.5 0 9.26 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 1 1 0.00 1 0.54 0.0 54.13 2.5 1 66.97 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 1 1 0.02 1 1.03 0.0 66.54 2.5 1 126.56 0 0
0.75 to <1.75 1 1 0.02 1 1.03 0.0 66.54 2.5 1 126.56 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00 0 5.34 0.0 17.31 2.5 0 70.43 0 0
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
5 to <10 0 0 0.00 0 5.34 0.0 17.31 2.5 0 70.43 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
Sub-total 3 3 0.01 3 0.76 0.0 57.32 2.5 2 76.92 0 0
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15 7,061 12,150 37.54 11,623 0.07 0.4 54.11 2.5 1,660 14.28 3 2
0.00 to <0.10 5,183 10,383 37.24 9,049 0.06 0.3 56.54 2.5 1,111 12.28 2 1
0.10 to <0.15 1,879 1,767 39.34 2,574 0.11 0.1 45.56 2.5 549 21.31 1 0
0.15 to <0.25 442 933 15.83 590 0.18 0.1 41.30 2.5 179 30.37 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 1,746 1,395 34.45 2,227 0.37 0.2 30.69 2.5 780 35.01 3 1
0.50 to <0.75 163 140 26.45 200 0.66 0.1 43.40 2.5 161 80.40 1 0
0.75 to <2.50 1,900 779 35.23 2,174 1.16 0.1 45.53 2.5 1,944 89.41 14 5
0.75 to <1.75 1,892 766 35.05 2,161 1.16 0.1 45.66 2.5 1,938 89.66 14 5
1.75 to <2.5 7 12 46.18 13 2.00 0.0 23.67 2.5 6 48.44 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 104 128 34.86 149 6.24 0.0 43.07 2.5 249 167.70 6 2
2.50 to <5 22 110 33.87 60 3.42 0.0 38.66 2.5 67 112.27 1 1
5 to <10 81 18 40.86 89 8.13 0.0 46.02 2.5 182 204.89 5 1
10.00 to <100.00 18 5 0.27 18 22.01 0.0 26.57 2.5 26 140.28 1 0
10 to <20 15 5 0.27 15 15.68 0.0 27.66 2.5 21 145.80 1 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 4 0 40.00 4 46.77 0.0 22.33 2.5 4 118.70 0 0
100.00 (Default) 70 13 14.60 72 100.00 0.0 44.86 2.5 0 0.06 30 36
Sub-total 11,505 15,543 35.69 17,053 0.76 1.0 49.23 2.5 4,998 29.31 58 46

112

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet exposures<br><br>pre-CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15 26,184 87,171 31.17 53,353 0.08 22.6 40.41 2.5 10,445 19.58 18 2
0.00 to <0.10 16,527 50,011 32.22 32,640 0.06 6.8 40.45 2.5 5,361 16.42 9 0
0.10 to <0.15 9,658 37,160 29.75 20,713 0.11 15.8 40.35 2.5 5,084 24.54 9 2
0.15 to <0.25 10,275 33,785 30.44 20,559 0.17 5.8 40.65 2.5 6,545 31.84 14 6
0.25 to <0.50 17,238 33,678 26.14 26,042 0.33 5.0 37.66 2.5 11,100 42.62 34 19
0.50 to <0.75 6,115 9,985 26.65 8,766 0.68 6.7 38.29 2.5 5,542 63.22 33 11
0.75 to <2.50 7,060 14,938 30.95 11,684 1.34 7.2 37.71 2.5 9,479 81.13 65 33
0.75 to <1.75 5,710 11,344 30.10 9,125 1.18 6.6 37.31 2.5 7,124 78.07 44 23
1.75 to <2.5 1,350 3,594 33.62 2,558 1.93 0.6 39.13 2.5 2,355 92.04 21 10
2.50 to <10.00 2,978 6,447 36.67 5,342 4.50 2.6 36.20 2.5 6,234 116.70 100 61
2.50 to <5 1,723 5,078 37.31 3,618 3.33 1.4 36.08 2.5 3,815 105.46 48 27
5 to <10 1,255 1,369 34.28 1,724 6.95 1.2 36.44 2.5 2,418 140.27 51 34
10.00 to <100.00 522 1,019 29.71 825 20.19 0.3 33.84 2.5 1,397 169.26 59 37
10 to <20 395 516 41.59 610 14.55 0.1 36.86 2.5 1,093 179.24 34 27
20 to <30 37 126 1.14 38 22.54 0.1 38.78 2.5 80 207.67 4 0
30.00 to <100.00 90 377 23.19 177 39.00 0.1 22.47 2.5 224 126.58 21 10
100.00 (Default) 2,045 1,054 45.87 2,515 100.00 0.3 39.50 2.5 46 1.84 947 924
Sub-total 72,417 188,076 30.14 129,086 2.56 50.4 39.27 2.5 50,788 39.34 1,270 1,092
of which:
General
0.00 to <0.15 20,798 81,937 33.05 47,879 0.08 2.7 40.56 2.5 9,971 20.83 16 2
0.00 to <0.10 13,790 48,278 33.24 29,838 0.06 1.4 40.53 2.5 5,313 17.81 8 0
0.10 to <0.15 7,008 33,659 32.78 18,041 0.11 1.3 40.61 2.5 4,658 25.82 8 1
0.15 to <0.25 7,078 31,661 32.48 17,362 0.17 1.6 40.86 2.5 5,792 33.36 12 5
0.25 to <0.50 12,543 30,672 28.66 21,334 0.34 3.6 37.27 2.5 9,437 44.24 28 17
0.50 to <0.75 5,075 8,751 30.40 7,726 0.68 0.9 38.37 2.5 4,983 64.50 30 10
0.75 to <2.50 5,305 13,410 34.44 9,924 1.35 1.7 37.67 2.5 8,167 82.30 56 30
0.75 to <1.75 4,315 10,118 33.71 7,726 1.18 1.3 37.33 2.5 6,120 79.22 38 21
1.75 to <2.5 990 3,293 36.70 2,198 1.92 0.3 38.88 2.5 2,047 93.10 18 9
2.50 to <10.00 2,456 6,058 38.93 4,814 4.54 0.7 35.79 2.5 5,662 117.62 91 57
2.50 to <5 1,396 4,801 39.34 3,285 3.34 0.5 35.58 2.5 3,482 106.00 44 26
5 to <10 1,060 1,257 37.35 1,529 7.12 0.3 36.24 2.5 2,181 142.57 47 31
10.00 to <100.00 473 889 33.93 774 20.08 0.2 33.42 2.5 1,284 165.86 55 36
10 to <20 375 511 41.62 588 14.62 0.1 36.56 2.5 1,032 175.64 33 26
20 to <30 14 7 20.18 15 25.28 0.0 40.45 2.5 36 231.66 2 0
30.00 to <100.00 84 370 23.59 171 38.39 0.1 21.98 2.5 216 126.27 20 10
100.00 (Default) 2,041 1,052 45.94 2,510 100.00 0.2 39.49 2.5 46 1.85 945 918
Sub-total 55,769 174,430 32.44 112,323 2.86 11.7 39.30 2.5 45,344 40.37 1,232 1,076

113

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet exposures<br><br>pre-CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Specialized lending
0.00 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 2.5 0 0.00 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 2.5 0 0.00 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 132 0 40.00 132 0.18 0.0 45.00 2.5 63 47.68 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 165 18 39.50 172 0.37 0.0 36.95 2.5 73 42.21 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 44 1 40.00 45 0.64 0.0 41.63 2.5 28 61.76 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 632 11 40.00 636 1.27 0.0 39.55 2.5 545 85.69 3 1
0.75 to <1.75 581 11 40.00 586 1.20 0.0 39.08 2.5 500 85.32 3 1
1.75 to <2.5 51 0 0.00 51 2.08 0.0 45.00 2.5 46 89.90 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 251 15 40.00 257 4.34 0.0 45.75 2.5 314 122.08 5 3
2.50 to <5 140 15 40.00 146 3.37 0.0 46.32 2.5 160 109.49 2 1
5 to <10 111 0 0.00 111 5.62 0.0 45.00 2.5 154 138.62 3 2
10.00 to <100.00 20 5 25.30 22 13.47 0.0 44.88 2.5 60 275.73 1 0
10 to <20 20 5 40.00 22 12.67 0.0 45.00 2.5 60 275.73 1 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 2.29 0 100.00 0.0 32.00 2.5 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 40.00 0 100.00 0.0 45.00 2.5 0 0.00 0 0
Sub-total 1,244 50 38.37 1,264 1.85 0.0 41.19 2.5 1,083 85.66 10 4
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15 5,386 5,234 1.68 5,474 0.08 20.2 39.11 2.5 474 8.65 2 0
0.00 to <0.10 2,736 1,733 3.76 2,802 0.06 5.5 39.62 2.5 48 1.71 1 0
0.10 to <0.15 2,650 3,501 0.65 2,672 0.11 14.7 38.57 2.5 426 15.94 1 0
0.15 to <0.25 3,065 2,124 0.03 3,065 0.16 4.4 39.26 2.5 690 22.51 2 1
0.25 to <0.50 4,530 2,988 0.22 4,536 0.32 1.8 39.49 2.5 1,590 35.05 6 2
0.50 to <0.75 996 1,233 0.00 996 0.68 5.8 37.57 2.5 532 53.39 3 1
0.75 to <2.50 1,123 1,516 0.00 1,123 1.36 5.7 37.00 2.5 767 68.24 6 1
0.75 to <1.75 814 1,215 0.00 814 1.12 5.4 35.89 2.5 504 61.93 3 1
1.75 to <2.5 309 301 0.00 309 2.00 0.3 39.93 2.5 262 84.87 2 0
2.50 to <10.00 270 374 0.00 270 3.90 1.9 34.37 2.5 257 95.22 4 1
2.50 to <5 187 262 0.00 187 3.16 1.0 36.94 2.5 174 92.99 2 0
5 to <10 83 112 0.00 83 5.56 0.9 28.59 2.5 84 100.22 2 1
10.00 to <100.00 29 126 0.00 29 28.11 0.1 36.70 2.5 53 179.67 3 1
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 17.68 0.0 39.98 2.5 0 180.99 0 0
20 to <30 23 119 0.00 23 20.71 0.1 37.66 2.5 44 191.65 2 0
30.00 to <100.00 6 6 0.00 6 55.86 0.0 36.16 2.5 8 134.89 1 0
100.00 (Default) 5 2 0.00 5 100.00 0.1 45.43 2.5 0 0.00 2 5
Sub-total 15,404 13,597 0.70 15,499 0.45 39.9 38.91 2.5 4,362 28.14 28 12
All exposure classes
Total 83,925 203,622 30.57 146,142 2.35 51.4 40.43 2.5 55,789 38.17 1,328 1,139

114

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach June 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures pre-<br><br>CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Central governments<br><br>and central banks
0.00 to <0.15 3,358 1,959 36.68 4,076 0.01 0.0 45.00 2.5 101 2.48 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 3,358 1,959 36.68 4,076 0.01 0.0 45.00 2.5 101 2.48 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0.00 0 0.15 0.0 16.88 2.5 0 9.49 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.75 to <1.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
5 to <10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
Sub-total 3,358 1,959 36.68 4,076 0.01 0.0 45.00 2.5 101 2.48 0 0
Regional governments<br><br>and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.75 to <1.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
5 to <10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
Sub-total 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0

115

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach June 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures pre-<br><br>CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15 1 1 0.00 1 0.08 0.0 50.47 2.5 1 36.51 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 1 1 0.00 1 0.03 0.0 53.59 2.5 0 13.55 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 1 0 0.00 1 0.11 0.0 48.23 2.5 0 52.94 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.27 0.0 11.48 2.5 0 9.26 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 1 1 0.00 1 0.54 0.0 50.98 2.5 1 64.49 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.97 0.0 53.62 2.5 0 146.78 0 0
0.75 to <1.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.97 0.0 53.62 2.5 0 146.78 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00 0 5.34 0.0 53.62 2.5 0 218.18 0 0
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
5 to <10 0 0 0.00 0 5.34 0.0 53.62 2.5 0 218.18 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
Sub-total 3 2 0.00 3 0.46 0.0 50.53 2.5 2 55.92 0 0
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15 7,582 47,581 39.86 10,316 0.07 0.4 52.44 2.5 1,427 13.83 3 0
0.00 to <0.10 6,782 47,112 39.94 9,365 0.06 0.3 53.19 2.5 1,228 13.11 2 0
0.10 to <0.15 800 469 32.23 951 0.11 0.1 45.14 2.5 199 20.94 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 157 343 25.41 244 0.16 0.1 44.97 2.5 103 42.06 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 591 665 28.14 778 0.34 0.1 41.21 2.5 450 57.79 1 0
0.50 to <0.75 75 12 40.74 80 0.58 0.0 37.11 2.5 40 49.96 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 1,417 376 22.88 1,503 0.92 0.1 44.90 2.5 1,442 95.92 9 3
0.75 to <1.75 1,374 351 23.04 1,455 0.88 0.1 44.79 2.5 1,382 94.97 8 2
1.75 to <2.5 43 25 20.63 48 2.08 0.0 48.34 2.5 60 124.84 1 0
2.50 to <10.00 30 7 31.49 33 4.96 0.0 41.87 2.5 47 143.29 1 0
2.50 to <5 21 2 40.00 21 2.69 0.0 38.50 2.5 21 96.32 0 0
5 to <10 10 5 28.23 11 9.30 0.0 48.30 2.5 26 232.78 1 0
10.00 to <100.00 1 0 39.49 1 11.89 0.0 20.67 2.5 1 106.24 0 0
10 to <20 1 0 39.49 1 11.88 0.0 20.66 2.5 1 106.19 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 33.85 0.0 45.00 2.5 0 227.68 0 0
100.00 (Default) 58 91 64.79 2 100.00 0.0 24.96 2.5 0 0.00 0 0
Sub-total 9,910 49,075 39.52 12,956 0.22 0.6 50.63 2.5 3,508 27.07 14 4

116

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach June 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures pre-<br><br>CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15 28,819 138,541 35.07 53,399 0.08 24.5 41.20 2.5 11,167 20.91 18 3
0.00 to <0.10 24,070 131,663 35.78 47,179 0.07 8.6 41.16 2.5 9,225 19.55 15 2
0.10 to <0.15 4,749 6,878 21.38 6,219 0.12 15.9 41.45 2.5 1,942 31.23 3 1
0.15 to <0.25 9,486 47,611 33.61 17,076 0.16 6.0 40.49 2.5 5,239 30.68 13 6
0.25 to <0.50 17,223 39,254 28.03 24,728 0.35 5.1 39.02 2.5 11,514 46.56 35 16
0.50 to <0.75 7,892 12,887 29.22 10,727 0.64 6.9 38.85 2.5 6,653 62.02 34 13
0.75 to <2.50 8,429 14,545 31.73 13,021 1.44 7.3 36.97 2.5 10,827 83.15 77 39
0.75 to <1.75 5,903 9,758 30.32 8,865 1.13 6.6 36.61 2.5 6,980 78.74 38 20
1.75 to <2.5 2,527 4,787 34.61 4,156 2.11 0.7 37.75 2.5 3,847 92.57 39 18
2.50 to <10.00 2,614 4,648 35.23 4,298 4.64 2.3 37.40 2.5 5,207 121.16 86 43
2.50 to <5 1,488 3,275 34.48 2,664 3.51 1.3 37.97 2.5 2,991 112.28 39 21
5 to <10 1,126 1,374 37.00 1,634 6.47 1.1 36.47 2.5 2,216 135.62 47 22
10.00 to <100.00 607 1,382 30.54 1,029 16.87 0.3 35.99 2.5 1,625 157.90 58 31
10 to <20 465 765 42.25 788 12.42 0.1 35.53 2.5 1,292 163.98 36 22
20 to <30 91 212 6.98 106 24.66 0.1 38.54 2.5 247 233.34 11 3
30.00 to <100.00 51 405 20.75 135 36.75 0.1 36.70 2.5 86 63.43 11 6
100.00 (Default) 1,702 1,312 49.28 2,132 100.00 0.2 38.77 2.5 4 0.20 782 757
Sub-total 76,773 260,180 33.31 126,410 2.31 52.6 39.83 2.5 52,236 41.32 1,105 908
of which:
General
0.00 to <0.15 23,788 133,506 36.36 48,332 0.08 2.5 41.51 2.5 10,774 22.29 16 2
0.00 to <0.10 19,947 129,377 36.38 43,020 0.07 2.2 41.30 2.5 8,960 20.83 14 2
0.10 to <0.15 3,841 4,129 35.61 5,312 0.12 0.3 43.22 2.5 1,814 34.15 3 0
0.15 to <0.25 7,137 45,528 35.15 14,729 0.16 1.7 40.85 2.5 4,718 32.03 12 6
0.25 to <0.50 12,753 35,867 30.68 20,356 0.35 3.7 39.03 2.5 9,959 48.92 29 16
0.50 to <0.75 6,775 11,621 32.40 9,610 0.64 1.0 39.19 2.5 6,079 63.26 31 13
0.75 to <2.50 6,998 13,014 35.46 11,585 1.45 1.7 37.21 2.5 9,893 85.39 71 37
0.75 to <1.75 4,842 8,646 34.21 7,799 1.13 1.2 36.81 2.5 6,327 81.12 34 19
1.75 to <2.5 2,156 4,368 37.93 3,786 2.12 0.5 38.04 2.5 3,566 94.19 37 18
2.50 to <10.00 2,366 4,358 37.57 4,050 4.68 0.5 37.96 2.5 5,020 123.96 84 42
2.50 to <5 1,311 3,090 36.55 2,487 3.53 0.3 38.64 2.5 2,865 115.18 38 21
5 to <10 1,055 1,268 40.07 1,563 6.50 0.2 36.87 2.5 2,156 137.95 46 21
10.00 to <100.00 553 1,201 35.15 975 16.43 0.2 36.57 2.5 1,563 160.32 54 30
10 to <20 453 760 42.54 777 12.39 0.1 35.73 2.5 1,283 165.28 36 22
20 to <30 67 48 30.60 81 25.93 0.0 42.23 2.5 213 261.99 9 3
30.00 to <100.00 33 393 21.40 117 36.59 0.0 38.26 2.5 67 57.10 9 5
100.00 (Default) 1,698 1,310 49.33 2,127 100.00 0.2 38.76 2.5 4 0.20 781 755
Sub-total 62,068 246,406 35.16 111,765 2.54 11.6 40.10 2.5 48,011 42.96 1,078 901

117

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach June 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures pre-<br><br>CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Specialized lending
0.00 to <0.15 51 0 0.00 51 0.07 0.0 41.00 2.5 9 18.27 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 51 0 0.00 51 0.07 0.0 41.00 2.5 9 18.27 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 54 0 40.00 54 0.18 0.0 31.02 2.5 20 36.47 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 68 0 196.64 68 0.26 0.0 33.30 2.5 31 45.11 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 94 1 76.19 95 0.68 0.0 36.89 2.5 59 61.64 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 210 12 10.73 215 1.51 0.0 35.09 2.5 170 78.83 1 0
0.75 to <1.75 127 12 10.73 131 1.15 0.0 37.87 2.5 103 78.04 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 84 0 0.00 84 2.08 0.0 30.73 2.5 67 80.07 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 46 0 0.00 46 3.48 0.0 30.75 2.5 35 75.12 0 0
2.50 to <5 46 0 0.00 46 3.48 0.0 30.75 2.5 35 75.12 0 0
5 to <10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
Sub-total 524 14 21.29 529 1.10 0.0 34.96 2.5 322 60.94 1 0
Purchased<br><br>receivables
0.00 to <0.15 4,980 5,035 0.88 5,015 0.09 22.2 38.16 2.5 383 7.64 2 0
0.00 to <0.10 4,073 2,286 1.94 4,108 0.08 6.6 39.73 2.5 255 6.21 1 0
0.10 to <0.15 908 2,748 0.00 908 0.11 15.6 31.07 2.5 128 14.12 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 2,296 2,083 0.05 2,293 0.16 4.4 38.39 2.5 501 21.86 1 0
0.25 to <0.50 4,402 3,387 0.02 4,304 0.34 1.8 39.07 2.5 1,524 35.41 6 1
0.50 to <0.75 1,022 1,264 0.00 1,022 0.66 6.0 35.91 2.5 515 50.39 3 1
0.75 to <2.50 1,221 1,519 0.00 1,221 1.34 5.7 35.05 2.5 765 62.67 6 1
0.75 to <1.75 934 1,100 0.00 934 1.14 5.5 34.79 2.5 551 58.94 4 1
1.75 to <2.5 287 419 0.00 287 1.99 0.3 35.91 2.5 214 74.83 2 0
2.50 to <10.00 202 290 0.00 202 4.03 1.8 27.70 2.5 152 75.39 2 1
2.50 to <5 131 185 0.00 131 3.12 1.0 27.80 2.5 92 70.30 1 0
5 to <10 71 105 0.00 71 5.71 0.9 27.54 2.5 60 84.73 1 0
10.00 to <100.00 54 181 0.00 54 24.84 0.1 25.49 2.5 62 114.09 4 1
10 to <20 12 5 0.00 12 14.33 0.0 22.39 2.5 9 77.64 0 0
20 to <30 24 163 0.00 24 20.40 0.1 26.29 2.5 34 138.07 2 0
30.00 to <100.00 18 12 0.00 18 37.78 0.0 26.41 2.5 19 105.06 2 0
100.00 (Default) 4 1 0.00 4 100.00 0.1 44.90 2.5 0 0.00 2 2
Sub-total 14,181 13,760 0.34 14,116 0.51 42.3 37.85 2.5 3,903 27.65 26 7

118

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach June 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures pre-<br><br>CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
All exposure classes
Total 90,043 311,216 34.31 143,445 2.05 12.2 40.92 2.5 55,847 38.93 1,120 911

119

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

Advanced IRB exposure

Article 452 (g) (i-v) CRR

The following series of tables details Deutsche Bank´s advanced internal rating based (AIRB) exposures distributed on its

internal rating scale for all relevant regulatory exposure classes. The tables exclude the counterparty credit risk position

from derivatives and securities financing transactions which are presented separately in the section “Counterparty credit

risk” in this report.

The tables show the on-balance sheet as well as the off-balance sheet exposure with their corresponding exposure-

weighted credit conversion factors. In addition, the exposure post CCF and CRM is presented in conjunction with

exposures-weighted average PD, LGD, maturity as well as RWA and average risk weight. The tables provide the defaulted

exposure separately, where Deutsche Bank applies an LGD estimate already incorporating potential unexpected losses in

the loss rate estimate as required by Article 181 (1) (h) CRR. Further details in the tables are number of obligors,

regulatory expected loss and provisions comprising specific risk adjustments.

120

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

EU CR6 – AIRB approach – Credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures<br><br>pre-CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD<br><br>(%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Central governments<br><br>and central banks
0.00 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.75 to <1.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
5 to <10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
Sub-total 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
Regional governments and local<br><br>authorities
0.00 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.75 to <1.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
5 to <10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
Sub-total 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0

121

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures<br><br>pre-CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD<br><br>(%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15 400 5 91.66 404 0.06 0.1 27.36 2.7 59 14.64 0 14,737
0.00 to <0.10 371 5 95.14 375 0.06 0.1 26.96 2.6 50 13.47 0 9,763
0.10 to <0.15 29 0 55.24 29 0.11 0.0 32.41 4.0 9 29.61 0 4,974
0.15 to <0.25 20 1 44.48 20 0.16 0.0 31.34 4.9 8 41.30 0 5,019
0.25 to <0.50 1 19 49.04 10 0.28 0.0 45.06 2.4 5 50.84 0 7,953
0.50 to <0.75 3 1 28.11 4 0.65 0.0 28.09 4.6 2 64.52 0 2,902
0.75 to <2.50 0 15 40.00 6 1.38 0.0 41.88 3.3 7 111.98 0 14,995
0.75 to <1.75 0 13 40.00 5 1.27 0.0 40.11 4.0 6 116.12 0 11,520
1.75 to <2.5 0 2 40.03 1 1.90 0.0 50.61 0.0 1 91.59 0 3,476
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 41.03 0 3.64 0.0 65.51 1.6 0 179.13 0 386
2.50 to <5 0 0 41.03 0 3.64 0.0 65.51 1.6 0 179.13 0 386
5 to <10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 100.00 0 24.74 0.0 68.12 0.4 0 322.53 0 963
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 17.06 0.0 69.25 0.0 0 312.40 0 2
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 100.00 0 39.84 0.0 65.92 1.0 0 342.45 0 961
100.00 (Default) 0 0 0.00 0 100.00 0.0 100.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 5,223
Sub-total 424 40 50.67 444 0.10 0.1 28.14 2.8 82 18.41 0 52,179
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15 31,128 26,683 38.47 41,394 0.07 11.3 18.70 1.8 2,811 6.79 6 71
0.00 to <0.10 23,683 22,216 38.41 32,217 0.06 7.9 19.08 1.7 1,881 5.84 4 69
0.10 to <0.15 7,445 4,466 38.78 9,177 0.12 3.3 17.36 2.0 930 10.13 2 1
0.15 to <0.25 13,368 8,638 41.64 16,965 0.20 5.1 19.72 2.1 2,683 15.81 7 3
0.25 to <0.50 23,632 12,087 42.07 28,717 0.38 7.3 21.28 2.3 7,166 24.95 23 15
0.50 to <0.75 14,629 7,502 44.42 17,962 0.69 5.8 19.76 2.7 5,895 32.82 25 19
0.75 to <2.50 34,415 12,533 45.44 40,110 1.48 12.0 22.79 2.6 18,135 45.21 121 117
0.75 to <1.75 20,438 8,274 44.32 24,104 1.16 8.4 23.53 2.6 11,114 46.11 66 52
1.75 to <2.5 13,977 4,259 47.64 16,006 1.97 3.6 21.67 2.6 7,020 43.86 55 65
2.50 to <10.00 20,874 4,829 46.02 23,097 4.71 4.8 18.52 2.2 11,938 51.69 205 179
2.50 to <5 12,100 3,187 47.01 13,598 3.38 2.7 19.84 2.3 7,213 53.04 95 79
5 to <10 8,774 1,642 44.10 9,498 6.61 2.1 16.63 1.9 4,725 49.75 110 100
10.00 to <100.00 2,410 317 51.88 2,574 21.67 2.7 20.32 2.6 2,407 93.49 117 116
10 to <20 1,377 211 57.90 1,499 14.02 1.4 19.99 2.7 1,442 96.20 48 54
20 to <30 715 63 37.81 739 24.78 0.4 16.64 2.4 573 77.51 30 43
30.00 to <100.00 317 43 42.96 336 48.99 0.9 29.87 2.7 391 116.56 39 19
100.00 (Default) 10,172 835 46.55 10,560 100.00 5.2 51.63 2.3 6,217 58.87 5,008 3,685
Sub-total 150,628 73,424 41.88 181,379 7.22 54.2 22.13 2.3 57,250 31.56 5,512 4,206
of which:

122

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures<br><br>pre-CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD<br><br>(%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
General
0.00 to <0.15 30,408 26,579 38.57 40,661 0.07 11.2 18.71 1.8 2,760 6.79 6 70
0.00 to <0.10 23,261 22,114 38.53 31,783 0.06 7.9 19.05 1.7 1,857 5.84 4 69
0.10 to <0.15 7,147 4,465 38.77 8,878 0.12 3.3 17.48 1.9 904 10.18 2 1
0.15 to <0.25 12,755 8,590 41.55 16,324 0.20 5.1 19.30 2.0 2,499 15.31 6 3
0.25 to <0.50 15,972 10,238 40.94 20,163 0.37 7.1 24.27 2.2 5,667 28.10 18 11
0.50 to <0.75 9,690 4,516 43.54 11,656 0.68 5.6 22.55 2.5 4,129 35.43 18 13
0.75 to <2.50 20,063 8,452 43.86 23,770 1.46 11.5 28.71 2.5 13,324 56.05 84 67
0.75 to <1.75 12,626 6,036 42.29 15,179 1.20 8.1 28.12 2.7 8,578 56.51 50 36
1.75 to <2.5 7,436 2,416 47.79 8,591 1.92 3.4 29.74 2.2 4,746 55.24 33 31
2.50 to <10.00 10,532 3,063 43.98 11,880 4.35 4.5 23.48 2.3 7,780 65.49 122 98
2.50 to <5 7,334 2,069 45.35 8,272 3.38 2.6 24.11 2.4 5,374 64.96 69 51
5 to <10 3,199 994 41.13 3,608 6.56 1.9 22.05 2.1 2,406 66.70 53 47
10.00 to <100.00 1,023 203 54.73 1,134 22.93 2.6 30.21 2.8 1,440 126.92 67 50
10 to <20 720 152 59.49 811 13.92 1.4 30.20 2.7 1,046 129.09 34 29
20 to <30 46 9 29.48 48 23.55 0.3 35.86 3.4 89 183.53 4 4
30.00 to <100.00 257 43 42.96 276 49.29 0.9 29.26 3.0 305 110.63 29 17
100.00 (Default) 5,585 461 51.72 5,823 100.00 5.1 61.03 1.7 2,628 45.13 3,406 2,492
Sub-total 106,028 62,102 40.87 131,411 5.45 52.8 24.19 2.1 40,227 30.61 3,728 2,803
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15 534 60 22.30 547 0.11 0.0 14.46 2.6 33 5.96 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 267 58 21.75 280 0.09 0.0 18.11 2.1 11 3.89 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 267 2 43.43 268 0.13 0.0 10.64 3.0 22 8.13 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 607 48 57.08 635 0.18 0.0 30.17 2.7 182 28.60 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 7,647 1,849 48.32 8,541 0.38 0.3 14.14 2.5 1,490 17.44 5 5
0.50 to <0.75 4,937 2,986 45.74 6,303 0.72 0.2 14.56 3.3 1,762 27.96 7 5
0.75 to <2.50 14,293 4,081 48.72 16,281 1.51 0.4 14.03 2.7 4,750 29.17 37 50
0.75 to <1.75 7,799 2,238 49.77 8,913 1.09 0.3 15.64 2.5 2,518 28.26 16 16
1.75 to <2.5 6,494 1,843 47.44 7,369 2.02 0.2 12.09 3.0 2,231 30.28 22 34
2.50 to <10.00 10,328 1,766 49.56 11,203 5.09 0.3 13.24 2.1 4,148 37.03 82 82
2.50 to <5 4,763 1,118 50.08 5,323 3.37 0.1 13.17 2.3 1,835 34.48 26 28
5 to <10 5,565 648 48.67 5,880 6.65 0.1 13.30 1.9 2,313 39.33 56 53
10.00 to <100.00 1,370 114 46.81 1,423 20.75 0.1 12.22 2.5 939 66.00 49 66
10 to <20 640 60 53.84 672 14.11 0.0 7.24 2.7 368 54.84 13 25
20 to <30 670 55 39.14 691 24.87 0.0 15.30 2.4 485 70.11 26 40
30.00 to <100.00 60 0 0.00 60 47.64 0.0 32.65 1.5 86 143.86 9 2
100.00 (Default) 4,582 374 40.18 4,732 100.00 0.1 40.06 3.0 3,586 75.79 1,599 1,192
Sub-total 44,298 11,278 47.59 49,665 11.93 1.4 16.58 2.6 16,890 34.01 1,780 1,401

123

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures<br><br>pre-CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD<br><br>(%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15 185 44 0.00 185 0.08 0.0 29.30 0.9 18 9.46 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 155 44 0.00 155 0.08 0.0 26.78 1.0 13 8.70 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 31 0 0.00 31 0.12 0.0 42.06 0.5 4 13.30 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 6 0 40.00 6 0.18 0.0 50.41 1.0 2 30.26 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 13 0 40.00 13 0.44 0.0 66.59 2.1 10 75.78 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 3 0 0.00 3 0.72 0.0 86.98 2.3 3 105.49 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 59 0 0.00 59 1.83 0.0 56.74 0.8 61 103.09 1 0
0.75 to <1.75 12 0 0.00 12 1.20 0.0 80.72 2.7 18 143.42 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 47 0 0.00 47 2.00 0.0 50.33 0.3 43 92.31 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 14 0 0.00 14 5.12 0.0 30.81 0.2 10 72.85 0 0
2.50 to <5 3 0 0.00 3 3.31 0.0 53.41 0.8 4 117.03 0 0
5 to <10 11 0 0.00 11 5.69 0.0 23.72 0.1 6 58.99 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 17 0 0.00 17 14.66 0.0 37.78 3.5 28 163.38 1 0
10 to <20 17 0 0.00 17 14.66 0.0 37.78 3.5 28 163.38 1 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 5 0 0.00 5 100.00 0.0 59.66 2.0 2 49.85 3 1
Sub-total 302 44 0.00 302 3.16 0.2 38.24 1.1 133 44.16 4 2
Retail
0.00 to <0.15 37,876 17,113 45.75 45,685 0.09 2,822.5 24.42 1,849 4.05 11 3
0.00 to <0.10 21,408 2,606 51.70 22,746 0.07 255.4 18.72 747 3.28 3 1
0.10 to <0.15 16,467 14,508 44.69 22,939 0.11 2,567.2 30.07 1,102 4.80 8 2
0.15 to <0.25 24,086 4,029 47.20 25,964 0.18 811.0 22.34 1,928 7.43 11 3
0.25 to <0.50 37,830 3,660 52.29 39,670 0.36 909.2 23.10 5,133 12.94 33 10
0.50 to <0.75 12,049 1,306 53.66 12,749 0.55 380.6 25.11 2,405 18.86 18 8
0.75 to <2.50 50,418 2,683 58.03 51,888 1.46 1,671.1 27.94 19,377 37.34 218 110
0.75 to <1.75 35,571 2,147 56.98 36,736 1.11 1,171.5 27.07 11,681 31.80 114 54
1.75 to <2.5 14,846 536 62.21 15,151 2.29 499.5 30.07 7,697 50.80 104 56
2.50 to <10.00 14,403 602 64.44 14,753 5.52 584.6 34.92 12,113 82.11 297 205
2.50 to <5 7,452 381 61.78 7,665 4.18 345.6 36.76 6,311 82.34 134 85
5 to <10 6,951 220 69.03 7,087 6.98 239.1 32.93 5,802 81.86 163 120
10.00 to <100.00 5,921 180 57.11 6,017 24.09 225.9 32.13 6,689 111.16 462 279
10 to <20 3,162 113 59.93 3,227 14.14 135.6 32.17 3,249 100.70 145 103
20 to <30 794 24 61.22 807 27.74 34.7 35.66 1,002 124.15 80 48
30.00 to <100.00 1,966 43 47.41 1,984 38.79 55.6 30.61 2,438 122.89 236 128
100.00 (Default) 4,332 101 46.42 4,376 100.00 228.8 64.72 1,773 40.51 2,674 2,071
Sub-total 186,914 29,674 48.66 201,100 3.83 7,633.7 26.72 51,266 25.49 3,723 2,689
of which:

124

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures<br><br>pre-CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD<br><br>(%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Qualifying Revolving
0.00 to <0.15 244 13,431 44.26 6,188 0.10 2,437.9 57.95 225 3.63 4 1
0.00 to <0.10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 244 13,431 44.26 6,188 0.10 2,437.9 57.95 225 3.63 4 1
0.15 to <0.25 120 2,707 47.48 1,405 0.18 598.6 59.84 83 5.92 2 0
0.25 to <0.50 188 2,020 56.29 1,325 0.34 524.0 62.47 137 10.30 3 1
0.50 to <0.75 72 625 58.02 435 0.53 182.0 59.19 60 13.91 1 1
0.75 to <2.50 293 1,203 69.72 1,131 1.34 410.7 63.07 333 29.42 10 4
0.75 to <1.75 209 979 67.22 867 1.06 319.1 63.17 217 25.01 6 2
1.75 to <2.5 84 224 80.59 265 2.25 91.5 62.74 116 43.86 4 2
2.50 to <10.00 131 203 97.64 330 5.29 105.0 62.93 257 78.02 11 5
2.50 to <5 65 122 90.57 175 3.73 59.0 62.34 109 62.18 4 2
5 to <10 67 81 108.28 154 7.07 46.0 63.61 148 96.00 7 3
10.00 to <100.00 94 68 79.39 149 22.24 52.7 59.91 225 151.65 20 11
10 to <20 50 44 84.92 88 13.88 30.7 59.24 114 130.36 7 4
20 to <30 19 11 81.59 28 28.22 9.5 61.41 51 179.88 5 2
30.00 to <100.00 25 12 57.13 32 39.64 12.5 60.41 60 184.50 8 4
100.00 (Default) 23 14 59.76 31 100.00 14.9 76.09 17 54.09 22 18
Sub-total 1,165 20,271 48.48 10,993 1.02 4,325.7 59.54 1,337 12.16 72 40
Secured by residential<br><br>immovable property
0.00 to <0.15 31,188 345 45.48 31,325 0.09 231.2 16.61 1,118 3.57 5 1
0.00 to <0.10 17,412 195 45.62 17,493 0.07 127.8 16.38 500 2.86 2 1
0.10 to <0.15 13,776 150 45.29 13,833 0.12 103.3 16.90 618 4.47 3 1
0.15 to <0.25 20,589 192 43.32 20,649 0.18 145.1 17.24 1,328 6.43 6 2
0.25 to <0.50 32,352 300 41.52 32,406 0.36 197.6 17.92 3,529 10.89 21 5
0.50 to <0.75 9,541 52 45.73 9,564 0.55 55.7 18.97 1,507 15.76 10 3
0.75 to <2.50 38,246 284 41.74 38,281 1.45 206.7 19.27 11,770 30.75 111 44
0.75 to <1.75 27,235 213 42.03 27,268 1.11 152.8 18.90 7,034 25.79 60 21
1.75 to <2.5 11,011 71 40.86 11,012 2.30 54.0 20.21 4,736 43.01 51 22
2.50 to <10.00 8,980 85 41.68 8,979 5.85 60.2 20.71 7,366 82.04 130 88
2.50 to <5 4,215 49 42.21 4,214 4.54 37.7 21.29 3,654 86.70 62 38
5 to <10 4,765 36 40.97 4,765 7.01 22.5 20.20 3,713 77.92 67 50
10.00 to <100.00 3,855 26 41.25 3,859 24.57 18.2 20.07 4,130 107.03 190 98
10 to <20 2,016 16 40.97 2,020 14.37 9.4 19.93 2,040 101.00 57 37
20 to <30 442 2 44.40 442 27.37 2.2 19.09 489 110.73 23 11
30.00 to <100.00 1,396 7 40.80 1,397 38.44 6.5 20.59 1,601 114.59 110 50
100.00 (Default) 1,852 10 40.59 1,854 100.00 12.5 36.01 740 39.94 625 354
Sub-total 146,602 1,293 43.06 146,916 2.80 927.2 18.42 31,490 21.43 1,099 596

125

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures<br><br>pre-CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD<br><br>(%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15 25 103 9.67 35 0.10 0.5 40.16 3 8.99 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 7 38 8.77 11 0.06 0.2 39.89 1 5.35 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 18 65 10.19 24 0.11 0.3 40.28 3 10.59 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 3 12 10.12 5 0.21 0.1 40.83 1 12.92 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 6 29 9.98 9 0.54 0.2 39.96 2 22.79 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 11 27 10.02 14 1.30 0.2 36.50 4 30.45 0 0
0.75 to <1.75 11 27 10.02 14 1.30 0.2 35.81 4 30.15 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 40.00 0 1.91 0.0 83.71 0 81.25 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 4 6 14.30 5 4.54 0.1 36.41 2 40.70 0 0
2.50 to <5 2 2 10.01 2 3.09 0.0 36.89 1 39.67 0 0
5 to <10 2 4 15.91 3 5.34 0.1 36.15 1 41.27 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 1 17.81 1 100.00 0.0 52.45 0 0.00 0 0
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 1 17.81 1 100.00 0.0 52.45 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 13.10 0 100.00 0.0 53.75 0 113.65 0 0
Sub-total 49 178 10.01 67 1.63 1.0 39.27 12 17.81 0 0
Other retail exposures
0.00 to <0.15 6,419 3,235 53.14 8,137 0.08 230.6 28.90 503 6.18 2 1
0.00 to <0.10 3,989 2,373 52.88 5,243 0.06 138.8 26.48 246 4.70 1 0
0.10 to <0.15 2,430 862 53.89 2,894 0.11 91.8 33.28 257 8.87 1 0
0.15 to <0.25 3,374 1,118 47.60 3,905 0.18 150.7 35.84 516 13.21 3 1
0.25 to <0.50 5,289 1,340 48.67 5,938 0.36 325.5 42.54 1,468 24.71 9 4
0.50 to <0.75 2,431 600 51.92 2,742 0.57 182.5 41.08 835 30.44 6 4
0.75 to <2.50 11,868 1,169 51.06 12,462 1.49 1,225.8 51.38 7,271 58.34 97 63
0.75 to <1.75 8,117 928 50.99 8,587 1.14 826.0 49.35 4,426 51.54 48 30
1.75 to <2.5 3,751 241 51.35 3,874 2.28 399.8 55.88 2,845 73.42 49 33
2.50 to <10.00 5,288 307 49.73 5,439 5.00 476.4 56.68 4,487 82.50 156 112
2.50 to <5 3,171 208 49.90 3,274 3.73 280.6 55.30 2,548 77.82 68 45
5 to <10 2,117 99 49.38 2,165 6.92 195.8 58.77 1,939 89.58 88 66
10.00 to <100.00 1,971 86 44.62 2,009 23.28 182.4 53.21 2,333 116.12 251 170
10 to <20 1,095 53 44.66 1,119 13.74 109.8 52.15 1,095 97.83 81 62
20 to <30 332 10 41.92 336 28.17 28.0 55.23 461 137.07 52 35
30.00 to <100.00 544 22 45.73 554 39.59 44.6 54.15 777 140.35 119 73
100.00 (Default) 2,457 77 44.87 2,491 100.00 211.8 85.95 1,016 40.77 2,027 1,699
Sub-total 39,097 7,932 50.90 43,123 8.04 2,985.7 46.61 18,428 42.73 2,552 2,053
All exposure classes
Total 337,965 103,138 43.84 382,922 5.43 7,688.5 24.55 2.3 108,598 28.36 9,235 6,894

126

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures pre-<br><br>CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Central governments<br><br>and central banks
0.00 to <0.15 119,266 2,078 41.70 120,133 0.00 0.1 65.93 1.3 1,200 1.00 2 0
0.00 to <0.10 119,068 1,992 41.78 119,900 0.00 0.1 65.94 1.3 1,170 0.98 2 0
0.10 to <0.15 198 86 39.97 233 0.14 0.0 59.58 1.7 29 12.50 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 646 325 37.77 769 0.23 0.0 58.44 1.7 449 58.36 1 0
0.25 to <0.50 1,113 13 39.56 1,118 0.39 0.0 66.08 0.4 704 62.94 3 0
0.50 to <0.75 166 8 20.12 168 0.65 0.0 11.54 0.0 155 92.32 1 0
0.75 to <2.50 4,378 505 39.22 4,576 1.66 0.0 93.91 4.4 10,187 222.61 5 0
0.75 to <1.75 494 497 39.21 689 1.09 0.0 64.36 1.0 541 78.53 5 0
1.75 to <2.5 3,884 7 39.71 3,887 1.76 0.0 99.14 5.0 9,646 248.15 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 115 71 27.86 135 6.01 0.0 45.39 3.9 317 235.53 5 2
2.50 to <5 72 45 25.70 84 4.82 0.0 51.61 4.2 174 207.60 2 1
5 to <10 43 26 31.71 51 7.95 0.0 45.25 3.6 144 281.31 3 1
10.00 to <100.00 721 1 40.00 721 17.27 0.0 66.41 0.7 2,109 292.38 81 4
10 to <20 550 1 40.00 551 13.01 0.0 66.31 0.9 1,530 277.90 46 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 171 0 50.00 171 31.01 0.0 66.72 0.1 579 339.10 35 4
100.00 (Default) 194 1 40.01 195 100.00 0.0 68.78 3.7 236 121.49 127 28
Sub-total 126,600 3,002 40.47 127,814 0.32 0.2 66.80 1.4 15,357 12.02 225 34
Regional governments<br><br>and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15 543 55 40.22 566 0.06 0.0 33.70 4.4 144 25.39 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 543 55 40.22 566 0.06 0.0 33.70 4.4 144 25.39 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 40.00 0 0.25 0.0 42.02 1.0 0 32.46 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 0 0 40.00 0 0.70 0.0 41.32 1.4 0 61.09 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 0 0 0.00 0 1.93 0.0 42.02 1.0 0 88.23 0 0
0.75 to <1.75 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00 0 1.93 0.0 42.02 1.0 0 88.23 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
5 to <10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
Sub-total 543 55 40.22 566 0.06 0.0 33.70 4.4 144 25.39 0 0

127

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures pre-<br><br>CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15 301 5 86.73 305 0.05 0.1 27.02 2.2 33 10.91 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 301 5 95.17 305 0.05 0.1 27.02 2.2 33 10.90 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 0 1 25.24 0 0.12 0.0 31.20 1.4 0 15.88 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 9 1 24.74 9 0.15 0.0 31.42 4.5 3 38.44 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 2 2 51.42 2 0.39 0.0 32.08 2.5 1 39.87 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 3 0 20.71 3 0.68 0.0 28.51 3.8 2 60.44 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 1 10 39.69 5 1.03 0.0 51.31 1.1 4 83.66 0 0
0.75 to <1.75 1 10 39.68 5 1.03 0.0 51.31 1.1 4 83.63 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 46.95 0 2.31 0.0 70.78 0.0 0 138.53 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 100.00 0 6.17 0.0 59.40 1.0 0 200.09 0 0
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00 0 3.83 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 286.40 0 0
5 to <10 0 0 100.00 0 6.19 0.0 59.40 1.0 0 199.04 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 0.00 0 100.00 0.0 99.81 0.0 0 131.11 0 0
Sub-total 315 17 54.00 325 0.09 0.1 27.60 2.3 44 13.52 0 0
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15 29,432 33,552 28.21 40,970 0.08 12.1 17.18 2.0 3,006 7.34 11 143
0.00 to <0.10 18,147 24,904 27.08 26,965 0.06 8.6 18.50 1.8 1,704 6.32 8 141
0.10 to <0.15 11,284 8,648 31.46 14,005 0.12 3.5 14.62 2.2 1,302 9.29 2 2
0.15 to <0.25 10,054 8,004 29.93 14,011 0.20 5.5 19.76 2.0 2,300 16.42 6 4
0.25 to <0.50 22,183 10,340 33.29 25,800 0.37 8.3 20.44 2.3 6,072 23.54 20 17
0.50 to <0.75 13,925 8,158 33.65 17,182 0.63 6.5 21.15 2.6 5,410 31.48 24 13
0.75 to <2.50 36,600 13,451 40.88 42,126 1.46 13.4 22.03 2.4 17,855 42.38 140 179
0.75 to <1.75 25,007 8,773 39.72 28,492 1.17 9.5 20.20 2.4 11,237 39.44 84 116
1.75 to <2.5 11,593 4,678 43.05 13,634 2.05 3.9 25.86 2.3 6,618 48.54 56 62
2.50 to <10.00 19,480 4,825 40.98 21,457 4.40 5.1 17.58 2.3 10,563 49.23 172 192
2.50 to <5 13,979 3,629 41.42 15,482 3.44 2.9 16.93 2.3 6,739 43.53 90 110
5 to <10 5,501 1,196 39.63 5,975 6.91 2.2 19.26 2.3 3,824 64.00 82 83
10.00 to <100.00 2,112 264 44.29 2,229 18.27 3.2 23.88 1.8 2,135 95.78 93 68
10 to <20 1,777 210 46.80 1,876 13.77 1.6 24.38 1.7 1,825 97.29 62 50
20 to <30 96 8 21.82 98 23.65 0.4 14.25 2.9 69 70.82 3 3
30.00 to <100.00 239 46 36.61 256 49.23 1.2 23.93 2.2 241 94.24 28 15
100.00 (Default) 9,237 840 42.12 9,765 100.00 5.4 53.53 1.8 5,331 54.60 4,687 3,486
Sub-total 143,024 79,433 32.72 173,541 6.91 59.3 21.62 2.2 52,672 30.35 5,154 4,103
of which:

128

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures pre-<br><br>CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
General
0.00 to <0.15 28,279 33,546 28.21 39,815 0.08 12.0 17.33 1.9 2,934 7.37 11 143
0.00 to <0.10 17,870 24,899 27.08 26,686 0.06 8.5 18.53 1.8 1,687 6.32 8 141
0.10 to <0.15 10,410 8,646 31.45 13,129 0.12 3.5 14.89 2.2 1,246 9.49 2 2
0.15 to <0.25 8,552 7,837 29.59 12,431 0.21 5.4 20.72 2.0 2,170 17.46 5 3
0.25 to <0.50 12,773 9,311 31.81 15,910 0.36 8.0 23.92 2.2 4,413 27.74 14 10
0.50 to <0.75 10,645 6,059 31.95 13,094 0.61 6.4 23.65 2.5 4,504 34.39 21 11
0.75 to <2.50 19,286 8,904 39.85 22,861 1.40 12.9 28.62 2.3 12,423 54.34 82 59
0.75 to <1.75 14,813 5,946 37.89 17,066 1.19 9.2 23.36 2.4 8,129 47.63 49 33
1.75 to <2.5 4,473 2,958 43.77 5,795 2.01 3.7 44.08 2.2 4,294 74.10 33 26
2.50 to <10.00 9,594 2,420 38.98 10,537 4.18 4.9 21.96 2.4 6,469 61.39 101 80
2.50 to <5 7,544 1,780 38.06 8,221 3.42 2.8 19.82 2.4 4,257 51.78 55 48
5 to <10 2,050 639 41.55 2,316 6.85 2.1 29.57 2.4 2,212 95.50 46 32
10.00 to <100.00 879 210 45.58 975 16.52 3.1 32.80 1.9 1,323 135.70 50 30
10 to <20 734 161 48.88 813 12.44 1.6 33.61 1.8 1,114 137.16 34 20
20 to <30 19 8 21.61 21 25.32 0.4 38.32 1.0 33 160.61 2 2
30.00 to <100.00 126 42 37.27 142 38.65 1.1 27.39 2.2 175 123.67 14 8
100.00 (Default) 5,477 594 43.08 5,907 100.00 5.3 61.99 1.5 2,486 42.08 3,379 2,534
Sub-total 95,486 68,880 31.25 121,531 5.78 57.9 24.04 2.1 36,721 30.22 3,663 2,870
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15 1,110 6 41.67 1,112 0.11 0.0 11.05 2.2 68 6.14 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 237 4 42.27 239 0.07 0.0 13.66 2.6 13 5.62 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 873 2 40.04 874 0.12 0.0 10.34 2.1 55 6.29 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 1,493 167 46.00 1,570 0.17 0.1 11.89 2.2 126 8.04 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 9,392 1,029 46.62 9,872 0.39 0.3 14.74 2.3 1,646 16.68 6 7
0.50 to <0.75 3,267 2,099 38.53 4,076 0.70 0.1 12.91 3.0 890 21.84 4 2
0.75 to <2.50 17,290 4,547 42.91 19,240 1.53 0.5 14.15 2.4 5,401 28.07 58 119
0.75 to <1.75 10,185 2,826 43.58 11,417 1.15 0.3 15.42 2.4 3,096 27.12 35 83
1.75 to <2.5 7,105 1,720 41.80 7,824 2.08 0.2 12.29 2.4 2,305 29.46 23 36
2.50 to <10.00 9,872 2,405 42.99 10,906 4.62 0.2 13.30 2.3 4,075 37.36 71 112
2.50 to <5 6,430 1,848 44.66 7,255 3.45 0.1 13.65 2.3 2,479 34.17 35 62
5 to <10 3,443 557 37.42 3,651 6.95 0.1 12.62 2.3 1,596 43.72 36 51
10.00 to <100.00 1,215 53 39.23 1,235 19.72 0.0 16.63 1.8 782 63.27 42 38
10 to <20 1,024 49 40.00 1,044 14.79 0.0 16.95 1.6 680 65.09 27 30
20 to <30 77 0 40.00 77 23.20 0.0 7.81 3.4 36 46.79 1 2
30.00 to <100.00 113 4 29.85 114 62.35 0.0 19.64 2.2 66 57.76 14 7
100.00 (Default) 3,756 246 39.78 3,854 100.00 0.1 40.56 2.3 2,844 73.79 1,306 951
Sub-total 47,395 10,553 42.37 51,866 9.58 1.4 15.87 2.4 15,832 30.53 1,487 1,230

129

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures pre-<br><br>CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Purchased<br><br>receivables
0.00 to <0.15 42 0 0.00 42 0.08 0.0 30.81 0.9 4 8.85 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 41 0 0.00 41 0.08 0.0 28.53 0.8 3 7.83 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 2 0 0.00 2 0.13 0.0 80.69 1.7 1 31.12 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 10 0 40.00 10 0.17 0.0 55.69 1.4 4 37.05 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 17 0 40.00 17 0.44 0.0 63.02 2.1 12 70.82 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 13 0 0.00 13 0.74 0.0 77.67 3.0 16 125.84 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 25 0 40.00 25 1.73 0.1 72.05 1.7 31 126.27 0 0
0.75 to <1.75 9 0 0.00 9 1.22 0.0 84.17 2.0 13 136.14 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 15 0 40.00 15 2.04 0.0 64.65 1.5 19 120.24 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 14 0 40.00 14 5.24 0.0 51.59 1.3 19 140.69 0 0
2.50 to <5 6 0 40.00 6 3.72 0.0 31.99 0.3 3 59.10 0 0
5 to <10 8 0 0.00 8 6.28 0.0 64.90 2.0 16 196.08 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 19 0 0.00 19 14.32 0.0 38.39 4.4 31 162.54 1 0
10 to <20 19 0 0.00 19 14.32 0.0 38.38 4.4 31 162.54 1 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 4 0 0.00 4 100.00 0.0 59.62 2.3 2 44.44 2 2
Sub-total 144 0 40.00 144 5.84 0.2 51.45 1.9 119 82.57 4 3
Retail
0.00 to <0.15 38,930 16,961 38.06 45,385 0.09 3,268.5 25.81 3,344 7.37 70 57
0.00 to <0.10 22,560 6,263 15.86 23,553 0.07 1,048.5 21.43 2,158 9.16 63 55
0.10 to <0.15 16,371 10,698 51.05 21,832 0.11 2,220.1 30.55 1,185 5.43 8 2
0.15 to <0.25 24,767 4,007 41.44 26,427 0.18 834.4 23.79 2,207 8.35 12 4
0.25 to <0.50 41,173 3,690 44.55 42,817 0.36 1,318.1 26.21 6,588 15.39 42 11
0.50 to <0.75 11,913 1,360 45.52 12,533 0.55 273.7 24.04 2,301 18.36 17 8
0.75 to <2.50 51,042 2,640 51.28 52,396 1.42 1,459.0 28.06 19,512 37.24 211 108
0.75 to <1.75 36,829 2,118 49.81 37,884 1.10 1,090.5 27.75 12,235 32.30 116 56
1.75 to <2.5 14,213 522 57.26 14,512 2.28 368.4 28.90 7,277 50.15 95 52
2.50 to <10.00 13,836 610 61.11 14,209 5.61 510.2 35.39 12,110 85.23 297 204
2.50 to <5 6,826 384 56.71 7,044 4.22 275.8 36.37 6,030 85.60 125 81
5 to <10 7,010 226 68.58 7,165 6.97 234.4 34.42 6,080 84.86 172 124
10.00 to <100.00 5,356 150 69.52 5,460 23.63 211.3 34.58 6,480 118.69 442 259
10 to <20 2,949 98 69.24 3,017 14.04 131.5 34.25 3,232 107.12 145 93
20 to <30 655 19 85.38 670 27.45 34.3 41.85 936 139.66 77 44
30.00 to <100.00 1,752 34 61.64 1,773 38.53 45.6 32.40 2,312 130.44 221 122
100.00 (Default) 4,345 99 51.24 4,395 100.00 241.6 61.89 1,695 38.57 2,669 2,036
Sub-total 191,362 29,517 41.53 203,622 3.70 8,116.7 27.79 54,237 26.64 3,760 2,688
of which:

130

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures pre-<br><br>CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Qualifying Revolving
0.00 to <0.15 46 8,317 59.58 5,001 0.10 1,938.5 59.52 187 3.73 3 0
0.00 to <0.10 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 46 8,317 59.58 5,001 0.10 1,938.5 59.52 187 3.73 3 0
0.15 to <0.25 38 1,467 67.93 1,035 0.18 401.9 59.71 62 5.96 1 0
0.25 to <0.50 106 1,059 77.43 926 0.34 384.7 64.27 99 10.67 2 0
0.50 to <0.75 37 337 80.71 309 0.52 113.4 58.27 42 13.41 1 0
0.75 to <2.50 241 602 106.62 882 1.35 454.6 66.59 276 31.32 8 3
0.75 to <1.75 169 489 103.20 673 1.06 316.8 66.33 177 26.36 5 1
1.75 to <2.5 72 113 121.40 209 2.27 137.8 67.41 99 47.29 3 1
2.50 to <10.00 131 121 150.61 314 5.43 224.0 69.05 274 87.33 12 5
2.50 to <5 62 70 135.59 157 3.76 111.2 67.66 106 67.70 4 2
5 to <10 70 51 171.43 157 7.12 112.8 70.43 168 107.03 8 3
10.00 to <100.00 115 40 156.43 177 22.76 104.0 64.04 290 164.02 26 12
10 to <20 60 30 139.85 102 14.06 67.8 62.71 142 139.35 9 4
20 to <30 24 6 197.80 35 28.46 17.1 65.96 67 193.63 6 3
30.00 to <100.00 31 4 226.85 40 40.02 19.0 65.76 81 201.31 10 5
100.00 (Default) 169 5 170.98 177 100.00 111.9 80.69 149 83.93 139 130
Sub-total 883 11,948 66.44 8,821 2.93 3,732.9 61.56 1,378 15.62 192 151
Secured by<br><br>residential immovable<br><br>property
0.00 to <0.15 31,885 298 42.30 32,011 0.09 231.3 18.35 1,269 3.96 5 2
0.00 to <0.10 18,192 171 42.16 18,264 0.07 133.8 18.35 590 3.23 2 1
0.10 to <0.15 13,693 127 42.50 13,747 0.12 97.5 18.35 679 4.94 3 1
0.15 to <0.25 20,850 178 41.36 20,924 0.18 146.0 18.49 1,463 6.99 7 2
0.25 to <0.50 32,679 259 41.42 32,787 0.36 208.1 18.92 3,791 11.56 22 7
0.50 to <0.75 9,627 85 41.31 9,662 0.54 52.5 19.28 1,540 15.94 10 4
0.75 to <2.50 39,390 278 40.71 39,504 1.45 212.8 19.87 12,391 31.37 117 52
0.75 to <1.75 28,206 194 40.83 28,285 1.11 157.6 19.56 7,469 26.41 63 25
1.75 to <2.5 11,184 85 40.42 11,219 2.30 55.2 20.65 4,922 43.88 53 27
2.50 to <10.00 8,995 102 41.39 9,037 5.86 61.8 21.30 7,632 84.45 135 105
2.50 to <5 4,168 66 41.81 4,196 4.60 38.7 21.89 3,774 89.94 65 45
5 to <10 4,827 35 40.61 4,841 6.95 23.1 20.78 3,858 79.68 70 60
10.00 to <100.00 3,558 22 40.50 3,567 24.01 17.8 20.78 3,946 110.61 178 99
10 to <20 1,934 14 40.46 1,940 14.13 9.4 20.50 2,012 103.72 56 40
20 to <30 347 1 40.13 347 27.00 2.0 20.45 412 118.58 19 9
30.00 to <100.00 1,277 7 40.63 1,280 38.17 6.4 21.28 1,522 118.88 103 50
100.00 (Default) 1,918 12 40.68 1,923 100.00 13.2 34.25 737 38.34 629 356
Sub-total 148,903 1,234 41.43 149,415 2.76 943.5 19.40 32,768 21.93 1,104 627

131

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures pre-<br><br>CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
Purchased<br><br>receivables
0.00 to <0.15 29 90 9.57 37 0.10 0.5 36.80 3 8.64 0 0
0.00 to <0.10 6 26 8.26 8 0.06 0.2 38.35 0 4.97 0 0
0.10 to <0.15 23 65 10.08 30 0.11 0.3 36.39 3 9.60 0 0
0.15 to <0.25 2 11 8.71 3 0.21 0.1 40.00 0 12.92 0 0
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0
0.50 to <0.75 3 30 15.23 7 0.54 0.1 51.88 2 29.65 0 0
0.75 to <2.50 11 33 12.40 15 1.40 0.2 38.45 5 33.40 0 0
0.75 to <1.75 11 33 12.40 15 1.40 0.2 38.45 5 33.40 0 0
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0
2.50 to <10.00 4 10 15.15 5 4.16 0.1 39.65 2 43.69 0 0
2.50 to <5 2 4 11.26 3 3.03 0.0 36.14 1 38.57 0 0
5 to <10 1 7 17.34 3 5.34 0.0 43.33 1 49.06 0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 1 18.04 1 99.00 0.0 51.36 0 0.00 0 0
10 to <20 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0
20 to <30 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0
30.00 to <100.00 0 1 18.04 1 99.00 0.0 51.36 0 0.00 0 0
100.00 (Default) 0 0 16.86 0 100.00 0.0 82.27 0 41.79 0 0
Sub-total 49 176 11.40 69 1.55 0.9 39.25 13 19.18 0 0
Other retail exposures
0.00 to <0.15 6,971 8,255 16.53 8,336 0.08 1,327.5 34.22 1,885 22.61 62 55
0.00 to <0.10 4,362 6,066 15.15 5,281 0.07 947.5 32.05 1,568 29.69 60 55
0.10 to <0.15 2,609 2,189 20.35 3,055 0.12 380.0 37.95 317 10.39 1 1
0.15 to <0.25 3,877 2,350 25.05 4,465 0.19 459.7 40.26 682 15.27 3 2
0.25 to <0.50 8,388 2,372 30.22 9,105 0.38 910.8 48.57 2,698 29.64 17 3
0.50 to <0.75 2,246 908 33.87 2,554 0.58 155.5 37.84 717 28.10 6 3
0.75 to <2.50 11,400 1,727 34.45 11,995 1.36 971.6 52.21 6,839 57.02 86 53
0.75 to <1.75 8,443 1,403 33.33 8,911 1.06 750.7 50.80 4,583 51.43 48 29
1.75 to <2.5 2,957 324 39.29 3,084 2.21 220.9 56.29 2,256 73.15 38 25
2.50 to <10.00 4,706 377 38.95 4,853 5.15 289.1 59.46 4,202 86.59 151 94
2.50 to <5 2,594 243 38.69 2,689 3.66 159.7 57.14 2,148 79.91 56 34
5 to <10 2,112 133 39.42 2,164 7.00 129.4 62.33 2,054 94.88 95 60
10.00 to <100.00 1,682 87 37.93 1,715 22.92 125.2 60.26 2,245 130.85 238 148
10 to <20 956 53 36.74 975 13.86 73.8 58.62 1,078 110.51 80 49
20 to <30 284 12 37.11 288 27.88 22.0 64.75 457 158.59 51 32
30.00 to <100.00 443 22 41.30 452 39.32 29.4 60.92 710 157.05 107 67
100.00 (Default) 2,257 82 45.28 2,294 100.00 142.4 83.60 809 35.26 1,901 1,550
Sub-total 41,528 16,159 23.45 45,317 6.99 4,381.6 48.85 20,078 44.31 2,464 1,909

132

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. a b c d e f g h i j k l
(unless stated otherwise)<br><br>Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale On-balance<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures Off-balance-<br><br>sheet<br><br>exposures pre-<br><br>CCF Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average CCF<br><br>(in %) Exposure post<br><br>CCF and post<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Number of<br><br>obligors (in<br><br>1,000s) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average LGD<br><br>(%) Exposure<br><br>weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity (in<br><br>years)¹ Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount after<br><br>supporting<br><br>factors Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount (in %) Expected Loss<br><br>amount Value<br><br>adjustments<br><br>and Provisions
All exposure classes
Total 461,845 112,025 35.26 505,868 3.94 8,176.4 35.54 1.9 122,454 24.21 9,139 6,825

133

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

Total IRB exposure covered by credit derivatives

Article 453 (j) CRR

The table below presents the Group’s IRB exposures, split into FIRB and AIRB. The table shows the RWA by the relevant

exposure classes prior and after the usage of CRM techniques in the form of credit derivatives, where the exposure is

then assigned to the exposure class of the protection seller.

EU CR7 – IRB approach – Effect on the RWAs of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques

Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
a b a b
in € m. pre-credit<br><br>derivatives RWA Actual RWA pre-credit<br><br>derivatives RWA Actual RWA
1 Central governments and central banks - F-IRB 0 0 101 101
EU 1a Regional governments and local authorities -F-IRB 0 0 0 0
EU 1b Public sector entities - F-IRB 2 2 2 2
2 Central governments and central banks - A-IRB 0 0 15,357 15,357
EU 2a Regional governments and local authorities -A-IRB 0 0 144 144
EU2b Public sector entities - A-IRB 82 82 44 44
3 Institutions - F-IRB 4,961 4,998 3,477 3,508
5 Corporates - F-IRB 51,494 50,982 52,868 52,441
of which:
EU 5a General 45,856 45,344 48,467 48,012
EU 5b Specialized lending 1,276 1,276 496 526
EU 5c Purchased receivables 4,363 4,362 3,905 3,903
6 Corporates - A-IRB 57,250 57,250 52,672 52,672
of which:
EU 6a General 40,227 40,227 36,721 36,721
EU 6b Specialized lending 16,890 16,890 15,832 15,832
EU 6c Purchased receivables 133 133 119 119
EU 8a Retail - A-IRB 51,266 51,266 54,237 54,237
of which:
9 Qualifying revolving (QRRE) 1,337 1,337 1,378 1,378
10 Secured by residential immovable property 31,490 31,490 32,768 32,768
EU 10a Purchased receivables 12 12 13 13
EU 10b Other retail exposures 18,428 18,428 20,078 20,078
17 Exposures under F-IRB 56,457 55,982 56,447 56,051
18 Exposures under A-IRB 108,598 108,598 122,454 122,454
19 Total Exposures 165,055 164,580 178,901 178,505

Deutsche Bank´s RWA for exposures under the IRB approach were € 164.6 billion as of December 31, 2025, in

comparison to € 178.5 billion as of June 30, 2025. The decrease of € 13.9 billion was predominantly driven by a decrease

in RWA within the Group’s AIRB mainly due to a simplification of the internal rating-based approach resulting in the

calculation of exposures to "Central governments and central banks" using the standardized approach. Additionally,

RWA within the Group´s AIRB decreased for exposure classes "Retail – Other retail exposures” and “Retail – Secured by

residential immovable property" as well as within the Group´s FIRB mainly driven by the exposure class "Corporates -

General". This decrease was partly offset by an increase within the Group’s AIRB for the exposure classes “Corporates -

General" and "Corporates - Specialized lending" as well as within the Group´s FIRB for the exposure classes "Institutions",

"Corporates - Specialized lending" and "Corporates - Purchased receivables". RWA for corporate exposures mainly

benefitted from the application of credit derivatives.

Total IRB exposure covered by the use of CRM techniques

Article 453 (g) CRR

The two tables below present the Group´s FIRB and AIRB exposures and the extent of the use of CRM techniques broken

down by exposure classes. The CRM techniques are separately shown for funded credit protection and unfunded credit

protection. For funded credit protection the table also presents a split between the part of exposures covered by other

eligible collateral and the part of exposures covered by other funded credit protection. Additionally, the RWA without

substitution effects (reduction effects only) and the RWA with substitution effects (both reduction and substitution

effects) are shown.

134

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

EU CR7-A – Foundation IRB approach – Extent of the use of CRM techniques

b c d e f g h i j k l m n
Credit risk Mitigation<br><br>methods in the calculation of<br><br>RWEAs
Funded credit protection (FCP) Unfunded credit protection<br><br>(UFCP) RWA<br><br>without<br><br>substitution<br><br>effects<br><br>(reduction<br><br>effects only) RWA with<br><br>substitution<br><br>effects<br><br>(both<br><br>reduction<br><br>and<br><br>substitution<br><br>effects)
Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Financial<br><br>Collaterals<br><br>(%) Part of exposures covered by Other eligible collaterals (%) Part of exposures covered by Other funded credit protection<br><br>(%) Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Guarantees<br><br>(%) Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Credit<br><br>Derivatives<br><br>(%)
in m. (unless stated otherwise) Total of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Immovable<br><br>property<br><br>Collaterals<br><br>(%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Receivables<br><br>(%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Other<br><br>physical<br><br>collateral (%) Total of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Cash on<br><br>deposit (%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Life<br><br>insurance<br><br>policies (%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Instruments<br><br>held by a<br><br>third party<br><br>(%)
1 Central governments and central banks 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
2 Regional governments and local authorities 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
3 Public sector entities 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4 2
4 Institutions 2.85 4.01 1.34 2.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6,410 4,998
5 Corporates 1.69 3.39 1.49 1.90 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 51,497 50,982
of which: 0.00 0.00
5.1 General 1.95 3.60 1.45 2.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 45,561 45,344
5.2 Specialized lending 0.00 21.82 19.27 2.54 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,336 1,276
5.3 Purchased receivables 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4,601 4,362
6 Total 1.83 3.46 1.47 1.99 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 57,911 55,982

All values are in Euros.

135

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
b c d e f g h i j k l m n
Credit risk Mitigation<br><br>methods in the calculation of<br><br>RWEAs
Funded credit protection (FCP) Unfunded credit protection<br><br>(UFCP) RWA<br><br>without<br><br>substitution<br><br>effects<br><br>(reduction<br><br>effects only) RWA with<br><br>substitution<br><br>effects<br><br>(both<br><br>reduction<br><br>and<br><br>substitution<br><br>effects)
Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Financial<br><br>Collaterals<br><br>(%) Part of exposures covered by Other eligible collaterals (%) Part of exposures covered by Other funded credit protection<br><br>(%) Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Guarantees<br><br>(%) Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Credit<br><br>Derivatives<br><br>(%)
in m. (unless stated otherwise) Total of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Immovable<br><br>property<br><br>Collaterals<br><br>(%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Receivables<br><br>(%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Other<br><br>physical<br><br>collateral (%) Total of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Cash on<br><br>deposit (%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Life<br><br>insurance<br><br>policies (%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Instruments<br><br>held by a<br><br>third party<br><br>(%)
1 Central governments and central banks 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 101
2 Regional governments and local authorities 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
3 Public sector entities 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 2
4 Institutions 4.12 0.98 0.76 0.22 0.00 -0.00 -0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.00 0.00 4,025 3,508
5 Corporates 4.35 3.25 1.77 1.48 0.00 -0.00 -0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 51,509 52,441
of which:
5.1 General 4.93 3.21 1.53 1.68 -0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.00 0.00 46,829 48,012
5.2 Specialized lending 0.00 62.30 62.30 0.00 -0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 557 526
5.3 Purchased receivables 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4,123 3,903
6 Total 4.20 2.95 1.63 1.32 -0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 55,536 56,051

All values are in Euros.

136

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

EU CR7-A – Advanced IRB approach – Extent of the use of CRM techniques

b c d e f g h i j k l m n
Credit risk Mitigation<br><br>methods in the calculation<br><br>of RWEAs
Funded credit protection (FCP) Unfunded credit protection<br><br>(UFCP) RWA<br><br>without<br><br>substitution<br><br>effects<br><br>(reduction<br><br>effects only) RWA with<br><br>substitution<br><br>effects<br><br>(both<br><br>reduction<br><br>and<br><br>substitution<br><br>effects)
Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Financial<br><br>Collaterals<br><br>(%) Part of exposures covered by Other eligible collaterals (%) Part of exposures covered by Other funded credit<br><br>protection (%) Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Guarantees<br><br>(%) Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Credit<br><br>Derivatives<br><br>(%)
in m. (unless stated otherwise) Total of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Immovable<br><br>property<br><br>Collaterals<br><br>(%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Receivables<br><br>(%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Other<br><br>physical<br><br>collateral<br><br>(%) Total of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Cash on<br><br>deposit (%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Life<br><br>insurance<br><br>policies (%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Instruments<br><br>held by a<br><br>third party<br><br>(%)
1 Central governments and central banks 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
2 Regional governments and local authorities 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
3 Public sector entities 0.06 0.68 0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 102 82
5 Corporates 26.55 34.79 29.68 1.16 3.95 0.64 0.15 0.48 0.00 0.60 0.00 58,360 57,250
of which:
5.1 General 36.49 26.70 24.15 1.44 1.11 0.87 0.20 0.67 0.00 0.83 0.00 40,815 40,227
5.2 Specialized lending 0.42 56.39 44.49 0.41 11.48 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 17,406 16,890
5.3 Purchased receivables 0.16 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.94 2.94 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 139 133
6 Retail 3.23 71.02 70.82 0.19 0.01 0.21 0.00 0.21 0.00 0.19 0.00 51,279 51,266
of which:
6.1 Qualifying revolving 0.08 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,337 1,337
6.2 Secured by residential immovable property 2.32 92.20 92.05 0.15 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.19 0.00 0.04 0.00 31,490 31,490
6.3 Purchased receivables 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12 12
6.4 Other retail exposures 7.10 17.06 16.65 0.36 0.04 0.33 0.01 0.32 0.00 0.75 0.00 18,441 18,428
7 Total 14.27 53.77 51.25 0.65 1.88 0.41 0.07 0.34 0.00 0.38 0.00 109,742 108,598

All values are in Euros.

137

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
b c d e f g h i j k l m n
Credit risk Mitigation<br><br>methods in the calculation<br><br>of RWEAs
Funded credit protection (FCP) Unfunded credit protection<br><br>(UFCP) RWA<br><br>without<br><br>substitution<br><br>effects<br><br>(reduction<br><br>effects only) RWA with<br><br>substitution<br><br>effects<br><br>(both<br><br>reduction<br><br>and<br><br>substitution<br><br>effects)
Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Financial<br><br>Collaterals<br><br>(%) Part of exposures covered by Other eligible collaterals (%) Part of exposures covered by Other funded credit<br><br>protection (%) Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Guarantees<br><br>(%) Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Credit<br><br>Derivatives<br><br>(%)
in m. (unless stated otherwise) Total of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Immovable<br><br>property<br><br>Collaterals<br><br>(%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Receivables<br><br>(%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Other<br><br>physical<br><br>collateral<br><br>(%) Total of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Cash on<br><br>deposit (%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Life<br><br>insurance<br><br>policies (%) of which:<br><br>Part of<br><br>exposures<br><br>covered by<br><br>Instruments<br><br>held by a<br><br>third party<br><br>(%)
1 Central governments and central banks 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 16,719 15,357
2 Regional governments and local authorities 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 144 144
3 Public sector entities 0.15 0.99 0.99 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 44 44
5 Corporates 26.67 37.13 32.43 1.26 3.44 1.11 0.44 0.67 0.00 0.59 0.00 53,551 52,672
of which:
5.1 General 36.97 27.30 24.65 1.80 0.85 1.56 0.60 0.96 0.00 0.84 0.00 37,240 36,721
5.2 Specialized lending 2.61 60.28 50.76 0.00 9.52 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 16,185 15,832
5.3 Purchased receivables 1.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.43 4.43 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 125 119
6 Retail 2.82 71.22 71.02 0.18 0.01 0.24 0.00 0.24 0.00 0.16 0.00 54,237 54,237
of which:
6.1 Qualifying revolving 0.41 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.00 0.00 1,378 1,378
6.2 Secured by residential immovable property 2.20 91.93 91.80 0.14 0.00 0.17 0.00 0.17 0.00 0.04 0.00 32,769 32,768
6.3 Purchased receivables 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 13 13
6.4 Other retail exposures 5.35 16.86 16.46 0.36 0.04 0.52 0.01 0.51 0.00 0.59 0.00 20,078 20,078
5 Total 10.29 41.41 39.72 0.51 1.18 0.48 0.15 0.33 0.00 0.27 0.00 124,694 122,454

All values are in Euros.

138

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

Development of credit risk RWA

Article 438 (h) CRR

The following table provides an analysis of key drivers for RWA movements observed for credit risk, excluding

counterparty credit risk, covered in the IRB approaches in the current and previous reporting period.

EU CR8 – RWA flow statement of credit risk exposures under the IRB approach

Three months<br><br>ended Dec 31,<br><br>2025 Three Months<br><br>Ended Sep 30,<br><br>2025
a a
in € m. RWA RWA
1 Risk weighted exposure amount as at the end of the previous reporting period 166,299 169,241
2 Asset size (2,003) 860
3 Asset quality 1,143 26
4 Model updates 583 1,065
5 Methodology and policy (1,028) (4,734)
6 Acquisitions and disposals 0 0
7 Foreign exchange movements (91) (158)
8 Other 0 0
9 Risk weighted exposure amount as at the end of the reporting period 164,903 166,299

Organic changes in the Group’s portfolio size and composition are considered in the category “Asset size”. The category

“Asset quality” represents the effects from portfolio rating migrations, loss given default, model parameter recalibrations

as well as collateral coverage and netting activities. “Model updates” include model refinements and further roll out of

advanced internal models. RWA movements resulting from externally, regulatory-driven changes, e.g., applying new

regulations, are considered in the “Methodology and policy” section. “Acquisition and disposals” is related to significant

exposure movements which can be clearly assigned to acquisition or disposal related activities. Changes that cannot be

attributed to the above categories are reflected in the category “other”.

RWA for credit risk exposures under the IRB approach decreased by € 3.1 billion or 1.6% since September 30, 2025,

mainly resulting from the categories “Asset size”, “Methodology and policy” and “Foreign exchange movements”, partly

offset by categories “Asset quality” and “Model updates”. The decrease in category “Asset size” is mainly reflecting the

impacts of new synthetic securitizations and reduced exposures in "Corporate & Other". The decrease in category

“Methodology and policy” is mainly driven by impacts from the remediation of regulatory obligations. The mentioned

decreases were partly offset by an increase in category “Asset quality”, primarily driven by improved data quality and

counterparty rating deteriorations. Furthermore, the increase in category “Model updates” is primarily due to refinements

of Deutsche Bank´s IRBA model along with updated margin of conservatism applied on a key model input.

Model validation results

Article 452 (h) CRR

Foundation IRBA – Model validation results

The below table EU CR9 aims at providing backtesting information for probabilities of default in comparing the PD used

in the foundation IRB capital calculations with the effective obligors’ default rates presented on a five year average by

regulatory exposure classes. CRR3 introduced new exposure classes and therefore the observed five year average

default rate will be phased-in over the upcoming years across all classes. The conceptual design as well as the structural

limitations to be considered are described in the introduction of the advanced IRB backtesting table further down below

in this report.

139

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

EU CR9 IRB backtesting of PD per exposure class for Foundation IRBA

Dec 31, 2025
a/b c d e f g h
Number of obligors at the end of the<br><br>previous year Observed average<br><br>default rate (%) Exposures weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Average PD (%) Average historical<br><br>annual default rate<br><br>(%)
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Total of which number of<br><br>obligors which<br><br>defaulted in the<br><br>year
Central governments<br><br>and central banks
0.00 to <0.15 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.75 to <1.75 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
5 to <10 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
10 to <20 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
20 to <30 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 0 0 N/M 0.00% 100.00% N/M
Regional governments<br><br>and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.75 to <1.75 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
5 to <10 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
10 to <20 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
20 to <30 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 0 0 N/M 0.00% 100.00% N/M
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15 5 0 0.00% 0.03% 0.07% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 4 0 0.00% 0.03% 0.05% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 1 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.11% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 2 0 0.00% 0.20% 0.21% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00% 0.27% 0.00% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 3 0 0.00% 0.54% 0.54% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 4 0 0.00% 1.03% 0.97% 0.00%
0.75 to <1.75 4 0 0.00% 1.03% 0.97% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2.50 to <10.00 1 0 0.00% 5.34% 5.34% 0.00%
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
5 to <10 1 0 0.00% 5.34% 5.34% 0.00%
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
10 to <20 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
20 to <30 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 0 0 N/M 0.00% 100.00% N/M

140

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a/b c d e f g h
Number of obligors at the end of the<br><br>previous year Observed average<br><br>default rate (%) Exposures weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Average PD (%) Average historical<br><br>annual default rate<br><br>(%)
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Total of which number of<br><br>obligors which<br><br>defaulted in the<br><br>year
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15 243 2 0.82% 0.07% 0.07% 0.82%
0.00 to <0.10 193 2 1.04% 0.06% 0.06% 1.04%
0.10 to <0.15 50 0 0.00% 0.11% 0.11% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 49 0 0.00% 0.18% 0.18% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 49 0 0.00% 0.37% 0.44% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 7 0 0.00% 0.66% 0.61% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 42 0 0.00% 1.16% 1.17% 0.00%
0.75 to <1.75 36 0 0.00% 1.16% 1.00% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 6 0 0.00% 2.00% 2.18% 0.00%
2.50 to <10.00 12 0 0.00% 6.24% 6.19% 0.00%
2.50 to <5 5 0 0.00% 3.42% 3.42% 0.00%
5 to <10 7 0 0.00% 8.13% 8.16% 0.00%
10.00 to <100.00 8 0 0.00% 22.01% 15.54% 0.00%
10 to <20 8 0 0.00% 15.68% 15.54% 0.00%
20 to <30 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 46.77% 0.00% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 1 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% 0.00%
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15 3,428 0 0.00% 0.08% 0.09% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 1,719 0 0.00% 0.06% 0.06% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 1,709 0 0.00% 0.11% 0.12% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 2,439 13 0.53% 0.17% 0.19% 0.53%
0.25 to <0.50 3,573 2 0.06% 0.33% 0.34% 0.06%
0.50 to <0.75 1,605 4 0.25% 0.68% 0.59% 0.25%
0.75 to <2.50 2,465 40 1.62% 1.34% 1.32% 1.62%
0.75 to <1.75 1,944 17 0.87% 1.18% 1.08% 0.87%
1.75 to <2.5 521 23 4.41% 1.93% 2.20% 4.41%
2.50 to <10.00 615 39 6.34% 4.50% 4.80% 6.34%
2.50 to <5 388 19 4.90% 3.33% 3.63% 4.90%
5 to <10 227 20 8.81% 6.95% 6.80% 8.81%
10.00 to <100.00 231 22 9.52% 20.19% 23.24% 9.52%
10 to <20 110 18 16.36% 14.55% 13.59% 16.36%
20 to <30 71 4 5.63% 22.54% 27.13% 5.63%
30.00 to <100.00 50 0 0.00% 39.00% 38.94% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 191 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
of which:
General
0.00 to <0.15 2,714 0 0.00% 0.08% 0.09% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 1,364 0 0.00% 0.06% 0.07% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 1,350 0 0.00% 0.11% 0.12% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 1,840 12 0.65% 0.17% 0.18% 0.65%
0.25 to <0.50 2,743 0 0.00% 0.34% 0.34% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 1,090 0 0.00% 0.68% 0.58% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 1,743 28 1.61% 1.35% 1.28% 1.61%
0.75 to <1.75 1,420 8 0.56% 1.18% 1.06% 0.56%
1.75 to <2.5 323 20 6.19% 1.92% 2.22% 6.19%
2.50 to <10.00 430 34 7.91% 4.54% 5.02% 7.91%
2.50 to <5 270 15 5.56% 3.34% 3.75% 5.56%
5 to <10 160 19 11.88% 7.12% 7.16% 11.88%
10.00 to <100.00 181 22 12.15% 20.08% 21.75% 12.15%
10 to <20 108 18 16.67% 14.62% 13.59% 16.67%
20 to <30 34 4 11.76% 25.28% 26.63% 11.76%
30.00 to <100.00 39 0 0.00% 38.39% 40.08% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 177 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M

141

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a/b c d e f g h
Number of obligors at the end of the<br><br>previous year Observed average<br><br>default rate (%) Exposures weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Average PD (%) Average historical<br><br>annual default rate<br><br>(%)
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Total of which number of<br><br>obligors which<br><br>defaulted in the<br><br>year
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15 4 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.11% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 2 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.08% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 2 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.14% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 2 0 0.00% 0.18% 0.18% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 13 0 0.00% 0.37% 0.34% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 14 0 0.00% 0.64% 0.70% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 19 0 0.00% 1.27% 1.50% 0.00%
0.75 to <1.75 13 0 0.00% 1.20% 1.21% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 6 0 0.00% 2.08% 2.13% 0.00%
2.50 to <10.00 4 0 0.00% 4.34% 4.14% 0.00%
2.50 to <5 3 0 0.00% 3.37% 3.39% 0.00%
5 to <10 1 0 0.00% 5.62% 6.39% 0.00%
10.00 to <100.00 1 0 0.00% 13.47% 10.60% 0.00%
10 to <20 1 0 0.00% 12.67% 10.60% 0.00%
20 to <30 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 100.00% 0.00% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 2 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Purchased<br><br>receivables
0.00 to <0.15 908 0 0.00% 0.08% 0.09% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 443 0 0.00% 0.06% 0.06% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 465 0 0.00% 0.11% 0.12% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 738 1 0.14% 0.16% 0.19% 0.14%
0.25 to <0.50 1,062 2 0.19% 0.32% 0.35% 0.19%
0.50 to <0.75 582 4 0.69% 0.68% 0.60% 0.69%
0.75 to <2.50 820 12 1.46% 1.36% 1.38% 1.46%
0.75 to <1.75 613 9 1.47% 1.12% 1.12% 1.47%
1.75 to <2.5 207 3 1.45% 2.00% 2.17% 1.45%
2.50 to <10.00 190 5 2.63% 3.90% 4.29% 2.63%
2.50 to <5 123 4 3.25% 3.16% 3.37% 3.25%
5 to <10 67 1 1.49% 5.56% 5.99% 1.49%
10.00 to <100.00 50 0 0.00% 28.11% 28.64% 0.00%
10 to <20 2 0 0.00% 17.68% 13.79% 0.00%
20 to <30 37 0 0.00% 20.71% 27.59% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 11 0 0.00% 55.86% 34.90% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 13 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M

142

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a/b c d e f g h
Number of obligors at the end of the<br><br>previous year Observed<br><br>average default<br><br>rate (%) Exposures<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Average PD (%) Average<br><br>historical annual<br><br>default rate (%)
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Total of which<br><br>number of<br><br>obligors which<br><br>defaulted in the<br><br>year
Central governments<br><br>and central banks
0.00 to <0.15 2 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.04% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 2 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.04% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 1 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.18% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.75 to <1.75 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
5 to <10 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
10 to <20 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
20 to <30 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 0 0 N/M 0.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 3 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.09% 0.00%
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15 23 0 0.00% 0.05% 0.07% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 19 0 0.00% 0.05% 0.05% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 4 0 0.00% 0.11% 0.13% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 6 0 0.00% 0.19% 0.16% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 2 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.32% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 4 0 0.00% 0.54% 0.68% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 0 0 0.00% 0.97% 0.00% 0.00%
0.75 to <1.75 0 0 0.00% 0.97% 0.00% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
5 to <10 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
10 to <20 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
20 to <30 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 0 0 N/M 0.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 35 0 0.00% 0.19% 0.17% 0.00%
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15 1,666 2 0.12% 0.11% 0.06% 0.09%
0.00 to <0.10 1,380 2 0.14% 0.07% 0.05% 0.07%
0.10 to <0.15 286 0 0.00% 0.12% 0.12% 0.12%
0.15 to <0.25 1,644 0 0.00% 0.19% 0.17% 0.10%
0.25 to <0.50 1,741 4 0.23% 0.33% 0.36% 0.23%
0.50 to <0.75 1,065 2 0.19% 0.57% 0.63% 0.31%
0.75 to <2.50 1,418 20 1.41% 1.38% 1.54% 1.18%
0.75 to <1.75 839 12 1.43% 1.05% 1.16% 1.22%
1.75 to <2.5 579 8 1.38% 2.33% 2.09% 1.04%
2.50 to <10.00 418 9 2.15% 4.38% 3.96% 2.57%
2.50 to <5 390 8 2.05% 3.79% 3.77% 2.71%
5 to <10 28 1 3.57% 6.37% 6.54% 2.01%
10.00 to <100.00 48 3 6.25% 28.76% 23.10% 10.81%
10 to <20 13 0 0.00% 13.79% 14.13% 5.01%
20 to <30 24 2 8.33% 28.11% 20.01% 10.77%
30.00 to <100.00 11 1 9.09% 38.53% 40.47% 5.40%
100.00 (Default) 49 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 8,049 40 0.50% 1.75% 1.43% 1.58%
of which:

143

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a/b c d e f g h
Number of obligors at the end of the<br><br>previous year Observed<br><br>average default<br><br>rate (%) Exposures<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Average PD (%) Average<br><br>historical annual<br><br>default rate (%)
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Total of which<br><br>number of<br><br>obligors which<br><br>defaulted in the<br><br>year
SMEs
0.00 to <0.15 83 0 0.00% 0.09% 0.06% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 69 0 0.00% 0.05% 0.05% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 14 0 0.00% 0.13% 0.11% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 67 0 0.00% 0.22% 0.16% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 133 1 0.75% 0.40% 0.36% 0.54%
0.50 to <0.75 55 0 0.00% 0.59% 0.69% 1.20%
0.75 to <2.50 120 2 1.67% 1.94% 1.70% 1.72%
0.75 to <1.75 55 1 1.82% 1.22% 1.21% 2.55%
1.75 to <2.5 65 1 1.54% 2.36% 2.11% 0.31%
2.50 to <10.00 53 3 5.66% 4.17% 4.05% 5.92%
2.50 to <5 47 2 4.26% 3.71% 3.70% 5.76%
5 to <10 6 1 16.67% 5.84% 6.79% 6.67%
10.00 to <100.00 8 0 0.00% 28.23% 24.12% 3.20%
10 to <20 5 0 0.00% 13.79% 16.90% 15.67%
20 to <30 0 0 0.00% 28.24% 0.00% 1.43%
30.00 to <100.00 3 0 0.00% 32.87% 36.16% 6.25%
100.00 (Default) 7 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 526 6 1.14% 13.30% 2.69% 1.83%
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.75 to <1.75 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2.50 to <10.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2.50 to <5 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
5 to <10 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
10 to <20 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
20 to <30 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 0 0 N/M 0.00% 0.00% N/M
Sub-total 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
Other
0.00 to <0.15 1,583 2 0.13% 0.11% 0.06% 0.09%
0.00 to <0.10 1,311 2 0.15% 0.07% 0.05% 0.08%
0.10 to <0.15 272 0 0.00% 0.12% 0.12% 0.12%
0.15 to <0.25 1,577 0 0.00% 0.19% 0.17% 0.11%
0.25 to <0.50 1,608 3 0.19% 0.33% 0.36% 0.21%
0.50 to <0.75 1,010 2 0.20% 0.56% 0.62% 0.29%
0.75 to <2.50 1,298 18 1.39% 1.30% 1.52% 1.18%
0.75 to <1.75 784 11 1.40% 1.04% 1.16% 1.17%
1.75 to <2.5 514 7 1.36% 2.32% 2.08% 1.33%
2.50 to <10.00 365 6 1.64% 4.45% 3.95% 2.15%
2.50 to <5 343 6 1.75% 3.81% 3.79% 2.46%
5 to <10 22 0 0.00% 6.52% 6.48% 0.76%
10.00 to <100.00 40 3 7.50% 30.10% 22.90% 10.95%
10 to <20 8 0 0.00% 0.00% 12.40% 2.58%
20 to <30 24 2 8.33% 27.68% 20.01% 10.88%
30.00 to <100.00 8 1 12.50% 38.61% 42.08% 3.13%
100.00 (Default) 42 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 7,523 34 0.45% 0.93% 1.34% 1.57%
Total 8,087 40 0.49% 1.74% 1.42% 1.83%

144

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

Advanced IRBA – Model validation results

The validation reviews conducted in 2025 for advanced IRBA credit models led to the assessments shown below. The

model definition is aligned with the bank’s IRBA model map as reported to ECB on a quarterly basis. The assessment

categories follow the ECB validation reporting requirements where following definitions apply:

–Adequate with no deficiencies: No deficiencies detected by the validation function, i.e. no follow-<br><br>up needed
–Adequate with minor deficiencies: Minor deficiencies detected that do not lead to any significant<br><br>bias of risk estimates
–Major deficiencies identified: Identified deficiencies indicate a significant bias of risk parameter<br><br>estimates, such as a potential quantitative impact of +/-5% or<br><br>more on RWEA, but below +/-10% in the application of the model.
–Severe deficiencies identified: Identified deficiencies indicate a severe bias of risk parameter<br><br>estimates, such as a potential quantitative impact of +/-10% or<br><br>more on RWEA in the application of the model.

Validation results for risk parameters used in advanced IRBA credit models

2025
PD LGD EAD
Count EAD in % Count EAD in % Count EAD in %
Adequate with no deficiencies 1 0.2 0 0.0 0 0.0
Adequate with minor deficiencies 21 80.5 16 100.0 7 80.8
Major deficiencies identified 2 7.2 0 0.0 3 19.2
Severe deficiencies 2 12.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
Total 26 100.0 16 100.0 10 100.0
2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
PD LGD EAD
Count EAD in % Count EAD in % Count EAD in %
Adequate with no deficiencies 2 2.2 2 4.7 1 96.5
Adequate with minor deficiencies 22 86.5 13 95.3 4 3.5
Major deficiencies identified 5 11.1 0 0.0 0 0.0
Severe deficiencies 1 0.1 0 0.0 0 0.0
Total 30 100.0 15 100.0 5 100.0

For models not validated as ‘adequate with no deficiencies’ the identified weaknesses were raised as validation findings.

The breakdown for PD, LGD and EAD is showing the number of respective models as well as their relative EAD as of

December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

The validations during 2025 detected some major or severe deficiencies. Major deficiencies were already materially

mitigated by end of 2025. One of the severe deficiencies for PD models was already fully mitigated by end of 2025 while

the remaining severe deficiency for another PD model will be mitigated by end of June 2026.

The below table EU CR9 aims at providing backtesting information for probabilities of default (PD). It compares the PD

used in the advanced IRB capital calculations with the effective obligors’ default rates presented on a five-year average

by regulatory exposure classes. CRR3 introduced new exposure classes and therefore the observed five year average

default rate will be phased-in over the upcoming years across all classes. Moreover, some limitations have to be

considered when comparing the below backtesting results with the above presented PD model validation results: Whilst

in line with the bank’s internal procedures, model validation is conducted on the level of the rating model and the model

validation results provided above reflect this practice, for the below presentation by regulatory exposure classes the

underlying ratings models have been assigned subsequently to the relevant regulatory exposure class. This different way

of aggregation applied for the below backtesting information may result in some bias for the below backtesting results in

contrast to the above model validation results.

145

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

EU CR9 IRB backtesting of PD per exposure class for Advanced IRBA

Dec 31, 2025
a/b c d e f g h
Number of obligors at the end of the<br><br>previous year Observed average<br><br>default rate (%) Exposures<br><br>weighted average<br><br>PD (%) Average PD (%) Average historical<br><br>annual default<br><br>rate (%)
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Total of which number<br><br>of obligors which<br><br>defaulted in the<br><br>year
Central governments<br><br>and central banks
0.00 to <0.15 65 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.02% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 64 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.02% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 1 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.14% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 7 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.22% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 9 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.39% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 11 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.63% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 14 0 0.00% 0.00% 1.42% 0.00%
0.75 to <1.75 7 0 0.00% 0.00% 1.07% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 7 0 0.00% 0.00% 1.76% 0.00%
2.50 to <10.00 34 0 0.00% 0.00% 5.76% 0.00%
2.5 to <5 22 0 0.00% 0.00% 4.56% 0.00%
5 to <10 12 0 0.00% 0.00% 7.95% 0.00%
10.00 to <100.00 6 0 0.00% 0.00% 19.01% 0.00%
10 to <20 4 0 0.00% 0.00% 13.01% 0.00%
20 to <30 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 2 0 0.00% 0.00% 31.01% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 6 0 N/M 0.00% 100.00% N/M
Regional governments and local<br><br>authorities
0.00 to <0.15 13 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.06% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 13 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.06% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 1 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.25% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 2 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.70% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 1 0 0.00% 0.00% 1.17% 0.00%
0.75 to <1.75 1 0 0.00% 0.00% 1.17% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2.50 to <10.00 1 0 0.00% 0.00% 4.82% 0.00%
2.5 to <5 1 0 0.00% 0.00% 4.82% 0.00%
5 to <10 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
10 to <20 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
20 to <30 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 1 0 N/M 0.00% 100.00% N/M
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15 46 0 0.00% 0.06% 0.07% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 33 0 0.00% 0.06% 0.05% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 13 0 0.00% 0.11% 0.12% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 19 0 0.00% 0.16% 0.19% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 17 0 0.00% 0.28% 0.34% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 5 0 0.00% 0.65% 0.64% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 16 0 0.00% 1.38% 1.30% 0.00%
0.75 to <1.75 13 0 0.00% 1.27% 1.12% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 3 0 0.00% 1.90% 2.07% 0.00%
2.50 to <10.00 2 0 0.00% 3.64% 7.55% 0.00%
2.5 to <5 0 0 0.00% 3.64% 0.00% 0.00%
5 to <10 2 0 0.00% 0.00% 7.55% 0.00%
10.00 to <100.00 1 0 0.00% 24.74% 29.88% 0.00%
10 to <20 0 0 0.00% 17.06% 0.00% 0.00%
20 to <30 1 0 0.00% 0.00% 29.88% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 39.84% 0.00% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 3 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M

146

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a/b c d e f g h
Number of obligors at the end of the<br><br>previous year Observed average<br><br>default rate (%) Exposures<br><br>weighted average<br><br>PD (%) Average PD (%) Average historical<br><br>annual default<br><br>rate (%)
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Total of which number<br><br>of obligors which<br><br>defaulted in the<br><br>year
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15 13,732 2 0.01% 0.07% 0.09% 0.01%
0.00 to <0.10 7,783 1 0.01% 0.06% 0.07% 0.01%
0.10 to <0.15 5,949 1 0.02% 0.12% 0.13% 0.02%
0.15 to <0.25 18,426 1 0.01% 0.20% 0.19% 0.01%
0.25 to <0.50 39,431 32 0.08% 0.38% 0.37% 0.08%
0.50 to <0.75 6,577 24 0.36% 0.69% 0.63% 0.36%
0.75 to <2.50 34,764 129 0.37% 1.48% 1.30% 0.37%
0.75 to <1.75 27,288 76 0.28% 1.16% 1.08% 0.28%
1.75 to <2.5 7,476 53 0.71% 1.97% 2.11% 0.71%
2.50 to <10.00 7,780 125 1.61% 4.71% 4.69% 1.61%
2.5 to <5 4,958 72 1.45% 3.38% 3.42% 1.45%
5 to <10 2,822 53 1.88% 6.61% 6.93% 1.88%
10.00 to <100.00 2,579 148 5.74% 21.67% 22.76% 5.74%
10 to <20 1,583 51 3.22% 14.02% 14.55% 3.22%
20 to <30 201 15 7.46% 24.78% 26.13% 7.46%
30.00 to <100.00 795 82 10.31% 48.99% 38.28% 10.31%
100.00 (Default) 6,109 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
of which:
General
0.00 to <0.15 13,699 2 0.01% 0.07% 0.09% 0.01%
0.00 to <0.10 7,767 1 0.01% 0.06% 0.07% 0.01%
0.10 to <0.15 5,932 1 0.02% 0.12% 0.13% 0.02%
0.15 to <0.25 18,377 1 0.01% 0.20% 0.19% 0.01%
0.25 to <0.50 39,200 26 0.07% 0.37% 0.37% 0.07%
0.50 to <0.75 6,494 22 0.34% 0.68% 0.63% 0.34%
0.75 to <2.50 34,336 120 0.35% 1.46% 1.30% 0.35%
0.75 to <1.75 26,998 72 0.27% 1.20% 1.08% 0.27%
1.75 to <2.5 7,338 48 0.65% 1.92% 2.11% 0.65%
2.50 to <10.00 7,555 102 1.35% 4.35% 4.69% 1.35%
2.5 to <5 4,820 69 1.43% 3.38% 3.41% 1.43%
5 to <10 2,735 33 1.21% 6.56% 6.93% 1.21%
10.00 to <100.00 2,543 147 5.78% 22.93% 22.78% 5.78%
10 to <20 1,559 51 3.27% 13.92% 14.57% 3.27%
20 to <30 196 14 7.14% 23.55% 26.16% 7.14%
30.00 to <100.00 788 82 10.41% 49.29% 38.18% 10.41%
100.00 (Default) 5,999 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15 25 0 0.00% 0.11% 0.11% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 9 0 0.00% 0.09% 0.09% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 16 0 0.00% 0.13% 0.13% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 48 0 0.00% 0.18% 0.18% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 220 6 2.73% 0.38% 0.38% 2.73%
0.50 to <0.75 75 2 2.67% 0.72% 0.68% 2.67%
0.75 to <2.50 446 6 1.35% 1.51% 1.44% 1.35%
0.75 to <1.75 305 2 0.66% 1.09% 1.12% 0.66%
1.75 to <2.5 141 4 2.84% 2.02% 2.13% 2.84%
2.50 to <10.00 221 22 9.95% 5.09% 4.86% 9.95%
2.5 to <5 137 3 2.19% 3.37% 3.50% 2.19%
5 to <10 84 19 22.62% 6.65% 7.08% 22.62%
10.00 to <100.00 35 1 2.86% 20.75% 21.85% 2.86%
10 to <20 24 0 0.00% 14.11% 13.51% 0.00%
20 to <30 4 1 25.00% 24.87% 21.36% 25.00%
30.00 to <100.00 7 0 0.00% 47.64% 50.74% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 103 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M

147

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a/b c d e f g h
Number of obligors at the end of the<br><br>previous year Observed average<br><br>default rate (%) Exposures<br><br>weighted average<br><br>PD (%) Average PD (%) Average historical<br><br>annual default<br><br>rate (%)
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Total of which number<br><br>of obligors which<br><br>defaulted in the<br><br>year
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15 16 0 0.00% 0.08% 0.09% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 12 0 0.00% 0.08% 0.08% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 4 0 0.00% 0.12% 0.15% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 9 0 0.00% 0.18% 0.22% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 39 0 0.00% 0.44% 0.41% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 29 0 0.00% 0.72% 0.73% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 57 3 5.26% 1.83% 1.46% 5.26%
0.75 to <1.75 38 2 5.26% 1.20% 1.16% 5.26%
1.75 to <2.5 19 1 5.26% 2.00% 2.05% 5.26%
2.50 to <10.00 25 1 4.00% 5.12% 4.70% 4.00%
2.5 to <5 15 0 0.00% 3.31% 3.36% 0.00%
5 to <10 10 1 10.00% 5.69% 6.70% 10.00%
10.00 to <100.00 5 0 0.00% 14.66% 23.90% 0.00%
10 to <20 2 0 0.00% 14.66% 13.97% 0.00%
20 to <30 2 0 0.00% 0.00% 29.34% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 1 0 0.00% 0.00% 32.87% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 20 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Retail
0.00 to <0.15 2,757,313 623 0.02% 0.09% 0.10% 0.02%
0.00 to <0.10 2,031,501 341 0.02% 0.07% 0.09% 0.02%
0.10 to <0.15 725,812 282 0.04% 0.11% 0.12% 0.04%
0.15 to <0.25 717,320 506 0.07% 0.18% 0.19% 0.07%
0.25 to <0.50 908,795 1,988 0.22% 0.36% 0.37% 0.22%
0.50 to <0.75 231,745 610 0.26% 0.55% 0.56% 0.26%
0.75 to <2.50 1,545,173 12,435 0.80% 1.46% 1.45% 0.80%
0.75 to <1.75 1,084,234 6,491 0.60% 1.11% 1.11% 0.60%
1.75 to <2.5 460,939 5,944 1.29% 2.29% 2.25% 1.29%
2.50 to <10.00 650,767 17,053 2.62% 5.52% 5.12% 2.62%
2.5 to <5 372,656 6,899 1.85% 4.18% 3.72% 1.85%
5 to <10 278,111 10,154 3.65% 6.98% 6.99% 3.65%
10.00 to <100.00 218,465 29,363 13.44% 24.09% 22.02% 13.44%
10 to <20 133,419 7,645 5.73% 14.14% 13.94% 5.73%
20 to <30 24,546 4,850 19.76% 27.74% 27.02% 19.76%
30.00 to <100.00 60,500 16,868 27.88% 38.79% 37.80% 27.88%
100.00 (Default) 223,612 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
of which:
Qualifying Revolving
0.00 to <0.15 1,987,556 108 0.01% 0.10% 0.11% 0.01%
0.00 to <0.10 1,487,718 63 0.00% 0.00% 0.10% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 499,838 45 0.01% 0.10% 0.12% 0.01%
0.15 to <0.25 413,782 49 0.01% 0.18% 0.19% 0.01%
0.25 to <0.50 393,906 239 0.06% 0.34% 0.35% 0.06%
0.50 to <0.75 113,292 42 0.04% 0.53% 0.54% 0.04%
0.75 to <2.50 465,962 665 0.14% 1.34% 1.46% 0.14%
0.75 to <1.75 327,027 433 0.13% 1.06% 1.10% 0.13%
1.75 to <2.5 138,935 232 0.17% 2.25% 2.30% 0.17%
2.50 to <10.00 219,245 731 0.33% 5.29% 5.42% 0.33%
2.5 to <5 109,573 281 0.26% 3.73% 3.84% 0.26%
5 to <10 109,672 450 0.41% 7.07% 6.99% 0.41%
10.00 to <100.00 109,218 1,782 1.63% 22.24% 21.21% 1.63%
10 to <20 71,813 524 0.73% 13.88% 13.83% 0.73%
20 to <30 7,309 150 2.05% 28.22% 27.77% 2.05%
30.00 to <100.00 30,096 1,108 3.68% 39.64% 37.22% 3.68%
100.00 (Default) 100,005 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M

148

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a/b c d e f g h
Number of obligors at the end of the<br><br>previous year Observed average<br><br>default rate (%) Exposures<br><br>weighted average<br><br>PD (%) Average PD (%) Average historical<br><br>annual default<br><br>rate (%)
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Total of which number<br><br>of obligors which<br><br>defaulted in the<br><br>year
Secured by residential<br><br>immovable property
0.00 to <0.15 260,461 177 0.07% 0.09% 0.09% 0.07%
0.00 to <0.10 136,357 104 0.08% 0.07% 0.07% 0.08%
0.10 to <0.15 124,104 73 0.06% 0.12% 0.12% 0.06%
0.15 to <0.25 168,094 163 0.10% 0.18% 0.19% 0.10%
0.25 to <0.50 227,560 348 0.15% 0.36% 0.37% 0.15%
0.50 to <0.75 44,694 110 0.25% 0.55% 0.61% 0.25%
0.75 to <2.50 203,846 758 0.37% 1.45% 1.32% 0.37%
0.75 to <1.75 168,400 561 0.33% 1.11% 1.15% 0.33%
1.75 to <2.5 35,446 197 0.56% 2.30% 2.15% 0.56%
2.50 to <10.00 82,630 1,067 1.29% 5.85% 4.53% 1.29%
2.5 to <5 60,040 524 0.87% 4.54% 3.48% 0.87%
5 to <10 22,590 543 2.40% 7.01% 7.32% 2.40%
10.00 to <100.00 16,435 2,022 12.30% 24.57% 25.81% 12.30%
10 to <20 6,709 333 4.96% 14.37% 14.13% 4.96%
20 to <30 3,845 377 9.80% 27.37% 23.93% 9.80%
30.00 to <100.00 5,881 1,312 22.31% 38.44% 40.38% 22.31%
100.00 (Default) 13,962 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15 20,647 3 0.01% 0.10% 0.10% 0.01%
0.00 to <0.10 5,139 1 0.02% 0.06% 0.06% 0.02%
0.10 to <0.15 15,508 2 0.01% 0.11% 0.11% 0.01%
0.15 to <0.25 3,558 0 0.00% 0.21% 0.21% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 5,797 0 0.00% 0.54% 0.54% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 5,022 0 0.00% 1.30% 1.28% 0.00%
0.75 to <1.75 4,974 0 0.00% 1.30% 1.26% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 48 0 0.00% 1.91% 2.48% 0.00%
2.50 to <10.00 1,916 1 0.05% 4.54% 4.27% 0.05%
2.5 to <5 838 0 0.00% 3.09% 2.90% 0.00%
5 to <10 1,078 1 0.09% 5.34% 5.34% 0.09%
10.00 to <100.00 20 0 0.00% 100.00% 28.24% 0.00%
10 to <20 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
20 to <30 20 0 0.00% 0.00% 28.24% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 0 0 0.00% 100.00% 0.00% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 79 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Other retail exposures
0.00 to <0.15 634,029 335 0.05% 0.08% 0.08% 0.05%
0.00 to <0.10 428,516 173 0.04% 0.06% 0.07% 0.04%
0.10 to <0.15 205,513 162 0.08% 0.11% 0.12% 0.08%
0.15 to <0.25 248,621 294 0.12% 0.18% 0.19% 0.12%
0.25 to <0.50 439,127 1,401 0.32% 0.36% 0.38% 0.32%
0.50 to <0.75 100,762 458 0.45% 0.57% 0.57% 0.45%
0.75 to <2.50 1,021,804 11,012 1.08% 1.49% 1.46% 1.08%
0.75 to <1.75 700,446 5,497 0.78% 1.14% 1.11% 0.78%
1.75 to <2.5 321,358 5,515 1.72% 2.28% 2.24% 1.72%
2.50 to <10.00 407,106 15,254 3.75% 5.00% 5.11% 3.75%
2.5 to <5 235,081 6,094 2.59% 3.73% 3.72% 2.59%
5 to <10 172,025 9,160 5.32% 6.92% 7.01% 5.32%
10.00 to <100.00 122,832 25,559 20.81% 23.28% 22.79% 20.81%
10 to <20 70,578 6,788 9.62% 13.74% 14.15% 9.62%
20 to <30 17,283 4,323 25.01% 28.17% 27.33% 25.01%
30.00 to <100.00 34,971 14,448 41.31% 39.59% 37.97% 41.31%
100.00 (Default) 130,810 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M

149

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a/b c d e f g h
Number of obligors at the end of the<br><br>previous year Observed<br><br>average default<br><br>rate (%) Exposures<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Average PD (%) Average<br><br>historical annual<br><br>default rate (%)
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Total of which number<br><br>of obligors<br><br>which defaulted<br><br>in the year
Central governments<br><br>and central banks
0.00 to <0.15 79 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.05% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 66 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.03% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15 13 0 0.00% 0.14% 0.13% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 8 0 0.00% 0.23% 0.21% 0.00%
0.25 to <0.50 17 0 0.00% 0.39% 0.34% 0.00%
0.50 to <0.75 16 0 0.00% 0.64% 0.59% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 25 0 0.00% 1.68% 1.28% 0.00%
0.75 to <1.75 16 0 0.00% 1.07% 1.01% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 9 0 0.00% 1.76% 1.76% 0.00%
2.50 to <10.00 31 0 0.00% 6.06% 5.60% 7.75%
2.5 to <5 19 0 0.00% 4.82% 4.20% 6.56%
5 to <10 12 0 0.00% 7.95% 7.82% 9.76%
10.00 to <100.00 10 0 0.00% 18.06% 28.24% 3.33%
10 to <20 5 0 0.00% 13.01% 12.11% 4.00%
20 to <30 1 0 0.00% 0.00% 22.01% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 4 0 0.00% 31.01% 49.97% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 7 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 193 0 0.00% 0.31% 6.26% 1.04%
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15 373 0 0.00% 0.07% 0.07% 0.08%
0.00 to <0.10 292 0 0.00% 0.06% 0.06% 0.05%
0.10 to <0.15 81 0 0.00% 0.12% 0.13% 0.22%
0.15 to <0.25 75 0 0.00% 0.17% 0.21% 0.34%
0.25 to <0.50 84 0 0.00% 0.36% 0.38% 0.13%
0.50 to <0.75 44 0 0.00% 0.68% 0.61% 0.00%
0.75 to <2.50 54 0 0.00% 1.24% 1.39% 0.54%
0.75 to <1.75 30 0 0.00% 1.10% 1.03% 0.00%
1.75 to <2.5 24 0 0.00% 2.09% 1.84% 1.34%
2.50 to <10.00 35 0 0.00% 3.57% 3.85% 0.50%
2.5 to <5 31 0 0.00% 3.37% 3.42% 0.74%
5 to <10 4 0 0.00% 6.68% 7.20% 0.00%
10.00 to <100.00 9 0 0.00% 15.41% 25.68% 1.05%
10 to <20 7 0 0.00% 15.41% 12.97% 1.25%
20 to <30 0 0 0.00% 29.88% 0.00% 0.00%
30.00 to <100.00 2 0 0.00% 100.00% 70.16% 0.00%
100.00 (Default) 4 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 678 0 0.00% 0.19% 1.39% 0.19%
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15 10,913 28 0.26% 0.08% 0.07% 0.13%
0.00 to <0.10 7,301 24 0.33% 0.06% 0.05% 0.13%
0.10 to <0.15 3,612 4 0.11% 0.12% 0.12% 0.14%
0.15 to <0.25 6,290 22 0.35% 0.19% 0.18% 0.20%
0.25 to <0.50 9,750 42 0.43% 0.35% 0.35% 0.30%
0.50 to <0.75 5,268 46 0.87% 0.59% 0.62% 0.60%
0.75 to <2.50 8,619 181 2.10% 1.43% 1.40% 1.39%
0.75 to <1.75 6,021 88 1.46% 1.16% 1.12% 0.93%
1.75 to <2.5 2,598 93 3.58% 2.13% 2.04% 2.08%
2.50 to <10.00 3,013 176 5.84% 4.44% 4.74% 3.61%
2.5 to <5 2,050 91 4.44% 3.41% 3.65% 2.99%
5 to <10 963 85 8.83% 6.76% 7.08% 5.11%
10.00 to <100.00 656 62 9.45% 40.19% 23.78% 9.20%
10 to <20 315 31 9.84% 12.50% 13.43% 8.93%
20 to <30 107 8 7.48% 24.14% 24.00% 8.56%
30.00 to <100.00 234 23 9.83% 85.50% 37.62% 10.52%
100.00 (Default) 2,609 0 N/M 99.74% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 47,118 557 1.18% 5.49% 6.61% 0.76%
of which:

150

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a/b c d e f g h
Number of obligors at the end of the<br><br>previous year Observed<br><br>average default<br><br>rate (%) Exposures<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Average PD (%) Average<br><br>historical annual<br><br>default rate (%)
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Total of which number<br><br>of obligors<br><br>which defaulted<br><br>in the year
SMEs
0.00 to <0.15 2,904 3 0.10% 0.08% 0.08% 0.07%
0.00 to <0.10 1,660 1 0.06% 0.05% 0.06% 0.03%
0.10 to <0.15 1,244 2 0.16% 0.12% 0.11% 0.15%
0.15 to <0.25 2,290 7 0.31% 0.21% 0.17% 0.14%
0.25 to <0.50 4,909 15 0.31% 0.36% 0.36% 0.31%
0.50 to <0.75 2,019 7 0.35% 0.63% 0.70% 0.40%
0.75 to <2.50 3,276 56 1.71% 1.34% 1.47% 1.34%
0.75 to <1.75 2,070 29 1.40% 1.12% 1.17% 1.02%
1.75 to <2.5 1,206 27 2.24% 2.02% 1.99% 1.98%
2.50 to <10.00 1,511 98 6.49% 4.75% 4.75% 3.70%
2.5 to <5 1,024 54 5.27% 3.43% 3.63% 3.04%
5 to <10 487 44 9.03% 6.72% 7.11% 5.43%
10.00 to <100.00 300 42 14.00% 19.76% 24.22% 11.10%
10 to <20 130 21 16.15% 13.80% 13.70% 9.85%
20 to <30 53 5 9.43% 23.64% 23.38% 9.65%
30.00 to <100.00 117 16 13.68% 35.74% 36.30% 16.29%
100.00 (Default) 427 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 17,636 228 1.29% 6.77% 3.73% 0.84%
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15 43 0 0.00% 0.11% 0.12% 0.16%
0.00 to <0.10 4 0 0.00% 0.09% 0.06% 0.27%
0.10 to <0.15 39 0 0.00% 0.12% 0.12% 0.00%
0.15 to <0.25 65 0 0.00% 0.18% 0.18% 0.20%
0.25 to <0.50 232 2 0.86% 0.38% 0.37% 0.51%
0.50 to <0.75 153 1 0.65% 0.71% 0.69% 1.14%
0.75 to <2.50 369 4 1.08% 1.54% 1.54% 1.78%
0.75 to <1.75 231 2 0.87% 1.18% 1.28% 1.23%
1.75 to <2.5 138 2 1.45% 2.12% 1.97% 2.26%
2.50 to <10.00 326 20 6.13% 4.64% 4.37% 3.80%
2.5 to <5 232 10 4.31% 3.49% 3.45% 3.22%
5 to <10 94 10 10.64% 6.81% 6.64% 5.11%
10.00 to <100.00 31 4 12.90% 26.77% 24.42% 9.36%
10 to <20 18 0 0.00% 12.96% 13.42% 7.60%
20 to <30 4 0 0.00% 21.40% 25.82% 4.35%
30.00 to <100.00 9 4 44.44% 60.10% 45.80% 14.60%
100.00 (Default) 119 0 N/M 99.26% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 1,338 31 2.32% 11.07% 11.11% 2.36%
Other
0.00 to <0.15 7,994 25 0.31% 0.08% 0.07% 0.15%
0.00 to <0.10 5,661 23 0.41% 0.06% 0.05% 0.16%
0.10 to <0.15 2,333 2 0.09% 0.12% 0.12% 0.17%
0.15 to <0.25 3,942 15 0.38% 0.19% 0.19% 0.23%
0.25 to <0.50 4,616 25 0.54% 0.35% 0.34% 0.35%
0.50 to <0.75 3,100 38 1.23% 0.57% 0.56% 0.66%
0.75 to <2.50 4,995 121 2.42% 1.38% 1.34% 1.29%
0.75 to <1.75 3,735 57 1.53% 1.15% 1.08% 0.85%
1.75 to <2.5 1,260 64 5.08% 2.16% 2.10% 2.25%
2.50 to <10.00 1,187 58 4.89% 4.13% 4.82% 3.36%
2.5 to <5 805 27 3.35% 3.31% 3.72% 2.74%
5 to <10 382 31 8.12% 6.67% 7.14% 4.88%
10.00 to <100.00 325 16 4.92% 44.73% 23.31% 7.39%
10 to <20 167 10 5.99% 12.29% 13.22% 7.61%
20 to <30 50 3 6.00% 27.97% 24.50% 8.48%
30.00 to <100.00 108 3 2.78% 91.43% 38.36% 6.23%
100.00 (Default) 2,063 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 28,222 298 1.06% 4.12% 8.18% 0.66%

151

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a/b c d e f g h
Number of obligors at the end of the<br><br>previous year Observed<br><br>average default<br><br>rate (%) Exposures<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Average PD (%) Average<br><br>historical annual<br><br>default rate (%)
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Total of which number<br><br>of obligors<br><br>which defaulted<br><br>in the year
Retail
0.00 to <0.15 2,727,822 1,510 0.06% 0.09% 0.07% 0.05%
0.00 to <0.10 1,970,231 724 0.04% 0.06% 0.06% 0.04%
0.10 to <0.15 757,591 786 0.10% 0.12% 0.12% 0.09%
0.15 to <0.25 769,901 1,343 0.17% 0.19% 0.19% 0.15%
0.25 to <0.50 826,200 3,033 0.37% 0.37% 0.35% 0.32%
0.50 to <0.75 377,664 1,693 0.45% 0.61% 0.59% 0.48%
0.75 to <2.50 1,577,492 23,343 1.48% 1.39% 1.46% 1.19%
0.75 to <1.75 943,574 10,158 1.08% 1.16% 1.09% 0.91%
1.75 to <2.5 633,918 13,185 2.08% 2.18% 2.02% 1.57%
2.50 to <10.00 799,886 44,643 5.58% 5.10% 4.72% 4.15%
2.5 to <5 537,015 19,642 3.66% 3.79% 3.63% 3.14%
5 to <10 262,871 25,001 9.51% 7.22% 6.94% 6.35%
10.00 to <100.00 260,871 57,587 22.07% 24.88% 20.84% 21.35%
10 to <20 168,141 21,074 12.53% 14.13% 13.53% 12.64%
20 to <30 21,739 5,778 26.58% 24.65% 25.06% 21.29%
30.00 to <100.00 70,991 30,735 43.29% 40.11% 36.85% 43.32%
100.00 (Default) 229,116 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 7,568,952 133,152 1.76% 3.66% 4.66% 1.33%
of which:
Secured by real estate property - SME
0.00 to <0.15 14,625 8 0.05% 0.07% 0.07% 0.06%
0.00 to <0.10 10,230 3 0.03% 0.05% 0.06% 0.05%
0.10 to <0.15 4,395 5 0.11% 0.11% 0.11% 0.08%
0.15 to <0.25 5,202 16 0.31% 0.20% 0.17% 0.17%
0.25 to <0.50 9,459 29 0.31% 0.35% 0.36% 0.22%
0.50 to <0.75 720 3 0.42% 0.60% 0.55% 0.43%
0.75 to <2.50 7,411 77 1.04% 1.31% 1.26% 0.75%
0.75 to <1.75 5,761 56 0.97% 1.11% 1.00% 0.61%
1.75 to <2.5 1,650 21 1.27% 2.13% 2.14% 1.12%
2.50 to <10.00 2,097 116 5.53% 4.31% 5.20% 3.40%
2.5 to <5 1,143 39 3.41% 3.58% 3.61% 2.40%
5 to <10 954 77 8.07% 6.47% 7.12% 5.59%
10.00 to <100.00 555 133 23.96% 21.33% 24.83% 20.06%
10 to <20 243 37 15.23% 14.46% 14.90% 12.43%
20 to <30 130 26 20.00% 24.06% 26.25% 17.70%
30.00 to <100.00 182 70 38.46% 33.06% 37.06% 37.73%
100.00 (Default) 454 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 40,523 382 0.94% 2.98% 2.10% 0.69%
Secured by real estate property - Non-<br><br>SME
0.00 to <0.15 306,931 628 0.20% 0.09% 0.08% 0.13%
0.00 to <0.10 181,894 276 0.15% 0.06% 0.06% 0.10%
0.10 to <0.15 125,037 352 0.28% 0.12% 0.12% 0.20%
0.15 to <0.25 201,984 619 0.31% 0.19% 0.19% 0.23%
0.25 to <0.50 222,342 722 0.32% 0.37% 0.36% 0.28%
0.50 to <0.75 95,284 465 0.49% 0.61% 0.62% 0.39%
0.75 to <2.50 193,152 1,462 0.76% 1.36% 1.40% 0.66%
0.75 to <1.75 145,108 940 0.65% 1.17% 1.11% 0.55%
1.75 to <2.5 48,044 522 1.09% 2.16% 2.28% 0.90%
2.50 to <10.00 61,930 1,817 2.93% 5.08% 5.05% 2.45%
2.5 to <5 39,603 787 1.99% 3.84% 3.85% 1.77%
5 to <10 22,327 1,030 4.61% 7.35% 7.17% 3.84%
10.00 to <100.00 19,446 4,382 22.53% 25.86% 25.30% 16.60%
10 to <20 9,408 1,025 10.89% 14.11% 14.08% 8.92%
20 to <30 2,032 330 16.24% 23.79% 24.37% 16.89%
30.00 to <100.00 8,006 3,027 37.81% 41.03% 38.73% 35.77%
100.00 (Default) 11,849 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 1,112,918 10,095 0.91% 2.63% 2.21% 0.76%

152

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a/b c d e f g h
Number of obligors at the end of the<br><br>previous year Observed<br><br>average default<br><br>rate (%) Exposures<br><br>weighted<br><br>average PD (%) Average PD (%) Average<br><br>historical annual<br><br>default rate (%)
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Total of which number<br><br>of obligors<br><br>which defaulted<br><br>in the year
Qualifying revolving
0.00 to <0.15 2,104,925 704 0.03% 0.07% 0.07% 0.04%
0.00 to <0.10 1,597,880 395 0.02% 0.06% 0.06% 0.03%
0.10 to <0.15 507,045 309 0.06% 0.12% 0.12% 0.07%
0.15 to <0.25 405,516 490 0.12% 0.19% 0.19% 0.11%
0.25 to <0.50 378,313 1,463 0.39% 0.35% 0.34% 0.33%
0.50 to <0.75 126,087 720 0.57% 0.54% 0.54% 0.62%
0.75 to <2.50 470,170 10,853 2.31% 1.37% 1.43% 1.73%
0.75 to <1.75 326,972 5,061 1.55% 1.08% 1.08% 1.30%
1.75 to <2.5 143,198 5,792 4.04% 2.30% 2.23% 2.62%
2.50 to <10.00 247,789 25,321 10.22% 5.50% 5.33% 5.99%
2.5 to <5 120,970 7,568 6.26% 3.80% 3.78% 4.46%
5 to <10 126,819 17,753 14.00% 7.24% 6.81% 7.88%
10.00 to <100.00 123,969 28,560 23.04% 23.40% 20.56% 19.74%
10 to <20 84,561 13,420 15.87% 14.38% 13.58% 12.84%
20 to <30 5,200 1,614 31.04% 27.70% 26.32% 20.11%
30.00 to <100.00 34,208 13,526 39.54% 37.63% 36.95% 38.06%
100.00 (Default) 96,632 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 3,953,401 68,111 1.72% 2.66% 3.70% 0.90%
Other - SME
0.00 to <0.15 49,721 69 0.14% 0.10% 0.08% 0.08%
0.00 to <0.10 31,587 23 0.07% 0.06% 0.06% 0.05%
0.10 to <0.15 18,134 46 0.25% 0.11% 0.12% 0.11%
0.15 to <0.25 13,121 46 0.35% 0.19% 0.18% 0.17%
0.25 to <0.50 18,915 86 0.45% 0.36% 0.38% 0.26%
0.50 to <0.75 5,995 46 0.77% 0.58% 0.60% 0.49%
0.75 to <2.50 24,589 363 1.48% 1.43% 1.33% 1.15%
0.75 to <1.75 16,906 218 1.29% 1.22% 1.03% 0.92%
1.75 to <2.5 7,683 145 1.89% 2.02% 2.00% 1.57%
2.50 to <10.00 12,567 510 4.06% 4.53% 4.87% 3.33%
2.5 to <5 9,000 274 3.04% 3.15% 3.81% 2.65%
5 to <10 3,567 236 6.62% 6.10% 7.56% 4.90%
10.00 to <100.00 3,836 817 21.30% 22.80% 21.60% 18.93%
10 to <20 1,868 205 10.97% 14.04% 13.49% 9.70%
20 to <30 962 173 17.98% 25.14% 24.17% 16.05%
30.00 to <100.00 1,006 439 43.64% 35.89% 34.18% 38.21%
100.00 (Default) 4,220 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 132,964 1,937 1.46% 5.74% 4.63% 1.04%
Other - Non-SME
0.00 to <0.15 654,917 383 0.06% 0.08% 0.08% 0.05%
0.00 to <0.10 441,592 193 0.04% 0.06% 0.06% 0.04%
0.10 to <0.15 213,325 190 0.09% 0.12% 0.12% 0.09%
0.15 to <0.25 250,805 367 0.15% 0.19% 0.19% 0.17%
0.25 to <0.50 328,331 1,231 0.37% 0.39% 0.36% 0.34%
0.50 to <0.75 193,619 730 0.38% 0.60% 0.59% 0.48%
0.75 to <2.50 1,033,582 12,763 1.23% 1.51% 1.48% 1.12%
0.75 to <1.75 561,112 5,192 0.93% 1.13% 1.09% 0.85%
1.75 to <2.5 472,470 7,571 1.60% 2.24% 1.95% 1.40%
2.50 to <10.00 527,509 19,430 3.68% 5.15% 4.43% 3.71%
2.5 to <5 395,301 12,023 3.04% 3.71% 3.56% 2.98%
5 to <10 132,208 7,407 5.60% 7.03% 7.03% 5.65%
10.00 to <100.00 141,919 30,278 21.33% 23.14% 21.04% 22.97%
10 to <20 87,768 7,972 9.08% 14.13% 13.54% 13.34%
20 to <30 15,749 4,272 27.13% 27.49% 24.95% 22.60%
30.00 to <100.00 38,402 18,034 46.96% 38.42% 36.59% 47.35%
100.00 (Default) 134,317 0 N/M 100.00% 100.00% N/M
Sub-total 3,264,999 65,182 2.00% 9.50% 6.32% 2.11%
Total 7,616,696 133,705 1.76% 3.76% 4.67% 1.31%

153

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach

The vast majority of the bank’s exposures facing non-sovereign counterparties (institutions, corporates and retail) is

calculated based on the IRB (above 90% coverage within internal models). The total number of obligors with short-term

contracts at the disclosure date for foundation and advanced approach is 6.1 million with the majority of customers in

the exposure class “Retail - qualifying revolving and other retail non-SMEs”.

Specialized lending and equity exposures in the banking book

Article 438 (e) CRR

The table below summarizes the foundation approach exposure for specialized lending where a former Postbank

portfolio is part of the “Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real estate” slotting category.

Deutsche Bank does not treat any further exposures under the slotting approach as they are covered under the AIRB.

Consequently, Deutsche Bank does not disclose tables for “Project finance”, “Object finance” and “Commodities

finance”. For the calculation of minimum capital requirements regulatory risk weights are applied where potential risk

mitigating factors are already considered in the assignment of the risk weight. The table presents the on- and off-

balance-sheet exposures, the EAD and RWA as well as the associated regulatory expected losses.

EU CR10.02 – Specialized lending: Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real estate (Slotting approach)

in m.(unless stated otherwise) Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f
Regulatory categories On-balance<br><br>sheet amount Off-balance<br><br>sheet amount Risk weight Exposure<br><br>amount Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount Expected loss<br><br>amount
Category 1 40 2 50% 42 14 0
202 0 70% 202 141 1
Category 2 70 0 70% 70 42 0
1 0 90% 1 2 0
Category 3 0 0 115% 0 0 0
0 0 115% 0 0 0
Category 4 0 0 250% 0 0 0
0 0 250% 0 0 0
Category 5 22 3 22 0 10
0 0 0 0 0
Total 132 5 134 57 10
203 0 203 143 1

All values are in Euros.

in m.(unless stated otherwise) Jun 30, 2025
a b c d e f
Regulatory categories On-balance<br><br>sheet amount Off-balance<br><br>sheet amount Risk weight Exposure<br><br>amount Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount Expected loss<br><br>amount
Category 1 0 0 50% 0 0 0
146 0 70% 146 110 1
Category 2 181 17 70% 189 101 0
1 0 90% 1 2 0
Category 3 0 0 115% 0 0 0
0 0 115% 0 0 0
Category 4 0 0 250% 0 0 0
0 0 250% 0 0 0
Category 5 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
Total 181 17 189 101 0
146 0 146 111 1

All values are in Euros.

As part of the advanced IRBA Deutsche Bank uses supervisory defined risk weights according to the simple risk weight

approach for the Group’s equity positions. The table below presents the on- and off-balance-sheet exposures, the EAD,

RWA and capital requirements for the categories of equity exposures as set out in Article 155 (2) CRR. For all these

positions no credit risk mitigation techniques have been applied.

154

Deutsche Bank Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Specialized lending and equity exposures in the banking book

The following table shows equity exposures under the standardized approach by risk weights defined in Article 133 CRR

in conjunction with Article 495a CRR. The table presents the on- and off-balance-sheet exposures, the EAD, RWA and

expected loss amount.

EU CR10.05 – Equity exposures

in m.(unless stated otherwise) Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f
Categories On-balance<br><br>sheet exposure Off-balance<br><br>sheet exposure Risk weight Exposure<br><br>value Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount Expected<br><br>loss amount
Risk weight 0% 107 0 0% 107 0 0
Risk weight 100% 136 0 100% 136 136 0
Risk weight 190% 834 4 190% 838 1,593 0
Risk weight 250% 1,446 471 250% 1,917 4,793 0
Risk weight 370% 0 0 370% 0 1 0
Risk weight 400% 17 0 400% 17 67 0
Total 2,539 476 3,015 6,590 0

All values are in Euros.

in m.(unless stated otherwise) Jun 30, 2025
a b c d e f
Categories On-balance<br><br>sheet exposure Off-balance<br><br>sheet exposure Risk weight Exposure<br><br>value Risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amount Expected<br><br>loss amount
Risk weight 0% 83 0 0% 83 0 0
Risk weight 100% 201 0 100% 201 201 0
Risk weight 190% 1,199 4 190% 1,203 2,286 0
Risk weight 250% 1,189 469 250% 1,658 4,146 0
Risk weight 370% 0 0 370% 0 1 0
Risk weight 400% 3 0 400% 3 13 0
Total 2,675 473 3,149 6,646 0

All values are in Euros.

155

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Internal capital and credit limits for counterparty credit risk exposures

Counterparty credit risk (CCR)

Internal capital and credit limits for counterparty credit risk

exposures

Article 439 (a) CRR (EU CCRA)

Counterparty credit exposure (CCR) arises from business activities in derivatives and securities financing transactions

(SFT) and is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction may default before completing the satisfactory settlement of

the transaction. The exposure to CCR is calculated by using the internal model method (IMM) and the standardized

approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR) for derivatives and the financial collateral comprehensive method for SFT

respectively.

As the replacement values of derivatives portfolios fluctuate with movements in market rates and with changes in the

transactions in the portfolios, the potential future replacement costs of the portfolios are estimated over their lifetimes

or, in case of collateralized portfolios, over appropriate unwind periods. The potential future exposure is measured

against a limit set for the counterparty for this type of transactions.

Limits for CCR exposures are established based on the principles for assigning credit limits as described in the sections

"General qualitative information on credit risk" and “General qualitative information on credit risk mitigation”. For the

purpose of limit setting, CCR exposures are also considered in the context of the overall credit exposure to the obligor

and the group of borrowers under the one obligor principle.

The potential future exposure analysis is supplemented with stress tests to estimate the immediate impact of extreme

market events on the exposures (such as event risk in the Emerging Markets portfolio).

For the majority of derivative counterparty exposures as well as for SFT, the internal model method is used in accordance

with Article 283 et seq. CRR. In this respect SFT encompass repurchase transactions, securities or commodities lending

and borrowing as well as margin lending transactions. By applying this approach, the EAD calculations are based on a

Monte Carlo simulation of the transactions’ future market values. Within this simulation process, interest and foreign

exchange rates, credit spreads, equity and commodity prices are modeled by stochastic processes and each derivative

and securities financing transaction is revalued at each point of a pre-defined time grid. As a result of this process, a

distribution of future market values for each transaction at each time grid point is generated. From these distributions, by

considering the appropriate netting and collateral agreements, the exposure measures potential future exposure,

average expected exposure, expected positive exposure and effective expected positive exposure are derived.

The potential future exposure measure which Deutsche Bank uses is generally given by a time profile of simulated

positive market values of each counterparty’s derivatives portfolio, for which netting and collateralization are considered.

For limit monitoring the 95th quantile of the resulting distribution of market values is employed, internally referred to as

potential future exposure. The average exposure profiles generated by the same calculation process are used to derive

the so-called average expected exposure measure, which Deutsche Bank uses to reflect expected future replacement

costs within the credit risk economic capital, and the expected positive exposure measure driving Deutsche Bank´s

regulatory capital requirements. While average expected exposure and expected positive exposure are generally

calculated with respect to a time horizon of one year, the potential future exposure is measured over the entire lifetime

of a transaction or netting set for uncollateralized portfolios and over an appropriate unwind period for collateralized

portfolios, respectively. The aforementioned calculation process is employed to derive stressed exposure results for

input into the credit portfolio stress testing.

The potential future exposure profile of each counterparty is compared daily to the potential future exposure limit profile

set by the respective credit officer. Potential future exposure limits are an integral part of the overall counterparty credit

exposure management in line with other limit types. Breaches of potential future exposure limits at any one profile time

point are highlighted for action within the credit risk management process. The expected positive exposure is an input to

the Pillar 1 capital requirement, whereas average expected exposure feeds as a loan equivalent into the Group’s credit

portfolio model (economic capital, applied under Pillar 2) where it is combined with all other credit exposure to a

counterparty.

156

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Collateral in the event of a rating downgrade

Collateral and credit reserves for counterparty credit risk

Article 439 (b) CRR (EU CCRA)

To reduce the credit risk resulting from OTC derivative transactions, where clearing via a central counterparty is not

available, Deutsche Bank regularly seeks the execution of standard master agreements (such as master agreements for

derivatives published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) or the German Master

Agreement for Financial Derivative Transactions) with the counterparties. A master agreement allows for the close-out

netting of rights and obligations arising under derivative transactions that have been entered into under such a master

agreement upon the counterparty’s default, resulting in a single net claim owed by or to the counterparty. For certain

parts of the derivatives business (e.g., foreign exchange transactions), Deutsche Bank also enters into master agreements

under which payment netting applies with respect to transactions covered by such master agreements, reducing

settlement risk. The risk measurement and risk assessment processes apply close-out netting only to the extent it is

believed that the master agreement is legally valid and enforceable in all relevant jurisdictions.

ISDA Master Agreements are generally accompanied by credit support annexes (CSAs) to master agreements in order to

further reduce the derivatives-related credit risk. These annexes generally provide risk mitigation through periodic,

usually daily, margining of the covered exposure. The CSAs also provide for the right to terminate the related derivative

transactions upon the counterparty’s failure to honor a margin call. As with netting, when Deutsche Bank believes the

annex is enforceable, it is reflected in the exposure measurement.

Deutsche Bank also establishes counterparty credit valuation adjustments (CVA) for OTC derivative transactions to cover

expected credit losses. The adjustment amount is determined by assessing the potential credit exposure to a given

counterparty and taking into account any collateral held, the effect of any relevant netting arrangements, expected loss

given default and the credit risk, based on available market information, including CDS spreads.

Management of wrong-way risk exposures

Article 439 (c) CRR (EU CCRA)

Wrong-way risk occurs when exposure to a counterparty is adversely correlated with the credit quality of that

counterparty. In compliance with Article 291(2) and (4) CRR Deutsche Bank has a monthly process to monitor several

layers of wrong-way risk (specific wrong-way risk, general explicit wrong-way risk at country/industry/region levels and

general implicit wrong-way risk), whereby relevant exposures arising from transactions subject to wrong-way risk are

automatically selected and presented for comment to the responsible credit officer. A wrong-way risk report is then sent

to credit risk senior management on a monthly basis. In addition, the bank utilizes its established process for calibrating

its own alpha factor (as defined in Article 284 (9) CRR) to estimate the overall wrong-way risk in the bank’s derivatives

and securities financing transactions portfolio.

Collateral in the event of a rating downgrade

Article 439 (d) CRR (EU CCRA)

Certain CSAs to master agreements provide for rating-dependent triggers, where additional collateral must be pledged if

a party’s rating is downgraded. The Group also enters into master agreements that provide for an additional termination

event upon a party’s rating downgrade. These downgrade provisions in CSAs and master agreements usually apply to

both parties but in some agreements may apply only to Deutsche Bank. The Group analyzes and monitors its potential

contingent payment obligations resulting from a rating downgrade in the bank’s stress testing and liquidity coverage

ratio approach for liquidity risk on an ongoing basis.

The following table presents the amount needed to meet collateral requirements from contractual obligations in the

event of a one- or two-notch downgrade by rating agencies for all currencies.

Contractual Obligations

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
in € m. One-notch<br><br>downgrade Two-notch<br><br>downgrade One-notch<br><br>downgrade Two-notch<br><br>downgrade
Contractual derivatives funding or margin requirements 161 212 182 309
Other contractual funding or margin requirements 0 0 0 0

157

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures by model approach and development

Estimate of alpha factor

Article 439 (k) CRR

Under the internal model method (IMM) approach the exposure value is calculated as the product of the effective

expected positive exposure and a multiplier ‘alpha’ (α). The scaling factor alpha is applied inter alia to correct for wrong-

way risk, correlations between counterparties, concentration risk, and to account for the level of volatility/correlation

that might coincide with a downturn. Deutsche Bank received regulatory approval to use its own calibrated alpha factor.

For its regulatory capital calculation, however, a regulatory minimum level of 1.20 needs to be applied.

CCR exposures by model approach and development

Article 439 (f, g, k) CRR

The following table shows the methods used for calculating the regulatory requirements for CCR exposure including the

main parameters for each method. Exposures relevant for CVA charges and exposures cleared through a central

counterparty are presented separately in table EU CCR3 and EU CCR8, respectively. Deutsche Bank does not make use

of the original exposure method for derivatives nor the financial collateral simple method for SFTs. Deutsche Bank also

uses the new SA-CCR to calculate the exposure at default for derivatives. This approach still consists of a replacement

cost and a potential future exposure but also considers a multiplier. The multiplier differentiates between margined and

non-margined trades and recognizes netting and hedging benefits as well as collateralization. Under the IMM only the

effective expected positive exposure and the exposure at default are presented. For the calculation of CCR RWA the

higher of the stressed effective expected positive exposure and the unstressed effective expected positive exposure is

taken into consideration. The simulation process of future market values in the internal model also includes the impact

from regulatory netting and collateralization across all asset classes.

EU CCR1 – Analysis of CCR exposure by approach

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f g h
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Replacement<br><br>cost (RC) Potential<br><br>future<br><br>exposure<br><br>(PFE) EEPE Alpha used<br><br>for<br><br>computing<br><br>regulatory<br><br>exposure<br><br>value Exposure<br><br>value pre-<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>value post-<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>value RWA
EU1 EU - Original Exposure<br><br>Method (for derivatives) 0 0 1.4 0 0 0 0
EU2 EU - Simplified SA-CCR (for<br><br>derivatives) 0 0 1.4 0 0 0 0
1 SA-CCR (for derivatives) 2,331 1,639 1.4 6,969 5,558 5,558 1,567
2 IMM (for derivatives and<br><br>SFTs) 59,727 1.25 1,064,744 74,658 72,792 14,635
of which:
2a Securities financing<br><br>transactions netting sets 30,517 0 961,188 38,147 37,002 2,501
2b Derivatives and long<br><br>settlement transactions<br><br>netting sets 29,209 0 103,556 36,512 35,790 12,134
2c from Contractual cross-<br><br>product netting sets 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 Financial collateral simple<br><br>method (for SFTs) 0 0 0 0 0
4 Financial collateral<br><br>comprehensive method (for<br><br>SFTs) 0 149,200 14,160 14,160 2,076
5 VaR for SFTs 0 0 0 0 0
6 Total 0 1,220,913 94,377 92,511 18,278

158

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures development
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g h
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise) Replacement<br><br>cost (RC) Potential<br><br>future<br><br>exposure<br><br>(PFE) EEPE Alpha used<br><br>for<br><br>computing<br><br>regulatory<br><br>exposure<br><br>value Exposure<br><br>value pre-<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>value post-<br><br>CRM Exposure<br><br>value RWA
EU1 EU - Original Exposure<br><br>Method (for derivatives) 0 0 1.4 0 0 0 0
EU2 EU - Simplified SA-CCR (for<br><br>derivatives) 0 0 1.4 0 0 0 0
1 SA-CCR (for derivatives) 2,054 1,631 1.4 6,057 5,158 5,158 1,805
2 IMM (for derivatives and<br><br>SFTs) 63,704 1.25 956,398 79,630 79,378 16,436
of which:
2a Securities financing<br><br>transactions netting sets 29,841 0 845,611 37,301 37,301 2,810
2b Derivatives and long<br><br>settlement transactions<br><br>netting sets 33,863 0 110,787 42,329 42,077 13,625
2c from Contractual cross-<br><br>product netting sets 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 Financial collateral simple<br><br>method (for SFTs) 0 0 0 0 0
4 Financial collateral<br><br>comprehensive method (for<br><br>SFTs) 0 22,206 7,794 7,794 1,278
5 VaR for SFTs 0 0 0 0 0
6 Total 0 984,661 92,582 92,330 19,518

The size of Deutsche Bank´s on- and off-balance-sheet derivative business was € 519.6 billion as of December 31, 2025

(€ 534.3 billion as of June 30, 2025), which represents around 36% of its total assets.

Deutsche Bank´s CCR RWA stands at € 18.3 billion as of December 31, 2025, reflecting a decrease of € 1.2 billion from

June 30, 2025. The decrease reflects predominantly reduced exposures for derivatives and SFTs under IMM as well as

reduced risk weights for derivatives under SA-CCR, partly offset by increased exposures for SFTs under financial

collateral comprehensive method.

CCR exposures development

Article 438 (h) CRR

The following table provides an analysis of key drivers for RWA movements observed for counterparty credit risk

exposures calculated under the internal model method (IMM) in the current and previous reporting period.

EU CCR7 – RWA flow statement of counterparty credit risk exposures under the internal model method

Three months<br><br>ended Dec 31,<br><br>2025 Three Months<br><br>Ended Sep 30,<br><br>2025
a a
in € m. RWA RWA
1 Counterparty credit risk RWA under the IMM opening balance 15,787 17,014
2 Asset size (762) (534)
3 Credit quality of counterparties (43) 81
4 Model updates (IMM only) (90) (805)
5 Methodology and policy (IMM only) 0 0
6 Acquisitions and disposals 0 0
7 Foreign exchange movements 45 31
8 Other 0 0
9 Counterparty credit risk RWA under the IMM closing balance 14,936 15,787

Organic changes in portfolio size and composition are considered in the category “Asset size”. The category “Credit

quality of counterparties” represents the effects from portfolio rating migrations, loss given default, model parameter

recalibrations as well as collateral coverage and netting activities. “Model updates (IMM only)” include model refinements

159

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures to central counterparties

and further roll out of advanced internal models. RWA movements resulting from externally, regulatory-driven changes,

e.g., applying new regulations, are considered in the “Methodology and policy (IMM only)” category. “Acquisition and

disposals” is relating to significant exposure movements which can be clearly assigned to acquisition or disposal related

activities. Changes that cannot be attributed to the above categories are reflected in the category “Other”.

RWA for counterparty credit risk exposures under the IMM decreased by € 0.9 billion or 5.4% since September 30, 2025,

primarily driven by the category “Asset size”, reflecting reduced exposures for derivatives and SFTs. Additionally, the

reduction in category “Model updates (IMM only)” is driven by refinements of internal models.

CCR exposures to central counterparties

Article 439 (i) CRR

The table below presents an overview of Deutsche Bank´s exposures and RWA to central counterparties arising from

transactions, margins and contributions to default funds. As of December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank mainly reported

exposures to qualifying central counterparties (QCCP) as defined in Article 4 (88) CRR.

EU CCR8 – Exposures to CCPs

Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
a b a b
in € m. Exposure value RWA Exposure value RWA
1 Exposures to QCCPs (total) 884 863
2 Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and<br><br>default fund contributions) 10,028 201 11,759 235
of which:
3 (i) OTC derivatives 3,496 70 6,389 128
4 (ii) Exchange-traded derivatives 3,052 61 2,260 45
5 (iii) Securities financing transactions 3,480 70 3,109 62
6 (iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved 0 0 0 0
7 Segregated initial margin 8,338 8,299
8 Non-segregated initial margin 3,061 61 3,749 75
9 Pre-funded default fund contributions 2,700 622 1,739 553
10 Unfunded default fund contributions 2,226 0 2,620 0
11 Exposures to non-QCCPs (total) 2,559 2,817
12 Exposures for trades at non-QCCPs (excluding initial margin and<br><br>default fund contributions) 50 50 297 297
of which:
13 (i) OTC derivatives 27 27 230 230
14 (ii) Exchange-traded derivatives 1 1 4 4
15 (iii) Securities financing transactions 22 22 62 62
16 (iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved 0 0 0 0
17 Segregated initial margin 0 0
18 Non-segregated initial margin 0 0 0 0
19 Prefunded default fund contributions 35 437 34 429
20 Unfunded default fund contributions 166 2,071 167 2,091

Deutsche Bank´s RWA for central counterparties were € 3.4 billion as of December 31, 2025, reflecting a decrease of

€ 0.2 billion from June 30, 2025. The development was predominantly driven by reduced exposures to non-QCCPs.

160

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures in the standardized approach

CCR exposures in the standardized approach

Article 444 (e) CRR

The following table provides the counterparty credit risk exposures in the standardized approach broken down by risk

weights and regulatory exposure classes. This table excludes risk weighted exposure amounts derived from own funds

requirements for CVA risk but includes exposures cleared through a CCP.

EU CCR3 – Standardized approach – CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. Risk Weight
a b c d e f g
Exposure classes 0% 2% 4% 10% 20% 50% 70%
1 Central governments or central banks 18,201 0 0 0 247 531 0
2 Regional governments or local authorities 110 0 0 0 1,937 3 0
3 Public sector entities 229 0 0 0 6 0 0
4 Multilateral development banks 190 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 International organizations 964 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Institutions 0 13,088 2 0 10 0 0
7 Corporates 16 0 0 0 13 1 0
8 Retail 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9 Institutions and corporates with a short-term<br><br>credit assessment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Other items 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11 Total 19,710 13,088 2 0 2,213 534 0
Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Risk Weight
h i j k l
Exposure classes 75% 100% 150% Others Total
1 Central governments or central banks 0 167 7 0 19,154
2 Regional governments or local authorities 0 0 0 0 2,050
3 Public sector entities 0 9 0 0 244
4 Multilateral development banks 0 0 0 0 190
5 International organizations 0 0 0 0 964
6 Institutions 0 0 11 0 13,111
7 Corporates 0 699 0 0 729
8 Retail 0 0 0 0 0
9 Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment 0 0 0 0 0
10 Other items 0 0 1 0 1
11 Total 0 875 19 0 36,442
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Risk Weight
a b c d e f g
Exposure classes 0% 2% 4% 10% 20% 50% 70%
1 Central governments or central banks 1,862 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 Regional governments or local authorities 102 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 Public sector entities 255 0 0 0 10 0 0
4 Multilateral development banks 398 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 International organizations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Institutions 0 15,507 6 0 8 0 0
7 Corporates 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 Retail 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9 Institutions and corporates with a short-term<br><br>credit assessment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Other items 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11 Total 2,617 15,507 6 0 18 0 0

161

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures in the standardized approach
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
in € m. Risk Weight
h i j k l
Exposure classes 75% 100% 150% Others Total
1 Central governments or central banks 0 0 0 0 1,862
2 Regional governments or local authorities 0 0 0 0 102
3 Public sector entities 0 0 0 0 265
4 Multilateral development banks 0 0 0 0 398
5 International organizations 0 0 0 0 0
6 Institutions 0 0 4 0 15,526
7 Corporates 0 999 0 0 999
8 Retail 1 0 0 0 1
9 Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment 0 0 0 0 0
10 Other items 0 0 2 0 2
11 Total 1 999 5 0 19,154

CCR exposures within the foundation IRBA

Article 452 (g) CRR

The following tables disclose Deutsche Bank´s foundation IRBA counterparty credit risk exposures, i.e., derivatives and

securities financing transactions, distributed on its internal rating scale for exposure classes central governments and

central banks, regional governments and local authorities, public sector entities, institutions as well as corporates with its

relevant subcategories. CVA charges or exposures cleared through a CCP are excluded.

Deutsche Bank discloses the exposure after CCF and CRM, where exposures covered by guarantees or credit derivatives

are assigned to the protection seller.

The exposure after CCF and CRM is presented in conjunction with exposures-weighted average PD, RWAs, the average

risk weight and the number of obligors. In addition, it provides the average LGD and average maturity, which is regulatory

pre-defined in the foundation IRB. The tables provide the defaulted exposure separately.

162

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures within the foundation IRBA

EU CCR4 – FIRB approach – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale

in € m. Dec 31, 2025
(unless stated otherwise) a b c d e f g
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Exposure value Average PD<br><br>(in %) Number of<br><br>obligors<br><br>(in 1,000) Average LGD<br><br>(in %) Average<br><br>maturity<br><br>(in years) RWA Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts<br><br>(in %)
Central governments<br><br>and central banks
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Regional governments<br><br>and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15 12,011 0.06 0.4 45.00 1.5 1,606 13.37
0.15 to <0.25 332 0.17 0.1 45.00 1.9 105 31.72
0.25 to <0.50 355 0.37 0.1 45.00 1.9 172 48.36
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.62 0.0 45.00 2.5 0 83.97
0.75 to <2.50 1,708 0.85 0.1 45.00 0.9 1,318 77.15
2.50 to <10.00 3 3.53 0.0 45.00 2.5 3 119.92
10.00 to <100.00 0 24.50 0.0 45.00 2.5 0 237.81
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 14,409 0.17 0.6 45.00 1.5 3,205 22.24
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15 8,759 0.07 1.0 43.38 2.0 1,620 18.49
0.15 to <0.25 3,132 0.17 0.5 41.60 2.2 1,003 32.04
0.25 to <0.50 3,964 0.32 0.9 41.24 2.3 2,044 51.57
0.50 to <0.75 408 0.68 0.2 41.01 2.5 292 71.45
0.75 to <2.50 1,349 1.19 0.5 41.22 2.5 1,203 89.17
2.50 to <10.00 624 4.90 0.1 40.88 2.3 844 135.13
10.00 to <100.00 207 27.76 0.0 41.47 2.0 445 214.88
100.00 (Default) 138 100.00 0.0 40.00 2.5 0 0.00
Sub-total 18,582 1.45 3.3 42.28 2.2 7,451 40.10
of which:

163

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures within the foundation IRBA in € m. Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(unless stated otherwise) a b c d e f g
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Exposure value Average PD<br><br>(in %) Number of<br><br>obligors<br><br>(in 1,000) Average LGD<br><br>(in %) Average<br><br>maturity<br><br>(in years) RWA Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts<br><br>(in %)
General
0.00 to <0.15 8,759 0.07 1.0 43.38 2.0 1,620 18.49
0.15 to <0.25 3,132 0.17 0.5 41.60 2.2 1,003 32.04
0.25 to <0.50 3,964 0.32 0.9 41.24 2.3 2,044 51.57
0.50 to <0.75 408 0.68 0.2 41.01 2.5 292 71.45
0.75 to <2.50 1,348 1.19 0.5 41.22 2.5 1,202 89.15
2.50 to <10.00 621 4.90 0.1 40.86 2.3 840 135.18
10.00 to <100.00 207 27.76 0.0 41.47 1.9 445 214.88
100.00 (Default) 138 100.00 0.0 40.00 2.5 0 0.00
Sub-total 18,578 1.45 3.3 42.28 2.2 7,446 40.08
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.38 0.0 40.00 2.5 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.69 0.0 40.00 2.5 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 1 1.20 0.0 43.31 2.5 1 110.24
2.50 to <10.00 3 4.24 0.0 45.00 2.5 4 123.68
10.00 to <100.00 0 100.00 0.0 40.00 2.5 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 4 1.51 0.0 41.50 2.5 5 119.71
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Total 32,991 0.89 3.9 43.47 1.8 10,656 32.30

164

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures within the foundation IRBA in € m. Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(unless stated otherwise) a b c d e f g
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Exposure value Average PD<br><br>(in %) Number of<br><br>obligors<br><br>(in 1,000) Average LGD<br><br>(in %) Average<br><br>maturity<br><br>(in years) RWA Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts<br><br>(in %)
Central governments<br><br>and central banks
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Regional governments<br><br>and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15 10,455 0.06 0.3 45.00 1.5 1,572 15.04
0.15 to <0.25 249 0.16 0.1 45.00 2.1 84 33.62
0.25 to <0.50 501 0.34 0.1 45.00 2.0 258 51.43
0.50 to <0.75 1 0.67 0.0 45.00 2.5 1 63.14
0.75 to <2.50 668 0.89 0.1 45.00 1.4 564 84.48
2.50 to <10.00 5 4.82 0.0 45.00 2.5 6 122.67
10.00 to <100.00 1,041 99.66 0.0 47.19 2.5 277 26.57
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 12,919 8.14 0.5 45.18 1.6 2,761 21.37
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15 8,679 0.08 0.9 42.63 2.1 1,895 21.84
0.15 to <0.25 3,260 0.16 0.5 41.77 2.4 1,041 31.94
0.25 to <0.50 3,439 0.33 0.9 41.70 2.2 1,706 49.62
0.50 to <0.75 895 0.65 0.3 40.83 2.4 599 66.96
0.75 to <2.50 1,581 1.33 0.4 41.23 2.4 1,613 102.06
2.50 to <10.00 293 5.09 0.1 40.89 2.1 396 134.84
10.00 to <100.00 398 33.94 0.0 41.47 2.2 768 193.02
100.00 (Default) 191 100.00 0.0 40.18 2.5 0 0.00
Sub-total 18,736 2.07 3.2 42.03 2.2 8,019 42.80
of which:

165

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures within the foundation IRBA
General
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
0.00 to <0.15 8,679 0.08 0.9 42.63 2.1 1,895 21.84
0.15 to <0.25 3,259 0.16 0.5 41.77 2.4 1,041 31.93
0.25 to <0.50 3,439 0.33 0.9 41.70 2.2 1,706 49.62
0.50 to <0.75 895 0.65 0.3 40.83 2.4 599 66.96
0.75 to <2.50 1,581 1.33 0.4 41.23 2.4 1,613 102.06
2.50 to <10.00 293 5.09 0.1 40.89 2.1 396 134.84
10.00 to <100.00 398 33.94 0.0 41.47 2.2 768 193.02
100.00 (Default) 191 100.00 0.0 40.18 2.5 0 0.00
Sub-total 18,735 2.08 3.2 42.03 2.2 8,019 42.80
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 1 0.19 0.0 45.00 2.5 1 61.03
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.25 0.0 45.00 2.5 0 74.65
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 2.5 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 2.5 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 2.5 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 1 0.19 0.0 45.00 2.5 1 61.04
Purchased<br><br>receivables
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Total 31,655 4.55 3.7 43.32 2.0 10,780 34.05

CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA

Article 452 (g) CRR

The following tables disclose Deutsche Bank´s advanced IRBA counterparty credit risk exposures, i.e. derivatives and

securities financing transactions, distributed on its internal rating scale for exposure classes central governments and

central banks, regional governments and local authorities, public sector entities as well as corporates and retail with its

relevant subcategories. CVA charges or exposures cleared through a CCP are excluded.

Deutsche Bank discloses the exposure after CCF and CRM, where exposures covered by guarantees or credit derivatives

are assigned to the protection seller.

The exposure after CCF and CRM is presented in conjunction with exposure-weighted average PD, LGD, and maturity as

well as the RWA, the average risk weight (RW) and the number of obligors. The tables provide the defaulted exposure

separately, where Deutsche Bank applies an LGD estimate already incorporating potential unexpected losses in the loss

rate estimate as required by Article 181 (1)(h) CRR.

166

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA

EU CCR4 – AIRB approach – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale

in € m. Dec 31, 2025
(unless stated otherwise) a b c d e f g
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Exposure value Average PD<br><br>(in %) Number of<br><br>obligors<br><br>(in 1,000) Average LGD<br><br>(in %) Average<br><br>maturity<br><br>(in years) RWA Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts<br><br>(in %)
Central governments<br><br>and central banks
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Regional governments<br><br>and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15 179 0.08 0.0 27.64 1.4 21 11.74
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 11 0.46 0.0 50.61 5.0 13 114.29
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 191 0.10 0.0 29.00 1.6 34 17.83
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15 27,904 0.05 5.7 23.27 0.8 2,244 8.04
0.15 to <0.25 1,074 0.20 0.5 30.77 2.4 314 29.27
0.25 to <0.50 5,076 0.34 1.2 45.71 1.0 2,082 41.00
0.50 to <0.75 1,077 0.71 0.5 39.96 0.7 556 51.65
0.75 to <2.50 759 1.37 0.7 40.32 1.7 561 74.00
2.50 to <10.00 276 5.05 0.2 26.09 3.0 219 79.09
10.00 to <100.00 20 82.86 0.1 25.61 2.7 12 60.16
100.00 (Default) 52 100.00 0.0 87.98 2.5 39 74.54
Sub-total 36,240 0.07 8.9 27.37 0.9 6,028 16.63
of which:
General
0.00 to <0.15 27,901 0.05 5.7 23.27 0.8 2,244 8.04
0.15 to <0.25 1,073 0.20 0.5 30.78 2.4 314 29.29
0.25 to <0.50 5,007 0.34 1.2 46.11 0.9 2,060 41.14
0.50 to <0.75 1,005 0.71 0.5 41.71 0.6 535 53.30
0.75 to <2.50 596 1.35 0.6 46.17 1.3 497 83.47
2.50 to <10.00 112 3.72 0.2 41.21 2.4 130 116.19
10.00 to <100.00 6 104.20 0.0 53.07 0.5 10 155.04
100.00 (Default) 52 100.00 0.0 87.98 2.5 39 74.54
Sub-total 35,752 0.00 8.7 27.51 0.9 5,830 16.31

167

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA in € m. Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(unless stated otherwise) a b c d e f g
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Exposure value Average PD<br><br>(in %) Number of<br><br>obligors<br><br>(in 1,000) Average LGD<br><br>(in %) Average<br><br>maturity<br><br>(in years) RWA Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts<br><br>(in %)
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15 3 0.10 0.0 12.50 1.5 0 4.38
0.15 to <0.25 1 0.17 0.0 16.82 1.4 0 11.26
0.25 to <0.50 69 0.42 0.0 16.73 4.4 22 31.16
0.50 to <0.75 73 0.72 0.0 15.91 2.9 21 28.88
0.75 to <2.50 163 1.47 0.1 18.93 3.2 64 39.43
2.50 to <10.00 164 5.96 0.1 15.74 3.4 88 53.70
10.00 to <100.00 14 73.44 0.0 13.49 3.7 3 18.28
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 487 4.78 0.2 16.89 3.4 198 40.60
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Retail
0.00 to <0.15 5 0.08 0.2 30.94 0 6.08
0.15 to <0.25 1 0.17 0.0 58.51 0 17.49
0.25 to <0.50 1 0.33 0.0 32.22 0 16.06
0.50 to <0.75 1 0.57 0.0 37.96 0 27.02
0.75 to <2.50 2 1.70 0.1 53.79 1 51.86
2.50 to <10.00 1 4.22 0.0 38.67 0 45.94
10.00 to <100.00 0 41.08 0.0 31.38 0 79.86
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
Sub-total 12 1.12 0.3 40.44 3 23.54
of which:
Qualifying Revolving
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
Secured by residential<br><br>immovable property
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00

168

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA in € m. Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(unless stated otherwise) a b c d e f g
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Exposure value Average PD<br><br>(in %) Number of<br><br>obligors<br><br>(in 1,000) Average LGD<br><br>(in %) Average<br><br>maturity<br><br>(in years) RWA Density of risk<br><br>weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts<br><br>(in %)
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
Other retail exposures
0.00 to <0.15 5 0.08 0.2 30.94 0 6.08
0.15 to <0.25 1 0.17 0.0 58.51 0 17.49
0.25 to <0.50 1 0.33 0.0 32.22 0 16.06
0.50 to <0.75 1 0.57 0.0 37.96 0 27.02
0.75 to <2.50 2 1.70 0.1 53.79 1 51.86
2.50 to <10.00 1 4.22 0.0 38.67 0 45.94
10.00 to <100.00 0 41.08 0.0 31.38 0 79.86
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
Sub-total 12 1.12 0.3 40.44 3 23.54
Total (all exposure<br><br>classes) 36,442 0.07 9.3 27.38 0.9 6,065 16.64

169

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA in € m. Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(unless stated otherwise) a b c d e f g
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Exposure<br><br>value Average PD<br><br>(in %) Number of<br><br>obligors<br><br>(in 1,000) Average LGD<br><br>(in %) Average<br><br>maturity<br><br>(in years) RWA Density of<br><br>risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts<br><br>(in %)
Central governments<br><br>and central banks
0.00 to <0.15 16,884 0.01 0.1 63.20 0.9 372 2.20
0.15 to <0.25 220 0.22 0.0 49.07 1.6 129 58.64
0.25 to <0.50 292 0.39 0.0 60.99 3.0 221 75.64
0.50 to <0.75 1 0.64 0.0 66.72 1.0 1 88.06
0.75 to <2.50 120 1.07 0.0 66.65 1.9 154 128.61
2.50 to <10.00 25 7.51 0.0 65.99 1.7 60 240.90
10.00 to <100.00 35 16.31 0.0 68.56 1.0 74 208.43
100.00 (Default) 0 100.00 0.0 92.18 1.0 1 200.98
Sub-total 17,577 0.07 0.1 62.15 1.0 1,011 5.75
Regional governments and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15 1,664 0.03 0.0 12.65 0.3 27 1.63
0.15 to <0.25 28 0.18 0.0 40.07 3.2 12 42.74
0.25 to <0.50 5 0.34 0.0 43.93 3.4 3 68.52
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 71 3.51 0.0 40.07 5.0 104 146.81
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 1,768 0.18 0.0 14.27 0.6 147 8.30
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15 369 0.05 0.0 19.42 1.0 23 6.17
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 1 0.46 0.0 50.60 5.0 1 118.25
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 370 0.06 0.0 19.51 1.0 24 6.49
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15 28,029 0.05 6.1 24.80 0.6 1,593 5.68
0.15 to <0.25 1,197 0.21 0.6 32.25 2.8 388 32.44
0.25 to <0.50 3,154 0.38 0.9 45.30 1.2 1,480 46.93
0.50 to <0.75 1,936 0.64 0.7 41.43 0.8 1,031 53.22
0.75 to <2.50 2,749 1.35 1.0 38.72 1.5 1,960 71.31
2.50 to <10.00 249 4.02 0.3 41.33 2.6 246 98.75
10.00 to <100.00 216 72.21 0.0 40.18 2.2 117 54.06
100.00 (Default) 54 100.00 0.0 89.29 2.8 40 74.17
Sub-total 37,585 0.76 9.5 28.87 0.8 6,855 18.24
of which:
General
0.00 to <0.15 28,024 0.05 6.1 24.80 0.6 1,593 5.68
0.15 to <0.25 1,191 0.21 0.5 32.31 2.8 388 32.54
0.25 to <0.50 3,094 0.37 0.9 45.85 1.2 1,467 47.40
0.50 to <0.75 1,896 0.64 0.7 41.97 0.8 1,017 53.66
0.75 to <2.50 2,445 1.32 0.9 41.45 1.3 1,848 75.61
2.50 to <10.00 149 3.60 0.2 56.54 2.0 191 127.89
10.00 to <100.00 152 95.85 0.0 49.91 1.0 57 37.68
100.00 (Default) 54 100.00 0.0 89.29 2.8 40 74.17
Sub-total 37,006 0.72 9.3 29.06 0.8 6,602 17.84

170

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA in € m. Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(unless stated otherwise) a b c d e f g
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Exposure<br><br>value Average PD<br><br>(in %) Number of<br><br>obligors<br><br>(in 1,000) Average LGD<br><br>(in %) Average<br><br>maturity<br><br>(in years) RWA Density of<br><br>risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts<br><br>(in %)
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15 5 0.07 0.0 22.30 1.8 0 6.87
0.15 to <0.25 6 0.17 0.0 19.70 1.3 1 11.23
0.25 to <0.50 60 0.42 0.0 17.20 2.9 14 22.47
0.50 to <0.75 40 0.72 0.0 16.34 3.5 13 32.41
0.75 to <2.50 304 1.60 0.1 16.80 3.0 112 36.74
2.50 to <10.00 99 4.64 0.1 18.45 3.5 55 54.92
10.00 to <100.00 64 16.05 0.0 17.08 5.0 60 92.97
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 579 3.51 0.2 17.20 3.3 254 43.81
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0 0.00
Retail
0.00 to <0.15 6 0.09 0.2 35.48 0 7.05
0.15 to <0.25 1 0.22 0.0 47.27 0 17.37
0.25 to <0.50 1 0.35 0.1 41.48 0 21.04
0.50 to <0.75 1 0.58 0.0 47.12 0 31.90
0.75 to <2.50 2 1.33 0.1 42.95 1 38.21
2.50 to <10.00 1 3.67 0.0 40.57 1 47.81
10.00 to <100.00 0 14.18 0.0 60.77 0 88.86
100.00 (Default) 0 100.00 0.0 100.56 0 81.08
Sub-total 13 1.78 0.4 41.19 3 22.78
of which:
Qualifying Revolving
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
Secured by residential immovable<br><br>property
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00

171

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA
in € m. Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(unless stated otherwise) a b c d e f g
Exposure class/<br><br>PD scale Exposure<br><br>value Average PD<br><br>(in %) Number of<br><br>obligors<br><br>(in 1,000) Average LGD<br><br>(in %) Average<br><br>maturity<br><br>(in years) RWA Density of<br><br>risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts<br><br>(in %)
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.15 to <0.25 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.25 to <0.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
0.75 to <2.50 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
2.50 to <10.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
10.00 to <100.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
100.00 (Default) 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
Sub-total 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0 0.00
Other retail exposures
0.00 to <0.15 6 0.09 0.2 35.48 0 7.05
0.15 to <0.25 1 0.22 0.0 47.27 0 17.37
0.25 to <0.50 1 0.35 0.1 41.48 0 21.04
0.50 to <0.75 1 0.58 0.0 47.12 0 31.90
0.75 to <2.50 2 1.33 0.1 42.95 1 38.21
2.50 to <10.00 1 3.67 0.0 40.57 1 47.81
10.00 to <100.00 0 14.18 0.0 60.77 0 88.86
100.00 (Default) 0 100.00 0.0 100.56 0 81.08
Sub-total 13 1.78 0.4 41.19 3 22.78
Total (all exposure classes) 57,313 0.53 10.1 38.57 0.8 8,040 14.03

EU CCR4 - Total FIRB & ARIB approach

in € m. Dec 31, 2025
(unless stated otherwise) a b c d e f g
Exposure<br><br>value Average PD<br><br>(in %) Number of<br><br>obligors<br><br>(in 1,000) Average LGD<br><br>(in %) Average<br><br>maturity<br><br>(in years) RWA Density of<br><br>risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts<br><br>(in %)
Total FIRB approach 32,991 0.89 3.9 43.47 1.8 10,656 32.30
Total ARIB approach 36,442 0.07 9.3 27.38 0.9 6,065 16.64
Total 69,433 0.46 13.2 35.02 1.4 16,721 24.08
in € m. Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(unless stated otherwise) a b c d e f g
Exposure<br><br>value Average PD<br><br>(in %) Number of<br><br>obligors<br><br>(in 1,000) Average LGD<br><br>(in %) Average<br><br>maturity<br><br>(in years) RWA Density of<br><br>risk weighted<br><br>exposure<br><br>amounts<br><br>(in %)
Total FIRB approach 31,655 4.55 3.7 43.32 2.0 10,780 34.05
Total ARIB approach 57,313 0.53 10.1 38.57 0.8 8,040 14.03
Total 88,968 1.96 13.8 40.26 1.2 18,820 21.15

172

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA

CCR exposures after credit risk mitigation

Article 439 (e) CRR

The following table presents information on Deutsche Bank´s counterparty credit risk (CCR) exposure and the

composition of collateral used in both derivatives transactions and securities financing transactions (SFTs).

Table EU CCR5 discloses a breakdown of all types of collateral posted or received to support or reduce CCR exposures

related to derivatives and SFTs. For SFTs, collateral (received or posted) refers to the security leg of the transaction as

well as initial and variation margin.

EU CCR5 – Composition of collateral for exposures to CCR

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f g h
Collateral used in derivative transactions Collateral used in SFTs
Fair value of collateral received Fair value of posted collateral Fair value of collateral received Fair value of posted collateral
in € m. Segregated Unsegregated Segregated Unsegregated Segregated Unsegregated Segregated Unsegregated
1 Cash – domestic<br><br>currency 2,098 30,358 0 26,719 0 0 0 0
2 Cash – other<br><br>currencies 5,607 37,057 2 22,263 0 1 0 0
3 Domestic sovereign<br><br>debt 0 203 0 1,203 40 25,181 38 29,362
4 Other Sovereign<br><br>debt 0 0 0 0 1,373 290,525 1,721 257,790
5 Government agency<br><br>debt 0 0 0 0 0 414 0 3,131
6 Corporate bonds 2,688 24,303 184 7,300 476 59,604 90 38,823
7 Equity securities 0 1,618 0 0 0 440 0 3,731
8 Other collateral 494 6,843 8,812 4,983 715 48,300 774 29,271
9 Total 10,887 100,382 8,998 62,468 2,603 424,465 2,623 362,107
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g h
Collateral used in derivative transactions Collateral used in SFTs
Fair value of collateral received Fair value of posted collateral Fair value of collateral received Fair value of posted collateral
in € m. Segregated Unsegregated Segregated Unsegregated Segregated Unsegregated Segregated Unsegregated
1 Cash – domestic<br><br>currency 2,153 35,813 0 32,529 0 0 0 0
2 Cash – other<br><br>currencies 5,098 43,063 10 26,620 0 1 0 0
3 Domestic sovereign<br><br>debt 1 245 0 1,110 44 26,245 43 30,469
4 Other Sovereign<br><br>debt 0 0 0 0 904 369,591 1,584 305,161
5 Government agency<br><br>debt 0 0 0 0 0 283 0 4,100
6 Corporate bonds 2,148 21,618 229 4,139 518 58,426 93 37,719
7 Equity securities 0 1,511 0 0 0 826 0 8,239
8 Other collateral 516 4,364 9,079 7,877 413 75,967 324 32,827
9 Total 9,915 106,613 9,318 72,275 1,878 531,339 2,044 418,514

173

Deutsche Bank Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Credit derivatives exposures

Credit derivatives exposures

Article 439 (j) CRR

The table below discloses the exposure of the credit derivative transactions split into protection bought and sold, as well

as a split into product types.

EU CCR6 – Credit derivatives exposures

Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
a b a b
in € m. Protection bought Protection sold Protection bought Protection sold
Notionals
1 Single-name credit default swaps 162,042 151,626 149,733 138,703
2 Index credit default swaps 456,640 444,238 426,263 414,825
3 Total return swaps 29,334 4,626 24,002 6,541
4 Credit options 18,378 19,790 22,297 19,296
5 Other credit derivatives 0 0 0 0
6 Total notionals 666,395 620,279 622,294 579,366
Fair values
7 Positive fair value (asset) 2,241 14,466 2,596 12,467
8 Negative fair value (liability) (14,937) (1,949) (12,736) (1,938)

Deutsche Bank´s total notionals for credit derivative exposures were € 1,286.7 billion as of December 31, 2025, an

increase of € 85.0 billion from June 30, 2025, which was predominately driven by index credit default swaps and single-

name credit default swaps.

Credit valuation adjustment risk

Article 445a CRR

Deutsche Bank determines CVA capital in accordance with CRR Article 384 using the Full Basic Approach with the

recognition of hedges. The Simplified Approach under CRR Article 385 is not applicable for Deutsche Bank, as the

respective regulatory conditions regarding the derivative volumes are not met.

Under BA‑CVA, exposures are identified per CRR Article 382 and measured using either the Internal Model Method or

SA‑CCR, as applicable for Counterparty Credit Risk (CCR) purposes. The regulatory BA‑CVA is applied with the

recognition of hedges. A set of controls is in place to ensure completeness and accuracy via pre‑run controls, run

reviews, and key performance indicators. The ongoing monitoring incorporates movements in risk levels, market data,

model updates, and regulatory methodology changes. CVA capital is mitigated through eligible single‑name and index

CDS hedges as prescribed in CRR Article 386. Controls are in place to ensure hedge eligibility, while hedge effectiveness

is measured and any change to the effectiveness is monitored as part of the ongoing monitoring process.

As of December 31, 2025, the capital for CVA amounted to € 207 million, representing a decrease of € 67 million (24%)

compared to December 31, 2024. This included a € 137 million decrease due to movement in risk levels (primarily driven

by reduced exposure as well as hedging activities) and a € 69 million increase attributable to methodology and policy

updates associated with the introduction of the new Basic Approach under CRR3.

EU CVA2 - Credit valuation adjustment risk under the Full Basic Approach (F-BA)

Dec 31, 2025
a EU b
in € m. Own funds<br><br>requirements Notional of CVA<br><br>hedges
1 BACVAcsr-unhedged 706 N/M
2 BACVAcsr-hedged 189 N/M
3 Total 207 N/M
EU 4 Single-name CDS N/M 622
EU 5 Index CDS N/M 3,698
EU 6 Total N/M 4,320

N/M - Not meaningful

174

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Objectives in relation to securitization activity

Exposure to securitization positions

Objectives in relation to securitization activity

Article 449 (a) CRR (EU SECA)

Deutsche Bank engages in various business activities that use securitization structures. The main purposes are to provide

investor clients with access to risk and returns related to specific portfolios of assets, to provide borrowing clients with

access to funding and to manage its own credit risk exposure. In order to achieve its business objectives, Deutsche Bank

acts as originator, sponsor and investor in the securitization markets.

Article 4(1)(61) CRR defines which types of transactions and positions must be classified as securitization transactions

and securitization positions for regulatory reporting.

Securitization transactions are defined as transactions in which the credit risk of a securitized portfolio is divided into at

least two securitization tranches and where the payments to the holders of the tranches depend on the performance of

the securitized portfolio. The different tranches are in a subordinate relationship that determines the order and the

amount of payments or losses assigned to the holders of the tranches (waterfall-concept). Loss allocations to a junior

tranche will not already lead to a termination of the entire securitization transaction, i.e., senior tranches survive loss

allocations to subordinate tranches.

Securitization positions can be acquired in various forms including investments in securitization tranches, and derivative

transactions for hedging interest rate and currency risks in the securitization trust.

In the banking book, Deutsche Bank acts as originator, sponsor and investor. As an originator the Group uses

securitizations primarily as a strategy to reduce credit risk, mainly through the Strategic Corporate Lending. Strategic

Corporate Lending uses, among other means, synthetic securitizations to manage the credit risk of loans and lending-

related commitments of the Institutional Corporate Credit portfolio (primarily unsecured, investment grade corporates),

Leveraged Debt Capital Markets portfolio (primarily secured, non-investment grade corporates) and the Corporate Bank

Cash Lending MidCap portfolio, primarily domiciled in Germany and the Netherlands. In addition, the Corporate Bank,

through the Global Transaction Banking division, also manages some of its risk on trade finance exposures separately

through synthetic securitizations. For all of the above portfolios, the credit risk is predominantly transferred to

counterparties through synthetic securitizations, which may be in form of a simple transparent and standardized

securitization (Article 18 of Regulation (EU) 2017/2402)), principally through the issuance of credit linked notes providing

first loss protection.

By using these techniques, Deutsche Bank was able to reduce its credit risk RWA as of December 31, 2025 by

€ 18.6 billion and in addition, the CET1 capital deduction for the expected loss shortfall by € 0.1 billion. Both items

combined had a beneficiary effect of 76 basis point on the CET1 ratio.

Additionally, on a limited basis Deutsche Bank has entered into securitization transactions as part of an active liquidity

risk management strategy. These transactions do not transfer credit risk and are therefore not included in the

quantitative part of this section.

Within its existing role as sponsor, the Group continues to establish and manage securitization schemes in which special

purpose entities purchase exposures from third-party entities on behalf of investors. In these transactions, the Group has

substantial influence on the selection of the purchased exposures and ultimate composition of the securitized portfolios.

Furthermore, Deutsche Bank acts as an investor in third party securitizations through the purchase of tranches from third

party-issued securitizations including simple transparent and standardized securitizations, or by providing liquidity,

credit support or other form of financing. Additionally, the Group assists third party securitizations by providing

derivatives related to securitization structures. These include currency, interest rate and credit derivatives.

Primary recourse for securitization exposures lies with the underlying assets. The related risk is mitigated by credit

enhancement typically in the form of over-collateralization, subordination, reserve accounts, excess interest, or other

support arrangements. Additional protection features include performance triggers, financial covenants and events of

default stipulated in the legal documentation which, when breached, provide for the acceleration of repayment, rights of

foreclosure and/or other remediation.

The initial due diligence for new banking book exposures usually includes any or all of the following: (a) the review and

negotiation of financing terms, the relevant documents, which may include term sheets, servicer reports or other

historical performance data, third-party assessment reports such as rating agency analysis (if externally rated), etc., (b)

175

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Objectives in relation to securitization activity

modeling of base and downside scenarios through asset-class specific cash-flow models, (c) originator and servicer

reviews to assess the robustness of the originators and servicer’s underwriting’s standards, processes and financial

strength. The result of this due diligence is summarized in a credit and rating review which requires approval by

appropriate level of credit authority, depending on the size of exposure and internal rating assigned.

In compliance with the regulatory requirements for risk retention, due diligence and monitoring according to the

applicable regulatory requirements is part of the Group’s initial and ongoing credit review process and the relevant data

is gathered for reporting purposes with the support of the IT systems used for the credit review and financial reporting

process.

Ongoing regular performance reviews include checks of the periodic servicer reports against any performance triggers/

covenants in the loan documentation, as well as the overall performance trend in the context of economic, geographic,

sector and servicer developments.

For lending-related commitments an internal rating review is required at least annually. Significant negative or positive

changes in asset performance can trigger an earlier review date. Full credit reviews are also required annually, or, for

highly rated exposures, every other year. Furthermore, there is a separate, usually quarterly, watch list process for

exposures identified to be at a higher risk of loss, which requires a separate assessment of asset and servicer

performance. It includes a review of the exposure strategy and identifies next steps to be taken to mitigate loss potential.

Evaluation of operational risk is another important component of risk management for securitization, focusing on the

various types of protections of a securitization as defined in the legal documentation (i.e., perfection of security interest,

segregation of payment flows, and rights to audit). The evaluation for each securitization is performed by a dedicated

team who engages third-party auditors, determines audit scopes, and reviews the results of such external audits. The

results of these risk reviews and assessments complement the credit and rating review process performed by Credit Risk

Management.

In the trading book, Deutsche Bank acts as originator, sponsor and investor. In the role of investor, its main objective is to

serve as a market maker in the secondary market. The market making function consists of providing liquidity for its

customers and providing two way markets (buy and sell) to generate flow trading revenues. In the role of originator, the

Group finances loans to be securitized, predominantly in the commercial real estate business. Trading book activities

where the Group has the role of a sponsor (excluding activities derived from multi-seller originator transactions) as

described above are minimal.

The bank's Market Risk Management Governance Framework applies to all securitization positions held within the trading

book. The Risk Governance Framework applied to securitization includes policies and procedures with respect to new

product approvals, new transaction approvals, risk models and measurements, as well as inventory management systems

and trade entry. All securitization positions held within the trading book are captured, reported and limited within the

Risk Governance Framework at the global, regional and product levels. Any changes in credit and market risks are also

reported.

The limit structure includes value-at-risk and product specific thresholds. Asset class market value limits are based on

seniority/rating and liquidity, where lower rated positions or positions in less liquid asset class are given a lower trading

threshold. The limit monitoring system captures exposures and flags any threshold breaches. Market Risk Management

approval is required for any trades over the limit or threshold.

The Market Risk Management governance framework also captures issuer (credit) risk for securitization positions in the

trading book. MRM’s process manages concentration risks and sets thresholds at the position level. The limit structure is

based on asset class and rating where less liquid positions and those with lower ratings are assigned lower trading

thresholds. When the limit monitoring system captures positions that exceed their respective market value thresholds on

a global basis, MRM approval is required. Further due diligence is performed on positions that require trade approval. This

includes analyzing the credit performance of the security and evaluating risks of the trade. In addition, collateral level

stress testing and performance monitoring is incorporated into the risk management process.

In compliance with Article 5 of Regulation (EU) 2017/2402, pre-trade due diligence is performed on all relevant

positions. It is the responsibility of the respective trading desk to perform the pre-trade due diligence and then record

the appropriate data records at trade execution to indicate whether relevant due diligence items have been performed.

The pre-trade due diligence items include confirmations of deal structural features, performance monitoring of the

underlying portfolio, and any related retention disclosures.

The Product Control Group within Finance then reviews trade inputs for errors or flag changes, distributes regulatory

control reports and serves as the subject matter escalation contact. Upon validation of flag changes or trading desk

errors, the Product Control Group within Finance will then communicate and action the changes accordingly. Further

176

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Objectives in relation to securitization activity

pre-trade due diligence is performed by Market Risk Management for CRR, as applicable for relevant positions exceeding

predefined limits (process as described above).

Assets originated or acquired with the intent to securitize follow the general approach for the assignment to the

regulatory banking or trading book. Further details are described in chapter “Trading book allocation and prudent

valuation”, section “Allocation of positions to the regulatory trading book” in this report.

Nature of other risks in securitized assets

Article 449 (b) CRR (EU SECA)

Overall, the securitization positions are exposed to the performance of diverse asset classes, including primarily

corporate senior secured loans or unsecured debt, consumer debt such as auto loans or student loans, as well as

residential or commercial first and second lien mortgages. Deutsche Bank is active across the entire capital structure

with an emphasis on the more senior tranches. The subset of re-securitization is predominantly backed by securitizations

with corporate obligations in the underlying pools. However, the subset of re-securitization is not part of an active

investment strategy anymore and is only representing a very marginal part of the overall securitization portfolio.

The Group’s securitization desks trade assets across all capital structures, from senior bonds with large subordination to

first loss subordinate tranches. Securitization positions consist mostly of residential mortgage backed securities and

commercial mortgage backed securities backed by first and second lien loans, collateralized loan obligations backed by

corporate senior secured loans and unsecured debt and consumer asset backed securities, backed by secured and

unsecured credit.

Similar to other fixed income and credit assets, securitized trading volume is linked to global growth and geopolitical

events which affect liquidity and can lead to lower trading volumes, as observed during the crisis. Current and proposed

changes to regulation and uncertainty over final implementation may lead to increased volatility and decreased liquidity/

trading volumes across securitized products. Other potential risks that exist in securitized assets are prepayment, default,

loss severity and servicer performance. Note that trading book assets are marked-to-market and the previous mentioned

risks are reflected in the position’s price. Securitization activities have an impact on Deutsche Bank’s liquidity activity. For

example, the Group enters into securitization transactions as part of an active liquidity risk management strategy.

However, the Group also faces risk of potential drawdown under the revolving commitments provided under certain

securitization facilities. This liquidity risk is monitored by its Treasury department and is included in its liquidity planning

and regular stress testing.

RWA calculation approaches for securitization positions

Article 449 (c) CRR (EU SECA)

The approach for the calculation of the regulatory capital requirements for banking book and trading book securitization

positions is prescribed by the CRR.

The securitization framework determines the regulatory capital requirements for the credit risk of banking book

securitizations pursuant to Articles 242 to 270e CRR and distinguishes between the Securitization Internal Ratings-

Based Approach (SEC-IRBA), the Securitization Standardized Approach (SEC-SA) and the Securitization External

Ratings-Based Approach (SEC-ERBA). These rules also provide a specific framework for Simple, Transparent and

Standardized (STS) securitizations, which are defined in Regulation (EU) 2017/2402 and are subject to a beneficial

capital treatment in the CRR.

The SEC-IRBA is applied for securitization positions, where at least 95% of the securitized portfolio is in scope of an IRBA

rating model and where sufficient information in relation to the securitized portfolio is available to calculate the risk-

weighted exposure amounts under the IRB approach. Note that the ECB may preclude the application of the SEC-IRBA

on a case-by-case basis as per Article 258 CRR. Currently, there are no securitization positions for which the ECB has

precluded the application of the SEC-IRBA.

In general, the SEC-SA must be applied to all re-securitizations and for all securitizations for which the SEC-IRBA must

not or cannot be applied, but the information required to apply the SEC-SA is available. Note, however, that instead of

the SEC-SA, the SEC-ERBA must be applied for securitization positions with at least one eligible external rating or where

a rating might be inferred:

–Where the application of the SEC-SA would result in a risk weight higher than 25%, or

–Where, for positions not qualifying as positions in an STS securitization, the application of the SEC-ERBA would result

in a risk weight higher than 75%, or

177

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 RWA calculation approaches for securitization positions

–For securitization transactions backed by pools of auto loans, auto leases and equipment leases.

Where the SEC-SA may not be used, the SEC-ERBA must be applied for securitization positions with at least one eligible

external rating or where an external rating can be inferred. External ratings must satisfy certain eligibility criteria for

being used in the risk weight calculation. If more than one eligible rating is available for a specific securitization position,

the relevant external rating is determined as the second best eligible rating in accordance with the provisions set forth in

Article 270d CRR.

Deutsche Bank does not make use of the option provided in Article 254 (3) CRR to consistently apply the SEC-ERBA

instead of the SEC-SA for all securitization positions for which an eligible external rating is available or for positions for

which such a rating can be inferred.

In addition to the above approaches to determine capital requirements, Article 267 CRR specifies a risk weight cap for

senior securitization positions based on the average risk weight of the securitized portfolio. Article 268 CRR provides a

maximum capital requirement for all securitization positions of a specific securitization transaction based on the capital

requirement applicable to the securitized portfolio.

Based on Article 254 (5) CRR, an Internal Assessment Approach may be applied for unrated positions in ABCP programs.

As the Group ceased the use of ABCP programs in 2015, there are no securitizations positions subject to the Internal

Assessment Approach as of December 31, 2025.

Approved rating agencies include Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch Ratings, DBRS Morningstar and Kroll.

More than half of the total banking book securitization exposure was subject to SEC-IRBA. This approach was

predominantly used to assess positions backed by corporate loans, auto-related receivables and commercial and

residential real estate loans. The risk weight of securitization positions subject to the SEC-IRBA is determined based on a

formula, which takes as input the capital requirement of the securitized portfolio and the seniority of the securitization

position in the waterfall, amongst others. When applying the SEC-IRBA, Deutsche Bank estimates the risk parameters PD

and LGD for the assets included in the securitized portfolio, by using internally developed rating systems approved for

such assets. The rating systems are based on historical default and loss information from comparable assets. The risk

parameters PD and LGD are derived on risk pool level.

The approach SEC-SA was used in most cases where SEC-IRBA was not applicable, and it was used for positions backed

by a variety of asset classes including corporate loans, real estate loans and diverse ABS positions such as backed by

aircraft leasing, credit card loans and consumer loans. The approach SEC-ERBA was only applied to a minority of

securitization exposures. The great majority of securitization positions with an eligible external or inferred external credit

assessment were securitization positions held as investor backed by residential mortgages. The rest of the securitization

exposures were treated by getting assigned a risk weight of 1,250% as none of the other approaches qualified.

Calculation of regulatory capital requirements for trading book securitizations

Overall, the regulatory capital requirements for the market risk of trading book securitizations consist of a general and

specific market risk component. The capital requirement for the general market risk of trading book securitization

positions is determined as the sum of (i) the value-at-risk based capital requirement for market risk and (ii) the stressed

value-at-risk based capital requirement for market risk. The capital requirement for specific market risk is principally

calculated based on the market risk standardized approach pursuant to Article 337 CRR. For this, the market risk

standardized approach risk weight for trading book securitization positions is calculated by using the same

methodologies, which apply to banking book securitization positions. The market risk standardized approach based

capital requirement for specific risk is determined as the sum of the capital requirements for all net long and all net short

securitization positions. The securitization positions included in the market risk standardized approach calculations for

specific risk are additionally included in the value-at-risk and stressed value-at-risk calculations for general risk.

Trading book securitizations subject to MRSA treatment include various asset classes differentiated by the respective

underlying collateral types:

–Residential mortgage backed securities (RMBS)

–Commercial mortgage backed securities (CMBS)

–Collateralized loan obligations (CLO)

–Collateralized debt obligations (CDO)

–Asset backed securities (incl. credit cards, auto loans and leases, student loans, equipment loans and leases, dealer

floorplan loans, etc.)

They also include synthetic credit derivatives and commonly-traded indices based on the above listed instruments.

178

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 RWA calculation approaches for securitization positions

Please refer to section “Characteristics of the market risk models” of this Pillar 3 report for general information on the

Group’s market risk quantification approaches.

Principally all the same methods for assessing the own funds requirements for securitizations, which are used in the non-

trading book, are also available in the trading book. The predominantly used method for assessing risk-weighted assets in

the trading book was the SEC-ERBA. To a lesser extent the SEC-SA was used. The method SEC-IRBA was only used for a

minority of exposure. Another minor part of the exposure values were assigned directly a risk-weight of 1,250% as no

other approach qualified.

SSPE-related activities

Article 449 (d+f) CRR (EU SECA)

Where Deutsche Bank acts as originator and uses a securitization special purpose entity (SSPE) for transferring

securitized assets it occasionally retains exposure to the securitization special purpose entities. The types of exposure to

the securitization special purpose entities were either liquidity facilities or derivatives, and in that case foremost interest

rate swaps.

Deutsche Bank occasionally uses securitization special purpose entities to securitize third-party exposures where the

Group acts as sponsor. In certain cases Deutsche Bank also retains some of the securitized exposures. Most of these

positions are secured by mortgages on residential properties. The Group also retains occasionally exposures to

securitization special purpose entities where it acts as sponsor. The exposure types of such positions were liquidity

facilities or derivative positions.

As of December 31, 2025, the portion of retained exposures to securitization special purpose entities is an immaterial

part of all retained positions where Deutsche Bank was originator or sponsor.

When Deutsche Bank acts as originator or sponsor of a securitization transaction, it sells securitization tranches (or

arranges for such sale through mandated market making institutions) solely on an “execution only” basis and only to

sophisticated operative corporate clients that rely on their own risk assessment. In the ordinary course of business, the

Group does not offer such tranches to operative corporate clients to which, at the same time, the Group offers

investment advisory services.

Deutsche Bank’s business division Asset Management provides asset management services to undertakings for collective

investments, including mutual funds and alternative investment funds, and private individuals offering access to

traditional and alternative investments across all major asset classes, including securitization positions. As of December

31, 2025 only a small minority of those positions consisted of tranches in securitization transactions where Deutsche

Bank acted as originator or sponsor.

Deutsche Bank generally does not provide securitization related services to securitization special purpose entities which

are out of its regulatory scope of consolidation and for which the Group claims risk transfer or where the Group acts as

sponsor.

For the purpose of regulatory reporting and as of December 31, 2025, there were no securitization special purpose

entities, which were in Deutsche Bank’s regulatory scope of consolidation.

Article 449 (e) CRR

Deutsche Bank has not provided any implicit support to its securitization vehicles. In consequence, as of December 31,

2025 there was no need to report any positions as representing implicit support according to the requirements of article

250 CRR.

Accounting policies for securitizations

Article 449 (g) CRR (EU SECA)

The most relevant accounting policies for the securitization programs originated by the Group, and where it holds assets

purchased with the intent to securitize, are “Principles of consolidation”, “Financial assets”, “Financial liabilities” and

“Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities” below.

For measurement and quantification of both banking and trading book securitizations of Deutsche Bank, please refer to

section Banking and trading book securitization exposures” further below in this report.

179

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Accounting policies for securitizations

Principles of consolidation

The Group’s subsidiaries are those entities which it directly or indirectly controls. Control over an entity is evidenced by

the Group’s ability to exercise its power in order to affect any variable returns that the Group is exposed to through its

involvement with the entity.

The Group sponsors the formation of structured entities and interacts with structured entities sponsored by third parties

for a variety of reasons, including allowing clients to hold investments in separate legal entities, allowing clients to invest

jointly in alternative assets, for asset securitization transactions, and for buying or selling credit protection.

Financial assets

The Group classifies financial assets in line with the classification and measurement requirements of IFRS 9, where

financial assets are classified based on both the business model used for managing the financial assets and the

contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset (known as Solely Payments of Principal and Interest or “SPPI”).

There are three business models available:

–Hold to Collect - Financial assets held with the objective to collect contractual cash flows; they are subsequently

measured at amortized cost and are recorded in multiple lines on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.

–Hold to Collect and Sell - Financial assets held with the objective of both collecting contractual cash flows and selling

financial assets; they are recorded as financial assets at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income on the

Group’s consolidated balance sheet.

–Other - Financial assets that do not meet the criteria of either “Hold to Collect” or “Hold to Collect and Sell”; they are

recorded as Financial Assets at Fair Value through Profit or Loss on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.

The assessment of business model requires judgment based on facts and circumstances upon initial recognition. If the

Group holds a financial asset either in a Hold to Collect or a Hold to Collect and Sell business model, then an assessment

at initial recognition to determine whether the contractual cash flows of the financial asset are Solely Payments of

Principal and Interest on the principal amount outstanding at initial recognition is required to determine the business

model classification. Contractual cash flows, that are SPPI on the principal amount outstanding, are consistent with a

basic lending arrangement.

–Financial assets are classified at fair value through profit or loss if they are held in the other business model because

they are either held for trading or because they do not meet the criteria for Hold to Collect or Hold to Collect and Sell;

financial assets classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value with realized

and unrealized gains and losses included in Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit

or loss.

–A financial asset shall be classified and measured at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”), if the

financial asset is held in a Hold to Collect and Sell business model and the contractual cash flows are SPPI, unless

designated under the fair value option; under FVOCI, a financial asset is measured at its fair value with any changes

being recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (”OCI”) and is assessed for impairment under the IFRS 9 expected

credit loss model where provisions are recorded through profit or loss (recognized based on expectations of potential

credit losses).

–A financial asset is classified and subsequently measured at amortized cost if the financial asset is held in a Hold to

Collect business model and the contractual cash flows are SPPI; under this measurement category, the financial asset

is measured at fair value at initial recognition; subsequently the carrying amount is reduced for principal payments,

plus or minus the cumulative amortization using the effective interest method; the financial asset is assessed for

impairment under the IFRS 9 expected credit loss model where provisions are recognized based on expectations of

potential credit losses.

Financial liabilities

Under IFRS 9 financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, except for financial

liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include Trading Liabilities, Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair

Value through Profit or Loss and Non-Participating Investment Contracts. Financial liabilities classified at fair value

through profit or loss are recognized or derecognized on trade date. Trading liabilities consist primarily of derivative

liabilities (including certain loan commitments) and short positions. This also includes loan commitments where the

resulting loan upon funding is allocated to the other business model such that the undrawn loan commitment is

classified as derivatives held for trading.

180

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Accounting policies for securitizations

Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

Financial asset derecognition

A financial asset is considered for derecognition when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset

expire, or the Group has either transferred the contractual right to receive the cash flows from that asset, or has assumed

an obligation to pay those cash flows to one or more recipients, subject to certain criteria. The Group derecognizes a

transferred financial asset if it transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. The Group enters into

transactions in which it transfers previously recognized financial assets but retains substantially all the associated risks

and rewards of those assets.

In transactions in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset are neither retained nor

transferred, the Group derecognizes the transferred asset if control over that asset is not retained, i.e., if the transferee

has the practical ability to sell the transferred asset. The rights and obligations retained in the transfer are recognized

separately as assets and liabilities, as appropriate. If control over the asset is retained, the Group continues to recognize

the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement, which is determined by the extent to which it remains exposed to

changes in the value of the transferred asset.

Securitization

The Group securitizes various consumer and commercial financial assets, which is achieved via the transfer of these

assets to a structured entity, which issues securities to investors to finance the acquisition of the assets. Financial assets

awaiting securitization are classified and measured as appropriate under the policies in the “Financial Assets” and

“Financial Liabilities” sections. If the structured entity is not consolidated then the transferred assets may qualify for

derecognition in full or in part, under the policy on derecognition of financial assets. Synthetic securitization structures

typically involve derivative financial instruments. Those transfers that do not qualify for derecognition may be reported

as secured financing or result in the recognition of continuing involvement liabilities. The investors and the securitization

vehicles generally have no recourse to the Group’s other assets in cases where the issuers of the financial assets fail to

perform under the original terms of those assets.

Interests in the securitized financial assets may be retained in the form of senior or subordinated tranches, interest only

strips or other residual interests (collectively referred to as “retained interests”). Provided the Group’s retained interests

do not result in consolidation of a structured entity, nor in continued recognition of the transferred assets, these interests

are typically recorded in financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and carried at fair value. Consistent with the

valuation of similar financial instruments, the fair value of retained tranches or the financial assets is initially and

subsequently determined using market price quotations where available or internal pricing models that utilize variables

such as yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity, interest rate volatilities and spreads. The

assumptions used for pricing are based on observable transactions in similar securities and are verified by external pricing

sources, where available. Where observable transactions in similar securities and other external pricing sources are not

available, management judgment must be used to determine fair value. The Group may also periodically hold interests in

securitized financial assets and record them at amortized cost.

In situations where the Group has a present obligation (either legal or constructive) to provide financial support to an

unconsolidated securitization entity a provision will be created if the obligation can be reliably measured and it is

probable that there will be an outflow of economic resources required to settle it.

External rating agencies used for securitizations and internal

Assessment Approach

Article 449 (h-i) CRR (EU SECA)

According to Article 270 (d) CRR the Group has nominated the following list of external credit assessment institutes

(ECAIs), whose ratings are used in determining risk weights in line with Articles 263 and 264 CRR:

–DBRS Morningstar

–Fitch Ratings

–Kroll Bond Rating Agency

–Moody's Investors Service

–Standard & Poor's Ratings Services

181

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 External rating agencies used for securitizations and internal Assessment Approach

All the rating information received from above listed external credit assessment institutes is used indiscriminately for all

securitization positions to which they apply, and there is no preference of external credit assessment institutes per

exposure type imposed by the Group.

As the Group ceased to use asset backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) programs in 2015, there were no securitizations

positions subject to the Internal Assessment Approach as of December 31, 2025. For a description of the RWA

calculation approaches used for securitization positions please refer to the section “Approaches to calculation of RWA

for securitizations mapped to types of exposures” in this Pillar 3 report.

Banking and trading book securitization exposures

Article 449 (j) CRR

The amounts reported in the following two tables provide details of the Group’s securitization exposures separately for

the regulatory non-trading and trading book. The details of the Group’s trading book securitization positions subject to

the market risk standardized approach (MRSA) are included in this chapter.

The table EU SEC1 details the total non-trading book securitization exposure split by exposure type that the Group has

securitized in its capacity as either originator or sponsor and finally positions which have been purchased through

investment activities as investor. Each table provides a break-down by traditional and synthetic as well as simple,

transparent and standardized (‘simple, transparent and standardised securitisation’ or ‘STS securitisation’ means a

securitisation that meets the requirements set out in Article 18 of Regulation (EU) 2017/2402) securitization

transactions. The originator and sponsor columns (a-k) also contain retained positions, even where the Group does not

achieve significant risk transfer (SRT) and shows the current retention of its contribution to the originated or sponsored

amount. The amounts reported are the securitized principal notional amounts where no significant risk transfer is

achieved. If significant risk transfer is achieved, then the EAD is shown. As the Group ceased to use any asset backed

commercial paper programs in 2015, there are no securitization positions subject to the internal assessment approach as

of December 31, 2025.

The table EU SEC2 provides the total purchased or retained securitization exposure held in the Group’s regulatory

trading book separately for originator, sponsor and investor activities split by exposure type of the securitized assets and

also further broken down into traditional and synthetic transactions as well as simple transparent and standardized

securitizations. The amounts reported are the EAD.

182

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Banking and trading book securitization exposures

EU SEC1 – Securitization exposures in the non-trading book

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o
Institution acts as originator Institution acts as sponsor Institution acts as investor
Traditional Synthetic Traditional Synthetic Traditional Synthetic
in € m. STS of which:<br><br>SRT Non-STS of which:<br><br>SRT Total of which:<br><br>SRT Subtotal STS Non-STS Subtotal STS Non-STS Subtotal
Total exposures 714 0 1,521 41 39,158 39,158 41,393 0 3,925 0 3,925 75 53,858 0 53,932
Retail 714 0 1,520 40 3,361 3,361 5,595 0 3,290 0 3,290 0 12,964 0 12,964
of which:
Residential Mortgage 500 0 1,520 40 0 0 2,020 0 3,254 0 3,254 0 4,667 0 4,667
Credit Card 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 179 0 179
Other retail exposures 214 0 0 0 3,361 3,361 3,575 0 36 0 36 0 8,118 0 8,118
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Wholesale 0 0 1 1 35,797 35,797 35,798 0 635 0 635 75 40,894 0 40,969
of which:
Loans to corporates 0 0 0 0 35,797 35,797 35,797 0 308 0 308 0 30,717 0 30,717
Commercial Mortgage 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 229 0 229 0 667 0 667
Lease and receivables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 98 0 98 75 4,543 0 4,618
Other wholesale 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4,967 0 4,967
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o
Institution acts as originator Institution acts as sponsor Institution acts as investor
Traditional Synthetic Traditional Synthetic Traditional Synthetic
in € m. STS of which:<br><br>SRT Non-STS of which:<br><br>SRT Total of which:<br><br>SRT Subtotal STS Non-STS Subtotal STS Non-STS Subtotal
Total exposures 714 0 1,609 75 38,790 38,790 41,113 0 3,703 0 3,703 175 50,648 0 50,823
Retail 714 0 1,567 32 2,635 2,635 4,916 0 2,682 0 2,682 82 13,246 0 13,328
of which:
Residential Mortgage 500 0 1,567 32 0 0 2,067 0 2,670 0 2,670 82 3,824 0 3,906
Credit Card 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 217 0 217
Other retail exposures 214 0 0 0 2,635 2,635 2,849 0 12 0 12 0 9,206 0 9,206
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Wholesale 0 0 42 42 36,155 36,155 36,198 0 1,021 0 1,021 93 37,401 0 37,494
of which:
Loans to corporates 0 0 0 0 36,155 36,155 36,155 0 760 0 760 0 27,122 0 27,122
Commercial Mortgage 0 0 42 42 0 0 42 0 179 0 179 0 587 0 587
Lease and receivables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 82 0 82 93 4,105 0 4,198
Other wholesale 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5,587 0 5,587
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

183

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Banking and trading book securitization exposures

EU SEC2 – Securitization exposures in the trading book

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f g h i j k l
Institution acts as originator Institution acts as sponsor Institution acts as investor
Traditional Synthetic Traditional Synthetic Traditional Synthetic
in € m. STS Non-STS Subtotal STS Non-STS Subtotal STS Non-STS Subtotal
Total exposures 0 85 0 85 0 0 0 0 0 3,015 0 3,015
Retail 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1,302 0 1,302
of which:
Residential Mortgage 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1,152 0 1,152
Credit Card 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 34 0 34
Other retail exposures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 115 0 115
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Wholesale 0 85 0 85 0 0 0 0 0 1,713 0 1,713
of which:
Loans to corporates 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 755 0 755
Commercial Mortgage 0 85 0 85 0 0 0 0 0 450 0 450
Lease and receivables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 155 0 155
Other wholesale 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 354 0 354
Re-securitization 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g h i j k l
Institution acts as originator Institution acts as sponsor Institution acts as investor
Traditional Synthetic Traditional Synthetic Traditional Synthetic
in € m. STS Non-STS Subtotal STS Non-STS Subtotal STS Non-STS Subtotal
Total exposures 0 67 0 67 0 0 0 0 0 2,619 0 2,619
Retail 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1,061 0 1,061
of which:
Residential Mortgage 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 947 0 947
Credit Card 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 33 0 33
Other retail exposures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 81 0 81
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Wholesale 0 67 0 67 0 0 0 0 0 1,558 0 1,558
of which:
Loans to corporates 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 691 0 691
Commercial Mortgage 0 67 0 67 0 0 0 0 0 502 0 502
Lease and receivables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 146 0 146
Other wholesale 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 219 0 219
Re-securitization 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

184

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution<br><br>acting as originator or as sponsor

Overall, the aggregate exposure volume generated by the securitization business was € 102.4 billion as of December 31,

2025, an increase of € 4.0 billion compared to June 30, 2025. The majority of the exposure resided in the non-trading

book with € 99.3 billion, whereas the trading book portion represented only a minor contribution of € 3.1 billion

aggregate exposure value. Volume in the non-trading book increased by € 3.6 billion mainly driven by new originator

synthetic positions and new investor traditional positions while in the trading book, the exposure volume increased

marginally by € 0.4 billion compared to June 30, 2025.

As of December 31, 2025, the € 99.3 billion non-trading book exposure included two material contributions, which

together covered € 93.1 billion. One dominant part consisted of the traditional securitizations with a volume of

€ 53.9 billion, where the Group acted as investor by purchasing securitization investments. The other dominant part was

composed of the synthetic securitization transactions with a volume of € 39.2 billion, where the Group acted as

originator. Compared to June 30, 2025, the net increase of traditional securitization, where the Group acted as investor

was € 3.1 billion, and synthetic securitizations increased by € 0.4 billion, which reflects the Group’s increased activity in

issuing new synthetic originator securitizations.

From a securitized asset perspective, the material asset types were loans to corporates and other retail exposures in the

non-trading book, as well as mortgages (commercial mortgages and residential mortgages) and loans to corporates in

the trading book. In the non-trading book the loans to corporates represented € 66.8 billion, or 67% of the exposure

volume, other retail exposures covered € 11.7 billion, representing 12% of the exposure volume, and mortgages covered

€ 10.8 billion, representing 11% of the exposure volume. In the trading book the mortgages represented the dominant

part with € 1.7 billion of total € 3.1 billion, representing 54% of the exposure volume and the loans to corporates covered

€ 0.8 billion, representing 24% of the total exposure volume of that book. Together, the securitized asset types “Loans to

corporates”, “Other retail exposures”, “Commercial Mortgages” and “Residential Mortgages”, represented around

€ 91.9 billion of € 102.4 billion overall securitization position exposure, which was equivalent to 90% of that volume.

Of the overall volume of securitization business of € 102.4 billion only a minority of € 6.6 billion was classified as simple,

transparent and standardized (STS). This represented 6.4% of the overall exposure volume in securitizations.

Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and

associated regulatory capital requirements - institution acting

as originator or as sponsor

Article 449 (k)(i) CRR

The table EU SEC3 presents the retained or purchased non-trading book securitizations, where the Group acted as

originator or sponsor. Compared to EU SEC1, this table does not include any amounts, where no SRT is achieved, as

these amounts do not lead to exposure value in the securitization exposure class.

Firstly, the exposure values are broken down by risk-weight bands (columns a-e). Additionally, the Group presents the

exposure values, risk weighted exposure amounts and capital requirements separately for each regulatory RWA

calculation approach (columns f-q). All these are vertically broken down by traditional and synthetic transactions,

securitization and re-securitization, as well as by retail or wholesale and a specific row for STS traditional transactions.

For the meaning of the terms used in the following sections for the regulatory calculation approaches of the

securitization framework (SEC-IRBA, SEC-SA and SEC-ERBA), please see the short description below.

–SEC-IRBA (Articles 259 and 260 CRR): Approach to be used in case the securitized assets would be treated under the

IRB approach if not securitized and reside on the Group’s books; at least 95% of the exposure value of the securitized

assets need to be treated under the IRB approaches in order to apply this approach; there are a number of additional

requirements in order to apply this approach (see Article 258 CRR).

–SEC-SA (Articles 261 and 262 CRR): In case SEC-IRBA is not applicable, the SEC-SA is generally to be applied; for this

the capital requirement ratio under the standardized approach (KSA) of the pool of securitized assets needs to be

calculated as if it was not securitized and as if it was on the Group’s book; in addition, the delinquent asset ratio on the

pool level needs to be determined.

–SEC-ERBA (Articles 263 and 264 CRR): This can be applied, if an eligible external or inferred rating is available; the risk

weight is determined by a lookup table from the rating letter and the maturity of the position; in case the SEC-ERBA is

available there are certain rules to determine when the SEC-ERBA is to be used instead of the SEC-SA (for details see

Article 254 CRR).

–1,250%: In all other cases, a risk weight of 1,250% is applied.

185

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution<br><br>acting as originator or as sponsor

EU SEC3 – Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution acting as originator or as sponsor

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q
Exposure values (by RW bands/deductions) Exposure values (by regulatory approach) RWA (by regulatory approach) Capital charge after cap
in € m. ≤20% RW >20% to<br><br>50% RW >50% to<br><br>100%<br><br>RW >100% to<br><br><1250%<br><br>RW 1250%<br><br>RW/<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns SEC-IRBA SEC-<br><br>ERBA(incl<br><br>uding<br><br>IAA) SEC-SA 1250% /<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns SEC-IRBA SEC-<br><br>ERBA(incl<br><br>uding<br><br>IAA) SEC-SA 1250% /<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns SEC-IRBA SEC-<br><br>ERBA(incl<br><br>uding<br><br>IAA) SEC-SA 1250% /<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns
Total exposures 40,639 2,331 91 26 37 42,481 35 571 37 6,448 79 152 465 510 4 12 37
Traditional transactions 3,793 132 14 26 0 3,360 35 571 0 508 79 152 0 35 4 12 0
Securitization 3,793 132 14 26 0 3,360 35 571 0 508 79 152 0 35 4 12 0
Retail underlying 3,166 132 12 19 0 2,742 32 556 0 411 71 96 0 27 3 8 0
of which:
STS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Wholesale 628 0 2 6 0 617 4 15 0 96 8 56 0 8 1 4 0
of which:
STS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Synthetic transactions 36,845 2,198 77 0 37 39,121 0 0 37 5,940 0 0 465 475 0 0 37
Securitization 36,845 2,198 77 0 37 39,121 0 0 37 5,940 0 0 465 475 0 0 37
Retail underlying 1,134 2,198 0 0 28 3,333 0 0 28 696 0 0 355 56 0 0 28
Wholesale 35,711 0 77 0 9 35,788 0 0 9 5,244 0 0 110 419 0 0 9
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q
Exposure values (by RW bands/deductions) Exposure values (by regulatory approach) RWA (by regulatory approach) Capital charge after cap
in € m. ≤20% RW >20% to<br><br>50% RW >50% to<br><br>100%<br><br>RW >100% to<br><br><1250%<br><br>RW 1250%<br><br>RW/<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns SEC-IRBA SEC-<br><br>ERBA(incl<br><br>uding<br><br>IAA) SEC-SA 1250% /<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns SEC-IRBA SEC-<br><br>ERBA(incl<br><br>uding<br><br>IAA) SEC-SA 1250% /<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns SEC-IRBA SEC-<br><br>ERBA(incl<br><br>uding<br><br>IAA) SEC-SA 1250% /<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns
Total exposures 39,572 2,924 15 26 30 41,891 17 629 30 6,519 50 95 377 514 2 8 30
Traditional transactions 3,632 103 15 26 0 3,131 17 629 0 635 50 95 5 44 2 8 0
Securitization 3,632 103 15 26 0 3,131 17 629 0 635 50 95 4 44 2 8 0
Retail underlying 2,701 0 13 0 0 2,209 13 492 0 331 42 74 2 22 1 6 0
of which:
STS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Wholesale 932 103 2 26 0 922 4 137 0 304 8 21 2 21 1 2 0
of which:
STS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
Synthetic transactions 35,940 2,820 0 0 30 38,760 0 0 30 5,884 0 0 372 471 0 0 30
Securitization 35,940 2,820 0 0 30 38,760 0 0 30 5,884 0 0 372 471 0 0 30
Retail underlying 0 2,616 0 0 19 2,616 0 0 19 606 0 0 232 48 0 0 19
Wholesale 35,940 204 0 0 11 36,144 0 0 11 5,278 0 0 140 422 0 0 11
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

186

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution<br><br>acting as originator or as sponsor

The overall exposure volume of the securitization exposures in the non-trading book was € 97.1 billion by December 31,

2025, of which € 43.1 billion related to positions for which the Group acted as originator or sponsor, which was an

increase of € 0.6 billion compared to June 30, 2025. Compared to EU SEC1, EU SEC3 doesn't include the amount of

€ 2.2 billion, which is the securitized principal notional amount where no significant risk transfer is achieved. The

securitization exposures for these two roles were concentrated in the lowest risk-weight band, with risk-weights equal to

or lower than 20%. These positions were almost exclusively treated by the SEC-IRBA method of the securitization

framework of CRR. This reflected first and foremost the way the own synthetic on-balance sheet securitizations, which

covered € 39.2 billion or 91% of the € 43.1 billion of exposure volume, were structured, namely such that the senior

tranche, which attracts a minimal risk-weight, was kept, while subordinated tranches were transferred to third parties.

Consequently, the RWA before capping and the capital requirements were also concentrated under the method of SEC-

IRBA. Accordingly, the overall capital requirements for originators and sponsors increased by € 9.0 million from

€ 554.0 million as of June 30, 2025 to € 563.0 million as of December 31, 2025, of which € 510.1 million or around 91%

were treated under SEC-IRBA. As of December 31, 2025, exposure levels increased by 1% and capital requirements

increased by 2% compared to June 30, 2025, due to the increased activity in issuing new synthetic transactions by

Deutsche Bank.

Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and

associated regulatory capital requirements - institution acting

as investor

Article 449 (k)(ii) CRR

The table EU SEC4 presents the purchased non-trading book securitizations, where the Group acts as investor, i.e.

wherever the Group is not acting as originator or sponsor.

Firstly, the exposure values are broken down by risk-weight bands (columns a-e). Additionally, the Group presents the

exposure values, risk weighted exposure amounts and capital requirements for securitization positions provided

separately for each regulatory RWA calculation approach (columns f-q). All these values are vertically broken down by

traditional and synthetic transactions, securitization and re-securitization, as well as by retail or wholesale and a specific

row for STS for traditional transactions.

187

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution<br><br>acting as investor

EU SEC4 – Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution acting as investor

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q
Exposure values (by RW bands/deductions) Exposure values (by regulatory approach) RWA (by regulatory approach) Capital charge after cap
in € m. ≤20% RW >20% to<br><br>50% RW >50% to<br><br>100%<br><br>RW >100% to<br><br><1250%<br><br>RW 1250%<br><br>RW/<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns SEC-IRBA SEC-<br><br>ERBA(incl<br><br>uding<br><br>IAA) SEC-SA 1250% /<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns SEC-IRBA SEC-<br><br>ERBA(incl<br><br>uding<br><br>IAA) SEC-SA 1250% /<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns SEC-IRBA SEC-<br><br>ERBA(incl<br><br>uding<br><br>IAA) SEC-SA 1250% /<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns
Total exposures 49,454 2,322 1,905 207 44 18,114 331 35,444 44 3,311 695 7,105 546 256 43 517 44
Traditional transactions 49,454 2,322 1,905 207 44 18,114 331 35,444 44 3,311 695 7,105 546 256 43 517 44
Securitization 49,454 2,322 1,905 207 44 18,114 331 35,444 44 3,311 695 7,104 546 256 43 517 44
Retail underlying 10,623 1,287 949 101 3 7,147 182 5,632 3 1,450 280 1,297 34 107 14 96 3
of which:
STS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Wholesale 38,831 1,035 956 106 41 10,967 149 29,811 41 1,862 414 5,807 512 149 29 421 41
of which:
STS 75 0 0 0 0 0 0 75 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 1 0
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Synthetic transactions 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Retail underlying 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Wholesale 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q
Exposure values (by RW bands/deductions) Exposure values (by regulatory approach) RWA (by regulatory approach) Capital charge after cap
in € m. ≤20% RW >20% to<br><br>50% RW >50% to<br><br>100%<br><br>RW >100% to<br><br><1250%<br><br>RW 1250%<br><br>RW/<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns SEC-IRBA SEC-<br><br>ERBA(incl<br><br>uding<br><br>IAA) SEC-SA 1250% /<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns SEC-IRBA SEC-<br><br>ERBA(incl<br><br>uding<br><br>IAA) SEC-SA 1250% /<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns SEC-IRBA SEC-<br><br>ERBA(incl<br><br>uding<br><br>IAA) SEC-SA 1250% /<br><br>deductio<br><br>ns
Total exposures 46,611 2,268 1,742 180 22 18,822 475 31,504 22 3,256 628 6,413 270 238 44 486 22
Traditional transactions 46,611 2,268 1,742 180 22 18,822 475 31,504 22 3,256 628 6,413 270 238 44 486 22
Securitization 46,611 2,268 1,742 180 21 18,822 475 31,504 21 3,256 628 6,413 268 238 44 486 21
Retail underlying 11,662 869 392 125 5 8,119 146 4,783 5 1,557 226 1,122 61 102 15 79 5
of which:
STS 82 0 0 0 0 0 12 70 0 0 1 9 0 0 0 1 0
Wholesale 34,949 1,399 1,350 55 17 10,702 328 26,722 17 1,699 403 5,291 206 136 29 406 17
of which:
STS 93 0 0 0 0 0 0 93 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 1 0
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0
Synthetic transactions 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Retail underlying 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Wholesale 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Re-securitization 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

188

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution<br><br>acting as originator or as sponsor

The overall exposure volume of the securitization exposures in the non-trading book was € 97.1 billion by December 31,

2025, for € 53.9 billion or 56% of which the Group acted as investor, which was an increase of € 3.1 billion compared with

June 30, 2025. With € 49.5 billion, or 92% of the exposure volume, the majority of the exposure volume of the investor

portfolio was concentrated in the lowest risk-weight bucket, with risk-weights below or equal to 20%. A minor portion of

€ 2.3 billion or 4% was allocated to the second lowest risk-weight bucket of risk-weights greater than 20% and lower than

or equal to 50%. The two most important methods applied to the investor portfolio were the SEC-IRBA and the SEC-SA.

The SEC-SA was applied to an exposure volume of € 35.4 billion or 66% and the SEC-IRBA was applied to € 18.1 billion or

34% of the full investor exposure amount. A minority portion of € 0.3 billion was covered by the SEC-ERBA. The least

beneficial approach resulting in 1250% risk-weight had to be applied to € 44 million exposure volume of this portfolio.

Consequently, also with respect to capital requirements after the cap, the two approaches SEC-IRBA and SEC-SA

covered the major part, therein € 773 million or 90% of the investor portfolio capital requirements. The SEC-SA covered

€ 517 million or 60% and the SEC-IRBA covered € 256 million or 30% of the investor portfolio capital requirements after

cap of € 860 million, an increase of € 70.0 million compared to June 30, 2025 with an amount of € 790 million.

Compared to June 30, 2025, the overall securitization exposure volume in the non-trading book increased by

€ 3.7 billion. That movement was mainly resulting from an increase of € 3.1 billion in the investor activities and an

increase of € 0.6 billion in the originator and sponsor business, which was mainly due to new synthetic originator

transactions. The two main components of that € 3.7 billion movement were an increase of € 3.9 billion within the lowest

risk-weight bucket, with risk-weights below or equal to 20% and an increase of € 0.2 billion within the risk-weight bucket

with risk-weights greater than 50% and lower than or equal to 100%. As a result, the overall capital requirements of the

non-trading book increased by 6% from € 1,344 million as of June 30, 2025, to € 1,423 million by December 31, 2025.

Exposures securitized by the institution - Exposures in default

and specific credit risk adjustments

Article 449 (l) CRR

The table EU SEC5 presents the outstanding nominal amounts where the Group acts as originator or sponsor along with

exposures which have been classified as defaulted according to Article 178 CRR and its relating specific credit risk

adjustments in accordance with Article 110 CRR. The amounts are broken down by the exposure type of the securitized

exposures. The outstanding nominal amounts shown correspond to the share of the Group’s contribution to the

securitized assets.

EU SEC5 – Exposures securitized by the institution - Exposures in default and specific credit risk adjustments

Dec 31, 2025
a b c
Exposures securitized by the institution -<br><br>Institution acts as originator or as sponsor
Total outstanding nominal<br><br>amount Total amount<br><br>of specific<br><br>credit risk<br><br>adjustments<br><br>made during<br><br>the period
in € m. Total of which<br><br>exposures in<br><br>default
Total exposures 178,195 6,721 417
Retail (total) 81,716 1,316 157
Residential mortgage 73,465 1,183 99
Credit card 0 0 0
Other retail exposures 8,160 133 58
Re-securitization 91 0 0
Wholesale (total) 96,479 5,405 260
Loans to corporates 43,163 430 260
Commercial mortgage 53,165 4,958 0
Lease and receivables 133 0 0
Other wholesale 0 0 0
Re-securitization 17 17 0

189

Deutsche Bank Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Exposures securitized by the institution - Exposures in default and specific credit risk adjustments
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- ---
a b c
Exposures securitized by the institution -<br><br>Institution acts as originator or as sponsor
Total outstanding nominal<br><br>amount Total amount<br><br>of specific<br><br>credit risk<br><br>adjustments<br><br>made during<br><br>the period
in € m Total of which<br><br>exposures in<br><br>default
Total exposures 179,611 6,566 296
Retail (total) 81,756 1,369 76
Residential mortgage 74,352 1,249 45
Credit card 0 0 0
Other retail exposures 7,310 120 31
Re-securitization 95 0 0
Wholesale (total) 97,855 5,197 221
Loans to corporates 43,684 404 221
Commercial mortgage 54,013 4,791 0
Lease and receivables 141 0 0
Other wholesale 0 0 0
Re-securitization 17 1 0

The total outstanding nominal amount of securitized assets where the Group acted as originator or sponsor was

€ 178.2 billion as of December 31, 2025, a decrease of € 1.4 billion compared with June 30, 2025. The key drivers were a

decrease in residential mortgages by € 0.9 billion and a decrease of € 0.8 billion in commercial mortgages. The

outstanding nominal amount where the Group acted as originator contributed € 171.5 billion or 96% of the total

outstanding nominal amount. The outstanding nominal amount where the Group acted as sponsor was represented by

€ 6.7 billion or 4% of the total outstanding amount. The total outstanding nominal amount of securitized assets consisted

of € 53.2 billion commercial mortgages, € 73.5 billion residential mortgages and € 43.2 billion loans to corporates. In

relative terms mortgages contributed 71% and loans to corporates 24% of the total outstanding nominal amount.

Securitized assets flagged as defaulted by December 31, 2025 added up to a total of € 6.7 billion, which were split into

€ 5.0 billion commercial mortgages, € 1.2 billion residential mortgages and € 0.4 billion loans to corporates. In relative

terms the defaulted asset ratios were 9.3% for commercial mortgages, 1.6% for residential mortgages and 1.0% for loans

to corporates. Overall, the ratio of defaulted assets in the pools of these securitizations was at 3.8%, an increase of 0.1

percentage points compared to June 30, 2025.

190

Deutsche Bank Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Risk management objectives and policies

Market risk

Risk management objectives and policies

Market risk management strategies and processes

Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA & EU MRA)

The vast majority of the Group’s businesses are subject to market risk, defined as the potential for change in the market

value of the trading and invested positions. Risk can arise from changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange

rates, equity prices, commodity prices and other relevant parameters, such as market volatility and market implied

default probabilities. The market risk can affect accounting, economic and regulatory views of the exposure.

Market Risk Management governance is designed and established to promote oversight of all market risks, effective

decision making and timely escalation to senior management. Market Risk Management defines and implements a

framework to systematically identify, assess, monitor and report the market risk. Market risk managers identify market

risks through active portfolio analysis and engagement with the business units.

Market risk management structure and organization

Article 435 (1)(b) CRR (EU OVA & EU MRA)

Market Risk framework

Market Risk Management is part of the Group’s independent Risk function and sits within the Market and Valuations Risk

Management group. One of the primary objectives of Market Risk Management is to ensure that the business units’ risk

exposure is within the approved risk appetite commensurate with its defined strategy. To achieve this objective, Market

Risk Management works closely together with risk takers (“the business units”) and other control and support groups.

The market risk can be distinguished between three substantially different types:

–Trading market risk arises primarily through the market-making and client facilitation activities of the Investment Bank

division; this involves taking positions in debt, equity, foreign exchange, other securities and commodities as well as in

equivalent derivatives

–Traded default risk arising from defaults and rating migrations relating to trading instruments

–Nontrading market risk arises from market movements, primarily outside the activities of the trading units, in the

banking book and from off-balance sheet items; this includes interest rate risk, credit spread risk, investment risk and

foreign exchange risk as well as market risk arising from the Group’s pension schemes, guaranteed funds and equity

compensation; nontrading market risk also includes risk from the modeling of client deposits as well as savings and

loan products

The aim is to accurately measure all types of market risks by a comprehensive set of risk metrics embedding accounting,

economic and regulatory considerations.

Scope and nature of market risk measurement and reporting systems

Article 435 (1)(c) CRR (EU OVA & EU MRA)

The scope and nature of the market risk measurement and reporting systems are described in the section “Risk

management objectives and policies - Enterprise and Treasury Risk - Scope and nature of risk measurement and

reporting systems ” of this document.

Policies for hedging and mitigating market risk

Article 435 (1)(d) CRR (EU OVA & EU MRA)

The approach to hedging and managing market risk is governed by policies explicitly designed to ensure that all hedging

activities are risk reducing, not proprietary in nature and are documented prior to trade execution. Hedging activities are

reviewed by the relevant business control forum.

The primary mechanism to manage trading market risk is the application of the Group’s risk appetite framework of which

the limit framework is a key component. The Management Board, supported by Market Risk Management, sets group-

wide value-at-risk, economic capital and portfolio stress testing limits for market risk in the trading book. Market Risk

Management allocates this overall appetite to the Corporate Divisions and their individual business units based on

191

Deutsche Bank Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Risk management objectives and policies

established and agreed business plans. The business aligned heads within Market Risk Management also establish

business unit limits, by allocating the limit down to individual portfolios, geographical regions and types of market risks.

Value-at-risk, economic capital and portfolio stress testing limits are used for managing all types of market risk at an

overall portfolio level. As an additional and important complementary tool for managing certain portfolios or risk types,

Market Risk Management performs risk analysis and business specific stress testing. Limits are also set on sensitivity and

concentration/liquidity, exposure, business-level stress testing and event risk scenarios, taking into consideration

business plans and the risk versus return assessment.

The business units are responsible for adhering to the limits against which exposures are monitored and reported. The

market risk limits set by Market Risk Management are monitored on a daily, weekly and monthly basis, dependent on the

risk management tool being used.

Management of the Group’s non-trading market risk exposure is governed by the same established risk appetite and limit

framework used for trading market risks. At Group level those are captured by the management board set limits for

market risk economic capital capturing exposures to all market risks across asset classes as well as earnings and

economic value based limits for interest rate risk in the banking book. Those limits are cascaded down by market risk

management to the divisional or portfolio level. The limit framework for nontrading market risk exposure is further

complemented by a set of business specific stress tests, value-at-risk and sensitivity limits monitored on a daily or

monthly basis dependent on the risk measure being used.

Own funds requirements under the Market Risk Standardized Approach

Article 445 CRR

As of December 31, 2025, the securitization positions, for which the specific interest rate risk is calculated using the

market risk standardized approach, generated capital requirements of € 278 million corresponding to risk weighted-

assets of € 3.5 billion. As of June 30, 2025 these positions generated capital requirements of € 255 million corresponding

to risk weighted-assets of € 3.2 billion.

The capital requirement for Collective Investment Undertakings under the market risk standardized approach was € 9

million corresponding to risk weighted-assets of € 109 million as of December 31, 2025, compared with € 10 million and

€ 122 million, respectively, as of June 30, 2025.

EU MR1 – Market risk under the standardized approach

Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
a a
in € m. RWA RWA
Outright products
1 Interest rate risk (general and specific) 53 100
2 Equity risk (general and specific) 36 36
3 Foreign exchange risk 21 27
4 Commodity risk 0 0
Options
5 Simplified approach 0 0
6 Delta-plus method 0 0
7 Scenario approach 0 0
8 Securitization (specific risk) 3,474 3,188
9 Total 3,584 3,351

192

Deutsche Bank Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Risk management objectives and policies

Qualitative information on the internal model approach

Characteristics of the market risk models

Article 455 (a)(i) CRR (EU MRB)

Market Risk Management aims to accurately measure all types of market risks by a comprehensive set of risk metrics

reflecting economic and regulatory requirements. In accordance with economic and regulatory requirements, the Group

measures market and related risks using several key risk metrics listed below:

Internally developed market risk models

–Value-at-risk (“VaR”) and stressed value-at-risk (“SVaR”)

–Incremental risk charge

Market risk standardized approaches

–Market Risk Standardized Approach (MRSA), applied to investment funds with no look through, MRSA-eligible

securitizations and positions subject to longevity risk

Stress testing measures

–Portfolio stress testing

–Business-level stress testing

–Event risk scenarios

Economic capital measures

–Market risk economic capital, including traded default risk

Other model derived and market observable metrics

–Sensitivities

–Market value/notional (concentration risk)

–Loss given default

These measures are viewed as complementary to each other and in aggregate define the market risk framework, by

which all businesses can be measured and monitored.

Value-at-Risk (VaR) at Deutsche Bank Group

VaR is a quantitative measure of the potential loss (in value) of Fair Value positions due to market movements that should

not be exceeded in a defined period of time and with a defined confidence level.

The Group’s value-at-risk for the trading businesses is based on historical simulation model (internal model approach).

Further details about the regulatory model approval are outlined in the disclosures to Article 455 (b).

The historical simulation approach provides more accurate modelling of the risks, enhances the Group’s analysis

capabilities and provides a more effective tool for risk management. Aside from enabling a more accurate view of market

risk, the implementation of historical simulation VaR has brought about an even closer alignment of the market risk

systems and models to the end of day pricing.

Risk management VaR is calibrated to a 99% confidence level and a one day holding period. This indicates a 1 in 100

chance that a mark-to-market loss from the trading positions will be at least as large as the reported VaR. For regulatory

capital purposes, the VaR model is calibrated to a 99% confidence interval and a ten day holding period.

The calculation employs a historical simulation technique that uses one year of historical market data as input and

observed correlations between the risk factors during this one year period.

The VaR model is designed to take into account a comprehensive set of risk factors across all asset classes. Key risk

factors are swap/government curves, index and issuer-specific credit curves, single equity and index prices, foreign

exchange rates, commodity prices as well as their implied volatilities. To help ensure completeness in the risk coverage,

second order risk factors, e.g. money market basis, implied dividends, option-adjusted spreads and precious metals lease

rates are also considered in the VaR calculation. The list of risk factors included in the VaR model is reviewed regularly

and enhanced as part of ongoing model performance reviews.

The model incorporates both linear and, especially for derivatives, nonlinear impacts predominantly through a full

revaluation approach but it also utilizes a sensitivity-based approach for certain portfolios. The full revaluation approach

193

Deutsche Bank Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on the internal model approach

uses the historical changes to risk factors as input to pricing functions. The sensitivity based approach uses sensitivities

to underlying risk factors in combination with historical changes to those risk factors.

For each business unit a separate VaR is calculated for each risk type, e.g. interest rate risk, credit spread risk, equity risk,

foreign exchange risk and commodity risk. “Diversification effect” reflects the fact that the total VaR on a given day will

be lower than the sum of the VaR relating to the individual risk types. Simply adding the VaR figures of the individual risk

types to arrive at an aggregate VaR would imply the assumption that the losses in all risk types occur simultaneously.

The VaR enables the Group to apply a consistent measure across the fair value exposures. It allows a comparison of risk in

different businesses, and also provides a means of aggregating and netting positions within a portfolio to reflect

correlations and offsets between different asset classes. Furthermore, it facilitates comparisons of the market risk both

over time and against the daily trading results.

When using VaR results a number of considerations should be taken into account. These include:

–The use of historical market data may not be a good indicator of potential future events, particularly those that are

extreme in nature; this “backward-looking” limitation can cause VaR to understate future potential losses (as in 2008),

but can also cause it to be overstated immediately following a period of significant stress (as in post COVID-19)

–The one day holding period does not fully capture the market risk arising during periods of illiquidity, when positions

cannot be closed out or hedged within one day

–VaR does not indicate the potential loss beyond the 99th quantile

–Intra-day risk is not reflected in the end of day VaR calculation

–There may be risks in the trading or banking book that are partially or not captured by the VaR model

The process of systematically capturing and evaluating risks currently not captured in the VaR model has been further

developed and improved. An assessment is made to determine the level of materiality of these risks and material items

are prioritized for inclusion in the internal model. Risks not in VaR are monitored and assessed on a regular basis through

the Risk Not In VaR (RNIV) framework. This framework is consistent with the Historical Simulation approach which in turn

yields a more accurate estimate of the contribution of these missing items and their potential capitalization.

The bank is committed to the ongoing development of the internal risk models, and allocates substantial resources to

reviewing, validating and improving them.

Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVaR)

Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVaR) calculates a stressed value-at-risk measure based on a one year period of significant

market stress. The Group calculates a stressed value-at-risk measure using a 99% confidence level. Stressed VaR is

calculated with a holding period of ten days. The SVaR calculation utilizes the same systems, trade information and

processes as those used for the calculation of value-at-risk. The only difference is that historical market data and

observed correlations from a period of significant financial stress (i.e., characterized by high volatilities) is used as an

input for the historical simulation.

The stress period selection process for the stressed value-at-risk calculation is based on the comparison of VaR

calculated using historical time windows compared to the current SVaR. If a historical window produces a VaR which is

higher than the current SVaR, it is further investigated and the SVaR window can then subsequently be updated

accordingly. This process runs on a quarterly basis.

During 2025, the stress period selection process for Deutsche Bank Group was conducted as outlined above. As a result,

the SVaR window used at various periods in 2025 included the European sovereign crisis of 2011/12 and the more recent

COVID-19 stress period of 2019/20.

Incremental risk charge

Article 455 (a)(ii),(f) CRR and EU MRB

The incremental risk charge (IRC) is based on the bank’s internal model and is intended to complement the value-at-risk

modeling framework. The bank uses a Monte Carlo Simulation for calculating incremental risk charge as the 99.9%

quantile of the portfolio loss distribution for allocating contributory incremental risk charge to individual positions. The

assessment is performed over a one year capital horizon under a constant position approach which corresponds to

applying a 12 months liquidity horizon to all instruments. The model captures the default and migration risk in an

accurate and consistent quantitative approach for all portfolios. Important parameters for the incremental risk charge

calculation are exposures, recovery rates, maturity, ratings with corresponding default and migration probabilities and

parameters specifying issuer correlations.

194

Deutsche Bank Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on the internal model approach

The incremental risk charge is calculated on a weekly basis. For regulatory reporting purposes, the charge is determined

as the higher of the most recent 12 week average of incremental risk charge and the most recent incremental risk charge.

The contributory incremental risk charge of individual positions, which is calculated by expected shortfall allocation,

provides the basis for identifying risk concentrations in the portfolio.

Default and rating migration probabilities are defined by rating migration matrices which are calibrated on historical

external rating data. Taking into account the trade-off between granularity of matrices and their stability, the model

applies a global corporate matrix and a sovereign matrix comprising the seven main rating non-default states and one

default state. Accordingly, issue or issuer ratings from the rating agencies Moody’s, S&P and Fitch are assigned to each

position.

To quantify a loss due to rating migration, a revaluation of a position is performed under the new rating. The probability

of joint rating downgrades and defaults is determined by the migration and rating correlations of the incremental risk

charge model. These correlations are specified through systematic factors that represent geographical regions and

industries and are calibrated on historical rating migration and equity time series. The simulation is based on the

assumption of a constant position approach where differences in maturities of long and short positions are taken into

account. As the default state is absorbing, defaulted positions do not generate any further losses from rating migrations.

The price risk of defaulted debt is modeled by stochastic recoveries.

Direct validation of the incremental risk charge through back-testing methods is not possible. The charge is subject to

validation principles such as the evaluation of conceptual soundness, ongoing monitoring and process and outcome

analysis. Model validation relies more on indirect methods including stress tests and sensitivity analyses. Relevant

parameters are included in the annual validation cycle established in the current regulatory framework.

Market risk stress testing

Article 455 (a)(iii) CRR (EU MRB)

Stress testing is a key risk management technique, which evaluates the potential effects of extreme market events and

extreme movements in individual risk factors. It is one of the core quantitative tools used to assess the market risk of

Deutsche Bank’s positions and complements VaR and Economic Capital. Market Risk Management performs several

types of stress testing to capture a variety of risks: portfolio stress testing, individual specific stress tests, event risk

scenarios, climate stress and also contributes to group wide stress testing. These are set at varying severities ranging

from mild for earning stability purposes to extreme for capital adequacy assessment. The bank also participates in a

number of Regulatory Stress Tests such as EBA, CCAR and MAS.

Portfolio stress testing measures the profit and loss impact of potential market events based on a broad range of

historical or hypothetical macro-economic scenarios considered to be severe and plausible. It is used to manage

systemic tail risk and informs on earnings stability and capital resilience.

For individual specific stress tests, market risk managers identify relevant idiosyncratic risk factors and develop stress

scenarios relating either to macro-economic or business-specific developments. Event risk scenario measures the impact

of historically observable events or hypothetical situations on trading positions for specific emerging market countries

and regions.

In addition, Market Risk Management participates in the group wide stress test process, where macro-economic

scenarios are defined by Enterprise Risk Management Risk Research and each risk department translates that same

scenario to the relevant shocks required to apply to their portfolio. This includes credit, market, operational and liquidity

risks.

Methodology for backtesting and model validation

Article 455 (a)(iv) CRR (EU MRB)

The Group continually analyzes potential weaknesses of the value-at-risk model using statistical techniques, such as

backtesting, and also rely on risk management experience.

Backtesting is a procedure used to assess the predictive accuracy of the value-at-risk calculations involving the

comparison of hypothetical daily profits and losses under the buy-and-hold assumption (‘daily buy-and hold income’) to

the daily value-at-risk. Under this assumption, the P&L impact on a portfolio for a trading day valued with current market

prices and parameters assuming it had been left untouched for that day is estimated and compared with the estimates

from the value-at-risk model from the preceding day. The calculation of hypothetical daily profits and losses (buy & hold

income) excludes gains and losses from intraday trading, fees and commissions, carry (including net interest margins),

reserves and other miscellaneous revenues. An outlier is a hypothetical buy-and-hold trading loss that exceeds the

195

Deutsche Bank Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on the internal model approach

value-at-risk from the preceding day. Backtesting is also carried out by comparing daily value-at-risk to actual income

where actual income represents total P&L excluding fees, commissions, NII and credit and debt valuation adjustments

but includes intraday trading. On average, 99% confidence level should give rise to two to three outliers (calculated as

maximum of outliers on buy & hold or actual income) representing 1% of approximately 260 trading days in any one year.

Market risk analyzes and documents underlying reasons for outliers and classifies them either as due to market

movements, risks not included in the value-at-risk model, model or process shortcomings. The results are used for further

enhancement of the value-at-risk methodology. Formal communications explaining the reasons behind any outlier on

Group level are provided to the BaFin and the ECB.

In addition to the standard backtesting analysis at the value-at-risk quantile, the value-at-risk model performance is

further verified by analyzing the distributional fit across the whole of the distribution (full distribution backtesting).

Regular backtesting is also undertaken on hypothetical portfolios to test value-at-risk performance of particular

products and their hedges.

There are various backtesting forums, with participation from Market Risk Management, Market Risk Analysis and Control,

Model Validation, and Finance, that regularly review backtesting results as a whole and of individual businesses. They

analyze performance fluctuations and assess the predictive power of the value-at-risk model, which allows the bank to

improve and adjust the risk estimation process accordingly.

A model validation team reviews all quantitative aspects of the Value-at-Risk model on a regular basis. The review

covers, but is not limited to, model assumptions, calibration approaches for risk parameters, and model performance.

Regulatory approval for market risk models

Article 455 (b) CRR (EU MRB)

The Group’s value-at-risk for the trading businesses is based on historical simulation model (internal model approach)

predominantly utilizing full revaluation, although some portfolios remain on a sensitivity-based approach. The approach

is used for both Risk Management and capital requirements.

The Group also has approval to use the internally-developed models described above in the calculation of regulatory

capital for the Incremental Risk Charge.

Trading book allocation and prudent valuation

Article 455 (c) CRR (EU MRB)

For regulatory purposes all of Deutsche Bank’s positions must be assigned to either the trading book or the banking

book. This classification of a position impacts its regulatory treatment, in particular the calculation of the regulatory

capital charges for the position. Deutsche Bank defines the criteria for the allocation of positions to either the trading

book or banking book in internal policy documents, which are based on the respective requirements applicable to the

Group contained in Articles 102 to 106 of the CRR. In line with the EBA opinions dated February 27, 2023, August 12,

2024 and August 8, 2025 Deutsche Bank continues to apply the rules on inclusion of position to either the trading book

or banking book, reclassifications and internal hedges as defined by Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 in force as of 27 June

  1. A central function in Finance is responsible for the policy guidance and is the center of competence with regard to

questions concerning its application. The Finance functions for the individual business areas are responsible for the

classification of positions in line with the policy requirements.

Deutsche Bank includes positions in the trading book that are financial instruments or commodities which are held with

trading intent or which are held for the purpose of hedging other trading book positions. Positions included in the trading

book must be free of any restrictive covenants regarding their transferability or able to be hedged. Moreover, positions

assigned to the trading book must be revalued daily and changes in the value of those positions must be reported in the

profit and loss account. Further information on the valuation methodology that Deutsche Bank uses is provided below.

As part of the ongoing procedures to confirm that the inclusion of positions in the trading book continues to be in line

with the above referenced internal policy guidance, the Finance functions for the bank’s trading businesses carry out a

global review of the classification of positions on a quarterly basis. The results of the review are documented and

presented to the respective Divisional Control Forums with representatives from Finance.

Re-allocations of positions between the trading book and the banking book may only be carried out in line with the

internal policy guidance. They must be documented and are subject to approval by the heads of the Finance functions

for the respective business areas.

196

Deutsche Bank Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on the internal model approach

Prudent valuation

The Group has an established valuation control framework which governs internal control standards, methodologies, and

procedures over the valuation process.

Prices Quoted in Active Markets

The fair value of instruments that are quoted in active markets are determined using the quoted prices where they

represent prices at which regularly and recently occurring transactions take place.

Valuation Techniques

The Group uses valuation techniques to establish the fair value of instruments where prices, quoted in active markets, are

not available. Valuation techniques used for financial instruments include modelling techniques, the use of indicative

quotes for proxy instruments, quotes from recent and less regular transactions and broker quotes.

For some financial instruments a rate or other parameter, rather than a price, is quoted. Where this is the case then the

market rate or parameter is used as an input to a valuation model to determine fair value. For some instruments,

modelling techniques follow industry standard models, for example, discounted cash flow analysis and standard option

pricing models. These models are dependent upon estimated future cash flows, discount factors and volatility levels. For

more complex or unique instruments, more sophisticated modelling techniques are required, and may rely upon

assumptions or more complex parameters such as correlations, prepayment speeds, default rates and loss severity.

Frequently, valuation models require multiple parameter inputs. Where possible, parameter inputs are based on

observable data or are derived from the prices of relevant instruments traded in active markets. Where observable data is

not available for parameter inputs, then other market information is considered. For example, indicative broker quotes

and consensus pricing information are used to support parameter inputs where they are available. Where no observable

information is available to support parameter inputs then they are based on other relevant sources of information such as

prices for similar transactions, historic data, economic fundamentals, and research information, with appropriate

adjustment to reflect the terms of the actual instrument being valued and current market conditions.

Valuation Adjustments

Valuation adjustments are an integral part of the valuation process. In making appropriate valuation adjustments, the

Group follows methodologies that consider factors such as bid-offer spreads, counterparty/own credit and funding risk.

Bid-offer spread valuation adjustments are required to adjust mid-market valuations to the appropriate bid or offer

valuation. The bid or offer valuation is the best representation of the fair value for an instrument, and therefore its fair

value. The carrying value of a long position is adjusted from mid to bid, and the carrying value of a short position is

adjusted from mid to offer. Bid-offer valuation adjustments are determined from bid-offer prices observed in relevant

trading activity and in quotes from other broker-dealers or other knowledgeable counterparties. Where the quoted price

for the instrument is already a bid-offer price then no additional bid-offer valuation adjustment is necessary. Where the

fair value of financial instruments is derived from a modelling technique, then the parameter inputs into that model are

normally at a mid-market level. Such instruments are generally managed on a portfolio basis and, when specified criteria

are met, valuation adjustments are taken to reflect the cost of closing out the net exposure the Bank has to individual

market or counterparty risks. These adjustments are determined from bid-offer prices observed in relevant trading

activity and quotes from other broker-dealers.

Where complex valuation models are used, or where less-liquid positions are being valued, then bid-offer levels for those

positions may not be available directly from the market, and therefore for the close-out cost of these positions, models

and parameters must be estimated. When these adjustments are designed, the Group closely examines the valuation

risks associated with the model as well as the positions themselves, and the resulting adjustments are closely monitored

on an ongoing basis.

CVAs are required to cover expected credit losses to the extent that the valuation technique does not already include an

expected credit loss factor relating to the non-performance risk of the counterparty. The CVA amount is applied to all

relevant over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives, and is determined by assessing the potential credit exposure to a given

counterparty and taking into account any collateral held, the effect of any relevant netting arrangements, expected loss

given default and the probability of default, based on available market information, including CDS spreads. Where

counterparty CDS spreads are not available, relevant proxies are used.

The fair value of the Group’s financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (i.e., OTC derivative liabilities and issued

note liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss) incorporates valuation adjustments to measure the change

in the Group’s own credit risk (i.e. debt valuation adjustments (DVA) for derivatives and own credit adjustment (OCA) for

structured notes). For derivative liabilities the Group considers its own creditworthiness by assessing all counterparties’

expected future exposure to the Group, taking into account any collateral posted by the Group, the effect of relevant

netting arrangements, the probability of default of the Group, based on the Group’s market CDS level and the expected

loss given default, taking into account the seniority of derivative claims under resolution (statutory subordination). Issued

197

Deutsche Bank Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on the internal model approach

note liabilities are discounted utilizing the spread at which similar instruments would be issued or bought back at the

measurement date as this reflects the value from the perspective of a market participant who holds the identical item as

an asset. This spread is further parameterized into a market level of funding component and an idiosyncratic own credit

component. Under IFRS 9 the change in the own credit component is reported under Other Comprehensive Income

(OCI).

When determining CVA and DVA, additional adjustments are made where appropriate to achieve fair value, due to the

expected loss estimate of a particular arrangement, or where the credit risk being assessed differs in nature to that

described by the available CDS instrument.

Funding valuation adjustments (FVA) are required to incorporate the market implied funding costs into the fair value of

derivative positions. The FVA reflects a discounting spread applied to uncollateralized and partially collateralized

derivatives and is determined by assessing the market-implied funding costs on both assets and liabilities.

Where there is uncertainty in the assumptions used within a modelling technique, an additional adjustment is taken to

calibrate the model price to the expected market price of the financial instrument. Typically, such transactions have bid-

offer levels which are less observable, and these adjustments aim to estimate the bid-offer by computing the liquidity-

premium associated with the transaction. Where a financial instrument is of sufficient complexity that the cost of closing

it out would be higher than the cost of closing out its component risks, then an additional adjustment is taken to reflect

this.

Valuation Control

The Group has an independent specialized valuation control group within the Risk function which governs and develops

the valuation control framework and manages the valuation control processes. The mandate of this specialist function

includes the performance of the independent valuation control process for all businesses, the continued development of

valuation control methodologies and techniques, as well as devising and governing the formal valuation control policy

framework. Special attention of this independent valuation control group is directed to areas where management

judgment forms part of the valuation process.

Results of the valuation control process are collected and analyzed as part of a standard monthly reporting cycle.

Variances of differences outside of preset and approved tolerance levels are escalated both within the Finance function

and with Senior Business Management for review, resolution and, if required, adjustment.

For instruments where fair value is determined from valuation models, the assumptions and techniques used within the

models are independently validated by an independent specialist model validation group that is part of the Group’s Risk

Management function.

Quotes for transactions and parameter inputs are obtained from a number of third party sources including exchanges,

pricing service providers, firm broker quotes and consensus pricing services. Price sources are examined and assessed to

determine the quality of fair value information they represent, with greater emphasis given to those possessing greater

valuation certainty and relevance. The results are compared against actual transactions in the market to ensure the

model valuations are calibrated to market prices.

Price and parameter inputs to models, assumptions and valuation adjustments are verified against independent sources.

Where they cannot be verified to independent sources due to lack of observable information, the estimate of fair value is

subject to procedures to assess its reasonableness. Such procedures include performing revaluation using independently

generated models (including where existing models are independently recalibrated), assessing the valuations against

appropriate proxy instruments and other benchmarks, and performing extrapolation techniques. Assessment is made as

to whether the valuation techniques produce fair value estimates that are reflective of market levels by calibrating the

results of the valuation models against market transactions where possible.

Regulatory prudent valuation of assets carried at fair value

Pursuant to Article 34 CRR institutions shall apply the prudent valuation requirements of Article 105 CRR to all assets

measured at fair value and shall deduct from CET 1 capital the amount of any additional value adjustments necessary.

Deutsche Bank determined the amount of the additional value adjustments based on the methodology defined in the

Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/101.

As of December 31, 2025, the amount of the additional value adjustments was € 1.7 billion. The December 31, 2024,

amount was € 1.7 billion. No material changes noted year-on-year.

198

Deutsche Bank Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on the internal model approach

As of December 31, 2025, the reduction of the expected loss from subtracting the additional value adjustments was € 80

million compared to € 96 million as of December 31, 2024. This partly mitigated the negative impact of the additional

value adjustments on Deutsche Bank's CET 1 capital.

Own funds requirements for market risk under the IMA

Regulatory capital requirements for market risk

Article 455 (e) CRR

The table below presents all internal model-related components relevant for the capital requirement calculation for

market risk.

EU MR2-A – Market Risk under the internal models approach (IMA)

Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
a b a b
in € m. RWA Capital<br><br>requirements RWA Capital<br><br>requirements
1 VaR (higher of values a and b) 2,716 217 3,489 279
a) Previous day's VaR (Article 365(1) (VaRt-1)) 67 67
b) Multiplication factor (mc) x average of previous 60 working days<br><br>(VaRavg) 217 279
2 SVaR (higher of values a and b) 8,907 713 8,474 678
a) Latest SVaR (sVaRt-1) 226 348
b) Multiplication factor (ms) x average of previous 60 working days<br><br>(sVaRavg) 713 678
3 Incremental risk charge -IRC (higher of values a and b) 5,651 452 6,089 487
a) Most recent IRC value 361 369
b) 12 weeks average IRC measure 452 487
4 Comprehensive Risk Measure – CRM (higher of values a, b and c)
a) Most recent risk measure of comprehensive risk measure
b) 12 weeks average of comprehensive risk measure
c) Comprehensive risk measure Floor
5 Other¹ 192 15 447 36
6 Total 17,466 1,397 18,498 1,480

1Includes Risk not in VaR

As of December 31, 2025, the Internal Models Approach (IMA) components for market risk totaled € 17.5 billion, which is

a decrease of € 1.0 billion since June 30, 2025. The decrease was driven by lower value-at-risk RWA and incremental risk

charge RWA due to overall reduced risk levels in the fourth quarter 2025 under Fixed Income and Currencies Trading

business.

Development of market risk RWA

Article 438 (h) CRR

The following table provides an analysis of key drivers for movements observed for market risk RWA covered by internal

models (i.e. value-at-risk, stressed value-at-risk, incremental risk charge and comprehensive risk measure) in the current

and previous reporting period. It also shows the corresponding movements in capital requirements, derived from RWA

with an 8% capital ratio.

199

Deutsche Bank Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Own funds requirements for market risk under the IMA

EU MR2-B – RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under the IMA

Three months ended Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e f g
in € m. VaR SVaR IRC Compre-<br><br>hensive<br><br>risk<br><br>measure Other² Total<br><br>RWA Total<br><br>capital<br><br>requireme<br><br>nts
1 Market Risk RWA opening balance 2,328 5,451 6,611 1,149 15,539 1,243
1a Regulatory adjustment¹ (1,328) (2,691) (1,172) 0 (5,192) (415)
1b RWA at the previous quarter-end (end of the day) 1,000 2,759 5,439 1,149 10,347 828
2 Movement in risk levels (164) (1,645) (762) (957) (3,529) (282)
3 Model updates/changes 5 (6) (168) 0 (170) (14)
4 Methodology and policy 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 Acquisitions and disposals 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Foreign exchange movements 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 Other3 1 1,713 0 0 1,713 137
8a RWA at the end of the reporting period (end of the day) 842 2,820 4,508 192 8,362 669
8b Regulatory adjustment¹ 1,874 6,087 1,143 0 9,104 728
8 Market Risk RWA closing balance 2,716 8,907 5,651 192 17,466 1,397

1Indicates the difference between reported RWA (based on 60day average) and RWA (based on VaR / SVaR as of quarter-end) at the beginning (1b) and end (8a) of the

reporting period

2Includes Risk not in VaR

3Other reflects Market data changes and recalibrations, which was reported as a separate line item, that was removed in the context of template standardization and the

Pillar 3 data hub

Three Months Ended Sep 30, 2025
a b c d e f g
in € m. VaR SVaR IRC Compre-<br><br>hensive<br><br>risk<br><br>measure Other² Total<br><br>RWA Total<br><br>capital<br><br>requireme<br><br>nts
1 Market Risk RWA opening balance 3,489 8,474 6,089 447 18,498 1,480
1a Regulatory adjustment¹ (2,655) (4,118) (1,472) 0 (8,245) (660)
1b RWA at the previous quarter-end (end of the day) 834 4,355 4,616 447 10,252 820
2 Movement in risk levels 133 (1,625) 822 492 (178) (14)
3 Model updates/changes 8 60 0 7 75 6
4 Methodology and policy 0 0 0 203 203 16
5 Acquisitions and disposals 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Foreign exchange movements 0 0 0 0 0 0
6a Market data changes and recalibrations 25 (32) 0 0 (6) 0
7 Other 0 0 0 0 0 0
8a RWA at the end of the reporting period (end of the day) 1,000 2,759 5,439 1,149 10,347 828
8b Regulatory adjustment¹ 1,328 2,691 1,172 0 5,192 415
8 Market Risk RWA closing balance 2,328 5,451 6,611 1,149 15,539 1,243

1Indicates the difference between reported RWA (based on 60day average) and RWA (based on VaR / SVaR as of quarter-end) at the beginning (1b) and end (8b) of the

reporting period.

The market risk RWA movements due to position changes are represented in line “Movement in risk levels”. Changes to

the Group’s market risk RWA internal models, such as methodology enhancements or risk scope extensions, are included

in the category of “Model updates/changes”. In the “Methodology and policy” category the Group reflects regulatory

driven changes to its market risk RWA models and calculations. Significant acquisitions and disposals would be assigned

to the line item “Acquisition and disposals”. The impacts of “Foreign exchange movements” are not calculated for IMA

(Internal Models Approach) components. Changes in market data levels, return assumptions for negative market levels,

volatilities, correlations, liquidity and ratings are included under the “Other” category.

As of December 31, 2025, the IMA components for market risk totaled € 17.5 billion, an increase of € 1.9 billion since

September 30, 2025. The increase in RWA is driven by higher stressed value-at-risk (60 day average) due to SVaR window

change from COVID-19 period in the third quarter 2025 to Euro Crisis period in the fourth quarter 2025. This increase is

partially offset by lower incremental risk charge RWA due to reduction in sovereign bond inventory under Fixed Income

and Currencies Trading business.

200

Deutsche Bank Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Own funds requirements for market risk under the IMA

Other quantitative information for market risk under the

internal models approach

Overview of Value-at-Risk Metrics

Article 455 (d) CRR

The following table, EU MR3, displays the maximum, minimum, average and the ending for the reporting period values

resulting from the different types of models. This table is based on the spot values of the metrics as opposed to the

regulatory defined calculation (e.g. not considering any comparisons between spot and average values used in the actual

RWA calculations). The VaR and SVaR are both based on ten day holding periods.

EU MR3 – IMA values for trading portfolios1

Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
in € m. a a
VaR (10 day 99%)
1 Maximum value 86.4 166.1
2 Average value 57.4 84.2
3 Minimum value 37.7 44.1
4 Period end 61.2 61.6
SVaR (10 day 99%)
5 Maximum value 427.2 489.9
6 Average value 176.5 199.3
7 Minimum value 65.3 61.6
8 Period end 281.9 452.4
IRC (99.9%)
9 Maximum value 842.5 672.0
10 Average value 490.5 523.6
11 Minimum value 349.0 349.3
12 Period end 360.6 369.3
Comprehensive risk capital charge (99.9%)
13 Maximum value
14 Average value
15 Minimum value
16 Period end

1Amounts show the maximum, average and minimum for the preceding six-month period.

Comparison of end-of-day VaR measures with one-day changes in portfolio's

value

Article 455 (g) CRR

The following graph shows the trading units daily buy-and-hold and actual income in comparison to the value-at-risk

(one-day holding period) as of the close of the previous business day for the trading days of the reporting period. The

value-at-risk is presented in negative amounts to visually compare the estimated potential loss of the trading positions

with the buy and hold income given buy-and-hold is the relevant portion of daily profit and loss for comparison against

the previous day's value at risk which excludes new trades, reserves, and any carry profit and loss ordinarily part of Actual

income.

201

Deutsche Bank Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Other quantitative information for market risk under the internal models approach

EU MR4 – Comparison of VaR estimates with gains and losses

chart-fa41fd5335ca40bfb36.gif

During the reporting period (January 2025 – December 2025), the Group observed two outliers where the Group’s loss on

a buy-and-hold basis exceeded the value-at-risk of the Trading books. The outliers in early April 2025 were driven by

increased market volatility stemming from trade tariffs announcements from the U.S. administration. There were no

actual profit and loss negative outliers in the current one-year period.

Prudent valuation adjustments

Article 436 (e) CRR

Deutsche Bank determines the amount of the Prudent Valuation Adjustment based on the methodology defined in the

CRR for exposures from the trading book and the non-trading book that are adjusted in accordance with Article 34 and

Article 105, a breakdown of the amounts of the constituent elements of an institution's prudent valuation adjustment, by

type of risks, and the total of constituent elements separately for the trading book and non-trading book positions.

EU PV1 – Prudent valuation adjustments (PVA)

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e
in € m. Risk Category
Category level AVA Equity Interest Rates Foreign<br><br>Exchange Credit Commodities
1 Market price uncertainty 72 917 73 596 9
3 Close-out cost 39 349 89 146 0
4 Concentrated positions 4 94 9 68 0
5 Early termination 0 0 0 0 0
6 Model risk 1 55 10 4 0
7 Operational risk 6 67 9 38 0
10 Future administrative costs 0 38 0 22 0
12 Total Additional Valuation Adjustments (AVAs) 123 1,520 190 874 9

202

Deutsche Bank Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Prudent valuation adjustments
Dec 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
EU e1 EU e2 f g h
in € m. Category level AVA - Valuation<br><br>uncertainty Total category level post-diversification
Category level AVA Unearned credit<br><br>spreads AVA Investment and<br><br>funding costs<br><br>AVA Total Of which: Total<br><br>core approach<br><br>in the trading<br><br>book Of which: Total<br><br>core approach<br><br>in the banking<br><br>book
1 Market price uncertainty 66 9 886 804 82
3 Close-out cost 17 3 322 292 30
4 Concentrated positions 0 0 174 158 16
5 Early termination 0 0 0 0 0
6 Model risk 133 3 103 93 10
7 Operational risk 0 0 121 110 11
10 Future administrative costs 0 0 60 54 6
12 Total Additional Valuation Adjustments (AVAs) 217 15 1,666 1,512 154
Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e
in € m. Risk Category
Category level AVA Equity Interest Rates Foreign<br><br>Exchange Credit Commodities
1 Market price uncertainty 70 997 78 595 0
3 Close-out cost 30 421 89 154 0
4 Concentrated positions 3 142 9 80 0
5 Early termination 0 0 0 0 0
6 Model risk 0 21 4 1 0
7 Operational risk 0 0 0 0 0
10 Future administrative costs 0 33 1 21 0
12 Total Additional Valuation Adjustments (AVAs) 104 1,615 182 851 0 Dec 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
EU e1 EU e2 f g h
in € m. Category level AVA - Valuation<br><br>uncertainty Total category level post-diversification
Category level AVA Unearned credit<br><br>spreads AVA Investment and<br><br>funding costs<br><br>AVA Total Of which: Total<br><br>core approach<br><br>in the trading<br><br>book Of which: Total<br><br>core approach<br><br>in the banking<br><br>book
1 Market price uncertainty 93 5 930 857 73
3 Close-out cost 10 2 353 326 28
4 Concentrated positions 0 0 235 216 18
5 Early termination 0 0 0 0 0
6 Model risk 154 7 106 98 8
7 Operational risk 0 0 0 0 0
10 Future administrative costs 0 0 55 51 4
12 Total Additional Valuation Adjustments (AVAs) 257 14 1,680 1,548 132

203

Deutsche Bank Exposure to interest rate risk in the banking book
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on interest rate risk in the banking book

Exposure to interest rate risk in the banking book

Qualitative information on interest rate risk in the banking book

Article 448 (1)(c-g) CRR (EU IRRBBA)

Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) is the current or prospective risk, to both the Group's capital and earnings,

arising from movements in interest rates, which affect the Group's banking book exposures. This includes gap risk, which

arises from the term structure of banking book instruments, basis risk, which describes the impact of relative changes in

interest rates for financial instruments that are priced using different interest rate curves, as well as option risk, which

arises from option derivative positions or from optional elements embedded in financial instruments.

The Group manages its IRRBB exposures using economic value as well as earnings based measures. The Group Treasury

function is mandated to manage the interest rate risk centrally, with Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management acting as

“2nd Line of Defense”. The Group Asset & Liability Committee (“ALCo”) oversees and steers the Group’s structural

interest risk position and the management of the net interest income. The ALCo monitors the sensitivity of financial

resources and associated metrics to key market parameters such as interest rate curves and oversees adherence to

divisional/business financial resource limits.

Economic value based measures look at the change in economic value of banking book assets, liabilities and off-balance

sheet exposures resulting from interest rate movements, independent of the accounting treatment. Thereby the Group

measures the change in economic value of equity (∆EVE) as the maximum decrease of the banking book economic value

under the six standard scenarios defined by the EBA in addition to internal stress scenarios for risk steering purposes. For

the reporting of internal stress scenarios and risk appetite the Group applies several modelling assumptions as used in

this disclosure. When aggregating the change in the economic value of equity ∆EVE across different currencies, the

Group adds up negative and positive changes without applying weight factors for positive changes. Furthermore, the

Group is using behavioral model assumptions for the interest rate duration of own equity capital as well as non-maturity

deposits from financial institutions.

Earnings-based measures look at the expected change in net interest income (NII) resulting from interest rate

movements over a defined time horizon, compared to a defined benchmark scenario. Thereby the Group measures the

change in net interest income (∆NII) as the maximum reduction under the six standard scenarios defined by the EBA in

addition to internal stress scenarios for risk steering purposes, compared to a market implied curve scenario, over a

period of 12 months.

The Group employs mitigation techniques to hedge the interest rate risk arising from nontrading positions within given

limits. The interest rate risk arising from nontrading asset and liability positions is managed by the Treasury Markets &

Investments team, part of Group Treasury. Thereby the Group uses derivatives and applies different hedge accounting

techniques such as fair value hedge accounting or cash flow hedge accounting. For fair value hedges, the Group uses

interest rate swaps and options contracts to manage the fair value movements of fixed rate financial instruments due to

changes in benchmark interest rates. For hedges in the context of the cash flow hedge accounting, the Group uses

interest rate swaps to manage the exposure to cash flow variability of the variable rate instruments as a result of changes

in benchmark interest rates.

The Group assesses and measures hedge effectiveness of a hedging relationship based on the change in the fair value or

cash flows of the derivative hedging instrument relative to the change in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item

attributable to the hedged risk.

The Model Risk Management function performs independent validation of models used for IRRBB measurement, as per

all market risk models, in line with Deutsche Bank's Group-wide risk governance framework.

The calculation of VaR and sensitivities of interest rate risk is performed daily, whereas the measurement and reporting of

economic value interest rate and earnings risk is performed on a monthly basis. The Group generally uses the same

metrics in its internal management systems as it applies for the disclosure in this report.

Deutsche Bank’s key modelling assumptions are applied to the positions in the Private Bank and Corporate Bank

divisions. Those positions are subject to risk of changes in clients’ behavior with regard to their deposits as well as loan

products. The Group regularly tests (at least annually) the assumptions and updates them where appropriate following a

defined governance process.

The Group manages the interest rate risk exposure of its non-maturity deposits through a replicating portfolio approach

to determine the average repricing maturity of the portfolio. For the purpose of constructing the replicating portfolio,

204

Deutsche Bank Exposure to interest rate risk in the banking book
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on interest rate risk in the banking book

the portfolio of non-maturity deposits is clustered by dimensions such as business unit, currency, product and

geographical location. The main dimensions influencing the repricing maturity are elasticity of deposit rates to market

interest rates, volatility of deposit balances and observable client behavior. For the reporting period the average

repricing maturity assigned across all such replicating portfolios is 2.44 years and Deutsche Bank uses 15 years as the

longest repricing maturity.

In the loan and some of the term deposit products Deutsche Bank considers early prepayment/withdrawal behavior of its

customers. The parameters are based on historical observations, statistical analyses and expert assessments.

Furthermore, the Group generally calculates IRRBB related metrics in contractual currencies and aggregates the

resulting metrics for reporting purposes. When calculating economic value based metrics the commercial margin is

excluded for material parts of the balance sheet.

Changes in the economic value of equity and net interest

income

Article 448 (a-b,d) CRR

The following table shows the impact on the Group’s economic value of equity and net interest income in the banking

book from interest rate changes under the six standard scenarios defined by the EBA.

EU IRRBB1 - Changes in the economic value of equity and net interest income under six supervisory shock scenarios

Changes of the economic value of<br><br>equity Changes of the net interest income¹
in € m. Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025 Dec 31, 2025 Jun 30, 2025
Parallel up (6,702) (6,755) 36 93
Parallel down 1,430 2,094 (592) (687)
Steepener (744) (1,243) (48) (13)
Flattener (832) (356) (110) (308)
Short rates up (2,510) (2,181) (78) (240)
Short rates down 791 766 (426) (347)
Maximum (6,702) (6,755) (592) (687)

1Changes of the net interest income (NII) reflects the difference between projected NII in the respective scenario with shifted rates vs. market implied rates. Sensitivities

are based on a static balance sheet at constant exchange rates, excluding trading positions and DWS. Figures do not include Mark to Market (MtM) / Other

Comprehensive Income (OCI) effects on centrally managed positions not eligible for hedge accounting

The maximum economic value of equity (EVE) loss was € (6.7) billion as of December 2025, compared to € (6.8) billion as

of June 2025. As per December 2025 the maximum EVE loss represents 11.0% of Tier 1 Capital.

The maximum economic value of equity loss for the “Parallel up” interest rate scenario remained stable, attributable to

Group Treasury's prudent risk management positioning and hedging strategies across Deutsche Bank's key portfolios in

alignment with the Group's net interest income (NII) stabilization objective.

The maximum one-year loss in net interest income (NII) was € (0.6) billion as of December 2025, compared to € (0.7)

billion as of June 2025.

The decrease in the maximum net interest income loss in the “Parallel down” scenario was mainly driven by Deutsche

Bank's proactive net interest income (NII) stabilization strategy.

205

Deutsche Bank Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Risk management objectives and policies

Operational risk

Risk management objectives and policies

Operational risk management strategies and processes

Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA & EU ORA)

Deutsche Bank applies the European Banking Authority’s Single Rulebook definition of operational risk: “Operational risk

means the risk of losses stemming from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external

events. Operational risk includes legal risks but excludes business and reputational risk and is embedded in all banking

products and activities.”

Deutsche Bank’s operational risk appetite defines the amount of operational risk it is willing to accept as a consequence

of conducting its business. The bank takes on operational risks consciously, both strategically and in day-to-day business.

While the bank has no appetite for certain types of operational risk events (such as violations of laws or regulations or

misconduct), other types of operational risk must be accepted for the bank is to achieve its business objectives. Where

residual risk is assessed to be outside risk appetite, risk-reducing actions must be undertaken, including risk remediation,

risk transfer through insurance, or ceasing business activity.

The Operational Risk Management Framework comprises a set of interrelated tools and processes used to identify,

assess, mitigate and monitor the bank’s operational risks. Its components are designed to work together to provide a

comprehensive, risk-based approach to managing the bank’s most material operational risks. The Framework includes the

Group’s approach to setting and adhering to operational risk appetite, the operational risk type and control taxonomies,

the policies and procedures governing operational risk management processes and tools, and the bank’s operational risk

capital calculation.

The Framework applies to operational sub‑risk types at a more granular level and enables the bank to aggregate, oversee,

and monitor its overall operational risk profile. These operational sub‑risk types are managed by various infrastructure

functions and include the following:

–ORM includes the Risk Type Head role for several operational risk types. Its mandate includes second line oversight of

controls related to transaction processing activities and infrastructure risks, to prevent technology or process

disruptions, maintain the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of data and records, ensure robust information

security, and confirm that business divisions and infrastructure functions have effective plans in place to recover

critical processes and functions in the event of disruption, including technical or building outages, cyber‑attacks,

natural disasters, or physical security and safety risk. ORM Risk Type Heads also manages risks arising from the bank’s

internal and external vendor engagements through the implementation of a comprehensive third‑party risk management

framework.

–The Compliance department performs an independent 2nd line control function that protects the bank’s license to

operate by promoting and enforcing compliance with the law and driving a culture of compliance and ethical conduct

in the bank. The Compliance department assists, reviews and challenges the business divisions and works with other

infrastructure functions and regulators to establish and maintain a risk-based approach to the management of the

bank’s compliance risks in accordance with the bank’s risk appetite and to help the bank detect, mitigate and prevent

breaches of laws, rules and regulations as well as internal policies. The Compliance department performs the

following principal activities: engaging with and managing regulatory matters in collaboration with the Regulatory and

Exam Management Group; identifying and assessing new and amended laws, rules, and regulations; acting as advisor

to the management board and performing independent review and challenge; performing second line controls; as

well as identifying, assessing, mitigating, monitoring, and reporting on compliance risk. The results of these

assessments and controls are regularly reported to both the Management Board and the Supervisory Board.

–Financial crime risks are managed by the Anti-Financial Crime (AFC), an independent Infrastructure second line

function. AFC maintains a dedicated program which is based on regulatory and supervisory requirements with defined

roles and responsibilities for the identification and management of financial crime risks resulting from money

laundering, terrorism financing, compliance with sanctions and embargoes, the facilitation of tax evasion as well as

other criminal activities including fraud, bribery and corruption and other crimes. AFC updates its strategy for financial

crime prevention via regular development of internal policies processes and controls, institution-specific risk

assessment and staff training.

–Group Governance defines, implements, and monitors the governance framework for Deutsche Bank globally in

support of the bank’s overall strategy, ensuring that governance structures are lean, transparent, and sustainable. The

unit develops and safeguards efficient corporate governance structures suitable to support effective individual and

joint decision-making that avoids and manages (structural and organizational) conflicts. It also establishes, maintains

and controls an appropriate and transparent policy taxonomy, landscape and tooling. The independency of Group

206

Deutsche Bank Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Risk management objectives and policies

Governance is ensured through direct reporting line into the Management Board and not into any business division,

and through a ring-fenced incentive system and compensation system where performance evaluation is tied

principally to risk management and not to business revenues.

–Legal is a fully independent infrastructure function, mandated to provide legal advice both to the Management Board

as well as to the business divisions and infrastructure functions and to manage the Bank’s litigation and contentious

regulatory matters. Legal has a monopoly for giving legal advice, retaining and controlling outside counsel. Legal’s

independence is supported by its reporting line to the Management Board and a compensation framework that

focuses on risk management.

–Deutsche Bank’s New Product Approval and Systematic Product Review processes form a control framework

designed to manage the risks associated with new products and services and their lifecycle management. These

processes are overseen by the New Business Office and Product & Structured Transaction Lifecycle teams within the

Operational Risk Management function. Existing products and services are reviewed on one‑ to three‑year cycles to

assess whether they remain fit for purpose and aligned with the characteristics and objectives of their respective

target markets. Each product or service must be sponsored by a business Managing Director, who retains ultimate

accountability for it. Breaches of the New Product Approval requirements fall within the scope of the bank’s Red Flag

consequence management process .

Operational risk management structure and organization

Article 435 (1)(b) CRR (EU OVA & EU ORA)

Operational risk is managed according to the principle that day‑to‑day responsibility lies with the divisions and

infrastructure functions where these risks originate. Operational Risk Management (“ORM”) provides independent

oversight of the Group’s operational risk profile, identifies and reports risk concentrations, and ensures consistent

application of the Operational Risk Management Framework across the bank. ORM forms part of the Group’s risk function

within the Chief Risk Office, led by the Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer appoints the Head of ORM, who is

responsible for designing, overseeing, and maintaining an effective, efficient, and regulatory‑compliant Operational Risk

Management Framework, including the methodology for operational risk capital calculation. The Head of ORM monitors

and challenges the Framework’s Group‑wide implementation and tracks the overall operational risk levels against the

bank’s defined operational risk appetite.

Operational risk governance is aligned with the bank’s Three Lines of Defence (“3LoD”) model. The Operational Risk

Management Framework defines governance standards and outlines the core responsibilities of the 1st and 2nd LoD to

ensure effective risk management and appropriate independent challenge. The Operational Risk Committee governs and

coordinates the management of operational risk across the Group. Its mandate includes decision‑making and policy

responsibilities, as well as reviewing, advising on, and addressing operational risk matters that may influence the risk

profile of business divisions or infrastructure functions. A number of sub‑fora, with participants from both the First Line of

Defence (1st LoD) and Second Line of Defence (2nd LoD), support the Committee in fulfilling its responsibilities. In

addition to the Group‑level Committee, business divisions maintain 1st LoD operational risk fora to oversee and manage

operational risks at various organisational levels.

Risk owners within the 1st LoD have full accountability for the operational risks arising from their activities and are

responsible for managing these risks within the established risk appetite. As leaders of business divisions or infrastructure

functions, risk owners must determine the appropriate organisational structure to identify their operational risk profile,

actively manage operational risks, make decisions on mitigating or accepting risks to remain within appetite, and

establish and maintain effective 1st LoD controls.

Risk Type Heads serve as 2nd LoD control functions for all sub‑risk types within the overarching operational risk category.

They define the framework and Group‑level risk appetite for the risk type they oversee, establish minimum risk

management requirements and control objectives, and independently monitor and challenge the 1st LoD’s

implementation of these requirements. They provide independent oversight of the risk type and monitor adherence to

the defined risk appetite. As subject matter experts, they define the risk taxonomy, support implementation of the

Framework in the 1st LoD, and maintain independence by being located solely within infrastructure functions.

As the 2nd LoD risk control function for operational risk, ORM establishes and maintains the overarching Operational Risk

Management Framework.

–ORM defines the bank’s approach to operational risk appetite, monitors adherence, evaluates consequences of

breaches, and oversees remediation plans to return the operational risk profile to within appetite where needed. ORM

also regularly reports the Group’s operational risk profile, including any risks that fall outside the defined appetite.

–ORM provides independent assessments to support proactive operational risk management, engages with risk owners

in the 1st LoD, and facilitates consistent implementation of risk management requirements across the bank.

207

Deutsche Bank Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Risk management objectives and policies

–ORM is responsible for designing, implementing, and maintaining the methodology to determine the appropriate

capital for operational risk, for recommendation to the Management Board. This includes calculating and allocating

operational risk capital demand and expected loss.

Scope and nature of Operational Risk measurement and reporting systems

Article 435 (1)(c) CRR (EU OVA & EU ORA)

The Operational Risk Management Framework (ORMF) enables the bank to determine its operational risk profile relative

to its defined risk appetite, identify systemic themes and concentrations, and establish mitigation measures and

priorities.

In 2025, the bank further enhanced the Framework by introducing cross‑risk types within the Operational Risk Type

Taxonomy to better reflect the bank’s operational risk profile. Additional improvements included operationalizing control

assessment, testing and certification within the new strategic tool for the operational risk controls inventory and

transitioning the Risk & Control Self‑Assessment to a more data‑driven approach.

Key sub-components include:

–Loss Data Collection: Internal operational risk events with a P&L impact of € 10,000 or more are recorded and

validated, and external events are assessed for their relevance to the group and business divisions. Material events

trigger a formal lessons‑learned and read‑across process conducted by the 1st Line of Defense in close collaboration

with business partners, risk control functions, and other infrastructure areas. Lessons‑learned reviews assess root

causes of significant events and document remediation actions to reduce recurrence. Read‑across analyses evaluate

whether similar weaknesses may exist elsewhere in the bank, even if they have not yet resulted in losses, thereby

facilitating preventative action. In 2025, the internal event database was enhanced particularly the mapping of

controls to events and automated read‑across triggers, and the external events review process was refined to assess

susceptibility of similar risks within the bank.

–Risk Appetite: Operational risk appetite defines the level of operational risk the bank is willing to accept to pursue its

strategy. The operational risk appetite framework provides a consistent approach to setting appetite levels across the

bank and monitoring exposures against these levels. The bank regularly monitors its operational risk profile against

defined appetite to alert the organization on impending problems in a timely fashion. In 2025, the bank implemented

previously introduced concepts of residual risk zones and operating conditions, including monitoring processes, and

further refined the granularity of risk appetite setting.

–Risk & Control Self‑Assessment: The Risk & Control Self‑Assessment (RCSA) comprises bottom‑up evaluations of risks

generated within business divisions and infrastructure functions, the effectiveness of associated controls, and

required remediation actions to ensure risks remain within appetite. Conducted at the global business level, the RCSA

covers all jurisdictions and is designed to assist Senior Management to determine whether operational risks are

managed and controlled adequately via a dynamic assessment approach covering all applicable Risk Types from the

Group’s Operational Risk Type Taxonomy (ORTT). The Risk & Control Self-Assessment puts a greater emphasis on

assessing and mitigating risks that are outside of appetite and risks that drive unethical and inappropriate market

conduct within the bank. In 2025, RCSA granularity was increased to provide more precise risk insights and ensure a

more accurate risk profile for comparison against defined appetite.

–Emerging risk: Emerging risk themes are derived from internal and external indicators. Operational risk outputs are

combined with external event data to identify emerging trends and concentrations. This analysis complements

insights from divisional emerging risk themes, dynamic RCSA results, findings, scenario analysis, internal and external

events, and industry developments, enabling Risk Owners to draw informed conclusions.

–Scenario Analysis: The operational risk profile is further substantiated through exploratory scenario analysis, which

supplements day‑to‑day risk management. Scenario analysis supports the identification of potential exposures,

highlights gaps in the current risk profile, and informs forward‑looking risk mitigation. Scenario development

incorporates themes from internal losses, emerging risk assessments, top risks, concentrations, findings, and external

peer loss events. Insights from actual and potential events are used to identify thematic vulnerabilities and drive

actions such as deep‑dive reviews or enhancements to risk profiles. In 2025, the capture and governance of scenario

analysis was migrated to the Event Management Application to improve data quality and oversight.

–Transformation Risk Assessment: A Transformation Risk Assessment (TRA) process is in place to appropriately identify

and manage risks arising from material change initiatives to assess the impact of transformation on the bank’s risk

profile. The TRA applies to all key deliverables including regulatory initiatives, technology migrations, risk mitigation

projects, strategy changes, organizational restructuring, real estate moves within the bank, as well as joint ventures

and strategic investments.

–Findings and Issue Management: The findings and issue management process supports the mitigation of risks arising

from known control weaknesses and deficiencies. It enables management to make risk-based decisions over the need

for further remediation or risk acceptance. Outputs from the findings management process must be able to

demonstrate to internal and external stakeholders that the bank is actively identifying its control weaknesses and

taking steps to manage associated risks within acceptable levels of risk appetite. In 2025, the process was

208

Deutsche Bank Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Risk management objectives and policies

strengthened through more robust requirements for identifying correct findings owners, enhancing management

reporting, and the timely remediation of Action Plans.

Framework Adherence: As owner of the Operational Risk Management Framework, ORM performs regular independent

monitoring and testing to assess adherence by both the 1st and 2nd LoD:

–Annually, assess 1LoD and 2LoD Risk Type Head (RTH) implementation and adherence to the requirements of the

ORMF

–Adverse outcomes of adherence result in consequences being applied

–Adherence results also aim to proactively identify both design and implementation improvements (Framework,

Tooling, etc.)

In 2025, annual Framework Adherence results were incorporated in the ORM Composite KPI and made mandatory for all

divisions, creating a direct variable compensation impact via the Balanced Scorecard (BSC). Quarterly U.S. RCSA

Adherence reviews were also introduced.

Operational risk measurement

Article 446 CRR

Deutsche Bank measures risk-weighted assets to determine the regulatory capital demand for operational risk using the

“Standardized Measurement Approach” laid out in the European Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR3) introduced in

2025.

In addition to regulatory capital demand, Deutsche Bank continues to determine its internal economic capital demand

for operational risk using the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) methodology. The AMA capital calculation is

based on a loss distribution approach. Gross losses from historical internal and external loss data (Operational Risk data

eXchange Association consortium data) are used to estimate the risk profile (i.e., a loss frequency and a loss severity

distribution). The loss distribution approach model includes conservatism by recognizing losses on events that arise over

multiple years as single events in the historical loss profile.

Within the AMA model, the frequency and severity distributions are combined in a Monte Carlo simulation to generate

potential losses over a one-year time horizon. Correlation and diversification benefits are applied to the net losses to

arrive at a net loss distribution at Group level, covering expected and unexpected losses. The resulting economic capital

demand is then allocated to each of the business divisions considering qualitative adjustments after deducting expected

loss.

The economic capital requirements for operational risk is derived from the 99.9% percentile and calculated for a time

horizon of one year.

The economic capital demand calculation is performed on a quarterly basis.

ORM establishes and maintains the approach for capital demand quantification and ensures that appropriate

development, validation and change governance processes are in place, whereby the validation is performed by an

independent validation function and in line with the Group’s model risk management process..

Drivers for operational risk capital development

By design of the AMA capital calculation, Deutsche Bank’s operational risk economic capital demand is predominantly

driven by historical internal loss events.

In view of the relevance of legal risks within the bank’s operational risk profile, specific attention is dedicated to the

management and measurement of open civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters where the bank relies both

on information from internal as well as external data sources to consider developments in legal matters that affect the

bank specifically but also the banking industry as a whole. Reflecting the multi-year nature of legal proceedings the

measurement of these risks furthermore takes into account changing levels of certainty by capturing the risks at various

stages throughout the lifecycle of a legal matter.

Conceptually, the bank measures operational risk including legal risk by determining the annual operational risk loss that

will not be exceeded with a given probability. This loss amount is driven by a component that due to the IFRS criteria is

reflected in the bank’s financial statements and a component beyond the amount reflected as provisions within the

bank’s financial statements.

209

Deutsche Bank Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Operational risk measurement

The legal losses which the bank expects with a likelihood of more than 50% are already reflected in the IFRS group

financial statements. These losses include net changes in provisions for existing and new cases in a specific period where

the loss is deemed probable and is reliably measurable in accordance with IAS 37.

Uncertain legal losses which are not reflected in the bank’s financial statements as provisions because they do not meet

the recognition criteria under IAS 37 are considered within the “economic capital demand”.

To quantify the litigation losses in the AMA model, the bank takes into account historical losses, provisions, contingent

liabilities and legal forecasts. Legal forecasts generally comprise ranges of potential losses covering risks of outflows

greater than the provision and adjustments which are deemed remote or relate to yet unknown matters. Such forecasts

may result from ongoing and new legal matters which are reviewed at least quarterly by the attorneys handling the legal

matters.

The legal forecasts are included in the loss data input into the AMA model. The projection range of the legal forecasts is

not restricted to the one year capital time horizon but goes beyond and conservatively assumes early settlement of the

underlying losses in the reporting period - thus considering the multi-year nature of legal matters.

AMA model validation and quality control concept

All AMA model components are independently validated. The results of the validations are summarized in validation

reports and identified issues are followed up for resolution. For example, the validation activities in the past years

detected areas of improvement for the forward-looking component of the AMA model, which have since been included.

The model’s input sources such as loss data, risk & control self-assessments, and expected loss are subject to

comprehensive quality controls in the business divisions and the control functions.

Operational risk management stress testing concept

Stress testing is conducted on a regular basis to complement the AMA methodology, by analyzing the impact of extreme

stress scenarios on capital and the profit-and-loss account. It also covers reputational impacts.

In 2025, ORM took part in all firm-wide stress test scenarios and assessed and contributed the impact of operational risk

to the various stress levels of the scenarios. The impact of operational risk on Group-wide stress test scenarios has been

moderate and remained in the expected range for the capital metrics. This is due to the fact that the AMA model already

applies a conservative multi-year view on loss sizes (including legal forecasts) even in non-stress mode.

Operational risk exposure

Article 446 CRR

The regulatory capital requirements for operational risk are calculated and measured using the “Standardized

Measurement Approach” (SMA) laid out in the European Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR3) introduced in 2025.

The following tables show an overview of Deutsche Bank´s operational risk losses as well as the SMA business indicator,

components and subcomponents and operational risk own funds requirements.

210

Deutsche Bank Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Operational risk exposure

EU OR1 – Operational risk

b c d e f g h i j k
Amounts in m., Number of losses in events 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 Ten-year<br><br>average
Using 20,000 threshold
1 Total amount of operational risk losses net of recoveries (no exclusions) 2,166 830 556 653 325 608 364 1,188 3,251 1,018
2 Total number of operational risk losses 1,207 1,124 951 849 987 1,029 1,629 1,713 1,601 1,193
3 Total amount of excluded operational risk losses 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Total number of excluded operational risk events 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 Total amount of operational risk losses net of recoveries and net of excluded losses 2,166 830 556 653 325 608 364 1,188 3,251 1,018
Using 100,000 threshold
6 Total amount of operational risk losses net of recoveries (no exclusions) 2,141 808 537 651 300 598 353 1,160 3,189 996
7 Total number of operational risk losses 405 426 397 374 387 397 531 485 463 414
8 Total amount of excluded operational risk losses 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9 Total number of excluded operational risk events 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Total amount of operational risk losses net of recoveries and net of excluded losses 2,141 808 537 651 300 598 353 1,160 3,189 996

All values are in Euros.

211

Deutsche Bank Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Operational risk exposure

EU OR2 - Business Indicator, components and subcomponents

a b c d
2025 2024 2023 Average value
1 Interest, lease and dividend component (ILDC) 13,293
EU 1 ILDC related to the individual institution/consolidated Group<br><br>(excluding entities considered by Article 314(3) 0
1a Interest and lease income 46,285 49,763 44,601 46,883
1b Interest and lease expense 31,670 37,606 31,809 33,695
1c Total assets/Asset component 1,104,487 1,062,695 1,031,982 1,066,388
1d Dividend income/ dividend component 103 93 120 105
2 Services component (SC) 13,977
2a Fee and commission income 13,952 13,102 11,559 12,871
2b Fee and commission expense 3,068 2,860 2,526 2,818
2c Other operating income 544 398 292 412
2d Other operating expense 344 2,266 708 1,106
3 Financial component (FC) 5,977
3a Net profit or loss applicable to trading book (TB) 4,725 5,577 4,919 5,074
3b Net profit or loss applicable to banking book (BB) 852 904 954 903
EU 3c Approach followed to determine the TB/BB boundary (PBA or<br><br>accounting approach) 0
4 Business Indicator (BI) 33,248
5 Business indicator component (BIC) 5,055
Disclosure on the BI:
6a BI gross of excluded divested activities 33,248
6b Reduction in BI due to excluded divested activities 0
EU 6c Impact in BI of mergers/acquisitions 0

EU OR3 - Operational risk own funds requirements and risk exposure amounts

Dec 31, 2025
in € m. a
1 Business Indicator Component (BIC) 5,055
EU 1 Alternative Standardised Approach (ASA) Own Funds Requirements (OROF) under Article 314(4) 0
3 Minimum Required Operational Risk Own Funds Requirements (OROF) 5,055
4 Operational Risk Exposure Amounts (REA) 63,183

Use of the Advanced Measurement Approaches to operational

risk

Article 454 CRR

Description of the use of insurance and other risk transfer mechanisms for the

purpose of mitigation of this risk

The definition of insurance strategy and supporting insurance policy and guidelines is the responsibility of the specialized

unit Corporate Insurance/Deukona. Corporate Insurance/Deukona is responsible for the global corporate insurance

policy which is approved by the Management Board.

Corporate Insurance/Deukona is responsible for acquiring insurance coverage and for negotiating contract terms and

premiums. Corporate Insurance/Deukona also has a role in the allocation of insurance premiums to the businesses.

Insurance is not used for calculating the economic capital requirements for operational risk.

212

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 ESG risks

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks

Article 449a CRR

ESG disclosures are included in accordance with Article 449a CRR and the EBA ITS 2022/01. ESG risks are the risks of

current and future losses arising from any negative financial, operational and/or reputational impacts on Deutsche Bank‘s

clients, invested assets and/or operations as it relates to ESG factors.

Environmental risk includes both physical and transition risks related to climate change. Physical risks are the risks of

losses arising from any negative impact on the bank from acute near-term risks such as extreme weather events or

chronic longer-term impacts of rising temperatures. Transition risks are driven by policy, behavioral and technology

changes required to foster the transition to a low carbon economy and can also impact the bank’s clients and invested

assets. In addition, there are other environmental risks resulting from factors such as water stress, biodiversity loss, land

erosion and depletion. All of these environmental risks can impact the bank’s assets, operations and its clients.

Social risks include losses arising from any negative financial impact on Deutsche Bank because of current or prospective

impacts from social factors, such as matters related to human rights or workforce management: while governance risks

are the risk of losses arising from governance factors such as anti-financial crime or non-compliance with policies or

regulations. Both of these risks can impact the bank’s assets, operations and its clients.

As ESG disclosure requirements and metrics are evolving and are being newly implemented in the banking industry, there

remains uncertainty about how disclosure requirements could be interpreted and there are limitations on the amount

and granularity of available data. As a result, Deutsche Bank’s interpretations, methodologies, and availability of data will

be further enhanced in the future as additional guidance and information become available.

Governance

ESGT1-3

Deutsche Bank believes it is part of the Group’s responsibility to support and, where possible, accelerate the

transformation toward a more sustainable society and economy. Thus, the bank supports the European Commission’s

Action Plan on sustainable finance as a crucial contribution toward the European Union’s achievement of its climate

commitment under the Paris Agreement and its wider sustainability agenda.

The Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG as the parent company of the Deutsche Bank Group assumes ultimate

responsibility for matters relating to sustainability, including the supervision and management of the effects of

environmental risks (such as climate-physical, climate-transition and nature risks) in the short-, medium- and long-term.

To integrate these responsibilities into the organizational structure, the Management Board delegated the Group

Sustainability Committee, chaired by the bank’s Chief Executive Officer to act as the senior decision-making body for

sustainability-related matters at group level, including those related to ESG risks and the bank’s net zero interim (2030)

and long-term (2050) targets. Further key functions and elements of the bank’s sustainability governance include the

Chief Sustainability Office and the Sustainability Strategy Steering Committee, responsible for monitoring the timely and

complete implementation of the bank’s sustainability transformation agenda and escalating material risks or issues to the

Group Sustainability Committee. The bank also established the Net Zero Forum, responsible for the assessment of new

transactions with a significant impact on the bank’s financed emissions and/or net zero targets with representatives from

business divisions, the Chief Risk Office, and the Chief Sustainability Office. Both groups are chaired by the Chief

Sustainability Officer.

Within the Chief Risk Office, the Group Risk Committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, is established by the

Management Board to serve as the central forum for review and decision making on matters related to risk, capital, and

liquidity. This includes the oversight of the Bank’s framework for the management of climate and environmental risks.

Other senior committees are responsible for the development and management of specific elements of climate and

environmental risk:

–The Operational Risk Management Committee which oversees, governs, and coordinates the management of

operational risks group-wide and establishes a cross-risk and holistic perspective of the bank’s key non-financial risks,

including risks to own infrastructure, employees, and key processes arising from climate and environmental risks

–The Group Reputational Risk Committee, a direct subcommittee of the Management Board since 2024, has the

responsibility to review, decide and manage all transactions, client relationships or other primary reputational risk

matters escalated in line with the underlying reputational risk policies and framework, including sustainability-related

matters

213

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 ESG risks

Responsibilities over the management of environmental risks in the short-, medium- and long-term are further cascaded

to business divisions and key infrastructure and control functions.

On the business side, each of Deutsche Bank’s core divisions integrates climate and broader ESG risks into its planning

and risk appetite statements as part of the bank’s annual strategic planning process, which is approved by the

Management Board. The first line of defense is also responsible for the identification and assessment of ESG risk factors

(including climate change and nature related) stemming from their activities.

In the second line of defense, risk functions are responsible for the overall control framework around climate and

environmental risks, which are considered by the bank as drivers of existing risk types. In this respect:

–The Head of Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management (ETRM), who reports to the Chief Risk Officer, owns the

Group’s overall management and appetite frameworks. This includes qualitative risk appetite principles, quantitative

risk appetite metrics, and holistic monitoring of climate and nature risks across different risk types and portfolios; a

dedicated team of Climate and Environmental risk specialists supports them in the exercise of these functions

–The Heads of the Credit, Market, Liquidity, Operational Risk functions (“Risk Type Controllers”) who report to the Chief

Risk Officer, are responsible for the establishment and operation of appropriate controls, and the monitoring and

appetite setting of climate and environmental risk drivers in their respective areas

To closely and visibly link the bank’s sustainability strategy and performance with the compensation of the Management

Board, the bank’s strategic sustainability goals are reflected in the compensation system, which forms the basis of the

Management Board's total compensation.

Management Board members receive fixed and variable compensation components. The latter consists of two elements

(Short-Term Award and Long-Term Award) and reflects the degree to which Group, divisional and individual objectives

are achieved. Both awards are linked to several ESG objectives. The aim is to closely align compensation to the bank´s

sustainability strategy. The ESG objectives for the Short-Term Award are contained in individual and divisional balanced

scorecards. They can also be part of a Management Board member’s individual objectives agreed at the beginning of a

financial year.

ESG objectives form a central performance assessment element in the Long-Term Award and have the highest

percentage weighting as a result. They are related to impactful Group ESG focus topics that are the responsibility of the

Management Board. The objectives, which are transparently disclosed in the Compensation Report section of the Annual

Report, include targets such as the amount of sustainable financing and investments, the reduction of electricity

consumption in the bank’s buildings, along with quantitative targets related to climate risk management as well as the

improvement in gender diversity. In addition, the objectives include employee feedback culture, as well as achievements

and positive developments regarding the bank’s control environment and remediation activities. The targets are linked to

measurable Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) to ensure an objective assessment of performance. Corresponding targets

and KPIs including target values, thresholds and caps are published in the Compensation Report 2025. The

compensation policy and the compensation system based on it – following approval by the Supervisory Board – are

implemented in individual but uniform and rule-compliant service contracts for all Management Board members in

compliance with banking law pursuant to Section 10 (4) of the German Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions

(InstitutsVergV). Using contract templates and standardized annexes, the variable compensation components are

directly linked to plan, rules, claw back and forfeiture conditions as well as shareholding obligations.

Strategy and processes

Sustainability is a key element of the bank’s “Global Hausbank” strategy. The bank is embedding sustainability into its

policies, processes, and products, focusing on four pillars:

–Sustainable Finance

–Policies & Commitments

–People & Operations

–Thought Leadership & Stakeholder Engagement

The bank’s business activities, own operations, relations with employees or suppliers, and respective processes are

covered by these four pillars and address the ESG-related risk factors. Managing these risks and providing solutions to

ESG-related challenges are part of the bank's sustainability strategy and risk management processes. Seizing business

opportunities arising from ESG challenges, Deutsche Bank aimed to achieve a total of € 500 billion in cumulative

sustainable finance volumes, as defined in the bank’s Sustainable Finance Framework, from the beginning of 2020 until

the end of 2025 (excluding DWS). While Deutsche Bank remains committed to its targets, the bank encountered

challenges in achieving its target of € 500 billion by the end of 2025. Progress towards the original target was impacted

by several factors over the period, including higher interest rates, regulatory developments as well as changes in the

214

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 ESG risks

political environment. . Despite these constraints, the bank increased its incremental volume from € 93 billion in 2024 to

€ 98 billion in 2025. Based on this continued momentum, Deutsche Bank expects to meet its volume target of € 500

billion in 2026. The Sustainable Finance Framework outline the methodology and associated procedures for classifying

financial products and services offered by Deutsche Bank as sustainable. The framework specifies the classification logic,

the eligibility parameter criteria, the applicable environmental and social due diligence requirements, as well as the

verification and monitoring process. It is aligned to the extent possible with the requirements of the EU Taxonomy

Regulation.

Risk Management

Managing emerging ESG risks to the bank’s balance sheet and operations is a key component of the Group’s

sustainability strategy. Deutsche Bank has set interim (2030) and long term (2050) net zero aligned targets for eight

carbon intensive sectors and has established frameworks and processes for enhanced due diligence in relation to sectors

and clients identified as having elevated inherent environmental and social risks and/or elevated impacts on the bank’s

financed emissions and net zero pathways. In 2024, the bank updated its thermal coal policy and tightened criteria used

to determine the scope of the policy. Moreover, the bank’s Environmental and Social Due Diligence Framework prohibits

business activity in certain high impact areas. The bank’s Reputational Risk Framework is utilized to discuss any

counterparty concerns that are perceived to be in contradiction with Deutsche Bank’s code of conduct including those

driven by ESG factors. Deutsche Bank regularly performs a double materiality assessment to determine the relevance of

individual non-financial topics across ESG. Starting from the financial year 2024, Deutsche Bank conducts the

assessment in compliance with the requirements of the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS). The

assessment applies the concept of double materiality, i.e., it considers the potential positive and negative impacts

Deutsche Bank may have on the environment and society and the potential financial impacts for Deutsche Bank arising

from ESG topics. The results of the materiality assessment are considered in the bank's sustainability agenda and the

selection of topics reported in its Sustainability Statement 2025. In the year, unmitigated financial risks stemming from

impacts of Social and Governance factors on the bank’s counterparties were not deemed material.

In addition, the Chief Risk Office conducts a comprehensive and granular financial materiality assessment of ESG risks to

identify potential financial impacts across key impacted risk types. Results are integrated into the Group’s risk

identification processes and risk inventory and reviewed against internal controls.

Environmental risk

Business strategy and processes: integration of environmental factors and risks

ESGT1

Climate change and environmental degradation drivers, together with the bank’s negative impacts on climate and

nature, may lead to the emergence of new sources of financial and non-financial risks. Transition risks to the bank’s

portfolios may materialize in the short- to medium-term as governments introduce climate-related targets and policies,

as society adapts its behaviors, and as consumer and investor appetite for carbon intensive clients/sectors becomes

more climate-conscious. Acute and chronic physical climate and environmental risk factors arising from higher global

temperatures may increase in severity even if decarbonization efforts prove successful, impacting Deutsche Bank’s

operational risks and risks to the assets and activities of the bank’s clients.

Sustainability has been a central part of Deutsche Bank’s strategy since 2019. The management of risks stemming from

environmental factors has been an integral part of this strategy, first and foremost through Deutsche Bank’s

decarbonization targets and their incorporation into the bank’s risk management framework. Environmental risks are:

–Assessed through annual climate and environmental materiality assessment and internal stress test, across

businesses, portfolios and risk types (Credit, Market, Liquidity, Reputational and Operational)

–Monitored through monthly and quarterly dedicated reports (Climate and Environmental risk MI) discussed in senior

risk committees

–Managed through risk appetite thresholds, policies requirements and exclusions (Environmental and Social policy

framework), and portfolio Early Warning Indicators (EWIs)

–Considered within the bank’s business model and financial planning through the carbon budgets attributed to the

bank’s businesses (and derived from its decarbonization targets) and through the inclusion of environmental risks

within the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP). Each of Deutsche Bank’s core businesses

integrates climate and environmental risks into planning and risk appetite statements as part of the bank’s annual

strategic planning process, approved by the Management Board.

Deutsche Bank has published net zero emissions reduction targets for eight key carbon-intensive sectors in the bank’s

corporate lending portfolio:

215

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Environmental risk

–Oil and Gas (Upstream)

–Power Generation

–Automotives (Light Duty Vehicles)

–Steel production

–Coal mining

–Cement

–Shipping

–Commercial Aviation

Deutsche Bank publishes annually its financed emissions and progress towards net zero-aligned targets following the

standard from the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials, relevant international greenhouse gases emissions

reporting protocols and emerging best-practice climate portfolio alignment methodologies.

Business strategy and processes: objectives, targets and risk appetite

Net-Zero targets are established through a process led by the Chief Risk Office function. The selection focus is on

carbon-intensive sectors of sufficient materiality, and for which net zero alignment methodologies from reputable

international organizations are available, together with data of sufficient quality. The decarbonization pathways utilized

are science-based and leverage with the target setting guidelines of the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA), namely:

–the Net-Zero Emissions (NZE) by 2050 scenario of the International Energy Agency (IEA)

–the Poseidon Principles pathways, calibrated against the Revised International Maritime Organization (IMO) strategy;

–the Mission Possible Partnership Prudent Scenario for Commercial Aviation

Targets and pathways are discussed and agreed with the business divisions, approved by the Group Sustainability

Committee and then published externally.

Furthermore, a quantitative threshold for each target is integrated into the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement, together

with a broader threshold on the overall carbon footprint of the bank’s corporate loan commitments. Some deviation from

the net-zero pathway is allowed in earlier years under a simplified assumption of linear reduction and the potential for

portfolio and economic volatility to impact alignment. These thresholds express the bank’s appetite for deviation from

the set pathway and are a fundamental tool used by the bank to mitigate its exposure to risks associated with climate

transition risk factors. New transactions or limit extensions with a significant impact on the bank’s financed emissions

and/or net zero targets are reviewed by a dedicated Net Zero Forum. The forum’s review includes an assessment of client

sustainability disclosures, transition strategies, decarbonization targets, governance and, as a result, the overall

counterparty’s capacity to manage environmental risks. Moreover, following the establishment of Divisional carbon

budgets and risk appetite, the Investment Bank and the Commercial Bank each maintain their own Net Zero Forum, while

the Private Bank relies on the Group forum.

The bank monitors and manages portfolio concentrations of climate transition, physical, and other environmental risks

through Early Warning Indicators (EWIs). These indicators are established for its Corporates, Sovereigns and Financial

Institutions lending portfolios and include:

–Measures of exposure and appetite to counterparties and sectors vulnerable to climate change and nature

degradation (for instance in terms of Gross and Net Limits, Gross and Net Utilization, Expected Losses, Credit Risk

RWA, and YoY changes to these metrics)

–Proportion of these exposures/ appetite metrics related to facilities with tenor greater than 5 years (limiting the ability

of the bank to manage its exposures down if required)

–Proportion of these exposures/ appetite metrics related to counterparties below investment grade or with weak DB

transition risk scores (to identify counterparties with a lower capacity to manage environmental risks)

These EWIs are approved by the head of Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management as part of the Climate and

Environmental Risk management framework, established under the umbrella of the Group Risk Management Policy.

Lastly, the bank has sectoral requirements and restrictions stemming from its Environmental and Social Policy

Framework which are monitored and enforced through the Environmental and Social due diligence process and the

escalation requirements of the Reputational Risk Framework of the bank.

Business strategy and processes: investment activities towards environmental

objectives and EU Taxonomy-aligned activities

In accordance with Article 8 of the EU Taxonomy Regulation and the related Disclosures Delegated Acts, starting from

year end 2024, financial undertakings have to determine and disclose the proportion of exposures aligned to the EU

216

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Environmental risk

Taxonomy in their covered assets (i.e., total assets less exposures toward central governments, central banks,

supranational issuers and the trading portfolio) for the climate change mitigation and adaptation objectives. Following

the adoption of the Delegated Act on the four remaining environmental objectives (water and marine resources, circular

economy, pollution prevention and control, biodiversity and ecosystems) in 2024, Taxonomy alignment with the non-

climate objectives will be reported starting from year-end 2026.

The identification of the Taxonomy-eligible and Taxonomy-aligned economic activities for the climate change mitigation

and adaptation objectives (set out in Article 9 of the EU Taxonomy Regulation) was performed for in-scope

counterparties, primarily undertakings subject to the Non-Financial Reporting Directive (NFRD) disclosure obligations

and households, as well as products defined in Article 8 of the EU Taxonomy Regulation and the related Disclosures

Delegated Acts. More information on this is included in section “Summary of key performance indicators on the

Taxonomy-aligned exposures” of this report and in the Sustainability Statement of the bank’s Annual Report.

Business strategy and processes: policies and procedures relating to direct and

indirect engagement with clients

As disclosed in the Group’s Initial Transition Plan, Deutsche Bank pursues three financing strategies for its corporate

clients: green/sustainable, transition and phase out:

–Green/Sustainable strategies include providing financing to companies that enable emissions reduction through their

range of green products and services

–Transition strategies reflect the bank’s commitment to support clients in their journey to decarbonize their business

models

–Phase out strategies for industries with no viable decarbonization pathways (such as thermal coal) or clients in carbon

intensive industries not willing to align to the bank’s transition pathway

The Chief Sustainability Office owns the policies regulating the bank’s engagement with clients on environmental and

social issues:

–The Sustainable Finance Framework and the Transition Finance Framework outline the methodology and associated

procedures for classifying transactions and financial products and services offered by Deutsche Bank as sustainable

and transition-related. The frameworks assess the use of proceeds, company profiles and (transaction-specific)

sustainability-linked KPIs

–The Environmental and Social (ES) Risk Framework, through which Deutsche Bank identifies transactions and/or

clients that might expose it to potential environmental issues and mitigate / manages the related risks

Through the Environmental and Social Risk framework, the bank has defined sectors having an inherently elevated

potential for negative environmental impacts and requires enhanced due diligence based on the provisions summarized

in the bank’s Environmental and Social Policy. The bank reviews the scope of sectors as well as related due diligence

requirements of the Environmental and Social Policy Framework annually or as events occur. For some sectors, the bank

has made specific commitments. For example, since 2016, Deutsche Bank no longer finance any new coal projects, be it

in power or thermal coal mining.

As part of its oversight responsibility, the Chief Sustainability Office conducts transactional and client reviews pursuant

to the bank’s Environmental and Social and Sustainable Finance standards, engaging, where required, with clients to

understand risks and mitigants associated with a transaction or a counterparty.

Deutsche Bank’s thermal coal guideline was last updated in 2023 and together with the bank’s net zero commitments

across various sectors, it reiterated and expanded on the continued tightening of the bank’s thermal coal expectations.

The commitments made in the 2023 guideline update remain in effect. For companies within scope, the bank requires

credible transition plans as a condition of financing: existing clients were asked to provide such plans by 2025, while new

clients must do so before entering any lending relationship.

Throughout 2024 and 2025, the bank carried out detailed reviews of the clients covered by this guideline. The interim

milestone set for 2025 was a central checkpoint: by this date, existing clients were expected to present transition plans

that showed credible plans toward phasing out coal by 2030 (OECD) or 2040 (non-OECD) respectively.

At the same time, national climate policies and energy transition commitments continued to evolve at different speeds

across regions than the bank initially expected in 2023. Taking these dynamics and developments into consideration, the

bank may consider for a very limited number of clients a time-bound, conditional engagement, provided there is

demonstrable, ongoing progress toward transitioning away from coal.

217

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Environmental risk

Going forward, Deutsche Bank’s engagement with clients who remain within the scope of the guideline will be measured

and focused. Any ongoing support will be concentrated on financing that directly supports specifically Sustainable and

Transition Finance activities. This ensures that Deutsche Bank encourages credible decarbonization efforts while

maintaining safeguards against supporting coal‑related expansion. The bank will continue to monitor clients’ progress

closely, adapting its approach where necessary as global and country‑level climate commitments continue to evolve.

The bank also continued to perform the systematic review of its business activities in the oil and gas sector and

continued the dialogue with its clients on their decarbonization strategies. These strategies along with clients’ carbon

footprint are important criteria for how the bank continues to engage in this sector. Details on this process as well as on

Deutsche Bank’s strategy, processes and progress as of year-end 2025 regarding its commitment to align the bank’s

portfolio with net zero by 2050 are outlined in the “Strategy”, “Risk management strategy and processes” and “Risk

management, metrics and targets” sections of the “Climate and other environmental risks” chapter.

Governance

The overall governance and oversight of environmental risks are fully aligned and embedded in the ESG committees and

frameworks described in the “ESG Risks” section above.

The Chief Risk Office function of the bank produces climate and environmental risks reports to allow for the monitoring

of climate risk metrics in the bank’s portfolios at different levels of the organization:

–The Group Risk Committee and the Group Sustainability Committee receive a detailed quarterly climate and

environmental risk report that includes financed and facilitated emissions, exposure to carbon-intensive sectors,

alignment with portfolio decarbonization targets and other climate transition, climate physical, and nature risks KPIs,

Early Warning Indicators and other topics, including key industry and regulatory developments

–The Management Board receives monthly updates on financed emissions and net-zero alignment via the “Risk and

Capital Profile” report.

Risk management: financial effects of environmental factors

Climate change and environmental degradation may lead to the emergence of new sources of financial and non-financial

risks. Transition risks to the bank’s portfolios are increasingly likely to materialize in the medium- to long-term as

governments introduce climate-related targets and policies, as society adapts its behavior and as investor appetite for

carbon-intensive clients/ sectors becomes more selective. These risks include but are not limited to:

–Increased default risk and/or valuation losses on exposures to clients and assets that may be impacted by climate

physical and/or transition risks, such as climate-related developments in policy and regulations, the emergence of

disruptive technology or business models, shifting market sentiment, and societal preferences

–Reputational risks resulting from a failure to adapt to climate risks, which may also lead to litigation by parties seeking

compensation after suffering loss or damage, and

–Business disruption risks to the bank’s offices, employees, and processes in locations facing physical climate risks,

such as extreme weather events and/or disruptive longer-term increases in global temperatures

The Chief Risk Office conducts a comprehensive and granular financial materiality assessment of climate and other

environmental risks to identify potential financial impacts across key impacted risk types. The 2025 iteration of the

exercise used a range of scenarios and approaches to assess potential outcomes over the short (1-2 years), medium (3-5

years) and long-term (>5 years).

The results of the exercise indicate that short-term financial impacts are very limited. Even in the higher transition risk

scenarios, there is limited rebalancing away from fossil fuels and other demand/ technology shifts over such a short time

frame, while physical risks are not expected to materially change within this time frame.

In the medium-term, higher impacts linked to climate transition risk drivers in the net-zero emission scenario materialize

through credit, operational, strategic and reputational risks, driven by factors such as:

–Deterioration in Oil and Gas and Coal credit risk profiles with larger impacts starting to emerge for corporate clients in

other high carbon intensity sectors as well as for the most vulnerable sovereigns and financial institutions

–Valuation pressure on less energy efficient real estate exposures due to a tightening of energy efficiency minimum

standards and increased costs associated with energy consumption

–Foregone revenues due to exit of carbon intensive clients with no credible transition strategy and higher competition

for sustainable clients/ financing

–Potential reputational and litigation risks should the bank be seen as a negative outlier relative to peers in terms of the

execution of its sustainability commitments

218

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Environmental risk

–Potential for operational risk impacts from physical risk events

In the long-term, cumulative impacts are higher across all risk types and scenarios. Across the higher transition scenarios,

a broader range of clients are impacted and potential deterioration in portfolio credit quality becomes more pronounced.

Revenue attrition (strategic risk) and potential reputational impacts are also higher. Physical risks drive losses in the low

transition risk scenarios, materially impacting operational, credit, strategic and reputational risks. The ‘Disorderly

transition’ scenario yields the highest losses across all scenarios as clients face punitive carbon taxes and related policies

with limited time to adapt.

Risk management: integration of environmental factors and risks into the bank’s

risk framework

Climate and other environmental risks are considered as risk drivers of the main risk types of the bank (namely Credit,

Market, Liquidity, Operational, Reputational and Strategic risks) and are incorporated into their respective management

frameworks

Deutsche Bank’s framework for the management of environmental risks has four key elements and each one considers

the short-, medium- and long-term effects of environmental risks:

–Risk identification and materiality assessment

–Risk measurement, monitoring and mitigation, integration into risk type frameworks and processes

–Scenario analysis and stress testing, and

–Risk metrics, targets, and integration in appetite

Risk management: methodologies and international standards used

Deutsche Bank relies on several different industry frameworks and standards for the management of climate and other

environmental risks. The overall risk assessment and reporting framework reflects the recommendations of the Task

Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). The estimation of financed emissions is based on the standard

from the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF). Methodologies for the bank's sector decarbonization

targets are proprietary, leverage the Paris Agreement Capital Transition Assessment (PACTA) approaches and are in line

with those set by peers.

Risk management: process to identify, measure and monitor environmental risks

The Chief Risk Office function conducts comprehensive financial materiality assessments of climate and other

environmental risks to identify key impacts across potentially affected risk types. The drivers considered in the

materiality analysis are climate transition risks arising from policy, technology and behavioral changes, acute and chronic

physical risks and nature (other environmental) risks. Material climate and environmental risk drivers are then managed

through the relevant risk type frameworks of the bank (Credit, Market, Liquidity, Operational, Reputational and strategic

risks).

The impact assessment uses a combination of stress test results, other scenario and sensitivity analysis and qualitative

expert judgement.

Deutsche Bank is committed to align its loan portfolios with emissions reduction pathways needed to achieve net zero by

  1. The bank’s decarbonization targets, together with the quantitative risk appetite thresholds integrated into the

Group Risk Appetite Statement, are the main levers used to mitigate climate transition risks by progressively reducing the

carbon intensity of the bank's portfolio. In addition, Early Warning Indicators described above (section “Environmental

risk / Business Strategy and processes”) are used to monitor concentrations of climate-transition, climate-physical and

nature-related risks in the bank’s Corporates, Sovereigns and Financial Institutions portfolios. Lastly, Deutsche Bank's

Environmental and Social Policy Framework, including the bank’s provisions for the fossil fuel sectors outlines specific

restrictions and escalation requirements for sectors with inherently elevated potential for negative environmental

impacts. To support the bank’s materiality assessment, monitor portfolio alignment to decarbonization targets, and for

risk management purposes, Deutsche Bank uses several complementary KPI and metrics such as:

–Upstream Oil & Gas: Scope 3 Absolute financed emissions (million tons of CO2)

–Coal mining (million tons of CO2)

–Power Generation: Physical emission intensity (kgCO2e per MWh)

–Automotive (Light Duty Vehicles) sector: Physical emission intensity (gCO2e per vehicle km)

–Steel production sector: Physical emission intensity (kgCO2e per ton of steel)

–Shipping (Poseidon Principles portfolio alignment score, %)

–Cement (kgCO2e per ton of cement)

219

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Environmental risk

–Aviation (Pegasus Guidelines portfolio alignment score, %)

–Corporate loan commitments: absolute financed emissions (scope 1 and 2, million tons of CO2e) and annual increase

in financed emissions

–Corporate loan outstanding: absolute financed emissions (scope 1 and 2, million tons of CO2e)

–Sectors in scope of net-zero targets: Share of net-zero clients

–Relevant sectors in scope of net-zero targets: Technology mix

–Financed emissions for selected mortgage and commercial real estate portfolios (using proxies based on Energy

Performance Certificate ratings and internal methodologies)

–Exposure to physical climate risk for uncollateralized loans and loans collateralized by Real Estate assets

–Facilitated emissions for the bank’s capital market activities in key carbon-intensive sectors

–Corporate, Sovereign and FI portfolio: KPIs established to monitor portfolio exposure, quality and tenor to clients and

sectors assessed as having higher vulnerability to climate transition, physical and nature-related risks

Furthermore, climate and broader environmental risk drivers are integrated into the frameworks and processes of

Deutsche Bank’s main risk types: Credit, Market, Liquidity and Non-Financial (Operational / Reputational) risks.

–Credit risk - climate risk drivers are integrated across the different stages of the transaction lifecycle, including

transaction approval / client onboarding, risk classification and credit ratings, portfolio analysis and monitoring,

collateral valuation

–Market risk - As part of the Market Risk Identification process individual business lines are asked to consider forward-

looking and/or idiosyncratic material risks including climate and other environmental risks; climate related risks are

currently managed within the existing risk framework and treated as a price trigger, in the same way as market events

such as central bank announcements or earnings announcements; furthermore, a new climate stress scenario used to

assess transition and physical risks in the trading book portfolio is now embedded into the bank’s market risk appetite

framework

–Liquidity risk - Deutsche Bank uses stress testing and pathway analysis to assess the impact of climate risk; in

particular, the bank’s stressed Net Liquidity Position Scenarios, run on a daily basis, include climate disasters as

possible triggers of stress

–Operational risk - climate risk identification takes place through analysis of past internal and external operational risk

events; exploratory scenario analysis is also used to analyze potential event situations and the effectiveness of related

controls to identify areas for further risk mitigation and strengthening of the control environment. Business Continuity

and Third-Party Risk Management frameworks are in place to manage risks of disruption to processes and services

taking an all-hazards approach

–Reputational risk - impacts arising from the bank’s business activities in higher risk sectors are managed through its

Environmental and Social Policy Framework, an integral part of the bank’s Reputational Risk Framework which

outlines specific restrictions, escalation and due diligence requirements for sectors with elevated environmental risks

Data and methodologies for measuring and assessing climate-related risks for selected products and portfolios are still

under development. The lack of availability of comprehensive and consistent climate and environmental risk disclosures

by clients means that risk analysis is heavily reliant on proxy emissions estimates and top-down, sectoral-/ product-based

taxonomies.

Risk management: commitments and other forms of risk mitigation

The orderly and progressive execution of the bank’s sustainability strategy, including net- zero targets, growth in

sustainable and transition financing, greater integration of Nature into the bank’s risk frameworks, as well as client,

product and regional strategies, is key to mitigate credit and reputational risk impacts over the long term.

In addition, the management of exposures to transition, physical and nature risks through a) risk appetite around the

decarbonization targets and overall financed emission and b) Early Warning Indicators and c) sectoral requirements and

restrictions is discussed in sub-section “Business strategy and processes: objectives, targets and risk appetite” of these

qualitative disclosures.

On the capital side, results of the materiality assessment are considered in the risk management frameworks, including

the risk inventory and ICAAP assessment. To ensure that the bank remains resilient to these shocks and adequately

capitalized, Deutsche Bank has in place an expert-driven add-on to its economic capital. This add-on is designed to

capture uncertainty related to tail losses that could arise in certain sectors from unexpected and abrupt changes in

carbon prices.

More broadly environmental risks are managed by the bank through incorporation into the frameworks of each of its main

risk types: Credit, Market, Liquidity and Non-Financial, discussed in more detail below.

220

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Environmental risk

Credit risk framework

Climate and environmental risk drivers are integrated across the different stages of the transaction lifecycle, including

transaction approval/client onboarding, risk classification and credit ratings, portfolio analysis, and monitoring and

collateral valuation.

Climate and environmental risks are incorporated into the credit approval process for corporate clients via enhanced due

diligence requirements. New loan requests above selected tenor and rating-based thresholds to corporate clients in

carbon-intensive sectors as well as those in sectors vulnerable to climate-physical and nature (or other environmental)

risks require a dedicated risk assessment from the front office and review by Credit Risk Management.

As part of the internal credit rating process, climate and other environmental risks must be assessed and, where deemed

material, documented. For corporate clients, this assessment is supported by:

–A Transition risk scorecard, which use externally sourced data to assess the clients’ historical performance in terms of

their GHG emissions, the scope and governance of climate commitments of clients versus their peers

–A Physical risk scorecard, providing an indication of the financial impact a given client is likely to sustain, under a given

scenario, per natural hazard type, based on asset data held for the company by S&P; the scorecard is also used as a

basis for selected physical risk KPIs

The output of this assessment may lead to the adjustment of relevant inputs to the bank’s internal credit rating model.

Climate risks are considered as potential triggers for inclusion in the watchlist of groups or counterparties in carbon-

intensive industries and without adequate transition risk mitigation strategy in place and/or with limited financial

resources to finance their transition. The criteria take into consideration internal credit ratings and the scores from the

transition risk scorecards.

Lastly, Deutsche Bank's Environmental and Social Due Diligence Framework outlines specific restrictions, due diligence

and escalation requirements for sectors with inherently elevated potential for negative environmental impacts.

With regards to the valuation of collateral, the bank’s Global Collateral Management Guide (for Banking Book Collateral)

sets its environmental standards based on the requirements of the Capital Requirements Regulation for the initial

valuation, monitoring and review over the life of the loan. Deutsche Bank’s underwriting standards require real estate

collateral to be appropriately insured against relevant risks including applicable natural hazards. In some countries,

supplemental insurance against natural hazards is provided by the government. At year-end 2025, the European

residential real estate portfolio reached € 160.6 billion. Residential mortgages for private clients in Germany constitute

approximately 92% of this portfolio, encompassing around 1.1 million private residences in Germany. These properties,

financed by loans secured by immovable assets, are adequately insured against relevant risks, including applicable

natural hazards. The insurance cover by real estate owners is monitored and complemented or substituted by Deutsche

Bank´s own insurance.

In addition, new valuations and re-valuations require the identification of material environmental physical and transition

risks that could materialize. Any identified material risks must be reflected in the credit decision and/or valuation if not

mitigated by construction measures and/or insurance cover. Comparable requirements are in place for other physical

collateral, including large movable assets (such as airplanes and ships) and smaller assets (such as cars and machines).

Insurance coverage on loan collateral is monitored on a regular basis, including by means of onsite inspections.

Market risk framework

As part of the market risk identification process, individual business lines are asked to consider forward-looking and/or

idiosyncratic material risks, including climate and other environmental risks. These are integrated into the market risk

identification documentation. Additionally, as part of the new product and transaction approval control standards of the

Market and Valuation Risk Management function, climate and environmental drivers are required to be assessed and

recorded as part of the approval process.

Climate-related risks are managed within the existing market risk framework and treated as a price trigger, in the same

way as market events such as central bank announcements or earnings announcements. Market and Valuation Risk

Management function monitors and reports internally emissions in its traded credit portfolio, providing insights into the

top exposures, which are reported quarterly as a part of the Climate and Environmental Risk report.

Furthermore, a weekly climate stress scenario to assess transition and physical risks in the trading book portfolio is

embedded into the bank’s market risk appetite framework.

221

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Environmental risk

Liquidity risk framework

Deutsche Bank uses stress testing and pathway analysis to assess the impact of climate risk on liquidity. In particular, the

bank’s stressed net liquidity position scenarios, which are run daily, include climate disasters as possible triggers of stress

(physical risks).

The analysis shows that physical risks are generally smaller than other risks for which the bank daily reserves liquidity.

Transition risk, which is expected to develop incrementally over many years, will be managed through the Group’s annual

funding planning processes. The bank also runs an internal climate stress test on liquidity.

Operational risk framework

Operational Risk Management has dedicated Risk Framework Guidelines detailing sustainability-related requirements for

business divisions and Risk Type Controllers. The team uses an ESG flag to identify operational risk types where key ESG

risk drivers are identified in the taxonomy.

The impacts of ESG risk drivers are assessed as part of the risk and control self assessment process of relevant

operational risk types.

A monthly forum is in place to support collaboration between business divisions, risk and control functions on the

introduction and monitoring of ESG as an integral element of Operational Risk Management. This forum serves as a

platform for sharing activities, new regulations, remediation activities and monitoring ESG risk drivers across Deutsche

Bank’s operational risk profile.

In 2025, several banking supervisors and regulators continued to focus on the topic of greenwashing. Several initiatives

have been conducted by Deutsche Bank to improve its control environment and raise internal awareness on

greenwashing, including:

–Conducting a deep dive risk review in relation to the existing control environment around greenwashing

–Applying scenario analysis as a standard risk management tool to investigate potential sources of ESG-related

litigation risks, understand the main drivers and causes of such scenarios (e.g., the misrepresentation of sustainability

information in corporate communication or public disclosures) as well as which controls or remediation activities can

mitigate such scenarios and what steps are to be taken to improve the control environment

–Continuous monitoring of external cases of greenwashing

–Conducting mandatory greenwashing training for all Deutsche Bank employees

Furthermore, there have been additional enhancements on the identification and management of social and governance

topics and their integration into the risk framework.

The management of reputational risk arising from climate and environmental risks is covered in the “ESG due diligence”

chapter within this Sustainability Statement.

Social risk

ESGT2

Deutsche Bank’s responsibility to support and, where possible, accelerate the transformation towards a more sustainable

society and economy is also reflected in its approach towards social rights, including human rights. Their infringement

can result in reputational risks to the bank in case the bank supports clients appearing not to adhere to social minimum

standards as well as financial risks, e.g. credit and market risks, if client creditworthiness is directly or indirectly impacted

by the emergence of inadequate management of social risks.

Compared to environmental risks, the potential evolution of social risks is considered more heterogenous in nature. In

developed economies and many larger Emerging Market economies, strict laws and policies exist which seek the respect

of human rights and prohibit their related impacts, which may drive social risks. Selected economies suffer from weaker

legislation and may continue to present sources of elevated risks going forward. Social and Governance risks are not

considered material across DB’s portfolios in the short- to medium-term. While not currently material, their long-term

impacts are subject to significant uncertainty, driven by the anticipated evolution of key emerging trends and increasing

regulatory burdens.

These trends will be subject to continuous monitoring and re-assessment as part of the bank's forward-looking risk

management framework. Over the long-term, however, demographic pressures, including those driven by climate-

222

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Governance risk

related factors, may lead to increased pressure on public services and fiscal budgets in countries which are key sources

of inward migration. This may raise social risks to Deutsche Bank's clients.

The bank works with its stakeholders to tackle social challenges with a current focus on human rights. Deutsche Bank has

a long-standing commitment to respecting human rights and has voluntarily endorsed international standards such as

the UN Guiding Principles on business and human rights. Internationally recognized human rights, as they relate to

business and human rights, at a minimum are those expressed in the International Bill of Human Rights and the principles

concerning fundamental rights set out in the International Labour Organization’s Declaration on Fundamental Principles

and Rights at Work. More details of Deutsche Bank’s commitment can be found in Deutsche Bank Group’s Statement on

Human Rights.

Deutsche Bank acknowledges the relevance of other social risks besides those relating to human rights. Specifically, the

bank recognizes that socio-economic developments, for example, as a result of climate change and the transition to a

low carbon economy, may have social impacts such as ending of certain jobs and skills. This risk is particularly relevant

for countries heavily dependent on fossil-fuel industries as well as for those with limited means of funding the

transformation to a more sustainable, climate-resilient economy. For this reason, the bank has committed to supporting a

socially just transition as outlined in its updated Transition Plan, published in August 2023 (updated in 2025), and its

Transition Finance Framework, published in November 2025. As the concept of a just transition continues to evolve, the

bank recognizes the need to further context-specific guidance to enable broader integration across the bank’s processes.

Governance

Deutsche Bank has integrated the oversight of sustainability-related matters into governance structures on several

levels. Ultimately, the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG as the parent company of the Deutsche Bank Group

assumes responsibility for matters relating to sustainability, including the supervision and management of social risks,

such as those stemming from human rights, in the short-, medium- and long term.

To integrate these responsibilities into the organizational structure, the Management Board has delegated these tasks to

the Group Sustainability Committee. It is chaired by the bank’s Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Sustainability Officer is

acting as deputy. The Group Sustainability Committee is the senior decision-making body for sustainability-related

matters at group level, including those related to social risks.

Apart from the Group Sustainability Committee, there are further senior committees who are responsible for the

development and management of specific elements of social risks:

–The Group Reputational Risk Committee, a direct subcommittee of the Management Board since 2024, has the

responsibility to review, decide and manage all transactions, client relationships or other primary reputational risk

matters escalated in line with the underlying reputational risk policies and framework, including sustainability-related

matters

–The Operational Risk Committee which oversees, governs, and coordinates the group-wide management of

operational risks and establishes a cross-risk and holistic perspective of the bank’s key operational risks, including risks

to the bank's own infrastructure and employees arising from climate, environmental, and social risks

As part of Deutsche Bank’s overall sustainability strategy and building on its former Human Rights Working Group, the

bank established a group-wide Human Rights Forum with a mandate to oversee Deutsche Bank’s management of human

rights-related matters, monitor human rights-related trends, liaise with external experts, and initiate human rights-

related projects.

The Human Rights Forum, which met five times in 2025, is co-chaired by the Head of Transparency and Stakeholder

Engagement and the Head of Human Rights, both part of the Chief Sustainability Office. The forum reports to the bank's

Group Sustainability Committee. It consists of senior representatives from the bank's business divisions and

infrastructure functions, each responsible within their respective areas for addressing relevant human rights issues as

they arise and for monitoring the effectiveness of remedial actions.

The Forum complements the bank's established risk management and due diligence processes within its business

activities and operations. In line with the Group’s reputational risk management processes, individual cases involving

potential human rights challenges linked to a client profile or transaction may be escalated under the bank’s

Reputational Risk Framework. Following review and support by the business divisions, matters may be escalated to one

of the bank's Regional Reputational Risk Committees or referred to the Group Reputational Risk Committee chaired by

the Chief Risk Officer.

Deutsche Bank also engages with stakeholders from broader society to understand their perspectives on local and global

environmental and social trends and challenges. In 2025, key topics raised through this engagement included the

223

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Governance risk

financing of fossil fuels and the protection of nature. The bank responded to written requests, surveys, and

questionnaires, and repeatedly engaged with non-governmental organizations to discuss the issues they highlighted. The

Chief Sustainability Office is responsible for conducting this engagement and reports on related activities and topics to

the Reputational Risk Team within Operational Risk Management on a monthly basis.

The Reputational Risk Team provides monthly updates on reputational risk topics to the Secretaries of the Unit

Reputational Risk Assessment Process. The Risk and Capital Profile Report, which includes updates on reputational risks,

is distributed to the Management Board and Supervisory Board on a monthly basis. It includes details such as the number

of reputational risk issues assessed by the various committees and their decisions. Externally, Deutsche Bank provides

information on its human rights approach by publishing the Deutsche Bank Statement on Human Rights and the annual

Deutsche Bank Statement on Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking.

To further strengthen its human rights management, a dedicated Head of Human Rights within the bank’s Chief

Sustainability Office supports the management of human-rights-related initiatives and is responsible for advancing these

initiatives throughout the bank. The Head of Human Rights assumes responsibilities for overseeing Deutsche Bank’s

management of human rights and coordinating processes and communication channels to evaluate the effectiveness of

the bank’s human rights management approach. Further responsibilities of the Head of Human Rights include the

development of overarching standards for human rights management, defining risk management standards in

collaboration with risk management and other functions, coordinating strategic human rights projects, representing

Deutsche Bank in relevant networks, and acting as a point of escalation for human-rights-related concerns.

Strategy and processes

Deutsche Bank places strategic importance on social topics. This includes the social dimension of

–adherence to minimum human rights and related requirements

–its sustainable and transition finance and ESG investments volumes,

–specific restrictions on business activities with high-risk clients, as outlined in the bank’s Environmental and Social

Due Diligence Framework

While it remains the governments’ legal obligation to protect against human rights abuses by third parties, including

business enterprises, through appropriate policies, legislation, regulations, and adjudication, Deutsche Bank models its

corporate responsibility pursuant to the “Protect, Respect and Remedy” framework of the UN Guiding Principles on

Business and Human Rights.

This responsibility includes the need to respect human rights by avoiding causing or contributing to adverse human

rights impacts from the bank’s own activities and by seeking to identify, prevent, address, mitigate and manage actual

and potential adverse human rights impacts, which are directly linked to Deutsche Bank’s operations, products, or

services. As such, the bank has established a risk management framework, which also covers the management of human

rights risks. More details of Deutsche Bank’s commitment can be found in the Deutsche Bank Statement on Human

Rights and the Deutsche Bank Statement on Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking, which have been approved by the

Management Board and are publicly available.

Deutsche Bank's objectives in terms of the bank's contribution to identifying, preventing, addressing, mitigating,

measuring and managing actual and potential human rights-related risks and social challenges cover:

–Understanding where the bank might trigger human rights impacts by identifying the bank’s exposure to human rights

risks across its upstream and downstream value chain as well as own operations

–Identifying sectors and countries having inherently higher risks of negatively impacting human rights

–Ensuring that the bank's frameworks and processes adequately address human rights risks based on the bank’s

exposure

–Offering financial solutions helping to address human rights-related and other social challenges

–Providing transparency on the bank's human rights management approach

To reinforce employee’s awareness of activities linked to potential human rights violations, Deutsche Bank has

implemented several initiatives. The bank conducted dedicated awareness sessions in cooperation with external partners

and delivered periodic training to strengthen employees’ awareness of activities linked to potential human rights

incidents. One example is a mandatory 45-minute annual online course on anti-money laundering and the prevention of

terrorist and proliferation financing, which addresses topics that may be connected to human rights incidents. The

course explains the concept of modern slavery and human trafficking and includes a scenario illustrating how typical

risks can be identified. All Deutsche Bank employees worldwide, including contingent workers, are required to complete

the module every year. The completion rate in 2025 was 99.82%. Since 2023, a mandatory Risk Awareness online training

224

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Governance risk

has been delivered to International Private Bank employees every other year. The training includes a dedicated case

study on modern slavery, covering questions on typical risk indicators.

The Anti-Financial Crime Team at Deutsche Bank supports a strong risk culture through collaboration across all lines of

defense and with law enforcement, regulators, and the private sector, closely addressing topics related to financial

crime, including human trafficking. In 2025, Deutsche Bank continued its industry engagements through associations

such as the Wolfsberg Group, and public-private partnerships, and supported initiatives aimed at information sharing.

Deutsche Bank has a seat on the German Anti-Financial Crime Alliance Board. Additional partnerships include the

Europol’s Financial Intelligence public-private partnership and the United Kingdom’s Joint Money Laundering

Intelligence Taskforce. Deutsche Bank’ human rights governance also benefits from the exchange of ideas and

experiences from its membership in the Thun Group of Banks, econsense, UNEP FI, and UN Global Compact. The bank’s

Head of Human Rights is a member of the Thun Group’s steering committee.

By year-end 2025, at least € 10 billion of the bank’s total € 471 billion volumes in sustainable finance and ESG

investments were categorized as social, while € 18 billion were related to both, environmental and social activities

(excluding DWS). While the volume of social investments remains smaller than that of environmental investments, the

bank continuous to strengthen its social financing activities, particularly in support of social housing and just transition as

reflected in the inclusion of just transition activities in the bank’s Transition Finance Framework. These social financing

activities may involve components such as nature-based solutions, which aim to protect both indigenous communities

and the environment. To demonstrate its commitment, Deutsche Bank issued extended its Green Instruments Framework

to incorporate social criteria within the Sustainable Instruments Framework; an inaugural social bond of € 500 million was

issued in July 2024.

Downstream due diligence processes are holistically managed through Deutsche Bank’s Environmental and Social Due

Diligence Framework. The Framework defines rules and responsibilities for risk identification, assessment, decision-

making, and post-transaction monitoring, and specifies the requirements for environmental and social due diligence.

Social criteria are directly linked to human rights which include child and forced labor; modern slavery; occupational

health and safety; health, safety, and security of communities; protection of vulnerable groups such as Indigenous

People; land and resource rights; and cultural heritage. The environmental and social due diligence requirements are

embedded in the Sustainability Strategy Implementation Policy, complementary supporting documents and sectoral

guidelines, and where reputational risk considerations are identified, these are referred to the Reputational Risk

Framework, as appropriate. They build on international standards such as the UN Guiding Principles on Business and

Human Rights and the International Labour Organization’s Core Labor Standards.

Furthermore, Deutsche Bank has established enhanced due diligence requirements for clients active in sectors or

countries identified as being sensitive to negative human rights impacts. Environmental and social issues that deem to

pose at least a moderate reputational risk are subject to the established reputational risk review process. The respective

social due diligence provisions are developed by the Chief Sustainability Office and are embedded into Deutsche Bank’s

reputational risk procedures. While assessing a client's human rights related practices, the bank expects compliance with

respective national laws and regulations and, where appropriate, the bank embeds industry specific internationally

recognized best practices and standards. As a signatory to the Equator Principles, the bank's due diligence for project

related financing in scope of the Equator Principles application follows the respective requirements, including the

International Finance Corporation’s Performance Standards 5 and 7, which specifically addresses social topics such as

resettlement and indigenous people’s rights. Additionally, the bank is guided by the Human Rights due diligence

guidance provided under Equator principles 4, where, if applicable, Deutsche Bank expects clients to undertake Human

Rights due diligence in line with UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights to assess their actual or potential

negative impacts on the human rights of affected communities and other stakeholders.

If Deutsche Bank has concerns about a client with regards to human rights, it consults with relevant stakeholders. This

might include direct engagement with the client as well as - in an anonymized form - with civil society representatives

that are familiar with the situation or affected communities. Where appropriate, the bank obtains the advice of

independent experts. Based on the available information and its assessment of the risks that have been identified, the

bank decides on the further course of action, which may include working closely with the client, introducing remediation

measures and seeking to encourage the client to prevent or mitigate the impact, or the termination of a business

relationship.

Risk Management

Deutsche Bank takes steps to identify, prevent, address, mitigate, measure, and manage actual or potential adverse

human rights risks by understanding where its business activities and operations might trigger a negative impact on

human rights. The bank’s minimum standards relating to human rights and other social risks, as long as they are not in

contradiction with regulatory or legal expectations, are:

225

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Governance risk

–No engagement in business activities where the bank has substantiated evidence of material adverse human rights

impacts and it is determined through its internal processes that such adverse human rights impacts cannot be avoided

or appropriately mitigated

–Enhanced due diligence requirements for a determined set of sectors, across project finance and in instances where

material controversies related to human rights have been identified

–Enhanced due diligence requirements in the defense sector with exclusions including controversial weapons, conflict

countries, private military security companies, as well as civilian-use automatic and semi-automatic firearms and

human-out-of-the-loop weapon systems

–Enhanced due diligence requirements with regard to adult entertainment, with exclusion of any business directly

associated with prostitution and/or pornography (commercial enterprises related to the sale or purchase of sex-

related services, ranging from individual workers in prostitution to the pornographic entertainment industry

–Enhanced due diligence required regarding gambling with exclusion of online gambling Business-to-Consumer

operators with exposure to markets where gambling is prohibited.

As a global bank, Deutsche Bank operates in numerous jurisdictions across the world and supports many market sectors

with its financial products and services. This provides an opportunity to help address relevant social challenges but may

also expose the bank to the risk of being linked to adverse social impacts, including financial crime risks, such as modern

slavery and human trafficking. The Anti-Money Laundering Policy and Know Your Client Policy set out the group-wide

minimum Anti-Money Laundering requirements including internal safeguarding measures and are complemented by

country supplements to ensure compliance with local regulatory requirements. Relevant employees are required, among

other things, to conduct due diligence on clients, including establishing the identity, ownership structure, and residency,

as well as the purpose and nature of the client relationship, If adverse social issues are identified, for example through

negative media coverage, the client must be referred to the Chief Sustainability Office for further assessment in line with

the bank’s requirements for enhanced due diligence requirements. Deutsche Bank's Group-wide framework for the

prevention of financial crime aims, among other things, to prevent, deter, and detect client activities that may be linked

to potential human rights violations. The Financial Crime Risk Management Framework sets out the responsibilities of the

Anti-Financial Crime function and all Deutsche Bank employees in managing financial crime risks. It also defines the

organizational requirements and processes for effective risk management across the first and second lines of defense.

In line with the policies and processes that define due‑diligence requirements for clients regarding social and human

rights management practices, Deutsche Bank’s policies and procedures also address potential sector‑specific adverse

social risks associated with product offering by certain market segments. The bank has established dedicated policies for

the defense, gaming, and adult entertainment sectors, which fall under the scope of the Reputational Risk Framework. In

accordance with this framework, matters related to these industries must be reviewed by subject matter experts.

Governance risk

Governance

ESGT3

Governance is a priority for Deutsche Bank which is embedded in the organization’s code of conduct. This forms the basis

for Deutsche Bank’s management of governance risks. Types of governance risk include counterparties with issues such

as transparency and inclusiveness, or clients involved in bribery and corruption scandals, or accused of tax avoidance or

optimization. Deutsche Bank addresses these concerns via different frameworks and processes including those relating

to reputational risk and AFC.

ESG risks and governance risks specifically are integrated into the Reputational Risk Framework and AFC frameworks as

deemed appropriate by the organization e.g. the Reputational Risk Framework would review any concerns regarding

counterparties the institution is engaging with that could cause potential moderate or material reputational risk. The

Reputational Risk Framework provides consistent standards for the identification, assessment, and management of

reputational risk issues. The Regional Reputational Risk Committees, which are 2nd LoD Committees serve as escalation

bodies for their respective regions of Deutsche Bank and the Group Reputational Risk Committee serves as the

escalation body at the group level on behalf of the Management Board. The oversight, governance and coordination of

the management of reputational risk at Deutsche Bank falls under the responsibility of the Head of ORM.

The escalation procedure for reputational risk requires that relevant stakeholders are consulted for input, such as

country management, key control functions, and other second-line subject matter experts. The Unit Reputational Risk

Assessment Process (Unit RRAP) is chaired by a business division’s relevant senior manager and applies to all matters

deemed to pose moderate or greater reputational risk. If a matter is considered to pose a material reputational risk and/

or meets one of the bank’s mandatory referral criteria, it is referred for further review to the relevant Regional

Reputational Risk Committee. In exceptional circumstances, matters are referred to the Group Reputational Risk

Committee.

226

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Governance risk

AFC acts as an independent function setting policies and minimum control standards for the management and

mitigation of financial crime risks at Deutsche Bank, including those relating to clients or counterparties that may be the

subject of allegations of bribery and corruption. Deutsche Bank’s business divisions are responsible and accountable for

the implementation and operationalization of these policies and standards. The Management Board ensures that AFC

can execute its tasks independently and effectively.

Strategy and processes

Deutsche Bank's Group Risk Appetite Statement (GRAS) covers the bank’s position on reputational risk and AFC risk

appetite which integrates governance risk concerns. The GRAS is owned by Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management,

reviewed by the Group Risk Committee and acknowledged by the Management Board on an annual basis.

Deutsche Bank has limited appetite for transactions or relationships with material reputational risk or in areas which

inherently pose a higher reputational risk, such as the defense, gaming, or adult entertainment sectors, where there are

ethical concerns and potential concerns of corruption and bribery. Specifically, matters are deemed to pose material

reputational risk if they are considered likely to: attract significant negative media attention (incl. repeated criticism

across various channels), NGO letters or formal campaigns; opposed by significant cross-sections of the public; result in

regulatory criticism, negative impact on Deutsche Bank’s relationship with supervisory authorities; criticism at the bank’s

annual general meeting; trigger client attrition; or, result in employees questioning how the matter fits in with DB’s code

of conduct. These cases are reviewed via the Reputational Risk Framework on a case-by-case basis considering views

from a broad range of stakeholders. Reputational risk, including governance risk, cannot be precluded as it can be driven

by unforeseeable changes in perception of the Group’s practices by various stakeholders (e.g. public, clients,

shareholders and regulators).

Deutsche Bank has no tolerance for its employees or third parties acting on its behalf engaging in bribery or corruption.

On an annual basis, Deutsche Bank undertakes an assessment of inherent bribery and corruption risks and corresponding

controls across all its businesses. Deutsche Bank has continued to reduce its exposure to areas that present a higher

inherent risk of bribery and corruption, such as the use of business development consultants. Deutsche Bank continues

to implement new, and further enhance its existing, controls in these key risk areas. These controls are both preventative

and detective and include enhanced due diligence on clients, vendors and other third parties, contractual

representations, and warranties, monitoring of relevant payment flows, as well as the monitoring of client, vendor, and

other third-party relationships. Potential instances of bribery or corruption are independently investigated, and any

employee determined to be engaged in such behavior would be subject to disciplinary action, including red flags, up to

and including termination of employment. All Deutsche Bank’s bribery and corruption policies and procedures also apply

to all temporary/contract employees. Identified instances of bribery and corruption would be reported to senior

management and relevant legal or regulatory authorities. See chapter on “Whistleblowing” for further information.

Deutsche Bank has policies, procedures and controls that cover those areas that present an increased risk of bribery and

corruption, the cornerstone of which is the Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy. These policies cover all key areas of

Deutsche Bank’s bribery and corruption risk exposure, including gifts and entertainment, charitable donations, hiring

practices, joint ventures and strategic investments, vendor risk management, books and records, and political

contributions.

Deutsche Bank has also implemented a holistic fraud risk management framework across all lines of defense, defining

governance and minimum standards, and establishing key controls to mitigate the risk of fraud, such as mandatory time

away and fraud transaction monitoring. The Anti-Fraud Policy also sets out the applicable minimum requirements and

defines the prohibition of fraud including internal fraud by employees against Deutsche Bank, its clients and other third

parties, fraud by external parties against Deutsche Bank, the understanding and assessment of fraud risk, as well as the

escalation of internal and external fraud.

Risk management

Deutsche Bank uses a risk-based approach to identify counterparties of concern and determine appropriate escalation

steps. This means for governance risk that the bank will assess areas such as ethical considerations, strategy and risk

management, inclusiveness, transparency, conflict of interest management and internal communication on critical

concerns, if they have been deemed to carry an additional risk factor. For example, via the presence of adverse media,

allegations, or NGO activities regarding concerns with the governance of the counterparty. Once concerns are identified

they are escalated within the existing Reputational Risk and AFC frameworks as deemed appropriate. Deutsche Bank’s

Sustainability Statement (https://investor-relations.db.com/reports-and-events/annual-reports) provides further details

on the Rep Risk Framework and AFC/KYC processes.

The Reputational Risk Framework is in place to manage the process through which active decisions are taken on matters

which may pose a reputational risk, before the event, and in doing so to prevent damage to Deutsche Bank’s reputation

227

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Governance risk

wherever possible. Along with other reputational risk matters, this Framework assess any issues identified in relation to

the governance performance of counterparties, including the role of the counterparty’s top governing body. Such

concerns can be driven by allegations of corruption and bribery, aggressive business practices and/or issues around

transparent business dealings. The Framework also discusses reputational risks arising from, but not limited to,

counterparty concerns perceived to be in contradiction with Deutsche Bank’s code of conduct, and potential issues with

the business purpose/economic substance of the transaction or product, high risk industries, environmental and social

considerations, and the nature of the transaction or product or its structure and terms.

Under the Reputational Risk Framework, all employees are responsible for identifying potential reputational risks and

reporting them by means of the Unit RRAP. Each Business Division has an established process through which matters,

which are deemed to be a moderate or greater reputational risk are assessed (Unit RRAP). The Framework is applicable

across all Business and Infrastructure Divisions and Regions. Whilst every employee has a responsibility to protect

Deutsche Bank’s reputation, the primary responsibility for the identification, assessment, management, monitoring and, if

necessary, referring or reporting of reputational risk matters lies with Deutsche Bank’s Business Divisions as the primary

risk owners.

To the extent the bank engages with third parties either to act on its behalf or as part of a joint venture or strategic

investment, AFC will conduct appropriate levels of due diligence before entering into such a relationship to gain comfort

with regard to the counterparty’s controls and whether engaging with the counterparty is within risk appetite. Equally, all

new client adoptions are assessed for bribery and corruption concerns, and, where appropriate, will be reviewed as part

of the reputational risk process described above.

Climate change transition risk

Financed emissions are emissions that banks and investors finance through on-balance sheet lending and investing

activities. Greenhouse gases (GHG) can be distinguished into three categories: Scope 1, 2 and 3.

–Scope 1: Direct GHG emissions occur from sources owned or controlled by the counterparty

–Scope 2: Indirect GHG emissions from generation of purchased electricity, steam, heating, or cooling consumed by

the counterparty

–Scope 3: Other indirect GHG emissions not included in Scope 2 occurring in the value chain of the counterparty; it can

be further broken down into upstream emissions i.e., life cycle of materials, products or services up to the point of sale

and downstream emissions i.e., distribution, storage, use and end-of-life treatment of products and services

Table ESG1 highlights potential transition risks the Group is exposed to on loans and advances, debt securities and

equity instruments in the banking book as clients transition to a low-carbon and climate-resilient economy. Transition risk

is deemed to be higher for those exposures not aligned with the EU Paris-Benchmark and exposures with a longer

maturity, especially from clients operating in carbon-related sectors and highly contributing to climate change.

Starting June 30, 2025, Deutsche Bank reports the estimates of financed emissions (Scope 1,2 & 3) for exposures in the

banking book. The Bank calculates its financed emissions using the methodology described in the Sustainability

Statement 2025. Financed emissions reported in the table rely on MSCI data and the emission factors of the Partnership

for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF) where client-specific emissions data is not available. PCAF Data quality scores

are calculated according to the rules outlined in PCAF’s Global GHG Accounting and Reporting Standard for the

Financial Industry. They reflect the extent to which sectoral proxy estimates were utilized in the calculation of financed

emissions and are an indication of the challenges that the bank and the industry still face with getting access to

consistent and audited client-specific climate risk data.

Determination of clients not aligned with the EU Paris-Benchmark is done on a best-efforts basis, either based on

available third-party data or relevant NACE codes considered for the EU PAB benchmark exclusion which has further

been enhanced in December 2024 to include NACE codes as suggested by the Bundesverband Öffentlicher Banken

Deutschlands (association of public banks in Germany). The coverage of available information on counterparty exposures

is expected to improve over time and could result in further counterparties being identified as not aligned.

For exposures excluded from the EU-Paris aligned Benchmarks, the bank manages these exposures within its risk

management framework and in accordance with the bank’s net zero targets, its Environmental and Social Framework,

and related sectoral policies, where applicable.

The exposure towards sectors that highly contribute to climate change was € 140.6 billion as of December 31, 2025,

whereas the exposure towards sectors other than those that highly contribute to climate changes was € 222.0 billion.

The decline in total exposure of € 8.9 billion compared to € 371.3 billion as of June 30, 2025 was primarily driven by a

reclassification of approximately € 17 billion from Non‑Financial Corporations to Households, resulting from data quality

228

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change transition risk

improvements that led to closer alignment with regulatory requirements. This effect was partially offset by an increase of

approximately € 6.7 billion in “K – Financial and insurance activities” within exposures to sectors other than those that

highly contribute to climate change. The average weighted maturity of “K - Financial and insurance activities” declined to

2.5 years, primarily due to updates to the complementary method, which enhanced data quality.

Exposures to financial corporates are included in “K - Financial and insurance activities” according to EBA Q&A

2022_6600. The industry classification is based on the counterparty’s NACE code. Determined exposures against holding

companies have been re-allocated to a different NACE code based on their economic operating model.

229

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change transition risk

ESG1 – Banking book- Climate Change transition risk: Credit quality of exposures by sector, emissions and maturity

b d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in fair<br><br>value due to credit risk and provisions GHG financed<br><br>emissions (scope 1,<br><br>scope 2 and scope 3<br><br>emissions of the<br><br>counterparty) (in Mtons<br><br>of CO2 equivalent) GHG<br><br>emissions<br><br>(column i):<br><br>gross<br><br>carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>percentage<br><br>of the<br><br>portfolio<br><br>derived<br><br>from<br><br>company-<br><br>specific<br><br>reporting³ <= 5 years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20 years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity
in m. of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>towards<br><br>companies excl.<br><br>from EU Paris-<br><br>aligned<br><br>Benchmarks in<br><br>accordance with<br><br>pts (d) to (g) of<br><br>Art. 12.1 and<br><br>Art. 12.2 of<br><br>Climate<br><br>Benchmark<br><br>Standards<br><br>Regulation of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>Scope 3<br><br>financed<br><br>emissions
1 Exposures towards sectors that highly contribute to climate change* 10,463 21,599 8,105 (2,687) (334) (2,219) 162 136 118,945 9,696 7,077 4,718 3.3
2 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 104 63 36 (7) (1) (6) 1 1 904 62 20 6 2.9
3 B - Mining and quarrying 2,496 437 31 (33) (4) (26) 13 8 2,005 210 278 3 2.9
4 B.05 - Mining of coal and lignite 73 70 2 (3) (1) (2) 1 0 73 0 0 0 3.6
5 B.06 - Extraction of crude petroleum and natural gas 1,598 250 25 (27) (3) (22) 9 5 1,169 158 272 0 3.4
6 B.07 - Mining of metal ores 53 25 0 (0) (0) 0 0 0 47 0 3 3 5.1
7 B.08 - Other mining and quarrying 145 49 4 (2) (0) (1) 0 0 130 11 3 0 2.8
8 B.09 - Mining support service activities 626 43 0 (1) (0) 0 2 1 586 41 0 0 1.4
9 C - Manufacturing 1,293 4,140 1,529 (707) (48) (628) 68 62 31,540 1,768 888 33 1.9
10 C.10 - Manufacture of food products 64 289 86 (29) (5) (21) 4 3 3,264 162 14 18 1.8
11 C.11 - Manufacture of beverages 3 56 38 (10) (1) (8) 0 0 721 31 0 0 1.1
12 C.12 - Manufacture of tobacco products 0 9 0 (0) (0) (0) 0 0 114 0 0 0 2.2
13 C.13 - Manufacture of textiles 0 47 25 (11) (1) (10) 1 1 287 27 22 0 2.5
14 C.14 - Manufacture of wearing apparel 0 27 28 (16) (0) (15) 0 0 140 16 11 0 2.5
15 C.15 - Manufacture of leather and related products 0 22 11 (5) (0) (5) 0 0 68 9 3 0 2.4

All values are in Euros.

230

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change transition risk
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
b d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in fair<br><br>value due to credit risk and provisions GHG financed<br><br>emissions (scope 1,<br><br>scope 2 and scope 3<br><br>emissions of the<br><br>counterparty) (in Mtons<br><br>of CO2 equivalent) GHG<br><br>emissions<br><br>(column i):<br><br>gross<br><br>carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>percentage<br><br>of the<br><br>portfolio<br><br>derived<br><br>from<br><br>company-<br><br>specific<br><br>reporting³ <= 5 years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20 years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity
in m. of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>towards<br><br>companies excl.<br><br>from EU Paris-<br><br>aligned<br><br>Benchmarks in<br><br>accordance with<br><br>pts (d) to (g) of<br><br>Art. 12.1 and<br><br>Art. 12.2 of<br><br>Climate<br><br>Benchmark<br><br>Standards<br><br>Regulation of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>Scope 3<br><br>financed<br><br>emissions
16 C.16 - Manufacture of wood and of products of wood and cork, except furniture; manufacture of articles of straw and plaiting materials 0 37 36 (23) (1) (22) 0 0 133 17 4 0 2.0
17 C.17 - Manufacture of pulp, paper and paperboard 0 173 20 (11) (1) (9) 1 1 608 76 18 0 2.1
18 C.18 - Printing and service activities related to printing 0 58 5 (6) (3) (3) 0 0 376 14 9 0 2.1
19 C.19 - Manufacture of coke oven products 565 67 15 (1) (0) (0) 4 4 498 66 0 0 1.2
20 C.20 - Production of chemicals 121 213 140 (64) (3) (59) 3 2 1,979 78 174 5 2.4
21 C.21 - Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations 16 158 23 (9) (1) (7) 1 0 1,287 117 33 0 2.3
22 C.22 - Manufacture of rubber products 101 271 148 (65) (5) (59) 4 4 1,663 54 18 0 1.5
23 C.23 - Manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products 0 153 55 (38) (4) (34) 1 0 574 21 8 5 2.8
24 C.24 - Manufacture of basic metals 2 484 164 (37) (3) (32) 5 4 1,568 131 181 0 2.2
25 C.25 - Manufacture of fabricated metal products, except machinery and equipment 0 331 110 (61) (4) (56) 2 2 1,115 142 44 0 2.3
26 C.26 - Manufacture of computer, electronic and optical products 0 152 21 (17) (3) (12) 1 1 2,932 89 26 0 2.1
27 C.27 - Manufacture of electrical equipment 52 145 74 (44) (1) (40) 6 6 3,560 339 24 0 1.5
28 C.28 - Manufacture of machinery and equipment n.e.c. 68 305 200 (87) (3) (80) 7 6 3,120 156 48 1 1.8

All values are in Euros.

231

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change transition risk
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
b d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in fair<br><br>value due to credit risk and provisions GHG financed<br><br>emissions (scope 1,<br><br>scope 2 and scope 3<br><br>emissions of the<br><br>counterparty) (in Mtons<br><br>of CO2 equivalent) GHG<br><br>emissions<br><br>(column i):<br><br>gross<br><br>carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>percentage<br><br>of the<br><br>portfolio<br><br>derived<br><br>from<br><br>company-<br><br>specific<br><br>reporting³ <= 5 years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20 years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity
in m. of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>towards<br><br>companies excl.<br><br>from EU Paris-<br><br>aligned<br><br>Benchmarks in<br><br>accordance with<br><br>pts (d) to (g) of<br><br>Art. 12.1 and<br><br>Art. 12.2 of<br><br>Climate<br><br>Benchmark<br><br>Standards<br><br>Regulation of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>Scope 3<br><br>financed<br><br>emissions
29 C.29 - Manufacture of motor vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers 192 469 133 (66) (4) (61) 22 22 3,536 101 6 0 1.1
30 C.30 - Manufacture of other transport equipment 25 75 88 (50) (1) (48) 3 3 1,430 30 25 0 2.6
31 C.31 - Manufacture of furniture 0 56 13 (10) (1) (9) 0 0 236 3 5 0 1.3
32 C.32 - Other manufacturing 85 534 98 (45) (5) (38) 2 2 2,292 83 211 3 2.6
33 C.33 - Repair and installation of machinery and equipment 0 9 1 (0) (0) (0) 0 0 39 4 5 0 2.4
34 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 3,667 521 182 (87) (4) (77) 14 6 4,938 652 451 175 3.8
35 D35.1 - Electric power generation, transmission and distribution 3,198 436 112 (39) (3) (31) 11 5 3,975 628 407 174 4.2
36 D35.11 - Production of electricity 2,479 349 88 (31) (3) (26) 7 4 2,172 379 221 174 5.1
37 D35.2 - Manufacture of gas; distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 445 83 69 (47) (1) (46) 1 1 523 17 40 0 3.0
38 D35.3 - Steam and air conditioning supply 24 2 1 (0) (0) (0) 2 0 439 7 4 0 0.4
39 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 0 277 8 (10) (5) (4) 1 0 726 147 55 10 3.6
40 F - Construction 98 437 241 (109) (11) (92) 4 3 4,008 551 347 375 5.4
41 F.41 - Construction of buildings 13 156 108 (38) (2) (33) 2 1 2,048 246 114 311 6.3
42 F.42 - Civil engineering 17 42 15 (11) (2) (9) 1 0 597 101 141 13 5.3
43 F.43 - Specialized construction activities 69 239 118 (59) (7) (50) 1 1 1,363 203 92 51 3.9

All values are in Euros.

232

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change transition risk
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
b d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in fair<br><br>value due to credit risk and provisions GHG financed<br><br>emissions (scope 1,<br><br>scope 2 and scope 3<br><br>emissions of the<br><br>counterparty) (in Mtons<br><br>of CO2 equivalent) GHG<br><br>emissions<br><br>(column i):<br><br>gross<br><br>carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>percentage<br><br>of the<br><br>portfolio<br><br>derived<br><br>from<br><br>company-<br><br>specific<br><br>reporting³ <= 5 years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20 years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity
in m. of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>towards<br><br>companies excl.<br><br>from EU Paris-<br><br>aligned<br><br>Benchmarks in<br><br>accordance with<br><br>pts (d) to (g) of<br><br>Art. 12.1 and<br><br>Art. 12.2 of<br><br>Climate<br><br>Benchmark<br><br>Standards<br><br>Regulation of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>Scope 3<br><br>financed<br><br>emissions
44 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 2,694 2,628 1,034 (517) (25) (475) 44 43 22,508 763 196 28 1.0
45 H - Transportation and storage 109 690 332 (91) (8) (76) 6 3 6,914 1,664 452 58 4.0
46 H.49 - Land transport and transport via pipelines 109 43 58 (27) (1) (25) 1 1 1,427 148 89 9 3.0
47 H.50 - Water transport 0 98 69 (2) (0) (0) 2 0 831 363 121 38 7.5
48 H.51 - Air transport 0 281 117 (13) (3) (7) 2 1 2,459 792 92 0 3.9
49 H.52 - Warehousing and support activities for transportation 0 267 87 (49) (4) (43) 1 1 1,821 361 148 11 3.7
50 H.53 - Postal and courier activities 0 1 1 (0) (0) (0) 0 0 376 1 1 0 0.2
51 I - Accommodation and food service activities 0 919 98 (32) (9) (20) 1 1 2,155 750 235 9 4.1
52 L - Real estate activities 2 11,486 4,614 (1,094) (220) (816) 10 10 43,248 3,129 4,156 4,023 4.8
53 Exposures towards sectors other than those that highly contribute to climate change* 477 7,786 2,492 (878) (90) (677) 0 0 201,047 13,106 4,464 3,337 2.6
54 K - Financial and insurance activities¹ 204 3,070 780 (268) (19) (198) 0 0 152,169 8,361 3,100 2,287 2.5
55 Exposures to other sectors (NACE codes J, M - U) 274 4,716 1,712 (610) (71) (478) 0 0 48,878 4,745 1,364 1,050 2.8
56 Total 10,940 29,385 10,597 (3,565) (424) (2,895) 162 136 319,992 22,802 11,541 8,055 2.9

All values are in Euros.

1 Includes exposures to financial corporates as per EBA Q&A 2022_6600

2 Based on % of turnover contributing to environmentally sustainable activities aligned with the EU Taxonomy CCM objectives.

3 The Bank can derive the % of gross carrying amount for Scope 1 & 2 based on company specific reporting, however Scope 3 is based on estimates hence not reported

233

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change transition risk
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
b d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in fair<br><br>value due to credit risk and provisions GHG financed<br><br>emissions (scope 1,<br><br>scope 2 and scope 3<br><br>emissions of the<br><br>counterparty) (in Mtons<br><br>of CO2 equivalent) GHG<br><br>emissions<br><br>(column i):<br><br>gross<br><br>carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>percentage<br><br>of the<br><br>portfolio<br><br>derived<br><br>from<br><br>company-<br><br>specific<br><br>reporting <= 5 years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20 years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity
in m. of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>towards<br><br>companies excl.<br><br>from EU Paris-<br><br>aligned<br><br>Benchmarks in<br><br>accordance with<br><br>pts (d) to (g) of<br><br>Art. 12.1 and<br><br>Art. 12.2 of<br><br>Climate<br><br>Benchmark<br><br>Standards<br><br>Regulation of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>Scope 3<br><br>financed<br><br>emissions
1 Exposures towards sectors that highly contribute to climate change* 14,785 27,245 7,713 (2,547) (314) (2,102) 163 136 123,833 10,072 8,253 6,395 3.6
2 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 200 72 30 (7) (1) (5) 2 2 1,203 64 64 25 3.2
3 B - Mining and quarrying 3,480 373 16 (23) (5) (15) 16 10 3,182 99 193 6 1.9
4 B.05 - Mining of coal and lignite 82 34 2 (3) (1) (2) 1 0 80 2 0 0 4.1
5 B.06 - Extraction of crude petroleum and natural gas 2,504 309 11 (18) (3) (12) 12 9 2,231 86 186 1 1.9
6 B.07 - Mining of metal ores 106 21 0 (0) (0) (0) 1 0 103 0 0 3 1.4
7 B.08 - Other mining and quarrying 149 9 2 (1) (0) (1) 0 0 131 11 6 2 4.0
8 B.09 - Mining support service activities 640 0 0 (1) (0) (0) 3 0 638 0 1 0 1.1
9 C - Manufacturing 1,669 5,128 1,434 (660) (50) (582) 70 64 31,459 1,880 1,042 242 2.1
10 C.10 - Manufacture of food products 52 398 57 (35) (4) (28) 3 3 3,153 275 37 44 2.1
11 C.11 - Manufacture of beverages 0 83 13 (6) (2) (3) 0 0 700 37 4 1 1.5
12 C.12 - Manufacture of tobacco products 0 8 0 (0) (0) (0) 0 0 130 15 0 0 1.6
13 C.13 - Manufacture of textiles 0 39 33 (14) (1) (13) 1 1 340 32 34 9 3.3
14 C.14 - Manufacture of wearing apparel 0 38 31 (17) (0) (16) 0 0 171 22 21 39 7.1
15 C.15 - Manufacture of leather and related products 0 44 9 (5) (1) (4) 0 0 81 10 8 1 3.3
16 C.16 - Manufacture of wood and of products of wood and cork, except furniture; manufacture of articles of straw and plaiting materials 0 58 23 (22) (2) (20) 0 0 181 22 9 4 3.1
17 C.17 - Manufacture of pulp, paper and paperboard 0 102 20 (12) (0) (11) 1 0 531 48 24 1 2.2

All values are in Euros.

234

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change transition risk
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
b d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in fair<br><br>value due to credit risk and provisions GHG financed<br><br>emissions (scope 1,<br><br>scope 2 and scope 3<br><br>emissions of the<br><br>counterparty) (in Mtons<br><br>of CO2 equivalent) GHG<br><br>emissions<br><br>(column i):<br><br>gross<br><br>carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>percentage<br><br>of the<br><br>portfolio<br><br>derived<br><br>from<br><br>company-<br><br>specific<br><br>reporting <= 5 years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20 years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity
in m. of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>towards<br><br>companies excl.<br><br>from EU Paris-<br><br>aligned<br><br>Benchmarks in<br><br>accordance with<br><br>pts (d) to (g) of<br><br>Art. 12.1 and<br><br>Art. 12.2 of<br><br>Climate<br><br>Benchmark<br><br>Standards<br><br>Regulation of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>Scope 3<br><br>financed<br><br>emissions
18 C.18 - Printing and service activities related to printing 0 58 7 (5) (1) (3) 0 0 533 27 15 9 2.2
19 C.19 - Manufacture of coke oven products 539 123 0 (1) (0) (0) 3 3 501 36 1 1 0.8
20 C.20 - Production of chemicals 213 328 73 (34) (4) (29) 3 2 2,081 68 178 4 2.3
21 C.21 - Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations 18 127 24 (10) (1) (7) 1 0 1,311 105 23 1 2.0
22 C.22 - Manufacture of rubber products 228 372 135 (44) (4) (39) 7 7 1,841 70 28 2 1.7
23 C.23 - Manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products 0 131 46 (34) (4) (30) 2 1 948 15 13 8 2.0
24 C.24 - Manufacture of basic metals 0 313 188 (42) (1) (38) 4 3 1,479 117 98 4 2.2
25 C.25 - Manufacture of fabricated metal products, except machinery and equipment 0 402 109 (61) (4) (55) 3 3 1,577 160 74 15 2.5
26 C.26 - Manufacture of computer, electronic and optical products 0 237 23 (15) (2) (12) 1 1 2,326 42 34 4 2.2
27 C.27 - Manufacture of electrical equipment 50 626 70 (46) (2) (43) 7 7 2,147 203 35 4 1.9
28 C.28 - Manufacture of machinery and equipment n.e.c. 41 344 145 (76) (5) (68) 9 8 3,354 131 85 9 1.8
29 C.29 - Manufacture of motor vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers 409 782 120 (67) (6) (59) 20 19 3,994 50 12 5 1.1
30 C.30 - Manufacture of other transport equipment 91 69 111 (34) (1) (33) 4 3 1,318 32 27 0 2.4
31 C.31 - Manufacture of furniture 0 36 15 (11) (0) (10) 0 0 195 9 17 7 3.4
32 C.32 - Other manufacturing 28 395 180 (67) (4) (60) 2 2 2,501 347 255 67 3.6
33 C.33 - Repair and installation of machinery and equipment 0 17 1 (1) (1) (0) 0 0 68 6 8 4 3.5

All values are in Euros.

235

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change transition risk
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
b d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in fair<br><br>value due to credit risk and provisions GHG financed<br><br>emissions (scope 1,<br><br>scope 2 and scope 3<br><br>emissions of the<br><br>counterparty) (in Mtons<br><br>of CO2 equivalent) GHG<br><br>emissions<br><br>(column i):<br><br>gross<br><br>carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>percentage<br><br>of the<br><br>portfolio<br><br>derived<br><br>from<br><br>company-<br><br>specific<br><br>reporting <= 5 years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20 years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity
in m. of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>towards<br><br>companies excl.<br><br>from EU Paris-<br><br>aligned<br><br>Benchmarks in<br><br>accordance with<br><br>pts (d) to (g) of<br><br>Art. 12.1 and<br><br>Art. 12.2 of<br><br>Climate<br><br>Benchmark<br><br>Standards<br><br>Regulation of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>Scope 3<br><br>financed<br><br>emissions
34 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 5,752 665 138 (70) (4) (62) 17 9 4,454 713 515 71 3.9
35 D35.1 - Electric power generation, transmission and distribution 5,101 560 96 (32) (3) (25) 16 8 3,972 594 467 69 3.9
36 D35.11 - Production of electricity 2,682 432 96 (30) (2) (25) 7 3 2,012 366 238 67 4.4
37 D35.2 - Manufacture of gas; distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 622 102 41 (37) (1) (36) 2 1 476 103 44 0 3.7
38 D35.3 - Steam and air conditioning supply 29 2 1 (0) (0) (0) 0 0 7 16 4 2 7.8
39 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 0 215 5 (5) (1) (3) 1 0 805 164 62 10 3.2
40 F - Construction 59 769 300 (109) (17) (86) 3 3 3,984 816 449 667 6.7
41 F.41 - Construction of buildings 42 261 120 (39) (4) (32) 2 1 1,905 321 143 406 7.5
42 F.42 - Civil engineering 0 70 7 (6) (2) (3) 0 0 501 133 58 28 4.7
43 F.43 - Specialized construction activities 16 439 173 (64) (11) (51) 1 1 1,578 362 247 234 6.4
44 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 3,406 3,759 1,116 (567) (31) (516) 37 36 22,539 818 972 487 2.0
45 H - Transportation and storage 199 1,078 226 (82) (8) (67) 6 2 5,519 1,366 422 131 4.2
46 H.49 - Land transport and transport via pipelines 199 96 41 (16) (2) (13) 0 0 662 134 26 24 4.3
47 H.50 - Water transport 0 417 1 (3) (1) (0) 2 0 796 305 136 9 5.8
48 H.51 - Air transport 0 264 84 (16) (2) (12) 2 1 1,671 630 106 1 4.0
49 H.52 - Warehousing and support activities for transportation 0 287 98 (46) (3) (40) 1 1 2,099 295 152 90 3.9
50 H.53 - Postal and courier activities 0 13 2 (2) (0) (2) 0 0 292 3 2 7 1.1

All values are in Euros.

236

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change transition risk
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
b d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in fair<br><br>value due to credit risk and provisions GHG financed<br><br>emissions (scope 1,<br><br>scope 2 and scope 3<br><br>emissions of the<br><br>counterparty) (in Mtons<br><br>of CO2 equivalent) GHG<br><br>emissions<br><br>(column i):<br><br>gross<br><br>carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>percentage<br><br>of the<br><br>portfolio<br><br>derived<br><br>from<br><br>company-<br><br>specific<br><br>reporting <= 5 years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20 years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity
in m. of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>towards<br><br>companies excl.<br><br>from EU Paris-<br><br>aligned<br><br>Benchmarks in<br><br>accordance with<br><br>pts (d) to (g) of<br><br>Art. 12.1 and<br><br>Art. 12.2 of<br><br>Climate<br><br>Benchmark<br><br>Standards<br><br>Regulation of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-<br><br>performing<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>Scope 3<br><br>financed<br><br>emissions
51 I - Accommodation and food service activities 0 1,017 101 (38) (11) (25) 0 0 2,314 864 298 119 5.1
52 L - Real estate activities 20 14,170 4,349 (985) (187) (742) 11 10 48,375 3,288 4,237 4,636 4.8
53 Exposures towards sectors other than those that highly contribute to climate change* 477 10,676 3,487 (860) (100) (633) 0 0 194,624 15,901 6,718 5,483 9.3
54 K - Financial and insurance activities¹ 212 3,878 949 (287) (18) (204) 0 0 145,028 9,520 2,829 1,847 11.3
55 Exposures to other sectors (NACE codes J, M - U) 265 6,798 2,538 (573) (82) (430) 0 0 49,596 6,381 3,889 3,637 4.3
56 Total 15,262 37,920 11,200 (3,406) (414) (2,736) 163 136 318,457 25,973 14,971 11,878 7.0

All values are in Euros.

1 Includes exposures to financial corporates as per EBA Q&A 2022_6600

2 Based on % of turnover contributing to environmentally sustainable activities eligible per the EU Taxonomy CCM objectives.

237

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Energy efficiency of real estate collateral

Energy efficiency of real estate collateral

Table ESG2 provides insights into the energy efficiency of residential and commercial real estate collateralizing

Deutsche Bank’s loans, utilizing kWh/m² and Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) labels.

Energy efficiency information is unavailable for the majority of the collateral. Although certain local EPC databases exist

for Spain and Italy, a 92% of the Group’s portfolios is located in Germany without a fully public EPC database. However,

Deutsche Bank is able to derive EPC estimates using internal collateral attributes and external reference datasets,

including PCAF.

For contracts secured by multiple properties, the calculated kWh/m² figures are allocated to each property on a pro-rata

basis, using the weighted average lending value as the allocation key. In total, Deutsche Bank reaches a PCAF Data

Quality score of 3.9 for its EU residential real estate portfolio. The scores reflect the extent to which proxy estimates

were utilized.

Loans secured by immovable property predominantly stem from the bank’s German residential real estate portfolio

(€ 147.8 billion), where Deutsche Bank maintains strong market coverage and can reliably estimate energy efficiency

metric. Owing to the significant share of recently constructed properties in the German mortgage portfolio, a 26% of the

gross carrying amount is associated with low energy consumption levels.

Deutsche Bank began collecting EPC information for new residential real estate loans within its EU based portfolio in

  1. Due to data protection requirements, EPCs cannot be systematically obtained from private households, resulting

in limited availability of actual EPC labels for residential immovable property.

For private household clients, EPC documentation is collected only where clients are legally required to hold a valid EPC

for their property. The 92% of reported EPC labels currently originate from the German and Spanish mortgage portfolios.

The collection process of energy efficiency data including certificates for commercial immovable property remains under

development.

Loans secured by garages and plots (classified under residential immovable property) do not have an associated kWh/m²

estimate and are therefore recorded as 0 kWh/m² in column b. Exposures for which no EPC label is available are reported

without EPCs in column o. Where an EPC label exists but does not include kWh/m² data, the gross carrying amount is

reported under “Level of energy efficiency estimated“ in column a5.

For portfolios outside the EU, comprehensive and harmonized energy-efficiency standards comparable to EU

frameworks are generally not in place. However, the coverage of both EU and non‑EU portfolios with kWh/m² or EPC

information has increased substantially compared with the second quarter of 2025 driven by two key factors: model

enhancements and more comprehensive data collection.

238

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Energy efficiency of real estate collateral

ESG2 – Banking book - Climate change transition risk: Loans collateralised by immovable property - Energy efficiency of the collateral

b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) Level of energy efficiency (EPC label of collateral) Without EPC label of<br><br>collateral
in m. (unless stated otherwise) 0; <= 100 > 100; <=<br><br>200 > 200; <=<br><br>300 > 300; <=<br><br>400 > 400; <=<br><br>500 > 500 A B C D E F G of which:<br><br>level of<br><br>energy<br><br>efficiency<br><br>(EP score in<br><br>kWh/m² of<br><br>collateral)<br><br>estimated<br><br>(in %)
1 Total EU area 59,039 72,979 44,227 2,039 378 346 1,618 1,159 1,731 2,657 4,152 2,273 4,252 169,545 95
2 Of which Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property 5,115 11,143 3,969 594 25 184 184 62 188 215 100 119 344 25,601 78
3 Of which Loans collateralized by residential immovable property 53,923 61,836 40,259 1,445 354 153 1,434 1,096 1,543 2,442 4,052 2,154 3,908 143,934 98
4 Of which Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0
5 Of which Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) estimated 54,732 65,708 40,509 520 35 25 161,238 100
6 Total non-EU area 1,960 7,688 7,134 2,676 6,441 145 3 149 102 42 41 4 4 39,322 65
7 Of which Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property 1,838 6,288 7,080 2,561 6,436 145 0 147 97 34 27 0 0 34,790 69
8 Of which Loans collateralized by residential immovable property 123 1,400 54 114 5 0 3 2 6 8 14 4 4 4,532 37
9 Of which Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Of which Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) estimated 1,948 7,643 7,129 2,675 6,440 145 25,699 100

All values are in Euros.

239

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Energy efficiency of real estate collateral
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) Level of energy efficiency (EPC label of collateral) Without EPC label of<br><br>collateral
in m. (unless stated otherwise) 0; <= 100 > 100; <=<br><br>200 > 200; <=<br><br>300 > 300; <=<br><br>400 > 400; <=<br><br>500 > 500 A B C D E F G of which:<br><br>level of<br><br>energy<br><br>efficiency<br><br>(EP score in<br><br>kWh/m² of<br><br>collateral)<br><br>estimated<br><br>(in %)
1 Total EU area 56,670 65,606 42,630 1,342 736 2,281 1,285 869 1,249 2,083 3,641 1,887 3,592 176,441 88
2 Of which Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property 1,873 3,382 1,494 54 391 1,889 35 31 39 107 70 36 287 26,537 32
3 Of which Loans collateralized by residential immovable property 54,797 62,224 41,136 1,288 345 382 1,250 838 1,211 1,976 3,571 1,851 3,305 149,894 98
4 Of which Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0
5 Of which Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) estimated 53,250 59,799 39,496 223 436 1,919 155,123 100
6 Total non-EU area 127 1,311 51 3 8 8 1 4 4 7 40 3 4 41,879 3
7 Of which Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property 1 212 1 0 6 7 0 0 0 0 27 0 0 37,214 1
8 Of which Loans collateralized by residential immovable property 126 1,099 50 3 2 1 1 4 4 7 13 3 4 4,665 27
9 Of which Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Of which Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) estimated 120 1,270 47 1 6 8 1,453 99

All values are in Euros.

240

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Exposures to Top 20 carbon-intensive firms

Alignment metrics on relative scope 3 emissions

The following template discloses eight carbon intensive sectors currently tracked under Deutsche Bank’s Net Zero target

regime. This information is also available in the 2025 Sustainability Statement, where more details and context can be

found such as 2050 final decarbonization targets, year-on-year analysis, and high-level methodological details.

Deutsche Bank’s sectoral targets are calibrated using the International Energy Agency (IEA) Net Zero Emissions (NZE)

pathway, the decarbonization pathways from the Poseidon Principles methodology which follows the Revised

International Maritime Organisation (IMO) Strategy for shipping, and the Mission Possible Partnership Prudent Scenario

for Commercial Aviation.

Deutsche Bank’s Net Zero target regime reports the exposure in terms of total loan commitment (i.e., loan drawn and

undrawn) in line with the Sustainability Statement, instead of the gross carrying amount; the undrawn loan exposure is

included as it is a better reflection of the balance sheet commitment.

ESG3: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change transition risk: Alignment metrics

Dec 31, 2025
c d e f g
Sector Portfolio gross<br><br>carrying<br><br>amount¹<br><br>(in € m) Alignment metric Year of<br><br>reference Distance to IEA<br><br>NZE2050 (in %)² Target (year of<br><br>reference + 3<br><br>years)³
1 Power 12,843 195 kgCO2e/MWh 2024 70.6 114
3 Automotive 7,461 153 gCO2/v-km 2024 98.6 77
4 Aviation 1,835 1% Pegasus Guidelines 2024 1.0 0
5 Maritime transport 885 7.5% Poseidon Principles<br><br>(Revised-Striving) 2024 7.5 0
6 Cement, clinker and lime<br><br>production 439 749 kgCO2e/t cement 2024 55.3 483
7 Iron and steel, coke, and metal<br><br>ore production 1,788 1,231 kgCO2e/t steel 2024 22.6 1,004
9 Oil and Gas 7,765 17.6 MtCO2/y 2024 -2.1 18
10 Coal Mining 1,220 5.3 MtCO2/y 2024 32.2 4

1Includes drawn and undrawn loan commitments as of year end 2025

2% represented in terms of Distance to IEA NZE 2030, as the bank has not set a target with a 3-year horizon beyond the interim target set for 2030

3The bank has chosen to disclose the Target (2030) instead of the Target (year of reference + 3 years)

Exposures to Top 20 carbon-intensive firms

Table ESG4 highlights the aggregate exposure Deutsche Bank has towards the top 20 most carbon-intensive firms and

its subsidiaries in the world by gross carrying amount (including loans and advances, debt securities and equity

instruments) in the banking book and weighted average maturity. The underlying data source for identifying the top 20

most carbon-intensive firms is the publicly latest available list from the Carbon Majors Report 2020 with database as of

2018.

ESG4 – Exposures in the banking book to the top 20 carbon-intensive firms in the world

Dec 31, 2025
a b d e
in € m. Gross carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>(aggregate) Gross carrying<br><br>amount towards<br><br>the<br><br>counterparties<br><br>compared to<br><br>total gross<br><br>carrying amount<br><br>(aggregate in %) Weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity Number of top<br><br>20 polluting<br><br>firms included
1 Top 20 polluting firms 1,707 0.24 1.1 12

241

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Exposures to Top 20 carbon-intensive firms
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- ---
a b d e
in € m. Gross carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>(aggregate) Gross carrying<br><br>amount towards<br><br>the<br><br>counterparties<br><br>compared to<br><br>total gross<br><br>carrying amount<br><br>(aggregate in %) Weighted<br><br>average<br><br>maturity Number of top<br><br>20 polluting<br><br>firms included
1 Top 20 polluting firms 2,088 0.30 1.0 13

Deutsche Bank’s exposure towards the Top 20 firms amounted to € 1.7 billion as per December 31, 2025, being

€ 0,4billion lower compared to June 30, 2025 where it stood at € 2.1 billion, resulting in a lower overall exposure ratio of

0.24%. The weighted average maturity remained broadly stable, with a slight increase to 1.1 years.

Climate change - physical risk

Physical risks arise from the increasing frequency, severity, and volatility of acute events, such as hurricanes, floods, and

wildfires, as well as chronic shifts in weather patterns, such as droughts disrupting agriculture production. These changes

can have a potential impact on economic output and productivity, can cause sudden damage to properties, disruption of

supply chains, and depreciation of assets, as well as additional cost related to operational downtime.

The bank utilizes data provided by Standard & Poor’s (S&P) to map locations as having acute or chronic hazard scores.

S&P’s exposure scores forecast climate event probabilities for eight hazards and four climate scenarios. The exposure

scores represent the likelihood of each climate hazard and scenario over the next eight decades. For the purpose of

determining physical risk, Deutsche Bank has selected the exposure scores from the Representative Concentration

Pathways 7 (RCP7) 2.1° by 2050) scenario projection for the 2040 decade.

Acute risks are defined by S&P as Coastal Flooding, Fluvial Flooding, Pluvial Flooding & Tropical Cyclones. Chronic risks

are defined by S&P as Extreme Heat, Extreme Cold, Wildfire, Water Stress, Drought and Landslide. A loan is considered

sensitive to impacts from climate change physical events if at least one or more of a loan’s physical exposure score

exceeds a threshold calibrated for a given natural hazard type.

If the loan has real estate as collateral, the bank uses the property zip code to determine the S&P exposure score. For

larger companies, with multiple, regionally diversified locations and for loans not secured by real estate, S&P provides an

exposure score from their internal assets and clients database, which aggregates the risk based on the company’s

multiple locations and operations. If the borrower is not in S&P’s database and does not have real estate as collateral, the

bank will use the clients domiciliation to determine the appropriate exposure score based on similar locations with

information available from S&P. As of December 31, 2025, the Group obtained exposure scores on 95% of the German

Private Bank real estate loans and 86% across Private Bank (excl. German Private Bank), Corporate Bank and Investment

Bank. Continuous enhancement to processes, refinement of methodology and forward-looking information can result in

changes to exposures subject to physical risk.

Table ESG5 provides information on exposures in the banking book (including loans and advances and debt securities)

towards non-financial corporates with a geographical grouping in four regions: Europe, the Middle East and Africa

(EMEA), Asia Pacific, North America and Latin America. The gross carrying amount of the loans do not consider any risk

mitigation, adaption or resilience measures the bank may have taken to reduce the risk of physical loss or any costs

related to climate change. The increase in exposures sensitive to impact from chronic climate change versus the prior

period is primarily driven by the inclusion of landslide hazards and the expanded asset level data coverage. In addition,

selected exposures were reclassified between the residential and commercial exposures in the EMEA region during the

second half of the year 2025 .

242

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change - physical risk

ESG5 – Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk – EMEA

c d e f g h i j k l m n o
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>chronic<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events oh which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>both from<br><br>chronic<br><br>and acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in<br><br>fair value due to credit risk and<br><br>provisions
in m. <= 5<br><br>years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20<br><br>years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures
1 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 33 33 25 0 3.8 88 2 0 23 7 (3) (0) (2)
2 B - Mining and quarrying 53 194 5 0 2.3 165 86 1 52 3 (2) (0) (1)
3 C - Manufacturing 1,438 616 180 0 2.4 2,041 172 22 417 218 (68) (5) (59)
4 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 146 160 23 0 2.4 328 2 0 30 10 (3) (0) (3)
5 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 36 20 1 0 2.0 56 0 0 26 5 (3) (0) (3)
6 F - Construction 284 98 101 11 3.5 489 5 0 110 49 (28) (2) (26)
7 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 2,092 538 30 0 1.1 2,566 86 7 224 149 (85) (5) (77)
8 H - Transportation and storage 135 377 173 0 2.8 605 35 45 74 31 (15) (1) (14)
9 L - Real estate activities 1,458 948 615 195 5.3 2,895 206 116 345 111 (52) (2) (44)
10 Loans collateralized by residential immovable property 777 1,966 5,160 8,602 17.9 15,254 1,207 44 1,923 389 (127) (29) (93)
11 Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property 1,669 1,152 902 191 5.3 3,588 321 5 380 164 (75) (5) (64)
12 Repossessed collaterals 3 0 2 1 2.3 7 0 0 0 7 0 0 (7)
13 Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant) 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

All values are in Euros.

243

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change - physical risk
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
c d e f g h i j k l m n o
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>chronic<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events oh which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>both from<br><br>chronic<br><br>and acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in<br><br>fair value due to credit risk and<br><br>provisions
in m. <= 5<br><br>years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20<br><br>years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures
1 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 32 26 15 3 5.1 73 3 0 13 2 (2) (0) (1)
2 B - Mining and quarrying 66 107 22 1 3.6 102 93 2 1 1 (0) (0) (0)
3 C - Manufacturing 1,444 879 197 28 2.8 2,405 123 19 444 190 (65) (6) (56)
4 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 183 160 25 1 2.8 367 2 0 68 3 (2) (0) (2)
5 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 21 22 2 2 4.0 48 0 0 14 1 (1) (0) (1)
6 F - Construction 302 121 177 72 6.2 660 11 1 159 99 (27) (2) (25)
7 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 1,829 509 234 241 4.1 2,705 103 5 487 180 (93) (7) (83)
8 H - Transportation and storage 337 616 78 26 3.1 788 268 1 120 34 (12) (1) (11)
9 L - Real estate activities 1,659 788 523 235 5.1 2,871 332 2 381 118 (52) (2) (46)
10 Loans collateralized by residential immovable property 795 2,147 5,416 7,541 16.9 14,704 1,153 42 1,751 391 (126) (30) (90)
11 Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property 1,796 1,052 700 189 4.8 3,313 423 2 524 175 (72) (4) (63)
12 Repossessed collaterals 4 1 2 1 2.9 7 0 0 0 7 0 0 (7)
13 Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant) 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

All values are in Euros.

244

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change - physical risk

ESG5 – Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk – Asia Pacific

c d e f g h i j k l m n o
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>chronic<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events oh which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>both from<br><br>chronic<br><br>and acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in<br><br>fair value due to credit risk and<br><br>provisions
in m. <= 5<br><br>years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20<br><br>years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures
1 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 10 0 0 0 6.5 10 0 0 0 0 (0) 0 0
2 B - Mining and quarrying 151 82 270 0 6.8 404 26 73 98 0 (1) (1) 0
3 C - Manufacturing 1,791 296 137 1 1.3 977 950 297 89 23 (7) (1) (4)
4 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 299 123 138 11 3.9 513 57 1 121 21 (5) (1) (4)
5 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 50 0 1 0 1.1 49 1 1 48 0 (0) (0) 0
6 F - Construction 347 23 107 0 1.5 166 265 46 74 3 (1) (1) (0)
7 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 1,009 36 72 1 1.1 807 230 81 62 24 (8) (0) (7)
8 H - Transportation and storage 201 348 45 5 3.6 337 39 222 55 5 (2) (1) (0)
9 L - Real estate activities 507 21 56 4 3.6 459 33 96 36 2 (1) (0) (0)
10 Loans collateralized by residential immovable property 127 156 546 12 9.2 492 137 213 38 54 (10) (0) (8)
11 Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property 335 204 92 0 3.3 484 60 86 68 70 (28) (0) (27)
12 Repossessed collaterals 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13 Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant) 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

All values are in Euros.

245

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change - physical risk
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
c d e f g h i j k l m n o
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>chronic<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events oh which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>both from<br><br>chronic<br><br>and acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in<br><br>fair value due to credit risk and<br><br>provisions
in m. <= 5<br><br>years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20<br><br>years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures
1 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 10 0 1 0 1.4 1 0 10 0 0 (0) 0 0
2 B - Mining and quarrying 287 99 185 0 4.8 436 66 70 108 0 (1) (1) 0
3 C - Manufacturing 1,046 201 213 15 2.6 816 430 228 171 31 (12) (1) (8)
4 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 263 135 58 0 3.0 309 135 12 124 0 (1) (1) 0
5 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 68 0 2 0 0.0 67 1 1 0 1 (0) 0 0
6 F - Construction 369 39 116 0 2.0 187 275 61 4 4 (1) (0) (1)
7 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 647 115 133 6 2.5 475 324 103 65 28 (10) (0) (8)
8 H - Transportation and storage 137 462 20 0 3.5 372 48 199 56 7 (3) (1) (1)
9 L - Real estate activities 194 113 86 0 4.2 206 60 128 1 0 (0) (0) 0
10 Loans collateralized by residential immovable property 123 155 579 10 9.3 477 173 216 83 46 (9) (0) (7)
11 Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property 267 268 114 0 4.1 458 99 92 5 74 (17) (0) (17)
12 Repossessed collaterals 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13 Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant) 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

All values are in Euros.

246

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change - physical risk

ESG5 – Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk – North America

c d e f g h i j k l m n o
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>chronic<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events oh which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>both from<br><br>chronic<br><br>and acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in<br><br>fair value due to credit risk and<br><br>provisions
in m. <= 5<br><br>years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20<br><br>years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures
1 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 B - Mining and quarrying 2 0 0 4 16.4 0 6 0 3 2 (0) (0) 0
3 C - Manufacturing 378 596 60 0 3.0 652 374 8 81 59 (2) (1) (0)
4 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 98 141 0 69 7.8 215 92 0 13 42 (12) (0) (12)
5 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 4 57 0 9 8.2 9 61 0 4 0 (0) (0) 0
6 F - Construction 549 49 0 27 2.8 273 261 92 15 0 (1) (0) 0
7 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 236 288 0 0 0.5 119 405 0 55 246 (120) (0) (120)
8 H - Transportation and storage 142 0 0 0 1.2 12 131 0 0 26 (16) (0) (15)
9 L - Real estate activities 6,010 1,866 111 395 2.8 4,806 2,746 829 2,650 1,827 (239) (54) (174)
10 Loans collateralized by residential immovable property 0 1 148 1,028 23.3 215 934 27 195 66 (3) (2) (0)
11 Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property 5,691 2,136 112 270 2.5 4,468 2,819 923 3,033 1,918 (243) (48) (185)
12 Repossessed collaterals 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13 Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant) 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

All values are in Euros.

247

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change - physical risk
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
c d e f g h i j k l m n o
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>chronic<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events oh which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>both from<br><br>chronic<br><br>and acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in<br><br>fair value due to credit risk and<br><br>provisions
in m. <= 5<br><br>years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20<br><br>years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures
1 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 1 0 0 0 4.3 0 1 0 0 0 (0) 0 0
2 B - Mining and quarrying 1 23 0 5 6.5 23 6 0 3 2 (0) (0) 0
3 C - Manufacturing 353 166 4 60 4.1 166 418 0 118 6 (3) (3) (0)
4 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 108 130 0 33 5.6 142 128 0 0 0 (0) (0) 0
5 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 0 68 0 7 7.0 6 69 0 0 0 (0) 0 0
6 F - Construction 136 133 0 34 6.2 79 203 22 10 0 (0) (0) 0
7 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 557 108 0 14 1.2 122 495 61 40 261 (120) (0) (119)
8 H - Transportation and storage 107 47 0 9 3.4 39 124 0 9 0 (0) (0) 0
9 L - Real estate activities 6,652 1,693 159 570 3.2 3,798 4,900 375 2,820 1,347 (178) (38) (126)
10 Loans collateralized by residential immovable property 3 1 137 1,025 23.5 182 981 2 253 77 (3) (3) (0)
11 Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property 6,767 1,952 124 285 2.7 3,822 4,906 399 3,368 1,242 (183) (42) (127)
12 Repossessed collaterals 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13 Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant) 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

All values are in Euros.

248

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change - physical risk

ESG5 – Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk – Latin America

c d e f g h i j k l m n o
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>chronic<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events oh which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>both from<br><br>chronic<br><br>and acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in<br><br>fair value due to credit risk and<br><br>provisions
in m. <= 5<br><br>years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20<br><br>years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures
1 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 B - Mining and quarrying 1 0 0 0 0.2 1 0 0 0 0 (0) 0 0
3 C - Manufacturing 198 35 169 0 5.9 396 5 0 39 0 (0) (0) 0
4 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 142 63 0 0 1.7 154 0 51 0 0 (0) 0 0
5 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 F - Construction 17 0 0 0 0.7 17 0 0 0 0 (0) 0 0
7 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 100 22 0 0 1.0 122 0 0 97 0 (0) (0) 0
8 H - Transportation and storage 14 99 0 0 3.0 31 1 79 19 12 (1) (1) (0)
9 L - Real estate activities 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 (0) (0) 0
10 Loans collateralized by residential immovable property 0 0 4 0 14.8 5 0 0 0 0 (0) 0 0
11 Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property 112 0 0 0 1.9 112 0 0 0 0 (1) 0 0
12 Repossessed collaterals 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13 Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant) 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

All values are in Euros.

249

Deutsche Bank Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Climate change - physical risk
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
c d e f g h i j k l m n o
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>chronic<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events oh which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>from<br><br>acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>exposures<br><br>sensitive<br><br>to impact<br><br>both from<br><br>chronic<br><br>and acute<br><br>climate<br><br>change<br><br>events of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures Accumulated impairment,<br><br>accumulated negative changes in<br><br>fair value due to credit risk and<br><br>provisions
in m. <= 5<br><br>years > 5 year<br><br><= 10<br><br>years > 10 year<br><br><= 20<br><br>years > 20<br><br>years Average<br><br>weighted<br><br>maturity of which:<br><br>Stage 2<br><br>exposures of which:<br><br>non-per-<br><br>forming<br><br>exposures
1 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 B - Mining and quarrying 2 0 0 0 0.2 2 0 0 0 0 (0) 0 0
3 C - Manufacturing 163 17 150 0 6.8 268 3 60 26 0 (0) (0) 0
4 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 85 68 0 0 2.4 104 50 0 0 0 (0) 0 0
5 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 F - Construction 13 0 0 0 0.5 13 0 0 0 0 (0) 0 0
7 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 95 0 0 0 0.2 81 14 0 90 0 (0) (0) 0
8 H - Transportation and storage 77 81 23 8 7.1 17 173 0 80 17 (3) (0) (3)
9 L - Real estate activities 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Loans collateralized by residential immovable property 0 0 4 1 0.0 5 0 0 0 0 (0) 0 0
11 Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
12 Repossessed collaterals 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13 Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant) 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

All values are in Euros.

250

Deutsche Bank Liquidity risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Risk management objectives and policies

Liquidity risk

Risk management objectives and policies

Liquidity risk management strategies and processes

Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA & EU LIQA)

The Group’s liquidity risk management principles are documented in a policy document and the framework is described

in the framework document. Both the policy and framework documents adhere to and articulate how the eight key risk

management practices are applied to liquidity risk, with such key practices including 1) risk governance, 2) risk

organization (3 lines of defense), 3) risk culture, 4) risk appetite and -strategy, 5) risk identification and -assessment,

6) risk mitigation and controls, 7) risk measurement and reporting as well as 8) stress planning and execution. The

individual roles and responsibilities relevant to each of these practices are laid out and documented in the Global

Responsibility Matrix for liquidity risk, which provides further clarity and transparency on the roles and responsibilities

across all involved stakeholders.

Liquidity risk management structure and organization

Article 435 (1)(b) CRR (EU OVA & EU LIQA)

Liquidity and funding key risk metrics are embedded in the bank’s risk appetite framework and reviewed as well as

approved by the Management Board at least on an annual basis. The risk appetite is applied at the Group level and to

internally defined Key Liquidity Entities, e.g., Deutsche Bank AG, to monitor and control liquidity risk as well as the

Group’s long-term funding and issuance plan.

The Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Framework defines the organization of the liquidity managing functions in

alignment with the three lines of defense structure, which is described in the “Risk Management principles” under "Risk

Management structure and organization" section of this report, including the respective responsibilities of those

functions comprising of the three lines of defense. In the context of Liquidity and Funding risk framework, these

functions include the following:

–First Line of Defense: The Corporate divisions and Treasury

–Second Line of Defense: CRO - Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management (ETRM)

–Third Line of Defense: Group Audit

Scope and nature of liquidity risk measurement and reporting system

Article 435 (1)(c) CRR (EU OVA & EU LIQA)

The Finance teams Liquidity and Treasury Reporting & Analysis (LTRA) and Liquidity Data Measurement and Reporting

(LDMR) together own the overall accountability for the accurate and timely production of both external regulatory

liquidity reporting (Pillar 1) as well as internal management reporting (Pillar 2) for the liquidity risk of the Group. In

addition, LTRA is responsible for the development of management information systems and the related analysis to

support the liquidity risk framework and its governance for Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management.

Policies for hedging and mitigating liquidity risk

Article 435 (1)(d) CRR (EU OVA & EU LIQA)The Group’s liquidity risk management principles are documented in a policy

document and the framework is described in the Framework document. The Liquidity and Funding Risk Management

Framework defines the organization of the liquidity managing functions in alignment with the three lines of defense

structure, which is described in the “Risk Management principles” section of this report, including the respective

responsibilities of those functions comprising of the three lines of defense.

Approach to centralized group liquidity management and individual legal entity liquidity

management

Furthermore, the Group ensures at the level of each Liquidity Relevant Entity that all local liquidity metrics are managed

in compliance with the defined risk appetite. Local liquidity surpluses are pooled in Deutsche Bank AG hubs and local

liquidity shortfalls can be met through support from these hubs. Transfers of liquidity capacity between entities are

subject to the Intercompany Funding approval framework involving the Group’s liquidity steering function as well as the

local liquidity managers.

251

Deutsche Bank Liquidity risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Risk management objectives and policies

The bank's contingency funding plans

Deutsche Bank's Group Contingency Funding Plan (CFP) outlines how the bank would respond to an actual or

anticipated liquidity stress event. It includes a decisive set of actions that can be taken to raise cash and recover the

bank’s key liquidity metrics in times of liquidity stress. The CFP includes a clear governance structure and well-defined

liquidity risk indicators to ensure timely and effective decision-making, communication, and coordination during a

liquidity stress event. Deutsche Bank has established the Financial Resource Management Council (FRMC) which is

responsible for oversight of capital and liquidity across contingency, recovery, and resolution scenarios in a crisis

situation.

Liquidity stress testing and scenario analysis

Global internal liquidity stress testing and scenario analysis is used for measuring liquidity risk and evaluating the Group’s

short-term liquidity position within the liquidity framework. This complements the daily operational cash management

process. The long-term liquidity strategy based on baseline contractual or modelled maturities is represented by a long-

term metric known as the Funding Matrix (refer to Funding risk management and funding diversification section above for

additional information).

The global liquidity stress testing exposure is managed by Treasury in compliance with the respective risk appetite.

Treasury is responsible for the design of the overall stress test methodology, the choice of liquidity risk drivers and the

determination of appropriate assumptions (parameters) to translate input data into stress testing output. Enterprise and

Treasury Risk Management is responsible for the definition of the stress scenarios. Laid out by the Model Risk

Management Policy and Procedure, Liquidity Risk Management and Model Risk Management perform the independent

validation of liquidity risk models. Finance teams -Liquidity & Treasury Reporting & Analysis and Liquidity Data

Measurement and Reporting, are responsible for implementing these methodologies and performing the stress test

calculation in conjunction with Treasury, Liquidity Risk Management, Group Strategic Analytics and IT.

Stress testing and scenario analysis are used to describe and evaluate the impact of sudden and severe stress events on

the Group’s liquidity position. Deutsche Bank has selected four scenarios to calculate the Group’s stressed Net Liquidity

Position. These scenarios are designed to capture potential outcomes which may be experienced by the Group. The most

severe scenario assesses the potential consequences of a combined market-wide and severe idiosyncratic stress event,

including multi-notch downgrades of Deutsche Bank’s credit ratings. Under each of the scenarios, the impact of a

liquidity stress event over different time horizons and across multiple liquidity risk drivers, covering all business lines and

product areas and with that all portfolios and balance sheet, is considered. The output from this scenario analysis also

feeds the Group Wide Stress Test run by Enterprise Risk Management, which analyzes liquidity risk in conjunction with

the other defined risk types and evaluates their impact and interplay to both - Capital and Liquidity positions.

In addition, potential funding requirements from contingent liquidity risks which can arise under stress, including

drawdowns on lending facilities, increased collateral requirements under derivative agreements, and outflows from

deposits with a contractual rating linked trigger are included in the analysis. Subsequently, countermeasures, which are

the actions the Group would take to counterbalance the outflows incurred during a stress event, are also taken into

consideration. These countermeasures include the usage of the Group’s liquidity reserves and generating liquidity from

other unencumbered, marketable assets without causing any material impact on the Group’s business model.

Stress testing is conducted at a global level and for defined entities relevant for liquidity risk management. The stress

analysis covers a 3 month stress horizon which is considered to be the most critical time span during a liquidity crisis

requiring that liquidity is actively assessed and steered on a Group level. In addition to the consolidated currency stress

test, further stress tests are performed for material currencies, namely EUR and USD. At the global level as well as for the

U.S. entities liquidity stress tests also cover a twelve-months period for which a risk appetite limit has been set. Ad-hoc

analysis may be conducted to reflect the impact of potential downside events that could affect the Group such as

climate/ESG-related events. Relevant stress assumptions are applied to reflect liquidity flows from risk drivers and on-

balance sheet and off-balance sheet products. The suite of stress testing scenarios and assumptions are reviewed on a

regular basis and are updated when enhancements are made to stress testing methodologies.

Complementing daily liquidity stress testing, the Bank also conducts regular Group Wide Stress Testing (GWST) run by

Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) analyzing liquidity risks in conjunction with the other defined risk types and

evaluating their impact and interplay to both capital and liquidity positions.

252

Deutsche Bank Liquidity risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on LCR

Qualitative information on LCR

Article 451a CRR (EU LIQB)

The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR)

The LCR is intended to promote the short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile over a 30 day stress scenario.

The ratio is defined as the amount of High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) that could be used to raise liquidity, measured

against the total volume of net cash outflows, arising from both contractual and modelled exposures, in a stressed

scenario.

The Group’s average Liquidity Coverage Ratio of 137% (twelve months average) as of December 31, 2025 has been

calculated in accordance with the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61 and the EBA Guidelines on LCR

disclosure to complement the disclosure of liquidity risk management under Article 435 CRR.

The Group’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio was 144% as of December 31, 2025, or € 80 billion of excess over the regulatory

minimum of 100%. This compares with September 30, 2025 LCR of 140% or € 67 billion of excess over the regulatory

minimum. The increase in surplus was predominantly driven by increased Private Bank and Corporate Bank deposits

through the second half of 2025.

Concentration of funding and liquidity sources

Diversification of the Group’s funding profile in terms of investor types, regions and products is an important element of

the Group’s liquidity risk management framework. The Group’s most stable funding sources stem from capital markets

issuances and equity, as well as from Private Bank and Corporate Bank deposits. Other customer deposits and secured

funding and short positions are additional sources of funding. Unsecured wholesale funding represents unsecured

wholesale liabilities sourced primarily by the Treasury Pool Management team. Given the relatively short-term nature of

these liabilities, it is predominantly used to fund liquid trading assets.

To promote the additional diversification of the Group’s refinancing activities, the bank holds a license to issue mortgage

Pfandbriefe. The Group continues to run a program for the purpose of issuing Covered Bonds under Spanish law

(Cedulas). Additionally, the Group also issues green bonds under the Group’s Sustainable Finance Framework. The Group

also issued a Panda bond, following recent regulatory changes by PBoC (People’s Bank of China) and SAFE (State

Administration of Foreign Exchange (of China)) to facilitate foreign remittance of Panda bond proceeds.

Unsecured wholesale funding comprises a range of institutional products, such as certificate of deposits, commercial

paper as well as Money Market deposits.

To avoid any unwanted reliance on these short-term funding sources, and to promote a sound funding profile which

complies with the defined risk appetite, the Group has implemented limits (across tenors) on these funding sources

which are derived from daily stress testing analysis. In addition, the bank limits the total volume of unsecured wholesale

funding to manage the reliance on this funding source as part of the overall funding diversification.

Composition of HQLA

The average HQLA of € 238 billion has been calculated in accordance with the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)

2015/61 and the EBA Guidelines on LCR disclosure to complement the disclosure of liquidity risk management under

Article 435 CRR.

The HQLA as of December, 2025 of € 260 billion is primarily held in Level 1 cash and central bank reserves (55%) and

Level 1 high quality securities (40%). This compares to September 30, 2025 of which € 234 billion was primarily held in

Level 1 cash and central bank reserves (51%) and Level 1 high quality securities (44%)

Derivative exposures and potential collateral calls

The majority of outflows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements shown in item 11 below are in

relation to derivative contractual cash outflows that are offset by derivative cash inflows shown below in item 19 Other

cash inflows.

Other significant outflows included in item 11 relate to the impact of an adverse market scenario on derivatives based on

the 24 month historical look back approach and the potential posting of additional collateral as a result of a 3 notch

downgrade of Deutsche Bank’s credit rating (as per regulatory requirements).

253

Deutsche Bank Liquidity risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on LCR

Currency mismatch in the LCR

The LCR is calculated for EUR and USD which have been identified as significant currencies (having liabilities > 5% of

total group liabilities excluding regulatory capital and off-balance sheet liabilities) in accordance with the Commission

Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61. In addition to the above the Group also calculates an LCR for the GBP currency. No

explicit LCR risk appetite is set for the significant currencies. However, limits have been defined over the respective

significant currency stressed Net Liquidity Position (sNLP). This allows the internal monitoring and management of risks

stemming from currency mismatches that may arise from liquidity inflows and outflows over the short-term horizon.

Other items in the LCR calculation that are not captured in the LCR disclosure

template but that the institution considers relevant for its liquidity profile

The Pillar 3 disclosure obligations require Banks to disclose twelve months rolling averages each quarter. The Group does

not consider anything else relevant for disclosure.

254

Deutsche Bank Liquidity risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on LCR

Quantitative information on LCR

Article 451a CRR

EU LIQ1 – LCR disclosure template

in € mn. (unless stated otherwise) Total unweighted value (average) Total weighted value (average)
EU 1a Quarter ending on Dec 31,<br><br>2025 Sep 30,<br><br>2025 Jun 30,<br><br>2025 Mar 31,<br><br>2025 Dec 31,<br><br>2025 Sep 30,<br><br>2025 Jun 30,<br><br>2025 Mar 31,<br><br>2025
EU 1b Number of data points used in the<br><br>calculation of averages 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
High-quality liquid assets
1 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) 238,150 233,383 230,050 226,221
Cash-outflows
2 Retail deposits and deposits from<br><br>small business costumers 288,259 286,505 283,309 280,544 16,050 15,802 15,338 14,876
of which:
3 Stable deposits 120,483 120,501 121,400 123,007 6,030 6,031 6,076 6,156
4 Less stable deposits 77,058 74,580 69,964 65,555 9,951 9,695 9,153 8,608
5 Unsecured wholesale funding 254,933 252,934 253,735 251,724 112,319 111,325 111,051 109,971
of which:
6 Operational deposits (all<br><br>counterparties) and deposits in<br><br>network of cooperative banks 81,576 77,907 75,748 73,226 20,242 19,326 18,786 18,155
7 Non-operational deposits (all<br><br>counterparties) 170,571 172,154 175,356 176,233 89,291 89,126 89,633 89,550
8 Unsecured debt 2,786 2,873 2,631 2,266 2,786 2,873 2,631 2,266
9 Secured wholesale funding 14,145 15,396 15,170 15,083
10 Additional requirements 241,457 240,336 239,205 238,889 86,088 85,651 82,901 80,164
of which:
11 Outflows related to derivative<br><br>exposures and other collateral<br><br>requirements 27,532 27,110 26,583 25,909 25,114 24,677 23,553 22,382
12 Outflows related to loss of funding<br><br>on debt products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13 Credit and liquidity facilities 213,925 213,226 212,622 212,980 60,973 60,974 59,348 57,782
14 Other contractual funding obligations 51,154 52,973 54,909 54,305 6,518 6,283 6,407 6,542
15 Other contingent funding obligations 328,673 323,181 316,364 308,983 3,392 3,268 3,198 3,108
16 Total cash outflows 238,512 237,725 234,064 229,743
Cash - inflows
17 Secured lending (e.g. reverse repos) 318,468 312,223 303,503 289,440 13,989 14,730 14,109 13,713
18 Inflows from fully performing<br><br>exposures 48,000 47,568 46,867 46,346 36,746 36,601 36,192 35,911
19 Other cash inflows 16,825 15,465 12,762 10,920 16,825 15,465 12,762 10,920
EU 19a Difference between total weighted<br><br>inflows and total weighted outflows<br><br>arising from transactions in third<br><br>countries where there are transfer<br><br>restrictions or which are denominated<br><br>in non-convertible currencies 2681 2,672 2,422 2,136
EU 19b Excess inflows from a related<br><br>specialized credit institution 0
20 Total cash inflows 383,292 375,256 363,133 346,707 64879 64,124 60,641 58,408
of which:
EU 20a Fully exempt inflows 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 20b Inflows subject to 90% cap 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EU 20c Inflows subject to 75% cap 367,915 353,894 342,176 326,228 64,879 64,124 60,641 58,408
Total adjusted value
21 Liquidity buffer 238,150 233,383 230,050 226,221
22 Total net cash outflows 173,633 173,601 173,423 171,335
23 Liquidity coverage ratio (%) 137.22 134.67 132.65 132.03

255

Deutsche Bank Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on unencumbered assets

Net Stable Funding Ratio

The NSFR requires banks to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to its on- and off-balance sheet activities. The

ratio is defined as the amount of available stable funding (the portion of capital and liabilities expected to be a stable

source of funding), relative to the amount of required stable funding (a function of the liquidity characteristics of various

assets held).

Deutsche Bank’s Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) stood at 119% with a surplus of € 104 billion in the fourth quarter of

2025 compared to 120% with a surplus of € 107 billion in the second quarter of 2025. The reduction in surplus was

primarily due to a larger increase in Required Stable Funding (RSF) than Available Stable Funding (ASF), driven by

increased business inventory picked up during the forth quarter of 2025..

256

Deutsche Bank Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on unencumbered assets

EU LIQ2 – Net stable funding ratio template

Dec 31, 2025
a b c d e
Unweighted value by residual maturity Weighted<br><br>value
in € m. (unless stated otherwise) No maturity < 6 months 6 months to<br><br>< 1 year ≥ 1 year
Available stable funding (ASF) Items
1 Capital items and instruments 75,755 60 4 7,460 83,215
2 Own funds 75,755 60 4 6,991 82,746
3 Other capital instruments 0 0 469 469
4 Retail deposits 252,741 36,117 3,586 272,607
5 Stable deposits 154,761 26,222 2,380 174,314
6 Less stable deposits 97,980 9,894 1,206 98,293
7 Wholesale funding: 461,963 44,682 130,357 288,860
8 Operational deposits 84,654 0 0 42,327
9 Other wholesale funding 377,309 44,682 130,357 246,533
10 Interdependent liabilities 0 0 0 0
11 Other liabilities: 3,976 161,170 1,571 3,190 3,976
12 NSFR derivative liabilities 3,976
13 All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above<br><br>categories 161,170 1,571 3,190 3,976
14 Total available stable funding (ASF) 648,658
Required stable funding (RSF) Items
15 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) 12,028
EU 15a Assets encumbered for more than 12m in cover pool 12 33 18,951 16,146
16 Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes 0 0 0 0
17 Performing loans and securities: 222,875 43,620 412,902 410,998
18 Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers<br><br>collateralized by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut 86,511 697 703 1,323
19 Performing securities financing transaction with financial customers<br><br>collateralized by other assets and loans and advances to financial<br><br>institutions 52,652 14,186 72,863 83,651
20 Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small<br><br>business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs, 43,542 20,466 143,043 154,993
of which:
21 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II<br><br>Standardized Approach for credit risk 1,846 155 5,036 4,291
22 Performing residential mortgages, 1,455 1,000 75,542 57,950
of which:
23 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II<br><br>Standardized Approach for credit risk 802 695 48,849 33,316
24 Other loans and securities that are not default and do not qualify as HQLA,<br><br>including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet<br><br>products 38,716 7,271 120,751 113,080
25 Interdependent assets 0 0 0 0
26 Other assets: 0 168,581 1,760 41,821 85,861
27 Physical traded commodities 9,685 8,232
28 Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to<br><br>default funds of CCPs 6,655 0 0 5,657
29 NSFR derivative assets 15,617 15,617
30 NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted 39,375 1,969
31 All other assets not included in the above categories 106,935 1,760 32,136 54,386
32 Off-balance sheet items 120,175 24,769 155,683 19,632
33 Total required stable funding (RSF) 544,664
34 Net Stable Funding Ratio (in percent) 119.09

257

Deutsche Bank Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on unencumbered assets
Sep 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e
Unweighted value by residual maturity Weighted<br><br>value
in € m. (unless stated otherwise) No maturity < 6 months 6 months to<br><br>< 1 year ≥ 1 year
Available stable funding (ASF) Items
1 Capital items and instruments 74,186 0 100 7,352 81,538
2 Own funds 74,186 0 100 6,908 81,095
3 Other capital instruments 0 0 443 443
4 Retail deposits 248,742 36,586 3,589 269,390
5 Stable deposits 153,578 26,550 2,359 173,481
6 Less stable deposits 95,164 10,036 1,229 95,910
7 Wholesale funding: 441,441 33,247 133,427 275,124
8 Operational deposits 73,396 0 0 36,698
9 Other wholesale funding 368,045 33,247 133,427 238,426
10 Interdependent liabilities 0 0 0 0
11 Other liabilities: 0 161,002 3,318 4,069 5,729
12 NSFR derivative liabilities 0
13 All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above<br><br>categories 161,002 3,318 4,069 5,729
14 Total available stable funding (ASF) 631,781
Required stable funding (RSF) Items
15 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) 11,897
EU 15a Assets encumbered for more than 12m in cover pool 11 26 19,821 16,879
16 Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes 0 0 0 0
17 Performing loans and securities: 215,169 43,482 410,613 408,005
18 Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers<br><br>collateralized by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut 85,243 766 663 1,488
19 Performing securities financing transaction with financial customers<br><br>collateralized by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions 46,146 12,920 71,126 80,601
20 Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small<br><br>business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs, 46,584 21,963 106,716 126,176
of which:
21 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized<br><br>Approach for credit risk 1,824 154 2,774 2,810
22 Performing residential mortgages, 2,231 1,126 109,468 85,925
of which:
23 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized<br><br>Approach for credit risk 702 694 49,348 33,597
24 Other loans and securities that are not default and do not qualify as HQLA,<br><br>including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet<br><br>products 34,965 6,708 122,640 113,816
25 Interdependent assets 0 0 0 0
26 Other assets: 0 165,899 947 37,447 80,997
27 Physical traded commodities 8,006 6,805
28 Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to<br><br>default funds of CCPs 7,281 0 0 6,189
29 NSFR derivative assets 15,270 15,270
30 NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted 35,720 1,786
31 All other assets not included in the above categories 107,628 947 29,441 50,946
32 Off-balance sheet items 102,800 32,891 157,648 18,984
33 Total required stable funding (RSF) 536,762
34 Net Stable Funding Ratio (in percent) 117.70

258

Deutsche Bank Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on unencumbered assets
Jun 30, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e
Unweighted value by residual maturity Weighted<br><br>value
in € m. (unless stated otherwise) No maturity < 6 months 6 months to<br><br>< 1 year ≥ 1 year
Available stable funding (ASF) Items
1 Capital items and instruments 75,365 0 139 7,322 82,688
2 Own funds 75,365 0 139 6,869 82,234
3 Other capital instruments 0 0 453 453
4 Retail deposits 244,893 33,595 5,275 264,667
5 Stable deposits 150,436 24,617 3,555 169,855
6 Less stable deposits 94,457 8,978 1,720 94,812
7 Wholesale funding: 428,842 34,764 138,067 280,257
8 Operational deposits 78,549 0 0 39,275
9 Other wholesale funding 350,293 34,764 138,067 240,982
10 Interdependent liabilities 0 0 0 0
11 Other liabilities: 0 153,942 2,854 4,072 5,499
12 NSFR derivative liabilities 0
13 All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above<br><br>categories 153,942 2,854 4,072 5,499
14 Total available stable funding (ASF) 633,110
Required stable funding (RSF) Items
15 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) 13,745
EU 15a Assets encumbered for more than 12m in cover pool 19 16 19,900 16,945
16 Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes 0 0 0 0
17 Performing loans and securities: 214,351 40,208 412,687 403,566
18 Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers<br><br>collateralized by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut 90,990 3,239 1,725 3,950
19 Performing securities financing transaction with financial customers<br><br>collateralized by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions 37,199 11,357 67,820 75,705
20 Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small<br><br>business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs, 49,628 18,375 137,595 152,198
of which:
21 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized<br><br>Approach for credit risk 2,864 144 2,338 3,042
22 Performing residential mortgages, 2,215 1,106 110,900 82,483
of which:
23 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized<br><br>Approach for credit risk 760 799 72,547 48,754
24 Other loans and securities that are not default and do not qualify as HQLA,<br><br>including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet<br><br>products 34,319 6,130 94,647 89,229
25 Interdependent assets 0 0 0 0
26 Other assets: 0 154,777 1,041 36,555 73,929
27 Physical traded commodities 6,491 5,518
28 Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to<br><br>default funds of CCPs 7,223 0 0 6,139
29 NSFR derivative assets 10,816 10,816
30 NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted 38,060 1,903
31 All other assets not included in the above categories 98,678 1,041 30,063 49,553
32 Off-balance sheet items 100,581 25,529 151,582 17,651
33 Total required stable funding (RSF) 525,836
34 Net Stable Funding Ratio (in percent) 120.40

259

Deutsche Bank Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on unencumbered assets
Mar 31, 2025
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
a b c d e
Unweighted value by residual maturity Weighted<br><br>value
in € m. (unless stated otherwise) No maturity < 6 months 6 months to<br><br>< 1 year ≥ 1 year
Available stable funding (ASF) Items
1 Capital items and instruments 76,503 1,745 0 9,716 86,219
2 Own funds 76,503 1,745 0 7,406 83,909
3 Other capital instruments 0 0 2,310 2,310
4 Retail deposits 243,699 33,952 3,639 262,315
5 Stable deposits 150,061 25,735 2,460 169,467
6 Less stable deposits 93,638 8,217 1,178 92,848
7 Wholesale funding: 440,816 36,720 134,000 277,691
8 Operational deposits 73,944 0 0 36,972
9 Other wholesale funding 366,872 36,720 134,000 240,719
10 Interdependent liabilities 0 0 0 0
11 Other liabilities: 0 182,436 2,198 4,605 5,704
12 NSFR derivative liabilities 0
13 All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above<br><br>categories 182,436 2,198 4,605 5,704
14 Total available stable funding (ASF) 631,929
Required stable funding (RSF) Items
15 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) 15,132
EU 15a Assets encumbered for more than 12m in cover pool 22 29 21,284 18,135
16 Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes 0 0 0 0
17 Performing loans and securities: 220,579 41,266 415,063 407,793
18 Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers<br><br>collateralized by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut 85,297 3,311 1,379 3,175
19 Performing securities financing transaction with financial customers<br><br>collateralized by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions 46,105 13,195 69,882 79,808
20 Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small<br><br>business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs, 50,262 15,901 139,382 152,961
of which:
21 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized<br><br>Approach for credit risk 902 938 1,939 2,210
22 Performing residential mortgages, 2,082 1,095 111,087 81,418
of which:
23 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized<br><br>Approach for credit risk 796 942 78,304 52,583
24 Other loans and securities that are not default and do not qualify as HQLA,<br><br>including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet<br><br>products 36,834 7,765 93,333 90,430
25 Interdependent assets 0 0 0 0
26 Other assets: 0 185,228 1,710 35,804 73,633
27 Physical traded commodities 4,719 4,011
28 Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to<br><br>default funds of CCPs 7,178 0 0 6,101
29 NSFR derivative assets 9,300 9,300
30 NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted 37,859 1,893
31 All other assets not included in the above categories 130,891 1,710 31,085 52,327
32 Off-balance sheet items 104,924 20,615 158,487 18,073
33 Total required stable funding (RSF) 532,765
34 Net Stable Funding Ratio (in percent) 118.61

260

Deutsche Bank Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Qualitative information on unencumbered assets

Unencumbered assets

Qualitative information on unencumbered assets

Article 443 CRR and EU AE4

In accordance to the EBA ITS 2020/04 guideline the data on encumbered and unencumbered assets uses the median of

the last four quarterly data points. Therefore, the sum of sub-components does not necessarily add up in the quantitative

information disclosed below.

Encumbered assets primarily comprise those on- and off-balance sheet assets that are pledged as collateral against

secured funding, collateral swaps, and other collateralized obligations. Additionally, in line with the EBA technical

standards on regulatory asset encumbrance reporting, Deutsche Bank considers default funds and initial margins as

encumbered, as well as other assets pledged which cannot be freely withdrawn such as mandatory minimum reserves at

central banks. Deutsche Bank also includes derivative margin receivable assets as encumbered under these EBA

guidelines.

Quantitative information on unencumbered assets

Article 443 CRR

The below tables set out a breakdown of on- and off-balance sheet items, broken down between encumbered and

unencumbered. Any securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements are shown based on the fair value of

collateral received. Following the European Commission’s disclosure guidance for asset encumbrance Deutsche Bank

has introduced the asset quality indicator concept “high-quality liquid assets” (HQLA) as defined under the Delegated

Act on Liquidity Coverage Ratio.

For December 2025, € 205 billion of the Group's on-balance sheet assets were encumbered. These assets primarily relate

to firm financing of trading inventory and other securities, funding (i.e. Pfandbriefe and covered bonds) secured against

loan collateral and cash collateral for derivative margin requirements.

For December 2025, the Group had received securities as collateral with a fair value of € 497 billion, of which

€ 384 billion were sold or on pledged. These pledges typically relate to trades to facilitate client activity, including prime

brokerage, collateral posted in respect of Exchange Traded Funds and derivative margin requirements.

‘Own debt securities issued other than covered bonds and asset backed securities’ refers to those own bond holdings

that are not derecognized from the balance sheet by a non-IFRS institution. This is not applicable for Deutsche Bank

Group.

EU AE1 – Encumbered and unencumbered assets

030 040 050 060 080 090 100
Unencumbered assets
Fair value Carrying amount Fair value
in m. of which<br><br>notionally<br><br>eligible<br><br>EHQLA<br><br>and<br><br>HQLA of which<br><br>notionally<br><br>eligible<br><br>EHQLA<br><br>and<br><br>HQLA of which<br><br>EHQLA<br><br>and<br><br>HQLA of which<br><br>EHQLA<br><br>and<br><br>HQLA
030 Equity instruments 12 3,479 322
040 Debt securities 70,754 107,464 70,754 103,494 69,711 103,494 69,711
of which:
050 Covered bonds 335 363 335 1,747 1,738 1,747 1,738
060 Securitisations 3,305 6,633 3,305 4,192 123 4,192 123
070 Issued by general governments 63,101 87,906 63,101 64,389 63,857 64,389 63,857
080 Issued by financial corporations 5,023 13,929 5,023 20,889 4,254 20,889 4,254
090 Issued by non-financial corporations 1,902 5,743 1,902 12,506 525 12,506 525
120 Other assets 13,200 1,090,837 125,311
010 Total 83,688 1,208,258 196,219

All values are in Euros.

261

Deutsche Bank Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on unencumbered assets
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
030 040 050 060 080 090 100
Unencumbered assets
Fair value Carrying amount Fair value
in m. of which<br><br>notionally<br><br>eligible<br><br>EHQLA<br><br>and<br><br>HQLA of which<br><br>notionally<br><br>eligible<br><br>EHQLA<br><br>and<br><br>HQLA of which<br><br>EHQLA<br><br>and<br><br>HQLA of which<br><br>EHQLA<br><br>and<br><br>HQLA
030 Equity instruments 10 3,580 850
040 Debt securities 61,050 83,300 61,050 97,150 62,670 97,150 62,670
of which:
050 Covered bonds 490 580 490 1,500 1,440 1,500 1,440
060 Asset-backed securities 620 4,010 620 3,780 310 3,780 310
070 Issued by general governments 57,700 69,620 57,700 63,450 59,980 63,450 59,980
080 Issued by financial corporations 1,920 9,500 1,920 19,030 2,640 19,030 2,640
090 Issued by non-financial corporations 1,720 4,820 1,720 11,090 800 11,090 800
120 Other assets 12,930 1,118,510 128,330
010 Total 73,260 1,178,050 191,090

All values are in Euros.

EU AE2 – Collateral received

030 040 060
Unencumbered
Fair value of collateral received<br><br>or own debt securities issued<br><br>available for encumbrance
in m. of which<br><br>notionally<br><br>eligible<br><br>EHQLA and<br><br>HQLA of which<br><br>EHQLA<br><br>and<br><br>HQLA
140 Loans on demand 0 0 0
150 Equity instruments 211 6 6
160 Debt securities 341,564 112,860 73,273
of which:
170 Covered bonds 6,331 11,661 11,623
180 Asset-backed securities 2,095 8,679 157
190 Issued by general governments 329,277 73,454 60,914
200 Issued by financial corporations 8,901 33,536 11,164
210 Issued by non-financial corporations 3,535 7,290 1,099
220 Loans and advances other than loans on demand 0 0 0
230 Other collateral received 0 581 0
130 Total collateral received 341,758 113,448 73,279
240 Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or securitizations 0 0 0
241 Own covered bonds and asset-backed securities issued and not yet pledged 73,457 8,737
250 Total Assets, collateral received and own debt securities issued 428,312

All values are in Euros.

262

Deutsche Bank Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Quantitative information on unencumbered assets
--- --- --- --- ---
030 040 060
Unencumbered
Fair value of collateral received<br><br>or own debt securities issued<br><br>available for encumbrance
in m. of which<br><br>notionally<br><br>eligible<br><br>EHQLA and<br><br>HQLA of which<br><br>EHQLA<br><br>and<br><br>HQLA
140 Loans on demand 0 0 0
150 Equity instruments 190 60 40
160 Debt securities 295,100 98,860 62,460
of which:
170 Covered bonds 5,160 13,270 13,090
180 Asset-backed securities 3,010 8,690 620
190 Issued by general governments 281,230 61,990 48,930
200 Issued by financial corporations 8,760 31,250 11,620
210 Issued by non-financial corporations 3,210 5,620 660
220 Loans and advances other than loans on demand 0 370 0
230 Other collateral received 0 2,850 0
130 Total collateral received 295,710 101,930 62,490
240 Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or asset-backed securities 0 0 0
241 Own covered bonds and asset-backed securities issued and not yet pledged 32,430 6,510
250 Total Assets, collateral received and own debt securities issued 370,630

All values are in Euros.

The below table shows selected amounts for encumbered on- and off-balance sheet assets against the corresponding

liabilities that have given rise to the encumbrance. These include assets pledged for derivatives margin, collateral

required for repurchase agreements, and assets needed, for example, for the Group’s covered bond issuance portfolio.

EU AE3 – Sources of encumbrance

Dec 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024
010 030 010 030
in € m. Matching<br><br>liabilities,<br><br>contingent<br><br>liabilities<br><br>or securities lent Assets,<br><br>collateral<br><br>received<br><br>and own debt<br><br>securities<br><br>issued other<br><br>than<br><br>covered bonds<br><br>and<br><br>ABSs<br><br>encumbered Matching<br><br>liabilities,<br><br>contingent<br><br>liabilities<br><br>or securities lent Assets,<br><br>collateral<br><br>received<br><br>and own debt<br><br>securities<br><br>issued other<br><br>than<br><br>covered bonds<br><br>and<br><br>ABSs<br><br>encumbered
010 Carrying amount of selected financial liabilities 448,987 467,919 406,200 424,300

263

Deutsche Bank Reputational Risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Risk management objectives and policies

Reputational Risk

Within the bank’s risk management process, reputational risk is defined as the risk of possible damage to Deutsche Bank’s

brand and reputation, and the associated risk to earnings, capital or liquidity arising from any association, action or

inaction which could be perceived by stakeholders to be inappropriate, unethical or inconsistent with Deutsche Bank’s

Code of Conduct.

Risk management objectives and policies

Reputational Risk Management strategies and processes

Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA)

Deutsche Bank has limited appetite for transactions or relationships with material reputational risk or in areas which

inherently pose a higher reputational risk such as the defense, gaming, or adult entertainment sectors, or where there are

certain environmental concerns.  Decisions about specific transactions or relationships are made based on a risk based,

individualized and objective assessment. Reputational risk cannot be precluded as it can be driven by unforeseeable

changes in perception of its practices by its various stakeholders (e.g. public, clients, shareholders and regulators).

The Reputational Risk Framework (the Framework) is in place to manage the process through which active decisions are

taken on matters which may pose a reputational risk, before the event, and in doing so to prevent damage to Deutsche

Bank’s reputation wherever possible. The Framework provides consistent standards for the identification, assessment

and management of reputational risk issues.

Reputational Risk could arise from multiple sources including, but not limited to, Deutsche Bank’s employees, business

strategies and activities, clients, and counterparties.  Such events could contribute to among other consequences,

financial losses, litigation, regulatory enforcement actions, or monetary fines, as well as other reputational harm.

The modelling and quantitative measurement of reputational risk internal capital is implicitly covered in the bank’s

economic capital framework primarily within strategic risk.

Reputational Risk Management structure and organization

Article 435 (1)(b) CRR (EU OVA)

Deutsche Bank manages reputational risk through a framework.  Under this framework, Deutsche Bank has established a

risk appetite statement and policies and controls embedded throughout our business and risk management processes,

with variances available when necessary to comply with applicable country laws, regulations and expectations.  .  Matters

specific to DWS are reviewed by the DWS Reputational Risk Committee and, if necessary, escalated to the DWS

Executive Board. Decisions are subject to the DWS and Deutsche Bank internal Corporate Governance policies.

Whilst every employee has a responsibility to protect Deutsche Bank's reputation, the primary responsibility for the

identification, assessment, management, monitoring and, if necessary, referring or reporting of reputational risk matters

lies with Deutsche Bank’s Business Divisions as the primary risk owners. Each Business Division has an established

process through which matters, which are deemed to be a moderate or greater reputational risk are assessed, the Unit

Reputational Risk Assessment Process.

The Unit Reputational Risk Assessment Process is required to refer any material reputational risk matters to the

respective Regional Reputational Risk Committee. The Framework also sets out a number of matters which are

considered inherently higher risk from a reputational risk perspective and are therefore mandatory referrals to the

Regional Reputational Risk Committees. The Regional Reputational Risk Committees are 2nd LoD Committees and meet

on an ad hoc basis as required. The Group Reputational Risk Committee (GRRC) reviews cases with a group-wide impact

and in exceptional circumstances, those that could not be resolved at a regional level. The Head of ORM is responsible

for ensuring the oversight, governance and coordination of the management of reputational risk of Deutsche Bank.

Scope and nature of reputational risk measurement and reporting systems

Article 435 (1)(c) CRR (EU OVA)

The Reputational Risk Team provides monthly updates on reputational risk topics to the secretaries of the Unit

Reputational Risk Assessment Process and the Regional Reputational Risk Committees. A monthly report is provided to

the Group Risk Committee covering material reputational risk discussions and breaches of the Reputational Risk

Framework. The Risk and Capital Profile report includes updates on reputational risk, which is distributed on a monthly

264

Deutsche Bank Reputational Risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Risk management objectives and policies

basis to the Management Board and Supervisory Board. This includes details such as the number of reputational risk

issues assessed by the various committees and their decisions.

Policies for hedging and mitigating reputational risk

Article 435 (1)(d) CRR (EU OVA)

The Reputational Risk Framework is governed by the Reputational Risk Policy and Framework. The Framework has a

group wide scope and is globally applicable. Regional and divisional reputational risk procedures have been implemented

where deemed appropriate. Specific guidance on reputational risk issues is provided in the Reputational Risk Guidance

Statements. Subject Matter Expert input is required for specific reputational risk drivers such as defense, gaming, and

environmental issues.

Model risk

Risk management objectives and policies

Model Risk Management strategies and processes

Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA)

Model risk is overseen by the Chief Risk Officer through the setting of a quantitative and qualitative risk appetite

statement, and managed through:

–A Model Risk Management Policy and procedure, and supporting documents aligned to risk appetite, regulatory

requirements, and industry best practice, with clear roles and responsibilities for stakeholders

–Inventorization of all sources of model risk, supporting ongoing model risk framework components including risk

assessments and attestations

–Key controls for all sources of model risk from development through to decommissioning, including validation,

approval, deployment and monitoring:

–Independent Validations, and subsequent independent approvals, verify that models have been appropriately

designed and implemented for their intended scope and purpose, and that respective controls are in place to assure

that they continue to perform as expected during their use

–The controls identify limitations and weaknesses, resulting in findings and compensating controls, these may be

conditions for use, such as adjustments or overlays

–Model risk governance, including senior forums for monitoring and escalation of model risk related topics, as well as

monthly updates to the Management Board on the model risk appetite metrics, and periodic model risk updates to the

Supervisory Board.

Model Risk Management structure and organization

Article 435 (1)(b) CRR (EU OVA)

Model risk is managed in accordance with the segregation of duties set out in the Risk Management Policy. Model risk is

attached to those functions that generate and steer model risk directly such as Model Owners, Model Developers, Senior

Model Users, including infrastructure functions.

The control function for model risk is Model Risk Management (MoRM) with its independent validation unit for model risk.

The Head of MoRM is part of the Bank's Risk Division, reporting directly to the Chief Risk Officer. Group Audit is

responsible for overseeing the activities of both the functions owning and using models and MoRM as the risk type

control function.

MoRM fulfils all the responsibilities of a risk type control function, including:

–Defining and regularly updating the model risk framework by setting minimum risk management and/or control

standards to support the bank’s compliance with all applicable material rules and regulations

–Independently assessing the implementation of, and adherence to, the framework of functions that generate and

steer model risk directly, and reporting an overall assessment of the bank’s risk profile

–Acting as an advisor to these functions on how to identify, assess and manage risks and implement the framework

–Monitoring model risk adherence to the defined risk appetite, including escalating confirmed breaches, and

recommending matters for potential consequence management, which can be enforced at a divisional and individual

level

265

Deutsche Bank Model risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Risk management objectives and policies

MoRM is also responsible for the approval of the use of models within the bank and the initial and ongoing validation of

models in line with policy. Independent model validation functions outside of Model Risk Management are required to

have a sufficient level of independence and expertise, and to apply MoRM standards.

Scope and nature of model risk measurement and reporting systems

Article 435 (1)(c) CRR (EU OVA)

The governance and monitoring of model risk is facilitated by a combination of individuals in the functions that directly

generate and manage model risk and MoRM model risk managers, supported by Model Risk Councils and forums, which

escalate to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. They support the management of model risk for individual

models, as well as in the aggregate.

The Model Inventory owned by MoRM is the repository for sources of model risk across the firm and provides the basis for

the reporting of model risk.

MoRM provides (at least) quarterly updates on model risk topics to divisional/regional Model Risk fora, escalating into the

Group Model Risk Council, as well as providing updates to certain Deutsche Bank AG Branches (London and New York),

the Group Risk Committee and stand-alone model risk sections in the risk and capital profile. The risk and capital profile

is distributed monthly to the Management Board and quarterly to the Supervisory Board.

Model risk profiles are produced by MoRM, to enable the monitoring, reporting and governance of model risk. Model risk

profiles include:

–Current and emerging model risks and

–Information to effectively monitor model risk and identify potential areas of concern

–Individual metrics showing Risk Appetite results for that reporting period, including remediation plans, ‘paths to

green/amber’ and any compensatory measures implemented

–Status of remediation of material problems; appropriate and timely responses to identified problems, with current and

forward-looking perspectives

–Reporting on overdue validation findings

Policies for mitigating model risk

Article 435 (1)(d) CRR (EU OVA)

The model risk framework is governed by the Model Risk Policy and Procedure. Model Risk is mitigated at a model level,

through appropriate actions independently verified as proportionate. These may be built into the model, as part of

development, or subsequently identified as part of the initial validation process or subsequent monitoring processes.

As part of independent validation, MoRM may identify the need for temporary or permanent mitigants prior to permitting

the use of a model. These mitigants may take the form of adjustments to the output, the allocation of a reserve/buffer,

limitations or restrictions on the use of a model, additional monitoring and/or restrictions or amendments to inputs and/

or parameters.

These mitigants, are tracked and monitored as part of periodic reviews. Reassessments may also be triggered by

significant changes to the model or its materiality, or potentially through the resolution of related weaknesses in the

model.

266

Deutsche Bank Remuneration policy
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Policy on diversity for board members

Remuneration policy

Article 450 CRR, Article 435 (2)(a)-(c) CRR and EU OVB

Article 450 CRR, Article 435 (2)(a)-(c) CRR and related requirements such as table EU REMA and EU OVB and templates

EU REM1-5 are addressed by the following section from the Employee Compensation Report from within the Annual

Report 2025.

Number of directorships held by board members

Article 435 (2)(a) CRR (EU OVB)

The number of directorships held by members of the management board are listed below in the table:

Number of directorships

Dec 31, 2025
Number of executive<br><br>and non-executive<br><br>directorships Number of<br><br>supervisory board<br><br>directorships
Christian Sewing 0 0
James von Moltke 0 0
Raja Akram1 0 0
Fabrizio Campelli 0 0
Marcus Chromik 0 0
Bernd Leukert 0 1
Alexander von zur Mühlen 0 0
Laura Padovani 0 0
Claudio de Sanctis 0 0
Rebecca Short 0 0

1Raja Akram became a member of the Management Board on January 1, 2026, and will assume the role of Chief Financial Officer in March 2026

Recruitment policy for board members

Article 435 (2)(b) CRR (EU OVB)

Pursuant to the German Banking Act (KWG) the members of the Management Board must be professionally suitable and

reliable and devote sufficient time to their tasks. The Supervisory Board assesses the qualifications of the individual

members as well as the qualification of the Management Board as a whole (collective suitability). In this connection

diversity of backgrounds and mindsets plays an important role as well as gender, nationality and age. The Nomination

Committee supports the Supervisory Board in identifying suitable internal and external candidates to fill a position on

the bank’s Management Board while taking into account the applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. For this,

the Committee has developed a position description with a candidate profile and a statement of the related time

commitment for a Management Board member as well as questionnaires for the assessment of the knowledge, reliability

and time availability. The Nomination Committee and Supervisory Board regularly receive reports from the Management

Board on internal candidates for succession planning (“talent pipeline”) and the process from the perspective of the

Management Board. The members of the Supervisory Board have opportunities to meet selected senior managers at the

meetings of the Supervisory Board and its committees as well as bank-internal events. With a view to a sustainable,

ideally diverse succession planning while also taking gender diversity into consideration, the Supervisory Board also

works together with external service providers.

For the selection of suitable candidates, external and internal, the Nomination Committee takes into account the

strategic objectives of the bank, the area of functional responsibility on the Management Board, the qualifications,

reliability and time availability of the candidates as well as the balance and diversity of the knowledge, skills and

experience of all members of the Management Board, while also considering diversity principles. The appointment to a

Management Board position is always made in the interests of the company.

Building on the recommendation of the Nomination Committee, the Chairman’s Committee submits a recommendation

for the Supervisory Board’s resolution. Based on this, the Supervisory Board decides on the appointment of the

Management Board members. The first appointment period is for a maximum of three years. Management Board

members can be reappointed for one or several terms of office, which may be for a maximum of five years pursuant to

the law, whereby at Deutsche Bank such reappointments should generally also be for a maximum of three years.

267

Deutsche Bank Remuneration policy
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Policy on diversity for board members

Policy on diversity for board members

Article 435 (2)(c) CRR (EU OVB)

The Stock Corporation Act (AktG) requires that a company that is listed on a stock exchange and has three or more

members of the Management Board, such as Deutsche Bank, must have at least one woman and one man as member of

its Management Board, failing which renders the appointment is rendered void. In addition, promoting cognitive diversity

on the Management Board is very important to the Supervisory Board, and it is actively working to ensure the on

Management Board has sufficient diversity, of thought, e.g., in terms of gender, nationality and age, as well as different

backgrounds and mindsets.

Moreover, the AktG requires that the Management Board of a listed company sets targets for the share of women in the

two management layers below the Management Board. The Supervisory Board and Management Board strive to and

should serve as role models for the bank to drive an inclusive culture. In accordance with the bank’s aim to embrace

dialogue and diverse views, diversity in the composition of the Supervisory Board and the Management Board also

facilitates the proper performance of the tasks and duties assigned to them by law, the Articles of Association and Terms

of Reference.

As an integral part of Deutsche Bank’s strategy as a leading European bank with a global reach and a strong home market

in Germany, diversity is a decisive factor for the bank’s success. With 160 nationalities represented across 55 countries in

2025, the bank is proud of its multicultural workforce. It sees the unique perspectives and experiences within its global

network as a competitive advantage as it fuels innovation, strengthens culture and drives more sustainable outcomes.

Age and gender as well as educational and professional backgrounds have long been accepted as key aspects of the far

more comprehensive understanding of diversity at Deutsche Bank.

As stated in its Code of Conduct, Deutsche Bank is committed to ensuring fair and equal opportunities for employees

from all backgrounds and experiences, an objective it advances through its multi-dimensional diversity and inclusion

strategy. Centered on five pillars - leadership accountability, adapting processes, driving behavioral change, thought

leadership, and ensuring legal compliance - the strategy is endorsed by the Management Board who monitors progress

against the agreed goals and objectives.

The targets for the proportion of women in management positions, the gender quota and the disclosure pursuant to

Section 96 (2) of the German Stock Corporation Act (AktG) are described in the "Sustainability Statement" in the section

"Own Workforce"

Diversity concept and succession planning for the Management Board

Through the composition of the Management Board, it has to be ensured that its members have, at all times, the required

knowledge, skills and experience necessary to properly perform their tasks. Accordingly, when selecting members for the

Management Board, care is to be taken that they collectively have sufficient expertise and diversity within the meaning

of the bank’s objectives specified above. Furthermore, the Supervisory Board and the Management Board should ensure

long-term succession planning.

The Act supplementing and amending the regulations for the equal participation of women and men in management

positions in the private sector and in the public service (“Zweites Führungspositionen Gesetz” - FüPoG II) stipulates that

at least one woman and one man are to be appointed to a board with more than three members, with no additional

targets to be set. As of December 31, 2025, the bank has fulfilled this requirement with two women on the Board. As a

rule, a member of the board of directors should not have exceeded the age limit for standard early retirement pension for

long-term insured persons in the German statutory pension insurance scheme by the expiry date of his or her

appointment.

Implementation

In accordance with the law, the Articles of Association and Terms of Reference, the Supervisory Board adopted a

candidate profile for the members of the Management Board, based on a proposal from the Nomination Committee. This

profile takes into account an “Expertise and Capabilities Matrix”, specifying, among other things, the required knowledge,

skills and experience to perform the tasks as Management Board member, in order to successfully develop and

implement the bank’s strategy in the respective market or the respective division and as a management body

collectively. The Management Board reviews succession plans for Management Board positions, both individually and as

a group. Individual succession plans are reviewed and internal succession candidates are discussed in detail based on

potential, leadership skills and experience as well as fit and proper suitability. As gender diversity is a key focus of

Deutsche Bank the respective succession metrics and data analytics support this process. After approval by the

268

Deutsche Bank Remuneration policy
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Policy on diversity for board members

Management Board these plans are submitted to the Nomination Committee and the Supervisory Board, in principle at a

meeting for extensive deliberations.

In identifying candidates to fill a position on the bank’s Management Board, the Supervisory Board’s Nomination

Committee takes into account the appropriate diversity balance of all Management Board members collectively.

Furthermore, it also considers the targets set by the Supervisory Board in accordance with statutory requirements for the

percentage of women on the Management Board.

The Nomination Committee supports the Supervisory Board with the periodic assessment, to be performed at least once

a year, of the knowledge, skills and experience of the individual members of the Management Board and of the

Management Board in its entirety.

Results achieved in the 2025 financial year

As of December 31, 2025 the Management Board comprised two women (22%) and seven men. The age structure is

diverse, ranging from 50 to 59 years of age as of December 31, 2025.

In light of the bank’s strategy as a leading European bank with a global reach and a strong home market in Germany, five

of the nine Management Board members as of December 31, 2025 have a German background. Furthermore, the current

Management Board members are citizens of Italy, the United Kingdom, the U.S., Pakistan, Australia, New Zealand and

Switzerland. However, the ethnic diversity of the Management Board does not currently reflect the full diversity of the

markets where the bank do business or the diversity of the bank’s employees.

The diverse range of the members’ educational and professional backgrounds includes accounting, banking, business

administration, economics, engineering, finance, law, linguistics and philosophy.

The bank transparently reports on Management Board diversity in addition to the information presented above in this

Corporate Governance Statement in the section “Management Board and Supervisory Board” as well as on the bank’s

website: www.db.com (Heading Investor Relations, “Corporate Governance”, “Management Board”).

Compensation of the employees (unaudited)

The content of the 2025 Employee Compensation Report is based on the qualitative and quantitative remuneration

disclosure requirements outlined in Article 450 No. 1 (a) to (j) Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) in conjunction with

Section 16 of the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions (Institutsvergütungsverordnung – InstVV).

This Compensation Report takes a group-wide view and covers all consolidated entities of the Deutsche Bank Group. In

accordance with regulatory requirements, equivalent reports for 2025 are prepared for BHW Bausparkasse AG classified

as Significant Institution in the meaning of the German Banking Act as well as for other subsidiaries within Deutsche Bank

Group in accordance with local regulatory requirements.

Regulatory environment

Ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements is an overarching consideration in the bank’s Group Compensation

Strategy. The bank strives to be at the forefront of implementing regulatory requirements with respect to compensation

and will continue to maintain a close exchange with its prudential supervisor, the European Central Bank (ECB), to be in

compliance with all existing and new requirements.

As an EU-headquartered institution, Deutsche Bank is subject to the Capital Requirements Regulation/Directive (CRR/

CRD) globally, as transposed into German national law in the German Banking Act and InstVV. These rules are applied to

all of Deutsche Bank subsidiaries and branches world-wide to the extent required in accordance with Section 27 InstVV.

As a Significant Institution within the meaning of the German Banking Act, Deutsche Bank identifies all employees whose

work is deemed to have a material impact on the overall risk profile (Material Risk Takers or MRTs) in accordance with the

criteria stipulated in the German Banking Act and in the Commission Delegated Regulation 2021/923. MRT identification

is performed for Deutsche Bank Group as well as for institutions in the EU at institutional level.

Taking into account more specific sectorial legislation and in accordance with InstVV, some of Deutsche Bank’s

subsidiaries (in particular within the DWS Group) fall under sector specific remuneration rules, such as the Alternative

Investments Fund Managers Directive (AIFMD), the Undertakings for Collective Investments in Transferable Securities

Directive (UCITS) and the Investment Firm Directive (IFD) including the applicable local transpositions. MRTs are also

269

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Regulatory environment

identified in these subsidiaries. Identified employees are subject to the remuneration provisions outlined in the applicable

Guidelines on sound remuneration policies published by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) and the

European Banking Authority (EBA).

Deutsche Bank takes into account the regulations targeted at employees who engage directly or indirectly with the

bank’s clients, for instance as per the local transpositions of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II – MiFID II.

Accordingly, specific provisions for employees deemed to be Relevant Persons are implemented with a view to ensuring

that they act in the best interest of the bank’s clients.

Where applicable, Deutsche Bank is also subject to specific rules and regulations implemented by local regulators. Many

of these requirements are aligned with the InstVV. However, where variations are apparent, proactive and open

discussions with regulators have enabled the bank to follow the local regulations whilst ensuring that any impacted

employees or locations remain within the bank’s overall Group Compensation Framework. This includes, amongst others,

the compensation structures applied to Covered Employees in the United States under the requirements of the Federal

Reserve Board as well as the requirements related to compensation recovery for executive officers in the event of an

accounting restatement as required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. In any case, the InstVV

requirements are applied as minimum standards globally.

Compensation governance

Deutsche Bank has a robust governance structure enabling it to operate within the clear parameters of its Compensation

Strategy and Policy. In accordance with the German two-tier board structure, the Supervisory Board governs the

compensation of the Management Board members while the Management Board oversees compensation matters for all

other employees in the Group. Both the Supervisory Board and the Management Board are supported by specific

committees and functions, in particular the Compensation Control Committee (CCC), the Compensation Officer, and the

Senior Executive Compensation Committee (SECC).

In line with their responsibilities, the bank’s control functions as per InstVV are involved in the design and application of

the bank’s remuneration systems, in the identification of MRTs and in determining the total amount of Variable

Compensation. This includes assessing the impact of employees’ behavior and the business-related risks, performance

criteria, granting of remuneration and severances as well as ex-post risk adjustments.

Reward governance structure

imagea.jpg

1Does not comprise a complete list of Supervisory Board Committees

270

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Compensation governance

Compensation Control Committee (CCC)

The Supervisory Board has set up the CCC to support in establishing and monitoring the structure of the compensation

system for the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG. Furthermore, the CCC monitors the appropriateness

of the compensation systems for the employees of Deutsche Bank Group, as established by the Management Board and

the SECC. The CCC reviews whether the total amount of Variable Compensation is affordable and set in accordance with

the risk, capital and liquidity situation as well as in alignment with the business and risk strategies. Furthermore, the CCC

supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring the bank’s MRT identification process.

Further details, including the composition and the number of meetings held, can be found in the Report of the

Supervisory Board within this Annual Report.

Compensation Officer

The Management Board, in cooperation with the CCC, has appointed a Group Compensation Officer to support the

Supervisory Boards of Deutsche Bank AG and of the bank’s Significant Institutions in Germany in performing their

compensation related duties. The Compensation Officer is involved in the conceptual review, development, monitoring

and application of the employees’ compensation systems, the MRT identification and remuneration disclosures on an

ongoing basis. The Compensation Officer performs all relevant monitoring obligations independently, provides an

assessment on the appropriateness of the design and strategy of the compensation systems for employees at least

annually and regularly supports and advises the CCC.

Senior Executive Compensation Committee (SECC)

The SECC is a delegated committee established by the Management Board which has the mandate to develop

sustainable compensation principles, to prepare recommendations on Total Compensation levels and to ensure

appropriate compensation governance and oversight. As part of this mandate, the SECC establishes the Compensation

and Benefits Strategy, Policy and corresponding guiding principles, which provide the overarching framework for both

Fixed Pay and Variable Compensation. This includes ensuring that the overall compensation structures are aligned with

regulatory requirements and the bank’s compensation principles. Moreover, using quantitative and qualitative factors,

the SECC assesses Group and divisional performance as a basis for compensation decisions and makes recommendations

to the Management Board regarding the total amount of annual Variable Compensation and its allocation across

business divisions and infrastructure functions.

In order to maintain its independence, only representatives from infrastructure and control functions who are not aligned

to any of the business divisions are members of the SECC. In 2025, the SECC’s membership comprised of the DB AG

Management Board member responsible for Human Resources and the Chief Financial Officer as Co-Chairpersons, the

Head of Compliance, the Head of Human Resources and the Head of Performance & Reward as well as an additional

representative from both Finance and Risk as voting members. The Compensation Officer and an additional

representative from Finance participated as non-voting members. The SECC generally meets on a monthly basis but with

more frequent meetings during the compensation determination process. It held 15 meetings in total with regard to the

compensation process for the performance year 2025.

Compensation and Benefits Strategy

Deutsche Bank recognizes that its compensation framework plays a vital role in supporting its strategic objectives. It

enables the bank to attract and retain the individuals required to achieve the bank’s objectives. The Compensation and

Benefits Strategy is built on three core pillars (Principles, Performance and Processes as outlined below) that support the

bank’s global, client-centric business and risk strategy, reinforced by safe and sound compensation practices that

operate within the bank’s profitability, solvency and liquidity position.

271

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Compensation governance

floatingimage_3a.jpg

Group Compensation Framework

The compensation framework, generally applicable globally across all regions and business lines, emphasizes an

appropriate balance between Fixed Pay and Variable Compensation – together forming Total Compensation. It aligns

incentives for sustainable performance at all levels of Deutsche Bank whilst ensuring the transparency of compensation

decisions and their impact on shareholders and employees. The underlying principles of Deutsche Bank’s Compensation

Framework are applied to all employees equally and are supported by the key principle ‘equal pay for equal work or work

of equal value’ and the necessity for equal opportunities, irrespective of differences in, e.g., tenure, gender or ethnicity.

Pursuant to CRD and the requirements subsequently adopted in the German Banking Act, Deutsche Bank is subject to a

maximum ratio of 1:1 with regard to fixed-to-variable remuneration components, which was increased to 1:2 for a limited

population with shareholder approval on May 22, 2014 with an approval rate of 95.27%, based on valid votes by 27.68%

of the share capital represented at the Annual General Meeting. The remuneration of employees in control functions as

defined by InstVV (comprising Risk, Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime, Group Audit and the Group Compensation

Officer and his Deputy) is predominately based on Fixed Pay.

According to the bank’s compensation framework, all employees are entitled to individual Variable Compensation. The

standardized Variable Compensation orientation model, which incorporates orientation values determined by division,

profession, and seniority, indicates the average expected Variable Compensation as a percentage of Fixed Pay, thus

ensuring an appropriate balance between Fixed Pay and Variable Compensation.

Fixed Pay is the key and primary compensation element for most employees globally. It is a fixed regular payment based

on transparent and predetermined conditions. It is delivered in the form of base salary and where applicable local

specific fixed pay allowances. Fixed Pay reflects the value of the individual role and function within the organization,

regional and divisional specifics and rewards the factors an employee brings to the organization such as qualification,

skills and experience required for the role in line with remuneration levels in the specific geographic location and level of

responsibility.

Variable Compensation is a discretionary compensation component that reflects Group, Divisional risk-adjusted financial

and non-financial performance as well as individual contributions. It acknowledges that employees contribute to the

success of their Division and the Group as a whole. At the same time, Variable Compensation allows the bank to

differentiate individual contributions and to drive behavior and conduct through an incentive system that can positively

influence culture and the achievement of the bank’s strategic objectives and to apply consequences for falling below the

standards of delivery, behavior and conduct by reducing the Variable Compensation.

In the context of InstVV, severance payments are considered Variable Compensation. The bank’s severance framework

ensures full alignment with the respective InstVV requirements.

272

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Compensation governance

Employee benefits are considered Fixed Pay from a regulatory perspective, as they have no direct link to performance or

discretion. They are granted in accordance with applicable local market practices and requirements. Pension expenses

represent the main element of the bank’s benefits portfolio globally.

Total Compensation is made up of defined Fixed Pay, Variable Compensation and is supplemented by benefits.

Employee groups with specific compensation structures

For some areas of the bank, compensation structures deviate in some respects from the Group Compensation Framework

outlined above, but within regulatory boundaries.

Postbank units

While executive staff of former Postbank generally follow the remuneration structure of Deutsche Bank, the

compensation for any other staff in Postbank units is based on specific frameworks agreed with trade unions or with the

respective workers’ councils. Where no collective agreements exist, compensation is subject to individual contracts. In

general, non-executive and tariff staff in Postbank units receive Variable Compensation, but the structure and portion of

Variable Compensation can differ between legal entities. Notwithstanding these specific frameworks, Variable

Compensation of Postbank units is subject to the bank’s overarching compensation governance overseen by the SECC.

DWS

DWS asset management entities and employees fall under AIFMD, UCITS or IFD regulation, and only DWS employees

who are deemed to have a material impact on the risk profile of Deutsche Bank Group remain in scope of the bank’s

Group InstVV requirements. DWS has established its own compensation governance, policy, and structures, as well as

Risk Taker identification process in line with its regulatory requirements. These structures and processes are aligned with

InstVV where required but tailored towards the Asset Management business. Pursuant to the ESMA/EBA Guidelines,

DWS’s compensation strategy is designed to ensure an appropriate ratio between Fixed and Variable Compensation.

Generally, DWS applies remuneration rules that are equivalent to the Deutsche Bank Group approach, but use DWS

Group-related parameters, where possible. Notable deviations from the Group Compensation Framework include the use

of share-based instruments linked to DWS shares and fund-linked instruments. These serve to improve the alignment of

employee compensation with DWS’ shareholders’ and investors’ interests.

Tariff staff

Tariff staff are either subject to a collective agreement (Tarifvertrag für das private Bankgewerbe und die öffentlichen

Banken), as negotiated between trade unions and employer associations, or subject to agreements as negotiated with

the respective trade unions directly. The remuneration of tariff staff is included in the quantitative disclosures in this

Report.

Determination of performance-based Variable Compensation

The bank puts a strong focus on its governance related to compensation decision-making processes. A robust set of rule-

based principles for compensation decisions with close links to the performance of both businesses and individuals were

applied.

The total amount of Variable Compensation for any given performance year is derived from an assessment of the bank’s

profitability, solvency, and liquidity position (affordability assessment), Group performance and the performance of

divisions and infrastructure functions in support of achieving the bank’s strategic objectives.

In a first step, Deutsche Bank assesses the bank’s affordability as well as other limitations (such as external financial

goals) to determine what the bank “can” award in line with regulatory and internal requirements. This assessment also

takes into account forward‑looking considerations of the bank’s multi‑year strategic plan including its multi-year capital

plan. In the next step, the bank assesses divisional risk-adjusted performance, i.e., what the bank “should” award in order

to provide an appropriate compensation for contributions to the bank’s success.

The proportion of the Variable Compensation pools related to Group performance, which has a weighting of 25%, is

determined based on the performance of a selected number of Group’s Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), including

Cost/Income Ratio (CIR), Post-Tax Return on Tangible Equity (RoTE), ESG: Environmental - Sustainable Financing and

ESG Investments, Social - Gender Diversity and Governance - Audit Control Risk Management Grade.

273

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Employee groups with specific compensation structures

When assessing divisional performance, a range of considerations are referenced. Performance is assessed in the context

of financial and – based on Balanced Scorecards – non-financial targets. To ensure that performance is reviewed in its

entirety and that consideration is also given to criteria that are difficult to evaluate with a solely formulaic approach, the

SECC additionally conducts a qualitative review. Following the quantitative calculation of the combined performance

assessed Variable Compensation pools, the SECC will review a set of pre-defined qualitative criteria related to both

financial and non-financial performance and may decide to apply a maximum 10 percentage points up or down overlay

on the divisional performance assessment. The financial targets for front-office divisions are subject to appropriate risk-

adjustment, in particular by referencing the degree of future potential risks to which Deutsche Bank may be exposed, and

the amount of capital required to absorb severe unexpected losses arising from these risks. For the infrastructure

functions, the financial performance assessment is mainly based on the achievement of cost targets. While the allocation

of Variable Compensation to infrastructure functions, and in particular to control functions, depends on both Deutsche

Bank’s overall and their own performance, it is not dependent on the performance of the division(s) that these functions

oversee.

At the level of the individual employee, the Variable Compensation Guiding Principles are established, which detail the

factors and metrics that managers need to take into account when making Variable Compensation decisions. In doing so,

they must fully appreciate the risk-taking activities of individuals to ensure that Variable Compensation allocations are

balanced and risk-taking is not inappropriately incentivized. The factors and metrics to be considered include, but are not

limited to, (i) business delivery (“What”), i.e., quantitative and qualitative financial, risk-adjusted and non-financial

performance metrics, and (ii) behavior (“How”), i.e., culture, conduct and control considerations such as qualitative inputs

from control functions or disciplinary sanctions. Variable Compensation setting recommendations help managers to

translate individual performance (“What” and “How”) into appropriate pay outcomes. Generally, performance is assessed

based on a one-year period. However, for Management Board members of all Significant Institutions, a performance

period of three years is taken into account.

Variable Compensation structure

The compensation structures are designed to provide a mechanism that promotes and supports long-term performance

of employees and the bank. Whilst a portion of Variable Compensation is paid upfront, these structures require that an

appropriate portion is deferred to ensure alignment to the sustainable performance of the Group. For both parts of

Variable Compensation, Deutsche Bank shares are used as instruments and as an effective way to align compensation

with Deutsche Bank’s sustainable performance and the interests of shareholders.

The bank continues to go beyond regulatory requirements with the scope as well as the amount of Variable

Compensation that is deferred and the minimum deferral periods for certain employee groups. The deferral rate and

period are determined based on the risk categorization of the employee as well as the business unit. Where applicable,

the bank starts to defer parts of Variable Compensation for MRTs where Variable Compensation is set at or above

€ 50,000 or where Variable Compensation exceeds 1/3 of Total Compensation. For non-MRTs, deferrals start at higher

levels of Variable Compensation. MRTs are on average subject to deferral rates in excess of the minimum 40% (60% for

Senior Management) as required by InstVV. For MRTs in Material Business Units (MBU) the bank applies a deferral rate of

at least 50%. The Variable Compensation threshold for MRTs requiring at least 60% deferral is set at € 500,000. Moreover,

for all employees whose Fixed Pay exceeds the amount of € 600,000, the full amount of the Variable Compensation is

deferred.

As detailed in the table below, deferral periods range from three to five years, dependent on employee groups.

274

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Variable compensation structure

Overview of 2025 award types (excluding DWS Group)

Award Type Description Beneficiaries Deferral Period Retention<br><br>Period Portion
Upfront:<br><br>Cash Variable<br><br>Compensation (VC) Upfront cash All eligible<br><br>employees N/A N/A 100% of VC, except<br><br>employees with<br><br>deferred awards
Upfront:<br><br>Equity Upfront<br><br>Award (EUA) Upfront equity (linked to<br><br>Deutsche Bank’s share price<br><br>over the retention period) MRTs with VC ≥<br><br>€ 50,000 or where<br><br>VC exceeds 1/3 of<br><br>Total<br><br>Compensation<br><br>(TC)<br><br>Non-MRTs with<br><br>deferred awards<br><br>where 2025 TC ><br><br>€ 500,000 N/A 12 months 50% of upfront VC
Deferred:<br><br>Restricted Incentive<br><br>Award (RIA) Deferred cash All employees<br><br>with deferred VC Equal tranche vesting:<br><br>MRTs: 4 years<br><br>Senior Mgmt.1: 5 years<br><br>Non-MRTs: 3 years N/A 50% of deferred VC
Deferred:<br><br>Restricted Equity<br><br>Award (REA) Deferred equity (linked to<br><br>Deutsche Bank’s share price<br><br>over the vesting and<br><br>retention period) All employees<br><br>with deferred VC Equal tranche vesting:<br><br>MRTs: 4 years<br><br>Senior Mgmt.1: 5 years<br><br>Non-MRTs: 3 years 12 months<br><br>for MRTs 50% of deferred VC

N/A – Not applicable

1For the purpose of Performance Year 2025 annual awards, Senior Management is defined DB AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to

Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of Significant Institutions in the meaning of the German

Banking Act; respective MB-1 positions with managerial responsibility; for the specific deferral rules for the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG refer to the

Compensation Report for the Management Board

Employees are not allowed to sell, pledge, transfer or assign a deferred award or any rights in respect to the award. They

may not enter into any transaction having the economic effect of hedging any Variable Compensation, for example

offsetting the risk of price movement with respect to the equity-based award. Compliance, overseen by the

Compensation Officer, monitors that employee trading activity complies with this requirement.

275

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Ex-post risk adjustment of variable compensation

Ex-post risk adjustment of Variable Compensation

In line with regulatory requirements relating to ex-post risk adjustment of Variable Compensation, the bank believes that

a long-term view on conduct and performance of its employees is a key element of deferred Variable Compensation. As a

result, under the Management Board’s oversight, all deferred awards are subject to performance conditions and

forfeiture provisions as detailed below.

Overview of Deutsche Bank Group performance conditions and forfeiture provisions of Variable Compensation granted for

Performance Year 2025

image1a.jpg

1Considering clearly defined and governed adjustments for relevant Profit and Loss items (e.g., business restructurings; impairments of goodwill or intangibles)

2Only applicable to InstVV MRTs in front office divisions

3Other provisions may apply as outlined in the respective plan rules

276

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure

Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure

On a global basis, 1,522 employees were identified as MRTs according to CRD/InstVV for financial year 2025, compared

to 1,451 employees for 2024. The number of 2025 Group MRTs amounts to 1,287 individuals. Moreover, 298 individuals

were identified at an institutional level (thereof 63 Group MRTs). The remuneration elements for all those MRTs on a

consolidated basis are detailed in the tables below in accordance with Article 450 CRR. Where applicable, the EU REM

tables display the prescribed business lines as per Annex XXXIII of Regulation No 575/2013.

With regard to deferral arrangements and pay-out instruments, 42 MRTs, whose total remuneration amounts to

€ 9.7 million (thereof € 3.3 million variable remuneration including severance payments) benefit from a derogation laid

down in Article 94(3) CRD point (a) and 96 MRTs, whose total remuneration amounts to € 14.3 million (thereof

€ 2.7 million variable remuneration including severance payments) benefit from a derogation laid down in Article 94(3)

CRD point (b).

Remuneration for 2025 - Material Risk Takers (REM 1)

2025
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise)¹ Super-<br><br>visory<br><br>Board² Manage-<br><br>ment<br><br>Board3 Senior<br><br>Management4 Other Material<br><br>Risk Takers Group<br><br>Total
Fixed Pay Number of MRTs5 20 9 243 1,102 1,374
Total Fixed Pay 8 32 175 632 847
of which: cash-based 8 28 169 599 804
of which: shares or equivalent ownership<br><br>interests 0 0 0 0 0
of which: share-linked instruments or<br><br>equivalent non-cash instruments 0 0 0 0 0
of which: other instruments 0 0 0 0 0
of which: other forms 0 3 6 33 43
Variable Pay Number of MRTs5 0 9 240 1,061 1,310
Total Variable Pay6 0 51 190 706 946
of which: cash-based 0 13 96 362 472
of which: deferred 0 2 83 264 349
of which: shares or equivalent ownership<br><br>interests 0 37 86 343 466
of which: deferred 0 28 81 264 373
of which: share-linked instruments or<br><br>equivalent non-cash instruments 0 0 6 0 6
of which: deferred 0 0 4 0 4
of which: other instruments 0 0 2 0 2
of which: deferred 0 0 2 0 2
of which: other forms 0 0 0 0 0
of which: deferred 0 0 0 0 0
Total Pay 8 82 365 1,338 1,793

1The table may contain marginal rounding differences

2Supervisory Board represents the Supervisory Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG

3Management Board represents the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG

4Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further

individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of institutions required to identify MRTs at a solo institutional level and respective MB-1 positions with

managerial responsibility

5Beneficiaries only as of December 31, 2025 (HC reported for Supervisory Board and Management Board, FTE reported for the remaining part); therefore, the totals do not

add up to the 1,522 individuals identified as MRTs; shows remuneration awarded to all MRTs (including 2025 leavers)

6Variable Pay includes Deutsche Bank´s year-end performance-based Variable Compensation for 2025, other Variable Compensation and severance payments; it also

includes fringe benefits and contractually agreed post-contractual non-compete compensation awarded to Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG which are

to be classified as variable remuneration, and reflects the newly implemented LTI Plan for Management Board members of Deutsche Bank AG set up for the performance

period 2025-2027, which during the 'transition phase' is shown with the target amount; the table does not include new hire replacement awards for lost entitlements

from previous employers (buyouts)

277

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure

Guaranteed variable remuneration and severance payments - Material Risk Takers (REM 2)

2025
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise)¹ Super-<br><br>visory<br><br>Board² Manage-<br><br>ment<br><br>Board3 Senior<br><br>Management4 Other Material<br><br>Risk Takers Group<br><br>Total
Guaranteed variable remuneration awards
Number of MRTs5 0 0 3 8 11
Total amount 0 0 2 17 19
of which: paid during financial year, not taken into<br><br>account in bonus cap 0 0 0 8 8
Severance payments awarded in previous periods, paid out<br><br>during financial year
Number of MRTs5 0 0 0 0 0
Total amount 0 0 0 0 0
Severance payments awarded during financial year
Number of MRTs5 0 1 8 39 48
Total amount6 0 6 4 10 21
of which: paid during financial year 0 3 4 10 16
of which: deferred 0 4 0 0 4
of which: paid during financial year, not taken into<br><br>account in bonus cap 0 3 4 10 16
of which: highest payment that has been awarded to a<br><br>single person 0 6 2 1 6

1The table may contain marginal rounding differences

2Supervisory Board represents the Supervisory Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG

3Management Board represents the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG

4Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further

individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of institutions required to identify MRTs at a solo institutional level and respective MB-1 positions with

managerial responsibility

5Beneficiaries only (HC reported for all categories)

278

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure

Deferred remuneration - Material Risk Takers (REM 3)

2025
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise)¹ Total amount<br><br>of deferred<br><br>remuneration<br><br>awarded for<br><br>previous<br><br>performance<br><br>periods Of which due<br><br>to vest in the<br><br>financial year Of which<br><br>vesting in<br><br>subsequent<br><br>financial years Amount of<br><br>performance<br><br>adjustment<br><br>made in the<br><br>financial year<br><br>to deferred<br><br>remuneration<br><br>that was due<br><br>to vest in the<br><br>financial year Amount of<br><br>performance<br><br>adjustment<br><br>made in the<br><br>financial year<br><br>to deferred<br><br>remuneration<br><br>that was due<br><br>to vest in<br><br>future<br><br>performance<br><br>years Total amount<br><br>of adjustment<br><br>during the<br><br>financial year<br><br>due to ex post<br><br>implicit<br><br>adjustments5 Total amount<br><br>of deferred<br><br>remuneration<br><br>awarded<br><br>before the<br><br>financial year<br><br>actually paid<br><br>out in the<br><br>financial year6 Total of<br><br>amount of<br><br>deferred<br><br>remuneration<br><br>awarded for<br><br>previous<br><br>performance<br><br>period that<br><br>has vested<br><br>but is subject<br><br>to retention<br><br>periods
Supervisory Board2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Cash-based 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Shares or<br><br>equivalent<br><br>ownership interests 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Share-linked<br><br>instruments or<br><br>equivalent non-<br><br>cash instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other forms 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Management Board3 106 24 82 0 0 24 14
Cash-based 48 11 38 0 0 11 0
Shares or<br><br>equivalent<br><br>ownership interests 58 14 44 0 0 14 14
Share-linked<br><br>instruments or<br><br>equivalent non-<br><br>cash instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other forms 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Senior management4 460 98 362 0 0 98 45
Cash-based 218 47 171 0 0 47 0
Shares or<br><br>equivalent<br><br>ownership interests 229 49 180 0 0 49 44
Share-linked<br><br>instruments or<br><br>equivalent non-<br><br>cash instruments 10 2 8 0 0 2 1
Other instruments 3 0 3 0 0 0 0
Other forms 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other Material Risk<br><br>Takers 1,594 393 1,201 0 0 392 146
Cash-based 770 191 579 0 0 191 0
Shares or<br><br>equivalent<br><br>ownership interests 824 202 622 0 0 202 146
Share-linked<br><br>instruments or<br><br>equivalent non-<br><br>cash instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other forms 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total amount 2,160 516 1,644 0 0 515 205

1The table may contain marginal rounding differences

2Supervisory Board represents the Supervisory Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG

3Management Board represents the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG

4Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further

individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of institutions required to identify MRTs at a solo institutional level and respective MB-1 positions with

managerial responsibility

5Changes of value of deferred remuneration due to the changes of prices of instruments

6Defined as remuneration awarded before the financial year which vested in the financial year (including where subject to a retention period)

279

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure

Remuneration of high earners – Material Risk Takers (REM 4)

2025 2024
in € Number of<br><br>individuals Number of<br><br>individuals
Total Pay1
1,000,000 to 1,499,999 339 331
1,500,000 to 1,999,999 123 125
2,000,000 to 2,499,999 71 59
2,500,000 to 2,999,999 32 48
3,000,000 to 3,499,999 31 25
3,500,000 to 3,999,999 16 14
4.000,000 to 4,499,999 8 6
4,500,000 to 4,999,999 9 5
5,000,000 to 5,999,999 7 9
6,000,000 to 6,999,999 4 3
7,000,000 to 7,999,999 4 12
8,000,000 to 8,999,999 4 3
9,000,000 to 9,999,999 6 3
10,000,000 to 10,999,999 1 3
11,000,000 to 11,999,999 2 0
17,000,000 to 17,999,999 0 1
Total 658 647

1Includes all components of Fixed Pay and Variable Compensation (including severances); buyouts are not included

In total, 658 MRTs received a Total Pay of € 1 million or more for 2025. The number of MRT high earners remains

essentially flat compared to 2024.

Compensation awards 2025 – Material Risk Takers (REM 5)

Management Body Remuneration Business Areas
in € m.<br><br>(unless stated otherwise)¹ Super-<br><br>visory<br><br>Board2 Manage-<br><br>ment<br><br>Board2 Total<br><br>Manage-<br><br>ment Body Invest-<br><br>ment<br><br>Banking2 Retail<br><br>Banking2 Asset<br><br>Manage-<br><br>ment2 Corporate<br><br>Functions2 Control<br><br>Functions2 Total
Total number of Material Risk<br><br>Takers3 1,374
of which: Management Body 20 9 29 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of which: Senior Management4 N/A N/A N/A 34 87 6 78 38 243
of which: Other Material Risk<br><br>Takers N/A N/A N/A 634 251 1 114 102 1,102
Total Pay of Material Risk Takers 8 82 90 1,147 292 21 167 76 1,793
of which: variable pay5 0 51 51 644 143 12 78 20 946
of which: fixed pay 8 32 40 504 149 10 89 56 847

1The table may contain marginal rounding differences

2Supervisory Board represents the Supervisory Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG, Management Board represents the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank

AG; Investment Banking = Investment Bank; Retail Banking = Private Bank and Corporate Bank; Asset Management = Asset Management (DWS); Control Functions

include Chief Risk Office, Group Audit, Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime; Corporate Functions include any Infrastructure Function which is neither captured as a

Control Function nor part of any division

3HC as of December 31, 2025 reported for Supervisory Board and Management Board, FTE as of December 31, 2025 reported for the remaining part; therefore, the totals

do not add up to the 1,522 individuals identified as MRTs; shows remuneration awarded to all MRTs (including 2025 leavers)

4Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further

individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of institutions required to identify MRTs at a solo institutional level and respective MB-1 positions with

managerial responsibility

5Variable Pay includes Deutsche Bank´s year-end performance-based Variable Compensation for 2025, other Variable Compensation and severance payments; it also

includes fringe benefits and contractually agreed post-contractual non-compete compensation awarded to Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG which are

to be classified as variable remuneration, and reflects the newly implemented LTI Plan for Management Board members of Deutsche Bank AG set up for the performance

period 2025-2027, which during the 'transition phase' is shown with the target amount; the table does not include new hire replacement awards for lost entitlements

from previous employers (buyouts)

280

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure

List of tables

EU KM1 – Key metrics ................................................................................................................................................ 8
EU KM2 – Key metrics - MREL and G-SII Requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (TLAC) ......... 9
EU CC1 – Composition of regulatory own funds .................................................................................................. 10
EU LI1 – Differences between accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and the mapping of<br><br>financial statement categories with regulatory risk categories ......................................................................... 16
EU LI2 – Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in<br><br>financial statements ................................................................................................................................................... 20
EU CC2 – Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to balance sheet in the audited financial statements 21
EU LI3 – Outline of the differences in the scopes of consolidation (entity by entity) ................................... 23
Overview prudential requirements and additional buffers ................................................................................ 29
EU CCyB1 – Geographical distribution of credit exposures relevant for the calculation of the<br><br>countercyclical capital buffer .................................................................................................................................. 31
EU CCyB2 – Institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer ........................................................................ 35
G-SIB Assessment Exercise reporting template ................................................................................................... 36
EU TLAC1 – Composition of MREL and G-SII requirement for own funds end eligible liabilities ............... 40
Ranking of liabilities in an insolvency proceeding under German law ............................................................. 42
EU TLAC3a – Creditor ranking .................................................................................................................................. 43
Total economic capital supply and demand .......................................................................................................... 49
EU OV1 – Overview of RWA ...................................................................................................................................... 50
EU CMS1 – Comparison of modelled and standardized risk weighted exposure amounts at risk level .... 52
EU CMS2 – Comparison of modelled and standardized risk weighted exposure amounts for credit risk<br><br>at asset class level ...................................................................................................................................................... 53
EU CAE1 – Exposures to crypto-assets .................................................................................................................. 55
EU LR1 – LRSum: Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures ................. 57
EU LR2 – LRCom: Leverage ratio common disclosure ......................................................................................... 58
EU LR3 – LRSpl: Split-up of on balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and exempted<br><br>exposures) .................................................................................................................................................................... 60
Risk profile of Deutsche Bank’s business divisions as measured by economic capital .................................. 67
Global All Currency Daily Stress Testing Results ................................................................................................. 67
EU CR1-A – Maturity of exposures .......................................................................................................................... 74
EU CQ4 – Quality of non-performing exposures by geography ........................................................................ 75
EU CQ5 – Credit quality of loans and advances to non-financial corporations by industry ........................ 77
EU CR1 - Performing and non-performing exposures and related provisions ................................................ 79
EU CQ3 – Credit quality of performing and non-performing exposures by past due days .......................... 82
EU CR2 – Changes in the stock of non-performing loans and advances ......................................................... 84
EU CQ1 – Credit quality of forborne exposures ................................................................................................... 84
CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 ................................................................................................. 85
ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 ....................................................................................................................... 86
ECB – NPE Stock ......................................................................................................................................................... 87
Reconciliation of non-performing exposure .......................................................................................................... 87
EU CQ7 – Collateral obtained by taking possession and execution processes .............................................. 88
EU CR3 – Credit Risk Mitigation techniques – Overview .................................................................................... 92
EU CR4 – Standardized approach – credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation (CRM) effects ............ 94
EU CR5 – Standardized approach ........................................................................................................................... 96
EU CR6-A - Scope of the use of IRB and SA approaches .................................................................................... 105
EU CR6 – FIRB approach – Credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range ...................................... 110
EU CR6 – AIRB approach – Credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range ...................................... 120
EU CR7 – IRB approach – Effect on the RWAs of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques ................... 133
EU CR7-A – Foundation IRB approach – Extent of the use of CRM techniques ............................................ 134
EU CR7-A – Advanced IRB approach – Extent of the use of CRM techniques ............................................... 136
EU CR8 – RWA flow statement of credit risk exposures under the IRB approach ......................................... 138

281

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure EU CR9 IRB backtesting of PD per exposure class for Foundation IRBA ......................................................... 139
--- ---
Validation results for risk parameters used in advanced IRBA credit models ................................................. 144
EU CR9 IRB backtesting of PD per exposure class for Advanced IRBA............................................................ 145
EU CR10.02 – Specialized lending: Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real<br><br>estate (Slotting approach) ........................................................................................................................................ 153
EU CR10.05 – Equity exposures ............................................................................................................................... 154
Contractual Obligations ............................................................................................................................................ 156
EU CCR1 – Analysis of CCR exposure by approach ............................................................................................. 157
EU CCR7 – RWA flow statement of counterparty credit risk exposures under the internal model<br><br>method .......................................................................................................................................................................... 158
EU CCR8 – Exposures to CCPs ................................................................................................................................ 159
EU CCR3 – Standardized approach – CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk ............................... 160
EU CCR4 – FIRB approach – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale ......................................................... 162
EU CCR4 – AIRB approach – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale ......................................................... 166
EU CCR4 - Total FIRB & ARIB approach ................................................................................................................. 171
EU CCR5 – Composition of collateral for exposures to CCR ............................................................................. 172
EU CCR6 – Credit derivatives exposures ............................................................................................................... 173
EU CVA2 - Credit valuation adjustment risk under the Full Basic Approach (F-BA) ...................................... 173
EU SEC1 – Securitization exposures in the non-trading book ........................................................................... 182
EU SEC2 – Securitization exposures in the trading book .................................................................................... 183
EU SEC3 – Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital<br><br>requirements - institution acting as originator or as sponsor ............................................................................. 185
EU SEC4 – Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital<br><br>requirements - institution acting as investor ......................................................................................................... 187
EU SEC5 – Exposures securitized by the institution - Exposures in default and specific credit risk<br><br>adjustments .................................................................................................................................................................. 188
EU MR1 – Market risk under the standardized approach .................................................................................... 191
EU MR2-A – Market Risk under the internal models approach (IMA) ................................................................ 198
EU MR2-B – RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under the IMA .................................................. 199
EU MR3 – IMA values for trading portfolios1 ........................................................................................................ 200
EU MR4 – Comparison of VaR estimates with gains and losses ......................................................................... 201
EU PV1 – Prudent valuation adjustments (PVA) ................................................................................................... 201
EU IRRBB1 - Changes in the economic value of equity and net interest income under six supervisory<br><br>shock scenarios ........................................................................................................................................................... 204
EU OR1 – Operational risk ......................................................................................................................................... 210
EU OR2 - Business Indicator, components and subcomponents ...................................................................... 211
EU OR3 - Operational risk own funds requirements and risk exposure amounts ........................................... 211
ESG1 – Banking book- Climate Change transition risk: Credit quality of exposures by sector, emissions<br><br>and maturity ................................................................................................................................................................. 229
ESG2 – Banking book - Climate change transition risk: Loans collateralised by immovable property -<br><br>Energy efficiency of the collateral ........................................................................................................................... 238
ESG3: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change transition risk: Alignment metrics .............. 240
ESG4 – Exposures in the banking book to the top 20 carbon-intensive firms in the world .......................... 240
ESG5 – Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk – EMEA ............ 242
ESG5 – Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk – Asia Pacific .. 244
ESG5 – Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk – North<br><br>America ......................................................................................................................................................................... 246
ESG5 – Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk – Latin<br><br>America ......................................................................................................................................................................... 248
EU LIQ1 – LCR disclosure template ........................................................................................................................ 254
EU LIQ2 – Net stable funding ratio template ........................................................................................................ 256
EU AE1 – Encumbered and unencumbered assets .............................................................................................. 260
EU AE2 – Collateral received .................................................................................................................................... 261
EU AE3 – Sources of encumbrance ......................................................................................................................... 262
Number of directorships ............................................................................................................................................ 266
Reward governance structure .................................................................................................................................. 269

282

Deutsche Bank Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025 Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure Overview of 2025 award types (excluding DWS Group) ..................................................................................... 274
--- ---
Overview of Deutsche Bank Group performance conditions and forfeiture provisions of Variable<br><br>Compensation granted for Performance Year 2025 ............................................................................................ 275
Remuneration for 2025 - Material Risk Takers (REM 1) ........................................................................................ 276
Guaranteed variable remuneration and severance payments - Material Risk Takers (REM 2) ..................... 277
Deferred remuneration - Material Risk Takers (REM 3) ........................................................................................ 278
Remuneration of high earners – Material Risk Takers (REM 4) ........................................................................... 279
Compensation awards 2025 – Material Risk Takers (REM 5) .............................................................................. 279

Contact for inquiries

Deutsche Bank AG

Frankfurt, Germany

Phone: +49 69 910-00

Contact for inquiries

Deutsche Bank AG

Frankfurt, Germany

Phone: +49 69 910-00

[email protected]